Index-catalogue of books and memoirs on the transits of Mercury

^"^?^. -#^^^ ^,:^^fi^

CORNELL!
]C>0^ UNIVERSITY

14 5r5 LIBRARY

Date Due

1)0114^11

;\, iv

Li

IS

:U

Cornell University Library

Z1009 .H33 V.1, no.1 ^ ^.cy
Index-catalqaue of books and memoirs on

olin

3 1924 029 549 577

m

Cornell University
Library

The original of this book is in
the Cornell University Library.

There are no known copyright restrictions in
the United States on the use of the text.

http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924029549577

Library of f artard ajntbemt^

Bibliographical Contributions.

Numbers I. to XX.
EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR,

LIBRARIAN.

VOL. I.

CONTENTS :

'^i. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and
Memoirs on the Transits of Mercury.

2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems : a Bibliography

of the Earlier Editions. > f' - ^ ""

3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal bpoks relating to

the Life and Works of lilichelangelo, \^ith Notes.
Y A- Justin Winsor. Piet.js et Gratulalio. An Inquiry

into the authorship of the several pieces.

■ 5, List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the

United Staties, available for Scientific Researches

involving Accurate Measurements.^ '^" f' ~''-2

6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, be-

queatbed to Harvard College Library, by the Honor-

able Charles Sumner, ^^'.i^'•'.'■'■. ■<>* 7 -*= / 2. - ^-^ '•'

, 7. William C. Lane. The Dante Collections in the

Harvard College and Boston Public Libraries.
^ 8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard
College Library.
Q. George Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different

countries. ■ ■»■ '- '^>^' '''- "* . -^-
10. Justin Winsor. Halliwclliana : a Bibliography of the
Publications of James Orchard Halliwell-Phillipps.

"11. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries

of the United States.
V12. A List of the Publications of Harvard University

and its Officers, 1870-1SS0.
■, 13. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil

Insects.
^ 14. William H. Tillinghast. Notes on the Historical

Hydrography of the Handkerchief Shoal in the

Bahamas.

15. J. D. Whitney. List of American Authors in Geology

and Palaeontology. (^-^.^-■^ < '.'<'t j 1'. J 'A"^ /.,

16. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in

Petermann's Geographische Mittlieilungen. 1S55-
18S1. ?/*Ji* ■' ^^-J.

17. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in the

Royal Geographical Society's Publications. 1S30-
T^3.
^18. Justin Winsor. The Bibliography of Ptolemy's
Geography.

V19. Justin Winsok. The Kohl Collection of Early Maps.

/>3.^

William C. Lane.
Lists, 1SS4-1S85.

Index to Recent Reference

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.:

THK COLLB G-El F R B S S .

1887.

Itbrart ot i^artard aniijerjsit^

Bibliographical Contributions.

EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR,

LIBRARIAN.

:n"o. 1.

index-catalogue

BOOKS AND MEMOIRS ON THE TRANSITS OF MERCURY.

BY

EDWARD S. HOLDEN,

NAVAL OBSERVATORY, WASHINGTON.

Republished from the Bulletin of the Library of Harvard University,

October, 1878.

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.:

PRESS OF JOHN WILSON AND SON.

1878.

Ki'^

f"

A

si^

si i 'i L. t_S-.

-. LIBRARY

INDEX-CATALOGUE OF BOOKS AND MEMOIRS ON THE
TRANSITS OF MERCURY.

By Edward S. Holden,

United States Naval Observatoryt Washington.

*^it* Having lately had occasion to consult the principal books and memoirs relating to the Transits of Mercury, with
special reference to the physical phenomena which had been observed at such transits, I have thought that the list of works
which I prepared to aid me in this search might perhaps be of future use to others if put upon record.

It is not complete, as the publications of Observatories are not indexed. This is, however, not necessary, as such
observations and memoirs can at once be found by turning to tlie volumes containing the observations of transit years.

The transits which have been observed are : —

163..

1723-

Nov.

9

165 1.

1736.

Nov.

II

I66I.

1740.

May

2

1677.

1743.

Nov.

5

■, 1753.

May

6

1690.

Nov. II

1756.

Nov.

6

1697.

Nov. 3

1769.

Nov.

10

1707.

May 6

1782.

Nov.

12

1786. May

1789. Nov.

1799. May

1802. Nov.

1832. May

1845. May

1848. Nov.

1861. Nov.

1868. Nov. 4

1878. May 6

The transits to occur are : —

1881. Nov. 7

iSgi. May 9

1S94. Nov, 10

1901. Nov. 4

In my notes I have added an indication of the purport of the paper. These notes require only the explanation that
for shortness I have used the word " observations " followed by a date, to indicate contact observations. The principal
abbreviations are as follows : —

A. N. Astronomische Nachrichten.

Berlin. Abhand. d. Berliner Akademie.

Boston. \ Amer. Acad, of Arts and Sciences. Memoirs.

Boston Proc. \ „ ,, ,, ,, Proceedings.

C. R. Comptes Rendus, Paris. Acad, des Sciences.

Effem. Milano. EfEemeridi di Milano.

Montpellier. Hist, de la Soc. des Sciences, etc.

Mem. R, A. .S". 1 R. Astronomical Soc. London. Memoirs.
M. N. ] „ ,, Notices.

Paris. Hist, de I'Acad. R. des Sci. Paris.
P. T. Philosophical Transactions R. Soc. London.
p. t. ,, ,, abridged to 1800.

Philadeipkia. Trans. Amer. Philosophical Soc'y.
Stockholm. K. Svenska Vetens. Akad. Handlmgar.
Zach, Monatliche Correspondent.

Abbott. M. N. xxii. 235.

Observations, 1861.

Ale^cander and Loomis. A.N. xxviii. 151.

Observations, 1848, Nov. 8. Mercury surrounded with a
dusky ring; but this phenomenon seen (only?) when sky was
hazy. A faint spot in the centre of disc. Princeton, U. S.

Anonymous. Historische Anzeige von dem
Durchgang des Mercurs, 1753, May 6. Printed

1753-
Anonymous. De Mercuric sub sole conspicuo.
Leipzig. 17 1 9.

Barros de. P. T. 1753. 361.

Remarks on certain phenomena observed at Paris 1753,
May 6.

Beauchamp. Journal des Savans. 1787. 361.

Observations, 1786, May 4, in Bagdad.
Beitler. Berlin. 1786.

Observations, 1786.

Bessel. A. N. x. 186.

Observations, 1832, May %. (Heliometer.)
Diameter of Mercury, 6" .6974.

Bianchi. A. N. x. 293.

Observations, 1832, May 5.

BUle. A. N. X. 223.

Observations, 1832, May s. Danzig.

Blaesing. De Mercurii per Solem transitu. 1690.
Nov 10.

Boguslavrski. A. N. xvi. 287.

Observations, 1832, May 4. Breslau and Lima.
Bond, W. C. Boston. Proc. I.
■ Observations, 1845.

Borgen. A. N. Ixxiii. 96.

Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Diameter, 6^.644. Coph-
LAND with heliometer ; 6^.48, Borgen.

Bosoovioh. De Mercurii novissimo infra solem
transitu. Romae, 1737- 4°.

Bose, G. M. Memoires de I'acad^mie de SuMe.
1757-
Observations, 1756, Nov. 7.

Bose, G. M. Observation du passage de Mercure,
1743. Printed 1743.

Bose, G. M. Observationes ultimi transitus Mer-
curii ante discum solis (1743). 1745. 4°.
Bruhns. A. N. Ixxii. 365.

Observations, 1868, Nov. 4.
Bulard. M. N. xxii. 154.

Observations, 1861, Nov. 11.
Cassini ««£!? Maraldi. Paris. 1707. 175.

Observations, 1707.
Cassini flK(^ Delisle. Paris. 1723. p. 259 (Cas-
sini) ; pp. 105, 306 (Delisle).

Passage de Mercure, 1723, Nov. g.

Cassini and Maraldi. Paris. 1736. p. 342 (Ma-
raldi) ; iv. p. 404 (Cassini).
Observations, 1736, Nov. 11.

INDEX-CATALOGUE OF BOOKS ON THE TRANSITS OF MERCURY.

Caaaini anii o//iers. Pan's. 1743. 131,136.

Observations, 1743, Nov. 5. Luminous ring around planet
in both transits, 1736 and 1743.

Cassini and others. Paris. 1753. pp. 59, 313
(Cassini) ; p. 134 (Lemonnier) ; p. 193 (Bou-
guer, — iiQ black drop); p. 243 (Delisle, — no
annulus) ; p. 420 (Pingre).
Observations, 1753, May 5.
Cassini. Paris. 1782.

Observations, 1782.
Cesaris. Effem. Milano. 1788. p. 155.

Observatlones Mercurii sub Sole habitas. 17S6, May 3.

Chimlnello. Meviorie delta Societa Italiana. vol.8,
vol. II.
Transits of 1799 and 1802, calculated.

TiKwes and others. RI.N. ix. 2, 3, 5 ; 21, 22, 23 ; 39.

Observations, 1848, Nov. 8. pp. 2, 3, 5.

Dawes, pp. 2 1-22, diameters, polar and equatorial, measured;
Compression i -^ 29.

Dell, p. 23, gray spot on centre of planet by various observers.

David. A. N. x. 216, 374.

Observations,. 1832, May 5.
De Lambre. Effem. Mitano. 1789. p. 233.

Observations, 1786, May 4.

De I'Isle. Paris. 1758.

Theory of transits of Mercury.
De I'Isle. Avertissement aux Astronomes sur le
passage de Mercure. etc. 1753, May 6. Paris.
1 7 S3- 4°.
A catalogue of all previous observations of transits is given.

Dun^r. A. N. Ixxii. 377.

Observations, 1868, Nov. 4, diameter 8" .81.
EUery. M. JV. xxii. 88.

Observations, 1861, Nov. 12, Australia.
Encke. A. JV. xxiii. 190.

Observations, 1845, May 8.
Feariiley. A. JV. Ixii. 345.

Observations, 1868, Nov. 4.
Ferner a?2(/ Prosperin. JVeue schwedische Abhand-
lungen (translation by Kastner). Vol 7. 1786.
pp. 102, 109.
Luminous ring round the planet. 1786.
riaugergues. Connaissance des Temps, an XI.

Bright ring round the planet ; seen in i786,May; 1789, Nov j
and 1799, Nov.
Fonteuay. Paris, x.

Observations in China, 1693-93.

Fouchy, G. de. Paris, 'i'lyj.
Observations, 1736.

Fritsche. Zach's JHonat. Corresp. Vol. 6. p. 657,
et seq.

Observations, 1802, Nov. 8. p. 57r. In 1799 Fritsche saw
a halo round the planet; in 1802 no halo was seen, or only traces
of one ; a white spot on the disc was seen in 1802. p. 574.
Schroeter saw a halo round planet.

Gabry and Lulofs. JHemoirs Soc. Hollandais des
Sciences (Haarlem.) 1754.
Observations, 1753, May 6.

Gambart. A. N.yi. 257.
Observations, 1832, May 5.

Gassendus. Mercurius in Soli visus, etc. 1656.

Gassendi and Kepler. Admonitio ad Astronomos,
etc. Leipzig. 1629.
First observed (and predicted) transit.
Gassendi. Opera omnia, vol. ii. p. 537.

Gerling. A. N. -x.. 199.
Observations, 1832, May 5.
Traces of an atmosphere, £/c. not observed. Black drop seen.

Halley. Mercurii transitus sub Solis disco 1677,
1679.
Appendix to Catalogus stell. australium, etc, 1679. 40.

Halley. P. T. 1725. p. 228.

Observations, 1723.

Hamilton. P. T. 1783.
Observations, 1782.

Hansen. A. N. x. 221.

Observations, 1832, May 5. (Heliometer.)
Hacker. Mercurius in Sole, etc. Gedani. 1672.

Heinsius. Mercurius in Sole visus, etc. St. Peters-
burg. 1753.

Henderson. A. JV. x. 382.

Observations, 1832, May 5. Cape of Good Hope.
Herschel, W. P. T. 1803. p. 214.

Observations, 1802.

Noting about the planet; no ellipticity ; circumstances very
good. The structure of the sun seen up to the very edge of the
planet.

Heveliua. Mercurius in Sole visus i66i. Gedani.
1662.

Hevelius. Zach's J^onat. Corresp. Vol. 8, p. 35.

1 661, May 3 (Hevelius); p. 116, observations,

1799, May 7 (Wurm); p. 335, observations,

1802, Nov. 9 (Ljungberg; halo round Mercury.)

Observed in Copenhagen.

Hiddinga. Die Erscheinung des Mercurius in der
Sonne 1743. Printed in 1743.

Hind. A. JV. xxviii. 109.

Observations, 1848, Nov. 8 ; diameter 9". 254 (probably not
reduced to distance i).

Hodgson. Jiletn. P. A. S. iii. 109.
Observations, 1822, Nov. 4. Calcutta.

Honaldo. Dissertatio astronomica de transitu
Mercurii sub Sole die 9 nov., 1723.

Hortensius. De Mercuric in Sole visa, etc. Pub-
lished 1633.

Huggins. Jif. JV. xxix. 25.

Observations, 1868, Nov. 4.

Atmosphere brighter than sun J of Mercury's diameter in ex
tent ; point of light in centre of planet ; both visible throughout
the transit.

lunes. A. JV. x. 211.

Observations, 1832, May 5, Aberdeen.
Juni, V. Mercurius in Sole videndus 1697, etc.
Kaiser. A. JV. Ixxiii. 213.

Observations, 1868, Nov. 4.

Kaiser. Leyden Observations, iii. 2H.

Measures of diameters and history of preceding work.
(Double-image micrometer.) Leyden result 6".6o6,±o.o2o (25).

Kampf. A. JV. Ixxiv. 43.

Observations, 1868, Nov. 4.

Karsten and Hackel. A. JV. xxiii. 150.

Observations, 1848, May 8 ; in Rostock by Karsten ; in
Senftenberg by Hackel.

Kepler. Admonitio ad Astronomos de raris miris-
(jue, anni 1631, phsenomenonis, . . . Mercurii
in Solem in cursu. 1629.

King. M. JV. vii. 10.
Observations, 1845, May 8. Port Stephen.

INDEX-CATALOGUE OF BOOKS ON THE TRANSITS OF MEHCURY.

Elirch. Mercurius in Sole visus, 1690 ; (in Kirch's
Ephemerides).

Kirch. Berlin. 1710.
Mercurius in Sole. 1707.

Kirch, C. Transitus Mercurii per Solem, etc.
1720, May 8. Berlin. 1719.

Kohler. P. T. 1787.

Obsei'vations, 1786. Dresden.

Kreil. Effem. Milano. 1833. p. 105.
Observations, 1832, May 4-5.

Kruger. A. N. Ixxiii. 191.

Observations, 1868, Nov. 4.

Lalande. Paris. 1782.

Observations, 1782.
Lalande. Paris. 1804.

Observations, 1802, Nov. 9.

Iiang, Andrew. A. N. xi. 263.

Observations, 1S32, May 5. St. Croix, West Indies.

Lassell. M. N. vi. 255, 256.
Observations, 184s, May 8.

Iiiais. ^. A'. Ixxiii. 2og.

Observations, 1S68. Nov. 4.

No atmosphere or luminous point. Careful observations
with three telescopes.

Iiidtgren. Stockholm. 1789.

Observations 1789 at Lund.
Littrovsr, Paugger, and others. A. N. Ixxiii. 174.

Observations, 1868, Nov. 4.
Iiorek. A. N. Ixxiv. 104.

Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Koenigsberg.

Maclear and Barneby. M. JV. xxix. pp. 194-96;
209.
Observations, 1868, Nov. 4.

Barneby, p. 194. No bright spot on planet ; no p'lreola.
Maclear, p. 209. Diameter 8".376i£:o".ii.

Madler (THi/ Beer. ^4. A^. x. 141.

Observations, 1832, May 4-5. Mercury round. No atmo-
sphere. Diameter 5''. 8165 io" 0177.

Madler. A. N. xxiii. 145, 147.

Observations of diameter in S, 6". 5423. Poor observations, as
the planet was low. 1845, May 8.

Main. Mem. R. A. S. xxv. p. 43.

Diameter at dist. 1=6". 89.
Main. Greenwich observations : 1841, March 11 ;

1842, Feb. 14 ; 1844, April 20, May i. May 8 ;

1845, April 21, April 22, Aprir 23, April 24;

1858, April 19.

Observations of diameter by various observers. In the
mean (omitting 1844, April 20), these give diam. at dist. i=6".g6.
See Kaiser.
Manfredus. Mercurii ac solis congressus. (1723).

M^chain. Paris. 1782.
Observations, 1782.

M^chain. ZacKs Monat. Corresp. Vol. 7.
p. 81. Observations, 1S02, at Paris, etc.
p. 171. No halo about the planet.
p. 368. Observations, 1802.

Mentzeri. Nachricht von dera (1723) observirten
Conjunction des Mercurii und der Sonnen.
1723. 4°.

Messier. Paris. 1786.
Observations, 1786.

Messier. Paris. 1790.

Observations, 1789.

Mitchel. A. N. xxiii. 314.

Observations, 1845, May 8, at Cincinnati.
[These observations are worthless. — E. 3. H.]

Mohr. Mimoires Acad, de Harlem.

Observations (1769), at Batavia, Java.

Moll. ^. A'; X. 209.

History of transits of 1631, 166/, 1677, x6go, and others, with
references.

Observations, 1832, May 4. Mercury round and sharp.
White spot seen on planet.

Plantade, Flaugergues and Prosperin speak of a ring rouvid
planet.

Moll and others. Mem. R. A. S. vi.

p. III. Brief history of former transits; observations, 1832,

f)lanet round; grey spot on the disc; darker ring round the
Imb ; several 'observers ; by Moll,
p. 194. Observations, 1832, May 5, by various observers.

Mossotti M. N. iii. 131.

Account of computations of the transit of 1S32.

Mossotti Mem. R. A. S. viii. p. 268.

Observations, 1832.
Nicolai s«^ G-auss. ^. A'', x. 143, 144.

Observations, 1832, May 5. Mannheim and Gbttingen.

Nicolai. A. N. xxiii. 170.

Observations, 1845, May 8.

Nobert. A. N. xiv. 60.

Observations, 1S32, May 5.
Olbers. A. N. x. 143.

Observations, 1832, May 5.

In 1799, Olbers saw the same halo about the planet that was
remarked by Schumacher and Petersen, but regarded it as an
optical illusion.

Oppolzer. A. N. Ixxii. 347.

Observations, iS68, Nov. 4.

Greyish atmosphere 3" broad round planet, — possibly a de-
ception.

Oudemanns. A. N. xxxvii. 67.

Observations, 1848, Nov. 8. Leiden.

Palagi. A. N. Ixxiii. 75.

Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Bologna.

Papken. Eclipsis Lunse . . . cui accedit calculus
Mercurii cum Sole congressus. 1707.

Pastorff, V. A. N. x. 198.

Observations, 1832, May 4.
Peters, C. A. F. A. N. Ixxii. 327.

Observations, 1868, Nov. 4.
Pigott. P. T. 1786.

Observations, 1786.
Plantade. Montpellier. i, 2.

Observations, 1723, 1736.
Flantamour. A. N. xxiii. 161.

Observations, 1845, May 8.
Plantamour. ^. A'", xxviii. 121.

Observations, 1848, Nov. 8.

Pohl. A. N. Ixxiii. 77.

Observations, 1868, Nov. 4.
Atmosphere (?) i of Mercury's diameter,

Quetelet. ^. A'', xxiii. 254.

Observations, 1845, May 8.
Quetelet. A. M. xxix. 154.

Observations, 1848, Nov. 8,

INDEX-CATALOGUE OF BOOKS ON THE TRANSITS OF MERCURY.

Reggio. Effem. Milano. 1788. p. 148.

Observations, 17S6, Mays-

Riddle. M. N. ii. 103, 104, iii, 125, 187.

Observations, 1832, May 5, at Greenwich ; diameter =11". 38
{at epoch). Mercury surrounded by a halo (Simms); same
(Riddle).

Rittenhouse. Philadelphia. 1793.

Observations, 1789, Nov. 2.
Rowr. M. N. xxix. 278.

Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Atmosphere (?) In India.
Rurnkei. A. N'. ii. 209.

Observations, 1822, at Paramatta and Sydney. Measures
of diameter were made.

Ruiuker. A. N. v. 87.

Observations. Coutacts and Aa and A5 of Sun and JMercury.
1S22.

Rumker. A. N. xxiii. 147.

Observations, 1845, May 8.

Rumovski. P. T. 1787.

Observations, 17S6, at St. Petersburg.

Scbenck. A. N. x. 195. See x. 19S, and xi. 32.

Observations, 1832, May 5. Atmosphere; satellite §ds of a
diameter distant (?)

Schenmark. Dissertatio astronomica de Mercuric
in sole observato (1753, May 6).
Observations at Lund by several persons.

Schickardus. Pars responsi ad epistolas P. Gas-
sendi de Mercuric sub sole viso, etc. Tubingen.
1632.

Schim. Memaires Acad, de Harlem. 1756.

Observations, 1756, Nov. 7.
Schmidt. A. N. Ixv. 97.

Polar diameter, 6". 454 at dist. =1 ; 14 observations.

Schroeter and Harding, Hermographische Frag-
mente, p. 24. .
Darker nebulous ring approaching to violet color, around
planet. 1799.

Schumacher. A. N. x. 131.

Observations, 7832, May s- Altona, Hamburg. Protuber-
ance remarked on Mercury while on the disc, which afterwards
disappeared. Bluish atmosphere (?) about the planet. A bright
point and a dark point seen near centre of planet.

Schumacher. A. N. xxiii. 146.

Observations, 1848, May 8.

No ring about the planet as in 1S32. The same observers.

Schumacher. A. J\f. xxviii. 105-107.

Observations, 1848, Nov. 8. Altona, Hamburg.

Secchi. A. N. Ixxii. 367.

Observations, i368, Nov. 4. Rome-

Secchi ijw^Lassell. M. N. xxii. 37, 39, 42.

Observations, 1861, Nov. ii.

Secchi, p 37, diameter g'''. 077^0". 189. A former observa-
tion gave him 8". 91 (not at transit).

Lassell, p. 39, possibly elliptical (at Malta).
Other observations at Liverpool by Lassell.

Shakerley. Colloquium seu Disceptatio de Mer-
curic in Sole vivendo.

Shakerley's work on the transit of 1651, Nov. 3 (the second
transit observed). See ZacK s Monat. Corresp. 8, p. 38.

Sharp, Abraham. M. N. iii. 105.

Observations, 1707.

Simms and Riddle. Mem. R. A. S. v. 381.

Observations, 1832, May 5.
Simms, p. 382, dusky ring.
Riddle, p. 382, atmosphere.

Soter. Historiola Mercurii Soli conjunctim ob-
versi, etc. 1690.

Stone, Plummer and Buckingham. M. N.
xxix. 11-15, 18-24.

Observations, 1868, -Nov. 4.

Stone, p. 12, ring round planet ; contrast (?) ; no central spot ;
no satellite.

Plummer, p. 19, diameter 9''. 001, double image micrometer.

Buckingham, p. 22, no atmosphere; diameter 7".65i (lo),
7".6i8(5).

Stone. M. N. xxix. 15.

Remarks on methods of observing transits.
Todd. M. N. xxii. 267.

Observations, 1861, Nov. 11.
Talmage andTtodA. M, N. xxix. 57, 58, 89.

Observations, 1868, Nov. 4.

Verrier, Le. Comptes Rendus. 1845, i. ; 1845, u. ;
1848, ii.
Elements of Mercury, and comparison with observations.

Verrier, Le. A. N. xxiii. 33.

Elements of transit of 1848, May 5.

Verrier, Le. A. N. xxiii. 181, 299.

Comparison of observations with theory. 1845, May 8.

"Wahn. Die Erscheinung des Mercurii in de:r
Sonnen. 1723, Nov. 9.

■Wallot. P. T. 1784.

Observations, 1782.
"Wargentin. Stockholm. 1753-

Observations, 1753.

Weidler. Narratio de Mercurio de 1 1 novembris
(1736) in sole viso. 1737. 4°-

"Weidler. Commentatio de via curva Mercurii sub
sole in rectam convertenda, etc. 1748. 4*^.
Observations, 1743.

Willard. Boston. 1793.

Observations, 1789.
"Williams. Philadelphia. 2.

Observations, 1769.

"Williams. Journal des Savans. Paris. 1783. 4°.
p. 243.
Observations, 1782.

"Wing, V. Astronomica Brittanica, p. 312.

Transit of 1631, Nov. 3, observed by J. Shakerley of England,
who went to India for the purpose.

"Winthrop. Boston. 1785,
Observations, 1782.

"Wolff. A. N, Ixxii. 355.
Observations, 1868, Nov. 4.
Madrid, diameter 9".o6 (10) by Aguilar.
Bonn, diameter, 6" .229 at distance i.

"Wiirm. A. N. vi. 93.

Observations, 1789, Nov. 5.
"Wiirm. A. N. vi. 330.

Observations, Paramatta, 1822, Nov. 5.
"Wiirm. A. N. vii. 31.

Observations, Calcutta, 1822, Nov. 5.

"Wiirm. Bode's Jahrbuch. 1797, p. 142 ; 1803,
p. 162 ; 1807, p. 161. Also second Supplement
Band, p. 4.

See Monatliche Corn xiv. p. 283. Diameter of Mercury from
over 200 observations, — some of micrometric diameters, some
of times between contacts ; diameter at dist. 1=6" .01.

JLibrart of l^arbard anitemt^

Bibliographical Contributions.

EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR,

LIBRARIAN.

3sro. 4.

PIETAS ET GRATULATIO.

AN INQUIRY INTO THE AUTHORSHIP OF THE SEVERAL PIECES.

By JUSTIN WINSOR,

LIBRARIAN OF THE UNIVERSITY.

Republished from the Bulletin of the Library of Harvard University,

March, 1879.

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.:

PRESS OF JOHN WILSON AND SON.
1879.

Already issued:

1. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of

Mercury.

2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems : a Bibliography of the Earlier Editions.

3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel

Angelo, with Notes.

4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several

pieces.

PIETAS ET GRATULATIO.

AN INQUIRY INTO THE AUTHORSHIP OF THE SEVERAL PIECES.

By Justin Winsor, Librarian of the University.

In 1760, while Holyoke was President of Harvard
College, George the Second died, and George the
Third succeeded to the throne. A few months later,
at the instigation of Francis Bernard, the newly ar-
rived royal Governor of the Province of Massachu-
setts Bay, who was desirous of having its principal
institution of learning follow the example of the Eng-
lish Universities, the succeeding notice was posted in
the College Chapel, Saturday, March 14, 1761 : —

" Proposal,

for a celebration of the Death of the late King, and
the accession of his present Majesty, by members
of Harvard College : —

" Six guineas are given for a prize, of a guinea
each, to the author of the best composition of the
following several kinds : —

" I. A Latin Oration.

"2. A Latin poem in hexameters.

" 3. A Latin Llegy in hexameters and pentameters.

"4. A Latin ode.

" 5. An English poem in long verse.

"6. An English ode.

" Other Compositions, beside those that obtain
the prizes, that are most deserving, will be taken
particular notice of.

"The Candidates are to be all gentlemen, who
are now members of said College, or have taken a
degree within seven years.

"Any Candidate may^^eliver two or more Com-
positions of different kinds ; but not more than one
of the same kind.

" That gentlemen may be more encouraged to try
their talents upon this occasion, it is proposed that
the names of the Candidates shall be kept secret,
except those who shall be adjudged to deserve the
prizes, or to have particular notice taken of their
Compositions, and even these shall be kept secret if
desired.

" For this purpose, such Candidate is desired to
send his Composition to the President, on, or be-
fore, the first day of July next, subscribed at the
bottom with a feigned name or motto, and, in a dis-
tinct paper, to write his own name and seal it up,
writing the feigned name or motto on the outside.
None of the sealed papers containing the real names
will be opened except those that are adjudged to
obtain the prizes or to deserve particular notice ;
the rest will be burned sealed."

It does not appear how far all the conditions of
this call were met ; but from the offerings was

gleaned at least a part of the contributions to a
volume which was in typography the handsomest
specimen of the art as yet produced in the Colo-
nies. It was in quarto, 116 pages, and the title
read : —

PlETAS £T GrATULATIO CoLLEGII CaNTABRIGIEN-
SIS APUD NOVANGLOS. BoSTONI-MaSSACHU-
SETTENSIUM TyPIS T. GrEEN & J. RuSSELL.
MDCCLXI.

The date of publication seems to have been put
back a year, since it was published under a vote
of the Corporation, Jan. 5, 1762, which directed
" that the Collection in Prose and Verse in several
Languages compos'd by some of the Members of
the College, at the Motion of his Excy, our Governr,
Francis Bernard, Esqe, On Occasion of the Death
of his late Majesty, & the accession of his present
Majesty, King George the Third, be printed ; and
that his Excy be desired to send, if he shall judge it
proper, a copy of the same to Gr. Britain, to be
presented to his Majesty, in the Name of the Cor-
poration."

Bernard, as Governor, had a seat at the board of
Overseers, and it is uncertain whether he or Lieu-
tenant-Governor Hutchinson composed the dedi-
cation to the King, which, notwithstanding the
terms of the vote above quoted, is the only prose
contribution in the volume. President Quincy,
speaking of this address, says : " Its style and turn
of thought indicate the politician rather than the
student, and savor of the senate chamber more than
of the Academy." In May, 1763, Jasper Mauduit,
the Agent of the Province in London, mentions
"the presentation to his Majesty of the book of
verses from the College j " but nothing is known of
any expression of acknowledgment on the part of
the King. A copy, for which the claim was made
that it was the one sent to the King, was No. 926 in
the Odell Sale Catalogue, New York, 1878, Part I.;
it had G. Rex surmounted with a crown, stamped
on the back in six places. An ornament of some
kind had been cut out on both sides of the cover.
There were no marks of authorship attached to any
of the pieces. A copy mentioned. No. 1767, in The
Catalogs of the American Library of the late Mr.
George Brinley, First Part, 1879, i^ described as
bound in "old red morocco, sides with broad gilt
borders, and the royal arms in the centre." Mr.
Brinley had written in it : "This is one of the very
few copies on thick paper, intended for presentation
to the Royal Family." Another copy with a similar
claim is marked N in the following list.

PIETAS ET GRATULATIO.

It is said that copies on thicker paper were sent
to England for the members of the Royal Family,
and very likely entrusted to the care of Thomas
Hollis, to be suitably bound, since the copy now in
the "King's Collection" in the British Museum —
the library of George III., transferred by George
IV. to that repository — bears in the ornament re-
presenting Britannia, an impression from a die
which Hollis seems to have had cut for his own
use, and a number of books presented by Hollis to
the College Library bear this same device on their
covers. Of this copy, Mr. G. W. Porter, the Assist-
ant Keeper of the Printed Books in the Museum
library, writes to me as follows, — mentioning other
copies at the same time ; " We have three copies of
the book in the Museum, — one in George the Third's
library; one presented in 1763 by Thomas Hollis,
Esq. ; and one purchased in a collection of tracts.
None of them, however, have any inscription or any
mark whatever. The King's copy is a fine, tall one,
handsomely bound in red morocco, having the royal
arms on the sides, and the figure of Britannia, sur-
mounted by a star, in each of the panels at the
back. The arms and ornaments differ from those
usually employed in the King's library, and in all
probability the book was presented bound. It may
very likely have been the one voted by the Corpora-
tion of the College."

President Holyoke also sent a copy to this same
Thomas Hollis, in London, the well-known friend
and benefactor of the College, and his letter
and HoUis's reply are preserved in the Memoirs
of Hollis, p. loi, under date Sept. 25, 1762. Holy-
oke calls it " an attempt of several young gen-
tlemen here with us, and educated in this College,
to show their pious sorrow on account of the death
of our late glorious King, their attachment to his
royal house, the joy they have in the accession of
his present majesty to the British throne, and in the
prospect they have of the happiness of Britain from
the Royal Progeny which they hope for from his
alliance with the illustrious house of Mechlenburg."

The Greek type used in Nos. 15, 16, and 18, was,
according to Thomas, History of Printing, 1874,
vol. i., p. 63, the gift of Hollis to the College about
1718. This was the only time it was used, and the
font was destroyed on January 24th, 1764, when Har-
vard Hall and the Library were burned.

The Monthly Review for July, 1763, p. 22, in an
extended and considerate notice of the book, says
that the collection had not been advertised for
sale in London, but that the Review had been fa-
vored with a copy of it ; and closes its article as
follows: "It must be acknowledged, after all, that
this New England Collection, like other public of-
ferings of the same kind, contains many indifferent
performances ; but these, though they cannot so well
be excused when they come from ancient and estab-
lished seats of learning, may, at least, be connived
at here ; and what we could not endure from an il-
lustrious University, we can easily pardon in an
infant Seminary."

The Critical Review, for October, 1763, p. 289,
speaks of the contributions as "not distmguished
by the writers' names, like the verses from our own
Universities." Referring to the prophecy of Amer-
ica's future rank in letters, embodied in Governor
Bernard's Epilogus, the reviewer closes : " We wish
this prophecy may, and have great reason to expect
that it will, be fulfilled in due time, as the verses
from Harvard College seem already to bid fair for
a rivalship with the productions of Cam and Isis."

The closing contribution of Governor Bernard

deserves remembrance for its merits as well as for
the prophecy : —

Isis et Camus placide iluentes,
Qua novem fastos celebrant sorores
Deferunt Vatum pretiosa Regi

Dona Britanno.

Audit haec Flumen, prope Bostonenses
Quod NuvANGLORUM studiis dicatas
Abluit sedes, eademque sperat

Munera ferre.

Obstat huic Phoebus, chorus omnis obstat
Virginum ; frustra officiosa pensum
Tentat insuetum indocilis ferire

Plectra juventus.

Attamen, si quid studium placendi.
Si valent quidquam Pietas Fidesque
Civica, omnino rudis baud peribit

Gratia Musae.

Quin erit tempus, cupidi augurantur
Vana ni Vates, sua cum Novanglis
Grandius quoddam meliusqiie carmen

Chorda sonabit :

Dum regit mundum occiduum Britannus,
Et suas artes, sua jura terris
Dat novis, nullis cohibenda metis

Regna capessens ;

Dum Deus, pendens agitationes
Gentium, fluxo moderatur orbi,
Fassus humanum genus hie perire,

Hie renovari.

In some of the copies, a slip of paper, inserted at
the end, mentions three verbal or literal errors on
pp. 10, 24, and 43, and adds : " The last stanza of
p. 72 [No. xxi.], in some copies, to be corrected
thus : —

" Lucidos currus per aperta coeli
Phoebus impellens, nee Avo videbat
Clariorem ; nee, nisi per Nepotem,

Viderit unquam.'*

In all three of the College library copies this
stanza reads in this corrected way ; but in the Bel-
knap copy (Boston Public Library), it reads : —

" Lucidos currus per aperta coeli
Phoebus impellens, videt hand Georgo
Clariorem ; nee, nisi per Nepotes,

Viderit unqi&m."

In the following list of the contributions to the
volume, the names of the supposed authors are
given, and after them certain letters, which indicate
the authorities, according'to this key: —

AJ Monthly Anthology, Boston, June 1809, P-
422. An article written by Alexander H. Everett,
who says the names "are mostly taken" from the
Sewall copy, "and as he [Sewall] was, at the time
when they were written, a member of College, and
wrote several of them himself, are probably correct."

A? Monthly Anthology, July, 1809, p. 67. In
which the Rev. Dr. Samuel Deane of Portland, the
only contributor then surviving, amends the list in
the June number.

A? This same number, p. 67, also contains an
anonymous note, dated July 13, 1809, on the sub-
ject with a partial list.

B. Dr. Jeremy Belknap's copy, bearing his auto-
graph and the date 1762, given in 1859 by his daugh-
ter, Elizabeth Belknap, to the Boston Public Library,
where it now is. It has marginal notes by Belknap,'
and names appended to most of the pieces.

E. A copy formerly owned by Prof. McKean,
bought at the sale of his library by the Rev. Mr!
Greenwood, and after his death purchased by the
late George Ticknor, and given by him to Mr,
Dowse (according to a memorandum, made by Prof.

PIETAS ET GRATULATIO.

C. E. Norton, from Mr. Ticknor's information, about
1844); but such a copy is not now in the Dowse Col-
lection of the Mass. Historical Society. The assign-
ment of names is made on the authority of the Rev.
Dr. John Eliot, as appears from a note by Prof.
McKean, in the copy : " The writers, as I have been
informed by one well conversant with our civil and
literary history, and as a scholar ranking first in
the very first class (Dr. Eliot), were as follows : "
A copy in Harvard College library, bound with
others, given in 1853 by Epes S. Dixwell, Esq.,
seemingly once the property of Dr. Eliot, for it has
his autograph on the fly-leaf, has no annotations
whatever.

E? A copy in a volume of Tracts, given to the
Harvard College Library by Samuel A. Eliot in
1845, this particular copy bearing the name on the
title, " Samuel Eliot, 1762." The names at the
end of the several pieces, and other notes seem
to be in the same hand, and the names correspond
in such way to those given in the Belknap copy
that it is evident the information came from the
same source. One of the notes, common to both
copies, is curious. In No. xi., p. 35, is this coup-
let, —

" Here he restrain'd the Indian's thirst of gore,
And bid the murd'rous tomax drink no more."

Against tomax is written, " Compounded of toma-
hawk and ax."

The connection of the Belknap and Eliot fam-
ilies was near. Belknap a few years later (1767)
married Ruth, the sister of this Samuel Eliot, who
was the founder of the Eliot professorship, and who
became a prominent merchant in Boston. He was
cousin of the Rev. John Eliot, named under E.
Samuel Eliot was the grandfather of President Eliot.

H. A copy in Harvard College Library, which
seems to have been specially bound as a memorial.
In it has been inserted by the late Librarian, T. W.
Harris, 1836, a transcript of the " Proposal," and an
" Index " of the writers, made out by the Rev. Dr. T.
M. Harris, " as I was told," says Prof. Norton's memo-
randum, " by his son, Dr. T. W. Harris." In a few
instances, the writing is in pencil, perhaps later, and
these are iadicated by an asterisk, H*. Harris
owned the Sewall copy.

L. A copy in the possession of the Rev. Robert
Lowell of Schenectady, grandson of the writer of no.
vii., who says the assignments of authorship in it are
" apparently in the handwriting of my great-grand-
father. Rev. John Lowell, of Newbury, Class of
1721." This graduate died in 1767, and was the
father of the contributor of no. vii.

M. The Massachusetts Historical Society's copy,
with names in pencil in a late hand, apparently fol-
lowing some earlier authority, and corresponding in
some respects with the copy H. The early pro-
ceedings of the Society show that this copy was
given to it by Dr. Belknap in 1791.

N. A copy in the New York Historical Society,
which being bound in morocco, gilt leaves, with the
Royal arms stamped on the cover, and the book-
plate of Carlton House Library within, is held to
be the one presented to the King. It contains only
two assignments of authorship, nos. xi. and xvi.

S. A copy marked by Prof. Stephen Sewall, one
of the contributors, and given by him to the late Dr.
T. M. Harris, who, in a letter to Mr. Ticknor, calls
Sewall " the most accomplished Classical Scholar
of the day, which our College or Country could
boast." .

P. A copy bearing on the fly-leaf, ra President
Holyoke's hand, " Edvardi Holyoke Liber;" be-

neath which a further inscription points out the
present owner, — " Illius, Universitatis Harvardi-
anae Praesidis clarissimi, nepos, Fredericus Henricus
Hedge, Amico suo, antiquitaturn Nov-Angl)a2 cul-
tori perdocto, Georgio E. Ellis, S.T.D." The au-
thors' names are given in the President's hand at
the end of some of the pieces.

TV. A copy which belonged to Prof. John Win-
throp, and was subsequently owned by the late
George Ticknor ; but those marked W*. are writ-
ten, in that copy, in another hand than Winthrop's.

*#* If a point of interrogation (?) follows a letter, it signifies
that the authority thus given expresses a doubt on the point.

List of Pieces.

To THE King. Lieut.- Gov. Hutchinson, S. VST.
Gm. Francis Bernard, E. H*. L. It is said, erro-
neously in A?- that the Sewall copy gives it to Ber-
nard. Eliot, in his Biog. Dictionary, gives it to
Hutchinson, who had graduated at Harvard in 1727,
and was now about fifty years old. Bernard, who
took his degree at Oxford in 1736, had arrived in
the Province in August, 1760, and was about three
years the junior of the lieutenant-governor.

I. Adhortatio PRyESIDIS. Gov. Francis Bernard,
E. W. President Edward Holyoke, AJ A? B. E?
H*.'. L. M?. S. The Monthly Review ascribes it
to " The President." A. H. Everett adds, " Presi-
dent Holyoke was then very old, and his Adhor-
tatio is said to have been corrected by master
Lovell."

Holyoke was now seventy-two years old, and died
in ofiice seven years later. He had graduated in
1705.

II. Ad pr^cellentissimum provinci^ prefec-
TUM. Master John Lovell, A^ A? E. H. M .'. S.
W. y. Taylor, B. B? L. The Monthly Review
says it "seems to have been written" by Holyoke.
Lovell was at this time the head-master of the

Latin School in Boston, and was now fifty-one years
old, having graduated in 1728. The other claimant
was probably the Joseph Taylor of the Class of
1765 (died 1816) ; in which case he was a freshman
at the time, aged fifteen years. The Lowell copy
gives the name in full, " Mr. Jos. Taylor."

III. Cum roseis quondam Dea, etc. Stephen Sew-
all, Ai A? E. H. L. M. P. S. -W.

Sewall had just graduated at the age of thirty,
having fitted himself for college at the joiner's bench.
He became tutor in Hebrew in 1762.

IV. Are Monarchs then such unimportant
things, etc. Dr. Benjamin Church, H. M.
Church had graduated in 1754 at the age of twenty,

and was now acquiring reputation in Boston as a

surgeon.

V Of Cypress deign. Celestial Muse, to sing.
Stephen Sewall, A.\ A? B. E. E? H. L. M. P. W.

VI. Cum Britonum Regem, etc. Go^'. Francis Ber-
nard, E. H. M. W.

VII While thro' the British world, etc.
John Lowell of Newbury, A.\ A? B. E. E? H. M.
p. s. V7. A. H. Everett adds, " afterwards LL.D.
and A.A.S., member of Congress, and judge suc-
cessively of the Court of Appeals, District Court,
and Circuit Court of the United States." The
Monthly Review held that these verses, "though
said to be written by a youthful son of Harvard,
are allowed to be nervous, and we cannot but
congratulate the College on so promising a pupil."

6

PIETAS ET GRATULATIO.

Lowell had graduated in 1760. He was the grand-
father of Prof. James Russell Lowell, and of the
Rev. Robert Lowell. The late Rev. Dr. Charles
Lowell added to the Lowell copy, against his ances-
tor's name in the list, " Mt. 17."

Vin. Cum Rex sciret Avum, etc. James Bo-w-
doin. A? B. H. W. Francis Bernard, B. (giving
it "F. B. esq.").

Bowdoin was at this time sixteen years out of col-
lege, and had graduated at eighteen in 1745. His
prominence as an opponent of ministerial measures,
subsequently incurred the displeasure of Bernard,
who a few years after they were thus associated to-
gether, negatived him as a Councillor, in 1769.

IX. Proximus a primo, etc. James Bowdoin, E.
H. W. Francis Bernard, B. (giving it " F. B.,
esq.").

X. Hark ! — to what melancholy sound. Rev.
Samuel Deane, Portland, &>. A? B. B. E2 H. L.
M. P. S. W. Cf. Willis's Portland, p. 655.

XL Where thick-embow'ring shades. Dr. Ben-
jamin Church, Al A? B. E. E? H. L. M. N. S.
Peter Oliver, esq., W. The Critical Review calls
this much the best of the English poems.
Judge Oliver, at this time on the Supreme Bench,

had graduated in 1730, and was now forty-eight

years old.

XII. Quid srei vult, etc. Stephen Sewall, A} E.
H. L. M. P. S. "W.

XIII. As, ON HER WHITE-CLIFT, SEA-GIRT SHORE.

Rev. Samuel Cooper, A?- B. H. M. S. W. Peter
Oliver, B. B? A. H. Everett adds, " a species of
measure generally unsuccessful in English poetry,
lyric verse without rhyme."

Cooper was at this time thirty-six years old, and
had graduated eighteen years before (1743). He was
now settled over the Brattle Street Church in Bos-
ton, and got his doctorate, which gave him the title
he is usually known by, in 1767, from the University
of Edinburgh.

XIV. Deeili tentura viam volata. Stephen
Sezvall, Al E. H. M. S. "W*.

XV. "EAErEION. Stephen Sewall, A^ B. E. E? H.
L. M. P. S. W.

XVI. 'O^H. Stephen Sewall. A^ B. E. E? H. L.
M. N. P. S. W.

XVII. Hail kindred spirit ! James Bowdoin, A".
A? says "J. B., esq." B. E. E? H. L. M. P.
says "Tho't to be Mr. Bowdoin." S. W.

XVIII. "EniTA^ION. Gov. Bernard, A>. B. E.E?
H. L. M. P. S. "W.

XIX. Epitaphium. Gov. Bernard, A} A? B. B. E^.
H. L. M. P. S. "W.

XX. Epitaph. Gm. Bernard, &>. ? B. E. E? H. M.
S. W.

XXI. In Regis Inaugurationem. H*. M. Each
with a pencil note, which reads, " By Dr. Deane
of Portland, then Butler in College, on authority
of Dr. Weed, class of 1800 and Rev. Dr. Nichols."
The Odell Catalogue assigns it to Gov. Francis
Bernard. Cf. Historical Magazine, ii. 281 ; and
Willis's Memoir of Samuel Deane, prefixed to his
Diary, p. 290. See also no. x.

Deane had graduated in 1760 at eighteen, and was
at this time the Librarian of the College.

XXII. DuM VARIAS gratis, etc. This is not assigned
in any of the lists.

XXIII. QuEM viRUM MAVULT, etc. Stephen Sewall.
Al A? B. E. E? H. L. M. P. S. "W.

XXIV. Epithalamiom. This is not assigned in any
of the lists.

XXV. George gave the word. Master J. Lovell,
Al E. H. M. S. W*.

XXVI. Dum servat STELLAS. Master John Lovell,
A? A? B. E? L. "W. Prof. John Winthrop, A!-
E.'h. M. S. a. H. Everett adds "It has more
to recommend it, than mere elegance and purity
of expression, — the usual acme of modern Latin
poetry ; the thoughts are ingenious and happy."
Winthrop was the Hollis professor of mathemat-
ics and natural philosophy in the College. He was
born in 17 14, and had graduated nearly thirty years
before this.

XXVII. While Halley views the heavens.
Master John Lovell, A? A? B. E? L. W. Prof.
John Winthrop, Al E. H. M. S. A. H. Everett
says " The English translation," of No. xxvi., " is
not much inferior to the Latin."

XXVIII. Some Seraph touch the sacred lyre !
Rev. Samuel Cooper, E. H. M. W*. A. H. Ever-
ett gives it to Dr. C. from "internal evidence."

XXIX. Tho' from thy happy shores. Stephen
Sewall, A? B. E? L. P. W. Peter Oliver, E. H.
M?. (In the H. record Peter is in pencil.) Thomas
Oliver, Al M ?. S.

Thomas, of a different family from Peter Oliver,
was born 1734, graduated 1753, and became subse-
quently the last of the line of royal lieutenant gov-
ernors.

XXX. Tho' wealth and power. James Bowdoin.
A? says " J. B., esq." B. E? H*. L. M.

XXXI. Epilogus. Gov. Francis Bernard, Al E.
H. M. S. W.

JLibtavv of l^arbartj miUv&it^.

Bibliographical Contributions.

EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR,

LIBRARIAN.

l<To. 7.

THE DANTE COLLECTIONS IN THE HARVARD COLLEGE
AND BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARIES.

PART I.
By WILLIAM COOLIDGE LANE.

Republished from the Bulletin of Harvard University.

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.:

UNIVERSITY PRESS: JOHN WILSON AND SQN.

i88s.

^' Already issued or in preparation :

A Star prefixed indicates they are not yet ready.

I. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of

Mercury.
3. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems : a Bibliography of the Earlier Editions.

3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel-

angelo, with Notes.

4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several

pieces.

5. List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for

Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements.

6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College

Library, by the Honorable Charles Sumner.

7. William C. Lane. The Dante Collections in the Harvard College and Boston Public

Libraries.

8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library.

9. George Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different countries.

10. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibliography of the Publications of James Orchard

Halliwell-Phillipps.

11. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States.

12. A List of the Publications of Harvard University and its Officers, 1870-1880.

13. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects.

14. William H. Tillinghast. Notes on the Historical Hydrography of the Handkerchief

Shoal in the Bahamas.
-15. J. D. Whitney. List of American Authors in Geology and Palaeontology.

16. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in Petermann's Geographische Mit-

theilungen. 1855-1881.

17. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in the Royal Geographical Society's

Publications. 1830-1883.

18. Justin Winsor. The Bibliography of Ptolemy's Geography.
♦19. Justin Winsor. The Kohl Collection of Early Maps.

THE DAliTTE COLLECTIO]S"S

HAEVAED COLLEGE AND BOSTON PUBLIC LIBEARIES.

■WILLIAM COOLIDGE LANE,
Catalogue Department, Sarvard College Library.

*** BPL. (followed by a shelf-mark) stands for Bost(^n Public Library. Additional tiiiea are given from the private .
collections of Professor Charles Eliot Norton, and the late Professor George Ticknor, which are indicated respectively by
N. and T. All other marks designate books in the College Library, of which those beginning with Dn. indicate the books
of a special Dante collection.

Care has been taken to give fall information in regard to the contents and distinguishing characteristics of each edition of
Dante, and to describe the various portraits of Dante as fully as possible. The nunlber of pages is given only for the older
books, and for modem books when less than a hundred.

DANTE'S WORKS.

Divina Commedia.

(Including editions of separate parts of the
poem, and, complete editions of Dante's
works.)

Manuscripts.

1. — [L'lnferno e 11 purgatorio di Dante, end-
ing with canto xxi. y. 63 of the Purgatorio.
Manuscript on paper of the 15th century.]
f°. ff. 108. Dn. I.I

This manuscript was formerly in the possession of Baron
Seymour Kirkup and is described by Colomb de Batines
(ii. 104). It was bought at the sale of his library in 1871 by
Ellis & White for £20, and was purchased for this libraij-
by the Dante society for £25. It has Latin annotations in the
margin which Colomb de Batines considers to be in the same
hand as those in the codex laurenziana. Pint. xl. no. ii.
From an Inscription in the end it appears to have belonged to
the Grimaldi family of Genoa.

2. — [L' inferno e il paradise di Dante, col co-
mento dettd il Falso Boccaccio. At end:1
Scriptu per me bartolomeuni filium andee mai;-
conis deluce. — Sub.anms dni Mille cccool.- vij.
[1457]. Deo Gratias Ame. f°. ff. 158. (N.)

A beautiful M9. on paper written in large Gothic letters,
with marginal notes to the first fourteen cantos of each cantica
' in smaller character taken from the comment known as the
" Falso Boccaccio." Each canto bepins with a title and
argument in red and an ornamental initial. A large and elabo-
rate initial begins the Infernor On the verso of the last leaf

stand the two epitaphs on Dante beginning " Inclita fama "
and " Jura monarchiae.'' This MS. belonged to Baron Kirkup
and is described by Colomb de Batines, ii. 103.

Laid in this volume is a single sheet of vellum containing
lines 64^-135 of canto xxiv. of the Inferno, " che certo fe della
prima met^ del sec. xiv., e scritta in carattere tondo tanto
beUo e nitido da far quasi credere che sia un fac-simile. Se
questo codice tuttavia esiste, io lo direi uno de' pid antichi,
e de' piti notabili quanto alia calligrafia." — ii. 104,

3. — El infierno del Ddnte. Canto quinto,
B^ptimo. [En verso castellano.] f. pp. 8.

(BPL. No. 7 in **D. 3)

Editions or the Italian Text.*
(Arranged chronologically.)

4. — [La divina commedia col commento di
Bentenuto da Imola e coUa vita di questo
poeta scritta da Giovanni Boccaccio. Venezia,
Vendelin da Spira. 1477.] f°. ff. (373).

Dn. 14.77

There is no title page. The outer column on each side of

the first leaf, and the whole of the last page are filled in in

MS. The first page bears the stamp " Ex Bibl. Jos. Ben

Card. Imperialis."

* Complete works, nos. 29, 66.

Divina commedia and Lyric poems, no 63.

Inferno, nos. 49, 69, 71, 77, 83, 92, 111, 113 ; the same, with
translation, 138, 139, 148, 186, 188, 193, 195, 234; the same, in
part, 104, 107.

Purgatorio, with translation, nos. 137, 146, 189.

Paradiso, with translation, no. 131.

Selections, nos 122-127.

DANTE COLLECTION.

The work ends ■with " Capitoli ** in verse by Busone da
Gobbio and by Jacopo Alighieri, the Credo of Dante, and a
colophon in verse giving the name of commentator, editor,
and publisher, with the date.

The iiret fifteen leaves contMning the Life by Boccaccio are
often wanting. The commeiwiry has been also ascribed to
Jacopo dellaLana. If byBenvenuto,itmu8tbe a translation,
as the original, still unpublished, is in Latin.

" Edizione accuratissima per 1' esecuzione tipografica.
Assai rara." — Colomb de Batmcs, i. 23. See also Main, Bep.
bibliog. no. 5942.

5. — Oomento di Chkistophoeo Landing
fiorentino sopra la Comedia di Uanthe Ali-
ghieri poeta fiorentino. [ Colophon ;] Impreseo
in Firenze per Nicholo di Lorenzo della Magna
a di .XXX. dagosto .m.cccc.lxxxi. [1481]. f°.
flf. (372). 2 engrav. (N. T.)

The first Florentine edition. The first fourteen leaves (of
which the first and last are blank) contain various inti'oductory
matters, which will be found also in the editions of 1491, 1493,
1497, 1507, 1529, 1564, 1678 [nos. 6, 7, 8, 12, 15, ig, S3], as
well as in other editions not included in this catalogue.

The two engravings (by Baccio Baldini from designs by
Botticelli) are at the oeginning of the first two cantos of the
Inferno. Space is left for an illustration at the beginning of
each canto and some copies of this edition have as many as
nineteen, twenty, or twenty-one inserted, but none have more
than this. The first cantos of the Inferno and Purgatorio
of Professor Norton's copy have each an elaborate illuminated
initial : that of the Inferno contains a portrait of Dante, and
in the ornament on the margin is the golden shield of the
Medici bearing the seven balls of Piero de' Medici. As he
died in 1469 the copy probably belonged to one of his chil-
dren, previous to the change made by Lorenzo de' Medici in
the number of the balls. Colomb de Batinefe gives a careful
bibliographical description (i. 36-46) and mentions all tlie
copies of note known to him.

Prof. Norton's copy is bound in three volumes, that in Mr.
Ticknor's hbrary is bound in one volume.

6. — [La divina commedia; col comento di
Cristofoko Landino. At end ;] Finita e
lopa deliclyto & diuo dathe alleghieri poeta
fioretino reuista & emedata diligetemete p el
reueredo maestro Piero da figio : & ha posto
molte cpse i diuersi luoghi che ha trouato ma-
eare i tutti edati liqli sono stati stapadi exeepto
qsti Impressi i uenesia p Bernardino benali
& Matthio da parma del. mcccclxxxxi. adi.
iii. marzo [1491]. i". ff. cclxxxxi. Wdcts.

Dn. 14.91
Ten unnumbered leaves of introductory matter at the be-
ginning and one leaf at end are panting. Differs slightly
from the descriptions of this edition given in Colomb de
Batines, i. 52, and in Hain, Bep. biblioa. no. 5949.

The Credo, Pater nostro, and Ave Maria of Dante follow
the colophon.

The edition contains three full-page wood-cuts and many
curious smaller ones, found also in the editions of 1493, 1507
and 1529 [nos. 7, 12, 15]. In the edition of 1497 (and prob-
ably in others) the same designs appear, but on a larger scale
and engraved vrith. finer execution. They are reproduced in
the 3 vol. edition published in Milan in 1864-66 [no. loi].

7. — Danthe alegieri fiorentino. [With the
comment of Chkistophoeo Landing. At
end:^ Fiuita e lopa dellinclyto & diuo Dathe
alleghieri poeta fioretino reuista & emedata
diligetemete p el reueredo maestro Piero da
Figino & ha posto molte cose i diuersi
luoghi che ha trouato macare si i lo texto coe
nella giosa. Impressa in Venetia per Matheo di
chodecha da parma. Del. mcccclxxxxiii. Adi.
xxix. de Nouembre [1493]. fl". (10), ccxcix.
[300], (1)= 811. f°. Wdcts. (N.)

Imperfect ; 1. 1 with its full-page wood-cut is wanting, the
larger part of f. 2 and a portion of the last leaf are also miss-
ing, and several other leaves are imperfect. The whole num-
ber of pages should be 311, not 310 as stated by Colomb de
Batines, and as would seem to be the case from the paging.
It shoiAd be noted that sig. x has but 7 leaves. At the
beginning of each of the three parts is a full-page wood-cut,
and smaller ones at the head of each canto, like those in the
edition of 1491.

Tlie first ten leaves contain the introductory matter com-
mon to several editions of this period, and the Credo, Pater
nostro and Ave Maria of Dante follow at the end of the
Paradiso.

8. — Danthe alighieri fiorentino. [At end:"]
Fine del comento di Christoforo Landing
Fiorentino sopra la Comedia di Dathe reuista

6 emendata diligetamete per el reueredo maestro
Piero da Figino & ha posto molte cose in di-
uersi luoghi che ha trouato macare si i lo texto
come nella giosa. Impressa in Venetia per
Pietro de zuanne di quarengii da palazago ber-
gamesco. Del m.cccc.lxxxxvii. A di. xi.
octubrio [1497]. f. ff. (10), ccxovii, (1).
Wdcts. (N.)

At the begmningof the Inferno is a full-page wood-cut, and
smaller ones stand at the head of each canto. They are the
same in design as those of the editions of 1491, 1493, etc. but
on a larger scale and engraved with finer execution. The
first ten leaves contain prolegomena like the earlier editions.
At the end of the Paradiso are given the Credo, the Pater
nostro and the Ave Maria of Dante.

9. — Le terze rime di Dante. [Colophon :'\
Venetiis in aedib. Aldi. accvratissime. Men.
avg. MDii. [1602]. sm. 8°. S. (244). (N.)

The first edition of Dante of small size. All the editions
of the fifteenth century had been folios. This contams neither
preface nor notes. On the verso of the last leaf is the familiar
emblem of the anchor and dolphin used here and in an edition
of Sedulius published in tlie flame year, for the first time.
Some copies of this edition have no anchqr, from which Re-
nouard concludes that Aldus did not have the block at hand
when he began to print the volume. See Colomb de Bd,tine8,
i. 60. Renouard, Annales des Aides, i. 61, 81 ; Firmin-Didot,
Aide Manuee, p. 210.

10. — Commedia, insieme con vno dialogo circa
el sito forma et misvre dello inferno [di An-
tonio Manetti]. lColophon:~] Impresso in Fi-
renze per opera & spesa di Philippo di Giunta
Fiorentino gli anni della salutif era incarnatione .
.M.Dvi. a di .XX. dAgosto [150C]. sm. 8°.

7 wdcts. Dn. 25.6

Preceded by *' Cantico di Hieronymo Beniuieni cittadino
fioretino in laude dello exceUentissimo Poeta Dante Ali-
gliieri, et della sequente commedia da lui diuinamente com-
posta,'' in terza rima.

"Edizione accreditatissima e rarissima. II testo fu dal
signor Viviani (Ediz. di Udine) giudicato eccellente e pieno
di molto belle lezioni che si trovano concordare col codice
bartoliniano." — Colomb de Batines, i. 64.

This copy has the book-plate of *' le comte D.'Boutourlin "
and the autograph of " Seymour Stoeker Klrkup."

n. — Dante col sito, et forma dell' inferno.
[Toscolano. circa 1506?] sm. 8°. Wdct. and
3 diagrs. Dn. 25.6.2

On the last page is the following : — " P. Alex. Pag[aninusl .
Bcnacenses. .F. Bena. .V. .V." The last part is thought
to mean " Fecerunt Benacenses, viva, viva," and to record
the establishment of their office in Toscolano. •' Leggiadra
edizione e poco eomune." — Colomb de Batines, i. 69.

12- — Danthe alighieri Fiorentino historlado.
Cum gratia & priuilegio. \_At end ;] Fine del
cometo di Christofgro Lading Fioretino re-
uisto & emedata diligetemete p el reueredo maes-
tro Piero da Figino & ha posto molte cose
i diuersi luoghi che ha trouato macare si e lo
texto coe nella giosa. Impressa in Venetia per
Bartholomeo de Zanni da Portese. Del.
M.D.vii. A di. xvii. de Zugno [1507]. f».
ff. (10), ccxcvin. Wdcts. (N.)

The wood-cuts are a full-page cut at the beginning of the
d small ones at the head of each canto. The first

Iniemo, and Siua^i \jixKa hl tue neau oi eacn canto, xne first
ten unnumbered leaves and the recto of f. 1 contain the pro.
legomena of the edition of 1481. At the end of the Paradise
follow the Credo, Pater nostro and Ave Maria as in the other
editions mentioned above, but in this case the colophon stands

DIVINA COMMEDIA, Italian, H81-1595.

5

after these, instead of between them and the poem as m
' earlier editions.

**Questii edizione, eh* fe ristampa di quella del 1497, Im
questo di singolare, che essa eontiene il testo dclP Aldina con
note Ic quali uon vi corrispondouo. il piuttosto rara. — Co-
lomb de Batiues, i. 68.

13; — Dante col sito, et forma dell' inferno
tratta dalla istessa descrittione del poeta.
[^Colophon ;^ Impresso in Vinegia nelle case
d' Aide & d' Andrea di Asola suo suocero nell'
anno m.d.xv. Del mese di Agosto [1515].
em. 8°. ff. (2), 244, (4). S diagrs. (N.)

Keprint, page by page, of tlie Aldine edition of 1502 and of
the undated Paganino edition of 1506.

The first two leaves contain a dedication. "Alia valorosa
madonna Vittoria Colonna Harchesana di Peacara," and the
^dine anchor is fonnd on the first and third leaves, and on
the recto of the last leaf.

14. — Oper'e del divino poeta Danthe con svoi
comenti : recorrecti et con ogne diligentia nova-
mente in littera cvrsiva impresse. In Biblio-
theca S. Bernardini. [^At end:'} Fine del
comento di Christoforo Landing Fioretino
sopra la comedia di Danthe, reuista & emendata
diligetemente per el reuerendo maestro Pietro
da Figino & ha posto raolte cose in diuersi
luoghi che ha truouato mancare si in lo texto

- come nella giosa etiam noniter per altri excel-

lenti huomini. Impressa in Venetia per. Miser

Bernardino stagnino da Trino de monferra.

Del. Mocccc.xx. A di xxviii. Marzo [1520].

4°. S. (12), 441 [440]. Wdcts. (N.)

The wood-cuts are a full-page cut at the beginning of the

Inferno, small ones at the head of each canto (all different

from the cuts in the earlier editions mentioned above), a

vignette of St. Bernard and a wood-cut of Adam and Eve

on the title-page, the latter being repeated ,on the fix-st page

of tiie Infenio.

"Edizione rara e molto stimata." — Colomb de Batines,
i. 78.

15. — Comedia: co 1' espositione di Christo-
PHORO XADiNO : nuouamete impressa : e con
somma diligetia reuista & emedata. mdxxix.
[^Colophon:'} Stapato in Venetia per lacob del
Burgofraco. Nellanno del nostro signer
.M.D.xxix. A di .xxiii. di Genaro [1529].
f. flf. (12),ccxcv. Port, andwdcts. Dn. 15.29

The title is inclosed in an Illustrated border. The text is a
reproduction, with but few variations, of the Aldine edition
of 1602. The eleven leaves-following the ,title-page contain
the introductory matters of the edition of 1481 and following
editions, and the Credo, Pater nostro, and Ave Maria follow
the Paradiso. The wood-cuts are a portrait on the reverse of
the title-page, large cuts at the beginnmg of each cantica
(that at the Deginnmg of the Inferno having an ornamental
border) and smaller ones at the head of each canto. They
are the same as in the edition of 1491 and others.

" Edizione diflicile a trovarsi." — Colomb de Batmes, 1. 79.

16. — Comedia del divino poeta Danthe Ali-
ghieri, con la dotta & leggiadra spositione di
Christophoro Landing : con somma diligentia
& accuratissimo studio nuouamente corretta, &
emendata : . . . . Aggivntavi di nvo vo vna co-
piosissima Tauola. In Vinegia, [per M. Ber-
nardino Stagnino]. 1536. 4°. Vign. of Dante,
and wdcts. Dn. 25.36 (BPL. *4792-4)

" With the exception of the Title and the ' Tavola," this is a
_ page for page reprint of the editions of 1612 and 1520. The
filustrations are tlie same (except that the vignette and en-
graved ornamental frame work of the first page of the Inferno
are omitted). The differences in the text, such as there
are, or, at least, such as I have jioted, are only of orthogra-
phy."— C. E. N.

17. — La comedia di Dante Aligieri con la nova
espositione di Ai.essandko Vellvtello. [ Colo-
phon:^ Impressa in Vinegia per Francesco

Marcolini ad instantia di Alessandro Vellutello
del mese di Gugno lanno mdxliiii [1544]. 4°.
Wdcts. (N. T.)

The first 26 leaves contain the dedication to Pope Paul III.,
an address to the reader, "Vita e costvmi del poeta," and
" Descrittione de lo inferno " with ten c^lts.
This is the first edition with Vellutello's comment.
The wood-cuts are three full-page cuts at the beginning of
each part of tlie poem, and smaller cuts, one for each canto.
They are entirely dlfterent from those published in earlier
editions with Landino's comment.

i8. — ' II Dante, Con argomenti, & dechiara-

tione de molti luoghi, nouamente reuisto, &

stampato. In Lione, per Oiovan. di Tovrnes.

1547. 16°. Vign. of Dante. Dn. 25.47

" Dee il suo principale ed unico pregio alia picciolezza de'

caratteri ed alia leggiadi'ia della stampa." — Gamba, Serie dei

testit p. 126.

ig. — Dante, con lespositione di Christoporo
Landing, et di Alessandrg Vellvtello. Con
tauole, argomenti, & allegorie, & riformato,
riueduto, & ridotto alia sua uera lettura, per
Francesco Sansovino. Venetia, appresso Oio-
uambatiista, Marchdb Sessa, ^ fratelli. 1564.
f°. Port, and wdcts. (N.)

The colophon reads, " Appresso Domenico Nicoliao. Per
Giouambattista, etc."

Contains all of the usual introductory matter of the editions
of Landino and Vellutello, with the wood-cuts of Vellutello's
edition of 1544 [no. 17]. The text follows the Aldine edition
of 1602 with a more modern orthography.

Portrait:' — On the title-page_, enclosed in a highly orna-
mented border; the same as that in the edition of 1578 [no. 32].

20. — Dante con 1' espositione di M. Ber-
nardino Daniellg da Lvcca, Sopra la sua
Comedia dell' Inferno, del Purgatorio, & del
Paradiso ; nuouamente stampatd, & posto in
luce. Venetia, appresso Pietro da Pino. 1568.
4°. 3 plates, and mgns. Dn. 25.68

The only edition of Daniello's Comment published, and
valued on that account. Fourteen verses are by mistake
omitted in the sixth canto of the Purgatorio. The comment
has been attributed to Gabriello Trifone, but without good
reason.

21. — La divina comedia, di nvovo alia sva uera
lettione ridotta con lo aiuto di molti antichissimi
esemplari. Con argomenti, & allegorie per cias-
cun canto, & apostille nel margine. Et indice
copiosissimo di vocaboli piu important!, con la
sposition loro. [Edited by Lodovico Dolce.]
Vinegia, appresso Domenico Farri. 1569.
24°. Dn. 25.69

" Vita discrltta da M. Lodovico Dolce." pp. vii.-ix.
"Edizione eseguita sopra quella del Giohto, 1655, e col
medesimo numero di facce." — Colomb de Batines, i. 94.

22. — Dante con 1' espositioni di Chrisioforg
Landing, et d' Alessandro Vellvtello. Con
tauole, argomenti, etc., per Francesco Sanso-
vino. Venetia, appresso Giouambattista, Mar-
chid Sessa, S^ fratelli. 1578. f°. Port, and
wdcts. (N.)

The colophon reads " Appresso gli Heredi di Francesco
Rampazetto. Ad instantia di Giouambattista, etc."

This is a reprint, almost in fac-simile, of the edition of 1564.
The dedication is different and the headings of the introduc-
tory matter vary, but otherwise the correspondence is very
close.

23. — La divina commedia ridotta a miglior le-
zione dagli Aocademici della Crusca. Con
privilegio. In Firenze, i>er Domenico Manzani.
1595. 16°. Vigns.&ai ornamental initials.- {a. ')

"Edizione reputatissima, dovuta aUe cure di vari aoca-
demici [della Crusca], i quali si attennero all' Aldina del
1502, consultando nel tempo istesso pii di 100 codici di grande
reputazione, di cui 62 se ne citano nell' Avviso al lettore . . . .
Caduta disgraziatamente in mano di stampatore negligentis-
suno, riusci zeppa d' errori " — ColomT) de Batines, 1. 99.

DANTE COLLECTION.

24. — La divina commedia ridotta a miglior le-
zione dagli Accade.mici della Crusca, seconda
impressione accresciuta degli argomenti, alle-
gorie, e spiega de' vocaboU oscuri. Dedicata
al dottor Tommaso Earina [by Cellenio Zac-
clori, i. e. Lorenzo Ciccarelli]. 1 vol. in 2.
Napoli, Francesco Laino. 1716. 16°. Dn. 27.16

" Comuneraente giudieata pid corretta di quella del 1595.
Gli argomenti e le allegorie sono copiati dall' edizione del
Giolito, 1555." — Colomb de Batines, 1. 103.

as. — La divina commedia, gia ridotta a miglior
lezione dagli Accademici della Crusca ; ed era
accresciuta di un doppio rimario [da Carlo
Noci], e di tre indici per opere del eig. G. A.
VoLPi. 3 vol. Padova, Giuseppe Comino.
1727, '26-27. sm. 8°. Port, and plate.

(T. BPL. 4790.48)

Contents : — Vol. i. contains (besides the text of the Divina
commedia) the following: —

Le Titc di Dante e del Petrarca, da Lionardo Aretino. ^-
Prinoipio d' un capitolo del abate A. M. Salvini al sig. F. Eedi.
^Catalogo di molte delle principali edizioni che sono state
■fatte della Div. com. — Sonetto del conte G. N. A. Montanari
al Volpi, e Sonetto del Volpi in risposta.— [Lettera di B. de'
Kossi a -L. Torrigiani.] — Opiuione intomo al tempo del
via^gio di Dante. — Autoritk de' testi.

li. Kimario di tutte le desinenze de' versi della Divina
commedia, operagi^ pubblicata in 1602 da C. Noci, ed ora
migUorata [da Volpi]. — Indice delle sole desinenze de'
versi della Divina commedia.

iii. Argomenti e le allegorie sopra ogni canto del poema di
Dante, e tre indici composti dal Volpi.

This edition, at the time of its publication, was generally
thought to excel all previous editions, and has been fre-
quently republished. It follows the 1595 edition [no. 23],
■tile text of which it reproduces in a corrected form. See
Colomb de Batines, i. 104.

Portrait: — "Disegnato da M. A. Comali e inciso dall'
Heylbrouck, copia di quelle di Bernardo India, celehre pittor
Veronese, che si conservava nel museo di Bernardino Lisca.''

— See no. 233. Della commedia traspor-
tata in verso latino da Carlo d' Aquino. Ital-
and Lat. 1728.

26. — Dante con una breve e suflBciente dichi-
arazione del senso letterale diversa in piu luoghi
da quella degli antichi comentatori. "By Pom-
peg Venturi. Edited by G. B. Placidi.] 8 vol.
Lucca, per S. D. Gappuri, a spese della societa
Idi Gesul. 1732. 8°. Dn. 27.32

"Prima edizione col comento del padre Venturi. ^ di-
venuta assai rara." — Colomb de Batines, i. 106.
Vol. ii. and iii. have only a half-title.

27. — La divina commedia, con gll argomenti,
allegorie e dichiarazioni di Lodotico Dolce.
Aggiuntovi la vita del poeta, il Kimario e due
indici utilissimi. Bergamo, Pietro Lancellotti.
1752. 12°. (T.)

Edited by the abate, P. A. Serassi. The text follows that
of the editions of 1595 and 1727 [no. 23 and 35], revised from
a MS. in the possession of Mgr. Albani of Bergamo.

28. — ' La divina comedia dell' inferno, poe-
metto morale, e filosofico; coUe annotazioni
distinte, ch' esplicano chiaramente 11 testo. Da
NicoLO Ciangulo. Lipsia, apresso Giovanni
Samuel Reinsio heredi. 1755. sm. 8°. Dn. 27.55

"fela prima edizione statnpata in Germania." — Scartaz-
zini, Dante in Germania^ ii. 184.

29. — La divina commedia con varie annota-
zioni, e copiosi rami adomata. Dedicata alia
sagra imperial maesta di Elisabetta Petrowna,
dal conte Ckistoforo Zapata di Cisnehos.
Tom. i.-iii. ; — Prose, e rime liriche, con copiose
ed erudite aggiunte. Tom. iv. in 2 pt. 4 torn,
in 5. Venezia, Antonio Zatta. 1757-58. 4°.
112plates. Dn. 17.57 (T. BPL.4801.50)

"i; questa edizione fatta con lusso, ma con poco buon

fusto nella scelta degli omamenti, vignette, fi-egi e figure,
n fine d' ogni canto porta le Amiotpzioni del Venturi e del
Volpi." — Gamba, Serie dei testi di lingua, p. 128.

" Memorie per servu-c aJla vita di Dante.''' iv. (2), 1-140.

" Lettera di Gius. Valeriano cav. Vannetti intomo ad »1
cune circostanze della vita di Dante, ed all' aver egli di
morato nella Val Lagarina, e quici composta una sua can-
zone." iv. (2), 141-168.

The text is, with few exceptions, that of the edition of
Padova, 1727.

Portrait : — " Ti-atto da un anfico ori^nale, che trovasi
nella Toscana.'' Name of engraver not given. Paur thinks
it to be possibly the foundation of Morghen's famous portrait
so often reproduced. Another plate gives a number of medals
bearing Dante's profile.

— See no. 188. La divine com^die, I'enfer.
Par MouTONNBT DE Clairfons. Ital. and
French. 1776.

30. — [La divina commedia, pubblicata da An-
drea RuBEi.] 3 vol. Venezia, presso Antonio
Zatta e figli. 1784. 16°. Port, and mgns.
(Parnaso italiano, iii.-v.) (BPL.'''276g.2)

Volpi's Indici from the edition of 1726-27 are printed at
the end of each volume. In vol. iii. are "Notizie storiche e
critiche," and " Paragone di Dante col Buonarroti," pp. 218-
223.

At the head of each canto is a vignette engraved by C. del-
I'Acqua and others.

Portrait : — A vignette on the title-page of each volume.

— See no. 193. L'enf er [par ANioiifE Riva-
ROLi, dit COMTE DE Rivarol]. Ital. and French.
1785.

31. — Inferno, poema. Parigi, C. A. J. Jacob.
1787. 24°. Dn. 27.87

32. — Purgatorio, poema. Parigi, C A. J.
Jacob. 1787. 24°. Dn. 27.87.2

33. — Paradise, poema. Parigi, C. A. J. Jacob.
1787. 24°. > Dn. 27.87.3

34. — La divina commedia novamente corretta
spiegata e difesa da E. B. L. M. C. [Er. Bal-
DASSARE Lomeardi minor conventuale.] 3 vol.
Roma, presso Antonio Fvlgoni. 1791. 4°.
3 plates, and vigns. Dn. 17.91

" Vita scritta dall' abate P. A. Serassi." 1. xvii.-xxiii.

"Dello stile di Dante. Elogio di P. K. Morando." 1.
xxiv.-xxv.

"Delia cagione per cui abbia Dante voluto a questo suo
poema dare il titolo di Commedia." F. R, Morando. 1.
xxvi.-xxvii.

Lombardi spent many years of his life in preparing tliis
edition of the Divina commedia. He consulted all the best
editions and many valuable manuscripts unknown to the
Accademia della Crusca whose edition was published in 1595
The latter had been generally accepted as of the greatest
accuracy, but Lombardi introduced many new readinEs and
his text has been adopted as the basis of most modem
editions.

This copy belonged to Lombardi himself and contains nu-
nierous and important additions m Ms. as he meditated a new
edition. Theywere but partially used in the edition pi-mted
at Rome by De Eomanis in 1815-16 [no. 44]. A aompli-

TtSstvoLmr ''''''^' ^""^'^ '^ ^°^''"'" -P'^-'i

35- — _ La divina commedia. [With an intro-
duction and "aggiunta critica" at the end, of
each vol. by G. J. de' M. Dionisi.] 3 torn.
7!?A?^*'«^' ^^^"^ Palazzo co' tipi bodoniani.
1795. f°. Port. Dn. 7.95

,,?,f ,^°'°™'' ^^ Batines, i. 121; also Foscolo's DUcorso ml
testo (p. 426) , in regard to Dionisi's new readings.

Portrait: — '^Jitetmo Tofanelh dehneo: ElifaeUo Mor-
ghen mcise m Firenze." '^.>-'i--.'^>^ mor-

3^- — La divina commedia. 3 vol. Penig, a

spese di F. Dienemann e camp. 1804. 4°. (N.)

A Ji' ^^^l^ edizione giudieata correttissima, pubblicata per cura

del professore Femow. L' editore ha seguito la lezioif degli

DIVINA COMMEDIA, Italian, 1716-1822.

Accademici suU* edizione datane dallo Zatta nel 1757, confo-
rendola con quella del Lombardi." — Colomb de Batines, i.
127.

Scartazzini says that Femow had no part in tlie ^ork. The
unsold, copios of this edition passed through various hands
and appeared at several later dates. Such a case the edi-
tion Catalogued beyond with the imprint " Breslavia, 1843 "
[no. 78] seems to' be.

Some bibhograpliics mention a 4th volume, but it is doubt-
ful if more than the three were ever published. Tliirty-nine
folio plates by Hummel from Flaxmau's designs, illustratmg
the Inferno, were published with the wort, but are wantmg
in tliis copy.

37. — La divina commedia. Illustrata di note
da LuiGi PoKTiRELLi. 3 vol. Milano, dalla
soeieta tipog. de' classici Ataliani. 1804-05.
8°. Port. anAZ plates. Dn.28.4(BPL.*48oi.i)

" Vita " by G. Tiraboschi. 1. xxvii-lxvii. The notes are
drawn mostly from Lombardi and Jacopo della Lana. — See
Colomb de Batines, i. 125.

Portrait: — "G. Benaglia dis. ed inc." Wanting in the
HCIi. copy.

38. — La divina commedia. Con illustrazioni
[by GiOTANNi RosiNi]. 4 torn, in 2. Pisa,
dalla tipog. della soeieta letteraria. 1804-09.
f°. 2portrs. anAS plates.

Dn. 8.4.Z (BPL. **G. 10.50)

260 copies. The BPL. copy is one of 20 on vellum paper.

Vol. iv. contains "Vita di Dante e gP Indici del Volpi,
listretti e riformati." See Colomb de Batines, i. 126.

Portraits: — Dante, " Stefano TofaneUi deline6; Baffaello
Morghen incise in Krenze " ; — Card. Despuig (to whom
theworliis dedicated), "TofaneUi del.; Petr.Bettelml sculp.
Bomae."

Plates : — Two by Bettclini, one by Lapi, " Raff. Morghen
diresse." These are not found in all copies and did not
originally belong to the HCL. copy. They were presented to
the library by Baron Ferd. Botta.

— The same. Vol. i.-iii. 1804. {". 2
pdrtrs. Dn. 8.4

39. — La divina commedia copiata dalla edi-
zione romana del P. Lombardi. S' aggiungono
le varie lezioni, le dichiarazioni necessarie, e la
vita deir autore nuovamente compendiata da
C. L. Ferkow. 3 torn. Jena, presso Fed.
Frommann. 1807. 12°. (Raccolta di autori
classici italiani. Poeti, 1-3.) Dn. 28.7

Considered the best of the eai-Iier German editions. See
Colomb de Batines, i. 130.

40. — La divina commedia, gia ridotta a miglior
lezione dagli Accademici della Crusca, ed ora
accuratamente efuendata, ed accresciuta di va-
rie lezioni, tratte da un antichissimo codice.
[Edited by Gabtano Poggiali.] 4 tom. in 2.
Livomo, presso Tommaso Masi e eomp". co' tipi
bodoniani. 1807-13. 8°. Fort. smA plate.

Dn. 28.7.2 (BPL. *28oo.2o)

Contents : — i., ii. Divina eommedia. — iii., iv. Vita di
Dante scritta da Leonardo Aretino. Annotazioni.

Portrait : — " Stefeno TofaneUi deUn. — RaffaeUo Mor-
ghen inc."

41. — La divina commedia. 3 vol. Milano,
Mussi. 1808-09. 32°. (T.)

42. — La divina commedia, edizione formata
sopra quella di Comino del 1727, con indici
ricchissimi composti da G. A. Volpi. 2 vol.
Venezia, Vitta/relli. 1811. 16°. (CoUeziorie
d' alcuni classici italiani.) (T.)

VoL 1. contains the text, vol. ii. the indices.

43. — La divina commedia, col comento del
P. PoMPEO Venttjri, edizione conforme al
testo cpminiano del 1727. 3 vol. Pirenze,
NicooVo Carli. 1813. 12°. (T.)

Vol. i. contains Venturi's preface to the first edition which
contained his comment, Lucca, 1732, and Aretmo's Life of
Dante.

44. — La divina commedia corretta, spiegata e
dif eaa dal P. Baldassarre Lombardi nel 1791.
Riscontrata ora sopra preziosi codioi, nuova-
mente emendata di molte altre vaghe annota-
zioni [by Filippo de Romanis]. Tom. i.-iii. ;
— Le princlpali cose appartenenti alia Divina
commedia, cioe il Rimario, la Visione di Al-
berico, la vita del poeta, etc. [iv.] 4 tom.
Roma, nella stamperia de Bomanis. 1815-17.
4°. Port, axidii plates.

Dn. 18.15 (T. BPL.*28oI.i)

For the sources which De Komanis consulted and the con-
tents of vol. iv., see Colomb de Batines, i. 137.

Portrait* — "Raf. Sanzio dip. L. Durantini dis. Aug.
.Testa inc.*' " II ritratto 6 copia fedele di quello che ^ am-
mira nello stupendo afiresco del Vaticano conosciuto sotto il
nome di Disputa del Sacramento."

45. — La divina commedia con tavole in rame.
[Edited by A. Renzi, G. Mariki, , and G.
Muzzi.] 4 tom. Firenze, nella tipog. aXV in-
segna delV Ancora. 1817-19. f°. Portrs. and
125 plates. Dn. 8.17

Vol. iv. contains: — Vita di Dante Alighieri scritta da
Lionardo Aretino. ^ Breve trattato sopra la forma, posizione,
e misura delP inferno. [G. del Rosso.J^ — Discorso intomo al
canto iv. dell' Inferno di Dante. G. F. G. Napione di Coc-
conato., — AUegoria deUa Divina commedia [del Marchetti].
— Annotazioni [drawn from many ancient commentators].

Portrait: — MedalUon vignette on the title-pages of tom.
i.-iii.

Plates : —Those of the Inferno (44) and of the Purgatorio

(40) were designed by Luigi AdemoUo, those of the Paradiso

(41) by Nenci. ' See Artaud de Montor, Histoire de Dante,
p. 599, note, for a discussion of their merit.

46. — La divina commedia col comento di
G. BiAGiOLi. 3 tom. Parigi, Dondey-Diipre.
1818-19. 8". Dn. 28.18

** Bella e nitida e correttissima edizione." Has been often
reprinted. Colomb de Batines (i. 143) mentions a portrait of
Dante, but none appears.

47. -r- La divina commedia, col comento di
G. iSiAGiOLi. 3 vol. Milano, Silvestri. 1819.
8°. (T.)

A reprint of the edition with BiagioU's comment of the
preceding year.

— See no. 234. L' inferno tradotto in versi
eroici latini dal dottore Antonio Catellacci.
rtal. and Lat. 1819.

48. — La divina commedia di mano del Boc-
caccio. [Published by Luigi Fantoni.] Ro-
veta, negli Occhi Santi di Bice. 1820. 1. 8°.
Front, and fac-sim. Dn. 28.20 (BPL. 2802.1)

"i; copia del codice della Vaticana, no. 3199."
Portrait : — "11 ritratto fu inciso sopr' un disegno originale
ed inedito di Gius. Bossi, che si conserva dal marchese Tri-
vulzio." — Colomb de Batines, i. 148. The frontispiece has ,
also portraits of Boccaccio and Petrarch.

49. — Another copy of the same edition. In-
ferno only, printed in yellow ink on dark pur-
ple paper. Dn. 28.20.2

50. — - La divina commedia. Nuova ed. 3 vol.
Parigi, G. P. Aillaud. 1822. 32°. Port.

Dn. 28.22

Portrait : — "C. Knight sculpt."

gi. — La divina commedia col comento del
P. Baldassarre Lombardi, ora nuovamente
arricchito di molte illustrazioni edite ed in-
edite. Vol. i.-iii. ; — II rimario della Divina
commedia, 1' indice delle voci, e quello de'
nomi proprj e delle cose notabili. Vol. iv. ; —
La biografia di Dante. Varie illustrazioni della
Divina commedia, ed il catalogo delle edizioni*

8

DANTE COLLECTION.

Vol. V. [Edited by G. Campi, F. Tedekici

andG. Maffei.] 5 vol. F adova, dallatipog.

della Minerva. 1822. 8°. Port, and 3 plates.

Dn. 28.22.2 (BPL. *48oo.5)

"Edizione con note di vari, la migliora di tutte le moderne

edlzioni della Divina commedia." — Colomb de Batincs, i.

153.

Portrait (in vol. v.) : — No indication given of engraver or
'designer. It is apparently founded on the deatli-mask, and is
reproduced in Foscolo's edition, 1842-43, where it is signed
" I-I. Robinson," jilso somewhat smaller iu Borghi's edition,
1844. The lithograph in Martini's edition of lii40 is evidently
founded on it, as well as the head in Biittura's Quattro poeii
italiani, 1845, and the portrait in Kok's Dutch translation,
1863-64, which is much reduced, of inferior execution, and
signed " D. J.'Sluyter." Paur says of it *'Das ganze bietet
raehr den anblick eines mnjiteren, etwa-s weibischen monches,
ais des strengen weltverachters Dante."

52. — La divina commedia. 2 vol. Londra,
presso O. Corrall, a spese^ di G. Pickering.
1823, '22. 48°. Port. (N.)

Minute edition in microscopic type.
Portrait : — " R. Morghen dt. R. Grave sc."

53. — Opere poetiche con note di diversi per
diligenza e studio di Antonio Buttuka. 2 torn.
Parigi, presso Lefevre. 1823. 8". PoH. (I
quattro poeti italiani.) (N. T./ BPL. *42o8.6)

i. Poesie liriche. — Inferno, ii. Purgatoiio. — Paradiso,
" Vita, scritta dal cav. G. Tiraboschi." i. 1-37.
Portrait: — " H. C. Miiller sc."

54. — La divina commedia, giusta la lezione
del cojiice bartoliniano. [Edited by the abate
QniRico ViviANi.] 3 vol. in 4. Udine,^ei/ra-
telli Mattiuzzi. 1823-28. 8°. Plate and fac-
sim. (N. BPL. 2802.13)

Contents (partial) : — i. Tavola de* testi colisultati per la
presente edizioue. Dell' inferno. — ii. Del purgatorio. Del
paradiso. — iii. 1. Ragionamento sopra Dante, di F. Tovti.
11 secolo di Dante ; comento storico, di P. Arrivabene. —
iii. 2. Diziohario etimologico della Divina commedia. In-
dici. Suplimento alia tavola nel i. vol.

Plate: — "Dante alia grot.ta di Tolmino. G. Derif dis.
Aliprandi inc. Miliara diresse."

— See no. 195. L'enfer, par J. C. Taktek.
Ital. and French. 1824.

55.' — Bellezze della Commedia di Dante Ali-

ghierl. Dialoghi d'AsTONio Cesari [including

the complete text]. 3 vol. Verona, tip. di

Paolo Libanti. 1824-26. 8°.

See Cesari, A. Bellezze, etc. ' 38.187 (BPL. aSoi.S)

56. — La commedia illustrata da UgoEoscolo.
Tom. i. Londra, Gugl. Pickering. 1825. 8°.

Dn. 130.1

\ Contents: — Discorso suI testo e su le opinioni diverse
prevalenti intoi-no alia storia e alia emendazione critica della
Commedia di Dante.

!No more published. Foseolo died in 1827, and the work
was taken up a^in some years later by Mazzini, and com-
pleted. See his edition of 1842-43 [no. 76] .

57. — La divina commedia. 3 vol. Milano,
per Nicolo Bettoni. 1825. 8°. Fronts. Dn. 28.25

" Le note in pife di pagina son compendiate dai piii celebri
comenti, meno alcune inedite del Monti, del conte Perticari
e della contessa moglie di lui." — Colomb de Batines, i. 161.

The portrait of Dante by Bossi is wanting.

58. — La divina commedia, con brevi e chiare
note [by Paolo Costa. With illustrations by
G. G. Machiavelli.] 8 vol. Bologna, Gam-
herini e Parmpggiani. 1826. 4°. (T.)

Contents : — Vol. i. contains (beside the text of the Inferno
and notes by Costa and others) "Vita di Dante di Paolo
Costa ; Discorso del conte Gio. Marchetti intomo alia prima
e principale allegoria del poema di Dante; Descrizione del
Inferno." Vol, ii. contains the Purgatorio and notes preceded

by a "Descrizione del Purgatorio," and followed by a "Dis-
corso di Paolo Costa nel quale si dichiarano due Inoghi contro-
versi della Div. com." Vol. iii. contains the Pai-adiso and
notes, and a " Descrizione del paradiso."

Gozzi's Argomenti are printed at the head of each canto.

Machiavelli's illustrations were designed in Rome in 1806
and 1807, and first published in the Bologna edition of 1819-21,
of which the present edition is a reprint with some few
additions.

59. — La divina commedia con comento ana-
litico di Gabkielb Rossetti. Vol. i., ii. Lon-
dra, JbA™ i/wrray. 1826-27. 8°. Diagrs. (N.)

Contents : — i., ii. L' inferno. No more was published. •

"Vita di Dante." i. xix-xl.

"Disamina del sistema allegorico della Divina commedia."
i. 331-406, ii. 349-656.

" Nozioni storiche intorno all' imperadore Arrigo di Lus-
semburgo." ii. xvii-xlvii.

60. — La divina commedia con nuovi argomenti
e note [del canonicoBoKGHi]. 3 vol. Firenze,
P. Borghi e comp. 1827. 32°. Port. (Col-
lezione portatile di classici italiani, xix.-xxi.)

Dn. 28.27

Portrait: — " E. Cateni dis. Lasinio figlio inc." Is evi-
dently founded on Morgheu's portrait, very much reduced,
and inferior.

6i. — L' ottimo commento della Divina com-
media; testo inedito d' un contemporaneo di
Dante citato dagli Accademici della Crusca.
[Edited with the text by Alessandro Toeki.]
3 torn. Fisa, Mc. Capurro. 1827-29. 8°. Port,
and plates. Dn. 28.27.2 (T. BPL. 2802.21)

Portrait : — " Stefano Tofanelli delin. RafTaello Morghen
inc." Reduced from the large plate in the editions of 1795
and 1804. Also an outline engraving of the Florentine fresco
wrongly attributed to Orgagna, representing Dante standing.

62. — La diyina commedia : publicata da A.
BuTTURA. 3 torn. Parigi, presso Aime-Andre.
1829. 32°. Port, and 3 plates. (Biblioteca
poetica italiana, i.-iii.)

Dn. 28.29 (BPL. 67793.15)

" Ristampa dell' edizione parigina del 1820." — Colomb de
Batines, i. 171.

Portrait : — " Pamela Dautel sc." A copy of Morghen's
engraving reversed.

63. . — La divina commedia, postillata da ToR-
QUATO Tasso. 3 torn. Pisa, [Cdpurro'] co' car
ratteridiF.Didot. 1830. 4°. Portrs. Dn.28.3tf

" Postille cavate dai margin! di tre edlzioni, per cnra del-
I'ab. Rezzi, e pubblicate coll' intero testo di Dante dal prov.
Gio. Rosini." — Lord Vernon, Serie cronologica, no. 226.

Portrait : — (Dante) A very close copy of the Tofanelli-
Morghen portrait as it appeared in the editions of 1795 and
1804.

64. — La divina commedia con note di Paolo
CosTA, da lui per questa edizione nuovamente
riviste ed emendate. Firenze, tipog. all' in- -
segna di Dante. 1830. 24°. Front, and vign.

Dn. 2S.30.2

■With an engraved title-page. " Con questa edizione, fatta
intieramente su quella intrapresa nel 1827 in Milano da A.
Bonfanti si pubblicarono nuove note del Costa, del Blonde e
del Betti." — Colomb de Batines, i. 173.

65. — La divina commedia col comento del P.
Baldassarre Lombakdi. Vol. i.-iii. ; — Prose,
rimario, indice. Vol. iv. ; — Rime di Dante,
precedute dalla sua biografia. Vol. v. ; — Le
egloghe latine, i trattati del Volgar eloquio e
della Monarchia e le epistole. Vol. vi. 6 vol.
Firenze, Leonardo Giardetti. 1830-41. 8°.
Port, and 3 plates.

(i.-iii.) Dn. 28.30.3; (iv.-vi.) Dn. 28.30.4
(T. BPL. *28oi.6; *4ig5.6)

DIVINA COMMEDIA, Itaeian, 1822-1842.

— The same. Vol. vi. Krenze. 1841.
8°. Dn. 28.30.5

Vol. iv.-Ti. have also the half-title *' Opere minori di
Dante, etc." This edition w^ also published with 112 illus-
trations from designs by I laxman.

" II testo fe copiato dalli-euizione padovana del *22 [ao. 51].
SI aggiunsero per altro alcune viu-iantc tratto dalP edizioue
d' Udine, 1823 fno. 54]." — Colomb de Batines, i. 176.

Portrait: — with no indication of engraver; a poor copy
of Morghen's portrait, reversed.

66. — La divina commedia, con note di Paolo
Costa. 3 vol. 'S^poli, dellatipog. del Petrarca.

- 1836, '35. 24°. Dn. 28.36

"Vita." i. Yii.-xxxviii.

67. — La divina commedia, con note di Paolo
Costa, edizione eseguita sull' ultima fiorentina,
dal commentatore medesimo rivista ed emen-
data. [With an appendix.] Monza, iipog.
Corbeita. 1837. 1.8°. Port. 38.46

** Vita di Dante Alighieri." pp. v.-xvi.

68. — La divina commedia ridotta a miglior
lezione coll' aiuto di vari testi a penna da
G. B. NicooLiNi, GiNo Capponi, G. Bokghi, e
PR0TTCOSO Beochi. 2 vol. Krenze, Felice
Le Monnier e comp. 1837. 1. 8°. Pari.

(N. T. BPL. 2801.3)

Vol. ii. Prefazione e avvertimenti di Fruttuoso Beochi. —
Awertimenti sul testo deUa Divina commedia.
J'ortrait: — "Del Bene dis. P. Vivianiiuc."

6g. — La commedia col comento di N. Tom-
MASEO. [Pubblicata da G. Bernardini.] 3 vol.
Venezia, co' tipi del gondoUere. 1837. 8°.
Tign. (BPL. 2800.1)

" Nitidissima edizione. Ha ricchezza di citazioni che mos-
trano i fonti a' quali ebbe ricorso il poeta, e che sono spezial-
mente la Bibbia, Aristotile, Virgilio, S. Tommaso." — Gamba,
$erie dei testi di lingua^ p. 133.

70. — La divina commedia col comento del
P. BoNAVEH'TUKA [Baldassare] Lombardi, con
le illustrazioni aggiuntevi dagli editori di Pa-
dova uel 1822 e con un' appendice novella-
mente compilata per questa ristampa. [With
"Le rime di Francesco Petrarca," etc. 1839.
pp. 741-927.] iFirenze, David Passigli. 1838.
1.8°. i plates. Dn. 28.38

Also with an engraved title-page to each division — Dante,
and Petrarch.

71. — Lo inferno della commedia col comento
di GuiKiFORTO DELLi Bargigi tratto da due
manoscritti inediti del secolo decimo quinto
con introduzione e note dell' avv. G. Zache-
roni. -Marsilia, etc., Mossy. 1838. 1.8°.
Front., plates, and vign. (N.)

But few copies were printed. This copy does not contain
the Dedication and Introduction spoken of in Colomb de
Batines, i. 187.

72. — La divina commedia col comento del P.
PoMPEO Venturi ; nuova ed. a miglior lezione
ridotta ed arricchita d' inedite postille del dottor
Giovanni Lami e di P. J. Praticelli. 3 torn.
Pirenze, G. Molini. 1839. 24°. Port, and
plates. Dn. 28.39

•' Della prima e prinoipale aUegoria del poema. Discorso
di P. Fraticelli." i. x.-xl.

" Prefazione del P. P. Venturi all' edizione di Lucca del
1732." i. 1-5. ^ „ „,

"Vita di Dante scritta da L. Aretino." 1. 7-24.

This edition is not mentioned by Colomb de Batines or by
Lord Vernon. It is a reprint, with shght changes, of that
published by Formigli in 1837. It reproduces Venturi's
Comment, first published in 1732, freed from the many inac-
curacies which had disfigured it in earlier editions. See
Colomb de Batines, i. 181.

Portrait: — The engraver's name and the source of the
engraving arc not given, hut it is an unmistakable copy of the
profile on a modal Dy Ant. Fabris produced in 1829, and en.
graved in Missirini's Belle memorie di Dante in Jf'irensne
[Dn. 535.3].

73. — La divina commedia dichiarata secondo i
principii della filosofla per Lorenzo Martini.
3 vol. in 1. Torino, CHacinio Marietii. 1840.
8°. Port. Dn. 28.40

Portrait : — A lithograph, apparently copied fi'om the
anonymous portrait in the Paduan edition of 1822.

74. — La divina commedia con le note di Paolo
Costa, e gli argomenti dell' ab, G. Borghi ; ed
una vita appositamente scritta dal prof. Me!-
chior Missirini. 1" ed. originale italiana ese-
guita sotto la direzione dei sign. G. B. Nicco-
LiNi [Nicolini] e G. Bbzzuoli. [Eiveduto e
ricorretto da P. J. Praticelli.]. 3 vol. Firenze,
Fabris. 1840-42. 1. 8°. Port, and 500 vigns.

(BPL. 2801.5)

Contents : — i. Della prima e principale aUegoria del poema
di Dante, discorso di P. Praticelli. L' inferno. — ii. II pur-
gatorio. — iii. II paradiso. Cronologia di avvenimenti con-
nessi alia vita e alia commedia di Dante, etc., scritta da Ugo
Foscolo.

The life by Missirini, regarded by Colomb de Batines
(i. 190) 'as vol. i. was pubUslied separately without volume
number (BPL. 2800.11!).

The text follows Lombardi's edition of 1791. The illustra-
tions, which were partly copied from the works of Flaxman,
PinelLli, Ademollo, etc., were designed and engraved by
Fabris, Balestrieri, Elisa Mariani and others.

75. — La divina commedia, col comento del
P. PoMPEO Venturi, con postille d'altri e la
vita dell' autore scritta da L. Aretino. Edizione
arricchita per opera di A. Ronna. Parigi,
Truchy. 1841. 12°. (T.)

— See 'no. 215. Die gottliche komodie.
Von August Kopisch. Ital. and Germ. 1842.

76. — La commedia illustrata da Ugo Foscolo.
[Edited by " Un Italiano," i. e. Giuseppe Maz-
zini.] 4 tom. Jjondra, Pietro Eolandi. 1842-
43. 8°. S porirs., 6 plates, and fac-sim.

Dn. 28.42

Contents : — i. Discorso sul testo e su le opinioni diver.se
prevalenti intorno alia storia e alia emendazione critica della
Commedia. 1842.

ii. Inferno. 1842.

iii. Purgatorio. Paradiso. 1843.

iv. Cronologia di avvenimenti connessi alia vita, e alia
Commedia di Dante. Notizie e pareri diversi intorno a iprse
duecento codici e alia serie delle edizioni della Commedia.
Indice de' vocaboli, n^mi, avvenimenti storici e aUusioni
riferiti con dichiaraziom a' versi del testo.

Vol. i. was published in 1826 by Pickering in London, but
the edition was not continued, and Foscolo died in 1827.
This is pubhshed according to his intentions and from mate-
rial collected lay him.

Portraits: — Dante. "Ritratto all eta di 25 anni, di-
pinto da Giotto verso il 1290 nella cappeUa del Podestk a Fi-
renze, scoperto il 21 luglio 1840. Seymour Kirkup disscgnfi."
— Dante. " H. Robinson." " In etk onnai avanzata, copi-
ato su que' che si riguardano come i piii autenticl, ed inciso
in acciaio." It seems to be a copy of the anonymous portrait
in tlie Paduan edition of 1822. — Foscolo. " H. Robinson
sculp."

See Colomb de Batines, i. 162, 193.

— Another copy. Dn. 28.42.2
Margins narrower and plates wanting.

77. — L' inferno secondo il testo del P. Bal-
dassarre Lombardi disposto in ordine grammati-
cale e corredato di brevi dichiarazioni per
uso degli stranieri da Lord Vernon. [Cant,
i.-vii.] Firenze, Piatti. 1842. 8°. Port.,
diagr., and geneal. table. Dn. 28.42.3

"Opinione del Balbo rispetto ai lavori sopra Dante."
x._xiii. "Vita di Dante estratto dal Boccaccio." xxvii.-

lO

DANTE COLLECTION.

Ixxn. — " Ong-ine del guelfi e ghibellini in Firenze dal lib.
ii. delle storie del Machiavelli." ' Ixvii.-lxxxi. — " Origine
delle fazioni biauca e nera in Toscana.*' Ixxxii.-xci. — " Al-
bero della famiglla di Dante." 2 sheets. — *' Cronologia
della vita di Dante." xciii.-xcvi — *' Avveniraenti precedent!
e contemporanei." xcvii.-civ — "Imperatori re di Ger-
mania ere de' romani." cv.-cvii. — "Papi." cviii.-cix, —
**_Descrizione dell' inferno socondo Dante, cavata dall* edi-
zione del Zotti." cxi.-cxx. — " Misura dell' inferno se-
condo Alessandro Vellutello." cxxi.

Portrait : — Ritratto dipinto da Giotto, scoperto il 21. Inglio
1840. Seymour Kirkup disegnu. Cav. Paolo Lasinio inc."

78. — La divina commedia. Breslavia, a spese
di S. Schletter. 1843. 8°. - Dn. 28.43

Each contica has a separate pagination. Cant. ii. has a
title-page with the imprint " Penig, 1804." The whole is
probably identical with the 8° edition of 1804, with a simple
change of title-page.

79. — La dirina commedia con nuovi argo-
menti e note di G. Borghi. Parigi, Baudry.
1844. 12°. Port. a.ni plate. Dn. 28.44

•* Vita, scritta daU' abate P. A. Serassi." pp. i.-iv.
Portrait : — A copy of the anouymons portrait in the
Paduan edition of 1822.

80. — La divina commedia col comento di Paolo
Costa notabilmente accresciuto. Premessovi
alcuni cenni intorno alia vita e alle opere del
poeta tratti dalla Storia letteraria del prof. Giu-
seppe Maffei. [Edited by B. Bianclii.] Fi-
renze, Felice Le Monnier. 1844. 12°. Front.

Dn. 28.44.2

81. — I quattro poeti Italian! con prefazioni e
commenti da Paolo Emiliani-Giddici. Wi-
lejize, societd editrice fiorentina. 1845. 18°.

(BPL. 2791. 11)
" La divina commedia." pp. 71-305.

82. — I quattro poeti italiani, Dante, Petrarca,
Ariosto, Tasso. Edizione fatta su quella di
A. BuTTURA [pubblicata da Antonio Konna].
Parigi, Baudry. 1845. 12°. Portrs. (Par-
naso italiano.) (BPL. 4779.64)

" La divina commedia." pp. 1-138.

Portraits : — A group of the four poets. Dante's head
seems to be taken from the anonymous portrait in the Paduan
edition of 1822.

83. — Inferno in versi e in prosa. [Edited, with
Gozzi's Argomenti, by Carpanetti.] Pirenze,
Felice Le Monnier. 1847. 12°. Dn. 28.47

The prose is given at the foot of the page.

— See no. 138. Divine comedy : the In-
ferno. By J. A. Cakltle. Ital. and Eng.
1849.

84. — La divina commedia. Venezia, G*. Tasso.
1852. 24°. (BPL. Bioga.sy)

85. — ' La commedia novamente riveduta nel
testo, e dichiarata da Beunone Bianchi. 4" ed. ,
corredata del Eimario. Ed. stereotipa. Fi-
renze, Felice Le Monnier. 1854. sm. 8°.

Dn. 28.54
" Vita di Dante " by L. Bruni Aretino.

86. — Commedia con ragionamenti e note di
NiocoLO ToMMASEO. Milano, per Giuseppe
Rejna. 1854. 1.8°. (N.)

Biographical and historical introductory essays, pp. 13-60.

— See no. 137. La divine comedie. Par
J. A. Meskakd. Ital. and French. 1854-57.

87. — La divina commedia col comento di
G. BiAGion. 4' ed. con rami e coll' indice de'

nomi e delle cose notabiii per cura del sac.
B. G. 3 vol. Napoli, A. Festa, etc. 1855.
12°. 2Q plates. (BPL. 2809.8)

The 1st ed. was published in 1818.

The plates are taken from Flaxman's designs.

— See no. 185. La divine comfidie. Par
H. F. E. DE Lamennais. Ital. and French.
1855.

88. — Commento latino [of Benvenuto da
Imola, translated into Italian, with the text of
the Divina commedia]. Imola, tipog. Oaleati.
1855-56. 8°.

See Rambaldi, da Imola, B. Commento latuio, He.

(N. BPL. 3802.14)

89. — La commedia, interpretata da Fkancesco
Gregoketti. Venezia, Pietro Naratovich.
1856. sm. 8°. (BPL. 4800.20)

— See nos. 190-192. [La divine com6die.]
Par Lows Ratisbonne. Ital. and French.
1856-60.

go. — La divina commedia, illustrata dal oonte
Francesco Trissino col testo originale a ris-
contro ad utilita e comodo degli studiosi della

, sublime poesia. 3 vol. Viccnza, tipog. Pa-
roni. 1857-58. 8°. Dn. 28.57

•' Eseguita precisamente sopra quella fiorentina di David
Passigli delP auno 1838."

The text is given on the left and a running paraphrase and
comment on the right.

" tl il miglior lavoro di questo genere, condotto con chia-
rezza e vaghezza di lingua." — Carpellini, p. 5.

"Idea del poema di Dante." iii. 635-640. "Idea possi-
bilmente precisa del luogo nel quale in ciascuua delle tre
cantiche s' incomincia e si compie partitamente tutta
r azionc " [from Gahleo and Lombardi] iii. 641-655.

"Indice di tutti i luoghi visitati da Teodoro Hell nel suo
viaggio." iii. 656-657.

" Indice dei nomi proprj e delle cose notabiii contenute
nelle tre cantiche." iii. 658-699.

gi. — Le prime quattro edizioni della Divina
commedia letteralmente ristampate per cura di
G. G. Warken, Lord Veknon. Londra, Tom-
maso e Guglielmo Boone. 1858. f°. Fac-
sims. (N. BPL. *28oo.4)

The four editions are 'those of Foligno, 1472, Jesi, 1472,

Mantua, 1472, and Naples, 1474. The lour texts arc printed

in the four quarters of each page. The work was edited,

with a preface, by Sir Anthony Panizzi.

92. — L', inferno disposto in ordine grammati-
cale e corredato di brevi dichiarazioni da G. G.
Warren, Lord Vernon. 3 vol. Londra, Tom-
maso e Guglielmo Boone. 1858-65. f°. Maps,
plates, fac-sim., wdcts., etc. Dn. 8.58

Vol. i. "contains the text of the 'Inferno' with a gram-
matical ordo, brief explanations of words, persons, and
places, and a series of extremely useful analytical tables, of
the allegory as expounded by commentators ancient and
modem." Also, a "serie cronologica delle edizioni della
Div. com. fino al 1850."

Vol. ii. Documenti. 1862. "In the second volume will
be found brought together not a few writings, documents,
audltracts, which illusti'ate the biography and circumstances
of the Poet, the liistory of hix time, and of the personages
mentioned in the cantica. The gi-eatcr part of these writings
are the productions of various Italian letterati, who, from
the friendship they profess for me, and at my request, have
kindly furnished me with these works for the embellishment
of ray own." v

Vol. iii. Album. 1865. 112 plates. Engravuigs repre-
senting " portraits, paintings, plans, and above all, historical
monuments; they illustrate the history of the 14th cent.,J;he
biogi'aphy of Dante, and the particulars of his poem."

Portraits : — Frontispiece, (photog.) " Drawn from the
original (by Giotto) by Seymour Kirkup, the first promoter
of the discovery, and traced on the £i:esco in the palace of
the Podesti in Florence before the painting was retouched."
— Plate ii. The same, engraved Dy Lasmio. — Plate iii.

DIVINA gOMMEDIA, Italian, 1843-1865.

II

The same, head only. — Plate vi. " Maschera di Dante,"
front and profile, drawn by Kirkup, engruved by Lashiio. —
Plate ix. '' Basso rilievo sul .sepolcro ,ai Dante a Eavemm."
Drawn by Kirkup, engraved by Ijasinio.
See Barlow's On the Vernon Dante.

93. — Commento di Francesco da Buti [with
the text of the Uivina commedia] . Pisa, fra-
tell-i Mstri. 1858-62. 8°.

See Buti, 7. Bi B. da. Commento, etc.

Dn. 28.58 (BPL. *4795.i)

94. — La divina commedia su' comenti di Bru-
NONE BiANOHi nuo,vamente illustrata ed esposta
e renduta in facile prosa per Giovanni Castro-
GiovANNi. Palermo, officio tipog. lo Bianco.
1858 [1861]. 1. 8°. Dn. 28.58.2

" Cenui intorno alia vita ed alle opere di Dante Alighieri
estratti dal Mafi'ei e da altri scrittori." pp. vii.-x.
" L' edizione fe poco corretta." — Carpellini, p. 8.

95. — La divina commedia col comento di
PiETBO Fraticelli. Nuova ed. con giunte e
correzioni, arricchita de' cenni storici intorno al
poeta, del rimario [e] d' un indice. 1 vol. in 3.
Pirenze, O. BarUra. 1860. 8°. Port, and
Z plates. (Raccolta dantesca. 1.) (N.)

"Cenni storici intorno la vita di Dante Alighieri." ix.-
xxiv.

*' Delia prima e principale aUegona del poema di Dante."
xxv.-xliii.

" Rimario della Divina commedia." pp. 112.

Portrait: — " Ritratto dall' amico siio Giotto nella cap-
pella del Potesta in Firenze, discoperto 1' anno 1841."

— See nos. 175-180. [La divine come-
die] avec les dessins de Gustave Dore. Tra-
duction de P. A. FioRENTiNO^ Hal. and French.
1861-1872.

— See no. 189. Le purgatoire. Par A. F.
OzAXAM. Ital. and French. 1862.

gg. — La divina commedia ricorretta^ sopra
quattro dei piu autorevoli testi a penna da
Caelo Witte. Berlino, Ridolfo Decker. 1862.
4°. Photograph. Dn. 28.62 (BPL. *4790.39)

The various readings of the manuscripts and editions con.
suited are printed on the margins of each page. The In-
troduction is a thorough critical essay of the text of the D. C;
Its history, the authority of Mss. and printed texts &c. &c.
"Witle's wide and exact scholarship, and his excellent taste
and judgment are apparent throughout. IDs work caimot be
superseded. — C.E.N.

Pasted on the first flyleaf is a photograph of a bust of
Dante taken from the death-mask.

gy. — La diviria commedia. Edizione niinore
fatta sul testo dell' edizione critica di Carlo
WiTTE. Berlino, Ridolfo Decker. 1862. 8°.

Dn. 28.62.2

g8. — La divina commedia, all' intelligenza di
tutti. Studio d' un solitario [P. I. Lameri
DI LoNGiANo]. 2'>ed. 2 vol. (paged contin.)
Firenze, tipog. Fioretti. 1862. sm. 8°. Port.

Dn. 2S.62.3

" Ha una stampa in legno incisa dal Gozzini. fi il ritratto
di Dante preao da quello che il Bronzino [Alessandro AUori]
dipinse nella Cappella dei Montauto alia SS. Nmiziata,
ricavato da esso dalla maschera di Daaite." — Cai-pellini, p. 9.

With introductory discourses, and a " Eepertorio alfabetico
ohe somministra le cognizioni d' ogni maniera opportune
all' intelligenza della D. C," pp. 731-890.

gg. — La divina commedia esposta in prosa dal
conte Francesco Tkissino col testo a riscon-
tro. 2° ed. dall' espositore riveduta e corre-
data di note sue e d' altri. 3 vol. Milano,
Gaetano Schiepatii. 1864. 8°. Port.

(BPL; 2800.5)

Vol. i. has also a chroino-lithogi-aphed tftle-page.

Vol. i. contains "Vita di Dante soritta da Paolo Costa,"
and '• Idea del poema di Dante."

Portrait (colored) ; — PuU-length, seated; a wretched pro-
duction.

100. — Commento su la Divina commedia pel
prof. A. G. DE Marzo [with the text] . Firenze,
Grazzini, Giannini e c. 1864-82. 4°.
See Marzo, A. G. de. Commento, etc. Dn. 18.64

loi. — La divina commedia secondo la lezione
di Carlo Witte. Prima ed. italiana adorna di
cento incisioni antiche. 3 vol. in 1. Milano,
G. Daelli e c. 1864-66, '64. 16°. Fronts, and
wdcts. (BiBLiOTECA rara, xli.-xliii.)
Dn. 28.64 (BPL. 2799.53; vol. 41-43 of
'*476oa.5o ,^

The title-page of each vol. is illnstri^ted, and the woodcuts
are copied froin the edition of 1491 [no. 6] . --'

102. — La divina comedia col commento cat-
tolico di LuiGi Bennassoti. 3 vol. Verona,
stabilimento Cii>elli. 1864-68. 8°;' and atlas
of 2?) plates. (BPL. 4792.1)

'HCL. has Vol. i. Inferno. Dn. 28.64.2

The text was edited by Bartolorameo Sorio. , The plates in

the BPL. copy have been collated and found to agree with

the list given in Ferrazzi's Manuale danteacOt vol. 4, pp. 154,

165 ; see also vol. 2, pp. 490-492, 763.

103. — II codice cassinese della Divina com-
media, ^er la prima volta letteralmente messo
a stampa per cura dei monaci benedettini d[ella
badia di Monte Cassino. Monte Cassino.
1865. f°. 6 plates of fac-sims. and port. ,

(N. BPL. *48oo.i4)

Prolegomena on the history of the manuscript, its palaeog-
raphy, and the manner in which it has been edited, pp. iii.-lv.
The various readings of nineteen other editions or manu-
scripts are given at the foot of each page.

The manuscript here published is described by Colomb de
Batines (ii. 221) ; see also a letter from the abate Costanzo,
origmally published ui 1801, and reprinted in the editions of
the Divina commedia published in Home, 1815 (iv. 17-107) .
and Padova, 1822 (v. 157-268) .

Portrait : — A photograph of : painting by Scipione Pul-
zone da Gaeta preserved at Monte Cassino.

— See no. 145. The divine comedy. By
John Dayman. Ital. and Fng. 1865.

— See no. 148. The Inferno. By James
Ford. Ital. and Eng. 1865.

104. — La divina commedia, ridotta a miglior
lezione dagli Accademici della Crusca con le

, chiose di Vincenzo Gioberti. [Ed. da Bruto
Fabricatore. Inferno c. i.-iv. 102.] Napoli,
dalla stamperia del Vaglio. 1865. 8°. pp. (4),
24-I-. Dn. 28.65.2

105. — Comedia di Dante degli Allagherii col
commento di Jacopo di Giovanni dalla
Lana, bolognese. In onore della citta di
Bologna dopo studii e raffronti su codici molti
nel DC. anno dalla nascita del divino ^oeta
Luciano Scarabelli. Milano, Carlo Moretti.
[1865.] f°. (N.)

Preface on Jacopo dalla Lana and his comment, and on the
proper form of Lana's name, and Dante's name, pp. v.-xlvi.

" Intorno al disegno della Comedia; lettera eontroversa di

Dante a Cane della Scala," pp. xly.-xlviii. — " Al commento
fatto da Jacopo de Zone di Fra Filippo dalla Lana alia Divina
comedia; proemio dal codice laurenziano PI. xc. 115," pp.
xlix.-l. Indexes to Lana's comment, pp. 505-616.

The text is printed in blue ink down the middle of the page,
with the comment on either side, above and below, in smaller
type.

12

DANTE COLLECTION.

106. — Commedia con ragionamenti e note di
N1CCOL6 ToMMASEO. 3 vol. Milano, /"rara-
cesco Pagnoni. 1865. f". Port. imA 5i plates.

Dn. 8.65

The engravings are by Carlo Barbieri, Felice do Maarizio,
and Federico Fai-uilini.

Portrait: — "Eseguito sopra Giotto, NeDo Fiorentino, e
Pietro Lombardo dal distinto pittore Faruiliui Federico."

107. — La divina commedia, chiarita con note
ad uso della gioventu italiana ed illustrata da
cento tavole dl composlzione di Giovanni Flax-
man. Vol. 1, fasc. i. ii. 2 fasc. Milano, an-
tica ditta Pietro e Giuseppe Vallardi. 1865.
f°. Front, and i plates. Dn. 28.65

Contents: — Inferno. Cantos i.-iv.

108. — Commento alia Divina Commedia d'ano-
nimo fiorentino del secolo xiv. ora per la prima
volta stampato a cura di Pietko Fanfaki.
[With the text.] 3 tom. Bologna, G. Eo-
magnoli. 1866-74. 8°. (Collezione di opere
inedite o rare del primi tre secoli della lingua,
etc.) Dn. 28.66 (BPL. 4762a.11)

109. — ComediacolcommentodijAoopo DELLA
Lana. Nuovissima ed. [da] Luciano Scaea-
EELLi. 3 vol. Bologna, G. Romagnoli. 1866.
8°, (Collezione di opere inedite o rare del
primi tre secoli della lingua, etc.) Dn. 28.66.2

— See no. 139. Divine comedy : the In-
ferno. By J. A. Carlyle. 2d ed. Ital. and
Eng. 1867.

no. — La divina commedia. Testo comune

colle variazione dei codici publicati da Carlo

WiTTE. 1" ed. americana. Boston, De Vries,

Ibarra ec. 1867. 8°. Port. (BPL. 48ooa.24)

Portrait : — By Gustave Dor^.

111. — Commedia con note di Gregorio di
Siena. Inferno. Napoli, stabil. tipogr. Per-
rotti. 1807-70. 8°. Diagrs. Dn. 28.67

112. — Codiceframmentario della Divina come-
dia, di pertinenza della biblioteca dell' univer-
sita di Bologna, edito secondo la sua ortografia
per opera e cura di Luciano Scarabelli. Bo-
logna, tipogr. regia Merlani. 1869. sm. f°.
Fac-sim. Dn. 28.69

" Edizione non venale di 300 esemplari."

113. — La divina commedia. Arricchita cqn
annotazioni e spiegata da Carlo di Reinhakdt-
stcettner. 2 fasc. in 1 vol. Lipsia, M. Flei-
scher. 1869-70. 16°. (Collezione di scrittori
italiani, i., ii.) Dn.;j8.69.2

Contents : — L' inferno.
No more published.

114. — Esemplare della Divina comedia donato
da papa (Benedetto XIV.) Lambertini alio
studio di ISologna, edito secondo la sua orto-
grafia, illustrato dai confronti di altri xix. co-
dici danteschiinediti, e fornito di note critiche
da Luciano Scarabelli. 3 vol. Bologna, G.
Bomagnoli. 1870-73. 8°. (Collezione di
opere inedite o rare dei primi tre secoli della
liigua, etc.) Dn. 28.70 (BPL. 47623.21)

1 15. — La divina commedia col comento di Raf-
faele Andreoli. Ed. stereotipa. Firenze,
G. Barbera. 1870. 8°. (N.)

116. — La divina commedia. Riveduta nel
testo e commentata da G. A. Scartazzini.
3 vol. Leipzig, F. A. Brockhaus. 1874-82.
sm. 8°. Dn. 28.74

117. — La divina commedia. Milano, U. Hoepli.
1878. 128°. Port. (BPL. **279ga.5o)

This book is 5\ cm. high, 3i cm. wide, and 2 cm. thick, and
is said to be the smallest printed book in the world. 1000
copies printed.

— See no. 18G. L' enfer mis en vieux Ian-
gage franijais par E. Littre. Ital. and Old
French. 1879.

118. — La divina commedia, illustrata da Gus-
tavo Dor6 e dichiarata con note fratte dai nii-
gliori comment! per cura di Eugenic Came-
RiNi. Ed. econoniica. Milano, Edoardo Son-
zogno. 1880. f°. Port. andlSoplates. Dn. 8.80

Portrait : — By Gustave Dor6. It dacs not seem to be
drawn from any one preceding portrait.

— See no. 137. The purgatory, by A. J.
Butler. Ital. and Eng. 1880.

iig. — La divina commedia. Con note dei piu
celebri eommentatori raccolte dal prof. G. B.
Francesia. 5» ed. 3 vol. Torino, tipog. e
libreria salesicma. 1880-81. 16°.

Dn. 28.80 (BPL. 47703.79)

120. — Commedia, preceduta dalla vita e da
studi preparatori illustrativi, esposta e com-
mentata da Antonio Lubin. Padova, L. Pe-
nada. 1881. 1.8°. Port. a,ni4: plates.

Dn. 28.81

*'-Vita e opere di Dante Allighieri." pp. 7-140. — " Studi
preparatori illustrativi." pp. 141-496. — *' Tavole sinottiche."
pp. 497-520.

121. — La divina commedia [edited by Guido
Biagi]. Firenze, G. C. Sansoni. 1883. 64°.
(Piccola biblioteca italiana.) Dn. 28.83

— ■ See no. 146. Divine comedy : the Pur-
gatorio. By W. S. Dugdale. Ital. and Eng.
1883.

— See no. 131. De goddelijke komedie
door Joan Bohl. Ital. and Dutch. [1884.]

Selections.

— See 235. Polyanthea [including ex-
tracts from Dante in Italian and Latin].

1517. f°.

122. — [Quotations from the Divina, commedia
and translations from the version of H. Boyd
to accompany Flaxman's compositions.] Lon-
don, Longman, Hurst, Sees, and Orme. 1807.
8°.

See Flaxman, Jolm, Compositions, etc. (BPL. *48oo.2)

123. — [Parallel passages from the Divina com-
media in Italian, German , English, and French,
accompanying Flaxman's illustrations.] 8 vol.
in 1. Carlsruhe, Creuzbauer. [1833-35.1
obi. 8°. -^

See Flaxman, John. Composizioni, etc. (BPL. *423oa.ii)

124. — Etudes sur la langue italienne par Hip-
POLYTE TopiN. [With text, and translation in
Alexandrine verse, of Purg. i., x., xii. ; Parad.
i. , ii. , vi. , xxxiii. ] Florence, typog. galileienne
de M. Cellini et c, etc. J.855. 8°.

See Topin, H. i;tudes, etc. Dn. 79.2

DIVINA COMMEDIA, Italian, 1865-1884. Catalan — English.

13

125. — Liriche e parte del Paradiso come sono
nel codice palatlno CLXxx. autograf o di Fkan-
CESCO Betrarca. [Pubblicati con uno dis-
corso da Francesco Palermo.] (/»i Palermo,
Francesco, editor. I manoscritti palatini di
Firenze. Firenze, 1860, ii., 597-880.) Port.,
fac-sim. , 2 plates, and diagrs.

(BPL. *2200.I3.2)

The portions of the Paradiso eiven are canto x. v. 31 to
end, canto xi.-xxx., xxxi. the first 15 verses, xxxii. from
> V. 91 to end, xxxiii.

I'ortrait : — *' Ritratto maraviglioso, a penna e acqnarello
eseguito nel secolo xiv., e chc si ritrova nel codice 312 della
Bibuoteca Palatina " ; supposed to be the work ,of Giotto,
representing the poet at a more advanced age than in the
pamting of the Fodestk.

126. — Selections from the Inferno with intro-
duction and notes by H. B. Cotterill. Ox-
iovi. Clarendon press. 1874. 16°. Dn. 34.1

Contents : — Table of dates. — Historical sketch. — Dante's
life. — Origins of the Italian language. — Rise of Italian
poetry. — Metre and versiiication. — The poem: its sources
and meaning. — Dates of the cantiche. — Dell' Inferno. —
Notes. — Topography of the Inferno. — The days and hours
of the descent. — Unusual forms of certain verbs. — Index.

127. — Pensieri, massime, e gludizi estratti
dalla Divina commedia e ordinati per comodo
degli studiosi da Lorenzo BARTOLncci. Citta
di Castello, S. Lapi. 1884. 16°. Dn. 34.2

Translations.""
(Alphabetically by language and translator.)

Catalan.

128. — Fragments in^dits de la traduction [cata-
lane] de la Divine comedie d' Andb:^u Febker.
[1429.] (/ra CAMBonLiu, F. R. Essai sur
I'histoire de la litterature catalane. Paris,
1858, 8°, pp. 181-187.) (BPL. 3093.16)

Contents ; — Enfer. ch. i. [1. 1.-60] ; fipisode d' UgolLn.

129. — La comedia, traslatada de rims vulgars
toscans en rims vulgars cathalans per N' An-
deeu Ferrer. (Siglo xv.) Dala a luz, acom-
panada de ilustraciones critico-literarias, D.
Cayetano Vidal y Valenciano. Tom. i. Bar-
celona, Alvaro Verdaguer. 1878. 16°.

Dn. 120.1 (BPL. **D. 242.21)
Contents : — i. El poema.

Danish.

130. — Guddommelige komedie, oversat af
C. K. F. Molbech. 2*™ udgave. 4 deel. in 2
vol. Kjobenhavn, Thieles bogtrykkeri. 1865-
66. 12°. Port. . - Dn. iio.i

i. Inledning. 1865. — ii. Helvede. 1865. — iii. SkEersil-
den. 1866. —iv. Paradiset. 1866.

Portrait: — "Efter en raaske tagen over bans lig i Ra-
venna, 1321. Phot, af J. Wultr." This is apparently a copy
of the medaUion formerly in the possession of the Marquis
Torrigiani, and supposed to have been copied directly from
the mask.

* The following editions contain also the Italian text: —
nos. 131, 137, 138, 139, 146, 146, 148, 176.-180, 185, 186, 187, 188,
189, 190-192, 193, 195, 216, 233, 234.

The following editions contain parts only of the Divina
commedia;— /ra/erao, EngUsh, 136, 138, 139, 144, 147, 148,
J55,158, 162, 163, 164,165,166; French, 184, 186, 188, 193,195;
German, 199, 201, 203, 207, 208, 222; Italian dialects, 228, 230;
Latin, 234.

Pu/rgatorio, English, 187, 146; French, 189; German, 200.
/ Paradiso, Dutch, 131 ; Italian dialects, 231.

Smaller portions and Selections, Catalan, 128; English,
335, 153, 154, 156, 167, 159; French, 196, 197,198; German,
204, 218, 225; ItaUan dialects, 232; Latin, 236, 237, 238.

Dutch.

131. — De goddelijke komedie in nederlandsche
terzinen vertaald met verklaringen en geschied- ^
kundige aanteekeningen nopens den dichter
door Joan BoirL. Dutch and Ital. 3° lied.
Amsterdam, Brinhman ^ Van der Meulen.
[1884.] 8°. Pront. Dn. iii.i

Contents: — Het paradijs.

132. — Divina commedia. Metrische vertaling,
voorzien van ophelderingen en afbeeldingen.
Door A. S. KoK. 3 deel. in 2. Haarlem,
A. C. Kruseman. 1863-64. 12°. Port, and
plans. Dn. ni.2

i. Dehel. 1863. — ii. De louteringsberg. 1864. — iii. Het
paradijs. — Dante Alighieri, zijn tijd en zijn werken. 1864.

Portrait : — " D. J. Sluyter sculps." Apparently founded
on the anonymous portrait of the Paduan edition of 1822, with
which it corresponds in the somewhat peculiar character of '
the expression.

133. — De goddelijke comedie. Met schets van
den inhoud, verklariug en aanteekeningen,
door U. W. Thoden v. Velzen. Naar het
origineel bewerkt. 3 vol. Leeuwarden, A.
Jonglloed. 1874. 12°. Dn. 111.3

EngUsh.

134. — The Divina commedia. Translated into
English verse, with preliminary essays, notes,
and illustrations, by Rev. Henry Boyd. 3 vol.
London, Cadell and Davies. 1802. 8°.
Port. Dn. 36.1 (BPL. '►*G. 16.59)

Essays: — A comparative view of the Inferno with some
other poems. — Historical essay on the state of affairs in the
13th and 14th centuries. — Life of Dante from Leonardo Bmni.
— Preliminary essay on the Purgatorio. — Preliminary essay
on the Paradiso.

Portrait . — " T. Stothard, R. A. del. R. H. Cromek sc."

135. — [Quotations from the version of Henry
Boyd to accompany Flaxman's compositions.]
London, Longman, Hwrst, Sees and Orme.
1807. obi. 8".

See Flaxman, Jolm. Compositions, etc. (BPL. ^4800.2}

136. — Divine comedy. The first part. Hell,
translated in the metre of the original, with
notes, by Thomas Brookseank. London,
J. W. Parker. 1854. 16°. Dn. 36.2

137. — The Purgatory; edited -with [prose]
translation and notes by A. J. Butler. Ital.
and Png. London, Macmillan and co. 1880.
8°. (N. BPL. 2798.55)

" It is at the production of a * crib ' pure and simple that I
have aimed." — Preface.

"Appendix A. (Note to canto xxvii.) The dreams of
cantos ix., xix., and xxvii." pp. 422-426.

"App.B. On the allegory of cantos xxix.-xxxiii." pp. 427-
432.

"Glossary." pp. 433-468.

138. — Divine comedy : the Inferno. A literal
prose translation, with the text of the original
collated from the best editions, and explana-
tory notes. By J. A. Caklyle. London,
Chapman and Hall. 1849. 12°. Port.

(N. BPL. 2800.21; 6098.51)

igg. — The same. 2d ed. London, Chapman
and Hall. 1867. 8°. Port. Dn. 37.1

" Manuscripts and editions. — Comments and translations,''
pp. xiii.-xxxviii.

Portrait : — " Engraved by R. Young." A dehcately en-
graved, reduced copy of Morgheu's portrMt.

14

DANTE COLLECTION.

I40' — The vision; or, Hell, Purgatory, and
Paradise. Translated by H. F. Gary. 2d ed.
corrected. "With the life of Dante, additional
notes and an index. 3 vol. London, Taylor
and Hessey. 1819. 8°. Dn. 37.2

141. — The same. 3d ed. 3 vol. London,
John Taylor. 1831. 16°. Dn. 37.2.2

In this 3d edition the notes are collected at the end of each
Tolume instead of being placed at the foot of each page as in
earlier editions.

142. — The same. lUus. with 12 engravings,
from designs by John Flaxman. From the
last corrected London ed. New York, Apple-
ton. 1815. 16°. Port, and plates.

(BPL. 6099.59)
Portrait : — By Giotto.

143. — Divine comedy. Translated in the
original ternary rhyme by C. B. Catley.
4 vol. London, Longman, Brown, Green, and
Longmans. 1851-55. 16°.

Dn. 37.3 (BPL. 4800.23)

i. The vision of hell. 1851. — ii. The purgatory. 1853.
— iii. The paradise. 1854. — It. Notes. 1855.

144. — The Inferno, translated in the terza
» rima of the original, with notes and appendix,

by John Dayman. London, W. E. Painter.
1843. 12°. Dn. 38.1

145. — The divine comedy. Translated in terza
rima by John Dayman. Ital. and Eng. Lon-
don, Longmans. 1865. 8°. (BPL. 4790.38)

146. — Divine cOmedy: the Purgatorio. A
prose translation by the late W. S. Dugdale,
with the text as edited by Brunone Bianchi,
and with explanatory notes. London, George
Bell ^ sons. 1883. sm. 8°. (Bohn's collegiate
series.) Dn. 38.2 (BPL. 2798.59)

" Undertaken in the hope that it mig^it serve as a compan-
ion volume. to the translation of the Inferno by Dr. John
Carlyle,"

147. — The Inferno. Translated into English
verse, with notes, by E. Ii. Ellaby. Cantos
i.-x. London, Bickers and son. 1874. 8°.
pp. (4), viii., 75. Dn. 39.1

148. — The Inferno translated in the metre of
the original by James Ford. Ital. and Eng.
London, Smith, Elder and co. 1865. sm. 8°.
Port. Dn. 40.1 (BPL. 4790.57; 2798.50)

Portrait: — "An exact fac-simile of the engraving pre-
fixed to the rare and beautiful Giolito edition of the Corn-
media (Venice, 1555). The resemblance it bears to Giotto's
famous fresco is very striking." — Preface, p. xvi.

149. — The divine comedy. Translated by
H. W. Longfellow. [With notes and illus-
trations.] 3 vol. 'Boston, Ticknor and Fields.
1867. 4°. Dn. 46.1; 38.32 (BPL. *4790.3)

Illustrations, being extracts from the writings of Voltaire,
Kivarol, A. de Lamartine, Edgar Quinet, Ozanam, Lamen-
nais, Labitte, Stehelin. iii. 387'-424.

150. — The same. 3 vol. London, G. Rout-
ledge. 1867. 8°. (BPL. 4800.15)

151. — The same. Boston, J. R. Osgood ^ co.
1871. 8°. Dn.46.1.3 (BPL. 4796.3; 4794.3)

*** Also a paraphrase ofpart of canto xxi. of the Paradise,
signed L„ from the Boston daily advertiser; and a transla-
tion of cantos xxui., xxiv., and XXV. from the ^^^an^ic monthly
of Jan., 1884. Dn. 46.1.4

152. — The divine comedy ; translated verse
for verse from the original into terza rima, by
J. I. MiNCHiN. [With introduction and notes.]
London, Longmans, Green, and co. 1885.
8°. ■ Dn. 47.1 (BPL. 2798.60)

" The obligations of Dante to Virgil." pp. Ivii.-lxxvi.

153. — The first ten cantos of the Inferno.
Newly translated into English verse [by T.
W. Parsons]. Boston, WUliam, D. Ticknor.
1843. 8°. Port. pp. 83.

38.49:38.128; Dn. 50.1.3 (BPL. 2802.17)
Portrait : — Profile in outline of a bust. " D. C. John-
son sc."

154. — Seventeen cantos of the Inferno. [Trans-
lated by T. W. Paksons.] Boston, John
Wilson and son. 1865. 4°.

Dn. 50.1.6 (BPL. 4795.18)

155. — The first canticle, Inferno, of the Di-
vine comedy. Translated by T. W. Parsons.
Boston, De Vries, Ibarra, and co. 1867. 4°.
Port, and 75 plates.

38.48; Dn. 50.1.2 (BPL. *47go.49; 4790.50)

The portrait and illustrations are reduced copies of Dor^*s
designs. They are wanting in one copy [38.48] .

155. — The antepurgatorio [cantos i.-ix.].
Translated by T. W. Parsons. London,
Hatchards. 1876. 4°. Dn. 50.1.7

*** Also, parts of canto xxvi. of the Inferno, giving the
story of Ulysses, from the Galaxi/ of Aug., 1866, with cor-
rections in the translator's hand [Dn. 50.1.9] ; canto xxi. of
the Purgatorio, from the Oathotic world of Dec, 1881
[Dn. 50.1.8] ; and proof-sheets of cantos xx. and xxx. of the
Purgatorio, accompanied by autograph letters of the trans-
lator [Dn. 50.1.8].

157. — Hell. Cantos i. to x. A literal metri-
cal translation; with notes. By J. C. Pea-
body. Boston, Ticknor and Fields. 1857.
12°. pp. xci. [87]. Dn. 50.4

A Imc-for-ljne, literal translation in blank verse.

158. — The divine comedy. Inferno. Trans-
lated [in ' ' terza-rima "] by Wakburton Pike.
London, C. Kegan Pawl J- co. 1881. 8°.

Dn. 50.2 (BPL. 2798.56)

159. — The Divina commedia. Samples of a
new translation by E. H. Plumptre. Lon-
don, etc., Gassell, Petter, Galpin ^ co. 1883.
12°. pp. 24. Dn. 50.3

Canto i.-iv.; v. (Francesca di Rimini); xxxiii. (Ugolino).

160. — The divine comedy; or, The Inferno,
Purgatory, and Paradise. Rendered into En^g-
lish by Frederick Pollock. London, Chap- ■
man and Hall. 1854. 8°. Front. , i:ign. and
wdcls. (N.)

" Notice of Dante from Giovanni VUlani, riorentine chrorfi-
cles, book ix. chap. 136," pp. xi.-xiv.

161. — Divina commedia. Tra,nslated into
English, in the metre and triple rhyme of the
original. With notes. By Mrs. [C. H.] Ram-
say. 3 vol. London, Tinsley brothers. 1862-
63- 16°. Dn. 52_,

162. — The comedy. Parti. The Hell. Trans-
lated into blank verse by W. M. Rossetti,
with introductions and notes. London, etc.,
Macmillan and co. 1865. 16°.

Dn. 52.2 (BPL. 4790.55)
"The aim of this translatTon may be summed up in one
word— hterahty." — p^«/aoe.

DIVINA COMMEDIA, English — French.

^5

163. — The divine comedy. A translation by
J. R. SiBBALD. [Vol. i. The Inferno.]
Edinburgh, David Douglas. 1884. 8°. Port.

Dn. 53.1 (BPL. 2792.54)

With SI special title-page.

" Florence and Danto." pp. xvii.-cix. *' Giotto's portrait
of Dante." pp. cx.-cxix.

Portrait : — Giotto's portrait, from the photograph of Sey-
mdur Ku-kup's sketch given in the third volume of Lord
Vernon's edition of the Inferno.

164. — The trilogy, or Dante's three visions, —
Inferno, or The vision of hell : translated into
English, in the metre and triple rhyme of the
original; with' notes and illustrations. By
J. W. Thomas. London, H. O. Bohn. 1859.
8°. Front, and vign. Dn. 54.1

"A sketch of the life and times of Dante." pp. xxiv.-xl.
"On the religious opinions of Daute." pp. xU.-xlvii.
" The time of Dante's vision." pp. xlvhi.-l,

165. — A free translation, in verse, of the "In-
ferno," with a preliminary discourse and notes.
By Bruce Whtte. London, Wright and co.,
etc. 1859. 8°. Dn. 57.1

166. — Divina commedia. The Inferno, trans-
lated [in blank verse] by W. P. Wilkie. Ed-
inburgh, Edmonston and Douglas. 1862.
16°. Dn. 57.2 (BPL. 4800.22;

167. ^ Dante, translated into English verse by
J. C. Wright. 3ded. 'LonAaa, Bohn. 1855.
sm. 8°. Port, and 34 engrs.

(BPL. **G. 2o6.g)

168. — The same. 4th ed. London, Bohn.
1861. sm. 8°. Port, and 34 engrs.

(BPL. 2800.2a)

The engravings are after designs by Flaxman. Each vol.
has also an engraved title-page bearing the date, 1854.
Portrait : — A copy of Morghen's, reduced.

French.

169. — La comedie de Dante, traduite en vers
selon la lettre, et commentee selon I'esprit,
suivie de la Clef du langage symbolique des
fideles d'amour par fi. Aroux. 2 torn, (paged
contin.). Paris, heritiers Jules Eenouard.
1856. 8°. Dn. 60.1

" L'herdsie de Dante d^montr^e par Francesca de Rimini.
Preuves suppl^mentaires." ii. 1259-1300.
" Arr§t<5 de.compte avec la critique." ii. 1301-1327.
"Appendice." ii. 1329-1341.
" Clef de la Comedie de Dante." pp.33.

170. — La divine comedie, traduite en fran^ais
par Artaud de Montor. 3' 6d. Paris,
F. Didot freres. 1849. 12°. Dn. 60.2

A prose translation, first published in 1811-13.

171., — CEuvres. — La divine comedie, traduc-
tion de A. Brizeux. — La vie nouvelle, tra-
duction de E. J. Deleoluze ; nouvelles edi-
tions revues, corrigees et annotees par les
traducteurs. Accompagn^es de notes et com-
roentaires et d'une fitude sur la Divine come-
die par C. Labitte. Fa-ris, Oharpentier. 1853.
12°. Dn. 61. 1 (BPL. 2809.50)

Prose translations.

172. — CEuvres. La divine comedie — I'enfer,
le purgatoire, le paradis — traduction nouvelle,
pr6cedee d'une introduction contenant la vie
de Dante et une clef gen^rale du poeme par
Sebastien Rheal [Gayet de Cesena] . Avec

des notes d'apr^s les meilleurs coniraentaires
par Louis Barre. Illustrations de Antoine
liltex. Furia, J. Bry aine. 1854. 1.8°. Dn. 62.1

*' Dante, sa vie, son dpoque et ses ouvrages," pp. 5-19.

173. — La divine comSdie, contenant la de-
scription de I'enfer, du purgatoire et du para-
dis. [Translated into prose by Colbert
COMTE d'Estouteville.] 3 torn, in 1. Paris,
chez Sallior, successeur de Didot jeune. 1796.
8°. Dn. 64.1

" £ teduta inesatissima." — Colomb de Batines, i. 253.

174. — La divine comedie, traduction nouvelle
[prose] accompagnee de notes par P. A. Eio-
rentino. 6" Id. Paris, L. Hachette et cie.
1858. 18°. Dn. 65.1

175. — L'enfer; avec les dessins de Gustavo
Dore. Traduction francjaise de Pier-Angelo

' EioRBNTiNO, accompagnee du texte italien.
[With notes.] Paris, Hachette et cie. 1861.
f°. Port, and 75 plates. (BPL. '^2800.3)

176. — The same. Paris, Hachette et cie. 1862.
f°. Port, and 75 plates. 38 Case

Portmii .■ — " G. Dor(S, 1860. Pannemakersc." 12x94 in.

177. — Le purgatoire ; avec les dessins de Gus-
tave Dore. Traduction fran9aise de Pier-
Angelo Fiorentino, accompagnee du texte
italien. [With notes.] Fa,ris, Hachette et cie.
1868. f°. i2 plates. (BPL. i'*'*4790.i5)

178. — The same. Paris, Hachette et cie. 1872.
f°. 42 plates. 38 Case

179. — Le paradis ; avec les dessins de Gustavo
Dore. Traduction franpaise de Pier-Angelo
Eiobentino, accompagnee du texte italien.
[With notes.] Paris, Hachette et cie. 1868.
f°. \& plates. (BPL. *,*47go.i5)

180. — The same. Paris, Sckchette et cie. 1872.
f°. 18 plates. 38 Case

181. — Dante traduit en vers, par stances cor-
respondantes aux tercets textuels, sur un texte
nouveau quant au choix des variantes et au
mode de ponctuation ; dedi6 au roi par J. A.
de Gourbillon. L'enfer. Paris, Auguste
Auffray. 1831. 8°. Dn. 66.2

No more was published.

182. — La comedie de Dante, de l'enfer, du
purgatoire & paradis, mise en ryme franfoise
et commetee par M. B. Grangieb. 3 tom.
A Paris, pour L. Drobet. 1596. 24°. Port,
of Henry IV. Dn. 66.1

183. — The same. [Tom. i.] A Paris, chez
Jehan Gesselin. 1597. 24°. Dn. 66.1.2

Contents: — L'enfer, ov premier canticive de la Comedie
de Dante.

"Prima traduzione fraucese a stampa, dedicata al re
Enrico IV., poco stimata, ma ricercata moltissimo." — Co-
lomb de Batines, i. 250.

The title-page is engraved by Thomas de Leu and contains
a medallion of Dante.

Identical, except as to the imprint of the title-page, with the
last. Colomb de Batines describes this edition only and
doubts the existence of the other. The portrait of Henry IV.
is wanting.

184. — L'enfer. Traduit en vers fran^ais [par]
Amedee Jubert. Paris, Berger-Levrault ^
cie. 1874. 16°. Dn. 69.1

i6

DANTE COLLECTION.

185. — La divine comedie. [A prose transla-
tion.] Pr6cedee d'une introduction sur la vie,
les doctrines et les oeuvres du Dante. Ital.
and Fr. 3 vol. Port, and 3 plates. {In
Lamennais, (H.) F. (B. de), I'abbe. CEuvres
posthuines. Paris, Paulin et LeChevalier.
1855. 8».) Dn./i.i (BPL. 2676.3)

Portrait : — A woodcut, artist's name not given, but copied
from Morghen's engraving.

186. — L' enfer mis en vieux langage fran9ois
et en vers, accompagn6 du texte italien et
contenant des notes et un glossaire par E.
LiiTRE. Paris, Hachette et de. 1879. 16°.

(BPL. 2798.52)

187. — La divine com6dle. Traduction nou-
velle [prose] par [J. A.] Mesnard. Ital. and
Fr. 3 vol. Paris, Amyot. 1851-57. 8°.

Dn. 72.2

Italian text on the left, French prose translation on the
right. With notes by Leonce Mesnard.

188. — - La divine comedie, I'enfer; traduction
fran9oi8e [prose], accompagn6e du texte, de
notes historiques, critiques, & de la vie du
poete. Par Moutonnet de Clairfons.
Florence, etc. , Le Glerc, Le Boucher. 1776. 8°.

I Dn. 72.1

i8g. — Le purgatoire : traduction [prose] et
commeritaire, avec texte en regard par A. F.
OzANAM. {In OzAWAM, A. F. CEuvres com-
pletes, 2»ed., 1862, 8°, ix.) 10562.11; Dn.74.1

190. — L'enfer, traduit en vers, texte len regard,
par Louis Ratisbonne. 2= ed. 2 tom. Paris,
Michel Levy freres. 1859. 18°. Dn. 77.1

191. — Le purgatoire, traduit en vers par L.
Ratisbonne. Ital. and Fr. 2 tom. Paris,
Michel Levy freres. 1856. 18°. Dn. 77.1.2

192. — Le paradis, traduit en vers par L. Ra-
tisbonne. Ital. and Fr. 2 tom. Paris,
Michel Levy freres. 1860. 18°. Dn. 77.1.3

193. — L'enfer, traduction nouvelle [par An-

TOINB RiVAROLI, dit COMTE DE RiVAROl].

Ital. and Fr. 2 pt. Londres, etc., P. Fr.
Didot le jeune, etc. 1785. 8°. Dn. 77.2

A prose translation.

194. — La divine comedie. Traduction nou-
velle [prose] accompagn^e de notes et pre-
c6d6e d'un risume historique et litteraire sur
les temps anterieurs au poeme et d'une notice
sur Dante et sur ses Icrits par Victor de
Saint-Mauris. 2 tom. Paris, Amyot. 1853.
8°. Dn. 78.1

i. K^sum^ historique et litt^raii-e. Dante et ses Merits.
L'enfer. — ii. Le purgatoire. Le paradis.

195. — L'enfer, traduit en fran9ai8 [prose],
aceompagne de notes explicatives, raisonnees,
et historiques, snivies de remarques g^n^rales
sur la vie de Dante, et sur les factions des
Guelfes et des Gibelins. Par J. C. Tarver.
Ital. and Fr. 2 tom. Londres, C. Knight,
etc. 1824. sm. 8°. Dn. 79.1

i. Text and translation.
ii. Notes, etc.

196. — fitudes sur la langue italienne par Hip-
POLTIE TopiN. [With text, and translation in

Alexandrine verse, of Purg. i., x., xii. ; -Farad
i., ii., vi., xxxiii.] Florence, typog. gailileienne
de M. Cellini et c, etc. 1855. 8°.
See Topin, H. Etudes, etc. Dn. 79.2

197. — La divine comedie. i" chant de I'En-
fer • 3°, 10°, 24-26° du I'aradis, traduits en vers
fran9ais avec notes par Hippolvte 'Topin.
Catane, typog. de I'hospice royal de bienfai-
sance. 1857. 8°. pp. 36. Dn. 79.2.2

198. — La divine com6die. 11«, 12°, 23= chants
du Paradis, traduits en vers fran9ais, faisant
suite aux chants pr^cedemment publics par
Hippolyte Topin. Florence, typog. gali-
iHenne de M. Cellini et c, etc. 1857. 8°.
pp. 28. Dn. 79.2.2

German.

199. — Von der hoUe : aus dem italianischen
iibersetzt und mit anmerkungen begleitet von
L. Baohenschwanz. 2° auti. Leipzig, auf
kosten des uebersetzers. 1767. 8°. Port.

Dn. 86.1

200. — Von dem fegfeuer. Aus dem italiani-
schen iibersetzt und mit anmerkungen beglei-
tet von L. Baohenschwanz. Leipzig, auf
kosten des uebersetzers. 1768. 8°. Dn. 86.1

" Prima traduzione tedesca di tutta intiera la Divina com-
media. La traduzione h in prosa_, poco fedele e senza gusto."
— Scartazzini, Dante in Germania, ii. 194.

Portrait: — "Ex pinacotlieca comitis Danielis Lisca, pa^
tricii veronensis, pictus quondam a Bernardino India celeori
pictore. J. M. Stoclt fecit." ,

201. — Gottliche comodie; i° abth. Neu me-
trisch iibertragen mit erlauterungen von R.
Baron. Oppeln, A. Eeiseviitz. 1870. 8°.

Dn. 86.2
Conlents ; — Die holler No more published.

202. — Die gottliche komodie. Uebersetzt und
erlautert von L. G. Blanc. Halle, buchh. d.
waisenhauses. 1864. 8°. Port. Dn. 86.3

In blanlc iambic verse.

Portrait : — '• .Julius Thaeter sculp." This shows a strik-
ing resemblance to his engraving of tlie portrait attributed to
Masaocio, published in the Jahrbuch d. Dante geseUschaft,
vol.2. ' ,

203. — Die gottliche komodie. Fiir das deutsche
volk bearbeitet von Julius Brahn. i" bd.
Berlin, Th. Chr. Fr. Fnslin (Adolph Enslin).
1863. 8°. ' Dn. 86.4

Contents : — Der dichter und seine zeit — Die holle.
A metrical rhymed translation. No more published.

204. — Aug Dante. Probe einer neuen ueber-
setzung von Adolf Doerr. [Inferno, vi.
100-130; xxxiii. 1-88. Leipzig;. 1865.] L8°.
PP- (3). Dn. 88.1

Beutachea museum, 25. mai, 1865, pp. 747-749.

205. — Gottliche komodie. In iamben iiber-
tragen von Karl Eitner. 3 theile in 1 vol.
Hildburghausen, verlag des bibliogr. instituts.
1865. sm. 8°. (Bibliothekauslandischerklassi-
ker, 8-10.) Dn. 89.1

*' Dante's leben und werke." pp. v.-xxxii, '

206. — Gottliche komodie. In deutsche prosa
ubertragen, mit inhaltsangabe und erlaute-
rungen versehen, von K. von Enk. 2= ver-
besserte aufl. 3 theil. in 1 vol. Wien, Wil-
helm Braumuller. 1877. 16°. Dn. 89.2

DIVINA COMMEDIA, Frenxii — German.

17

207. — Dante Alighieri's HoUe. Genau nach
dem versmasse des originals in deutsche reime
iibertragen und mit anmerkungen versehen
von JuLitJS Francke. Leipzig, Breitkopf u.
Hdrtel. 1883. 8°. ZHagrs. ■ Dn. 90.1

208. — Gottliche komodie in's deutsche iiber-
tragen und historiscli, iisthetiscli und vor-
nehmlich tlieologisch erliiutert von Karl
Graul. i" theil. Die hoUe. Leipzig, C. F.
Ddrffling. 1843. 8°. Dn. 91. i

No more published.

209. — Die gottliche komodie oder "Wallfahrt
durcli die drei geister-reiolie, liolle, fegf euer
und paradies, frei iibersetzt und mit anmer-
kungen versehen von J. F. Heigelin. 3 theile.
Blaubeuren, F. M. Mangold, etc. 1836-37. 8°.
Port, and 6 ^Za^es. Dn. 92.1

The plates are copies of Flaxinan*s outlines.
Portrait : — " Nach dem leben gemahlt von Bernardino
India. A. Zschokke sculps."

210. — Gottliche comodie. Zur jubelfeier des
dichters raetriseh iibersetzt von Jos[epha]
VON HoFFiNGER. Bd. i., ii. 2 bde. Wien,
W. Braumuller. 1865. sm. 8°. Dn. 92.2

i. Die hoUe. — ii. Das purgatorium.

211. — Goettliche coraoedie. Metrisch uber-
tragen und mit kritischen und historischen
erlauterungen versehen von Philalethes
[John, king of Saxony]. 3 vol. Dresden,
etc., Arnold. 1849. 4°. Fronts., maps, plates
SiuA plans. (N.)

Each vol. has a separate, engraved title-page.

Vol. i. and ii. are " 2« vermelirte auflage. 2o ausgabe."

212. — The same. Neue, durchgesehene und
berichtigte ausgabe. 3 vol. Leipzig, B. G.
Teubner. 1865-66. 8°. Port., maps &M plans.

(BPL. 4790.26)

213. The same. 2™ unveranderter abdruek

der berichtigten ausg. von 1865-66. 3 vol.
Leipzig, B. G. Teubner. 1871. 8°. Port.,
maps a.adi plans. Dn. 94.1

Fortrait : — " GemaXt von Giotto.^ Gest. v. Weger, Leip-
zig."

214. — Die gottliche komodie ; iibersetzt und
erkliirt von K. L. Kannegiesser. i^ sehr
veriinderte aufl. 3 tlieile in 1 vol. Leipzig,
F. A. Brockhaus. 1843. 12°. Port., map
and 3 diagrs. (Bibliothek der classiker des
auslands, 23-25.) Dn. 95.1

In ternary rhyme. , „ „ o- _i

Portrait : — A profile from the mask. " Gez. von Siegert,
gest. von Bosmasler."

2ig, Die gottliche komodie. Metrisehe

' uebersetzung nebst beigedrucktem original-

texte, mit erlau^terungen, abhandlungen und

register. "Von August Kopisoh. Berlin,

- Enslin'sche buchh. 1842 [1837-42]. 1. 8°.

Port, and 2 plans. Dn. 95.2

"Dante's leben." pp. 419-467.
" Ueber die Gottliche komSdie." pp. 467^98.
Portrait : — A copper-plate engravmg copied from Kaltael
Morghen's portrait.

316. — Die gottliche komodie. Metrisehe
iibersetznng mit erlauterungen, abhandlungen

und register. Von August Kopisoh. 2'"
verbesserte ausg. Berlin, J. Guttentag. 1862.
8°. Port, and plans. Dn(. 95.2.2

"Dante's leben." pp. 480-567.

" Ueber die Gottliche komfldie." pp. 667-621.

Portrait ; — Tlie same plate as in the last.

217. — Gottliche komodie. Uebersetzung, kom-
mentar und abhandlungen iiber zeitalter, leben
und schrif ten Dante's. Von August Kopisoh.
S' aufl., durehaus revidirt, berichtigt und er-
giinzt von Theodor Paur. Berlin, etc., verlag
von J. Guttentag (i?. Collin). 1882. 8°.
Portrs. Dn. 95.2.3

" Bibliographische einleitung." pp. 557-561. "Dante's
leben." pp. 662-651. "Ueber die Gottliche komSdie." -
pp. 652-713.

Portraiis; — Heliotype of the bronze bust in the rauseo
borbonico in Naples. — Heliot^pe of Giotto's fresco, and of a
bronze medal of the latter half of the 16th century.

218. — Die zwei ersten gesange von Dante's
HoUe. Uebersetzt und besproehen von Frie-
DRiCH NoTTER. StuttgaTt, etc., August Scha-
ber. 1869. 8°. Dn. 98.1

219. — Gottliche komodie. Uebersetzt und
erlautert von Karl Streckfuss. 3° ausg.
letzter hand. S" aufl. Braunschweig, C. A.
Schwetschke und sohn. 1853. 1.8°. Dn. 103.1

In triple rhyme.

220. — The same. Mit berichtigter uebertra.
> gung und vollig umgearbeiteter erkliirung neu

herausg. von Dr. Rudolf Pfleiderer. Leipzig,
P. Reclam jun. [1876.] 16°. (Universal-
bibliothek. 796-800.)

(BPL. no. 4 in 4907.50.84)

221. — The same. Neu bearbeitet und mit
einer historisch-biographischen einleitung ver-
sehen von Otto Roquette. 2 vol. Stuttgart,
J. G. Cotta. [1882.] 16°. Portr.

(BPL. 2798.58)

Portrait: — "Nach dem freskobilde im palazzo del Bar-
gello in Florenz."

222. — Die komodie. Uebersetzt und mit be-
' gleitendem commentar herausgegeben von

Alexander Tanner, i", 2" lief. Munchen,
E. A. Fleischmann's buchh. 1865. sm. 8°.

Dn. 104.1

Contents :—l., ii. Die hiille.

Translated in triplets.

223. Gottliche komodie ; uebersetzt von Karl

Witte. Berlin, M. L. i)on Ifecker. 1865.
1, 8°. Port. (N. BPL. 4790-25)

224 — The same. BerUn, Jt. L. von Decker.
1865. 32°. Port. (BPL. 4800.34)

In blank verse, with notes, and an introduction of 33 pages.
Portrait:— A photograph from a very carefully made
drawing " nach Eaphael."

22'! — DerfunftegesangderH611ein22ueber-
setzungen seit 1763 bis 1865. Zusammen-
gestellt von Reinhold Kohlbr. Weimar,
Hermann Bohlau. 1865. 8°. (Dante's Gott-
liche komodie und ihre deutschen ueberse-
tzungen.) Cn. 109.1 (BPL. 4800.33)

i8

DANTE COLLECTION.

Greek.

226. — Inferno, translated into Greek Terse
[with notes] by Musukus Pasha. London,
etc., Williams and Norgate. 1882. 8°.

Dn. 112.1 (BPL. 2792.51)

Also with a title-page In Greek.

227. — Purgatorio, translated into Greek verse
[with notes] by MusnRus Pasha. London,
etc., Williams and Norgate. 1884. 8°.

Dn. 112.1.2
Also with a title-page in Greek. "

Italian Dialects.

228. — L' inferno esposto in dialetto milanese
da F. CandIani. Milano, Crist. Candiani.
I860. 8°. Dn. 113.2

229. — Saggio di traduzione in dialetto Veronese
della Divina commedia. [Inf. i. — Purg. i. —
Parad. i. B^ Antonio Gaspaki.] Verona,
Antonio Rossi. 1865. 8°. pp. 68. Dn. 113.3

230. — II Dante popolare, o La divina comme-
dia in dialetto napolitano per Domenico Jac-
OARiNO. [Vol. i. 'Nfierno.] Napoli, tipogra-
fia dell' unione. 1870 [1871]. 8°. Dn. 113.4

Appendiee : — Giudizi, esami critici, polemiche sulla tra-
duzione del Dante per Dom. Jaccarino.

231. — II paradiso; versione in dialetto cala-
brese e comento per Fkancesco Limakzi, 1^
ed. Castellammare, tipog. Stdbiana. 1874.
1.8°. Front. Dn. 113.1

23a. — II primo canto dell' Inferno tradotto in
lingua pavana. Dolo, tipog. Longo. 1882. 8°.
pp. 10. Dn. 149.7

Latin.

233. — Della commedia trasportata in verso
latino eroico da Carlo d' Aquino della com-
pagnia di Gesi. CoU' aggiunta del teste
italiano e di breve annotazioni. Lat. and Ital.
3 vol. Napoli, Felice Mosca. 1728. 8°.

Dn. 114.2

"L' opera era stata impressa in Roma e lo stampatore si
chiamava Pietro Bemabo, ma poichfe fu giuocoforza con-
tentarsi d' una permissione extra urbem (i. 15), si dovette
porre sul frontispizio la falsa indicazione di Napoli.

Qnesta traduzione e in grande stima, como molto fedele
ch* ella h ed anche elegante h plena di bellissimi versi." —
Colomb de Batines, i. 2M.

234. — L' inferno o sia La prima cantica della
Divina commedia tradotto e schiarito a senso
preciso di frase in versi eroici latini corri-
spondenti dal dottore Antonio Catellacoi.
Lat. and Ital. Pisa, presso Ranieri Prosperi.
1819. 8°. Dn. 114.3 (BPL. **E. 227.2)

235. — Polyanthea. Opus suauissimis floribus
exornatum compositii per DoMiNictrM Nanum
MiRABELLiuM. Addita nunc primum est latina
interpretatlo versuum Dantis & PetrarchSe quos
ipsi Italico idiomate coscripserunt. In Libera
Argentina, apud Matthiam Schurerium.
[1517.] f°. flf. ccxxui. (BPL.***493D.5i)

In this .topical collection of quotations from a variety of
authors brought together bj^ Domenico Nani, are included
many extracts &om Dante in Italian followed by a Latin
translation.

236. — Divina comoedia hexametris latinis red-
dita ab abbate Dalla Piazza. Praefatus est
et vitam Piazzae adiecit C. Witte. Lipsiae,
loan. Amhros. Barth. 1848. 8°. Dn. X14.1

237. — La morte del conte TJgolino. [Inf.
xxxiii.] Versione latina inedita di Matted
RoNTO veneziano, monaco olivetano del secqlo
XV. [Edited by E. A. Cicogna.] Venezia,
tipog. Oaspari. 1865. f°. pp. 8. Dn. 114.4

An account of Ronto and of the manusbripts of Ms work
is given in Colomb de Batines, i. 237-241.

238. — Ugolini comitis mors. (Inf. xxxiii.) —
Francisca Ariminensis. (Inf.' v.) — Matelda.
(Purg. xxviii.) [Translated into Latin by]
L. DELLA Vecchia. (/jj OiitAGGio a Dante.
1865, 8°, pp. 517-527.) Dn. 561.4

Polish.

239. , — Boska komedja, przeklad . A. Stanis-
LAwsKiEGO. Poznan. etc., J. K. ZupansTciego.
1870. 8°. Dn. 115.1

Spanish.

240. — La divina comedia eon notas de Paolo
Costa, adicionadas, traducidas al castellano
por Manuel Aranda y Sanjuan. Barcelona,
empresa editorial La ilustracion. 1871. 8°.
Port, and plates. (Orellana, F. J. Los
grandes poemas. 1.) Dn. 118.1

A prose ti'anslation.

Portrait : — Woodcut copy of Giotto's. .

241. — La traducio del dante | de lengua tos-
cana en verso caste|llano : por el reueredo
don po I FERNADEZ DE viLLEGAS arcediano |
de burgos : y por el comentado | allende d' los
otros glosadores. | {^Appended: — iBreue tra-
tado ... I intitula|do. Auersion del | mudo
y couerlsion a dios. — Querella dela fe come-
9ada por | diego de burgos y acabada anediedo
entre sus ver|sos lo que conuenia y prosiguiedo
la adelante por | do pero fernadez de villegas.
— Satira dezena del juuenal. . . . | Traduzida
por do ge|ronimo de villegas. | Colophon: — ]
Burgos^ por Fadricp | aleman de Basilea . . .

I del ano . . . de mill y I quinientos y quinze
anos. [1515.] f>. (8) ff. 832. Plate.

(BPL. **D. 24ob.46)

Ends with the Inferno. The last leaf is supplied in MS.

" As far as I have examined tliis commentary, it is taken
from Landino's, first printed 1481. Juana de Aragon, to
whom it IS dedicated at the beginning, was dead before the
prmting was finished, 2 April, 1516. See opening of canto
^^'I-,,.-'^''™'"''^''^' therefore, is wrong, following G-iannone,
m exhibiting her among the personages at the bnlliant court
of Charles Y., at Jfaples, in the winter of 1635-6. Docu-
mentos meditos de Salva y Baranda, tom. xvi., 1860, p. 69 "
— I have neverseen it marked Jess than £20. Sometimes
I have seen it £26." -ms. notes by Mr. licknor, to whom
the book belonged. " A very rare book, and one of consid-
erable nient." Ticknor. History of Spanish literature.
onl ■*-^*"'™ ^el mundo, etc., U found in a few copies

Swedish.

*42- — , Gudomliga komedi. Ofversatt af Nils

Jf.I"?; ^ ^^^- ^™'^' C"- W. K. Gleerup.
1856-57. m Dn. H91

set! ^sl?'^'' ^^^*" ~ "■ S'^*'=''l'l«°- 18". - iii. Paradi-
A prose translation, with Introductions of some length and

JLiljvar^ of ^^artarti dinHc^mitv*

Bibliographical Contributions.

EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR,

LIBRARIAN.

i<ro. 8.

CALENDAR

OF THE

ARTHUR LEE MANUSCRIPTS IN vTHE LIBRARY OF
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

Reprinted from the Harvard University Bulletin.

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.:
UNIVERSITY PRESS: JOHN WILSON AND SON.

Already issued or in preparati07i :

A Star prefixed indicates they are not yet ready.

1. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of

Mercury.

2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems : a Bibhography of the Earlier Editions.

3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel-

angelo, with Notes.

4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several

pieces.
5- List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for

Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements.
6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College

Library, by the Honorable Charles Sumner.
*7. James M. Peirce. References in Analytic Geometry.

8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library.

9. George Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different countries.

10. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibliography of the Publications of James Orchard

Halliwell-Phillipps.

11. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States.

12. A List of the Publications of Harvard University and its Officers, 1870-1880.

13. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects.

14. William H. Tillinghast. Notes on the Historical Hydrography of the Handkerchief

Shoal in the Bahamas^

15. J. D. Whitney. List of American Authors in Geology and Palseontology.

*i6. Richard Bliss, Jr. Classified Index to the Maps in Petermann's Geographische

Mittheilungen. 1855-1881.
*i7. Justin Winsor. A List of the most useful Reference Books.
*i8. Justin Winsor. The Bibliography of Ptolemy's Geography.

*JK* The present list has been mainly prepared by Miss K. V. Smith, formerly of the Libra/y Staff.

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS IN
HARVARD UNIVERSITY LIBRARY.

The papers were given, July 24, 1827, to this Library by Richard Henry Lee, author of the lives of

Richard Henry Lee and Arthur Lee, and are bound in eight volumes,
sent the pages of the volumes.

The numbers repre-

VOL. I.

1. Gooch, Sir William, (Gov. of Fa.). June 17,

1744. Letter to [Thomas Lee]. The Indian
council at Lancaster, Penri. ff. (2).

2. Copy of orders. April 23, 1760. Court-martial

upon Lord peorge Sackville for disobedience
of the orders of Prince Ferdinand of Bruns-
wick at the battle of Minden. f. (i).

Lee, Arthur. Nov. 5, 1763. Letter to his brother

■ [Philip Ludwell Lee ?] The political situation

of England and the produce of Virginia, ff. (2).

3,4. Massachusetts Bay — ffouse of Represent-
atives. Nov. 28, 1764. Copy of letter sent to
Jasper Mauduit and afterwards to Richard
Jackson, agents in London for the province.
Reasons why Great Britain would gain nothing
by the tax on molasses, etc. ff. {3).

5. Massachusetts Bay, Rhode Island, Providence

Plantations, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Govern-
ments of New Castle, Kent and Sussex upon
Delaware, and Maryland. Oct. 25, 1765. Copy
of memorial to parliament against the stamp
act. ff. (2).

6. Massachusetts Bay — House of Representatives.

Nov. 7, 1765. Letter to Dennis De Berdt. His
appointment as special agent in London for the
province. Signed, " Sam'. White Spkr." ff. {2).

Printed, irith a few verbal changes, in Massachusetts Papers,
p. 4, published in 1856 by the Seventy-six Society, Philadelphia.

7. Extracts from three letters on the situation' of

affairs in America. Indorsed " 1766." f. (i).
The first is from William Donaldson of New York, and writ-
ten on a slip attached to the sheet on which the others are. The
last two are addressed, " My Lord," and are in a different
hand.

8. Ne-w Jersey — House of Assembly. June 14,

1766. Order for thanks to be given to Dennis
De Berdt " for his Assiduity and Attention to
the Affairs of the Colonys During the Applica-
tion for a Repeal of the Stamp Act." Signed,
"Jona. Deare Clk." f. (i).
For the letter of thanks, see 11.

Massachusetts Bay — House of Representatives.
June 20, 1766. Resolution for letter of thanks
to be sent to William Pitt for his efforts toward
the repeal of the stamp act. Signed, "Sam'
Adams Cler." f. (i)-
Printed, Bradford's Massachusetts State Papers, p. 92. For
letter of thanks, see 10.

9. Massachusetts Bay — Hoiise of Representatfues.
June 21, 1766. Note to Charles, Lord Camden,
transmitting vote of thanks for his patronage
of the colonies. Signed, Thomas Gushing
Speaker, f. (i).

June 21, 1766. Note to George,

Lord Pomfret, for the same purpose. Same
signature, f. (1).

For the accompanying vote of thanks, see 13.

10. June 2\, 1766. Letter of thanks

to William Pitt, referred to under 8. Same
signature, ff. (2).

11. Neiw Jersey — House of Assembly. June 22,

1766. Letter of thanks to Dennis De Berdt,
referred to under 8. Signed, Cortland Skinner
Speaker, ff. (2).

12. Massachusetts Bay — House of Representatives.

June 28, 1766. Letter of thanks and instruc-
tions to Dennis De Berdt. Signed, Thomas
Gushing Spkr. ff. (2).

Printed, with a few orthographical changes and one_ additional
sentence, in Massachusetts Papers, p. 14, published in 1856 by
the Seventy-six Society, Philadelphia.

13. June 30, 1766. Vote of thanks

to George, Lord Pomfret, referred to under 9.
Signed, " Sam' Adams Cler." f. (i).

14, Boston — Committee of the Town. Orf. 26, 1766.

Draft of part of a letter to Dennis De Berdt.

Search of Daniel Malcom's house by the

custom-house officers in October, 1766. f. (l).

Composed by Samuel Adams. See Wells' Life of Samuel

Adams, I. 130. For the full letter, see 25.

15-19. Copy of a copy of depositions. Sept, zi,-Oct.

I, 1766, sworn before Gov. Bernard's council, in

the case of Daniel Malcomis resistance to the

search of his house by the deputy-collector

William Sheafe, under the " writs of assistance."

Depositions by William Sheafe, Benjamin

Hallowell, John Ruddock, John Tudor, William

Nickels, William Wimble, Nathaniel Barber,

John Baker and Stephen Greenleaf, attested by

John Cotton, deputy-secretary. Copy certified

by William Cotton, town clerk, pp. 18. (Pp.

5-18 are imperfect — torn.)

After a copy of the depositions was at last received from the

governor's council, the present copy was probably made by order

of the town, to be sent to its agent in England. See Wells' Life

of Samuel Adams, L 130 ; Drake's History of Boston, p. 737. —

For the evidence before the town, see 22.

20. Downe, Samuel. Sept. 26, 1766. Letter to
Dennis De Berdt. Private busiiiess. ff. {2).
(Imperfect— torn.)

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

21. Ashley, Joseph and Jonathan, and Wood-
bridge, Timothy. Oct. 9, 1766. Letter to
Dennis De Berdt, asking his help in establish-
ing an academy at Hatfield, Mass. ff. (2).
(Imperfect — torn.)

22. Copy of depositions, Oc^. 16-20, 1766, by Nathan-
iel Barber and William Nickels, sworn before
Edmund Quincy. Ringing of the north bell
and conduct of the people at the time of the
Malcom disturbance mentioned above. — Dep-
osition by William Wimble, Oct. 17, 1766,
sworn before Joshua Winslow. Copy attested
by William Cooper, town clerk, ff. (4).

For other and contradictory evidence, taken in the governor's
interest, see is-ig.

23. Copy of deposition, Oct. 21, 1766, by Capt.

Daniel Malcom, sworn before Edmund Qumcy.
Same affair, ff. (2). (Imperfect — first part
gone, only last four pages left.)

24. Boston. Oct. 8-22, 1766. Two copies of votes
of town meeting in reference to the depositions
given in the governor's council on the Malcom
affair. Attested by William Cooper, town
clerk, ff. (2).

25. Boston. — Committee of the Town. Oct. 26,

1766. Letter to Dennis De Berdt stating the
people's version of the Malcom affair and trans-
mitting the depositions given above. Signed,
"James Otis pr Order of ye committee." ff. (4.)

Composed by Samuel Adams. See Wells' Life of Samuel
Adams, I. 130. — For draft of a part of this letter, written in
another hand, see 14.

26. Deposition, Dec. i, 1766, by John Pike, John
Lombard, Jr. and Lewis Lombard, Jr., sworn
before Barnabas Paine, at Truro, Barnstable
Co., Mass. Prevention of fishing in the Straits
of Belle Isle by a British man-of-war. f. (i).

27. 28. Massachusetts Bay — House of Represent-

atives. Dec. 6, 1766. Letter to [Dennis De
Berdt], inclosing depositions. Prevention of
American fishing and whaling in Newfoundland
waters by order of Com. Palliser, gov. of New-
foundland ; custom-house officers and regula-
tions. Signed, Thomas Gushing Speaker,
ff. (4).
For the depositions, see 29-31.

29-31. Deposition, Dec. 9, 1766, by Robert Barker,
sworn before Richard Dana. Fishery trouble.
— Deposition, Dec. 13, 17O6, by Moses Wiley,
Cyprian Hinkley and Henry Young, sworn be-
fore' Belcher Noyes. — Deposition, Dec. 26,

1766, by Thomas Harding, sworn before John
Avery, ff. (3).

These were inclosed in the letter above, 27, 28.

32. New York — Presbyterian Church. Feb. 17,

1767. Petition of the ministers, elders, etc., to
Sir Henry Moore, captain-general and governor
of New York, for leave to prove facts in a
former petition for a charter. Signed, John
Rogers, Joseph Treat on behalf of the peti-
tioners, ff. (2).

33-35. Massachusetts Bay — House of Represent-
atives. March 16, 1767 Letter to Dennis De
Berdt. Claim of Lieut. -Gov. Hutchinson to a
seat in the council. Signed, Thomas Cushing
Spkr. pp. II.

Composed by Samuel Adams. See Wells'Life of Samuel
Adams, I. 135 et seg., where much of the letter is quoted.

36,37. Massachusetts Bay — House of Represent-
atives. June 24, 1767. Letter to the same.
The fishery trouble in Newfoundland waters ;
troops in America ; the bill for pardon of
rioters and compensation of sufferers during
disturbances in Boston ; paper money ; Con-
necticut and Massachusetts boundary. Signed,
Thomas Cushing Spkr. ff. (4).

38. Sheafe, Edward. July i, 1767. Letter from
Charlestown to the same. Relations of the
colonies with Great Britain; bill for pardon,
compensation, etc. (as above, 36, 37). ff- (4*-
(Imperfect — torn.)

39. Cushing, Thomas. Oct. 15, 1767. Private
letter to Dennis De Berdt. Imposition of taxes
on the colonies ; the governor's salary, pp. 8.

40. Copy of examination of Robert Hallowell, con-
troller of the port of Boston, at the treasury
board in London. July 21, 1768. Seizure of
John Hancock's sloop " Liberty." Copy signed,
" Jno. Speed." ff. (5).

41. [Livius (?), Peter], of New Hampshire. Oct.
18, 1768. Copy of a letter to his brother in
London. Quartering troops in America, ff. (4).
(Imperfect — torn.)

This letter has no signature, and the name of the ^^-riter, given
in the indorsement, is torn, so that only *' evius" or " evins " is
legible.

42. "Zoston — Selectmen. Feb. 16-18, 1769. Re-

questing Gov. Bernard to communicate facts
which may have been sent to Great Britain
militating against the colonies ; with the gov-
ernor's reply, ff. (2).
Without attestation. Printed, with two names of members
different, and with a few verbal changes, in Massachusetts Papers,
p. 115, published in 1856 by the Seventy-six Society, Philadel-
phia.

Feb. 23, 24, 1769. Second request

for the same purpose, and second reply, ff. (2).

Without attestation. Printed, with a few verbal changes and
one additional line, in Massachusetts Papers, p. 120, published
by the Seventy-six Society, Philadelphia.

43-45. .^'^^. 25, 1769. Letter to Dennis

De Berdt reviewing this correspondence.
Signed, Joshua Henshaw, Joseph Jackson,
John Rudduck, John Hancock, Samuel Pem-
berton, Henderson Inches, ff. (6).

46. Lee, Arthur. March 23, 1769. Letter from

London to his brother [Richard Henry Lee] in
Virginia. English and American politics, ff. (2).

47. Dickinson, John. April 20, ly^g. Letter from

Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. The disaffection
in America and the unworthiness of many of
the colonial representatives in London, ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, IL 293.

48- June 26, 1769. Letter to the same on

the same subjects, ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 296.

Massachusetts Bay — House of Representatives.
July 22, 1769. Notice to Col. Dalrymple of the
time for taking depositions relative to the rescue
of John Ryley. ff. (2).

49-56, Depositions, July 24, 1769, by Jeremiah
Belknap, Peter Barbour, Samuel Downe, Joseph
Edwards, Thomas Waite Foster, Stephen
Greenleaf, Edward Jackson, Edmund Quincy
and John Loring, sworn before Richard Dana
and Belcher Noyes. Rescue of John Ryley.
ff- (13)-

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

57. Nelson, William. Sept. 2, 1769. Letter from

Virginia to Arthur Lee in London. Importing
taxed goods, and the line between Virginia and
the Cherokees. ff. (2).

58. Dickinson, John. Nov. 25, 1769. Letter from

Philadelphia to Arthur Lee in London. Im-
porting taxed goods, ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 297,

Shelburne, W. Petty, Earl of. Letter to Arthur
Lee at Bath, England, inviting him to Bowood
Park. No date. ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 353, where it is dated
1769.

59. De Berdt, Dennis. 1770. A draft of memorial
to the king's council, by the agent of Massa-
chusetts Bay. Reasons for declining to attend
the council to support the charges of the prov-
ince against Gov. Bernard. Interlined, cor-
rected, and not signed. Indorsed, " For Mr.
Lewis." ff. {2). (Imperfect — torn.)

60. Dickinson, John. March, 31, 1770. Letter
from Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Importing
taxed goods ; Boston massacre, ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 299.

61. Lord Chatham's motion, petitioning the king

to dissolve Parliament and call a nevf one. A
copy. May 14, 1770. f. (i).

62. Massachusetts Bay. — House of Representatives.

[July ?, 1771]. Portion of letter of instructions
to Benjamin Franklin, agent at London. Gov.
Hutchinson's complaint about the preservation
of the " king's timber " in the territory of Saga-
dahoc ; request to have the king confirm the
grants of townships therein, and of the town of
Machias. Signed, Thomas Gushing Speaker,
pp. 3-5. (Imperfect — first part gone.)

63. Lee, William. Jan. 20, 1772. Copy of letter
from London to his brother, Francis Lightfoot
Lee, on private affairs (dispute with Capt.
Walker), ff. (2).

With autograph postscript.

64_7^. March Tj-Nov. 18, 1772. Eleven letters

to the same, mainly on private affairs, ff. (26).

76-79. Memoire sur les avantages qu'offre le port
de Dunkerque au commerce des treize coUonies
unies de I'Amerique Septentrionale. Not dated
or signed, ff. (4).

VOL. II.

1. Lee, William. Jan. 30, 1773. Letter from

London to his brother, Francis Lightfoot Lee.
Private commercial affairs, ff. (4).

2. [Lee, Arthur.] Feb. 14, 1773- Letter from Lon-

don to his brother, [Richard Henry Lee.]
American politics, etc. ff. (2). (Jmperfect —
last part wanting.)

3. Lee, William. Feb. 23, 1773. Letter from Lon-

don to F. L. Lee. Private commercial affairs.
V ff. (2).

A March 4, 1773. Letter to the same, with a

copy of the above (3). Same subject, ff. (4)-
( Imperfect — slightly torn.)

5, 6. Massachusetts Bay. — House of Representa-
tives. March 6, 1773. Letter to Lord Dart-
mouth. The source of the governor's pay and
other grievances of America. Signed, Thomas
Gushing Speaker, ff. (4).
The second paragraph of this is printed in " A true state of the

proceedings in the parliament of Great Britain," etc. [1774.I

7. March 6, 1773. Petition to the king

for restoring governor and judges to dependence
upon the people. Signed, Thomas Gushing
Speaker, ff. (2).

8. Lee, William. March 20, 1773. Note to his
brothers, R. H. Lee and F. L. Lee, inclosing
copy of his letter to R. C. Nicholas. Accounts
of Lee estate, ff. (4).

g. July 31, 1773. Letter to F. L. Lee. Pri-
vate commercial affairs, ff. (2).

10. Sept. 18, 1773. Letter to the same, with a

copy of another, dated Sept. 11, 1773. Same
subject, ff. (2).

11. Gopy of .the above (10). (Imperfect —

superscription torn.)

j2j 1-3. Oct. 4, Dec. 2, 1773. Two letters to the

same. Same subject ; election of mayor of
London, ff. (4)-

14. Massachusetts Bay.— House of Representatives.
Dec. 21, 1773. Letter from committee to Ben-
jamin Franklin, the colony's agent in London.
Destruction of the tea in Boston harbor ; tem-
per of the people. Signed, Thomas Gushing,
Samuel Adams, John Hancock, Wm. Phillips,
ff. (2).
Printed, Massachusetts Historical Society, Collections, 4th

ser. IV. 377-

15,16. Soollay, John. Z?«f. 23, 1773. Letter from
Boston to Arthur Lee. Same subject, pp. 12.
printed, Massachusetts Historical Society, Collections, 4th

ser. IV. 379.

Lee, William. Jan. 4, 10, 29, 1774. 'Three let-
ters from London to F. L. Lee. Private com-
mercial affairs, ff. (6). (The last is imperfect
— a part torn off.)

March 19, 1774. Letter to the same, with

a copy of another, dated March 16, 1773. Same
subject, ff. (2). (Imperfect — slightly torn.)

19. [Lee, Arthur]. April 2, 1774.
same. Political situation of
signed, ff. (4)-

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 37.

20. I Lee, William]. ^/«7 2, 1774. Letter to [F. L.
Lee ?] Non-exportation to Great Britain. Not
signed or superscribed, f. (i).

21. April 21, June 5, 1774- Two letters to

F. L. Lee. Private commercial affairs, with a
slight reference to politics, ff. (4).

22 July 14, 1774. 'Letter to the same; with a

copy of another of June 30, 1774. Private com-
mercial affairs, ff. (2).

Jul'^ 16, 1774. Letter to the same. Non-
exportation to Great Britain, ff. (2).

23. Gopy of the above of ^uly 16, with auto-
graph signature and postscript.

July 30, 1774. Letter to the same, with

another copy of the above of July 16.
commercial affairs, ff. (2).

17-

18.

Letter to the
America. Not

Private

6

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

24. [Dickinson, John]. Aug. 20,. 1774. Letter to

[Arthur LeeJ. General congress of the colo-
nies. Not signed or superscribed, ff. (2).
PriDted, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, IL 305.

25. Lee, William. Sept. 5, 1774. Letter to F. L.

Lee. Private commercial affairs, ff. (2).

26. [Dickinson, John]. Oir^. 27, 1774. Letter from
J?hiladelphia to Arthur Lee. Political aspect
of America. Not signed. £E. (2).

Lee, William. Dec. 5, 1774. Letter to F. L. Lee.
Private commercial affairs ; political situation
of America, ff. (2).

27. Lee, Arthur. Dec. 13, 1774. Letter from Lon-
don to his brother, [F. L. Lee ?J Non-expor-
tation to Great Britain ; plans of parliament
against America. Not .superscribed, ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 2og.

Lee, William. Dec. 24, 1774. Letter to F. L.
Lee. Edward Brown's partnership in the firm,
ff. (2).

28. Dec. 24, 1774. Another letter to the same.

Private commercial affairs, ff. (3).

29. Copy of the above (28). pp. 5. (Imper-
fect — p. 5 torn.)

30. [Lee, Arthur]. Dec. 26, 1774. Letter from
London to the same. General congress of the
colonies ; effect upon the ministry. Not signed.

ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 213.

Buchan, David Stewart Erskine, iit/i earl of.
Jan. 5, 1775. Letter to Arthur Lee. Fairfax
lands in Virginia, ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 346.

31. Lee, William. Jan. 13, 14, 1775. Letter to F.
L. Lee. Private commercial affairs ; petition
of London merchants and traders to parliament
for relief to American commerce, ff. (4). (Im-
perfe?;t — torn.)

Gushing, Thomas. Feb. 1775. Private letter from
Boston to Arthur Lee. State of feeling in
America, ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 275.

32. Lee, William. Feb. 10, lyyt,. Letter from Lon-
don to F. L. Lee. Public and private commer-
cial affairs, ff. (4).

■Warren, Joseph. Feb. 20, 1775. Letter from
Boston to Arthur Lee. Prospect of war ; spirit
of New England, ff. (4).

Printed, Frothingham's Life of Joseph Warren, p. 418 ; Lee's
Life of Arthur Lee, IX. 264.

33. [Lee, William]. Feb. 25, 1775. Letter from
London to [F. L. Lee]. Politics in England
and America ; sympathy with the ministry
among American merchants in London. Not
signed or addressed, ff. (2).

Feb. 25, 1775. Another letter to F. L. Lee.

Private commercial affairs, ff. (2).

34. March I, 1775. Letter to the same. Bill

regulating fisheries ; war preparations, ff (2.).

March 11, ijy^. Letter to the same. Pri-
vate commercial affairs ; commercial restric-
tions on America, ff. (2).

35. March 13, 1775. Letter to the same.

Private commercial affairs, f. (i).

Franklin, Benjamin. March 19, 1775. Letter
from London to Arthur Lee. Departure from
London ; Massachusetts papers, etc. ff. (2).
Printed, Sparks' Life of Franklin, p. 391.
36. Lee, William. March 21, 1775. ^ Letter to F.
L. Lee. Private commercial affairs, ff. (2).

37-44, 46-48. Depositions, April 23-25, 1775.
Fight at Lexington and Concord. Indorsed,
No. 2, 4-12, 14-18. All certified to by Nathan-
iel Gorham, Noty. pubk., at Charlestown, Mass.,
April 26, 1775. ff. (18).
Lexington. 2. Thomas Rice Willard, sworn be-
fore Wm. Reed, Jona. Hastings, Duncan In-
graham, Middlesex, April 23; — 4. Capt. John
Parker, before Wm. Reed, Josiah Johnson,
Wm. Stickney, April 25; — 5. John Robbins,
before Wm. Reed, Josiah Johnson, April 24 ;

— 6. Benjamin Tidd of Lexington, Joseph Ab-
bot of Lincoln, before Wm. Reed, Josiah John-
son, Wm. Stickney, April 25 ; — 7. Nathl.
Mulliken, Philip Russell, Moses Harrington,
Junr., Thomas Harrington, Daniel Harring-
ton, William Grimes, William Tidd, Isaac
Hastings, Jonas Stone, Junr., James Wyman,
Thaddeus Harrington, John Chandler, Joshua
Reed Junr., Joseph Simonds, Phinehas Smith,
John Chandler Junr., Reuben Lock, Joel
Niles, Nathan Reed, Samuel Tidd, Benja-
min Lock, Thomas Winship, Simeon Snow,
John' Smith, Moses Harrington y' 3d, Joshua
Reed, Ebenezer Parker, John Harrington,
Enoch Wellington, John Hosmer, Isaac Green,
Phinehas Stearns, Isaac Durant, Thomas Head-
ley [Hadley ?], Junr., all of Lexington, before
the same, April 25 ; — ^8. Nathaniel Parkhurst,
Jonas Parker, John Monro Junr., John Winship,
Solomon Peirce, John Muzzy, Abner Mead,
John Bridge Junr., Ebenezer Bowman, William
Monro 3d, Mikah Hagar, Samuel Sanderson,
Saml. Hastings, James Brown, all of Lexington,
before the same, April 25 ; — 9. Timothy Smith,
of Lexington, before the same, April 25 ; — 10.
Levi Harrington, Levi Mead, both of Lexington,
before the same, April 25; — 11. William
Draper, of Colrain, before the same, April 25 ;

— 12. Thos. Fessenden, before the same,
April 23.

Concord. 14. John Hoar, John Whithead, Abram
Gearfield, Benja. Munroe, Isaac Parks, Wm.
Hosmer, John Adams, Gregory Stone, of Lin-
coln, before Wm. Reed, John Cuming, Jona.
Hastings, Duncan Ingraham, April 23; — 15.
Nathan Barrett, Jonathan Farrar, Joseph But-
ler, Francis Wheeler, John Barrett, JohnRrown,
Silas Walker, Ephraim Melven, Nathan ' But-
trick, Stephen Hosmer Junr., Samuel Barrett,
Thomas Jones, Joseph Chandler, Peter Wheeler,
Nathan Peirce, Edward Richardson, of Concord,
before Jona. Hastings, John Cuming, Duncan
Ingraham, April 23 ; — 16. Timothy Minot Junr.,
of Concord, before Wm. Reed, Jona. Hastings,
John Cuming, Duncan Ingraham, April 23 ; —
17. Col. James Barrett, of Concord, .before Wm.
Reed, Jona. Hastings, Duncan Ingraham, April
23 ; — 18. Bradbery Robinson, Samuel Spring,
Thaddeus Bancroft, of Concord, James Adams,
of Lincoln, before Wm. Reed, Wm. Stickney,
Jona. Hastings, April 23.
The entire series (20 in number) is printed in Force's Ameri-
can archives, 4th ser. H. 490, et seq. ; Shattuck's Historv of
Concord, pp. 342, et seg. ; Journal of 2d continental congress,
pp. 79, ft seq. ; and portions of it are given in Frothingham's
Siege of Boston, pp. 367, et seq. ; Remembrancer, 177s, L i!,
eiseq.; London chronicle, June i, 1775 ; also in various Boston
newspapers of the time.

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

45- Deposition. Duplicate of "no. 14" above
(p. 44). f. (i). (Imperfect — torn.)

49. Lee, William. April 27, 1775. Letter from
London to Edward Browne, with postscript to
F. L. Lee. Tobacco commerce, ff. (2).

W. "Wan-en, Joseph. ///?-// 27, 1775. Letter from
Cambridge to [Arthur Lee]. Josiah Quincy's
death ; necessity of conciliatory measures from
England, ff. (2). (Imperfect — signature and
address cut out.)

. Printed, Frothingham's Lite of Joseph Warren, p. 471 ; and
incorrectly in I.ee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 267.

51. [Dickinson, John]. April 2ij, lyj^. Letter to
[Arthur Lee]. Fight at Lexington and Con-
cord. Not superscribed. Signed, J. D. ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 307.

52. Warren, Joseph. May 16, 1775. Letter from
Cambridge to [Arthur Lee]. Situation of af-
fairs in America. Not superscribed, ff. (2).

_ Printed, Frothingham's Life of Joseph Warren, p. 488 : and
incorrectly in Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 268.

53. Lee, Richard Henry. May 21, 1775. Letter
from Philadelphia to [F. L. Lee ?] Action of
the provincial assemblies ; conduct of British
troops. Not superscribed, ff. (2).

54. Lee, William. May 24, 1775. Letter from
London to F. L. Lee. Appointment as alder-
man of London ; private commercial affairs ;
necessity of firmness in America, ff. (2).

55. 56. Continental Congress, Second. Fhiladel-
phia, May,\T]t^. Form of address to the people
of Great Britain. Injuries and attitude of
America. Indorsed " 1776." ff. (3).

Cf, Journals of congress, I. 134, et seq. ; 142, et seg. ^

57, 58. Copies of letters, 1775-1778, from Dr. Ben-
jamin Rush, to John Sawbridge and to Mrs.
Macaulay, John Sawbridge to Samuel Witham
Stockton, William Baker to S. W. Stockton,
Saml. Wharton to Benjamin Franklin, Granville
Sharp to Benjamin Franklin. Recommenda-
tion of S. W. Stockton. 3d copy. Attested by
S. W. Stockton, pp. 6.

Dickinson, John. July 7, 1775. Note from
Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Introduction of
Dr. Hutchinson ; fighting near Boston. Signa-
ture and address crossed out with ink. f. (i).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, IT. 312.

59. Continental Congress, Second. July 8, 1775.
Letter to Richard Penn, William Bollan, Arthur

Lee, Edmund Burke and Garth. Inclosure

of a petition to the king, a second address to
the people of Great Britain, and a letter of
thanks to the lord mayor of London. Signed,
John Hancock President. — With note added,
Sept. 4, 1775, by Arthur Lee and Richard Penn.
Reception of petition, ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 47 ; and, without the
postscript of .the agents, in Journals of the 2d continental con-
gress, p. 149.

60. Dickinson, John. July lyjc,. Letter from
Nairhill to Arthur Lee. Petition to the king
proposing plan of accommodation ; engage-
ments near Boston. Signature and address
crossed out. f. (i). (Imperfect — torn.)

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 312.

61. Dartmouth, William Legge, 2d earl of. Aug: 31,

1775. Note to Richard Penn and Arthur Lee,
appointing a meeting, p. (i).

Note to Mr. Penn. Same subject

Lee, Arthur.
P- (I).

Penn, Richard, andlsee, Arthur. Sept. 2, 1775.
Draft of letter from London to the continental
congress. Presentation of the petition men-
tioned in the preceding notes, f. (l). (Torn.)

62. Lee, Arthur. Sept. i„ 1775. Letter to [John
Dickmson ?] Violence of the ministry of Great
Britain against the colonies, ff. (2).

63. Virginia Delegates to Second Continental
Congress. Oct. 5, 1775. Draft of letter to
committee of 'safety at Williamsburg. Patrols,
military lookouts, etc. — With copy of another,
dated Oct. 23, 1775. f. (i).

64. Jackson, Bayard and Co. Jan. 18, 1776.

Letter from Philadelphia to Montandouin &
Frere at Nantes. Order for merchandise,
f. (I).

65. Vergennes, Charles Gravier, Comte de. June
0, 1776. Letter from Versailles, in French, to
[Arthur Lee]. Ammunition for Virginia. With
a translation, f. (i).

66,67. '^a^\sxi& — nth Battalion of Militia. June
20, 1776. Copy of a letter to the representa-
tives of Prince George's county in the provin-
cial convention. Support to the union of the
colonies. Signed, Thomas Sim Lee, George
Lee, Luke Marberry, John Addison, Wm.
Barnes Jr., Thomas Trueman, Trueman Skin-
ner, David Crawford, Fulder Bowie, Stephen
West. ff. (3).

68. [Lovell, James]. 1776. Account of his im-
prisonment in Boston by the British ; unsuccess-
ful efforts for release. (The latter part probably
in his autograph.) ff. (2). (Perhaps incom-
plete.)

June 25, 1776. Letter from Halifax to

Arthur Lee. Imprisonment at Halifax, ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 48.

Certiiioate, dated London, Aug. 3, 1776, from
Geo. Ross, James Hodge, Richd. Rouse (Brit-
ish) as to their good treatment by Capt. Henry
Johnson (American) while prisoners on his
sloop, (f.) r.

71, 72. Continental Congress, Second. Sept. 26,
1776. Instructions to Benjamin Franklin, Silas
Deane and Thomas Jefferson, commissioners.
Proposed treaty with France. Signed, John
Hancock Presidt. ff. (4).

Printed, Secret journals of congress, II. 27 ; Lee's Life of
Arthur Lee, I. 280.

73. Sept. 30, 1776. The original appointment

of Benjamin Franklin, Silas Deane and Thomas
Jefferson as commissioners to make a treaty
with France. With seal. Signed, John Han-
cock Presidt. f. ( i ) folded.

Printed (with blanks for names), Secret journals of congress,
II. 32-

74. Feb. 3, 1777. Copy of the same with Ar-
thur Lee's name substituted for Thomas Jeffer-
son's. Attested on the outside by Benjamin
Franklin, Silas Deane and Arthur Lee.

75. 76. Franklin, Benjamin, and Morris, Robert.
. Oct. I, 1776. Letter from Philadelphia to Silas

Deane. Aid expected from France ; battle of
Long Island, .;■&■.. ff. (4). ,..,..

69.

70,

8

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

77. Agreement in French, Oct. 15, 1776, between
De Montieu, " Rodiique Hortalez & Cie " and
Silas Deane. Secret aid to America, ff. (2).

Translation printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 51.

78. Continental Congress, Second. Oct. 22, 1776.
Extract from the minutes. Appointment of
Arthur Lee as commissioner to France in place
of Thomas Jefferson. Signed, Chas. Thom-
son Secy. f. (i).

79. 80. Oct. 22, 1776. Instructions, similar to

those above (71, 72). Indorsed, No. 2. With
Arthur Lee's name in place of Thomas Jeffer-
son's, ff. (4).

81-83. Copy of the same. With extracts from

the minutes, dated, Sept. 26, 28, 1776, and addi-
tional instructions, dated, Oct. 16, 22, 1776.
Indorsed, Feb. 5, 1777, by Franklin, Deane and
Lee.
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 280.

8. ^— Plan of treaty with France, sent with
the above instructions. Signed, John Hancock
Presidt. Indorsed, No. 3. ff. (10).
Printed, Secret journals of congress, II. 7, et seg.

89. Letter, dated Berlin, JVov. 25, 1776. Super-
scribed, " Edward Palmer Middle Temple
London." Not signed. Political events of the
times, ff. {2).

Many proper names are altered or erased.

90. Memoir, Dec. 1776, concerning the state of
America. Drafted at Paris, ff. (2).

91. Lee, Arthur. Copies of political anecdotes of

Sir Wm. Howe, Franklin, Gerard and Beau-
marchais. ff. (3).

92-98. Morris, Robert. Dec. 20, 1776. Letter
from Philadelphia to Silas Deane in Paris.
Detail of American misfortunes.' With post-
script dated, yaw. 8, 1777. ff. (13).

Printed (except the opening sentence and the entire postscript),
but with differences, in Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence,
I 225, et seq.f where it is dated Dec. 21, 1776, and addressed
throughout as to the commissioners. This_ MS- bears pencil
marks corresponding to the changes in the printed copy.

99. Continental Congress, Second. Dec. 23, 1776.
Extract from the minutes. Resolution to the
commissioners concerning the conduct of Portu-
gal and action to be taken thereon. £. (i).

Printed, Secret journals of congress, II. 35.

100. Franklin, Benjamin, Deane, Silas, and Lee,
Arthur. Dec. 28, 1776. Form of letter to
Count d'Aranda, ambassador from Spain to
France, asking permission to call upon him.
f. (I).

101. Lee, Arthur. Dec. 23, 1776. Copy of letter to
committee of secret correspondence, accepting
his nomination as commissioner. — Copy of let-
ter, Dec. 31, 1776, to Lord Shelburne. Depar-
ture for Paris, f. (i). (Imperfect — latterpart
wanting. )

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 60, 62.

VOL. III.

I. Continental Congress, Second. Jan. 2, 1777.
Appointment of Benjamin Franklin, Silas Deane
and Arthur Lee, as commissioners to make a
treaty with France. With seal. Signed, John

Hancock; attest. Chas. Thomson Secy. f.(i),
doubled. (Imperfect — cut.)
This differs from the commission on p. 74 of vol. II. by one
additional clause : — "and also to enter into and agree upon a
treaty with his Most Christian Majesty or such person or peisons
as shall be by him authorized for that purpose for assistance in
carrying on the present war between Great Britain and these
United States." See letter from Dr. Franklin on p. 27 of this
volume.

2. [Lee, Arthur]. Jan. 4, 1777. Letter from Paris

to his brother,"Richard Henry Lee. Defence
of the lakes; probable British force, ff. (2).

3. Commissioners to France. Jan. 5, 1777.

Copy of me.-norial to France. Request for
ships, etc. Indorsed by Lee, " Signed by the
Commissioners & presented to Count Ver-
gennes, thro M^ Gerard." Not signed, ff. (2).

Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 21 ; Lee's
Life of Arthur Lee, I. 63.

4. G-erard, Conrad Alexandre, Secretary to Ver-

gennes. Jan. 5, 1777. Note to the commission-
ers. Interview, ff. (2).

5. [Commissioners to France]. Jan. 14, 1777.

Copy of letter to C. A. Gerard. Thanks for
message from the king of France, Louis XVI.
In Lee's handwriting, not signed. Indorsed,
No. 10. f. (l).

The message was probably a verbal one delivered in the in-
terview appointed by Gerard (see p. 4). _ See also .Sjiarks' Diplo-
matic correspondence, II. 23, note. Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic
correspondence, II. 23 ; Lee's Life of Arthur Lee. I. 66.

6. Continental Congress, Second — Secret Com-

mittee. Jan. 14, 1777. Copy of letter to the
commissioners. Purchase of ammunition from
France. Signed, " Rob' Morris Chairman of
the Secret Committee of Congress." Indorsed,
3d. copy. ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 295,

7. Gerard, C. A. Jan. 30, 1777. Note to Arthur

Lee. Interview, ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)

8. Commissioners to France. Feb. i, 1777. Copy

of memorial to Vergennes. France and Eng-
land ; Gen. Burgoyne. Indorsed by Lee,
" Presented by M' Lee alone at Versailles."
Not signed, ff. (2).

Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 24; Lee's
Life of Arthur Lee, I. 67.

9. [Continental Congress, Second— Committee of

Secret Correspondence^ Feb. 2, 1777. Draft of
letter from Baltimore to the commissioners^
Blockade by the British ; loan of ships of war
from France ; Gen. Washington ; Sir William
Howe ; Gen. Heath. Indorsed, " Copy of
Letter to Commissioners." In R. H. Lee's
handwriting, but not signed, f. (i).

Printed, in Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 257, with

differences and signatures : B. Harrison, R. H. Lee, W.

Hooper; in Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 290, with verbal

changes and signatures : Benj. Harrison, Richard Henry Lee,
Jno. Witherspoon.

10. II. [Commissioners to France]. Feb. 6,

1777. Copy of letter to "The Secret Com-
mittee of Congress." Hodge ; Farmers-general ;
American packets ; Burgoyne ; envoys to
Spain and Holland ; Nicholas Davis. Not
signed. Copy examined by W. T. Franklin,
ff. (4).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 310; Sparks' Diplo-
matic correspondence, I. 260, where it is addressed, "To the
committee of secret correspondence." For the difference be-
tween the committees see Sparks' Diplomatic corresDoadence,
I. s, noit. '^

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

12. Gruel, J. Feb. 8, 1777. Etat de differentes
sommes Payes Ji Nantes Par ordre et Pour
compte de Monsieur le Docteur franklin,
ff. (2).

13. [Continental Congress, Second — Secret Com-
mitke\. Feb. 17, 1777. Draft of letter from
Baltimore to the commissioners. Orders for
clothing, etc. Signed, Richard Henry Lee ;
and in his handwriting. Indorsed, " Copy of
letter from Secret Committee." f. (i).

14. Cleveland, Stephen, Capt. Feb. 19, 1777.
Letter to Arthur Lee. Tohn Philip Mirckle.
ff. (2).

15. [Iiee, Arthur]. Feb. 20, 1777. Letter from
"Bourdeau," addressed, "Dear Brother."
Thomas Morris : J. P. Mirckle. Not signed,
ff. (2). ■

16. Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons, merchants at Bilboa.
March 3, 1777. Letter from Bilboa to Arthur
Lee. Commerce between the firm and America ;
news of Trenton battle, ff. (2).

17. Lee, Arthur. March 5, 1777. Copy of memo-
rial from Burgos to Marquis de Grimaldi. Rea-
sons for desiring reception at Madrid. Signed,
" Arthur Lee Commissioner plenipotentiary
from the Congress of the United States of
America." Indorsed, N°. 13. ff. (2).

The title here assumed by Lee was not strictly descriptive of
his position, and was probably appended only for form, as in his
other communications to the court of Spain ; see Sparks' Diplo-
matic correspondence, II. 47, «o^^. .. Printed, Sparks' Diplo-
matic correspondence, II. 38 ; Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 79.

18. Lee, Arthur. March 5, 1777. Memoria sobra

\sic\ la contienda en la America. Dated at
Burgos. Signed as the last on p. 17. Indorsed,
N°. 14. Interlined with English translation,
ff. (2).

English translation printed, in Lee'.": Life of Arthur Lee, I.
81 ; and with differences in Sparks' Diplomatic corre-
spondence, 11-41, where it is stated that the memorial was not
presented to the court , of Spain, but put into the hands of
Marquis de Grimaldi at Burgos, who returned a verbal answer
without consulting the court.

19. 20. [Sarsfield, Comte de\ ? 1777 ? Me-

moire. Arrangement of troops in America.
Not signed. Indorsed, " Count [Sarsfield's ? ]
plan for troops." pp. 8.

21-24. [Lee, Arthur]. March, 1777. Plan of a
treaty with Spain. Not signed, ff. (7).
See Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 84.

25. [ ]. March 6, 1777. Letter from Burgos.

Character of commercial agents of Con-
gress in Europe. Addressed, " Dear Sir " ;
closing, " Adieu," but not signed, ff. (2).

26. [ ]. March 19, 1777. Letter from Vitoria

to R. H. Lee. Loans to America ; additional
troops, ff. (2).

Do^wner, Eliphalet. March 20, 1777. Receipt,
dated Pool, to William Lee for five guineas.
Indorsed, "Ent. P. C. fol. 65." f. (i).

27. Franklin, Benjamin. March 21, 1777. Letter
from Passy to Arthur Lee. News of Trenton
battle ; Lord Cornwallis ; Washington ; Howe ;
fresh commission (see p. i of this volume) ;
Lee's mission to Spain, ff. (2).

Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 54; Lee's
Life of Arthur Lee, I. 75-

28. Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons. March 22, 1777
Letter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. News from
America ; preparation of shijas. ff. (2).

29. Gardoqui, James. March 23, 1777. Letter
from Vitoria to Arthur Lee. Washington's
advantage over British, ff. (2).

30. Farmers-General of France. March z^,itj7.

Copy of contract with Franklin and Deane for
tobacco. In French. Signed, B. Franklin,
S. Deane, Paulze. ff. (2). (Imperfect — edges
worn.)

Translation printed. Sparks' Diplotnatic correspondence, I.
282.

31. [Commissioners to France]. March 28,
1777. Copy of propositions to Vergennes.
Supply of cannon, etc. to America, f. (i).

32. Cleveland, Stephen, Cafit. March 28, 1777.
Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. J. P.
Mirckle. ff. (2).

33. [Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. April 9, 1777.
Letter from Bilboa to Benjamin Franklin. Sup-
plies for America. Not signed, ff. (2).

34. Suffolk, Henry Howard, izth Far! of. April

10, 1777. Copie d'une lettre au comte de
Welderen Ministre d'hoUande \ Londres.
Governor of St. Eustatius. Indorsed, "Taken
by Conyngham." ff. (2).

35. [Lee, Arthur] .' April 12, 1777. Copy of let-
ter from Paris to Dr. Richard Price. Conduct
of British soldiery in America. Not signed,
ff- (3)-

36. [Commissioners to France]. April 19,
1777. Draft of letter to Baron Schulenburg.
Friendly relations between America and Prus-
sia. Signatures in pencil. Copy on next page,
ff. {2;.

Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 58; Lee's
Life of Arthur Lee, II. 5.

37. [ ]. Copy of the same. Signed. Indorsed,

No I. ff. (2).

38. Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons. April 19, 1777.
Letter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. Supplies
for America. With memoranda, ff. (2).

39. Gardoqui, James. April 24, 1777. Letter
from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Loan of 81,000
livres. ff. (2).

40. [Commissioners to France]. April 28,
1777. Copy of letter from Paris to secret com-
mittee of congress. Supplies sent by France ;
Lee's mission to Prussia. Not signed. Note
added by W. T. Franklin.

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 314.

May I, 1777. Copy of letter to Jonathan

Williams. Directions about packets. Indorsed,
N" I. f. (i).
Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 285.

41. [Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. May 5, 1777.
Letter from Madrid to [Arthur Lee?]. Sup-
plies for America. Superscribed, "M' John
Thompson." Not signed. Indorsed in pencil,
Gardoqui. ff. (2).

42. [Commissioners to France]. May t, 1777.
Draft of memorial to Vergennes. Violations
of French neutrality by British vessels ; case
of the Culloden. Indorsed, " drawn up by A.
Lee." ff. (2).

10

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

43. [ ]. Copy of the same. f. (i).

Grand, Ferdinand, tanker at Farts. May 10,
1777. Acknowledgment of receipt of a bill for
106,500 livres, indorsed by Gardoqui, in favor
of Arthur Lee. f. (i).

See Gardoqui' s letter in Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence,
II. 59-

44. [Commissioners to Prance]. May 11, 1777.
Letter to Count de Bernstorff, minister to
Copenhagen, sending him a letter captured
from a British vessel by an American privateer.
£E. (2).

Schulenburg-Kehnert, Friedrich Wilhelm,
Baron de. May 20, 1777. Letter from Berlin
to Arthur Lee. Lee's journey to Berlin. In
French, with translation by Lee. Indorsed,
No 2. ff. (2).

Translation printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II.
63 ; Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 6.

45. Gardoqui, James. May it), I'm. Letter from
Madrid to Arthur Lee. Supplies to America
from the firm in Eilboa ; receipt of tobacco in
return. Not signed, ff. (2).

Schulenburg-Kehnert, F. W., Barcm de.
June 9, 1777. Letter from Berlin to Arthur
Lee. Lee's journey to Berlin. In French,
with translation by Lee. ff. (2).

Translation printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II.
68; Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. go.

46. Grand, Ferdinand. June 10, 1777. Account
with the commissioners, f. (i).

47. Sollier, J., banker at Nantes. June 13, 1777.
Account with the commissioners, ff. (2).

Maltrebiou (?), . June 17, 1777. Letter

from Calais to M. Deloder at Paris. His cap-
ture and treatment by the British. In French,
ff. (2).

48. Ross, John. June 17, 1777. Letter from

Nantes to Silas Deane. Gruel's account
against congress, ff. (2).

Schulenburg-Kehnert, F. W., Baron de.
June 18, 1777. Letter from Berlin to Arthur
Lee. Commerce between Prussia and America.
In French, with translation by Lee. Indorsed,
No 3. ff. (2).

Translation printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II.
75 ; Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 8.

49. June 26, 1777. Letter to the same.

American privateers in Prussian ports. In
French, with translation by Lee. ff. (2).

Translation printed, in Papers in relation to the case of Silas
Deane, p. 187, published in 1855 by the Seventy-six society,
Philadelphia ; Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 78 ;
Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 97.

[Lee, Arthur], June 28, 1777. Letter from
Berlin to his colleagues at Paris. Cannon from
Prussia ; robbery of his papers. Indorsed,
N? 4. ff. (2).

Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 79 ; Lee's
Life of Arthur Lee, II. 9.

50. Williams, Jonathan, commercial agent at
Nantes. June 28, 1777. Copy of letter from
Nantes to the firm of De Begray, Beaugeard
fils & cie. at St. Malo. Disposal of prizes.
With copy of circular letter to prize-masters,
ff. (2).

Frederick II., of Prussia. July 2, 1777-
Letter from Potsdam to Arthur Lee. Robbery
of Lee's papers. In French, with translation
by Lee. ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 96 ; and translation
printed. Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, 1 1. 86.

51. Deane, Silas. July 4, I777- Copy of letter
from Paris to Jonathan Williams. Disposal of
prizes at Nantes. Indorsed, " N" 2 Copy of
Extract." f. (i).

After the signature is this note added in the same hand : '* The
forgoing being written in the plural Number is supposed to be
from the Commissioners altho' accidentaly signed only by M'.
Deane, The Letter to Cap? Weeks (see next paper) being to the
same effect & being signed by Doct'. Franklin & M». Deane prove
this, and the Letter from Doct^ Franklin of Dec^ 221', 1777 (see
reverse of next paper) ratifying all M^ Deans orders renders it
perfectly authentic." Printed, except the note, in Papers in
relation to the case of Silas Deane, p. 201, pubhshed by the
Seventy-six society, Philadelphia.

Franklin, Benjamin, a«(/ Deane, Silas. July
4, 1777. Copy of letter from Paris to Capt.
Lambert Weeks. Prizes; Mr. Williams. In-
dorsed, " No. 3 Copy." — Franklin, Benjamin.
Dec. 22, 1777. Copy of letter from Passy to
Jonathan Williams. Same subjects; ratifica-
tion of Mr. Deane's orders. On reverse of
preceding paper. Indorsed, " N° 4 Copy of Ex-
tract." f. (i).
Printed, in Papers in relation to the case of Silas_ Deane,
p. 200, published by the Seventy-six society, Philadelphia. The
note by Franklin, of Dec. 22, 1777, on the reverse, is printed in
the same, p. 193.

52. Lee, Arthur. July 6, 1777. Letter from Berlin

to his colleagues in Paris. Robbery of his
papers; probable consequences, ff. (2).

Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 86 ; Lee's
Life of Arthur Lee, II. 10.

"Williams, Jonathan. July 8, 1777. Letter
from Nantes to the commissioners. Disposal
of prizes ; fitting out of privateers, ff. (4).

53. July 9, 10, 1777. Copy of two letters

from Nantes to Thomas Morris. Disjjosal of
prizes, ff. (2).

54. July 10, lyTj. Letter from Nantes to the

commissioners. Same subject; purchase of.
clothing; discount credit, ff. (4).

55. July 12, 1777. Letter to the same.

Thomas Morris ; prizes ; purchase of clothing,
ff. (2).

56. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. July 16, 1777.
Copy .of letter from Versailles to Franklin and
Deane. American privateers in French ports.
In French, ff. (2).

Diplomatic correspondence,

Translation printed, Sparks'
I. 3".

57- Copy of the same. — {Aug. 21, 1777.]

Copy of letter to Grand (see original on p. 66).
Privateers ; prizes ; Chaumont ; Hodge. —
March 4, 1778. Extract of letter from Capt.
Cunningham to Arthur Lee. Disposal of
prizes. — Note by Arthur Lee. Deane. ff. (2).

Translation of Vergennes' leUer to Grand, Sparks' Diplomatic
correspondence, II. 95.

58. Schweighauser, J. D. July id, i^tj {>] Let-
ter to the commissioners Disposal of Ameri-
can goods and prizes. "July 16" added in
Lee's(?) handwriting; the year is not given.
Indorsed in later hand in pencil, "i777(? '
ff. (2). V , lll\ )

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

11

59. Franklin, Benjamin, and Deane, Silas. July

I7i 1777- Copy of letter to Vergennes. An-
swer to his complaint o£ violation o£ neutrality
by American privateers (see pp. 56, 57). ff. (2).
Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 314.

60. "Weedon, George, Cf«. ya/yiS, 1777. Letter
from "Clove(?) Camp in New Jersies" to
[R. H. Lee.'l. Capture of Gen. Prescott.
£. (I).

61. Pincus d'Eisenstadt, Baruch. July 20, 1777.

Letter from Vienna to Arthur Lee. Price of
wool and cloth. f£. (2).

Sollier, J. Aug. i, 1777. Account with the
commissioners. In French. £E. (2).

62. Penet, P. & cie. Aug. 2, 1777. Letter from

Nantes to Arthur Lee. Financial transactions
of the commissioners ; complaints, ff. (2).

Gerard, C. A. Aug. 4, 1777. Reply to Arthur
Lee. ff. (2).

63. Lee, William. Aug. % i-jyj . Letter from Nantes
to [F. L. Lee.']. Difficulties as commercial
agent at Nantes. Indorsed, " F L L." ff. (2).

Greive, . Aug. 11, 1777. Note to Arthur

Lee. Appointment for breakfast. News from
America, ff. {2).

64. Lee, William. Aug. 12, 1777. Copy of letter

from Nantes to R. H. Lee. Difficulties as com-
mercial agent at Nantes, ff. (2).

65. Comnussioners to Prance. Aug. 12, 1777.
Copy of letter to Vergennes. Hodge. In-
dorsed, "Sent to Count Vergennes by M'
Franklin jun'." ff. (2).

Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 317.

Franklin, Benjamin, and Deane, Silas. May
t^Aug. 15, 1777. Copy of contracts with the
firm of Holker fils, Sabatier fils & Desprez for
furnishing cloth. In French. Copy certified
by H. Ford, Sec'y. ff. (2).
Translation of that of Ang. 15 printed, in Sparks' Diplomatic
correspondence, I. 318.

66. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. Aug. 21, 1777.
Letter to Grand. Privateers ; prizes ; Chau-
mont ; Hodge. In French, ff. (2). (Imperfect
— hole worn.)

See copy on p. S7' Translation printed. Sparks' Diplomatic
correspondence, II. 95.

[Bridgen, Edward]. Aug. 29, 1777. Letter
from London to [Arthur Lee]. American
politics ; character of American agents. Signed,
E.- B. Superscribed, " Monsieur Johnstone."
ff. (2).
Printed, Lee^s Life of Arthur Lee, II, 86.

67. Jennings, Edmund]. Sept. i, 1777. Letter to

[Arthur Lee]. American affairs. Signed,
"Robert Williams." f. (i).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 99.

[ ]. Letter to [Arthur Lee]. Trouble be-
tween Franklin and Lee j Carmichael. Not
dated. Signed, " G. Harrison." Superscribed,
" Monsieur Dupr^." ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 100.

68 Wanson, , maitre tailleur. Sept. 2, 1777.

Note in French. Lee's letters; Carmichael.
f. (I).

[Gardoqui, James]. Sept. 4, 1777. Letter
from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Proffers of per-
sonal friendship; disposition of Spain toward
America, ff. (2).

69. [Commissioners to France]. Sept. 8, 1777,
Copy of letter to "The Secret Committee."
Disposition of European powers toward Amer-
ica ; financial situation of the commissioners ;
English trade. Not signed. Attested by W.
T. Franklin, ff. (4).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 31S ; Sparks' Diplo-
matic _ correspondence, I. 319, where it is addressed, " To the
committee of foreign affairs ' ' (formerly the committee of secret
correspondence, see Journals of congress, III. 142).

70. [Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. Sept. 13, 1777.
Letter from Bilboa to Benjamin Franklin. Prof-
fers of friendship ; consignment of tobacco ;
Logoanere & Co. ; Cuningham. ff. (2). (Im-
perfect — torn.)

71. Dumas, Karl Wilhelm Friedrich. &//. 23, 1777.
Letter to Arthur Lee. Lee's journey to Berlin;
John Adams; Samuel Adams; Cushing; New-
man ; Franklin ; Deane ; Carmichael. Inclos-
ing extracts from two other letters of his of
same date. ff. (3).

72. [Jennings, Edmund]. Sept. 2^{>), 1777. Letter
to [Arthur Lee]. Trouble between Franklin
and Lee. Signed, " George Harrison." Super-
scribed, "Monsieur Letsom"(?) ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 90, -where the date is
given Sept. 37M. The date is apparently 23 changed to 34.

Carmichael, William. Sept. 26, 1777. Note
to Arthur Lee. Request for an interview.
Answer, on same page, from Lee, appointing
one. f. (i).

73. 74. Thompson, Thomas, Capt. Sept. 28, 1777.

Copy of letter to the commissioners. Account
of the Raleigh's voyage and encounter with a
British fleet off the Bermudas, ff. (4).

75. Oct 5, 1777. Copy of the journal of the

Raleigh. Indorsed, "Sent to Congress." ff. (2).

76. Deane, Simeon. Oct. 7, 1777. Letter from

Passy to " Capt. Joseph Hynson or Capt. John
Folger." Packets to America. With two
other communications to Folger, Oct. 7, 19,
1777, on the reverse, the second signed by
Franklin and Deane. f. (i).

77. 78. Commissioners to Prance. Oct. 7, 1777.

Copy of letter from Passy to "The Secret
Committee." Money loans from Europe ; fail-
ure of remittances ; commercial agents ; Ross ;
Hodge ; Ceronio ; Gardoqui ; William Lee ;
Izard. Attested, W. T. Franklin, ff. (4).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 319; Sparks' Diplo-
matic correspondence, I. 332, where it is addressed To the
committee of foreign affairs." This is probably correct, as the
" Secret committee" was dissolved July 5, 1777, and the Com-
mittee of secret correspondence," April 17, 1777.

79. Rosignan, Sigard, Marquis de, Sardinian eraioy
to Berlin. Oct. 7, 1777. Letter from Berlin to
Arthur Lee. Ticonderoga ; Burgoyne ; electro-
phons; Sayre. In French, ff. (2).
Translation printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 363.
[Gardoqui, James]. Oct. 16, 1777- Letter
from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Supplies to
America. Signed, J. G. ff. (2).

go. [ ]. Oct. 27, 1777. Letter to the same.

Conduct of American privateers toward
French and Spanish property ; American army

12

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

at Saratoga ; supplies for America,
signed. fE. (2).

Not

Sayre, Stephen. Oct. 27, 1777. Letter from
Berlin to Franklin. Appeal for support, ff. (2).

81. [Jennings, Edmund]. Oct. 1777. Letter to
[Arthur Lee]. Carmichael. Signed, "John
Harris." Superscribed, "John Waters." ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, 11. 97.

[ ]. Nov. 4, 1777. Letter to the same.

Same subject. Signed, "John Bourgenville."
f. (I).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, 11. 91.

82. Lee, William. Nov. 11, 1777. Letter from

Paris to his brother, [F. L. Lee ?J. Commer-
cial agency at Nantes ; mission to Prussia ;
Carmichael ; Capts. Babson and Kendrick ;
Hodge ; Cuningham ; complaints against
commissioners at Paris, pp. 8.

83. Nov. 24, 1777. Letter from Paris to R.

H. Lee. Commercial agency at Nantes ; ac-
ceptance of appointment to Prussia ; com-
plaints against Williams, Deane ; Thomas
Morris ; Lloyd ; Montandouin ; Limozin ; use
of public money, ff. (4).

84. [Gardoqui, James]. Nov. 24, 1777. Letter
from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Orders of con-
gress ; Ross's cargo of flour at Corunna (see
p. 86) ; Burgo^ne. ff. (2).

[Jennings, Edmund]. Nov. 25, 1777. Letter
to [Arthur Lee]. Disposition of England;
hiring Swiss troops. Signed, "John Towns-
end." ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 92.

85. [Commissioners to Prance]. Nov. 25, 1777.
Letter from Paris to Capt. Thomson. In-
structions about prizes. Not signed. f£. (2).

86. Ross, John. Nov. 25, 1777. Letter from Nantes
to Arthur Lee. Gardoqui's letter ; cargo of
.flour at Corunna (see p. 84). ff. (2).

87. [Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. Nov. 26, 1777.
Letter from BiJboa to Arthur Lee. Remittances
to America, ff. (2).

88. Grand, Ferdinand. Nov. 27, 1777. Memoran-
dum of money remittances, f. (l).

89. Digges, Thomas, of Maryland. Dec. 1,1777.
Note to W. Thornton. List of American
prisoners in Fortton prison near Portsmouth,
Eng. ; their treatment. flE. (2).

90. Ross, John. Dec. 2, 1777. Note from Nantes
to Arthur Lee. Acknowledgment of letter,
ff. (2).

Rosignan, Sigard, Marquis de. Dec. 2, 1777.
Letter from Berlin to [Arthur Lee]. Fordyce
Bang ; Sayre ; Elliot ; electrophons. In
French. Indorsed, N° 2. ff. (2).
Translation printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 365.

gi. Ross, John. ZJ^c. 2. 1777. Letter from Nantes
to the commissioners. Insurance of public
property, ff. (2).

[Jennings, Edmund]. Dec. 2, 1777. Letter
to [Arthur Lee]. News from America ; Wash-
ington ; Howe ; Donop ; Burgoj^ne. Signed,
"John Townsend." Superscribed, "Mon-
sieur Waters." ff. (2).
Piinted, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 95.

92. [Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. Dec. 3, I777-
Letter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. Supplies
for America. Signed, J. G. ff. (2). '

93. ContinentEil Congress, Second. Dec. 3, 1777.
Resolutions on the issue of paper money ; di-
rections to the commissioners ; borrowing
money from France. Signed, Henry Laurens,
President ; attest. Chas. Thomson Secy. In-
dorsed, Duplicate, f. (l).

The first two paragraphs were public, and printed in Journals
of congress. III. 552 ; the rest of the paper is printed m
Secret journals of congress, II. 55.

94. [Jennings, Edmund]. Dec. 5, 1777. Letter
to [Arthur Lee]. Howe; Burgoyne ; Washing-
ton. Signed, "C. (?) Townsend." Super-
scribed, " Monsieur Dupre." ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 94, where the signa-
ture is given as J. Townsend.

Lee, Arthur. Dec. 10, 1777. Copy of letter
from Paris to the earl of Shelburne. Treat-
ment of prisoners; cruelty of Gen. Clinton.
Indorsed, Lett. Book. I. p. 144. Copy com-
pared by John Adams. • f. (i).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 104 ; Sparks' Diplo-
matic correspondence, II. iig, where it is dated Dec. 14.

95. [Gardoqui, James]. Dec. 10, 1777. Lettej
from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Supplies for
America ; Capt. Babson ; Capt. Hibbert. Not
signed, ff. (2).

Franklin, Benjamin. Z'^f. i:, 1777. Copy of
letter from Paris to Sir Grey Cooper. Con-
dition of American prisoners in England ;
Major Thornton. With copy of instructions
from the commissioners to Major Thornton.
Attested, W. T. Franklin, ff. (2).

96. Mullett, Thomas. 2)^^.14,1777. Letter from
Bristol to ?, introducing William Steven-
son, ff. (2).

Ross, John. Dec. 16, 1777. Letter from
Nantes to Arthur Lee. American vessels ;
British cruisers ; Hodge, ff. (2).

97. [Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. Dec. 17, 1777.
Letter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. Supplies
for America, ff. (2).

98. Morris, Robert. Dec. 17, 1777. Copy of
letter from Manheim to William Smith of the
commercial committee at York, Eng. Conduct
of Thomas Morris, ff. (2).

[Gardoqui, James]. Dec. 18, 1777. Letter
from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Washington;
Howe ; supplies for America. Not signed,
ff. (2).

99. 100. [Commissioners to France]. Dec. 18,

1777. Copy of letter from Paris to the com-
mittee for foreign affairs (formerly committee
of secret correspondence). Burgoyne's sur-
render ; treaty of amity and commerce with
France ; remittances of money ; favors from
France ; Lord Stormont ; treatment of prison-
ers. Directed to Robert Morris, ff. (4).
Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 355.

loi. Schulenburg-Kehnert, F. W., Baron de.
Dec. 18, 1777. Letter from Berlin to Arthur
Lee. Burgoyne's surrender. In French, with
translation by Lee. ff. (2).

Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 120 ; Lee's
Life of Arthur Lee, I. 98.

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

13

[Jennings, Edmund]. Dec. 22, 1777. Letter
to [Arthur Lee]. London news; Stevenson.
Signed, " C. Townsend," f. (i).

102. Grand, Ferdinand. Dec. 23, 1777. Receipt to
Artliur Lee. f. (i).

Ross, John. Dec. 24, 1777. Letter from
Nantes to the commissioners. Shipments to
America, ff. (2).

103. Boux, , Capt. Dec. 24, 1777. Letter

from Paris to [the commissioners ? ] . Request
for commission in American navy. In French,
ff. (2).

Sayre, Stephen. Dec. 25, 1777. Letter from
Copenhagen to the commissioners. His plans
about going to America ; disposition of Den-
mark toward America, ff. (2).

104-107. Morris, Robert. Dec. 26, 1777. Copy of
letter from Manheim to Henry Laurens. Con-
duct of Thomas Morris, ff. (4).

108. Ross, John. Dec. 27, 1777- Letter from
Nantes to Arthur Lee. Fitting out cruisers,
ff. (2).

log. [Gardoqiii, Joseph & Sons]. Dec. 27, 1777.
Letter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. Supplies for
America ; Capt. Hibbert ; Burgoyne ; Howe.
Signed, J. G. & Co. ff. (2).

110. 'Waller, John. Dec. 28, 1777 (?). letter from
Plymouth, Eng., to David Hartley. Condition
of American prisoners ; Condry, the agent ;
Burgoyne. ff. (3). (Date partly illegible from
stain.)

111. Cannichael, William. Dec. 30, 1777. Let-
ter from Nantes to the commissioners. Ships
to America; Williams, ff. (2).

Morris, Thomas. Z>?f. 30 »?■ 31, 1777. Copy
of letter from Nantes to Jonathan Williams.
Appointment of Williams as assistant in the
commercial agency at Nantes. Indorsed, N° 5.
f. (i). (Imperfect — part of date torn off.)

112. Moylan, James. Dec. 31, 1777. Letter from
L'Orient to Arthur Lee. British proposition to
raise Catholic regiments in Ireland ; Macintosh,
a Scotch spy. With copy of letter from the
commissioners to him promising him the con-
trol of the public business at L'Orient. In-
dorsed, N". 5. ff. (3).

X13. [Berkenhout, , Dr. 1777-1 Letter

to Arthur Lee. Capture of the Fox ; Washing-
ton ; Philadelphia ; paper money. Not signed,
dated, or addressed, ff. (2).

82*. Lenoue, . AW. ii, 1777. Letter from

Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee. Colombo and
Lauty. Indorsed, " Letters relative to the rob-
bery of our Despatches by Folger." ff. (2).
This paper was inadvertently omitted from its proper chrono-
logic^ place.

VOL. IV.

1, Stevenson, William. Jan. 1, 1778. Claim for
;^5oa on the French governor-general at Gua-
dalupe. With note in pencil by Arthur Lee.
ff. (2).

2. Carmichael, William. [About Jan. 3, 1778.]

Note to Arthur Lee. Departure for America.
Dated, " Saturday 6 oclock." ff. (2).

For the circumstances of this and the three following papers,
see Lee's Life o£ Arthur Lee, I. 373, 374 ; and Papers in relation
to the case of Silas Deane, p. 54, published in 1855 by the Sev-
enty-six society, Pliiladelphia.

3. Stevenson, William. \Jan. 4, 1778.] Letter to _

the commissioners. Despatches for America. '
ff. (2).

4. Franklin, Benjamin, and Deane, Silas. Jan.

4, 1778. Answer to Stevenson's note (p. 3)
Despatches for America, f. (i).

5. Stevenson, William. Jan. 4, 1778. Reply to

the letter of Franklin and Deane. Explanation
of his position, ff. (2).

Lee, William. Jan. 4, 1778. Letter to F. L.
Lee. Stevenson ; Carmichael ; Hodge ; Deane ;
Burgoyne's surrender; British plans for new
campaign; prospect of European war. ff. (2).

6. Letter, dated " Alnewick," to [Arthur Lee]. Jan.

4, 1778. Burgoyne's expedition ; Harcourt ;
sympathy with America. P. S. dated, Jan. 13.
Not signed, perhaps imperfect ; addressed,
'" Dear Friend " ; indorsed, N" 4. f. (i).

Ross, John. Jan. 5, 1778. Letter from Nantes
to Arthur Lee. Stevenson, ff. {2).

7. [Lovell, James]. Jan. 5, 1778. Portion of let-

ter to R. H. Lee. Ticonderoga ; attorney-gen-
eral Sergeant of Pennsylvania ; Patterson of
New Jersey. Date and name indorsed on back,
f. (I). -^

8. Jan. 5, 1778. Letter from York [Pennsyl-
vania] to [R. H. Lee ?]. Loss of public papers;
sent by the commissioners through Capt. Fol-
ger ; Gen. Howe ; Burgoyne. With an explan-
atory indorsement and names filled out in an-
other hand. ff. (2).

Lee, Arthur. Jan. 5, 1778. Draft of letter from
Paris to [the committee of foreign affairs]. Re-
sult of his missions to Spain and Prussia ; effect
of Burgoyne's surrender ; friendly attitude of
Prussia. With a copy of a note in French from
Schulenburg, dated, Dec. 23, 1777. Indorsed,
" Committee " and " No 7 ." ff . ( 2 ) .

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. i6 ; and with verbal
differences in Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 123, on p.
122 of which is a translation of Schulenburg's note.

g. Jan. S, 1778. Letter from Paris to [R. H.

Lee]. Treaty of commerce with Portugal; Brit-
ish defence of Canada, ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 126.

10,11. [Thornton, John (?), >l/fl/'(!?-. Between Jan.
5 and Jan. 8, 1778.] Memorandum to the com-
missioners. Prisoners confined by the British
at Forton prison near Portsmouth, Eng. With
list of those in prison Dec. 29, 1777. ff. (6).
(Imperfect — each page worn.)
Probably not the whole, as it is not signed or dated. Name

indorsed on outside.

12. Copy of one sentence in the same. Dr.

Bancroft " stock -jobbing " in London for com-
missioners. Copy attested by H. Ford, sec'y.
f. (I).

Lee, Arthur. Jan. 10, 1778. Extract from a
letter to Franklin and Deane. Williams's ac-
counts. Indorsed in Lee's handwriting, " taken
from 49th page Letterbook, Vol 2^ " ; also in

14

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

John Adams's, " Copy from a Letter Book of
the Hon. A. Lee compared by John Adams."
f. (I).

13. [Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. ya». 10, 1778. Let-
ter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. Capt. Cuning-
ham's prize ; supplies for America. Signed, J.
G. & Co. ff. (2).

14, 15. Copy of examination, Jan. 12, 1778, of

Capt. Folger. Opening of despatches to con-
gress, (see p. 8). Signed, James Lovell. ff. (4).

i6. Dumas, Karl Wilhelm Friedrich. Jan. 13,
1778. Letter from the Hague, in French, to
Arthur Lee. News from America ; effect of
good news on money-lenders in Holland ; Van
Berkel ; commissions in American army ; pub-
lication of a new encyclopaadia. Signed, D.
ff. (2).

[Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. Jan. 14, 1778.
Letter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. Shipment
of supplies for America. Signed, J. G. & Co.
ff. (2).

17. [CommiBsiouers to Prance], yan. 16, 1778.
Copy of orders to Capt. John Paul Jones of the
Ranger. Disposal o{_prizes ; conduct toward
neutral powers ; mention of Moylan, Gourlade
[Goulard], Sam. Delap, T. H. Delap, Gardoqui,
Leoganere. Signed by Franklin and Deane. —
Note added, yan. 17, 1778, by Lee. Disap-
proval of part of these orders. — Note added,
yan. 17, 1778, by Franklin and Deane. Con-
firmation of orders and reasons therefor, ff. (2).

Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 361, -where
the name Leoganere is spelled Leagonere.

[Dumas, K. W. F.]. yan. 16, 1778. Letter
from the Hague, in French, to Arthur Lee. News
from Hamburg, Leyden, Magdeburg ; William
Lee; Franklin, Mansfield. Signed, D. ff. (2).

18. Schulenburg-Kehnert, Friedrich Wilhelm,
Baron de. yan. 16, 1778. Letter from Berlin,
in French, to Arthur Lee. Expressions of
friendship ; arrangement about letters ; Gen.
Howe ; promise of Prussia's acknowledgment,
after France ; permission for the purchase of
guns and ammunition in Prussia. Indorsed,
No. 8. ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)

Translation printed. Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II.
r25, which differs from the one on p. 19.

19. Translation of the same by Arthur Lee.

(Imperfect — edges much worn.)

Printed, from this imperfect copy, in Lee's Life of Arthur
Lee, II. 18.

[Lovell, James], yan. 17, 1778. Copy of
letter to [Arthur Lee ?] in Paris. Robbery of
the despatches to congress, sent through Capt.
Folger. ff. (2).

This seems to be to one of the commissioners, yet not to
Franklin or Deane ; but the doubt about its being to Lee comes
toward the close, where Lovell asks his correspondent to " en-

auire of R- H. Lee's worthy brothers " concernmg the nature of
le inclosure sent to R. H. Lee.

20. Extracts, yan. 20-28, 1778, from news at Lon-
don and Brest of American events. In French.
Superscribed, Monsieur Franklin. In the same
handwriting as the notes from Malesherbes on
p. 23. ff. (2).

Stevenson, William, yan. 21, 1778. Letter
from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Capt. Nicholson ;
Carmichael's opinion of Deane and Izard, ff. (2).

21. Lloyd, John. yan. 22, 1778. Letter from
Nantes to Arthur Lee. Carmichael's opinion
of Deane and Izard, ff. (2).

22. [Gardoqui, James], yan. 22, 1778. Letter
from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Return from
Madrid to Bilboa. Not signed, ff. (2).
Bancroft, Edward. Jan. 22, 1778. Letter
from Passy to Arthur Lee. Resentment at Lee's
suspicion of him. ff. (2).

23. [Dumas, K. W. F.T. yan. 23, 1778. Letter
from the Hague in French to the commission-
ers. Prussia's refusal of passage to British mer-
cenaries ; assurances of friendship, ff. (2).

Lamoignon de Malesherbes, Chretien Guil-
laume de. Minister of State. Jan. 24, 1778.
Note of invitation in French to Arthur Lee.
William Lee ; Sarsfield. f. (i).

Note to Arthur Lee. Sarsfield. Not

dated, f. (i).

24. Lee, Arthur, yan. 27, 1778. Copy of letter to

Carmichael. Demand for the despatches sent
through him to Congress ; with copy of Car-
michael's reply refusing them. Indorsed, " In-
closed in Mr. Carmichael's information delivered
in May 3, 1779." ff. (2).
For original of Carmichael's, see p. 30.

Cushiug, Thomas, yr. yan. 27, 1778. Letter
from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Capt. Nicholson 5
departure for America ; charge of letters, ff. (2).

25. [GardoquijJoseph&Sons]. yan. 28, 1778. Let-
ter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. Supplies for
America. Signed, J. G. & Co. ff. (2).

26. Ross, John. yan.2g,iyy8. Letter from Nantes
to the commissioners. Thomas Morris's condi-
tion of health ; care of public papers, ff. (2).

Lee, Arthur, yan. 30, 1778. Copy of letter
to Franklin and Deane. Dangerous conse-
quences of the 1 2th article of the treaty of
[amity and] commerce with France. With copy
of reply, Fei. i, 1778, agreeing to its omission,
ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 126 ; Sparks' Diplo-
matic correspondence, II. 127.

27. Lee, Thomas, nephew of Arthur Lee. yan. 31,

1778. Letter to Arthur Lee. Carmichael's
refusal to deliver the despatches asked for Jan.
27th, (see p. 24). ff. (2).

28. [Berkenhout, , Dr. Feb. 1778.] Letter to

[Arthur Lee]. Howe; Washington; Corn-
■wallis ; English political parties ; America's in-
dependence ; publication of a pamphlet against
Franklin ; Israel Mauduit ; manufactories ;
Edmund TuUy. Not dated, signed, or super-
scribed ; addressed, "Amicocharissimo." ff. (2).

FrankUn, Benjamin, and Deane, Silas. Feb.
I, 1778. Original of the reply to Lee, (see p.
26). 1 2th article of the treaty, f. (i).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 128 ; Sparks' Diplo-
matic correspondence, II. 129.

29. Stevenson, William. Feb.\,\']-]8. Letter from
Nantes to Arthur Lee. Carmichael's position
toward Franklin, Deane, and Lee. ff. (2).

Copies of portions of letters about Carmichael
and Deane. yan. 22, 1778. John Lloyd from
Nantes to Arthur Lee, (see p. 21). — yan. 24,
1778. The same to the same. — fan. 21, 1778.
William Stevenson to Arthur Lee, (see p. 20I.

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

15

— Feb. I, 1778. The same to the same, (see p.
29, above). (Imperfect — unfinished.)

30. Franklin, Benjamin, awoTDeane, Silas. Feb. i,

1778. Copy of letter to Gerard. Omission of
the nth and :2th articles from the treaty. At-
tested by W. T. Franklin. With copy of Lee's
letter on the same subject (see p. 26). ff. (2).

Primed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 128; Sparks' Diplo-
matic correspondence, II. 130.

Carmichael, William. Feb. i, 1778. Original
of the reply to Lee's letter to him, (see p. 24).
Delivery of despatches, ff. (2).

31. Another copy of the same. Attested by

Arthur Lee. f. (i).

32. Affidavit, Feb. 2, 1778, by Thomas Lee, Wm.

Stevenson, and J. Thornton. Interview with
Carmichael, (see pp. 24, 27, 30, 31, 32 below).
In Thornton's handwriting, ff. (2).

Iiee, Thomas. Feb. 5, 1778. Letter from Nantes
to Arthur Lee. Interview of Ross with Car-
michael ; despatches for congress, ff. (2).
(Partly illegible from a stain.)

33-39. France and United States of America.
Feb. 6, 1778. Copy in French of the treaty of
amity and commerce. Not signed, dated, or
filled out completely and with the two disputed
articles, ff. (14).

Printed, Martens' Recueil de trait^s, etc. 20 ^d. II. 587-602 ;
and translation in Treaties, etc. between the U. S. and other
powers, Washington, 1S71, p. 244, etc.

40. Feb. 6, 1778. Copy in French and English

of the " Act separate and secret " of the treaty.
Compared with the original by Arthur Lee. f.
(I).

English translation printed. Treaties, etc. between the U- S.
and other powers, p. 254.

41. Commissioners to France. \Sept. i, 1778.]
Declaration. Draft in French of the act rescind-
ing the nth and 12th articles of the treaty, f.
(I)-

Printed, Martens' Recueil de trait^s, etc. 2« ^d. II. 602 ; and
English translation in Treaties, etc. between the U. S- and other
powers, p. 247.

42. Lee, Arthur. Feb. 9, 1778. Letter to F. L.

Lee. Treaty with France ; conduct of Car-
michael and Deane. Addressed, "D^ Loudon."

ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 132.

Copies of portions of letters about Carmichael
and Deane. The same as those on p. 29. With
the addition of one dated Feb. 10, 1778, from
Lloyd to Lee. ff. (2). (Imperfect — unfinished.)

43. Goulard, J. C. F. & fils. Merchants at V Orient.
Feb. 10, 1778. Letter in French from Frankfort
to Arthur Lee. Receipt of letter ; American
news [Burgoyne's surrender]; proffers of friend-
ship, ff. (2),

[■WTiarton, Joseph]. Feb. 11, 1778. Letter to
[Major John ?] Thornton. Complaint about
letters. Signed, " Tadyuscung " ; indorsed,
N" 4- Certified to be Wharton's handwriting
by M. Livingston, July 13, 1778, and by Mat-
thew Mease, July 29, 1778. ff. (2).

44. Sarsfield, ,Comtede. Feb 14, [1778]. Note

in French to Arthur Lee. Invitation to dinner
with Malesherbes and Franklin. With seal.
ff. (2).

45. Lee, Arthur. \Feb. 15, 1778.] Draft of letter
to the committee of foreign correspondence,
Beaumarchais ; Lauregais ; Wilkes; Deane,
f. (I).

Tliis is marked P. S. and is without date. Printed, with ver-
bal differences, in Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 134^
where it stands not as a P. S. but bears the date Feb. 15, 1778,
and is addressed, "Gentlemen" ; it also has there an additional
sentence and tile testimonial of Lauregais.

46. Pasteur, William. {Feb. 16, 1778.] Letter from
Williamsburg, Va., to William Le,e. Request
for goods for the Williamsburg manufactory ;
John King ; John Greenhow ; Saml. Gist. With
invoice, ff. {3).

47. Pringle, John Julius. Feb. 17, 1778. Extrait
d'un discours fait par Mons'. C. Fox & public
dans le courier de I'Europe 24. Fev. 1778."
Franklin's intelligence that the treaty was
signed, f. (i).

With a note added by Sparks, "Dr. Franklin's name is not
mentioned by Mr. Fox. — See ' Parliamentary Register ' of the
above date" [Feb. 17, 1778].

48. Lee, Ludwell, nephew of Arthur Lee. The same
extract copied from the Courier. With note,
^^ Feb. 18, 1779 Copy compared by John Ad-
ams." f. (r).

With a note by Sparks similar to that on the last paper.
[Lee, William]. Feb. 17, 1778. Letter from
Nantes to F. L. Lee. Thomas Morris ; John
Ross ; Robert Morris ; Schweighauser ; John
Eondfield ; treaty ; German embassy ; military
situation of England ; Washington ; Samuel
Adams ; Dr. Shippen. Not signed ; addressed,
"My Dear Loudoun." ff. (2).

49. [Hartley, David, M.P:\. Feb. 18, 1778. Let-
ter from London to John Thornton. Lord
North; conciliation; treaty. Signed, "D H".
f. (I).

Lloyd, John. Feb. 18, 1778. Letter from Nantes
to [Arthur Lee]. Carmichael ; Deane ; Frank-
lin ; Williams. Addressed, "Dear Sir"; not
superscribed, ff. (2).

50. [Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. Feb. 18, 1778.
Letter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. Shipment
of supplies for America. Signed, J. G. & Co.
ff. (2).

Franklin, Benjamin, and Deane, Silas. Feb.
22, 1778. Copy of letter to [C. A. Gerard].
Rumor of treaty between Howe and Washing-
ton ; Hartley's letter of Feb. 18, (see p. 51).
ff. (2).
See Sparks' Franklin, VIIT. 232, note, where a portion is
printed as addressed to Vergennes with date Feb. 1. Franklin
himself saysj in a letter to Lee on p. 241 of the .same volume, that
he wrote this to Gerard. As the communications to Vergennes
were usually through Gerard, this is probably the explanation of
Vergennes' name in Sparks' note.

51. Copies of letters between Franklin, Deane, and
Lee. Return of despatches by Simeon Deane ;
acknowledgment of the commissioners by the
French court. Feb. 26, 1778. Lee to Franklin
and Deane. — Feb. 27, 1778. Franklin and
Deane to Lee. — Feb. 27, 1778. Lee to Frank-
lin and Deane. — Feb. 28, 1778. Franklin and
Deane to Lee, (see p. 52). ff. (2).

The first two are printed in Sparks' Diplomatic correspon-
dence, II. 136, 137-

52. Ross, John. Feb. 26, 1778. Letter from Nantes
tO'Arthur Lee. Thomas Morris ; Robert Mor-
ris ; complaint about William Lee's interfer-
ence, ff. (2).

16

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

Franklin, Benjamin, and Deane, Silas. Feb.
28, 1778. Letter to Artliur Lee. Copying of
the treaties; sailing of a convoy, f. (i).
This is the original of the last copy on p. 51.

S3> S4- [Commissioners to Prance]. Feb. 28,
1778. Copy of letter to the committee for for-
eign affairs. Return of despatches ; conclu-
sion of the treaty of amity and commerce ; Lord
North's conciliatory bills ; future prospects of
America ; friendship of France ; Babson and
Hendricks ; William Lee and Thomas Morris ;
Bermudas ; Newfoundland. Attested by W.
T. Franklin, ff. (4).

_ Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 369 ; Lee's
Life of Arthur Lee, I. 330.

55. Izard, Ralph. Feb. 28, 1778. Letter to Arthur
Lee. Acknowledgment, of the commissioners
at the French court, f. (i).

■Williams, Jonathan. Feb. 28, 1778. Letter
from Nantes to the commissioners. Sailing of
fleet from Quiberon ; detention of the Duchesse
de Grammont ; credit with Grand ; cost of fit-
ting the Ranger ; agreement with Thomas Mor-
ris ; escape of Capt. Johnson of the Lexington,
ff. (2).

56. Chaumont, Le Ray de. March i, 1778. Letter,
in French, from Passy to Arthur Lee. De-
spatches, f. (i).

57. Franklin, Benjamin, andHeane, Silas. March

I, 1778. Note to Arthur Lee. Despatches ;
change of appointment. — Note added by W.
T. Franklin. Lee's engagement to dinner with
Messrs. Chalut. f. (i).

Chaumont, Le Ray de. March i, 1778. Let-
ter, in French, from Passy to M. De Kater at
Bordeaux. Lee's despatches, ff. (2).

58. [Thornton, John, major} {?). March 3, 1778.
Note from London to [the commissioners ?].
Troops to Canada, Newfoundland ; Lord George
Germain ; Portsmouth ; rumor that France will
declare the independency of America. Not
signed or addressed. Indorsed, Thornton, ff. (2).

Franklin, William Temple. March i, 1778.
Note to Arthur Lee. Copying letter to con-
gress. With seal. ff. (2).

59. Essay in French, March i, 1778. Concilia-
tory propositions of Great Britain ; treaty with
France. Not signed or addressed, ff. (2).
(Imperfect — worn.)

60. Franklin, Benjamin, a«i/ Deane, Silas. March

3, 1778. Note to Arthur Lee. Appointment ;
despatches by Austin, ff. (2).

Commissioners to France. March 4, 1778.
Copy of note to C. A. Gerard. Appointment,
f. (I).

Gerard, Conrad Alexander. March 4, 1778.
Answer to the commissioners, f. (i).

61. Llano, , Marquis de. Ambassador from. Spain

to Sweden. March 5, 1778. Note in French to
Arthur Lee. Acceptance of an invitation to
meet Franklin, f. (i).

Franklin, Benjamin. March 5, 1778. Note to
Arthur Lee. Acceptance of invitation, ff. (2).

62. Franklin, Benjamin. March 6, 1778. Copy of
letter to William Lee. Appointment of com-
mercial agents ; Williams ; Thomas Morris's
papers. — March 12, 1778. Copy of William

Lee's reply. Indorsed, "39 f." Attested by
WiUiam Lee. ff. (2).
Part of the former printed, Sparks* Diplomatic correspon-
dence, n. 164, note.

Thornton, John(.'), major. March 7, 1778.
Receipt to Henry Grand for £21 (twenty-one
pounds), f. (i).

63. Ross, John. March 12, 1778. Letter from
Nantes to the commissioners. Thomas Mor-
ris's papers ; William Lee ; departure of ves-
sels from Nantes ; Arthur Lee ; the Revenge ;
Hodge ; disputes about the commercial busi-
ness. Indorsed by Arthur Lee, June 26, 1778,
"This Letter was not shewn to me." ff. (2).

64. [Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. March I4(.'),
1778. Letter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. Sup-
plies for America, ff. (2).

The day oJ the month is illegible from having been altered.

65. FranMin, Benjamin. March 17, 1778. Letter
to Arthur Lee. Departure of Beaurharin's pack-
ets from Bordeaux ; presentation of bills drawn
by Hancock and Lawrence ; request for an in-
terview. With note added by Lee appointing
an interview, ff. (2).

Franklin's letter printed, Sparks' Franklin, VIII. 248.

Gerard, C. A. March 17, 1778. Note in French
to the commissioners. Appointment for their
presentation at court, ff. (2).
Translation printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I.
374-

66. Memorandum, March 17, 1778. Shipment of
Izard's effects by " Benjamin et Calverley Ber-
wicke " in the ship Nile, Capt. Goldsmith, for
A. M. Mantinelli, Leghorn, to send to Abbe
Niccoli. In French, ff. (2).

This ship was taken by a French privateer, and her goods,
including Izard's, confiscated to the captors. Several letters on
the subject passed between the commissioners, Vergennes, Izard,
and Sartine, in September and October, 1778. See Sparks' Dip-
lomatic correspondence, I. 459-461, 467, 470-475, 478, 479.

[Bridgen, Edward]. March 18, 1778. Letter
to [Arthur Lee]. Introduction of Garnier; re-
spects to Franklin ; William Lee ; Sayre. In-
dorsed, " M. Garnier never came near me." ff.
(2). (imperfect — signature torn out.)
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 87.

67. [ ]. March 18, 1778., Letter to the same.

Sending of newspapers; Gerard; Garnier; di-
rection of letters. Not signed ; superscribed,
" Mons. Alexander Johnstone." ff. (2).

With a request, in the closing paragraph, that his signature
to the preceding letter be cut out or the letter burned.

Chaumont, Le Ray de. March 23, 1778. Note
in French to Arthur Lee. Packages from Gar-
nier. ff. (2).

68. Ross, John. March 23, i^yS. Letter from Nantes
to Arthur Lee. Thomas Morris's papers ; Wil-
liam Lee; Deane; recriminations, ff. (4).

69. Franklin, Benjamin. March 24, 1778. Copy
of note to William Lee. Treaty to be kept se-
cret, f. (i).

Lloyd, John. March 24, 1778. Letter from
Nantes to [Arthur Lee]. Presentation of com-
missioner.s ; Ross. ff. (2).

70. [Lee, Arthur. Between March 24 and April I,
1778.] Letter to F. L. Lee. Recommendation
of Mr. Archer ; Ross and Williams ; Robert
Morris; Deane. Not signed, ff. (2).

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

17

71. Lacoiaqueta, Josef de. March 24, 1778. Let-

ter from Cadiz, in Spanish, to Benjamin Frank-
lin. Capture of the Fortuna, Capt. Bertrand
Renguen; rights of neutrals, ff. (2).

72. Rosa, John. March 28, 1778. Letter from

Nantes to Arthur Lee. Credit of Willing,
Morris & Co. ; Schweighauser ; Gardoqui ;
William Lee. ff. (2).

73. G-ardoqui, James. March 30, 1778. Letter
from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Fleet at Havana ;
Lord Grantham's brother, ff. (2).

Mortimer, Charles. March 31, 1778. Letter
from London to Arthur Lee. Misfortunes ;
desire to return to Virginia ; request for pro-
tection ; William Lee. ff. (2).

74. Franklin, Benjamin. March 31, 1778. Copy
of letter to Henry Laurens, as president of
congress. Testimony to Deane's character and
services, ff. (2).

Printed, Sparks' Franklin, VIII. 25s; Sparks' Diplomatic
correspondence, I. 120.

75. Gerard, C. A. April i, 1778. Copy of note,
in French, to Arthur Lee. Departure for
America. With copy of answer, f. (i).

Translation and answer printed. Sparks' Diplomatic corre-
spondence, 11. 144.

76. Sarsfield, , Comte de. April 3, 1778. Let-
ter, in French, to [Arthur Lee]. Invitation to
dine with Duchess d'Enville j maps of Spain,
ff. (2).

77. Emery, John. April 4, 1778. Letter from
Bilbao to Benjamin Franklin. Trouble about
prizes : — Capt. Babson, Capt. Hibbert of the
Hawke, Wood of the Britannia, Capt. John
Allen ; firm of Lynch, Killikelly & Maroney ;
Capt. Hodge ; Burgoyne. ff. (2).

78. Statement, [April, 1778], in Spanish. The
same affair of Capts. Hibbert, Wood, and
Allen ; John Emery ; Mmuel Gomez ; Patrick
MacMahon. No date or signature, ff. (2).

79. Ross, John. April 6, 1778. Letter from Nantes
to Arthur Lee. Willing, Morris & Co.; re-
criminations, ff. (2).

Gamba & Archdeacon. April 6, 1'jy?:. Let-
ter, in French, from Dunkirk to [Benjamin
Franklin ?]. Clearance of bottles of rum. Not
superscribed, f. (i).

80. Lenoue, . April 7, 1778. Note from

Paris to Arthur Lee. Passport for Letellier.
Indorsed, N. 4- ff- (2)-

[Jennings, Edmund. 4p"l 7 (?). 1778-1 Let-
ter to [Arthur Lee]. "Rescript" of French
ambassador; effect on England; Sardinian
embassy; peace with America; Gov. John-
stone ; Chatham ; Gen. Conway ; [Sir William
Meredith] ; Lord North ; Burke ; pamphlet on
the conciliatory bills. Not dated; signed,
Duncan Donaldson; superscribed, Monsieur
Johnstone, ff. (2). (Imperfect : — torn.)

81. Blake, William. April 8, 1778. Letter from
Nantes to [Arthur Lee?]. Departure for
America ; offer to take letters for Izard and
Arthur Lee ; desire for convoy. Not super-
scribed. £. (l).

Dumas, K. W. F. April 10, 1778. Letter, in
French, from the Hague to the commissioners.
Relation between Holland and England ; Van
Berckel ; Ostend, Dort, Haarlem, Amsterdam,
Zealand ; Deane ; Arthur Lee. ff. (2).

82. Enumeration, April 10, 1778, of French fleet.

In French, dated Brest. D'Estaing ; Keppel ;
Howe. ff. (4). (Partly illegible from stains.)

83. Franklin, W. T. [April 10, 1778.] Note in
behalf of Dr. Franklin to Arthur Lee, Pres-
entation of John Adams ; Frangois, Gamier,
Vergennes, Maurepas. Not dated, ff. (2).

84. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. April 11, 1778,
Letter from Versailles to Franklin and Lee.
Arrival of John Adams, ff. (2).

Iiivingston, M., Capt. April 11, 1778. At-
testation. Bancroft ; Wharton ; treaty with
France known in England. Witness, Geo.
Digges. Indorsed, N°.' 6. f. (i).
See Papers in relation to the case of Silas Deane, p. 159, etc.

85. Bondiield, John, April n, ijyZ. Letter from

Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Departure of vessels ;
supply of clothes for soldiers, ff. (2).

Digges, George. April 14, 1778. Statement,
dated Paris. Capt. Barnet; Euge; Capt. Mac-
Farlin [MacFarland] ; Chaumont ; Capt. Tuck-
er. Indorsed, "Digges v. Chaumont," and
"Thornton." f. (i).

86. [Mauduit, Israel]. April 16, 1778. Copy of
paper on British prospects in America ; peace,
and acknowledgment of independence ; war
with France. Copied by Arthur Lee at this
date and indorsed, " Written by Mr. Mauduit
by the direction of Ld. North & circulated
under the Orders of Administration." ff. (2).

Printed, Remembrancer, VI. 115, where it is stated that it was
written about March 13, 1778, and "circulated at the doors of
the two Houses of Parliament."

Vergennes, C. G., Comte de.. April 17, 1778.
Copy of letter, in French, to Arthur Lee.
Thanks for news. Copy certified by H. Ford,
sec'y. f. (i).

87. 'Williams, Jonathan. April 18, 1778. Letter
from Nantes to [Benjamin Franklin?]. Con-
flict of commercial powers ; Arthur Lee ;
William Lee ; Schweighauser. ff. (2).

88. Limozin, Andrew. April i8, 1778. Letter
from Havre de Grace to Arthur Lee. Capt,
Hynson ; Deane ; Carmichael ; Folger ; Robert
Morris ; William Lee ; John Adams, ff. (4).

8g. Dufourcq, . April 18, 1778. Memoire,

from Bayonne. Claims upon the ship Sally
from Salem; Capt. Thomas; Payez; Gardoqui;
Bassecourt ; Boussignac ; Ossun ; Boyetet ;
Florida Blanca; Hoze; Birmingham; Babing-
ton; Lamy. In French, ff. (2).

90. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. April 19, 1778.
Copy of letter, in French, to Arthur Lee.
Thanks for English paper. Copy certified by'
H. Ford, sec'y. f. (i).

[Morris, Robert] ? April 22, 1778. Copy of
letter from Manheim to John Langdon. Settle-
ment of secret committee's accounts. Copy
compared by Wm. Duer, sec'y. Signature
worn or torn off. f. (l). (Imperfect — bottom
worn off.)

18

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

91. Lee, Arthur. April 24, 1778. Copy of letter
to Count Vergennes. David Hartley. " Du-
plicate copy fiom the Letter Book," certified
by H. Ford, sec'y. f. (i).

Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 156 j Lee's
Life of Arthur Lee, I. 143.

Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. April 24, 1778.
Copy of answer, in French, to the last paper.
Same subject. Certified by H. Ford, sec'y.
f. (I).

Translation printed. Sparks' Biplomatic correspondence, XL
IS7 ; Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 144.

92. . April 24, 1778. Original of the last

paper. With translation by Lee. ft. (2).

Bondfield, John. April 25, 1778. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Barnet; MacFar-
land ; affairs in Virginia ; King. ff. (2).

93. [JenningB, Edmundl. April z6, lyy?,. Letter
to [Arthur Lee]. Condition of .England;
books ; Gov. Johnstone ; Ferguson ; " Common
Sense." Signed, Donald McGregor; super-
scribed, John Pringle. ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 91.

94. Sartine, Antoine Raymond Jean Gualbert

Gabriel de, Minister of Marines. April 26,
1778. Letter, in French, from Versailles to the
commissioners. Protection of American com-
merce and ships of war. ff. (2).

95. [Gardoqiii, James]. April 27, 1778. Letter
from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Acknowledgment
of commissioners ; John Adams ; Silas Deane ;
prizes; Spanish flotta. Not signed, ff. (2).

. Note without date, address, or signa-
ture. Manufactures ; Cunningham ; privateers.
Marked, "Found enclosed in Letter to Arthur
Lee of 27th April, 1778." f. (i).

96. Bondfield, John. April 28, iyy%. Letter from

Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Sailing of packets ;
MacFarland ; Barnet ; Chaumont ; Livingston j
Izard, ff. (2).

97. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. April 29, 1778.
Letter from Versailles, in French, to the com-
missioners. Protection of American commerce
at Nantes and Bordeaux ; convoy ; reply of
Sartine. f. (i).

98. . April 29, 1778. Letter, in French, to

Arthur Lee. Robbery of papers ; Cavillon.
Indorsed, "On Folger's robbery.'' ff. (2).

99. Gannan, Bartholomew. April 29, 1778. Let-
ter from Dunkirk to [Arthur LeeJ. Acquaint-
ance with William Lee ; request for appoint-
ment of his son, James Gannan, as agent at
Dunkirk, ff. (2).

[Bridgen, Edward]. April 29, 1778. Letter
to Arthur Lee. Books from Dr. Price . to
Franklin; Gov. Johnstone; Israel Mauduit's
pamphlet ; Cartwright's letter to Lord Abing-
don; Garnier; George III. Not signed, ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 89.

Thornton, [John, Major\. April 30, 1778.
Receipt for thirty Louis d'or from Arthur Lee.
f. (I).

Written on a portion of a copy of letter from the committee
of Congress of which only the name Charles Thomson remains.

100. Lovell, James. May 3, 1778. Letter from
York, [Penn.] to Arthur Lee. Imprisonment
at Boston and Halifax ; William Powell ; Gage ;
Howe ; feeling toward Great Britain, ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 292.

loi-iio. Continental Congress, Second. May 4,
1778. Ratification of the treaty of amity and
commerce with France. With copy of the
treaty and a form of passports and letters for
ships, in English and French. Signed, Henry-
Laurens ; attest : Chas. Thomson, sec'y. With
seal. ff. (20).

This was one of the six official copies sent by Congress to its
commissioners in Europe ; see Journals of congress, IV 259, 260.

111. . May 4, 1778. Copy of resolution of

thanks to France for the treaties. Signed,
Chas. Thomson, sec'y. ff. (2).

See Journals of congress, IV. 257.

112. [Gardoqui, James]. May 4, 1778. Letter
from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Supplies for
America. Not signed, ff. (2).

Continental Congress, Second. May 5, 1778.
Copy of resolution desiring the abolition of
the nth and 12th articles of the treaty of
amity and commerce. Signed, Chas. Thomson,
sec'y. ff. (2). (Stained.)
See Journals of congress, IV. 258.

113. Adams, John. J/ay 5, 1778. Note to Arthur
Lee. Invitation from Vergennes to the com-
missioners, ff. (2).

[Dumas, K. W. F.]. May 5, 1778. Letter
from the Hague, in French, to the commission-
ers. Inclosure of French translations of Ger-
man letters received by him, dated Hamburg,
May I, 1778, and Berlin, April 2(1, 1778 (the
latter on p. 114). Preparations of Prussia for
war with Austria. Signed, D. ff. (4).

114. Dohnnan, Arn4» Enrico. May 5, 1778. Copy
of news, in French, sgnt to K. W. F. Dumas.
French and English prizes in Portuguese ports ;
Deane frigate ; the Dauphin, Capt. Israel
Turner ; the Alarm, Capt. Robert Mann ; the
Cuningham. Copied by Dumas, ff. (2).

115. [Dumas, K. W. F.]. May 7-15, 1778. Let-
ter from the Hague, in French, to the commis-
sioners. Interviews with Van Berckel and
others ; endeavors to obtain the friendship of
Holland. Not signed, ff. (4). (Imperfect —
unfinished.)

116. Continental Congress, Second. May 7-^,
1778. Copy of resolutions. Expenses of the
commissioners ; captains in the navy. Signed,
Chas. Thomson, sec'y. f. (i).

See Journals of congress, 'IV. 266, 276.

117- • Another copy of the resolves of May

7, above (p. 116).

Bondfield, John. May 8, 1778. Letter from
Bordeaux to the commissioners. Arrival of
ships from Savannah and Charleston ; disposal
at Cadiz of Cuningham's prizes ; MacFarland,
Barnet. ff. (2).

n8. Continental Congress, Second. Another
copy of the resolves of May 9, above (p. 116).

119. Chavimont, Le Ray de. May 11, 1778. Let-
ter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Receipt of
letter from Monthieu. f. (1).

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

19

120. Gardoqui, James. May ii, 1778. Letter
from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Bills on Paris
banks, ff. (2).

Copies, May 12, 1778, of letters to and from
Arthur Lee. i. Lee to Chaumont, in French.
Answer to that on p. 119; Monthieu's letter.

— 2. Lee to Lord -. Assurance of esteem ;

Abb^ Raynal ; Barr^ ; Dunning ; Priestley ;
Price. (Imperfect — first part torn off.)— '3.
Chaumont to Lee. Copy of the above (p. 119).
Indorsed, " True copies from the Letter Book,
(duplicates) H. Ford, sec'y." Also in Adams's
handwriting, "Compared by John Adams."
f. (I).

121. [Jennings, Edmund]. May 12, 177?. Letter
to [Arthur Lee]. Chatham's death; Barre ;
Rigby ; Dunning ; Pultney ; Townsend ; poli-
cies ; insurance ; trade ; Howe ; Clinton ; the
Ranger. Signed, Malcolm Derimple ; ad-
dressed, Mons' Johnstone, ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 104.

Bondfield, John. May 12, 1778. Lfetter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Mr. Hewes of
Edenton, Va. ; Barnet ; Chaumont ; Capt.
Barry ; Thomas Morris ; Robert Morris ;
Willing & Morris J privateering, ff. (2).

122. Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons. May 13, 1778.
Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Supplies
for America, ff. {2).

123. Continental Congress, Second — Committee
for Foreign Affairs. May 14, 1778. Copy of
letter to Arthur Lee. Receipt of letters ; de-
spatches through Deane and Capt. Young;
Prussia ; " Rodrique Hortalez & Co." ; com-
merce of America ; Gardoqui ; treaties with
France ; finance, depreciation of paper money.
Signed, Rich"*. Henry Lee, James Lovell, Rob'.
Morris, ff. (2).

Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 159.

124. . May 14, 1778. Letter to the commis-
sioners. Disposition of America ; concilia-
tory bills ; Howe ; Washington ; despatches
through Deane; treaties with France; nth
and 1 2th articles of treaty of amity and com-
merce ; misconduct of American armed vessels.
Signed, Richard Henry Lee, James Lovell.
Indorsed, "Duplicate" and"N<>7." ff. (2).

Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic torrespondence, I. 388.

125. . May 15, 1778. Extract from letter to

the commissioners, nth and 12th articles
of the treaty. — With extract from the letter
of May 14, (p. 124). Same subject. In R. H.
Lee's handwriting, f. (i).

126. . May 15, 1778. Another extract from

the same letter of this date. Payment of
tobacco according to contract. With sum-
mary of resolutions passed on May 16. " Hor-
talez & Co." In R. H. Lee's handwriting,
f. (I).

For the full letter of May 13, 1778, see Sparks' Diplomatic
correspondence, I. 393.

127. [Thornton, John, Major\ May 16, 1778.
Letter from London to ]^Arthur Lee ?]. Ports-
mouth ; English fleet ; arrival of Burgoyne ;
Washington; [Bancroft, Wharton], Franklin,
Deane ; Chatham, Camden ; privateers ; Jer-
sey and Guernsey. Not signed or addressed ;
indorsed, "Thornton about going to Jersey
N04," ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)

128. [Jennings, Edmund]. May I9, 1778. Let-
ter to [Arthur Lee]. Advice; "stock-job-
bing " ; Townsend ; " MacGregor " ; D'Estaing's
squadron at Toulon ; Walpole ; Burgoyne ;
Capt. Jones; Franklin; the Alfred and Ra-
leigh; [Thornton|. Signed, Donald MacDon-
ald ; not superscribed ; addressed, " My Dear
Nephew," and worded throughout as if advice
to a young man just startingin business, ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 102.

Franklin, Benjamin. May 19. 1778. Note of
invitation to Arthur Lee. Berlin; Chalut.
ff. (2).

On the reverse is a copy of a note from Arthur Lee, June 7,
1779, to Count d'Aranda, transmitting memorial. There are
besides parts of lines of another letter and the separate in-
dorsements, " Invitations," " Spanish Papers," " Papers used
in the No 3*^ of Appendix to the Memoir of A. L." The note
from Lee to Count d'Aranda is printed in this appendix, Lee's
Life of Arthur Lee, I. 277.

129. Thornton, John, Major. March 10, May 7,
16, 21, 1778. Copies of letters and intelligence
to Arthur Lee, numbered 1-5. i. Account of
forces in Great Britam, Marc/i 18, 1778. — 2.
March 10. Letter in French. British com-
missioners to America ; prisoners at [Ports-
mouth or Plymouth] ; expenses; Lord Carlisle,
Eaton, Jackson, Palliser, Wharton, Grand. —
3. May 7. Letter from London. Information
about American secret negotiations "from
R — 's lady." — 4. May 16. Copy of the letter
on p. 127.^-5. May 21. Letter from Ports-
mouth. Strength of British fleet, ff. (4).

130. Lenoue, . May 21, 1778. Letter to

Arthur Lee. Carmichael's servant, ff. (2).

This is probably in reference to the investigations concerning
the robbery of the despatches sent through Capt. Folger.

[Ridley, ] ? May 22, 1778. Letter to

[Arthur Lee?]. Warnings about treachery;
Virginia goods ; Burgoyne ; Capt. Solomon
Townsend ; the Randolph and Yarmouth. Not
signed or superscribed ; indorsed, Ridley, ff.
(2).

131. Coffyn, Frans. May 23, 1778. Letter from
Paris to the [commissioners]. Inclosure of
copy of a memoir made in 1777 at request of
Carmichael on the advantages of the port of
Dunkirk to the American trade. Not super-
scribed, ff. (2).

132-135. — — . Memoire, referred to in the last
paper (p. 131). In French. Not signed or
dated, pp.8. (Imperfect — edges worn.)

136. Bondfield, John. May26,\Tj?>. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Fulfilment of com-
missions ; D'Estaing ; fleet at Cadiz. Indorsed,
"Advertisement abt. Byrons fleet. N°. 2."
ff. (2).

Lloyd, John. May 28, 1778. Letter from
Nantes to Arthur Lee. Departure for America ;
despatches and credentials ; William Lee.
ff. (2).

137. [Dumas, K. W. F.]. May 29, 1778. Letter
from the Hague, in French, to the commis-
sioners. Presentation of letter from the com-
missioners to the grand pensionary announcing
the treaty with France ; [Van Berckel] ; ambas-
sadors from France, Spain, and England ;
friendly disposition of the states general ; Wei-
deren ; Howe ; death of Chatham ; arrival of
Burgoyne in England, With French transla-

20

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

tion of a German letter to Bumas from Berlin,
May id, 1778. Preparations for war. Signed,
D. fi.(3).

138. ■Williams, Jonathan. May 29, 1778. Copy
of account at Nantes with the commissioners.
Certified by H. Ford, sec'y. With copy of
charges, Nov. 15, \t]-],xA S. & I. (?) H. Delap of
Bordeaux and Jean Sabatier & fils of Mont-
pelier on the same goods. Certified by H.
Ford, sec'y; witness, William Lee. ff. (2).

[Thornton, John, Major\. May 30, 1778.
Letter to [Arthur Lee]. Admiral Byron's
fleet ; Admiral Keppel ; additional information
in England about the secret negotiations of the
commissioners in France ; repetition of par-
ticulars given in letter of May 7 (see p. 129).
Not signed or superscribed ; indorsed, " Thorn-
ton." ff. (2).

139. ['Wharton, Samuel]. June i, 1778. Letter
to [Dr. Edward Bancroft). Thornton's ex-
posure of secrets of the commissioners.
Not addressed; signed, "P — a C — o"; in-
dorsed, N". I. Evidently in a disguised hand.
— Another letter from the same to the same.
Same subject. Not signed or dated ; super-
scription crossed out ; indorsed, " No 2."
ff. (2).

[Chaumout, Le Ray de\ . Note about letters ;
Cavillon. Not signed, dated, or superscribed;
indorsed, " M. de Chaumont's note," and in
pencil by a later hand, "June (?) 1778." f. (i).

Part of the investigation concerning the robbery of the de-
spatches sent by Folger ; see Vergennes' letter to Arthur Lee
of April 29 (p. 9S).

140. [Ridley, ]. June 2, 1778. Letter to

Arthur Lee. Introduction of Rev. Hezekiah
Ford (afterwards Lee's secretary) ; news from
America ; reception of the conciliatory bills ;
the Virginia, Nicholson ; parliament and minis-
try; Keppel; Howe, Clinton; Ireland; em-
bargo ; press. Not signed ; indorsed, Ridley,
ff. (2).

[Gardoqui, James]. June 4, 1778. Letter
from Aranjuez to Arthur Lee. Supplies for
America ; Cuningham. Signature probably
cut out. ff. (2).

141. [Ridley, ]. June 5, 1778. Letter to

Arthur Lee. [Hartley's] motion in the house
of commons for recognizing the independence
of America ; fleet at Toulon ; exchange of
prisoners. Not signed ; indorsed, Ridley,
ff. (2).

Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. June 5, 1778.
Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Aid [for
Virginia] from Prince de Montbarey. With
translation. Indorsed, N°. i. ff. (2).
Translation printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 413.

142. Montbarey, Alexandre Marie Leonor de.
Saint Mauris, Comte and Prince de, Minister
of War. June 5, 1778. Copy of letter, in
French, to Vergennes. Supplies for Virginia,
f. (I).

143. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. June 5, 1778.
Copy of letter on p. 141. Certified by H. Ford,
sec'y. f. (i.).

[Thornton, John, yl/a/ffr]. y««^8, 1778. Let-
ter to (?). Change of ministry. North,

Cower, Jenkinson, Stormont, Suffolk ; fear of

French invasion, preparations ; Capt. Jones ;
Keppel ; De Chartres ; Scotch and Irish ;
British affairs in America ; Sir Wm. Howe.
Not signed or superscribed ; indorsed, Thorn-
ton, ff. (2).

144. [Ridley, ]. June 9, 1778. Letter to

Arthur Lee. Introduction of Ogden ; Percival ;
Franklin ; Capt. Collis. Not signed ; indorsed,
Ridley, ff. (2).

Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. June 10, 1778.
Copy of letter, in French, to Arthur Lee.
Thanks for news from London. Certified by
H. Ford, sec'y. f. (i).

Jones, William, Capt. June 10, 1778. Two
receipts to Arthur Lee for 453 livres. f. (l).
(Imperfect — torn.)

145. Emery, John. June 10 or 11, lyj^. Letter
from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Capt. John
Allen ; Dr. Smith of the Revenge ; Cunning-
ham, ff. (2).

See also pp. 77, 78, on Allen's affair.

[Gardoqui, James]. June ir, 1778. Letter

from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Remittances.
Not signed, ff. (2).

146. Sartine, A. R. J. G. G. de. June 12, 1778.
Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Detention
of prisoners by Americans in French ports,
ff. (2).

147. Montbarey, A. M. L. de S. M., Comte and
Prince de. June 13, 1778. Letter, in French,
to Arthur Lee. Supplies for Virginia. In-
dorsed, " N°. 4," and afterwards, " No 3."
With translation, ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)

Translation printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 413.

[Gardoqui, James]. June 15, 1778. Letter
from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Remittances.
Signed, J. G. ff. (2).

148. Lee, Arthur. \June 14, 1778.] Copy of let-
ter to Vergennes. 12th article of the treaty. —
With translation of Vergennes' reply, June

.IS. 1778. f. (I).

Both printed, with verbal differences, in Sparks' Diplomatic
correspondence, IL 171-173.

149. [Dumas, K. W. F]. Jime 15, 1778. Ex-
tracts, in French, from French and Dutch
papers and from despatches of ministers.
Reception of William Lee at Vienna ; disposi-
tion of the Dutch government. With a printed
slip from newspaper containing what is quoted
on the first sheet. One signed, D, and directed
to the commissioners ; the others unsigned,
ff. (4), and slip.

150. [Ridley, ]. June 16, 1778. Letter to

Arthur Lee. Introduction of William Moore ;
Keppel. Not signed, ff. (2).

[Gardoqui, James]. June 18, 1778. Letter
from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Remittances;
supplies for America. Not signed, ff. (2).

151. Sartine, A. R. J. G. G. de. June 20, 1778.
Letter, m French, to Benjamin Franklin.
Schweighauser ; prizes, ff. (2).

152. Contiuental Congress, Second— Committee
for Foreign Affairs. June 21, 1778. Copy of

letter from York, Penn., to the commissioners.
Arrival of commissioners for peace ; Clinton's
evacuation of Philadelphia ; Washington •

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

21

Holker. Signed, Richard Henry Lee, Thos.
Heyvvard, Jun'., tames Lovell. Copy attested
by Arthur Lee. Indorsed, No. I. ff. (2).
Printed, Sparks* Diplomatic correspondence, I. 402.

153. [Qardoqui, James]. June 22, 1778. Letter
from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Remittances.
Signed, J. G. ff. (2).

[Thornton, John, Major\. June 24, 1778.
Letter to [Arthur Lee .'|. Fears o£ French in-
vasion ; Keppel; Washington; Clinton; Howe.

Superscribed, "Alex"' Johnston"; not signed.

ff. (3).

This is supposed to be to Arthur Lee from the superscription
being the same which is used as a cover by Bridgen and Jen-
nings to conceal their communications. The tone of the letter,
however, as well as of that of June 8 (on p. 143), is of a sym-
pathizer with Great Britain. If this were for purposes of con-
cealment, probably the letter of June 8 was to Lee also. But it
would seem that Lee and Thornton had no communication with
each other at that time ; as appears by Papers in relation to the
case of Silas Deane, p. 163, and Ridley's letter of June 2 (see
p. 140 of this volume).

154. Commissioners to France. June 25, 1778.
Letter to tlie legislature of South Carolina.
Absence of Miss Stevens from Carolina. In
Arthur Lee's handwriting. £. (i). (Imperfect
— much torn.)

[Gardoqui, James]. June 25, 1778. Letter
from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Remittances.
Signed, J. G. ff. (2).

155. Sartiue, A. R. J. G. G. de. June 26, 1778.
Letter, in French, to the commissioners. Capt.
William Castle, ff. (2).

156. [Dumas, K. W. F.]. June 19, 23, 26, 1778.
Letter from the Hague, in French, to the com-
missioners. Reception of William Lee at
Vienna; disposition of Holland. Signed, D.
ff. (2).

[Gardoqui, Joseph & Co.]. June 27, 1778.
Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Dejjarture
of Capt. Hodge and Capt. West ; supplies for
America; Capt. Cuningham. Signed, J. G. &
Co. ff. (2).

VOL. V.

1. [Bridgen, Edward]. July a (?), 1778. Letter

to Arthur Lee. Thornton, Bancroft, Wharton ;
ambassador from Spain ; Washington. Date
nearly illegible; not signed; indorsed, "Brid-
gen about Thornton." ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, IL 84, where the date is
given 1777.

2. Jones John Paul, Caft. July 3, 1778. Copy of

paper presented to the commissioners. Com-
munication from the minister of marine (Sar-
tine). Copied by Arthur Lee. f. (i).

Bondfield, John. July 4, 1778. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Admiral Byron ;
Keppel; treachery; supplies for America,
ff. (2).

3. Chaumont, Le Ray de. July 5, 1778. Letter,

in French, to Benjamin Franklin. Inclosure of
letter (see next paper). Indorsed, N°.i. f. (i).

Letter, in French, directed to Franklin. Sue-
gasse; accusation against Dobree. Signed
I (?) ; indorsed, N°. 2 ; not dated. Maiked
in pencil, "S July '78?"

4. Copy of same. With indorsement by H. Ford,

sec'y, iV/^. 24, 1778. f. (i).

5. Sartine, A. R. J. G. G. de. July 5, 1778. Let-

ter, in French, to the commissioners. John
Paul Jones, ff. (2).

Order of confiscation. July 6, 1778. In French.
Capt. Allen's affair; prize Britaimia; Capt.
Wood. f. (i). (Imperfect — worn.)

See also IV. pp. 77, 78, 145.

6. Statement, ya/y 7, 1778. ["Charles de Weis-

senstein "] ; Vergennes ; Jennings. Indorsed,
" Copie pour M. f. . . ." ; also by Mr. Sparks,
"The above is doubtless a fabrication." f. (i).

This seems on its face to be the report of the detective to the
superintendent of police, sent by Vergennes to the commis-
sioners. For particulars concerning tliis singular paper, see
Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence. III. 45; Sparks Franklin,
VIII. 278: Adams' Life and works of John Adams, III. 178.

7. Gardoqui, Joseph & Co. July 8, 1778. Letter

from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Remittances ;
supplies for America, ff. (2).

8. [Lee, Arthur]. Jtily 12, 1778. Copy of letter,

in French, to Chaumont. Schweighauser ;
Dobree. Certified by Lee. Indorsed, N? 3.
f.(i).

9. Chaumont, Le Ray de. July 13, 1778. Letter,

in French, to Arthur Lee. Answer to the pre-
ceding. Indorsed, N°.4. f. (i).

See also the papers on p. 3.

[Wharton, Samuel]. Note to John Thornton.
Loan of twenty guineas. Not dated or signed ;
indorsed, N". 3. Certified to be Wharton's
handwriting by M. Livingston. Julyi-i,, 1778.^(1).

See also IV. p. 139.

10. Puchelberg & Co. July 13, 1778. Letter
from L'Orient, in French, to Arthur Lee. Capt.
Samuel Tucker ; Schweighauser. ff. (2).

11. Lloyd, John. July 14, 1778. Letter from

Nantes to [Arthur Lee]. Receipt of letters;
departure for America ; Blake, f. (i).

Emery, John. July 14, 1778. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Confiscation of
prize ; appeal from sentence, f. (l ).
See also IV. pp. 77, 78, 14s. and V. 5.

12. Sarsfield, ,Comptede. July 14,17^8. Let-
ter from Rennes, in French, to Arthur Lee.
Receipt of news; Washington; Keppel;
Shelburne. ff. (2).

13. Livingston, M., Capt. July 15, 1778. Letter

to Arthur Lee. Thornton ; Joseph Wharton ;
Samuel Wharton ; Bancroft; Blake. Indorsed,
N". 5. ff. (2).
See also IV. p. 139. and 'V- 9-

Puchelberg & Co. July 15, 1778. Letter
from L'Orient, in French, to Arthur Lee.
Prizes, ff. (2).

14. France. July 16, 1778. Ratification of the
treaty of amity and commerce. Copy, m
French, signed " Louis. Par le Roi Gravier de
Vergennes." f. (i).

Printed, Marten's Recueil de trait^s, etc. 2' id. II. 602.

ic. Adams, John. July, 1778. Note to Arthur

Lee. Ratifications of the treaty. Letters

from Arthur Lee, William Lee, and Izard,
f.. (D-

99

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

l6. Emery, John. July 22, 1778. Letter from
San Sebastian to Arthur Lee. Confiscation of
prize ; Capt. Allen ; Capt. Wood. ff. (2).
See also IV. pp. 77, 78, 145, and V. 5, 11,

[Lee, Arthur]. July 22, 1778. Draft of letter,
in French, to Chaumont. [Schweighauser ;
Dobree ; William LeeJ. Not signed; indorsed,
N". 5. ff. (2).
See also pp. 3, 9.

17-19. Franklin, Benjamin. July2z,i-jyZ. Letter
to Jaraes Lovell. Deane; Capt. Young; Beau-
marchais ; Francy, duties on exports ; objec-
tions to nth and 12th articles of treaty; [Ar-
thur Lee, William Lee, Izard] ; expenses of
commissioners ; Stormont ; Spain ; relations
between England and France ; war in Germany ;
drafts of congress ; Bingham ; Dumas. In-
dorsed, Copy. ff. 6.

Printed, with verbal differences. Sparks' Franklin, VIII. 288 ;
Sparks* Diplomatic correspondence, III. 52.

20. Gardoqui, James. July 23, 1778. Letter
from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Remittances,
ff. (2).

Franklin, Benjamin, and AAams, John. July

23, 1778. Copy of letter to Henry Laurens.

Ambassadors from England for peace ; Ver-

gennes. ff. (2).
Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 412.
. Note to Lee. With an indorsement by Lee,

July 24, 1778.
Probably in reference to the preceding paper.

21, 22. Montbarey, A. M. L. de S. M., Comte

and Prince de. July 26, 1778. Copy of letter,
in French, to Vergennes. Supplies for Vir-
ginia. With list of artillery to be furnished.
f£.3-
23. Chaumont, Le Ray de. July 27, 1778. Let-
ter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Suspicions of
William Lee. Indorsed, N. 6. f. (i).
See also pp. 3, 9, 16.

Girand, Ferdinand. July 28, 1778. Letter to
Arthur Lee. Questions concerning accounts,
ff. (2).

?4. Statement, in Spanish, July 28, 1778, dated
San Sebastian. Cuningham; Allen; refusal
of appeal from the judgment of the court [>).
Signed, " De Basec'ourt ; Lizdo Arontegui." f.
(i). (Imperfect — worn.)
See also, IV. pp. 77, 78, 145, and V. 5, 11, 16.

25. Dumas, K. W. F. July 28, 1778. Letter
from the Hague, in French, to the commis-
sioners. Extracts from despatches from
Vienna and Ratisbon, July li, 16, 23; news
from Germany; nth and 12th articles of
treaty ; English ambassadors for peace ; Almo-
dovar ; Van Berckel. ff. (2).

26. Sartine, A. R. J. G. G. de. July 29, 1778.
Letter, in French, to the commissioners. Pro-
visions for the islands of St. Pierre and Mi-
quelon ; privateers; prizes. ' ff. (2).

Translation printed. Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence,
I. 414.

27. Emery, John. July 29, 1778. Letter from

Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Capt. Allen ; request
for commission. With note, added by Lee, to
Franklin and Adams, Aug. 9, 1778. ff. (2).

Bargum, F. Julji 30, 1778. Receipt, to
Arthur Lee, for 48 livres. f. (i).

28, 29. Dunteguy, Garralde. July 31, 1778. Let-
ter from San Sebastian, in French, to Arthur
Lee. Cuningham ; Gardoqui ; Emery, Allen ;
Count d'Aranda ; Deane ; privateers, ff. 4-

30. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. Aug: 3, 1778.
Note, in French, to Arthur Lee. Thanks for
letters and papers. With translation by Lee,
f. (I).

. Copy of the above, certified by H. Ford,

sec'y. f. (i).

31. Dumas, K. W. F. Aug-. 4, 1778. Letter from
the Hague, in French, to the commissioners.
Inclosure of letter from Van Berckel ; treaty
with France ; favorable disposition of Holland ;
Orvilliers, Keppel. With extracts from de-
spatches, and postscript. Declaration of em-
peror of Morocco ; Welderen ; reception of
conciliatory bills in Pennsylvania, ff. (3).

32. Lee, William. Aug. 5, 1778. Two letters to
Arthur Lee. Thomas Morris ; Ross ; Robert
Morris ; Lewis ; Simeon Deane ; supplies for
Virginia ; Lemaire ; British commissioners for
peace ; Johnstone, Eden, Ferguson ; Byron,
Keppel ; war in Germany ; Franklin, ff. (2).

. . . ^«,f- 5. 1778.

Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Supplies

33. Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons,
Letter from Bilbao ' ' ''
for America, ff. (2).

34. Bargum, F. Aug. 8, 1778. Receipt, to Ar-
thur Lee, for 48 livres. f. (i).

Sartine, A. R. J. G. G. de. Aug. 10, 1778.
Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Suit of
Scott and Delon against Papillon and Lartois.
ff. (2).

35. Schweighauser, Jean Daniel. -Aug. 11, 1778.

Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Accusa-
tions against Dobree ; Franklin ; Granville ;
Chaumont. ff. (2).

36. Dobree, Peter Frederick. Aug. 11, 1778.
Letter from Nantes to the commissioners.
Accusations ; Schweighauser ; Lee ; Chau-
mont. ff. (3).

37. Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons. Aug. 12, 1778.
Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Vessels to
America, ff. (2).

38. Grubb, J. Aug.l■7,,l^^?,. Letter from Nantes
to Arthur Lee. Bergon ; Capt. Taylor; Ford;
Ross ; desire for employment, ff. {2).

39. Sartine, A. R. J. G. G. de. Aug. 16, 1778.
Letter, in French, to the commissioners.
Prizes, ff. (2).

Translation printed. Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence,
I. 418.

40. Ross, John. Aug. [8, 1778. Letter from
Nantes to the commissioners. Ceronio ;
Thomas Morris ; William Lee. ff. (2).

Lloyd, John. Aug. 18, 1778. Letter from
Nantes to Arthur Lee. Departure for America ;
care of despatches. Williams ; Schweighauser.
ff. (2).

41. Dobree, P. F. Aug. 20, 1778. Letter from
Nantes to Arthur Lee. Chaumont's accusation ;
inclosure of letter to the commissioners, ff. {2).

. Copy of the same. f. (i).

4.2' • 4ug. 20, 1778. Copy of letter from

Nantes to the commissioners (referred to in

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

23

the preceding letter) . Chaumont's accusation ;
request for investigation. Copy certified by
H. Ford, sec'y. f. (i). '

43- Puchelberg & Co. Aug-. 26, 1778. Letter
from L'Orient, in French, to Arthur Lee. Ar-
rival of vessels ; Capt. Daniel MacNeil ; Moy-
lan J prizes, ff. (2).

Emery, John. Aug. 26, 1778. Letter from
Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Capt. Allen's commission
as privateer ; Gardoqui ; departure and arrival
of vessels, ff. (2).

*4. Uoyd, John. Aug. 29, 177S. Letter from
Nantes to [Arthur Lee ?]. Assurances of
friendship ; departure for America ; Steven-
son. Not superscribed, ff. (2.)

Bondiield, John. Aug. 29, 1778. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Shipments to
America ; Izard's goods ; Duke de Mouchi ;
Marchioness de Lafayette, ff. (2).

45. Gardoqui, Joseph & Co. Aug. 29, 1778. Let-
ter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Shipments to
America ; Capt. Barzilla Smith of North Caro-
lina; Howe, f. (i). (Imperfect — worn.)
rJeunings, Edmund. Aug. or Sept. (?) 1778.]
Letter to Arthur Lee. Recommendation of
nephew ; probable meeting of [French and
English] fleets j Eden. Not dated or signed ;
superscription cut off ; marked in pencil, " about
Sept. 26, '78?" ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. io6.

46. Boudfield, John. Sept. i, 1778. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Shipments to
America J duties, ff. {2).

Duer, William. Sept. 2, 1778. Copy of bill
of exchange for;^5i sterling on Chaumont in
, favor of Nicholas La Farque. With memo-
randum of payments by Chaumont appended,
ff. (2).

47. Chaumont, Le Ray de. Sept. 5, 1778. Letter,
in French, to Arthur Lee. Inclosure of note
from Lessart(?); accusation against Dobree.
With answer from Lee, in French. Indorsed,
No. 8. ff. (2).

48. Boisbertrand, Gaiault de. Sept. 7, 1778.
" Memoire," in French, to the commissioners.
Inducements to go to America ; Dubourg ;
Penet ; Deane ; imprisonment ; misfortunes ;
petition for relief, ff. (2). (Imperfect —
stained and worn.)

4.9. Cottnisses, . Sept. 7, 1778. Note from

Paris, in French. Money loans. Not super-
scribed, ff. (2).

Gilbank, John, and Gale, John. Sept. 8, 1778.
Letter from Paris. Cannon or Kennan, a spy ;
Dobree ; Mallett. Not superscribed, ff- (2).

50. Emery, John. Sept. 9, 1778. Letter from

Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Privateers ; Capt.
Allen ; Capt. Tuck ; D'Estaing. ff. (2).

[Dumas, K. W. F.J. Sept. 9, 1778. Letter
from the Hague, in French, to the commission-
ers. Proceedings of the states-general ; Van
Zeaberg; Boschart. Not signed, ff. (2).

51. Continental Congress, Second. Sept. 11, 14,

1778. Copy of resolutions appointing Franklin
minister plenipotentiary to France. Signed,
Chas. Thomson sec j copy attested by W. T.
Franklin, i. (i).

52. Vergennes, C. G., Comie de. Sept. 13, 1778.
Letter, in French, to the commissioners. /
Stevenson; Sartine. ff. (2). ,'

53. Bancroft, Edward. Sept. 14, 1778. Letter to

Benjamin Franklin. Request from Ellison and
Samuel Wharton, ff. (2).

Camyn, , Assistant Mayor of Calais. Sept.

15, 1778. Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee.
Longchamp; Madame Necker; proffers of
service, ff. (2).

54. Gilbank, John. Sept. 17, 1778. Letter from
Nantes to Arthur Lee. Delay about departure
for America ; request for money, ff. (2).

Ford, Hezekiah, Rev., Secretary to Arthur Lee.
Sept. 17, 1778. Review of the contracts entered
into by Franklin and Deane with Montieu,
Holker, and Williams, compared with that en-
tered into by Arthur Lee with Bondfield of
Bordeaux, ff. (2).

55. Lloyd, John. Sept. 19, 1778. Letter from
Nantes to William Lee. Thanks for intro-
duction to F. L. Lee ; accusation against
Dobree and Schweighauser. ff. (2).

Lloyd, John, and Blake, Daniel. Sept. 19,
1778. Letter from Nantes. Testimony to
Schweighauser's character. Not super-
scribed, ff. (2).

56. Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons. Sept. 19, 1778.
Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Supplies
for America ; Capt. Smith ; Capt. Ives ; D'Es-
taing; Gen. Charles Lee. ff. (2).

Lloyd, John. Copy of the letters from Lloyd
on p. 55. Certified by H. Ford, sec'y. ff. (2).

57. Kosignan, Sigard, Marquis de. Sept. 20, 1778.

Letter from Turin, in French, to Arthur Lee.
Acknowledgment of letter ; travel, ff. (2).

Bondfield, John. Sept. 22, iTj8. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Capt. Ayres ; ship-
ments to America; commission, ff. (2).

58. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. Sept. 23, 1778.
Letter, in French, to [Arthur Lee]. Holker;
duties; Franklin; Adams, ff. (2).

59. Lee, Arthur. Sept. 25, 27, 1778. Observations
on Montieu's accounts. Williams ; Deane ;
Holker. ff. (2).

Bondfield, John. 5?//. 26, 1778. Letter from
Bordeauxto Arthur Lee. Remittances; Joseph
Wharton, ff. (2).

60-64. Prance. Sept. 27, 1778. Dfaft of regula-
tion concerning prizes in the ports of the
United States and of France, pp. (12).
Translation printed. Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I.
4ig, etc where the 2d and 14th articles are given in a different
form ; this MS. is probably the draft sent by Sartine to the com-
missioners, Aug. 16, 1778 (see p. 39), and differs considerably
in wording from that finally adopted, which is printed in Marteny
Recueil de trait^s, etc^ III. 123, etc.

65. Grand, Hr. Sept. 27, 1778. Letter to [Arthur

Lee]. Accounts, f. (i).

66. Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons. Sept. 30, 1778.
Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Supplies
for America, ff. (2).

67. [Norton, George F.]. Oct. 2, 1778. Letter
from Dover to William Lee. Intelligence of
British vessels. Signed, G. F. N. ff. (2).

24

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

68. [Mason, George]. Oct. 2, 1778. Copy(?) of
letter from Gunston Hall, Virginia, to [Col.
George Mercer], in England. Digges j family
affairs ; declaration of rights ; independence,
pp. 4. (Imperfect — last part gone.)

Printed, except the portion on family affairs, Virginia historical
register, II. 1, p. 28. *

Vergennes, C. G., Comte de, Oct. 5, 1778.
Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. News from
America ; D'Estaing. With translation. f£. (2).

69. Contmental Congress, Second. Oct. 6, 1778.
Copy of resolution inviting Dr. Price to
America. Signed, Chas. Thomson, sec'y. f. (i).

Printed, Secret journals of congress, 11. loi.

Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons. Oct. 7, 1778. Let-
ter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Supplies for
America ; Emery's privateers. f£. (2).

70. . Oct. 7. 1778. Letter from Bilbao to

Arthur Lee. Supplies for America ; D'Estaing;
Byron, ff. (2).

71. Sartine, A.R.J. G.G. </f. Oct.T,\T]%. Letter,
in French, to the commissioners. Izard's effects j
Martinelli; Niccoli. ff. (2). (Imperfect —
edges worn.)

See IV. 66 ; printed. Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence,
I. 467.

72. Mason, George. Oct. 8, 1778. Copy of letter
from Gunston Hall, Virginia, to William Lee.
Investment of money in Europe ; remonstrance.
With copy of another letter on same subject,
March, 4, 1779, and copy of answer from Lee,
Sept. 25, 1779. Defense and explanation,
ff. (2).

73. Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons. Oct. 10, 1778.
Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Arrival of
vessels; news from America; D'Estaing;
Sullivan ; Howe. ff. (2).

74. Cathalarck, Estienne. Oct. 12, 1778. Letter
from Marseilles to Arthur Lee. Supplies of
medicine for America ; Schweighauser ; Izard's
effects, ff. (2).

Comyn, M. Oct. 14, 1778. Letter from Mar-
seilles to Arthur Lee. Desire for appointment
as commercial agent, ff. (2). (Imperfect —
torn.)

75. [Lee, William]. Oct. 15, 1778. Letter from
Frankfort a/M. to R. H. Lee. Treaty with
Holland; estate in Virginia; private commer-
cial arrangements ; appointment of consuls in
France ; Edward Browne ; change of com-
missioners; [Carmichael, Deane] ; Johnstone;
D'Estaing. Signed, W. L. pp. 7.

76. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. Oct. 17, 1778.

Copy of letter, in French, to Arthur Lee.

Spain. Copy attested by H. Ford, sec'y. f . ( l).
Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 195.
Oct. 19, 1778. Copy of letter, in French,

to Arthur Lee. Thanks for American news ;

D'Estaing. Copy attested by H. Ford, sec'y.

f.(i).

77. Continental Congress, Second. Oct. 22, 1778.

Copy of resolution recommending harmony
between commissioners. Signed, Cha^. Thom-
son, sec'y ; copy attested by W. T. Franklin,
f. (I).
Printed, Secret journals of congress, I. 123.

Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. Oct. 24, 1778.
Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. D'Estaing's
movements; Byron; Parker; Howe. With
translation, ff. (2).
Translation printed. Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence,
II. 199.

78. Amsterdam — Merchants. Oct.2j^,iTj%. Ad-
dress, in French, to the Prince of Orange.
British insults to Dutch commerce. Transla-
lated from the Dutch by Dumas, with a note #
added, ff. (2).

Sarsfield, , Comte de. Oct. 24, 1778. Note,

in French, to Arthur Lee. Apology ; Franldin.
ff. (2).

79. Gerard, Mad. Deverly, wife of C. A. Gerard.

Oct. 26, 1778. Copy of letter, in French, to the
commissioners. Request for favor. With copy
of letter, Nov. I, 1778, from commissioners to
Schweighauser concerning the same. Indorsed,
N°4- f-(i)-

80. Gardoqui Joseph & Sons. Oct. 28, 1778. Let-
ter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Supplies for
America, ff. (2). (Imperfect— torn.)

Lloyd, John. Oct. 29, 1778. Letter from Nantes
to Arthur Lee. Blake; accusation against
Schweighauser; "La Belle Poule." ff. (2).

8i. Sarsfield, , Comte de. Nov. i, 1778. Let-
ter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Mrs. Gibbes;
Prince de Conde's "pavilion." ff. (2).

. [Nov. 4, 1778.] Letter, in French, to the

same. Same subject, ff. (2).

[Rulls, George. Nov.,_ 1778]. Letter addressed,
" My Lords." Condition and treatment of Amer-
ican prisoners in [Mill Prison, Plymouth]. Not
signed, dated, or superscribed, if. (2).

82. . [Nov. 8 (?), 1778.] Letter to Arthur Lee.

Treatment of prisoners, ff. (2).

Eixk, Arthur. Nov. 7, 1778. Testimony con-
firming Rulls' statements ; treatment while pris-
oner in Mill Prison, f. (l).

83. Statement, [TViw., 1778?]. Capture of Elipha-
let Downer, William Burt, and Seth Clarke,
f. (I).

Lee, Arthur. Nov. 12, 1778. Draft of letter to
K. W. F. Dumas. Loan from Holland, ff. (2).

84. [Sarsfield, , Comte de\. Nov. 15, [1778].

Letter, in French, to [Arthur Lee]. Mrs.
Gibbes ; Franklin ; Bergasson. Not signed or
superscribed, ff. (2).

[ ]. Nov. 15, [1778]. Letter, in French, to

the same. Same subjects. Not signed, ff.
(2).

85. Dumas, K. W. F. N'ov. 24, 1778. Letter from
the Hague, in French, to Arthur Lee. Receipt
of Lee's letter of the 12th; probable result, ff.
(2).

86. Adams, John. Nov. 28, 1778. Letter to Ar-
thur Lee. Recommendation of Lieut. Brown of
the Boston, f. (i).

. Nov. 29, 1778. Letter to Arthur Lee.

Recommendation of a Lieut. Adams, ff. (2).

87. Sarsfield, , Comte de. [Nov:\ 28, |i778].

Note, in French, to Arthur Lee. Invitation to
dinner; illness of Mrs. Izard; prince de Cond^.
W^ith seal. ff. (2).
This is dated only, Samedi 28, and the month and year are
suppositions from its connection with S.'s note on next page.

88. Craig, , and Readhead, . Note to

Arthur Lee. Thanks for passes ; Digges. Not
dated; marked, in pencil, "about 29 Nov. 78."

ff.(2).

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

25

90.

91,

92.

93-
94.

9S-
96.

97-

99.

100,

[01.

102.

Sarsfieia, , Comte de. Nov. 29, [1778].

Note, m French, to Arthur Lee. Prince de
Conde. ff. (2).

Johnson, , and Hobson, . Note of

thanks to Arthur Lee. Not dated ; uidorsed,
m pencil, "about 29 Nov. '78." f. (i).
Gardoqui, James. Nov. 30, 1778. Letter from
Madrid to Arthur Lee\ Illness : change of resi-
dence, ff. (2).

Norton, George F. Dec. 3, 1778. Letter from
London to Arthur Lee. Recommendation of
Henry Farley, ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)

Gibbes, Mrs., and Stevens, Miss. Note to
Arthur Lee. Acceptance of invitation. Not
dated ; marked in pencil, " about 3 Dec. 78 ? "

[Sarsfield, , Comte de. Dec. 5 (.?), 1778.]

Note, in French, to Arthur Lee. Mrs. Gibbes ;
Prince de Conde's "pavilion"; Mrs. Izard,
ff. (2).

Xixtract from letter, Dec. 7, 1778. Adams;
Lee ; Dobree ; Schweighauser ; Franklin. In
French, with English indorsements, to the
effect that Carmichael believed it was written
by Holker and quoted by G[ouverneur ?] Mor-
ris, May 3, 1779, in a letter to congress. Signed,
J. L. [James Lovell.?]. f. (i).

Sars&eld, , Comte de. Dec. 7, 1778. Note,

in English and French, to Arthur Lee. Ac-
ceptance of invitation, ff. (2).

. Dec. 13, 1778. Note, in French, to Arthur

Lee. La Rochefoucauld, ff. (2).
[Iiee, William]. Dec. 13, 1778. Letter to [his
brother ?] in Virginia. Congress manifesto ; ex-
pedition to Charleston ; Clinton ; Washington ;
D'Estaing; Penet ; supplies for Virginia, f. (i).
(Imperfect — torn . )

Iiouis XVI., King of France. Dec. 19, 1778.
Copy of announcement to congress of the birth
of a princess, f. (l).

Bondfield, John. Dec. 19, 1778. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Arrival of vessels
from America ; Gridley ; Nairac ; Byron ;
D'Estaing ; Montieu, Beaumarcbais, [Wil-
liams], ff. (2).

Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. Dec. 23, 1778.
Note, in French, to Arthur Lee. Thanks for
pamphlet, f. (i).

Gardoqui, James. Dec. 22,ijjS. Letter from
Bilbao to Arthur. Lee. Health; news from
America; privateers, ff. (2).
Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons. Dec. 23, 1778.
Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Supplies
for America ; privateers, ff. (2). (Imperfect —
torn).

[Deane, Silas. Dec. 1778.] Copy of charges
against Arthur Lee. ff. (2).

Sarsfield, , Comte de. Dec. 24, 1778. Note,

in French, to Arthur Lee. Ossun ; Mrs. Izard,
ff. (2).

[Berkenhout, ,Drl\. Zi^ir. 25, 1778. Letter

to [Arthur Lee]. Proposal for peace negotia-
tions, in form of a dream. Signed, Semper
Eodem ; superscribed, " Monsr. Johnstone " ;
indorsed, "Berkenhout," also, "Received at
Chaillot the 2'' day Jan^y 1779. Attest H. Ford,
sec'y." ff. (2).

Dumas, K. W. F. Dec. 18-28, 1778. Letter
from the Hague, in French, to the commission-
ers. Action of the states-general on English

complaints and French memoir; Amsterdam;
Count Welderen. With copy of letter to
Dumas signed, Oldenbarnevelt, dated, Dec. 4,
1778, and copy of reply; capture of Dutch ves-
sel by American privateers, ff. (2). (Imper-
fect — torn and stained.)
103. Sarsfield, , Comte de. Dec. 29, 1778. Let-
ter to Arthur Lee. Ossun. ff. (2).
Franklin, Benjamin. Suggestion concerning
prizes. Indorsed, in pencil, " B. Franklin's hand
writing." ff. (2).

104. La Rochelle, France— Merchants. Copy of
a letter, in French, to Sartine. Convoys for
merchant ships. Marked in pencil, " Dec. '78 ? "
ff. (2).

105. Benoit, , Mile. Love letter, in French, to

Arthur Lee. With translation. Not dated,
ff. (2).

Adanson, , Mad. Note, in French, to

Arthur Lee. Verses. With translation. Not
dated ; marked in pencil, Dec. '78. ff. (2).

56. [Sarsfield, , Comte de]. March i, [1778].

Note in English to Arthur Lee. Appointment
of an interview with Ossun. ff. (2).
This paper belongs on p. 56 of Vol. IV., and was inadvertently

omitted from its proper place in the Calendar.

Vol. VI.

1. Bondfield, John. Jan. i, 1779. Letter from

Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Want of news; re-
imbursement for money advanced to navy offi-
cers, ff. (2 J.

2. [Franklin, Benjamin. Jan. 2, 1779.] Note to
[the other commissioners]. Montieu's accounts.
With Arthur Lee's reply dated Jan. 2. Mon-
tieu, Williams, f. (i).

3. Grand, Ferdinand, the banker. Jan. 2, 1779.
Receipt to Arthur Lee for 22725 livres. f. (i).
Vergennes, Charles Gravier, Comte de. Jan.
4, 1779. Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee.
Berkenhout ; acknowledgment of independence
a necessary preliminary to treating, f. (i).

Translation printed. Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II.
2t4.

[Sarsfield, , Comte de]. Jan. 6, XTj(). Let-
ter, in French, to [Arthur Lee|. Prince de
Tingry (?) ; ceremonial visits; Ossun. ff. (2).

4. Henry, Patrick. Jan. 9, 1779. Extract from
a letter to the delegates of Virginia in congress.
Hezekiah Ford. f. (i).

5. Mannberger, , sword-cutler. Jan. 10, 1779.

Letter from Strasburg, in French, to [Arthtir
Lee]. Supplies to Virginia, ff. (2).

6. Chaumont, Le Ray de. Jan. 12, 1779. Copy
of two promissory notes, in French, to Frank-
lin, for 50,000 livres, each dated Jan. i. With
note added by H. Ford, sec'y. Reasons for
copying the notes ; Williams' accounts ff. (2).
Bondfield, John. Jan. 12, 1779. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Ships from Nantes ;
discord in America; Washington; vessels from
Philadelphia; Deane. ff. (2).

7. Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons. Jan. i6, 1779.
Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Departure
of brig North Star, Capt. Francis Fawson;
drafts on commissioners, ff. (2).

26

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

8. Chaumont, Le R:iy de. Jan. i8, 1779. Note,
in French, to M. Siot (?) at Passy. Letter of
exchange from Mad. La Fargue(?); Baueroff.
ff. (2).

Ross, John. yn«. 19, 1779. Letter from Nantes
to Arthur Lee. Thomas Morris's papers ; Wil-
liam Lee. ff. (2).

9. Lloyd, John. Jan. 19, 1779. Letter from
Nantes to Arthur Lee. Duties in French
ports, ff. (2).

SchTveighauser, Jean Daniel. Jan.iQ, 1779.
Letter from Nantes, in French, to [Arthur
Lee?]. Capt. Meredith; Capt. Niles; Goffing-
ham; Da Costa and co. ff. (2).

10. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. Jan. 21, 1779.
Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Thanks for
information. With translation by Arthur Lee,
and copy of note from Lee to Vergennes, yan.
20, 1779. Departure of provision fleet and
escorts for British army in America, ff. (2).
Lloyd, John. yaw. 23, 1779. Letter from Nantes
to Arthur Lee. Reply to letters. Da Costa,
ff. (2).

11. Franklin, Benjamin. Jati. 24, 1779. Letter

to Arthur Lee. Monthieu's accounts ; Grand ;
Deane. With copy of Lee's reply, ff. (2).
Grand, Ferdinand. Jan. 29, 1779. Receipt, in
French, to Arthur Lee for 80800 livres. ff. (2).

12. Gardoqui, James. Jan. 30, 1779. Letter from
Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Draft on Grand for
Ross ; remittances ; re-imbursements ; D'Es-
taing's fleet ; fleets at Cadiz and Ferrol. ff. (2).
Ross, John. Feb. 2, 1779. Note from Nantes
to Arthur Lee. Request to have a letter for-
warded to William Lee. ff. (2).

13. [Sarsfield, , Comte de\. i^.?^. 4, 1779. Note,

in French, to Arthur Lee. Compliments ; note
to Franklin, ff. (2).

Gilbank, John. Fell. 7, 1779. Letter from
Nantes to [Arthur Lee ?]. Request for loan of
1000 livres. ff. (2).

14. Adams, John. Feb. 7, 1779. Letter to Arthur
Lee. Request for a copy of the commissioners'
letter to Vergennes. With an indorsement by
Ford, March 20, 1779, stating that it was deliv-
ered to him by W. T. Franklin in the presence
of Henry Grand, ff. (2).

Bancroft, Edward. i^«i5. 9, 1779. Letter from
Chaillot to Arthur Lee. Lee's personal en-
mity; release of American prisoners, ff. (2).

15. Commissioners to France. Feb. 10, 1779.
Copy of letter to J. D. Schweighauser. Capt.
Jones ; countess of Selkirk's plate', ff. (2).
(Margins torn.)

Printed, but without Lee's signature, Sparks' Diplomatic
correspondence, I. 513.

16. Adams, John. i^rf. 11, 1779. Letter to Count
Vergennes. Deane's address ; vindication of
Arthur Lee's character ; F. L. Lee, R. H. Lee.
ff. (2).

Printed Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 224; Adams'
Works, VII. 79; and with verbal differences in Lee's Life of
Arthur Lee, I. 157.

17. Lee, Richard Henry. Feb. 11, 1779. Letter
from Freestonepoint, Va. to [Arthur Lee].
Deane's address ; letter by Lafayette ; Berken-
hout; William Lee; F. L. Lee; Paine's de-
fense of the Lees; D'Estaing; Byron, ff. (2).
(Margins worn.)

Many of the names and expressions are in cipher.

18. Bondfield, John. Feb. 16. 1779. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Commercial intelli-
gence ; Robert Morris ; Samuel Ingles ; Ross ;
Holker and co. ; Deane; D'Estaing. ff. (2.)
(Imperfect — torn.)

Sarsfield, , Comte de. Feb. 16, [177^]. Note,

in French, to Arthur Lee. " Defense of Com-
mon Sense"; Izard j Rochefoucauld. With
seal. ff. (2).

19. . Feb. 17, [1779]. Letter to [Ralph Izard ?1.

" Common Sense " ; Rochefoucauld ; [Arthur]
Lee. ff. (2).

Vergennes, C. G., Comte de, Feb. 16, 1779.
Copy of letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. In-
closure of letter from Montbarey ; payment for
supplies to Virginia. With copy of Prince de
Montbarey's letter. Indorsed, " True copy " by
A. Gillon. With translation of each by Lee.
ff. (2).
Translation of both printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 420.

20. FrankUn, Benjamin. Feb. 18, 1779. Note to
Arthur Lee. Request for public papers. In-
dorsed by Lee as delivered to him by W. T.
Franklin in the presence of John Adams, ff. (2).

Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 230.

. Feb. 18, 1779. Note to Arthur Lee.

Resolutions of congress of Sept. 11, Sept. 14,
and Oct. 22, 1778. ff. (2).
Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 229.

21. Sarsfield, , Comte de. List of the Spanish

ministry, addressed to Arthur Lee. Count
Florida Blanca; Count de Bida; Miguel de
Muzguiz; Castijon; Joseph Galvez; Manuel
de Roda y Arrieta. Marked in pencil, "20
Feb. 79?" ff. (2).

22. . Feb. 20, 177(). Note, in French, to Arthur

Lee. Invitation to Duchess d'Enville's. f. (l).
Livingston, M., Capt. Feb. 20, 1779. Copy of
certificate, dated April 11, 1778, to Arthur Lee
and Ralph Izard. Knowledge of the treaty in
England ; Bancroft ; Wharton ; stock-jobbing.
With indorsements by Livingston, Feb. 20,
1779. — Duplicate of the same. ff. (2).

23. Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons. Feb. 20, 1779. Let-
ter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Supplies to
America; Capts. Allen, Babson, Trash, f. (i).

24. Lloyd, John. Feb. 23, 1779. Letter from
Nantes to Arthur Lee. Departure with Blake ;
Schweighauser. ff. (2).

Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons. Feb. 24, 1779.
Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Supplies
to America ; Capts. Babson, Trash, Emery,
ff. (2).

25. Sarsfield, ,Comtede. [/^?i. 24, 1779?] Note,

in French, to Arthur Lee. Request for news.
Dated, "Jeudi 24 fev." ff. (2).

Thursday was the 24th of February during this epoch only in
1774 and 1780. The days of the week in Sarsfield's notes are
evidently erroneous, but the years are probably 1778 or 1779;
it is impossible to determine which without further data. Many
of them, as this, are indorsed in a recent hand in pencil.
"1778?"

26. 27. [Lee, William]. Feb. 25, 1779. Copy of

letter from Frankfort on the Main to R. H.
Lee. Deane's charges ; Schweighauser ; Do-
bree ; Baron Breteuil ; agent at St. Petersburg,
Copenhagen, Stockholm ; Prussian mission.
With part of another letter to the same,
dated Paris, March 25, 1779. Samuel Adams ;
Deane's charges ; Williams ; Thos. Morris ;

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

27

Limozin, Schweighauser ; Bondfield ; Frank-
lin; Lloyd; Ross. pp. 8. (Imperfect — last
part gone.)

28. Bondfield, John. Feb. 26, 1779. Letter from

Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Attack on S. Lucie ;
difficulties of merchant ships, ff. (2).

29. [Berkenhout, , Dr. Feb. 28, 1779.] Let-
ter addressed to " Mons'. Lotson." Author of
"Montcalm's Letters." British irresolution,
ff- (2).

This was probably written to Arthur Lee. The allusions to
political events are so guarded that the meaning is not at all
clear.

30. . i^if*. 28, 1779. Letter addressed to "Monsr.

Johnstone " [Arthur Lee] . Franklin ; negocia-
tion for peace. With copy of answer and in-
dorsement by Lee of sarrie date. Jennings ;
Bancroft. With indorsement by Ford. ff. (2).
Rosignan, Sigard, Marq. de. Feb. 28, 1779.
Letter from Casal, in French, to Arthur Lee.
Loss of letters ; desire for news. Indorsed,
"N"3.» ff. (2).

Translation printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 366.

31'. Bondfield, John. March 6, 1779. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Deane's charges ;
commissioners ; Franklin ; Lafayette ; Wash-
ington, ff. (2).

Gruve (?), . March 6, 1779. Note, in

French, to Arthur Lee. News from fleets ;
D'Estaing ; Byron; De Grasse. £. (i).

32. [Tones, John Paul] ? March 10, 1779. Copy
of letter apparently in reference to the subjects
mentioned in Livingston's letter on p. 33. Pub-
lication of news. Not addressed; indorsed as
true copy by T. Smith, f. (i).
Bondfield, John. March 12, 1779. Letter
from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Supplies for
Virginia ; D'Acosta ; Haywood ; Montieu ;
Beaumarchais ; Gillon. ff. (2),

33. Iiivingston, M., Capt. March 13, 1779. Copy

of letter from Nantes to John Paul Jones.
Bancroft; Wharton. — Copy of Capt. Jones'
reply. Each is indorsed by Livingston as a
true copy. f. (i).
In the same hand as the first paper on p. 32.

Franklin, Benjamin. March 13, 1779. Letter
to Arthur Lee. Williams' accounts; Schweig-
hauser. ff. (2).

34. livingston, M., Capt. March 15, 1779. Let-
ter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Bancroft.
fE. (2).

35. Lee, Arthur. March 17, 1779. Note m French,
on Grand, the banker, for 25000 livres in favor
of Joseph Gardoqui & Sons, f . ( i ).
Bondfield, John. March 18, 1779. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Commercial busi-
ness ; Wm. Lee ; Deane's charges, ff . (2).

36. Grand, Ferdinand. March 20, 1779. Note, in

French, to Arthur Lee. Acceptance of his
note for 25000 livres (see above, p. 35). f. (i).
Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. March, 20, 1779.
Copy of letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Pay-
ment by Virginia for supplies ; inclosure of
letter from Prince de Montbarey. With copy
of Prince de Montbarey's letter dated March
16 relating thereto, and a translation of each
by Arthur Lee. Indorsed as " True copy " by
A. Gillon. ff. (2).
See also before, p. 19- —Translation of both printed, Lee's
Life of Arthur Lee, I. 4201 42'.

38.

39-

40,

37. Letter, March 21, 1779, in cipher, from Phila-
delphia. Indorsed, " Received from the mar-
chioness of Fayette July 8, 1779." ff. (2).

Lee, Arthur. March 22, 1779. Copy of letter
to Count Vergennes. Recall of munitions
promised to Virginia ; remonstrance. In-
dorsed, "Letter Book N. 6. p. 4"" True copy
compar'd A. Gillon." ff. (2).
See also pp. 19, 36. — Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I.
421.

Sarsfield, , Comte de. March 25, [1779?].

Note to Arthur Lee. Invitation to dinner,
ff. (2).

Montbarey, Alexandre Marie L^onor DE
Saint-Mauris, Prince and Comte de, Minister
of War. March 26, 1779. Copy of note, in
French, to Count Vergennes. Supplies for
Virginia; Arthur Lee. With translation. In-
dorsed, " No. 5." ff. (2). (Imperfect— torn.)
See also pp. ig, 36, 37. — Translation printed, Lee's Life of
Arthur Lee, I. 423, where the date is given as May.

Lee, William. March 26, 1779. Letter, from
Paris to F. L. Lee. Private pecuniary troubles ;
importance of unanimity in America; British
plans; Franklin; Silas Deane, Carmichael;
Lord Bute ; " Hortalez & co." pp. 4.
Schweighauser, J. D. March 27, 1779. Let-
ter from Nantes, in French, to [Arthur Lee?].
Shipment of goods for America ; Williams' ac-
counts; Franklin, ff. (2).

Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. March 27, 1779.
Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Supplies for
Virginia ; Montbarey's letter. With transla-
tion. Indorsed, " No 4." ff. (2).
See also pp. 19, 36-38. — Translation printed, Lee's Life o£
Arthur Lee, I. 423, where the date is given May 21.

. Copy of this and of that on p. 37, with

the dates, " mai." Also with translation. Cer-
tified by A. Gillon. ff. (2).
Gerard, Conrad Alexandre. March 31, 1779.
Copy of letter from Philadelphia to Congress.
Departure to France ; power of ministers.
Translated by Gouverneur Morris. Indorsed,
"Original upon the files of congress." f. (l).
(Imperfect — torn.)
Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, X. 275.-
Livingston, M., Capt. April i, 1779. Letter
from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Bancroft ; Ross
ff. (2).

Lloyd, John. April 3, I779' Copy of letter
from " On board the Belle Poule, Brest Road,"
to Livingston. Certificate from Champion ;
Izard ; arrival of ships ; convoy under La
Motte-Picquet. Indorsed as true copy by Liv-
ingston; also, N. 2. f. (i).
Note, in cipher, April 4, 1779. f. (i).
Ross, John. April 6, 1779. Note to Arthur
I.ee. Inquiry for a letter sent to William Lee.
ff. (2).

. Note to Arthur Lee. Decimation of

invitation to dinner. Marked, " About 6 April
79"; dated, Sunday Evening, ff. (2).
44. Penn, John, Hill, Whitmell, and Burke,
Thomas. April 8, 1779- Copy of letter from
Philadelphia, to Henry Laurens. Remon-
strance ; votes of South Carolina delegates on
the fishery claim'. Indorsed by Henry Lau-
rens, " Not examined but I believe there is no
error." ff. (2).

41

42

43

28

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

45. Newman, Henry. April ^, i-jy^. Letter from

Philadelphia to William Carmichael. Carmi-
chael's opinion of Deane and Lee ; Lloyd,
Stevenson, Thornton. Indorsed, " Inclosed in
Mr. Carmichael's information delivered May 3,
I779-" ff-(2).

Sarsfield, , Comte de. [Afril] 11, [1779].

Note to Arthur Lee. ff. (2).

This is dated only, *' Sunday nth" and if written this year,
as is probable from its being in English, might have been in
April or July.

Lloyd, John. April 15, 1779. Letter, dated
"On board the Belle Poule, Brest Road," to
Arthur Lee. Care of letters ; Deane, Ban-
croft ; Izard, ff. (2).

46. Necker, Jacques. April 15, 1779. Copy of
letter, in French, from Paris, to Arthur Lee.
Suppli.es for Virginia ; refusal to exempt from
duties. With translation by Lee. ff. (2).

Translation printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 423.

47. Lee, Arthur. April 15, 1779. Copy of letter
to M. Necker. Exemption from duty of sup-
plies to Virginia ; necessity for the request.
With copy of Necker's reply in French, dated
April 16. Request granted. Indorsed as true
copy by A. Gillon, also, No. 4. With translation
by Lee. ff. (2).

Lee's and translation of Necker's printed, Lee's Life of
Arthur Lee, I. 424, 425.

48. [Lee, Francis Lightfoot]. April 22, 1779. Let-
ter from Annapolis to [Arthur Lee]. Deane ;
William Lee. f. (i).

Letter, April 22, 1779, from London, to Heze-
kiah Ford. Slander of a mutual friend; family
plans. Unsigned, ff. (2).

49. Moustier, Eleonore Francois filie, Comte and
Marquis de. April 23, 1779. Letter from Co-
blentz to [Arthur Lee ?]. Ministers plenipoten-
tiary ; Franklin ; [Deane, Adams] ; sympathy
and encouragement for America ; D'Estaing ;
future of American states ; Greece; Cromwell ;
character of rulers, ff. (4).

Printed, Let's Life of Arthur Lee, 11. 372.

Ford, Hezekiah. April 23, 1779. Receipt to
Arthur Lee for 696 livres, 6 sols, tournois. With
another receipt for 1200 livres. f. (i). (Imper-
fect — torn.)

50. Franklin, Benjamin. April 24, 1779. Two
copies of letters to Capt. Landais. Exchange
of prisoners ; cruise of the Alliance ; orders
for sailing; Schweighauser ; Adams. f£. (2).
(One copy imperfect — torn.)

51. Moustier, E. F. £., Comte and Marquis de.

[April.'] 25, [1779.']. Note, in French, to
Arthur Lee. Visit of American ladies to the
royal houses ; offer of service. Marked in pen-
cil in later hand, " 25 April, '79 " ; dated only,
"25." ff. (2).

52. Lee, Richard Henry. April 26, 1779. Letter
from Philadelphia to F. L. Lee. Death of Col.
Taylor ; success of fleet from Boston ; recall
of Dr. Franklin; foreign policy; treatment of
Arthur Lee ; Virginia ; British movements,
ff. (2).

53. Franklin, Benjamin. April 28, July 28, Oct. 15,

1779. Copy of notes to Capt. Landais. Orders
for cruise under Capt. Jones ; Chaumont ;
charges of disobedience ; orders to report at
Paris ; prizes. With copy of Capt. Landais's
answer. Necessary delay ; illness of Capt.

Cottineau ; need of money. With copy also of
Dr. Franklin's orders to Capt. Jones, June 30,
1779. All certified by Ludwell Lee. ff. (2).
(Imperfect — torn.)

54. [LoveU, James] ? April 29, 1779. Copy of
letter from Philadelphia to Benjamin Frank-
lin. Deane ; Lee ; deliberations of congress.
Signed, J. L. f. (I).

55. Paca, William, aW Drayton, William Henry.
April 30, 1779. Copy of memorial to Congress.
Arthur Lee's unpopularity and unfitness for
position of minister at Madrid, ff. (2).

56. Lamoignon de Malesherbes, Chretien

Guillaume de. April 30, 1779. Note, in French
to Arthur Lee. Invitation to dinner, f. (l).
Nicholson, Samuel, Capt. May 2, 1779. Copy
of letter from Philadelphia to William Car-
michael. Opinion of Lee, Deane, Franklin;
Stevenson; Capt. Hill; Thornton; Lloyd;
Ross. Indorsed, "Inclosed in Mr. Carmichael's
information delivered in May 3, 1779." ff. (2).

57. . Copy of the same. Indorsed, N". 4,

f. (I).

58. 59. Lee, Arthur. May 2, 1779. Copy of letter

to Benjamin Franklin. Request for convoy to
protect Virginia supplies. Copy of answer,
dated May 3, giving reason for refusal, and
copy of Lee's reply, dated May 6. Repetition
of request ; Adams; La Motte-Picquet; Sar-
tine ; Izard. Indorsed as true copies by A.
Gillon. With note added by Ludwell Lee.
ff- (3).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 426, 427.

60, 61. Carmichael, William. May 3, 1779. Copy
of letter to congress. Charges against Arthur
Lee ; Grand brothers ; Garnier ; Shelburne ;
D'Estaing; Col. Nicholas Rogers; Lauregais ;
Vergennes ; Gerard ; Lafayette ; D'Aranda;
Bancroft ; Saytre ; Lord Camden ; Franklin ;
Izard j Berkenhout ; Ridley ; Chaumont ; Beau-
marchais ; Holker ; Moylan ; Ross ; Williams ;
Jones; Nicholson; Thornton, ff. (4).

62. . Another copy of a portion of the same.

ff. (2).

63. Bondfield, John. May 8, 1779. Letter from

Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Arrival of the
Mercer, Capt. Robinson ; R. H. Lee ; La
Motte-Picquet : news from the fleet with Vir-
ginia supplies ; capture of the Legire with
supplies of clothing for America ; duel between
Henry Laurens and John Penn ; Deane ; Izard,
ff. (2).

64. Sarsfield, , Comte de. May 8, [1779].

Note, in English and French, to Arthur Lee.
Appointment with Malesherbes. ff. (2).

. May 15, [1779]. Note to Arthur Lee.

Abbe Nolin; treaty at Teschen. ff. (2).
Lee, William. May 20, 1779. Letter from
Franlrfort, Germany, to [F. L. Lee]. Intended
resignation of R. H. Lee; personal sacrifices;
plans of Holland, Russia, Germany, ff. (2).

65. Bondfield, John. May 22, 1779. Letter from

Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Arrival of sloop
from Maryland ; Capt. Robinson ; Virginia's
indebtedness ; Beaumarchais ; William Lee.
ff. (2).

[Lee, Arthur]. May 22, 1779. Portion of let-
ter from Paris to Carter Braxton. Aspersions
on the Lees; letter to Ross. ff. (2). (Imperfect
— latter part gone.)

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

29

66. [Lee, Richard Henry]. May 23, 1779. Letter
in cipher to [Arthur Lee }\. Deane's attack on
the Lees. fe. (2).

67. Sarsfield, , Comte de. [May] 24, [1779].

Note to Arthur Lee. Spain's declaration.
ff. (2).

. Note in English to Arthur Lee. " Spain

ready to declare''^; visit to the gun-makers.
Dated, "friday morning." ff. (2).

._ May 25, [1779]. Note to Arthur Lee.

Abbe Nolin ; appointment at Luzerne's ; Ossun.
ff. (2).

68. Franklin, Benjamin. May 26, 31, Oct 4, 17, 28,
March 4, 1779. Extracts from letters to Con-
gress. Jones's command ; the Alliance ; Necker ;
borrowing money in Holland ; assertion by the
Howes, Cornwallis, Grey, Col. Montresor, and
Capt. Hammond that conquest of America is
impracticable ; Deane and Lee ; Neufville
and CO. ; Arthur Lee's application for money;
Montieu ; Beaumarchais ; supplies ; quarrel of
Jones and Landais. Indorsed, No. 2. ff. (2).

. The letters of May 36, Oct. 4 and 17, are printed in full in
Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence. III. and that of May 26,
also in Sparks' Franklin, VIII.

Gillon, , Commodore. Note to [Arthur] Lee.

Appointment ; Capts. Joiner, Robeson, Kal-
teirer, Spencer. Dated, " Sunday Evening."
ff. (2).

69. Jennings, Edmund. May 28, 1779. Receipt to
Arthur Lee for £,(>(is., for Edward Bridgen.
f. (I).

Sarsfield, , Comte de. May 30, 1779. Note

to Arthur Lee. Spain's declaration, ff. (2).

70. GriUon, A. Letter to Arthur Lee. Thanks for
attention; Capt. Joiner, Luzerne. Dated "Wens-
day 10 o'clock." ff. (2).

Lee, Arthur, fune 6, 1779. Copy of letter to
Count Florida Blanca. Inclosure of memorial
to Spain. With copy of note in French to Count
D'Aranda, dated June 7, 1779, and copy of the
memorial, dated June 27, 1779. ff- (2). (Im-
perfect — latter part gone.)
See also IV. 128. — Printed, with translation of note to D'A-
randa, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 246, 247 ; Lee's
Life, of Arthur Lee, I. 277 ; memorial printed in Sparks' Dip-
lomatic correspondence, II. 252 ; and with date of JuTie 6, in
Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 277.

71. Adams, John. June 9, 1779. Copy of letter
from L'Orient to Arthur Lee. Receipt of
letters ; Luzerne ; Ford ; Paine ; declaration of
northern powers against England; accusations
agaiiist Lee ; correspondence with Vergennes ;
Lafayette ; situation in America, f. (i).

Printed Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 159.

Austin, Jonathan Loring. June 10, 1779. Letter
from Boston to Arthur Lee. Arrival in Amer-
ica ; introduction to Lee's brother at Philadel-
phia ; papers sent by Capt. Thompson to Adams ;
offer of service. — July 12, 1779. Another letter
to the same. Gen. Moultrie's repulse of British
at Charleston, S.C. ff. (2).

72. [LoveU, James]. June 13, 1779. Letter from
Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Deane's charges
against Lee ; Burke, Laurens, Gerry, S. Adams,
Holton, EUery, Wm. Lee, Izard, R. H. Lee;
change in committee of foreign affairs; J.
Adams. Signed, J. L. ; indorsed " copy " though
apparently in Lovell's handwriting; also in-,
dorsed on outside, " Received thus from Mr
Adams the ii"" Feby. 1780, i.e. with the wax
fingered not open'd. M'. Adams had it from
Dr. Franklin." £f. (2).

73. Bondfield, John. June 22, 1779. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. News of ships ; union
of Spanish and French fleets ; Ford ; financial
arrangements, ff. (2).

74. [Lee, Arthur]. June 25, 1799. Copy of note to
Count Florida Blanca, with the memorial to
Spain given on p. 70. Need of additional naval
force to aid America. With copy of another
letter dated ZJf^-. 16, 1779. D'Estaing. On the
back is a copy of another letter to some lord,
f. (i). (Imperfect — torn.)

See also p. 70. — Printed, with additional sentence, in Sparks'
Diplomatic correspondence, II. 251 ; the letter of Dec. 16 in
Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 278.

75. Bondfield, John. June 26, 1779. Letter from

Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. News through Capt.
John Green, of Philadelphia; Carmichael; R.
H. Lee ; R. Morris ; position of British and
American armies ; Gerard, Chaumont, Holker.

ff. (2).

Ventades, . \June, 1779 ?]. Note to

Count Sarsfield. Spanish declaration ; Almo-
dovar. Not dated, ff. (2).

The date is surmised from the date of the declaration, which
was June 26, 1779.

76. France — King's Council. June 29, 1779. En-
forcement of order of Sept. 23, 1778, about
prizes; Izard, ff. (2).

77. Vaughan, . July 3, 1779. Extract from a

letter to Arthur Lee. Inquiries concerning pro-
perty of a minor, ff. (2).

Franklin, Benjamin. July 5, 1779. Copy of
letter to Com. Gillon. Aid for Carolina;
squadron under Joyner ; " Alliance " ; loans.
Certified as true copy by John Joyner. f. (i).

78. Pringle, John Julius. July 7, 1779. Letter
from Amsterdam to Arthur Lee. Inclosure from
Temple ; Grand ; J. Adams ; Vergennes, Wm.
Stockton; Izard, f. (i).

[Gardoqui, James]. July 7, 1779. Letter
from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Spain's declara-
tion; Digges; Spanish seamen. Signed J. G.
ff. (2).

79. Pringle, J. J. July 12, 1779. Letter from Am-
sterdam to Arthur Lee. Views on the public
situation ; public virtue ; La Motte-Picquet ; J.
Adams; Temple; Beaumarchais; Stockton; Iz-
ard, ff. 3. (Imperfect — slightly torn.)

Other people are referred to by numbers.

80. Rosignan, Sigard, Marquis de. ' July 15, 1779.
Letter, in. French, from St. Maurice to Arthur
Lee. Illness ; views on public affairs, ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 367.

81. Continental Congress, Second — Committee of
Foreign Affairs. July 16, 1779. Letter from
Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. News of British
plans; Gen. Washington; Gov. Trumbull; de-
struction of Fairfield ; want of news from Spain ;
Gerard; Congress; Deane and Lee. Signed,
" James LoveU, for the com'-SS " ; indorsed,
"No I." ff. (2).

Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, 11. 253.

82. . Another copy of the same. ff. (2).

83. . The same. Indorsed, " 3 plicate." f. (1).

84. Virginia Gazette. July ly, 1779. Extract of
a letter from Philadelphia, dated June 24, 1779.
" Junto " in congress ; Deane's narrative ; for-
eign loan; Arthur Lee; France and Spain;
terms of peace ; New England delegates ; com-
missioners at Paris ; [Thornton ; Ford] ; Gov,
Johnstone ; Lee's recall. Not signed, ff. (2.)

30

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

85. Bondfield, John. July 17, 1779. Letter from

Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. News from America j
Green ; Henry Laurens ; Deane ; Gen. Arnold ;
Gouverneur Morris ; [Carmichael] ; desire to
be of service in Spain, ff. (2).

Continental Congress, Second — Committee of
Foreign Affairs. July 17, 1779. Letter from
Philadelphia to William Lee. Recall of com-
mission to Vienna and Berlin ; reference to
papers in hands of Arthur Lee and Dr. Frank-
lin. Signed, " James Lovell for the corae= " ;
indorsed, " 3 plicate." ff. (2).
Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 350.

86, 87. [Lovell, James]. July 17, 1779, Letter
from Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Failure in
sending letters; Bingham; Franklin; John
Adams ; journals of congress ; recall of William
Lee and Izard ; R. H. Lee's resignation from
congress ; attempts to injure Arthur Lee's repu-
tation ; Deane ; Laurens ; S. Adams ; Whitlock ;
uselessness of the committee ; F. L. Lee ; Lee's
letters to Shelburne, Jennings; Boux. Signed,
J. L. pp. (6).

88. Continental Congress, Second— Committee of
Foreign Affairs. Another copy of the letter on
p. 85. Indorsed, " 3 phcate," with P. S. added.
f-(i)-

This P. S. is not printed in Sparks' Diplomatic correspond-
ence.

89. Moustler, E. F. £., Comte and Marquis de.
July 19, 1779. Letter from Coblentz to [Arthur
Lee]. Spanish declaration; Deane's attack on
Lee. ff. (2).

Printed with date July 29, and verbal differences in Lee's Life
of Arthur Lee, II. 375.

90. Franklin, Benjamin. July 21, 1779. Note to
Arthur Lee. Inclosure of letter, if. (2).

Pringle, J. J. July 22, ly-j^. Letter from Am-
sterdam to Arthur Lee. Temple ; Sayre ; change
in commissions ; Franklin ; news of victory in
Carolina ; Stockton, ff. (2).

91. Harris, John. July 23, 1779. Letter from
Nantes to Arthur Lee. Distress of Fortton
prisoners arrived at France in the cartel, ff. (2).

92. B., J. July 24, 1779. Letter from Bordeaux to
Arthur Lee. Debt; the Alliance; Capt. J. P.
Jones; Chaumont; Gourlade; Moylan. ff. (2).

93. Champion, Richard. July 25, 1779. Copy of
letter to Moses Livingstone. Wharton ; Digges ;
Izard; Lloyd, f. (l).

Izard, Ralph. July 26, 1779. Letter from St.
Amand to Arthur Lee. Decision of court on
restoring Izard's property ; Maurepas ; Prevost.
ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 78.

94. [Lovell, James] . Aug. 6, 1779. Letter from
Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Receipt of com-
munications ; " Henry, Francis and S. Adams";
Laurens ; Whitelock ; condition of committee
for foreign affairs ; Deane ; Franklin ; commis-
sioners in Europe ; Izard ; William Lee ; Wayne ;
D'Estaing. Indorsed, " copy (private) ", also,
No. 3; signed, J. L. ff. (2).

[ ]. Another copy of the last sentences.

Wayne; D'Estaing; Deane. f. (l).

95. [ ]. Aug. 6, 1779. Letterfrom Philadelphia

to Benjamin Franklin. Receipt of letters ;
Dumas ; Deane ; Lee. Signed, J. L. ; indorsed,
" (copy) private." f. (i).

96. Continental Congress, Second. Aug. 6, 1779.
Extracts from minutes. Directions to com-
missioners and commercial agents about ac-
counts ; appointment of Joshua Johnson as
examiner. Signed, Chas. Thomson sec'y. f. (i).

See Journals of congress, II. 308, 373.

97. . The same, with additional resolutions.

Salaries of commissioners ; accounts. Signed,
James Lovell. f. (i).

Found inclosed in the letter of Oct. 14, from Lovell to A. Lee.
(p. 123). — See Journals of congress, II. 308.

98. . Copy of the same. f. (i).

99. . Another copy of the same. f. (i).

100. Blanca, Florida, C<?kk/. Aug. 6, 1779. Letter,
in Spanish, to Arthur Lee. Acknowledgment
of letters ; relations of Spain and England.
With translation, ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn).

Translation printed. Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II.
254, and without date in Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 279.
loi. [Lovell, James]. Aug. 6, 1779. Original of
the letter on p. 94. Indorsed, private ; signed,
J. L. ff. (2).

Izard, Ralph, Aug. 8, 1779. Letter from St.
Amand to [Arthur Lee]. Ford ; Prevost's de-
feat ; Charlestown; [William Lee], ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 78.

102. Franklin, Benjamin. Aug. 8, 1779. Copy of
certificate to committee of congress. Ross's ac-
counts ; Wharton, Bancroft, f. (l).

103. Pringle, J. J. Aug. 16, 1779. Letter from
Amsterdam to [Arthur Lee?]. William Tem-
ple ; Franklin ; St. Eustatia ; Charleston ;
Gen. Williamson ; William Craig ; Davidson ;
Pulaski ; Stockton ; Pollard ; [William Lee] ;
Petrie ; Deane ; Neufville ; Sayre ; Dumas,
ff. (2).

Sarsfield, , Comte de. Aug. 19,1779. Note,

in French and English, to Arthur Lee. In-
quiries about lodging ; barony of Quintin.
ff. (2).

104. Pringle, J. J. Aug. 19, 1779. Letter from
Amsterdam to Arthur Lee. Virginia politics ;
Hall; Braxton; Jefferson; Nelson; Page; [F.
L. Lee ; R. H. Lee] ; Henry ; Deane. ff. (2).
[Lee, Arthur]. Aug. 21, 1779. Letter to R. H.
Lee. Fleet for invading England ; Lafayette.;
British fleets ; uncertainty about recall ; Izard ;
William Lee ; Ford ; action of northern powers ;
paper money; Carolina. Not signed, ff. (2).

105. [Jennings, Edmund]. Aug. 22, 1779. Letter"
to Arthur Lee. [William Lee] ; Bridgen ; Lee's
recall ; Izard ; Grand. Signed, J. Clement,
ff. (2).

Bondfield, John. Aug. 24, 1779. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Financial trou-
bles ; La Motte-Picquet ; Charleston ; Prevost ;
Ross; Gillon; Carmichael; Franklin; Chau-
mont; Jones, ff. (2).

106. [Izard, Ralph]. Sept. 1, 1779. Letter from
St. Amand to [Arthur Lee]. Naval movements ;
Braxton; Pringle; Bondfield; Deane; health.
Not signed, ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 79.

[Jennings, Edmund]. Sept. 8, 1779. Letter
from Boulogne to Arthur Lee. Naval move-
ments ; disposition of congress ; Izard. Signed.
J.Clement, ff. (2).

107. Grand, Ferdinand. Sept. 11, 1779. Letter to
Arthur Lee. Accounts. Signed, " for Mr.
Grand, Hy. Grand." ff. (2).

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS

31

Franklin, Benjamin. Sefitiz, 1779. Note to
Arthur Lee. Journals, fi. (2).

108. [Izard, Ralph]. Sept. iz, 1779. Letter Horn
St. Amand to Arthur Lee. D'Estaing ; Byron ;
Granada; return to Paris. Signed, K. I. ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 81.

Jenings, Edmund. Sept. 15, 1779. Letter
from Boulogne to Arthur Lee. Tour into
Flanders ; payment of pension. f£. (2).

109. 'Warren, James. Sept. 17, 1779. Letter from
Boston to Arthur Lee. Opening of a letter;
Lovell; expressions of esteem. f£. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 271.

110. HI. Iiovell, James. Sept. 17, 1779. Letter
from Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Letters to
and from France ; R. H. Lee ; F. L. Lee ; Lau-
rens; Whipple; John Adams; Vergennes: Ser-
geant ; IngersoU ; Warren ; Schweighauser ;
Luzerne ; S. Adams ; Ford ; Spain ; Virginia
supplies ; Dumas ; Franklin ; Harrison ; Jay ;
Reed; cypher; William Lee ; Izard, ff. (4).

112. Sarsfield, , Comte de. Sept. 19, 1779. Let-
ter, in French, to Arthur Lee. The Sensible ;
army ; Izard. With seal. ff. (2).

113. [Lovell, James]. Sept. 21, ijy<). Letter from
Philadelphia to [Arthur Lee?]. Gerard; new
appointment of commissioners ; changes in con-
gress ; Jenings ; IngersoU; Sergeant; S.Adams,
John Adams ; EUery ; constitutional convention.
Signed, J. L. f. (I).

114. [ ^]. Sept. 22, 1779. Letter to Arthur Lee.

Despatches to Dr. Franklin ; seizure of bearer
of letters; decision on Spanish affairs ; Luzerne ;
Vergennes' opinion of Lee and John Adams.
Indorsed, private, f. (i).

115. Jenings, Edmund. Sept. 25, 1779. Letter to
Arthur Lee. Tour to Flanders; negociation;
suspension of arms ; Lloyd. &. (2).
[Lovell, James. Sept. 27 (?), 1779.] Note to
[Arthur Lee]. Appointment of minister pleni-
potentiary; Jay; Carmichael; Deane. Signed,
" A Friend to your Merits " ; not directed ;
marked in pencil, " 1779, 27 Sept." f. (i).

116. Sarsfield, - — , Comte de. [Oct. or Sept. z,
1779?]. Note, in English, to [Arthur Lee?].
Return of papers; visit to Paris. Not super-
scribed, ff. (2).

The date is not very legible, 7ber and Sber being written over
each other, and the year being apparently 1775; the paper is
marked in a later hand, in pencil, 2 Oct. 78. If to Arthur Lee
the year is probably 1779. and the fact of its being m English
would seem to place it thus late,/as only the counts later letters
were in English.

117. [Jenings, Edmund]. Oct. 3, 1779. Letter
from Brussels to Arthur Lee. Retirenient of
members of congress; Carrol; commissioners.
Signed, J. Clement. £E. (2). (Imperfect — torn;
memorandum on back.)

Jones, John Paul. Oct. 3, 1779. Extract of a
letter from Texel to Goulard & Moylan. Engage-
ment with the enemy ; Alliance ; Bon Homme
Richard. — Cottineau. Orf. 4, 1779. Extract of
a letter from Texel in French. Account of the
same engagement ; list of prizes, ff. (2).

118. Harris, John. Oct. 4, 1779. Letter from
L'Orient to Arthur Lee. Thanks of recom-
mendation ; Gillon. ff. (2).

Franklin, Benjamin. Oct. 4, 1779. Extract
from letter to congress. Bills of exchange;
loans. — March 4, 1780. Disposition of French
court; supplies for America; Ross; Johnson;

Deane ; Lee. — May 26, 1779. Commissions to

strangers, f. (i).
The full letter from which these extracts are taken is printed
in Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, HI.

119. Jenings, Edmund. Oct. 6, 1779. Note from
Brussels to Arthur Lee. Complaints against
nephew, ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)
Heredia, de, Secretary of the Spanish Em-
bassy. [Oct. 6, 1779?]. Letter, in French, to
Arthur Lee. Rodney ; English and Spanish
vessels. Not dated ; marked in pencil in a later
hand, " 6 Oct. '79 f ". ff. (2).

120. . Oct. II, 1779. Note, in French, to Ar-
thur Lee. Appointment, f. (i).

[Izard, Ralph. Oct. 12, 1779 ?] Note to [Ar-
thur Lee ?] . Departure of Gerard ; letter.
Signed, R. I. ; not superscribed ; dated, Wednes-
day morning ; marked in pencil in a later hand,
"nOct. '79?"; indorsed, "Gerard's going."
f. (i). (Imperfect — torn.)
If this was written about Oct. ii, '79 Wednesday fell on the
lath ; there is nothing in the letter to giude a surmise.

121. [Lee, R. H.?]. Oct. 12, 1779. Letter from
Virginia to Arthur Lee. Controversy with
Deane ; Whipple ; S. Adams ; J, Adams ;
Mercer ; Fitzhugh ; Flemming ; Griffen ; Wil-
liam Lee; Izard. Signed and mostly written
in cipher ; only the P. S. appears to be in R. H.
Lee's hand; indorsed, N°. 4. if. (2).

122. Continental Congress, Second. Oct. 13, 1779.
Extract from the minutes. Lea's recall ; ap-
pointment of Jay. Signed, James Lovell. f. (i).

See Journals of congress, V. 3S3.

123. [Lovell, James]. Oct. 14, 1779. Letter to
Arthur Lee. Bondfield ; letters ; Spanish
commission ; Jay ; Deane's charges ; Mercer ;
Gerard, Schweighauser; Shippen. Indorsed,
"private" ; signed, J. L. ff. (2).

124. [ ]. Oct. 14, 1779. Letter to Arthur Lee.

Spain; Jay; Bondfield; Deane; Mercer; Ge-
rard; Schweighauser. Indorsed, "private. Du-
plicate." ff. (2).

In wording different, in substance duplicate of the preceding
letter (p. 123).

125. [Bondfield, John]. Oct. 16, 1779. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Chaumont; Frank-
lin ; detention of goods and despatches for
America. Not signed. f£. (2).

[Jenings, Edmund]. Oct. 17, 1779. Letter
to Arthur Lee. [Nephew John] ; Mercer ; Mrs.
Izard, ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)

126. [Benoit, Mile.']. Letter, in French, to Arthur
Lee. Expressions of love. Not signed ; dated
only Monday. With translation. Marked in
pencil in a later hand, " 17 Oct. 79 ? ". ff. (4).

127. [ ]. Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Dated

only Friday; not signed. With translation. In-
dorsed, " Mile. Benoit." ff. (2).

[ ]. Another letter to Arthur Lee. Witli

translation, ff. (2).

128. [Sarsfield, , Comte de]. Oct. 22, 1779.

Letter from Rennes, in French, to Arthur Lee.
Departure of Americans ; D'Estaing ; return to
Paris, ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)

[ ]. Oct. 24, 1779. Letter from Chambiire

near Rennes, in French, to Arthur Lee. Lee's
reputation ; departure ; Mrs. Izard, ff. (2).
(Imperfect — torn.)

129. [ ]. Two letters from Chambi^re, in French,

to Arthur Lee. Advice; obscure references;

32

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

D'Estaing. ff. (4). (Imperfect— torn; date
gone.)

130. Jenings, Edmund. Oct. 25, 1779. Letter to
Arthur Lee. Nephew; Genet; re-publication
of article from Remembrancer ; Deane ; fall of
English stocks, ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)
[Lee, Arthur]. Nov. 7, 1779. Letter to F. L.
Lee. Resignation from congress ; settlement
for Virginia supplies ; .events of the campaign ;
D'Estaing ; Spanish mission ; recall. Not
signed, ff. (2).

131. Rosigaan, Sigard, Marquis de. Nov. 14, 1779.
Letter from Turin, in French, to [Arthur Lee .?].
Fleets ; D'Estaing ; character of certain men.
Not superscribed; indorsed, "No 7." ff. (2).
Bondfield, John. Nov. 20, 1779. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Detention of packet ;
Chaumont; Franklin; Virginia; South Caro-
lina ; Holland ; Landais ; Jones ; Jamaica ;
D'Estaing ; Spain ; plan for packets ; Izard,
ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)

132. Gallon, Alexander, Commodore. Dec. 8, 1779.
Letter from Frankfort to Arthur Lee. Report
of attempt to buy ships and military stores,
ff. (2).

Many references in cipher.

Bondfield, John. Dec. 11, 1779. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Changes among com-
missioners ; Jay, William Lee, Livingston,
Izard, Carmichael.Penet; Ross; Delap; Deane;
Gillon; R. Morris; Holker. ff. (2).

133- • .Dec. 13, 1779. Letter from Bordeaux to

Arthur Lee. News from Georgia; Americans
jealous of F'rance; Washington; Rhode Island;
Sullivan; D'Estaing; Savannah ; John Adams ;
Franklin; Spain and Portugal ; Jones; Amster-
dam, ff. (2).

134. Braxton, Carter. Dec. 16, 1779. Copy of
letter from Williamsburg, Va. to Capt. Cun-
ningham. Directions for a privateering cruise ;
Phripp ; Willing & Morris. Indorsed as true
copy, "Att*. Ezek'. Price." ff. (2).
[Jenings, Edmund]. Dec. 22, 1779. Letter-
to Arthur Lee. Sentiments of British cabinet ;
independence of America; Lord Chatham; Jay;
John Adams ; Lawrence. Signed, J. Clareville.
ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)

135. Izard, Ralph. Dec. 23, 1779. Letter from Am-
sterdam to [Arthur Lee ?]. Savannah news ;
D'Estaing; Prevost; loan of money; plans in
America, ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, IL 8i.

136. Schweighauser, J. D. Dec. 30, 1779. Letter
from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Disbursements
for Virginia ; delivery of plate to Capt. Jones.
Franklin; Cortentine. f. (i). (Imperfect —
stained and torn.)

Vol. VII.

I. Izard, Ralph. Jan. 3, 1780. Letter from Am-
sterdam to [Arthur Lee]. Lee's resignation;
Digges; Courier de I'Europe ; John Adams;
Franklin ; the Confederacy, Alliance, Serapis,
Countess of Scarborough; Beaumarchais ; D'Es-
taing ; Clinton ; Prevost ; Charleston ; Capt.
Gillon, Capt. Joyner. ff. (2). (Imperfect —
torn.)

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 82.

2. Vergennes, Charles Gravier, Comte de. Jan.
9, 1780. Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee.
Leave of the French court. With English
translation, ff. (2).

3. Lee, William. Jan. 20, 1780. Letter from

Brussels to Arthur Lee. Extract from letter
of Arthur Lee, May i, 1777, to William Lee ;
character of commissioners ; Deane ; Franklin ;
Williams. Extract, certified as true copy by
Edmund Jenings. ff. (2).

4. Bondfield, John. Jan. 22, 1780. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Samuel Wharton;
Chaumont ; Franklin ; John Adams ; Izard.
ff. (2).

[Jenings, Edmund], yan. 24, 1780. Letter
to [Arthur Lee i"]. Change of commissioners ;
John Adams ; Holland ; Great Britain's in-
fringement of rights of neutrals on the sea ;
quotation in French from Baron de Bielfield.
Signed, Mac Gregor ; not superscribed, ff. (2).
(Imperfect — torn.)

5. [ ]. Jan. 27, 1780. Letter from Brussels.

Acceptance of the Order of St. Louis. Signed,
Mac Gregor ; not superscribed ; enigmatically
expressed, ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)

6. Bondfield, John. Jan. 29, 1780. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. John Adams ; Chau-
mont ; Izard ; Haller ; debt due from Virginia,
ff. (2).

7. [Gillon, Alexander, Commodore']. Feb. 14, 1780.
Letter from Amsterdam to Arthur Lee. At-
tempts to purchase vessels. Not signed ; in-
dorsed, " Commodore Gillon " and " Outside
cover directed by A. G." ff. (3).

8. Bondfield, John. Peb. 19, 1780. Letter from
Nantes to Arthur Lee. Arrival of the Gov.
Livingston and Mary Phearson ; Virginia debts ;
D'Acosta ; Haywood ; report of English invad-
ing Virginia, ff. (2).

[Jenings, Edmund]. Feb. 22, 1780. Letter
from Brussels to Arthur Lee. Expedition from
Ireland for the West Indies ; Walsingham's
ships; Russia; John Adams. Signed, Donald
Mac Donald, ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 107.

9- • ^s!>- 28, 1780. Copy of letter to Charles

Carroll. Abbe Mably's views ; introduction of
Arthur Lee. ff. (2).

Sartine, Antoine Raymond Jean Gualbert Ga-
briel de, Minister of Marines. March I, 1780.
Note of farewell, in French, to Arthur Lee.
ff. (2).

10. Le Roy, Herman. March 2, 1780. Letter from
Amsterdam to Arthur Lee. Thanks for Mr.
Prmgle's introduction to Lee; Chabanel; Ad-
miral Byland. ff. (2).

Bondfield, John. March 3, 1780. Letter from
Nantes to [Arthur Lee .?]. Arrival of ship from
Plymouth, Mass. ; Bancroft; Lawrence; R H.
Lee. Not superscribed, f. (i).

11. Breteiiil, Louis Auguste de Tonnelier, Baron
de. March i„\-j%o. Letter of farewell to Arthur
Lee. Luzerne, f. (i).

Franklin, Benjamin. March 4, May 31, 1780.
Copy of memorandum to Congress concernine
supplies, f. (i). °

FrlnkirVl'lLTsr^'''"""'"^™'^'''"^' '"' "'' "*' ' ^^''^

12. [LeS, William]. March 21, 1780. Letter from
Brussels to F. L. Lee. Failure to receive let

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

33

IS'

i6.

ters ; Arthur Lee ; family matters. Not signed.

ff. (2).

I [Izard, Ralph]. Marci 21, ij8o. Letter from
Paris to Arthur Lee. Gamier ; Grand ; arrival
of the Tonaut j Gillon. Signed, R. I. f£. (2).

13. Stone, William, Smith, Thomas, and Bunnex,
George, I'ilots from South Carolina. March
22, 1780. Memorial from Brest to Arthur Lee.
Governor of South Carolina ; D'Estaing ; the
Languedoc ; misfortunes, f. (1). (Imperfect —
stained and torn.)

14. [Sarsfield, , Comte de\. March 22, 1780.

Portion of letter, in French, to [Arthur Lee .'].
D'Aranda, D'Heredia ; Carmichael. ff. (2).
(Imperfect — stained, and the lower part
torn off.)

Smith, Michael, and others. March 28, 1780.
Memorial, dated L'Orient, to Arthur Lee.
Trouble as exchanged prisoners ; Milford car-
tel ; Capt. Cottineau ; non-payment of wages.
Signed, Michael Smith, Thomas Cave, Patrick
Reed, James MuUin, Moses Bigger, John Ray-
worth, W™- Green, f. (i).
Grinnell, William, and Wilson, Joseph.
March 29, 1780. Letter from L'Orient to
Arthur Lee. Sickness ; officers of the Alli-
ance under J. P. Jones; expenses, ff. (2).
Grand, [Ferdinand], banker. April 8, 1780,
Letter from Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee.
Opinion of Lee at French court ; Count
d'Aranda. ff. (2). (Partly illegible from stain.)
Bondfield, John. April ic,, lySo. Letter from
Nantes to Arthur Lee. Chaumont ; delay of
ships; Izard; Franklin; Will;ams; Jay; Car-
michael ; Ross ; Bancroft ; flef.t from Brest des-
tined for Quebec ; clothing ^.or Washington's
army; intimacy of Mrs. Johnson and Mrs. Wil-
liams; Peltier; Beaumarchais; De Montieu;
Zacestas ( .') ; Virginia trade ; Samuel Wharton;
illness of Franldin. ff. (2).

17. Wara, , Baron de. April 1% lySo. Letter

from Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee. Lee's
departure ; Paradez ; declaration concerning
neutral vessels by the empress of Russia,
ff. (2).

[Lee, Francis Lightfoot.']. April 2^, lySo. Part
of letter to [Arthur Lee]. Introduction of
George Mason, Jr. ; Deane ; advice to visit
Gen. Whipple, Samuel Warren, EUery, Mer-
chant, Trumbull ; George Wythe ; Ludwell
Lee. Addressed in cipher ; no place of date ;
last part gone. f. (i). (Imperfect.)
The handwriting resembles R. H. Lee's, but is more exact;
the writer also refers to Ludwell Lee as "your nephew."

18. Williams, Jonathan. April 24, 1780. Copy of
letter from Nantes to Lieut. Digges. Answer
of letter; Alliance; Hills; Nicholson; Parkes's
prize money. Indorsed, " about the sale of
Wicke's prizes." Memorandum on back, of
" Snow Friendship," sloop Betsey, sloop Jason,
brig Mattey, brig Jenney. On the same sheet
as the following.

Franklin, Benjamin. April 26, 1780. Copy
of letter to Samuel Ross. Prize money of Capt.
Wickes of the Reprisal ; Thomas Morris, Mor-
ris & Lee; Bancroft, ff. (2).

19. Laurens, Henry, [Jr.?]. May 4, 1780. Note
from Wilmington, N. C, to R. H. Lee. Death
of Col. Parker; danger of Charlestown [ton],
ff. (I).

Lee, William. May 17, 1780. Letter from
Brussels to [Arthur I^e]. Inclosure of copies
of certificates concerning Thomas Morris's pa-
pers ; Robert Morris ; Ross ; Alliance ; Capts.

Wickes, Johnson, Nicholson; prizes; Frank-
lin ; Williams ; Gpurlade & Co. ; Jones ; Green.
The first copied certificate is signed, William
Blake, John Lloyd ; the second, Ra. Izard, wit-
ness J. J. Pringle; the last, B. Franklin, "in
our presence S. Deane — Arthur Lee " ; all cer-
tified to by Edm. Jenings. ff. (2).

20. Wara, , Baron de. May 29, 1780. Letter

from Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee. Confed-
eration of the north ; letter of Clinton to Lord
Germaine ; fleets of Toulon and Brest ; Paradez
ff. (2).

21, 22. G-illon, Alexander, Commodore, yune, 1780.

Letter from Paris to John J. Cripps & Mey, o£
Charleston, S. C. Opinion upon Franklin,
Deane, Bancroft, Robert Morris ; commenda-
tion of John Adams, Arthur Lee, William Lee,
Izard; Chaumont; difficulty of getting supplies
for states ; improvement of public service ; Hol-
land; Prussia, ff. (4).

23. Shelburue, William Petty, Earl of. June 2,

1780. Note of personal friendship to Arthur
Lee. Dunning; Barre. ff. (2).

24. Ssirtine, A. R. J. G. G. de. June 3, 1780. Let-
ter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Arrangements
for Lee's passage to America ; governor of Mar-
tinique ; Alliance ; Paul Jones ; Franklin, ff. (2).

25. Franklin, Benjamin. June 7, 1780. Copy of

letter to Capt. Peter Landais. Orders not to
meddle with the Alliance. Certified on Aug. 26,
1780, by Ja'^ Warren and Fitch Pool as true copy
of a copy sent from Capt. Jones to Capt. Parke.
Indorsed, N°. i. f. (i).

26. . June 16, 1780. Copy of letter to Capt.

Landais. Repetition of order. — Copy of letter
to the officers and seamen of the Alliance to
obey Capt. Jones. Indorsed N". 2, N°. 3. Cet-
tified as the above (p. 25). f. (i).

27. . June 12, 1780. Extract of letter to Capt.

Jones. Mutiny of 115 men of the Alliance;
Capt. Landais ; prize money ; Ariel. Indorsed,
N". 4. Certified as the above (pp. 25, 26).
f. (I).

Printed in part. Life of John Paul Jones, Phil., Liffincati,
185S, p. 162.

28. Brown, Joseph. June 18, 1780. Letter from

L'Orient to Arthur Lee. Petition for the prize
ship Serapis ; Franklin ; Bancroft ; Wharton ;
Jones, ff. (2). (Imperfect — bottom torn off.)
[Lee, Arthur]. June 25, 1780. Draft of letter
to Capt. Landais. Advice to him to sail with
the Alliance, ff. (2).

29. Jones, John Paul. Jme 27, 1780. Letter from

L'Orient to Robert Morris. Orders to return
with the Alliance to Philadelphia ; sale of the
Serapis ; honors from the French court ; I-u-
zerne ; Landais ; Ariel ; prevention of blood-
shed; sailors of the Bon Homme Richard;
conduct of Arthur Lee ; Deane ; Franklin ;
zpal for America, ff. (2).

30. — — . June 27, 1780. Letter from L'Orient to the

president and board of admiralty at Philadel-
phia. Pleasure at the appointment of the board
by Congress ; mutiny, Lee, Landais ; Robert
Morris ; Capts. Bell, Montgomery, Smith ;
Franklin; action of Flamborough Head. f. (i).
Vergennes, Charles Gravier, Comte de. June
30, 1780. Copy of letter, in French, to John
Adams. Resolution of congress of March 18,
1780; desires of French court; Luzerne. In-
dorsed, No. I. ff. (2).
Translation printed, Adams' Works, VII. 212.

31. . June [30, 1780]. Translation of letter

to Benj. Franklin. Adams' representations,

34

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

Luzerne ; payments of paper money to the
French. Incorrectly indorsed, jfuly 30. ff. (2).
(Imperfect — stained and torn.)

Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, III. 152: Sparks'
Franklin, VIII. 477.

32. Adams, John. July i, 1780. Copy of letter
from Paris to Count Vergennes. Luzerne; res-
olutions of Congress ; loan office certificates.
Indorsed, N°. 2. f. (i).

Printed Adams' Works, VII. jrs ; Sparks' Diplomatic corre-
spondence, V. 233.

e, John. ya^4, 1780. Letter from Rosewell,
Va., to R. H. Lee. Association for weaken-
ing tory influence ; Arthur Lee : William Lee.
ft. (2).

33. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. July 20, 1780.
Copjr of letter, in French, to John Adams.
Destination of Ternay and Rochambeau ; as-
surances of the friendship of the French court.
Indorsed, No. 4. f. (i).

Translation printed, Adams' Works, VII. 232 ; Sparks' Diplo-
matic correspondence, V. 278.

Adams, John. July 21, 1780. Copy of letter
to Count Vergennes. Ternay ; Rochambeau ;
appreciation of the friendship of the French.
Indorsed, N°. 5. f. (i).

Printed, Adams' Works, VII. 233 ; Sparks' Diplomatic cor-
respondence, V. 279.

34. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de, July 25, 1780.

Copy of letter, in French, to John Adams. Ob-
jections to U. S. commissioners treating with
Lord Germaine ; treaty of commerce ; desire to
communicate first with congress. With copy
on the margin of portions of Adams' letter of
July 17. Indorsed, N". 5 & 7. ff. (4).

Translation printed, Adams' Works, VII. 235, etc. ; Sparks'
Diplomatic correspondence, V. 287, etc- Adams' letter printed,
Adams' Works, VII. 228, etc. ; Sparks' Diplomatic correspon-
dence, V. 266.

35. 36. Adams, John. July 26, 1780. Copy of

letter to Count Vergennes. Same subject; duke
of Richmond ; Hartley ; Lord North ; senti-
ments of the people of England ; America ; ad-
vantage to Europe. Indorsed, N°. 8. pp. (8).
Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, V. 294.

37. . July 27, 1780. Letter to Count Ver-
gennes. Needs of Americans ; assistance of
France; admiral Graves, Ternay, Rochambeau;
Guichen ; reinforcements in the West Indies.
Indorsed, N". 9. ff. (2).

Printed, Adams* Works, VII. 241 ; Sparks' Diplomatic corre-
spondence, V. 301.

38. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. [July] 31, 1780.

Translation of letter to [Benjamin Franklin].
Disagreement with John Adams ; list of letters
between Vergennes and Adams during June and
July. ff. {2). (Very imperfect — torn.)
Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, V. 305.

39. Lee, Arthur, and others. Aug. 5, 1780. Copy

of letter to Capt. Landais. Petition to sail ;
danger of loitering. Signed, Arthur Lee, Pon-
tigibaud, La Colombl, Poirey, Ludwell Lee,
Thomas Lee, John Middleton, E. Brush, Joseph
Wilkinson, Joseph Brown Junr, John G. Frazer,
Henry Ash, M. Comyn, M. Livingston, f. (i).
( Imperfect — worn.)

Buckley, John, flKfl' flMifrj. Aug. \o, \^f>o. Copy
of petition from the oficers of the Alliance to
Capt. Landais to enter port as soon as possible.
Signed, John Buckley, James Lynd, M. Park,
John Lauhar, James Warren, Thomas Ellwood,

Benjamin Pierce, John Darling, James Bragg,
Isaac Carr, N. Blodget, Thomas Hinsdale,
George Thayer, Samuel Guild, Joseph Willson,
George Raymond. — Copy of statement of offi-
cers. Capt. Landais's refusal of the petition ;
offer of command to ist Lieut. James Diggs.
Signed as above, with the additional names,
Fitch Pool, John Savin, ff. (2). (Imperfect —
one corner torn.)

40. Gordon, William. iV/A 15, 1780. Letter from
Jamaica Plain to Ezra Stiles. Introduction of
Arthur Lee. f. (i).

. A^/A 15, 1780. Letter from Jamaica Plain

to Benjamin Lord, Norwich, Conn. Introduc-
tion of Arthur Lee. f. (i).

41. [Lee, Arthur]. Sept. 19, 1780. Draft of letter
from Boston to Baron Bretieul. Distress in
America ; depreciation of money ; want of
funds; need of loan of thirty or forty million
livres ; advantages of British in north and south.
Not signed, ff. (2). (Partly illegible from
stains.)

42. Cooper, Samuel. Sept. 19, 1780. Letter from
Boston to Ezra Stiles. Introduction of Arthur
Lee. ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 166.

. Sept. 19, 1780. Letter from Boston to

Enoch Huntington, Middletown, Conn. Intro-
duction of Arthur Lee. ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 166.

43. . Sept. ig, 1780. Letter from Boston to

Andrew Eliot, Fairfax, Conn. Introduction of
Arthur Lee. ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 165.

44. Huntington, Samuel. Oct. 26, 1780. Letter
from Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Inclosure
of act of congress; desire for information on
affairs in Europe, ff. (2).

45. Lee, Arthur. Oct. 27, 1780. Note to Messrs.
Madison, Bee & Clark. Directions about furni-
ture, ff. (2).

46. Bondfield, John. Nov. i, 1780. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee at. Philadelphia. Re-
ceipt of letter through Mr. Brush ; Sartine ;
Chaumont ; arrival of the Fier Rodrique ;
Deane ; Franklin ; refusal of Bondfield's ships ;
claims against Virginia ; Williams. Indorsed
as forwarded by W"? Vernon, ff. (2).

47. . Duplicate of the last.

48. Sarsfield, , Comte de. Nov. 5, 1780. Letter

from Valenciennes, in French, to Arthur Lee.
Armed neutrality ; Gillon; John Adams; Izard,
defeat of Gen. Ga;tes [at Camden] ; paper money
of America; Bunker Hill; Gen. Warren, ff. (2).
( Imperfect — torn.)

49. Carmichael, William. Dec. 6, 1780. Letter
from Brandywine, Penn., to Arthur Lee. Lee's
defence; Deane, Williams, Franklin; exhorta-
tions to perseverance, ff. (2). (Partly illegible
from stains.)

50. Extracts from the trial of Capt. Landais. Dec.

20, 1780 ? Linn ; cctaduct of Lee on passage to
America; Stephen Waters ; Blodget; Winship;
reasons for taking command of the Alliance ;
Gillon ; Franklin ; Montbarrey ; Ross ; Lafay-
ette ; Diggs ; Jones. Not complete, ff. (z).

The date is taken from the indorsement in pencil added bv a
later hand. '

51. TJ. S. — Treasury office. Dec. 28, 1780. Extracts
from the minutes. Deposition of public prop-
erty by Arthur Lee. Signed, Cornelius Comezys,
Clk. f. (i). (Imperfect— worn.)

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

35

lo, 1781. Letter from

Information ; Blodget ;

of letters by British;

[Sarsfield, ,Comtede\. Oct. 13, [17800?- '81].

Letter from Rennes, in French. References to
letters and books r£ceived. No address or sig-
nature, f. (i). (Imperfect — torn.)

52. Copy of questions to be asked in court. Will
of William Bird ; Thomas Newman ; petition
for writ of subpoena. Attest. Robert Graham.
Marked in pencil "1780?" (f.) i. (Imper-
fect — first part gone.)

53. TJ. S. — Auditor General. Jan. i, 1781. Copy

of report on John Ross's accounts. With re-
port from the commissioners of the chamber
of accounts, dated Jan. 5. The commissioners'
report signed, William Govett, John D. Mer-
cier ; the auditor-general's, James Milligan.
Copy compared by W™ Duer, Scy. ff. (2).

54. "Warren, James. Jan.

boston to Arthur Lee.

finances ; publication

Cooper, ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life o£ Arthur Lee, IL 273.
[Sarsfield, , Comte de\. Jan. 11, 1781. Let-
ter from Valenciennes, in French, to Arthur Lee.

Death of sister; Luzerne; declaration of war by

England against Holland ; D'Estaing ; Izard ;

success of Gates against Ferguson. Not signed.

ff. (2). •
53. Blodget, Nathan, Purser of the Alliance. Jan.

25, 1781. Deposition, dated Boston. Arthur

Lee's goods; Landais. ff. (2).
Parke, M., Capt. of Marines. Jan. 29, 1781.

Copy of deposition, dated Boston Harbor.

Blodget's goods. Similar deposition, Jan.

31, T781, signed James Diggs, Lieut., Chipman

Bangs, ship's Steward. Each certifie'd as true

copy by N. Blodget. ff. (2).

56. [Bondfield, John], iv^. 24, 1781. Letter from
Bordeau.K to Arthur Lee. Rupture between
England and Holland; Russia's offer of media-
tion ; Dutch navy ; Spanish fleet ; fleet from
Brest for America ; John Laurens ; interception
of mails ; Deane, Bancroft, Chaumont ; Vir-
ginia's debts ; D'Acosta, Beaumarchais.

March 20, 1781. Postscript. Mediation of Rus-
sia and Austria ; Joseph Yorke ; Choiseul ; ar-
rival of John Laurens. Signed, J. B. ff. (4).

57. [Sarsfield, , Comte de\. March S, 13, 1781.

Letter from Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee.
Departure of Letompe; mediation of Russia;
armed neutrality ; Jolin Adams; Searle; Dana;
son of John Laurens ; Bondfield ; Joseph Yorke ;
Lord North. Not signed, ff. (2). (Imperfect —
torn. )

58. [BroTvn, John, Secretary of the Admiralty].
March ID, 1781. Copy of letter to Samuel Whar-
ton. Inquiry concerning purchase of stores for
America ; Jones ; Lafayette; Chaumont; Wil-
liams. Indorsed, " True Copy from the Original
A.Lee." f. (i).

59. Jones, J. P. March 13, 1781. Extracts from
answers to the board of admiralty. Schweig-
hauser; William Lee ; Franklin; Bon Homme
Richard ; Sartine ; Landais ; Ariel, Alliance ;
Ross ; Chaumont ; Serapis ; Gourlade & Moy-
lan ; Wharton ; Arthur Lee ; Livingston. Ad-
dressed to Arthur Lee. f. (i).

60. Wharton, Samuel. March 23, 1781. Letter
from Philadelphia to John Brown. Purchase
of stores for America ; Chaumont ; Williams ;
Gourlade & Moylan ; Jones. Indorsed, " True
Copy from the Original A.Lee." f. (i).

See p. 58 for the letter of questions.

61. [Bondfield, John]. April i, \j?>i. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Reduction of St.

Eustatia ; fleets of France, Spain, England,
Holland; Lawrence; De Castre ; Col. Palfrey;
De Grasse, D'Estaing, De Touche. Signed,
J. B. ff. (2). (Slightly imperfect.)
Warren, James. April 29, 1781. Letter from
Boston to Arthur Lee. Secretary for foreign
affairs ; Franklin.; want of news ; elections ;
Ward; Lovell ; Adams; [Blodget] ; navy board,
f. (I).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 274.

62. Wara, , Baron de. May 4, 1781. Letter

from. Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee. Laurent
[John Laurens] ; mediation ; Virginia ; Palfrey,
ff. (2).

Izard, Ralph. May 12, 1781. Letter from
Philadelphia to R. H. Lee. Arrival of vessel
from L'Orient ; news of fleet having sailed frorti
Brest with French troops for America ; loss of
the Luzerne with mail ; Virginia ; movements
of French troop^ ; Rutledge ; Laurens ; Jeffer-
son, ff. (2).

63. [Lee, Arthur]. After June 15, 1781. Draft of
resolutions to be presented to congress. Revo-
cation of appointment of Franklin, Jay, Henry
Laurens, and Jefferson as ministers plenipoten-
tiary jointly with John Adams to treat for peace ;
similar powers to John Adams alone. Indorsed
with memoranda on other subjects. Incorrectly
indorsed, " 1 March, 1781." t. (i).

This appears from the Journals of congress, both public and
secret, never to have been presented.

64. [Bondfield, John]. Jtme,2e,,i']&i. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Chaumont ; paper
money ; John Adams ; Spain ; insurrection in
Peru; Russia; armed neutrality; Holland; res-
ignation of Necker ; Jolly ; England's loss in
the East Indies ; French and Spanish fleets ;
journey of French emperor ; German troops to
aid British in America ; fate of the ship Marquis
de Lafayette ; plan of sending supplies. Signed,
LB. ff. (2).

[Warren, James]. July 4, 1781. Letter from
Boston to Arthur Lee. Receipt of letter ; atten-
tion to Lee's grant of land ; Blodget ; political
state of affairs ; Virginia. Signed, J. W. ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 275.

65. Jackson, William. July 5, 1781. Copy of
letter from Amsterdam to Benjamin Franklin.
Necessity for a ship sailing with supplies ; re-
peal of orders to Messrs. Fiseaux ; Laurens ;
Gillon ; Necker ; delay, an increased expense,
ff. (2).

The letters of July 2, referred to in this letter, and Franklin's
answers thereto, are printed in Sparks' Diplomatic correspon-
dence, III. 221-225; also in Sparks' Franklin, IX. 49-54= but
this letter is not printed.

66. [Lee, Arthur.] Aug. 13, 1781. Copy of letter
to the president of congress. Reports of the
board of admiralty ; Alliance ; Landais ; Frank-
lin ; denial of charges ; Lafayette ; Williams ;
Jones ; Ross ; Bondfield ; Ternay ; Bland ; Gil-
lon; Diggs. Not signed, ff. (4)-

67. Continental Congress, A-trmrf. /4;(o-. 14, 1781.
Copy of report on motion of Virginia delegates.
Resolutions to grant passports to governors of
Virginia and Maryland; importation of 50,000
bushels of salt. f. (i). (Imperfect — slightly
torn.)

Printed, Secret journals of congress, I. 225, 226.

68. Breteiiil, L. A. de T., Baron de. Oct. 2, 1781.

Letter from Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee.
Thanks for copy of American constitutions,
ff. (2).

36

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

[Sarsfieia, , Comte de\. 1 78 1 . Letter from

Rennes, in French. American legislation, Guil-
ford Court House ; Palfrey ; Malesherbes ; Mrs.
Izard. Not signed or addressed, ff. {2). (Im-
perfect — stained and torn.)

Bowdoin, James. yrt«. 31, 1782. Letter from
Boston to Arthur Lee. Election as fellow of
the American academy of arts and sciences ; de-
gree of LL.D. from Harvard university; defeat
of Cornwallis. f. (i).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 177.

69. [Lee, Williaml. Feb. 12, 1782. Letter from
Bruxelles to F. L. Lee. No receipt of letters
for five years ; private business ; estate in Vir-

finia ; Philip Ludvpell Lee ; family matters,
igned, W. L. ff. (2).

70. Gordon, William. March z, \-]%i. Letter from
Jamaica Plain to Arthur Lee. Election to Con-
gress ; Deane ; Arnold ; Samuel Adams ; free-
dom of the press in Boston ; Lovell ; Gates ;
reduction of Canada j Burgoyne ; Gen. Greene,
f. (I).

71. Franklin, Benjamin. March 4, 1782. Extract

from a letter to the secretary for foreign affairs.
Deane; Arnold; Johnson; Searle. ff. (2).

Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence. III. 312 ; Sparks'
Franklin, IX. 176.

72. [Lee, Arthur]. April \2-Jime i<j, \^'&z. Notes
on letters from Franklin and Jay. Carleton;
capture by Spaniards of St. Joseph on the Illi-
nois ; Diggs ; treaty. No signature ; hastily
vrritten on back of letter, f. (i).

73. [Jay, John ?]. April 28, 1782. Substance of
letters. Complaint of Spanish minister against
Gillon; prizes; Searle; Carmichael; Franklin;
DelCampo; Holland; Spain; France, ff. (2).

Madison, James. Maj, iyS2. Letter from Phil-
adelphia. Parliamentary discussions ; concilia-
tory overtures ; military coercion ; jay ; Car-
michael ; Spanish successes ; vfestern claims.
Not superscribed, f. (1).

74. Morris, Robert. May 10, 1782. Copy of letter

from the office of finance to the president of
congress. Inclosure of state of the American
commerce, ff. (2).
See pp. 75, 76. Printed, Sparks* Diplomatic correspondence,
XII. 15°.

Blodget, Nathan. May lo, 1782. Letter from
Boston to Arthur Lee. Franklin ; Chaumont ;
John Brown ; David Sears, ff. (2).

75. Superintendent of Finance. {May \o, iy&2.\

State of American commerce, referred to above

(p. 74)- PP- 7-

76. . [1782.'] Estimates upon state of the to-
bacco trade, ff. (2).

These two were probably drawn up at about the same time, as
they are by the same hand as the indorsement on Morris's letter
(p. 74)-

77. 78. Continental Congress, Second. May 24,

1782. Extracts from the minutes. Account
and application of money borrowed in France ;
Franklin; Vergennes; Beaumarchais ; Laurens;
Virginia ; Morris ; Coutleux ; Grand ; Holland ;
Ross ; Bingham ; William Lee. Signed, Geo.
Bond, Depy. Secy. ; indorsed, M'. A. Lee. ff. (3).
Printed, Secret journals of congress, I. 231, etc.

79. Allen, William. June 23, 1782. Copy of depo-
sition. Capt. Camue of the Cornwallis ; ammu-
nition taken from Frazer's Ferry. Sworn to
before Carter Braxton, f. (i).
Madison, James. June 25, 1782. Letter from
Philadelphia. Dutch resolutions in favor of

America ; Friesland, Holland ; Utrecht, Zee-
land, Overyssel ; American trade ; St. Eustatia.
Not superscribed, ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)

80. Franlilin, Benjamin. June 25-29, 1782. Ex-

tracts, in Arthur Lee's handwriting, from a let-
ter to the superintendent of finance and to the
secretary for foreign affairs. Suspicion of Eng-
lish intentions ; enabling act ; independence ;
treaty of Paris ; Grenville ; journal of events,
ff. (2).

81. Barclay, Thomas. Jtme 29, 1782. Extracts

from letter No. 3, dated Amsterdam. Deane's
accounts; Carmichael; Chaumont; money ad-
vanced to prisoners and officers ; journey to
Toulon; Beaumarchais; desire for instructions,
ff. (2).

82. Lee, Arthur, and others. July 15, 1782. Copy

of report of committee on Capt. Barry's infor-
mation. Loss of the Lafayette; Moylan ; Wil-
liams; Laurens; Capt. Robinson; Chaumont;
Franklin ; contents of ship ; resolution request-
ing comparison with the log-book of the Alli-
ance. Attested as true copy by R. Alden.
Indorsed as report made by Mr. Lee, Mr. Ram-
say, Mr. Lowell, ff. (2).
See Journals of congress, VII. 411.

83. Schvsreighauser &. Dobr^e. July 17, 1782.

Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee at Phila-
delphia. Examination of accounts ; Johnson ;
Franklin ; Penet ; Laurens ; Fitzherbert ; East
India ; Alliance. Indorsed, Quadruplicate,
ff. (2).

84. Gordon, William. July 26, 1782. Letter from
Jamaica Plain to Arthur Lee. Fishery question
in making peace ; John Adams ; naval plan of
English ; Dutch successes ; Rodney ; Knox ;
Lincoln; Deane; Sears, f. (i). (Imperfect —
torn.)

85. Jenings, Edmund. July 29, 1782. Letter from

Brussels to Arthur Lee. Acts of British par-
liament; Shelburne; Sir George Saville ; Fox;
English affairs in India ; Irish ; negotiations for
peace ; Dutch ; Spain ; Laurens ; Dana ; Izard,
ff. {2). (Imperfect — torn.)
Bondiield, John. Aug. i, 1782. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Order for claret ;
Jay; Madrid court ; William Lee. ff. (2).

86. Barry, John. Aug. 2, 1782. Copy of deposition

before the committee of congress. Substance
the same as that of the paper on p. 82. Sworn
before Joshua Coit, Justice of Peace. Attested
as true copy by R. Alden, Depy. Secy. ff. (2).

87. Sarsfield, ,Co>ntede. Aug. n, 1^82. Letter

from Haerlem, in French, to Arthur Lee. Care
of Lee's effects ; John Adams ; Lee's election to
Virginia assembly ; Izard's election to congress ;
prevalence of influenza ; Palfrey, ff. (2). (Im-
perfect — torn.)

Jay, John. Sept. 16, 1782. Extracts from letter
to the secretary for foreign affairs. Inclosure of
letter from Marbois to Vergennes ; French de-
lays about the negotiation for peace ; Franklin ;
fishery claims ; Samuel Adams ; extract from
letter from John Adams ; alliances with Spain
and Holland; extract from letter from Frank-
lin ; Deane ; adventurers. In Arthur Lee's
handwriting, f. (i). (Imperfect — torn.)

See Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, VIII. 12s, where the
letter is dated Sept. 18.

88. Greives, George. Sept 23, 1782. Letter from

Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Security for a bill ;
Shippen. ff. (2).
Luzerne, Cssar Anne de la. [About Sept. 24,

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

37

1782.] Notes in Arthur Lee's handwriting of
proposal to congress. United States not con-
tent with independence ; continuation of war
until allies are satisfied, f. (i).
See Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, XI. 115.

89. Gordon, William. Oct. 2, 1782. Letter from
Jamaica Plain to Arthur Lee. Mail-robbing;
John Temple ; Price J James Sullivan; John
Adams ; Franklin ; accusation upon suspicion.

Printed. Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 288.

90. Adams, John. Oct. 10, 1782. Letter from the

Hague to Arthur Lee. Minister from Holland
to congress ; Van der Capellan de Pol ; Van
Berckel ; independence of action; Jay; Dana;
Laurens ; ability of ministers ; secret commis-
sions ; Franklin. Indorsed, " 3 plicate." ff. (2).
(Almost illegible from stains and pale ink.)

91. . Another copy.

Both this and the last (p. go) have autograph signatures.

92. [Dana, Francis]. Oct. 25, 1782. Letter to
Arthur Lee. Correspondence; tories; [John
Adams] ; Holland ; obscure references to per-
sons and views mentioned in Lee's letter. Not
signed ; marked in pencil, " Francis Dana " ;
indorsed, No. 2. ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 284.

Jay, John. Nov. 17, 1782. Copy of note. Re-
lations with France ; Geneva ; .Corsica. In
Arthur Lee's handwriting. With memorandum
on back about clothing, f. (i).

93. Communications from foreign ministers about
the negotiations for peace. Dana. Oct. 21.
Commerce with Russia ; Nov, 7. Treaty with
Russia. Jay. Dec. 12. Vergennes ; Franklin;
treaty; Shelburne ; Carleton'; D'Aranda ; west-
ern claims ; Oswald, Bainvall, Vaughan. Adams.
Treaty with Great Britain and with Spain ; navi-
gation of Mississippi ; evacuation of New York ;
D'Estaing ; tories. Jay. Nov. 17. Same as
above (p. 92). Lee. Concurrence in Jay's view.
Proposed boundary to the United States, f. (i).

These are items extracted from different letters at different
times by Arthur Lee.

94. Adams, John. Nov. 18, 1782. Copy of letter
from Paris to Robert R. Livingston, secretary
for foreign affairs. Remonstrance against the
ministers being subject to the advice of the
French court. Certified as true copy by A.
Lee. ff. (2).

Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, VI. 459 ; Ad-
ams' Works, VIII. II.

95. [Sarsfield, ,Comtede\. Dec.ii,iy82. Let-
ter from Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee. Fail-
ure in receiving letters ; Mrs. Izard ; Lee's
effects ; John Adams ; Laurens ; Gibraltar ;
Biville; Androens. ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)

Campbell, Arthur, Co/. Dec. 27, 1782. Letter
from Richmond to Arthur Lee. Reservation of
western lands ; introduction of European set-
tlers ; negotiations for peace ; opponents ; pur-
chase of books, ff. (2).

96. Bondfield, John. March 6, 1783. Letter from
Bordeaux to [Arthur Lee.']. Spain; Carmi-
chael ; Jay; Franklin; Laurens ; Adams;' liqui-
dation of debts ; Lafayette ; western boundaries ;
Mississippi river, f. (1).

Warren, James. March 14, 1783. Letter from
Milton, Mass., to Arthur Lee. Attested copy
of paper desired ; Lee's lands ; peace ; arrival of

packet for congress ; John Adams' resignation;
fishery claims ; Gen. Lincoln, ff. (2).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 27S.

97. Morris, Robert. March 17, 1783. Copy of let-

ter to the president of Congress. Explanation
of resignation as financier; loss of credit in
Europe ; impost law. Extract from a letter by
Luzerne, March 15; Vergennes. f. (i).
Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, XII. 341.

98. Gordon, William. April 2, 1783. Letter from
Jamaica Plain to Arthur Lee. Congratulations
on peace ; extract from London Courant of Jan.
10; Laurens; Deane; Franklin; boundaries of
Nova Scotia ; John Adams ; Shirley,' Pownal,
Bernard, Hutchinson, Sir William Alexander;
fishery claims; British creditors and refugees;
Jay ; Pennsylvania, 'Virginia, New York ; im-
portance of the confederation ; state rights ;
[Massachusetts], Rhode Island; satisfaction to
military; choice of governor, f. (i). (Imper-
fect — torn).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 289.

99. Adams, John. April 12, ijS^. Copy of letter
from Paris to Arthur Lee. Peace ; negotia-
tions ; Hartley ; Fox ; Shelburne ; Laurens ;
tories ; dissatisfaction in England ; treaty of
commerce ; Marbois ; French politics ; distinct
interests of America, f. (i).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 248; also in Adams'
Life of John Adams, IX. 517, with an additional opening para-
graph referring to the difficult situation of the commissioners
and to Franklin's part in the history of the treaty.

100. lor. Officers of the Virginia Line. May
12-16, 1783. Memorial to the senate and house
of delegates of Virginia. Assignment of lands ;
Muhlenberg, Weedon, Scott, Morgan ; Wood,
Heth, Temple, Hopkins, Towles, Clark, Bur-
well, Carrington. Signed, I. Muhlenberg, Pres-
ident of the Board. Attested, John Becklev.
ff. (4).

102. Laurens, Henry. June 17, 18, 1783. Extracts
from letters. Negotiations for peace ; Hartley ;
trifling; Fox; evacuation of New York; un-
manufactured produce, ff. (2).

See Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, X. 173.

[Sarsfield, ; Comte de]. June 19, 1783.

Lee's effects ; Mrs. Izard ; Mad. L'Eucreuil (>] ;
Barclay ; American debts ; French soldiers ; fu-
ture commerce ; Russia, Turkey ; Shelburne.
No signature, ff. (2).

103. Bondiield, John. June 20, 1783. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Lee's effects ; Mrs.
Izard ; Richard Yates ; William Lee ; Barclay ;
Dean.e ; Williams ; Jay ; Laurens ; Adams ;
Spain ; Carmichael ; Russia, Turkey, England,
France; public debts in America, ff. (2.).

104-107. Adams, John. June 23, July 14, 18, 1783.
Extracts from letters to R. R. Livingston. New
situation of Ireland, Canada, Nova Scotia; un-
certainty of course of Great Britain; free trade;
West Indies ; treaty of commerce with England ;
jealousy of American trade in France and Eng-
land ; proclamation ; belief of England in want
of unity in America; necessity for a minister at
London ; Shelburne ; Benjamm Vaughan ; Pitt ;
negotiations necessary with the Dutch, Danes, '
Portuguese ; management of foreign affairs ; pub-
lic credit, pp. 8.
Printed, Adams' Life of John Adams, VIII. 74, 97, 107.

108. Bondfield, John. July i, 1783. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Shipping of Lee's
effects, ff. (2).

38

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

Commissioners for Peace. July i8, 17S3.
Extract from letter of John Adams, Frank;in,
Jay. Disposition of France, f. (i).
See Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, X. 191.

109. . April 14, June 23, 24, 27, July 7, 8, 18,

22, 27, 1783. Extracts from letters of different
dates. Negotiation for peace ; concealment of
secret article ; Spain ; France ; definitive treaty ;
payment of debts to JSritish ; negroes ; Hartley ;
commercial regulations; Shelburne party pref-
erable to the new mittistry ; disposition of
French, ff. (2).

For the letters of these dates, see Sparks' Diplomatic corre-
spondence, X.

no. Franklin, Benjamin. y«/j 22, 1783. Extract
from letter. British aommercial proclamation ;
remedies, f. (i).

111. . July 22, 1783. Extract from letter to

Congress. [John Adams'J suspicions of French
court. Attested as true copy, A. Lee. f. (i).

Both these will be found printed. Sparks' Diplomatic corre-
spondence, IV. 136, etc.

112. Milligan, James, Controller of the Treasury.
July 25, 1783. Copy of letter to the board of
treasury. John Swanwick's accounts ; receivers
of taxes. Compared with the original by W™
Duer, Secy. ff. (2).

[Continental Congress, Second\. Aug. 14,
1783. Copy of letter to Gov. Harrison, dated
Princeton. Accounts with Virginia ; adjourn-
ment to Philadelphia. Not signed, ff. (2).

113. Scott, John. Aug. 20, 1783. Letter from
Dumfries, Va., to Arthur Lee. Political senti-
ments in Virginia ; Lee's prospects ; Col. Gray-
son ; Col. Blackburn ; Richard Graham ; Col.
Alexander; removal of Congress from Phila-
delphia ; Georgia speculation ; Col. Martial,
ff. (2).

114. Eendorez (?), Francisco. Aug. 27, 1783. Let-
ter from Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Breach
of laws of nations against Spain ; request for
investigation ; Church, Haydon ; Col. Bland,
ff. (2).

115. Bondfield, John. J^/^. 20, 1783. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Congratulation on
Virginia's condition in regard to debts ; Price &
Hayward ; obligations received ; re-imbursement
from Virginia notes, etc. ; John Dickinson ; Mon-
tet & Henry, ff. (2).

Lloyd, John. ' Oct. 14, 1783. Letter from
Charleston to [Arthur Lee]. Removal of con-
gress from Philadelphia ; danger of political
corruption in America ; judgment against Deane ;
delegate to congress, ff. (2).

n6. Bondfield, John. Oc?. 20, 1783. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Price & Hayward;
Nelson, Heron & Co. ; Carter Braxton's estate;
Schweighauser & Dobree ; R. H. Lee; Digges;
Waterman ; American commerce ; domestic
improvements ; Carmichael ; American debts,
ff. (2).

[Continental Congress, Second. Nov.^ 25,
1783?] Drafts of letters to a foreign minister.
Effects carried off .by French officer ; arrival of
definitive treaty ; evacuation of New York city ;
[Washington's] character. No signature, ad-
dress, or date. Marked in pencil, " 25 Nov.
1783.'" f. (I).

117. Grillon, Alexander, Conmodore. Nov. 29, 1783.
Letter from Charleston to Arthur Lee.- Re-
moval of congress ; Robert Morris ; Lloyd,
ff. (2).

118. Higginson, Stephen. Nov. 1783. Letter from
Boston to Arthur Lee. Removal of congress ;
impost duties ; public credit ; treasury depart-
ment ; marine department ; Morris ; Russell,
Parker; Hawkins, ff. (2).

iig. Virginia — House of Delegates. Dec. 22, 1783.
■Copy of resolution. British trade ; impost du-
ties ; claim to country north-west of the river
Ohio. Signed, John Becldey, Clk. Agreement
by senate signed, W. Drew. f. (i).

[Sarsfield, , Comte de\. Jan. 29, 1784.

Letter from Paris, in French, tp [Arthur Lee].
Lee's effects ; Mrs. Izard ; Izard ; Princeton ;
Adams; Malesherbes; Luzerne; Marbois; Lon-
don; Holland. Not signed, ff. (2). (Imper-
fect — torn.)

120. Dana, P'rancis. Feb. 3, 1784. Letter from
Cambridge to Arthur Lee. Minister to St. Pe-
tersburg ; congress, ff. (2).

Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, IL 287.

121. Lafayette, Marie Jean Paul Roch Yves Gil-
bert DE MOTIER, Marquis de. 1784. Extract
from an essay, in French, on the commerce of
France with the United States, ff. {2).

122. [Sarsfield, , Comte de]. April 23, 1784.

Letter from Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee.
Col. Harrison ; Lee's effects ; English parlia-
ment i Fox ; North ; Izard. Not signed, ff. (2).

123. Continental Congress, Second. April 26,
1784. Appointment of G. R. Clarke, Oliver
Wolcott, Richard Butler, Philip Schuyler, Ben-
jamin Lincoln, and Arthur Lee as commission-
ers to treat with Indians ; Six Nations ; Chero-
kees.; Nathaniel Greene, Stephen Higginson.
With seal. Signed, Tho? Mifiin, Chas Thom-
son, Secy. f. (i), doubled.

124. Harrison (.'), Matts. Aiig.\(>,\-]%1,. Letter to
Arthur Lee. News from Maryland, f. (l).
Lafayette, M. J. P. R. Y. G. de M., Marquis
de. Sept. 30, 1784. Letter from Fort Schuyler
to the commissioners with the Indians. Ar-
rangements about meeting, and about summon-
ing the chiefs; Courtland ; Oneidas. — Oct. i.
Draft of answer. Kirkland ; Oneidas ; Wol-
cott ; Marbois; accommodations, ff. {2).

Printed, without answer, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, IL 362.

125. Fonda, Jelles, and others, Judges of the Inferior
Court of Montgomery County, New York. Oct.
15, 1784. Letter from Johnstown, N. Y., to the
commissioners with the Indians. Sale of liquor
to the Indians ; jurisdiction of the court. Signed,
Jelles Fonda, Zephaniah Batche)ler, Christian
Nelles, Peter Lambert, George H. Bell ; super-
scribed, Oliver Wolcott, Richard Butler, Arthur
Lee. ff. (2).

126. Extract from a letter, March 14, 1785, from
Paris, in French. Prospects of war ; cession of
Bavaria to Austria ; empress of Russia ; king
of -Prussia. Not signed or addressed, ff. (2).

127. Continental Congress, 6>««rf. Jzot? 15,1785.
Proclamation forbidding intrusion upon the un-
appropriated lands north-west of the Ohio.
Printed; signed, Richard Henry Lee, P., Charles
Thomson, Sec'ry. New-York : printed by F.
Childs. Broadside.

See Journals of congress, X. 212.

128. — — . June 15, 1785. Copy of resolutions.
Directions to the commissioners with the Indi-
ans ; cession of lands ; Kaskaskia ; St. Vin-
cent's; oath of allegiance; prohibition of intru-
sion, «/<:.; proclamation as above; directions to
the board of treasury ; appropriations ; purchase

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

39

of goods, provisions, etc. Signed, Clias. Thom-
son, Secy. f. (i).
Printed, Journals of congress, X. 211-213.

129. Butler, Richard. July 5, 1785. Letter from
Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Arrangements
about treaty ; Campbell ; Clark ; Wolcott ;
Montgomery, ff. {2).

130. Continental Congress, Second. July 9, 1785.
Resolutions about the treaty with the Indians.
Place of treaty; troops, f. (i).

131. Letter, Sept. 4, 1785, from the Hague. Open-
ing of the Scheld ; internal politics of Holland ;
parties of patriots and Orangemen; Van Berckel ;
pensionary of Dort ; affection for America ; De
Verac, Sir James Harris ; position of American
ininister ; " Germanique Ligue " between Prus-
sia, Saxony, and Brunswick, ff. (2). (Imper-
fect — last part gone.)

Virginia — Council. Oct. 15, 1785. Copy of
advice to the governor. Payment of interest on
loan-office certificates ; extract from act of con-
gress relative thereto, April 28, 1784. Signed,
A. Blair, C. C. f. (i). (Imperfect — torn.)

132. Henry, Patrick. Orf. 20, 1785. Copy of letter
from the council-board. Loan-office certificates ;
copy of resolution of the assembly, Dec. 8,
1785 ; directions to the treasurer of Virginia.
Not superscribed, ff. (2).

Virginia — Assembly. Dec. 8, 178$. Copy of
the above resolution. With memorandum % J.
Hopkins, C. L. officer, ff. (2).

133. Copy of letter, Dec. 29, 1785, from New York
to Patrick Henry. Loan-office certificates ; debts
of Virginia. Not signed, ff. (2).

134. Lee, Arthur. Jafi. 26, 1786. Copy of letter
to the marquis of Lansdown. Employment of
Indians by civilized nations ; Thomas Lee Ship-
pen, ff. (2). (Imperfect — first part gone.)

135. Jefferson, Thomas. April 22, 1786. Letter
from London to R. H. Lee. Lamps ; Thomson ;
commercial treaty with England ; Lansdown ;
Price ; Arthur Lee ; the king's obstinacy ; Gen.
Clark, ff. (2j.

Printed, Jefferson's Works, II. i.

Continental Congress, Second. June 2, 1786.
Copy of resolution. Settlement by board of
treasury of accounts of secret committee of
congress and commercial committee. Signed,
Charles Thomson, Secretary, f. (i).
Printed, Journals of congress, XI. 115.

136. Wormley, Ralph. Dec. 25, 1786. Letter from
Rosegill, Va., to [Arthur Lee.']. Marriage;
" the magician " ; Corbin ; chief magistrate of
the United States ; disturbances in the east-
ern states ; impeachment of Warren Hastings ;
George Hardinge ; Fox ; Pitt. Not superscribed,
ff. (2).

137. 138. Gardoqui, Joseph. 1786 »?• 1787. Repre-
sentations touching the claim of Spain to the
navigation of the Mississippi, ff. (4).

139-141. Shelburne, Wm. Petty, Earl of, Marquis
of Lansdown. Feb. 4, 1787. Letter from London

142.

143-

to Arthur Lee. T. L. Shippen ; parties in Eng-
land ; Lord Rockingham ; future friendship with
America ; Indians ; Mad. Pohgrave ( ? ) ; Lord
Wycombe, ft. (6).
Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 357.

■Wormley, Ralph. Feb. 8, 1787. Letter from
Rosegill, Va., to [R. H. Lee?]. Death of Mrs.
Tayloe, and of Mrs. Page ; disturbances in the
eastern states ; Lord Dorchester ; Randolph ;
regulations of commerce ; federal government ;
Burke ; subscriptions to loan ; " the magician."
Not superscribed, ff. (2).
Hopkins, John. May 20, 1787. Letter from
Richmond to Arthur Lee. Interest on military
debt of Virginia; Lee's land; Ambler; Hays,
ff. (2).

Corbin, Francis. Aug-. 8, 1787. Letter to
Arthur Lee. Destruction of court-houses ;
governor of Virginia ; petitions for paper money,
etc. ; R. H. Lee ; money transaction, C. Lee,
Morris, Hunter, ff. (2).
144. Turberville, George Lee. Oct. 26, 1787. Let-
ter from Richmond to Arthur Lee. Submission
of federal plan of government to people ; Madi-
son; Carrington ; Lee; Brown; Cyrus Griffin;
Randolph, ff. (2).

. Oct. 28, 1787. Letter from Richmond to

Arthur Lee. Plan of government ; Wilson ;
character of newspapers ; Gen. Clark and Creek
Indians in Georgia, ff. (2).

Otto, , chargi d'affaires de France. N'cai.

16, 1787. Letter from New York, «n French, to
Arthur Lee. Presentation of portrait of king of
France. With translation and copy of answer,
ff. (2).

Virginia — House of Delegates. Dec. 16, 1787.
Copy of resolutions. Inquiry about continental
state money issued from the continental loan
office. Signed Wm. Harwood, CI. H. D. ft. (2).

[Sarsfield, , Comte de]. Jan. 12, 1788.

Letter from Paris, in French, to [Arthur Lee].
Thanks for news ; visit to England ; Borwood ;
Wycombe; Waller; "non-catholics" in France.
Not signed, ff. (2).

Livingston, Ann H. Oct. 5, 1788. Letter
from Philadelphia to her uncle, Arthur Lee.
Journey of brother ; Holland; Strasburg; Switz-
erland; family matters, ff. (2).

Sarsfield, , Comte de, April 24, 1789.

Letter from Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee.
Jefferson; desire to hear from Lee; danger of
revolution in France, ff. (2).

151, [Lee, Arthur]. Aug. 29, 1789. Letter to [F.
L. Lee] . Taylor ; abolition of board of treasury ;
visit to Virginia; R. H. Lee; William Lee;
judiciary bill ; seat of federal government ;
crickets ; Campbell ; prospective war in Eu-
rope ; France ; Turkey ; Russia • impost bill in
congress. Not signed or superscribed, ff. (2).

152. Bondfield, John. Oct. 8, 1790. Letter from
Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Business trouble with
Thomas Shore of Petersburg, Virginia ; price
of grain ; H. L. Shore ; Fenwick, Mason & Co.
ff. (2).

145-

146.

147

149.

150.

40

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

APPENDIX.

#*# The papers included in the eighth volume were not
arranged by Mr. James Winthrop Harris, wlten he prepared
volu7nes one to six /or binding in 1869. Vol. vii. luas arranged
but not bound till 1877. Since Mr. Harris's death these addi-
tiojtai vianuscripts have been found in a parcel marked *' Lee
Papefs^'' but without any indication of the reasons for not
including them in the series as arranged. Many of thefn are
fragmentary, and without dates, and such arrangement has
been tnade of ihe7n as seemed practicable.

Vol. VIII.

I.Pennsylvania — Assembly. Orf. 2i, 1741. Ex-
tracts from votes granting money to the Crown,
ff. (2).

2. Value of exports from 5 jfan. 1769 to Dec. 1770.

Statement by Colonies, f. (i).

3. Sundry advertisements about rolling wagons.

Mar. 15, 1773. A printed paper, 3 pp. MS.
memoranda on reverse.

4. Continental Congress, First. Copy of address

to the people of Great IJritain. ff. {5).
This was drafted by R. H. Lee. C£. Lee's Life of R. H.
Lee, i. 119; Pitkin's Utiited States,], app. 17; Jay's Life of
John Jay, i. app.

5. [Lee, Arthur]. Memoranda relating to the pre-

sentation of the petition of Congress to the
King, including Arthur Lee's letter, Dec. 22,
1774, to R. H. Lee; with an addition, Dec. 24,
covering a copy of Lord Chatham's note ; and
another, Dec. 26. Copy of the letter, signed
Henry Middleton, President, transmitting the
petition to the colonial agents in London, ff. (4).

6. [Lee, Arthur]. Memorandum about interview

with Lord Dartmouth regarding the petition to
the King, with copy of letter, signed by Richard
Penn and Arthur Lee, and dated London, Sept.
2, 1775, and addressed to the President of Con-
gress, f. (i).
See Lee's Life of Arthnr Lee, i. 45.

7. [Lee, Arthur, flKo'ort^rj]. Memoranda. Willing,

Morris & Co. Financial matters in 1776. Profit
and loss account. Drafts. Extract from a re-
port to the Board of Treasury, signed James
Millegan, dated, Aug. -14, 1786. Dissection of
receipts and payments, 1781. Public goods from
Europe, 1781-83. Morris's contract for supply-
■ ing rations, 1782, etc. ff. (10).

8. Langdon, John. Unfinished copy of letter, Apr.

4,1776. f. (i).

9. Deane, Silas. Copy of extracts of letter, dated

Paris, Dec. 3, 1776. Financial matters. Certi-
fication to the correctness of the copy, lodged
in the Treasury of the United States, signed
Samuel Osgood, and dated, July 5, 1788. ff. (4).

10. Carmichael, Wm., in acc't with The Honor-
able Silas Deane, Esq., 1776 and 1777. A copy.

■ ff. (2).

11. Statement of war material shipped by the gov-
ernment of France to the United States, Aug.
1776 to Mar. 1777. f. (i).

12. Comptes des sommes que J. Sollier de Paris a
recues et paye ^ Messieurs Franldin, Deane, et
Lee. 1777. f. (l).

13. Soldiers' clothes furnished by French houses,

1777. f. (i).

14. Invoice of sundry merchandise shipped on ship
Theresa from Nantes to St. Domingo, Apr. 20,
1777. Attested copy. With memorandum of
Jos. Pennell, 1782. f. (3).

15. Deane, Silas, in account with Wm. Hodge, 1777.

;^ 113,720. \2s. yd. ff. {2).

16. Account of sales of four hogsheads of peltry.

1777. ff. (2).

17. Lee, Arthur. Drafts of letters : a. Berlin, June

28, 1777, to commissioners at Paris, about army
clothing, b. Berlin, July 7, 1777- To same.
Robbed of his papers. Doings of English envoy.

c. Paris, July 29, 1777. To chairman of secret
committee. Mission to Berlin. Robbery of
papers. Sale of German troops to England.

d. Paris, Sept. 9, 1777. To the chairman of the
secret committee. Opening of German ports,
ff. (6).

18. Morris, Robert, and others. Jan. 14, 1777.

Extracts from letter from Philadelphia to Leon-
ard Jarvis. Marine and mercantile affairs. Ex-
tract of affidavit by Morris, Aug. 2, 1785, con-
cerning agreement with Blair McClenahan in
Dec. 1776, for charter of ship. Extract of affi-
davit by McClenahan, Apr. 19, 1786, regarding
the same. Affidavit (copy) of Richard Carne,
Feb. 14, 1778, concerning the capture of the ship ;
and extract from Registry of Admiralty at Nantes
on the same point, ff. (3).

19. Lee, Arthur, and others. Drafts of letters,

1777-78, concerning the Messrs. Delap's cus-
tom of addressing their letters to only two of
the commissioners, ff. (2).

20. Lee, Arthur, in account with the United States,

1777-79. 376,500 livres. ff. (2).

21. Compte courant des Etats Unis par Messieurs

Franklin, Lee, and Adams, chez F. Grand. Paris,
Nov. 22, 1778. ff. (4).

22. Aug. 8, 1778. ff. (2).

23. Morris, Feu Monsieur Thomas, de Nantes pr c'.s
des fitats Unis. 1777-78. f. (i).

24. Compte courant des Etats Unis par Messieurs
P'ranklin, Lee, and Adams chez F. Grand.
June 30, 1778. ff. (2).

25. [Fragment of accounts, in French. 1777-78.]
f. (I).

26. Nikal, Jno. M. Note without date to Mr. Hines,

attorney, Gosport. ff. (2).

27. Messieurs Franklin, Deane, and Lee, etc. cou-
rant chez Ferdinand Grand de Paris. Jan. 24,

1778, with copies of notes, signed by the com-
missioners, 1777-78. ff. (5).

28. Lee, Arthur. Paris, 7a«^ 5, 1778. Memorandum
^f doings and talks.

29. Note in French, without signature, " Dimanche,

28," [1778 ?] to Arthur Lee, " a hotel d'Espagne."
ff. (2).

30. De Breteuil, Baron. Paris, ce 26 Fev. Note

of invitation to Arthur Lee. ff. (2).

31. De Chalut. Note in French to Arthur Lee. f. (i).

32. Livingston, M. Affidavits, Apr. 11, 1778, and

20 Feb. 1779, regarding alleged stock jobbing of
Lee and Izard, f. (i).

33. Morris, Robert. Feb. 17, 1778. Copy of letter
to commercial committee, ff. (2). (Imperfect.)

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

41

34. Harrison, Benjamin. y««. 9, 1778. Extract from

letter at Williamsburg to Robert Morris. Pro-
curing of boats and wagons, ff. (2).

35. Copy of address to the powers and people of

Europe on the inhuman conduct of the war on
the part of Great Britain, covering resolutions of
Congress, Jan. 2, 1776 and Oct. 30, 1778. ff. (8).

36. The United States of America, ace. with John

Ross, July I, 1779; duplicate copy. Audited by
Samuel Wharton and Edward Bancroft, y«/)/ 10,
1779; under authority of Franklin. Attested by
Wm. Duer. ff. (2).

37. [Lee, Arthur]. Copies of letters addressed by him
to committee of correspondence, Nov. 20, 1778;
to le Comte Florida Blanca, Dec. 17, 1778, re-
specting cruelty in the conduct of the war on
the part of the British ; to le Comte d'Aranda,
Dec. 18, 1778, in French, forwarding a letter; to
Comte Florida Blanca, Dec. 27, 1778, concerning
the manifesto of Congress on the British bar-
barities ; to le Comte d'Aranda, in French, for-
warding a letter. Copies, attested at I'Orient,
May, 1780, by N. Blodget of Boston, and A.
Windship of Boston, ff. (6).

38. Compte des fitats Unis par Messieurs Franklin,
Lee, and Adams, chez F. Grand. Feb. 11, 1779.
ff. (4).

39. List of bills received from Coten the banker,

1779- ft-(i)-

40. Lee, Arthur. Paris, Apr. 27, 1779. Observa-

tions on the contract made with the farmer-
general for the delivery of 5000 hogsheads of
tobacco by the Hon. B. Franklin and Silas
Deane ; followed by memorandum on Mr.
Deane's letter of accusation, etc. ff. (8).

41. [Lee, Arthur]. Memoranda, May 19, 20, June 4.
A French officer. Beaumarchais. Deane's ad-
dress to the citizens of America, ff. (2).

42. Return of military and ordnance stores, cloth-

ing, etc., received and delivered by John Lang-
don, Esq., Portsmouth, Mar. 8, 1779. ff. (2).

43. Jones, John Paul, and others. " Extrait d'une

lettre de John Paul Jones a Benjamin Franklin,
datee au bord du Serapis dans le Texel, le 3
Oct. 1779," respecting the fight with the Bon
Homme Richard. Extract of a letter from Capt.
Pearson, of his majesty's ship Serapis, to Mr.
Stevenson, dated Texel, Oct. 6, 1779, concerning
the same fight. Extract of a letter from Capt.
Jones, dated Texel, Oct. 3, 1779, regarding the
conduct of the Alliance frigate. Extrait d'une
lettre du Capt. Cotteneau, of the Pallas, dated
Texel, Oct. 4, 1779, concerning the same fight.

44. Franklin, Benjamin. Passy, ^;<f. 9, i7oo- io

S. Huntington, President of Congress. Copy
of a part of letter regarding John Adams's con-
duct in France, f. (i).
41: [Lee, Arthur]. Notes about the active alliance
of France with the United States, dated Jan.
25, 1780 and Jan. 28, 1780. ff. (2).

46. Continental Congress, 5?fo«</. 17804 Report

of a committee to receive a communication from
the minister plenipotentiary of France, relative
to terms of the French alliance and the Spanish
demands. Copy or draft, ff. (2).

47. Account of moneys paid to M. Chaumont by

F. Grand, Mar. i, 1780 to Jan. 22, 1782; to
Jonathan Williams, Mar. I, 1780 to Jan. 2?,,
1782 ; to Messrs. Gourlarde and Moylan, Mar.
I, 1780 to Jan. 28, 1782. ff. (4)-

48. Thomson, Charles, Sec. of Congress, to Robt.

Morris, Supt. of Finance, June 29, 1781. Copy
of a private letter. Continental finance, ff. (4).

49. Vergennes, Charles Gravier, comte de. Ver-
sailles, May 16, 1781. Statement about a loan
to the United States from the King. In French,
with an English translation, ff. (4).

50. Morris, Robert. Letters to M. Grand, Dec. 3,

1781, on his services and accounts; and to B.
Franklin, Dec. 4, 1781. Copies. Other memo-
randa. Comments of Arthur Lee. ff. (3).

51. " Articles pour servir de base h. la negociation
du retablissement de la paix." ff. (2J.

Adams's letter referring to this is dated July 13, 1781. See
Sparks's Diplomatic Correspondence, vi. 102.

52. Morris, Robert. June 8, 1781. Letter to Benj.

Franklin. Copy. Money granted by the French
king. f. (i).

53. Morris, Robert. July 14, 1781. Extract from

letter to Dr. Franklin about a Bank. Extract
from letter to Jay. Comments by Arthur Lee.
Morris to Robert Smith, July 17, 1781, (extract).

54. Franklin, Benjamin. July' zd, 1781. Extracts
from letter to Robert Morris. Financial mat-
ters, f. (i).

55. Franklin, Benjamin. Nov. 5, 1781, and Jait. 28,

1782. Extracts from letters to Robert Morris.
Money for the ensuing campaign, f. (i).

56. Morris, Robert. Extract from a letter, proba-
bly to Franklin, 1781, about the finances and the
French grant. Extract from a letter to Frank-
lin, Nov. 27, 1781. Relations of France and the
United States to the war. Other briefer ex-
tracts from Morris's letters, ff. (4).

57. Morris, Robert. July 28, 1783. Extract from
letter, declining to incur new monetary engage-
ments, ff.' (2).

58. Morris, Robert. Oc/. 15, 1783. Copy of letter
to Thomas Tillotson, receiver for the State of
New York. . " Clamors against poor Tories."

f. (I).

59. Morris, Robert. Jan. 13, 1784. Copy of let-
ter to President of Congress. Petition of John
Cooper. Adjustment of accounts of the secret
committee of Congress, f. (i).

60. Morris, Robert. Feb. 12, 1784. Copy of letter
to Benj. Franklin. Readiness to meet financial
engagements. Funding of the debt. ff. (2).

61. 62, 63. Morris, Robert. Feb. . Copy of

letter to Benj. Franklin, with A. Lee's state-
ment of its being correctly copied. Finances.
Statements which could not be made in a pre-
vious letter, because copies of that were sent to
Holland. Urges Franklin to activity, ff. (6).
(Slightly torn.)

64. Extracts from letter of Robert Morris to F.

Grand, Feb. 12, 1784 ; to Thomas Barclay, con-
sul-general, June 16, 1784, and Sept. 10, 1784;
from Thomas Barclay to Robert Morris, Dec.
19, 1784. Finances, f. (i).

65. Luzerne, Caesar Anne de la. Extracts from his

communication to Congress on General Carle-
ton's having communicated the determination
of his court to suspend hostilities in America,
f. (1).

66. ExtractS'from letters of Paul Jones , dated

Paris, Mar. ; of B. Franklin and J. Adams,

Feb. 10, 17 — ," which Mr. A. Lee refused to sign,"
addressed to Jones ; of same to same. Mar. 26,
1784, about prisoners taken to Holland ; of
Franklin to Jones, Mar. 25, 1784; and copy of
r.rder for distributing prize money under the

French laws ; of Jones, Paris, 18, 1784, to

minister of marine, about his exploits and re-
verses; of Jones, Azig. 13, 1786, to the com-
missioners of the board of treasury, ff. (6).
(Defective at the edges.)

42

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

67. Moiris, Robert, Mar. 17, 1784. Copy of letter
to the President of Congress. The state of his
department. Comments by A. Lee. Loans and
subsidies. Condition of the finances when Mr.

Morris took office. Copies of letters to

Olney, receiver for Rhode Island, March 24,
1784; to Daniel Jenifer, intendant of Maryland,
March 25, 17S4, on bad state of finances; to
Benj. Huntington, March 25, 1784. " Credit on
the verge of dissolution." fiE. (7).

68. Barclay, Thomas. July 5, 1785. Copy of let-
ter to Robert Morris. Franklin's and Lee's
accounts, ff. (2).

69. The lowest contract for clothing the troops in

1785. f. (I).

70. Estimate for governmental expenses for 17S6.

Memorandum, f. (i).

71. Revenue and expenditure of Great Britain for

the year 1785. Memorandum, f. (i).

72. Memorandum of figures, f. (i).

73. Prices of divers [military] articles to be deliv-
ered at Hamburg, f. (i).

74. Franklin, Benjamin. Aug. i, 1787. Copy of

letter from Philadelphia, to Samuel Osgood
and Arthur Lee. Accounts of Mr. Ross, agent
of the United States, f. (i).

75. Vieiw of the payments and debts of the several

States of the United States, 1782-87. f. (i).

76. 77. Return by John Bradford of merchandise

delivered to him, and memoranda regarding
supplies from France, ff. (8).

78. United States. Board of Treasury. May 17,
1787. Printed advertisement about settling ac-
counts of secret and commercial committees of
Congress, f. (i).

79 to III. Continental Congress, &<:«»(/. Copy of
proceedings from Sept. 18, 1775, to Sept. 10, 1777,
with the subsequent action of the committee,
Oct. 5, 1778, to arrange for the settlement of'
their accounts. Some comments by A. Lee are
interspersed, ff. (71).

112. Abstract of moneys advanced to sundry per-
sons by the secret committee on special con-
tracts, f. (i).

113, 114. Continental Congress, Second. The se-
cret committee. Account with the Treasury of
the United States, f. (i)

115. Statement of the liquidated and loan office
debt of the United States to Dec. 31, 1787.

ff- (3)-

116. Loan office debt of the United States, with
notes on land given to the soldiers, and State
debts, ff. (2).

117. 118. Extracts from Swan's Political Arithme-
tic, ff. (2).

ug. Virginia — House of Delegates. Jan. 17, 1788.
Statement of revenues and ordinary expendi-
tures, with remarks by J. Hopkins, law officer
for Virginia, 1789, and by Arthur Lee, who adds,
" This report, I understand, was drawn up by
Mr. Ronald." ff. (2).

120. Franklin, Benjamin. Jan. i, 1788. Copy of
letter from Philadelphia to the commissioners
of the Board of Treasury. Vouchers of Mr.
Ross's accounts, f. (i).

121. Morris, Robert. Aug. 2, 1788. Copy of let-
ter from Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Ross's
accounts and vouchers, f. (i).

122. United States. Treasury. Register's office.
Apr. I, 1789. Fragment of accounts, signed
Joseph Nourse, register, f. (i).

123. State of the accounts of the secret and com-
mercial committees, with an account of the
progress made in the adjustment of them.

Signed, " Office of Audr., May 27, 1789.
Walker." ff. (12).

Ben

124

I4I.
164-:

188.
189.
190.

191.

192.

193'
194.

195-
196,

to 140. Lee, Arthur. A paper in Mr. Lee's
hand, some sheets missing, others defective, and
as arranged according to the numeration upon
them, differing from the arrangement of the same
as printed in Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, i. 243,
where it is called the " Commencement of a
Memoir of the American Revolution, which Mr.
Arthur Lee did not live to complete. Much of
what he did write has been lost, and but a muti-
lated scrap can be presented." Cf. also same
Life, i. 33. ff. (36).

■163. Brigham, William. Copy of accounts with
the United States, and list of " papers lodged
with his Recounts," dated between 1776 and
1787, with A. Lee's marginal comments, ff. (43).
187. Morris, Robert, and Ross, J. List of
papers on their accounts, 1776- , with copies
of letters, and orders of Congress, and marginal
comments by Arthur Lee, and remarks by " Mr.
Osgood." ff. (47).

Morris, Robert. Copy of note without date
to President of Congress, f. (l).
Morris, Robert. Copy of note to Jesse Browne,
without date. f. (i).

Morris, Robert. Copy of note, without date,
to the receiver of Maryland. Copy of letter,
April 29, 1784, to the President of Congress,
ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)
Morris, Robert. Copies of notes to John Fitz-
gerald, Charles Thomson, and George Olney,
receiver of Rhode Island, the last dated yune 2,
1784. ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)
Morris, Robert. Copies of notes to [torn]
and James Lovell, the last dated July 19, 1784.
ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.)
Morris, Robert. Copy of letter to the gov-
ernor of R[hode Island?] ff. (2). (Imperfect —
torn.)

Morris, Robert. Copy of letter to James Lovell,
with comment by Arthur Lee. ff. (2). (Imper-
fect — torn.)

Morris, Robert. Copy of memorandum of
accounts, f. (i).

197. Morris, Robert. Copy of letter to com-
mercial committee. Intentions of Mr. Francis,
regarding his ship at Portsmouth. No date,
ff. (4).

igg. Morris, Robert. Copy of letter to [torn],
without date, with comments by Arthur Lee.
ff. (4). (Imperfect — torn.)
Copies of papers regarding western lands.
Statement of Governor of Virginia, 1754.
Treaty of Lancaster, 1744. Governor of Penn-
sylvania's speech, 1753. Instructions of the King
to Governor of Virginia, March, 1748-49. Land
bounties to the army, 1776. Validity of charters
acknowledged by various treaties, etc. Proof?
of the title of Virginia. List of maps. Extracts
from Mr. Wharton's copy of the Journal of the
Congress at Johnson Hall, April 29, 1765, with
speeches of Sir William Johnson, the commis-
sioner of- Virginia, the sachems, etc.^ Extract
from the King's proclamation, Oct. 7, 1763.
Evidences of the rights of New York to the
western country. President Nelson's letter to
Lord Hillsborough, Oct. 18, 1770. Resolve of
Pennsylvania Assembly, April 5, 1779. List of
the proprietors in the Indiana Company deliv-
ered to Congress by S. Wharton. List of Van-
dalia proprietors, and notes regarding the Van-
dalia Company. Present members of the Illinois

CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS.

43

and Ouabache Company. Letter of John Blair,
commander-in-chief of Virginia, June 17, 1768,
to Thomas Wallcer. Treaty with the Six Na-
tions in 1764. The case of Penn and Baltimore,
ff. (19).

201. Wilson, . Heads of his speech in sup-
porting Mr. Morris, when the acceptance of his
resignation was moved, f. (i).

202. Lee, Arthur. Fragment of a letter, without
date, addressed to "Edward Rutlege, Esq.,
Charlestown, S. Carolina." ff. (2).

203. Lee, Arthur. Fragment of a letter, without
address or date. f. (i).

204. Lee, Arthur. Copy of letter, without date or
address, f. (2). (Imperfect.)

205. Lee, Arthur. Imperfect draft of letter in his
.hand, without date or address, f. (2).

206. Communications of the French minister re-
lating to the negotiations. Brief notes of their
contents, ff. (2).

207. Mason, George. Imperfect copy of letter to
Col. Mercer, without date. " The Rubicon is
passed — reconciliation with Great Britain im-
possible." ff. (2).

208. Lee, Arthur. Memoranda in his hand, relat-
ing to affairs in Paris, during his abode there,
ff. (2).

209. Copy of a bill concerning a writ of entry,
dower cuiiii vitd, and alienation by tenant by the
courtesy, f. (i).

210. Lee, Arthur. Criticism on Mr. G. Clymer's
public integrity, ff. (2).

211. Extracts from M. Neckar's views on finances
with Arthur Lee's comments, and a statement
of taxes in France, ff. (2).

212. Thoughts on republics, and kindred topics. A
paper without title and date. ff. (2).

213. 214. Extracts from various historical works.
ff. (2).

215. Memoranda on terms of treaty, 1783. f. (i).

216. Members of the Bill of Rights to the lord
mayor of London. A paper of thanks, ff. (2).

217. 218. Statement about Joseph Wharton's mon-
etary speculations on the chances of war, and
Mr. Thornton's complicity. Without name or

. date. ff. (3).

219. Extracts from books, f. (i).

220. Directions for seeing Rome in eight days, ad-
dressed to Arthur Lee. ff. (2).

221. Address, beginning "My dear countryman,"
and signed "Monitor." Agreement of non-
importation. No date. ff. (2).

222. List of debts due Francis Lightfoot Lee.
Reasons against making Treasury notes a legal
tender, ff. (2). . . .

223. "Bill declaring that wrongful disseism is no
descent in law." f. (l).

224. A Bill concerning process in felony, f. (i).

225. Lee, Thomas, President of Vir^nia. Sept. 29,
1750. Extract of letter to the lords commis-
sioners of trade, f. (i).

226. Six points of the enemy's barbarity and per-
fidy. A paper, not signed, dated or entitled, but
referring to events in the early part of -the Revo-
lutionary War. f. (i).

227. Carter v. Carter. Case stated, ff. (2).

228. Proposals to the farmer-general. In French, -
with English comment and paraphrase, ft. (2).

229. R^ponse au ministres du Congres. Versailles,
without date. ff. (2).

230. " Btat de la marine d'Espagne. Vaisseaux de
ligne." A tabular statement of, about the year
1776. ff. (2).

231. Exports of Marseilles, proper for the North
American markets. Addressed to Ettienne
Cathalan. f. (i).

232. List of F. Grand's accounts, ff. (2).

233. "Prix courant de Dragueries k Marseille."
printed; filled out in manuscript, f. (i).

234 to 237. Abstract of sums due to the Register
of the United States. A copy, " Sigd, Joseph
Nourse, Register, F. Hardy, Ace'." Comments
by Arthur Lee. ff. (8).

240. Lee, Arthur. Fragment of a paper on John
Wilkes and the Bill of Rights, f. (i). (Im-
perfect. )

241. Questions from the French court. How to
engage the American commissioners not to listen
to proposals from England, ff. (2).

See Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, i. 376.

242. Lee, Arthur. Notes of negotiations in Hol-
land, ff. (4). (Imperfect.)

243. Memorandum about Wm. Smith's land. f. (i).

244. List of negroes who have died at the sugar
lands. Feb. i, 1782.

245. , Memorandum on the powers of State and
'Congress, and the granting of northwestern
lands. Comments by Arthur Lee. ff. (2). (Im-
perfect.)

246. Paper concerning the Vandalia Company and
their petition to Congress, ff. (2). (Imperfect.)

247. Memorandum of titles, f. (i).

248. Letter to President of Congress. A fragment,
.ff. (2).

249. Heads of arguments against the quota of Vir-
ginia, f. (i).

250. Notes on the barbarity of the enemy, and on
the hopes of assistance from D'Estaing's fleet,
ff. (2).

251. Notes on the conduct of wars. f. (i).

252. Notes in French on rights of neutrals, etc.
f. (I).

253. Junius Americanus. Fragment of a letter,
f. (I).

254. Address, to " my lord." A fragment. " The
people will not dishonor their venerated Eng-
lish ancestry." f. (i).

255. Political relations of United States and Great
Britain, 1783. A paper without title, partly
illegible, ff. (2).

256. Lee, Arthur. Statement regarding his rela-
tions with Franklin, Deane, and others in Eu-
rope, ff. (2). (Imperfect.)

257. 258. Lee, Arthur, and Digges, . Printed

copies of letters, paged 65-72, on the case of

Williams and Peltiers ; and letter from

Digges, Aug. 30, 1778, to Arthur Lee, on
Thornton, Wharton, and Izard, ff. (4). (Im-
perfect.)

JLibrart of l^artarD ^niuv^itv*

Bibliographical Contributions.

EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR,

LIBRARIAN.

3sro. 11.

THE ENTOMOLOGICAL LIBRARIES OF THE UNITED

STATES.

SAMUEL HUBBARD SCUDDER,

ASSISTANT LIBRARIAN OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

Republished from the Bulletin of the Library of Harvard University,

Number 14.

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.:
UNIVERSITY PRESS: JOHN WILSON AND SON.

iSSo.

Already issued or in preparation :

A Star prefixed indicates tliey are not yet ready.

1. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of

Mercury.

2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems : a Bibliography of the Earlier Editions.

3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel-

angelo, with Notes.

4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several

pieces.

5. List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for

Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements.

6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College

Library, by the Honorable Charles Sumner.
*7. James M. Peirce. References in Analytic Geometry.
*8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library.
9. George Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different countries.
*io. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibliography of the Publications of James Orchard
Halliwell-Phillipps.
II. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States.

ENTOMOLOGICAL LIBRARIES OF THE UNITED STATES.

THE ENTOMOLOGICAL LIBRARIES OF THE UNITED

STATES.

By Samuel H. Scudder.

The addition to the resources of the University
of the entomological library forijred by Dr. Hagen
during the past fifty years, has prompted an exami-
nation of the literature of this department in the
principal scientific libraries throughout the country,
partly by personal study, partly by correspondence ;
and, as the result of the examination may prove in-
teresting to others, it is herewith published.

The addition of Dr. Hagen's library to the Mu-
seum of Comparative Zoology makes its entomo-
logical department by far the most valuable in the
country. The card catalogue has 4,279 entries, of
which 3,457 represent Dr. Hagen's books, 822 the
others, which are almost entirely the gift to the Mu-
seum of Professors L. and A. Agassiz. The entire
library is judged by Dr. Hagen to contain about
2,000 volumes and 3,000 pamphlets.

About one third of the total space which the li-
brary occupies is filled by journals and society pub-
lications, among which may be especially noted
complete sets of the older magazines, rarely seen in
this country. The library is rich in works and pa-
pers on Neuroptera and Pseudoneuroptera, groups
of insects which have been Dr. Hagen's special
study. It contains also a very valuable series of
anatomical, physiological, and biological papers; the
literature of fossil insects is well represented ; and a
neglected field — the bibliography of entomology —
is unusually perfect from the material collected by
Dr. Hagen for his catalogue of 1863. It contains,
too, nearly all the works and even minor papers of
certain entomologists, such as Liime, Fabricius, La-
treille, Thunberg, Fallen, Sahlberg, Panzer, Germar,
and many others still living. Since Dr. Hagen en-
tered the Museum, he has formed a special library
for North American publications, which is separately
kept and already tolerably complete.

Many rare works, and a large number of exceed-
ingly scarce tracts, obtained as opportunity offered
during the past fifty years, make the library one of
exceptional value. Many of these are the only copies
Dr. Hagen has ever seen, and liis familiarity with
the bibliography of entomology is unrivalled. Fifty
years ago, he says, when he purchased his first
books, the standards of the day, the cost of ento-
mological works was scarcely one fourth the price
now demanded for the same volumes, so that with
less than $10,000, it would then have been possible
to form a tolerably complete library. There were
then very few students and no competition, and be-
ing before the time of cheap and rapid transport, it
was possible to buy French books in Germany, and
German or English books in France, at very low
rates • with the easier facilities of the present day,
the formation of a library is a simpler, but from the
greater demand and exhausted supply a far more

expensive, matter. A memorandum of some of the
rarer works in the library is appended.

The College Library is tolerably well represented
in entomology for a general library, there being
about 450 volumes and 50 or more catalogued pam-
phlets. These were in large measure selected while
Dr. Harris was connected with the library, and
mostly represent standard works. There are also in
the library many costly voyages in which entomology
is represented, but which are not included in this
estimate.

Dr. Harris's private library, rarely duplicating,
works in the College Library, has come into the pos-
session of the Boston Society of Natural History,
and forms about one third of its present entomologi-
cal department, which consists of about 900 volumes
and nearly 550 pamphlets. The collection is a mis-
cellaneous one ; but contains some rare and valuable
works cited in the appendix, and besides these may
be mentioned an entire series of the tracts of Peck,
Say, and Harris in their original forms. Periodical
literature is also fairly represented. But the choicest
part of the collection consists of its manuscript mate-
rial, in which the library is exceptionally rich for
North American entomology. It contains three sets
of colored illustrations of Georgian insects and their
transformations by Abbot (one, a small volume, and
probably a copy) coming from the Harris library ;
another, a thick folio volume, and containing 174
sheets, from Dr. Asa Gray, originally from London ;
and a third, also in folio, consisting of 193 sheets
painted by Abbot for Oemler of Georgia. Next, two
small volumes, containing 239 -sheets, the original
drawings by Hentz for the illustration of his papers
on the Spiders of the United States, which, though
published by the Society in black, were drawn in
color. Besides these, there are all the manuscripts
left by Dr. Harris, collected into twenty-four vol-
umes, mostly folios, a full account of which may be
found in the Society's Proceedings (vol. xiii , pp.
167, 168).

The next largest public collection of entomologi-
cal books in this vicinity is that of the Public Li-
brary of Boston, which contains about 650 volumes
and 75 pamphlets. Periodical literature is very
poorly represented ; the greater part of the books be-
ing standard works, well selected and containing
many rare and costly volumes, some not elsewher.e
found in this'vicinity.

The Boston Athenaeum has a small and miscella-
neous collection of a little more than 150 volumes
and pamphlets, with one or two rare works ; and the
Cambridge Entomological Club one of nearly 200
volumes and about 500 pamphlets.

It may be well to include in the account of the
entomological collections of this vicinity, the private
of libraries Mr. Burgess and myself. Mr.. Burgess's
library, recently formed, -contains about 150 volumes

ENTOMOLOGICAL LIBRARIES OF THE UNITED STATES.

and 300 pamphlets. The anatomy of insects, and
systematic works on Diptera, are fairly represented,
nearly one half of the library being devoted to these
departments.
_ The entomological portion of my own library con-
sists of 765 volumes and very nearly 2,000 pamphlets.
There are only a few serials, the bulk of the library
being made up of the less costly general works on
each order, and of special collections of papers on
Orthoptera, Butterflies, Fossil insects, and the anato-
my, morphology, and embryology of insects. In
Orthoptera and fossil insects, it contains nearly
every thing now procurable, and some very scarce
works. In the former, it also contains a separate
collection of some thousand illustrations, separately
mounted, and systematically arranged, while in
anatomy, etc., it is second, in this country, only to
the library of the Zoological Museum. Among
others will be found complete, or very nearly com-
plete, series of the papers of.HeroId, Newport, Du-
four, Graber, Plateau, Brauer, Weismann, Laboul-
b^ne, 'I'hunberg, Selys, Saussure, Stal, Brunner,
Wood-Mason, Serville, Murray, A. and H. Dohrn,
Girard, Hentz, Harris, Packard, Heer, Oustalet,
Brodie, Heyden, Weyenbergh, and Goldenberg; and
the Phylloxera papers of the French Academy.

The libraries of Salem are not rich enough in
entomological works to require mention. In Provi-
dence, Dr. A. S. Packard has a collection of 470 vol-
umes and 550 pamphlets on insects. It is fuller in
systematic works on Lepidoptera, Hymenoptera, and
Coleoptera than on other orders, but its special value
lies in its collection of embryological and morpho-
logical papers, comprising very full series of the
works of the writers on these topics mentioned in
the last paragraph, as well as of Claparede, Metsch-
nikoff, Melnikow, Ganin, Kowalewsky, etc.

The library of Yale College, New Haven, con-
tains about 200 entomological works.

In New York, the Astor Library has about 500
volumes, of which one fourth consists of serials ; it
contains some costly, but few, if any, very rare works.
The New York Academy of Science has a small
library in this department, but I have been unable to
obtain any figures concerning.it.

The Society of Natural Science at Buffalo pos-
sesses somewhat over 500 volumes and nearly as.
many pamphlets on entomology. It is particularly
well supplied with works and papers, both old and
recent, on Nocturnal Lepidoptera, which have
formed the special study of Mr. Grote, the principal
officer of the society.

The entomological library at Cornell University
has about 150 volumes and 50 pamj^hlets.

In Philadelphia, we find another entomological
centre. The largest library is perhaps that of the
American Entomological Society; it is said to con-
sist of 1,728 volumes and 336 pamphlets; but these
figures include a considerable number of periodical
and other works on general natural history, pre-
served for the sake of the entomological matter they
contain, and may not fairly be compared with the
others. Serial entomological publications (at least
existing- ones) are very completely represented, and
there are many costly works.

This library is now in the hall of the Academy of
Natural Sciences, which itself possesses 956 volumes
on strictly entomological subjects, and 554 pam-
phlets ; all the departments are about equally well
represented, but many works are necessarily dupli-
cated in the collection last mentioned, and both owe
much of their value to the generosity of the late Br.
T. B. Wilson. The library contains a number of let-
ters written by Say to Melsheimer, from 1813 to 1825.

Dr. J. L. LeConte, of Philadelphia, estimates his
private library to consist of about 700 volumes and
800 pamphlets, and it is undoubtedly the most com-
plete library for Coleoptera in the country, very few
papers on American beetles being wanted. It is full
in this order only, but contains nearly every thing in
the shape of monographs, besides many formal works
and series of transactions. There are many rare old
works, which are of no special use for reference, but
valuable as bibliographical curiosities, being scarcely
ever met with on sale. It also contains the working
copy of the elder Melsheimer's catalogue of U. S.
Coleoptera, full of marginal notes, and other inter-
esting relics ; and also an immense collection of
original drawings, — several thousand in number, of
insects of all orders found in the Atlantic States,
made principally by Major John LeConte (Dr.
LeConte's father) and partly by Abbot, whom he
employed as a collector and draughtsman.

In Baltimore, the library of the Peabody Institute
has over 800 volumes and about 200 separate pam-
phlets on entomology. It contains complete series
of many entomological journals, and otherwise con-
sists mainly of standard works, well selected, as
would be expected with Messrs. Morris and Uhler's
■supervision. There are few rare books in it, but the
more costly and expensive works are well repre-
sented. Mr. P. R. Uhler's private library in the
same city consists of over 300 volumes and about
500 pamphlets on insects, selected with special refer-
ence to Mr. Uhler's specialty, the Hemiptera, but
not inconsiderable in other directions, and particu-
larly in Coleoptera and Neuroptera ; it is mostly
confined to systematic works.

I have been unable to obtain any figures concern-
ing the Congressional Library in Washington, which
must be of considerable value, particularly as it in-
cludes that of the Smithsonian Institution. Mr. Ri
ley has, however, kindly supplied some notes about it.
In serial publications it is, of course, rich ; and in
miscellaneous works it has a complete collection of
entomological books published in America. In for-
eign works, however (excepting in serials), it is com-
paratively poor.

The library of the entomological division of the
department of Agriculture contains about 300 vol-
umes, mostly selected on account of their absence
from the Congressional Library, and consisting of
standard works. It contains the only complete col-
ored copy of Mr. Glover's plates of American insects ;
and the general library of agricultural works includes
many works embracing papers on applied entomolo-
gy. Special mention may be made of a complete set
of the Gardiner's Chronicle of London, in which are
many articles by Westwood.

The private library of Mr. C. V. Riley, of Wash-
ington, contains about 700 volumes of purely ento-
mological books and about 3,000 pamphlets, nearly
all of which are directly entomological. It is espe-
cially rich in biological papers and such as illustrate
the economic bearings of the science. Several of
the late Mr. Walsh's books are found here with his
■ marginal notes. Mr. Riley has paid particular atten-
tion to the fugitive literature of entomology, and
has 22 scrap-books filled with nearly every thing that
has appeared on insects during the last twelve years
in agricultural and other papers, — articles mostly of
an economic character, and generally overlooked in
bibliographies.

This review clearly shows the great advantages to
an entomologist of a residence in this vicinity, where
the bibliographical aids to study equal, if they do
. not surpass, those of the rest of the country com-
bined.

ENTOMOLOGICAL LIBRARIES OF THE UNITED STATES.

LIST OF SOME OF THE RARER WORKS FOUND IN THE DIFFERENT
LIBRARIES OF THIS VICINITY.

B.Ai = Boston AthenEeum.
HiCi = Harvard College Library.

M .Z. = Museum of Comparative Zoology.
N.Hi = Boston Society of Natural History.

P.L, = Boston Public Library.
. S.H.S. = S. H. Scudder's Library.

1. Abbot and Smith. History of the rarer le-
pidopterous insects of Georgia. London. 1797.
2 vol. fo. H.C. N.H. P.L.

Copies also exist in the Congressional library and the libra-
ries of Buffalo and Baltimore.

2. Albin. Natural history of English insects.
London. 1749. 4°. N.H.

There is also a copy in the Congressional library, and one of
text only in M.Z.

3. Billberg. Enumeratio insectorum. Holmiae.
1820. 4°. NI.Z. S.H.S.

A very rare work, found, according to Dr. Hagen, in no library
of Europe outside of Sweden.

4. Blankaart. Schauplatz der raupen, wiirmer,
maden und fliegende thiergen. Leipzig. 1690. 8°.

M.Z.

The Dutch original was published in 1688. A second part re-
mains in MS. in "the library at the Hague : Snellen has published
a list of its contents, and a copy of this is appended to the work
in Dr. Hagen's library.

5. Boisduval, Rambur, et Graslin. Chenilles
d'Europe. Paris. 1832-43. 8°. P.L. S.H.S.

6. Borelll. De motu animalium. Romae. 1680-
81. 2 vol. 40. NI.Z.

The 2d ed- Leyden, 16S5, is in H.C.

7. Cliarletou. Onomastilcon zoikon. Londini.
1761. 4°- . . "^-Z-

8. Clutius. Opuscula duo singularia. Amstero-
dami. 1634. 4°. iW.Z.

A very rare work.

9. Coquebert. Illustratio inconographica insect-
orum. Parisiis. 1799^1804. 4° NI.Z. N.H. P.L.

There is also a copy in the Peabody institute, Baltnnore.
The greater part of the edition was destroyed by fire, and the
work has thereby become rare.

10. Cornalia. Monografia del bombyce del gelso.
Milano. 1856. 4". S.H.S.

11. Crell. Disputatio de locustis, non sine pro-
digio in Germania nuper conspectis. Lipsiae. 1693.
40. 28 pp. unpaged S.H.S.

12. Curtis. British entomology. London 1823-
40. 16 V. 80. . NI.Z. P.L.

There are also copies in the Peabody institute and the Astor
library. That of the M useura is one of the early copies, now
scarce, and the coloring of which is superior 10 that of later copies

13. Doubleday and Westwood. Genera of
diurnal lepidoptera. London. 1846-52. 2 v. fo.

B.A. N.H. P.L.

Copies are also in the Congressional library and the Peabody
institute. Mr. B. P. Mann has an imperfect copy. Dr. Har-
ris's copy is in the possession of his son, Mr. Edward Doubleday

14. Ernst et Engramelle. Papillons d'Europe.

Paris. 1779-9,3- 8 v. 40. , ^ , . ^•^'

There is also a copy in the library of the American academy
of arts and sciences, Boston. ,^ ,.

15 Bsper. Die auslandischen schmetterlmge.
Erlangen. 1785-91 ('Soi)- 4°- P-1-

The Society at Buffalo also possesses a copv.

16 Evans. British libellulinae, or dragon flies.
London. 1845. 8°. " M.Z.

Privately printed. rx , , 1 1 u

17 Fichtelberger. Heu ! schrecken ! von heu-
schrecken. St. Annaberg. 1693. 4°- S^PP--'-"!-

paged. . , „Tr"v*"

18 De Geer IVtemoires pour servir i. rhistoire

des insectes. Stockholm. 1752-58- 7 v. 4"- ^ ^

Copies may also be found at the Astor library and Peabody
institute.

19. Gladbach. Beschreibung neuer europaischen
schmetterlingen. Frankfurt. 1777. 4°. NI.Z.

According to Dr. Hagen, only three copies are known.

20. Gray. Notices of insects that are known to
form the bases of fungoid parasites. London. 1858.
40. M.Z. S.H.S.

Only a small edition was printed and privately distributed by
the author, whose naine appears only by the initials G- R. G.

21. Hartmann. Succini prussici physica et civi-
lis histoi-ia. Francofurti. 1677. 80. NI.Z. S.H.S.

Very rare.

22. Hebenstreit. De locustis immenso agmine
aerem nostrvm implentibvs. Jenae. 1693. 40.

NI.Z. S.H.S.

Prange is not mentioned as author in either copy. Cf. Ha-
gen's Bibl., I. 351.

23. Hoefuagel. Archetypa studiaque patris.
Francofurti. 1592. Oblong 40. NIrZ.

This copy is a very great rarity, printed on thin, pale pink
paper, with a water-mark of Mercury's staff and snakes, differ-
ing from the ordinary copies. It is the only copy known to
Dr. Hagen cerlainly colored at the time of original issue; a
colored copy in Von Heyden's library was apparently painted at
a later date. A third copy is quoted by Brunet, but hasnot
been seen by Dr. Hagen (See Hagen's Bibl., 1. 371). This is
the first illustrated colored work on entomology ever printed.
Dr. Hagen's copy is, however, defective iN lacking eighteen of the
fifty-two platen. The originals of Hoefnagel's plates, painted on
parchment, still exist in the museum at Oxford, — formerly in the
library of Disraeli, the father of Earl of Beaconsiield.

24. Hoefnagel. Diversae insectarum volatilium
icones. (Amsterdam.) 1630. Oblong 40. NI.Z.

This work, also from Dr. Hagen's library, is even much rarer
than the plain copies of the preceding. From 1840 to 1S67 rnly
a single copy was quoted for sale ; since then, according tt^
Dr. Hagen, two have appeared on antiquarian catalogues, but
one of them falsified by the introduction of some plates from the
preceduig work, the insects figured in the two being the same.

25. HUbner. Beitrage zur geschjchte der
schmetterlinge. Augsburg. 1786--89. 2 v. 8°.

P.L. S.H.S.

26. HUbner. Sammlung europaischer schmet-
terlinge. Augsburg. 1805-24. 3 V. 40. P.L.

27. Hiibner. Geschichte europaischer -schmet-
terlinge. Augsburg. 1806-18. 40. P.L.

28. Hubner. Sammlung exotischer schmetter-
linge. Augsburg. 1806-24. 3v. 40. H.C. S.H.S.

There is also a copy at Buffa'o. My copy of this and the
following works of Hubner came from the library of Brebisson,
and appear to have been those of an original subscriber.

29. Hiibner. Tentamen determinationis. . . lepi-
dopterorum [Augsburg, 1806?] S.H.S-

The only copy known to exist, from which my reprint of 187!
was taken. .

30. Hiibner. Zutrage zur sammlung exotischer
schmetterlinge. Augsburg. 1818-37. 40.

H.C S.H.S.

There is .ilso in my library a pamphlet without title (4 pp. 4° ),
v'w'mz names to a |iart of the insects in the first century of the
Zutri&e, often differiua from those of the Zutrage, and evidently
precedii'ig it in date : perhaps it formed part of a prospectus <il
that work. . , . ,

.31. Hiibner. Index exoticorum lepidopterorum.
Augustie Vindelicorum. 1821. 4". S.H.S.

32. Hiibner. Systematisch-alphabetischverzeicli-
niss. Augsburg. 1822. 80. P.L. S.H.S.

33. Linn^. Dissertationes. A complete set of

ENTOMOLOGICAL LIBRARIES OF THE UNITED STATES.

the 1 86 dissertations afterwards published in the
Amoenitates academicae. 8 v. 4°. M.Z.

Dr. Hapensays tlie original copies are of great rarity, a coiti-
pjete set existing elsewhere, so far as he knows, only in Stock-
holm and Upsala. Dr. Hagen's copy was collected by Afzelius,
a pupil of Linn^'s, and several of tliem bear Linnd's autograph.
A high price has been offered for this copy, which contains all
the original plates, some of which — that, for instance, of the
Pandora insectorum — being far rarer than the dissertations
which contain them.

34. Macleay. Horae entomologicae. London.
1819-21. 2v. 8°. S.H.S.

Extremely rare, as nearly the whole edition was burned. It
contains the fullest exposition of the author's " quinary system of
nature "

35. Majolus. Simonis Majoli Ostensis episcopi
vuituariensis dierum canicularium, torn, vii., etc.
Francofurti. 1642. fo. M.Z.

Very rare : originally published in 1600, in 4".

36. Malpighi. Dissertatio epistolica de bom-
byce. Londini. 40. H.C. M.Z. P.L.

37. Melsheimer. Catalogue of the insects of
Pennsylvania. Hannover. i8o5. 12°. M.Z.

Extremely rare; also in Dr. Leconte's library.

38. Metaxa (Liugi) e Rolli. Osservazioni
naturali intorno alle cavallette nocive della campagna
romana. Roma. 1825. 4°. S.H.S.

The principal author's name is wrongly given as Telemaco by
Hagen, who had not seen the work.

39. Moller. Meditatio de insectis quibusdam
Hungaricis. Francofurti. 1673. 120. M.Z.

Very rare.

40. Moufet. Insectorum sive minimorum ani-
malium theatrum. Londini. 1634. Sm. fo.

H.C. M.Z. N.H.

Also in the Congressional library.

41. Nevr England Farmer. The volumes or
numbers containing the papers of Dr. Harris are in
H.C. M.Z. N.H. S.H.S.

42. Nevrport. Collections of his anatomical and
physiological papers, nearly complete, will be found
in my library, and in that of Dr. Packard, in Provi-
dence.

43. Olearius. Gottorffische kunstkammer. Schles-
wig. 1674. 40. M.Z.

44. Olivier. Entomologie : coleopteres. Paris.
1789-1808. 8V.40. HC. M.Z. N.H. P.L.

There is also a copy at the Peabody institute.

45. Palisot de Beauvois. Insectes recueillis
en Afrique et en Amerique. Paris. 1805-21. f°.

H.C.
An imperfect copy. There is also a copy at Baltimore.

46. Panzer. Fauna insectorum Germanicae initia.
Niirnberg. 1793-1844. 190 fasc, oblong 8°, M.Z.

Complete, with all the additions and catalogues. It is prob-
ably ihe only copy in the country.

47. Peters. Naturwissenschaftliche reise nach
Mozambique. Insecten und myriopoden. Berlin.
1862. 40. M.Z.

Presumed to be the only copy in the country.

48 Poey. Centurie de lepidopt^res de I'ile de
Cuba. Paris. 1833. 80. S.H.S.

Very scarce.

49 Quinones. Tratado de las langostas Ma-
drid. 1820. 40. B.A. M.Z. S.H.S.

Very rare.

TO. Ray. Historia insectorum. Londini. rvio,
40 M.Z.

Dr. Hagen considers this the only copy in the coimlry.

51. Rambur. Faune entomologique de I'Anda-
lusie. Pari^. 1842. 2 v. 8°. S.H.S.

I possess only the second and rarer volume, containing all ex-
cepting ihe coleoptera. Most of the copies placed on sale were
withdrawn by the author, and only a few found in his possession
at his dea h. According to Staudjnper, vol. ii. pp. S^S-S^C" >tiy
copy) were never published by Rambur.

52. Rambur. Catalogue systematique des lepi-
dopteres de I'Andalusie. Paris. 1858-66 2 livr.,
forming partie I. S.H.S.

The second livraison does not appear to have been issued
before 1S70, and contains four plates of a third part, never pub-
lished.

53. Roberg. De libella insecto lacustri et alato.
Upsaliae. 1732. 4". WI.Z.

Very rare.

54. Roesel. Monatliche msecten-belustigung.
Nurnberg. 1746-61. 4^.4°- M.Z._ H.C. P.L.

I have also an imperfect copy, and copies are in Brown uni-
versity, the Peabody institute, and Mr. C. V. Riley s library.
The Dutch translation is also in the Public library of Boston.
Dr. Hagen's copv is one in which the earlier parts were colored
by Roesel himself before he was ennobled. These are now rather
scarce. . .

55. Rondelet. Libri de piscibus marinis. Lug-
duni. 1554-55. 2 V. fo. M.Z.

Rare, especially the second volume. ^

56. Savign'y. Description de I'Egypte (50 plates
of insects). Paris. 1809-13. Elephant fo.

H.C. S.H.S

Also in Dr. Packard's library and that of the Peabody Insti-
tute ; doubtless in others.

57. Say. American entomology. Philadelphia
1817. 80. WI.Z.

This preliminary part, issued many years before the first vol-
ume bearing the same tille, is exceedingly rare, — " never properly
published," says Say himself. Only oneolher copy is known m
this country, — in the library of Dr. Le Conte.

58. Say. Descriptions of new species of North
American insects, and observations on some of the
species already described. New Harmony. 1829-33
[1830-34]. 80. N.H. S.H.S.

One of the rarest of Say's New Harmony pamphlets, since
twice republished ; typographically, one of the most irregular
pamphlets ever issued.

59. Schiffermiiller. Systematisch verzeichniss
der schmetterlinge der wiener gegend. Wien.
1776. 40. M.Z. S.H.S.

Probably the only copies of the author's edition in the country.
I have also the edition of 1775, which is given as a separate work
by Hagen, but which differs from the later only in the date on
the two title-pages, a different frontispiece, and a preliminary
title-page : Ankundigung eines systematischen werkes von den
schmetterlingen der wiener gegend. 1775. {Cf. Hagen, Bibl.
II. 122.)

60. Sepp. Surinaamische vlinders. Amsterdam.
1848-55. 3 v. 40. N.H.

61. Stroem. Physik och oeconomisk beskrivelse
over fogderiet Sondmbr. Sorae. 1762. 40. M.Z.

62. Thunberg. Dissertationes. Upsaliae. 1781-
1828.

A very nenrly complete set of his entomological papers, some
of them very scarce, will be found in M.Z. S.H.S.

63. Uddman. Novae insectorum species. Aboae.
1753. 40. M.Z.

Very rare.

64. Villiers et G-uen^e. Tableaux synoptiques
des lepidopteres d'Europe. Paris. 1835. 40.

9.H.S.
Rarely obtainable ; and not elsewhere in this country, unless
in Philadelphia.

65. Walker. Diptera britannica. London. 1851-
56. 3v. 80. S.H.S.

Scar(:e. Also in Mr. E. Burgess's library.

66. Wigand. Vera historia de succino borassico.
Jenae. 1590. 80. M.Z.

According 10. an inscription made in this copy a century ago,
this was pveii then "liber perrarus."

67. Wotton. De differentiis animalium libri
decern. Lutetiae Parisiorum. 1552. fo. M.Z.

Rare, and the only copy known to exist in the c(»iintry

68. Zanghi (I'aolo). Delle cavallette e del
modo di distrtiggerle, opera in circonstanza della in-
vasione avvenuta nella provincia di Caltanisetta nel
1832. Palermo. 1835. 160. pp. (6), 171. S.H.S.

Not mentioned in Hagen's Eibliogr

69. Zinnani. Delle uova e dei nidi degli uccelli
libro primo ; osservazioni giornali sopra la cavallette.
Venezia. 1737. 40. M.Z. S.H.S.

Verv rare.

NIVERSIT
ssJUBRARY^

UNlVEPgY^,,^^^^ at

i^artartj dxniut^itv.

^ Bibliographical Contributions.

EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR,

LIBRARIAN.

I

nsTOw 12.

list

OF TILE

PUBLICATIONS OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY AND
ITS OFFICERS, 1870-1880.

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.:

UNIVERSITY PRESS: JOHN WILSON AND SON.

1881.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Already issued or in preparation :

A Star prefixed indicates they are not yet ready.

1. Edward S. Hold en. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of

Mercury.

2. Justin Winsor. Sliakespeare's Poems : a Bibliograpliy of the Earlier Editions.

3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel-

angelo, with Notes.

4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several

pieces.

5. List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for

Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements.

6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College

Library, by the Honorable Charles Sumner.
*7. James M. Peirce. References in Analytic Geometry.
*8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library.
9. George Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different countries.

10. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibliography of the Publications of James Orchard

Halliwell-Phillipps.

11. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States.

12. List of the Publications of Harvard University and its Officers, 1870-1880.
*i3. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects.

*** The present list has been prepared from the responses to the following circular : —

Cambmdge, Gore Hall, Jan. 24, 1881.
Dear Sir, —

It is proposed to print a list of the publications of the officers of instruction and government
in the University (including librarians, curators, demonstrators, and assistants, together with instructors
annually appointed), for the Academic years 1870-71 to 1879-80, both inclusive; that is, from Sept. 29, 1870,
to Sept. 30, 1880.

I am directed by the President to request your co-operation in making this list accurate and complete
by furnishing me with the titles of the publications made by you during the term of your service, so far as it
falls within the period named, and the titles of such other of your publications, if any, as may be said to have
grown out of your work in the University, though published after your connection with it ceased.

The classes of works intended are these : —

1. Independent works as author or editor.

2. Joint works as author or editor.

3. Contributions, bearing the author's name, to serial, periodical, or occasional publications, includ-

ing transactions of learned societies.

4. Lectures delivered within or without the University, which have been subsequently printed.

As it is intended to give a separate list of the contents of the Annals of the Observatory, the Memoirs

and Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, the Reports of the Peabody Museum, the Library

Bulletin, and the Bulletin of the Bussey Institution, contributions to these pubHcations of the University need

not be enumerated.

Very truly yours,

JUSTIN WINSOR, Librarian of the University.

OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS.

*** These titles are those of publications issued by the different departments of the University, during the period 1870-
1880, with the addition of such volumes of the publications of the Astronomical Observatory and Museum of Com-
parative Zoology as were printed before 1870. This departure from the strict limits of the period has been made
because the volumes dated before 1870 are few in number, and there is manifest convenience m making such a Ust
complete. Contributions by officers of the University in these official publications are not included in the lists given
on later pages under their respective names.

ARNOLD ARBORETUM.

Report of the Director of the Arnold Arboretum to the President and Fellows of Harvard
University. By C. S. Sargent. 8°. Salem. 1874. pp. 16.

Dated Dec. 1874. Also printed in the Bulletin of the Bussey Institution.

Annual Report of the Director of the Arnold Arboretum to the President and Fellows of Har-
vard College for 1879-80. By C. S. Sargent. 8°. Cambridge. 1881. pp. 2, 7, map.

The body of this report (pp. 1-3) is appended to the annual reports of the President and Treasurer of Harvard College.

%* These are the only reports which have been separately printed ; but since 1875 they have appeared in the annual re-
ports of the President, etc., sometimes in connection with the report on the Botanic Garden ; and that for 1875, with the addition
of appendices, in the Bulletin of the Bussey Institution.

ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATORY.

Annals of the Astronomical Observatory of Harvard College. Vol. 1-12. 1852-1880. 4'^.
Cambridge and Leipzig. 1855-80.

Contents. — i. Part i., 1856. pp. (6), 191. — (i.) History and description of the Observatory, pp. 1-55, figs. — (2.)
Appendix, containing reports of the committee appointed by the overseers of the University at Cambridge to examine the
Observatory, for the academic years 1845-55, including reports of the Director, W. C. Bond : 1845-46, pp. 67-112, fig. ;
1846-47, pp. 113-122; 1847-48, pp. 122-132; 1848-49, pp. 132-140; 1849-50, pp. 140-150; 1850-51, pp. 151-160;
1851-52, pp. 160-167; 1852-53, pp. 168-174; 1853-54, pp. 174-182; 1854-55, pp. 183-191. — Part 2, 1855. t.p.,pp.
97, 317, fig. Results of Astronomical observations made under the direction of W. C. Bond ; G. P. Bond, C. W. Tuttle,
assistants. Zone catalogue of 5,500 stars situated between the equator and o°2o' north declination, observed during the
years 1852-53.

ii. Pait 1, 1857. pp. 6, 136, pi. (31). Observations on the planet Saturn, made with the twenty-three-foot equatorial
at the Observatory of Harvard College, 1847-57. By W. C. Bond. — Part 2, 1867. pp. 6, 257. Results of astronomical
observations made under the direction of W. C. Bond ; G. P. Bond, assistant. Zone catalogue of 4,484 stars situated
between o°2o' and o°4o' north declination, observed during the years 1854-55.

iii. 1862. pp. 20, 372, pi. 49, figs. Account of the great comet of 1858. By G. P. Bond.

iv. Part 1, 1863. pp. (6), 32. A catalogue of standard polar and clock stars, for the reduction of observations in
right ascension. By T. H. Safford. — Part 2, 1878. pp. 19, 143. Right ascensions of 505 stars determined with the east
transit circle, 1862-65. By T. H. Safford.

V. 1867. pp. 26, 189, pi. (3). Observations upon the great nebula of Orion. By G. P. Bond ; edited by T. H.
Safford.

vi. 1872. pp. (6) 303. Results of astronomical observations made under the direction of W. C. Bond ; G. P. Bond,
assistant. Zone catalogue of 6,100 stars situated between o°4o' and i°o' north declination, observed during the years
1859-60.

vii. 1871. pp. 22, portr., pi. 112. Observations of solar spots, 1847-49. By W. C. Bond.

viii. Results of observations made or directed by W. C. Bond, G. P. Bond, and J. Winlock. Part 1, 1876. pp. 8, 65,
pi. 10, 6. Historical account of the Astronomical Observatory of Harvard College from October, 1855, to October, 1S76
(including a paper on the Structure of the surface of the moon, by N. S. Shaler. pp. 50-53.) — Part 2, 1876. t. p., pp. 8,
7) pl- 35- — (') Astronomical engravings of the moon, planets, etc., prepared under the direction of J. Winlock. pp. 8,
pi. 23. — (2) Astronomical engravings illustrating solar phenomena, prepared under the direction of J. Winlock. pp.
7. Pl- la-

OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS.

ix. Leipzig. 1S78. pp. 6, 181, pi. (3). Observations made under tlie direction of J. Winlock. Photometric re-
searclies, made in the years 1872-75. By C. S. Peirce.

X. 1877. pp. 89, 239, pi. 6. — I. Observations made with the meridian circle during the years 1871 and 1S72, under
the direction of J. Winlock. By W. A. Rogers, pp. 9-89, 1-227. — 2. Catalogue III. Catalogue of stars in right ascension
observed during the years 1867 and 1868, with the transit circle. [By E. P. Austin], pp. 229-239.

xi. 1S79. pp. 8, 318. Photometric observations made principally with the equatorial telescope of fifteen inches
aperture during the years 1877-79. By E. C. Pickering, aided by A. Searle and W. Upton.

xii. 1880. pp. 92, 271. Observations made with the meridian circle during the years 1874 and 1875, and prepared
for publication under the direction of J. Winlock and E. C. Pickering. By W. A. Rogers.

Report of the Committee of the Overseers of Harvard College appointed to visit the Observa-
tory in the years 1859-64, together with the Report of the Director. 6nos. 8°. Boston. 1860-65.

1859, 24 pp. ; i860, 23 pp. ; 1861, 36 pp. ; 1862, 37 pp. ; 1863, 27 pp., — all by G. P. Bond; 1864, 28 pp., — by T. H.
Safford. EarUer reports were published in the first volume of the Annuals.

Annual Report of the Director of Harvard College Observatory, presented to the Visiting
Committee, 1877-80. By E. C. Pickering. 4 nos. 8°. Cambridge. 1877-81.
1877, 36 pp. ; 1S78, 14 pp. ; 1879, 14 pp. ; 1880, 17 pp.
Standard Public Time [by L. Waldo]. 12 pp. 8°. Cambridge, 1877.

BUSSEY INSTITUTION.

Bulletin of the Bussey Institution, Jamaica Plain, Boston. Vols. 1-3. 8°. Cambridge. 1874-78.

Contents, i. pp. 4, 470, pi. 6. Part i, 1874, pp. 1-80; part 2, 1874, pp. 81-184; part 3, 1874, pp. 185-284;
part 4, 1875, pp. 285-372; part 5, 1876, pp. 373-470, pi. 1-6. — History and description of the Bussey Institution,
1-7. — I. Report of results of examination of commercial fertilizers. By F. H. Storer. pp. 8-24. — 2. Record of
results obtained on analyzing American shorts and middlings, with remarks on the composition of bran. By F. H.
Storer. pp. 25-39.-3. The humane destruction of animals. By D. D. Slade. pp. 40-49, figs. — 4. Agricultural
value of the ashes of anthracite. By F. H. Storer. pp. 50-79. — 5. Record of trials of fertilizers upon the plain-
field of the Bussey Institution ; first report, results obtained in 1871. By F. H. Storer. pp. 80-102. — 6. The same;
second report, results obtained in 1872. By F. H. Storer. pp. 103-115. — 7. The same; third report, results ob-
tained in 1873, with a review of the three years' course of experiments. By F. H. Storer. pp. 1 16-170. —
8. Analyses of several foreign superphosphates of lime, with remarks on the cost of importing superphosphates
from Europe. By F. H. Storer. pp. 170-184. — 9. On the valuation of soluble phosphoric acid in superphosphate
of lime. By F. H. Storer. pp. 185-190. — 10. Average amounts of potash and phosphoric acid in wood ashes
from house-fires, By F. H. Storer. pp. 191-251. — 11. On the importance as plant-food of the nitrogen in vegetable
mould. By F. H. Storer. pp. 252-285. — 12. Applied zoology; the importance of its study to the practical agricultu-
rist. By D. D. Slade. pp. 286-292. — 13. Report of the Director of the Arnold Arboretum, presented to the President
and Fellows of Harvard University. By C. S. Sargent, pp. 293-299. — 14. Record of trials of fertilizers upon the plain-
field of the Bussey Institution ; fourth report, results obtained in 1874. By F. H. Storer. pp. 300-318. — 15. The potato-
rot. By W. G. Farlow. pp. 319-338, figs. — 16. Report on analyses of salt-marsh hay and bog hay. By F. H. Storer.
pp. 339-361. — 17. On the fodder-value of apples. By F. H. Storer. pp. 362-372. — 18. Composition of date-stones and
of the stones of peaches and prunes. By. F. H. Storer. pp. 373-377. — 19. Analyses of potassic fertiUzers. By F. H.
Storer. pp. 378-397. — 20. On the occurrence of ammonia in anthracite. By F. H. Storer. pp. 398-403. — 21. Disease
of olive and orange trees, occurring in California in 1875. By W. G. Farlow. pp. 404-414. — 22. American grape-vine
mildew. By W. G. Farlow. pp. 415-429. 23. List of fungi found in the vicinity of Boston. By W. G. Farlow. pp.

430-439. — 24. The black knot. By W. G. Farlow. pp. 440-454, pi. 1-6 25. Report of the Director of the Arnold

Arboretum, presented to the President and Fellows of Harvard University. By C. S. Sargent, pp. 455-458.

ii. pp. 252, pi. I. Part i, 1877, pp. 1-80 ; part 2, 1877, pp. 81-160, pi.; part 3, 1878, pp. 161-252. — i. The art of
the farrier. By D. D. Slade. pp. 1-6. — 2. On the amounts of potash and of phosphoric acid in several kinds of
rocks. By F. H. Storer. pp. 7-25. — 3. On the agricultural value of spent dye-woods and tan. By F. H. Storer.
pp. 26-50. — 4. On the composition of buckwheat straw. By F. H. Storer. pp. 51-57. — 5. On the fertilizing
power of roasted leather. By F. H. Storer. pp. 58-71. — 6. Notes of experiments in which buckwheat plants
were watered with solutions of peat in alkalies. By F. H. Storer. pp. 72-74. — 7. Remarks on some algEe found in the
water supplies of the city of Boston. By W. G. Farlow. pp. 75-80. — 8. On the composition of certain pumpkins and
squashes. By F. H. Storer. pp. 81-93. — 9- A. record of results obtained on analyzing the seeds of broom-corn. By
F. H. Storer. pp. 94-105. 10. Notes on some common diseases caused by fungi. By W. G. Farlow. pp. 106-114. pl.
— II. A record of analyses of several weeds that are occasionally used as human food. By F. H. Storer. pp. 115-129.
— 12. On the chemical composition of blue joint-grass (calamagrostis canadensis), as contrasted with that of reed canary
grass (phalaris arundinacea). By F. H. Storer. pp. 130-136. — 13. Remarks on American fodder rations, with hints for

OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS.

the improvement of some of them. By F. H. Storer. pp. 137-158.^14. Results obtained on growing buckwheat in
equal weights of pit-sand and of coal ashes. By F. H. Storer. pp. 159-160.-15. The hybridization of lilies. By
F. Parkman. pp. 161-165. — i^- On the chemical composition of the common field horse-tail or scouring-rush (equisetum
arvense). By F. H. Storer. pp. 166-175. — 17. Results of a chemical examination of the shells of crabs and lobsters,
and of those of oysters, clams, mussels, and other shell-fish. By F. H. Storer. pp. 176-194. — 18. On the prominence of
carbonate of. lime as a constituent of solutions obtained by percolating di-y cultivable soils with water. By F. H. Storer.
pp. 195-221. — 19. Supplementary note to an article on the composition of pumpkins. By F. H. Storer. pp. 221-223.
— 20. List of fungi found in the vicinity of Boston ; part 2. By W. G. Farlow. pp. 224-252.

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY.

Bulletin of more important accessions, with Bibliographical Contributions : —

Vol. i. includes Nos. i to 13, 1875-79, pp. iv. 378. 8°. Nos. i to 5 consist of lists of accessions to the college library
only. Those added to the departmental libraries are included in later numbers, which also contain bibliographical papers, of
which the most extended are as follows : —

H. C. Lodge on " American History," in Nos. 5 and 7.

Justin VVinsor on " Puritans and Separatists," in no. 7 ; on the " Pilgrims at Plymouth " and " Thomas Jl Becket " in
no. 8 ; on " The Great Council for New England and Massachusetts Bay," in nos. 9 and 10 ; on " Early Globes "
in no. 10 ; on " The Cosmographical labors of Sebastian Miinster " and " The Antinomian Controversy in New England "
in no. II ; on " Edmund Spenser and Early Editions of his Poems," in no. 12,

Charles F. Dunbar on " Gold and Silver," in no. 7.

Ezra Abbot on " Theological Books," in no. 7.

Ephraim Emerton on " The History of the Empire and the Papacy, 1056-1122," in no. 7.

Wolcott Gibbs on " Thermodynamics," in no. 9.

Vol. ii. begins with no. 14, 1880, and with no. 18 the publication became " The Harvard University Bulletin." The
first four numbers contain, beside the lists of accessories, etc., the following bibliographical papers : —

Justin Winsor on " The Character of the Gracchi," in no. 14 ; on the " Character of Seneca," in no. 15.

Ivan Panin on " Russian Nihilism," in nos. 16 and 18.

Wolcott Gibbs and John Trowbridge on " Suggestions of Students' Work in Physics," in no. 17.

*#* The Bulletin has also contained various papers, which, issued separately, constitute the series next named.

Bibliographical Contributions, edited by Justin Winsor, Librarian.

*#* These papers, after appearing in sections in the Bulletin of the Library, have been printed separately ; but those
marked with a star, not being yet completed in the Bulletin, have not appeared separately. They are ; —

1. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of Mercury.

2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems : a Bibliography of the Earlier Editions.

3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal Books relating to the Life and Works of Michelangelo, with Notes.

4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several Pieces.

5. List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for Scientific Researches involving

Accurate Measurements.

6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College Library by the Honorable

Charles Sumner.

*7. James M. Peirce. References In Analytic Geometry.

*8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library.

9. GeoRGE Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different countries.

10. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibliography of the Publications of James Orchard Halliwell-Phillipps.

11. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States.

12. A List of the Publications of Harvard University and its OiBcers. 1870-1880. (Separate only.)
*i3. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects.

Special Publications. I. Catalogue of Scientific Serials of all Countries, including the trans-
actions of learned societies in the natural, physical and mathematical sciences, 1633-1876. By
Samuel H. Scudder. 1879. 8°. pp. xii. 358.

%* The annual reports of Mr. Sibley as Librarian are preserved in manuscript, but his twenty-second and final Annual Report
(July 6, 1877) was printed. The present Librarian has made three annual reports, which have been appended to the Reports
of the President, and have also been issued separately.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College. Vols. 1-7. 4°. Cam-
bridge. 1865-80.

First published under the title of "Illustrated Catalogue," each paper separately paged. Nos. i, 2 of the Cata-
logue form vol. I of Memoirs ; Nos. 3, 4, 5, 6 of Catalogue and No. 9 of Memoirs form vol. 2 ; No. 7 of Catalogue forms
vol. 3 ; and No. 8 of Catalogue and No. 10 of Memoirs form vol. 4. After this, the continuous numbering of separate
papers is discontinued.

OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS.

Contents. — i. 1865. pp. 460, pi. 2, cuts in text. — i. Ophiurida: and astrophytidse. By T. Lyman, pp. 8,200,
pi. 2, cuts. — 2. North American acalephae. By A. Agassiz. pp. 14, 234, cuts.

ii. 1870-76. pp. 280, pi. 26. 1.1870. Monograph of the North Amei-ican AstacidjE. By H. A. Hagen. pp. 8, m,
pi. II. — 2. 1871. Deep-sea corals. By L. F. de Pourtal&s. pp. (4), 93, map, pi. 8.-3. 1872. The immature state
of the odonata; part i, subfamily gomphina. By L. Cabot, pp. (4), 19, pi. 3.-4. 1871. Supplement to the Ophiuridae
and astrophytida;. By T. Lyman, pp. 18, pi. 2.-5. 1876. On some insect deformities. By H. A. Hagen.
pp. 23, pi. I.

iii. 1872-74. pp. 796, pi. 94. Revision of the echini. By A. Agassiz. — i. 1S72. Introduction, bibliography,
nomenclature, chronological list, synonymy, geographical distribution, pp. 12, 244, pi. 7. — 2. 1872. Echini of the east-
ern coast of the United States, together with a report on the deep-sea echini collected in the straits of Florida, by L. F.
de Pourtalfes, in the years 1S67-69. pp. 245-378, pi. 42. — 3. 1S73. Description of the species of recent echini, pp. (2),
379-628, (2), pi. 28. — 4. 1874. Structure and embryology of the echini, pp. (2), 629-762, pi. 17, cuts.

*#* The text and plates were issued separately ; the latter with title-pages and index making pp. (6), 4, and one or more pages
of text corresponding to each plate.

iv. 1874-76. pp. 348, pi. 28. — I. 1874. Zoological results of the Hassler expedition. L Echini, crinoids, and corals.
By A. Agassiz and L. F. de Pourtalfes. pp 4, 54, pi. 10. — 2. 1875. T^hc same. \\. Ophiuridae and astrophytidjE, in-
cluding those dredged by the late Dr. W. Stimpson. By T. Lyman, pp. 34, pi. 5, cuts. — 3. 1876. The American
bisons, living and extinct. By J. A. Allen. T. p., pp. 10, 246, map, pi. 12.

V. 1877. pp. 215, pi. 54. — I. North American starfishes. By A. Agassiz. pp. 6, 137, pi. 20. — 2. Report on the
hydroida collected during the exploration of the Gulf Stream by L. F. de Pourtal^s. By G. J. AUman. pp. 2, 66, pi. 34.

vi. 1878-S0. pp. 637, pi. 33, maps 4. — i. 1879-80. The auriferous gravels of the Sierra Nevada of California.
By J. D. Whitney, pp. 5-569, pi. 23, maps 4. — 2. 1878. Report on the fossil plants of the aurifei-ous gravel deposits of
the Sierra Nevada, By L. Lesquereux. pp. 6, 62, pi. 10.

vii. 1880. pp. 4, 61, pi. 23 (incomplete). — i. Report on the Florida reefs. By L. Agassiz, accompanied by illustra-
tions of Florida corals, from drawings by Sonrel, Burkhardt, Agassiz, and Roetter, with an explanation of the plates by
L. F. de Pourtal^s.

*#* Two other parts, one already published, complete the volume.

Illustrated Catalogue. See Memoirs.

Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, in Cambridge. Vols.
1-7. 8°. Cambridge. 1863-80.

Contents. — i. 1863-1869. pp. 4, 386. 1. List of the fishes sent by the Museum todifferent institutions, in exchange
for other specimens, with annotations. By F. W. Putnam, pp. 1-16. — 2. List of the echinoderms sent by the Museum
to different institutions, in exchange for other specimens, with annotations. By A. Agassiz. pp. 17-28. — 3. List of the
polyps and corals sent by the Museum to different institutions, in exchange for other specimens, with annotations. By
A. E. Verrill. pp. 29-60. — 4. List of the brachiopods from the island of Anticosti, sent by the Museum to different insti-
tutions, in exchange for other specimens, with annotations. By N. S. Shaler. pp, 61-70. — 5. The fossil cephalopods
of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. By A. Hyatt, pp. 71-102. — 6. Contributions to the fauna of the Gulf Stream
at gi-eat depths. By L. F. de Pourtalfes. pp. 103-120. — 7. Contributions to the fauna of the Gulf Stream at great
depths ; second series. By L. F. de Pourtalfes. pp. 121-142. — 8. Catalogue of the mammals of Massachusetts, with a
critical revision of the species. By J. A, Allen, pp. 143-252. — 9. Preliminary report on the echini and starfishes, dredged
in deep water between Cuba and the Florida reef, by L. F. de Pourtales. Prepared by A. Agassiz. pp. 253-308.
— 10. Preliminary report on the ophiuridae and astrophytidse dredged in deep water between Cuba and the Florida reef,
by L. F. de Pourtales. Prepared by T, Lyman, pp. 309-354. — 11. List of the crinoids, obtained on the coasts of Flor-
ida and Cuba by the U. S. coast-survey Gulf-stream expeditions in 1867, 1868, 1869. By L. F. Pourtales. pp. 355-358.
— 12. List of holothuridae from the deep-sea dredgings of the U.S. coast survey. By L. F. Pourtalfes. pp. 359-361. —
13. Report upon the deep-sea dredgings in the Gulf Stream during the third cruise of the U. S. steamer "Bibb," ad-
dressed to Professor Benjamin Peirce, superintendent U. S. coast survey. By L. Agassiz. pp. 363-386.

ii. 1870-71. pp. 4, 457; pi. 8. — I. On the eared seals (otariadae), with detailed descriptions of the North Pacific
species. By J. A. Allen. Together with an account of the habits of the northern fur seal (callorhinus ursinus). By
C. Bryant, pp. 1-108 ; pi. 1-3. — 2. Preliminary report on the Crustacea, dredged in the Gulf Stream in the Straits of
Florida, by L. F. de Pourtalfes ; part I. Brachyura. Prepared by W. Stimpson. pp. 109-160. — 3. On the mammals and
winter buds of East Florida, with an examination of certain assumed specific characters in birds, and a sketch of the bird
faunae of eastern North America, By J, A, Allen, pp. 161-450 ; pi. 4-8. — 4. Directions for dredging. Drawn up by
L. F. de Pourtales. pp. 451-454. — 5. Appendix to the Preliminary report (Bulletin, no. 9, vol. 1) on the echini col-
lected by L. F. de Pourtalfes. By A, Agassiz. pp. 455-457.

iii. 1871-76. pp, 4, 375 ; pi. 18.— I. Report on the brachiopoda, obtained by the U. S, coast-survey expedition in
charge of L. F de Pourtales, with a revision of the craniidae and discinidse. By W. H. Dall. pp. 1-45; pi. 1-2. —
2. Application of photography to illustrations of natural history, with two figures printed by the Albert and Woodbury
process. By A. Agassiz. pp. 47-48 ; pi. (2). — 3. A letter concerning deep-sea dredging, addressed to Professor Benja-
min Peirce, superintendent U. S. coast survey. By L. Agassiz. pp. 49-53, — 4, Preliminary notice of a few species of
echmi. By A, Agassiz. pp, 55-5S. — 5. Fossil cephalopods of the Museum of Comparative Zoology; embryology.
By A, Hyatt, pp 59-111 ; pi. 1-4, cuts in text. —6. Notes of an ornithological reconnoissance of portions of Kansas, Col-

OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS.

orado, Wyoming, and Utah. By J. A. Allen, pp. 1 13-183. — 7. Interim report on the hydroids collected by L. F. de Pour-
tal^s, during the Gulf Stream exploration of the U. S. coast survey. By G. J. Allman. pp. 185-1S6. — 8. The echini collected
on the Hassler expedition. By A. Agassiz. pp. 187-190. : — 9. Catalogue of the terrestrial air-breathing moUusks of
North America, with notes on their geographical range. By W. G. Binney. pp. 191-220, map. — 10. OphiuridEB and
astrophytidae, old and new. By T, Lyman, pp. 221-272, pi. 1-7, cuts in text. — 11. Exploration of Lake Titicaca, by
A. Agassiz and S. W. Garman. I. Fishes and reptiles. By S. W. Garman. pp. 273-278, i pi. — 12. Exploration of
Lake Titicaca, by A. Agassiz and S. W. Garman. II. Notice of the palaeozoic fossils. By O. A. Derby, with notes by
A. Agassiz. pp. 279-286. — 13. Recent corals from Tilibiche, Peru. By A. Agassiz and L. F. de Pourtalfes. pp. 287-290,
pi. I. — 14. The development of salpa. By W. K. Brooks, pp. 291-348, cuts in text. 15. Exploration of Lake Titi-
caca, by A. Agassiz and S. W. Garman. III. List of mammals and birds. By J. A. Allen, with field notes by S. W.
Garman. pp. 349-359. — 16. Exploration of Lake Titicaca, by A. Agassiz and S. W. Garman. IV. Crustacea. By
W. Faxon, pp. 361-375, cuts in text.

iv. 1878. pp. 6, 449, pi. 104, cuts in text. The terrestrial air-breathing mollusks of the United States and the
adjacent territories of North America. Described and illustrated by W. G. Binney.

V. 1878-79. pp. 4, 368, pi. 50. — I. (Letter No. i) to C. P. Patterson, superintendent coast survey, Washington,
D.C., on the dredging operations of the U. S. coast-survey steamer "Blake," during parts of January and February,
1878. By A. Agassiz. pp. 1-9. — 2. On the presence of demodex folliculorum in the skin of the ox. By W. Faxon,
pp. 11-16. pi. I. — 3. The Richmond boulder trains. By E. R. Benton, pp. 17-42, maps 2. — 4. Description of a new
species of corbicula, with notes on other species of the corbiculadae family. By T. Prime, pp. 43-46, pi. 2, cuts in text.

— 5. Notes on the anatomy of corbiculadjE (mollusca) and a translation from the Danish of an article on the anatomy of
cyclas (sphaerium), by Jacobsen. By T. Prime, pp. 47-54, pi. 3. — 6. (Letter No. 2) to C. P. Patterson, superintendent
coast survey, Washington, D.C., on the dredging operations of the U.S. coast-survey steamer " Blake," during parts of
March and April, 1878, with the preliminary report on the mollusca of the expedition, by W. H. Dall. pp. 55-64, pi. 2.

— 7. Ophiuridae and astrophytid;e of the exploring voyage of H. M. S. " Challenger," under Professor Sir W. Thomson.
By T. Lyman. Part I. pp. 65-168, pi. 10. — 8. Reports on the results of dredging, under the supervision of A. Agassiz,
in the Gulf of Mexico, by the U. S. coast-survey steamer " Blake," Lt. Com. C. D. Sigsbee commanding. I. Description
of the sounding-machine, water-bottle, and detacher used on board the " Blake" by C. D. Sigsbee. pp. 169-179, pi. 5. —
9. The same. II. Report on the echini, by A. Agassiz ; crinoids and corals, by L. F. de Pourtalfes ; and ophiurans by
T. Lyman : preceded by a bibliographical notice of the publications relating to the deep-sea investigations carried on by the
U. S. coast survey, pp. iSi-238, pi. 10, cuts in text. — 10. Report on the hydroidea collected during the exploration of
the Gulf Stream and Gulf of Mexico by A. Agassiz. By S. F. Clarke, pp. 239-252, pi. 1-5. — 11. On some young
stages in the development of hippa, porcellana, and pinnixa. By W. Faxon, pp. 253-268, pi. 1-5. — 12. Reports on
the results of dredging, under the supervision of A. Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico, by the U. S. coast-survey steamer
" Blake," Lt. Com. C. D. Sigsbee commanding. IV. Preliminary report on the worms. By. E. Ehlers. pp. 269-274. —
13. On the classification of rocks. By M. E. Wadsworth. pp. 275-287. — 14. (Letter No. 3) to C. P. Patterson, su-
perintendent U. S. coast survey, Washington, D. C, on the dredging operations carried on from December, 1878, to
March 10, 1879, by the U. S. coast-survey steamer " Blake," Com. J. R. Bartlett. By A. Agassiz. pp. 289-302, maps 2.
— 15. On the development of palaemonetes vulgaris. By W. Faxon, pp. 303-330, pi. 1-4. — 16. On the jaw and
lingual dentition of certain terrestrial mollusks. By W. G. Binney, pp. 331-368, pi. 2.

vi. 1879-1880. pp. 158, pi. 16 (incomplete). — 1. List of dredging stations occupied by the U. S. coast-survey steamers
" Corwin," " Bibb," " Hassler," and " Blake," from 1867-1S79, Benjamin Peirce and Carlile P. Patterson, superintend-
ents of the coast survey, pp. 1-15. — 2. Ophiuridae and astrophytidae of the exploring voyage of H. M. S. " Challenger,"
under Professor Sir W. Thomson. Part II. By T. Lyman, pp. 17-83, pi. 9. — 3. Reports on the results of dredging
under the supervision of A. Agassiz, in the gulf of Mexico, 1877-78, by the U. S. coast-survey steamer " Blake," Lt. Com.
C. D. Sigsbee commanding. V. General conclusions from a preliminary examination of the mollusca. By W. H. Dall.
pp. 85-93. — 4. Reports on the results of dredging under the supervision of A. Agassiz, in the Caribbean Sea, 1878-79,
by the U. S. coast-survey steamer " Blake," Com. J. R. Bartlett commanding. VI. Report on the corals and antipatharia.
By L. F. de Pourtales. pp. 95-120, pi. 1-3. — 5. The ethnoid bone in the bats. By H. Allen, pp. 121-122. — 6. On
certain species of chelonioidae. By S. W. Garman. pp. 123-126. — 7. Contribution to a knowledge of the tubular jelly
fishes. By J. W. Fewkes. pp. 127-146, pi. 1-3. — 8. (Letter No. 4) to C. P. Patterson, superintendent U. S. coast
■ and geodetic siurvey, Washington, D. C, on the dredging operations carried on during part of June and July, 1880, by
the U. S. coast-survey steamer "Blake;" Com. J. R. Bartlett. By A. Agassiz. pp. 147-154.^9. Reports of the
results of dredging, under the supervision of A. Agassiz, on the east coast of the United States, by the U. S. coast-survey
steamer " Blake " ; Com. J. R. Bartlett. VII. Description of a gravitating trap for obtaining specimens of animal life
from intermedial ocean depths. By C. D. Sigsbee. pp. 155-158, pi. i.

The volume, when completed, will contain three more numbers, two of which have already been published.

vii. 1880. pp. 4, 157 ; pi. 6 (incomplete), i. Notes on the geology of the iron and copper districts of Lake
Superior. By M. E. Wadsworth.

The volume will contain only geological papers, and bears also the title " Geological Series, i."

Report of the Committee of the Overseers of Harvard College, appointed to visit the Lawrence
scientific school during the year i860 ; together with the reports submitted by the professors.
Submitted Feb. 21, 1861. 8°. Cambridge. 1873. pp. 86.

8 OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS.

Contents. — (i.) Report of the Board of Overseers of Harvard College, pp. 3-1 1. — (ii.) Report of the Trustees of
the Museum of Comparative Zoology. 1861. Sep. t.p., pp. 16-67. [App. C. Report of the Director of the Museum
for the year 1859, presented January, i860. By L. Agassiz. pp. 48-53. App. D. Report of the Committee on the Mu-
seum, presented October, i860, pp. 54-58. App. E. Report of the Director of the Museum for the year i860, submitted
January, 1861. By L. Agassiz. pp. 59-66.] — (iii.) Annual report of the Trustees of the Museum, together with the
report of the Director. 1862. Sep. t. p., pp. 71-S6. [App. A. Third Annual Report of the Museum, presented October,
1861. By L. Agassiz. pp. 73-85.]

This reprints as part of its contents the two following : —

Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. 1861. 8°. Boston. 1861.
pp. so.

Contents. — (i.) App. C. Report of the Director of the Museum for the year 1859, presented January, i860. By
L. Agassiz. pp. 33-37 (same as the precedmg (ii.)App. C.) — (ii.) App. D. Report of the Committee on the Museum,
presented October, i860, pp. 38-42 (same as the preceding (ii.), App. D.) — (iii.) App. E. Report of the Director of
the Museum for the year i860, submitted January, 1861. By L. Agassiz. pp. 43-49 (same as the preceding (ii.) App. E.).

This and the following reports up to 1876 were issued by the Commonwealth, as Senate documents. This is Senate,
No. 37.

Annual Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, together with the
Report of the Director. 1862. By L. Agassiz. 8°. Boston. 1862. pp. 18. Senate, No. 53.

Same as report of the committee of the overseers above, (iii.).

Annual report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, together with the
Report of the Director. 1862. By L. Agassiz. 8°. Boston. 1863. pp. 41. Senate No. 32.

Contents. — App. A. Fourth Annual Report of the Museum, by L. Agassiz, presented October, 1862. pp. 5-40. Dis-
tinct from the preceding.

Annual Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology (at Harvard College,
in Cambridge), together with the Report of the Director. 1863-72. By L. Agassiz. 10 nos,
8°. Boston. 1864-73.

The seventh report, 1865, and in part the eighth, 1866, were prepared by A. Agassiz, assistant in charge. 1S63. pp. 56.
Senate, no. 22. — 1864, pp. 51, Senate, no. 96. — 1865, pp. 32, Senate, no. 67. — 1866, pp. 37, Senate, no. 52. — 1867,
pp. 32, Senate, no. 218. — 1868, pp. 46, Senate, no. 60. — 1869, pp. 41, Senate, no. 170. — 1870, pp. 35, Senate, no. 327. —
1S71, pp. 35, Senate, no. 249. — 1872, pp. 36, Senate, no. 252.

Annual Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College,
in Cambridge, together with the Report of the Committee on the Museum. 1873-74. 2 nos.
8°. Boston. 1874-75.

The report for 1873 is by A. Agassiz; that for 1874 by A. Agassiz and T. Lyman. 1873, pp. 30, Senate, no. 200. —
1874, pp. 26, Senate, no. 75.

Annual Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Harvard College,
in Cambridge, together with the Report of the Curator to the Committee on the Museum, for
1875-76. By A. Agassiz. 2 nos. 8°. Boston. 1876-77.

1875, pp. 58, portr., pi. 3, Senate, no. 10. — 1876, pp. 47, Senate, no. 5.

Annual Report of the Curator of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Harvard College to
the President and Fellows of Harvard College for 1877-80. By A. Agassiz. 3 nos. 8°. Cam-
bridge. 1878-80.

1S77-78, pp. 40, pi. 2. — 1878-79, pp. 28. — 1879-80, pp. 29, pi. 5.

A.

G. A. Maack, J. McCrady, C. R. Osten Backen, A. S. Packard. Jr., J. JB. Perry, L. 'F. de PourtalJs, F. W. Putnam, O. H. Sl. John
S. H. Scudder, N. S. Shaler, F. R. Staehli, F. Steindachner, P. R. Uhler, A. E. Verrill, J. D. Whitney,

Miscellaneous. — List of American fossils which can be furnished in exchange by the Museum. 16°. n.p., n. d.,
pp.8.

List of European fossils which can be furnished in exchange by the Museum. 16° N. p., N. D., pp. 12.

Directions for collecting objects of natural history. 8°. Cambridge. N. D. pp. 8.

Articles of agreement between the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology and the President and Fellows
of Harvard College. 8°. Boston. 1859. pp. 8.

Charter of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, with a list of the Trustees, the by-laws, and other papers. 1859.
8°. Boston. 1859. pp. 32.

An account of the organization and progress of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, in Cam-
bridge, Mass. 80. Cambridge. 1871. pp. 32, pi. 5.

The Organization and Progress of the Anderson School of Natural History at Penikese Island. Report of the
Trustees for 1873. By A. Agassiz. 8°. Cambridge. 1874. pp. 30, pi. 5.

OFFICIAL PUBLICATiONS.

PEABODY MUSEUM OF AMERICAN ARCHEOLOGY AND

ETHNOLOGY.

First(-Seventh) Annual Report of the Trustees of the Peabody Museum of American Archasology
and Ethnology, presented to the President and Fellows of Harvard College (by Jeffries Wyman),
1868-74. 7 nos. 8°. Cambridge. 1868-74.

I. pp. 28. — 2. pp. 23. — 3. pp. 15. — 4. pp. 27. — 5. pp. 35. — 6. pp. 27. — 7. pp. 43. These Reports contain notices
of explorations and collections by tl>e Curator, among which maybe specified: On the Shell Heaps of the St. John's
River, Fla. (i. 11-18). — The Mortillet Collection (ii. 6-7). — The Rose Collection (ii. 8-11). — Observations on Crania and
other Parts of the Skeleton (iv. 10-24). — The Clement Collection (v. 6-11). — Explorations in Tennessee (v. 11-22). —
Explorations in Florida (v. 22-25). — The Nicolucci Collection (vi. 7-12). — Explorations on the St. Clair River, Michigan,
by H. Gillman (vi. 13-19). —The Agassiz Collection (vii. 7-24). — Human Remains in the Shell Heaps of the St. John's
River, East Florida; Cannibalism (vii. 26-37).

Eighth Annual Report of the Trustees of the Peabody Museum of American Archaeology and
Ethnology, presented to the President and Fellows of Harvard College (by Asa Gray), 1875. 8°.
Cambridge. 1875. pp. 61.

The Report on the Additions to the .Museum (pp. 12-52) is by F. W. Putnam, and is mostly occupied with an account of
the Swallow Collection of Missouri Pottery (pp. 16-46), and of explorations in Kentucky (pp. 47-52).

Ninth Annual Report of the Trustees of the Peabody Museum of American Archseology and
Ethnology, presented to the President and Fellows of Harvard College (by F. W. Putnam), 1876.
8°. Cambridge. 1876. pp. 56-

Contains (pp. 31-56) a General Index to Reports 1-9, which are thus made to form Vol. I., which also contains title-
page (like the next) and preface (i p.) and portraits of Peabody and Wyman.

Reports of the Peabody Museum of American Archaeology and Ethnology, in connection with
Harvard University (by F. W. Putnam). Vol. II. 1876-79. 8°. Cambridge. 1880. pp. 7, 775,
map, pi. and illustr.

Contents. — lo. 1877, pp. 1-167. Appendices. — (i.) Report on the Discovery of supposed Paleolithic Implements from
the Glacial Drift, in the Valley of the Delaware River, near Trenton, New Jersey, by C. C. Abbott, pp. 30-43. — (ii. ) Report
on the age of the Delaware Gravel Beds containing Chipped Pebbles, by N. S. Shaler. pp. 44-47. — (iii.) Report on Explora- '
tion of Ash Cave in Benton Township, Hocking Co., Ohio, by E. B. Andrews, pp. 4S-50. — (iv.) Report of Explorations of
Mounds in Southeastern Ohio, by E. B. Andrews, pp. 51-74. — (v.) Report on the Exploration of a Mound in Lee Co.,
Virginia, by L. Carr. pp. 75-94. — (vi.) On the Art of War and Mode of Warfare of the Ancient Mexicans, by A. F.
Banddier. pp. 95-161.

II. 1878, pp. 169-457. Appendices. — (i.) Second Report on the Paleolithic Implements from the Glacial Drift, in the
Valley of the Delaware River, near Trenton, New Jersey, byC. C. Abbott, pp. 225-257. — (ii.) The Method of Manufacture
of several Articles by the former Indians of Southern California, by P. Schumacher, pp. 258-268. — (iii.) Cave Dwellings in
Utah by E. Palmer, pp. 269-272. — (iv.) The Manufacture of Soapstone Pots by the Indians of New England, by F. W.
Putnam, pp. 273-276. — (v.) Notes on a Collection from the Ancient Cemetery at the Bay of Chacota, Peru, by J. H. Blake,
pp. 277-304. — (vi.) Archaeological Explorations in Tennessee, by F. W. Putnam, pp. 305-360, map. — (vii.) Observations
on the Crania from the Stone Graves in Tennessee, by L. Carr. pp. 361-384. — (viii.) On the Distribution and Tenure of
Lands, and the Customs with respect to Inheritance, among the Ancient Mexicans, by A. F. BandeUer. pp. 385-448.

12-13. 1880, pp. 458-775. Appendices. — (i.) Measurements of Crania from California by L. Carr. pp. 497-505.—
(ii.) Flint Chips, by C. C. Abbott, pp. 506-520. — (iii.) The Method of manufacturing Pottery and Baskets among the
Indians of Southern California, by P.' Schumacher, pp. 521-525. — (iv.) Aboriginal Soapstone Quarries in the District of
Columbia, by E. R. Reynolds, pp. 526-535. — (v.) On the Ruins of a Stone Pueblo on the Animas River in New Mexico ;
with a Ground Plan, by L. H. Morgan, pp. 536-556. — (vi.) On the Social Organization and Mode of Government of the
Ancient Mexicans, by A. F. Bandelier. pp. 557-699.

UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS.

Annual Reports of the President and Treasurer of Harvard College. 1869-70 to 1879-80.
10 vols. 8°.

These reports contain also the departmental reports submitted to the Corporation.

Cataloo-us Senatus Academici CoUegii Harvardiani, et eorum qui muneribus et officiis

lO OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS.

prsefuerunt quique honoribus academicis donati sunt, in Universitate quae est Cantabrigite in
Civitate Massachusettensium. MDCCCLXXIL, MDCCCLXXV., et MDCCCLXXX.

These three volumes, the first two triennial, and the last quinquennial (as the issues will hereafter be), were edited
by John Langdon Sibley, Librarian and Librarian Emeritus. The last was accompanied by a circular, " Harvard Quin-
quennial Catalogue, 1880," drawing attention to graduates from 1642 to 1820, about whom information is wanted.

The Harvard University Catalogue, 1869-70 to 1879-80. 10 volumes. .16°.

The first volume had the imprint " Cambridge : Sever, Francis, & Co." ; the second and third volumes, " Cambridge :
Riverside Press " ; and later volumes, " Cambridge : published for the "University, by Charles W. Sever." The first two
years were edited by John Langdon Sibley, Librarian, and succeeding volumes by G. A. Hill (1872-74); W. H. Pettee
(1874-76); C. L. Smith (1876-77) ; G. R. Briggs (1877-79); and H. R. Wheeler (1879-80).

The following publication is not official, but is a convenient companion to the Catalogue as placing the names in one
alphabetical list, and as presenting the Officers and Members of all the College Societies :

The Harvard Index, 1873-74 to 1879-80. 7 Vols. 16".

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

Ezra Abbot.

Assistant Librarian, 1856-1872. Bussey Professor
of New Testament Criticistn and Interpretation,
1872- .

1. A Critical Greek and English Concordance of

the New Testament. Prepared by Charles F.
Hudson . . . revised and completed by Ezra
Abbot. . . . Boston, 1870, 16° ; 3d edition with
Supplement complete. 1875. ^6°- ^''"i 5°^-

2. Review of Trench's Synonyms of the New

Testament. [With a special discussion of the
distinction between aiTeoi and ^pioTow.] [North
American Review, Jan. 1872 ; CXIV. 171-189.)

3. On the Comparative Antiquity of the Sinaitic

and Vatican Manuscripts of the Greek Bible.
(yournal of the American Oriental Society, X.
part I (1872), 189-200, also 602.)

4. Reports on the Bucknell Library of Crozer The-

ological Seminary, by Rev. Prof. C. P. Krauth,
D.D., and Prof. Ezra Abbot. Philadelphia,
1874, 8°, pp. 15.

5. The late Prof. Tischendorf. (Unitarian Review,

March, 1875; HI- 217-236; and reprinted in
Dickinson's Theological Quarterly, London.)

6. On the Reading "An only-begotten God" or

" God only-begotten," John i. 18. {Unitarian
Review, June, 1875; m- 5^°-S7i-)

7. The late Dr. Tregelles. (Independent (N. Y.),

July I, 1875, pp. 3, 4; and reprinted, Plymouth
|Eng.], 1875, 240. PP- 20.)

8. On the Reading "'Church of God," Acts xx. 28.

{Bihliotheca Sacra, April, 1876; XXXIII. 313-
352.) First privately printed for the American
Bible Revision Committee.

9. American Oriental Society. [With some notice

of Max Miiller's attack on Prof. W. D. Whit-
ney.] (Bihliotheca Sacra, July, 1877 ; XXXIV.
557-562-)

10. Article "Septuagint" in Johnson's New Uni-

versal Cyclopaedia, IV. New York, 1878.

11. On the Reading la-TniKev (supposed imperfect of

o-T^Kio), John viii. 44. pp. 6. (Privately printed
for the American Bible Revision Committee.
1878.)

12. The New Testament Text. — The Imperfection

of the Greek Text from which our Common
English Version was made, and our Present
Resources for its Correction. (Sunday-School
World (Phila.), Oct. 1878; reprinted, with
some changes, in Anglo-American Bible Revision
by members of the American Revision Com-
mittee. New York, 1879, 120, pp. 86-98.)

13. Ancient Papyrus, and the Mode of making Paper

from it. (Library Jotcrnal, Nov. 1878 ; III.

323. 324-)

14. Dr. Todd on Bible Revision. (Christian Intel-

ligencer (N. Y.), Nov. 21, 1878.)

15. Reply of Prof. Abbot to the Letter of Dr. Todd.

(Christian Intelligencer, April 17 and 24, 1879.)

16. I. John v. 7 and Luther's German Bible. (Chris-_

tian Intelligencer, May 15, 1879.)

17. The Authorship of the Fourth Gospel : Ex-

ternal Evidences. Boston, 18S0, 8°, pp. 104.
(First printed in the Unitarian Review, Feb.,
March, and June, 1880; also included in the
volume of Institute Essays, Boston, 1880.)
*«* Professor Abbot also served from 1872 to iSSo as a mem-
ber o^the New Testament Company of the American bible
Rsvision Committee. See also the Bulletin of the Library.

Henry Adams.

Assistant Professor of History, 1870-1877.

1. New York Gold Conspiracy. ( Westminster Re-

view, Oct. 1870, XCIV. 411 ; reprinted in No. 2.

2. Chapters of Erie and other Essays, by C. F.

Adams, Jr., and Henry Adams. Boston, 1871.

3. Essays in Anglo-Saxon Law. Boston, 1876.

4. Documents relating to New England Federalism,

1800-1815, edited by Henry Adams. Boston,
1877.

5. The Life of Albert Gallatin. Philadelphia, 1879.

6. The Writings of Albert Gallatin, edited by Henry

Adams. 3 vols. Philadelphia, 1879.

*#* Professor Adams was Editor of the North A Trierican.
Review, Jan. 1871-JuIy 1872; April 1874-601. 1876. The fol-
lowing are some of his articles and notices: The Session, CXI.
29; Harvard College, 1786-87, CXIV. no ; Freeman's Histori-
cal Essays, CXIV. 193 ; Maine's Village Communities, CXIV.
ig6 ; Freeman's History of the Norman Conquest, CXVIIl.
176; Coulanges's Ancient City, CXVIIl. 390; Solim's Proce-
dure de la Lex Salica, CXVIIl. 416; Stubbs's Constitutional
History of England, CXIX. 233, and CXXIH. 161 ; Kitchin's
History of France, CXIX. 442; Parkman's Old Regime in
Canada, CXX. 175; Von Hoist's Administration of Andrew
Jack.son, CXX. 179 ; The Quincy Memoirs and Speeches, CXX.
235 ; Bancroft's History of the United States, CXX. 424 ;
Maine's Early History of Institutions, CXX. 432 ; Palgrave's
Poems, CXX. 438 ; Green's Short History of the English Peo-
ple, CXXI. 216; Tennyson's Queen Mary, CXXI. 422; Pal-
frey's History of New England, CXXI. 473 ; Von Hoist's
History of the United States, CXXII I. 328 (with H.C.Lodge);
The "Independents" in the Canvass, CXXIII. 426 (with C.
F. Adams, Jr.).

Alexander Agassiz.

Assistant in the Mtiseum of Comparative Zoology,
1860-1874 ; Curator of the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology, 1875- •

1. Note on Loven's Article on Leskia mirabilis Gray.

(Ann. N. Y. Lyceum Nat. Hist., 1870 ; IX. 242-
245.)

2. The development of Echini. (Monthl. Micr.

Journ., 1870; III. 251-252.)

12

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

3. Sur le Commeiisalisme dans le Regne Animal.

(Bull. Acad. Sc. Bdi;., 1S70; XXIX. 179-180.)

4. Marine Animals of Massachusetts Bay, by Alex-

ander and Elizabeth C. Agassiz, 2d ed. 8°.
Boston, 1871.

5. Notes on Beaver Dams. {Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.

Hist., 1871; XIII. 101-104.)

6. On the habits of a few Echinoderms. [Proc.

Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1871 ; XIII. 104-107.)

7. The history of Balanoglossus and Tornaria.

(Mem.Amcr.Acacl.,iSy2; N.S., IX. 421-436. 3 pi.)

8. Notice of Dr. J. E. Holbrook. {Proc. Amer. Acad.,

1872; VIII. 473-474-)
g. Sur le Developpement des Tentacules des Arach-
nactis et des Edwardsies. (Archiv. Zool. Exfir.,
1873; 11.38-39.)

10. The Homologies of PedicellariEe. (Amer. Nat.,

1873 ; VII. 398-406.)

11. Embryology of Ctenophorse. (Mem. Amer. Acad.

1874; N. s. X. 357-398, 5 pi., cuts.)

12. Note sur la Fertilisation Artificielle de deux

Especes d'fitoiles de Mer. (Arch. Zool. Exper.,
1874; III. 46.)

13. Critique de la Gastraea Theorie; traduction par

M. A. Schneider. (Arch. Zool. Exper., 1875; I^-
9-I3-)

14. On Viviparous Echini from Kerguelen Island.

(Proc. Amer. Acad., 1S76; XI. 231-236, czits.)

15. Hydrographic Sketch of Lake Titicaca. (Proc.

Amer. Acad., 1876; XI. 283-295, map.)

16. Sur le Developpement des Pleuronectes. CJoiirn.

Zool., 1S77 ; VI. 194-197.)

17. Notice of Karl Ernst von Baer. (Proc. Amer.

Acad., 1877; XIL 331-335.)
iS. On the Young Stages of some Osseous Fishes. I.
Development of the Tail. (Proc. Amer. Acad.,
1877 ; XIII. 117-126, 2 pi.) — The same. II. De-
velopment of the Flounders. (Proc. Amer.
Acad., 1878; XIV. 1-25, 8 pi.)

19. The Development of Lepidosteus, Part I. (Proc.

Amer. Acad., 1878; XIV. 65-76, 5 pi.)

20. Preliminary Report on the Echini of the Explor-

ing Expedition of H. M. S. Challenger, Sir
C. Wyville Thomson Chief of Civilian Staff.
(Proc. Amer. Acad., 1879; XIV. 190-212.)

21. Paleontological and Embryological Develop-

ment. Address before the American Association
for the Advancement of Science in August,
1880. 8°. Salem, i88o, pp. 26.

22. Notes on some Points in the History of the

Nomenclature of Echini. (Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond., 1880, 33-38.)

The following reviews and minor papers :

23. In the American Journal of Science, 3d series :

ClaparMe on Marine Bryozoa, 1871, I. 387.
Claparede's Annelides du Golfe de Naples, 187 1,
II. 61-62. Metschnikoff on the Affinities of
Corals, 1871, II. 220-221. Obituary of Clapa-
rMe, 1871, II. 229-230. Allman's Monograph
of the Gymnoblastic or Tubularian Hydroids,
1873, V. 145-148. Kowalewsky's Embryological
Papers, 1874, VII. 470-471. Embryology of the
Ctenophorae [criticising Haeckel's Gastraea
Theory], 1874, VIII. 471-476. Instinct in Her-
mit Crabs, 1875, X. 290-291. Haeckel's Ziele und
Wege der heutigen Entwickelungsgeschichte,
1876, XI. 74. Haeckel's Allaeogenesis, 1876,
XI. 420, 421. Thomson's Echini of the " Por-

cupine " and " Challenger," 1877, XIII. 164.
Leuckart and Nitzch's Zoological Diagrams,
1S77, XIV. 500-501. Habits of Young Li-
mulus, 1878, XV. 75-76. The Zoologischer
Anzeiger, 1878, XVI. 405. Former Extension
northward of the South American Continent,

1879, XVIII. 230-232. Haeckel's S);stem der
Mediisen, 1880, XIX. 245-248. Obituary of
L.F. de Pourtales, 1880, XX. 253-255.

"4 In the American Naturalist: Lankester on Limu-
lus, i87i,V. 555-561. Systematic Zoology and
Nomenclature, 1871, V. 353-356- The Zoolog-
ical Station of Naples, 1872, VI. 686-687.
Arachnactis the Young of Edwardsia, 1872, VI.
770-771. Delesse's Geology of the Sea Bottom,
1873, VII. 160-163. On Tornaria, 1874, VIII.
429. Haeckel's Gastraea Theory, 1S76, X.
73-75. Huxley and Martin's Biology, 1876, X.
228-229. The Development of Flounders, 1876,
X. 705-708.

25. In Nature: Cotteau's Echinides de la Sarthe,

1871, IV. 220-221. Originators of Glacial The-
ory, 1873, VIII. 25. Agassiz and Forbes, 1873,
VIII. 222-223. Misti and its Cloud, 1875, XIII.
107-108. The Challenger Collections, 1877, XV.
256. Some Results of Deep-sea Dredging,
1877, XVI. 149. Antiquity of Ocean Basins,

1880, XXI. 587-588. Obituary of L. F. de
Pourtales, 1880, XXII. 371-372-

26. In The Nation : Thomson's The Depths of the
' Sea, 1873, XVI. 336-337. Life and Letters of

Principal Forbes, 1873, XVI. 369-371- Ilaeckel
on the Evolution of Man, 1879, XXIX- 429-
430-

,*, See also the Reports, Bulletin, and Memoirs of the Museum
of Comparative Zoology.

Louis Agassiz.

Director of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, 1859-
1873-

1. Geological Sketches, First Series. 16°. Bos-

ton, 1870 (cop. 1866). pp. V, 311, portr. and
ilhistr.

2. Geological Sketches, Second Series. 16°. Boston,

1876, pp. 229.

3. Methods of Study in Natural History. 16°. Bos-

ton, 1870, etc. (cop. 1863). pp. viii, 319,
illustr.

4. A Journey in Brazil, by Professor and Mrs. Louis

Agassiz. 80. Boston, 187 1 (cop. 1867). pp.
xix, 540, illustr.

5. On the Former Existence of Local Glaciers in the

White Mountains. (Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sc.
1870; XIX. 161-167; Amer. Nat. 1871 ; IV.
550-558-)

6. The Structure and Growth of Domesticated Ani-

mals. A Lecture delivered before the State
Board of Agriculture at Barre, Dec. 3, 1872.
8°. Boston, 1873, pp. 21 ; reprinted (Amer. Nat.,
1873; VIL 641-657).

7. Notice of Dr. J. E. Holbrook. (Proc. Bost.

Soc. Nat Hist., 187 1 ; XIV. 347-351 -)

8- Mode of Copulation among the Selachians. (Proc.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 187 1 ; XIV. 339-341.)

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

13

9. Fish-nest in the Sea-weed of the Sargasso Sea.

{Amer. Journ. Science, 1872, 3 ser. III. 154-156;
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1872, 4 ser. IX. 243-
245 ; Can. Nat., 1872, N. s. VI. 354-356 ; Month!.
Micros. Journ., 1872; VII. 129-130; Bull. Soc.
Sc. Neuchdtel, 1873; IX. 165-169.)

10. Deep Sea Explorations; more about Trilobites.

(Can. Nat., 1872, N. s. VI. 358-361.)

11. Glacial Action in Fuegia and Patagonia. {Amer.

Journ. Sc, 1872; 3 ser. IV. 135-136.)

1 2. Sketch of a Voyage from Boston to San Francisco.

(Report Smiths. Inst., 1872, 87-92 ; Revue Cours
Scient., 1873 ; IV. 1077-1093.)

13. Evolution and Permanence of Type. (Atlantic

Monthly, ]3.n. 1S74; XXXIII. 92-101. Sepa-
rate, pp. 12.)

14. Three Different Modes of Teething among Sela-

chians. (Amer. Nat., March, 1874; VIII. 129-
I35-)
»*« See also the Reports, Bulletin, and Memoirs o£ the Museum
of Comparative Zoology.

Joel Asaph Allen.

Assistant in Ornithology, 187 1-

1. Notes on the Geological Character of the Country

between Chique-Chique, on the Rio de Sao
Francisco, and Bahia, Brazil. (In Geologj' and
Physical Geography of Brazil. By Ch. Fred.
Hartt. Boston, 1870. 309.)

2. Catalogue of the Birds of Iowa. (White's Geolog.

Survey of Iowa, II. 1870, Appendix B. 419.)

3. Sexual Variation in the Genus Leucosticte. (Field

and Forest, 1876, II. 76.)

4. The Extirpation of the larger Indigenous Mam-

mals of the U. S. (Penn Monthly, 1876, VII.
794-)

5. On the Decrease of Birds in the U. S. (Id. 1876,

VII. 931.)

6. Descriptionof some Remains of an Extinct Species

of Wolf and an Extinct Species of Deer from the
Lead Region of the Upper Mississippi. (Am.
Journ, Sci. and Arts, 1876, 3d Ser., XI. 47.)

7. Description of a new Generic Type (Bassaricyon)

of Procyonid^ from Costa Rica. (Proc. Acad.
Nat . Sci. Phila. 1876, 20.) Bassaricyon gabbi.
gen. et sp. n.

8. Additional Note on Bassaricyon gabbi. (Id. 1877.

267.)

9. The Influence of Physical Conditions in the Gene-

sis of Species. (Radical Review, I'&Tl, I. lo8.)

10. History of the American Bison, Bison americanus.

(Ninth Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Survey for the Year
1875. 1877. 443: reprinted, with Additions and
Revision, from Mem. Geol. Surv. Kentucky, 1876,
I. pt. ii. and Memoirs of the Mus. Comp. Zool.
IV., Pt. 10. 1876.)

11. Elliott Coues and J. A. Allen. Monographs

of North American Rodentia. (Rep. of the
U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Survey of the Territories.
XI. Washington, 1877 = 4°- i-x- 1-1091 ; pU.
1-v.) Monograph II. Leporidae, by J. A. Allen,
265 ; Mon. III. Hystricidae, do., 379 ; Mon. IV.
Lagomyidse, do., 399 ; Mon. V. Castoroididse,
do., 415; Mon. VI. Castorid^, do., 427 ; Mon.
XL Sciuridse, do., 631 ; Appendix A. Synop-
tical List of the Fossil Rodentia of North Amer-
ica, do., 943.

12. History of North American Pinnipeds, a Mon-

ograph of the Walruses, Sea-lions, Sea-bears
and Seals of North America. Washington,
1880. ( U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Territories,
Miscel. Publ. No. XII.) 80. i-xvi, 1-785.

13. Notes on the Mammals of Portions of Kansas,

Colorado, Wyoming and Utah. (Bulletin Essex
Institute, 1874, VI. 43.)

14. List of Birds collected by Mr. Charles Linden,

near Santarem, Brazil. (Id. 1876, VIII. 78.)

15. A List of the Birds of Massachusetts, with An-

notations. (Id. 1878, X. 3.)

16. In American Naturalist: A Spike-horned Moose,

1870, IV. 443. What is the " Washington
Eagle?" 1870, IV. 524. The Distribution of
the Moose in New England, 1870, IV. 535.
Flora of the Prairies, 1870, IV. 577. The Fauna
of the Prairies [of the United States], 1871, V. 4.
The Classification of the Eared Seals, 187 1, V.
37. Ornithological Notes from the West, 1872,
VI. 263. " Spike-horned Mule-Deer," 1872, VI.
692. Laws of Geographical Variation in North
American Mammals and Birds, 1874, VIII. 227.
Influence of Elevation and Latitude upon the
Distribution of Species, 1875, IX. 181. The
Availability of certain Bartramian Names in
Ornithology, 1876, X. 21. The Extinction of
the Great Auk [Alca impennis] at the Funk
Islands, 1876, X. 48. Bartramian Names again :
An Explanation, 1876, X. 176. Progress of Or-
nithology in the United States during the last
century, 1S76, X. 536. The Former Range of
some New England Carnivorous Mammals,
1876, X. 708.

17. In Proceedings of Boston Society of Natural His-

tory : Notes on Massachusetts Reptiles and Ba-
trachians, 1870, XIII. 260. fOn Geographical
Variation in Mammals and Birds], 1872, XV.
1 56. Geographical Variation in N orth American
Birds, 1872, XV. 212. Metamorphism pro-
duced by the burning of Lignite Beds in Dakota
and Montana Territories, 1874, XVI. 246. On
Geographical Variation in Color among North
American Squirrels ; with a list of the Species
and Varieties of the American Sciuridae occur-
ring north of Mexico, 1874, XVI. 276. Notes
on the Natural History of Portions of Dakota
and Montana Territories, being the substance
of a report to the Secretary of War on the collec-
tions made by the North Pacific Railroad Ex-
pedition of 1873, 1874, XVII. 33. (Also Sep.
pamph. of 61 pp. 8°, Boston, 1874.) [Note on
Ammodromus caudacutits var. Nelsoni, var. n.
from Illinois.] 1874, XVII. 292. Synopsis of
the American Leporidae, 1875, XVII. 430.

18. In Bulletin of U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Survey of

the Territories : Geographical Variation among
North American Mammals, especially in respect
to size, 1876, II. 309. Sexual, Individual and
Geographical Variation in Leucosticte tephrocotis,
1876, II. 345. The Geographical Distribution
of the Mammalia, considered in Relation to the
principal Ontologic.al Regions of the Earth, and
the Laws that govern the distribution of Animal
Life, 1878, IV. 313. Description of a Fossil Pas-
serine Bird from the Insect-bearing Shales of
Colorado, 1878, IV. 443. Synonymatic List of
the American Sciuri, or Arboreal Squirrels,
1878, IV. 877. On the Coatis (Genus Nasua,
Storr). 1879, V. 153. On the Species of the
Genus Bassaris, 1879, V. 331.

14

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

Mr. Allen edited the Bulletin of the Nttttall Orni-
thological Club. I -V. 1876-80. The following
articles are by him :

19. Decrease of Birds in Massachusetts, 1876, I. 53.
Geographical Variation in the Number and
Size of the Eggs of [certain North American]
Birds, 1876, I. 74. An Inadequate "Theory of
Birds' Nests," 187S, III. 23. The Lark-Bunting
(Calamospiza bicolor) in Massachusetts, 1878,
III. 48. Occurrence of three Species of Sea-
Ducks [CEdemia americana, CE. fusca, CE. per-
spicillata] at St. Louis, Missouri, 1878,111. 148.
The Carolinian Fauna, 1878, III. 149. The
Snow-Bird [jfunco hyemalis\ in Summer on
Mount Wachusett, [Mass.] 1878, III. 192.
Sabine's Gull \Xema Sabinei\ in Maine, 187S,
III. 195. Nest and Eggs of the Cerulean
Warbler {Dendrceca carulea], 1879, IV. 25. The
Evening Grosbeak \Hesperiphona vespertind\ in
New Mexico, 1879, IV. 237. Eastward Range of
the Western Meadow Lark [Sturnella magna,
var. neglectd], 1880, V. 53. On Recent Addi-
tions to the Ornithological Fauna of North
America, 1880, V. 85. Capture of Escaped
Cage-birds having the Appearance of Wild
Birds, 1880, V. 119. Note on the Little Brown
Crane {Grus fratercuhis, Cassin), 1880, V. 123.
Destruction of Birds by Light-houses, 1880, V.
131. Origin of the Instinct of Migration in
Birds, 1880, V. 151. List of the Birds of the
Island of Santa Lucia, West Indies, 1880, V.
163. First Capture of the Blue Grosbeak \Goni-
aphea carulea] in Massachusetts, 1880, V. 184.

*#* In addition to the above, Mr. Allen has written numerous
reviews in periodicals. See also the Publications of the Museum
of Comparative Zoology.

Joseph Henry Allen.

Lecturer on Ecclesiastical History, 1878- .

1. Hebrew Men and Times from the Patriarchs to

the Messiah. 2d ed. with Introduction, xxxvi.,
435. Boston, 1879.

2. Fragments of Christian History, to the Founda-

tion of the Holy Roman Empire. [Consisting
of Introductory Address and Lectures delivered
in course in the department of Ecclesiastical
History.] xx. 284. Boston, 1880.

3. Contributions chiefly to the Unitarian Review for

1878-80, the most important of which are in-
cluded in the above.

4. Annual Address before the Alumni of the Divin-

ity School, June 29, 1880, "The Gospel of
Liberalism " ; included in a Pamphlet entitled

5. Three Phases of Modern Theology: Calvinism,

Unitarianism, Liberalism. Boston, 1880. pp. 70.

6. Introduction to Latin Composition. Boston,

1880. (Prepared Part I. and edited the whole.)

James Barr Ames.

Tutor, 1871-1873; Assistant Professor of Law, 1873-
1877. Professor of Law, 1877— .

1. Cases on Torts. 1873-74.

2. Cases on Pleading at Common Law. 1874-75.

pp. 300.

3. Article on "Harvard University " in Richardson

and Clark's College Book. Boston, 1878. 4".

4. Cases on Bills and Notes. 2 vols. 1880.

5. Cases on Trusts. Pamphlet.

6. Cases on Partnership. Pamphlet.

*»* Nos. I, 2, 4, 5 and 6 are printed, not published, being for
use in the Law School.

John Gould Anthony.

Assistant in Conchology, 1870-1877.
*«* See the Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Edward Payson Austin.

Assistant in the Observatory, 1869-1871.
*#* See the Annals of the Astronomical Observatory.

William Henry Baker.

Instructor in Diseases of Women, 1875-77.

1. Cases of Amenorrhoea resulting from Undeveloped

Uteri. (New York Medical Journal, June 1873;
also printed separately. New York, 1873, PP- 7-)

2. Mechanical Appliances in Uterine Surgery. (Bos-

ton Medical and Surgical Journal, Sept. 1875;
XCIII. 275 and 296; also printed separately,
Cambridge, 1875, pp. 12.)

3. Lacerations of the Cervix Uteri as a Cause of

Uterine Disease. [Boston Medical and Surgical
Journal, Sept. 1877 ; XCVII. 323.)

4. Malpositions of the Ureters. (New York Medical

Journal, Dec. 1878.)

5. The Abuse of Caustic in Gynascology. (Boston

Medical and Surgical Journal, Aug. 1878;
XCIX. 208.)

6. Dermoid Cyst of the Ovary. (Id. Nov. 1879;

CI. 686.)

7. Reports of Recent Progress in Gynaecology [with

results of personal experience, made twice each
year for the Journal since Jan. 1878]. (Id.
1878-1880. XCVIII. 40; XCIX. 78; C. 121 ;
CL51; Cn.33; cm. 30.)

Henry Harris Aubrey Beach.

Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy, 1868-1878.
Demonstrator of Anatomy, 1878- .

1. Editorials and Reviews published in the Boston

Medical and Surgical Journal while Assistant
Editor [from June, 1869, to i July, 1871].

2. Review of a Case of Unique Tumor of the Bladder.

(Boston Med. and Surg. Journ. Dec. 1870 ;
LXXXIII. 357.)

3. Hip-Joint Dislocation : Report of Cases treated

at the Massachusetts General Hospital. (Id.
Feb. 1871; LXXXIV. 121).

4. Description of a new [Mass. Gen. Hosp.] Sinus

Dilatbr. (Id. March, 1871 ; LXXXIV. 163.)

5. Foreign Body in the Appendix Vermiformis ;

Peritonitis; Death; Autopsy. (New York Med-
ical Journal, Oct. iSj I ; 397; republished in the
Med. Chir. Rundschau, Vienna.)

6. On Ligature of the Subclavian Artery. (London

Medical Times and Gazette, 18 Nov. 187 1.)

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

15

7. Massachusetts General Hospital Reports pub-

lished in the Journal during the year 1S74.
(Boston Med. and Surg. Journ. 1S74; XC. and
XCI.)

8. Description of a new Ligament, with illustration.

Proceedings of the Boston Society for Medical
Improvement. (Id. Feb. 1875; XCII. 202.)

9. .Surgical Operations at the Massachusetts General

Hospital. Reports for 1875. (Id. 1875; XCII.
and XCIH.)

10. Description and Dissection of a Monstrosity.

(Id. 1875; xcn. 595.)

11. Series of Surgical Cases. (Id. 1876; XCIV.

231)
i. Dislocation of the Tendon of the Peroneus

Longus Muscle.
ii. Fracture of the Tympanic Plate of the

Temporal Bone,
iii. Compound Crucial Fracture of the Con-
dyles of the Femur,
iv. Penetrating Gun-shot Wound of the Chest.

12. On Excision of the Elbow-Joint. With Cases

and Results. Illustrated. (Id. Jan. 1877 ;
XCVI. I.)

13. Proceedings of the Boston Society for Medical

Observation. Antiseptic Surgery. (Id. Jan.
1880; Cn. 35.)
i. Complete Excision of the Elbow- Joint for
gun-shot injury. Recovery with a useful
arm.
ii. Compound Comminuted Fracture into the
Ankle-joint, railroad injury, and Simple
Fracture of both Thighs in the same
patient. Amputation of Leg. Recovery,
with good Union of both Thighs,
iii. Two Cases of Ovariotomy.

14. Laceration of the Anus, Rectum, and Posterior

Wall of the Bladder by Impalement. Recovery.
Proceedings of the Boston Society for Medical
Improvement. (Id. Jan. 1880.)

15. Proceedings of the Boston Society for Medical

Observation (Id. March, 1880; CII. 249.).

i. Innominate Aneurism. [Treatment by
Tufnell's Method.]

ii. Styrone, a New Antiseptic. A Description
of its Properties.

iii. Two Cases of Recovery from Severe In-
juries : —

(l.) Compound Comminuted Fracture of the
Ulna, and Extensive Laceration of Soft
Parts laying open the Elbow-Joint. Com-
pound Fracture of the Tibia in close
proximity to the Knee-joint, and two
Scalp-Wounds. Excision of Elbow-Joint
and Free Incision of Knee-joint.

(2.) Compound Comminuted Fractures of the
Bones and Lacerations of the Soft Parts
of both Legs, Ankle-joints, and Feet.
Double Amputation of Thighs.

16. Discussion on Hydrophobia. Proceedings of

the Boston Soc. for Med. Improvement. (Id.
May, 1880; CII. 489.)

17. Semi-Annual Reports on "Recent Progress in

Surgery." (Id. June, 1880 ; CII. 535 : and Dec.
1880; CIII. 589.)

Edmund Hatch Bennett.

Lecturer on Criminal Law and the Law of IVills^
1870-1871.

Mr. Bennett edited :

1. Story's Commentaries on the Law of Bailments.

8th ed. Boston, 1870. 8".

2. W. W. Story's Treatise on the Law of Sales. 4th

ed. Boston, 1871. 8°.

3. Story's Commentaries on the Conflict of Laws.

7th ed. Boston, 1872. 8°.

Henry Jacob Bigelow.

Professor of Surgery, 1849- •

1. Medical Education in America. Cambridge,

1871. pp. 83. (Also in Med. Communications
of Mass. Med. Soc. XI. 181. Boston, 1874.)

2. Alleged Death from Ether. (British Medical

Journal. Also Boston Med. and Surg, jfournal,
Nov. 1873 ; LXXXIX. 497.)

3. The True Neck of the Femur ; its Structure and

Pathology. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal,
Jan. 1875; XCII. I, 25.)

4. Turbinated Corpora Cavernosa. (Id. April, 1875;

XCII. 489.)

5. A History of the Discovery of Modern Anaesthe-

sia. (Am. Journal of the Medical Sciences, 1876;
LXXI. 164.)

6. New Methods in the Treatment of Ex.strophy of

the Bladder and of Erectile Tumors. (Boston
Med. and Surg. Journal, Jan. 1876; XCIV. I.)

7. Lithotrity by a Single Operation. (Am. Journal

of Med. Sciences; Jan. 1878; LXXV. 117. Also,
with additions, in Boston Med. and Surg. Jour-
nal, Feb. and March, 1878 ; XCVIIL 259, 291.)

8. Rapid Lithotrity with Evacuation. Boston and

New York, 1878.

9. Litholopaxy. Letter to the London Lancet.

(Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, May, 1879;
C. 7S9-)

10. Two Lectures on the Modern Art of Promoting

the Repair of Tissue. (Id. June, 1879 ; C. 769.)

11. Litholopaxy. (i^ew York Medical Record, 1879;

XV. 593. Also Boston Med. and Surg. Journal,
June, 1879; C. 866.)

I-' Litholopaxy. (New York Medical Record, \?>^^•,

XVI. 306.)

13. Litholopaxy. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal,

Oct. 1879; CI. 539.)

14. Litholopaxy. An Improved Evacuator. (Id.

Jan. 1880; CII. 30.)

Clarence John Blake.

Clinical Lecturer on Otology, 1870- .

I. On the Etiology of Acquired Deaf-Mutism, hav-
ing especial reference to the effects of Scarlet
Fever. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Dec.
1870; LXXXIII. 405.)

i6

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

2. Rudinger's Atlas of the Osseous Anatomy of the

Human Ear. 9 photographic plates. Boston,
1870-74.

3. Parasitic Growths in the External Auditory Canal.

[Boston Medical and Sttrgical yourital, Aug.
1871; LXXXV. 106.)

4. Report on Progress of Otology. Read before Am.

Otological Society, 5th Ann. Meeting. Boston,
1872. pp. 46.

5. Summary of Experiments on the Perception of

High Musical Tones. {Transactions American
Otological Society, 5th Annual Meeting, 1872.
Boston, 1874.)

6. Caries of the External Auditory Canal. (Id. 80.)

7. A Middle Ear Mirror. (Id. 83.)

8. Living Larvae in the Human Ear. {Archives of

Ophthalmology and Otology, II. No. 2. 37. New
York, 1872.)
g. Reaction of the Auditory Nerve under the Influ-
ence of the Galvanic Current. {Trans. Am.
Otological Soc. 6th Ann. Meeting. 116.)

10. Diagnostic Value of High Musical Tones. (Id.

118.)

11. Statistical Report of 1652 Cases of Diseases of

the Ear. {Arch, of Ophthalm. and Otol. III.
No. I. 84.)

12. Clinical Lecture on Examination of the Ear.

{Boston Med. and Surg, yournal, Sept. 1873 >
LXXXIX. 252.)

13. Mechanical Value of the Distribution of Weight

in the Oscicula [Auditus]. {Tratis. Am. Oto-
logical Society, 7th Ann. Meeting. Boston, 1874.
543-)

14. Perforations of the Membrane of «Shrapnell in

Purulent Inflammation of the Middle Ear. (Id.
546.)

15. Summary of Observations on the Effect of the

Galvanic Current upon the Auditory Nerve.
{Archives of Scientific and Practical Medicine,
New York.)

16.

19.

23-

24.

Intra-Tympanic Pressure during Phonation.
( Trans. Am. Otological Soc. 8th Annual Meeting.
Boston, 1875. 75.)

A New Use of the Membrana Tympani in Phys-
ical Experiments. Illustrated Lecture before
the Mass. Med. Soc. Ann. Meeting, 1875.

The Use of the human Membrana Tympani as
a Phonautograph and Logograph. {Archives
of Ophthal. and Otology, New York.)

The Application of Paper Dressings in the treat-
ment of Perforations of the Membrana Tym-
pani. ( Trans. International Otological Congress,
New York.)

On the Best Mode of Testing the Hearing of
School Children. ( Trans. International Medical
Congress of Philadelphia, 1876. Phila. 1877.992.)

Deafness in School Children. {Social Science
Congress, Saratoga.)

Manometric Cicatrix of the Membrana Tympani.
(Archives of Ophthal. and Otology, New York.)

A Peculiar Form of Obstruction of the External

Auditory Canal. {Archives of Clinical Surgery,

New York.) ■
Sound in relation to the Telephone. {Journal

of Soc. of Telegraph Engineers, London, 1878,

VII. 247.)

25. The Ear and the Telephone. Illustrated Lecture,

Harvard Nat. Hist. Soc.

26. Graphic and Photographic Illustration of Sound

Waves. {American yournal of Otology, I.)

27. Logographic Value of Consonant Sounds in

relation to their Transmission by Telephone.
(Id.)

28. Later Experiments on the Audibility of High

Musical Tones. (Id.)

29. A Physical Basis for the Use of "Bad Lan-

guage," Logographic Experiments. {Am. Assoc,
for Advancement of Science, Saratoga.)

30. Acupuncture and Drainage in the Treatment of

Acute Inflammation of the Middle Ear. {Trans.
Am. Otological Soc. 1879.)

31. Children's Earache. (Boston Med. and Surg.

journal, Feb. 1880 ; CII. 130.)

32. A Form of Middle Ear Syringe. (Am. yournal

of Otology, II.)

33. On the Occurrence of Exostoses within the Ex-

ternal Auditory Canal in Pre-Historic Man.
(Id.)

34. The Membrana Tympani Telephone. (Id.)

35. Additional Cases of Manometric Cicatrix. (Id.)

36. Reports on the Progress of Otology. (Trans.

Am. Otological Soc, 1872, 1874, 1875, 1^77. 1878-
Trans. Internal. Otological Congress, 1876.)

37. Otological Reviews while Associate Editor of

Archivesof Ophthalmology and Otology, 1874-78.
Editorials and R'eviews as Editor of Atnerican
yotirnal of Otology, 1879-80.

38. The Telephone and Microphone in Ausculta-

tion. (Boston Med. and Surg, yournal, Nov.
1880; CHI. 486.)

Edward Augustus Bogue.

Lecturer on Dental Pathology and Therapeutics, 1870-
1875-

1. Bleaching Teeth. '{Dental Cosmos, Jan. 1872;

XIV. No. I.)

2. The Physical Properties and Physiological Action

of Dental Amalgams. (Trans, of New York
Odontological Society, Dec. 1874; Phila. 1875.
43; and in Dental Cosmos, March, 1875; XVII.
No. 3.)

3. Notes of Transplantation and Replantation of

Teeth. (Dental Cosmos, July, 1877 ; XIX. No. 7,
and Trans, of the New York Odontological Soci-
ety, Jan. 1877.)

4. Cause and Treatment of Discoloration in Teeth.

(Dental and Oral Science Magazine, May, 1S78 ;
L No. 2.)

John Nelson Borland.

Instructor in Clinical Medicine, 1869-1875.

1. First Medical and Surgical Report of the Boston

City Hospital. Edited by J. N. Borland and
David W. Cheever. Boston, 1870. 1. 8°.

2. Two Cases of Fracture of the Sternum. (Boston

Med. and Surg, yournal, April, 1875; XCII.
492.)

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

17

Henry Pickering Bowditch.

Assistant Professor of Physiology, 1871-1876. Pro-
fessor of Physiology, 1876 - .

1. Alcohol as a Nutritive Agent. {Boston Med. and

Surg. Journal, June, 1872; LXXXVI. 413.)

2. Uber die Eigenthiimlichkeiten der Reizbarkeit

welche die Muskelfasern des Herzens zeigen.
(Arbeiten a. d. phys. Anstalt zu Leipzig, 6 Jahr-
gang, 139. Leipzig, 1872.)

3. Uber die Interferenz des retardirenden und

beschleunigenden Herznerven. {Arbeiten a. d.
phys. Anstalt zu Leipzig, 7 Jahrgang, 259. Leip-
zig. 1873.)

4. The Lymph Spaces in Fasciae with a new Method

of Injection. {Proceedings of the Am. Academy
of Arts and Sciences, Feb. II, 1873; VIII. 508.)

5. The Influence of Anaesthetics on the Vaso Motor

Centres. (With Mr. C. S. Minot.) {Boston
Med. and Surg. Journal, May, 1874 ; XC. 493-)

6. A New Form of Inductive Apparatus. {Proceed-

ings of the Am. Academy of Arts and Sciences,
Oct. 12,1875; XL 181.)

7. Force of Ciliary Motion. {Boston Med. and Surg.

Journal, Aug., 1876; XCV. 159.)

8. The Growth of Children. {Eighth Ann. Report

State Bd. of Health of Mass. Boston, 1877, 275.)

9. Does the Apex of the Heart contract auto-

matically? {Journal of Physiology,yi.z.xc\v, 1878;
I. 104.)

10. A New Form of Plethysmograph. {Proceedings

of the Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, May 14,
1879; XV. 22.)

11. The Effect of the Respiratory Movements on

Pulmonary Circulation. (With Dr. George
M. Garland.) {Journal of Physiology, Aug.
1879; II. 91.)

12. Physiological Apparatus in use at the Harvard

Medical School. {Journal of Physiology, Sept.
1879; II. 202.)

13. The Growth of Children (a supplementary In-

vestigation), with suggestions in regard to
methods of Research. (Tenth Ann. Report
State Board of Health of Mass. Boston, 1879, 33.)

14. The Collection of Data at Autopsies. {Boston

Med. and Surg. Journal, Aug. 1880; CIII. 148.)

15. Reports on the Progress of Physiology. {Boston

Med. and Surg. Journal, LXXXVIII-XCVIII.
passim, Jan. and July of each year, from Jan.
1873 to July 1877 inclusive. Also May, 1878.
Also Associate Editor of the Journal of Phy-
siology, 1878- .

Francis Bowen.

Alford Professor of Natural Religion, Moral Philoso-
phy and Civil Polity, 1853 - .

1. American Political Economy. New York, 1870. 8°

2. The Psychological Effects of Etherization. {The

Spectator [London], Dec. 27, 1873; XLVL
1652.)

3. Modern Philosophy from Descartes to Schopen-

hauer and Hartmann. New York, 1877. 8".

4. Minority Report on the Silver Question, April,
- 1877. (Report of Silver Commission,!. 139.44th

Cong. 2d Sess.)

5. Dualism, Materialism, or Idealism ? (Princeton

Review, March, 1878.)

6. The Idea of Cause. (Id. May, 1879.)

7. Malthusianism, Darwinism, and Pessimism.

(North American Review, Nov. 1879, CXXIX.
447 •)

8. The Human and the Brute Mind. (Princeton

Review, May, 1880.)

9. Gleanings from a Literary Life, 1838-1880. New

York, 1880. 80.

Nos. 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 were reprinted in Gteanings /rom a.
Literary Life.

Charles Albert Brackett.

Instructor in Dental Therapeutics, 1874- .

1. Tribute to the Memory of Prof. T. B. Hitchcock:

an extract from initial lecture on Dental Thera-
peutics, Oct. 7, 1874. (In Memoriam. Thomas
B. Hitchcock [Boston, 1875?], 16.)

2. Report on Dental Therapeutics. Transmitted to

Ann. Meeting at Philadelphia, Aug. 1876.
(Trans, of American Dental Associatum at its
Sixteenth Annual Session, 123.)

3. Good Judgment an Essential Qualification for the

Dentist. Read before the American Academy
of Dental Science at Annual Meeting in Boston,
Sept. 25, 1876. (Johnstons'' Dental Miscellany,
New York, Dec. 1876, 441.)

4. Is Irregular Dentition Hereditary ? Transmitted

to Ann. Meeting of the Society at Springfield,
Mass. Oct. 18, 1876. (Records of the Connecticut
Valley Dental Society from Oct. 1876 to June,
1879, inclusive; 29.)

5. Report on Dental Therapeutics. Transmitted to

Annual Meeting at Chicago, 111., Aug. 1877.
( Trans, of the Am. Dental Assoc, at its Seventeenth
Ann. Session, 143.)

6. Remarks on Induction to the Presidency of the

Connecticut Valley Dental Society, at Ann.
Meeting at Springfield, Mass., Oct. 22, 1878.
(Records of the Connecticut Valley Dental Soc.
from Oct. 1876, to June, 1879, inclusive; 155.
Also in Johiistons' Dental Miscellany, New
York, Dec. 1878, 453.)

7. Relations of the Profession and the Public. Read

before the Conn. Valley Dental Soc. at Ann.
Meeting at Springfield, Mass., Oct. 22, 1878;
and before the Rhode Island Dental Soc. at
Regular Meeting in Newport, Feb. 4, 1879.
(Records of the Conn. Valley Dental Soc. from
Oct. 1876 to June, 1879, inclusive ; 166. Also
in Johnstons' Dental Miscellany, New York, Feb.

1879, 41 ; reprinted in Dental Register, Cincin-
nati, O., Sept. 1880, 381.)

8. Supplementary Report on Dental Therapeutics:

Certain Therapeutic Agents. Read at Ann.
Meeting of Am. Dental Assoc, in Boston, Aug.

1880. ( Trans, of Am. Dental Assoc, at Twentieth
Ann. Session, 32.)

9. Improving the Condition of tha Cemeteries in

Peterboro'. Letter to the Peterbord' (N. H.)
Transcript, Sept. 23, 1880.

i8

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

William Henry Brewer.

University Lecturer on the Botany of the Pacific States,
1871-1872.

I. Polypetalas [of California]. By W. H. Brewer
and S. Watson. (Geol. Survey of California,
Botany. I. Cambridge, 1876. 1. 8°.)

George Russell Briggs.

Tutor hi Mathematics, 1875- ■
*#* See the University Publications.

How^ard Nicholson Brow^n.

Instructor in Homiletics, 1876 -1877.
Various sermons in periodical and pamphlet form.

Edward Burgess.

Instructor in Entomology, 1879- .

1. Recent studies in Insect Anatomy. [Presidential

Address before the Cambridge Entomological
Club.] (Psyche, March, 1880; III. 27.)

2. The Structure and Action of a Butterfly's Trunk.

(American Naturalist, May, 1880; XIV. 313.)

3. Contributions to the Anatomy of the Milk-Weed

Butterfly, Danais Archippus. (Anniversary Me-
moirs of Boston Society of Nat. Hist., Boston,
1880; printed separately, Boston, 1880; 16,2
plates. 40,)

William Elwood Byerly.

Assistant Professor of Mathematics, 1876- .

I. Elements of the Differential Calculus, with Ex-
amples and Applications. Boston, 1880. 8°.

Arthur Tracy Cabot.

Instructor in Oral Pathology and Surgery, 1878- .

1. Experiments upon the Strength of Antiseptics.

(Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Nov. 1879;
CI. 755.)

2. Case of Postpharyngeal Tumor. (Archives of

Laryngology, N. Y., I. No. i.)

3. Surgical Diagnosis of Tumors, by Prof. A. Liicke.

Translated by Dr. Cabot. Boston. [1880.]

4. The Antiseptic Treatment of Empyema. ( Trans.

of Mass. Med. Soc, June, 1880. Also N. Y.
Med. Journal, Aug. 1880.)

Lucien Carr.

Assistant Curator of the Peabody Museum, 1877- .

I. On the Prehistoric Remains of Kentucky. By
Lucien Carr and N. S. Shaler. (Memoirs of the
Geological Survey of Kentucky, L Pt. 4. Cam-
bridge, 1876. 80.)

2. Observations on Crania from California. (Report
upon United States Geographical Surveys West of
the One Hundredth Meridian, VII. Archaeology.
Washington, 1879. 4°-)
*»* See also the Reports of the Peabody Museum.

James Read Chadwick.

Lecturer on the Diseases of Women, 1873-1876.

1. Neugebauer's Specula. (Boston Medical and Sur-

gical Journal, Feb. 1874; XC. 137.)

2. Report on Obstetrics and Diseases of Women.

(Id. Feb. 1874; XC. 184 and 211.)

3. Transfusion. Read at the Ann. Meeting of the

Mass. Med. Soc. in 1874. (Id. July 1874;
XCL 25.)

4. Temperance in Massachusetts. (Id. Aug. 1874;

XCL 194.)

5. A Case of Immediate Transfusion. (Id. Jan. 1875;

XCII. 33.)

6. [Cases of] Ovariotomy. (Id. April 1875; XCII.

397-)

7. Extirpation of the Uterus by Abdominal Section.

(Id. Nov. 1875; XCIIL 522.)

8. Cases of Ecchinococci in the Female Pelvis. (Am.

Journal of Obstetrics. New York, 1S75.)

9. The Climate and Diseases of America [during the

Revolution]. By Dr. Johann David Schoepff.
Translated by J. R. Chadwick. Boston, 1875.
80. pp. 31.

10. Injection of Fluid through the Abdominal Walls

into the Large Intestine by means of the Trocar.
(Am. Journal of Obstetrics, 1875.)

11. The Pathology and Treatment of Childbed. By

Dr. F. Winckel. Translated from the German
by J. R. Chadwick. Phila. 1876. 80. 484 pp.

12. The Medical Libraries of Boston, [ist Ann.

Report of the Librarian of the Boston Medical
Library Association.] Cambridge, 1876, pp.
II. 40.

13. Clinical Lecture on the Diagnostic Value of Ab-

dominal Palpitation in Pregnancy. (American
Practitiotur. Indianapolis.)

14. Transactions of the American Gynaecological

Society. I. Edited by the Secretary, J. R.
Chadwick. Boston, 1877. 8°-

15. Labor Complicated with Uterine Fibroids and

Placenta Previa. ( Trans. Am. Gyncecological
Society, I; also printed separately, pp. 13.)

16. Rare Forms of Umbilical Hernia in the Fetus.

(Id.; also printed separately, pp. 19.)

Thomas Henderson Chandler.

Adjunct Professor of Mechanical Dentistry, 1869-1871.
Professor of Mechanical Dentistry, 187 1- .

1. Dental Caries and its Causes. An Investigation

into the Influence of Fungi in the Destruction
of the Teeth. By Drs. Leber and Rottenstein.
Translated by Dr. Chandler. Phila. 1873.

2. " Under which king, Bezonian ? " (Johnstons'

Dental Miscellany, 1876.)

3. Discoloration of Gold Fillings. (Id. 1878.)

4. The Poisons of the Intelligence. Translatedfrom

the Revue des Deux Mondes. (Id. 1878.)

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

19

5. Original Caries. (Id. 1878.)

6. Magitot on Dental Caries. Translated by Dr.

Chandler. Boston, 1878.

7. Dental Education. (Johnstons' Dental Miscellany,

1878.)

8. Recent Progress in Dentistry. (Boston Med. and

Surg. Journal, June, 1878; XCVIII. 728.)

9. Thumb-sucking in Childhood as a Cause of Sub-

sequent Irregularity of the Teeth. (Id. Aug.
1878; XCIX. 204.)

David Williams Cheever.

Assistant Professor of Clinical Surgery, 1868-1875.
Professor of Clinical Surgery, 1875- .

1. First Medical and Surgical Report of the Boston

City Hospital. Edited by J. N. Borland and
D. W. Cheever. [Dr. Cheever was author of
the Surgical portion.] Boston, 1870. 1. 8°.

2. How to Study Medicine ; An Introductory Lecture,

1871. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Oct.
187 1 ; LXXXV. 209.)

3. Spontaneous Fracture. Boston, 1871. pp- 8.

4. Three Cases of Ovariotomy, of which two were

successful. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal,
May, 1873; LXXXVIIL 537; also printed
separately, Boston, 1873. PP- ^-l

5. Medical and Surgical Reports of the Boston City

Hospital. 2d Series. Boston, 1877. 8°.
Dr. Cheever wrote the following : Unusual Opera-
tions on the Genital Organs, 39. On Excision
of the Elbow- Joint, 143. Surgical Abstract, 215.

6. Removal of Tumors of the Tonsil by External

Incision. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal,
Aug. 1878; XCIX. 133.)

7. Sixteen Clinical Lectures at the Boston City

Hospital, 1878-9. Reported in Boston Med. and
Surg. Jourtml, XCVIII. 33, 127, 223, 387, 587,
791. XCIX. 229, 325, 517, 645. C. 313, 381,
593. 737- CI. I, 291.

8. Deep Abscess of the Neck.

9. Reasons for DisplacingXht Jaw in removing Naso-

pharyngeal Polypi.

Edward Hammond Clarke.

Professor of Materia Medica, 1855-1872.

1. The Physiological and Therapeutical Action of

the Bromide of Potassium and Bromide of Am-
monium. In Two Parts. By E. H. Clarke,
M.D., and Robert Amory, M.D. Boston, 1872.

2. A new Rule for Doses. (Boston Med. and Surg.

Journal, Sept. 1872; LXXXVII. 209.)

James Freeman Clarke.

Professor of Natural Religion and Christian Doctrine,
1867-1871. Lecturer on Ethnic Religions, 1876-
1877.

1. Steps of Belief. Boston, 1870.

2. Ten Great Religions. An Essay in Comparative

Theology. Boston, 1871.

3. Go Up Higher. Boston, 1877.

John Thomas Codman.

Instructor in Operative Dentistry, 1879- .

I. On the Preservation of all the Natural Teeth.
(Odontographic Jotirnal, Oct. 1880. Rochester,
N. Y.)

Josiah Parsons Cooke.

Erving Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy, 1850-.

1. First Principles of Chemical Philosophy. 2d ed.

1870. Several since.

2. The New Chemistry, ist ed. 1873. Several since.

3. The Nobility of Knowledge. An Address de-

livered before the Free Institute at Worcester,
July 28, 1874. (Popular Science Monthly, Sept.
1874; V. 610; printed separately, New York,
1874.)

4. Scientific Culture. [An Address delivered July

7, 1875, ^' ''"IS opening of the Summer Courses
of Instruction in Chemistryat Harvard Univer-
sity.] (Popular Science Monthly, Sept. 1875;
VII. 511; also in book form, London, 1876.)

5. "Gas." (Johnson's New Universal Cyclopcsdia,

New York, 1875.) ,

6. " Molecules." (American Cyclopcedia, New York,

1875-)

7. The Radiometer : A Fresh Evidence of a Molec-

ular Universe. (Popular Science Monthly, May,
1878; XIH. I.)

8. Absolute System of Electrical Measurements.

Collected papers on this subject from Journal
of Franklin Institute [1871].

9. Religion and Chemistry. Newly Revised Edition.

1880.

10. Articles in Proceedings of American Academy of
Arts and Sciences, of which Mr. Cooke was Editor

from 1877: —

(i.) The Vermiculites ; their Crystallographic

and Chemical Relations to the Micas.

Dec. 9, 1873 ; IX. 35.
(2.) Melanosiderite : a New Mineral species,

from Mineral Hill, Delaware Co., Pa.

May II, 1875; X. 451.
(3.) On Two New Varieties of Vermiculites

with a Revision of the other Members of

this Group. In Connection with F. A.

Gooch. May II, 1875; X. 453.

(4.) On a New. Mode of Manipulating Hydric
Sulphide. May 30, 1876.

(5.) On the Process of Reverse Filtering and
its Application to Large Masses of Ma-
teria). May 30, 1876.

(6.) Revision of the Atomic Weight of Anti-
mony. [June 12, 1877;] XIII. I.

(7.) Re-examination of some of the Haloid
Compounds of Antimony. [June 12,
1877;] XIH. 72.

(8.) The Atomic Weight of Antimony, Prelim-
inary Notice of Additional Experiments.
March 10, 1880; XV. 251.

11. Articles in the American Journal of Science and

Arts, of which Mr. Cooke was Associate Editor
from July, 1877: —

20

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

(i.) Memoir of Thomas Graham. March, 187 1.

(2.) The Radiometer. Sept. 1877; CXIV. 231.

(3.) Chemical Philosophy. March, 1878 ; CXV.
211.

(4.) Boiling Point of Iodide of Antimony [and
a Modification of the Air Thermometer].
May, 1878; CXV. 391.

(5.) Notice of Berthelot's Thermo-Chemistry.
April, 1880; CXIX. 261.

(6.) Argento-antimonious Tartrate (Silver
Emetic). [Contributions from the Chemi-
cal Laboratory of H. C.l May, 1880;
CXIX. 393.

(7.) The Oxidation of Hydrochloric Acid Solu-
tions of Antimony in the Atmosphere.
[Contributions from the Chemical Labo-
ratory of H. C] June, l88o; CXIX. 464.

(8.) Numerous short notices.

Benjamin Robbins Curtis.

Lecturer in the Law School, 1872-1873.

Jurisdiction, Practice and Peculiar Jurisprudence
of the Courts of the United States. [Lectures
delivered at the Harvard Law School in 1872-
73.] Edited by George T. and Benjamin R.
Curtis. Boston, 1880.

Elbridge Gerry Cutler.

Assistant in Pathological Anatomy, 1878- .

1. Action of Phosphorus, Alkalies, and of Quinia on

the Globular Richness of the Blood. By E. G.
Cutler and E. H. Bradford. [Am. yournal
of Med. Sciences, Oct. 1878.)

2. A Case of Lumbar Colotomy performed for the

relief of temporary obstruction of the Bowels
caused by Pelvic Peritonitis. By E. G. Cutler
and J. Homans. (Boston Med. and Surgical
Journal, Oct. 1878; XCIX. 429.)

3. Changes of the Globular Richness of Human

Blood. By E. G. Cutler and E. H. Bradford.
(Journal of Physiology, London, Jan. 1879; I.
427.)

4. A -Guide to the Qualitative and Quantitative

Analysis of Urine. By Dr. C. Neubauer and
Dr. J. Vogel. Translated and edited by E. G.
Cutler. Revised by Prof. E. S. Wood. New
York. 1879. pp. 550.

5. The Anatomical Changes caused by Septicaemia

and Pyaemia. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal,
July, 1879; CL 145.)

6. Pathological Changes in Septicsemia and Pyaemia.

(Id. March, 1880; CII. 302.)

Dr. Cutler has been the preparer of the Reports
on the " Progress in Pathology and Pathologi-
cal Anatomy," which have appeared in the
Boston Med. and Surg. Journal in May, 1880;
CII. 463, 485. He was also Secretary of the
Boston Society for Medical Improvement in
1878 and 1879, and edited the Proceedings
printed in the Boston Med. and Surg. Journal,
XCIX. 498; C. 512.

William Morris Davis.

Instructor in Geology, 1878- .

I. Notice of Dr. B. A. Gould's " Uranometria Ar-
gentina." (Harvard Register, June, 1880; I.
122.)

Francis Winthrop Dean.

Tutor in Surveying and Drawing, 1874- .

1. The Dumpy Level. (Engineering, London, Jan.

1879; XXVII.)

2. The Circular Valves of the Mogul Locomotive of

the Great Eastern Railway of England. (Rail-
road Gazette, New York, March, 1880; XII.)

George Derby.

Professor of Hygiene, 1870-1874.

1. Report of Secretary, (ist Ann. Rep. of State Bd.

of Health of Mass. Boston, 1870; 7.)

2. Slaughtering for Boston Market. (Id. 20.)

3. Prevention of Disease. (Id. 42.)

4. Poisoning by Lead Pipes used for the Conveyance

of Drinking Water. (2d Ann. Rep. Boston,
1871, 22.)

5. Trichina Disease in Massachusetts. (Id. 46.)

6. Health of Towns. (Id. 52^)

7. Causes of Typhoid Fever in Massachusetts. (Id.

no.)

8. Examination of the Water of Mystic Pond and

of its Sources of Supply. (Id. 386.)

9. Mill-dams and other Water Obstructions. (31/

Ann. Rep. Boston, 1872, 60.)

10. Slaughtering, Bone-boiling and Fat-melting. (Id.

224.)

11. Small-pox in Massachusetts. (Id. 298.)

12. Sewerage; Sewage; Pollution of Streams; The

Water Supply of Towns, (i^h Ann. Rep. Boston,
1873,20.)

13. The Food of the People of Massachusetts. (Id.

237.)

14. Hospitals, (tfh Ann. Rep. Boston, 1874, 315.)

Hasket Derby.

Lecturer on Ophthalmology, 1870-1871.

1. A Case of Melano-Sarcoma of Choroid, simulat-

ing Glaucoma. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal,
March, 1871; LXXXIV. 157.)

2. On the Importance of the Ophthalmoscope as an

Aid to General Practice. (Id. March, 1871 ;
LXXXIV. 205.)

3. A Lecture on the Prognosis of Cataract, and the

Rules by which it is formed. (Id. April, 1871 :
LXXXIV. 221.)

4. The Modern Operation for Cataract. (Id. June,

1871 ; LXXXIV. 357.)

5. An Analysis of Sixty-one Cases of Extraction of

Cataract by the Method of Graefe. (Id. June,
1871; LXXXIV. 379.)

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

21

Frank Winthrop Draper.

Lecturer on Hygiene^ 1875-1878; Lecturer on Fo-
rensic Medicine, 1878- .

1. Assistant Editor of the Boston Med. and Surg.

Journal, 1872-6.

2. Reports on Recent Progress in Hygiene and Foren-

sic Medicine. {Boston Med. arid Surg. Jourtial,
XCI. XCIII. XCV. XCVI. XCVIII. XCIX.
C. and CII.)

3. Report on tlie Registry and Return of Births,

Marriages and Deaths [in Massachusetts for
the Years 1874, 1875, 'S7^> ^""^ 1877]. 4 vols.
Boston.

4. Report on the Registration of Prevalent Diseases.

{Seventh Ann. Report of Mass. State Board of
Health, 475. Boston. 1876.)

5. Medical and Surgical Reports of Boston City

Hospital. Second Series. Edited by D. W.
Cheever and F. W. Draper. Boston, 1877.

6. Mortality Statistics [of the City of Boston] for

1876. {Fifth Ann. Rep. of Board of Health of
Boston, 28. Boston, 1877.)

7. The Afflicted Classes [in Massachusetts : an An-

alysis of the Census of 1875]. {Eighth Ann.
Rep. of the Mass. Bureau of Statistics of Labor,
157. Boston, 1877.)

8. On the Work and Duties of the Medical Ex-

aminer. ( Trans, of the Mass. Medico-Legal
Sac. I. 35. 1878.)

9. The Post-mortem Diagnosis of Certain Forms of

Asphyxia. {Boston Med. and Surg. Journal,
April, 1879; C. 561.)

Charles Franklin Dunbar.

Professor of Political Economy, 1871- .

1. The International. {Old and New,yi3.r&i,l?i-]2;

V. 311.)

2. Cairnes's Principles of Political Economy. {North

American Review, Jan. 1875; CXX. 214.)

3. Economic Science in America, 1776-1876. (Id.

Jan. 1876; CXXII. 124.)

4. The Harvard Examinations for Women. {Penn

Monthly, April, 1878 ; IX. 284.)
*,* See also the Bulletin of the Library.

Thomas Dwight.

Instructor in Comparative Anatomy, 1872-1873;
Instructor in Histology, 1874- .

1. Description of the Whale {Balcenoptera musculus)

[With Remarks on the Classification of Fin
Whales]. (Proceedings of Boston Society of
Nat. Hist., Feb. 1872 ; XV. 26. Also printed
separately.)

2. Semi-annual Reports on the Progress of Anatomy

in Boston Med. and Surg. Journal since Sept.
1872'. Some reports are printed separately.

3. Associate editorship with J. C. Warren of the

Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, from Jan. 1873
to Jan. 1878; LXXXVIII.-XCVIII.

4. The Action of the Intercostal Muscles. {Boston

Med. and Surg. Journal, May, 1873 >
LXXXVIII. 435. Also printed separately.)

5. A Contribution to the Anatomy of the Jugular

Foramen. {Am. Journal of the Medical Sciences,
Oct. 1873.)

6. The Structure and Action of Striated Muscular

Fibre. {Proceedings of Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist.
Nov. 1873; XVI. 119. Also printed separately.)

7. An Abnormal Ischio-Trochanteric Ligament.

{Journal of Anatomy and Physiology [England],
Nov. 1873; Vm. 134.)

8. Remarks on the Position of the Femur, and on its

so-called " True Neck." {Journal of Anat. and
Physiol. [England], May, 1875; I^- S^'-)

9. A Rare Form of Monstrosity. Two Cases of

apparently true Hermaphroditism. [Written
with Dr. W. L. Richardson.] {Boston Med.and
Surg. Journal, Sept. 1875; XCIII. 377; also
printed separately, Cambridge, 1875, pp. 10.)

10. The Anatomy of the Head. Boston, 1876.

11. Remarks on the Brain. Illustrated by the De-

scription of the Brain of a Distinguished Man
[Chauncey Wright]. (Read Dec. 12, 1877.)
{Proceedings of the Am. Acad, of Arts and
Sciences, XIII. 210. Also printed separately.)

12. The Identification of the Human Skeleton. A

Medico-Legal Study. To which was awarded
the Prize of the Mass. Med. Soc. for 1878.
{Medical Communications of the Mass. Med.
Soc, Boston, 1878 ; XII. 165. Also printed
separately.)

13. The Church and Medicine. {Catholic World,

May, 1879; XXIX. 192.)

14. Skulls, Brains and Souls. {International Review,

May, 1880; VIII. 493.)

Robert Thaxter Edes.

Assistant Professor of Materia Medica, 1870-1875 ;
Professor of Materia Medica, 1875- •

1. Practical Medicine as a Science : Annual Address

to Norfolk District Medical Society. (Boston
Med. and Surg. Journal, May, 1871 ; LXXXIV.
289.)

2. Cases of Leucocythaemia. (Id. July, 1871 ;

LXXXV. 49.)

3. Elimination of Alcohol by the Kidneys and

Breath. (Id. May, 1872; LXXXVL 347.)

4. Reports on Therapeutics. (Id. LXXXVII.-XCIL

1872-75.)

5. Tumor affecting Nerves of Seventh Pair and

Cerebellum upon Left Side. (Id. Jan. 1873;
LXXXVIII. 97-)

6. Ecker's Cerebral Convolutions of Man. Trans-

lated by Dr. Edes. New York, 1873.

7 Pepsin. (Boston Med. and Surg. J., Jan. 1874;

XC. 3.)

8 Clinical Notes of Cases of Rheumatism. (Id.

Feb. 1875; XCII. 191.)

9. Syphilitic Intracranial Disease. [With Dr. Chas.

E. Stedman.] {Am. Journal of Med. Sciences,
April, 1875.)

10. The Treatment of Typhoid Fever by Cold Baths.

{Boston Med. and Surg. J., July, 1875 ; XCIII.
89, and in The Med. and Surgical Reports of the
Boston City Hospital, 205. 2d Series.)

22

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

11. Articles on Materia Medica (in conjunction with

Dr. E. H. Clarlie) in Appleton's Am. Encyclo-
pedia. New York, 1873-76.

12. Clinical Lecture on a Case of Facial Paralysis.

{Boston Med. and Surg. J., June, 1876; XCIV.
619.)

13. Medical Cases in Boston City Hospital. (Id. Aug.

1B76; XCV. 207.)

14. On Certain Diseases of the Nervous Centres.

(Med. and Surg. Reports of Boston City Hospital,
2d Series. 46. Boston, 1877.)

15. Microscopic Sections of Rabbit's Kidney, show-

ing the action of the secreting Epithelium.
(Boston Med. and Surg. J., April, 1878; XCVIII.
474-)

16. What is the object of the Mass. Med. See. and

how may it best be fulfilled .' (Id. Tune, 1878;
XCVIII. 724.)

17. Case of General Cancer including the Supra-

renal Capsules, with Symptoms of Addison's
Disease. (Id. Dec. 1878 ; XCIX. 788.)

18. Case of Anterior Spinal Paralysis. (Id. July,

1879; CI. 105.)

19. Fatal Puerperal Disease of Doubtful Character

and Origin. (Id. Oct. 1879; CI. 626.)

20. Sarcoma of Lumbar Vertebrae. (Id. Nov. 1879;

CI. 661.)

21. Cheyne-Stokes Respiration. (Id. Nov. 1879;

CI. 734)

22. Relation of Drug Manufacturers to Progress of

Therapeutics. (Id. Jan. 1880; CII. 49.)

23. Abscess of Brain. (Id. May, 1880; CII. 447.)

24. Some of the Symptoms of Bright's Disease.

Clinical Lectures. (Id. June, 1880; CII. 601 :
July, 1S80; cm. 1,25.)

25. Mosler on Diseases of the Spleen. Translated

by Dr. Edes. [Ziemssen's Cyclopcedia, VIII.)

26. Heubner on Syphilis of Nervous System.. Trans-

lated by Dr. Edes. (Id. XIL)

27. Various Reviews in Boston Med. and Surg,

yournal and Am. Journal of Medical Sciences.

Charles William Eliot.

President of Harvard College, 1869- .

1. "A National University": a report made to the

National Education Association at Elmira, Aug.
5,1873. {Proceedings of National Rd. Assoc. Also
printed separately, Cambridge, 1874, pp. 23.)

2. The Exemption from Taxation of Church Prop-

erty, and the Property of Educational, Literary,
and Charitable Institutions. [Dec. 12, 1874.]
(Rep. Mass. Commissioners to Revise Laws on Tax-
ation and Exemption therefrom. Appendix. 367.
Boston, 1875. 8°; and printed separately
[Boston, 1875], PP- 28.)

3. Congratulatory Address. {Addresses at the Inaugu-

ration of Daniel C. Oilman as President of the
Johns Hopkins University, Feb. 22, 1876. 5.
Baltimore, 1876.)

4. English and American Universities Compared.

(North American Rev. March-April, 1878;
CXXVI. 217.)

5. Address before the American Academy of Dental

Science at nth Ann. Meeting, Oct. 1878.
Cambridge, 1879, pp. 30.

6. Address at the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of
the Boston Society of Natural History. (An-
niversary Memoirs of the Boston Soc. of Nat.
Hist., Boston, 1880.)
%* See also the University Publications.

Calvin Ellis.

Jackson Professor of Clinical Medicine, 1867- .

1. The Tendency of so-called Local Diseases to

Generalization. [BostonMed. and Surg. Journal,
Oct. 1870; LXXXIII. 229.)

2. Vomiting as the sole prominent sign of Disease

of the Kidneys. (Id. June, 1871 ; LXXXIV.
425.)

3. Autopsy of the Double Monster (Ischiopagus

Tripus), born in Ohio and lately exhibited in
Boston. (Id. Oct. 1871; LXXXV. 218.)

4. The Curved Line of Dulness in cases of Pleuritic

Effusion. (Id. Jan. 1874; XC. 12: Feb. 1874;
XC. 173)

5. A Case of Echinococcus Cyst. (Id. May, 1874;

XC. 553.)

6. Ovarian Cysts. (Id. Aug. 1874; XCI. 182, and

Oct. 1874; XCL396.)

7. Capillary Bronchitis of Adults. A Series of

American Clinical Lectures. New York, 1876.

8. General Softening of the Brain seldom seen as a

Pathological Condition, never as a Clinical
Disease. (Boston Med. and Surg. Jour., Jan.
1876; XCIV. 29.)

9. The Curved Line of Pleuritic Effusion. (Id. Dec.

1876; XCV. 689.)

10. Constant Irrigation in Chronic Cystisis. (Id.

April, 1S77 ; XCVI. 393.)

11. The Point of Origin of so-called Bronchial Res-

piration. (Id. July, 1877; XCVII. I.)

12. Ulcerative Endocarditis; Embolism of the Ar-

teries of the Left Leg. (Id.Nov. 1877 ; XCVIi.
549- )

13. Osteomalacia in a Man. (Id. Jan. 1878 ; XCVIII.

5-)

14. Chest Expansion in Pleurisy. (Id. Feb. 1879;

C. 196.)

15. Chronic Bronchitis with Dilatation of the

Bronchi. (Id. July, 1879; CI. 162.)

16. Probable Acute Nephritis. (Id. Nov. 1879 ; CI.

696.)

17. A Large Effusion of Blood into the Left Hemis-

phere and Lateral Ventricle ; immediate and
continued unconsciousness without localized
paralysis ; continued and marked rise of temper-
ature. (Id. Dec. 1879; CL 876.)

18. The Significance of Albuminuria as a Symptom.

(Id. April, 1880; CIL 361, 388, 414.)

Ephraim Emerton.

Instructor in History, 1876- .

J. Sir William Temple und die Tripleallianz vom
Jahre 1668. Berlin, 1877. 8°. pp. 93.

*,* See also the Bulletin of the Library.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

23

Henry Lawrence Eustis.

Professor of Engineering, 1849- .

Professor Eustis has written the following boOK-
notices : —

1. Strength and Determination of the Dimensions of

Structures of Iron and Steel. By Dr. Ph. J. J.
Weyrauch. (American Architect and Building
NeT.as, 1877 ; II. 142.)

2. The Cambridge Boiler Explosion. An Examina-

tion of the Attack in the columns of the Boston
Daily Advertiser upon the Judicial Decision.
By I. R. Robinson. (Id. 1878; IV. 162.)

3. Government Tests of Wrought-Iron and Chain-

cables. Experiments on the Strength of
Wrought-Iron and Chain-cables. Report by
Commander L. A. Beardslee, U. S. N. Revised
and abridged by William Kent, M. E. (Id.
1880; VII. 183.)

4. Trusses and Arches analyzed and discussed by

Graphical Methods. By Charles E. Greene,
Prof, of Civil Engineering, University of Michi-
gan. (Harvard Register, yi3X&i,\^%o; 1.68.)

*»* Professor Eustis printed in 1878, in the New Eng. Hist,
and Genealogical Register, a Genealogy of the Eustis family,
which was afterwards issued in pamphlet form.

Charles Carroll Everett.

Bussey Professor of Theology, 1869- .

1. Immortality. [Old and New, Sept. 1871 ; IV.

3'3-)

2. The Epistle to the Hebrews. (Mojithly Religious

Magazine, Dec. 1871 ; XLVI. 485.)

3. " Joint Heirs with Christ." A Christmas Ser-

mon preached in the First Parish Church in
Cambridge, Dec. 24, 1871. Cambridge, 1872,
pp. 18.

4. The Relation of Jesus to the Present Age. ( In

Christianity and Modern Thought. [Published
by Am. Unitarian Assoc] Boston, 1872. 129.)

5. "The City that hath Foundations." A Sermon

preached before the National Conference of
Unitarian and other Christian Churches in Bos-
ton, 1872. (Proceedings of the Conference.)

6. A Sermon for Winter. (Monthly Religious Maga-

zine, ]z.tl. 1874; LI. 19.)

7. Mysticism. (Unitarian Review,M.2Xc!a,\?>']\;\.'^.\

8. The Gain of History. An Oration given before

the Phi Beta Kappa Fraternity of Harvard
College. (Id. Aug. 1874; II. 16.)

9. The Tragic Element in Literature and Life. ( Id.

Jan. 1875; HL i.)

10. The Known and the Unknowable in Religion.

(Id. May, 1875; IH. 445.)

11. The Scottish Philosophy. (Id. July, 1875; IV.

24.)

12. The Cosmic Philosophy. (Id. May, 1876; V.

482.)

13. The New Ethics. An Essay read before the

National Conference of Unitarian and other
Christian Churches at Saratoga, 1878. (Pro-
ceedings of the Conference. Also in Unitarian
Review, Oct. 1878; X. 408.)

14. " Leonard Woods." A Discourse before Bow-

doin College and the Maine Historical Society,
July 9, 1879, (Proceedings of Maine Hist. Soc.
Also printed separately as a pamphlet.)

15. The Relation of Philosophy and Modern Liberal-

ism. Read before the Ministers' Institute held
at Providence, R. I. (Institute Essays, Boston,
1880. Also in Unitarian Review, Dec. 1879;
XII. 602.)

16. The Data of Ethics. ( Unitarian Review, Jan.

1880; XIII. 43.)

William Gilson Farlow.

Assistant in Botany, 1870-1872; Assistant Professor
of Botany, 1874-1879 ; Professor of Crypto-
gamic Botany, 1879- .

1. Cuban Seaweeds. (Am. Naturalist, June, 1871 ;

V. 201.)

2. List of the Seaweeds or Marine Algas of the South

Coast of New England. (Report of U. S. Com-
mission of Fish and Fisheries for 1871-2, 281.
Washington, 1873.)

3. An Asexual Growth from the Prothallus of Pteris

serrulata \P. cretica\. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts
and Sciences [Jan. 1874], IX. 68 ; and Quar-
terly Journal of Microscopical Science, New Se-
ries, XIV.)

4. Notes from the Journal of a Botanist in Europe.

(Am. Naturalist, Jan. Feb. and May, 1874;
VIII. I, 112, 295.)

5. Ueber ungeschlechtliche Keimpflanzen an Farn-

prothallien. (Botanische Zeitung, 1874.)

6. List of the Marine Algas of the United States,

with Notes of New and Imperfectly Known
Species. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences
[March 9, 1875]; '^■Z9-)

7. Algae [of Kerguelen Island]. (Bulletin U. S.

National Museum, No. 3, Contributions to Nat.
Hist, of Kerguelen Island; 30. Washington,
1876.)

8. Gustave Thuret. (London Journal of Botany,

Jan. 1876.)

9. University Instruction in Botany. (Am. Natural-

ist,U3.y, 1876; X. 287.)

10. List of the Marine Algse of the United States.

(Report U. S. Fish. Comm.for 1875-76.)

11. Articles on Botany m. Johnson's Cyclopcedia ; and

Record of Botany in Annual Record of Science
and Industry, 1875-8.

12. Report on a Peculiar Condition of the Water

supplied to the City of Boston. (With W. R.
Nichols and E. Burgess.) Boston, 1876. (Also
in Report of Cochituate Water Board, Boston,
1876.)

13. On some Algas New to the United States. (Proc.

Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences. [May 9, 1877.] )

14. Onion Smut. (242'^ Afin. Report of Secretary of

Mass. Board of Agriculture for 1876. Part 2,
164. Boston, 1877.)

15. Diseases of Fruit-bearing Trees. (25//^ Ann.

Report of Sec. of Mass. Bd. of Agriculture for
1877, 218, 231. Boston, 1878.)

16. The Seaweeds of Salt Lake. (Am. Nat., Nov.

1879; XIIL 701.)

17. On the Nature of the Peculiar Reddening of

Salted Codfish during the Summer Season.
(Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. 1880.)

24

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

l8. On some Impurities of Drinking Water caused
by Vegetable Growths. [\st Ann. Report Mass.
State Board of Healthy Lunacy and Charity,
1879. Supplement, 129. Boston, 1880.)

*#* See also the Bulletin of the Bussey Institution.

Walter Faxon.

Assistant in Zoological Laboratory, 1873-1877 ; In-
structor in Zoology, 1877- .

I. Description of Lucifer typus, M. Edw. ? (Chesa-
peake Zoological Laboratory \yohns Hopkins
University\ Scientific Results of the Session of
1878. I plate. Feb. 1879.)

*#* See also the Bulletin and Reports of the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology.

Jesse Walter Fewkes.

Assistant in Zoological Laboratory, 1880- .
*#* See the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Alfred Withington Field.

Assistant in Chemical Laboratory, 1872-1880.

Mr. Field has published the following in conjunc-
tion with Prof. C. L. Jackson: —

1. Parachlorbenzyl Compounds. [Proc. Am. Acad.

of Arts and Sciences, XIV. 54.)

2. The Action of Bromine on Toluol and some of

its Derivatives. [June 12, 1878.] (Id. XV.
202.)

3. Reprint of (i) in Remsen's Am. Chem. Journal, II.

4. " " (2) " " " " " II. I.

5. Abstract of (i) in German. (Berickte des

deutschen Chemischen Gesellschaft. Berlin, 1878,
904.)

6. Abstract of (2) in German. (Id. 1880, 1215.)

John Fiske.

University Lecturer on the Positive Philosophy, 1869-
1871 ; Instriictor in History, 1870; Assistant
Libra-rian, 1S72— 1879.

1. Myths and Myth Makers : Old Tales and Super-

stitions interpreted by Comparative Mythology.
Boston, 1872. 12°.

2. The Composition of Mind. (Journal of Psycho-

logical Medicine, July, 1872; VI. No. 3.)

3. Taine's History of English Literature. Abridged

and Edited with Chronological Table, Notes,
and Index. New York, 1872. 12".

4. The Primaeval Ghost-World. (Atlantic Monthly,

Nov. 1872; XXX. 584.)

5. Agassiz and Darwinism. (Popular Science Monthly,

Oct. 1873; III- 693.)

6. Outlines of Cosmic Philosophy, based on the

Doctrine of Evolution, with Criticisms on the
Positive Philosophy. London, 1874 ; Boston,
1875. 2 vols. 8°.

7. Athenian and American Life. (^Atlantic Monthly,

Nov. 1874; XXXIV. 551.)

8. The Unseen World and other Essays. Boston,

1876. 12°.

9. A Librarian's Work. (Atlantic Monthly, Oct.

1876; XXXVIII. 480.)

10. The Triumph of Darwinism. (North American

Review, Jan. 1877 ; CXXIV. 90.)

11. The Races of the Danube. (Atlantic Monthly,

April, 1877; XXXIX. 401.)

12. A Crumb for the " Modern Symposium." (North

Am. Rev., Jan.-Feb. 1878 ; CXXVI. 27.)

13. Chauncey Wright. (Radical Review, Feb. 1878;

I. 690.)

14. What is Inspiration ? (North Am. Rev., Sept.-

Oct. 1878; CXXVII. 330.)

15. Recent Works on Ancient History and Philol-

ogy. (Id. Aug. 1879; CXXIX. 197.)

16. Darwinism and other Essays. London, 1879.

sm. 8°.

Reginald Heber Fitz.

Instructor in Pathological Anatomy, 1870 -1873;
Assistant Professor of Path. Anatomy, 1873-
1878; Professor of Path. Anatomy, 1879- .

1. The Theory of Tuberculosis. ABrief Account of

some of Its more important Features. (Publi-
cations of Mass. Med. Soc. 187 1 ; HI. No. 3.
Also printed separately, pp. 30.)

2. A Case of Double Monstrosity. H. O. Marcy

and R. H. Fitz. (Boston Med. and Surg. Jour.,
July, 1871 ; LXXXV. 17.)

3. Spindle-celled Sarcoma of Choroid. Hasket

Derby and R. H. Fitz. (Id. Feb. 1872;
LXXXVI. 85.)

4. Tubo-Uterine or Interstitial Pregnancy. [Am.

Jotirnal of Med. Sciences, Jan. 1875.)

5. Anatomy of the Fasciola Jacksoni. (Neiu York

Medical Journal, Nov. 1876. Also printed
separately, New York, 1876, pp. 8.)

6. Rupture of the CEsophagus. (Am. Journal of

Med. Sciences, Jan. 1877.)

7. Sudden Death from Embolism. (Boston Med. and

Surg. Jour., Jan. 1877 ; XCVI. 95.)

8. A Compend of Diagnosis in Pathological An-

atomy. By Dr. Johannes Orth. Translated by
F. C. Shattuck and G. K. Sabine. Revised by
R. H. Fitz. 1878.

9. The Value of Anatomical Appearances. ( Trans.

of Mass. Medico-Legal Soc, 1878; I. No. i.)

10. Fatal Case of Hydrophobia. By G. B. Shattuck

and R. H. Fitz. (Boston Med. and Surg. Jour.,
Aug. 1878; XCIX. 261.)

11. Semi-Annual Reports on Recent Progress in

Pathology and Pathological Anatomy. (Id.
1872-9; LXXXVII.-CL)

Charles Follen Folsom.

Lecturer on Hygiene, 1877-1880 ; Lecturer on Mental
Diseases, 1879- •

1. Dr. Folsom wrote the editorial portion of Re-

ports of State Board of Health, 1876-80, and
also in these reports

2. the following papers : —

(a) Disposal of Sewage. (Seventh Ann. Report,
276.)

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

25

(b) Pollution of Streams ; Disposal of Sewage ;

Drainage and Health. (Eig/ilh Ami. Rep.
21,80, 113.)

(c) Registration of Deaths and of Diseases.

(Id. 12, 231.)

(d) Disease of the Mind. (Id. 13, 325.)

(e) Drainage and Health ; Sewerage; Pollution

of Streams. {Ninth Ann. Hep. 3.)

(f) Diphtheria in Gloucester. (Id. 463.)

3. The Present Aspect of the Sewage Question as

applied to Boston : a paper read before the
American Statistical Association, Boston, April
20, 1877. Boston, 1877.

4. Disease of the Mind. [Reprinted from Mass.

State Bd. of Health Reports.] Boston, 1877.

5. Editorial and introductory portion (summary) of

Thirty-Seventh and Thirty-Eighth Ann. Reports
of Registry and Return of Births, Marriages
and Deaths in Mass. [for 1878 and 1879].

6. [The Causes of] Typhoid Fever. (Boston Med.

and Surg. J., March, 1880;, CII. 227.)

7. Cases of Insanity and of Fanaticism. [Pocasset

Murder.] (Id. March, 1880 ; CII. 265.)

8. Editorial portion of Health Supplement of First

Ann. Rep. of Mass. State Bd. of Health, Lunacy
and Charity, for 1879. Boston, t88o. Also in
this volume : The Pollution of Streams, Supple-
ment. I .
g. Contributions to the Bostoii Med. and Surg.
Journal, Boston Daily Advertiser, and other
papers.

Henry Gannett.

Assistant in Observatory, 1870-187 1.

1. Report on Astronomy and Hypsometry. (Ann.

Rep. U. S. Geol. Survey of Territories for 1872,
793. Washington, 1873.)

2. Lists of Elevations principally West of the Mis-

sissippi River. 2d ed. Washington, 1873 [3d
ed. 1875; 4th ed. (with a hypsometric map of
the U. S.) 1877]. (U. S. Geol. Survey of the
Territories. Miscell. Pub. No. J.)

3. Meteorological Observations for 1872 in Utah,

Idaho, and Montana. (Id. Misc. Pub. No. 2.
Washington, 1873.)

4. Geographical Report. (Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol.

Survey of Terr, for 1873, ^7°- Washington,
1874-)

5. Geographical Report. (Id. for i8y4, 413. Wash-

ington, 1876.)

6. Topographical Report [for 1875 and 1876]. ('4«».

Rep. U. S. Geol. Survey of Terr, for 1875, 335-
Washington, 1877.)

7. Geographical Report. (Id./or 1877.)

8. The Atlas of Colorado [in which Mr. Gannett's

topographical work, with that of his associates,
is embodied]. 1877.

George Minot Garland.

Assistant in Physiology, 1877- .

I. Pneumono-Dynamics. New York, 1878. 8°.
3. Pneumono-Dynamics. Lecture. (Proc. of Med.
Soc. of County of Kings, June, 1878.)

3. Pharyngeal Respiration. {Journal of Physiology,

May, 1879; H. 82.)

4. The Effect of the Respiratory Movements on the

Pulmonary Circulation. (In connection with
Prof. H. P. Bowditch.) [Journal of Physiology,
Aug. 1879; n. 91.)

5. The Letter S. Curve. (New York Medical Jour-

nal, Nov. 1879.)

6. Negative Pressure. (The Medical Record, Dec.

1879.)

Samuel Garman.

Assistant in Herpetology, 1874- .

1. Description of a New Species of North American

Serpent. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, Tune,
1874; XVH. 92.)

2. On the Skates (Raja;) of the Eastern Coast of

the United States. (Id. Nov. 1874; XVIL
170.)

3. Notes on some Fishes and Reptiles from the

Western Coast of South America. (Id. Dec.
1875 ; XVIH. 202.)

4. Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Allen

Lesley, Esq., on the Isthmus of Panama. (Id.
June, 1876; XVIH. 402.)

5. On a Variation in the Color of Animals. (Proc.

Am. Assoc, for the Advancement of Science, Aug.
1876, 187.)

6. On the Pelvis and External Sexual Organs of

Selachians, with especial reference to the New
Genera Potamotrygon and Disceus. (Proc. Bos-
ton Soc. Nat Hist., May, 1877 ; XIX. 197.)

7. Pseudis, " The Paradoxical Frog." (American

Naturalist, Oct. 1877 ; XL 587.)

*#* See also the Bulletin and Reports of the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology.

"Wolcott Gibbs.

Rumford Professor and Lecturer on the Application of
Science to the Useful Arts, 1863- .

1. Contributions to Chemistry from the Laboratory

of the Lawrence Scientific School. No. r2.
(Am. Journal of Science and Arts, Sept. 1870;
L. 240.)

2. Analytical Notices. (Id. Feb. 1873; 3d Series,

V. no.)

3. Researches on the Hexatomic Compounds of

Cobalt. Part I. (Proc. Am. Academy of Arts
and Sciences, X. i .)

4. Optical Notices. (Id. X. 401.)

5. Researches on the Hexatomic Compounds of

Cobalt. Part II. (Id. XI. i.)

6. Researches on the Complex Inorganic Acids.

Part I. (Id. XV, I.)

7. The Same. Part L [Continued.] (Id. XVL109.)
*,* See also the Bulletin of the Library.

Frank Austin Gooch.

Assistant in Chemical Laboratory, 1874-1875.

I. [In connection with Prof. J. P. Cooke.] On Two
New Varieties of Vermiculites, with a Revision
of the other Members of this Group. [May

26

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

II, 1875.] (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sci-
ences, X. 453.)

2. Ueber Vulkanische Gesteine der Galapagos In-

seln. {Tschermak's Mineralogische Mitiheil-
ungett for 1876. 133.)

3. Bemerkungen iiber die Pechsteine von Arran.

(Id. for 1876. 185.)

4. On a New Method for the Separation and Sub-

sequent Treatment of Precipitates in Chemical
Analysis. [Feb. 13, 187S.] [Proc. Am. Acad,
of Arts and Sciences, XIII. 342. Reprinted in
American Chemical Journal, I. 317. Copied
into Chemical News, XXXVII. 181 ; and into
New Remedies, VII. 290.)

5. On the Estimation of Phosphoric Acid as Mag-

nesic Pyrophosphate [Oct. 8, 1879]. [Proc. Am.
Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XV. 53. Reprinted
in Am. Chemical Journal, I. 391.)

6. A New Form of Absorption-Apparatus for Use in

estimating Ammonia. (Id. I. 450.)

George Lincoln Goodale.

Assistant Professor of Vegetable Physiology, 1873-187S;
Professor of Botany, 1878- .

1. Hybrids and Hybridization in Plants. A Lecture.

{^Twenty-fifth Ann. Rep. of Mass. Bd. of Agri-
culture fcfr 1877, 155. Boston, 1878.)

2. Recent Researches in regard to Seeds and their

Germination. A Lecture. [Ann. Rep. Mass.
Board of Agriculture. )

3. " Vegetable Histology." (Johnson^s New Univer-

sal Cyclopcedia. New York, 1878.)

4. " Vegetable Physiology." (Id.)

5. Concerning a few Common Plants. Boston, 1879.

6. Wild Flowers of North America. Plates by

Isaac Sprague. 40. [Now publishing.]

*#* See also the Bulletin of the Library.

William Watson Goodwin.

Eliot Professor of Greek Literature, i860- .

1. An Elementary Greek Grammar, xx. 242. Boston,

1870.

2. Plutarch's Morals. Translated from the Greek by

Several Hands [London, 1684-1694]. Revised
by W. W. Goodwin; with introd. by R. W.
Emerson. Boston, 1870. 5 vols.

3. Greek Reader, consisting of selections from Xen-

ophon, Plato, Herodotus and Thucydides.
Edited by W. W. Goodwin and J. H. Allen.
Boston, 1871.

4. On the Aorist Subjunctive and Future Indicative

with Siriur and oh /n^. {Trans. Am. Philol.
Assoc. 1869-70. 46. Hartford, 187 1.)

5. Syntax of the Moods and Tenses of the Greek

Verb. Fifth ed. Revised and modified in parts.
Boston, 1873. (Republished with special title
by E. Johnson, Cambridge, England. Sixth and
later editions have been republished by Macmil-
lan & Co., London.)

6. On the Classification of Conditional Sentences in

Greek Syntax. ( Trans, of Am. Philol. Assoc,
1873. Previously printed in Journal of Phil-
ology, V. 186. London and Cambridge, 1873.)

On " Shall " and " Should " in Protasis, and their

Greek Equivalents. ( Trans. Am. Philol. Assoc,

1876. Reprinted in Journal of Philology, VIII.

18. London and Cambridge, 1879.)

Mycenae. (Nation, No. 6oi (Jan. 4, 1877) ; XXIV.

6.)
Greek Reader. Second ed. [Same as No. 3,
with Anabasis I. and II. substituted for Anabasis
III. and IV.] Boston, 1877.

Selections from Xenophon and Herodotus. Ed-
ited by W. W. Goodwin and John W. White.
[Same as last, with Anabasis III. and IV. sub-
stituted for extracts from Xenophon's Memo-
rabilia, Plato, and Thucydides.] Boston, 1877.

Xenophon's Anabasis, Books I.-IV. Edited by
W. W. Goodwin and J. W. White. [Same as
the Anabasis in last work.] Boston, 1877.

On the Text and Interpretation of certain pas-
sages in the Agamemnon of Aeschylus. ( Trans.
Amer. Philol. Assoc, 1877.)

Review of Schliemann's "Mycenae." (Nation,
Nos. 658 and 659 (Feb. 7 and 14, 1878) ; XXVL
8, 116.)

An Elementary Greek Grammar. Revised and
enlarged edition. [Same as No. i, rewritten
and greatly enlarged.] xxviii. 393. London,
1879.

The Same. Boston, 1879.

On ^inai anh av\t.fili\av, and S/koi a\ifi.^6Kaiai of
Thuc. I. 77. (Am. Journal of Philology, Feb.
1880; L4.)

Review of Stewart and Long's " Plutarch," Vol.
L (Nation, No. 805 (Dec. 2, 1880) ; XXXI.
395')
, Review of Schliemann's " Ilios." (Id. Nos. 815
and 816 (Feb. 10 and 17, 1881) ; XXXII. 96.)

Asa Gray.

Fisher Professor of Natural History, 1842- .

1. Botanical Contributions. June, 1870. (Proc. Amer-

ican Academy of Arts and Sciences, VIII. 243.)
i. Reconstruction of the Order Diapensiacese.
ii. Revision of the North American Pole,
moniaceae.

iii. Miscellaneous Botanical Notes and Char-
acters.

2. A New Species of Erythronium. (Canadian

Naturalist, V. American Naturalist, Tulv, 187 1 :
V. 298.)

3. BotanicS.1 Contributions. Feb. 1872. (Proc. Am.

Acad, of Arts and Sciences, VIII. 365.)
i. Notes on Labiatae.

ii. Determinations of a Collection of Plants
made in Oregon by Elihu Hall, during
the summer of 1871, with Characters of
some New Species and various Notes.

4. Address before the American Association for the
y Advancement of Science at Dubuque, Iowa,

August, 1872. (Proc. A. A. A.S.I. Cambridge,
1873. Also, without the Appendix, American
Journal of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. IV. 282.
And [under the title. Sequoia and its History]
in American Naturalist, VI. 577. And in part
[under the title. The Origin of the Flora of
Atlantic North America] in Trimen's Journal
of Botany, X. 309.)

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

27

5. Botany for Young People, Part II. How Plants

Behave. New York and Chicago, 1873. pp.
46. sm. 40.

6. John Torrey : A Biographical Notice. June, 1873.

{Am. your, of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. V. 41 1.
Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, IX. 262.
Also printed separately.)

7. Botanical Contributions. May, 1873. ^^- "VIII.

620.)
i. Characters of New Genera and Species of

Plants,
ii. Notes on Compositae, and Characters of
certain Genera and Species, etc. [Part I.]

8. William B. Sullivant! A Biographical Notice.

July, 1873. [Am. your^ of Science and Arts, 3d
Ser. VI. I ; Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences,
IX. 271.)

9. Botanical Contributions. May, 1874. [Part II. of

No. 7, ii.] (Id. IX. 187.)

10. Charles Robert Darwin. June, 1874. (Nature, X.

79. American Naturalist, Aug. 1874 ; VIII.
473-)

11. Phanerbgamia of the Pacific Coast of North

America. By John Torrey. (Edited by Dr.
Asa Gray.) July, 1874. (United States Exploring
Expedition, during the Years 1838-1842, under
the Command of Chayles Wilkes, tj. S. N.
XVII. 205.)

12. Jeffries Wyman. Address at the Memorial Meet-

ing of the Boston Society of Natural History.
Oct. 7, 1874. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.
XVII. 96. Am. your, of Science and Arts, 3d
Ser. IX. 81, 171.)

13. Botanical Contributions. May and Oct. 1874.

(Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts arid Sciences, X. 39.)

i. A Synopsis of the North American Thistles.

ii. Notes on Borraginaceae.
iii. Synopsis of North American Species of

Physalis.
iv. Characters of various New Species.

14. Do Varieties wear out, or tend to wear out ?

(New York Semi-Weekly Tribune, Dec. 8, 1874.
Am. yourn. of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. IX.
109.)

1.15; Botanical Contributions. A Conspectus of the
North American Hydrophyllaceae. March, 1875.
(Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, X. 312.)

16. Bentham on the recent Progress and present

State of Systematic Botany. April, 1875. (Am.
your, of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. IX. 288, 346.)

17. Miscellaneous Botanical Contributions. Oct.
^^ 1875. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences,

XI. 71.)

18. Aestivation and its Terminology. Nov. 1875.

(Am. your, of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. X. 339.)

10. Burs in the Borage Family. (American Natural-
ist, Jan. 1876; X. I.)

20. Botany [of California]. Vol. I. Polypetals, by

W. H. Brewer and Sereno Watson. Gamopetalse
(also Astragalus and Saxifragaceae), by Asa
Gray. Cambridge, 1876. (In a volume of the
California Geological Survey.)

21. Our Wild Gooseberries. (American Naturalist,

May, 1876; X. 270.)

22. Darwiniana : Essays and Reviews pertaining to

Darwinism. New York, 1876. 8°.

V23.
24.

26.

27.
28.

29.

30-

31-
32-

33-
34.

Botanical Contributions. Dec. 1876. (Proc. Am.
Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XII. 51.)
i. Characters of Canbya (n. gen.) and Arcto-
mecon.

ii. Characters of New Species, etc.
Notice of Darwin on the Effects of Cross-
and Self-Fertilization in the Vegetable King-
dom. Feb. 1877. (Am. your, of Science and
Arts, 3d Ser. XIII. 125.)
Botanical (Contributions. Characters of some lit-
tle-known or new Genera of Plants. May,
1877. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences,
XII. 159.)
Notes on the History of Helianthus tuberosus,
the so-called Jerusalem Artichoke. By J. Ham-
mond Trumbull and Asa Gray. May, 1877.
(Am. your, of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. XIII.
347-)
The Germination of the Genus Megarrhiza, Torr.

July, 1877. (Id. XIV. 21.)
Botanical Contributions. Jan. 1878. (Proc. Am.
Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XIII. 361.)
i. Elatines Americans,
ii. Two New Genera of Acanthacese.
iii. New Astragali,
iv. Miscellaneae.
Synoptical Flora of North America. Vol. II.
Part I. Gamopetalae after Compositas. New
York, 1878. 1. 80.
Forest Geography and Archaeology. A Lecture
delivered before the Harvard University Natu-
ral History Society, 18 April, 1878. (Am. your,
of Science and Arts, Aug. and Sept. 1878, 3d Ser.
XVI. 85, 183.)
Dr. Jacob Bigelow. April, 1879. (Id. XVII.

263.)
The Botanical Text-Book. (Sixth Edition.)
Part I. Structural Botany or Organography on
the basis of Morphology. New York and Chi-
cago, 1879. 80. Third Issue, with Addenda.
1880.
The Pertinacity and Predominance of Weeds.
Sept. 1879. (Am. your, of Science and Arts, 3d
Ser. XVIII. 161.)
Botanical Contributions. Oct. 1879. (Proc. of
Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XV. 25.)

i. Characters of some New Species of Com-
positas in the Mexican Collection made
by C. C. Parry and Edward Palmer ;
chiefly in the Province of San Luis Potosi
in 1878.
ii. Some New North American Genera,
Species, etc.
De Candolle's Phytography. Aug. and Sept. 1880.
(Am. your, of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. XX.
150, 241.)
Botanical Contributions. Sept. 1880. (Proc. Am.
Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XVI. 78.)
i. Notes on some Compositae.
ii. Some Species of Asclepias.
iii. A New Genus of GentianaceK.
iv. Miscellaneaa of the North American Flora.
Natural Science and Religion. Two Lectures
delivered at the Theological School of Yale
College. New York, 1880. 8°.
, In addition to the above,numerous Notes, Notices,
etc., have appeared in t\itAm your, of Science and

-^

28

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

Arts (see Index at end of 3d Ser. X. and XX.),
and in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club
and Coulter's Botanical Gazette, as well as various
contributions (botanical and otherwise) in the
American Agriculturist, Independent, Nation,
etc.
%* See also the Reports of the Peabody Museum.

John Orne Green.

Lecturer on Otology, 187 1- .

1. Progress of Otology. (Trans. Am. Otological Soc.

1870.)

2. A Case of Epithelioma of Auricle and Meatus.

(Id. 1870; 1.92.)

3. Five Cases of Fatal Otorrhcea. (Id. 1871 ; I. 195.

Condensed in Boston Med. and Surg. J., Nov.
1871; LXXXV. 346.)

4. Cases of Injury to the Ear from External Violence.

( Trans. Am. Otological Soc. 1872 ; I. 308.)

5. Chapters on External and Middle Ears and Eus-

tachian Tube in Strieker's Manual of Histology.
Translated by Dr. Green. New York, 1872.

6. Tenotomy of the Tensor Tympani Muscle. ( Trans.

Am. Otological Soc. 1873; I. 401.)

7. Ulceration of the Dermoid Layer of the Membrana

Tympani. (Id. 1873; I. 431.)

8. Neuralgia in and about the Ear. (Id. 1874; I.

561.)

9. Cases illustrative of Mastoid Inflammation. (Bos-

ton Med. and Surg. Jour. Jan. 1874 ; XC. 77.)

10. Perforations of the Membrana Flaccida. Trans.

of Boston Soc. for Medical Improvement. (Id.
March, 1874; XC. 310.)

11. An Unusual Source of Otorrhoea. Trans, of

Boston Soc. for Medical Observation. (Id.
May, 1874; XC. 478.)

12. Vegetable Parasitic Growths. (Trans, of Soc.

of Medical Sciences, March 31, 1874.)

Hyperostosis of the Mastoid. (Internatioiml Oto-
logical Soc. 1876.)

Disease of the Brain in its Relation to Inflam-
mations of the Ear. (Med. and Surg. Reports
of Boston City Hospital, 2d Ser. loi. Boston
1877.)

Schwartze's Pathological Anatomy of the Ear.
Translated by Dr. Green. Boston, 1878.

Coagulated Fibrin simulating Polypus of the
Tympanum. (Trans. Am. Otological Soc. 1878.)

Objective and Subjective Systolic Murmurs in
the Ears. (Id.)

The Audiphone and Dentaphone. ( Trans, of
Soc. of Medical Sciences, l3.\i. 20, 1880.)

Cases of Caries of the Mastoid. Trans, of Bos-
ton Soc. for Medical Improvement. (Boston
Med. and Surg. Journ. April, 1880; CII. 324.)

The Importance of Early Recognition of Ear-
Disease. ( Trans. Mass. Med. Soc. 1880.)

Reports on the Progress of Otology. (Boston
Med. and Surg. Journ. 1872-1880; LXXXVIL-
CIII.)

23'

Otitis Intermittens. (Am. Journal of Otology,

I. No. 2.)
Phlebitis of Venx Emissariae Mastoideje. (Id.

I. No. 3.)

24. Phlebitis of the Mastoid Emissary Vein. (Id.
II. No. 2.)

Francis Boott Greenough.

Lecturer on Syphilis, 1871-1875; Instructor in Syph-
ilis, 1875- .

1. From 1871 to 1877, Dr. Greenough, as Secretary

of the Boston Society for Medical Improve-
ment, edited the Records of the Society in the
Boston Med.andSurg. Journal, LXXXV.-XCV.

2. Lostorfer's Syphilitic Corpuscle. (Boston Med.

and Surg. Journal, Dec. 1872 ; LXXXVII. 405.)

3. Review of Lee on Syphilis. (Id. Dec. 1875;

XCIII. 676.)

4. Concerning the Execution of Criminals. (Id.

Dec. 1875; XCIIL 777.)

5. Extracts from the Records of the Boston Society

for Medical Improvement. [With C. D. Ho-
mans, M. D.] Vol. VI. Boston, 1876.

6. On the Treatment of the Chancroid. (Boston

Med. and Surg. Journal, Jan. 1877 ; XC VI. 96.)

7. Notes on some of the most Frequent Forms of

Skin Disease. (Id. Feb., March, April, June,
1877 ; XCVL 213, 273, 425, 733.)

8. Dr. Bumstead's New Departure on the Chancroid.

(Id. Feb. 1880; CIL 163.)

9. Extracts from the Records of the Boston Society

for Medical Improvement. [With E. G. Cutler,
M. D.] Vol. VII. Boston, 1880.

10. Herpes Progenitalis. Read at the Ann. Meeting

of the American Dermatological Association,
Aug. 28, 1881. (Archives of Dermatology, June,
1881. Reprinted in pamphlet form.)

James Bradstreet Greenough.

Tutor in Latin, 1865-1873 ; Assistant Professor of
Latin, 1873- .

1. Analysis of the Latin Subjunctive. Cambridge,

1870. pp. 36.

2. The Subjunctive and Optative ; read at the

Oriental Society, and published in North Amer-
ican Review, Oct. 187 1 ; CXIII. 41 5, as a review
of Delbriick's " Conjunctiv und Optativ."

3. On Some Forms of Conditional Sentences in

Latin, Greek, and Sanskrit. ( Trans. Am. Philol.
Assoc. 1 87 1, 159.)

4. A Latin Grammar for Schools and Colleges,

founded on Comparative Grammar. (With J.
H. Allen.) Boston, 1872.

5. Select Orations of Cicero, chronologically ar-

ranged, covering the whole period of his Public
Life. Edited by J. H. and W. F. Allen and
J. B. Greenough. Boston, 1873. S". [Fourth
edition, Boston, 1878.]

6. New Latin Method. (With J. H. Allen.) [The

first work to give directions and suggestions for
reading at sight.] Boston, 1875.

7. A Latin Grammar. (With J. H.Allen.) Boston,

1877. [Another issue, Boston, 1878.]

8. Also a number of editions of Latin Text-Books

for use in schools.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

29

Hermann August Hagen.

Professor of Entomology, 1870-

1. Ueber die Microscope Nordamerikas. [Max

Schuhe's Archiv f. microscop. Anatomic, VI.
205.)

2. Synopsis Pseudoscorpionidum Synonymica. (Proc.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. March, 1870; XIII.
263.)

3. Entwickelung der Buchdruckerei und des Buch-

handels in Nord Amerika. (Koenigsberger
Hartungsche Zeittmg,\ZiC). No. 190.)

4. Ueber rationelle Benennung des Geaeders in den

Fluegeln der Insecten. (Stettiner Entom.
Zeitung, April and June, 1870 ; Jalirgang XXXI.
316.)

5. Necrologvon Benjamin D. Walsh. (Id. XXXI.

354-)

6. Die Public Library in Boston. (Koenigsberger

Hartitngsche Zeitung, 1870.)

7. Die Schuhmanufactur in Neu England. (Id.)

8. List of the Neuroptera in Alaska. (Alaska and

its Resources. By W. H. Dall. 588. Boston,
1870. 80.)

9. On a new dissecting Microscope. (Proc. Boston

Soc. Nat. Hist. 1871 ; XIV. 387.)

10. Bedeutung des Getreide Handels und des Ge-

treidebaues in Nord Amerika. (Koenigsberger
Hartungsche Zeitung, 187 1.)

11. Die Baumwollen Industrie in Neu England. (Id.)

12. Der "Black Friday" der Neu Yorker Boerse.

(Id.)

13. Notice on Dipterous Larvae in a Child (CEstrus

ovis). {Proc. Boston S. N. H, March, 1872;
XV. 155.)

14. Mimicry in the Colors of Insects. (Am. Natu-

ralist, July, 1872 ; VI. 388 ; reprinted in Entomol.
Monthly Mag., IX. 78.)

15. The Blind Crayfish. (Am. Naturalist, Aug. 1872 ;

VI. 494-)

16. On the Larvje of the Hemerobina. (Proc. Bos-

ton S. N. H, Oct. 1872 ; XV. 243.)

17. On the Eggs of Perthostoma. (Id. Nov. 1872;

XV. 254.)

18. Schmetterlinge mit Raupenkopf und aehnlichen

Missbildungen. (Stett. Entom. Zeit. 1872;
XXXIII. 388.)

19. Ueber die Eisenbahnen in Nord Amerika, und

ihren Einfluss auf den Arbeitspreis. (Koenigs-
berger Hartungsche Zeitung, 1872.)

20. Report on the Pseudoneuroptera and Neuroptera

of N. America in the Collection of the late Th.
W. Harris. [Monograph of Pteronarcys.] (Proc.
Boston S.N. H., Jan. 1873 ! XV. 263.)

21. Odonata from the Yellowstone. (Sixth Ann.

Report U. S. Geol. Survey nf Territories. By
F. V. Hayden. 727. Washington, 1873.)

22. Notes on Mr. S. H. Scudder's Odonata of the

Isles of Pines and White Mts. (Proc. Boston
S. N. H., March, 1873; XV. 373.)

23. On Prosopistoma. and Baetisca. (Id. 377.)

Sub-family Phryganidee. (Id. April, 1873, 384.)

24. Die Larven von Ascalaphus. (Stett. Entom.

Zeit. 1873; XXXIV. 33.)

25. Ueber die Entomologischen Arbeiten Plans

Strom's. (Id. 225.)

26. Die Larven von Myrmeleon. (Id. 249, 377.)

27. Beitraege zur Kenntniss der Phryganiden. ( Ver-

handlungZool.Bot. Gesell.Wien. 1873; XXXIIL
377-)

28. Notes on Ephemeridae. ( Trans. Entom, Soc.

London, 1873, 381.)

29. The Origin of the " Tailed Man." (Proc. Boston

Soc. Nat. Hist., Dec. 1873; XVI. 192.)

30. On Amber in North America. (Id. Feb. 1874 ;

XVI. 296.)

31. The Odonate Fauna of Georgia, from Original

Drawings now in possession of Dr. John L.
LeConte and in the British Museum. (Id.
March, 1874; XVI. 349.)

32. The Linnean Signification of the generic term

Papilio. (Canad. Entomol, 1874; VI. 163.)

33. Report on the Neuroptera and Pseudoneuroptera

collected by Lieut. W. L. Carpenter in 1873 in
Colorado. (Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. and Geog.
Survey of Territories, 1875, 571 ■)

34. Development of Natural History Museums.

(Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1875; XVII.
387-)

35. Synopsis of the Odonata of America. (Id. May,

1875; XVIIL 211.)

36. On Attacus (Samia) Columbia and its Parasites.

(Btilletin of the Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sciences, II.
201. Buffalo, 1875.)

37. Doryphora decemlineata, Say. (Antml.Soc. Ent.

Belgique, XVIII. xxx.)

38. Lettre sur les Collections d'Entomologie Bio-

logiquedu Musee de Cambridge. (Id. XVIII.
42.)

39. Sur la Poche des Femelles chez le Genre Eury-

alus. (Id. XVIIL 55.)

40. Capture of rare Pseudoneuroptera and Neurop-

tera. (Psyche, July, 1875; I- 96-)

41. Report upon the Collection of Neuroptera and

Pseudoneuroptera made in portions of Colo-
rado, New Mexico, and Arizona during the years
1872, 1873, and 1874. (Rep. upon U. S. Geog.
and Geol. Explorations and Surveys West of the
One Hundredth Meridian. By Geo. L. Wheeler.
Vol. V. Zoology. Chap. XIV. 909. Washing-
ton, 1875.)

42. The History of the Origin and Development of

Museums. [Read before the Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist. Feb. 3, 1875.] (Am. Naturalist, Feb. and
March, 1876; X. 80, 135.)

43. The Probable Danger from White Ants. (Id.

July, 1876; X. 401.)

44. Pseudoneuroptera (of Kerguelen Island. Rhy-

opsocus). (Contributions to the Nat. Hist, of
Kerg. Island, S-2. By J . H. Kidder. Washing-
ton, 1876. )

45. On Genera. [Read before the Entom. Club of

Am. Assoc, for Advancement of Science at
Buffalo, Aug. 22, 1876.] (Buffalo Courier, Aug.
23, 1876. Reprinted in Canadian Entomologist,
Vill. 193, and in Rep. Entom. Soc. of Ontario
for 1876.)

46. List of Neuroptera [coll. by Capt. Jones' Ex-

pedition to NoTth-Western Wyoming m 1873].
(Proc. of Davenport Academy of Nat. Sciences,
L 191. 1876.)

30

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

47. Neuroptera and Pseudoneuroptera collected in

Utah in the Summer of 1875. (Id. I. 204.
1876.)

48. The Librarian's Work. (Naiio7t, Jan. 18, 1S77,

No. 603; XXIV. 40.)

49. Note on Termes. (Proc. Boston Sac. Nat. Hist.

Jan. 1877; XIX. 73.)

50. Extentof the N. American Famial Region South-

wards. [Psyche, May and June, 1877 ; II. 42.)

51. Attachment o£ Pollinia to Insects. (Id. II. 42.)

52. Symphrasis; eine neue Mantispiden Gattung.

(Stat. Entom. Zeit. XXXVIII. 208.)

53. Beitraege zur Kenntniss von Pteronarcys. (Id.

477-)

54. Lead-boring Insects. (Field and Forest, Oct.

1S77, 55. Washington.)

55. On Samia Gloveri. [Canad. Entomol. IX. 13.)

56. The Sparrows. [Written at the request of the

late Thomas M. Brewer, who directed its pub-
lication in different papers to the extent of 300,
000 copies.] {Bosto7i Evening Transcript, March
28, 1878. A?iierican Cultivator, April 6, 1878.
Worcester Evening Gazette, April 30, T878.
American Agricitlturist [English and German
edit.], May, 1878. Repoi-t upon Cotton Insects,
by J. H. Comstock, 1879, '5°-)

57. Rectifications concernant I'Epitheca yamaska-

nensis,Provench. (Annales Soc. Entom. Belgique,
XXI. 86.)

58. Insects imported from Europe. (Psyche, Sept.-

Dec. 1878; 11.191.)

59. Additions et Corrections aux Neuropt^res de la

Province de Quebec. (Le Naturciliste Canad.
X. 124.)

60. Descriptions of New Species and Additions

[Gomphidae]. (De Selys Longchamps: Qua-
triime Addition au Synopsis des Gomphides.
Bruxelles, 1878.)
6i. Description of New Species and Additions
ICordulidae]. (De Selys Longchamps : Seconde
Addition au Synopsis des Cordulides. Bruxelles,
1878.)

62. On the Natural History of Gall-Insects. (Canad.

Entom. X. 85.)

63. On Mermis, a Parasite of the larva of Carpo-

capsa pomonella. (Id. 155.)

64. On the new Carpet-Bug. (Id. 161.)

65. The Carpet-Pest. (Boston Daily Advertiser,]\i[y

6, 1878.)

66. The Carpet-Bug. (Boston Sunday Globe, July 7,

187S.)

67. Troublesome Insects. The Carpet-Beetle and

other House and Domestic Pests. (Pulex.)
[Read before Thursday Club.] (Boston Daily
Advertiser, Dec. 19, 1878. Worcester Evening
Gazette, Dec. 1878.)

68. Museum Pests observed in Cambridge. (Proc.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1878 ; XX. 56. Reprinted
in Journal of Scieiue, June, 1879; X. 90. Ab-
stract in Nature, May, 1879; XX. 106.)

69. Larvae of Insects discharged through the Urethra

[with the literature of similar cases in full].
(Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1878; XX.
107.)

70. Birds swarming after White Ants [in Cambridge].

(Id. 118.)

71. Remarks on White Ants. (Proc. Boston Soc.

Nat. Hist., XX. 121.)

Flies from a Petroleum Lake. (Id. Jan. 1879;

1 34-)
Attacks of Native Insects upon Imported Trees.

(Psyche, Feb. 1879; II. 210.)
Obnoxious Pests. [Destruction by Application

of Yeast. Read before the Thursday Club,

April 3.] (Boston Evening Transcript, April

II, 1879. Reprinted in Worcester Evening
Gazette, April; in Canad. Entom. XI. no; ab-
stract in Nature, Dec. 1879; XXI. 188; m
Nation, Dec. ii, 1879, No. 754; XXIX. 402;
translation in Stett. Entovi. Zeit. XL. 369 ; XLI.

Insect Pests in Libraries. [Read before Am.
Library Assoc] (Boston Morning Journal,
July 3, 1879.)

The Yellow-Fever Fly. (Boston Daily Adver-
tiser, July 21, 1879 )

Hoehlen-Chelifer in Nord Amerika. (Zoolog.
Anzeiger, II. 399. Leipzig, 1879.)

The Typical Collections of Diptera in the Mu-
seum in Cambridge. (Canad. Entomol. XI.

132.)
Gerhard's systematisches Verzeichniss der Ameri-

kanischen Schmetterlinge. (Stett. Entom. Zeit.

XL, 475-)
Insect Pests in Libraries ; with the addition of

the literature. (Library Journal, 1879; IV.

251. 373-)
Jahresbericht ueber die Arbeiten ueber Pseudo-

neuropteren und Neuropteren. (Zool. Jahres-
bericht, 1879, 562. Leipzig, 1880.)
A New Species of Simulium, with remarks about

the Nympha Case. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat.

Hist., 1880; XX. 305.)
Notes upon Parasites in the Flesh of a Mallard

Duck. (Forest and Stream, March, 1880. N.

Y. Weekly Tribune, April, 1879.)
Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Tracheensystems der

Libellen-Larven. (Zool. Anzeiger, April, 1880 ;

in. 156.)
Schaedliche Insecten durch den Hefenpilz zu

toedten. (Id. Ap-ril, 1880; III. 185.)
The Destruction of Insect Pests by Application

of Yeast. (A'a/ar^, London, April, 1880; XXI.

611.)
Kiemenueberreste bei einer Libelle ; glatte Mus-

kelfasern bei Insecten. (Zool. Anzeiger, June,

1880; III. 304.)
The Yellow-Fever Fly. (Psyche, Sept. 1880;

III. III.)

On an Aquatic Sphinx Larva. (Id. 113.)

On the Destruction of Obnoxious Insects by

Yeast. (Canad. Entomol. XII. 81.)
Cordyceps Ravenelii on the larvae of Phyl-

lophaga. (Id. 89.)
The exceedingly numerous Appearance of a

Phryganea. (Id. 108.)
A New Enemy of the Black Spruce \Abies nigra].

(Id. 121.)
A Mystery in reference to Pronuba Yucasella.

(Id. 128 )

The Hessian Fly not imported from Europe.

[Read before the entomological section of the

Am. Assoc, for Advancement of Science.] (Id.

197.)
Destruction of Obnoxious Insects — Ph)'noxera,

Potato-beetle, Cottonworm, Colorado Grass-

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

31

hopper, and Greenhouse Pests ^ by Applica-
tion of Yeast Fungus. Cambridge, 1880. pp.
ir. (Reprinted in full or in part in a large
number of home and foreign papers, such as :
Bayerische Industrie- und Gewerbehlatt, 1880,
212 ; St. Petersburger deutsche Zeit. Feb. 7 (19) ;
New York Weekly Tribune, Feb. 4, 1880 ; Salt
Lake Semi- Weekly Herald, Dec. 17, 1880 ; Compt.
Rend. ' Paris, Feb. 9, 1880 ; Koenigsberger
Hartiingsche Zeit., Jan. 1881 ; Schriften Oecon.
Phys. Gesell. Koenigsberg, 1880; Bulletin Soc.
JSntom. Ital., 1880.)

97. Ueber die Bestimmung dervon Linne beschrie-

benen Arten der Gattung Phryganea. (Stett.
Entomol. Zeit. XLI. 97.)

98. Neue Neuroptera in Die Insecten von Vitus

Graber. (Id. 106.)

99. R. M'Lachlan's Monographic Revision and Syn-

opsis of Trichoptera of Europe. (Id. 118.)

100. The probable Parthenogenesis of Ceridomyia
destructor. (IVorth American Entomol. No. 9,
I. 65.)

loi. On Chthonius Packardi. (Am. Entomol. 1\.1.?>t,.)

*«* See also the Memoirs and Reports of the Museum of
Comparative Zoology.

Charles Edward Hamlin.

Instructor in Geography and Geology, 1875-1877 ;
Assistant in Conchology and Palceontology, \'ill — .

*** See the Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Nathaniel Ware Hawes.

Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry, 1870— 1879.

1. The Reflex Influence of the Abnormal Condition

of the Female Pelvic Organs on the Teeth, and
the Reflex Influence of Diseased Teeth on other
organs and systems. (Gynacological yournal,
1870.)

2. The Six Year Old Molars. (Dental Cosmos,

1875.)

3. The Treatment of Exposed Pulps of Teeth.

(Trans. New York Odontological Soc.)

Frederic Henry Hedge.

Professor of Ecclesiastical History, 1857-1876 ; Pro-
fessor of German, 1872-1881.

1. German Prepositions. Cambridge, 1874. pp. 26.

2. Ways of the Spirit and other Essays. Boston,

1877. 80.

3. Various essays in periodicals.

Adams Sherman Hill.

Assistant Professor of Rhetoric, 1872-1876 ; Boylston
Professor of Rhetoric and Oratory, 1876- .

1. Causes of the Commune. (North American Re-

view, Jan. 1873; CXVI. go.)

2. General Rules for Punctuation and for the Use of

Capital Letters. Cambridge, 1874. pp. 12.
*#* Successive issues of this tract have been revised and en-
larged; the eleventh thousand, bearing date 1880, consists of 44
pages. It is also included in the Appendix of No. 5.

3. Forster's Life of Jonathan Swift. (North Ameri-

can Review, July, 1876; CXXIII. 170.)

4. Salter's Life of James W. Grimes. (Id. July,

1876; CXXIII. 186.)

5. The Principles of Rhetoric and their Application.

New York, 1878.
*#* This has appeared in several successive editions.

6. An Answer to the Cry for More English. (Good

CwK/a^y [Springfield, Mass.], 1879; IV. No. 3,
233-)

George Anthony Hill.

Tutor in Physics, 1865-187 1 ; Assistant Professor of
Physics, 1871-1876.

I. Questions and Exercises on Stewart's Elemen-
tary Physics. Boston, 1874. 12°.

*#* See also the University Publications.

Henry Barker Hill.

Assistant in Chemistry, 1870-1874 ; Assistant Pro-
fessor of CJiemistry, 1874— .

1. -Determinations of the Percentage of Carbonic

Acid in Air. In "Air and Some of its Im-
purities," by George Derby, M.D. (Second
Ann. Rep. Mass. State Bd. of Health, 404. Bos-
ton, 1871.)

2. The Adulterations and Impurities of Food.

(Third Ann. Report Mass. State Bd. of Health,
132. Boston, 1872.)

3. The Adulterations and Iitipurities of Food.

(Fourth Ann. Rep. Mass. State Bd. of Health,
380. Boston, 1873.)

4. Lecture Notes on Qualitative Analysis. [New

York, 1874.1

5. Ueber die Aether der Harnsaure, I. (Berichteder

deutschen chemischen Cesellschaft, March, 1876;
IX. 370.)

6. Ueber die Aether der Harnsaure, II. (Id. July,

1876; IX. 1090.)

7. On the Ethers of Uric Acid. (Proc. Am. Acad.

of Arts and Scie7ices, 1876; XII. 26.)

8. On the Ethers of Uric Acid. (Am . Journal of

Science and Arts, Dec. 1876 ; 3d Ser. XII. 428.)

9. Ueber einige Produkte der Distillation des Holzes

bei niedriger Temperatur. (Berichte der deutsch.
chem. Gesellschaft, May, 1877; X. 936.)

10. Ueber die Mucobromsaure, I. With O. R. Jack-

son. (Id. Feb. 1878; XI. 289.)

11. Ueber das Pyroxanthin. (Id. March, 1878; XL

456.)

12. Ueber die Dimethylharnsaure. With C. F.

Mabery. (Id. July, 1878; XL 1329.)

13. Zur Harnsaureformel. (Id. Sept. 1878; XL

1670.)

14. Ueber die Mucobromsaure, II. With O. R.

Jackson. (Id. Sept. 1878; XI. 1671.)

15. Ueber die Dichloracrylsaure aus Mucochlorsaure.

With W. Z. Bennett. (Id. April, 1879; ^H-
6S5-)

16. Zur Geschichte der disubstituirten Acrylsauren.

(Id. April, 1879; XII. 658.)

17. Ueber die Mucobromsaure, III. (Id. April, 1880 ;

XIIL 734)

18. Ueber die Oxydationsprodukte der Dimethyl-

harnsaure. With C. F. Mabery. (Id. XIIL 739.)

32

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

19. On the Ethers of Uric Acid, II. Dimethyluric

Acid. With C. F. Mabery. {Proc. Am. Acad,
of Arts and Sciences, April, 1880; XV. 256.)

20. On the Ethers of Uric Acid, Dimethyluric Acid,

II. With C. F. Mabery. {Am. Cheviical
ymirnal, II. 305.)

21. Contributions from the Chemical Laboratory of

Harvard College : Furfurol, one of the Prod-
ucts of the Dry Distillation of Wood ; Pyro-
jcanthin; Mucobromic Acid ; Mucochloric Acid;
Substituted Acrylic Acids from Brompvopio-
lic Acid; Theoretical Considerations. (Proc.
Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, 1880; XVI.
1 55-)

William Barker Hills.

Instructor in Chemistry, x'&i^- .

I. Reports on "Recent Progress in Medical Chem-
istry." (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, C.
293; CI. 267, 304; CII. 127; cm. io6.)

Thomas Barnes Hitchcock.

Professor of Dental Pathology and Therapeutics, 1868-
1874-

1. Pathology of the Teeth. By Dr. Carl Wedl.

Edited and annotated by Dr. Hitchcock. Phil-
adelphia, 1872.

2. Reports on Dental Histology and Microscopy.

(Trans. Odontological Soc, 1073.)

3. Essay upon " Dental Education."

4. The Physical Properties of Dental Ainalgams.

( Trans. New York Odontological Soc, Dec. 1874.
26. Phila. 1875.)

Harry Blake Hodges.

Instructor in Chemistry and German, 1875- .

I. A Course in Scientific German. Boston, 1877.
120.

Nathaniel Dana Carlile Hodges.

Assistant in Physics, 1877- .

1. A Method of determining the Dip. (Am.fournal

of Science and Arts, Feb. 1879; y^ ^er. XVII.
I45-)

2. On the Size of Molecules. (Philosophical Magazine,

July, 1879; 5th Ser. VIII. 74. Also in Am.
Journal of Science and Arts, Aug. 1879; 3d
Ser. XVHI. 135.)

3. On the Mean Free Path of a Molecule. (Philo-

sophical Magazine, March, 1880 ; 5th Ser. IX.
177. Also in Am. Journal of Science and Arts,
March, 1880; 3d Ser. XIX. 222.)

Nathaniel Holmes.

Royall Professor of Law, 1868-1872.

I. The Authorship of Shakespeare. 3d edition.
With an Appendix of Additional Matters, in-
cluding a Notice of the recently discovered
Northumberland MSS. New York, 1875. 8».

Oliver 'Wendell Holmes.

Parkman Professor of Anatomy and Physiology, 1847 -.

1. Rip Van Winkle, M.D. ; an After-Dinner Pre-

scription Taken by the Mass. Med. Soc, at their
Meeting held May 25, 1870. (Boston Med. and
Surg. Journal, June, 1870; LXXXII. 444.)

2. Mechanism in Thought and Morals. An Address

delivered before the Phi Beta Kappa Society of
Harvard University. Boston, 1871. 16°.

3. Valedictory Address to the Students of the Belle-

vue Hospital College. New York, 1871.

4. The Poet at the Breakfast- Table. Boston, 1872.

5. The Claims of Dentistry ; an Address delivered ■

at the Commencement of the Dental School of
Harvard University. (Boston Med. and Surg.
Journal, Feb. 1872; LXXXVI. 133. Also
printed separately, Boston, 1872.)

6. Songs of Many Seasons. Boston, 1874.

7. Professor Jeffries Wyman. A Memorial Outline.

(Atlantic Monthly, Nov. 1874; XXXIV. 6n.)

8. Physiology of Versification. (Boston Med. and

Surg. Journal, Jan. 1875 ; XClI. 6.)

9. Tribute to the late Dr. Charles G. Putnam. (Id.

Feb. 1875; XCII. 163.)

10. Crime and Automatism. With a Notice of M.

Prosper Despine's Psychologic Naturelle. (At-
lantic Monthly, April, 1875 ; XXXV. 466.)

11. Poetical Works. [With many new Poems.]

Boston, 1877.

12. An Address delivered at the Annijal Meeting of

the Boston Microscopical Society. (Boston
Med. and Sitrg. Journal, May, 1877 ; XCVI.
601.)

13. Whereto Go in Summer. [Graveyard Statistics.]

(Id. Nov. 1877; XCVIL 513.)

14. Correction of an Anatomical Error in Darwin's

"Descent of Man." (Id. Jan. 1878; XCVIIL
59-)

15. Visions: A Study of False Sight. (Pseudopia.)

By Edward H. Clarke. With an Introduc-
tion and Memorial Sketch by Oliver Wendell
Holmes. Boston, 1878. 8<>.

16. The School Boy. Poem read at the Centenary

of Phillips Academy, Andover, Mass., June 10,
1878. Boston, 1878. 80.

17. John Lothrop Motley. A Memoir. Boston,

[1878] 1879. 8». (Abstract of this in /'wf.il/a.r J.
Hist. Soc, 1878; XVI. 404.)

18. Address at the Dedication of the Boston Medi-

cal Library. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal,
Dec. 1878; XCIX. 745.)

19. Tribute to the late Prof. John Barnard Swett

Jackson. (Id. Jan. 1879; C. 63.)

20. Memoir of Dr. Jacob Bigelow. (Proc Am. Acad.

of Arts and Sciences, May, 1879; XIV. 333.)

21. Jonathan Edwards. (International Review, \v\y,

1880; IX. I.)

Oliver Wendell Holmes, Jr.

Instructor in the Constitution of the United States,
1870-1871 ; University Lecturer on Jurisprudence,
1871-1872.

I. Articles, Book Notices, and Editorials while
Editor of the American Law Review from
1870 to 1873: v., VI., VIL

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

33

2. Kent's Commentaries on American Law. 12th
Ed. Edited and revised by O. W. Holmes, Jr.
Boston, 1873. 4 vols. 8°.

William Dean Howells.

University Lecturer on Recent Italian Literature,
1869-J871.

1. Some Arcadian Shepherds. (Atlantic Monthly,

Jan. 1872 ; XXIX. 84.)

2. The Florentine Satirist, Giusti. (North Ameri-

can Review, July, 1872 ; CXV. 31.)

3. Niccolini's Anti-Papal Tragedy. (Id. Oct. 1872 ;

CXV. 333.)

Charles Loring Jackson.

Assistant in Chemistry, 1868-1871 ; Assistant Pro-
fessor of Chemistry, 187 1- .

1. Einige neue organische Selenverbindungen. (Be-

richte der deutschen chemischen Gesellschaft, Sept.
1874; VII. 1277. Berlin.)

2. Methyl- und Benzylmonoselenid. (Id. Feb. 1875;

VIII. 109.)

3. Ueber Benzylselencyanat. (Id. March, 1875; VIII.

32I-)

4. Ueber eine neue Base aus dem Nachlauf des Ani-

lins. (Id. July, 1875 ; VIII. 968.)

5. (With A. Oppenheim.) Zwei Derivate des Queck-

silbermercaptids. (Id. Sept. 1875; VIII. 1032.)

6. Ueber die Einwirkung wasserentziehender Mittel

auf Acetanilid. (Id. 1170.)

7. Die Derivate des Tribrombenzols aus Tribrom-

anllin. (Id. 1172.)

8. Einige Methyl- und Benzylselenverbindungen.

(Annalen der Chemie, Nov. 1875 ; CLXXIX. i.
Translated in Am. jfoumal of Science and Arts,
Aug. 1875; 3d Ser. X. 139.)

9. (With W. Lowery.) Ueber substituirte Benzyl-

verbindungen. (Ber. der deutsch. chem. GeselL,
Jan. 1876; VIII. 1672.)

10. Vergleich der Ersetzbarkeit des Broms in den

drei Brombenzylbromiden. (Id. June, 1876;

IX. 931.)

11. Notiz ueber die Base CjgHjgN aus dem Nach-

lauf des Anilins. (Id. May, 1877 ; X. 960.)

12. On a Base derived from a Waste-product in the

Aniline Manufacture. (Am. Journal of Sci-
ence and Arts, June, 1877 ; 3d Ser. XIII. 449.
[Translation of Nos. 4 and 11.])

13. Certain substituted Benzylbromides. (Proc. Am.

Acad, of Arts and Sciences,'Kll. 209. Reprinted
in American yournal of Chemistry, I. 93.)

14. (With W. Lovfery.) Parabrombenzyl Com-

pounds. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences,
XII. 221. Abstract in Ber. der deiitsch. chem.
Gesell. , ]u\y, 1877; X. 1209.)

15. (With C. F. Mabery.) On Paraiodbenzyl Com-

pounds. May, 1877. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts
and Sciences, XIII. 202. Reprinted [with ad-
ditions] in American yournal of Chemistry, II.
250. Abstract in Ber. der deutsch. chem. Gesell.,
Jan. 1878; XL 55.)

16. Review of Menschutkin's paper on Etherifica-

tion. (Am. Journal of Science and Arts, March,
1878; 3d Ser. XV. 213.)

17. (With J. Fleming White.) Substituirte Benzalde-

hyde. (Ber. der detUsch. chevi. Gesell., May,
1878; XI. 1042.)

18. Review of Van 't Hoff's Chimie dans I'Espace.

(Am. Journal of Science and Arts, July, 1878;
3d Ser. XVI. 66.)

19. Lecture Notes in Chemistry I. [Two Editions.]

1878.

20. (With A. W. Field.) ParacMorbenzyl Com-

pounds. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences,

XIV. 54. Reprinted in A^n. Journal of Chemis-
try, II. Abstract in Ber. der deutsch. chem.
Gesell., May, 1878; XI. 904.)

21. (With J. F. White.) Parachlorbenzyl Compounds.

(Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts a7td Sciences, XIV.
306. Reprinted in Am. Journal of Chemistry.
II. 158. Abstract in Ber. der deutsch. chem,
Gesell., June, 1880; XIIL 1217.)

22. (With J. F. White.) Synthese des Anthracens,

(Ber. der deutsch. chem. Gesell., Oct. 1879 ; XII.
1965-)

23. Ersetzbarkeit des Broms in den Monobrombenzyl-

bromiden. (Id. Dec. 1879; XII. 2243.)

24. (With A. W. Field.) The Action of Bromine on

Toluol and some of its Derivatives. June, 1878.
(Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XV. 202.
Reprinted in Am. Journal of Chemistry, II. i.
Abstract in Ber. der deutsch. chem. Gesell., June,
1880; XIIL 1215.)

25. (With J. F. White.) Orthobrombenzyl Com-

pounds. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences,

XV. 213. Abstract in Ber. der deutsch. chem.
Gesell., ]me, 1880; XIIL 1218.)

26. (With J. F. White.) Substituted Benzaldehydes.

April, 1880. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sci-
ences, XV. 267.)

John Barnard Swett Jackson,

Shattuck Professor of Morbid Anatomy, 1847-1879,
and Curator of the Anatomical Museum.

1. A Descriptive Catalogue of the Warren Anatom-

ical Museum. Boston, 1870. 8°.

2. Discharge of Gall-Stones at the Umbilicus, with

Dissection. (Boston Med. and Stirg. Journal,
Dec. 1870; LXXXIII. 412.)

3. Typhoid Fever. (Id. Aug. 1872; LXXXVII. 93,

125.)

4. (With Henry Tuck.) Rare Form of Monstrosity ;

Case of Acephalus. (Id. April, 1876; XCIV.

439-)
1;. Rhinencephalus and some Allied Forms of Mon-
strosity. (Id. Jan. 1878; XCVIIL66.)

6. Fractured Patella. (Id. May, 1878 ; XCVIII.

572-)

7. Specimens in the Army Medical Museum. (Id.

Oct. 1878; XCIX. 504.)

William James.

Instructor in Anatomy and Physiology, 1872-1876 ;
Assistant Professor of Physiology, 1876- .

I. Remarks on Spencer's Definition of Mind as Cor-
respondence. (Journal of Speculative Philoso-
phy, Jan. 187S ; XIL i.)

34

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

2. Quelques Considerations sur la Methode Subjec-

tive. (La Critique Philosophique, 24 Janvier,
1878; Sixifeme Annee, II. 407.)

3. Brute and Human Intellect, (jfourn. of Spec.

Philos., July, 1878; XII. 236.)

4. Are We Automata.? [Mind, Jan. 1879; IV. I.)

5. The Spatial Quale. [Journ. of Spec. Philos., Jan.

1879; XIII. 64.)

6. The Sentiment of Rationality. [Mind, July,

1879; IV. 317.)

7. The Association of Ideas. [Popular Science

Monthly, March, 1880; XVI. 577.)

8. The Feeling of Effort. [Anniversary Memoirs of

Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist., Boston, 1880.)

Benjamin Joy Jeffries.

University Lecticrer on Optical Phenomena and the
Eye, 1869-1871.

1. The Eye in Health and Disease. Boston, 1871.

2. Dangers from Color-Blindness in Railroad Em-

ployes and Pilots. [Ninth Ann. Rep. Mass.
State Bd. of Health, 97. Boston, 1878. Also
printed separately, pp. 40, Boston, 1878.)

3. Color-Blindness, its Dangers and its Detection.

Boston, 1879.

Frederick Irving Knight.

Lecturer on Laryngoscopy, 1870— 1871 ; Instructor in
Auscidtation, Percussion, and Laryngoscopy, 1872-
1879; Instructor in Laryngoscopy , 1879— .

1. Reports on Diseases of the Throat. [Boston Med.

and Surg. Journal, 1872-1880 ;- LXXXVII. 353,
374; LXXXVIII. 492, 518; LXXXIX. 505,
530; XCII. 380,410; XCIV. 387, 418; XCVII.
387, 416; XCIX. 183, 211 ; CI. 192,230; CHI.
131. '54)

2. Clinical Lecture on Diseases of the Throat. (Id.

March and April, 1873 ; LXXXVIII. 238, 343.)

3. Methods of Removing Growths from the Larynx.

(Id. Sept. 1873; LXXXIX. 301.)

4. A Case of Complete Paralysis of one recurrent

Laryngeal Nerve, and Partial Paralysis of the
other, with marked Diminution in Sensation
in the Larynx. [Archives of E lee. and Neurol.,
I. 4. New York )

5. Reports on Diseases of the Chest. (Boston Med

and Surg. Journal, 1874-1880; XC. 499, 524;
XCI. 323; XCIIL 417, 437; XCV. 409, 436;
XCVIII. 205,237; C. 325, 359; CIL 152, 171.)

6. Action of the Soft Palate in Speaking and Swal-

lowing. (Id. July, 1874; XCI. 80.)

7. A Remarkable Complication of so-called Catarrhal

Pneumonia. (Id. May, 1875; XCII, 549.)

8. Laryngoscopic Clinic at the Mass. General Hos-

pital. (Id. Sept. 1875; XCIH. 314.)

9. Case of Anosmiafollowing a Blow on the Occiput.

(Id. Sept. 1877; XCVIL 293 )

10. Foreign Body imbedded in the Base of the

Tongue. (Id. Jan. 1878; XCVIII. 109.)

11. Aneurism of the Aorta. (Id. May, 1878;

XCVIII. 605.)

12. Lymphosarcoma of the Neck involving the Lung.

(Id. Oct. 1878; XCIX. 498.)

13. Retro-pharyngeal Sarcoma. [St. Louis Med. and

Surg. Journal, XXXVII. 266.)

14. Abscess of the Liver, opening into the Lung,

with Recovery. [Boston Med. and Surg. Journal,
Nov. 1879; CI. 698.)
1 1: The Dangers of Thoracentesis and Injections into
the Pleural Cavity. (Id. Aug. 1880; CIL

397-) , . , .

16. Chorea of the Hyo-Tliyroid Muscles. (Archives

of Laryngology, I. 154. New York, 1880.)

17. Acute Idiopathic Inflammation of the Normal

Thyroid Gland. (Id. I. 155.)
»,* Dr. Knight has been Associate 'S,&\Xox oi ihi Archives of
Laryngology from its foundation in 1880.

Christopher Columbus Langdell.

Dane Professor of Law, 1870- .

1. A Selection of Cases on the Law of Contracts,

with References and Citations. Boston, 1871.
8°.

2. Sales of Personal Property, with References and

Citations. Boston, 1872. 8°.

3. A Summary of Equity Pleading. Cambridge,

1877. 8°.

4. Cases in Equity Pleading, selected with special

reference to the subject of Discovery. Cam-
bridge, 1878. [Printed, not published.]

5. A Selection of Cases on the Law of Contracts,

with a Summary of the topics covered by the
cases. Second ed. Parts I. and II. Boston,
1877. 8".

6. A Summary of the Law of Contracts. Second ed.

Boston, 1880. 12°. [This is the Summary
mentioned in No. 5, published separately.]

John Lathrop.

Lectiirer on Shipping and Admiralty, 1871-1872;
Lectiirer on Torts, 1873-1874.

I. Massachusetts Reports. CXV. March-Sept. 1874.
Boston, 1875. 8".

James Laurence Laughlin.

l7tstructor in Political Economy, 1878 — .

1. Roscher's Political Economy. [Literary World

[Boston], March, 1879; X. 99.)

2. Jules Simon on the Government of M. Thiers. ( Id.

May, 1879; X. 147.)

3. Adams' Life of Gallatin. (Id. Aug. 1879; X.

270.)

4. Protection and Socialism. [International Review,

Oct. 1879; VIL 427.)

5. Seyd on Bi-Metallism. [Literary World, March,

1880; XI. 89.)

6. The New Edition of the Lex Salica. (Id. Aug.

1880; XL 271.)

7. Blanqui's History of Political Economy. (Id.

Nov. 1880; XL 407.)

*** Mr. LaughUn has also written other notices and reviews
in various journals.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

35

Henry Cabot Lodge.

Instructtn- in History, 1876-1879.

1. Alexander Hamilton. (Nortli American Review,

July, 1876; CXXin. 113.)

2. (In conjunction with Prof. Henry Adams.). Von

Hoist's History of the United States. Vol. I.
(Id. Oct. 1876; CXXIII. 328.)

3. Life and Letters of George Cabot. Boston,

1877. 80.

4. Timothv Pickering. (Atlantic Monthly, June,

1878,- XLI. 739-)

5. The Last of the Puritans. [Sewall Diary, Vol. I.]

(Magazine of American History, Nov. 1878; H.
641.)

6. Editorship of International Review, with J. T.

Morse, Jr., since March, 1879.

7. Life of Caleb Strong. (Proc. Mass. Hist. Soc,

1791-1835 ; I. 290. Also printed separately,
pp. 29. Cambridge, 1879.)

8. A Short History of the English Colonies in

America. New York, 1881. 8°.

*»* Mr. Lodge has also written a large number of critical
notices and some political articles for the Nation, Ailatitic
Monthly. Literary IVorld. North Aft^erican Review, Inter-
ttational Review, Laiv Review, etc.

*»* See also the Bulletin o£ the Library.

Joseph Lovering.

Hollis Professor of Mathematics and Natural Phil-
osophy, 1838- .

1. Editorship of Proceedings of American Association

for Advancement of Sciaice, Vols. XVIII. 1-31 1
(1870); XIX. 1-387 (1871); XX. 1-447 (1872);
XXI. I-29S (1873).

2. On Methods of illustrating Optical Meteorology.

(Proc. Am. Assoc, for Advancement of Science,
XIX. 64. Cambridge, 1S71.)

3. Notice of John F. W. Herschel. Communicated

June, 1872. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and
Sciences, VIII. 461.)

4. On the Determination of Transatlantic Longitudes

by Means of the Telegraphic Cables. Jan. 1873.
(Mei}ioirs of Am . Acad, of Arts and Sciences. New
Series, IX. 437.)

5. Editorship of Proceedings of American Academy of

Arts and Sciences, VIII. 1-680 (1873).

6. Notice of Christopher Hansteen. May, 1873. (Id.

IX. 282,)

7. Editorship of Memoirs of Amer. Acad, of Arts

and Sciences ; New Series, IX. 1-436 (1873).

8. On Sympathetic Vibrations. (Proc. Am. Assoc.

for Advancement of Science, XXI. 59. Cam-
bridge, 1873.)

9. Notice of Auguste A. de la Rive. May, 1874.

(Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, IX. 356.)

10. Addresses at the Portland Meeting. (Proc Am.

Assoc, for Advancemejtt of Scieiue, XXII. 417.
Salem, 1874.)

11. Address as Retiring President. (Id. XXIII. i.

Salem, 1875. Reprinted in Am. Journal of
Science and Arts, Oct. 1874; 3d Ser. VIII.
297. Also in Popular Science Monthly, Dec.
1874, Jan. 1875; VI. 197, 308. Also in Phil-

osophical Magazine [London], Jan. 1S75; 4th
Ser. XLVIII. 493.)

12. On a New Way of Illustrating the Vibrations of

the Air in Organ Pipes. (Proc. Am. Assoc, for
Advancement of Science, XXIIL 113. Salem,
1875.)

13. Notice of James Walker. May, 1875. (P'i'oc.

Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, X. 485.)

14. Notice of Joseph Winlock. May, 1876. (Id.

XI. 339-)

15. On a New Meth®d of measuring the Velocity of

Electricity. (Proc. Am. Assoc, for Advancement
of Science, XXIV. 35. Salem, 1876.)

16. Notice of Alexis Caswell. May, 1877. (Proc.

Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XII. 307.)

17. Notice of John H. Temple. May, 1878. (Id.

XIII. 449-)

18. Notice of Joseph Henry. May, 1879. (^d. XIV.

356-)

19. Notice of Heinrich W. Dove. May, 1880. (Id.

XV. 383.)

James Russell Lowell.

Smith Professor of the French and Spanish Languages
and Literatures, and Professor of Belles Lettres,
1855- ■

1. Among My Books. Boston, 1870. 16".

2. The Cathedral. (Atlantic Monthly, Jan. 1870;

XXV. I ; Poetical Works, 393. Boston, 1877.
Also printed separately, Boston, 1870. 16°.)

3. A Virginian in New England Thirty-Five Years

Ago. (Atlantic Monthly, Aug., Sept., Oct.,

D,ec. 1870, June, 1871 ; XXVI. i, 62, 333, 482,
739; XXVII.- 673.)

4. My Study Windows. Boston, 1871. 12°.

5. Pope. (North American RevieTti,']-ixv.l%'l\;Q,'%W.

178. Also in My Study Windows, 385.)

6. Goodwin's Plutarch's Morals. (Noi-th Am. Rev.,

April, 1871; CXII. 460.)

7. Masson's Life of Milton. (Id. Jan. 1872; CXIV.

204.)

8. The Shadow of Daiite. (Id. July, 1872 ; CXV.

139. Also, under title "Dante," in Among My
Books, 2d Series.)

9. Agassiz. (Atlantic Afonthly,M3.y, 1874; XXXIII-

586.)

10. Spenser. (North Am. Rev., April, 1875 ; CXX.

334-)

11. SonnettoF.A. (Atlantic Monthly, \?,iy,X.XX^ .

560.)

12. Ode read at the Concord Centennial. (Id.

1875; XXXV. 730. Also printed in Proc. at
Centennial Celebration of Concord Fight, April
19, 1875, 82. Also in Three Memorial Poems.)

13. Sonnets from Over Sea. (Atlantic Monthly, July,

1875; XXXVL37.)

14. Under the Great Elm. Poem read at Cambridge

on the Hundredth Anniversary of Washing-
ton's Taking Command of the American Army.
(Atlantic Monthly, Aug. 1875; XXXVI. 221.
Also in Cambridge in the Centennial, 27. Cam-
bridge, 1875. Also in Three Memorial Poems.)

15. An Ode for the Fourth of July, 1876. (Atlantic

Monthly, Dec. 1876; XXXVIII. 740. Also in
Three Memorial Poems.)

36

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS

i6. Among My Books. 2d Series. Boston, 1876.
12".

17. Poetical Worlds. Boston, 1S77. 8°.

18. Tliree Memorial Poems. Boston, 1877. [The

three Centennial Poems.]

*#*' Various minor articles in prose and verse.

Theodore Lyman.

Assistant in Zoology, 1860-

1. Papers relating to the Garrison Mob. 1870. 8".

2. Note sur les Ophiurides et Euryales dii Musee

d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris. {Annates des
Sciences Natitrelles : Zoologie, 5^ Ser. XVI,
Paris, 1872. Also printed separately.)

3. Mode of Forking among Astrophytons. (Proc.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. March, 1877 ; XIX. 102 )

4. The Annual Reports of the Commissioners on

Inland Fisheries of Massachusetts from 1865
to 1880 have been wholly or in part written by
Mr. Lyman.

*#* See also the Publications of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology.

George Augustus Maack.

Assistant in Palceontology, 1S69-1874.
*#* See the Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Charles Frederic Mabery.

Assistant in Chemistry, 1876- .
*#* See Henry E. Hill and Charles L. Jackson.

John McCrady.

Assistant in Zoology, 1872- 1874; Professor of Zoology,
1S74-1S77.

*#* See the Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Edward Laurens Mark.

Instructor iji Zoology, 1877— .

1. The Nervous System of Phylloxera. [Psyche,

Jan. 1879 ; II. 201.)

2. On Early Stages in the Embryology of Limax

campestris. [Zoologischer Anzeiger, Sept. 1879 J
II. 493. Leipzig, 1879.)

Charles Sedg\vick Minot.

Lecturer on Embryology, 1880- .

1. Human Growth. (Boston Med. and Sti,rg. Journal,

July, 1880; cm. 79.)

2. On the Conditions to be filled by a Theory of

Life. [Proc, Am. Assoc, for Advancevie^tt of
Science, Aug. 1879; XXVIII. 411. Salem,
1880.)

Francis Minot.

Assistant Professor of the Theory and Practice of Med-
icine, and Clinical Lecturer on the Diseases of
Women and Children, 1871-1874; Hersey Pro-
fessor of the Theory and Practice of Physic, 1874-.

1. Fatal Haematemesis from Cirrhosis of the Liver.

[Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, April, 1872;
LXXXVL 213.)

2. Does the Inhalation of Ether promote Post-

partum Hiemorrhage ? (Id. April, 1876 ; XCIV.
469.)

3. Hints in Ethics and Hygiene. Annual Address

before the Mass. Med. Society, June 12, 1878.
[Med. Communications of Mass. Med. Soc. XII.
137. Abstract m Boston Med. and Surg. Journal,
June, 1878; XCVIH. 755.)

4. Case of supposed Acute Tuberculosis resembling

Typhoid Fever. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal,
April, 1879; C. 567.)

5. Rapid Pulse and High Temperature as Symptoms

of Puerperal Inflammation. (Id. Feb. 1880;
CII. 177.)

6. Cases of Acute Pneumonia. (Id. Sept. 1880;

CIIL 228.)

George Tufton Moffatt.

Professor of Operative Dentistry, 1868-1879.

1. Dental Eclecticism. ( Trans. Nezu York Odonto-

logical Soc, Dec. 1874, 153. Phila., 1875.)

2. A History of Dental and Oral Science in America.

1876.

Charles Herbert Moore.

Instructor in Drawing and Principles of Desigjt,
1871- .

1. Catalogue, with Notes, of Studies, and_Fac-Similes

from Examples of the Works of Florence and
Venice ; and of Fac-Similes and Original Studies
to be used as Exercises in Drawing, belonging
to the Fine Arts Department of Harvard Uni-
versity. Cambridge, 1878.

2. Various newspaper and magazine articles.

Edward Sylvester Morse.

University Lecturer on Brachiopoda, 1872-1873.

1. On the Oviducts and Embryology of Terebratulina.

(Am. Journal of Science and Arts, OqX. 1872; 3d
Ser. IV. 262.)

2. On the Systematic Position of the Brachiopoda.

(Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., March, 1873 ; XV.

Charles Edward Munroe.

Assistant in Chemistry, 1871-1874.

I. On the Estimation of Phosphoric Acid. [Am.
Journal of Science and Arts, May, 1871 ; 3d Ser.
I. I. Also printed separately.)

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

Z7

2. On the Use of Porous Cones in Filtration. (Id.

3. The Action of Vegetable Acids on Tin. (Report

of Am. Public Health Assoc, 1879.)

*#* In Prof. Cooke's paper in Proc. Am. Acad., IX. 40,
Mr. Munroe prepared the analyses of Sterlingile and Hallite.
In Mr. Hill's article on the Adulterations and Impurities of
Food(Af«jj. State Bd. 0/ Health Reports for 1872 and 1873)
he furnished the determinations of lead and sulphuric acid in
vinegars, and that of lead in colored confectionery. In the
Ojfficial Report o/the Mass. State Board 0/ Health, in the case
of Tyler et at. vs. Squire et at., he furnished testimony as a
chemist.

Simon Newcomb.

Lecturer on Political Economy, 1879-1880.

The Standard of Value. [North American Revieiv,
Sept. 1S79; CXXIX. 223.)

Our Political Dangers. (Id. March, 1880; CXXX.
261.)

The Organization of Labor. I. The Organizer as

a Producer. [Princeton Review, May, 1880.)
The Principles of Taxation. [North Am. Review,

Aug. 1880; CXXXL 142.)
The Organization of Labor.

the Laborer in Production.

Sept. 1880.)

II. The Interest of
[Princeton Review,

Charles Eliot Norton.

Professor of the History of Art, 1875- .

1. Philosophical Discussions. By Chauncey Wright.

With a Biographical Sketch of the Author by
C. E. Norton. New York, 1877. 80.

2. Historical Studies of .Church-Building in the

Middle Ages : Venice, Siena, Florence. New
York, 1880. 80.
*#* See also tlie Bulletin of the Library.

Joseph Pearson Oliver.

Clinical Lecturer on the Diseases of Children, 1875 - •

1. On the Treatment of Chronic Diarrhoea in Young

Children. [Boston Med. and Surg. Journal,
July, 1875; XCin. 32.)

2. Clinical Lecture on Chronic Gastroduodenal

Catarrh in Children. (Id. March, 1879; *--.
345- )

John Knowles Paine.

Instriutor in Music, 1862-1873; Assistant Professor
of Music, 1873-1875; Professor of Music, 1875-.

1. St. Peter; An Oratorio. Boston [1872]. 8°.

2. Centennial Hymn. For Chorus and Orchestra.

1876.

3. Symphonic r Im Friihling. (No. 2 in A.) Fiir

Grosses Orchestec Boston, 1880. 4°.

Four Characteristic Pieces. For Piano- Forte.
In the Country : 12 Pieces for Piano-Forte.
Four Songs.

Concert Variations in the Austrian Hymn for the
Organ.

Andrew Preston Peabody.

Preacher to the University and Plummer Professor of
Christian Morals, i860- 1881.

1. The Sovereignty of Law. [Boston Lectures, 1870:

Christianity and Scepticism, 181. Boston [1870].)

2. Manners. An Address delivered before the Abbot

Academy, Andover, and' elsewhere. Boston
and Cambridge, 1870.

3. Progress in Christ, not beyond Christ. A Sermon

at the Installation of A. J. Rich, at Brookfield.
Springfield, 1870. pp. 38.

4. The Bible in Public Schools. A Lecture before

the American Institute of Instruction. 1871.

\2°.

5. The Relations of Ethics and Theology. An Ad-

dress before the Literary Society of Beloit
College. 1871. h.\50 in. Christianity and Mod-
ern Thought, [published by Am. Unit. Assoc]
207. Boston, 1872.

6. The Study of Words. A Lecture before the State

Educational Convention, Madison, Wisconsin.
1871.

7. Memoir of Rev. Charles Burroughs, D.D. [Proc.

New Hampshire Hist. Soc. Also printed sepa-
rately, Cambridge, 1871. 16°. pp. 39.)

8. Memoir of Alvan Lamson. [Proc. Mass. Hist.

Soc. for 1869-1870, 258. Boston, 1871.)

9. Memoir of Elbridge Jefferson Cutler. Cambridge,

1872. pp. 33.

10. The Rights and Dangers of Property. A Sermon

delivered at the Annual Election, Jan. 3, 1872.
Boston, 1872.

11. Union in Diversity. Sermon before the Conven-

tion of Congregational Ministers, May 30, 1872.
Boston, 1872.

12. TheTestimony of the Apostles. (Boston Lectures,

1872.)

13. Classical Culture and Phillips Exeter Academy.

Address at the Dedication of the new Acad-
emy Building. Cambridge, 1872.

14. Manual of Moral Philosophy. New York and

Chicago. 1873. 160.

15. The Gospel in Bible Lands. (New Englander,

April, 1873; XXXIL 243.)

16. The Scientific Education of Mechanics and

Artizans. Address at the Commencement of
the Worcester Free Institute of Industrial
Science. Washington, 1873.

17. Christianity and Science. A Series of Lectures

delivered in New York in 1874, on the Ely
Foundation of the Union Theological Seminary.
New York, 1874. 120.

18. Fires in American Cities. [International Review,

Jan. 1874; I. 17.)
ig. Lessons for Our Times from the Life of Wash-
ington. Address before the Boston Young
Men's Christian Union. Boston, 1874.

20. The Elective System in Colleges. A paper read

before the National Educational Association,
Detroit, Aug. 1874. Worcester, 1874.

21. Memoir of Mrs. Sarah Farrar. (Lee's Memoir

of Timothy Farrar, 23. Boston, 1875.)

22. Christian Belief and Life. Boston, 1875. 120.

23. Judge Farrar's Manual of the Constitution of the

United States. [New Englander, Julv, 1875;
XXXIV. 498.)

38

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

24. Oration on the One Hundredth Anniversary of

Washington's Taking Command of the Contin-
ental Army. 1875.

25. A Century of the Common Schools of New

England. An Address delivered at the Annual
Convention of Teachers. Boston, 1876.

26. "Established in the Faith." Sermon at the Or-

dination of Rev. Pitt Dillingham at Charles-
town. 1876.

27. The Three Eras of the Positive Philosophy. Ora-

tion before the Adelphic Union of Williams
College, July 2, 1877. Boston, 1877.

28. Sermon in Commemoration of the Founders of

Nahant Church. Cambridge, 1877.

29. The Relation of Morality to Religion. {.Interna-

tional Review, March, 1878; V. 230.)

30. Science and Revelation. [Princeton Revieiv,

May, 1878, 760.)

31. Memoir of Emory Washburn. (Proc. Mass. Hist.

Sac. 1879-1880; XVII. 23. Boston, 1879.)

32. Memoir of Nathan Dane. (Id. 1835-1855, 6.)

33. Discourse on the Being and Attributes of God.

One of Seven Discourses at the Unitarian
Church in Washington. 1879.

34. The Unpardonable Sin. Tract of the American

Unitarian Assoc. 1879.

35. The Divine Humanity of Christ. Sermon at the

Installation of Rev. |C. A. Allen at Brunswick,
Me. 1879.

36. The Voting of Women in School Elections. A

Paper read before the Social Science Associa-
tion. 1879.

37. The Religious Aspects of the Logic of Chance

and Probability. [Princeton Review, March,
1880, 303.)

38. Christianity the Absolute Religion. A Sermon

before the Convention of Congregational Min-
isters. 1880.

39. Baccalaureate Sermons, one each year, 1871-

1880.
*^* Many other articles, sermons, etc.

Francis Parkman.

Professor of Horticulture, 1871 -1872.
*«* See the Bulletin of the Bussey Institution.

Benjamin Peirce.

Perkins Professor of Astronomy and Mathematics,
1842-1880.

1. Linear Associative Algebra. [Lithographed.]

Washington, 1870, pp. 153. 40.

2. Observation of the Solar Eclipse of Dec. 22,

1870,'at Catania. [Am. Journ. Science and Arts,
1871 ; 3d Ser. I. 155.)

3. On the Mean Motions of the Four Outer Planets.

(Id. Jan. 1872 ; 3d Ser. III. 67.)

4. Reports of the Superintendent of the U. S. Coast

Survey, showing the Progress of the Survey
for the years 1870-73 inclusive. Washington,
1873-75. 40. Also various appendices.

5. Ocean Lanes for Steamships. Read May 12, 1874.

[Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences,IX.. 228.)

6. On the Uses and Transformations of Linear Al-

gebra. Presented May II, 1875. (Id X. 395.)

7. Probabilities at the Three-ball Game of Billiards.

Read Oct. 10, 1877. (Id. XIII. 141.)

8. On Peirce's Criterion for the Rejection of Doubt-

ful Observations. Dec. 1877. (Id. XIII. 348.)

9. " Qualitative Algebra." [Johnson's New Universal

Cyclopedia, III. 1487. New York, 1877.)

10. Propositions in Cosmical Physics. Oct. 8, 1879.

(Proc. Am. Acad. XV. 201.)

11. The Intellectual Organization of Harvard Uni-

versity. (Harvard Register, A'priX, i?&o ; L 77-)

12. Various Questions in the Mathematical Visitor.

Erie, Pa.

Benjamin Osgood Peirce.

Assistant in the Physical Laboratory, 1876-1S77.

1. On a New Method of comparing the Electro-

motive Forces of Two Batteries and measuring
their Internal Resistance. Presented March
14, 1877. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences,
XII. 137.)

2. On a New Method of measuring the Resistance of

a Galvanic Battery. March 14, 1877. (Id. XII.
140.)

3. Note on the Determination of the Law of Propa-

gation of Heat in the Interior of a Solid Body.
April II, 1877. (Id. XIL 143.)

4. (With E. B. Lefavour.) Preliminary Work on

the Determination of the Law of Propagation
of Heat in the Interior of Solid Bodies. Oct.
10, 1877. (Id. XIIL 128.)

5. Ueber die Emissionsspectra der Halo'idverbin-

dungen des Quecksjlbers. (Annalender Physik
und Chemie, 1879. "Neue Folge, VI. Also in
pamphlet.)

6. Ueber die Electromotorischen Krafte von Gasele-

menten. Leipzig, 1879. pp. 24.

Charles Sanders Peirce.

*#* See the Annals of the Astronomical Observatory.

James Mills Peirce.

University Professor of Mathematics, 1869- .

1. Three and Four Place Tables of Logarithmic and

Trigonometric Functions. Boston, 1871. 40.
pp. 16.

2. The Elements of Logarithms ; with an Explana-

tion of the Three and Four Place Tables of
Logarithmic and Trigonometric Functions.
Bo.ston, 1873. 120.

3. "Quaternions." (Johnson's New Universal Cyclo-

pcedia, III. 1491. New York, 1877.)

4. Mathematical Tables, chiefly to Four Figures.

First Series. Boston, 1879. 8". pp. 45.

5. Review of Byerly's Differential Calculus. (Har-

vard Register, Feb. 1880 ; I. 45.)

5. Review of Rice's Differential Calculus. (Id.
May, 1880; I. 103.)

*#* See also the Bulletin of the Library.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

39

Charles Callahan Perkins.

University Lecturer on the History of the Fine Arts,
1869-1875.

1. American Art Museums. Boston, 1870. 8°. pp.

10.

2. Art in Education. Reprinted from the Second

Volume of the Journal of the American Social
Science Association. New York, 1870. pp. 6.

3. Raphael and Michelangelo : a Critical and Bio-

graphical Essay. Boston, 1878. 8°.

John Bulkley Perry.

University Lecturer on Geology, 1869-

1872.

1. A Discussion of Sundry Objections to Geology.

(Congregational Quarterly, April, 1870; XII.
217. Also printed separately, Cambridge, 1870.
80.)

2. On the Glacial Period in New England. (Proc.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Dec. 1870 ; XIV. 62.)

3. [Remarks on the] Objections made by Dr. Jack-

son [to the Glacier Theory]. (Id. Dec. 1870 ;
XIV. 68.)

4. The Eozoon Limestones of Eastern Massachusetts.

(Id. April, 1871 ; XIV. 199.)

5. Hints towards the Post-Tertiary History of New

England from Personal Study of the Rocks,
with Strictures on Dana's History of the New
Haven Region. (Id. Feb. 1872 ; XV. 48.)

6. Lyell's Student's Elements of Geology. ' [Biblio-

theca Sacra, July, 1872 ; XXIX. 479. Also
printed separately, Andover, 1872.)

*#* See also the Reports of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology.

Thomas Sergeant Perry.

Tutor in Modern Languages, 1868-1872 ; Instructor
in English, 1877-1880.

1. American Novels. (North American Review.

Oct. 1872 ; CXV. 366.)

2. Mr. Edward Fitzgerald's Translations. (Atlantic

Monthly, June, 1877 ; XXXIX. 730.)

3. German Influence on English Literature. (Atlantic

Monthly, Aug. 1877; XL. 129.)

4. Ouida's Novels. (Lippincott's Magazine, Dec.

1877; XX. 732-)

5. Doudan. (Atlantic Monthly, June, 1878; XLI.

681.)

6. Some French Novels. (Id. Sept. 1878; XLII.

296.)

7. Alfred de Musset. (N. Am. Rev., Sept.-Oct. 1878 ;

CXXVII. 288.)

8. Recent French and German Essays. (Atlantic

Monthly, Aug. 1879; XLIV. 230.)

9. Recent Criticism of Byron. (International Review,

Sept. 1879; VIL 282.)

10. Mountains in Literature. (Atlantic Monthly,

Sept. 1879; XLIV. 302.)

11. Zola's Last Novel. (Id. May, l88o ; XLV. 693.)

12. Sir Walter Scott. (Id. Sept. 1880; XLVI. 313.)

William Henry Pettee.

Instructor in Mining, 1 869-1 871 ; Assistant Professor
of Mining, 1871-1875.

I. Contributions to Barometric Hypsometry: with
Tables for Use in California. [Cambridge]
1874. 40. pp.88. (Geol. Survey of California.)

*#* See the University Publications.

Edward Charles Pickering.

Director of the Observatory, Phillips Professor of
Astronomy, and Professor of Geodesy, 1876- .

1. Annual Address of the President of the Appala-

chian Club. (Appalachia, March, 1877; I. 63.)

2. Mt. Liberty. (Id. March, 1877 ; I. 122.)

3. The Micrometer Level. (Id. June, 1877 ; I. 138.)

4. Address of the Vice-President, Section A. (Proc.

Am. Assoc, for Advancement of Science, Aug.
1877 ; XXVI. 63. Salem, 1878.)

5. Observations of the Satellites of Mars, and Mis-

cellaneous Observations of Double Stars. [L.
Waldo, observer.] (Astronomische Nachrichien,
XCII. 87, 94. Kiel, 1878. 40.)

6. Observations of Minor Planets. [W. Upton and

W. A. Rogers, observers.] (Id. XCIII. 171.
Kiel, 1878. 40.)

7. The Cosine Galvanometer. (Nature, Jan. 1879 ;

XIX. 217.)

8. Stella'- Magnitudes. (Astronomische Nachrichten,

XCV. 29. Nature, May, 1879; ^^- H- As-
tronomical Register, XVli. 175.)

9. Observations of Comet c 1879. [O. C. Wendell,

observer.] (Astron. Nachrichien,'^CW. 21.)

10. Observations of the Satellites of Mars. [E. C.

Pickering, O. C. Wendell, A. Searle, and F.
Waldo, observers.] (Id. XCVII. 115, 145.)

11. Light of Webb's Planetary Nebula. (Nature,

Feb. 1880; XXL 346.)

12. Dimensions of the Fixed Stars, with especial

reference to Binaries and Variables of the Algol
Type. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences,
June, 1880; XVL i.)

13. Two New Planetary Nebulae. (Nature, Aug.

i88o; XXIL 327.)

14. Novel Celestial Object. (Id. Sept. 1880; XXIL

483-)
*#* See also the publications of the Astronomical Observa-
tory.

Charles Burnham Porter.

Demonstrator in Anatomy and Instructor in Surgery,
1869-1880.

1. (With Dr. W. L. Richardson.) Two Cases of

Congenital Dislocation of the Knee Joint. (Bos-
ton Med. and Surg. Journal, Sept. 1875 ; XCIII.

32I-)

2. Cases of Plastic Surgery. (Id. April, 1878;

XCVIIL 423-)

3. Diffused Popliteal Aneurism. Syme's Operation.

Secondary Haemorrhage. Ligature of Femoral
Artery. Tetanus. Recovery. Operations by

40

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

XIII.)

{Am. Journal

C. B. Porter, Surgeon Mass. General Hospital.
Subsequent Cure and Report by Asst. Surgeon
S. Q. Robinson. {American yournal of Medical
Sciences, LXXII. 1 28.)
4. Clinical Reports Mass. General Hospital. Stran-
gulated Hernia. Kelotomy and Operation for
Radical Cure. Radical Cure of Varicocele.
Division of Ulnar Nerve by Stab Wound. Cases
' of C. B. Porter. Reported by J. F. Bush, M.D.
(Nan York Medical Journal, XXXIII. 366.)

Louis Francois de Pourtales.

Assistant in Zoology, 1873-1880.

1. Der Boden des Golfstromes und der atlantischen

Kiiste Nord-Amerika's. (Peterraann's Geograph-
ische Mitthcilungen, Nov. 1870; XVI. 393.)

2. "Atlantic Ocean." (Appleton's American Ency-

clopa:dia, II. New York, 1873-1876.)

3. " Dredging (Deep-Sea)." (Id. VI.)

4. " Galapagos." (Id. VII.)

5. "Indian Ocean." (Id. IX.)

6. " Juan Fernandez." (Id. IX.)

7. "Magellan, Straits of." (Id. X.)

8. " Mediterranean Sea." (Id. XI.)

9. " Pacific Ocean." (Id. XII.)

10. "Polar Seas (Geography)." (Id

11. Corals at the Galapagos Islands.

of Science and Arts, Oct. 1875; 3^ Ser. X. 282.)

%* See also the Publications of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology.

Raphael Pumpelly.

Professor of Mining, 1866-1875.

1. The Paragenesis and Derivation of Copper and

its Associates on Lake Superior. {Am. Journal
of Science and Arts, Sept. 1871; 3d Ser. II.
188, 243, 347.)

2. (V\fith T. B. Brooks.) On the Age of the Copper-

Bearing Rocks of Lake Superior. (Id. June,
1872; 3d Ser. IIL A2&.)

3. (With T. B. Brooks and C. Rorainger.) Geo-

logical Survey of Michigan. Upper Peninsula.
New York, 1873. [Vol. I. Pt. II. Chapters
I, 2, 3, 5, 6 by Raphael Pumpelly.]

4. (With T. B. Brooks and A. Schmidt.) Iron Ores

of Missouri and Michigan. [Pt. I., Geology of
Pilot Knob and its Vicinity, by R. Pumpelly.]

5. Geological Survey of Missouri, R. Pumpelly,

Director. Preliminary Report on the Iron
Ores and Coal Fields. New York, 1873.
[Notes on the Geology of Pilot Knob and
its Vicinity, by R. Pumpelly.]

6. On.Paeudomorphs of Chlorite after Garnet at the

Spurr Mountain Iron Mine, Lake Superior.
{A?n. Journal of Science and Arts, July, 1875;
3d Ser. X. 17.)

7. Lithology of the Keweenawan System. (Chamber-

lin's Geology of Wisconsin Survey of 1873-1879;
IIL 27.)

Frederick Ward Putnam.

Oirator of the Peahody Museum of American Archce-
ology and Ethnology, 1874 - .

I. Notes on Myxinidae. (Proc. Boston Society Natural
History, 1874; XVI. 127.)

23'

24.

Notes on Ophidiidae and Fierasferidae, with De-
scriptions of New Species from America and
the Mediterranean. (Id. 1874; XVI. 339.)

Remarks on the Family Nemophidas. (Id. 1874;

XVI. 366.)

Description of Living Specimens of Fishes and
Cray Fishes from Mammoth Cave. (Id. Dec.
1874; XVII. 222.)

Account of Rare and Interesting Fishes from the
Waters of Essex County, Mass. {Bulletin Essex
Inst.,]z.xi. 1874; VI. II.)

Indian Remains from Essex County, Mass. (Id.
Feb. 1874; VL 17.)

Description of a Blackfish, Globiocephalus, shot
in Salem Harbor. (Id. Feb. 1874; VI. 22.)

Remarks on the Mammoth Cave and some of its
Animals. {Bulletin Essex Institute, Dec. 1874;
VL 191.)

GobiosomaMolestum from the Ohio River. {Amer-
ica?! Naturalist, 1874; VIII. 233.)
(With S. Garman.) On the Male and Female
Organs of the Sharks and Skates, with special
reference to the use of the " Claspers." {Proc.
Am. Assoc, for Advancement of Science, Aug.
1874; XXIII. B. 143, Salem, 1875.)
On the Anderson School of Natural History at

Penikese. (Id. 144. Salem, 1875.)
Description of a Collection of Pottery and other
Objects from Mounds near New Madrid, Mis-
souri. Illustrated. {Eighth Report, Peabody
Museum, 1875. P- "5)
Archaeological Researches in Kentucky and In-
diana. {Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1875;

XVII. 314.)

Archeeological Researches in Kentucky. {Bulletin
Essex Institute, Jan. 1875 ! VII. 2.)

Notice of Jeffries Wyman. {Proc. Atn. Acad,
of Arts and Sciences, May, 1875 ; X. 496.)

On Some of the Habits of the Blind Cravrfish,
Cambarus pellucidus, and the Reproduction of
Lost Parts. {Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. May,
1875; XVIII. 16.)

On some Curious Groups of Stones found near
Newburyport. {Bulletin Essex Institute, July,
1875; VII. io6.)

Petition to the Legislature of Massachusetts for
a Scientific Survey of the Commonwealth.
{Mass. House Documents [1875]. No. 184, p. 5.)

On the Ancient Peruvians. {Bulletin Essex Itist.
March, April, May, 1876; VIII. 34.)

The Development of the Ceramic Art and Orna-
mentation among the American Nations. (Id.
April, May, June, 1877 ; IX. 77.)

Notice of an Interesting Relic of Mexican Sculp-
ture. (Id. April, May, June, 1877 ; IX. 69.)

Ancient American Pottery ; A Criticism of the
Chapter in Mr. Prime's Work on Pottery and
Porcelain. {The Nation, '^an. 3, 1878.)

Archaeological Explorations in Tennessee. Illus-
trated. {Eleventh Report, Peabody Museum,
1878, 361. — Reprinted in Supplement Scientific
Ainerican, 1878, and in Kansas City Review of
Science and Industry, June - Sept. 1879.)

Archaeological Explorations in Tennessee. With
illustrations. {Bulletin Essex Institute, April,
May, June, 1878 ; X. 72.)

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

41

25. On the Discovery of Chambered Mounds in Mis-

souri. (Proc. Bos. Sac. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1879;
XX. 304.)

26. On a Skeleton of an Indian from Massachusetts.

(Id. Nov. 1879; XX. 331.)

27. Ancient Mounds and Burial Places, Cumberland

Valley, Temiessee. (Id. Nov. 1879; XX. 332.)

28. Conventionalism in Pottery. (Id. Dec. 1879;

XX. 333.)

29. Reports upon Archaeological and Ethnological

Collections from vicinity of Santa Barbara,
California, and from ruined Pueblos of Arizona
and New Mexico, and Certain Interior Tribes.
{Report upon U. S. Geographical and Geological
Surveys West of the One Hundredth Meridian,
VII. ArchEeology, 1879.)

30. " Egyptian Antiquities " found in America. Il-

lustrated. (American Art Review, April, 1880 ;
I. 254.)

31. Account of Cahokia Mound. Illustrated.

( Twelfth Report, Peabody Museum, 1880, 470.)

32. The Indians of California. (Bulletin Essex Insti-

tute, Jan. — June, 1880; XII. 4.)

33. Editorship of Proceedings of American Association

for Advaruement of Science, XXII.-XXVIII.
1 873-1879.

34. Editorship of Anmcal Reports of Trustees of

Peabody Musezim of Archceology and Ethnology,
VIII.-XIII. 1875-1880.

35. Editorship (with others) of American Naturalist,

I.-VIII. 186S-1874.
*** See also the Reports of the Peabody Museum and the
Bulletin and Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology.
Such of Mr. Putnam's official papers as have been reprinted
are repeated above ; also a few, embraced in his general reports
are here repeated with definite titles.

James Jackson Putnam.

Instructor in Diseases of the Nervous System', 1875- •

1. Case of Circumscribed Analgesia of the Arm

after Typhoid Fever. (Chicago fournal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, July, 1875 ; II.
385-)

2. Case of Meniere's Disease. (Boston Med. and

Surg. Journal, Nov. 1875 ; XCIII. 554.)

3. Experimental Criticism of a Recent Theory of

Phosphorus Poisoning. (Id. March, 1876;
XCIV. 296.)

4. Physical Exercise for the Sick. (Id. Sept. 1876;

XCV. 371.)

5. Ziemssen's Cyclopaedia of Medicine. American

Edition. The following articles were con-
tributed, by Dr. Putnam. 1876. Anemia,
Hyperasmia, Thrombosis, Embolism, and Hx-
morrhage of the Brain.

6. Case of Section of the Median and Ulnar Nerves.

(Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, March, 1877;
XCVI. 333.)

7. Modification of BarwelJ's Elastic Muscle Appa-

ratus. (Id. May, 1878; XCVIII. 701.)

8. Case of Cutaneous Disease, confined to the Pal-

mar Surface of the Thumb, successfully treated
by Section of the Filaments of Median Nerve.
(Chicago Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
July, 1878; V. 465.)

9. (With O. F. Wadsworth, M.D.) Intra-Ocular

Circulation : Rhythmical Changes in the Venous
Pulse of the Optic Disk. (Id. Oct. 1878; V.
690.)

10. The Physiological Pathology of the Hydrophobic

Paroxysm. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal,
Nov. 1878; XCIX. 650.)

11. A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Cuta-

neous Distribution of the Brachial and Cervical
Plexuses. (Id. Jan. 1879; C. 118.)

12. Description of a Modified Pendulum-Myograph.

(Journal of Physiology [London], Sept. 1879;
II. 206.)

13. On the Reliability of Marey's Tambour in Ex-

periments requiring Accurate Notations of
Time. (Id. Sept. 1879 ; II. 209.)

14. Two Cases of Chorea in the Kitten, with Autop-

sies. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, Nov. 1879 ;
CI. 690.)

15. Case of Chronic Facial Spasm, successfully

treated by stretching the Seventh Nerve. (Trans,
of the American Neurological Assoc, in the
Chicago Joitrnal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
July, 1880 ; VII. 486. Published in extenso in
Archives of Medicine, Feb. 1881.)

16. A Series of Cases of Parassthesia mainly of the

Hands, of Periodical Recurrence, and possibly
of Vaso-motor Origin. (New York Archives of
Medicine, 1880.)

17. Article on Vaso-motor and Trophic Neuroses.

(Ziemssen* s Cyclopcedia of Medicine. Am. ed.)

John Phillips Reynolds.

Instructor in Obstetrics and Medical Jurisprudence,
1869-1877 ; Professor of Obstetrics, 1877 - .

I. Dr. Uvedale West's Views of Rotation. (Trans.
Atn. Gynecological Soc. II.)

George Riddle.

Instructor in Elocution, 1878 - .

1. Elocution at Harvard. (Harvard Register, Aug.
1880; U. 159.)

William Augustus Rogers.

Assistant in the Observatory, 1870-1877 ; Assistant
Professor of Astronomy. 1877- .

1. Ephemeris of Felicitas for Opposition, 1873. (■^^-

tronomische Nachrichten, LXXXII. 157. Kiel,
■ 1873.)

2. Elements of Felicitas (109). (Id. LXXXIV. 161.

Kiel, 1874.)

3. On the Periodic Errors of the Right Ascension

observed between 1858 and 187 1. Read, April
14, 1874. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences,
IX. 127.)

4. New Elements of Brunhild (123), with Ephemeris

for the Opposition, 1875. (Astronomische Nach-
richten, LXXXV. 241. Kiel, 1875.)

5. Death of Professor Joseph Winlock, Director of

Harvard College Observatory. (Id. LXXXVI.
113. Kiel, 1875.)

42

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

6. Places of Comparison Stars adopted from obser-

vations. (Id. LXXXVI. 173. Kiel, 1875.)

7. On a possible Explanation of the Method Em-

ployed by Nobert in Ruling his Test Plates.
Presented June g, 1875. [Proc. Am. Acad, of
Arts a7id Sciences^ XI. 237.)

8. right Ascensions of the Fundamental Stars ob-

served with the Meridian Circle of Harvard
College Observatory during the years 1872-73.
(Astronomiscke Nachrichten, LXXXVII. 61;.
Kiel, 1876.)

9. New Elements and Ephemeris of (123) Brunhild.

(Id. LXXXVIII. 233. Kiel, 1876.)

10. New Elements of Iphigenia (117) from the Op-

position Observations of 1870, 1872, 1873, 1877.
(Id. XCI. 107. 'Kiel, 1878.)

11. On Standard Measures of Length. (Am. Quar-

terly Microscopical Jom-nal, Jan. 1879.)

12. On two Forms of Comparators for Measures of

Length. (Id. April, 1879.)

13. On the Limits of Accuracy in Measurements with

the Telescope and the Microscope. (Proc. Am.
Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XIV. 168.)

14. On the First Results from a new Diffraction

Ruling Engine. (Am. Joumal of Science and
Arts, Jan. 1880 ; 3d Ser. XIX. 54.)

15. On the Present State of the Question of Stand-

ards of Length. Presented April 14, 1880.
(Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XV.
273-)

16. On Tolles's Interior Illuminator for Opaque Ob-

jects. (Journal of Royal Microscopical Society,

in. 754.)

17. The Co-efficient of Safety in Navigation. (Read

before the Naval Institute at Annapolis, and
printed in Science, II. 171.)
*** See also the Annals of the Astronomical Observatory.

Thomas Morgan Rotch.

Clinical Instructor in the Diseases of Children, 1878 -.

1. Absence of Resonance in the Fifth Right Inter-

costal Space diagnostic of Pericardial Effusion.
(Med. Communications Mass. Med. Soc. XII.
235. Boston, 1878. K\%o Boston Med. and Surg,
yournal, Sept. 3.nd Oct. 1878; XCIX. 389,421.)

2. Reports of the Suffolk District Medical Society.

T. M. Rotch Secretary. (Boston Med. and
Surg, yournal, 1879-80.)

Orestes St. John.

Assistant in Palaontology, 1873-1874.
*^f* See the Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Charles Sprague Sargent.

Director of the Arnold Arboretum, 1872- ; Arnold
Professor of Arboriculture, l^T)- .

I. A Few Suggestions on Tree Planting in Massa-
chusetts. ( Twenty-third Ann. Report of Secre-
tary of Mass. Board of AgrictUture for 1875, 250.
Boston, "1876. Also, enlarged, pubhshed by

Mass. Society for Promoting Agriculture in
\^e.u Prizes for Arboriculture,-]. Boston, 1876.)

2. Notes on Trees and Tree Planting. ( Twenty-Fifth

Ann. Rep. of Sec. Mass. Bd. of Agriculture for
1877, 267, Boston, 1878.)

3. The Forests of Central Nevada with some Re-

marks on those of the Adjacent Regions. (Am.
Journal of Science and Arts, June, 1879 ; 3d
Ser. XVII. 417. Translated in Annciles des
Sciences Naturelles, and Nuova Revista Fores-
tale.)

4. A Catalogue of the Forest Trees of North America.

( Tenth Census of the U. S. [Department of the
Interior.] 1880.)
*#* See also the Bulletin of the Bussey Institution and the
Reports of the Arnold Arboretum.

Samuel Hubbard Scudder.

Assistant Librarian, 1879- .

1. The Fossil Insects collected in 1877 by Mr. G. M.

Dawson in the Interior of British Columbia.
(Rep. Progr. Geol. Surv. Canada, 1877-78. B.
175-185. Montreal, 1879. 8°.)

2. Palaeozoic Cockroaches ; a complete Revision of

the Species of both Worlds, with an Essay
toward their Classification. (Mem. Boston Soc.
Nat. Hist., III. 23-134, pi. 2-6. Boston, 1879.
4°.)

3. The Probable Age of Haulover Beach at the head

of Nantucket Harbor. (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., Nov. 1879; XX. 329-330. 8''.)

4. A Brief Account of some of the Scientific Institu-

tions of Boston and Vicinity; prepared by the
Local Committee of the American Association
for the Advancement of Science, for Distribu-
tion to Members of the Association at the Bos-
ton Meeting, Aug. 1880. Boston, 1880. pp.
27. 8°. [Edited by S. H. Scudder.]

5. Annual Address before the Entomological Club

of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science. (Amer. Entom., VI. 207-210.
New York, 1880. 80. Can. Entom., XII.
161-167. London [Ont.], 1880. 8°. Nature,
Oct. 1S80; XXII. 550-551. Ann. Rep. Entom.
Soc. Onl., 1880; 12-15. Toronto, 1881. 8°.
Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sc, XXIX. 605-611.
Salem, 1881. 8". Separate, 9 pp. Salem, 1881.)

6. The Devonian Insects of New Brunswick. (Anniv.

Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., pp. 41. pi. i. Bos-
. ton, 1880. 4°. Extract in Amer. Jour. Sc. and
Arts, Feb. 1881 ; 3d Ser. XXI. 111-117. 8°.
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th Ser. VII. 255-
261. London, 1881. 8°. Arch. Sc. Phys. Nat.,
March, 1881 ; 3d Ser. V. 291-293. Geneve, 1881.
8°. Naturforscher, No. 15, 141-143.

7. Brief Notices : Psyche : — Jimonia coenia in N.

England, II. 2j(i-2-]t. The Manner in which
Oecanthus lays her Eggs, III. 77. The Insect-
Basin of Florissant, III. 77. Habits of Retinia
frustrana,\ll. 77. Canadian Entomologist : —
An Insect doing much Damage to the Pines
on the Island of Nantucket, XI. 176. A Few
Notes on N. American Acridii, XII. 75-76.
Nature : — An Index to Zoological Genera,
XX. 551.

*»* See also the Publications of the Library and the Reports
of the Museum of Comparative Zoology.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

43

Arthur Searle.

Assistant in the Observatory, 1869- .

1. OutUnes of Astronomy. Boston, 1874. [A second

edition, witli some alterations and additions,
1875.]

2. Mars as a Neighbor. [Atlantic Monthly, Jan.

1878; XLI. III.)

3. Newcomb's Popular Astronomy. [Literary World,

April, 1878; VIII. 190.)

4. The Convent of the Capuchins. (Popular Science

Monthly, March, 1880 ; XVI. 673.)
*»* See also tlie Annals of the Astronomical Observatory.

Edwin Pliny Seaver.

Assistant Professor of Mathematics, 1869-1874.
I. Formulas of Trigonometry.

Nathaniel Southgate Shaler,

Professor of Palcsontology, 1869 -

1. Father Blumhardt's Prayerful Hotel. {Atlantic

Monthly, Dec. 1870; XXVI. 712.)

2. The Effects of Pressure on Rocks. (Proc. Boston

Soc. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1872 ; XV. 2.)

3. Notes on the Origin of our Domestic Cat. (Id.

April, 1872; XV. 159.)

4. On the Effects of the Upright Position in Man.

(Id. June, 1872; XV. :88.)

5. Notes on the Right and Sperm Whales. (Am.

Naturalist, Jan. 1873; ^H- '•)

6. The Summer's Journey of a Naturalist. Parts I.,

II. and III. (Atlantic Monthly, June, 1873;
XXXI. 707; Aug. 1873; XXXII. 181; Sept.
1873; XXXII. 349-)

7. The Moon. (Id. Sept. 1874; XXXIV. 270.)

8. Martha's Vineyard. (Id. Dec. 1874; XXXIV.

732-)

9. Notes on some of the Phenomena of Elevation

and Subsidence of the Continents. (Proc.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Dec. 1874; XVII. 288.)

10. Kentucky Geological Survey, N. S. Shaler.

Director from 1874 to 1880 ; Vols. I.-IV. New
. Series, Reports of Progress. V. and VI. pub-
lished in part. Memoirs of Survey, I. and II., II.
published in part. Bulletin of Survey, I. Of
these all but Vol: III. are by the Director and
his assistants ; Vol. III. is by himself alone. A
good part of the work done remains unpub-
lished.

11. Some Considerations on the possible Means

whereby a Warm Climate may be produced
within the Arctic Circle. (Proc. Boston Soc.
Nat. Hist.,]3.n. 1875; XVII. 332.)

12. On the Antiquity of Caverns and Cavern Life

in the Ohio Valley. (Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat.
mst.,'7eb. 1875; IL35S.)
l\. Note on some Points connected with Tidal Ero-
sion (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., March,
1875; XVII. 465.)

14. A State Survey for Massachusetts. (Atlantic

Monthly, March, 1875; XXXV. 357.)

15. Note on the Geological Relations of Boston and

Narragansett Bays. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist., April, 1875 ; XVII. 488.)

16. Propositions concerning the Motion of Conti-

nental Glaciers. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
June, 1875; XVIIL 126.)

17. Notes on the Cause and Geological Value of

Variation in Rainfall. (Id. Oct. 1875; XVIIL
176.)

18. North American Climate. (Id. 1875.)

ig. A State Survey for Massachusetts. (Am.
Naturalist, March, 1875 ; IX. 156.)

20. How to change the North American Climate.

(Atlantic Monthly, 1877.)

21. Notes on the Age and the Structure of the several

Mountain Axes in the Neighborhood of Cum-
berland Gap. (Am. Naturalist, July, 1877 ;

XI. 385-)

22. On the Existence of the Alleghany Division of the

Appalachian Range within the Hudson Valley.
(Id. Oct. 1877; XL 627.)

23. The Silver Question geologically considered.

(Atlantic Monthly, May, 1878; XLI. 620.)

24. Reelfoot Lake. (Id. Aug. 1878 ; XLII. 216.)

25. Thoughts on the Nature of Intellectual Property

and Its Importance to the State. Boston, 1878.

26. Notes on certain Evidences of a Gradual Pas-

sage from Sedimentary to Volcanic Rocks shown
in the Brighton District of Boston. (P>-oc. Bos-
ton Soc. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1879; XX. 129.)

27. The Natural History of Politics. (Atlantic

Monthly, March, 1879; XLIII. 302.)

28. Notps on the Submarine Coast Shelf or Hun-

dred Fathom Detrital Fringe. (Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., May, 1879; XX. 278.)

29. The Use of Numbers in Society. (Atlantic

Monthly, Sept. 1879; XLIV. 326.)

30. Future of Precious Metal Mining in the United

States. (Atlantic Monthly, ]\me, 1880; XLV.
765.)
*»* See also the Bulletin and Reports of the Museum of
Comparative Zoology, the Annals of the Astronomical Obsei*
vatory and the Reports of the Peabody Museum.

Stephen Paschall Sharpies.

Assistant in Chemistry, 1869-1871.

1. On some Rocks and other Dredgings from the

Gulf Stream. (Am. Journal of Science and
Arts, March, 1871 ; 3d Ser. I. 168.)

2. On some Forms of the Galvanic Battery. (Id.

April, 1871; 3d Ser. L 247.)

Frederick Cheever Shattuck.

Assistant in Clinical Medicine, 1879- .

1. Fibroid Pthisis. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal,

March, 1880; CIL 241.)

2. Report on the Progress of Medicine in Diseases

of the Lungs, 1873-1880. (Ziemssen's Cyclopedia
of the Practice of Medicine. Supplement. New
York, 1881.)

44

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

Edward Stevens Sheldon.

Tutor in German, 1878- .

I. A Short German Grammar for High Schools and
Colleges. Boston, 1879. ^^°-

John Langdon Sibley.

Librarian, 1856-1877; Librarian Emeritus, iSyy - .

1. Biographical Sketches of Graduates of Harvard

University, in Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1642-
1658. With an Appendix, containing an Ab-
stract of the Steward's Accounts, and Notices
of Non-Graduates from 1649-50 to 1659. Cam-
bridge, 1873. 8°.
*#* Vol. II. is now in press.

2. Cyrus Eaton. (Proe. Mass. Hist. Soc, Feb. 1875;

Xni. 438. Boston, 1875. And [under the
title : A Remarkable Self-Made Man] Uni-
tarian Review, April, 1875; III. 373.)

3. Address at the Conference of Librarians at Har-

vard University, 2 July, 1879. (Library Journal,
July-Aug. 1879; IV. 305.)

*«:* See also the University Publications.

Daniel Denison Slade.

Professor of Applied Zoology, 1871 - .
*** See the Bulletin of the Bussey Institution.

Clement Lawrence Smith.

Tutor in Latin, 1870-1873 ; Assistant Professor of
Latin, 1873- .

1. On the Use of Language in Education. Address

before the Alumni Association of Haverford
College, July 1,1873. Phila. 1873. (Also in the
Friends^ Quarterly Examiner. London, Jan.
1874.)

2. Shall we teach Greek and Latin as Dead Lan-

guages ? ( The Quaker Alumnus. Phila. Jan.
1879-)

*#* See also the University Publications.

Evangelinus Apostolides Sophocles.

University Professor of Ancient, Byzantine, and Modern
Greek, i860- .

I. Greek Lexicon of the Roman and Byzantine
Periods (from B.C. 146 to A.D. iioo). xvi.,
1 188. Boston, 1870. 1.80.

Oliver Stearns.

Parkman Professor of Theology, 1863-1878.

1. The Aim and Expectation of Jesus. [Christianity

and Modern Thought, 271. [Pub. by Am. Unit.
Assoc] Boston, 1S72.)

2. The Divinity School of Harvard University.

( The Harvard Book. Edited by Vaille and
Clark. I. 197. Cambridge, 1875. 4°.)

Frank Steindachner.

Assistant in Ichthyology, 1 871-1873.
*#* See the Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Francis Humphreys Storer.

Professor of Agricultural Chemistry, 1870- .

1. A Cyclopaedia of Quantitative Chemical Analysis.

Part II. Boston, 1873. 8°.

2. Cherry Blossoms destroyed by Squirrels. (Na-

ture, Nov. 1875 ; XIII. 26.)

3. Ammonia a Constant Contaminant of Sulphuric

Acid. (Am. Jour. Sci. and Arts, Dec. 1875;
3d Ser. X. 438.)

4. Schcenbein's Test for Nitrates. (Id. Sept. 1876;

3d Ser. XII. 176.)

5. Note on the Ferment Theory of Nitrification.

(Id. June, 1878; 3d Ser. XV. 444.)

6. Epsom Salt versus Strawberries. (Am. Journ.

of Pharmacy, July, 1878; 4th Ser. VIII. 321.)

7. Some of the Uses, of Agricultural Study. (Har-

vard Register, Feb. 1880; I. 38.)

8. Reclamation of Bog-Land,by the German Method

of Burying with Gravel. (Rural New Yorker,
Feb. 1880; XXXIX. loi.)
g. Dr. Angus Smith on the Waste of Ammonia in
Coke-Making. (Id. Feb. 1880; XXXIX. 120.)

10. Maximuin Yield of Wheat. (Id. April, 1880;

XXXIX. 246.)

11. Money Value of Leached Ashes. (Id. April,

1880; XXXIX. 262.)

12. Hurtfulness of Chlorides to the Tobacco Crop.

(Id. May, 1880; XXXIX. 277.)

13. New Evidence in respect to Weevil-eaten Peas.

(Id. May, 1880; XXXIX. 294.)

14. Bone Chewing by Cattle. (Id. May, 1880;

XXXIX. 3T1.)

15. The Agricultural School as a Preparation for

the Study of Medicine. (Harvard Register,
June, 1880; I. in.)

16. Indian Corn as a Starch Crop. (Rural New

yi7r&?-, June, 1880 ; XXXIX. 358.)

17. Deer's Horns eaten by Cattle. (Id. June, 1880;

XXXIX. 376.)

18. The So-called Process of Ensilage. (Id. July,

1880; XXXIX. 424.)

19. A Scientific View of Composts. (Id. Aug.

1880; XXXIX. 503, 517, 549.)

20. The Valuation of " Reverted " Phosphoric Acid.

(Id. Sept. 1880; XXXIX. 586.)
Several new editions of the following works : —

21. A Manual of Inorganic Chemistry, arranged to

facilitate the Experimental Demonstration of
the Facts and Principles of the Science. By
C. W. Eliot and F. H. Storer. New York. 80.

22. An Elementary Manual of Chemistry, abridged

from Eliot and Storer's Manual, with the Co-
operation of the Authors, by W. R. Nichols.

23. A Compendious Manual of Qualitative Chem-

ical Analysis, by C. W. Eliot and F. H. Storer.
Revised, with the Cooperation of the Author's,
by W. R. Nichols.
*w* See also the Bulletin of the Bussey Institution.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

45

W^illiam Edward Story.

Tutor in Mathematics, 1875-1876.

I. On the Algebraic Relations existing between the
Polars of a Binary Quantic. Leipzig, 1875.
pp. 59.

James Bradley Thayer.

Royall Professor of Law, 1873- •

I. Letters of Chauncey Wright. With some Account
of his Life by J. B. Thayer. Privately Printed.
Cambridge, 1878. 8°.

Howard Malcom Ticknor.

Instructor in Elocution, 1878- .

I. On the Status of Elocution in Harvard College.
(Harvard Re^ster, Sept. 1880; II. 180.)

John Trowbridge.

Assistant Professor of Physics, 1870 - 1880. Pro-
fessor of Physics, 1880- .

1. A New Form of Galvanometer. (Am. yourn. of

Sci. and Arts, Aug. 1871 ; 3d Ser. II. 118.)

2. Animal Electricity. Presented Jan. 1872. (Proc.

Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, VIlI. 244.)

3. Electromotive Action of Liquids separated by

Membranes. (Am. Journ. of Sci. and Arts,
May, 1872; 3d Ser. III. 342.)

4. On the Electrical Condition of Gas-Flames. (Id.

July, 1872 ; 3d Ser. IV. 4.)

5. Ohm's Law considered from a Geometrical Point

of View. (Id. Aug. 1872; 3d Ser. IV. 115.)

6. Induced Currents and Derived Circuits. (Id.

May, 1873; 3d Ser. V. 372.)

7. On a Method of Freeing a Magnetic Bar from the

Influence of the Earth's Magnetism. (Id. May,
1874; 3d Ser. VIL 490.)

8. On a Molecular Change produced by the Passage

of Electrical Currents through Iron and Steel
Bars. (Id. July, 1874; 3d Ser. VIII. 18.)

9. On a New Induction-Coil. April, 1875. (Proc.

Am. Acad, of Arts and Sci., X. 381.)

10. Construction of Gaugain's Galvanometer. (Am.

Journ. of Sci. and Arts, May, 1875; 3d Ser. IX.
383)
n. On the Effect of thin Plates of Iron used as
Armatures to Electro-Magnets. Feb. 1876.
(Proc. of Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XI.
202.)

12. On the So-called Etheric Force. Feb. 1876. (Id.

XL 206.)

13. On a New Form of Mirror-Galvanometer. Feb.

1876. (Id. XL 208.)

14. On Vortex-Rings in Liquids. March, 1877.

(Id. XIL 131.)

15. Methods of measuring Electric Currents of great

strength ; together with a Comparison of the
Wilde, the Gramme, and the Siemen's Ma-
chines. Oct. 1878. (Id. XIV. 122.)

i6. (With W. N. Hill.) On the Heat produced by
the Rapid Magnetization and Demagnetization
of the Magnetic Metals. [Preliminary Paper.]
Dec. 1878. (Id. XIV. 114.)

17. Simple Apparatus for illustrating Periodic

Motion. Dec. 1879. (Id. XV. 232.)

18. Illustration of the Conservation of Energy. Dec.

1S79. (Id. XV. 235.)

19. The Study of Physics in the Secondary Schools.

(Popular Science Monthly, June, 1879, XV. 159.)

20. Superstition and Scientific Training. (Indepen-

dent [N. Y.], July 29, 1880.)

21. The Earth as a Conductor of Electricity. [Proc.

Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, 1880, XVI. 58.)

22. Editorship of Physical Notes in the Am. Journ.

of Science and Arts, beginning with the year
1879.

23. Supervision of the following Contributions from

the Physical Laboratory of Harvard College : —
Demagnetization of Electro-Magnets. By R.
W. Willson. (Am. Journ. of Set. and Arts,
May, 1872 ; 3d Ser. III. 346.) On a Method of
measuring Induced Currents. By F. H. Bige-
low. (Id. May, 1873; 3^ Ser. V. 374.) On
Methods of determining the Resistance of a
Battery. By N. D. C. Hodges. (Id. 375.) A
Note on Melde's Experiment on the Vibration
of Strings. By W. Lowery. (Id. May, 1874;
3d Ser. VII. 493.) A Spark-Adjuster for the
Holtz Machine. By J. J. Minot. (Id. 494.)
Effect of Condensers on the Brush Discharge
from the Holtz Machine. By J. W. Fewkes.
(Id. 496.) Magnetism of Soft Iron. By D.
Sears. (Id. July, 1874; 3d Ser. VIII. 21.)
Increase of Magnetism in a Bar of Soft Iron
upon Reversal of the Magnetizing Current. By
W. A. Burnham. (Id. Sept. 1874 ; 3d Ser. VIII.
202.) Experiments on the Dissipation of El-
ectricity by Flames. By J. W. Fewkes. (Id.
207.) Polarization of the Plates of Condensers.
By A. S. Thayer. (Id. 208.) On the Effect of
Heat upon the Magnetic Susceptibility of Soft
Iron. By H. Amory and F. Minot. (Proc.
Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, X. 308. ) On the
Effect of Armatures on the Magnetic State of
Electro-Magnets. By B. O. Peirce and E. B.
Lefavour. (Id. X. 385.) On the Time of De-
magnetization of Soft Iron. By W. C. Hodgkins
and J. H. Jennings. (Id. 3S7.) On the Induc-
tion-Spark produced in breaking a Galvanic
Circuit between the Poles of a Magnet. By B.
O. Peirce, Jr. (Id. XL 218.) Condensers and
Geissler Tubes. By W. P. Wilson. (Id. 228.)
A New Form of Magneto-Electric Engine. By
W. R. Morse. (Am. Jour, of Sci. and Arts,
May, 1875; 3d Ser. IX. 386.) On the Distribu-
tion of Electrical Discharges from Circular
Discs. By C. J. Bell. (Id. June, 1875 ; 3^ Ser.
IX. 458.) An Application of the Horizontal
Pendulum. By H. Amory. (Id. July, 1875;
3d Ser. X. 21.) Distribution of Magnetism on
Armatures. By H. Whiting. (Proc. Am. Acad.
XL 293.) Change of Electrical Resistance in
Wires by stretching. By G. S. Pine. (Id. 303.)
On the Intensity of Terrestrial Magnetism at
Cambridge. By H. Goldmark. (Id. XIIL 414.)
The Effect of Temperature upon Atmospheric
Electricity. By H. Goldmark. (Am. Jour, of
Sci. and Arts, July, 1878 ; 3d Ser, XVI. 52.)
A New Method of studving Wave Motion.
By H. H. Eustis. (Proc. Am. Acad. XV. 218.)
Vibration of Circular and Elliptical Plates. By

46

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

F.E.Cabot. (Id. 219.) Perforated Vibrating
Discs. By F. E. Cabot. (Id. XV. 222.) Effect
of Distance on Appreciation of Color. By W.
H. .Schwartz. (Id. 229.) Tlie Magnetic Mo-
ment of Fleitman's Nickel. By J. E. Bullard.
(Id. XVI. 46.) Thermal Conductivity of Glass
and Sand. By C. B. Penrose. (Id. XVI. 47.)
Effect of the Tension of Membranes on Sound.
By G. F. Hartshorn. (Id. XVI. 56.) A Phe-
nomenon of Electrical Convection. By T. J.
Greenough. (Id. XVI. 58.)

*»* See also the Bulletin of the Library.

Winslow Upton.

Assistant ill the Observatory, 1877-1879.

I. Determination of the Orbit of (185) Eunike. {As-
tronomische Nachrichten, XCIV. 51.)
*** See also the Annals of the Astronomical Observatory.

Marshman Edward Wadsworth.

Instructor in Mathematics and Mineralogy, 187 4-1877 ;
Assistant in Geology, 1877-1878. Assistant in
Lithology in the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
1878- .

1. Notes on the Mineralogy and Petrography of

Boston and Vicinity. \Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., May, 1877 ; XIX. 217.)

2. On the Granite of North Jay, Maine. (Id. May,

1877; XIX. 237.)

3. Fusibility of the Amorphous Varieties of Quartz.

(Id. 238.)

4. On the so-called Tremolite of Newbury, Mass.

(Id. Oct. 1877; XIX. 251.)

5. Notes on the Petrography of Quincy and Rock-

port. (Id. Feb. 1878 ; XIX. 309 )

6. Rutley's Study of Rocks. (Am. Naturalist, Tune,

1879; XIII. 385.)

7. Danalite from the Iron Mine, Bartlett, New

Hampshire. [Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Oct.
1879 ; XX. 284.)

8. Picrolite from a Serpentine Quarry in Florida,

Mass. (Id. 286.)

9. Report on the Copper Falls Mine, Keweenaw

Co., Michigan. Boston, 1879. .8°. PP. '4.

10. On the Elongation and Plasticity of Pebbles in

Conglomerates. [Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
Nov. 1S79; XX. 313.)

11. On the Origin of the Iron Ores of the Marquette

District, Lake Superior. (Id. March, 1880.)

12. Report on the Mica Deposits of the Hartford

Mica Mining Company, Groton, Grafton Co.,
New Hampshire. Boston, 1880. 12". pp. 7.

13. The Volcanic Dust from Dominica. [Nature,

July, 1880; XXII. 266.)

14. On the Age of the Copper-Bearing Rocks of

Lake Superior. (Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci.,
Aug. 1880. Boston.)

15. On Amygdaloidal Structure and Vein Formation,

with Special Reference to the Copper-bearing
Rocks of Keweenaw Point, Lake .Superior,
being a Reply to Prof. James D. Dana. (Proc.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist, Nov. 1880; XXI.)

*#* See also the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology.

Leonard W^aldo.

Assistant in the Observatory, 1875-1880.

1. Engineer's Instruments and their Adjustments.

Boston, pp. 40. 1. 8°.

2. On the Longitude of Waltham, Mass. Nov. 1877.

(Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XIII.
I7S-)

3. A Lecture on telling the Time. (Bulletin of

Essex Institute, Feb. 1878; X. 40.)

4. Note on the Measurement of Short Lengths. Feb.

1878. (Proc. Am. Acad., XIII. 352.)

5. Observations of the Satellites of Mars, and Miscel-

laneous Observations of Double Stars made in
1876 at the Observatory of Harvard College.
(Astronomische NachricAten,'No. 2190; XCII.
87.)

6. Meridian Observations of Mercury at its Transit.

May5-6, 1S78. (Id. No. 2207; XCII. 361.)

7. Observations of the Satellites of Saturn. (Id. Nos.

2254 and 225s; XCIV. 339.)

8. Report of the Observations of the Total Solar

Eclipse, July 29, 1878, made at Fort Worth,
Texas. Cambridge, 1879. A°- [Mr. Waldo
edited the volume and wrote a special report.]

9. Articles " Transit," " Sextant," " Telescope,"

" Ruling Machine," " Time Signals," " Mural
Circle," " Zenith Telescope." (Johnson's New
Universal Cyclopccdia, New York, 1877-78.)

10. Description of a New Position Micrometer.

(Am. Journ. of Science and Arts, July, 1880;
3d Ser. XX. 49.)

11. On the Adaptation of the Opera-Glass to ex-

tremely Myopic Eyes. (N. y. Ophthalmological
Journal, 1880.)

*#* Mr. Waldo furnished the Report on the " time service " to
the Annual Report of the director of the Astronomical Ob-
servatory for 1S77, App. C.

John Collins Warren.

Instructor in Surgery, 187 1 - .

1. Anatomy and Development of Rodent Ulcer.

Boylston Prize Essay for 1872. Boston, 1S72.
80. pp. 66.

2. Vaginal Lithotomy. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journ.,

July, 1876; XCV. 61.)

3. Columnae Adiposae, or. Note on the Anatomy and

Pathology of the Skin. (Id. April, 1877 ; XCVI.
453-)

4. Symmetrical Gangrene of the Extremities. (Id.

Jan, 1879; C.76, 125.)

5. Clinical Lecture on Cancer of the Face, including

" Rodent Ulcer." (London Medical Ti?nes and
Gazette, 1879. A.^&o Bost Med. and Siirg. Journ.,
May, 1879; C. 625.)

6. The Treatment of Irreducible Hernia. (Bost.

Med. and Surg. Journ., March, 1880; CII. 271,
276.)

7. The Pathology of Carbuncle or "Anthrax."

(Id. Jan.i88i; CIV. 5.)

8. Editorial Articles, Hospital Reports, etc., in Bost.

Med. and Surg. Journalhom 1872 to 1880, inclu-
sive; LXXXVI.-CIH.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

47

Emory Washburn.

Bussey Professor of Law, 1856-1876.

1. Lectures on the Study and Practice of the Law,

delivered in the Law School of Harvard Uni-
versity. Boston, 187 1.

2. Address. {Celebration of One Hundred and Fiftieth

Anniversary of the Organization of the Town of
Leicester, 8. Cambridge, 1871.)

3. Address at the Dedication of the Normal School

Building at Worcester, 1871.

4. Commencement Address at the Worcester County

Free Institute of Industrial Science. Worcester,
1873-

5. International Code. 1873.

6. Remarks on a Visit to New Brunswick. {Proc.

Mass. Hist. Soc, 1873-1875, 76.)

7. The Tenure of Lands in New England. (Id.

114.)

8. Did the Vacating the Colonial Charter annul the

Laws made under it ? (Id. 451 .)

9. Reasons for a Separate State Prison for Women.

Boston, 1874. pp. 8.

10. Memoir of Hon. Joel Parker. (Proc. Mass. Hist.

Soc, 1875-1876, 172.)

11. Remarks made at the Centennial Celebration of

Leicester, Mass. 1876.

12. Memoir of Colonel William Henshaw. (Proc.

Mass. Hist. Soc, 1876-1S77, 65 )

Sereno Watson.

Curator of the Herbarium, 1874- .

1. New Plants of Northern Arizona and the Region

Adjacent. (Am. Naturalist, May, 1873; VII.
299.)

2. Revision of the Extra-Tropical North American

Species of the Genera Lupinus, Potentilla, and
CEnothera. Nov. 1873. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts
and Sciences, VIII. 517.)

3. On Section Avicularia of the Genus Polygonum.

(Am. Nattiralist,'Nov. 1873; VII. 662.)

4. Revision of the North American Chenopodiacece.

April, 1874. (Proc. Am. Acad., IX. 82.)

5. List of Plants collected in Nevada, Arizona, and

Utah in 187 1 and 1872. (Geog. and Geol. Ex-
plorations and Surveys West cf the One Hun-
dredth Meridian. Catalogue of Plants collected
in the Years 187 1, 1872, and 1873, with Descrip-
tions of New Species, 5. Washington, 1874.)

6. Revision of the Genus Ceanothus and Descriptions

of New Plants, with a Synopsis of the Western
Species of Silene. March, 1875. (Proc. Am.
Acad., X. 333.)

7. Botanical Contributions. Oct. 1875. (Id. XI.

105.)

i. On the Flora of Guadalupe Island, Lower
California. (Reprinted in Am. Naturalist,
April, 1876; X. 221.)

ii. List of a Collection of Plants from Guadalupe
Island, made by Dr. Edward Palmer, with
his Notes upon them,
iii. Descriptions of New Species of Plants,
chiefly Californian, with Revisions of Cer-
tain Genera.

8. Botany of California, Vol. I. Polypetala2, by W.

H. Brewer and Sereno Watson. Gamopetalae, by
Asa Gray. Cambridge, 1876. [Second (revised)
edition, 1880.] (California Geological Survey.)

9. Descriptions of New Species of Plants, with

Revisions of Lychnis, Eriogonum, and Chori-
zanthe. June, 1876. (Proc. Am. Acad., XII.
246.)

10. The Poplars of North America. (Am. Jou7-n. of

Science and Arts, Feb. 1878; 3d Ser. XV. 135.)

11. Bibliographical Index to North American Botany ;

or. Citations of Authorities for all the Recorded
Indigenous and Naturalized Species of the
Flora of North America, with a Chronological
Arrangement of the Synonymy. Part I. Poly-
petalcC. (Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections,
No. 258.) Washington, March, 1878.

12. LeguminosEE. (Report upon United States Geo-

graphical Surveys West of the One ILundredth
Meridian. VI. Botany. 84. Washington, 1878.)

13. Contributions to American Botany, July, 1879.

(Proc. Am. Acad., XIV. 213.)
i. Revision of the North American Liliacece.
.ii. Descriptions of some New Species of North
American Plants.

14. Botany of California. II. Cambridge, 1880.

( California Geological Survey. )

Samuel Gilbert Webber.

Clinical Instructor in Diseases of the Nervous System,
1875- .

1. Spinal Meningeal Hzemorrhage. (Post. Med. and

Surg. Journal, July, 1875 ! XCIII. 39.)

2. Concerning Acts committed by Epileptics. [Trans-

lation.] (Id. Sept. 1875; XCIII. 306.)

3. A Case of Lesion of Median Nerve, with reference

to Distribution of that Nerve. (Id. Dec. 1875;
XCIII. 631.)

4. A Contribution to the Study of Myelitis. (Trans.

Am. Neurological Assoc, 1875; I.)

5. The New Battery for Electrolysis of Uterine

■ Fibroids. (Post. Med. and Suig. Journal, Feb.
1876; XCIV. 209.)

6. Caries of the Cervical Vertebras. (Id. March,

1876; XCIV. 259.)

7. Electricity as a Means of relieving Pain. (Am.

Psychological Journal, May, 1876; III.)

8. Facial Paralysis of Cerebral Origin occurring in

Infancy. (Chicago Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, July, 1876 ; III. 363.)

9. Pain as a Symptom in Facial Paralysis, and its

Causes. (Post. Med. and Surg. Journal, Dec.
1876; XCV. 750.)

10. Nervous Symptoms secondary to slight Gastric

Disturbance. (Id. Sept. 1877 ; XCVII. 354.)

11. Softening of the Brain. (Id.Dec. 1877 ; XCVIL

667.)

12. Paralysis after Acute Diseases with Special Ref-

erence to Pathology. (Trans. Am. Neurol.
Assoc, 1877; II.)

13. Hypertrophy and Atrophy of the Brain. (Ziem-

ssen's Cyclopeedia of Medicine, 1877 ; XII.)

14. " Tetanus," " Catalepsy," " Tremor," " Paralysis

Agitans." [Translations.] (Id. 1877 ; XIV.)

48

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

15. Sclerosis of the Spinal Cord. [,Med. and Surg.

Reports of Boston City Hospital, 2d Series, 183.
Boston, 1877.)

16. Cases of Hemiplegia, etc. (Journal of Nervous

and Mental Disease, Jan. 1878 ; V. 99.)

17. Tumor in the Cerebellum. (Id. July, 1878; V.

445-)

18. Three Cases of Cerebral Meningitis from Differ-

ent Causes. [Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal,
Sept. 1879; CI. 357.)

19. Pseudo-Hypertrophic Paralysis. (Id. Sept. 1879;

CI. 460)

20. Myelitis, Acute and Subacute, with a Report of

Eight Cases. (Id. Feb. 1880; CII. 157, 173.)

21. Water as a Prophylactic and a Remedy. (Id.

July, 1880; CIII. 35. Archives of Medicine,
Aug. 1880.)

22. Cardiac Irregularity as the only Result of Fright.

(Cardiac Chorea.) (Bost. Med. and Surg.
Journal, July, 1880; CIII. 93.)

Henry Nathan Wheeler.

Instructor in Mathematics, 1877 — .

1. The Elements of Plane Trigonometry. Boston,

[1876] 1877, i88o. 120.

2. Spherical Trigonometry. Boston, 1878, also, 1880.

J 20,

3. The Harvard University Catalogue for 1879-80.

(Harvard Register, '^■An. 1879; 1.8.)

4. The Harvard University Catalogue for 1880-81.

(Id. Dec. 1880; 11.242.)

*** See also University Publications.

James Clarke White.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry, 1866-187 1; Professor
of Dermatology, 1871 - .

1. Medical Education in America. An Introductory

Address. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, Nov.
1870; LXXXIII. 277.)

2. A Review of Modern Dermatology. (Am. Jour-

nal of Medical Sciences, April, 1871.)

3. On the Protection acquired by the Human Skin

and other Tissues against the Action of certain
Animal Poisons, after Repeated Inoculation.
(Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Nov. 1871;
LXXXV. 297.)

4. The Vegetable Parasites of the Human Skin.

( Third Ann. Rep. Mass. Board of Health for
1871, 247. Boston, 1872.)

5. Semi- Annual Reports on the Progress of Derma-

tology. (Bost. Med. and Sur^. Journal, June
and Dec. 1872-1880; LXXXVII.-CIII.)

6. On Expert Testimony and the Alley Trial. (Id.

Feb. 1873; LXXXVIII. 225.)

7. On the Poisonous Action of Rhus toxicodendron

and R. venenata on the Human Skin. (New
York Medical Jourrml, March, 1873. Also
printed separately. New York, 1873. pp. 27.)

8. Poisoning by the use of Tincture of Arnica upon

the Skin. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, Jan.
1875; XCII. 61.)

9. Semi-Annual Reports on Acute Exudative Dis-

eases of the Skin. (Archives of Dermatology,
Jan. and July, i87=;-i88o.)

10. Four Cases of Scleroderma. (Id. July, 1875.)
1 1 Ivy Poisoning. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal,
Sept. 1S75; XCIII. 265.)

12. On the Selection of Medical Examiners. (In-

surance Index, ^e-pt 1875.)

13. Analysis of Five Thousand Cases of Skin Dis-

ease. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, Jan.,
Feb., March, May, 1876; XCIV. 85, 171,3231

501, 56S')

14. Variations in Type and in Prevalence of Diseases

of the Skin in Different Countries of Equal
Civilization. Read before the International
Medical Congress at Philadelphia. (Proc. In-
ternal. Medical Congress for 1876. 665. Phila,
1877. Also printed separately, Phda. 1877.
pp. 20.)

15. Dermatology in America. The President's

Address before the American Dermatological
Association. (Archives of Dermatology, Jan.
1877.)

16. Lichen exudativus ruber. (Hospital Gazette and

Archives of Clin. Surgery, Nov. 1877.)

17. Lecture on Ringworm [Tinea trichophytina].

(Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, Feb. 1878 ;
XCVHL 191.)

18. Melanoderma. (Id. May, 1878; XCVIII. 619.)

19. Recurrent Cutaneous Hemorrhage, with Urtica-

rial and Bullous Efflorescence. (Id. Oct. 1878 ;
XCIX. 454.)

20. A Contribution to the Study of the Etiology of

Skin Diseases. (Id. Oct. 1879; CI. 572.)

21. A Fourth Year in the Medical School. (Harvard

Register, April, 1880 ; I. 78.)

22. The Skin in Health and Disease. (Wood's

Household Medicine, I. 1880.)

John W^illiams White.

Tutor in Greek, 1874-1877 ; Assistant Professor of
Greek, 1877- .

1. A Series of First Lessons in Greek. Adapted to

Goodwin's Greek Grammar, and designed as an
Introduction either to Goodwin's Greek Reader,
or to his Selections from Xenophon and Herod,
otus, or to the Anabasis of Xenophon. Boston,
1876. 120. [2d Ed. 1880. Also London, 1880.]

2. Key to the Series of First Lessons in Greek.

Boston, 1876. 120. pp. 53. [Also Key to 2d
Ed. of First Lessons, &c. Boston, 1880.]

3. A Companion of Parallel References to Had-

ley's Greek Grammar, designed to accompany
White's First Lessons in Greek. Boston, 1876.
120. pp. 32.

4. (With W. W. Goodwin.) Selections from Xeno-

phon and Herodotus. Boston, 1877. 120.

5. (With W. W. Goodwin.) The First Four Books

of Xenophon's Anabasis. Boston, 1877. 120.
[Also London, 1880.]

6. An Introduction to the Rhythmic and Metric of

the Classical Languages. To which are added
the Lyric Parts of the Medea of Euripides
and the Antigone of Sophocles, with rhythmi-
cal schemes and commentary. By Dr. J. H.
Heinrich Schmidt. Translated by J. W. White.
Boston, 1878. 80. xii., 198.

7. Greek and Latin at Sight. A Pamphlet reprinted

from the New-England Journal of Education.
Boston, 1878. 120. pp. 21.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

49

8. Stein's Summary of the Dialect of Herodotus.
Translated by J. W. White. Boston, 1880. 12°.
pp. 15.

Josiah Dwight Whitney.

Sturgis Hooper Professor of Geology, 1865- .

1. Ornithology [of California]. Vol. I. Land Birds.

Edited by S. F. Baird from the MS. and Notes
of J. G. Cooper, xi. 592. [Cambridge.] 1870.
Roy. 8°.

2. The Yosemite Guide Book. [Cambridge.] 1870.

40. [Two editions 16°. Cambridge, 1871 and
1874.]

3. Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Mountain-Building.

Three Articles published in the North Am.
Review, 1869-71. Cambridge, 1871. 8°.

4. State Geological Survey. (Overland Monthly,

Jan. 1872; VIIL 79.)

5. Note on the Occurrence of the " Primordial Fau-

na" in Nevada. (Am. Journal Science and
Arts, II. 41 ; Feb. 1872; 3d Ser. III. 84.)

6. The Owen's Valley Earthquake. (Overland

Monthly, Aug. and Sept. 1872; IX. 130, 266.)

7. Note on the Occurrence of the Trias in British

Columbia. (Am. Journal Science and Arts,
June, 1873 ; 3d Ser. V. 473.)

8. Physical Features of the United States. ( Walker's

Statistical Atlas of the United States. [New
York] 1874. fo.)

9. Contributions to Barometric Hypsometry, with

Tables for use in California. [Cambridge.]

1874. pp. 88. Roy. 8°. [Supplement, pp.
89-112, added in 1878.]

10. Map of California and Nevada. Scale, 18 miles

to I inch. Two Sheets. 1874.

11. Map of Central California. Scale, 6 miles to i

inch. Four Sheets, three completed. 1874.

12. "California." (Encyclopaedia Britannica,')'A\^A.

Also printed separately, Boston, 1875. i6°.)

13. Geographical and Geological Surveys. From

the North American Review for July and Oct.

1875. Cambridge, 1875. ^°-

14. Are We Drying Up .' (Am. Naturalist, Sept.

1876; X. 513.)

15. Plain, Prairie, and Forest. (Id. Oct. and Nov.

1S76; X. 577, 656.)

16. Botany [of California]. Vol. I. The Polypet-

alae. By W. H. Brewer and Sereno Watson.
The Gamopetalas. By Asa Gray, xx., 628.
Cambridge, 1876. Roy. 8". [2d ed., revised
and corrected, 1880]

17. The Chinese Loess Puzzle. (Am. Naturalist,

Dec. 1877; XI. 705.)

iS. Collection of Mining Statistics. (Appendix to
Rep. of Sup. of Census to Sec. of Interior, 1878.
Washington, 1878.)

ig. The Fossil Plants of the Auriferous Gravel
Deposits of the Sierra Nevada of California.
By Leo Lesquereux. pp. 62. Cambridge, 1878.
Roy. 80. The Climatic Changes of Later
Geological Times : a Discussion based on Ob-
servations made in the Cordilleras of North
America. Part I. Roy. 4°. (Contributions to
American Geology, Vol. II.)

20. Geological Map of the Region adjacent to the
Bay of .San Francisco. Scale, 2 miles to i
inch. Two Sheets. 1878.

21. Botany [of California], Vol. II. By Scrcno

Watson. XV., 559. Cambridge, 1880. Ruy. 8".
[Completing the work.]

22. The Auriferous Gravels of the Sierra Nevada of

California, xvi., 569. Cambridge, 1880. Roy.
• 40. (Contributions to American Geology, Vol. I.)

*»* Nos. I, 2, 9, 10, II, 16, 20, and 21 are contributions to the
Geological Hurvey 0/ California, J. U. Whitney, Direclur.
Nos. 19 and 22, appear in the Memoirs 0/ the Museum of
Comparative ZoUogy, as well as in the Geological Survey of
California. See also the Memoirs and Reports of the Museum
of (Jotnparative Zoology.

Edward Wigglesworth.

Clinical Lecturer and Instructor on Syphilis, 187 1 - .

1. Epithelial Carcinoma. (Best. Med. and Surg.

Journal, Jan. 1871 ; LXXIV. t,},.)

2. Koester on Epithelial Cancer. (Am. Journal of

Syphilography and Dermatology, [New York.],
April, 1871.)

3. Duhring's Study of Dermatology. (Bost. Med.

and Surg. Journal, May, 187 1 ; LXXXIV.
315-)

4. Taylor on Dactylitis Syphilitica. (Id. June, 1871 ;

LXXXIV. 393, 413.)

5. Fox on Skin Diseases. (Id. Nov. 1871 ; LXXXV.

333)

6. Editorship, as Secretary, of the Proceedings of

Boston Soc. of Med. Sciences, 1871-73, inclusive.
(Id. LXXXV.-LXXXIX.)

7. Alopecia [Baldness]. (Publications of Mass. Med.

Soc, 1 87 1.)

8. Bulkley's Neumann on Skin Diseases. (Bost.

Med. a7id Surg. Journal, March, 1872 ; LXXXVI.
205.)

9. Case of Dactylitis Syphilitica ; illustrated. (Ain.

Journal of Syphilography and Dermatology,
[New York.], April, 1872.)

10. Henry's Vienna Hospital Treatment of Venereal

Diseases. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, May,
1872; LXXXVI. 299.)

11. Haamorrhagic Small Pox. (Id. Jan. 1873;

LXXXVin. 25.)

12. Case of Prurigo Ferox Universalis ; with Re-

marks. (Am. Journal of Syphilography and
Dermatology [New York], Jan. 1873.)

13. Treatment of Erysipelas. (Bost. Med. and Surg.

Journal, Feb. 1S73 ; LXXXVIII. 207.)

14. Annual Reports of the Boston Dispensary for

Skin Diseases, I'&T^-n, inclusive. Boston.

15. Semi-annual Digests of the Literature of Skin

Diseases upon " Hypertrophies, Atrophies, and
New Formations." (Archives of Dermatology
[New York], Oct. 1874-Jan. 18S1.)

16. Affections of the Sebaceous Glands. (Bost. Med.

and Surg. Journal, Jan. and March, 1875 ;
XCII. 92, 313. Also printed separately.)

17. "Varicella," "Measles," and "Rubeola." (Ziem-

ssen's Cyclopcedia of the Practice of Medicine,
Vol. II., Acute Infectious Diseases. Am. ed.
1875.)

18. A Case of Idiopathic, Multiple, Medullary,

Round-celled Sarcoma of the Skin, with a Re-
trospect of all recorded similar Cases. (Archives
of Dermatology [New York], Jan. 1876. Also
printed separately. New York, 1876. pp. 10.)

50

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

19. Editorship, as Secretary, of tlie Proceedings of

Boston Soc. for Medical Observation. [Bost.
Med. and Surg. Journal, 1876; XCIV.)

20. The Curette in Dermal Therapeutics. (Id. Feb.

1876 ; XCIV. 143.)

21. Fibromata of the Skin and Subjacent Tissues;

illustrated. (Archives of Dermatology [New
York], April, 1S76.)

22. PifEard on Skin Diseases. (Hay's Am. Journal

of Med. Sciences [Phila.], 1876.)

23. Duhring's Practical Treatise on Diseases of the

Skin. (Philadelphia Med. Times, Ma.Tch, 1877.)

24. Proceedings Am. Dermatological Assoc. {Bost.

Med. and Surg. Jouriml, Sept. 1877 ; XCVII.
309. Sept. 1879; CI. 341,375.)

25. Auto-Inoculation of Vegetable Parasites of the

Skin, and the Clinical Testimony for their
Identity or Non-Identity. (Archives of Derma-
tology [New York], Jan. 1878.)

26. Recent Progress in Syphilology. (Bost. Med.

and Surg. Journal, Feb. 1878; XCVIII. 271.
Dec. 1878; XCIX. 793,829. April, 1879; C.
569. May, 1879; C. 602. Oct. 1879; CI. 588.)

27. Recent Progress in Dermatology and Syphilis.

(Id. April, 1880; CII. 394, 419.)

Henry Willard Williams.

Lecturer on Ophthalmology, 1869-1871 ; Professor of
Ophthalmology, 1871 - .

1. Our Eyes, and How to Take Care of Them.

Boston, 1871. 12°.

2. Enucleation of the Eyeball. (Bost. Med. and

Surg. Journal, Dec. 7, 1871 ; LXXXV. 361.)

3. Improvement in Cataract Operations. (Id. Dec.

5, 1S72; LXXXVII. 385.)

4. A Practical Guide to the Diseases of the Eye :

their Medical and Surgical Treatment. 4th ed.
revised and enlarged. Boston, 1873. 8°.

5. Tattooing the Cornea. (Bost. Med. and Surg.

Journal, July 3, 1873; LXXXIX. 4.)

6. Puerperal Amaurosis and its Importance as a

Symptom. (Id. Oct. 16, 1873; LXXXIX.
373-)

7. Serious Pathological Changes in Myopic Eyes.

(Id. Oct. 29, 1874; XCL 413.)

8. Peculiar Phenomena attending a Case of Sudden

Temporary Loss of Hearing and Sight. (Trans.
Am. OphthalmologicalSoc.,i\i\y, 1875.)

9. On the Comparative Value of Caustics and As-

tringents in the Treatment of Diseases of the
Conjunctiva, and on the Best Mode of applying
these Remedies. ( Trans. Internal. Med. Con-
gress of Phila. in 1876, 893, Phila. 1877. Also
printed separately, Phila. 1877.)

10. Eserine and Pilocarpine in the Treatment of Eye

Disease. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, March,
1878 ; XCVIII. 327. Also printed separately,
Cambridge, 1878.)

11. Extirpation of the Ossified Choroid without

Enucleation of the Eyeball. ( Trans. Am.
Ophthalmological Soc, July, 1878.)

12. The Diagnosis and Treatment of Eye Diseases.

Boston, 188 1. 80. In press.

Robert Wheeler W^illson.

Assistant in the Observatory, 1874-1875 ; Tutor in
Physics, 1875- .

1. Observations on Juno. (Astron. Nachrichten,'iio.

2051 ; LXXXVI. 174. Kiel, 1875.)

2. Report of R. W. Willson. (Report of the Total

Solar Eclipse, at Fort Worth, Texas, July 29,
1878, 37. Cambridge, 1879. 40.)

Joseph Winlock.

Director of the Observatory, Phillips Professor of As-
tronomy, and Professor of Geodesy, 1866-1875.

1. Observations of the Total Solar Eclipse of Aug.

7, i86g, at Shelbyville, Kentucky, and at other
Stations in the Vicinity. (Report of the Super-
intendent of the United States Coast Stirvey for
1869, 124. Washington, 1872.)

2. Observations of the Total Solar Eclipse of Dec.

22, 1870, made at Jerez de la Frontera. (Report
of the Superintendent of the United States Coast
Survey for 1870, 134. Washington, 1873.)

3. Results in Right Ascension of 156 Fundamental

Stars, observed with the Meridian Circle of
Harvard College Observatory. [W. A. Rogers
and A. MacConnel, observers.] (Astron. Nach-
richten. No. 1909; LXXX. 193. Altona, 1873.)

4. Right Ascensions of Fundamental Stars observed

with the Meridian Circle of Harvard College
Observatory. [W. A. Rogers, observer.]
(Astron. Nachrichten, No. 1947; LXXXII. 33.
Kiel, 1873.)
*#* See also the Anuals of the Astronomical Observatory.

Justin Winsor.

Librarian, 1877 - .

1. The Readers' Handbook of the American Revo-

lution, 1761-1783. Boston, [1879] 1880. i6o.

2. The College Library. (Circulars of Information

of the Bureau of Education, No. I. i88o. 7.
Washington, 1880.)

3. Editorship of The Memorial History of Boston. I.

1880. 40. The chapters on " The Earliest Maps
of Massachusetts Bay and Boston Harbor," 37,
and " The Literature of the Colonial Period,"
453, were written by the Editor.. Vols. II., III.
and IV. in Press.

*#* Also, addresses, as President of the American Library
Association, printed with other papers in the Library Journal;
and papers, chiefly of a bibliographical character, in current
periodicals. See also Library Bulletin and Bibliographical
Contributions.

Edward Stickney W^ood.

Assistant Professor of Chemistry, 1871-1876 ; Pro-
fessor of Chemistry, 1876- .

1. Semi-Annual Reports on Recent Progress in
Medical Chemistry. (Boston Med. and Surg.
Journal, Jan. 1873 \ LXXXVIII. 14, 32. July,
1873; LXXXIX. 6, 33. Jan. 1874; XC. 7, 36.
July, 1S74 ; XCL 9, 33. Jan. 1875 ; XCII. 9, 39.
July, 1875; XCIIL 12, 43. Jan. 1876; XCIV.
II, 37. July, 1876; XCV. 8, 35. Jan. 1877;
XCVI. II, 46. July, 1877; XCVII. 13, 40. Feb.
1878; XCVIIL 170.)

PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS.

51

2. (With Prof. H. P. Bowditch, M.D., and C. W.

Swan, M.D.) Report [to the City of Boston]
of the Medical Commission upon the Sanitary
Qualities of the Sudbury, Mystic, Shawshine,
and Charles River Waters. (Boston City Docu-
ment, No. 102, 1874. Boston, 1875.)

3. (With C. F. Choate and J. F. Osgood.) Report

of the Gas Commissioners, in relation to the
Supply of Gas to the City of Boston. (Boston
City Document, No. 91, 1876. Boston, 1877.)

4. Illuminating Gas in its Relations to Health.

Paper read at the Annual Meeting of the Amer-
ican Public Health Association, Oct. 5, 1876.
(Reports and Papers of Am. Public Health Assoc,
III. 62.)

5. The Relation which Chemistry bears to Forensic

Medicine. Paper read before the Mass. Medico-
Legal Soc, June 11, 1878. (Trans. Mass.
Medico-Legal Soc, I. No. I. Also, Bost. Med.
and Surg. Journal, Aug. 1878; XCIX. 139.)

6. A Guide to the Qualitative and Quantitative

Analysis of the Urine. By C. Neubauer and
J. Vogel. Translated by E. G. Cutler, M. D.
Revised by E. S. Wood. New York, 1879.

7. Poisoning by the Heavy Metals and their Salts,

including Arsenic and Phosphorus. By Prof.
B. Naunyn. Translation. (Ziemssen^s Cyclo-
pcedia of the Practice of Medicine, XVII. 557.)

8. Two Cases of Cystinuria. Paper read before the

Boston Soc. for Med. Observation, March 3,
1879. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, July,
1879; CL4.)

9. The Character and Purity (Present and Future)

of the Water supplied to the City of Cam-
bridge. (Report of the Special Committee on the
Water Siipply of the City, 21. Appendix I. Cam-
bridge, 1879. The greater part of this, under
title of " The Water Supply of Cambridge," is
in First Ann. Rep. of Mass. State Bd. of Health,
Lunacy, and Charity, 1879. Supplement, 67.
Boston, 1880.)

Chauncey Wright.

University Lecturer on Psychology, 1870-71 ; In-
structor in Physics, 1874-1875.

1. Limits of Natural Selection. (North Am. Review,

Oct. 1870; CXI. 282.)

2. Genesis of Species. (Id. July, 1871 ; CXIIL 63.

Also reprinted, with additions, under title:
Darwinism; Being an Examination of St.
George Mivart's Genesis of Species. London,
1871. pp. 46-)

3. The Uses and Origin of the Arrangement of

Leaves in Plants. Presented Oct. 10, 187 1.-
(Mem. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences; New
Series, IX. 379.)

4. Lewes's Problems of Life and Mind. (Nation,

June II, 1874, No. 467; XVIII. 381.)
1;. [3ooks relating to the Theory of Evolution.] (Id.
Feb. 18, 1875, No. 503; XX. 113.)

6. McCosh on Tyndall. (Id. April 22, 1875, No.

512; XX. 277.)

7. Speculative Dynamics. (Id. June 3, 1875, No.

518 ; XX. 379-)

8. Todhunter's Conflict of Studies. (North Am.

Review, July, 1875 i CXXI. 86.)

9. German Darwinism. (Nation, Sept. 9, 1875, No.
532; XXL 168.)
♦»* All the above are reprinted in The Philosophical Discus-
sions of Chauncey Wright. Edited by C. E. Norton. Boston,
1877. 8".

Jeffries Wyman.

Hersey Professor of Anatomy, 1847-187 4.

1. Experiments with Vibrating Cilia. (Am. Natural-

ist, Oct. 1871; V. 611.)

2. Description of the Brain of the Opossum. May,

1872. (Mem. Bost. Soc. of Nat. Hist., II. 151.)

3. Remarks on Cannibalism among the American

Aborigines. (Proc.Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., May,
1874; XVIL 14.)

4. Human Remains in the Shell Heaps of the St.

John's River, East Florida. Cannibalism. (Am.
Nat., ]u\y, 1874; VIII. 403.)

5. Fresh-Water Shell Mounds of the St. John's River.

Florida. (Memoirs Peabody Acad. Science, I.
No. 4. Salem, 1875.)
*#* See also the Reports of the Peabody Museum and MSS.
quoted in American Naturalist, iii. 621 and vi. 16.

Edward James Young.

Hancock Professor of Hebrew and other Oriental
Languages, and Dexter Lecturer on Biblical Liter-
ature, 1869-1880.

1. The Influence of the Living Christ. A Discourse

delivered at the Installation of Rev. E. C.
Butler as Pastor of the First Parish in Beverly,
Mass., March 7, 1872. Boston, 1872. 8°.

2. The Claims of the Christian Ministry upon Young

Men, and its Attractions. An Address delivered
in Hollis Street Church, Boston, March 1, 1874.
Cambridge, 1874. 12°.

3. HeinrichEwald. A Paper read before the Ameri-

can Oriental Society, May 19, 1875. (Christian
Register, Boston, May 22, 1875.)

4. "Appleton Chapel." (Harvard Book, I. 122.

Cambridge, 1875.)

5. "College Prayers." (Id. II. 120.)

6. Oration at the Bi-Centennial Celebration at Sud-

bury, Mass. Boston, 1876. pp. 44.

7. On the Sinaitic Inscriptions. A Paper read be-

fore the American Oriental Society, May, 1876.
(Journ. Am. Oriental Soc, X. cxxix.)
8 The Value of the Study of Hebrew for a Minister.
(Unitarian Review, May, 1879; XL 479. Also
printed separately, Boston, 1879. pp. 28.)

g. Subjects for Master's Degree in Harvard College,
i6«-i79i. Translated and arranged, with an
Introduction and Notes. Reprinted from the
Proceedings of the Mass. Historical Society,
June, 1880.

Ernest Young.

Instructor in History and Roman Law, 1874-1878.

I. The Anglo-Saxon Family Law. (Essays in Anglo-
Saxon Law, 121. Boston, 1876. 8°.)

library ot l^arbarti dXniidmitv*

Bibliographical Contributions.

EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR,

LIBRARIAN.

IbTO. 13.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

By SAMUEL H. SCUDDER.

Republished from the Bulletin of Harvard University.

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.:
UNIVERSITY PRESS: JOHN WILSON AND SON.

Already issued or in preparation :

A Star prefixed indicates they are not yet ready.

1. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of

Mercury.

2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems : a Bibliography of the Earlier Editions.

3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel-

angelo, with Notes.

4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several

pieces.

5. List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for

Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements.

6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College

Library, by the Honorable Charles Sumner.
*7. James M. Peirce. References in Analytic Geometry.
*8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library.
9. George Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different countries.

10. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibliography of the Publications of James Orchard

Halliwell-Phillipps.

11. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States.

12. A List of the Publications of Harvard University and its Officers, 1870-1880.

13. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects.

14. William H. Tillinghast. Notes on the Historical Hydrography of the Handkerchief

Shoal in the Bahamas.

15. J. D. Whitney. List of American Authors in Geology and Palseontology.

*i6. Richard Bliss, Jr. Classified Index to the Maps in Petermann's Geographische

Mittheilungen. 1855-1881.
*i7. Justin Winsor. A List of the most useful Reference Books.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

By Samuel H. Scudder.

SV,,5^/l^„^r f 1 '7^'''''"'-'"''-^/''T''^"i''^^it'^*?? '^''f *" ""'" separately the titles of pafers on fossil imects.
tiZlL^iZrt ZfrZi ■"f" 7' , '?""* ■f^,''^'"'i'>'''S-y< kaV "'^ed, referred to the oldiror the principal ■work,
a^\Lte^arituS,r!?r„ " f" Ins6=ten der vor^At Oustalet in his first essay on the fossil insects of p/ance, and lately,
VZr TZ,th!^^ZY' f :i ■*"r™e?" ?/"'"■ knowledge of fossil insects. The principal sources of our information, how-
zodoT^frr tin's r-"-^,' 'T'"-*'-^' t'"'T'^^'"?i. F-fT^oey-. *" C""" and Engelmann, in i86,, in their Bibliotheca
^eaSl^fih if" ?'■ ^T' r"? ^%"-L"'!u " '^^ '" i''" ""*■'*/' '"'"' "'"""■ """y """ ■ «"^* "''^"'< " year or two later, by
1th work "^J"''-"'^e'= '" '"S Bibhotheca entomolog.ca refers to about one hundred and fifty articles, scattered throughout

,.,nrZ'"J°^t'^%'"' '"'!f "nSi^fl'y made for private use, to accompany a slip catalogue of the described fossil insects of the
world, prepared for comparing the ancient insect fauna, with the modem, and that of the Old IVorld with that of the New.
L?l^„l75r„ "{jT? ''^".^'■"•'^ J"''^' t'f". entries have been accompanied by brief descriptive notes, and are here piMished as a
VZ Ifil '^ u ' .1 T A .?'" f '!'"} Sf^^"^ '^' '?'"" '""'■ '" """' degree the nature of the literature -upon this sub-

ject. Although more than double the extent of Hagen's list (which did not iiulnde Arachnida and Myriapoda) this is no Proof
■^/.l "^''^ed dez'elopment of or interest in this branch of scientific work within the past fifteen years ; indeed, it is doubtful
whether there is now as much activity as in the Previous fifteen years when the works of Heer were opening the wealth of mate-
rial at hand. The multiplication of perwdica.llUeratHre of late years lias brought in its train a host of minor papers, many of
tiKm wholly popular in character, which, while they multiply titles, do not materially add to our actual knowledge. All.of these
the careful bibliographer must notice, and these have unfortunately enhanced the labor of preparing, and increased tlie extent
of this list, without corresponding advantage.

All papers^ here quoted have ^ been personally examined unless noted to the contrary ; and, with rare exceptions, wUl be
found in thelioraries o/ this vicinity. Although not property belonging here, I have added references to articles treating of
iTisects m copal. The arrangement under the authors is chronological.

Additions to this bibliography would be very welcome, and will be inserted in an appendix.

Agassiz, L. See Buckland, W.

Allen, Grant. The colour sense ; its origin and
development. An essay in comparative psychology.
8o. London. 1879. pp. 12, 282.

In a chapter (4) on "insects and flowers," he discusses briefly
the antiquity of insects and their relation to the earliest entomo-
philous flowers. See especially pp. 38, 42-46, 66-69, 78-80.

American naturalist, Editors of. Fossil in-
sects. Amer. nat. 2: 162,. fig. 1, 2. 8°. Salem. 186S.
Note (not original) on Xenoneura and Palaeocampa.

Andrae, Karl Justus. Beitrage zur kenntnisse der
fossilen flora Siebenbiirgens und des Banates. Mit
zwblf tafeln. pp. 1-48. pi. 1-12. Abhandl. k. k.
geol. reichsanst. Wien. bd. 2. abth. 3. no. 4. 40. Wien.
1855-

Figures a Formica, pi'. 4, fig. 6, 6a, 8b, and Chrysopa, pi. 5,

fig* 3) 3a, from Thalheim, with mention of them on p. 26. — -The

Formica, like the Chrysopa, is said to come from Thalheim, but

the locality of the plant on the same slab with the former is

' given as Sotzka !

Andrae, K. J. Eine alge und eine insectenflugel
aus der steinkohlenformation Belgians. Sitzungsb.
niederrkein. gesellsch. Bonn. 1876, 27-28. 8°. Bonn.

1877.

Mere mention of a Blattina.

Andree, Richard. Die versteinerungen der
steinkohlenformation von Stradonitz in Bbhmen.
Neues.jahrb.f. mineral, geol. und pal. 1864. 2" heft,
s. 160-176. taf. iv. 80. Stuttgart. 1864.

Describes and figures Acridites priscus.

Anon. Gab es schon wahrend der steinkohlen-
zeit schmetterlinge ? Kosmos, bd. 5, s. 218-19. 8°.
Leipzig. 1879.

An account of the discussion of this subject in Nature and
elsewhere, by Wallace, MacLachlan, de Borre, etc.

d'Arcbiac [Vicomte] et de Verneuil, ^douard.
On the fossils of the older deposits in the rhenish
provinces ; preceded by a general survey of the
fauna of the palaeozoic rocks, and followed by a

tabular list of the organic remains of the devonian
system in Europe. Trans, geol. sac. Land. (2). vol. 6,
pp. 303-410. 40. London. 1842.

Contains, p. 330, a section (ix.) of a single paragraph on what
was then known of palaeozoic insects.

[d'Argenville, Ant. Jos. Desallier.] L'histoire
naturelle eclaircie dans une de ses parties principales,
I'oryctologie, qui traite des terres, des pierres, des m^-
taux, des mindraux et autres fossiles, ouvrage dans
lequel on trouve une nouvelle methode latine etfran-
foise de les diviser, et une notice critique des princi-
paux ouvrages qui ont paru sur ces mati^res. Enrichi
de figures dessinees d'apr^s nature. Par M. * * *
des Societes royales des sciences de Londres et de
Montpellier. 40. Paris. 1755. pp. (8) 16, 562. pi. 26.

Mentions some fossil insects on pp. 83, 353 ; and on p. 360, pi.
21, refers to what is called a *' chenille " and " deux papillons."

Assmann, August. Palaeontologie. Beitrage zur
insekten-fauna der vorwelt. — Einleitung. I. Bei-
trag. Die fossilen insekten des tertiaren (miocenen)
thonlagers von Schosznitz bei Kanth in Schlesien.
II. Beitrag. Fossile insekten aus der tertiaren (oli-
gocenen) braunkohle von Naumburg am Bober.
Mit einer tafel abbildiingen. 8°. Breslau. 1869.
pp. 1-62. Taf. I. Zeitschr. f. entom. des uereins
f. schles. insektenk. (2) i.

The introduction, of thirty pages, gives a general review of fos-
sil insects. The first paper contains an account of the geology and
palaeontology of Scno'szhitz with full descriptions of ten species
of insects. The second describes two Coleoptera. I have only
seen the separate edition.

Audouin, Victor. Sur une empreinte d'aile
d'un insecte ndvropt^re inconnu . . . trouve en
Angleterre a Colebroskedale dans le Shropshire . . .
dans un terrein houiller. Ann. soc. ent. France, vol. 2.,
bull. ent. pp. 7-8. 8°. Paris. 1833.

The first mention of a palaeozoic insect. It is said^ to have
been shown by Audouin at the meeting of the Association of
German naturalists at Bonn in 1S35, ^^"^ I have been unable to
examine the report of that meeting. Also mentioned by Bou^ in
his Resumi des^rogris de la gSologie, 1833, p. 146, and in the
yourn. d. ghl. lii. 105 (neither seen).

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

Aymard, Auguste. La d^couverte d'un assez
grand_ nombre d'insectes dans les marnes subor-
ionnees k la formation gypseuse prfes du Puy. Bui/,
soc. giol. France, vol. 6. //. 235-36. 8". Paris.
1835-

A brief announcement with a consideration of its geological
import

Ballenstedt [Johannes Georg Justus]. Entdec-
kung von insekten-nestern der urwelt im bernstein.
Archiv f. d. neuest. entd. a. d. urw., bd. 5. s. 28-40.
8°. Quedlinburg und Leipzig. 1823.

A very full abstract of Troost's paper, with comments.

Bar [Constant]. Sur la Breyeria borinensis.
Comptes rendus soc. ent. Belg. (2) xxviii : 6. 8°. Bru-
xelles. 1876.

Ann. soc. ent. Belg. 19, comptes rendus, 53-54. 8°.
Bruxelles. 1876.

Considers Breyeria an homopterous insect, and maintains that
the lack of flowers in carboniferous times is not proof of the
absence of Lepidoptera.

Barth^lemy-Laponimeraye, A. Carabe d'Agas-
siz, Carabus Agassizi. 8°. pp. 4. Marseille. [1850.].

Extract and notice by G(uerin) M(eneville) under same title.
Rev. et tnag. zool.[,z]. e/^i/. 3, _^/. 203-04. 8°. Paris. 1851.

Bassi, Carlo Agostino. Memorie intorno alio
studio degl' insetti fossile in genere. Atti reun.
scienz. Hal. ^i 400-01. 4°. Firenze. 1841.

An account of three or four insects from Sinigaglia in the
Milan museum, to only one of which a name — Cleonolithus an-
tiquum — is given. None of them are properly described.

An abstract entitled Ueber die wichtigkeit des studiums der
fossilen knochen [kerf en?] fur die geologie will be found in
Oken's /jw, 1843, pp. 418-19. 4'*. Leipzig. 1843.

Beck [H. ?]. Notes on the geology of Denmark.
Proc. geol. soc. Lond. 2: 217-20. 8°. London. 1836.

Lond.Edinb.phil.mag.(T,)8:ti^'^—<i6. 8°. London.
1836.

Contains a paragraijh relating to tertiary deposits of Jutland
"older than the erratic blocks" and containing "the elytra of
beetles^ the cases of the larvae of Phryganaea, and a hymenop-
terous insect which the author has called Cleptis S teenstrupii."

Beckles, S. H. On the lowest strata of the cliffs
at Hastings. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond. vol. 1 2,
^?-of.//. 288-92; with a section. 8°. London. 1856.

Merely mentions (p. 291) the discovery of insects in the upper
members of the series, referred to the wealden.

van Beneden, P. J., et Coemans, Eug. Un in-
secte et un gasteropode pulmone du terrain houiller.
8°. pp. 20. pi. Bull. acad. roy. Belg. (2) 23, iv.
384-401,//. 8". Bruxelles. 1867.

Describes in detail and figure Ofttalia macroptera, which the
authors consider aUied to Hemerobius.

Berendt, Georg Carl. Die insekten im bern-
stein. Ein beitrag zur thiergeschichte der vorwelt.
les heft. 40. Danzlig. 1830. pp. (2) 39.

Only pp. 29-39 deal with the insects themselves, and the re-
marks are of a very general nature, but give the first published
information concerning amber insects based on considerable col-
lections. Hagen (Bibl. ent. i, 42) records plates to a second
part.

Berendt, G. C. M^moire pour servir i I'histoire
des blattes ant^diluviennes traduit de I'allemand par
M. Heller. Ann. soc. ent. France, 5 : 539-46. fl. 16.
80. Paris. 1836.

Descriptions and figures of the species found in amber.

Berendt, G. C. Die im bernstein befindlichen
organischen reste der vorwelt, gesammelt in verbin-
dung mit mehreren bearbeitet und herausgegeben von
Dr. Georg Carl Berendt. 2 v. f". Berlin. 1845-56.
The covers entitled Organische reste im bernstein.

Contains four parts : the first volume has the plants by Goep-
pert and Berendt (with general chapters on amber by Berendt),

and the Crustacea, Myriapoda, Arachnida and Aptera by Koch
and Berendt ; the second volume, the Hemiptera and Orthop-
tera by Germar and Berendt, and the Neuroptera by Pictet and
Hagen.

Berendt, G. C. See also Germar, E. F., und
Berendt, G. C. ; Goeppert, H. R., und Berendt,
G. C; Koch, C. L., und Berendt, G. C; and
Pictet-Baraban, F. J., und Hagen, H. A.

Beringer, J. D. A. Lithographiae wirceburgen-
sis, ducentis lapidum figuratorum, a potiori insecti-
forraium, prodigiosis imaginibus exornatae specimen
primum, quod in dissertatione inaugurali physico-
historica, cum connexis coroUariis medicis, authori-
tate et consepsu inclytae facultatis medicae, in alma
eoo-francica wirceburgensium universitate, preside
. . . D. Joanne Bartholomaeo Adamo Beringer . . .
exantlatis de more rigidis examinibus pro supreina
doctoratus medici laurea, annexisque privilegiis rit^
consequendis, publicae literatorum disquisition! sub-
mittit Georgius Ludovicus Hueber. ... In consueto
auditorio medico. Anno 1726. f". Wirceburgi. pp.
(12) 96, tab. 21.

Nearly half of the plates contain grossly exaggerated, worth-
less figures of insects, the text for which is crowded on .p. 94 by
mere descriptive titles to the plates. The specimens from which
the plates were drawn are said to have been fabrications.

Bertkau, Ph. Einige spinnen und ein myriapode
aus der braunkohle von Rott. Verhandl. naturh.
verein freuss. Rheinl. u. Westf. (4), 5: 346-360.
taf. 5. 80. Bonn. 1878.

A careful description of eight species, of which six are new.

Bertrand, £lie. Dictionnaire universel des fos-
siles propres, et des fossiles accidentels, contenant
une description des terres, des sables, des sels, des
soufres, des bitumens, des pierres simples & com-
posees, communes & pretieuses, transparentes &
opaques, amorphes & figurees, des mineraux, des
metaux, des petrifactions du rfegne animal, & du
rfegne vegetal, &c. avec des recherches sur la forma-
tion de ces fossiles, sur leur origine, leur usages &c.
2 V. 8". La Haye. 1763.

Under the heading Entomolithes, vol. i, pp. 201-02, is a very
brief account of those then known, with bibliographical refer-
ences.

Binfield, William R. and Henry. On the occur-
rence of fossil insects in the wealden strata of the
Sussex coast. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Land., vol. 10,
proc. pp. 171-76. 8°. London. 1854.

The insects are mentioned only by suborders, and the paper
is mostly made up of geological sections of the places where in-
sects were found.

Binney, E. W. On two remarkable fossil insects
from the lower coal measures near Huddersfield.
Proc. lit. phil. soc. Manch., 6 : 59. 8°. Manchester.
1867.

Geol. mag., 4: 132. 80. London. 1867.

Notices the occurrence of Xylohius sigillariae and of a sup-
posed coleopterous larva.

Blake, J. F. See Tate, R., and Blake, J. F.
Blanford, W. T. See Medlicott, H. B., and
Blanford, W. T.

Bloch, D. Beytrag zur naturgeschichte des
kopals. Berlin. 16°. 1776. Beschdft. berl. gesellsch.
naturf.fr. 2 : gi-196, tab, iii-v.

Contains, pp. 164-190, Verzeichniss einiger merkwiirdigen in-
sekten, welche in kopal eingeschlossen, with rude figures.

Bock, F. S. Versuch einer kurzen naturge-
schichte des preussischen bernsteins und einer neuen
wahrscheinlichen erklarung seines ursprunges. 16°.
Kbnigsberg. 1767. pp. 146.

Gives on pp. 138-146 a list of some insects and other animali
found in amber-

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

Boisduval, Jean Alphonse. Compte verbal du
rapport . . . sur un dessin ... qui repr^sente une
empreinte de lepidoptire fossile, trouv^e dans les
environs d'Aix. Ann. soc. ent. France, vol. 8, bull,
ent.pp. II-I2. 80. Paris. 1839.

Compares the butterfly to the modern genus Cyllo. Repro-
duced in Scudder's Fossil butterflies, p. 15.

Boisduveil, J. A. Rapport sur une empreinte de
l<5pidopt^re trouv^e dans les marnes des environs
d'Aix en Provence, et communiqu^e par M. de Sa-
porta. Ann. soc. ent. France, vol. g. pp. ■371-74.
//. 8. 80. Paris. 1840.

Description of Cy^/o K>Kft3. Reproduced in Scudder's .Fm-
sU butterflies, pp. 15-17.

Boisduval, J. A. Quelques mots de r^ponse i
M. Alex. Lefebvre sur les oDservations relatives i la
Cyllo sepulta, et k laquelle il donne pour ^pigraphe
ces mots: Stupete gentes ! Ann. soc. ent. France (2).
vol. <), bull. ent. pp. <j^-<^. 8°. Paris. 1851.

Rejoinder maintaining his own position and ridiculing that of
Lefebvre. Reproduced in Scudder's Fossil butterflies, p. 26.

Bolton, John. On a deposit with insects, leaves,
etc., near Ulverston. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond.
vol. 18. proc. 274-77. fig^- 1-2 (sections). 8". London.
1862.

Mentions only a few insects determined in a general way by
Mr. Henry Tibbats Stainton.

de Bonnac. Sur I'ambre jaune. Hist. acad. roy.
sc. 1705: 41-44. 40. Paris. 1730.

Concludes amber to be formed on the land from its enclosure
of terrestrial animals, " comme des mouches, des fourmis, etc."

de Born, Ignace. Catalogue m^thodique et rai-
sonne de la collection des fossiles de M="'= El^onore
de Raab. 2 v. 80. Vienne, 1790. torn, i, pp. (48), 502.
' torn. 2, pp. (8) 499 (66), tali), i.

Contains : Petrifications d'insectes-entomolithes I., pp. 464-
466 ; mentions four insects.

deBorre, A. Preudhomme. Note sur des em-
preintes d'insectes fossiles, decouvertes dans les
schistes houillers des environs de Mons. Comptes-
rendtis soc. ent. Belg., (2) xii: 4-7 (and discussion on
same by Breyer and others, 7-8). 8°. Bruxelles.

1875-

Describes and discusses the affinities of two fossil insects
which he considers orthopterous ; and of a third which he com-
pares to a carboniferous Termes. Breyer considers one of the
first wings as lepidopterous.

de Borre, A. P. Complement de la note sur des
empreintes d'insectes fossiles. Comptes-rendus soc.
ent. Belg., (2) xiii. 7-1 1 (and discussion on same by
Fologne, Lafontaine, Plateau, Breyer, and de Selys,
11-12). 80. Bruxelles. 1875. •

Now maintains the correctness of Breyei's belief that one of
the wings is lepidopterous, or prolepidopterous, and changes the
generic name from Pachytylopsis, formerly given, to Breyeria.
Fologne and Lafontaine contend that there are two overlapping
wings. Plateau at first thought it the tip of a coleopterous wing
of gigantic size, but withdrew his opinion. Breyer maintained
the latter view impossible, and de S^lys thought it rash to refer a
reticulated wing to the Lepidoptera. These two papers, with-
out the discussion, were republished separately as follows : —

de Borre, A. P. Notes sur des empreintes d'in-
sectes fossiles decouvertes dans les schistes houil-
lers des environs de Mons. 8". Bruxelles. 1875.
pp. l-io, pi. v-vi. Ann. soc. ent. Belg. 18, pp. 39-
42, 56-60, ;>/. v-vi. 80. Bruxelles. 1875.

Premier note, pp. 1-6 (39-42). Seconde note, pp.
6-10 (56-60). Second note reprinted as follows: —

Empreintes d'insectes fossiles decouvertes dans
les schistes des environs de Mons. Journ. zool., vol. 4,
pp. 29ir^7. 80. Paris. 1875.
Unaccompanied by the plate. Gervais adds brief notes.

de Borre, A. P. Sur trois nouveaux insectes fos-
siles. Comptes-rendus soc. ent. Belg. (2) xviii., 17. 8".
Bruxelles. 1875.

Ann. soc. ent. Belg. 18, comptes-rendus 115. S",
Bruxelles. 1875.

Notice of the discovery of two Neuroptera from the same
beds as Breyeria and of a supposed dipteron from the Jurassic
beds of Luxembourg ; M. de Borre informs me that closer exam-
ination proves the latter to be an homopteron.

de Borre, A. P. [Acknowledgment of objections
tothelepidopterous character of BreyeriafromHagen,
Heer, Giard, and Scudder.] Comptes-rendus soc. ent.
Belg. [2] xxii. 5-6 (followed by discussion of the
subject by Saporta and Wcyers, pp. 6-7). 80.
Bruxelles. 1876.

Ann. soc. ent. Belg. 19 : 3-4. 80. Bruxelles. 1876.

de Borre, A. P. Note sur le Breyeria borinenis.
pp. 6. 8°. Bruxelles. 1879. Comptes-rendus soc. ent.
Belg. (2) Ixv : 7-12. 8°. Bruxelles. 1879.

Maintains Breyeria to be an ancestral stock of the type of
Lepidoptera.

de Borre, A. P. See also Giard, A. ; and van
Volxem, C.

Boso, Louis [Augustin Guillaume]. Note sur une
fossile remarquable de la montagne de Saint- G^raud-
le-Puy, entre Moulins et Roanne, departement de
I'AUier, appele I'indusie tubuleuse. Journ. d. mines,
voLi-],pp.Tff]-ipo,pl.'j. 8°. anxiii.

The first notice of the remarkable caddis-fly cases of Auvergne,
forming the beds of so-called indusial limestone.

Bouv^, T. T. See Deane, J.

Brauer, Friedrich. Verzeichniss der bis jetzt be-
kannten neuropteren im sinne Linne's. pp. 90 [n. d.]
Verhandl. k. k. zool.-bot. gesellsch. Wien. id. 18 : 359-
416, 711-42. 8". Wien. 1868.

Includes the fossil genera and species, and contains, p. 738
(86), a list of the fossil LibelluHna.

Brauer, F. Betrachtungen iiber die verwandlung
der insekten im sinne der descendenztheorie. 8°.
Wien. 1869. pp. 21, pi. Verhandl. k. k. sool.-bot.
gesellsch. Wien. 19 : 299-319, pi. 10. 8°. Wien.
1869.

Contains, p. ig [317], a slight reference to the structure of
Eugereon.

[Braun, F.] Verzeichniss der in der kreis-
naturalien sammlung zu Bayreuth befindlichen po-
trefacten. 40. Leipzig. 1840. pp. viii, 118, kartc,
tabelle, taf. 22.

Div. 6, Insecta, p. 71, mentions three insects from the braun-
kohl.

Breyer. See de Borre, A. P.

Breyn, Johann Philipp. Observatio de succinea
gleba, plantae cujusdam folio impraegnata, rarissima.
/>/£«/. /ra«j. 34, 1 54-56//., y%-. 2. 40. London. 1728.

Mentions a spider and a fly in amber, with minute figure of
latter.

Brodie, Peter Bellinger. A notice on the discov-
ery of the remains of insects, and a new genus of
isopodous Crustacea belonging to the family Cymo-
thoidae in the wealden formation in the Vale of
Wardour, Wilts. Proc. geol. soc. Lond., 3 : 134-35-
8°. London. 1839.

Lond. Edinb. phil. mag. (3) 15 : 534-36. 80.
London. 1839.

A section of the locality with a general account of its fossil
remains, those of the insects belonging to several orders. An
extended notice will be found in the Neues jahrb.f. mineral.
1843 : 2.38-39. 8°. Stuttgart. 1843.

Brodie, P. B. On the discovery of insects in the
lower beds of lias of Gloucestershire. Sep. brit,
assoc. adv. sc. 1842 : notices, 58. 8°. London. 1843.

General notice of the finding of a few insect remains, mostly
coleopterous, near Cheltenham.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

Brodie, P. B. Notice on the discovery of insects
in the wealden of the Vale of Aylesbury, Bucks,
with some observations on the distribution of these
and other fossils in the Vale of Wardour, Wiltshire.
Ann. mag. nat. hist, w : i,%o-?>2. 8°. London. 1843.

Sufficiently described by the title.

Brodie, P. B. Notice on the discovery of insects
in the wealden in the Vale of Aylesbury, Bucks,
with some additional observations on the wider dis-
tribution of these and other fossils in the Vale of
Wardour, Wiltshire. Land. Edinb. Dulrl. pkil. mag.
(3) 23 : 512-14. 80. London. 1843.

Proc. geol. soc. Land. 4 : 780-82. 8°. London.
1843.

Same as the preceding.

Brodie, P. B. Notice on the discovery of the re-
mains of insects in the lias of Gloucestershire, with
some remarks on the lower members of this forma-
tion. Land. Edinb. Dubl. phil. mag. (3) 23 : 529-31.
80. London. 1843.

Ann. mag. nat. hist. II : 509-11. 8". London.
1843.

Proc. geol. soc. Land. 4 : 14-16. 8°. London.
1842-43.

Athenaeum, 1843 ■ 40-41. 4°. London. 1843.

Notice of the discovery and geological position of insects near
Gloucester and Cheltenham, at Wainlode Cliff and Westbury ;
an extension of the paper mentioned from the British associa-
tion report.

Abstract : Sur des debris d'insectes du lias du
Gloucestershire. Vinstitut 1843, i. 47. 40. Paris.
1843.

Abstract : Notiz iiber die entdeckung von in-
sectenresten im lias von Gloucestershire mit einigen
bemerkungen iiber die untern glieder dieser forma-
tion. Neues jahrb. f. mineral. 1844: 127-28. 8°.
Stuttgart. 1844.

Brodie, P. B. A history of the fossil insects in
Ihe secondary rocks of England. Accompanied by
a particular account of the strata in which they oc-
cur, and of the circumstances connected with their
preservation. 80. London. 1845. PP-(i8) I3°i pl- "•

The introductory observations, explanation of plates, notes,
and many names, are by Westwood. This, the only separate
work on fossil insects published in England, is still the chief
source of our too inexact knov^Iedge of the liassic and other
secondary insects of that country. The body of the work, Mr.
Erodie's part, is divided into four chapters, of which the first
deals with the wealden, the second with the oolite, the third
with the lias, and the fourth with miscellaneous matter, including
insects of continental strata.

Brodie, P. B. On the insect-limestone and its as-
sociate beds. Murchison, Outl. geol. Cheltenham. 2d
ed. 51-53. 8°. London. 1845.

Simply a discussion of the mode of deposition of these rocks.

Brodie, P. B. Notice of the existence of purbeck
strata with remains of insects and other fossils, at
Swindon, Wilts. Quart, journ. geol, soc. Lond., 3,
proc. 53-54. 80. London. 1847.

A geological paper,_ giving no further account of the insects
than appears in the title.

Brodie, P. B. Notice on the discovery of a dragon
fly and a new species of Leptolepis in the upper lias
near Cheltenham, with a few remarks on that forma-
tion in Gloucestershire. 80. pp. 4, pi. Quart, journ.
geol. soc. Lond., 5, proc. 31-37. //. 2. §0. London.
1848.

The description (2 pp.) is by Westwood, but the name, Lihel-
lula {Heterophlehia] dislocata, is by Brodie. The rest of the
paper is on the geology of the district. I have not seen the sep-
arate paper.

Brodie, P. B. Notice of the occurrence of an
elytron of a coleopterous insect in the Kimmeridge

clay at Ringstead Bay, Dorsetshire. Quart, journ
geol. soc. Lond., 9, proc. 51-52. 80. London. 1853.

No further details of the insect than are given in the title.

Brodie, P. B. On the occurrence of the remains
of insects in the tertiary clays of Dorsetshire. Quart,
journ. geol. soc. Lond. 9, proc. 53-54. 8°. London.

1853-

Refers to a few CurcuHonidae and Buprestidae found at Corfe,
afterwards figured by Westwood.

Brodie, P. B. On the insect beds in the purbeck
formation of Dorset and Wilts; and a notice of the
occurrence of a neuropterous insect in the Stones-
field slate of Gloucestershire. Quart, journ. geol. soc.
Lond., i), proc. 2AA- 8". London. 1853.

Published only by title ; probably same as next.

Brodie, P. B. On the insect beds of the purbeck
formation in Wiltshire and Dorsetshire. Quart, journ.
geol. soc. Land., \Q, proc. 6,1 1-%2. 80. London. 1854.

Mostly occupied with geological sections, but p. 481 gives an
account, in general terms, of the condition and character of the
insects discovered, most of which were Coleoptera.

Brodie, P. B. Fossil insects in the carboniferous
rocks. Geol. mag. 4 : 285-86. 8°. London. 1867.

A brief enumeration of the different forms known to the
author.

Brodie, P. B. A sketch of the lias generally m
England, and of the insect and saurian beds. Proc.
Warw. nat. arch, jield club, 1868. pp. 1-24. S".
Warwick. 1868.

Mostly occupied with the geology of the insect-beds, but with
occasional reference (especially on pp. 18-ig) to the insects con-
tained in them.

Brodie, P. B. Exploration of the leaf-beds in the
lower Bag-shot series of Hants and Dorset. Geol.
mag., vol. y, p. HI. 8°. London. 1870.

Suggestions for further search.

Brodie, P. B. The distribution and correlation of
fossil insects, and the supposed occurrence of Lepi-
doptera and Arachnidae in british and foreign strata,
chiefly in the secondary rocks, . . . being a paper read
at the annual meeting of the Warwickshire natural
history and archaeological society, held at the mu-
seum, Warwick, April i8th, 1873. 8°. Warwick,
[n. d.] pp. 19. Ann. rep. Warw. nat. hist. arch. soc.
37 : 12-28. 8°. Warwick. 1873.

A very general account of fossil insects, followed (pp. 12-19) by
a Tabular view of british and foreign fossil insects chiefly in
the secondary rocks, omitting the foreign tertiaries. Separate
paper only seen.

Brodie, P. B. The distribution and correlation of
fossil insects, and the supposed occurrence of Lepi-
doptera and Arachnidae in british and foreign strata,
chiefly in the secondary rocks, . . . being a paper read
at the annual meeting of the Warwickshire natural-
ists' and archaeologists' field club, held at the mu-
seum, Warwick, February 24, 1874. S". Warwick,
[n. d.] pp. 23. Ann. rep. Warw. nat. arch, field club.
1874. pp. 16-38.

An enlargement of the last, principally in the Tabular view.
Like the preceding it is much disfigured by typographical errors.

Brodie, P. B. Notes on a railway-section of the
lower lias and rhaetics between Stratford-on-Avon
and Fenny Compton, on the occurrence of the rhae-
tics near Kineton, and the insect beds near Knowle,
in Warwickshire, and on the recent discovery of the
rhaetics near Leicester. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond,
z/o/. 30, i. //. 746-49. 80. London. 1874.

Simply notices the discovery of certain insects at Copt Heath
near Knowle.

Brodie, P. B. The lower lias at Eatington and
Kineton, and on the rhoetics in that neighbourhood,
and their furthei extension in Leicestershire, Not-
tinghamshire, Lincolnshire, Yorkshire, and Cumber-

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

land; . . . being a paper read at the annual meeting
of the Warwickshire natural history and archaeolog-
ical society, held at the museum, Warwick, April
2nd, 1875. So. 1 Warwick, [n. d.] pp. 14. Ann.
rep. Warw. nat. hist. arch. soc.

Principally occupied with geology, but with a few special ref-
erences to insects, particularly on p. lo ; separate only seen.

Brodie, P. B. Fossil Lepidoptera. Ann. rep.
proc. Warw. nat. arch, field club, WJT. pp. Z~9- S°.
Warwick. 1877.

Not seen. The author states that it is based on Scudder's
work on the subject and contains nothing original.

Brodie, P. B. The nature, origin, and geological
history of amber, with an account of the fossils which
it contains. 8°. [Warwick.] n. d. pp. 15. Ann. rep.
proc. Warw. nat. arch, field club, 1878?

Notices of the insect enclosures are mostly confined to pp.
8-12, and are of a general nature ; separate only seen.

Brodie, P. B. On the discovery of a large and
varied series of fossil insects and other associated
fossils in the eocene (tertiary) strata of the Isle of
Wight. 8°. Warwick. 1878. pp. 12. Ann. rep.
proc. Warw. nat. arch, field club, 1878. 8°. War-
wick. 1878.

A general popular account ; only the separate paper seen.

Brodie, P. B. S4e also Strickland, H. E.

Bromell, Magnus. Lithographiae svecanae con-
tinuatio. Specimen II. — Sectio II. De animalibus
fossilibus, illorumque variis partibus petrificatis.
— Caput primum. De lapidibus insectiferis & tu-
bulis vermicularibus. — Articulus primus. De lapi-
dibus insectiferis scanicis & gothicis. Acta liter.
Sveciae,vol. z,pp.A9'i-9T,S2^~3Z- fig^' 4°- Upsaliae
et Stockholmiae. 1729.

A general notice of the discovery of insects, " Scarabaei" and
"Papiliones", in rocks of Karabylonga, Giarstad, Knista, 01-
storp, and Aklinge in Westrogothia.

Brongniart, Alexandre. Sur les terrains qui
paroissent avoir ete formes sous I'eau douce. Ann.
mus. hist, nat., 15: 357-405, pi. 23-24. 40. Paris.
i8io.

Discusses Indusia tubulata on pp. 392-93.

Brongniart, A. Succin. Diet. sc. nat., 51 : 229-
40. 8°. Strasbourg et Paris. 1837.

Mentions in general terms (p. 233-34) the insects most com-
monly found in amber.

Brongniart, Charles. Observations sur un in-
secte fossile de la famille des dipt^res trouve k Cha-
drat ( Auvergne), [Protomyia Oustaleti). Ann. sc.geol.,
■J, art. no. ^, pp. z. 8°. Paris. 1876.

Brongniart, C. Note sur une nouvelle espice
de diptere fossile du genre Protomyia (P. Oustaleti),
trouvee iChadrat (Auvergne). Bull. soc. giol. France,
(3), vol. i, pp. 459-60, _;*/. 12, figs. 5-8. 80. Paris.
1876.

Same as the preceding.

Brongniart, C . Rapport sur un morceau de bois
fossile trouve dans le gault, terrain cretace de Lot-
tinghem (Pas-de-Calais). Ann. soc. ent. France, (5),
vol. (>, bull, ent., W]-\%. 80. Paris. 1876.

Refers the borer reported by Lartigue (q. v.) to Bostrychus.

Brongniart, C. Note sur des perforations ob-
servees dans deux morceaux de bois fossile. Ann.
soc. ent. France, (5), 7 : 215-20, pi. 7, ii. 8°. Paris.

1877-

Describes the borings of a xylophagid^ allied to Hylesinus.
Noticed by Dr. Hector George in the Feuilleton of Le constUu-
tianneliotii Nov., 1877. See also Girard, M.

Brongniart, C. Note sur une Araneide fossile
des terrains tertiaires d'Aix (Provence). Ann. soc.

ent. France, (5), 7 : 221-24, P^- 7i '• 8". Paris.
1877.

Describes Atioides eresiformis. Noticed by Dr. Hector
George in the Feuilleton of Le constiiuiionfiel for 21 Nov., 1877.
See also Girard, M.

Brongniart, C. Note rectificative sur les espices
de bibionides fossiles du genre Plecia. Btill. stances
soc. ent. France, 1878, vi : 60-61. 8°. Paris. 1878.

Ann. soc. ent. France, (5), vol. 8, bull., pp. 47-48. 8°.
Paris. 1878.

The fossil Diptera described as Protomyia and Bibicpsis be-
long to the modern genus Plecia.

Brongniart, C. Note rectificative sur quelques
dipteres tertiaires et en particulier sur un dip-
tere des marnes tertiaires (mioc^ne inferieur) de
Chadrat (Auvergne) \a. Protomyia Oustaleti qui devra
s'appeler Plecia Oustaleti. 8". Lille. 1878. t. p.
pp. 73-81. Bull, scient. dip. nord, (2), ann. i, pp.
73-81. 8°. Lille. 1878.

Discusses in full the species of fossil Bibionidae described as
Piotomyiae and Bibiopsides, and concludes that all belong to
Plecia ; redescribes Plecia Oustaleti ; an enlargement of the pre-
ceding paper.

Brongniart, C. Note sur la d^couverte d'un
orthopt^re coureur de la famille des phasmiens [Pro-
tophasma Dumasi] dans les terrains supra-houillers
de Commentry (AUier). Bull, siances soc. ent.
France, 1878, vii : 69-70. 80. Paris. 1878.

Same with omission of the word " Note " in the title.
Ann. soc. ent. France, (5), vol. 8, bull., pp. 57-58. 8°.
Paris. 1878.

Same as the last. 8°. Bruxelles. 1878. pp. 4.
Comptes rendus soc. ent. Belg., (2), 47 : 9-1 2. 8°. Brux-
elles. 1878.

Brongniart, C. Note sur un nouveau genre
d'orthopt^re fossile de la famille des phasmiens
provenant des terrains supra-houillers de Com-
mentry (Allier) (Protophasma Dumasii). 8°. Paris.
1878. pp. 9, pi. Ann. sc. nat., (6), zool., torn. 7, art.
i, pp. ?,,pl. 6. 8°. Paris. 1878.

Text substantially the same as the preceding. Noticed by
Dr. Hector George m the Feuilleton of Le constitutianTtel, Nov.
6, 1878; and also read before the Association scientifique de
France in 1878. See also Girard, M. A discovery carrying this
•group of Orthoptera back at once from the tertiary to the per-
mian.

Brongniart, Charles. On a new genus of orthop-
terous insects of the family Phasmidae (Protoplas-
ma Dumasii) from the upper coal measures of Com-
mentry, .dept. Allier, France. 8°. London. 1879.
pp. 6 pi. — The cover entitled New fossil insect from
the coal measures. Geol. mag., n. s., Dec. 2, vol. 6,
pp. cij-ioz, pi. ^. 8°. London. 1879.

Translation of the preceding.

Bronn, Heinrich Georg. Lethaea geognostica,
oder Abbildungen und beschreibungen der fiir die
gebirgs - formationen bezeichnendsten versteiner-
ungen mit lithographirten 47 quart-, i folio-tafel und
2 tabellen. 2 v. 80. Stuttgart. 1835-38. i. pp. 6,
768; ii. pp. [4] 769-1346 [4]-

Contains references to fossil insects on pp. 210, 481, 794, 809-
14, 1 159-61. A second edition, which I have not seen, was pub-
lished in 1838. The third was by Bronn, H. G., and Roemer,
F., y. ».

Bronn, H. G. Index palaeontologicus oder
Uebersicht der bis jetzt bekannten fossilen organis-
men, unter mitwirkung der . . . H. P. Goppert und
Herm. v. Mayer, bearbeitet von Dr. H. G. Bronn.
Erste abtheilung. A. Nomenclator palaeontologi-
cus, in alphabetischer ordnung. pp. 6, 84, 1382. 8°.
Stuttgart. 1848. Zweite abtheilung. B. Enumerator
palaeontologicus ; systematische zusammenstellung
und geologische entwickelungs-gesetze der organ-
ischen reiche. t. p. pp. 980. 8°. Stuttgart. 1849.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

B. (pp. 5S5-632) refers to the geological distribution of insects.
This also appeared as Bd. 3 of the author's Handbuch der
geschicte der natur. 8"- Stuttgart. 1841 49.

Bronn, H. G. Essai d'une r^ponse i la question
de prix propos^e en 1850 pour le concours de 1853,
et puis remise pour celui de 1856, savoir: fitudier
les lois de la distribution des corps organises f ossiles
dans les differents terrains sedimeritaires, suivant
I'ordre de leur superposition. Discuter la question
de leur apparition ou de leur disparition successive
ou simultanee. Rechercher la nature des rapports
qui existent entre I'^tat actuel du r^gne organique
et ses ^tats ant^rieurs. Suppl. comptes rend. acad.
sc, t. 2, pp. ■7i77-<)i?>. 4°. Paris. 1858.

Bronn, H. G. Untersuchungen iiber die ent-
wickelungs-gesetze der organischen welt wahrend
der bildungszeit unserer erd-oberflache. Eine von
der franzosischen akademie im jahre 1857 gekrbnte
preisschrift, mit ihrer erlaubniss deutsch herausgege-
ben. 8°. Stuttgart. 1858. pp. 10, 502.

Translation of the preceding. The insects will be found
treated in the original edition of this justly celebrated essay on
pp. 438-53, 636-38, 810-12, 865-69.

Bronn, Heinrich Georg und Roemer, Ferdi-
nand. H. G. Bronn's Lethaea geognostica oder
Abbildung und beschreibung der fiir die gebirgs-
f ormationen bezeichnendsten versteinerungen. Dritte
stark vermehrte auflage. Mit einem atlas von 124
tafeln. 3 v. 8°. Stuttgart. 1851-56. Atlas fol.

Bd. I. pp. 12, 204, 6, 788 — 1851-56; bd. 2. pp. 8, 124, 4, 570,
4, 412 — 1851-52; bd. 3, pp. 8, 1130 — 1853-56. Atlas, title,
schema, pi. 1-63 — 1850-56. Insects are discussedor tabulated,
and typical species described, none of them new, in I. i, 42-54,
it. 13, 75, 679-84; II. iv, 32, 429-30; III. vi, 52, 86, 622-50,
and figured pi. g^ 41^% 42^.

Brown, John. Insects and seeds in peat at Stan-
way. Geologist, 1858 : 254. 8°. London. 1858.

Notes the occurrence of elytra-

Brull^, Aug. Sur le gisement des insectes fos-
siles, et sur les secours que I'etude de ces animaux
pent fournir i la geologie. These pour le doctorat
es-sciences. 4°. Paris. 1839. PP- W 3°-

A studied review of the knowledge at that time, from which
the conclusion is drawn that nearly all fossil insects are generi-
cally, ajid part of them specifically, identical with living types,
and that m these particulars they agree with other fossil
animals.

Brydone, Patrick. A tour through Sicily and
Malta, in a series of letters to William Beckford,
Esq., of Somerly in Suffolk. A new edition, z vols.
8°. London. 1776. i. map, pp. 16, 373 ; ii. pp.
II. 355-

Vol. 1, pp. 282-84 contains a short account of the amber found
at the mouth of the Giaretta containing " flies and other insects."
The first edition was published in 1774 ; another in 1775 ; an-
other with precisely the same pagination as in the one quoted,
in 1790 ; another in 1806 ; a French translation in 1775 at Paris,
and m 1819 at Francfort : and a German translation in 1777 at
Leipzig.

von Buch, Leopold. See Erichsou, W. F.

Buckland, William. Geology and mineralogy
considered with reference to natural theology.
[Bridgewater treatise.] 2 vols. 8°. London, 1837.
Vol. I, pp. 16, 619; vol. 2, pp. 7, III, pi. 1-69
(=88 pi.).

Buckland, W. The same. 2 vols. 8°. Phila-
delphia. 1837. Vol. I, pp. 443; vol. 2, pp. 131,
pi. as in above.

Buckland, W. Geologie und mineralogie in
beziehung zur natfirlichen theologie... . . Aus dem
englischen, nach der zweiten ausgabe des originals,
uebersetzt und mit anmerkungen und zusaetzen ver-
sehen von Dr. Louis Agassiz. 2 vols. 8°. Bern,
Chur und Leipzig. 1838.

Vol. i. [text] ; t. p., pp. 26, 508 ; vol. ii. [plates] ; t. p., pp. 4, pi.
1-69 [^ 88 pi-] and from i-io pp. of explanation of each. PI.

46' and 46" are devoted to fossil insects, mostly arachnids^op-
ied from Corda. The others are insects from Coalbrook-Dale,
Stonefield, and Aix. The brief text concerning them is found
in the London edition at i. 406-13, and 11. 74-79 i '" the Ameri-
can edition at i. 306-11 and ii. 74-79;. >" the German at pp.
453-63. The additions by AgassK consist of a couple of unim-
portant notes. A new edition by Frank Buckland (London,
iSs8) I have not seen, and the London editioii examined is the
second, apparently agreeing in every respect with the first, pub-
lished in 1836.

Buckland, W. On the discovery of a fossil wmg
of a neuropterous insect in the Stonesfield slate.
Proc. geol. soc. Lond., 2 : 688. 80. London. 1838.

Lond. Edinb. Dubl. phil. mag., [3], 13 : 388. 8°.
London. 1838.

Brief notice of Hemerobioides gigantem.

Buckland, W. Decouverte d'une aile fossile
d'insecte nevropt^re dans les schistes de Stonesfield.
Rev. zool., 1839, 29. 8°. Paris. 1839.
Abstract of the above, by Malepeyre.

Buckland, W. Notices relative to palaeontology
. . . from his anniversary address to the geological
society of London. Ann. mag. nat. hist., 9 : 156-67.
8°. London. 1842.

Address in full. Proc. geol. soc. Lond., 3 : 469-540.
80. London. 1841.

Contains fossil arachnidans (with opinions of Gray (J. E-j
quoted), pp. 162-63 (pp. 504-05). Fossil insects, p. 163 (p. 505.)
Notices the arachnids described by Corda as well as speci-
mens from Solenhofen and Aix ; and the discovery of various
insects the previous year from the wealden, Stonesfield slate,
and Staffordshire coal, together with Hymenoptera from coal
near Glasgow.

Buckman, James. • On the occurrence of the re-
mains of insects in the upper lias of the county of
Gloucester. Proc. geol. soc. Lond., vol. 4, pp. 211-12.
8°. London. 1843.

Lond. Edinb. Dubl. phil. mag., vol. Ii,, p. 377. 8°.
London. 1844.

Notices AeschTia Brodiei, without description, and the occur-
rence of two Coleoptera and a Tipula at Dumbleton.

Buckman, J. Remarks on Libellula Brodiei
(Buckman), a fossil insect from the upper lias of
Dumbleton, Gloucestershire. Ann. mag. nat. hist.,
[2J, 12 : 436-38. 80. Lohdon. 1853.

Claims Aeschna Brodiei, Libellula (ffeieropklebia) dislocata,
and Agrion Bitckmani to be one insect which should bear the
name in title.

Buckman, J. See also Murchison, R. I.

Burmeister, Hermann. KerfederUrwelt. Burm.,
Handb. d. ent.,vol. \,pp.(iy.-ifi. 8°. Berlin. 1832.

A brief risitini of what was known at that time, with some
original statements concerning the insects observed by him in
amber.

Burmeister, H. Insects of a former world.
Burm.-Schuck., Man. ent.,pp. t^y^-^i. 8°. London.
1836.

Translation of the above.

Burmeister, H. Geschichte der schbpfung. Eine •
darstellung des entwicklungsganges der erde und ihre
bewohner. 8°. Leipzig. 1843. PP- 6, 487.

Refers to insects on pp. 430, 445-46. The five subsequent
editions not examined.

Burmeister, H. See also Hilnefeld.

Butler, Arthur Gardiner. Catalogue of the diur-
nal lepidoptera of the family Satyridae in the collec-
tion of the British museum. 8°. London. 1868.
pp.6, 211, pi, 5.

Under the heading Fossil species, pp. 189-90, are given brief
notes on Neoritwpis sepulta, to show that it " is exactly inter-
mediate in character between . . . Neorina, Antirrhoea, and
Ancinphlebia."

Butler, A. G. Catalogue of diurnal lepidoptera
described by Fabricius in the collection of the British
museum. 80. London. 1869. pp. 5, 303, pi. 3.

Refers (p. 109) to a possible relationship between A rgynnii
Diana and the fossil Vanessa Pluto.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

Butier, A. G. On fossil butterflies. 40. [London.
'873.] pp. 126-28. pi. 48. Butl., lepid. exot., part
XV, //. 126-28,//. 48. 4». London. 1873.

Description and illustration of three species, including for the
first time Palaeontina oolUica. The figure of the latter was
copied into the Graphic of Feb. 22, 1873, with a brief account
of It, under the title, ** The oldest fossil butterfly in the world."

Butler, A. G. Notes on the impression of Palae-
ontina oolitica. in the Jermyn street museum. The
cover entitled : On a fossil butterfly in the Museum
of practical geology, Jermyn street). S". [London.
1874.] pp. 4, pi. Geol. mag; dec. 2, vol. I, pp.
446-4% pi. 19. 8°. London. 1874.

A rejoinder to Scudder, and in favor of the lepidopterous
character of Palaeontina.

Buttner, David Sigismond. Rudera diluvii testes,
i. e. zeichen und zeugen der sundfluth ; in ansehung
des itzigen zustandes unserer erd- und wasser-kugel ;
insonderheit der darinnen vielfaltig auch zeither in
querfurtischen revier unterschiedlich angetroff enen ;
ehemahls verschwemten thiere und gewachse ; bey
dem lichte natiirlicher weissheit betrachtet ; und
nebst vielen abbildungen zum druck gegeben. 4°.
Leipzig. 1710. front., t. p., pi., pp. (6), 314, (20),
pi. 30.

Figures a few insects on plates 16 and 23, briefly referred to on
page 226.

Charpeutier, Touissant von. Libellulinae euro-
paeae descriptae ac depictae cum tab. 48 coloratis.
4°.' Lipsiae. 1840. t.p., pp. 181, pi. 48.

Under the section De libellulinis petrefactis, pp. 170 -73, pi.
48, the author gives a risufni of what was then known on the sub-
ject, and describes and figures some new forms.

Charpentier, T. von. Beschreibung eines Libel-
lulinits aus Kroatien. Neues jahrb. f. miner., 1841,
332-337./^- I- 8°- Stuttgart. 1841.

Description, figure, and discussion of the affinities of a beauti-
fully preserved dragon-fly's wing from Radoboj.

Charpeutier, T. von. Ueber einige fossile in-
secten aus Radoboj in Croatien. Nova acta acad.
Leop.-Carol., 20, i : 399-410, tab. 21-23. 4°- Vratis-
laviae, etc. 1843.

Descriptions and (poor) illustrations of seven tertiary insects.

Coemans, Eugfene. See Van Beueden, P. J. et
Coemans, E.

Conybeare, William Daniel and Phillips, Wil-
liam. Outlines of the geology of England and
Wales, with an introductory compendium of the
general principles of that science and comparative
views of the structure of foreign countries ; illus-
trated by a coloured map and sections, &c. Part I.
[all publ.] 8". London. 1822. pp. (8), 61, (i), 470,
• map, tables, pi. of sections.

Brief mention of coleopterous remains in the calcareous slate
of Stonesfield (oolite) will be found on pp. 20J-209.

Cope, Edward Drinker. Report on the vertebrate
paleontology of Colorado. Ann. rep. U. S. geol. surv.
fe»-n, 1873, 427-533, //. 1-8. 8°. Washington. 1874.

On pp. ^439-40 he refers to the horizon of the insect-bearing
"Green-river" shales, and records "insects and their larvae"
— some of the latter " nearly an inch long, and others jninute
and in prodigious numbers " — from Fontanelle Creek, and the
" east side ofGreen River above the mouth of Labarge Creek."

Cope, E. D. A contribution to the knowledge of
the ichthyological fauna of the Green River shales.
Bull. U. S. geol. surv. terr., 3 : 807-819. 8». Wash-
ington. 1877.

He announces on p. 807 the discovery of fossil insects " near
the mouth of Labarge Creek," Wyoming Territory, and at an-
other locality "nearer the maiu line of the Wasatch Mountains."

Coquand, Henri. Sur la decouverte faite dans
les plStri^res d'Aix d'une grenouille fossile. Bull,
soc. ghl. France, [2], 2 : J^-yT,?>6. 80. Paris. 1845.

Announces also the occurrence of insects in the same locality,
and reviews what is known of them from the papers of Boisduval
and Curtis.

A notice, not seen, will be found in Froriep's ^eue noiizen.
37 : 33-36. 4°. Erfurt. 1846.

Corda, August Karl Joseph. Ueber den in der
steinkohlenformation bei Chomle gefundenen fos-
sile scorpion. Verhandl. gesellsch. vaterl. mus. BShm.,
vers. \y.y^-4l, pi., figs. \-\4. 8". Prag. 1835.

Contains a, Urtheil der commission bei der naturforscher-
versammlung in Stuttgard, pp. 35-36. b. Mikroskopische un-
tersuchnngj abbildung ui^d beschreibung von Corda, pp. 36-43,
with a detailed description and discussioh of the affinities of the
insect.

Corda, A. K. J. Ueber eine fossile gattung der
afterscorpione. Verhandl. gesellsch. vaterl. mus.
BShm., vers. 17: 14-18,//. i, figs. i-g. 80. Prag.
1839.

Description of Microlahis siernhergii. An abstract will be
found in the Neues jahrb./. miner., 1841, 854-55. 8*. Stutt-
gart. 1841. ^

CorueliuB, C. Ueber termiten. Verh. naturh.
ver.preuss. Rheinl. Westph., 14: 20-44. 8°. Bonn.

1857.

Contains, pp. 40-44, a letter from Dr. Hagen, criticising the
treatment ofthe fossil Termites in Goldenberg's paper in Palae-
otUographica.

Costa, Achille. See Hope, F. W.

Cotta, Bernhard. Ueber Julus terrestris, als
jungendliche versteinerung. Neues jahrb. f. miner.
1833. 392-394./^- S- 80. Stuttgart. 1833.

Description and figure of this species as found fossil near
Dresden in kalksintergange in gneiss. MUnster, loc. cit., p. 68
speaks of these as Lituiten-artige rohre.

Croizet, (I'abbfj. Memoire sur des debris fossiles
de I'Auvergne. Analyse. Bull. soc. glol. France, 4 :
22-26. 8°. Paris. 1833.

Refers briefly, p. 25, to the Indusia iubulaia of Auvergne.

Croizet, (I'abbi). Indications des fossiles de
diverses natures qu'on trouve dans la montagne de
Gergovie, avec les couches qui leur servent de gise-
ment. Bull. soc. gUl. France, 7 : 104-106. S". Paris.
1836.

Merely mentions the occurrence of insects at Merdogne, p.
106. Noticed in Neues jahrb. mineral., 1836, 626-27. S".
Stuttgart. 1826.

Croizet, (I'abbi) et Jobert (aini). Recherches sur
les ossemens fossiles du d^partement du Puy-de
Dome. 40. Paris. 1828. pp. (8), 224, (2), map,
sect. 8, pi. 48 in several series.

Refers, p. 25, to the occurrence of Indusia tubulata in the
calcareous marls of the Auvergne tertiaries.

Cronstedt, (Axel Fredric). An essay towards a
system of mineralogy. Translated from the original
Swedish with notes by Gustav von Engestrom. To
which is added a Treatise on the pocket laboratory,
containing an easy method, used by the author, for
trying mineral bodies, written by the translator. _ The
whole revised and corrected, with some additional
notes, by Samuel Mendes Da Costa. 16°. London.
1780. t. p., pp. 36, 329.

Refers, p. 264, to fossil insects found in the alum slate at
Andrarum in Skone; I also find p. 257 ofthe "old ed." re-
ferred to, but have neither been able to examine it nor the
original Swedish.

Curtis, John. Observations upon a collection of
fossil insects discovered near Aix in Provence, in
the summer of 1828, by R. J. Murchison and Charles
Lyell. Murch.-Lyell, Tert./reih water form. Aix. pp.
9-I3,//. 6. 80. Edinburgh. 1829.

lO

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

Edinb. new phil.journ., T,fp. 293-297,//. 6. 8°.
Edinburgh. 1829.

A list, with occasional brief descriptions, of forty-seven species ;
the first important notice of the Aix insects.

CurtiB, J. See also Lyell, C. ; Murchison, R.
I. ; and Mvirchison, R. I., and Lyell, C.

Czech, Carl. Ueber die entwickelung des in-
sectentypus in den geologischen perioden. Pro-
^ratnm reahchule Diisseldorf, 1858, 1-14. 16°. Diis-
seldorf. 1858.

Mainly devoted to showing that the insects of the carbonifer-
ous period were not less completely developed than the existing
forms.

Dale, James Charles. Notes on some libellulae.
Ann. mag. nat. hist., 9 : 257-58. S". London. 1842.

Suggests that ^^ Aeshnaiiassina^^ Strickland is nearer Cordu-
legaster or Petalura.

Dabnan, Johann Wilhelm. Om insekter inne-
slutne i copal ; jemte beskrifning pa nagra deribland
forekommande nya slagten och arter. 8°. Stockholm.
1826. Kongl. vetensk.-acad. handl., 1825, 375-411,
tab. S- 80. Stockholm. 1826.

Describes several new genera and species of insects found in
African gum copal. Separate copy not seen. See also Lucas, H.

Abstract: Des insectes renferm^s dans les ly-
sines de copal. Ferr., Bull. sc. nat., 14 : 287-290. 8°.
Paris. 1828.

A very full abstract including descriptions of the species,
signed D. (Desmarest?)

Abstract : On insects enclosed in copal. Quart,
journ. sc. lit. arts, 1828, 227-228. 80. London. 1828.
Briefer abstract of same.

Dana, James Dvfight. Fossil larve in the Con-
necticut liiver sandstone. Amer. journ. sc. arts, [2],
33 : 451-452. 80. New Haven. 1862.

Quotes an opinion from Dr. J. L. Leconte that Hitchcock's
figure of Mormolucoides articulatus resembles the larva of an
ephemerid ; and the consequent wish of Dr. E. Hitchcock that
the name should be changed to Palephemera jnediaeva,

Dana, J. D. On fossil insects from the carbonif-
erous formation in Illinois. Amer. journ. sc. arts, (2),
37 '• Z'r'iltJ'-g^- 1-2 in text. 8°. New Haven. 1864.

Description and figures of two neuropterous insects, the first
recorded from the American coal formations.

Dana, J. D. Manual of geology ; treating of the
principles of the science with special reference to
American geological history. Illustrated by over
eleven hundred and fifty figures in the text, twelve
plates, and a chart of the world. Third edition.
8°. New York. 1880. pp. 14, 912, (4), pi. 12, map.

Insects mentioned on pp. 273, 274, 534-336, 342, 343, 350, 35r,
388, 411, 416; many figures of American, especially palaeozoic,
species given. The first edition (1S62) gave much less space
to insects ; the second (1S74) does not difier from the third, as
regards the insects.

Dana, J. D. See also Deane, J.
Dandet, Henri. Chenilles fossiles. Petites nouv.
entom., 2, no. \i,^,p. 25. 40. Paris. 1876.
First mention of the discovery of caterpillars at Aix.

Daudet, H. Description d'une chenille fossile
trouvee dans le calcaire d'Aix ( Provence). Rev. mag.
«<;<;'/., [3], 4: 415-24,//. 17. 8°. Paris. 1876.

Describes Saiyrites incertus, the first fossil caterpillar of a
butterfly known, and discusses its probable affinities.

Davila [Pedro Franco]. Catalogue systematique
et raisonne des curiosites de la nature et de I'art qui
composent le cabinet de M. Davila. Tome 3. 80.
Paris. 1767. pp. 6, 290, pi. 8 [in ist part].

On pp. 223-24. Petrifications animales de la septifeme classe.
Entomolites.

Dawson, John William. On a terrestrial mol-
lusk, a chilognathous myriapod and some new spe-
cies of reptiles from the coal formation of Nova
Scotia. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 16, i : 268-77,
figs. 1-29. 8°. London. 1859.

Describes and figures Xylobius si£illartae.

Dawson, J. W. The air breathers of the coal
period in Nova Scotia. Can. nat. geol., 8 : 1-12,
81-92, 159-75, 268-95,//. 1-6. 8°. Montreal. 1863.

Same as the following.

Dawson, J. W. Air breathers of the coal period :
a descriptive account of the remains of land animals
found in the coal formation of Nova Scotia, with re-
marks on their bearing on theories of the formation
of coal and of the origin of species, with illustra-
tions. 80. Montreal. 1863. t. p., front., pp. 4, 81,
pi. 6, and a plate of photogr.

Contains, section xii. Invertebrate air breathers, pp. 62-63, and
pi. 6 (pars) which describes Xylobius sigillariae. See also p. 67.

Dawson, J. W. On the conditions of the depo-
sition of coal, more especially as illustrated by the
coal-formation of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick.
Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 22 : 95-169,//. 5-12.
8°. London. 1866.

Merely refers (p. 145) to the occurrence of a myriapod and
one insect at the Joggins.

Dawson, J. W. On some remains of palaeo-
zoic insects recently discovered in Nova Scotia and
New Brunswick. Can. nat., [n. s.], 3 : 202-20^
5 woodc. in text. 8". Montreal. 1867.

Geol. mag., 4 : 385-88,//. IT, figs. 1-5. 8°. London,
1867.

Haplaphlehium Barnesii and four of the Devonian insects are
descnbed and figured for the first time by Scudder.

Dawson, J. W. Acadian geology. The geologi-
cal structure, organic remains, and mineral resources
of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward
Island. 2d edition, revised and enlarged, with a
geological map and numerous illustrations. 8°.
London. 1868. pp. 27, 694, pi. (9), map, figs. 231, (1)
in text.

Pages 386-88, 524-26, figs. 153, 181-84, contain descriptions and
illustrations of carboniferous and devonian insects by Scudder,
There is also a Note on the myriapods of the coal formation on
pp. 495-96, by the same.

Daiwson, J. W. Note on some new animal re-
mains from the carboniferous and devonian of Can-
ada. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 26, i : 166. 8°.
London. 1870.

Notices the occurrence of Blattarise from the Nova Scotia coal
measures.

Dawson, J. W. Supplement to the s'econd edi-
tion of Acadian geology, containing additional facts
as to the geological structure, fossil remains, and
mineral resources of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick,
and Prince Edward Island. 80. London. 1878.
pp. 102.

This supplement bound with reissue of 2d ed. forms 3d ed.
Mentions and figures, pp. 53, 55, 56, some carboniferous in-
sects and myriapods which had been described by Scudder since
the previous edition.

Deane, James. On the sandstone fossils of
Connecticut River. Journ. acad. nat. sc. Philad.,
[2]. 3:173-78,//. 18-20. 40. Philadelphia. 1856.

On pi. 19 are figured tracks of what the author presumes are
articulated animals, in which he is supported by the opinions,
quoted on p. 177, of Professors Leidy, Wyman, and Dana, the
latter believing them probably crustacean. Some are possibly
the tracks of insects.

Deane, J. Ichnographs from the sandstone of
Connecticut River. 40. Boston. 1861. pp. 61,
pi. 46.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

II

Contains introduction, pp. 3-4, by A. A. Gould ; biographical
notice (of Dr. Deane) by H. I. Bowditch, pp. 5-14; a memoir
upon the fossil footmarks and other impressions of the Connecti-
cut River sandstone, by James Beane (compiled by Thomas
Tracy Bouvi), with a note by the compiler, p. 17, and the me-
moir, pp. 19-32 ; description of the plates, pp. 33-61 (by Mr.
Bouv6).

References to insect tracks are made on p. 26, and in the
descriptions of pi. 40-42 (pp. 57-58).

Defrance, Jacques Louis Martin. Indusie. Did.
jc. «o/., 23:411-12. 8». Paris. 1822.

Notice of the indusial limestone of Auvergne, and the fossil
phryganid cases of which it is composed.

Defrance, J. L. M. Insectes (foss.). Did. sc.
nat., 23 : 524-26. 80. Paris. 1822.

A review of the older authors, questioning the validity of many
of the fossils preserved in the rocks, although accepting those
entombed in amber.

DeichmtUler. See Geinitz, H. B.

Denton, William. On a mineral, resembling
albertite, from Colorado. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist.
10:305-06. 80. Boston. 1866.

The first account, p. 306, of fossil insects from the American
tertiaries ; he speaks only of Diptera in a petroleum shale.

Desmarest, Anselme Gaetano. Insectes dans le
succin.

Not seen. Cf. Marcel de Serres in Amt. sc. nai. 15 : 102. 8**.
Paris. 1828. Also Gu^rin in Diet, class, kisi. nat.t 8 : 580.
8". Paris. 1825.

Desmarest, A. G. See also Dalman, J. W.

Desmarest, Eugene. Un morceau de bois fos-
sile . . . qui ... a presente des traces qui ont dd
Stre faites par des larves d'insectes. Ann. soc. ent.
France, [2], 2, l>ull., pp. 26-2T . 8". Paris. 1845.

Wood bored by larvae of a longicorn beetle.

Desmoulins, Antoine. D^couverte d'elytres fos-
siles de col^opteres. Ferr., bull. sc. nat., 9 : 253. 8°.
Paris. 1826.

Note upon a locality in the roche calcaire of Mont St. Cathe-
rine, near Rouen, where elytra with metallic colors had been
found.

Dohrn, Anton. Eugereon Boeckingi, eine neue
insectenform aus dem todtliegenden. 40. Cassel.
1866. t. p., pp. 8, taf. Palaeontogr. 13 : 333-40,
taf. 41. 8°. Cassel. 1866.

Description and discussion of the affinities of the most re-
markable fossil insect yet discovered, considered here to unite
the Hemiptera and Neuroptera.

Dohrn, A. Zur kenntniss der insecten in den
primarformationen. Palaeontogr., 16:129-34,^0^8.
40. Cassel. 1867.

Further discussion of Eugereon and description of two new
carboniferous insects ; for a number of the earlier insects a new
order, Dictyoptera, is for the first time proposed.

Dohrn, A. Eugereon Boeckingi und die gene-
alogie der artiiropoden. Stett. entom. zeit., 28 : 145-
153,//. I [41]. 8°. Stettin. 1867.

Fuller discussion of the affinities of Eugereon and its bearings
on Haeckel's views of the genealogy of insects.

Dohrn, A. Julus Brassi n. sp. ein myriapode
aus der steinkohlenformation (with note by Weiss).
Verhandl. naturh. ver. preuss. Rheinl. u. Westph.,

[3]. S '• 335-3^' P^- ^- ^°- So'i"- '^^^•

Description of a species from Lebach with memoranda of pre-
viously described species. The note by Weiss is purely geologi-
cal, on the probable equivalence of the Lebach beds and those
yielding Xylobius.

Doubleday, Edward, and Westwood, John
Obadiah. The genera of diurnal lepidoptera ; com-
prising their generic characters, a notice of their
habits and transformations, and a catalogue of the
species of each genus ; illustrated with 86 plates,
by William C. Hewitson. 2 vols. fol. London.

1846-52. Vol. I, pp. 12, 250, (2), pi. A., 1-30
Vol. 2, t. p., pp. 251-534, pi. 31-80 and suppl. pi.

Several numbers on the plates are repeated, followed by "A."
A single fossil species, Cyllo sepulta, is catalogued on p. 361.

Duisburg, H. von. Zur bernstein-fauna. Schriften
k. phys.-Skon. gesellsch. Konigsb., 9 : 23-28, fig. 40.
Konigsberg. 1868.

Discusses the systematic position of the smallest amber insect
known, a species of the hymenopterous genus Mymar, the ex-
panse of whose wings is scarcely more than half a millimetre.

Duponchel, [Philogfene Auguste Joseph.]. L'ex-
istence d'une impression trfes-remarquable de l^pi-
doptfere fossile, qui a iti trouvee dans una plStri^re
des environs d'Aix (en Provence). Ann. soc. ent.
France,"], bull, ent, pp. ^i-'^i. 8°. Paris. 1838.

First announcement of Neorinopis as a " Nymphale " ; repro-
duced in ScuddeHs Fossil butterflies, p. 15.

Saton, Alfred Edwin. A monograph on the
ephemeridae. Trans, entom. soc. Lond., 1871, 1-164,
//. 1-6. ^o. London. 1871.

Contains a chapter on Fossil ephemeridae, pp. 38-40, and a
a figure, pi. i, fig. 10, of a single unnamed species from Solen-
hofen.

Eaton, A. E. Did flowers exist during the car-
boniferous epoch ? 7Va?»r«, 20: 315. 40. London.
1879.

Breyeria is an ephemerid.

Translation. — Der angebliche steinkohlenzeit-
schraetterling. Kosmos, 5: 461-62. 80. Leipzig.
1879.

Ed-wards, William Henry, The butterflies of
North America. 40. New York. 1868-72. pp.
(10), 2, (154), pi. (50). Contains also a Synopsis of
North American butterflies, pp. 5, 52 ; and a Supple-
mentary part, pp. (17), pi. (3), and corrected pp.
4-12, 19-20 of synopsis.

p. (64) in pt. I (1S68) contains a figure of Mylothrites Pluto,
with suggestions concerning its affinities with the living Argyn^
nis Diana.

Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. Eine samm-
lung bei Brandenburg aufgefundener bernstein-
stiicke. Froriep, Neue notizen geb. nat.-heilk., 19 :
120. 4". Weimar. 1841.

Refers to insects of the genera Ceratopogon and Gryllus and to
Phyganidae and ants. Notice of same in Neuesjahrb. mineral,
1843, 502. S». Stuttgart. 1843.

d'Bich-wald, fidouard. Sur un terrain jurassique
i poissons et insectes d'eau douce de la Siberie ori-
entale. Bull. soc. giol. France, [2], 21 : 19-25. 8°.
Paris. 1864.

Describes Epkemeropsis trisetalis, pp. 21-22. The deposit
was thought by Miiller to be Eocene.

Translation. — On a Jurassic deposit contain-
ing fresh- water fish and insects in Eastern Siberia.
Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 20, ii: 21-22 (Abstract
by R. T.). 80. London. 1864.

d'Bichwald, E. Ueber fossile insecten und belem-
niten. Amtl. ber. vers, deutsch. naturf., 39 : 169-72.
40. Geissen. 1865.

Notices, p. 170, the ephemerid larva described by him as
Ephemeropsis, found in calcareous schists on the banks of the
Turga in Siberia.

d'Blch-wald, E. Lethaea rossica, ou Paleontolo-
gie de la Russie decrite et figuree. text, 8°. atlas, 40.
3 v. Stuttgart. 1853-68. Vol. i. Ancienne periode
(in 2 parts), pp. 1-19, 17-26, 1-681, 681-1657 -{-titles
to parts, i860. Atlas, t. p., pp. 8, tab. 59. 1859.
— Vol. 2. Periode moyenne (in 2 parts), pp. 1-35,
1-640, 641-1304 -f-titles to parts. 1865,1868. Atlas,
t. p., tab. 40, expl. of plates opp. plates. 1868.
—Vol. 3. Periode moderne, pp. 19, 533. 1853. Atlas,
t. p., pp. 4, tab. 14, expl. of plates opp. plates. 1853.

12

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

The insects are contained in vol. 2, ii., pp. 1191-95, tab. 37
(1868).

Elrod, M. N., and Mclntire, E. S. Report of a
geological survey of Orange county. Ann. rep. geol.
surv. Ind., 7 : 203-239. 8°. Indianapolis. 1876.

Tile geological position of Paolia veiusia is shown on pp.

206, 221.

Erlchson, Wilhelm Ferdinand. Zur abbildung
der libelle von Solenhofen. Buch, yura in Deutschl.
p. 135, //. (3.) Abhandl. kbn. akad. wiss, Berlin,
1837, phys. abhandl. 40. Berlin. 1839.

Considers the insect figured by von Buch as partaking of the
characters of the genera Aeschna and Libellula. It was after-
wards named Anax Buchi by Hagen.

Eser, Anton Friedrich. Das petrefactenlager bei
Ober-und Unter-Kirchberg an der lUer im oberamt
Laupheim. Jahresh. ver. vaterl. naturk. Wiirtt.,
4 : 258-267. 8". Stuttgart. 1849.

Records, pp. 264-265, the discovery of two insects in the
mioceue fish beds of Unterkirchberg.

Esper, Eugen Johann Christoph. Ad avdiendain
orationem pro capessendo munere philosophiae pro-
fessoris pvblici extraordinarii a rectore academise . . .
Christiano Friderico Carolo Alexandre . . . gratiosis-
sime sibi collato d. martii, 1783 recitandam omni
qva decet observantia invitat simvlqve de animali-
bus oviparis et sanie frigida praeditis in cataclysmo
qvem svbiit orbis terrarum plerisqve salvis disserit
Evgen. Joann. Christoph. Esper. 40. Erlangae.
1783. pp. 20.
Refers in a general way to fossil insects, pp. 18-19.

Evans, C. E. Insect remains in the Paludina
beds at Peckham (with note concerning them by F.
Smith, as recorded in a letter from H. Woodward).
Geologist, 4 : T,Ori,o,fig. 8°. London. 1861.

Figures an elytron and mentions others.

Fairmaire, Leon. See MUlifere, P.

Paujas-de-Saint-Fond, Barthelemy. Nouvelle
notice sur les plantes fossiles renfermees dans un
schiste marneux des environs de Chaumerac et de
Roche Sauve, dt-partement de I'Ardeche. Mem.
mus. hist, nat, 2: ^^^-^CQ, pi. i<,. 40. Paris. 1S15.

Gives the opinion of Latreille on a species of ' ' Polistes " figured
on the plate.

Peistmantel, Karl. Die steinkohlen becken in
der umbegung von Radnic. Archiv. natunv. landes-
durchf. Bohnien, bd. I, sect. 2, at end, pp. I-120, pi.
1-2. 80. Prag. 1869.

Gives, p. 66, a brief account of the Chomle scorpions described
by Corda, and notices the discovery of Palaranea borassifolia
-without description.

Fischer, Leopold Heinrich. Orthoptera euro-
paea. 40. Lipsiae. 1853. pp. 20, 454, tab. 18.

Species fossiles, pp. 55-57, contains a bibliography of fossil
orthoptera and a list of the species.

Fisher, Osmond. On the brick-pit at Lexden,
near Colchester, Quart, joicrn. geol. soc. Lond., 19:
393-400. 80. London. 1863.

Under the head of Organic remains, pp. 398-400, a letter is
printed from T. V. Wollaston concerning Coleoptera found in
the pit, and deductions are drawn concernmg the climate of the
time in which they lived.

Fischer von Waldheim, Gotthelf. Prodromus
petromatognosiae animalium systematicae continens
bibliographiam animalium fossilium. 4°. Mosquae.
1826. Nouv. mein. soc. imp. not. Mosc, I : 501-374 ;
2 : 95-277, 447-458. 4°. Moscou. 1829-32.

Notices a few articles on fossil insects, torn. ii. pp. 219-20,
458. I

Fischer von Waldheim, G. Bibliographia
palaeonthologica animalium systematica editio al-
tera aucta. 8°. Mosquae. 1834. t.p., pp. 8, 414.

Contains slight additions to the preceding, with the notices on
pp. 30s. 372.

Fleck, Hugo. See Geinitz, H. B., Fleck, H.,
und Hartig, E.

Fletcher, John. A dreadful phenomenon de-
scribed and improved; being a particular account
of the sudden stoppage of the river Severn, and of
the terrible desolation that happened to the birches
between Coalbrook Dale and Buildwas Bridge in
Shropshire on Thursday morning. May 27, 1773.
Works of John Fletcher, Vicar ofMadeley, I : 229-
246. 120. London. [i773.'l

On p. 237 "a great many [fossils] were found bearing the im-
pression of a flymg insect, not unlike the butterfly into which
silk-worms are changed."

Fliche, P. Sur les lignites quaternaires de Jar-
ville pres de Nancy. Comftesrendus,Zo: 1 233-1 236.
40. Paris. 1875.

Records, p. 1234, seven kinds of beetles, northern species
affecting moist locaHties, p. 1236.

Fliche, P. Faune et flore des tourbieres de la
champagne. Comptes rendus, 82 : 979-982. 40. Paris.
1876.

Notices the occurrence, p. 979, of four species of beetles from
Valines.

Fologne, Egide. See de Borre, A. P.
Fontaine, William Morris and White, J. C.

The permian or upper carboniferous flora of West
Virginia and S. W. Pennsylvania. 8". Harrisburg.
1880. Rep. progr. second geol. surv. Penn., PP, pp.
10, 143, map, pi. 38.

Contains a description, p. 104, and a figure, pi. 38, figs. 5, sa, of
Gerablattina balteaia by S. H. Sfcudder].

Fothergill, John. An extract of John Fother-
gill . . . his essay upon the origin of amber. Phil,
trans., 43 : 21-25. 4°- London. 1746.

Mentions the occurrence in amber, of "ants, spiders, &c."

Fric, Anton. See Fritsch, A.

Fritsch, Anton. Palaeontologische untersuch-
ungen der einzelnen schichten in der bohmischen
kreideformation. Archiv. naturw. landesdurchf.
Bohmen, bd. i, sect. 2, pp. 181-256,//. 3. 8°. Prag.
1869.

Refers on p. 187 to the discovery of an elytron of a beetle,
and a tube of a phryganid larva in clay-schists at Kounic.

Fritsch, A. Notiz iiber eine heuschrecke aus der
braunkohle von Freudenhain. Archiv. naturw.
landesdurchf. Bohmen, bd. i, sect. Z,.p. 2y6, fg. 8°.
Prag. 1869.

Describes and figures Deciicus umhraceits.

Fritsch, A. Fauna der steinkohlen formation
Bohmens. Archiv naturw. landesdurchf. Bohmen, bd.
2, abrh. 2, th. I, pp. \-i(,, pi, i-^. 8°. Prag. 1874.

Describes Palaranea borassifoliae for the first time, and
gives iiew figures and descriptions of four previously known in- '
sects, including the famous scorpions descriljed by Corda.

Fritsch, A. Fauna der gaskohle und der kalk-
steine der permformation Bohmens. Bd. I. heft i.
40. Prag. 1879. pp. 92, taf. 12.

Contains pp. 26-31 : "Vorlaufige uebersicht der in der gas-
kohle und den kalksteinen der permformation in Bohmen vorge-
fundenen thierreste." On p. 31 appears a list of five insects, to
three of which Cmyriapoda) names are given, from Nyfan and
Kounova.

Fritsch, A. ^Dva novi clenovci z litvaru kame-
nouhelneho v Cechach. Vesmir, 9 : 241-242, fies.
A, B. 40. Praha. 1880. '* -^ > J S

Popular account of interesting remains of Ephemeridae from
the carboniferous schists of Votvovic.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

13

Fromont, [Louis]. [Empreintes sur une plaque
de pierre lithographique.] Ann. soc. ent. belg., 23,
comtes rendus, p. -T^t^. 8°. Bruxelles. 1880.

Mention of Impressions considered to resenUsle the antennae
of an insect.

de la Fruglaye. Extrait d'une lettre de M. de la
Fruglaye a M. Gillet-Laumont, sur une foret sous-
marine qu'il a decouverte pr^s Morlaix (Finisttre)
en 1811. yourn. des mines, 20: ■i?>^^i- 8°. Paris.
1811.

Notices a fossil chrysalis and a fly.

Gadd, Pehr Adrian. Ron och undersokning, i
hvad man insecter och zoophyter bidraga til sten-
hardningar. Kongl. vet. acad. nya handl. 8 : 98-106.
160. Stockholm. 1787.

Refers pp. 103-104 to "globuli arenacei" which he considers
apparently as eggs of insects,

Gaudin, Charles Theophile. See Heer, O.

Geikie, James. Prehistoric Europe ; a geologi-
cal sketch. 8°. London and Philadelphia. 1881.
pp. 18, 592, pi. 5.

Refers to notices of pleistocene insects on pp. 54, 256, 299,
440, 480, 494.

Geinitz, F. Eugen. Versteinerungen aus dem
brandschieJEer der unteren dyas von Weissig bei
Pillnitz in Sachsen. 8°. Stuttgart. 1873. pp. 14,
pi. Neues jahrb. f. miner., 1873 : 691-704. taf. 3.
80. Stuttgart. 1873.

Describes two Blattinae and a Fulgorina.

Geinitz, F. E. Ueber neue aufschliisse im brand-
schiefer der unteren dyas von Weissig bei Pillnitz
in Sachsen. 8°. Stuttgart. 1875. pp. 14, pi. Neues
jahrb. f. miner., 1875, 1-14, taf. i. 8°. Stuttgart.
1875.

11. Insecten, pp. 4-6 ; describes four species of Blattina, one
of them as new.

Geinitz, F. E. Die blattinen aus der unteren
dyas von Weissig bei Pillnitz. 40. Halle. 1880.
pp. 22, pi. I. JVova acta k. Leop-carol.-deutschen akad.
naturf., 41, ii. no. 7. 40. Halle. 1880.

Gives a full description, with figures of the diversity in neura-
tion in opposite wings, of a species of cockroach, together with
criticisms of Scudder's Palaeozoic cockroaches, and notes and
figures of seven other forms.

Geinitz, F. E. Der jura von Dobbertin in Meck-
lenburg und seine versteinerungen. Zeitschr. deutsch.
geol. gesellsch., 1880, 510-535, taf. 22. 8". Berlin.
1880.

Contains, pp. 519-531, fnsectenfauna des dobbertiner unteren
jura, in which seventeen insects are described, the greater part
of them new. The plate is wholly devoted to insects.

Geinitz, Hanns Bruno. Charakteristik der schich-
ten und petrefacten des sachsischen kreidegebirges.
40. 1839-42. Dresden und Leipzig, pp. 4, Ii6,
26, pi. A, 24.

Under the head of Insecten, pp. 12-13, taf. 3-6, are described
and figured borings of insects which the author, supported by
Reichenbach and Germar, refers to Cerambycidae, and describes
under the generic appellation Cerambycites. Dr. Geinitz informs
me that these belong to Gastrochaeitn ampkishaena Goldf., a
burrowing mollusk.

Geinitz, H. B. Grundriss der versteinerungs-
kunde. 8°. Dresden und Leipzig. 1845 [also dated
1846]. pp. 10, 815, pi. 8, tabelle i.

B. Arthrozoa, pp. i79-93> p'- 8 ; gives a brief general systematic
account of fossil insects, with descriptions of a few forms and
figures of Aeschna. longiolata and Oedipoda melanosticta. The
second edition, 8», Leipzig, 1856, not seen ; according to Hagen
the insects are upon pp. i79-9°*

Geinitz, H. B. Die versteinerungen der ateln-
kohlenformation in Sachsen. fo. Leipzig. 1855.
pp. 7, 61, pi. 35-

Insecta, pp. 1-2, pi. 8, figs, i, 4, are represented only by bor-
ings of supposed coleoptera.

Geinitz, H. B. Ueber einige seltene versteiner-
ungen aus der unteren dyas und der steinkohlen-
formation. Neues jahrb. f. miner., 1865, 385-394, taf.
2, 3-

Describes Ephetnerites Riickerti and contains a letter upon
the same from Dr. Hagen.

Geinitz (H. B.). Palaontologische mittheilungen
aus dem mineralogischen museum in Dresden. Sitz-
ungsb. naturw. gesellsch. /sis, 1872, 125-131, taf. I.
8°. Dresden. 1872.

Contains, pp. 128-31, taf. i, fig, 4-7: iii. Fossile myriapnden
in dem rothliegenden bei Chemnitz. Palaeojulus dyadicus is
described.

Geinitz, H. B. Ueber Palaeojulus dyadicus.
Neues jahrb. f miner., 1878, 733. 80. Stuttgart.
1878.

In response to Sterzel, defends the myriapodan character of
Palaeojulus. The identity of his Palaeojulus with Scolecopteris
elsgans Zenk. is acknowledged by the author in 1880. See his
Nachtraege zur Dyas, I. Mitth. k. vim. geol. praehui. jmis.
Dresden. Heft. 3, 1-4. 4<*. Cassel. 1880.

Geinitz, H. B. Bericht iiber die . . . auf dem
reviere des carlschachte.s der Lugau-Niederwiirsch-
nitzer steinkohlenwerke gesammelten steinkohlen-
pflanzen. Sitzungsb. naturw. gesellsch. /sis, 1879,
7-13, taf I. 8°. Dresdeii. 1879.

Describes, with Deichmiiller, p. 12-13 (two figures in text),
Blattina. dresdetisis from the coal-beds near Klein-Opiiz,
Saxony.

Geinitz, H. B., Fleck, H., und Hartig, E.

Die steinkohlen Deutschland's und anderer lander
Europa's, ihre natur, lagerungs-verhaltnisse, verbreit-
ung, geschichte, statistik und technische verwendung.
2 bd. 40. Miinchen. 1865. Bd. i (also entitled:
Geologie der steinkohlen Deutschland's und anderer
lander Europa's, mit hinblick auf ihre technische
verwendung; von Geinitz). pp. 10, 420, atlas, ff. 3,
pi. 28. Bd. 2 (also entitled : Geschichte, statistik
und technik der steinkohlen Deutschland's und
anderer lander Europa's ; von Fleck u. Hartig).
pp. 8, 423, (4), map.

Contains (bd. i, pp, 146-50) Organische ueberreste der stein-
kohlenformation des Saarbriickenschen, in which, pp, 149, 150,
appear lists of the carboniferous and dyas insects of the basin of
the Saar.

Geinitz, H. B. und Gutbier A. von. Die ver-
steinerungen von Obersachsen und der Lausitz.
Gein., Gda von Sachsen. 8°. Dresden and Leipzig.
1843, pp. 61-142.

Insects at pp. 66, 115, 140; nothing new.

George, Hector. See Brongniart, C.

Germar, Ernst Friedrich. Insecten in bernstein
eingeschlossen, beschrieben aus dem academischen
mineralien-cabinet zu Halle. Germar, Mag. d. entom.
I : 11-18. 8°. Halle, 18 13.

Describes seven insects of various suborders.

Germar, (E. F.). Fauna insectorum Europae.
Fasciculus undecimus. Insectorum protogeae speci-
men, sistens insecta carbonum fossilium. Long, mi-
nute fol. Halse, 1837. 2 t. p., i f., index, pi. 1-25.

Each plate contains one page of descriptive text, unpaged.
The insects are all from the tertiaries,

Germar, E F. Ueber die versteinerten insect-
en des juraschiefers von Solenhofen aus der samm-
lung des grafen zu Miinster. Oken, /sis. 1837, 421-
424. 40. Leipzig. 1837.

Germar compares the few insects then known from Solenhofen
with the tertiary insects, and concludes that: i», none of the
Jurassic species are identical with the hving j 20, there are no
strikingly strange forms ; 3°, the general facies of the fauna is
that of middle Europe and the United States, and indicates a

14

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

similar climate ; 4°, all are wood or leaf eaters, excepting some
water beetles and a Geotrupes. This paper appears to have been
read before the Jena meeting of the Deutscher natursforscher
imd aertzte, in 1836, but 1 have been unable to consult tbe
report of that meeting.

G-ermar, E. F. Die versteinerten insecten Solen-
hofens. Nova acta acad. Leop.-Carol. 19, i. : 187-222,
tab. 21-23. 4*°- Vratislaviae et Bonnae, 1839.

Describes and rudely figures seventeen insects of various
orders, of which eleven are credited to Miinster. _ The descrip-
tions are preceded by some general remarks, historical and other-
wise, upon Solenhofen and other fossil insects.

Germar, E. F. Beschreibung einiger neuen fos-
sile insecten (i ) in den lithographischen schiefern
von Bayern und (ii.) in schieferthon des steinkohlen-
gebirges von Wettin. Miinst., Beitr. z. fetref., he/t
5,//. 79-94, /a/" 9, 13. 40. Bayreuth. 1842.

The first part, pp. 79-90, pi. g, 13, describes and figures nine
insects of various orders from Solenhofen, being the first memoir
on the subject. The second, pp. 90-94, pi. 13, describes and
figures four cockroaches and one orthopteron from the coal
measures. See also Voigt.

Germar, E. F. Ueber einige insekten aus ter-
ti'arbildungen. Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., i : 52-
66, taf. 2. 80. Berlin. 1849.

Describes and figures six beetles, a fly and a bee from the
Rhine and Aix. Briefly noticed in Neuesjahrb, inifteraL, 1851,
759. 8". Stuttgart. 1851.

Germar, (E. F.). Die versteinerungen des stein-
kohlengebirges von Wettin und LobejUn in Saal-
Itreise. Also entitled: Petrificata stratorum lithan-
thracum Wettini et Lobejuni in circulo Salae reperta.
fo, 8 hefte [fasc] Halle, 1844-53. PP- 4> ' 16, taf. [tab.]
40. i=s heft, pp. i.-iv., I-I2, pi. 1-5, 1844; 2es heft,
pp. 15-2S, pi. 6-10, 1845; 3^^ heft, pp. 29-40, pi.
11-15, 1845; 4^^ \i&it, pp. 41-48, pi. 16-20, 1847;
5':s heft, pp. 49-60 (59), pi. 21-25, 1848; 6es heft,
pp. 61-80, pi. 26-30, 1849; 7<!s heft, pp. 81-102, pi.
31-35, 1851 ; 8es heft, pp. 103-U6, pi. 36-40, 1853.

Ueberreste von insekten [fnsectorum vestigia], pp. 81-88, taf.
31, 39 (1851), almost entirely devoted to the cockroaches of the
palaeozoic rocks, on which it is the first important publication.

Germar, E. F. See also Geinitz, H. B.

Germar (E. F.) und Berendt, (G. C). Die im
bernstein befindlichen hemipteren und orthopteren
der vorwelt. i°. Berlin. 1856. t. p., pp. 2, 40,
pi. 4. Berendt, Bernst. befindl. org. reste vorw. 2^ bd.
ie abth.

Edited, with notes, by Hagen ; sixty Hemiptera and eight
Orthoptera are described and figured, the latter in part by Pictet.

Gerstaecker, Carl Eduard Adolph. Die klas-
sen und ordnungen der arthropoden wissenschaftlich
dargestellt in wort und bild. 5^'' hand, erste abtheil-
ung. Crustacea (erste halfte) mit 50 lithograph-
irten tafeln. 8°. Leipzig und Heidelberg. 1866-79.
Also entitled : Die klassen.und ordnungen des thier-
reichs wissenschaftlich dargestellt in wort und bild.
Von Dr. H. G. Bronn. Fortgesetzt von A. Ger-
staecker. 5erband: GliederfUssler (arthropoda).

Contains in the introduction to the arthropoda in general :
vlii. Zeitliche verbreltung, divided into : i. Allgemeiner charak-
ter der fossilen arthropoden, pp. 287-292. 2. Aufeinanderfolge
der formen in den verschiedenen erdschichten, pp. 293-295.
Published in 1866? Under the first section the author notices
the extremely small number of known fossil fornis as compared
with living types, and their almost complete typical agreement
with existing forms ; insisting that even the oldest not only
fall into the orders, but even into the families of insects now
extant.

Gerstaecker, C. E. A. See also Packard, A. S. ;
and Soudder, S. H.

Gervais, Paul. See deBorre, A. P.

Giard, (Alfred). Un papillon dans la houille ; note
de M. Preudhomme de Borre. Bu/i. scient. hist, etlitt.

dip. Nord, arm. 7, no. (>-j,pp. 121-127. &o, Lille.

1875.

Discusses the afiBnities of Breyeria, concluding that it is not a
lepidopteron Ijut belongs to the Archiptera.

Giard, A. Note sur un dipt^re nouveau pour la
faune franyaise [Penthetria holosericea Meig.) suivie
de quelques remarques sur les bibionides fossiles.
Bull, scient. hist. litt. dip. nord, ann. ?>, pp. 172-178.
80. Lille. 1876.

Discusses, pp. 177-78, the Penihetria Vaillantii of Oustalet
from Auvergne. Continued in the following.

Giard, A. Note sur les bibionides fossiles. Bull.
scient. dip. nord [2] I : 12-16. 80. Lille. 1878.

Criticises the classification by Oustalet and Brotigniart of vari-
ous species placed by them in Protomyia. A continuation of the
preceding.

Giard, A. Les coleopteres fossiles d'Auvergne
par M. Oustalet ; remarques critiques. Bull, scient.
dip. Nord, [2], i : 56-62, 109-118. 80. Lille. 1878.

A sharp criticism of Oustalet's memoir on the fossil insects
of Auvergne ; the Neuroptera as well as the Coleoptera are dis-
cussed.

Giard, A. See also de Borre, A. P. ; Oustalet,
E. ; and de Saporta, G.

Giebel, Christoph Gottfried. Palaozoologie ;
entwurf einer systematischen darstellung der fauna
der vorwelt. 8°. Merseburg. 1846. pp. 8, 360.

The insects, mentioned only by generic names, are systemati-
cally treated under each period : the period of water life on pp.
58-59, the transition period on pp. 144-148, and the period of land
and air life on pp. 265-288.

Giebel, C. G. Gaea excursoria germanica;
Deutschlands geologie, geognosie und palaontologie
als unentbehrlicher leitfaden auf excursionen und
beim selbststudium. 16°. Leipzig. 1848. pp. 8,
510, (24), taf. 24.

Brief mention of insects on pp. 160, 266, 323, 442. Blattirta
didyma is figured on pi. 5, fig. 26.

Giebel, C. G. Ueber insectenreste im wettiner
steinkohlengebirge. jfahresb. naturw. ver. Halle, 2 :
S-g. 80. Berlin. 1850.

Mention o£ the cockroaches described by Germar.

Giebel, C. G. Bericht uber die leistungen im
gebiete der palaontologie mit besonderer beriick-
sichtigung der geognosie wahrend der jahre 1848 und
1849. 80. Berlin. 1851. pp. (4), 281.

5. Insecten, pp. 92-95, is mostly taken up with a notice of the
first volume of Heer's Oeningen insects.

Giebel, (C. G.). Deutschlands petrefecten; ein
systematisches verzeichniss aller in Deutschland und
den angrenzenden landern vorkommenden petre-
facten, nebst angabe der synonymen und fundorte.
80. Leipzig. 1852. pp. 13, 706.

Arachnoidea, pp. 634-636 ; Insecta, pp. 636-656. A simple list.

Giebel, C. G. Allgemeine palaeontologie; ent-
wurf einer systematischen darstellung der fauna
und flora der vorwelt; zum gebrauche bei vorles-
ungen und zum selbstunterrichte. 8°. Leipzig. 1852.
pp. 8, 413.

Insects treated on pp. 117-118, 204-208, 276-286 under the same
general divisions as in the author's Palaozoologie. The genera
are enumerated.

Giebel, (C. G.). Beitrage zur palaeontologie.
80. Berlin. 1853. pp. 4, 192, pi. 3. Jahresb.
naturw. ver. Halle, 5 : 287-478. 8°. Berlin. 1853.

Contains ; i. Die palaeontologie Deutschlands auf ihrem
gegenwartigen standpuncte, pp. 1-71 [287-357]. A tabular view
of the genera found in Germany with the number of species of
each includes, pp. 63-66 [349-352], the insects, 169 genera, and
377 or more species.

■ Z' ^^"'^'^' '^^^ ^^^ fortschritt der palaontologie wahrend der
jahre 1850-52, pp. 108-192. Contains an analysis of the litera-
ture on fossil insects on pp. 124-126 [410-412].

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

15

Giebel, (C. G.) Die insecten und spiiinen der
vorwelt mit steter beriicksichtigung der lebenden
insecten und spinnen; monographiscli dargestellt.
Also entitled : Fauna der vorwelt mit steter beriickr
sichtigung der lebenden thiere. z^ band : Glieder-
thiere ; erste abtheilung : Insecten and spinnen. 8°.
Leipzig. 1856. pp. 18, 511.

_A systematic treatment of all the fossil insects then known
with descriptions of nearly all ; many are described and named
for the first time from published plates. Notice especially the
treatment of the illustrations of Brodie's fossil insects of Eng-
land. Some new amber insects also appear.

Giebel, C. G. Insectenreste aus den braunkohl-
enschichten bei Eisleben. Zeitschr. gesammt. na-
turwissensch., 7 : 384-386, taf. ^,figs. 1-4. 8°. Berlin.
1856.

Describes and figures four insects, — two coleoptera, one cock-
roach, and one dragon-fly, — to only one of which, Buprestiies
Mirtnae, a name is given.

Giebel, C. G. Geologische uebersicht der vor-
weltlichen insecten. Zeitschr. gesammt. naturw., 8 :
174-188. 80. Berlin. 1856.

A general review of authorities, with lists of the species men-
tioned in their works.

Giebel, C. G. Zur fauna des lithographischen
schiefersvon Solenhofen. Zeitschr. gesammt. naturw.,
9 : 373-388, taf. 5-6. 8°. Berlin. 1857.

Contains long descriptions and figures of two dragon-flies.

Giebel, (C. G.). Eine neue aeschna aus den
lithographischen schiefer von Solenhofen. Zeitschr.
gessammt. naturw., 16 : 127-131, taf. i. 80. Berlin.
i860.

Describes very fully A eschna ^ ittei.

Giebel, (C. G.). Wirbelthier und insektenreste
im bernstein. Zeitschr. gesammt. naturwiss., 20 : 31 1-
321. 80. Halle. 1862.
Describes sixteen insects of all orders.

Gdebel, C. G. Ueber eine kleine . . . suite von
bernstein-insekten. Zeitschr. gesammt. naturw., [2],
I : 87. 80. Berlin. 1870.

Mentions an ant and several genera of flies in a collection re-
ceived from Dr. Schreiber.

Gilbert, Ludwig Wilhelm. See Troost, G.

G[irard], M[aurice]. Les articules fossiles. La
nature, 5 : 301-302. 4°. Paris. 1877.

Brief notice of recent papers by Brongniart, including that on
Proiomyia Ousttdeti.

G[irard], M. Les perforations des bois fossiles.
Lanature, 6: 112, fgs. 1-6. 40. Paris. 1878.

Popular account of Brongniart's two papers on the subject with
figures.

G[iraTd], M. Une tres-ancienne araignee. La
nature, 6: 144, fgs. i-i^. 4°. Paris. 1878.

A popular account of Atioides eresiformis described by Bron-
gniart.

Girard, M. Un spectre fossile. La nature, 7 :
lo8-iio,yf^. 40. Paris. 1879.
Popular account of Protophasnia Dumasi.

Girard, M. See also Oustalet, E.

Gistl, Johannes Nepomuk Franz Xaver. Kerfe
in copal eingeschlossen. Oken, Isis, 1831, 247-248.
40. Leipzig. 183 1.

Describes four new species from Brazil. Noticed in Neues
jahrb. mineral., 1833, 712, 8". Stuttgart. 1833.

Goeppert, Heinrich Robert. On amber and on
the organic remains found in it. Quart, journ. geol.
soc. Land., 2, i : 102-103. 8°. London. 1846.

A paragraph only on the insects, p. 102, specifying the orders
and numbers of insects found.

Goeppert, H. R. Die tertiare flora von Schoss-
nitz in Schlesien. 40. Gorlitz. 1855. pp. 18, 52,
pi. 26.

Six insects are figured on pi. 26, with a brief statement con-
cerning them on p. vii.

Goeppert, H. R. Die fossile flora der permischen
formation. 40. Cassel. 1864-65 2 t. p., pp. 316,
taf. 64. Palaeontogr., bd. 12. 40. Cassel. 1864-65.

^ Contains p 289 : D. Beitrage zur fauna der permischen forma-
tion, in which he mentions and names two wings and a body of
cockroaches (localities not specified) which are figured on plates
28 and 64.

Goeppert, Heinrich Robert, und Berendt,
Georg Carl. Der bernstein und die in ihm befind
lichen pflanzenreste der vorwelt. fo. Berlin. 1845.
pp. (6), 4, 126, tab. 7. Berendt, Org. reste bernst., bd.
I, abth. I.

Contains an important chapter, pp. 41-60, by Dr. Berendt, on
Die organischen bernstein-enischliisse im allgemeinen, treating
of insects from p. 46 on, with many details and generalizations
of interest, giving the first extended review of amber insects.

Goldberger, F. See Goldenberg, F.

Goldenberg, Friedrich. Prodrom einer natur-
geschichte der fossilen insecten der kohlenformation
von Saarbriicken. Sitzungsb. math.-tiat. cl. akad. wiss.
IVien, 9 : 38-39. 8°. Wien. 1852.

A nominal list, without description, of six new Orthoptera and
Neuroptera. The author's name is accidentally given as Gold-
berger.

Goldenberg, F. [Brief] an Herrn v. Carnell.
Zeitschr. deutsch. geol, gesellsch., 4 : 246-248. 8°.
Berlin. 1852.

Much the same as the preceding, but with a few more details
and comparisons, and without mention of specific names.

Goldenberg, F. Ueber versteinerte insectenreste
im steinkohlengebirge von Saarbriicken. Amtl. ber.
vers, gesellsch. deutsch. naturf, 29 : 123-126. 40.
Wiesbaden. 1853.

Goldenberg, F. Die fossilen insecten der kohlen-
formation von Saarbriicken. t. p., pp. 24, pi. 4. 40.
Cassel. 1854. Palaeontogr., 4: 17-40, /ai5. 3-6. 40.
Cassel. 1854.

A careful description and excellent illustration of the species
mentioned in his previous papers, with as many more. The re-
markable genus Dictyoneura is introduced with three species.

Goldenberg, F. Beitrage zur vorweltlichen fauna
des steinkohlengebirges zu Saarbriicken. The title
within is : Uebersicht der thierreste der kohlenfor-
mation von Saarbriicken. Jahresb. k. gymn. u. vorsch.
Saarbr., \Zi>l,pp. 1-26. 40. Saarbriicken. 1867.

The insects occupy pp. 7-20 and swell the number of Saar-
bruck insects to seventeen. References are made to plates, but
these are not given until the same paper appears as the first heft
of his Fauna saraep.foss.

Goldenberg, F. Zur kenntniss der fossilen in-
secten in der steinkohlen-formation. Neues jahrb. f.
»«/«f?-., 1869,//. 158-168,//. 3. 80. Stuttgart. 1869.

Description and illustration of ten new Blattinae and two
Homoptera.

Goldenberg, F. Zwei neue ostracoden und
eine blattina aus der steinkohlenformation von Saar-
briicken. Neues jahrb. f. mineral., 1870 : 286-289,
figs. 80. Stuttgart. 1870.

BlatiiTia vjinteriana. is described and figured on pp. 288-289.

Goldenberg, F. Fauna saraepontana fossilis.
Die fossilen thiere aus der steinkohlenformation von
Saarbriicken. i=s heft, mit zwei tafeln abbildungen.
40. Saarbriicken. 1873. t. p., pp. z6 (2), pi. 2.
2tcs heft, mit zwei tafeln abbildungen. 40. Saar-
briicken. 1877. pp. 4, 54, pi. 2.

The first part, with the exception of the introduction and the
addition of the plates referred to in the text, is an exact repro-
duction of the paper published six years earlier in the report

i6

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

of the Saarbriick ^miiasium, no mention being made of the
author's own additions to the carboniferous fauna since it was
issued. These and others appear in the second part, where the
insects occupy pp. 8-34 and pi. 1. The order Palaeodictyoptera
is here instituted for the Dictyoptera (nom. praeocc.) of Dohrn.
The number of species treated is twenty-seven, not however
all confined to Saarbriick ; this brings the number of Saarbriick
insects as given in the catalogue, pp. 50-51, to thirty-eight, and
renders this work the most important contribution to palaeozoic
entomology that has ever appeared. A nominal list of 76 fossil
cockroaches, based on that of Heer, is given on pp. ig-21. A
Supplement-heft is promised.

Goldfuss, Georg August. Beitrage zur kenntniss
verschiedener reptilien der vorwelt. Nma acta phys.-
med. acad. Leap. -Car. nat. cur., 15, i ( Verh. Leop. Car.
akad.nat., ■},{.): 6l-l2?i, pi, ■j-lT,. 4°. Bonnae. 1831.

On p. 118 will be found a list of genera of insects found in the
Rhenish braunkohl at Stosschen, Friesdorf, and Orsberge.

Goldsmith, E. On amber containing fossil in-
sects. Froc. acad. nat. sc. Philad., 1879, 207-208. 80.
Philadelphia. 1879.

Mainly a description of its physical qualities, but mentions
"ants, a fly, and probably small species of Coleoptera" in a frag-
ment picked up on the shore of Nantucket, Mass.

Goss, Herbert. Exhibition of a small collection
of fossil insects obtained by Mr. J. S. Gardner from
the Bournemouth leaf-beds (middle eocene). Proc.
entom. soc. Lond., 1878,^.8. 80. London. 1878.

Merely mentions a few species by generic names.

Goss, H. Notes on a fossil wing of a dragon fly,
from the Bornemouth leaf beds. Entom., 1 1 : 193-
95, fig. 80. London. 1878.

Goss, H. Three papers on fossil insects, and the
British and foreign formations in which insect re-
mains have been detected. No. i. The insect fauna
of- the recent and tertiary periods. 80. [London,
1878.] pp. 65. Proc. geol. assoc, 5. no. 6, pp. 282-
343. 8°. London. 1878.

Abstract : The insect fauna of the tertiary period,
and the British and foreign formations in which in-
sect-remains have been detected. Geol. mag. {n. s.),
4:163-165. 80. London. 1877.

First read before the Brighton and Sussex natural history so-
ciety ; afterwards before the association. This abstract, and those
of the succeeding papers of this series, were published previous
to the full papers. See also Bargagli, P. (in .Appendix).

Goss, H. The same. No. 2. The insect fauna of
the secondary or mesozoic period. 80. [London,
1879.] pp. 37. Proc. geol. assoc, 6, no. 1,pp. 116-
150. 80. London. 1879.

Abstract : The insect-fauna of the secondary or
mesozoic period, and the British and foreign strata
in which insect remains have been detected. Geol.
mag. (n. s.), 5: 134-136. 80. London. 1878.

Goss, H. The same. No. 3. The insect fauna of
the primary or palaeozoic period. 80. [London.
1880.] pp.32. Proc. geol.assoC;6,no.6. pp.2']i-^o6.
8". London. 1880.

Abstract ; The insect fauna of the primary or
palaeozoic period and the British and foreign strata
of that period in which insect remains have been
detected. Geol. mag. («. s.), vol. 6, pp. 230-232. 8°.
London. 1879.

These three papers contain a careful review of the literature
of fossil insects ; each geological formation is separately treated,
containing references to all the genera, and in very many cases
to the species found in it, with fiill bibliographical references.
It will be found very useful to the general student.

Goss, H. Introductory papers on fossil ento-
mology. No. I. On the importance of an acquaint-
ance with the subject ; its bearing on the question
of the evolution of insects, and the evidence it
affords of the antiquity of their family types. Entom.
monthl. mag., ic,: \-c,. 80. London. 1878.

Goss, H. T/ie same. No. 2. The comparative
age of the existing orders of insects, and the se-

quence in which they appeared on the geological
horizon. Entom. monthl. titag., 15 : 52-56. 8".
London. 1878.

Goss, H. The same.. No. 3. Palaeozoic time.
On the insecta of the devonian period, and the
animals and plants with which they were correlated.
Entom. monthl. mag., 15: 124-127. 80. London.
1878.

Goss, H. TTie same. No. 4. Palaeozoic time.
On the insecta of the carboniferous period, and the
animals and plants with which they were correlated.
Entom. tnonthl. mag., 15 : 169-73. 80. London.

1879. . .

Goss, H. The same. No. 5. Palaeozoic time.
On the insecta of the permian period, and the ani-
mals and plants with which they were correlated.
Entom. monthl. mag., 15 : 226-228. 8°. London.

1879.

Goss, H. The same. No. 6. Mesozoic time. On
the insecta of the triassic period, and the animals
and plants with which they were correlated. Entom.
OT«»M/. ;«fl^., 15: 245-246. 80. London. 1879.

Goss, H. The same. No. 7, part i. Mesozoic
time. On the insecta of the Jurassic period, and the
animals and plants with which they were correlated.
Entom. monthl. mag., 16: ^-lo. 8". London. 1879.

Goss, H. The same. No. 7, part 2. Mesozoic
time. On the insecta of the Jurassic period and the
animals and plants with which they were correlated.
Entom. monthl. mag., 16 : 25-29. 8°. London. 1879.

Goss, H. The same. No. 8. Mesozoic time. On
the insecta of the cretaceous period and the animals
and plants with which they were correlated. Entom.
monthl. mag., 16 : 58-60. 80. London. 1879.

Goss, H. The same. No. 9. Cainozoic time. On
the insecta of the eocene period, and the animals and
plants with which they were correlated. Entom.
monthl. mag., 16 : 12^-12^. &°. London. 1879.

Goss, H. The same. No. 10. Caenozoic time.
On the insecta of the miocene period and the ani-
mals and plants with which they were correlated.
Entom. monthl. mag., 16 : 176-181. 8°. London.
1880.

Goss, H. The same. No. it. Caenozoic time.
On the insecta of the post tertiary or quarternary
period and the animals and plants with which they
were correlated. Entom. monthl. mag., 16 : 198-
201. 80. London. 1880.

This series of papers covers much the same ground as the
preceding series of three ; but the formations are followed in an
ascending order, and the progress of insect life at each epoch is
compared to that of other contemporary animals and plants. The
lists of the other series are omitted, and the references to insects
are mostly by genera.

Goss, H. The geological antiquity of insects.
Twelve papers on fossil entomology, reprinted, with
some alterations and additions, from vols. xv. and
xvi. of the Entomologist's monthly magazine. 80.
London. 1880. pp. (2), 50.

The preceding series, collected into a pamphlet.

Gravenhorst, Johann Ludwig Karl. Mono-
graphia coleopterorum micropterorum. 16°. Got-
tingae. 1806. pp. 16, 236, (12), tab. i.

Contains, pp. 235-235, description of a single species of Oxy-
porus from amber, which in p. {3) of index is given the specific
name Blumenbachii.

Gravenhorst, J. L. K. Bericht der entomo-
logischen section. Uebers. ark verdnd. schles. gesellsch.
vaterl. cultur, 1834, 88-95. 4°- Breslau. 1835.

On pp. 92-93 is given a list by genera of a collection of about
750 insects m amber exhibited before the entomological section
of the society.

This communication has been frequently referred to Schillinsr,
but apparently upon no proper grounds; his name does not
appear.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

17

Gray, John Edward. See Buckland, W.

Grew, Nehemiah. Musaeum regalis societatis;
or, a Catalogue and description of the natural and
artificial rarities belonging to the Royal society and
preserved at Gresham coUedge; whereunto is sub-
joyned the comparative anatomy of stomachs and
guts. fo. London. i68i. pp. (12), 386, (2), (2),
43. portr., pi. 31.

. On p. 344 (misprinted 334), he mentions amber containing
cicadas, gnats, emmets, flies, and other insects. The edition of
16S6 does not differ. Neither, apparently, do the editions o£
1685 and 1694 which I have not seen.

Gu^rin-M^neville, Felix fidouard. Insectes
fbssiles. Diet, classique hist, not., ?i: c,y<)-^Zi. 16°.
Paris. 1825.

A review of past writers, containing nothing new excepting an
attempt to indicate the genera of amber msects figured by
Sendelius.

Gu^rin-M^neville, F. E. See also Barth^-
lemy-Lapommeraye, A. ; Maravigna, C. ; Ron-
dani, C.

Gutbier, August von. See Geinitz, H. B., und
Gutbier, A. von.

Haesbert, Martin Johann. De conchylio et ape
petrifactis. Ephem. med. phys. acad. caes. Leap. nat.
curios., dec. ^, ann. 2, pp. /^?>-^i). 40. Leipzig. 1695.

Not seen.

Hagen, Hermann August. Die fossilen libellen
Europas. Stett. entom. zeit.,^:6-i^. l6f. Stettin.
1848.

A revision and brief description of the fifteen species then
known.

Hagen, H. A. Ueber die fossile odonate Hetero-
phlebia dislocata Westwood, nebst abbildung. Stett.
ent. zeit., 10: 226-22,1, pi. I. 16". Stettin. 1849.

An extended description, showing that it represents a new
genus of Gomphidae.

[Hagen, H. A.] Das bernsteinland. Neue preuss.
prov.-bldtter, 10: 75-82, 120-125. 16°. Kbnigsberg.
1850.

A brief statement of the amber insects is given on pp. 124-125.
Tlie species are all extinct, the genera mostly still exist

Hagen, H. A. Ueber die lebensweise der termi-
ten und ihre verbreitung. Konigsb. 7taturw. unterh.,
2,111:53-75. 8°. Konigsberg. 1852.

Page 71 treats of the fossil species in amber, and from the ter-
tiary beds of Oeningen and Radoboj, as proving a warmer climate
in ancient Europe ; of the sixty known species of white ants one
third were fossil.

Hagen, H. A. Ueber die neuropteren der bern-
stein fauna. Verhandl.zool.-bot.ver. Wien,/^: 221-232.
8°. Wien. 1854.

A systematic review of the nearly 900 specimens examined
by the author. The Sitzungsberichte of the same volume, pp.
76-7S, contain the remarks of Erauer, comparing the results
reached by Hagen with those of Loew and Gbppert for Diptera
and plants ; and the comments of von Hauer, who indicates the
places where amber is said to occur in older formations, but never
with insect or plant remains.

Hagen, H. A. Monographic der termiten. Linn.
entom., 10: 1-144, 270-325 (1855) ; 12 : 1-342, j!>/. 1-3
(1858); 14: 73-128 (i860). 80. Stettin. 1855-60.

Includes a treatment of the (14) fossil species with the others.
Besides this, under the head Literatur (palaeontologie), x : 302-
310; xii : 294-298, an analysis is given of works in which the
fossil species have been previously treated. See also O.

Hagen, H. A. Catalogue of the specimens of
neuropterous insects in the collection of the British
museum. Part I. Termitina. I20. London. 1858.

PP- 34-

Contains the fifteen fossil species described in the Monographic
der termiten, from which indeed the whole was compiled [by
Adam White?] without the knowledge of the reputed author.
None of the fossil species are recorded as in the collections of
the British museum. ,

Hagen, H. A. Zwei libellen aus der braunkohle
von Sieblos. Palaeontosr., c; : 121-124, tab. 24; 4.0.
Cassel. 1S58.

Description of Heterophlebiajucunda and Lestes viciita.

Hagen, H. A. Ascalaphus proavus aus der
rheinischen braunkohle. Palaeontogr., 5 : 125-126,
tab. 25. 40. Cassel. 1858.

Hagen, H. A. Petalura ? acutipennis aus der
braunkohle von Sieblos. Palaeontogr., 8 : 22-26, taf.
Z,figs. 1-4. 40. Cassel. 1859.

Hagen, H. A. An entomological trip to Oxford.
Entom. weekly intell., 10 : i6i;-i68. 8°. London.
1861.

Contains an account of the Sicilian amber in the Hope collec-
tion, with a notice of three species of white ants found therein.

Hagen, H. A. Insekten im sizilianischen bern-
stein im oxforder museum. Stett. entom. zeit., 23 :
512-514. 160. Stettin. 1862.

More particularly concerned with a notice of three species of
white ants, which is much the same as that given in the pre-
ceding.

Hagen, H. A. A comparison of the fossil insects
of England and Bavaria. Entomol. annual, i?,(>2, pp.
l-io. 160. London. 1862.

Devoted almost exclusively to a comparison of the Neuroptera
of the Bavarian jura and the English lias-insects, by which he
concludes the two faunas to be " extremely closely allied," and
to be very different from the tertiary or existing forms.

Hagen, H. A. Comparison of fossil insects of
England and Bavaria. Report Brit, assoc. adv. sc,
21 ; notices, 112-114. 8°. London. 1862.

Dealing mostly with Odonata. The same given more fully in
the Entotn. a.n7iual.

Hagen, H. A. Ueber die neuroptern aus dem
lithographischen schiefer in Bayern. Palaeontogr.,
10: 96-145, ft?/. 13-15. 40. Cassel. 1862.

An introduction of nine pages, containing besides other inter-
esting matter the comparison of the mesozoic insects of England
and Bavaria given the previous year in England (see the pre-
ceding entries), is followed by a list of thirty-seven species,
mostly Odonata, found at Solenhofen and Eichstatt, by five pages
of a review of earlier writers, especially Germar, and by the ex-
tended description of twenty-four species, pp. 114-145.

Hagen, H. A. Neuroptern aus der braunkohle
von Rott in Siebengebirge. Palaeontogr., 10 : 247-
269, taf. 43-45. 4°. Cassel. 1863.

Extended descriptions of ten species, mostly Odonata, pre-
ceded by lists of the insects previously described from the Rhe-
nish brown-coal.

Hagen, H. A. Phryganidarum synopsis synony-
mica. 80. Wien. 1864. pp. 92. Verh. zool.-bot.
gesellsch. Wien, 1864, 799-890. 8°. Wien. 1864.

Includes the fossil species, twenty-eight in number, of which
ten belong to Polycentropus.

Hagen, H. A. On some aberrant genera of Pso-
cina. Ent. monthl. mag., 2 : 148-152, 170-172. 8°.
London. 1865-66.

Describes two species from amber and three from copal, be-
sides seven recent species, being all the ocellate species known.

Hagen, H. A. Psocinorum et embidinorum syn-
opsis. 8°. Wien. 1866. pp. 22. VerA. zool.-bot.
gesellsch. Wien, 1866, 201-222. 80. Wien. 1866.

Includes the fossil species, 8 Psocina, i Embidina; besides
3 Psocina from copal.

Hagen, H. A. Hemerobidarum synopsis synony.
mica. Stett. entom. zeit, 1866: 2^9-'^^-- ^^°- Stettin-
1866.

Includes the fossil species, fourteen in number.

Hagen, H. A. Die neuroptera des lithographischen
schiefers in Bayern. Pars i : Tarsophlebia, Iso-
phlebia, Stenophlebia, Anax. 40. Cassel. 1866.

i8

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

pp. 40,
Cassel.

taf.
40.

1866.

•S = 57-96. taf. 1-4.

Extended generic and specific descriptions of eight dragon-
flies.

Hagen, H. A. Synopsis pseudoscorpionidum
systematica. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 13 : 263-272.
8°. Boston. 1870.

A synonymic list of the known species of which fifty are re-
corded, ten of them (one, however, doubly recorded) fossil, all
but one being from amber.

Hagen, H. A. Beitrage zur kenntniss der phry-

faniden. Verh. zool.-bot. gesellsch. Wicn, 23 : 377-452.
o. Wien. 1873.

Hoeninghaus's description of Phryganea mombachiana is
copied on p. 379, and the insect considered as probably belong-
ing to the Phryganidae proper.

Hagen, H. A. On amber in North America.
Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., i5: 296-301. 80. Boston.
1874.

Recalls Troost's paper of 1821 on amber in Maryland and its
reported inclusion of insect-nests ; collects other references to
American amber, and, pp. 300-301, refers to the resemblance of
the fauna and flora of Prussian amber to that of the present
time in North America, instancing Termopsis and Ampniento-
mum among Neuroptera. See also Troost, G.

Hagen, H. A. The oldest fossil insects. Nature,
23 : 483-484. 40. London. 1881.

Disputes unqualifiedly the conclusions of Scudder concerning
the devonian insects.

Hagen, H. A. The devonian insects of New
Brunswick. Bull. mus. comp. zool., 8 : 27 5-284. 8°.
Cambridge. 1881.

After a *' detailed comparison of a majority of the types," ar-
rives at conclusions " radically different from the views enter-
tained by Mr. Scudder," in his memoir on the-a^bject.

Hagen, H. A. See also de Borre, A. P. ; Cor-
nelius, C. ; Geinitz, H. B. ; Germar, E. F., und
Berendt, G. C. ; Hasseucamp, E. ; Packard, A.
S. ; Pictet-Baraban, F. J., und Hagen, H. A. ;
and de Selys-Lougchamps, E., et Hagen, H. A.

Hagen, Karl Gottfried. Bemerkungen, die ent-
stehung des bernsteins betreffend. Beitr. kunde
/"«««., 4 : 207-227. 160. Kbnigsberg. 1821.

Argues, p. 2og, from the nature of the insects entombed in it,
that amber is the gum of a tree.

Haidinger. See Hear, O.

Hammerschmidt, Karl Eduard. Neue kafer in
bernstein. Haidinger, Bericht.fr. naturw. Wien, i :
39. 8". Wien. 1847.

Mere exhibition of a specimen.

Harger, Oscar. Notice of a new fossil spider
from the coal measures of Illinois. Amer. journ. sc.
ay^j, [3], 7: 219-223. 8°. New Haven. 1874.

Extended description of A rthrolycosa antigua with discussion
of its affinities.

Hartig, Ernst. See Geinitz, H. B., Fleck, H.,
and Hartig, E.

Hartmann, Philipp Jacob. Succini prussici
physica et civilis historia cum demonstratione ex
autopsia et intimiori rerum experientia deducta.
160. Francofurti. 1677. front., pp. 291, pi. 3.

In book I, chapt. 5, sect. 8, De inclusis, he mentions, p._ 90,
the occurrence in amber of " aranearum non unam species ;
muscas majores, minores ; culices, crabrones, apes, tineas, blat-
tas, formicas, locustas;" and in book 2, chapt. 5, sect. 8,_pp.
278-281 he endeavors to account for the occurrence of inclusions
in general.

Another edition of the same date and place differs only in the
plates, of which there are twenty according to Boehmer.

Hartmann, P. J. Succincta succini prussici his-
toria et demonstratio. 40. Berolini. 1699. PP- (8), 48.
Phil, trans., xxi : 5-40. 40. London. 1699.

Sect 3 c iii : Animalculorum succino inclusorum accuratior
demon'str'atio, pp. 19-2' (i*-^^ s=P-). mentions in general terms
the different sorts of insects known to be found in amber. _

According to Boehmer the separate edition was accompanied
bv six plates, but they do not exist in the two copies I have seen ;
the eight preliminary pages do not appear in the Phtl. trans.

A viryfuU abstract in English, under the tiUe An account of
amber, appears in /'At/.<ra>iJ <»*»-., 2: 473-493- 4°. London.
1749. The notice of the insects occurs on pp. 481-482.

Hassencamp, Ernst. Ueber fossile insekten der
Rhbn. Wiirzb. naturmiss. zeitschr., i : 78-81. 8°.
Wiirzburg. i860.

Contains MS. names of fossil insects by Heer, Hagen, and
Heyden.

Hebenstreit, Johann Ernest. Mvsevni richte-
rianvm continens fossilia animalia vegetabilia mar.
illvstrata iconibvs & commentariis. ^ Accedit de
gemmis scalptis antiqvis liber singvlaris. fo. Lip-
siae. 1743. pp. 56, 384, (16), 34, portr., pi. 17.

A few fossil insects are specified on p. 256, and a "libella"
figured pi. 13 fig. 2.

Heer, Oswald. Physiognomic des fossilen Oe-
ningen. 8°. [Winterthur, 1847], pp. 22. Verhandl.
schweiz. naturf. gesellsch., 31 : 159-180. 8°. Wm-
terthur. 1847.

A general report on the insects will be found on pp. 167-174.
Separate copy not seen.

Heer, O. Ueber die fossile insekten-fauna der
tertiar-gebilde von Oeningen und Radoboj und die
pfianzen aus gleicher formation an der hohen Rhone,
aus einem -fejlefe an Professor Bronn. Neues jahrb.
/.?K«Wra/., 1847: 161-167. 8°. Stuttgart. 1847.

A catalogue of the beetles described in the first part of the fol-
lowing work, with brief remarks on the general aspect of the
fauna.

Translation. On the fossil insects of the ter-
tiary formation of Oeningen and Radoboj. Quart,
journ. geol. soc. Lo}id.,i,\\:(K>. 8°. London. 1847.

Catalogue and concluding remarks omitted.

Heer, O. Die insektenfauna der tertiargebilde
von Oeningen und von Radoboj in Croatien. Erster
theil : Kafer. 4". Leipzig. 1847. tp. pp. 2, 229,
I, pi. 8. Neue denkschr. allg. schweiz. gesellsch. f. wis-
sensch., 8. 40. Neuchatel. 1847.

Heer, O. The same. Zweiter theil : Heuschreck-
en, fiorfliegen, aderfliiigler, schmetterlinge und iliegen.
Mit i7lithographirten tafeln. 40. Leipzig. 1849. pp.
264, 5, pi. 17. Ibid., II. 40. Ziiricii. 1850.

Heer, O. The same. Dritter theil : Rhynchoten.
Mit 15 lithographirten tafeln. 40. Leipzig. 1853.
pp. 4, 138, pi. 15. Ibid. 13. 40. Ziirich. 1853.

This classical work is the most important ever published upon
fossil insects, and may be called the first serious attempt at the
classification of the tertiary species. Most of the material came
from Oeningen and Radoboj, but it included all the author could
examine from Aix and other localities. 462 species are described
and figured, divided as follows; 119 Coleoptera, 39 Gymnogna-
tha, 3 Neuroptera, 80 Hymenoptera, 9 Lepidoptera, 80 Diptera,
and 133 Hemiptera. There are very few general observations,
but attention should be called to an important excursus on the
arrangement of the veins in the wings of insects and the elytra
of Coleoptera, in the first partj pp. 76-95.

Reviewed by T. R. J(ones) in Qriart. journ. geol. soc. Land.,
9, ii. 33. 8°. London. 1853.

Diagnoses of the species described in the third part appeared,
without title, in the Bericht dsterr. litt. zool. bot. pakont.,
1850-53 : 199-203. B". Wien. 1855.

Heer, O. Ueber die vorweltlichen kafer von
Oeningen. Mittheil. naturf. gesellsch. Ziirich, I, i:
17-18. 80. Zurich. 1847.

A brief general statement of the peculiarities of the beetle-
fauna of Oeningen.

Heer, O. Ueber vorweltliche fiorfliegen. Mit-
theil.naturf. gesellsch. Ziirich, i,\i:tfl-^^. go. Ziirich.
1848.

A brief notice of the fossil dragon-flies of Oeningen and
Radoboj.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

19

Heer, O. Ueber fossile ameisen. Mittheil.
naiurf.gesellsch. Zurich. i,\\:\(a-\ns,. 8°. Zurich.
1848.

The fossil ants of Oeningen and Radoboj are winged and
either 6 or 9 , neutei^ being rarely preserved ; three fourths are
females. The individuals are very abundant and are preserved
in large assemblages, and many species in close contiguity ;
most of fhem are Formicidae, and they form the best data for
comparison of the Oeningen and Radoboj faunas.

Translation. On fossil ants. Quart, journ. geol.
soc. Land., 6, ii. : 61-65. ^°- London. 1850.
Translated by T. R. J(ones).

Heer, O. Fauna von Radoboj. Aus einem brief e
[an Herrn bergrath Haidinger.] Haidinger, Be-
rickte, 5 : 86-87. 80. Wien. 1849.

Notice of the more remarkable insects belonging to the Vienna
museum, and which are described in his great work, followed by
brief remarks on the Radoboj insect fauna as a whole ; and by
comments of Haidinger.

Heer, O. Brief von O. Heer. Haidinger, Be-
richte, 5 : 107. 80. Wien. 1849.

Notice of some peculiarities in the insect fauna of Radoboj in
a letter to Unger.

Heer, O. Nachricht iiber die ersten ergebnisse
einer durchsicht der reichen suite fossiler insecten,
die von Herrn custos Freyer in Radoboj gesammelt
. . . worden waren. Haidinger, Berichte, 6 : 5-7. 8°.
Wien. 1849.

Cursory report of his first examination of a considerable col-
lection of Radoboj insects, three fifths of which were found to
be ants.

Heer, O. Die Morlot'sche sammlung von fossilen
insecten aus Radoboj. Haidinger, Berichte, 6 : 132-
134. 80. Wien. 1849.

A similar report to the.last in the same volume ; the ants bear
the same proportion as before and make the tertiary European
species equal m niunber to the living.

Heer, O. Zur geschichte der inseliten. Vortrag.
8°. N. p., N. D. pp. 20. Verhandl. schweiz. gesellsch.
gesammt. naturw., 34 : 78-97. 8°. Frauenfeld. 1849.

Neues jahrb. f. mineral., \?>tp, \-]-TiT^. 8°. Stutt-
gart. 1850.

A popular address, presenting a sketch of the sequence of
insect life and the development of special groups, with general
considerations based on a broad survey of the subject ; by far
the best account of the knowledge of that time. An abstract is
given in ilaidinger's Berichte, 6 : 135-136. 8". Wien. 1849.

Translation. On the history of insects. Quart,
journ. geol. soc. Lond., 6, ii : 60-76. 8°. London.
1850.

Translation by T. R. J(ones).

Heer, O. i. [Zwei] geologische vortrage gehalten
im Marz 1852 von Oswald Heer und A. Escher von
der Linth. i . Die lias-insel des Aargau's. Entitled on
cover : Ueber die lias-insel im Aargau. 2. Ueber die
gegend von Ziirich in der letzten periode der vorwelt,
mit einer blockkarte der Schweiz. 40. Ziirich. [1852].
pp. 28, pi. 2.

Heer's portion, pp. 1-15, pi. i, is largely devoted to insects,
the greater part of which are wood-boring coleoptera, and indi-
cate a warm tropical climate. Twenty-two species are described
and figured, of which nineteen are beetles.

He'er, O. Beschreibung der angefiihrten pflanzen
und insekten. 40. N. p., N. D. pp. 21, taf. (3). Also
in Escher v. d. Linth (A.) Geologische bemerls-
ungen iiber das nbrdliche Voralberg und einige
angrenzenden gegenden. pp. 115-135, taf. 6-8. Neue
denkschr. allg. schweiz. gesellsch. gesammt. naturw.
13. 40. Ziirich. 1853.

B. Insekten, pp. r8-2i (133-35), taf. 7. Describes two beetles
from the trias of Vadutz.

Heer, O. Ueber die rhynchoten der tertiarzeit.
80. Ziirich. 1853. pp. 29, Mitth. naturf. gesellsch.
Ziirich, 3 ; 171-197. 8°. Ziirich. 1853.

General account of the relations of the Rhynchota of Oeningen,
Radoboj, and Aix to existing faunas, followed by a list or the
species described in the third part of his Tertiary insects. They
agree better with the insects of the. Southern zone than witli
those of Switzerland, and the Capsini and Riparii characteristic
of temperate regions are wholly absent.

Heer, O. Flora tertiaria Helvetiae. Die tertiare
flora der Schweiz. 3 v. 40. Winterthur. 1854-59.
Bd. 1, 1854-55, t. p., pp. 6, 117, pi. 50; — bd, 2, 1850,
pp.4, 110, pi. 51-100; — bd. 3, 1859, pp. 6, 1-200, t. p.,
pp. 201-378, pi. 101-156, map.

Bd. I refers to Oeningen insects on pp. ro-ii. The latter half of
bd. 3 was republished in i860 under the title ; Untersuchungen
uber das klima u. s. w. (q. v.). See also the next entry, and Die
klimatischen verhaltnisse, u. s. w. i860.

Heer, O. Introduction 4 la flore tertiaire de la
Suisse traduite par Charles Th. Gaudin. Arch. sc.
phys. nat., 26 : 293-314. 8°. Geneve. 1854.

A translation of the preliminary matter in the first volume of
the preceding ; running references to the insects of the period
occur here and there, especially on pp. 310, 311.

Heer, O. Ueber die fossilen insekten von Aix
in der Provence. Vierteljahrsschr. naturf. gesellsch.
Ziirich, I, i : 1-40, taf. 1-2. 80. Ziirich. 1836.

The first important paper on Aix insects, cataloguing and de-
scribing sixty species of all orders, preceded by remarks on the
general characteristics of the fauna, which is considered to have
marked Mediterranean features.

Heer, O. Ueber die fossilen pflanzen von St.

Jorge in Madeira. Neue denkschr. allg. schweiz.

gesellsch. gesammt. naturw., \^ (sxt. 2). 40. Ziirich.
1857. pp. 40, pi. 3.

Laparocerus Wollastoni described in a note on p. 14, and
figured pi. 2, fig. 34.

Heer, O. [Sur I'etude de la flore tertiaire.]
Lettre k Sir Ch. Lyell. Bull, slances soc. vaud. sc.
Kfl^., 5 : 145-151. pi. 8°. Lausanne. 1858.

American types among Oeningen insects, p. 148, and relation
of the Oeningen insects and plants, p. 150.

Heer, O. Les charbons feuilletes de Durnten et
d'Utznach ; discours de M. le professeur O. Heer
traduit par M. Ch4rles-Th. Gaudin. Arch. sc. phys.
nat. (nouv. pdr.), 2 : 305-339. 8°. Geneve. 1858.

_ In a note, p._ 322, mentions the occurrence of species of Dona-
cia and Hylobius in the Diirnten clays. This appears to be the
only publication of the address.

Heer, O. Ueber die insectenfauna von Radoboj.
Amtl. ber. vers, deutsch. naturf, 32 : 118-126. 40.
Wien. 1858.

A review of the subject based on the insects described in his
general work. The author finds a commingling of European
and Indian forms ; perfect dragon-flies but no larvae, showing
the deposit to be marine ; the occurrence of plants in the same
beds, with which the insects have special relations ; a closer con-
nection of Radoboj with Aix than with Oeningen.

Heer, O. Ueber die fossilen calosomen. 40.
[Ziirich, i860.] pp. 10. pi.

Published in the Programm of the Polytechnicum of Zurich.
Seven species are described and figured from Locle and Oeningen,
preceded by general remarks on fossil and recent Carabidae.

Heer, O. • Die klimatischen verhaltnisse des
tertiarlands aus O. Heer's tertiarflora der Schweiz,
bd. 3. s. 327-350 im auszuge mitgetheilt. Zeitschr.
gesammt. naturw., 15 : 1-42. 8°. Berlin, i860.

Insects are treated of on pp. 11, 12.

Heer, O. Untersuchungen iiber das klima und
die vegetationsverhaltnisse des tertiarlandes. Mit
profilen und einem kartchen Europa's. Separat-
abdruck aus dem dritten band der Tertiaren flora

20

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

der Schweii. 4". Winterthur. i860, t. p., pp. 170,
pi. (clvi), karte.

Contains a couple of paragraphs, pp. 134-135 (334-335 of
original) upon the tertiary insects and the testimony they bear
to the tropical and American nature of the time in which they
lived. Another paragraph on pp. 60-61 (260-261) shows how
the condition of preservation of nisects indicates the season of
their entombment.

Translation. Recherches sur le' climat et la
vegetation du pays tertiaire. Traduction de Charles
Th. Gaudin. Avec des profils et une carte de I'Eu-
rope. 40. Winterthur, Geneve et Paris 1861. pp.
220, 22, pi. I, carte.

The paragraphs on pp. 134-135 of the original are very much
expanded on pp. 196-205 of this translation, and include full
tables of the families of insects and their numerical representa-
tion in the different European deposits of tertiary time. Besides
this, M. Gaston de Saporta in Kis Exatnen des flores teriiaires
de Provence^ pp. 133-171, gives a paragraph, pp. 152-153, Con-
cerning the insects of Aix. The remaining paragraph referred
to above appears unchanged on p. 61.

Heer, O. On the fossil flora of Bovey Tracey.
Phil, trans. 152: 1039-1086,//. 55-71. 40. London.
1862.

Insects from Bovey, p. 10S2, pi. 68.

Heer, O. Beitrage zur insektenfauna Oeningens.
Coleoptera — geodephagen, hydrocanthariden, gy-
riniden, brachelytren, clavicornen, lamellicornen
und buprestiden. Natuurk. verhand. holl. maatsck.
■wetensch. Haarl. [2], 16: i-()0, taf. 1-7. 40. Haarlem.
1862.

Describes and figures no species, nearly all of them new.
In an introduction of five pages, some general results of the
study of Oeningen Coleoptera are tabulated, the most interesting
of which appear to be that the fauna is more European in charac-
ter than the flora and less rich in American forms ; and that
many species are related to those which now enjoy a wide distri-
bution.

Heer, O. Ueber die fossilen kakerlaken. Viertel-
jahrsschr. nat. gesellsch. Zurich, 9, iv. : 273-302, //.
80. Zurich. 1864.

The first attempt to classify the cockroaches of the carbonifer-
ous period, followed by a catalogue of the fifty-four known fossil
species from all formations, and descriptions and figures of ten
new species.

Hear, O. Die urwelt der Schweiz. Mit sieben
landschaftlichen bildern, elf taf ein, einer geologischen
uebersichtskarte der Schweiz und zahlreichen in den
text eingedruckten abbildungen. 8°. Ziirich. 1865.
pp. 29, 622, pi. 7, (4), map, 368 figs, in text.

Contains a general account of the lias insects, pp. 81-96, pi.
7-8 ; of those of Oeningen, pp. 355-397, figs. 215-323 ; and of the
pleistocene of Utznach, etc., pp. 500-503, figs. 352-359. Many
forms are described and figured for the first time.

Translation. Le monde primitif de la Suisse.
Traduit de I'allemand par Isaac Demole.

80. Geneve et Bale, 1872, pp. 16, 801, pi. 11, carte,
368 figs, in text.

The insects occupy p. 22, fig. 16 c (carboniferous) ; pp. 99-117,
pi. 7-8 (lias); pp. 436-486, figs. 215-323 (Oeningenj; and pp.
613-616, figs. 352-359 (Utznach, etc.). Some few additions are
made by the author.

Translation. The primitive world of Switzer-
land, with 560 illustrations. By Professor Heer.
Edited by James Heywood. 2 vols. 8°. London.
1876. I, pp. 16, 393, map, pi. 6 ; — 2, pp. 8, 324, pi.
xi. and 4 scattered plates.

The insects occupy I : p. 20, fig. 16 c(carboniferous) ; pp. 81-95,
pi. 7-8 (lias); II: pp. 9-56, figs. 211-323 (Oeningen); and pp.
167-170, figs. 352-358 (Utznach, etc.').

Heer, O. Die urwelt der Schweiz. Zweite um-
gearbeitete und vermehrte auflage. 8°. Ziirich.
1879. pp. 19, 713, taf. 8 (4), map, 417 figs, in text.

The insects are here somewhat enlarged over the previous edi-
tions, occupying pp. 24-25, fig. 34 (carboniferous) ; pp. gi-105,
pi. 7-8 (has)-, pp. 380-422, figs. 250-365 (Oeningen); and pp.
530-533, figs. 395-402 (Utznach, etc.).

Heer, O. Fossile hymenopteren aus Oeningen
und Radoboj. 4°. [n. p.] [n. d,] pp. -42, pi. 3.
Neue denkschr. allgem. schweiz. gesellsch. gesammt.
naturw; 22. 4°. Ziirich. 1867.

Catalogues and describes sixty-nine species. In an appendix,
p. 42, notice is taken of MayHs criticism of his former treatment
of the fossil ants.

Heer, O. Flora fossilis arctica. Die fossile flora
der polarlander. 6 v. 40. Ziirich. 1868-80. Bd. i,
1868, pp. 7, 192, map, pi. 50; — bd. (2), 1869-71 (no
t.p.), pp. 7; (i.) pp. 445-488, pi. 39-56; (ii.) pp. 41.
pi. 10; (iii.) pp.98, pi. 16; (iv.) pp. 31, Pl. 15; —
bd. 3, 1875, t. p., pp. 6; i. pp. 11, pl. O; ii. pp. 138,
(2), pl. 38; iii. pp. 29, pl. 5; iv. pp. 24; — bd. 4,
1877 ; i. pp. 7, 141, pl. 32 ; li. t. p., pp. 122, pl. 31 ;
iii. pp. 15, pl. 2; — bd. 5, 1878 ; i. pp. 4, 38, front,
pl. 9 ; ii. t. p., pp. 58, pl. 15 ; iii. t. p., pp. 61, pi. 15 ;
(iv.) pp. II, pi. 4; (v.) pp. 6, pi. i; — bd. 6. 1, 1880.
pp. (4), t. p., 34, 17, 38, pl. 9, 6, 3.

The contents will be found under the special papers.

Heer, O. Flora fossilis arctica. Die fossile flora
der polarlander enthaltend die in Nordgrbniand
auf der Melville-insel, im Banksland, am Mackenzie,
in Island und in Spitzbergen entdeckten fossilen
pflanzen. Mit einem anhang iiber versteinerte holzer
der arctischen zone von Dr. C. Cramer. 40. Ziirich.
1868. pp. 7, 192, map, pl. so.

Contains: Fossile insecten von Nordgronland, pp. 129-130,
pl. 19, 50; four species described. Miocene flora von Island:
Gliederthiere, pp. 154-155, pl. 27 ; one beetle described.

Forms vol.- 1 of Heer's Flora fossilis arctica.

Heer, O. Flora fossilis alaskana. Fossile flora
von Alaska. 40. Stockholm. 1869. pp. 41, pl. 10.
Kongl. svenska vetensk.-akad. handl., 8, iv. 40. Stock-
holm. 1869.

Describes Chrysomelites alaskanus, p. 39, pl. 10.

Forms vol. 2, no. ii. of Heer's Flora fossilis arctica.

Heer, O. Die miocene flora von Spitzbergen.
Vorgetragen . . . bei der versammlung der schweiz-
erischen naturforschenden gesellschaft, den 23 Au-
gust, 1869, in Solothurn. 8°. Solothurn [n. d.]. pp.
1 5. Verhandl. Schweiz. natiirf. gesellsch., 53 : 1 56-
168. 80. Solothurn. 1870.

Zeitschr. gesammt. naturw. (2), i : 318-324. 8".
Berlin. 1870.

Notices insects briefly at p. 12 ( Vorhandl. 165, Zeitschr. 323).

Translation. La flore miocene du Spitzberg.
Ann. sc. nat. ('^ bot.,\z: ■^02--},\i. 8°. Paris. 1869.

Insects on pp. 308-309.

Heer, O. Preliminary report on the fossil plants
collected by Mr. Whymper in North Greenland in
1867. Rep. Brit, assoc. adv. sc, 39 : 8-10. 8°. Lon-
don. 1870.

Two insects mentioned on p. 10.

Heer, O. Contributions to the fossil flora of
North Greenland, being a description of the plants
collected by Mr. Edward Whymper during the sum-
mer of 1867. Phil, trans., 159: 445-488,//. 39-56.
40. London. 1870.

Contains description, pp. 484-485, and figures, pl. 44, fig. g,
andpl. 56, fig. 14 of two insects, under the heading: Animals
from Atanekerdluk. A. Insecta.

The paper forms vol. 2, n». i. of Heer's Flora fossilis arctica.

Heer, O. Die miocene flora und fauna Spitz-
bergens. Mit einem anhang iiber die diluvialen
ablagerungenSpitzbergens. 40. Stockholm. 1870.
pp. 98, taf. 16. Kongl. svenska vetensk.-akad. handl.,
8, vii. 40. Stockholm. 1870.

Zweiter abschnitt : Beschreibung der miocenen thiere Spitz-
bergens. I. Insekten, pp. 73-78, pl. 16 ; contains descriptions of
twenty-three insects, of which twenty are Coleoptera.

Foms vol. 2, no. iii. of Heer's Florafossilis arctica.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

21

Heer, O. Ueber die braunkohlen-flora des Zsily-
thales in Siebenbiirgen. 80. Pest. 1872. pp. 24,
pi. 6. Mitth. jahrb. ung. geol. anst., bd. 2, lief. i.
80. Pest. 1872. ■'

Mentions the discovery o£ fossil insects in the tertiary beds of
Tallya.

Heer, O. Die kreide-flora der arctischen zone,
gegriindet auf die von den schwedischen expedi-
tionen von 1870 und 1872 in Gronland und Spitz-
bergen gesammelten pflanzen. 40. Stockholm. 1874.
PP- 1.381 pi. 38. Kongl. svenska vetensk.-akad. handl.,
12, vi.

Tnsekten der komeschichten, pp. gi-ga, pi. 17; describes two
Coleoptera. Myriopoden, pp. 120-12 1, pi. 33; describes Julop-
sis cretacea.

Forms vol. 3, no. ii. of Beer's Flora fossUis aniica.

Hear, O. Nachtrage zur miocenen flora Gron-
lands, enthaltend die von der schwedischen expedi-
tion in sommer 1870 gesammelten miocenen pflanzen.
40. Stockholm. 1874. pp. 29, pi. 5. Kongl. svenska
vetensk.-akad. handl., 13, ii.

Insekten, p. 25, pi. 5 ; describes two species of Cistelites.
Forms vol. 3, no. iii. of Heer's Florafossilis arciica.

Heer, O. Beitrage zur jura flora Ostsibiriens und
des Amurlandes. t. p., pp. 122, pi. 31. MSm. acad.
imp. sc. St. P^tersb.,(y), 22, idi. 40. St. Petersbourg.
1876.

Elaterites sibiricus is described on p. 41.

Forms vol. 4, no. ii. of Heer's Flora fossUis arctica.

Heer, O. Flora fossilis helvetica. Die vorwelt-
liche flora der Schweiz. 40. Ziirich [1876-] 1877.
t.p., pp. 6, 182, pi. 70.

Describes, p. 76, and figures, pi. 27, a single beetle from the
keuper of Riitihard, canton Basel, and a neuropteron on p. 77,
pi. 29, from the trias of Mythen, canton Schwyz.

Heer, O. Notes on fossil plants discovered in
Grinnell Land by Captain H. W. Feilden, naturalist
of the English north polar expedition. Quart, journ.
geol. soc. Lond., 34 : 66-72. 80. London. 1878.

Mentions, p. 69, the occurrence of a single elytron of a beetle
with the plants.

Heer, O. Ueber einige insektenreste aus der
raetischen formation Schonens. Forhandl. geol.
foren. Stockh., 4, vii: 192-197, taf. 13. 80. Stock-
holm, 1878.

Description and figures of eight Coleoptera.

Heer, O. Die miocene flora des Grinnell-Landes
gegriindet auf die von Cap. H. W. Feilden und Dr.
E. Moss in der nahe des Kap Murchison gesam-
melten fossilen pflanzen. 40. Zurich. 1878. pp. 38,
front., pi. 9.

Describes and figures a single beetle.

Forms vol. s, no. i. of Heer's Florafossilis arciica.

Heer, O. Primitiae florae fossilis sachalinensis.
Miocene flora der insel Sachalin. t. p., pp. 61, pi. 15.
Mem. acad. imp. sc. St. Pitersb., 25, vii. 40. St.
Petersbourg. 1878.

Describes a single beetle.

Forms vol. 5, no. iii. of fleer^s Florafossilis arctica.

Heer, O. See also de Borre, P., Hassencamp,
E., Loew, H., and Mayr, G. L.

Helvring, Georg Andreas. Lithographia anger-
burgica, sive lapidum et fossilium, in districtu an-
gerburgensi & ejus vicinia, ad trium.vel quatuor
milliarium spatium, in montibus, agris, arenofodinis
& in primis circa lacuum littora & fluviorum ripas,
coUectorum brevis & succincta consideratio additis
rariorum aliquot figuris aeri incisis, cum praefatione
autoris & indicibus necessariis. 40. Regimonti.
1717. pp. (14), 96 (13), front, pi. II.

Ibid. Pars II. In qva de lapidibvs ligvratis ad

triplex regnvm minerale, vegetabile et animate re-
dactis aliisqve fossilibvs in districtv angerbvrgensi
ejvsqve vicinia noviter detectis, et in specie de ori-
gine lapidvm literas exprimentivm, occasione lapidis
cvjvsdam resaviensis, literas latinas L. V. R. reprae-
sentantis, svccincte disseritvr ; additis iconibvs rari-
orum. 40. Lipsiae. 1720. pp. 132, pi. 6.

_ On p. 78 is given a short notice of insects (formicae, blattae,
tipulae, millipedes aliaque insecta) in amber.

Hensche, A. Ueber den bestand und die neueren
erviferbungen der bernsteinsammlung. Schrift. phys.-
okon. gesellsch. Konigsb., 5, sitzungsb., 14-15. 4°.
Konigsberg. 1864.

. History of the growth and present extent of the collection,
rich in insect inclosures.

Hensche, A. Bericht Uber die bernsteinsamm-
lung der kbnigl. physikalisch-okonomischen gesell-
schaft. Schrift. phys.-okon. gesellsch. Kbnigsb., 6:
210-215. 4°- Konigsberg. 1865.

Contains 8853 specimens, with insect inclosures, of which over
6000 are Diptera ; tables of the different groups are given on pp.
21 1-2 13.

Henalow, John Stevens. Supplementary ob-
servations to Dr. Berger's account of the Isle of
Man. Trans, geol. soc. Lond., v : 482-505. 40.
London. 1821.

Under the head of diluvial deposits, he refers, p. 501, to a bed
of peat in the parish of Kirk Balaff, containing a vast number
of the exuviae of beetles, bees and their nests, crushed together
with seed vessels, rotten, but having their external coating well
preserved. ... In general the hard wings are the only parts of
the beetles which are preserved, and these are in appearance as
fresh as on a hving insect. Dr. Leach was enabled to identify a
few with species at present existing in England."

Hepp, Philipp. Ueber die bei Diirkheim aufge-
fundene versteinerte phryganeen gehause. Jahresb.
Pollich., 2 : 19-23. 8°. Neustadt a. d. Haardt 1844.

An abstract is given in Oken's Isis for 1846. p. 70.

Herold, Johann Moritz David. See Eoebler, F.

Hessel, Johann Friedrich Christian. See Koeh-
ler, F.

von Heyden, Carl. Chrysobothris veterana und
Blabera avita, zwei fossile insekten von Solenhofen.
Palaeontogr., i : 99-101,//. 12,/^. 4-5. 40. Cassel.
1847.

von Heyden, C. Reste von insekten aus der
braunkohle von Salzhausen und Westerburg. Palae-
ontogr., 4 : 198-201, pi. 37-38. 4°. Cassel. 1856.

Divided into : Dicerca Taschei Heyden aus der braunkohle
von Salzhausen, pp. 198-199, pi. 37, figs. 1-4. — GSnge von insek-
ten-larven in hblzern der braunkohle von Salzhausen, pp. 199-
200, pi. 38 ; borings of an Anobium, a Prionus, and a buprestid.
Fliegen aus der braunkohle der grube Wilhelmsfund bei Wes-
terburg in herzogthum Nassau, pp. 200-201, pi. 37, figs. 6-8 ;
Three species described.

von Heyden, C. Fossile insekten aus der braun-
kohle von Sieblos. Palaeontogr., 5 : 1 15-120,//. 23.
40. Cassel. 1858.

Description of ten species, mostly beetles.

von Heyden, C. Fossile insekten aus der rhein-
ischen braunkohle. Palaeontogr., 8: \-\% pi. I, 2,
figs. 1-13. 40. Cassel. 1859.

Description of twenty-five insects of various orders.

von Heyden, C. Fossile insekten aus der braun-
kohle von Sieblos (nachtrag). Palaeontogr., 8 :
lyiT, pi. 3, fig'- 1-9- 4°. Cassel. 1859.

Description of a beetle and two Hemiptera.

von Heyden, C. Nachricht von fossilen gallen
auf blattern aus den braunkohlengruben von Salz-
hausen. Ber. oberhess. gesellsch. nat. heilk., 8 : 63.
8«. Giessen. i860.

Probably the gall of a Phytoptus, on Salix.

22

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

von Hey den, C. Gliederthiere aus der braun-
kohle des Niederrhein's, der Wetterau und der
Rohn. Palaeontogr., lo : 62-82, pi. 10. 40. Cassel.
1862.

Description of a crustacean, two arachnids, and thirty-two
hexapods of various orders.

von Hey den, C. See also Hassencamp, E.

von Heyden, Carl und Lucas. Bibioniden aus
der rheinischen braunkohle von Rott. Palaeontogr.,
14: i^^o, J>1. 8, %yigs. 1-12. 40. (Cassel.) 1865.

Description of twenty-three species, mostly Protomyia, and
remarks on three or four others.

von Heyden, C. und L. Fossile insekten aus
der braunkohle von Salzhausen. Palaeontogr., 14 :
31-35,//. 9, /^j. 13-22. 40. (Cassel.) 1865.

Description of twelve insects, mostly Coleoptera, and remarks
on three others.

von Heyden, C. und L. Kafer und polypen aus
der braunkohle des Siebengebirges. Palaeontogr., 15 :
131-159 [kafer, 131-157], //. 22-24. 4°- Cassel.
1866.

With the following, reprinted under the title : Kafer und poly-
pen aus der braunkohle des Siebengebirges. — Dipteren-larve
aus dem tertiar-thon von Nieder-Flbrsheim in Rhein-Hessen,
mit 3 tafel abbildungen. Besonderer abdruck aus den Palaeon-
tographicis, xv. 4^ Cassel. 1866. pp. 1-29, pi. 1-3.

Describes sixty beetles.

von Heyden, C. und L. Dipteren-larve aus dem
tertiar-thon von Nieder-Florsheim in Rhein-Hessen.
Palaeontogr., 15: ic^j, pi. '2,% fig. 22. Cassel. 40.
1866.

See the preceding entry.

von Heyden, Lucas. Fossile dipteren aus der
braunkohle von Rott im Siebengebirge. 40. Cassel.
1870. t. p., pp. 2, 30, pi. 1-2. Palaeontogr., 17 :
237-266, //. 44-45. 40. Cassel. 1870.

Describes forty-one species of seventeen genera, besides seven
larvae of two different genera. In an appendix, pp. 265-266, a few
details are given of other insects, and the collections in which
they are found.

Hislop, Stephen. On the age of the fossiliferous
thin-bedded sandstone and coal of the province of
Nagpur, India. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 17, i :
346-354. 8°. London. 1861.

Refers to the discovery of Blattariae and Coleoptera at Koti,
probably liassic.

Hislop, S. Supplemental note on the plant-
bearing sandstones of central India. Quart, journ.
geol. soc. Lond., i?,,i: -^6. 8". London. 1862.

Discovery of more insects at KotA.

Hitchcock, Charles Henry. See Hitchcock, E.

Hitchcock, Edward. Ichnology of New Eng-
land. A report on the sandstone of the Connecti-
cut valley, especially its fossil footmarks, made to
the government of the commonwealth of Massachu-
setts. 40. Boston. 1858. pp. 12, 220, pi. 60.

Refers to prints, supposed to be those of insects, on pp. 147-
160, 165-166, 188-189, and mentions an insect larva, pp. 7-8. The
figures of these are distributed on plates 7, 24, 27, 28, 29, 30,
31. 42.

Hitchcock, E. Supplement to the Ichnology
of New England, a report to the government of
Massachusetts in 1863. 40. Boston. 1865. pp.
10, 96,' pi. 20.

Appendix B. Descriptive catalogue of the specimens in the
Hitchcock ichnological cabinet of Amherst college ; prepared
by C. H. Hitchcock, pp. 41-88; tracks of insects, pp. 13-17;
tracks of myriapods, pp. 17-18.

Hitchcock, E. See also Dana, J. D.

Hoeninghaus, Friedrich Wilhelm. Phryganea
mombachiana. 40. Crefeld. 1844. I engr. p. with
illustr.

Text in German, accompanied by a French translation of the
text (with no heading), i p. S". See also Hagen, H. A., and
Miohelin, H.

Holl, Friedrich. Handbuch der petrefactenkunde;
rait einer einleitung iiber die vorwelt der organischen
wesen auf der erde, von Dr. Ludwig Chonlaut. i^s
bandchen. 160. Dresden. 1829. pp. 8, 489. Allg.
taschenbibl. der naturwiss., 9ter theil.

A brief account of fossil insects under the heading Entomo-
lithen, pp. i3S-i4i,with description of two species of Formica
from amber.

Holl, F. Handbuch der petrefactenkunde ; eine
beschreibung aller bis jetzt bekannten versteine-
rungen aus dem thier- und pflanzenreiche zur leich-
ten erkennung und auffindung der fossilien ; mit
einer einleitung iiber die vorwelt der organischen
wesen auf der erde, von Dr. Ludwig Choulant. Neue
ansgabe.' 16". Quedlinburg und Leipzig. 1843. pp.
8, 489. Published in four parts with continuous
pagination, the t. p. of pt. 2-4 not included.
Appears to differ from the preceding only in title.

Hope, Frederic William. Observations on suc-
cinic insects. Trans, ent. soc. Lond., i : 133-147 ; 2 :
46-57, pi. 7. 80. London. 1836-37.

General remarks on the insects found in amber and gum
anim^, followed by a list of insects hitherto noticed by the author
or known to Berendt. The species are all claimed as distinct
from the recent, and to be tropical in their affinities.

Hope, F. W. Description de quelques insectes
non decrits trouves dans la resine animee. Mag. de
zool., [2] 4.: ins., pi. 8y-8g. 8°. Paris. 1842.

Three coleoptera are described and figured in detail.

Hope, F. W. Observations on the fossil insects
of Aix in Provence, with descriptions and figures of
three species. Trans, ent. soc. Lond., 4 : 250-255,
pi. iq,figs. 1-3. 8°. London. 1847.

Contains a list of genera occurring at Aix and "descriptions of
three fossil species of insects " (Balaninus, Rhynchaenus, Cori-
zus) from same locality.

Hope, F. W. Descrizione di alcune specie d' in-
settifossili pel Rev. G F. Hope ; memoria presentata
all' Accademia degli aspiranti naturalisti, in Dicem-
bre 1847, ed inserita negli annali della stessa [with
notes by A. Costa]. 8°. (Napoli) N. D. pp. 7, pi.
Ann. ace. aspir. nat. Napoli, 184"]. pp. — ,tav. 10. 8°.
Napoli.

Five species described and figured.

Horn, George Henry. Notes on some coleopter-
ous remains from the bone cave at Port Kennedy,
Pennsylvania. Trans. Amer. ent. soc, 5 : 241-24C.
80. Philadelphia. 1876. J t tj

Collected, without change of pagination, with other papers
under the title ; Miscellaneous papers on American coleoptera.
Eleven species are described.

Hueber, Georgius Ludovicus. See Berinerer,
J. D. A.

Hiinefeld, L. Ueber bernstein-insecten. Oken,
7«j-, 1831 : "2000" [iioo]. 40. Leipzig. 1831.
A list of insects is given by Burmeister.

Humbert, Alois. See Scudder, S. H.

John, Johann Friedrich. Naturgeschichte des
succins, Oder des sogenannten bernsteins ; nebst
theorie der bildung aller fossilen, bituminosen, in-
flammabilien des organischen reichs und den ana-
lysen derselben. 2 th. i6o. Koln. 1816. i" th.
pp. 18, 438; zer th. pp. 6, 125 (21).

A list of insects found in amber, arranged by genera, will be
found in I. pp. 221-223 ; and in I. pp. 169-176, a bibliography of
amber literature.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

23

Joly, Nicolas. Incontestablement, le Prosopis-
toma de LatreUle est un dphem^rien. Mint. acad. sc.
Toulouse, [8], 2 : 188-189. 8°. Toulouse. 1880.

At the end of his paper, p. 189, he refers a secondary fossil
figured by Brodie to this genus.

Jones, Thomas Rupert. Fossil insects. Geol.
mag., 7 : 348. 80. London. 1870.

Correction of geological horizon of certain insects described by
Westwood.

Jones, T. R. See also Hear, O. ; Mantell, G. A.

Jordan, Hermann und von Meyer, Hermann.
Ueber die crustaceen der steinkohlenformation von
Saarbriicken. Palaeontogr., 4 : 1-15, //. 1-2. 40.
Cassel. 1854.

Describes, among other things, Adelophthalmus (Eurypterus)
granosus, pp. 8-12, pi. 2, figs. 1-2, afterward considered a cock-
roach by Goldenberg and others.

Jordan, Johann Ludwig. Mineralogische berg-
und hiittenmannische reisebemerkungen, vorziiglich
in Hessen, Thiiringen, am Rheine und in sayn-
altenkirchnerischen gebiete. 8°. Gottingen. 1803.

Not seen ; said to contain, on p. igg, some referenfce to fossil
insects.

Judd, John Wesley. The secondary rocks of
Scotland. Second paper. On the ancient volcanoes
of the Highlands and the relation of their products
to the mesozoic strata. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond.,
30: 220-301,//. 22-23. 8°. London. 1874.

Mentions, p. 274, the discovery of "elytra of two species of
beetles" in lacustrine deposits at BaUypalidy, Co. Antrim, Ire-
land, which he refers to the miocene- These beetles were figured
by Baily (q. v. in Appendix).

Earg, Joseph Maximilian. Ueber den steinbruch
zu Oeningen bei Stein am Rheine und dessen pe-
trefacte. Denkschr. vaterl. gesellsch. aertze u. naturf.
Schwabens, i : 1-73. 80. Tiibingen. 1805.

Not seen. It contains references to the insects, and is men-
tioned by Heer.

EaTTall, J. H. Organische einschliisse im berg-
krystall. Bull. soc. imp. nat. Moscou, 1876, no. 3,
pp. 170-173. 8°. Moscou. 1876.

Describes a caterpillar, Ti?teiies crystalli, found in quartz from
Siberia.

Eeferstein, Christian. Die naturgeschichte des
erdkorpers in ihren ersten grundziigen dargestellt.
2 V. 80. Leipzig. 1834. !« theil, pp. II, 394; aer
theil, pp. 4, 896.

Abtheilung 2 (palSontologie), sechster abschnitt ; Die fossilen
insekten, pp. 325-347; under 7*«' abschnitt the myriapods and
arachnids F and G, pp. 370-37') 375-37^1 378- The species are
enumerated in the two last-mentioned groups, but only the genera
in the hexapot^ ; the names are very frequently misspelled.

Kendall, J. D. Interglacial deposits of West
Cumberland and North Lancashire. Quart, journ.
geol. soc. Lond., 37 : 29-39, pi. 3. 8°. London. 1881.

Records the occurrence of elytra of beetles in deposits at Drigg,
p. 34, and St. Bees, p. 35, without mention of names.

Ejrby, W. F. A synonymic catalogue of diurnal
Lepidoptera. S". London. 1871. pp. 7, 690. Sup-
plement, March, i87i-June, 1877. 80. London.
1877. pp. 7. 691-883.

Includes the few fossil species.

Kirkby, James W. On the remains of insects
from the coal measures of Durham. Geol. mag., 4 :
388-390,//. IT, figs. 6-8. 8". London. 1867.

Describes and figures without names two or three orthopterous
insects from near Claxheugh.

Enorr, Georg Wolfgang. Lapides, ex celeberri-
morum virorum sententia diluvii universalis testes,
quos in ordines ac species distribuit, suis coloribus

exprimit aeris incisos in lucem mittit et alia naturae
miranda addit : — Sammlung von merkwiirdigkeiten
der natur und den alterthiimern des erdbodens, zum
beweis einer allgemeinen siindfluth nach der mey-
nung der beriihmtesten maenner aus dem reiche der
steine gewiesen und nach ihren wesentlichen arthen,
eigenschafften, und ansehen, mit farben ausgedruckt,
und in kupffer herausgegeben, in Niirnberg 1750.
With second title : Sammlung von merckwiirdigkei-
ten der natur und alterthiimern des erdbodens
welche petrificirte korper enthalt ausgewiesen und
beschrieben (erster theil). fo. Niiremberg. 1755.

2 t. p., pp. (z), 32, t. p. to atlas, tab. 1-38 (= 57 pi.).
PI. 33_contains six figures, five of insects from Oeningen, the

only distinguishable ones being three of odonate larvae, explained
on p. 27. To this work is appended, pp. 29.^32, a letter from
Mylius to von Haller, entitled Beschreibung einer neuen grbnd-
landischen thierpflanze. Bound up with the same is the fol-
lowing: —

Knorr, G. W. Die naturgeschichte der ver-
steinerungen zur erlauterung der knorrischen samm-
lung von merkwiirdigkeiten der natur herausgegeben
von Johann Ernst Immanuel Walch. Erster theil.
fo. Niirnberg. 1773. pp. (6), 187.

This contains a further explanation of the plate on p. 181 in
which the insects are called libellen, and which is preceded by
an account (pp. 171-1S0) of what was then known of fossil in-
sects, entitled Die entomolithen und helmintholithen.

Eoch (Friedrich) Carl Ludwig und Berendt
(Georg Carl). Die im bernstein befindlichen crus-
taceen, myriapoden, arachniden und apteren der
vorwelt. fo. Berlin. 1854. t. p., pp. 4, 124, pi. 17.
Berendt, Bernst. befindl. org. reste vorw., i^"' id. 1=
abth.

Edited, with additions o£ importance by Menge. ro Myria-
poda, 123 Arachnida, and 21 Thysanura are described and
figured, besides numerous others briefly described in the notes
which Menge adds to nearly every species, nearly or quite doub-
ling the extent of the text. Menge adds on pp. 7-8 a list of the
species in his collection.

Eoehler, Friedrich. Ueber den libellulit von
Solenhofen. Zeitschr. f. mineral. (Taschenb. ges.
mineral. ,jahrg. 20), bd. z : 231-^33, //. T,fig. 3. 16".
Frankfurt a. M. 1826.

With note by Hesse] giving the opinion of Herold. The
insect is referred to Aeschna.

Translation : Account of a libellulite found at
Solenhofen. Edinb. new phil. journ., z : \<)^,pl. 3,
fig. 4. 80. Edinburgh. 1826.

The note is not appended.

Eolenatd, Friedrich August. Ueber phryganiden
im bernstein. Abhandl. bohm. gesellsch. wissensch.,
[5]. 6:15- 4°. Prag. 1851.

Eight species or varieties are named but not described.

ESnig, Charles. Icones fossilium sectiles. Cen-
turia prima, fo. (London ?, 1825) no t. p., pp. (4),

[Krantz, August.] Verzeichniss der von Dr.
Krantz gesammelten, von Herrn Senator v. Heyden
und Herrn Hauptmann v. Heyden in Frankfurt a.
M. und von Herrn Dr. Hagen in Kbnigsberg in der
Palaeontographica bis jetzt beschriebenen und abge-
bildeten insecten, etc., aus dem braunkohlengebirge
von Rott im Siebengebirge. Verhandl. naturh. ver.
preuss. Rheinl. u. Westph., 24 : 313-316. 80. Bonn.
1867.

Enumerates 73 Coleopt, 25 Dipt., ir Neuropt., 4 Hymenopt.,

3 Arachn., 2 Hemipt, i Lepidopt., r Orthopt., — 120 species.

de Lafontaine, Jules. See de Borre, A. P.

Landgrebe, Georg. Ueber einen im polir-schiefei
des Habichts-waldes aufgefundenen kafer. Neues
jahrb. f. mineral., 1843 : 137-142- 80. Stuttgart

1843- ;

ppscribes an Aphodius.

24

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

Iiangius, Carolus Nicolaus. Historia lapidum
figuratorum Helvetiae, ejusque viciniae, in qua non
solum enarrantur omnia eorum genera, species et
vires, aeneisque tabulis repraesentantur, sed insuper
adducuntur eorum loca nativa, in quibus reperiri
Solent, lit cuilibet facile sit eos colUgere, modo ad-
ducta locaadire libeat. 80. Venetiis. 1708. 2 t. pp.,
pp. (26). 165, tab. 52.

A single "Musca" from Oeningen is figured on pi. 7, fig. 5
and mentioned on p, 39.

Lartigue. fichantillons de bois fossiles provenant
du gault de Lottinghen. Ann. soc. ent. France, (5),
6, htll. ent, p. loy. 80. Paris. 1876.

Exhibition of fossil wood perforated by insects, afterward re-
ported on by Brongniart, C. (q. v.)

Latreille, Pierre Andre. See Faujas-de-Saint-
Fond, B.

Leach, William Elford. See Henslo'W, J. S.

IieConte, John Lawrence. Address before the
American association for the advancement of sci-
ence at Detroit, Michigan, August 13, 1875. ^°-
Salem. 1875. *• P-> PP- ^^- -Proc. Amer, assoc. adv.
jc, xxiv: 1-18. 8". Salem. 1876.

The distribution of certain N. American beetles directly indi-
cates a survival from cretaceous or even earlier times, pp. 4-7.

LeConte, J. L. See also Dana, J. D.

Lefebvre, Alexandre. Observations relatives 4
I'empreinte d'un lepidoptere foSsile (Cyllo sepulta)
du Docteur Boisduval. Ann. soc. ent. France [2],
9:71-88,//. 3, ii.

An argument to show that Boisduval had wrongly interpreted
both the neuration and the markings of the wings. Reproduced
in Scudder's Fossil butterjlies, pp. 17-25, pi. i, figs. 14-16.

Iieidy, Joseph. See Deane, J.

Lesquereux, Leo. Botanical and palaeontologi-
cal report on the geological state survey of Arkansas.
Ovien, Second rep. geol. reconn. Arkansas, fp. 295-399,
pi. 1-6. 8°. Philadelphia. 1S60.

_ Contains description, p. 314 and figure, pi. 5, fig. 11, of Blat-
tina venusta from carboniferous rocks of Frog Bayou.

Lesser, Friedrich Christian. Lithotheologie,
das ist : Naturliche historie und geistliche betrach-
tung derer steine. 160. Hamburg. 1735. pp. 48,

300. (52), Pl- 10-

In the seventh chapter, fourth division, fifth book : Von ver-
steinerten thieren auf erden, so kein hint baben, pp. 553-561, he
reviews what is known of fossil insects in his day.

In the Hamburg edition of 1751 (pp. 48, 1488, pi. 10) the same
appears on pp. 633-639.

Lhwyd, E. See Luidius, E.

van der Liiiden, Pierre Leonard. Notice sur
une empreinte d'insecte, renfermee dans un echantil-
lon de calcaire schisteux de Sollenhoven, en Baviere.
40. (Bruxelles. 1827.) pp. 9, pi. Nouv. mim.
acad. ray. sc. Brux., 4 : 245-253, pi. 40. Bruxelles.
1827.

Describes and figures Aeschna antiqua. ,

von Linnd, Carl. Oelandska och gothlandska
resa pS. riksens hogloflige standers befallning fbr-
rattad Shr 1741 ; med anmarkningar uti oeconomien,
natural-historien, antiquiteter, &c. med Ststillige
figurer. 160. Stockholm och Upsala. 1745. pp.
(14). 344. 30. 2 maps, pi. figs.

Contains a mere mention, p. 59, of finding some small insects
in a fossil state near Glomminge in Oeland.

Translation : Reisen durch Oeland und Goth-
land welche auf befehl der hochlbblichen reichstande
des konigreichs Schweden im Jahr 1741 angestellt
worden. 16°. Halle. 1764. pp. (32), 364, (24), 2
maps, 2 pi.
The same on p. 68.

von Linn^, C. Wastgota resa pS riksens hoglo-
flige standers befallning fbrrattad Sr 1746. Med an-
markningar uti oeconomien, naturkunnogheten, an-
tiquiteter, inwSrnarnes seder och lefnads-satt, med
tilhbrige figurer. 16°. Stockholm. 1747. pp. (12),

284, (19). Pl- 5-

Refers, on p. 24, to finding beetles in the limestone of Kinne-
kulle.

Translation : Reisen durch Westgothland,
welche auf befehl der hochlbblichen reichsstande
des konigreichs Schweden im jahr 1746 angestellt
worden. 8°. Halle. 1765. pp. (20), 318, pl. 7.

Not seen. The same (probably) is found on p. 30.

[von Linn^, C.]. Museum tessinianum, opera
illustrissimi comitis, Dom. Car. Gust. Tessin. f".
Holraiae. 1753. pp. (8), 123, (9), pl. 14.

On p. 98 he enters Entomolithus coleoptri, unknown locality ;
which he hkens to a carabid.

Lippi. [Lettre a M. Dodart.] Hist. acad. sc,
1705 : 36-37. 40. Paris. 1706.

Account, of the discovery of supposed bee-cells (probably
corals) in the rocks of the Montagues de Siout, Upper Egypt.

«** It is somewhere stated that Lippi has mentioned the fossil
insects of Oeningen.

Loew, Hermann. Dipterologische beitrage [I
abtheilung]. Qffentl.prilf. Friedr.-Wilh.gymn. Posen,
1845: 1-52, />/. 40. Posen. 1845.

Contains descriptions and figures of three copal Diptera.

Loeiv, H. Ueber den bernstein und die bern-
stein fauna. 40. Berlin. 1850. pp. 44. Progr.
konigl. realsch. Meseritz, pp. 1-44. 4°. Meseritz.
1850.

Separate, Berlin edition not seen ; of the other, pp. 28-44 3re
occupied by a general systematic review of the amber Diptera, of
which many new genera and specyes are indicated with brief or
no description. More than 10,000 specimens were examined by
Loew, and about 575 species indicated.

Loewr, H. Ueber die dipteren fauna des bern-
steins. 40. Kbnigsberg. 1861. pp. 13. Amtl. ber.
versamml. deutsch. naturf., 35 : 88-98. 40. Kbnigs-
berg. 1861.

An important discussion of the problems suggested by a study
of the Diptera of the Prussian amber, of which at this time 850
species were known to the author, and of which over 650, belong-
ing to loi genera, had been satisfactorily determined. These
insects belong to a single district fauna, and represent only a
fragment of that, viz. : those low flying Diptera which love
moist places sheltered from the wind. The generic types which
existed in the amber period h^ve probably been preserved down
to our time. Of all living types North American Diptera, es-
pecially those found from lat. 32° to 40° most nearly resemble
the amber fauna ; next to these, those of Europe.

Translation : On the Diptera or two-winged
insects of the amber-fauna. 80. New Haven. 1864.
pp.20. Amer. journ. sc.,\;^, yi : ■}pif-2fi\. 8". New
Haven. 1864.

Translation by R. von Osten Sacken, who adds a single brief
note on living species common to Europe and America.

Loew, H. Monographs oithe Diptera of North

America ; prepared for the Smithsonian institution.

Part I. ; edited, with additions, by R. Osten Sacken.

8°. Washington. 1862. pp. 24, 221, pl. 2.

References to amber Diptera, partly original, will be found on
pp. II, 17.

Loew, H. Berichtigung der generischen bestim-
mung einiger fossilen dipteren. Zeitschr. gesamvil.
naturw., 32 : 180-191, taf. 5. 8°. Berlin. 1868.

A revision of the tertiary Bibionidae described by Heer.

Lortet, Louis, et Chantre, Ernest, fitudes paM-
ontologiques dans le bassin du Rhone ; periode qua-
ternaire. Arch. mus. hist. nat. Lyon, i : 59-130. 40.
Lyon. 1876.

Mentions the occurrence of insects at La Boisse, p. 104,
and Sonnaz, p. 105.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

25

IiUbbock, Sir John. The president's address.
Trans, ent, soc. Lond., [3], ^,journ. of proc, 113-131.
8°. London. 1867.

Records, pp. _ 128-129, the progress during the year in the
study of fossil insects. <

Lubbock, J. On the origin and metamorphoses
of insects. 160. London. 1874. pp. i6, 108.

Contains a chapter [v] on the origin of insects, in wliich, on
p. 86, is a general statement of the geological appearance of the
different orders of insects.

Iiubbock, J. Address read before the entomo-
logical society of London at the anniversary meet-
ing on the 19th January, 188 1. 8°. London. i88i.
pp. 17.

Refers, pp. 12-13, to recent researches on fossil insects, par-
ticularly by Goss and Scudder.

Iiucas, Hippolyte. [Note sur les espfeces de cole-
opt^res decrites par Dalman dans son memoire :
Cm insekter inneslutne i copal.] Bull, slances soc.
entom. Fra7ue,iZ']8,no.T,p.T^. 8°. Paris. 1878.

Remarks on the omission of these insects^ from Gemminger
and Harold's Catalogus coleopterorum, and cites the species of
all ordere figured by Dalman.

Iiuidius, Edvardus. Edvardi Luidii apud oxoni-
enses cimeliarchae ashmoleani Lithophylacei britan-
nici ichnographia. Slve lapidum aliorumque fos-
silium britannicorum singular! figura insignium,
quotquot hactenus vel ipse invenit vel ab amicis ac-
cepit : distributio classica : scrinii sui lapidarii reper-
torium cum locis singulorura natalibus exhibens ;
additis rariorum aliquot figuris aere incisis : cum
epistolis ad clarissimos viros de quibusdam circa
marina fossilia et stirpes minerales praesertira no-
tandis. Editio altera : novis quorumdam speciminum
iconibus aucta ; subjicitur authorio praelectio de
stellis marinis, etc. 8°. Oxonii. 1760. pp. (i5),

IS^, (4). pi- 25.

Epistola 3. Summarium literarum V. C. D. Richardi Richard-
son, M.D. De entrocho lapide, conchitis, et lithophytis seu
plantis mineralilius agri eboracensis ; de bufonibus mediis saxis
inclusis, et depictis aliquot in schisto carbonariainsectis, pp.
107-114, pi. 4, fig. 197 (4 figs). First edition, Lipsiae, 1699, not
seen.

Lyell, Sir Charles. On the boulder formation or
drift, and associated fresh-water deposits composing
the mud cliffs of eastern Norfolk. Proc. geol. soc.
io«</., 3 : 171-179. 80. London. 1840.

Mention is made, p. 175, of the discovery of three elytra of
Coleoptera, which Curtis determines to be identical with living
British species of Donacia and Copris.'

Lyell, C. Elements of geology, or The ancient
changes of the earth and its inhabitants as illustrated
by geological monuments ; sixth edition greatly en-
larged and illustrated with 770 woodcuts. 8°. London.
1865. pp. 16, 794.

Contains references to fossil insects and some illustrations of
them on pp. 243, 250, 255, 331, 42S> 49i- Earlier editions not
examined.

MacCulloch, John. On animals preserved in
amber, with remarks on the nature and origin of
that substance. Quart, journ. sc. lit. arts, 16: 41-48.
8°. London. 1823.

Froriep, yVii^/z^K, 6, «o. H4,/jS. 49-51. 4". Erfurt.
1823.

Mainly devoted to describing the methods of distinguishing
amber from other gums ; insects and other animals are only
mentioned in a general way.

McLitire, E. S. See Elrod, M. N., and Mcln-

tire, E. S.

McLachlan. Robert. Note sur I'insecte fossile
decrit par M. P. deBorre sous le nom de Breyeria

borinensis. Comptes rendus soc. ent. Belg., (2), no.
41 : 5-6. 80. Bruxelles. 1877.

Ann. soc. ent. Belg. 20 : 36-37. 8°. Bruxelles. 1877.

Considers the insect an ephemerid.

McLachlan, R. Did flowers exist during the
carboniferous epoch ? Nature, 19 : 554. 4°. London,
1879.

Breyeiia is an ephemerid.

McLachlan, R. The same. Nature, 20 : 5-6. 4°.
London. 1879.

Response to Mr. Wallace, disputing the lepidopterous nature
of Breyeria borinensis.

McLachlan, R. See Anon.

Mahr, Carl Hermann. Beitrag zur kenntniss fos-
silen insecten der steinkohlen formation Thuringens.
Neues jahrb. f. mineral., 1870 : 282-285, fiS^- ^°-
Stuttgart. 1870.

Description and figure of two species of Blattina from Ilmenau.

Malepeyre. See Buckland, W.

Malfatti, Giovanni. Osservazioni sopra alcuni
insetti fossili dell' ambra e del copale. 8°. Milano.
1878. pp. 15. Atti soc. ital. sc. nat., 21 : 181-195.
8°. Milano. 1878.

Of a general nature, but contains at the close a list of addi-
tions to the Museo civlco with remarks; and three pages of
bibliography are appended.

Mcilfatti, G. Due piccoli imenotteri fossili dell'
ainbra siciliana. 4". [Roma. 1881.] pp. 4, figs.
Atti accad. line, (3), trans., 5 : 80-83, 2 Jigs. 4°.
Roma. ^ 18S1.

Describes and figures a Myrmar and a Tapinoma.

Mantell, Gideon Algernon. A tabular arrange-
ment of the organic remains of the county of Sussex.
Trans.geol. soc. Lond.,(2),:i,: 201-216. \°. London.
1829.

Reference is made on p. 201 to the occurrence of larval cases
of Phryganidae in the silt or blue clay of Lewes Levels.

Mantell, G. A. The wonders of geology. First
American from third London edition. 2 vols. 16°.
New Haven. 1839. — Vol. i, pp. 16, 1-428, front.,
pi. 4; vol. 2, pp. 7, 429-804 (24), pi. 6-10.

"Fossil insects" (of Aix). i : 247-250, tab. 45. "Insects of
the coal formation." 2 : 679-680.

Mantell, G. A. The same : 4th ed. London, 1840.
6th ed. 2 V.160. London, 1848. — Vol. i, pp. 15,
482 ; vol. 2, pp. 483-938, plates as above. 7th ed.
revised and augmented by T. Rupert Jones. 2 v.
160. London. — Vol. I, pp. 24, 1-480, (1857) ; vol. 2,
pp. 16, 481-1019 (1858).

Mantell, G. A. The medals of creation, or First
lessons in geology and in the study of organic re-
mains. 2 vols. 160. London. 1844. — Vol. i, pp.
28, 1-456, pi. I, 3-6; vol. 2, pp. 6, 457-1016, pi. 2.

Fossil insects and «piders, pp. S7°-s84, with woodcuts 122-
124.

Mantell, G. A. The same : 2d edition entirely re-
written. 2 v. 16°. London. 1854. — Vol. i, pp.
32, 1-446; vol. 2, pp. II, 447-930, plates as before.

Mantell, G. A. Notes on the wealden strata of
the Isle of Wight, with an account of the bones of
iguanodons and other reptiles discovered at Brook
Point and Sandown Bay. Quart, journ. geol. soc.
Land., 2, i : 91-96. 8°. London. 1846.

In the closing paragraphs brief reference is made to elytra of
"two or more species of Coleoptera" at Wateringbury.

Mantell, G, A, Geological excursions round the
Isle of Wight and along the adjacent coast of Dor-
setshire ; illustrative of the most interesting geologi-

26

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

cal phenomena, and organic remains. i6o. London.
1847. PP- 428, pi. 20.

Refers to the discovery of fossil insects in tertiary and wealden
beds at pp. 140, 400.

Mantell, G. A. A brief notice of organic re-
mains recently discovered in the wealden formation.
Quart, journ. geol. soc. Land., 5 : 37-43, pi. 3. 8°.
London. 1849.

A brief notice, p. 39, of elytra of Coleoptera from the "fresh-
water strata above the oolite in Buckin§;liamshire ; " two of
these are figured in detail, but no suggestion is made of their
affinities.

Maravigna, Carmelo. Insectes dans I'ambre.
Rev. zooL, I : 168-169, followed by remarks of Guerin
Meneville, pp. 169-170, pi. i. 8°. Paris. 1838.

Maravigna' s note is upon the conditions of occurrence of Sicilian
amber. Guerin figures and enumerates and occasionally names
about fifteen species, mostly Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, and
Diptera.

Massalongo, Abramo Bartolommeo Pr. Mono-
grafia delle nereide fossili. 80. Verona. 1855. pp.
35, pi. 6.

In an appendix, pp. 3 1-32, he enumerates five species of insects
from Monte Bolca.

Massalongo, A. B. P. Prodrome di un' ento-
mologia fossile del M. Bolca. Studii paleont., pp.
11-21, iaS. I {pars.}, 2. 80. Verona. 1856.

Describes seven insects of different orders.

Massalongo, A. B. P. Sopra due larve fossili
di Libellula dei terreni mioceni di Sinigallia. Studii
paleont., pp. 22-23, ("■b- I, fig^- 8-13. 8°. Verona.
1856.

The larvae are referred to two of Heer's species from Oeningen.

Massalongo, A. B. P. Compendium faunae et
florae fossilis bolcensis.

Not seen ; nor have I been able to find a single reference to it
in bibliographies, and presume it is still unpublished. It is thus
referred to in several places by the author in other publications ;
see Studii paleont., p. 14, etc.

Massalongo, A. B. P. e ScarabelU, G. Studii
sulla flora fossile e geologia stratigrafica del Seni-
galliese. fo. Inola. 1859. pp. 8, 506, map, pi. 45.

Parte i"* Geologia stratigrafica is by Scarabelii ; parte 1^ Flora
fossile iDy Massalongo. Insetti on p. 25, contains a nominal list
of species.

Mayr, Gustav Leopold. Vorlaufige studien Uber
die Radoboj-formiciden in der sammlung der k. k.
geologischen reichsanstalt. 80. Wien. 1867. pp.
16, pi. I. yahrb. geol. reichsanst., 17 : 47-61, taf. i.
8°. Wien. 1867.

A revision of the specimens described by Heer with reference
to modem genera. See also Heer, O.

Abstract : On fossil insects. Quart. Journ. geol.
soc. Lond., 23, ii : 7. 8°. London. 1867.

Mayr, G. L. Die ameisen des baltischen bern-
steins ; mit 106 figuren auf fiinf tafeln. Beitr. naturk.
Freussens, I, pp. 4, 102, (io),tal). 5. 40. Konigsberg.
1868.

Extended descriptions of forty-nine species and twenty-three
genera, with some preliminary general observations, including a
review of previous literature, and a comparison of amber species
with modem types and those of Radoboj.

Medlicott, H. B. and Blanford, W T. A

manual of the geology of India ; chiefly compiled
from the observations of the geological survey;
published by order of the government of India. 8°.
Calcutta. 1879. 2 vol. and map. Vol. i. Penin-
sular area, pp. 18, 80, 1-444. Vol. 2. Extrapenin-
sular area, pp. 445-817, pi. 21.

On pp. 152, 154, 314 are references to insects found in the
mesozoic and tertiary deposits of central India.

Meek, Fielding B., and 'Wortlien, A. H. Notice
of some new types of organic remains from the coal
measures of Illinois. Proc. acad. nat. sc. Philad.,
1865; 41-53. 8°. Philadelphia. 1865.

Describe Anthracerpes typus as a myriapod and Palaeocampa
anthrax as an insect, — both afterwards considered as worms.

Meek, F. B., and Worthen, A. H. Preliminary
notice of a scorpion, a Eurypterus, and other fossils,
from the coal-measures of Illinois. Am. journ. sc.
arts, [2], 46 : 19-28. 8°. New Haven. 1868.

Afterwards described more fully in the Geological survey of
Illinois. Among the "other fossils" are two myriapods.

Meek, F. B., and Worthen, A. H. Articulate
fossils of the coal measures. Worthen, Geol. surv.
III., 3, ii, palaeontology, pp. 540-565, figs. 8°. n. p.
1868.

Describe and figure, pp. 556-565, two myriapods and two
arachnids, with a Note on the genus Palaeocampa, p. 565, first
described as a caterpillar, but here considered a worm.

Meigen, Johann Wilhelm. See Rathke, M. H.

Meinecke, Johann Christoph. Vermischte an-
merkungen iiber verschiedene gegenstande, sonder-
lich des steinreichs. Naturforscher, st. 20 : 185-210.
160. Halle. 1784.

The first part, pp. 186-189, is devoted to amber, as occurring
in which he mentions various insects and Gryllus domesticus in
particular.

Menge, A. Ueber die scheerenspinnen, Cher-
netidae. 40. [Danzig. 1855.] pp. 43, pi. 5. Neuesie
schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, 15, heft 2 [art. 2].
40. Danzig. 1855.

Seven of the fifteen species described and figured are from
amber.

Menge, A. Lebenszeichen vorweltlicher, im bern-
stein eingeschlossener thiere. Progr. petrischule Dan-
zig, pp. 1-32. 40. Danzig. 1856.

Contains a valuable systematic review of the species in the au-
thor's collection, with occasional brief descriptions. The collec-
tion is one of the largest ever made, containing 67 Myriapoda of
31 species, 674 Arachnida of more than 150 species, and 3102
Insecta, of which even the genera are rarely enumerated, but
only separated by families.

Menge, A. Ueber ein rhipidopteron und einige
andere im bernstein eingeschlossene thiere. Also
entitled : Ueber ein rhipidopteron und einige hel-
minthen im bernstein. 8°. Danzig. 1866. t. p.,
pp. 8, figs. Schriften naturf. gesellsch. Danzig (2), I,
iii-iv. 80. Danzig. 1866.

The strepsipteron is described and figured under the name of
Triaena tertiaria, and figures are given of a Chironomus to which
a Mermis is found attached.

Menge, A. Ueber einen scorpion und zwei spin-
nen im bernstein. 8°. Danzig. 1869. pp. 9. Schrift.
naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, (2), 2,\\. 8°. Danzig. 1869.

Menge, A. See also Koch, F. C. L. und Berendt,
G. C. ; and Pictet-Baraban, F. J. et Hagen, H. A.

Meroati, Michael. Michaelis Mercati samminia-
tensis Metallotheca opus posthumum, auctoritate,
& munificentia Clementis XI. pontificis maximi
e tenebris in lucem eductum ; opera autem, & studio
Joannis Mariae Langisii archiatri pontificii illustra-
tum. f». Romae. 1717. pp. 64, 378, (18), pi. 6,
figs.

Arm. 5, cap. g: De succino, pp. 87-go, contains on p. 89
figures of some half dozen insects in amber which are enu-
merated in a single line on p. 88.

von Meyer (Christian Erich) Hermann. Indu-
sia. Ersch u. Gruber, Allg. encycl. wissensch. u.
ktinste, sect. 2, th. 18, s. 136. 40. Leipzig. 1840.

von Meyer, C. E. H. Insekten, fossile. Ersch.
u. Griiber, Allg. encycl. wissensch. u. kunste, sect. 2, th.
18, s. 536-541. 40. Leipzig. 1840.

A review of the literature, with nothing new.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

27

von Meyer, C. E. H. Fische und insekten der
braunkohle bei Westerburg in Nassau. Neues jahrb.
mineral, 1851 : 677. 80. Stuttgart. 1851.

Brief notice of the discovery of two flies.

vou Meyer, C. E. H. Mittheilung an professor
Bronn. Neues jahrb. mineral., 1852 : 465-468.

Notices^ p. ^67, Heyden's Dicerca Taschei ; his discovery of
insect borings in wood from the brown coal ; and his statement
that Xylophagvis antiquus is a Bibio.

von Meyer, C. E. H. Vogel-federn und Palpipes
priscus von Solenhofen. Neues jahrb. mineral., i86i ;
561. 80. Stuttgart. 1861.

A brief notice of seven new specimens of Palpipes.

von Meyer, C. E. H. Zu Palpipes priscus aus
dem lithographischen schiefer in Bayern. Palaeon-
tograph., 10 : 299-304, taf. SO,jigs. 1-4. 4°. Cassel.

A detailed description of this arachnid from several specimens.

von Meyer, C. E. H. See Jordain, H. und
Meyer, (C. E.) H.

Michelin. [Sur] un travail imprime de M.
Hoeminghaus, relatif k una esp^ce fossile du genre
Phrygane. Ami. soc. ent. France, (2), 3, bull, ent.,
30-31. 8°. Paris. 1845.

Miller, S. A. The caenozoic or tertiary period.
yourn. Cine. soc. nat. hist, 4 : 93-144. 8°. Cincin-
nati. 188 1.

Gives lists of the tertiary insects described from North
America.

Miller, S. A. The American palaeozoic fossils : a
catalogue of the genera and species, with names of
authors, dates, places of publication, groups of rocks
in which found, and the etymology and signification
of the words, and an introduction devoted to the
stratigraphical geology of the palaeozoic rocks. 8°.
Cincinnati. 1877. pp. 15, 253.

Arachnida, Myriapoda and Insecta, pp. 224-226.

Milli&re, Pierre. Observations relatives k I'em-
preinte d'un hemiptfere fossile (with note by Signoret,
v., and Fairmaire, L.). Ann. soc. ent. France, (3),
I : 9-11,//. 3". 80. Paris. 1853.

Describes under the name of Aphis longicaudus, an insect
from the "schiste marneux" of Ambdrieux, Ain.

Moore, Charles. On the palaeontology of the
middle and upper lias. Proc. Somersetsh. archaeol.
nat. hist, soc, 2 : 61-76; 8". Taunton. 1865-1866.
His collection of lias insects consists of about loco speci-
l mens. "The families jepresented at Ilminster include Libel-
lula, Neuroptera, Orthoptera, Homoptera, Diptera and Coleop-
tera."

Moore, C. On the zones of the lower lias and
the Avicula contorta zone. Quart, journ. geol. soc.
Zo«(/., 17, i: 483-516, //. 15-16. 8°. London. 1861.

On p. 513 mentions the occurrence of Carabidae at Vallis.

Moore, C. Notes on a plant and insect bed on
the Rocky River, New South Wales. Quart, journ.
geol. soc. Lond., 26 : 261-263, //. \%, jigs. 2-1 1. 8°.
London. 1870.

Brief notice of the insects, about ten species of beetles, which
are figured. An abstract with the same title (excepting^ the omis-
sion of the word Notes) on p. 2 of same, with discussion, which
does not touch the insects. An abstract will also be found in
Phil, mag., z<j: Aibi. 8«. London. 1870.

Morris, John. A catalogue of British fossils,
comprising all the genera and species hitherto de-
scribed : with references to their geological distribu-
tion and to the localities in which they have been
found. 80. London. 1843. pp. 11, 222. -

Insecta, p. 6g.

Morris, J. The same. Second edition, consid-
erably enlarged. 80. London. 1854. pp. 8, 372.
Insecta, pp. 116--118.

Morris, J. On some sections in the oolitic dis-
trict of Lincolnshire. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond.,
9, i: 317-344, //. 14. 8°. London. 1853.

Mentions the occurrence of insects on p. 324 and note.

Morris, William. Did flowers exist during the
carboniferous epoch ? Nature, 20 : 404. 8°. London.
1879.

Notices a '* Carbonaceous impress on a piece of shale from the
Slievardagh coal field, Tipperary " which "appears" to him "to
be a butterfly."

Mortillet, Gabriel. Description d'une nouvelle
esp^ce de coleoptere fossile (Donacia Genin) trouve
dans les lignites de Sonnaz. Bull. soc. hist. nat.Savoie,
1850, p. 135.

Les alpes, 1850, no. 5.

Arch, sc.phys. nat.. It,: ■jZ-ji). 8". Geneve. 1850.

Description of the species. Only the last reference seen.

Motsohoulsky, Victor. Lettre a M. Menetries.
Mtudes entom., t,: Ti-'i?},pl. 16°. Helsingfors. 1856.

Contains, pp. 25-30, a notice of Menge's collection of amber
insects with descriptions, pp. 25-27, and figures (in the single
plate) of thirteen Coleoptera. Also, p. 34, a brief notice of
Heer's collection of Oeningen insects.

Motsohoulsky, V. Genres et espJces d'insectes
publics dans differents ouvrages. Supplement au
vi vol. des Horae societatis entoraologicae rossicae.
80. St. Petersbourg. 1868. t. p., pp. 118.

Contains a list, p. 103, of Insectes contenus dans le succin
described by the author.

Mourlon, Michel. Geologic de la Belgique. 2 v. 8°.

Not seen. The fossil insects of Belgium are treated, accord-
ing to de Borre, Co7nptes.^endus soc. ent. Belg., (3), no. 3,/. 38.

Miiller, Johannes. Fossile fische. Middendorff's
Sibirische reise, I, i : 259-263, pi. II. 40. St. Pe-
tersburg. 1848.

Refers in three lines, p. 261, to the ephemerid larva found by
MiddendorfE, which is figured pi. 11, fig. 7.

Miinster, George, Grafzu. Fossile fische, sepien,
krebse, Monotis salinaria, saurier, algaciten von
Oeningen, schildkrbte in lias von Altdorf, Clymenia
glossopteris, folliculites ; tertiar formation in Nord-
deutschland. Neues jahrb. m-ineral., 1834 : 42-43.
80. Stuttgart. 1834.

Mentions the reception of a beetle from Solenhofen and in-
sects from Oeningen.

Miinster, G. Insekten in lias. Neues jahrb.
mineral., 1835 ; 333. 8". Stuttgart. 1835.

Has discovered lias insects in the neighborhood of Brzezina.

Miinster, G. See Germar, E. F. Beschreibung
einiger neuen fossile insecten (1842), where some of
the names are given by Miinster.

Miinster, G. See also Cotta, B.

Murohison, Sir Roderick Impey. On a fossil
fox found at Oeningen near Constance ; with an
account of the deposit in which it was imbedded.
Trans, geol. soc. Lond., (2), 3: 277-290. //. 33-34.
40. London. 1832.

The insects, pp- 286-287, pl- 34i are described by Curtis, with
a mention of others determined by Samouelle ; only a dozen
species in all are mentioned ; those figured are Odonata.

Murohison, R. I. The Silurian system, founded
on geological researches in the counties of Salop,
Hereford, Radnor, Montgomery, Caermarthen, Bre-
con, Pembroke, Monmouth, Gloucester, Worcester
and Stafford ; with descriptions of the coal fields and
overlying formations. 4°. London. 1839. pp. 32,
768, pi. 37.

28

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

MuTChison, R. I. Outline of the geology of the
neighbourhood of Cheltenham. A new edition, aug-
mented and revised by James Buclonan and H. E.
Strickland. 8°. London. 1845. PP- '1°' map,
sect., pi. 13.

The first edition makes no allusion to fossil insects. The ad-
ditions upon that subject in this are by Brodie (q. v.) and Buck-
man. The insects are catalogued on pp. 68, 81-82 and figured
on pi. 4, S, c,. Reference is also incidentally made in several
places to the insect beds of the district, but without special men-
tion of their contents,

Murchison, R. I. Siluria. The history of the
oldest known rocks containing organic remains, with
a brief sketch of the distribution of gold over the
earth. 8°. London. 1854. pp. 16, 523, pi. 37.

Notices insects of the coal, p. 284.

Murchison, R. I. Siluria. The history of the
oldest fossiliferous rocks and their foundations ;
with a brief sketch of the distribution of gold over
the earth. 3d edition (including the silurian system)
with maps and many additional illustrations. 8°.
London. 1859. pp. 20, 592, (2), pi. (2), 41, maps 2.

Brief reference to and figure of an insect "allied to Cory-
dalis" from Coalbrookdale on pp. 320-321.

Murchison, Sir Roderick Impey, and Lyell, Sir
Charles. On the tertiary fresh-water formations of
Aix in Provence, including the coal field of Fuveau
. . . with a description of fossil insects contained
therein by John Curtis, /'roc. geol. soc. Land., i :
150-151. 8°. London. 1829.

Accompanied, p. 151, by " Observations on the fossil insects"
mentioned, by John Curtis, afterwards described and figured by
the same. See Curtis, J.

Murray, Andrew. Notes on some fossil insects
from Nagpur. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Land., i6 :
182-185, 189,//. 10, Jigs. 66-70. 80. London, i860.

Occurs as a separate note in an article by Hislop, S., " On the
tertiary deposits associated with the trap-rock in the East Indies,
witli descriptions of the fossil shells by the Rev. Stephen Hislop,
and of the fossil insects by Andrew Murray, and a note on tne
fossil Cypridae by T. Rupert Jones." Thirteen Coleoptera(Bu-
prestidae and Curculionidae) are mentioned and figured; only
one is named.

Mylius, G. F. Memorabilium Saxoniae subter-
raneae, pars prima; i. e. Des unterirdischen Sach-
sens weltsamer wunder der natur ; erster theil.
Worinnen die auf denen steinen an krautern, baumen,
bluhmen, fischen, thieren und andern dergleichen
besondere abbildungen, so wohl unsers Sachsen-
landes als deren so es mit diesen gemein haben,
gezeiget werden, mit vielen kupffern gezieret. 40.
Leipzig. 1709. pp. (6), 80, (19), front, pi. (13), fig.

Remarks on a fossil " wurm, welcher einem seideowurm nicht
ungleich scheioet," p. 56.

Nicholson, Henry Alleyne. A manual of palae-
ontology for the use of students, with a general intro-
duction on the principles of palaeontology. 80.
London. 1872. pp. 18, 601, figs. 401.

Chapter xvii. Arachnida, IMyriapoda, and Insecta occupies pp.
181-187 ^nd figs. 124-130. This very brief notice is mostly con-
fined to the oMer insects.

Nicholson, H. A. The same. Second edition,
revised and greatly enlarged. 2 vol. 8°. Edinburgh
and London. 1879. Vol. i, pp. 18, 51 1 ; vol. 2, pp.
12. 531. figs-

Vol. I contains a chapter (20) on Arachnida, Myriapoda, and
Insecta, pp. 398-409, figs. 250-258; slightly enlarged from the
preceding.

Nicholson, H. A. The ancient life-history of
the earth, a comprehensive outline of the principles
and leading facts of palaeontological science. 8°.
Edinburgh and London. 1877. pp. 19, 407.

Contains nothing original in insects ; a few are figured.

Nicholson, H. A. See also White, C. A., and
Nicholson, H. A.

Noggerath, Jacob. Notizen iiber fossile anima-
lien. Arch. ges. naturl., 2 : 323-325. 80. Niirnberg.
1824.

Mentions the discovery of fossil beetles (p. 325) at Orsberge on
the Rhine.

NovAk, Ottomar. Fauna der cyprisschiefer des
egerer tertiiirbeckens. Wien. 80. 1877. pp. z6,
pi. 3. Sitzungsb. akad. wiss. Wien, 76 : abth. I,
math, nai.classe, T 1-^6, taf. 1-2- 80. Wien. 1878.

Descriptions and illustrations of nineteen insects of various
groups, but mostly Diptera.

Nov^, O. Ueber Gryllacris bohemica, einen
neuen locustidenrest aus der steinkohlenformation
von Stradonitz in Bohmen. 8". Wien. 1880. pp.
6, pi. I. Jahrb. geol. reichsanst. Wien, 30 : 69-74,
taf. 2. 1. 80. Wien. 1880.

Compares the new species with Gryllacris Brongniarti (Man-
tell), which also is figured, and to which it is clos^y allied. '&.^
viewed hy Scudder, Prac. Bust. soc. jiai. Aist., 21. &°. Boston.

d'Orbigny, Alcide Dessalines. Recherches zoolo-
giques sur I'instant d'apparition, dans les ages du
monde, des ordres d'animaux, compare au degr^ de
perfection de I'ensemble de leurs organes. Ann. sc.
nat., (3), 13: 228-236, 2 tables. 80. Paris. 1850.

Insects are treated on pp. 232-233 and on both tables.

von Osten Sacken, Carl Robert Romanoff.
See Loew, H.

Ouchakoff, Nicolas. Notice sur un termes fos-
sile. Bull. soc. imp. nat. Mosc, 1838 ; 37-42, fl. i.
8°. Moscou. 1838.

Ann. sc. nat., (2), 13 : 204-207,//. I B. 8°. Paris.
1840.

Translation : Notice of a fossil termes. Calc.
journ. nat. hist, 2 : 74-78. 8°. Calcutta. 1842.

Abstract : Notitz tiber eines fossilen termiten.
Newes jahrb. mineral., 1839 : 122-123. 8°. Stutt-
gart. 1839.

Oustalet, Emile. Recherches sur les insectes
fossiles des terrains tertiaires de la France ; pre-
miere partie. .Insectes fossiles de I'Auvergne. Ann.
sc. g^ol., 2, art.. T„ pp. i-iy8, pi. 1-6. 8°. Paris. 1870.

Oustalet, fi. The same, entitled : M^moire sur
les insectes fossiles des terrains tertiaires de la
France'. Bibl. ecole hautes ittides, sect. sc. nat., art. 7,
pp. 1-178,//. 1-6. 80. Paris. 1871.

Studied descriptions of forty-five species, most of them new ;
they are mostly Diptera, especially Protomyiae and Bibioues,
and Coleoptera, especiall^r Rhynchophora. The characteristics of
the groups to which the insects belong are given in detail, and
references made to other fossil insects of the same groups. The
whole is preceded by a chapter of 48 pages, containing a good
history of our knowledge of fossil insects, and is followed by
one of 17 pages of general results reached by a study of the
Auyergne fossil insects, which are found to show a mingling of
indigenous and of exotic forms, a Mediterranean and American
aspect, and a warmer climate than now.

An extended notice will be found in the Revue sclent. France,
(2), 4; 136-137. 4». Paris. 1874. See also Giard, A.

Oustalet, £. Recherches sur les insectes fossiles
des terrains tertiaires de la France ; deuxi^me partie.
Insectes fossiles d'Aix en Provence. [Premier fasci-
cule. Coleopteres d'Aix.] Ann. sc. giol., 5, art. 2,
pp. 1-347, pi. 1-6. 80. Paris. 1874. [pp. 1-136
and pi. 1-2 Febr. 15, 1874; pp. 137-347, pl. 3-6, Mai
15, 1874.]

Also [with prem. partie] under the title : Re-
cherches sur les insectes fossiles des terrains tertiaires
de la France. These presentee a la faculty des sci-
ences. 8°. Paris. 1874. pp. 1-556, pl. 1-12.

The second part describes 81 species after the same plan as
in the preceding memoir. 32 of them are Ehyncophora, 19

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

29

Staphylmidae, n Carabidae, and the rest scattered among vari-
ous families ; tlie memoir opens with a chapter of 74 pages on
the geological relations of the gypsum beds of Aix.

Oustalet, E. Note sur une empreinte de dip-
tire fossile des marnes du gypse des environs de
Paris. Bull. soc. philom. Paris, [6], 9 : 161. 80.
Paris. 1872.

Not seen ; title received from the author. Bibio Chapuisi is
described.

Oustalet, £. Paleontologie. Q\X2xdi, Les insectes ;
traM elhnentaire d'entomologie,\ : 170-180. 80. Paris.
1873-

A good general account of fossil insects from the older to the
newer strata.

Oustalet, fi. Sur quelques especes fossiles de
I'ordre des thysanopteres. Bitll. soc. philom. Paris,
[6], 10 : 20-27. 80. Paris. 1873.

Describes a new genus and three new species of Physopoda
from AIx.

Oustalet, fi. Insectes de I'ambre. BtUl. soc.
philom. Paris, [6], 10 : 98-99. 80. Paris. 1873.

A brief notice of various insects enclosed in a single block of
amber in which Vaillant had detected a reptile. The insects
are mentioned still more briefly in Vaillant' s paper.

Oustalet, £. Sur un hemiptfere de la famille des
pentatomides. Bull. soc. philom. Paris, [6], 11 : 14-16.
8°. Paris. [1874] 1877.

Describes Cydnopsis Heeri.

Oustalet, £. Les insectes fossiles de la France.
La natttre, 3 : 33-36,^?^^. 4°. Paris. 1874.

A popular account of the tertiary insects of France, with figures
of Bibio Edwardsi, Calosoma Agassizi and Cyllo sepulta.

Oustalet, !£. Observation sur la communication
de M. Filhol [Sur les vertebres fossiles des dep6fs
de phosphate de chaux du Quercyl. Bull. soc. philom..
Paris, [6], II : 21. 8°. Paris. [1874] 1877.

Analogies between the insect fauna of the oligocene of south-
ern France on the one hand, and that of southern N. America
at the present time, or of the oligocene of the Rocky Mountains
on the other.

Oustalet, £. Reclamation sur une question de
nomenclature. Bull, seances soc. entom.. France, 1878,
vii : 72. 8°. Paris. 1878.

Ann. soc. entom. France (5), 8, bull.^ 60-61. 8°.
Paris. 1878.

Bull, sclent, dip. du Nord, (2), I : 105-106. 8°.
Lille. 1878. (With notes by Giard.)

A claim that the name of the original describer of the species
of Protomyia referred by Erongniart to Plecia should stdl re-
main attached to them. Giard refers to the opinion of Loew
regarding Heei^s Protomyia.

Oustalet, £. ' See also Giard, A.

O'wen, Richard. Palaeontology, or A systematic
summary of extinct animals and their geological rela-
tions. 2d edition. 8°. Edinburgh. 1861. pp. 16,463.

The insects are briefly treated, without illustrations, on pp.
51-52. Nothing new is given except the expression of a douljt
by Waterhouse whether the indusial limestone of Auvergne is
. to be referred to the cases of Phryganidae.

The first edition of this work was an excerpt from Vol. 1^ of
the Encyclopaedia Britannica {8th ed._ 1S59), where the article
occupied pp. 91-1:76, and the insects, in nearly the same words
as in the later edition, occurred on pp. 102-103.

Fackcird, A^feeus Spring. Guide to the study
of insects, and-a treatise on those injurious and bene-
ficial to crops ; for the use of colleges, farm-schools
and agriculturalists ; with eleven plates and six hun-
dred and fifty wood-cuts. 8". Salem. 1869 [1868-69].
pp. 8, 702, pi. II.

Has a section on Geological distribution, pp. 77-Si, with a
plate (i) in the introduction, besides treating of the fossil species
in the body of the work ; especially in the Neuroptera, where pp.
582-584 are given to a discussion of Eugereon, with a figure {572)
and quotations from opinions expressed by Hagen and Ger-

staecker in letters from the former. In the third edition (1872)
an appendix is added, in which, pp. 710-711, a description and
figure are given of Paolia. A figure of Arthrolycosa is added in
the fourth edition (1874). The preface to sixth edition (1878) con-
tains on its second page a paragraph on the fossil insects pub-
lished in America since the previous edition [furnished by S. H.
Scudder].

Packard, A. S. [On insect-remains occurring in
nodules . . . north of Turner's Falls.] Bull. Essex
ZKJ/., 3 : 1-2. 8°. Salem. 1871.

Considers Palephemera mediaeva an aquatic coleopterous in-
sect "belonging perhaps near the family Heteroceridae."

Packard, A. S. Our common insects ; a popular
account of the insects of our fields, forests, gardens
and houses ; illustrated with four plates and 268
woodcuts. i6°. Salem. 1873.

Contains a chapter (xiii) entitled Hints on the ancestry^ of
insects, in which, and especially on pp. 157-159, the geological
question is briefly discussed.

Parkinson, James. Organic remains of a former
world; an examination of the mineralized remains
of the vegetables and animals of the antediluvian
world ; generally termed extraneous fossils. 2d edi-
tion. 3 vols. 4°. London. 1833. Vol. i, pp. 12, 460,
(4), front, pi. r, 9; — vol. 2, pp. 14, 286, (26),- front.,
pi. 19; — vol. 3, pp. 12 [10], 467, (20), front., pi. 22.

Entomolithi are treated in vol. 3, pp. 265-267, and pi. 17, figs.
2-6 ; larvae of Odonata from Pappenheim being figured and some
indistinguishable insects copied from Luidius.

Peach, Charles William. An account of the
fossil organic remains found on the south-east coast
of Cornwall, and in other parts of that county.
Trans, roy. geol. soc. Cornwall, 6: 12-23. 8°. Pen-
zance. 1846.

Mentions the discovery of elytra of beetles in alluvial matter
lying about the roots of trees resting on clay at Port Mellin,
p. 23.

Peach, C. W. On the fossiliferous strata of part
of the south-east coast of Cornwall. Trans, roy. geol.
soc. Corn-wall, 7 : 57-62, //. 3-4. 8°. Penzance. 1865.

Mentions, p. 62, the occurrence of elytra of beetles in similar
situations as the preceding at Ready Money.

Peaile, A. C. Report on the geology of the Green
River district. Ann. rep. U. S. geol. stirv. terr., 1877,
511-646, pi. 47-76. 8". Washington. 1879.

Contains, p. 535, notice of the discovery of insects on Twin
Creek, Wyoming Terr. ; and pp. 633-639 a reprint of Scudder's
description of Indusia calculosa from Horse Creek Valley, Wy-
oming ; see also p. 528.

Phillips, John. The neighborhood of Oxford,
and its geology. Oxford essays, 1855 : 192-212. 8°.
London. 1855.

A paragraph, p. 204, is given to the insects of the Stonesfield
slate.

Phillips, J. Oxford fossils. No. 2. Geol. mag.,
3, g]-!j<j,pl. 6. 8°. London. 1866.

Describes and figures Libellula Westwoodii from the Stones-
field slate, and compares it with Aeschna Brodiei from the has.

Phillips, J. Geology of Oxford and the val-
ley of the Thames. 8°. Oxford. 1871. pp. 24, 523,
pi. 17. . . . ■

Contains, p. 123, fossils of the liassic period ; pp. 173-174,
fossils of the Stonesfield beds, in both of which insects are re-
ferred to.

Phillips, J. See Conybeare, W. D., and Fhil-
lips, W., and Woodward, H. et al.
Piotet-Baraban, afterwards Pictet-de la Rive,

Fran9ois Jules (q. v.).

Pictet-de la Rive, Frangois Jules. Resultat de
ses recherches sur les insectes fossiles de I'ordre des
nevroptires contenus dans I'ambre. Actes soc. helv.
sc. nat., 30 : 69-70. 8°. Geneve. 1845.

All specifically distinct from existing forms, but with one ex-
ception of existing genera.

30

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

Pictet-de la Rive, F. J. Considerations gene-
rales sur les debris organiques qui ont ete trouves
dans I'ambre et en particulier sur lesinsectes. Arch,
sc, phys. not., 2 : 5-16. 8°. Geneve et Paris. 1846.

Amber insects altogether differ specifically from living forms,
a considerable numb¥r of genera are also distinct and tnere are
two peculiar families : Archaeides in the Arachnida and Pseudo-
perlides in the Neuroptera ; a warmer climate than the present
is indicated.

Translation : General considerations on the
organic remains, and in particular on the insects,
which have been found in amber. Edinb. new phil.
journ., 41 : 391-401. 8°. Edinburgh. 1846.

Pictet-de la Rive, F. J. Traite elementaire de
paleontologie ou Histoire naturelle des animaux fos-
siles consideres dans leurs rapports zoologiques et
geologiques. 4 vol. 8°. Geneve. 1844-46. T. 4.
(1846), pp. 15, 458, pi. 20 in text.

IV classe, Arachnides, pp. 87-89 ; V classe, Insectes, pp.
91-114; VI classe, Myriapodes, pp. 115-116. No insects are
figured.

Pictet-de la Rive, F. J. Traite de paleontologie
ou Histoire naturelle des animaux fossiles consi-
deres dans leurs rapports zoologiques et geologiques.
26 edition. 4 vol. 8° ; atlas, 4". Paris. 1853-57. T. 2
(1854), t. p., pp. 727 ; atlas, pp. 32, pi. 56.

Insectes, pp. 301-405; Myriapodes, p. 405 ; Arachnides, pp.
406-410; Atlas, pi. 40-41. A few additions from Serres MS.
are quoted.

Pictet-de la Rive, F. J. See also Germar, E.
F., und Berendt, G. C.
Pictet-de la Rive, F. J., und Hagen, H. A.

Die im bernstein befindlichen neuropteren der vor-
vyelt. f". Berlin. [1856.J t. p., pp. 41-125, pi. 5-8.
Berendt, Bernst. befindl. org. restevorw., 2^'' bd. i^ abth.
pars.

More than seventy species are described in full detail and ad-
mirably figured. Under the genera also Hagen gives good ac-
counts of the literature of fossil species and prefaces the whole
with general observations of the amber Neuroptera. The work
is mostly Hagen's. Some descriptions are by Menge. Descrip-
tion of the larva of a Phasma is also appended, p. 122.

Fidgeon, Edward. The fossil remains of the
animal kingdom. 8°. London. 1830. pp. (6), 544,
(i). pl- (49)-

Forms the supplementary volumes of Griffith's Animal king-
dom of Cuvier. Insects are treated in a summary manner on
pp. 493-495, but nothing new is added, and none are figured.

Plateau, F^lix. See de Borre, A. P.
Plinius Secundus, Caius. Naturalis historia.
Liber 37, section 72.

As translated by Bostock and Riley (8"^ London, 1857) that

fiart of the passage which may refer to fossil insects reads as fol-
ows : " Other stones, again, derive their names from various ani-
mals . . . scorpitis, from either the colour or the shape of the
scorpion . . . Myrmecitis presents the appearance of an ant
crawling within, and cantharias of a scarabaeus."

Ponzi, G. Lavori degli insetti nelle lignite del
Monte Vaticano. 4°. Roma. [1876.] pp. 3.
Not seen.

Presl, Joannes Swatoplucus. Additamenta ad
Faunam protogaeam, sistens descriptiones aliquot
animalium in succino inclusorum. Deliciae pragenses,
I : 191-210. 16". Pragae. 1822.

Describes i species of Cynips, 6 Formica, i Tinea, 3 Tipula,
4 Musca, 2 Aranea, i Phalangium, and r Acarus. Noticed in
Oken's/.rij, 1823: 374-375. 40. Jena. 1823.

Prestwich, Joseph. On some of- the faults which
affect the coalfield of Coalbrookdale. Land. Edinb.
phil. mag., YV.-},T <,-%■](>. 8°. London. 1834.

Proc. geol.soc. Land., 2: i?t-20. 8°. London. 1S34.

In a notice of the fossils a beetle and a spider are mentioned,
p. 376 (20), as occurring in the iron-stone nodules at that place.

Prestwich, J. On the geology of Coalbrook
Dale. Trans, geol. soc. Land., (2), 5: 413-495,//.
30-41. 4°. London. 1840.

Contains a notice, p. 446, of three fossil insects (CurcuUoides
[jK-j Ansticii, C. Prestvicii and a neuropteron) from the locality ;
also entered in the table on p. 490.

Provost, Constant. Observations sur les schistes
calcaires oolitiques de Stonesfield en Angleterre,
dans lesquels ont ete trouves plusieurs ossemens
fossiles de mammiferes. A7in. sc. natur., 4 : 389-
417,//. 17-18. 8». Paris. 1824.

Refers merely, p. 393, and in explanation of plates, p. 417, to
elytra of a Buprestis? figured pl. 18, fig. 26.

Procaccini Ricci, Vito. Lettera . . . sugli en-
tomoliti delle gessaje sinigagliesi. Nuc^. ami. sc.
natur., ann. 4, torn. 7, //. 448-456. 8°. Bologna.
1842.

A general paper, in which on p. 449 it is stated that Coleop-
tera, Hemiptera, Lepidoptera, Neuroptera, Hymenoptera, Dip-
tera and Aptera have been found at Senigagha.

Quenstedt, Friedrich August. Handbuch der
petrefaktenkunde. 8". Tiibingen. 1852. pp. 6, 792,
pl. 62.

Arachnidae, pp. 306-309; Insecta, pp. 309-319. The 2d edi-
tion not seen.

Rafiray, Achille. Note sur des insectes ren-
fermes dans des morceaux de gomme copal. Ann.
soc. ent. France, (S), 5, bull, ent., 125-126. 8°. Paris.

1875-

General notes based on a collection exhibited ; a single para-
graph is devoted to insects.

Rathke, Martin Heinrich. Untersuchung iiber
die bernstein-insecten. Oken's Isis, 1829 : 413. 4°.
Leipzig. 1829.

Mentions his large collection of amber insects collected in
company with Behrendt ; the Coleoptera had been studied by
Heyden and Schmidt, the Ichneumonidae by Graveuhorst, the
Diptera by Meigen and Wiedemann.

Reichenbach, Heinrich Gottlieb Ludwig. See
Geinitz, H. B.

Reuss, August Emanuel. Kurze iibersicht der
geognostischen verhaltnisse Bohmens ; fiinf vortrage,
gehaltenimnaturwissenschaftlichenvereine Lotos im
jahre 1853; mit drei geologischen iibersichtskarten.
8°. Prag. 1854. pp. 103, pl. 3.

Refers, p. 59, to two scorpions and a spider from the carbon-
iferous rocks of Bohemia.

Robert, Eugene. Lettre sur les observations
faites en Danemarck, en Norwege et en Su^de, et
dans laquelle il parle du succin, etc. Bull. soc. geol.
France, ^i 114-118. 8°. Paris. 1838.

The letter is addressed to M. Cordier. The amber containing
insects is mentioned on pp. 114-115 ; the insects mentioned are
Aphodius fossor, Buprestis, Galeruca, "ahises" and *']e bou-
cher, " all on p. 1 14. It is quoted in the Royal society's catalogue
under the title ; De la disposition de la tourbe k Elseneur et des
insectes qu'on y trouve. 1

Roemer, Ferdinand. On a fossil spider lately
discovered in the coal measures of Upper Silesia.
Report Brit, assoc. adv. sc, 1865, notices, 73. 8". Lon-
don. 1866.

Geol. mag., 2 : 468. 8". London. 1865.

These two are essentially the same with slightly differing titles ;
and are practically an abstract of the following.

Roemer, F. Protolycosa anthracophila, eine fos-
sile spinne aus dem steinkohlen-gebirge Oberschle-
siens. Neues jahrb. f. mineral., 1866 : i'!6-I4l, taf. "l.
80. Stuttgart. 1866. J 4j, y J

Roemer, F. Notiz iiber ein vorkommen von fos-
silen kafern (coleopteren) im rhat bei Hildesheim.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS,

31

Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. gesellsch., 28 : 350-353, figs.
8°. Berlin. 1876.

Describes and figures three species of Coleoptera, of which
one is not named.

Roemer, F. Lethaea geognostica oder Beschrei-
bung und aljbildung der fUr die gebirgs-formationen
bezeichnendsten versteinerungen, herausgegeben von
einer vereinigung von palaontologen. I theil : Lethaea
palaeozoica von F. Roemer. With secondary title :
Lethaea geognostica oder Beschreibung und abbil-
dung der fiir die einzelnen abtheilung der palaeozoi-
schen formation bezeichnendsten versteinerungen.
Atlas, mit 62 tafeln. 8°. Stuttgart. 1876. 2 t. p.,
vorw. 2 p., taf. 62 (mit erlauterungen).

A few insects are figured on plates 31, 47 and 56.

Roemer, F. See Bronn, H. G., und Roemer, F.

Rolle, Friedrich. Ueber ein vorkommen fossiler
pflanzenzu Obererlenbach (Wetterau). Neuesjahrb.
f. mineral., 1877 : 769-784. 8°. Stuttgart. 1877.

Merely mentions, pp. 772-773, the occurrence of remains of
insects in the pliocene? beds of Ober Erlenbach.

Rondani, Camillo. Lettre sur les insectes du
succin. Rev. zooL, 3 : 366-370. 80. Paris. 1840.

Followed, p. 370, by remarks by Guerin-M^n^ville. Rondani
makes some corrections of generic determinations in Guerin's
supplement to Maravigna's paper. Guerin speaks only of the
imperfection of the specimens. See also Maravi^a, C,
in App.

Rost, Woldemar. De filicum ectypis obviis in li-
thanthracum wettinensium lobejunensium fosdinis.
Halae. 8°. 1839. pp.- 31.

Not seen. According to Germar, the fetter's Blattina didyma
is described as a fern.

Roth, Johann Rudolph. Ueber f ossile spinnen des
lithographischen schiefers. Gel. anz. bay. akad. wiss.,
32:164-167. fig. 4". Miinchen. 1851.

Neues jahrb. mineral., 1851 : ZTS~3n'P^- 4 ^-fiS- ^■
8°. Stuttgart. 1851.'

Describes two species of a new genus, Palpipes.

Rouchy, Vabbi. [Borings of Coleoptera in a trunk
of fossil Walchia.] Petites nouv. entom., i : 551. 4°.
l'.iris. 1875.

Salter, John William. On some species of Eu-
rypterus and allied forms. Quart, journ. geol. soc.
Land., 19, i : 81-87, /^J-. 8°. London. 1863.

Describes and figures as an Eurypterus some carboniferous
fragments since recognized as myriapods.

de Saporta, Comte Gaston. Examen des flores
tertiaires de Provence. YLitex, climat pays tert., pp.
13-5-171. 40. Winterthur. 1861.

At the end of the section on the flora of Aix he refers, pp.
152-153, to the insects of the gypsum beds and their relations to
the vegetation of the epoch.

de Saporta, G. Etudes sur la vegetation du
sud est de la France a Tepoque tertiaire. Suppl.
I. Revision de la flore des gypses d'Aix; fasc. i :
generalites. 8°. Paris. 1872. pp. 79, pi. 2. Ann.
sc. nat., (5), bot., 15 : 277-351, //. 15-16. 8°. Paris.
1872.

Notices the insects of Aix on pp. 70-71 [342-343]- Gives also
a note by A. Giard, p. 69 [341], note, suggesting the presence at
Aix of certain plants, from the occurrence of beetles presumed
to feed upon them.

de Saporta, G. [Lettre k M. de Selys-Long-
champs.] Compt. rend. soc. ent. Belg., (2), no. 23 : 8.
8". Bruxelles. 1876.

Ann. soc. ent. Belg., 19 : 4- 8°. Bruxelles. 1876.

Lepidoptera could not have appeared before phaaerogamous
flowers.

de Saporta, G. See also de Borre, A. P. ; and
Heer, O.

de Saussure, Henri. Note sur un nouvel in-
secte hymenoptere fossile. 8°. [Paris. 1852.] pp.2,
pi. Rev. mag. zooL, {2), 4 : 579-582,//. 2t„ figs, 5-6.
8°. Paris. 1852.

Describes and figures Pimpla antiqua from tertiaries of Aix.

Soarabelli, Giuseppe. See Massalongo, A. B.
P. e Soarabelli, G.

Bchau-platz der natur oder gesprache von der
beschaffenheit und den absichten der naturlicheu
dinge etc. Dritter theil. 8". Wienn und Niirn-
berg. 1748. pp. (22), 592, (II) front., pi. (33).

Refers to the occurrence of flies and beetles in amber, p. 347.
A figure of a fossil odonate larva also appears on the plate oppo-
site p. 426 (fig. F.).

Scheuchzer, Johann Jacob. Beschreibung der
natur-geschichten des Schweizerlands dritter theil
enthaltende vornemlich eine ober die hochsten alpge-
birge an. 1705 getahne raise. 40. Ziirich. 1708. pp.
(4), 208, pi. (9).

Refers, p. 68, to the occurrence of flies and spiders in amber
(agdstein)-

Scheuchzer, J. J. Piscium querelae et vindi-
ciae expositae. 4°. Tiguri. 1708. t. p., pp. 36,
pi. 5.

Mentions, p._ 15, and figures, pi- 2, a "Scarabaeus in lapide
fissili bningensi," as a relic of the deluge.

Scheuchzer, J. J. Herbarium diluvianum. f".
Tiguri. 1709. t. p., pp. 44, pi. 10.

PI. 5, figs. 1-2, p. 16 give figures and description of an odonate
larva from Oeningen and a winged odonate from Monte Bolca.

Scheuchzer, J. J. Herbarium diluvianum ; edi-
tio novissima duplo auctior. £°. Lugduni Batavorum.
1723. 2 t. p., dedic, pp. 119, (5), portr., pi. 14.

The same is found on the same plate, p. 21.

Scheuchzer, J. J. Museum diluvianum quod
possidet J. J. S. 16°. Tiguri. 1716. pp. (12), 107,
(4). front.

Records four fossil insects, p. 106, from Oeningen, Monte
Bolca and Querfurt.

Schilling, Samuel. See Gravenhorst, J. L. K.

von ScUotheim, Ernst Friedrich. Die petre-
factenkunde auf ihrem jetzigen standpunkte dutch
die beschreibung seiner sammlung versteinerter und
fossiler iiberreste des thier- und pflanzenreichs der
vorwelt erlautert ; mit 1 5 kupfertaf eln. 8° (atlas, 4°).
Gotha. 1820. pp. 64, 438.

Pp. 42-44 relate to insects, specified under six heads-

von Sbhlotheim, E. F. Nachtrage zur petre-
factenkunde ; mit 21 kupfertafeln. 8°. Gotha. 1822.
pp. 12, ICO.

The same. Zweyte abtheilung ; mit kupfertafeln.
8° (atlas, 4°). Gotha. 1823. pp. (4), 114.

The second part contains on pp. 6o-6r, taf. 22, fig. 10, what the
author looks upon as the larva and nest of a Myrmeleon.

Schmidel, Kasimir Christoph. Fortgesezte vor-
stellung einiger merkwiirdigen versteinerungen mit
kurzen anmerkungen versehen. 4°. Niirnberg.
1782. t. P-, pp. 45, pl- 8-24.

Describes, p. 36, and figures, pi- rg, fig. 2, a dragon fly from
Solnhofen, which he compares with LibelTa grandis.

Schmidt, Wilhelm Ludwig Ewald. See Rathke,
M. H.

Schreber, Johann Christian Daniel. Litho-
graphia halensis exhibens lapides circa Halam
Saxonvm reperivndos systematice digestos secvndvm
classes et ordines genera et species cvm synonymis
selectis et descriptionibvs speciervm. Prefatvs est

32

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

loh. loach Langivs. i6°. Halae. 1759. pp. 24,
80, pi. I.

Describes Entomolithus coleopleri from Rothenburg, pp.
51-52.

Schroter, Johann Samuel. Neue litteratur und
beytriige zur kenntniss der naturgeschichte vorzuglich
der conchylien unifossilien. i"band. 16°. Leipzig.
1784. pp. (8), 550, (30), pi. 3.

V. Ueber einige merkwiirdige versteinerungen. A. Von ver-
steinten iosecteu, 410-413, pi. 3, fig. 16.

Schroter, J. S. Entomolithen, versteinte in-
secten. Schroter, Lithol. real- u. verbal-lex., 2 : 93-100.
8". Frankfurt. 1779.

A compilation from the writings of the older authors.

Schroter, J. S. Inseckten, entomolithen. Schroter,
Lithol. real- u. verbal-lex., T,: yz-^t^. 8°. Frankfurt.
1780.

General remarks of no present value.

S'ch-weigger, August Friedrich. Beobachtungen
auf naturhistorischen reisen ; anatomisch-ph^sio-
logische untersuchungen iiber corallen; nebst einem
anhange, bemerkungen iiber den bernstein enthal-
tend. 4°. Berlin. 1819. pp. 8, 128, (4), pi. 8,
tab. 12.

The Bemerkungen iiber den bernstein occupy pp._ 101-127
and pi. 8, and contain in foot-notes extended descnptions of a
few insects, figured carefully on the plate, but part at least of
which have since been recognized as copal insects.

Scrope, George Poulett. The geology and ex-
tinct volcanoes of central France. 2ded. 8°. London.
1858. pp. 17, 258, pi. 17.

Discusses, pp. 10-13, the indusial limestones of France, which
he records at the following localities : hills of Gergovia above
Romagnat, at the Puys Giron, de Jussat, de la Serre, de Mouton,
de Dallet, at Mont Chagny, Mont Jughat, and les Cotes near
Clermont ; at Davayat near Riom ; at Aigueperse, Gaunat, Mayet
d'^cole, St. Gerard le Puy, between Jaligny and la Palisse, at
Mont Barraud, etc. First edition not seen.

Scudder, Samuel Hubbard. On the devonian
insects of New Brunswick. 8°. [Fredericton, 1865.]
I p. Bailey, Obs. geol. southern N. Brunsw. 8°.
Fredericton. 1865. pp. 140-141.

^iw^?-.ytf«?-?«. jc, (2), 39: 357-358. 8°. N. Haven.
1865.

Can. nat. geol., n. s., 2 : 234-236. 8°. Montreal.
1865.

Trans, entom. soc. Land., {3), z, proc. 117-118. 8°.
London. 1866.

Short statement of the probable affinities of the oldest known
insects, several species of which are distinguished.

Scudder, S. H. On the fossil insects from Illi-
nois, the Miamia and Hemeristia. Amer. journ, sc.,
(2), 40: 269-271. 8°. N. Haven. 1865.

Discussion of the affinities of two carboniferous insects, pre-
viously described by Dana.

Scudder, S. H. [Remarks on some fossil insects
from the carboniferous formation of Illinois and
from the devonian rocks of New Brunswick.] Proc.
Bost. soc. nat. hist., 10 : 95-96. 8°. Boston. 1865.

Merely an abstract of the two preceding papers.

Scudder, S. H. An inquiry into the zoological
relations of the first-discovered traces of fossil neu-
ropterous insects in North America ; with remarks
on the difference in structure in the wings of living
Neuroptera. 4°. [Boston.] 1866. pp. 20, pi. Mem.
Bost. soc. nat. hist., i, 173-192,//. 6. 4°. Boston.
1866.

Full treatment of the structure and rehtionship of Miamia and
Hemeristia, which are referred to separate families, distinct from
recent types. The wing structure of the modern families is also
systematically reviewed.

Scudder, S. H. Results of an examination of a
small collection of fossil insects obtained by Prof.
William Denton in the tertiary beds of Green River,
Colorado. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., II, 117-118. 8°.
Boston. 1867.

The same ; with slight additions. Hollister, Mines
of Colorado, pp. ^a--^-^. 12°. Springfield. 1867.

A bare statement of the relations of the insects. An abstract
occurs in A mer. nat., 1:56. 8", Salem. 1867.

Scudder, S. H. On Mormolucoides articulatus.
Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 11 : 140. 8°. Boston. 1867.
Considers this triassic species to be a coleopterous larva.

Scudder, S. H. [Notice of fossil insects from
the devonian rocks of New Brunswick and on Ha-
plophlebium Barnesii.] Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 1 1 :
150-151. 8°. Boston. 1867.

Amer. nat., i : 445-446. 8". Salem. 1867.

Refers the devonian insects to new families of Neuroptera and
the carboniferous Haplophlebium probably to the Ephemeridae.

Scudder, S. H. The insects of ancient America.
Amer.nat.,i,6z$-r6y,pl.i6. 8°. Salem. 1868.

A popular account of those then known.

Scudder, S. H. [Remarks on two new fossil in-
sects from the carboniferous formation in America.]
Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 11 : 401-403. 8°. Boston.
1868.

Scudder, Entom. notes, i : 7-9. 8". Boston. 1868.

Amer. journ. sc, (2), 46 : 419-421. 8°. New Haven.
1868.

Describes Megathentomum pustulatum and Archegogryllus
priscus. P^^tiz-z^-Kn Amer. nat., z\ i<ya. 8". Salem 1869.

Scudder, S. H. Entomological notes. I. 8°.
[Boston. 1868.] pp. II.
Reprints the preceding paper, with o^ers.

Scudder, S. H. The fossil insects of North
America. Geol. mag., 5 : 172-177, 216-222. 8°.
London. 1868.

A review of the 87 species then known and of their geological
relations. Abstracts will be found in the Amer. nai., i : 557.
8". Salem. 1867; — Can. nat., (2), 3: 293-294. 8°. Mon-
treal. 1868; — Quart, journ. sc, ^: ^o^. 8<*. London. 1868; —
and /'f?/. jc. r^z;., 7; 318-319. 8°. London. 1868.

Scudder, S. H. Descriptions of fossil insects,
found on Mazon Creek and near Morris, Grundy co.
Illinois. Worthen, Geol. surii. III., 3 : 566-572, _/^j.
i-io. 8°. [Springfield?] 1868.

Describes nine new carboniferous insects, mostly Neuroptera,
It is also marked as a Supplement to Descriptions of articulates.

Scudder, S. H. On the fossil myriopods of the
coal formations of Nova Scotia and England [ab-
stract.] Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond.,2^,'\: 6^1. 8°.
London. 1869.

Scudder, S. H. [Fossil insects found at the
petrified fish-cut. Green River.] Hayden, sun pict.
Rocky mount, seen., p. 98. 4". New York. 1870.

Mentions in general terms the aflSnities of an ant and a fly.

Scudder, S. H. Description d'un nouveau papil-
lon fossile (Satyrites Reynesii) trouve k Aix en
Provence. 8". Paris. 1872. pp. 7, pi. i. Kev.
mag. zoo!., 1871-72 : 66-72,//. 7.

Extract : Description of a new fossil butterfly
(Satyrites Reynesii) found at Aix in Provence. 8°.
London. 1872. pp. 2, pi. i. C^o/. wof., 9: 532-533,
//. 13,/^J-. 2, 3.

Also entitled on cover : On a new fossil butterfly. The English
tranilation is by the editor. The specfes is from the tertiary.

Scudder, S. H. Fossil insects from the Rocky
Mountains. 8". Salem. 1872. pp. 4. Amer. nat.,
6:665-668. 80. Salem. 1872.

A general notice of a collection of insects made by Richardson
in the tertiary Green River deposits of Wyoming. Noticed in
Trans, ettt. soc. Land., {2), i2,T^: ^T^^. 8°. London. 1874.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

33

Scudder, S. H. On the carboniferous myriapods
preserved in the sigillarian stumps of Nova Scotia.
Mem. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 2 : 231-239. 4°. Boston.
i873-

_ Describes two genera and several species besides the Xylobius
sigillariae of Dawson. Abstract in Anter. jourtt. sc, (3), 6:
225-^26. 8». N. Haven. 1873.

Scudder, S. H. [On an English fossil insect de-
scribed as lepidopterous.] Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist.,
16:112. 8°. Boston. 1874.

Considers Palaeontina ooHtica Butler as homopterous rather
than lepidopterous. See also Butler, A. G.

Scudder, S. H. Two new fossil cockroaches
from the carboniferous of Cape Breton. Can. nat.,
(■a.s.),T : 2yi-2T2, figs. 1-2. 8°. Montreal. 1874.

Describes Elattina Heeri and B. bretonensis.

Scudder, S. H. The tertiary Physopoda of
Colorado. 8". Washington. 1875. pp. 3. Bull.
U. S. geol. geogr. surv. terr., 2: 221-22^. 8°. Wash-
ington. 187 5.

Describes one genus and three species.

Scudder, S. H. Fossil butterflies. Mem. Amer.
assoc. adv. sc., I. 4". Salem. 1875. pp. 12, 99, pi. 3.

Describes in detail the generic arid specific characters of the
five known species, besides four new ones, all from Euro[iean
tertiaries. After an historical introduction there are sections
on their geological relations,_the probable food plants of their
caterpillars, the present distribution of their nearest allies, and
the fossils believed to be erroneously referred to butterflies.
More or less extended abstracts will be found in Arch, sc.
phys. iuit.,T\.s., SS'. 102-103; 57: 91-92. fS''. Geneve. 1876; —
Nettesjahrb. Tttiner., 1877: 445-447. 80. . Stuttgart. 1877; —
Anier.journ.sc.,iT^,i\\Ttrl^. 8". N. Haven. 1876; — Amer.
Ttat., 10: 53, 10&-107. 8". Salem. 1876. See also Boisduval,
J. A. ; and Lefebvre, A.

Scudder, S. H. Remarks on some remains of
insects occurring in carboniferous shale at Cape Bre-
ton. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 18 : 113-114. 8°.
Boston. 1875.

Scudder, Ent. notes, 5 : 2-3. 8°. Boston. 1876.

Notices the discovery of cockroach wings and the larva of a
dragon-fly at Sidney.

Scudder, S. H. Supplementary note on fossil
myriapods. 4°. Boston. 1878. p. i, figs. Mem.
Bost. soc. nat. hist., 2 : 561-562, ^gs. 4°. Boston.
1878.

Description of figures of the diiferent species, omitted from
a former paper.

Scudder, S. H. Fossil Orthoptera from the
Rocky Mountain tertiaries. Bull. t/. S. geol. geogr.
surv. terr., ser. 2 : 447-449. 8°. Washington. 1876.
Describes a Labidura and a H6moeogamia.

Scudder, S. H. [Lettre i M. de Selys-Long-
champs.] Compt. rend. sac. ent. Belg., (2), no. 21,
/. 2. 8°. Bruxelles. 1876.

Ann. soc. ent. Belg., 19, compt, rend., 2. 8°. Bru-
xelles. 1876.

Expressing an opinion against the lepidopterous character of
Breyeria. Translation by de Selys.

Scudder, S. H. New and interesting insects
from the carboniferous of Cape Breton. 8°. Salem.
1876. pp. 2, figs. Proc. Amer. assoc. adv. sc, 24 : B,
110-111, Jigs. 1-2. 8°. Salem. 1876.

Description of the cockroach and larval dragon-fly mentioned
in a preceding paper.

Scudder, S. H. The same. 8°. Montreal. 1876.
pp. 2, figs. Can. nat., (n.s.), 8 : 88-90,/^j. 1-2. 8°.
Montreal. 1876.

Scudder, S. H. Fossil Coleoptera from the
Rocky Mountain tertiaries. Bull. 17. S. geol. geogr.
surv. terr., 2 : 78-87. 8". Washington. 1876.

Describes thirty species mostly from Green River, Wyoming,
and White River, Colorado.

Scudder, S. H. Brief synopsis of the North
American earwigs, with an appendix on the fossil
species. Bull. U S. geol. geogr. surv. terr., 3 : 249-260.'
8". Washington. 1876.

The Note on the fossil species occurs on pp. 259-260, dis-
cusses one species already known from the tertiary beds of
Florissant, and describes another from the same locality.

Scudder, S. H. Critical and historical notes on
Forficulariae ; including descriptions of new generic
forms and an alphabetical synonymic list- of the
described species. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 18 :
287-332. 8». Boston. 1876.

Scudder, £«/. «oto, 5 : 27-72. 8°. Boston. 1876.

Includes the fossil forms, of which eight species are enu-
merated.

Scudder, S. H. Entomological notes, V. 8°.
Boston. 1876. pp. 72.

Reprints, with other matter, the last-mentioned paper and Re-
marks on some . . . insects ... at Cape Breton.

Scudder, S. H. Fossil palaeozoic insects, with
a list of described American insects from the car-
boniferous formation. Geol. mag., (n.s.), dec. 2, vol. 3,
pp. 519-520. 8°. London. 1876.

Gives a list of thirty species. Entitled in table On fossil in-
sects from the coal measures.

Scudder, S. H. On the close affiliation of the
insects of Europe and America in the carboniferous
epoch. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 18 : 358-359. 8°.
Boston. 1876.

As intimately related as now.

Scudder, S. H. Note on fossil ants from South
Park, Colorado. Amer. nat., 11 : 191. 8°. Salem.
1877.

Scudder, S. H. The insects of the tertiary beds
at Quesnel (Briti.sh Columbia). 8°. [Montreal. 1877.]
pp. 15. Pep. progr. geol. surv. Can., i875-'76 :
266-280. 8°. [Montreal.] 1877.

Describes twenty-four species of various orders.

Translation : Les insectes des lits tertiaires de
Quesnel. Rapp. opir. expl. glol. Can., 1875- '76 :
294-310. 8°. [Montreal.] 1877.

Scudder, S. H. On the first discovered traces of
fossil insects in the American tertiaries. Bull. U. S.
geol. geogr. surv. terr., 3 : 741-762. 8°. Washington.
1877.

Describes the insects obtained by Denton in the White River
beds, Colorado. Thirty-three species, mostly Diptera, are de-
scribed and others enumerated.

Scudder, S. H. Description of two species of
Carabidae found in the interglacial deposits of Scar-
boro' Heights, riear Toronto, Canada. Bull. U. S.
geol. geogr. surv. terr., 3 : 763-764. 8°. Washington.
1877.

Referred to Loxandrus and Loricera.

Scudder, S. H. Note on the wing of a cock-
roach from the carboniferous formation of Pittston,
Penn. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 19 : 238-239. 8°.
Boston. 1878.

Scudder, .£«&»«. wofej, 6 : 35-36. 8°. Boston. 1878.
Describes Blattina fascigera.

Scudder, S. H. An insect wing of extreme sim-
plicity from the coal formation. Proc. Bost. soc. nat.
hist., 19 : 248-249. 8°. Boston. 1878.

Scudder, Entom. notes, 6 : 37-38. 8". Boston. 1878.

Describes Euephemerites primordialis.

Scudder, S. H. A carboniferous termes from
Illinois. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., i(): y:io-20i. 8°.
Boston. 1878.

Scudder, Entom. notes, 6 : 54-55. S". Boston. 1878.

Describes Termes contusus.

34

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

Scudder, S. H. An account of some insects of
unusual interest from the tertiary rocks of Colorado
■ and Wyoming. Bull. U. S. geol, geogr. surv. ierr., 4 :
519-543. 8°. Washington. 1878.

Describes ten insects of different orders, among them a re-
markably perfect butterfly, Prodryas Persephone, and eggs and
egg clusters of a gigantic sialid, Corydalites fecundum.

Scudder, S. H. Additions to the insect fauna of
the tertiary beds at Quesnel (British Columbia). 8°.
[Montreal. 1S78.] pp.8. Rep.progr.geol.suru. Can.,
i876-'77 : 457-464. 80. [Montreal.] 1878.

Describes six more species of dififerent groups.

Translation : Additions i la faune entomo-
logique des lits tertiaires de Quesnel, Colombie
britannique. Rapp. opir. comm giol. Can., i876-'77 :
514-522. 8°. [Montreal.] 1878.

Scudder, S. H. Entomological notes, VI. 8".
Boston. 1878. pp. 55, pi.

Reprints, among other matter, three short papers already
mentioned.

Scudder, S. H. The fossil insects of the Green
River shales. Bull. U. S. geol. geogr. surv. terr., 4 :
747-776. 8". Washington. 1878.

Describes fifty-five species of different groups with notes on
seventeen others.

Scudder, S. H. The early types of insects; or
the origin and sequence of insect life in palaeozoic
times. Mem. Bost, soc. nat. hist., 3 : 13-21. 4°.
Boston. 1879.

A general review of paleozoic insects, attempting to show
"that the laws of succession of the insect tribes are quite similar
to those which have long been known tojlold in other groups of
the animal kingdom ; and that the facts are, in the main, such as
the theory of descent demands." The general conclusions are
summarized under twelve heads. It is noticed and criticised by
de Borre in Compt. reiid. sac. ejlt. Belg.^ (2), no. 65, p. 11. 80,
Bruxelles. 1S79.

Translation : Les premiers types d'insectes ;
origine et ordre de succession des insectes dans la
periode paleozoique. Arch. sc. phys. nat., (3), 3 ;
353-371. 8". Geneve. 1880.

The translation is by A. Humbert. Some notes, especially the
bibliographical, are omitted.

Abstract : The early types of insects. Abstract
of a paper read before the National academy of sci-
ences, Nov. 5, 1878. Am. journ. sc. arts, (3), 17:
72-74. 8°. New Haven. 1879.

Science News, I ; 22-23. ^°- Salem. 1878.

This contains the general conclusions.

Translation : Urtypen der insecten. Kosmos, 5 :
61-62. 8°. Leipzig. 1879.

A translation of the abstract, with notes by the editor.

Scudder, S. H. The fossil insects collected in
1877, by Mr. G. M. Dawson, in the interior of British
Columbia. Rep. progr. geol. surv. Can., i877-'78 : B,
176-186. 8°. Montreal. 1879.

Describes sixteen species of different orders. Also published
separately with half-titleon cover : Insects from the tertiary beds
of the I^icola and Similkameen rivers, British Columbia. 8°.
[Montreal. 1879.! pp. ir.

Tr.\nslation : Insectes fossiles recueillis en 1877,
par M. G. M. Dawson, dans I'interieur de la Colom-
bie-britannique. Rapp. opir. comm. geol.Can., i877-'78:
B, 211-223. 8°. {Montreal. 1879.]

Scudder, S. H. Palaeozoic cockroaches ; a com-
plete revision of the species of both worlds, with an
essay toward their classification. Mem. Bost. soc. nat.
hist., 3 : 23-134, pi. 2-6. 4°. Boston. 1879.

The first attempt to classify any group of paleozoic insects of
both worlds by characters drawn from the venation of the wing.
More than sixty species (thirteen of them new) are described
and figured ; they are divided into two tribes and eleven genera,
and separated as a whole from modern cockroaches under the
name Palaeoblattariae. See also Geiuitz, F. E.

Scudder, S. H. The insect basin of Florissant.
Psyc/ie, 3 : 77. 8°. Cambridge. 1880.

Scudder, S. H. The devonian insects of New
Brunswick. 4°. Boston. 1880. pp. 41, pi. i.
Anniv. mem. Bost. soc. nat. hist., scient. papers, art.
(3). 4°. Boston. 1880 [i88i]. pp. 41, pi. i.

Detailed descriptions of six species, the oldest in the world,
with a study of their affinities. A Jurassic may-fly is also de-
scribed and the general conclusions summarized at the close.

Extract : Relations of devonian insects to later
and existing types. Amer. journ. sc. arts, (3), 21 :
H1-H7. 8°. New Haven. 1881.

Ann. mag. nat. hist., (5), 7 : 255-261. 8°. London.
1881.

Gives the general conclusions in full.

Abstract : The devonian insects. Amer. nat.,
14 : 905-907. 8°. Philadelphia. 1880.

Abstract : The devonian insects of New Bruns-
wick. Science, 1 : 292-293. 4°. New York. 1880.

The above give the general conclusions somewhat condensed.
More or less extended abstracts or notices will also be found in
Arch. sc. phys. nat., (3), s, 291-293 (by A. Humbert). 80.
Geneve. \ii\; — Bull.soc. ent.ital.,z2.: i-j^-i.1,a. 80. Firenze.
1881 ;— Natur/orsclier, 1881: 141-143. 40. Berlin. 1881 ; — A'a-
tiott, 32: 150. 40. New York, 1881. Also criticisms of the
whole or part in Nature, 23 : 483-484 (by H. A. Hagen). 40.
London. 1881 ; — Bull. mus. comp. zool., 8 : no. 14, pp. 275-284
(by the same). 80. Cambridge. 1881 ; — and A^a/«»-f, 23 : 507
(by A. E. Eaton). 40. London. 1881.

Scudder, S. H. The structure and affinities of
Euphoberia Meek and Worthen, a genus of car-
boniferous Myriafjoda. Amer. journ. sc. arts, (3),
21:182-186. 8°. New Haven. i88i.

Points out the distinction between the carboniferous and
modern diplopodous myriapods, and proposes a distinct suborder,
ArchipoJypoda, for the former.

Scudder, S. H. Some recent publications on
fossil insects. Psyche, 3 : 138. 8°. Cambridge. 1880.
A review of Goss's papers.

Scudder, S. H. White ants in the American ter-
tiaries. Harv. univ. hill., 2 : 219. 40. Cambridge.
1881.

Note on the relation of the six species from Florissant to those
of other tertiary deposits ; they indicate a warm climate.

Scudder, S. H. Two new British carboniferous
insects, with remarks on those already known. Geol.
mag, {2), 8: 2^2-300, j^g. 8°. London. 1881.

The only two hexapods hitherto known (excepting a cockroach)
are Neuroptera and not Orthopteraas had been recentlif main-
tained- "Two new species are described, Archaeoptilus ingens,
the largest paleozoic insect known, and Brodia priscotincta, re-
markable for the preservation of the colored bands of the wing.
Separates (without change of pagination) bear on the cover the
title New carboniferous msects.

Abstract : Upon the carboniferous insects of
Great Britain. Hai'v. univ. bull., 2 : 175. 4°. Cam-
bridge. 1 88 1.

Scudder, S. H. [Exhibition of a carboniferous
cockroach.] Psyche, 3 : 186. 4°. Cambridge. 1881.

Showing difference in venation of opposite wings.

Scudder, S. H. The tertiary lake basin at Flo-
rissant, Colorado, between South and Hayden Parks.
Bull. geol. geogr. surv. terr., 6 : 279-300, map. 8°.
Washington. 1881.

The first half is descriptive of the locality and its geology ; the
paleontological portion is mainly devoted to insects and plants,
of which a runnmg systematic review is given. The conclusion
is reached that the beds, the most prolific of insects in the world,
"belong in or near the oligocene." An abstract will be found in
Harv. univ. hull, 2 : 267, 4°. Cambridge. 1881. It was also
read before the Boston natural history society. See Froc. Bost.
soc. nat. hist., 21 : 8i- 8°. Boston. 1881.

Scudder, S. H. [Exhibition of carboniferous
centipedes.] Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 21 : 82. 8°.
Boston. 1881.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

35

Scudder, S. H. Remarks on remarkable car-
boniferous millipedes. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 21 :
122. 80. Boston. 1881.

They form a distinct suborder.

Scudder, S. H. On Lithosialis bohemica. Proc.
Bost. soc. nat. hist., 21 : 167. S". Boston. :88i.

Reviews Novik's description of Gryllacris bohemica, showing
that it is ueuropterous not orthopterous.

Scudder, S. H. Fossil spiders. Harv. univ.
bull., 2 : 302-303. 8". Cambridge. 1882.

Reviews the arachnid fauna of Florissant, Col., and shows its
relation to the forms of the European tertiaries.

Scudder, S. H. See also Brodie, P. B. ; de
Borre, A. P. ; Dawson, J. W. ; Fontaine, W. M.
and White, J. C. ; Hagen, H. A. ; Lefebvre, A. ;
Packard, A. S. ; Peale, A. C. ; and White, C. A.

de Selys-IiOngchamps, Michel Edraond. See
de Borre, A. P. ; Scudder, S. H. ; and de Selys-
Iiongchamps, M. E., et Hagen, H. A.

de Selys-Iiongchamps, Michel Edmond, et
Hagen, Hermann August. Revue des odonates ou
libellules d'Europe. 8". Bruxelles, etc. 1S50. pp.
22, 408, pi. II, tableaux 6.

Contains, pp. 356-364, finnm^ration des odonates fossiles
d'Europe, by Dr. Hagen with a few notes by Baron de Selys ;
and pp. 365-368 Note surl' Enumeration des odonates fossiles
d'Europe, by de Selys. In the former 39 species are enumerated
with synonymy and brief notes ; in the latter they are discussed
by formations and the conclusion reached that Aeschnidae pre-
ceded the Agrionidae and Libellulldae.

Sendelius, Nathaniel. Verschiedene erinnerungen
von dem succino prussico. Contin. gelehrt. Preussen,
1725, quart. 2, no. 3. 80. Thorn. 1725.

Not seen. Title furnished by Dr. Hagen.

Sendelius, N. Nathanaelis Sendelii . . . electro-
logiae per varia tentamina historica ac physica con-
tinuandae missus primus De perfectione succinorum
operibus "naturae et artis promota testimoniisque ra-
tionis et experientiae demonstrata. 40. Elbingae.
1725. p5). 56.

Reviewed in Acta erud., 1725 : 374-376. 40. Lipsiae. - 1725.

Sendelius, N. The same. Missus secundus, De
mollitie succinorum et inde emergentibus contentis
variis animalibus, vegetabilibus, mineralibus atque
aquosis. 40. Elbingae. 1726. pp. 64.

Sendelius, N. The same. Missus tertius, De
prosapia succinorum et eorum variis affectionibus,
vi electrica, colore, odore, sapore. 40. Elbingae.
[1728.] pp. 56.

These titles are furnished by Dr. Hagen, who also quotes, but
unverified by him, the English translation in Acta gerTH., 1743 :
340-353. 360-366, 389-405- 4°. London. 1743.

Sendelius, N. Historia succinorum corpora
aliena involventium et naturae opere pictorum et
caelatorum ex regiis Augustorum cimeliis Dresdae
conditis aeri insculptorura conscripta. fo. Lipsiae.
1742. pp. 10, 328, tab. 13.

A large part of the book and nearly seven of the plates are

fiven up to insects, but amber and copal insects are, as is well
nown, not distinguished, and the book has therefore far less
value and interest than it otherwise would possess.

Reviewed in iViraa aria ^rj*/., 1743; 49-56. if Leipzig. 1743
(the insects mentioned on pp. 50-52) ; also, according to Boehmer
(references unverified) in Nouv. MM. germ. , 3 : i ; 6 : 385 ; Cam-
merc. litt. med. sc. nat., 23: 177. 4». Norimbergiae. 1742;
Leifz. gel. zeit., 1742 : 414. 8». Leipzig. 1742 j Zuverl. nachr.
gegemu. zust. iviss., 34 : 778. 8». Leipzig.

See also Guerin-Meneville, F. E.

Sendelius, N. De succino indico, ad virum no-
bilissimum atque experientissimum dominum Jo-
hannem Philippum Breynium epistola, prodromi
loco electrologiae suae propediem edendae scripta.

Breyn, Melon, petref. mont. Carmel, 35-48. 40.
Lipsiae. 1722.

Entitled on Breyn's title-page : De pseudo-succino, quod
paucos ante annos ex Africa in Belgium deferri coepit. It evi-
dently refers to cojaal, and mentions, p. 40, the occurrence of
insects "nostris simiKa." Noticed in BibC. germ., 5 : 121.

de Serres, Pierre Marcel Toussaint. Suite du
Memoire sur les terrains d'eau douce, ainsi que sur
les animaux et les plantes qui vivent alternativement
dans les eaux douces et dans les eaux salees. Journ.
phys., 87 : 161-178. 40. Paris. l8i8.

Refers, p. 173, to impressions of insects, principally of aptera
and among them iulids, from the tertiaries of Castelnaud, France.

de Serres, P. M. T. Notice sur les cavernes i
ossemens fossiles des carri^res de calcaire grossier,
situ^es aux environs de Lunel Vieil, dans le departe-
ment de I'Herault. Mlm. soc. linn. Paris, 5 : 442-464.
80. Paris. 1827.

§ V. Insectes, p. 4^7, gives a very brief account of the remains
of Coleoptera found in the cavern.

de Serres, P. M. T. Note sur les arachnides et
les insectes fossiles, et specialement sur ceux des ter-
rains d'eau douce. Ann. sc. nat., 15 : 98-108. 8°.
Paris. 1828.

Ferr, .5a//. jc. Ka^., 15 : 181-189. 8°. Paris. 1828.

An extract from the next work, pp. 207-233, published in ad-
vance.

Translation : Bemerkung iiber die fossilen
arachniden und insecten, besonders iiber diejenigen,
welche in der siisswasserformation vorkommen.
Thon, Entom. archiv., 2, ii : 74-77. 4°. Jena. 1829.

Abstract : Notiz iiber fossile arachniden und in-
secten, und besonders iiber diejenigen, welche in den
niederschlagen des siissen wassers gefunden werden.
Froriep, Notiz. geb. nat.-heilk., 22 : 337-342. 4°.
Erfurt. 1828.

de Serres, P. M. T. Geognosie des terrains ter-
tiaires, ou Tableau des principaux animaux inverte-
bres des terrains marins tertiaires, du midi de la
France, etc. 8°. Montpellier et Paris. 1829. pp.92,
277. " tableaux " 3, pi. 6.

Livre 4 : Des arachnides et insectes fossiles, et specialement
de ceux des terrains d'eau douce du bassin tertiaire d'Aix occu-
pies pp. 206-258, and includes a list of nearly 80 genera of Aix
insects, besides, pp. 254-258i a Tableau general des arachnides
et des insectes fossiles, d'aprfes I'ordre de formations g^ologiques,
in which 105 genera are specified and 226 species enumerated.

de Serres, P. M. T. Notes geologiques sur la
Provence. Actes soc. linn. Bord., 13 : 1-82. 8°.
Bordeaux. 1843.

Contains a list of insects of Aix, pp. 34-44.

de Serres, P. M. T. Note additionelle i la No-
tice geologique sur la Provence. Actes soc. linn.
Bord; 13 : 83-91. 80. Bordeaux. 1843.

Continuation of preceding, with nothing on insects.

de Serres, P. M. T. Deuxitme note additionelle
au Memoire geologique . . . sur la Provence. Actes
soc. linn. Bord., \T,:lT>-\T2. 8°. Bordeaux. 1843.

Page 172 contains a Note relative au Mpidoptfere figure au no.
4 ; but the butterfly, Neorinopis sepulta, appears to have been

Eublished in a limited edition only, as the two or three copies I
ave examined do not contain it. Two years later Serres men-
tions its pubhcation.

de Serres, P. M. T. Sur les fossiles du bassin
d'Aix (Bouches du Rhone.) Ann. sc. nat., (3), zooL,
4 : 249-256. 80. Paris. 1845.

Pp. 251-254 are mostly given to combating the arguments
drawn from the presence of Cyllo sepulta in favor of the equato-
rial nature of the ancient climate of Aix.

de Serres, P. M. T. See Pictet de la Rive,
F.J.
Signoret, Victor. See MilliSre, P.

36

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

Sismonda, Eugenic. Materiaux pour servir a
la paleontologie du terrain tertiaire du Pi^mont.
Mem. accad. sc. Torino, (2), 22 : 391-471, pi. 1-33.
40. Torino. 1865.

Refers, p. 470, to the occurrence of the larva of Libellula Doris
in the upper miocene beds of Guar^ne ; it is figured, pi. 17,
fig. 6.

Sivers, Henricus Jacobus. Cvriosorvm niendor-
piensivm. 40. Lvbecae. 1732.

Speciinen TV sistens svccinorvm descriptionem occupies pp.
65-81, with a plate. Reference furnished by Dr. Hagen.

Smith, Edward. On the stream works of Pento-
wan. Trans, geol. soc. Lond., 4 : 404-409. 40. London.
1817.

Records, p. 407, the "wings of coleopterous insects" at a
depth of forty-six feet from the surface of the ground below lay-
ers of peat and sea mud in a section at Pentowan, Cornwall, half
a mile from the coast.

Smith, E. J. A'Court. Discovery of remains of
plants and insects. Nature, 11 : 88. 40. London.
i874._

Notice of fossil insects in the tertiary beds at Gxmiet Bay, Isle
of Wight

Smith, Frederick. See Evans, C. E.

Smith, Sidney Irving. Notice of a fossil insect
from the carboniferous formation of Indiana. (Brief
contributions to zoology from the museum of Yale
College, no. ix.) 8°. [New Haven. 187 1.] pp. 3.
Amer. journ. sc, (3), 1:44-46. 8°. New Haven.
1871.

Describes Paolia vetusta, a neuropterous insect.

Snellen van Vollenhoven, Samuel Constant.
Eugereon Boeckingi. Verslag alg. vergad. nederl.
entom. vereen., 22: ly 80. 'sGravenhage. 1867.

Tijdschr.v. entom., (2), 3 : 13. 80. 'sGravenhage.
1868.

Denies that there are any purely hemipteroiis characteristics in
Eugereon ; but regards it as simply neuropterous.

Spener, Christian Maximilian. See Vallis-
nieri, A.

Stainton, Henry Tibbats. See Bolton, J.

Stein, Johann Philipp Emil Friedrich. Drei
merkwiirdige bernstein-insecten, Mitth. miinch. en-
tom. ver., I : 28-30. 8°. Miinchen. 1877.

Not seen. Describes two Coleoptera and one Hymenopteron.

Steinbeck, A. Ueber die bernsteingewinnung
bei Brandenburg an der Havel. 1 20. Brandenburg.
1841. Neue not. natur- heilk., 14 : 257-263. 4°.
Weimar. 1840.

Separate publication not seen. Notices, p. 262, collections of
amber insects made by Schirrmeister and himself, showing the
fauna to be the same as that of the amber of the Baltic coast.

An abstract will be found in Neues jahrb. mineral., 1844:
121-122. 80. Stuttgart. 1844.

Sternberg, Kasper. Vortrag des pr'asidenten . . .
in der allgemeinen versammlung des bbhm. museums
am 14 April, 1835. Verh. gesellsch. vaterl. mus. Bohm.,
1835:12-30. 160. Prag. 1835.

Contains, pp. 23-24, a history of the discovery of the scorpion
described in same volume by Corda.

Sternberg, K. Insektengange im blatte der Fla-
bellaria borassifolia. Verhandl. gesellsch. vaterl. mus.
Bdhm.,\Z-i(i:Zir-i';„pl.\,figs.l-\. 160. Prag. 1836.

Showing mines of an insect " ganz so, wie es die larven der
blattschaben in dem parenchym der blatter jetzweltlicher pflan-
zen hinterlassen."

Sterzel, J. T. Ueber Palaeojulus dyadicus. Neues
jahrb. miner., i%y?i:T2^Tii. 8°. Stuttgart. 1878.

Considers the fossil described by Geinitz as a myriapod to be a
fern-leaf, of a species of Scolecopteris.

Sterzel, J. T. Ueber Palaeojulus dyadicus
Geinitz und Scolecopteris elegans Zenker. Zeitschr.
deutsch. geol. gesellsch., 30 : ^\^-^(>, taf. 19. 8°.
Berlin. 1878.

Mainly devoted to showing that no animal remains have been
found which possess the characters assigned to Palaeojulus dyadi-
cus ; but this so-called myriapod is the half of a leaf of Scolecop-
teris elegans, a fern.

Sterzel, J. T. Ueber Scolecopteris elegans
Zenker und andere fossile reste aus dem hornstein
von Altendorf bei Chemnitz. Zeitschr. deutsch. geol.
gesellsch., 32 : 1-18, taf. 1-2. 8". Berlin. 1880.

Has a brief reference to Palaeojulus dyadicus on pp. 1-2.

Sterzel, J. T. Ueber zwei lieue insektenarten
aus dem karbon von Lugau. Ber. naturw. gesellsch.
Chemnitz,T.2i\-2'](i,pl. 8°. Chemnitz. 1881.

Describes and figures Blattiiia (Etoblattina) lanceolata and
Termes (Mixotermes?) lugauensis.

Stizenberger, Ernst.- Uebersicht der versteine-
rungen des grossherzogthums Baden. 8°. Freiburg
i. B. 1851. pp. 144.

A list of Oeningen insects compiled from the first two parts of
Heer's work occurs on pp. 95-101 with references to collections ;
and on p. 119 a reference to eggs and larvae of beetles and flies
from the alluvium of the Rhine.

Stoehr, Emilio. Notizie preliminari su le piante
ed insetti fossili della formazione solfifera in Sicilia.
Bull. com. geol. Ital.,-i'&Tt^,2%\-2%']. 8°. Roma. 1875.

The insects from Girgenti are determined by Dr. von Heyden,
p. 286, as larvae of Libellula Doris Heer and L. Eurynome
Hear, the former in great quantities ; both are Oeningen species.

Strickland, Hugh Edwin. On the occurrence of
a fossil dragon-fly in the lias of Warwickshire. Mag.
nat. hist., [n.s.], 4: y>l-Tp2,Jigs. 11-13. 8°. London.
1840.

Description of Aeshna liassina.

Strickland, H. E. On the results of recent re-
searches into the fossil insects of the secondary
formations of Britain. Hep. Brit, assoc. adv. sc,
1845, notices, 58. 8°. London. 1S46.

A general account of what had been published by Brodie, with
a few general deductions.

Stxragerman, Everard Pieter. Waarneeming om-
trent de insekten, welken in de gomlak gevonden
worden. Verhand.zeeuwsch.genootsch.wetensch. Vliss.,
7,11:227-258. pi. 80. Middelburg. 1780.

S-winton, A. H. Notes on certain fossil Orthop-
tera claiming affinity with the genus Gryllacris. 8".
[London. 1874.] pp. 5. pi. Geol. mag., (2), i : 337-
541, pi. 14. 8°. London. 1874.

Entitled on cover of separate On fossil Orthoptera. Claims
to show that the carboniferous Corydalis Brongniarti is a Gryl-
lacris, and discusses the tertiary species which have been referred
to Gryllacris.

S-winton, A. H. Insect variety : its propaga-
tion and distribution ; treating of the odours, dances,
colours, and music in all grasshoppers, cicadae and
moths ; beetles, leaf-insects, bees, and butterflies;
bugs, flies, and ephemerae ; and exhibiting the bear-
ing of the science of entomology on geology. 8°.
London, etc [1880.] pp. 10, 326, pi. 7.

Notices the stridulation of extinct insects, pp. 163-164 ; and
reviews the strata containing insect remains in a discursive man-
ner, pp. 260-271.

Swinton, A. H. A study of the variation of
the small tortoise-shell butterfly (Vanessa urticae.)
Hardw. science gossip, 1881 : 147-149, 1^6-1^% figs.
88, 104, 105. 1. 80. London. 1881.

A study of the evolution and specialization of butterflies and
moths, showing how the markings of the wings of fossil Lepi-
doptera harmonize with the systematic design found in recent
species ; in figs. 104, 105 on p. 177 he attempts restorations of
Neonnopis sepulta and a tertiary Bombyx, both from Aix.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

Zl

T(ate), R(alph). See d'Eiohwald, fi.

Tate, Ralph, and Blake, J. F. The Yorkshire
has. 8<>. London. 1876. pp. 12, 475, 12, pi. 19,
4, map.

Class Insccta by J. F. Blake, p. 426, pi. 16 (pars). Figures
without description a Buprestites and a Chauliodites.

Taylor, J. E. The geological antiquity of flowers
and insects. Pop. science review, 17 {«. s., 2) : 36-52,
^g-s. 8°. London. 1878.

Points out " a broad parallelism between the appearances of
the more differentiated types of the vegetable kingdom and the
development or appearance of various orders of insects;" and
on pp_. 43-44 gives an account of the general distribution of in-
sects in geological times.

Taylor, Richard Cowling. Illustrations of ante-
diluvian zoology. Articulated animals. Loud., Mag:
nat. hist., 3 : 361. 8°. London. 1830.

Notices Coleoptera from Stonesiield slate, coal shale of York-
shire, peat beds of Norfolk, Yorkshire and Lincolnshire coasts,
Mount's bay in a submarine forest, and at the Dauby coal pits,
Yorkshire.

Thorell, T. On European spiders ; part i. Re-
view of the European genera of spiders, preceded by
some observations on zoological nomenclature. 4°.
Upsala. 1869-70. pp. 24, 242.

Contains remarks on fossil spiders, pp. 220-233, in which the
affinities of the described species are discussed, and some new
genera are founded.

Troost, Gerard. Description of a variety of am-
ber, and of a fossil substance supposed to be the
nest of an insect discovered at Cape Sable, Magothy
river, Ann-Arundel county, Maryland. Amer.journ.
JIT. ar^j, 3 : 8-1 5. 8°. New Haven. 1821.

Considers the nest found in a stratum of lignite, and which is
described on pp. lo-ii, to be " a kind of comb or nidus made by
some insects around the twigs ... of a tree."

Translation : Bernstein mit gall-insekten nes-
tern vorkommend in Maryland in Nord-Amerika
nach dem Dr. Troost zu Baltimore, frei bearbeitet
von Gilbert. .^?2».j«,4j)/J'., 70 : 297-303. 8°. Leipzig.
1822.

Accompanied by foot-note, by Gilbert, and followed, pp. 303-
304, by a ^usatz zu diesem aufsatze by the same in which certain
similar appearances in European amber are noted. Gilbert con-
siders them galls.

Translation : Ueber das vorkommen des bern-
steins zu Cap-Sable in Nordamerika. Jahrb. chem.
phys., 4 (Journ. chem. phys., 34) : 434-439. 16°.
Niirnberg. 1822.

The final notes are omitted and the phraseology slightly al-
tered.

Abstract : Vorkommen des bernsteins in Nord-
Amerika. Arch, bergb. hiittenw., 6: ^i6. 16°. Berlin.
1823.

Makes no reference to the " insect-nests."

Translation : Beschreibung einer varietat von
bernstein (amber) und eines fossils, wahrscheinlich
des nestes eines insekts, entdeckt bei Cap Sable, am
Magothy-fluss, in Ann-Arundel county, Maryland.
Schrift. phys.-Skon. gesellsch. Konigsb., 1 1 : 54-58. 4°.
Konigsberg. 1871.

The translation, which is by Dr. Hagen,_ omits only about a
page of unimportant matter in the concluding notes. It is em-
bodied in an article by Dr. Berendt, entitled Ueber eine von Dr.
G. Troost in Baltimore im jahre 1821 im American-journal of
science gegebene beschreibungeines bemstein-vorkommens bei
Cap Sable in Maryland ; and is preceded and followed by re-
marks of Dr. Berendt which, however, do not refer to the insect-
nests.

Troost, G. See also Hagen, H. A.

Unger, Franz. Ueber die pflanzen und insekten
reste von Radoboj in Kroatien. Unger, Reise notizen,
1838 : 26-33. 8°- [Wien. 1840 .?]

Not seen ; an abstract will be found in Neuesjahrh. mirur.,
1840:374-377. 8°. Stuttgart. 1840. Insects are mentioned on p.

377 J there are no Coleoptera nor Lepidoptera ; Diptera and
Hymenoptera are most abundant ; Neuroptera, Orthoptera and
Hemiptera rarer. A single spider was found. The fauna is
tropical rather than European.

The Reise notizen are referred to in no bibliographies. They
appeared separately for 1838 and 1839, and were probably ex-
tracts from some local paper. Cf. NeiKS jahrb. mi?teral.,
1840 : 726.

Unger, F. Chloris protogaea. Beitrage zur flora
der vorwelt. f°. Leipzig. Heft i, pp. 4, 4, 1-16,
pi. I-S (1840); — heft 2-3, pp. 5-24, 17-44, pi. 6-15
(1842); — heft 4-5, pp. 45-92, pi. 16-25 (1843); —
heft 6-7, pp. 25-110, pi. 26-35 (1845); — heft 8-10,
t. p., ded. pp. 93-150, pi. 36-50 (1847).

Insects are figured on pi. 4, 5, n, 14, 15, 22, 28, 40, 44, 4s, 48.
All are from Radoboj.

Unger, F. Fossile insecten. 4°. [Breslau.] 1841.
pp. 16, pi. 2. Acta acad. caes. Leop.-Carol., 19, ii :
413-428, tab. yi-y2. 4°. Vratislaviae et Bonnae.
1842.

Describes and figures ei^ht Diptera from the tertiary beds of
Radoboj i a geological section is given on the first plate, and the
larger part of the paper, pp. 415-4241 is given to an account of
the locality.

Unger, F. Die fossile flora von Szant6 in Un-
garn. Denkschr. kais. akad. wiss. Wien, math.-nat. cL,
30, i: 1-20,//. 1-5. 40. Wien. 1870.

Describes, pp. 3-4, and figures, pi. i figs. 13-14, the elytron
and wing of a beetle, Melolonthiies parschlugiatta.

Unger, F. See also Heer, O.

Ussher, W. A. E. Pleistocene geology of Corn-
wall ; part iv. Submerged forests and stream tin
gravels. Gra/. »2a^., (2), 6 : 251-263. 8°. London.
1879.

Refers in several places, on the authority of others, to the dis-
covery of coleopterous remains in pleistocene deposits.

Ussher, W. A. E. The post-tertiary geology of
Cornwall. 8". Hertford. 1879. PP- (4)) 59, pi-
ll), figs.

^lefers, pp. 30, 32, to the occurrence of elytra in alluvium and
clay at different localities, on the authority of others.

Vaillant, Leon. Sur un geckotien de I'ambre
jaune. Bull, soc.philom. Paris, 10 : 65-67. 8°. Paris,
1873.

Mentions, p. 67, a couple of insects accompanying the reptile,
afterwards more fully treated by Oustalet.

Valentini, Michael Bernhard. Museum museo-
rum oder Vollstandige schau btihne aller materialien
und specereyen-etc. Zweyte edition. 3 v. fo. Franck-
furt am Mayn. 1714. Vol. i: 3 t. p., pp. (24),
520 (16), 76, (4), 119; — vol. 2: 3 t. p., pp. (18), 196,
(4), 116; — vol. 3 : pp. (4), 218, (12), pits., figs.

Also with the title : D. Valentini schau biihne oder Natur-
und materialien kammer, auch ostindianische send-schreiben
und rapporten. Contains various references to insects in amber,
original or quoted; see especially i, p 516, ii. p. 60, and ii. an-
hang, pp. 93, 99

Vallisnieri, Antonio. Istoria del cameleonte
affricano, e di varj animali d' Italia. 40. Venezia.
1715. pp. (8), 200, tav. 5, 8.

Contains, pp. 181-190, an Epistola to Vallisneri by Spener
upon various fossils, including insects, which are mentioned from
the rocks of Thiiringen on pp. 186^187, and from amber on
p. 187. In the latter he recounts as in his possession " muscas,
culices, araneas, formicas volantes, scolopendras aliaque animal-
cula."

de Verneuil, Philippe fidouard PouUetier. See
d'Archiac et de Verneuil, fi.

Viquesnel, Auguste. Note sur les environs de
Vichy, departement de I'Allier. Bull, soc.giol. France,
14: 145-155. 80. Paris. 1842.

Refers on p. 149 to the cases of phryganids.

38

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

Vogel, Rudolf Augustin. Practisches mineral-
system. Zweyte vermehrte und verbesserte ausgabe.
8°. Leipzig. 1776. pp. (22), 582.

Not seen. The first edition was published in 1762, and is said
to contain reference to Ueningen insects.

Vogt, Karl. Lehrbuch der geologie und petre-
factenkunde. Zum gebrauch bei vorlesungen und
zum selbstunterrichte. Zweite vermehrte und ganz-
lich umgearbeitete auflage. 2 v. 8°. Braunschweig.
1854. Vol. I, pp. 29, 642, pi. 8, (6) ; — vol. 2, pp. 31,
672, pi. (2.)

Insects are meagrely treated, with two or three figures copied
from other works: i, pp. 336, 482, 638-639; ii, pp. 450, 451,
S09-511.

Voigt, [C. G. ?] Neueste acquisitionen des hal-
le'schen mineralogischen museums. Ber. naturw. ver.
Harzes, 1840-46 (2^ aufi.), p. 26. 4°. Wernigerode.
1856.

Exhibition of four species of Blattlna from Wettin and Lbbe-
jun, and of an insect to be called Acridites carbonatus by Ger-
mar ; these were afterwards described by Germar in Munster's
Beitrdge.

Vollmar. Ueber fossile entomologie. GistI,
Faunus^ 2 : 56-62. 80. Miinchen, 1835.

Of a general nature, closing with a list of fossil Coleoptera,
borrowed from Keferstein.

van Volxem, Camille. Note critique sur Tin-
terpretation donnee par M. de Borre d une . . . em-
preiiite fossile, celle du Pachytylopsis Persenairei,
Comtes rendtis soc, ent. Belg.j (2), 24 ; 20-26, Jig. 8°.
Bruxelles. 1876.

Ann. soc. ent. Belg.j 19 : 28-34. 80. Bruxelles.
1876.

This posthumous note is introduced by explanatory remarks of
Weyers. The author conckides that it is doubtful whether the
fossil is the wing of an orthopteron ; that it certainly is not an
acridian, and has nothing in common with Pachytylus.

"Walch, J. E. I. See Knorr, G. W.

Walohner, Fritz Hermann. Der practische na-
turforscher. Ein unentbehrliches hand- und hulfs-
buch fiir freunde der naturwissenschaften. 8°. Karls-
ruhe. 1842-44. pp.1198. Each part also contains
Sep. t. p., and i f. table.

Abtheilung III, Der petrefactolog(i843), contains a chapter on
Fossiler insecten, pp. 534-539, in which, especially in foot-notes,
the genera then known are enumerated ; nothing new is added.

■Walker, John Francis. Fossil insects in the
Bournemouth leaf beds. Geol. mag., 7 : 240. 8°.
London. 1870.

A bibliographical reference.

Wallace, Alfred Russel. The geographical dis-
tribution of animals ; with a study of the relations
of living and extinct faunas as elucidating the past
changes of the earth's surface. 2 v. 8°. London.
1876. — The same : 'He-w York. 2 v. 8°. 1876. Vol.
I, pp. 24, 503, pi. 13, maps 5; — vol. 2, pp. 10, 607,
pi. 7, maps 2.

In a section entitled: Antiquity of the genera of insects, i.
pp. 166-168 (both editions), he concludes that " many of the
larger and more important genera of insects date back to the
beginmng of the tertiary period, or perhaps beyond it ; but the
family types are far older. The section abounds in errors.

Wallace, A. R. Colour in nature. Nature, 19 :
501-505. 4". London. 1879.

Review of Grant Allen's Colour sense, in which, p. 501, he
contends for the probability of flowering plants and accompany-
ing butterflies in the carboniferous.

Wallace, A. R. Did flov^ers exist during the
carboniferous epoch ? Nature, ig : 582. 4°. London.
1879.

Maintains the lepidopterous nature of Breyeria. See also
McLacMan, R.

Wallace, A. R. See also Anon.

Wallerius, Johan Gottskalk. Systema raineralo-
gicum, quo corpora mineralia in classes, ordines,
genera et species suis cuin varietatibus divisa descri-
buntur, atque observationibus, experimentis et figuris
aeneis illustrantur. Editio altera correcta. 2 vol. 8°.
Vindobonae. 1778. Vol. i, pp. (16), 448, (38), port.,
pi. — vol. 2, pp. (12), 640, (60), pi.

§ 154, ii. pp. 538-546: Entomolithi, contains, under the heads
of Typohthi and Entoma, a catalogue of the fossil insects then
known.

Wanklyn, A. Description of some new species
of fossil ferns from the Bournemouth leaf-bed. Ann.
mag: nat. hist., (4), 3: 10-12, pi. I. 8°. London.
1869.

Mentions an undetermined insect.

Warren, John Collins. Remarks on some fossil
impressions in the sandstone of Connecticut River.
8°. Boston. 1854. pp. 54, pi.

On p. 37 he refers some of the_ impressions as perhaps made
" by the feet and bodies of large insects."

Waterhouse, Charles O. See Woodward, H.

Webster, Thomas. On the fresh-water forma-
tions in the Isle of Wight, with some observations
on the strata over the chalk in the south-east part of
England. Trans, geol. soc. Lond., 2 : 161-254. 4".
London. 1814.

Mentions, pp. 194, 206, branches of trees found in the tertiary
clays of Sheppey, bearing excrescences produced by insects ; and,
p. 230, the discovery, of beetles in the tertiary deposits at New-
port.

Weiss, Christian Ernst. See Dohrn, A.

Westwood, John Obadiah. Characters of Em-
bia, a genus of insects allied to the white ants (Ter-
mites) ; with descriptions of the species of which it
is composed. Trans, linn. soc. Lond., 17 : 369-374,
//. II. 40. London. 1837.

In a postscript on p. 374, two species from gum copal are no-
ticed.

■Westwood, J. O. On the economy of the genus
Palmon of Dalman with descriptions of several spe-
cies belonging thereto. Trans, entom,. soc. Lond., \x
256-281,//. 10 pars. 8°. London. 1847.

Redescribes some of Dalman's copal insects ; the living species
whose economy is known are parasitic on eggs of Mantidae.

Westwood, J. O. Description of the remains
of fossil insects from the purbeck formation of Dor-
set and Wilts, and from the Stonesfield slate of
Gloucestershire. Qitart. journ. geol. soc. Lond., 9 :
proc. 344. 8°. London. 1853.

Unpublished \ apparently the same as the next.

West'wood, J. O. Contributions to fossil ento-
mology. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 10 : 378-396,
pi. 14-18. 8". London. 1854.

About one hundred and fifty specimens are figured and fifty-
nine species named. They are nearly all from Purbeck strata,
about half of them Coleoptera, and the remainder are referred
mostly and about equally to Hemiptera, Orthoptera and Neu-
roptera. The separata have a title on reverse of^p 37S.

Westwood, J. O. Sur une empreinte trouvee
en Angleterre dans les schistes houillers et supposee
pouvoir §tre celle d'une chenille. Compt. rend. soc.
ent. Belg., (2), no. 22, pp. 6-^. 8°. Bruxelles. 1876.

Ann. soc. ent. Belg., 19, compt. rend., 4-5. 8°.
Bruxelles. 1876.

Translation by Weyers of a passage of Westwood's from Bro-
die's work on the secondary insects of England, in which a sup-
posed caterpillar (since recognized as a myriapod) is described.
Weyers adds a few comments.

Westwood, J. O. See Brodie, P. B. ; Double-
day, E., and 'Westwood, J, O. ; and Wood-
ward, H.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

39

"Weyenbergh, H. Een kort overzigt der ento-
mologische fossiele schatten van Teyler, Tijdschr.
entom., (2), 3 ; 195-196. 8°. 'sGravenhage. 1867.

Brief notice of the fossil arthropods of Teylei^s museum.

Weyenbergh, H. .Sur les insectes fossiles du
calcaire lithographique de la Bavi^re, qui se trouvent
au Musee Teyler. 8°. Harlem. 1869. t. p., pp.
48, pi. 4. Arch. mus. Teyl., 2 : 247-294,//. 34-38.
8°. Harlem. 1869.

Describes f orty-eiglit species, many of them new ; preceded by
a list of the sixty previously Itnown Jurassic hexapods, and fol-
lowed by five pages of general considerations.

■Weyenbergh, H. Prodromus en algemeene be-
schouwing der fossiele insekten van Beijeren. 8°.
['sGravenhage.] 1869. pp. 19. Tijdschr. entom.,
(2), 4: 230-248. 8". 'sGravenhage. 1869.

A list of one hundred and four insects is given, followed by
general remarks, including, pp. 12-14 {241-243), a comparison of
the secondary insects of England and Bavaria ; pp. 231-234 are
printed 131-134.

Weyenbergh, H. Notes sur quelques insectes
du calcaire jurassique de la Baviere. 8°. Harlem.
1873. t. p., pp. 7. Arch. mus. Teyl., 3 : 234-240. 8°.
Harlem. 1873.

Further discussion of the affinities of four species includedin
the preceding paper, especially of Hasseltides primigenius (with
the opinions of van Hasselt on this species) and of Sphinx Snel-
len!.

Weyenbergh, H. Varia zoologica et palaeonto-
logica. PeriSd. zool., org. soc. entom. argent., i :
77-11 1, /am. 2-3. 8°. Buenos Aires. 1874.

"Insectes fossiles," pp. 81-107, lam. 3, includes descriptions
and discussion of half a dozen Solenhofen insects, of which two
or three are new, followed by the list mentioned under the next
entry, and a list, p. 107, of the secondary insects of Bavaria not
represented in the Musde Teyler.

Weyenbergh, H. finumeration systematique
des especes qui ferment la faune entomologique de la
periode mesozoique de la Baviere; en meme temps
Supplement du Catalogue de la collection paleonto-
logique du Musee Teyler. 8°. [Buenos Aires, 1874.]
pp. 20. PeriSd. zool., org. soc. entom.. argent., i :
87-106. 8°. Buenos Aires. 1874.

Contains two hundred and sixty-five numbers, of which about
thirty are undetermined ; full references to descriptions and illus-
trations are added.

Weyers, Joseph / Leopold. See de Borre, A.
P. ; van Voliem, C. ; and Westwood, J. O.

■White, Adam. See Hagen, H. A.

■White, Charles A. Report on the paleontologi-
cal field work for the season of 1877. Ann. rep. U.S.
geol.surv.terr., 11: i(>i-2T2. 8°. Washington. 1879
[1880].

Contains a notice of Corydalites fecundum and its geological
position.

■White, C. A. Progress of invertebrate palaeon-
tology in the United States for the year 1880. Amer.
«a;., 15: 273-279. 8". Philadelphia. 1881.

Notices papers by Scudder.

"White, C. A., and Nicholson, H. A. Bibliog-
raphy o£ North American invertebrate paleontology,
being a report upon the publications that have hith-
erto been made upon the invertebrate paleontology
of North America, including the "West Indies and
Greenland. 8<=. Washington. 1878. pp. 132.
Misc. publ. U. S. geol. surv. terr., 10.

■White, C. A-, and Nicholson, H. A. Supple-
ment to the Bibliography of North American inver-
tebrate paleontology. Bull. U. S. geol. surv. terr., 5 :
I43-It;2. 8°. Washington. 1879.

White, J. C. See Fontaine, W. M., and White,
T. C.

■Wiedemann, Christian Rudolph Wilhelm. See
Rathke, M. H.

■Wigand, Johannes. ■Vera historia de succino
borvssico. De alee borvssica & de herbis in Borus-
sia nascentibus. Item de sale creatvra Dei salv-
berrima consideratio methodica & theologica per
lohannem VVigandvm D. Qvondam episcopum
pomezaniensem. lam vero primvm in studiosae
iuuentutis gratiam in lucem edita. Studio et opera
lohannis Rosini pastoris vvickerstadensis. 12°.
lenae. [MD]XC. ff. (12), 153, (5).

In a section : De vermiculis in succino, £F. 26-29, lis mentions
culices, fonnicae, aranei parui papiliones.

■Williston, Samuel Wendell. Some interesting
new Diptera. Trans. Conn. acad. arts sc, 4 : 243-246,
fig. 80. New Haven. 1880.

In describing a new nemestrid from Washington Territory, he
discusses the fossil Palembolus of Florissant.

■Winkler, T. C. Musee Teyler. Catalogue sys-
tematique de la collection paleontologique. 8°. Har-
lem. 1863. t. p., pp. 4, 608.

Arachnides, p. 421; Insectes, pp. 422-429. 265 numbers are
given, including over two hundred undetermined species.

Wollaston, Thomas 'Vernon. Note on the re-
mains of Coleoptera from the peat of Lexden brick-
pit. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 19 : 400-401. 8".
London. 1863.

Indicates briefly the generic afiinities of a dozen species.

■Wollaston, T. "V. See also Fisher, O.

Woodward, Henry. Notes on some fossil Crus-
tacea, and a chilognathous myriapod, from the coal
measures of the west of Scotland. Trans, geol. soc.
Glasgow, 2 : 234-248, fl. 3. 8". Glasgow. 1867.

Describes a Xylobius on pp. 235-237, and enumerates the true
insects from the coal formation on pp. 237-240.

Abstract: Notes on a chilognathous myriapod
and some fossil Crustacea from the coal measures of
the west of Scotland. Geol. mag., 4 : 130-131. 8°.
London. 1867.

■Woodward, H. On Euphoberia Brownii H.
Woodw., a new species of myriapod from the coal-
measures of the west of Scotland. Geol. mag., 8 :
\oz-\Q\,fl.l, figs. (>-•]. 8°. London. 1871.

Describes and compares with E. armigera of the Illinois car-
boniferous beds.

■Woodward, H. On the discovery of a new and
very perfect arachnide from the ironstone of the
Dudley coal-field. Geol. mag., 8 : 385-388, _^/. 11. 80.
London. 1871.

Describes and figures a new specimen of the arachnid, to
which Buckland, supposing it a beetle, formerly gave the name
of Curculioides Prestvicii. A list of fifty-four paleozoic insects
is appended. An abstract will be found in Rep. Brit, assoc. adv.
sc, 41 : nat., 112-1 iz. 8°. London. 1872.

■Woodward, H. A monograph of the British
fossil Crustacea belonging to the order Merostomata.
40. London. 1866-1878. t. p., pp. 2, 263, pi. 36.
[Publ.l paleontogr. soc, 1866-78.

Includes, pp. 171-174, in part iv. {1872), Eurypterus (Eupho-
beria) ferox, since held by Woodward and others to be a
myriapod.

■Woodward, H. On a new arachnide from the
coal measures of Lancashire. 80. London. 1872. .
p. 3. Geol. mag., 9 : 385-387. 8°. London. 1872.

Describes Architarbus subovalis and_ compares with A. rotun-
datus from carboniferous beds of Illinois. Also entitled on cover
of separata : On a new fossil argichnide.

■Woodward, H. On some supposed fossil re-
mains of Arachnida (?) and Myriopoda from the Eng-
lish coal-measures. Geol. mag., 10: 10^-112, figs. 8°.
London. 1873.

40

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

Separate also entitled : On British fossil arthropoda. S^
London. 1873. pp. 9, figs. 11. Discusses the affinities of
" Eurypterusr (Euphoberia) ferox," referring it to the Myria-
pods.

'Wood'ward, H. On the discovery of a fossil
scorpion in the British coal measures. Quart, journ.
geol. soc. Land., ;^2 : t^j-t,(), pi. ?>. 8°. London. 1876.

Describes and fibres three distinct fragments of a scorpion,
referred to one species called Eoscorpius anglicus. An abstract,
under the title " The discovery of a fossil scorpion in the Eng-
lish coal measures" is given in Hardw. sc. gossip, 1876 : 20.
8". London. 1876.

Woodward, H. On a remarkable fossil orthop-
terous insect from the coal measures of Scotland.
Quart, journ. geol. soc. Land., 32 •, 60-64, pl- 9- 8°.
London. 1876.

Describes and figures Lithomantis carbonarius, which with
Westwood, Waterhouse and McLachlan he considers as be-
longing in "the neighbourhood of the Mantidae." Corydalis
(Gryllacus) Brongniarti and a modern species of Blephansare
also figured for comparison as related to it. A list of fifty-eight
paleozoic insects is appended. An abstract, under the title

Remarkable fossil ortnopterous insect from the coal measures
of Britain," appeared in Hardw. sc. gossip, 1876 : 20. 8°.
London. 1876. See also Heer, O.

Wood'ward, H. On the occurrence of Branchi-
pus (or Chirocephalus) in a fossil state, associated
with Archaeoniscus and with numerous insect re-
mains in the eocene fresh-water limestone of Gurnet
Bay, Isle of Wight. Geol. mag., n. s., 5 : 88-89. 80.
London. 1878.

Abstract of the next, with slightly difiering title, but published
earlier than it, and containing a fuller list of insects.

Woodw^ard, H. On the occurrence of Branchi-
pus (or Chirocephalus) in a fossil state, associated
with Eosphaeroma and with numerous insect remains
in the eocene fresh-water (Bembridge) limestone of
Gurnet Bay, Isle of Wight. Quart, journ. geol. soc.
Lond., ^^i 342-2^10, pi. 14. 8°.. London. 1879.

The insects are mentioned on p. 344, mostly in a List of
insect remains from Gurnet Bay, near Cowes, Isle of Wight,
determined by the late Frederick Smith. One hundred and

twenty-five specimens are mentioned but only eighteen genera
or families specified and one species.

Woodward, H. See Evans, C. E.

■Woodward, H. et al. Notes on fossil insect re-
mains. Oeol. mag., 10 : 1-2. 80. London. 1873.

A r^sum^, by the editors of the journal, of papers that have
appeared on the subject in their magazine, by Phillips, Kirkby,
Scudder, Woodward and Butler.

Worthen, Amos Henry. See Meek, F. B., and
Worthen, A. H.

Wyman, Jeffries. See Deane, J.

Yxem, E. Versteinerte insecten-zellen. Ber.
naturw. ver. Harzes, 1840-46, 2<'aujl.,p. 26. 40. Werni-
gerode. 1856.

Exhibition of drawings of insect-cells like bee-comb from Juras-
sic (?) beds at Chausseebau near Harsleben.

Zaddach, Ernst Gustav. Ueber die bernstein-
und braunkohlenlager des Samlandes ; erste ab-
handlung. Schrift. phys-okon. gesellsch. Konigsb., i :
1-44,//. 1-4. 4°. Konigsberg. i860.

Notices, pp. 3-4, the numbers of insects found in amber, all
distinct from living forms ; and on pp. 20-21 gives a table of the
number of genera and species of the different orders of insects,
with special mention of the remarkable genera Archaea and
Amphientomum.

Zaddach, E. G. Amber ; its origin and history,
as illustrated by the geology of Samland. Quart,
journ. science, 5 : 167-185, pi. (2). 80. London.
1868.

Mainly compiled from the author's previous writings on the
amber beds. It contains, however, as new matter, a plate of
amber insects with explanation by Frederick Smith and pp.
184-185, a list of the principal works on amber and the organic
remains preserved in it, furnished by the editors.

O Teirmiten im Bernsteinwalde. Neue preuss. prov.-
hldU., (3), I : 61-64. 160. Konigsberg. 1858.

A popular account, drawn firom Hagen's Monographic der
tertniten.

APPENDIX.

In this appendix I have placed not only such references as were overlooked in printing- the preceding Pages, and those that
have beefi published during the two years of its passage through the press, but also all contributions to the literature of fossil
insects of which only incomplete memoranda could be obtained, through allusions to them, in the works of others. Diligent
search has been made for the early literature of the subject^ and especially of amber insects. Perhaps not one half the "works or
poppers coficertiing amber referred to in bibliographies have been procurable in this country., and of those seen comparatively
few contain references to insect-enclosures. The scattered allusions to amber insects taken from older authors and published
later than the seventeenth century have in general been left unnoticed, as vjholly valueless and uninteresting ; but all others ,
where possible, have been introduced into the list in a m.ore or less perfect form.. The best notice of the early literature of amber
•will be found in Boehmer's Bibl. script, hist, nat.,4, i : 468-477.^ 8". Lipsiae. 178S. The few papers concerning the relationship
of the Merostomata and A rachnida have also been introduced into this appendix, but the extensive literature of the Merostomata
generally has not been added, as it should be, were the views of Van Beneden and Lankester to prove correct,

I am much indebted to m.any correspondents, but especially to Dr. H. A . Hagen., for assistance in preparing this bibliog-
raphy ^ which will certai7tly strike even those well acquainted with the subject as uttexpectedly exte^isive. More than four hun-
dred authors are represented as having concerned themselves m4>re or less with fossil insects. — S. H. S.

Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. The primitive
diversity and number of animals in geological times.
8°. [New Haven.l 1854. pp. 16. Am. Journ. sc.y
(2), 17 : 309-324. 8°. New Haven. 1854.

Devotes a paragraph on p. 8 (316) to insects, and prophesies
their discovery antenor to the carboniferous period.

Aldrovandus, Ulysses. De animalibvs insectis
libri septem cvni singvlorvm iconibvs ad viuum
expressis. f°. Bononiae. 1638. t. p., pp. (8), 767,

(44).

The section, p. 700, De vemubus in lapidibus, & metalhs
nascentibus cap. 8, contains nothing original.

Aldrovandus, U. Mvsaevm metallicvm in libros
IIII distribvtvm. f. Bononiae. 1648. t. p., ff. 2,
pp. 979, (13). , , . ,

Cap. t8, De svccmo, sev electro, pp. 403-418, refers brieiiy to

insect inclusa on p. 406, under the side heading Quae animantes
in svccino sint.

Andr^, fidouard. See Brongniart, C. J. E.

Assmann, A. Ueber die von Germar beschrie-
benen und im palaontologischen museum zu Mtin-
chen befindlichen insekten aus dem lithographischen
schiefer in Bayern. Amtl. ber. versamml. deutsch.
naturf., 50 : 191-193. 40. Miinchen. 1877.

A brief statement of his views of the modern groups in which
Germar's species should be placed.

Aurifaber, Andr. Succini historia, oder Bericht
woher der agt- oder bbrnstein urspriinglich komme.
4°. Konigsberg. 1551.

Not seen. Dr. Hagen informs me that it contains references
to insects in amber, and is therefore one of the earliest works
mentioning them. He thinks, indeed, that Munster's earlier

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

41

mention of them may have been due to information received
direct from Aurifaber ; both were disciples of Luther. Later
editions were published in 1557 and 1572 in 4", and, rendered into
Latin verse by Scholzius, in 1593 and 1671 in 8°.

Aycke, Johann Christian. Fragmente zur na-
turgeschichte des bernsteins. 16°. Danzig. 1835.
pp. 8, 107.

* Contains a section; In bernstein eingeschlossene organische
gegenstande, pp. 58-64, where the author states that insects
occur most frequently in transparent amber and in such as shows
a concentric structure ; oftener also in amber brought up from
the sea and only rarely in that dug from the earth. He also
criticises various authors and especially Schweigger for confound-
ing copal and other gums with amber.

Aymard, A. Rapport sur les collections de M.
Pichat-Dumazel. Congr. scient. France., sess, 22 : 42.
8". Le Puy. 1854.

Not seen ; quoted from Oustalet. Names but neither describes
nor figures seven insects from Le Puy, of which three belong to
Coleoptera, three to Diptera and one to Neuroptera.

Baily, William Hellier. Notice of plant remains
from beds interstratified with the basalt in the county
of Antrim. Quart, journ, geol. soc. Land., 25 : 162,
357-362,//. 14-15. 8". London. 1869.

Two elytra of beetles " of distinct species_, resembling those
of some of the smaller Carabidae," are mentioned, pp. 359-360,
as occurring in the leaf-bed, and are figured, pi. 14, figs. 14-15 ;
in the explanation of the plate, pp. 361-362, tliey are compared
to Rhynchophora

Bargagli, Piero. Di tre opuscoli sugli insetti
fossile e sulle formazione inglesi e straniere nelle
quali sono stati scoperti avanze d'insetti, pubblicati
da H. Goss. Bull. soc. ent. ital., 12 : 127-138. 8".
Firenze. 1880.

A very full abstract of Goss's first paper.

Barrois, Jules. See Debray, II.

van Beneden, fidouard. De la place qui les
limules doivent occuper dans la classification des
arthropodes. Comptes rend, stances soc. ent. Belg.,
1871-72:9-11. 8°. Bruxelles. 1871.

Ann. soc. ent. Belg., 15, compte rend., 9-11. 8°.
Bruxelles. 1872.

Translation : On the systematic position of the
king crabs and trilobites. Ann. mag. nat. hist., (4),
9 : 98-99. 8°. London. 1872.

Concludes from a study of the embryonic development of
Liraulus that it pre-sents the greatest analogy^ to that of scor-
pions and other arachnids from which the king crabs cannot
be separated. " The Trilobites as well as the Eurypterida and
the Poecilopoda must be separated from the class Crustacea,
and form, with the Scorpionida and the other Arachnida, a dis-
tinct branch, .the origin of which has still to be ascertained."

van Beneden, Pierre J. et Coemans Eugene.
Note sur un insecte et un gasteropode pulmone du
terrain houiller. Ann. sc. nat., (5), zool., 7 : 264-277,
//. T.,figs. l-io. 8°. Paris. 1867.

Reprint of the paper with similar title, supra.

Berendt, G. C. Bitte, die bei grabereien bis-
weilen vorkommenden fossilen zapfen, fossiles holz
und bernstein-insekten b.etreffend. Preuss. provinz.
dldtt., 1^:623-621,. 16°. Kbnigsberg. 1836.

Records, p. 625, the occurrence of a Nepa in amber.

Berendt, G. C. See also Hope, F. W., and
Troost, G.

Bertkau, P. Ueber einige fossile arthropoden-
reste aus der braunkohle von Rott. Sitzungsb. nie-
derrkein. gesellsch. Bonn, 1878: 70-71. 8". Bonn.
1878.

Principally concerned with the arachnids described in his other
paper quoted, and especially with Argyroneuta antiqua.

Bleicher, Marie Gustave. Note sur la decouverte
d'un horizon fossiliffere 4 poissons, insectes, plantes.

dans le tongrien de la Haute- Alsace. Bull, soc.giol.
Fratice, (3), 8 : 222-229. 8". Paris. 1880.

Records, pp. 226^227, the occurrence at Rouflach of two in-
sects, referred to Cicadariae and Hymenoptera, and of an apter-
ous articulate, probably an isopod crustacean, but perhaps a
cockroach.

Book, Friedrich Samuel. Versuch einer wirth-
schaftlichen naturgeschichte von dem konigreich
Ost-und West-Preussen. 5 V. 16°. Dessau., 1782-85.

Bd. 2 (1783) contains a short passage, pp. 196-197, on insects
in amber.

de Borre, Alfred Preudhomme. Note sur le
Breyeria borinensis (supra). Ann, soc. entom. Belg.,
22, compte rend., 77-83. 8°. Bruxelles. 1879.

de Bosniaski, S. La formazione gessoso-solfifera
e il secondo piano mediterraneo in Italia. Atti soc.
tosc, sc. nat. 2, proc. verb., 90-100. 8°. Pisa. 1880.

_ Refers, p. 93, to Libellula Doris and other insects as occur-
ring at two horizons.

Bou^, Ami. See Audouin, V.

Box, — . [Title of paper unknown.] Ann. rep. roy.
inst. Cornwall, 26: — 8°. Truro; 1844.

Notices elytra of beetles in a layer of sand with vegetable
matter beneath a marsh on Millenbreath beach, Cornwall. Cf.
Ussher, Geol. fna^., (2), 6 ; 251. 8°. London. 1879.

Bradley, Frank Howe. Geology of Grundy
county. Geol. surv. III., 4, chapt. 13, pp. 190-206.
8°. [Springfield.] 1870.

Contains, p. 196, a list of the carboniferous insects of Mazon
creek.

Bradley, F. H. Geology of Vermilion county.
Geol. surv. III., 4, chapt. 16, pp. 241-265. 8°. [Spring-
field.] 1870.

Refers, p. 253, to a species of Miamia from the carboniferous
rocks near Georgetown.

Brauer, F. See also Fritsch, A., and Hagen,
H. A.

Brodie, P. B. Contributions to the geology of
Gloucestershire, intended chiefly for the use of stu-
dents. Geologist, [i] : 41-48, 81-88, 227-233, 289-291,
369-377. 8°. London. 1858.

Insects are referred to on pp. 47, 231 and 375, mostly from the
lias.

Brodie, P. B. On fossil Arachnidae, including
spiders and scorpions. 16°. Warwick. 1882. pp. 8.

A general account of what is known of fossil spiders, read be-
fore the Warwickshire naturalists' field club in March, 1882.

Brongniart, Charles [J. E.] Sur la decouverte
d'un orthoptere coureur (supra). Bull, hebdom.
assoc. sc. France, 22 : 172-173. 8°. Paris. 1878.

Brongniart, C. J. E. Note sur les tufs quater-
naires de Bernouville pres Gisors (Eure). 8°. Paris.
1880. pp. 3. Bull. soc. giol. France, (3), 8 : 418-420.
8°. Paris. 1880.

Records finding the larva of Stratiomys, p. 2 (419).

Brongniart, C. J. E. Recherches pour servir k
I'histoire des insectes fossiles. Les hymenopteres
fossiles. Fasc. i. 8". Paris. 1881. pp. 22.

Forms an Annexe au Species des hym^noptferes d' Europe par
M. £d. Andr^. The single livraison published contains intro-
ductory remarks on the role of insects in the world, and the mode
of their preservation in a fossil state, followed by a list of the
paleozoic, triassic and liassic insects.

Bruckmann, A. E. Flora oeningensis fossilis.
Die oeninger steinbriiche, das sammeln in denselben
und die bis jetzt dort gefundenen pflanzenreste.
Jahresb. ver. vaterk. naturk. Wiirttemb., 6 : 215-238.
i°. Stuttgart. 1850.

The introductory part, pp. 215-225, gives an account of the
different beds of the Oemngen quarries and the animals as well

42

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

as plants characteristic of each. Insects are mentioned on pp.
217 and 222. The appendix, id. 8 : 252-254 f 1852), refers only to
plants.

Bnickmann, Franciscus Ernestus. De fabulosis-
simae originis lapide, arachneolitho dicto, epistola
ad virum clarissimura . . . Albertum Rittervm. 4°.
Wolffenbuttelae. 1722. pp. 16, pi. i.

Not seen ; referred to by Kundmann.

Bruckmann, F. E. Thesaurus subterraneus, du-
catus Brunsvigii, id est: Braunschweig mit seinen
unterirdischen schatzen und seltenheiten der natur.
4°. Braunschweig. 1728. pp. (4), 156, pi. 25.

On pp. loo-ioi under the heading; Von denen tubulis vermi-
cularibus des closters St. Marlenlahl, certain tubes composed
of globular pellets are referred to water-insects and figured on
pi. 19.

Buckton, George Bowdler. Monograph of the
British Aphides. 3 vol. 8°. London. 187^-1881.
Vol. i.: — t.p., ded.,pp. 3, 193, pi. 38; — vol. in t. p.,
pp. 176, pi. 39-86; —vol. iii.: t. p., pp. 2, 142, pi,
87-114.

_ Vol. 3, pp. 2-4 treat of the successive appearance of insects in
time, with special reference to the aphides. The author informs
me that some plates of fossil aphides will be given in a future
volume of this uncompleted work.

Butler, A, G. On fossil butterflies {supra).

A sithilar account appeared in Bardw. sc. gossipy 1873 : 260-
261 under the title: The oldest fossil butterfly.

Capellini, Giovanni. Pesci ed insetti fossili
nella formazione gessosa del Bolognese. Gazz. dell'
Emilia, no; 141. 1869.

Not seen ; quoted from Malfatti.

Capellini, G. La formazione gessosa di Castel-
lina marittima e i suoi fossile. Mem. accad, sc. ist.
Bologna, (3), 4: 525-603,//. 1-9. 4°. Bologna,
1873-

On pp. 539 and 557 catalogues Libellula Doris Heer (larva)
from Limone, etc.

Capellini, G. Nuove ricerche sul calcare a am-
phistegina strati a congeria e calcare di leitha dei
Monti Livornesi. Refid. sess. accad. sc. ist, Bologna,
1874-75:130-135. 8". Bologna. 1875.

Refers, p. 133, to the occurrence of the larvae of Libellula at
Limone, etc.

Capellini, G. Nota sulla geologia toscana.
Rend. sess. accad. sc. ist. Bologna, 1874-75 • 22-24.
8". Bologna. 1875.

_ Refers, p. 24, to the occurrence of larvae of a Libellula in ter-
tiary beds near Pane e Vino.

Capellini, G. II calcare di leitha, il sarmatiano
e gli strati a congerie nei Monti di Livorno, di Cas-
tellina marittima, di Miemo, e di Monti Catini.
Considerazioni geologiche e paleontologiche. Atti
accad. lincei, (3), m-em. classe sc.fis., 2 : 275-291. 4°.
Roma. 1878.

Gives on p. 285 a list of six insects found in the diatomaceous
schists of Gabbro, two identical with Geningen species.

Capellini, G. Gli strati a congerie c la forma-
zione gessosa-solfifera nella provincia di Pisa e nei
dintorni di Livorno. Atti accad. lincei, (3), mem. sc.
fis. 5 : 375-427, //. 1-9. 4». Roma. 1880.

Refers in several places to the occurrence of insects, and es-
pecially of larvae of Libellula in different strata and localities.

Chambers, Victor Tousey. Burrowing larvae.
Nature, 25: 529. 4°. London. 1882.

Compares recent and fossil " mines " of lepidopterous larvae,
referring to Hagen's statement on a previous page.

Charntre, E. See Lortel, L. et Charntre, E.

Cordus, Valerius. Sylua, qua rerum fossilium
in Germania plurimorum metallorum, lapidum et
stirpium variarum notitiam lapidum brevissime per-
sequitur. i°. Tiguri. 1561.

Not seen; said to contain references to fossil insects from
Oeningen.

Croizet {Pabbi). Quelques observations sur le
Puy de Corent Ann. acad. Clerm. Ferr., 11 : 135-
155. 8°. Clermond Ferraud. 1838.

Not seen ; said to refer to the caddis fly cases of the indusial
limestone of Auvergue-

Dallas, W. S. See Muller, F.

Dawson, George Mercer. Sketch of the geology
of British Columbia. 8». London. 1881. pp. 19.
Geol.mag.,{2),Z: 156-162,214-227. 8°. London.
1881.

Refers, p. 6 (]62), to the general conclusions furnished by the
tertiary insects of the interior plateau.

Da'wson, J, W. On some remains of paljeozoic
insects (supra).

Abstract : On Insects from the carboniferous
and devonian formations. Geol. mag., 4 : 374. 8°.
London. 1867^

Taken from the Montreal Gazette of May i, 1867. An ab-
stract also appears In Amer . j ourn. sc, (2), 44 : ji6. 8*>. New
Haven. 1867.

Da'OT'son, J. W. The chain of life in geological
time; a sketch of the origin and succession of ani-
mals and plants. 16°. London. [1880.] pp. 16,
272, illustr.

In the chapter on the first air breathers a considerable number
of insects are mentioned and figured, pp. 130-15 1, figs. 123, 126-
132, including for the first time Prodryas, a fossil butterfly from
Colorado.

Dawson, J. W. The oldest-known insects. JVa-
iure,2^: 483-484. 4°. London. 1 881.

Shows the devonian age of the cordajte shales of New Bruns-
wick, in which the oldest known insects occur, from siratigraphi-
cal and botanical evidence, in opposition to the assumption of
Hagen.

Debray, Henri. Tourbiferes du littoral flamand
et du departement de la Somme. Bull. soc. geol.
France, (3), 2: 46-49. 8°. Paris. 1874!

Records the discovery, p. 48, of brilliant elytra of Bonacia in
peat along the Flemish coast

Debray, H. Communications diverses au sujet
des tourbi^res : castors ; ossements de baleines ;
elytres de donacies; squelette humain des tourbieres
d'Aveluy; cranes; bois. Ann. soc. giol. nord, 5:
125-135. 8°. Lille. 1878.

Under the heading Insectes, refers to the discovery in peat of
Ardres of Donacia Sericea, determined by J. Barrois, pp. r27-i28.
Separately issued, without change of pagination but with a title-
page. 8». Lille. 1878.

Debray, L. fitude geologique et archeologique
de quelques tourbieres du littoral flamand et du de-
partement de la Somme. Mim. soc. sc. agric. arts
Z!7/f, (3), 11: 433-487,//. 13. 8°. Lille. 1873,

Contains a brief paragraph, p. 45t, on the few beetles found.

Deichmiiller, J. V. Fossile insecten aus dem
diatomeenschiefer von Kutschlin bei Bilin, Bohmen.
4°. Halle. 1881. pp, 39, pi. Nova acta Leop.-
Carol.-deutsch. akad. naturf., 42 : ■iQ-\-\%\, tab. 21.
4°. Halle. i88i. yj JJ '

Describes and figures thirteen species, all but one of them new,
and mostly Coleoptera. They indicate a warmer climate at the
time.

Demole, Isaac. See Heer, O.

Dohrn, Carl August. Zur literatur iiber fossile

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

43

insecten. Stett. entom. zeit, 42 : 388-389. 8=. Slet-
tin, 1881.

Gives a r^sum^ of Hagen*s criiicism of Scudder's Devonian
insects.

Douglas, J. W. et <j.l. A species of stylopidae
fossil in amber. Entom. montkl. mug., 14 : 38-19.
8°. London. 1877.

A notice by the editors of the magazine of Menge*s Triaena.

Dupont, Edouard Sur la decouverte d'osse-
ments d iguanodon, de poissons et de vigetaux dans
la fosse Sainte-Barbe du chaibonnage de Bernissart.
Bull. acad. sc. Belg., (2), 46: 387-408. 8°. Bruxelles,
1878.

Mentions, p. 395, the occurrence of insect larvae in this weal-
dian deposit.

Eaton, A. E. The oldest fossil insects. Nature,
23 : 507. 4°. London. 1 881.

Rep>y to Scudder's criticisms (m Devonian insects) of remarlis
on fossil Epheraeridae in Eaton's Monograph.

Eaton, A E. See Scudder, S. H.
Eilchson, W. F. See Maravigna, C.

Fliche, P. Sur les lignites quaternaires [supra).

The insects were determined by Matthieu of the Ecole fo-
restl^re.

Franoius, Johannia Prodromus arachnolitlio-
giaphiae. Misc: cur. acad. nat cur., (2), 5: 462-464.
4". Norimbergae. 1687.

Refers only to the use to which lapides aranearum are put in
medicine.

Fritsch, A. Fossile anthropoden aus der stein-
kohlen und kreideformation Bbhmens, 4°. Wien.
1882. pp. 7, pi. 2. Mojs, u. Neum., Beitr. palaont.
osterr.-uttg., 2: l-J,taf. 1-2. 4°. Wien. 1882.

Describes and figures a carboniferous ephemerid, Palingenia
Feislmanteli, and three TDeetles, mines of a Tinea, eggs of a saw
fly, and cases of a phryganid from the cretaceous beds of Bohe-
mia: a r^sum^ of the very few known cretaceous insects is
added from Goss. Braaer and Fritsch both compared the may
fly, p. 3, to the living Pahngenia longicauda.

Geikie, Archibald. A recent find in British
palaeontology. Nature, zc,: i--^ 4". London. 1881.

Contains an announcement of the discovery of remarkably
perfect scorpions in the coal measures of Scotland, with some
results of tlieir study by Mr. B. N. Peach. An abstract entitled
New carboniferous fossils in Scotland, extracted from the Lon-
don Times will be found in Amer. nat., t5 : 1021-1022. 8°.
Philadelphia. iSSr. See also Primeval Scottish scorpions.

Germar, E. F. See Assmann, A

Goebel, Severinus. De succino libr. 11. quorum
prior theologicus, posterior de succini origine agit.
8°. Francfurt. 1558.

Not seen ; Dr. Hagen informs rne that it contains refererices
to insects in amber, among the earliest known.

Goeppert, H. R. Bull' ambra di Sicilia e sugli
oggetti in essa rincJiusi. 4°- Roma. 1879. pp. 9,
figs. Mem. acad. line., (3), mem. sc.fis., 3 : 56-62. 4°.
Roma. 1879.

On p., 4(58), he reviews the literature of the insects of Si-
cilian amber.

Goldenberg, F. Beitrag zur insectenfauna der
kohlenformation von Saarbriicken, Zeitschr. ges.
naturw.,{z),6: iH-T-^7'fig^- f°- Berlin. 1881.

Describes Anthracoblattina Scudderi,

Goss, H. See Scudder, S. H.

Haeokel, Ernst (Heinrich). AUgemeine ent-
wickelungsgeschichte der organismen. Kritische
grundziige der mechanischen wissenschaft von den
entstehenden formen der organismen, begriindet
durch die descendenz-theorie. Also entitled : Gene-
relle morphologie der organismen. AUgemeine
grundziige der organischen formen-wissenschaft, me-
chanish begriindet durch die von Charles Darwin
reformirte descendenz-theovie. Zweiter band. 8".
Berlin. 1866. pp. 160, 462, pi. 8.

In the introduction insects are treated on pp. (^4-102, and the
views entertained of the primeval forms of the different groups
supported in part by paleontological evidence.

Haeckel, E. (H.) Natiirliclie schopfungsge-
schichte, Gemeinverstandliche wissenschaf tliche vor-
trage liber die entwickelungslehre im allgemeinen
und diejenige von Darwin, Goetlie und Lamarck im
besonderen. Vierte verbesserte auflage. 8". Berlin.
1873. pp. 46, 688, pi. (I), 15.

Translation : The history of creation: or the
development of the earth and its inhabitants by the
action of natural causes. A popular exposition ot
the doctrine of evolution in general, and of that of
Darwin, Goethe, and Lamarck in particular. The
translation revised by E. Ray Lankaster. 2 vols.
12". New York, 1876. — i, pp. 20, 374, pi. (i), 1-3;
ii, pp. 8, 408, pi. 4-15-

Insects are treated on pp. 490-501 (tiansl., 2 : ryS-igi) and
their pedigrees considered, partly from geological considerations.

Haesbert, M, J. De conchylio et ape petrifactis
[supra).

Reports a fossil bee in the collection of Scheidius, figured tab.
2, fig. 4-

Hagen, H. A. Ueber . . . Heterophlebia dislo-
cata [supra).

Dr. Hagen informs me that the most important vein is given
in il)e wrong place bv the lithographer.

Hagen, H. A. Notes on TarsopHebia West-
woodii Giebel, a fossil dragon fly. Entom. monthl.
mag., x: 160-161. 8°. London. 1864.

Hagen, H. A. Synopsis of the Psocina without
ocelli. Entom. monthl. mag.,\\:X2\-\2d^ 8°. London.
1865. V

Atropo^ resinata from copal is described on p. 121.

Hagen, H. A. The oldest fossil insects. Nature,
24: 356-357. 4°. London. 1881.

Is chiefly concerned with the determination of a species of
Pecopteris found in the Devonian insect beds, and the conclusion
is drawn that " those oldest insects will have to be considered as
belonging to the lower carboniferous."

Hagen, H. A. Fossil insects of the Dacota group.
TVafe^f, 25 : 265-266. 4°. London. 1882.

A brief note recording the discovery of galls and mines in
fossil leaves from Kansas and Nebraska.

Hagen, H. A. On amber Psocina from Prussia.
Psyche, 3 : 279. 4°. Cambridge. 1882.

Concludes from theih that before tertiary times a great devel-
opment of genera and species had occurred.

Hagen, H. A. See Dohrn, C. A. ; Krantz, A. ;
and Scudder, S. H.

Hartmann, P. J. SuQcincta succini prussici his-
toria et demonstratio [supra).

An abstract will be found va Acta, erud., r70o: 332-336. 4°.
Lipsiae. 1700.

van Hasselt, A. W. M. See Wyenbergh, H.

Haughton, Samuel. Description of a fossil
spider, Architarbus subovalis, from the middle coal
measures, Burnley, Lancaster. Journ. geol. soc. Ire-
land, n.s., 4 : 222-223, figs. 8°. Dublin, etc. 1877.

Gives a figure, without description, both of the original and of
the new and better specimen.

44

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

Heer, O. Fossile flora der Baren insel. 4°. Stock-
holm. 1871. pp. 51, pi. 15. Kongl. svensk vetensk-
akad. haniii., 9, no. 5.

In a section on the equivalents of the Bear island beds in
America, he refers the Devonian of St. John to the lower car-
boniferous and mentions four species of insects described from
there by Scudder.

Heer, O. New orthopterous insect in the coal
measures of Scotland. Geol. mag., (2), 3 : 520. 8°.
London. 1876.

Notes some omissions of fossil cockroaches in the list of car-
boniferous insects attaached to Woodward's paper with a similar
title.

Heer, O. See also de La Hcirpe, P.
Heller See Berendt, G. C.

Henkel, Johannes Fridericus. De succino fos-
sili in Saxonia electorali. Acta phys. med. acad.
Leof-CaroL, \: y.y-T,\(>. 4°. Norimbergae. 1737.

Contains reference to insect inclusions on p. 316. Also said to
be given in his Kleme mitier. chyni. siud.^ p. 539. 8". Dresden
und Leipzig. 1744.

Hen'wood, William Jory. Observations on the
detrital tin-ore of Cornwall. Journ. roy. inst. Corn-
wall, 4 : 191-254. 8". Truro. 1873.

Refers to the discovery of elytra of beetles in alluvium at
Perranwell, Cornwall.

Translation : Remarques sur le mineral d'etain
detritique du Cornwall. Traduction, par extraits,
par Zeiller. Ann. des mines, (7), 6 : 114-130. 8°.
Paris. 1874.

The translation omits all references to animal remains.

von Heyden, C. See von Meyer, C. E. H.

von Heyden, C. und L. See Krantz, A.

von Heyden, L. See Capellini, G.

Heyw^ood, James. See Heer, O.

Hislop, S. See Murray, A.

HolUngTWorth, George H. Description of a peat-
bed interstratified with the boulder drift at Oldham.
Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., yi '•T^'^-T^infiS- ^°-
London. 1881.

Reports beetles in the main bed of peat, p. 713.

Ittiologia Veronese del museo Bozziano ora an-
nesso a quello del conte Giovambattista Gazola e di
altri gabinetti di fossili veronesi con la verzione
latina. f. Verona. 1796. pp. 52, 323, pi. 76.

Part I. § 27, p. 31, records in the Boza museum, "duo Asili,
Cimex unus Americanus, omnes inde efEosi."

Jobert (aini). See Croizet et Jobert.

Jokfly, Johann. Die tertiaren siisswassergebilde
des Egerlandes und der Falkenauer gegend in
Bohmen. Jakrb. k.k. geol. reichsanst., 8 : 466-515.
%". Wien. 1857.

Remains of insects are recorded from £ger (p. 477 j, Krot-
tensee (p. 4S2), Grasseth Ip. 502).

Eawall, H. Der bernsteinsee in Kurland. Cor-
respondenzbl. naturf.ver. Riga, d :(><)-'] \. 8°. Riga.
1853-

Not seen ; said to contain something on amber insects,

Kerr, Washington Carothurs. Report of the geo-
logical survey of North Carolina, Vol, i. Physical
geography, resume, economical geology. 1875, 8°.
Raleigh. 1875. pp, 18, 325, 120, map, pi. (i), 8.

Reports on p, 157 the occurrence of " numerous shining wing-
covers of beetles in peat near Morganton, N, C. '

Kollar, Vincent. See Reuss, A. E.

Krause, Ernst. See Scudder, S. H.

Eundmann, Johann Christian. Rariora naturae
et artis, item in re medica, oder Seltenheiten der
natur und kunst des kundmannischen naturalien-
cabinets, wie auch in der arzneywissenschaft. f.
Breslau und Leipzig. 1737. 2 t. p., ff. (8), col. 1312
{=ff. 328); ff. (17), portr., figs., pi. 17.

Contains, col. 229-236, tab. 12, figs. 13-14) art. 28 : Vom
einem geglaubten und wahren spinnen-steine, m which spiders
from the Jurassic rocks of Eichstadt are figured.

de La Harpe, Philippe. Sur un gisement de
tourbe glaciaire trouve 4 Latisanne. Bull. soc. -vaud.
sc. nat., 14 : 456-458. 8°. Lausanne. 1876.

Contains a letter from Heer who examined the organic re-
mains in the peat and found the elytra of a Donacia.

Lankester, Edwin Ray. Limulus an arachnid.
Quart, journ. micr. sc, 21 : 504-548, 609-649,//. 28-
2<),jigs. 8°. London. 1881.

An extended argument to show, mainly on anatomical and
morphdlogical grounds, that the king crabs are not Crustacea but
Arachnida, With the Trilobita and Eurypterina he considers
the Xiphosura as the precursors of the higher Arachnida,

Lankester, E. R. Studies in Apus, Limulus and
Scorpio. 8°. London. 1882.
Not seen; contains the same as the preceding,

Lankester, E, R. See Haeckel, E, (H.)
Lecoq, Henri, Les epoques geologiques de I'Au-

vergne. 8°. 5 vol. Paris. 1867.
Not seen ; according to Oustalet, he discusses Indusia in vol.

2, pp. 335 and 374.

Lochnerus, Johannes Henricus et Michael Fride-
ricus, Rariora mvsei besleriani quae olim Basilius
& Michael Ropertvs Besleri collegerunt aeneisque
tabvlis ad vivvm incisa evvlgarvnt: nunc commenta-
riolo illustrata a Johanne Henrico Lochnero, vt vir-
tvti toy makaritoy exstaret monvmentvm, denvo Ivci
pvblicae commisit & laudationem ejvs fvnebrem
adjecit maestissimvs parens Michael Fridericvs
Lochnervs. f°. N. P. 1716. pp. (22), 112,//. 40,
portr, 2,

According to Kundmann, contains references to fossil insects
on pp, 34, 100.

LoeTO-, H. Beschreibung einiger neuen Tipularia
terricola, Linn, entom., 5 : 385-406, tab. 2. 8°.
Berlin. 1851.

Treats, pp. 400-401, pi. 2, figs, 16-23, of the genus Toxorhina
and figures three amber species.

Loew, H. Monographs of the Diptera of North
America. Part 2. On the North American Doli-
chopodidae. 8°. Washington. 1864. pp. 11, 360,
Pl- 3-7-

A paragraph in his Supplement, pp. 321-322, points out that
this family of American flies " shows the most remarkable
analogy to the remains of the fossil fauna of the same family
preserved in amber,"

Lubbock, J. Monograph of the Collembola
and Thysanura. 8°. London. 1873. pp. 10, 276,
pi. 78.

His second.cbapter, miscalled Chapter III. is On the impor-
tance of the Collembola and Thysanura in relation to the evolu-
tion of the Insecta, pp. 40-54, and takes into consideration the
facts then known of the gological history of the latter ; it will be
found suggestive.

McLachlan, R. Insects. Encycl. brit, ed. 9,
vol. \'^ypp> 141-154. 40. Edinburgh [and Boston].
1881.

Contains a paragraph, p. 141, on the Antiquity of insects.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

45

McLachlan, R. See Woodward, H.

Malfatti, G. Bibliografia degli insetti fossili
italiani finora conosciuti. 8". Milano. 1881. t. p.,
pp.12. Aiti soc.ital. sc. nat.,2A: — 8°. Milano.
1881.

A valuable r^sum^ of what has been published concerning the
fossil insects of Italy, arranged by deposits. None are older than
the tertiaries. Mention is made 01 three or four specimens in
Italian museums, not before published.

Maravigna, C. Insectes dans I'ambre (supra).

Reviewed by Erichson with original notes in Ber. iviss. leisi.
entom., 1838: 29. 8°. Berlin. 1840. Arch.f.naiurg.tSt'^y
309. 8°. Berlin. 1839. [1840.]

Maravigna, C. See Kondani, C.

Martialis, Marcus Valerius. Epigrammata. Liber
4, section 32.

Et latet et lucet Phaethontide condita gutta,

Ut videatur apis nectare clausa sue.
Dignum tantorum pretiura tulit ilia laborum ;
Credibile est ipsam sic voluisse mori.
Some writers have thought that Martial here referred to amber-
inclusa.

Massaloago, A. B. P. Sopra un nuovo genere
di pandanee fossili della provincia Veronese. 8°.
Verona. 1853. pp. 16 (7, [201-207]), tav. 4. Mem.
accad. agric.Ver.,2():\6'}-20-], pi. \-i,. 8°. Verona.
1854.

Refers on p. 12 (196) to the occurrence of Neuroptera, similar
in form and size to the living Libellula, with " alcune piccole
api" at Monte Bolca. The only copy I have seen is that of the
separate paper, in which pp. 17-end are replaced by those of the
academy' s memoir.

Massalongo, A. B. P. Compendium faunae et
florae f ossilis bolcensis {supra) .

Not mentioned in Sordello's Bibl. paleont. veget. ital. (1881).

Matheron, Philippe. Compte-rendu de la visite
du terrain a gypse i. Aix et du volcan de Beaulieu.
Bull. soc. giol. France,!-},: A,l\-i,(i^. 8°. Paris. 1842.

The insects of the beds at Aix are referred to in general terms
on p. 454 and their relative position pointed out.

Matheron, P. Recherches comparatives sur les
depots fluvio-lacustres tertiaires des environs de
Montpellier, de I'Aude et de la Provence. 8°. Mar-
seille. 1862. pp. 108 (?). Mem. soc. imul. Marseille, .

1 : 173-280. 8". Marseille. 1861.

Not seen ; gives, according to Oustalet, some notice of Aix
insects.

Matthieu. See FUche, P.

Menge, A. See Douglas, J. W. et al.

Millar, George Henry, editor. A new, complete,
and universal body or system of natural history;
being a grand, accurate and extensive display of ani-
mated nature . . . vfritten by a society of gentlemen.
fo. London. N. D.

Not seen | according to Dr. Hagen the work mentions, p. 421,
the presence of insects in amber.

Mourlon, M. Geologie de la Belgique (supra).

2 vol. 8". Bruxelles. 1880-1881. i (1880), pp. 4,
317; — ii (1881), pp. 4. 16, 392-

Refers in three brief paragraphs (i. 125, 144) to the insects re-
ported from the coal by van Beneden and de Borre, and from the
oolite by the latter; the carboniferous species are also catalogued
(ii. 57) as well as larvae of insects from the wealden of Hainaut
(ii! 82).

MiiUer, Fritz. Facts and arguments for Darwin ;
with additions by the author ; translated by W. S.
Dallas. 16°. London. 1869. pp. (8), 144.

Argues in favor of the late acquisition of "complete" meta-
morphoses in insects partly from paleontological data, in a foot-
note to pp. 119-121 ; it does not occur in the original, entitled
Fiir Darwin.

Miinster, G. Nachtrag zu dem Aufsatze des
professor Germar in theil 4 heft 2 dieser zeitschrift
iiber die versteinerungen von Solnhofen. Teutschl.
geogn.geol.dargest.,e,:t,']?:-<i?,i. 16°. Weimar. 1828.

Gives a list of the fossils known to him, among which, on
p. 579) occurs lo arten insecten darunter 2 arten libellen. Ger-
mar s paper has nothing on insects.

Miinster, Sebastian. Cosmographiae uniuersalis
Lib. VI. in quibus, iuxta certioris fidei scriptorum
traditionem describuntur, Omniil habitabilis orbis
partiii situs, propriaeqs dotes. Regionura Topo-
graphicse effigies. Terrse ingenia, quibus sit ut tam
differentes & uarias specie res, & animatas & inani-
matas, ferat. Animalium perigrinorum naturas &
picturas. Nobiliorum ciuitatum icones & descrip-
tiones. Regnorum initia, incrementa & translationes.
Omnium gentium mores, leges, religio, res gestae, mu-
tationes : Item regum & principum genealogiae.
Autore Sebast. Munstero. i". Basileae. 1554. ff.
(12), pi. (14), pp. 1163, -|- I folding plate not paged.

Liber III contains, pp. 783-784, a section De succino quod in
Prusia legitur, in which, p. 784, amber is said to contain " bestio-
lae, ut muscae, cuHces, apes, formicae, lacertae, &c."

The German edition of 1598 contains this reference on pp.
1145-1146, and that of i628(?)onp. 1297.

Dr. Hagen has_ call ed_ my attention to this reference as perhaps
the earliest mention of insects in amber. The same reference is
doubtless contained in the latin edition of 1550, perhaps in the
German edition of 1544. See Harv. Univ. Bull., li : 285.

Noeggerath, Jacob. Die insecten der steinkohlen-
fiora. f rank/, convers.-blatt, i&%i^: 21^-216, 22^. 4°.
Frankfurt a. M. 1854.

Kolnische zeitung, 1854.

Not seen; quoted from Hagen's Bibliography.

Oken, Lorenz. Einige worter iiber den Oeningen-
steinbruch. Oken's Isis, 1840 : 282-283. 4°. Leipzig.
1840.

Refers to its fossil insects and particularly the larvae of
Odonata.

von Osten Sacken, C. R. R. New genera and
species of North American Tipulidae with short
palpi, with an attempt at a new classification of the
tribe. Proc. acad. nat. sc. Philad., 1859 : 197-256,
//. 3-4. 8°. Philadelphia. 1859.

Refers, pp. 200, 221, 251, to the relationship of Protoplasa,
Elephantomyia and Rhamphidia to the species of the Baltic
amber, and the identity of Toxorhina and Limnobiorhynchus.

von Osten Sacken, C. R. R. Appendix to the
paper enitled New genera and species of North
American Tipulidae with short palpi, &c. Proc.
acad. nat. sc. Philad., i860 : 15-17. 8". Philadelphia.
i860. ,

Brief remarks on the amber genera Toxorhina and Macrochile,
p. 17.

von Osten Sacken, C. R. R. Monographs of
the Diptera of North America. Part 4. On the
North American Tipulidae. 8°. Washington. 1869.
pp. II, 345. Pl- 4-

Compares the American fauna to that of the European amber
fauna, pp. 37-38; devotes a couple of paragraphs, pp. 167-109,
112-H4, to show that the amber species referred by Loew to
Toxorrhina belong to Elephantomyia ; and another to the Erio-
cerae of the amber, pp. 251-252.

von Osten Sacken, C. R. R. Ueber einige
merkwiirdigen falle der geographischen verbreitung
von Tipuliden. Entom. nachr., 6 : 67-68. 8°. Put-
bus. 1880.

Abstract of a paper published in the Tageblatt of the 52er
Versammlung deutscher naturforscher, pp. 232-233. Contains a
few words about the Tipulidae of amber as compared with those
living in N. America.

46

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

Packard, A. S. Is Limulus an arachnid ? Amer.
««A, i6: 287-292. 8°. Philadelphia. 1882.

In answer to Lankester, attempts to prove that Limulus is a
crustacean, chiefly from the discovery by Wiileraoes_ of a na.u-
plius-stage in the development of an East Indian species; a dis-
covery which he afterwards acknowledges to be false, p. 436.
See also Moseley in Nature^ 25 : 5S2.

Peach, Benjamin N. See Geikie, A.

Pike, J. W. Preservation of fossil insects and
plants on Mazon Creek. 8°. Salem. 188 1. pp. 5.
Proc. Amer. assoc. adv. sc, 29 : 520-524. 8°. Salem.
i88i.

A sketch of the history of the formationsat Mazon Creek, with
a mention in most general terms of the animals and plants.

Planchon, Gustave. fitude des tufs de Montpel-
lier au point de vue geologique et paleontologique.
4°. [Montpellier.] 1864.

Not seen ; according to Oustalet mention is made of Indusia.

Ponzi, Giuseppi. I fossile del Monte Vaticano.
4°. Roma. 1876. pp. 37, tav. 3. Atti. r. accad.
/zKC, (2), 3: 925-959, 2'ai'. 1-3. 4°. Roma. 1876.

Under the name of Hylobium tortonianum describes,^ p. 10
(932), and figures, pi. 1, fig. g, borings in fossil pine from pliocene
deposits.

Primaeval Scottish scorpions. The Scotsman, no.
1 1960,/. 3. f°. Edinburgh. 1881.

An anonymous communication, of more than a column in
length, based on Geikie's article in Nature, with special reference
to Mr. Peach's discoveries.

Procaccini-Ricci, V. Lettera prima . . . sull'ana-
tomia delle fiUiti sinigalliesi. Nucrv. ann. sc. nat., i ;
190-213,//. 4-5. 8". Bologna. 1838.

Refers, p. 210, to a fossil inject which is figured with a leaf,
pi. 5, fig- i; no details are given, and the figure is unrecog-
nizable.

Reuss, A. E. Geognostische skizzen aus Bohmen.
jer theil ; Die umgebungen von Teplitz und Bilin
in beziehung auf ihre geognostischen verhaltnisse ;
eln beitrag zur physiographie des bohmischen mit-
telgebirges ; mit i karte und 9 tafeln. 8°. Leit-
meritz. 1840.

Not seen ; according to Deichmuller this work contains refer-
ence on p. 143 to the occurrence of fossil insects at Bilin.

Reuss, A. E. Die geognostischen verhaltnisse
des Egerer bezirkes und des Ascher gebietes in
Bohmen. Abhandl. k.k. geol. reichsanst., I : 1-72,
map. 4°. Wien. 1852.

Mentions, p. 58, the occurrence of impressions of Coleoptera
and Diptera, generally very indistinct, in the cyprismergel of
Krottensee. An exception is noted in a single Dipteron, which
is figured and which Kollar places near Penthetria.

Reuss, A. E. Die gegend zwischen Kommotau,
Saaz, Raudnitz und Tetschen. Loschn., Beitr. bal-
neol., 2. 8°. Prag. 1847.

Not seen ; according to Deichmuller, this article contains some
reference on p. 46 to the occurrence of fossil insects in certain
Bohemian localities.

Reuss, A. E., und von Meyer, C. E. H. Die

tertiaren siisswassergebilde des nbrdlichen Bohmen's
und ihre fossilen thierreste. Palaeontogr., 2 : 1-73,//.
1-12. 4°. Cassel. 1849-51.

Contains Geognostische skizze der tertiaren stisswasserschich-
ten des nordlichen Bbhmens, pp. 1-15, by Reuss alone, in which
are recorded the discovery of Coleoptera at Kutschen (p. 6), and
of insects, principally Coleoptera, at Luschitz (p. 7).

Richter, Georg Gottfried. Gazophylacium mi-
neralium Oder Mineralienkabinet. 8°. Leipzig. 1719.
Not seen ; said to contain something on Oeningen insects.

de Rouville, Paul. Geologie des environs de
Montpellier. 1855.

Not seen ; gives, according to Oustalet, some notice of the
remains in the mdusial limestone.

van Roy, C. W. Ansichten iiber entstehung und
vorkommen des bernsteins, so wie praktische mit-
theilungen iiber den v^erth und die behandlung des-
selben als handelswaare. 8°. Danzig. 1840.

Not seen.

S. Fossil coleoptera. Hardw. sc. gossip, 1867 :
238. 8°. London. 1867.

Describes finding four Coleoptera in a stratum of debitumin-
ised peat in a freestone quarry near Fifeness.

Samouelle, George. See Murchison, R. I.

Scheuchzer, J. J. Meteorologia et oryctpgraphia
helvetica ; oder Beschreibung der lufft-geschich-
ten, steinen, metallen, und anderen mineralien des
Schweitzerlands, absonderlich auch der uberblieb-
selen der siindfluth. 1st der dritte oder eigentlich
der sechste theil der Natur-geschichten des Schwei-
zerlands. 4°. Ziirich. 1718. t. p., ff. 7, pp. 336,
pi. (19).

Insecta diluviana on p. 336 is a paragraph saying that while
the author is acquainted with fossil insects he has seen none
from Switzerland ; quotes Langius.

Scheuchzer, J. J. Physique sacree, ou histoire
naturelle de la bible. Traduite du latin ; enrichie de
figures en taille douce, gravees par les soins de
Jean-Andre Pfeifel. 8 vol. i°. Amsterdam. 1732-
1737.

Vol. i, tab. 53, figs. 23-25, p. 68, gives figures of a beetle and
odonate larva from Oeningen, and an odonate from Verona,
which Heer afterwards determines. Original edition not seen.

Scudder, S. H. The devonian insects of New
Brunswick '(jK/^-a).

Extended abstract (by H. A. Hagen) in Zodl.jakresh., 1880,
ii; 188-192. 8". Leipzig. 1881.

Translation : Die devonischen insekten von
Neu-Braunschweig und ihre beziehungen zu den
spatern und noch lebenden insekten. Kosmos, 5 :
217-223. 8°. Stuttgart. i88i.

A translation of the general conclusions, with an abstract of
the other portions, and comments by the editor, Ernst Krause.

Scudder, S. H. The tertiary lake basin of Floris-
sant [supra).

Extract; Insects of the amyzon shales of Col-
orado. Amer. nat,\(> wvj-xdo. 8°. Philadelphia.
1882.

Quotes some of the general results obtained

Reprint ; with same title as original. Rep. U. S.
geol.geogr.surv.terr.,i?,y8:2ji-2^;^,map. 8°. Wash- .
ington. 1882.

Contains considerable additions, especially in the Arachnida
and Neuroptera, where comparisons are instituted with European
and other American fossils.

Scudder, S. H. [Minor notices of fossil insects.]
Psyche, 3 : 277-279. 4°. Cambridge. 1882.

Exhibition at meetings of the Cambridge entomological club of
a cast of the first paleozic insect ever found (p. 277), and of illus-
trations of the tertiary insects of North America (p. 278); as well
as remarks on fossil species of Termes (p 278) ; on some carbon-
iferous insects, and on tertiary spiders from Florissant (p. 279).

Scudder, S. H. Archipolypoda, a subordinal type
of spined myriapods from the carboniferous forma-
tion. Mem. Bost. soc. nat. hist., -x : 143-182, W. lo-n,
4°. Boston. 1882. 'J tJ '^ , J'

Discusses their relation to modem diplopods and monographs
the known species, adding several new ones; twelve species are
recognized, divided into four genera. The first plate contains a
restoration of the largest species with other animals and plants
of Mazon Creek.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS.

47

Scudder, S. H, A new carboniferous cockroach
from Mazon Creek, Illinois. Proc. Bast. soc. nat.
hist., 21 : — 8°. Boston. 1882.

Describes Etoblattina mazona, the neuration of the wings of
the two sides difEering.

Smith, Frederick. See Zaddaoh, E. G.

Tournal. Tertiary of Arnissan.

Is said to have published some reference to fossil insects in a
work on the above subject. I have been unable to verify it.

Troost, G. See BaUenstedt, J. G. J.

Turpin, Pierre Jean Franjois. Note sur le ter-
rain qui contient le tripoli de Bilin, en Boh^me, par
M. Elie de Beaumont ; suivie de I'examen des debris
organiques que renferme une des couches de ce ter-
rain, par M. Turpin. Comptes rendus acad. sc, 7 :
501-503. 4°. Paris. 1838.

The Note de M. Turpin occupies pp. 502-503. Mention is
made, p 502, of the leg of an insect "tris probablement d'un
Acarus," as found in the earth.

Walchner, Friedrich August. Darstellung der
geolpgischen verhaltnisse des siisswasser-mergels von
Oeningen im badischen seekreis und seiner fossilen
flora und fauna. 8". Karlsruhe. 1850.

Separately printed from his Handbuch der geognosie zum
gebrauche bei seinen vorlesungen, und zum selbststudium, mit
besonderer beriicksichtigung der geognostischen verhaltnisse
des grossherzogthum Baden. 2" aufl. 8». Karlsuhe. 1847-1851.
(pp. 956 et seg.) Neither seen.

■Walchner, F. A. Darstellung der geologischen
verhaltnisse des mainzer tertiarbeckens und seiner
fossilen fauna und flora. 8°. Carlsruhe. 1850. pp.75

Contains, p. 57, a list of insects referred to twelve genera, only
two of the species receiving names, — Phryganea mombachiana
and P. Blumi.

Separately printed from his Handbuch der geognosie, etc., as
above. 2' aufl. 8°. Karlsruhe. 1847-51.

■Walckenaer, Charles Athanase, liaran et G-er-
vais, Paul. Histoire naturelle des insectes. Ap-
t^res. 4 vol. and atlas of 52 plates. 8°. Pa||s.
1837-1847. Tom. 3 (1844), 2 t. p., pp. 8, 476; — tom.
4(1847), 2 t. p., pp. 16,623.

References to fossils, all at second hand, will be found in
vol. 3, pp. 6, 70-72, 84, J28, 288, 449 ; and vol. 4, pp. 329-330,
345. 3567 360.

Waterhouse, C. O. See Owen, R.

Westwood, J. O. [Exhibition of a fossil beetle
from Stonesiield.] Tra7is. ent. soc. Lond., 4, joitrn.
of proc, 40. 8°. London. 1841.

Regards the elytra figured by Buckland (pi. 46", figs. 4-9) as
prionideous, not buprestideous.

Weyenbergh, H. Sur les chenilles fossiles. Pet.
nouv. entom., no. 102, p. 2'yi,. 40. Paris. 1878.

A note calling attention to the caterpillar of the Jurassic
Sphinx Suelleni previously described by him.

#% Ami Boiie is said to have been the first iyourn. geol., 3 :
105) to have referred to the insects of Radoboj, but I have been
unable to verify the reference ; and John Ray is stated to have
made some references to fossil insects on pp. 78 and 92 of his
Historia ittsectarnm ; but I have examined the work for such
references unsuccessfully.

#*# Among the papers on fossil_ insects known to me to be
shortly forthcoming are the following : By Dr. H. A. Hagen
upon the Psocina of the amber, with a folding plate, in the Steit.
entotn. seii. ; by Mr. B. N. Feach, an illustrated memoir on
the recently-discovered scorpions of the carboniferous rocks of
Scotland, in the Trans, royal, soc. Edinb. ; and bv myself illus-
trated papers on the carboniferous hexapods of Great Britain,
and on two new types of carboniferous myriapods from Mazon
Creekj in the Memoirs Best. soc. nat. hist. ; an extract from the
last, discussing the affinities of Falaeocampa, will appear in the
A tner. journ. sc.

library of i^artaru ciniUx^itv*

Bibliographical Contributions.

EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR,

LIBRARIAN.

IsTo. 14.

NOTES ON THE HISTORICAL HYDROGRAPHY OF THE
HANDKERCHIEF SHOAL IN THE BAHAMAS.

By WILLIAM H. TILLINGHAST.

Republished from the Bulletin of Harvard University.

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.:

UNIVERSITY PRESS: JOHN WILSON AND SON.

1881.

Already issued or in preparation :

A Star prefixed indicates they are not yet ready.

1. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of

Mercury.

2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems: a BibHography of the Earlier Editions.

3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel-

angelo, with Notes.

4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several

pieces.

5. List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for

Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements.

6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College

Library, by the Honorable Charles Sumner.
*7. Jame? M. Peirce. References in Analytic Geometry.
*8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library,
g. George Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different countries.

10. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibliography of the Publications of James Orchard

Halliwell-Phillipps.

11. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States.

12. A List of the Publications of Harvard University and its Officers, 1870-1880.
*i3. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects.

14. William H. Tillinghast. Notes on the Historical Hydrography of the Handkerchief
Shoal in the Bahamas.

258 HISTORICAL HYDROGRAPHY OF THE HANDKERCHIEF SHOAL.

NOTES ON THE HISTORICAL HYDROGRAPHY OF THE HAND-
KERCHIEF SHOAL IN THE BAHAMAS.

[taken mainly from maps in the harvard college library.]

By Wm. H. Tillinghast.

*it* Southeast of Turks Islands, the easternmost group of the Bahamas, lie the three shoals known as Mouclioir
Carre or Square Handkerchief, Silver Bank, and Navidad. Some maps place islands in the first two banks, although
they now consist only of sand and wasting coral reefs. It was thought that an examination of old maps might reveal a
change in the condition of the shoals since the time of the discovery of the Bahamas, which might be of importance in the
disputed question of the Landfall of Columbus. With this object the maps and charts in Harvard College Library have
been looked over. While the results are not such as were anticipated, since they throw more light on the condition of
the cartography of the West Indies than on any physical changes among the Islands, it is hoped they are, nevertheless,
of some value. The arrangement is chronological ; the dates at the beginning of each title are those of the first publi-
cation of the maps. The testimony of each map is indicated by an S preceding the date when the shoals are put
down as not containing islands, and, when islands are given, by a numeral in the same place expressing the number of
these islands. Those m the College Library are marked (H. C).

S (?) 1500. luan de la Cosa. Mappe-Monde.
N. of Espanola, is Caioanon, the most easterly of
the Bahamas; S. E. of this run two dotted lines, a
bar or slioal, not named.

Original in Royal Libran', Madrid. Reproduced, full size, in
Tomard's Monuments de la Giographie. Stevens in his Notes
(H.C.) copies Jomard. Humboldt's copy in the Exatiien
Critique, vol. v. (H.C.) and in app. to Ghillany's BehaiTti is not
accurate.

? 1501^. Portuguese map, giving coasts of
Europe and America. Date and author unknown.
N. of Spagnola to the extreme east, are two name-
less islands followed by three rocks and the words
baxida ? lohio.

Original in Munich. Reproduced, full size, in Kuntzmann's
Atlas Z7tr Eiitdeckungsgeschichte Americans, pi. ii.

S (?) 1511. Peter Martyr d'Aughiera. Map

of the West Indies. The Bahamas are given, but
not named. At the east end a large shoal surrounds
the last five or six islands, and stretches beyond them
to the east, the point curving northward.

Contained in P. Martyris Augli Mediolan£7Lsis Opera, etc.
Hispali, 1511. Reproduced in the Carter Brown Catalogue and
in Stevens's Notes, pi. iv., 5.

1, 1514 (?). Portuguese Portolano. Undated,
author unknown. The njost easterly of the Bahama^
is a small island in the shape of a Greek cross, in-
titled babueca, S. E. from which runs a long shoal
containing rocks. It is named abreojo. Against this
name is the inscription : Terram antipodum R. gis cas-
telle I Inbenta pr xpoforum columbii ] ge- | nuensem.

Original in Munich. Reproduced in Kuntzmann's Atlas, pJ.
iv. ; in Stevens's Notes pi. v. (H.C.) : and on a reduced scale and
incorrectly in Kohl's Discovery of the East Coast of North
America, p. 179. (H.C.) It should be borne in mind, how-
ever, that Kohl's reproductions of maps in this work were pur-
posely incomplete, his intention being to give only what iiertained
to the subject he was illustrating, and that he avoided facsimile
representations.

\* An island of the name of Babueca is given on a terrestrial
globe of the iirst half of the sixteenth century now in Frankfmt-
on-the-Main, but the island is located N. E- of and near Cuba in
30^ N. There are rocks indicated between the island and Cuba.
( See Jomard, Monuments. )

S. 1519? Visconto de Maiollo. Mappe-
Monde. Undated. Extreme East, lat. 22° N., a
shoal, shaped like a bird's wing, extends from W. to
E., and is named Abro logic. No other name is given
among the Bahamas.

Original in Munich. Reproduced in Kuntzmann's^^/rtJ, pi. v.

S. 1527. Spanish Mappe-Monde. Author
unknown. A diamond-shaped shoal forms the east-
ern end of the Bahamas. It is named Baxos de Ba-
bueca.

Original, or a very early copy, at Weimar. The American
portion is reproduced, full size, by J. G. Kohl in Die beiden
aeltesten General-Karten von Amerika. Weimar, i860, f".
Dr. Kohl identifies Baxos de Babrceca with the present Silver
Bank. It better corresponds to Mouchoir CarrS.

S. 1529. Diego Ribero. Spanish Mappe-Mon-
de. Much like the last. The Bahamas end in
Baxos de Babueca, a diamond-shaped shoal.

Original or early copy at Weimar, also a copy at Rome. Re-
produced first by Sprengel in his translation of Mufioz Geschichie
der nenen Welt. Wcmar. 1705. (H.C), and recently by
J. G. Kohl, in Die beiden aeltesten General-Karten von Atner-
ica. Weimar, i860.

S. 1541. Gerard Mercator. Terrestrial Globe.
N. of Hispaniola, an island Cacomium, followed by
Nuiiiona, a small island surrounded by a shoal, to
the E. of which is a diamond-shaped shoal, Abreoso.

Original, engraved in sections, is in the Royal Library at
Brussels. Reprodnced in Les Spheres Terrestre et Celeste de
Girard Mercator ediices h Lonvain en 1541 et 1551. Ed.
nouvelle. Brnxelles. 1875. (H.C.)

S. 1542-43. French Mappe-Monde. Un-
dated; author unknown. Called " Henry II's map."
A diamond-shaped shoal, Abreoto.

Original in the National Library, Paris. Reproduced by
Jomard, Monuments, etc., pi. xix. It much resembles the map
by Thomas Hood. 1592. (q.v.)

S. 1544 Sebastian Cabot? Mappe-Monde.
Baxo.': de abroyo is a large diamond-shaped shoal.

Original in the National Library, Paris Reproduced by
Jomard, Monuments, pi. xx. Stevens in his A'^oi'si gives only the
St. Lawrence, so also Kohl, Discovery of East Coast, p. 358.

HISTORICAL HYDROGRAPHY OF THE HANDKERCHIEF SHOAL.

259

S. 1554. luan Bellero. Brevis, exactaq. totius
not'i orbisy et Pei'itviae regionis descriptio recens edita.
All unusually good map. Bayos de Bubuca is a
diamond-shaped shoal.

This map was first published in Bellero's edition of Gomara,
La Historia General de las Jndias- Anvers. 1554* It is
found in several other works published by Beilero, as in Cie^a
de Leon, 1556: Darinel de Tirel, 1555: Levinus Apollonius,
de Peruuiae .... inventione, etc. Antwerpiae. 1566. (H.C.
23S5.2S. cab.)

S. 1569. Gerard Mercator and sons. Mappe-
Monde. Abriojo is a diamond-shaped shoal.

Original in the National Library, Paris. Reproduced, full
size, In Jomard's Monuments^ pi. xxi. Bahamas are like the
group in Michael Mercator's map; A mer ica sive I ndia N ova
in the Mercator-Hondius Atlas of 1613. {H.C. 36.56.)

S. 1580. Vaz Dourado. Atlas. Abi'oio is a
diamond-shaped shoal.

Original at Munich. Reproduced, full size, in Kuntzniann's
Atlas, Plates viii.-xii. West Indies on pi. x.

S. 1584. Abraham Ortelius. Hispanioiae
Ciibae aliartimque msitlamm circimiiacentium, deiine-
atio, etc. A detailed map of the West Indies in the
Theatrum orbis Terrartim^ edition of 1584. (H.C.)
On the east end of the Bahamas is Scylla Magna, a
diamond-shaped shoal. The Great Bahama reef is
Carybdis Alagna.

This map is not in the edition of 1570, or in that of 1575 (H.C-).
The edition of 1580, which has some new maps, 1 have not seen.

S. 1592. Thomas Hood. On this map, which
much resembles the map of Henry II. {1542), Abri-
olbo is a diamond-shaped shoal.

Original at Munich. Reproduced, full size, in Kuntzmann's
Atlas, pi. xiii.

S. 1594. Arnoldus Plorentius a Langren.

Delineatio omnium orarimi totius Australis partis
Americae^ etc. In Linschot's Voyages. Drawn after
Lusitanian charts. Abri Ojo is a diamond-shaped
shoal.

This map is found in the Dutch edition of Linschot, 1594;
in the English edition by Wolfe, 1598 (H.C), though the author's
name is here omitted, and in the French edition, Amsterdam,
1638. (H.C.)

S. 1600. Molineaux and Wright. [See Pref-
ace to Hakluyt Society's fac simile.] Map of the
Wurld. Abrecoso is a shoal of indefinite shape-

This map is found in some copies of Hakhiyt's Collection of
Voyages^ edition of 1598-1600. The Lenox library in New
York has a copy of this edition, with the map, in beautiful con-
dition. It is probably the map referred to in the preface to
Hakluyt's first edition (1589) (H.C.) as shortly to appear. It
is reproduced in facsimile in the publications of the Hakluyt
Society. London. 1880. (H.C.)

1. 1600 (?). lodocus Hondius. Vera totivs
expeditionis navticae Descriptio D. Franc. Draci, etc.
N. E. of Spaniola and near the tropic of Cancer is a
small island surrounded by a reef or shoal.

The map was to illustrate Hondius' ed. of Drake and Caven-
dish's Voyages. It is reproduced in the Hakluyt Society's ed.
of The IVorld Eficompassed. 1854. (H.C.) In the introduc-
tion, p. XV, the map is said to come from a Dutch work begin-
ning " Corte beschryvingke van die seer heerliicke voyagie
der Capiteyn Draeck." which was translated and published (with-
out this map) in 1742, by Mr. Wright. I have not found any
other mention of such an edition,

1. 1601. Herrara, Map of America. Abreojo
is an island surrounded by rocks or shoals, as in
Hondius' map.

Contained in the Descrifrcion de las Indias. idoi (first edition).
Barlaeus' Latin edition 1622 (H.C), has the same map.

S, 1607? lodocus Hondius. Map of Amer-
ica, in the atlas of Mercator. 1613. (H.C.) Abreloio
is a diamond-shaped shoal.

This is one of the maps which \. Hondius added to Merca-
tor's. He bought Mercator's plates in 1604, and died himself in

S, 1625. Master Briggs. The North part of
America. Abroio is a large oblong shoal with in-
curving sides.

Contained in Pnrckas His Pilgrifns, vol. iii, p. 853.

S. 1625. loannus de Laet. Map entitled:
De groote ende Ideine Eylander van West-Indien.
Abreoyo is a large diamond-shaped shoal. Scale
I in.-i40 Eng, miles.

This is in the first Dutch edition of de Laet's Niewwe
Wereldt. The Latin edition, Novvs Orbis, etc., Lugd. Bat.
apud Elzivirios, 1633. has the same map. (H.C. 2 copies.) The
map entitled The y'landes 0/ the West Indies, in the English
translation of Mercator and Hondy's Atlas, London, 1635 (H,C),
is like the above.

S. 1635. Guil. Blaeu. Tweede Deel van't Toon-
jzeel des Aerdriicx ofte Nieuwe Atlas. Amsterdam.
1635. {H.C. 36.43.) 2d part. i. Map of America.
Abroiha, an oval shoal. 2. Insidae Americanae in
Oceano septentrionali, etc. Abreojeo 6 Baxos de Ba-
bueca^ a large diamond-shaped shoal.

Blaeu's first Atlas was Appendix TheatrlOrteliiet Atlantis
Mercatoris. 1631. I have not seen a copy. The Novus Atlas
came in 1635, and Blaeu and his sons continued to publish it
until 1662, when it filled six folio vols. iH.C. Art Room.) The
American maps were not altered. The detailed map of the
West Indies is slightly altered from de Laets'. In the form
Blaeu gave it, it was often printed by other map-makers under
their own names. It occurs in the Harvard Library under the
following forms : i". Les Isles Antilles, ^Xc. N. Sanson d' Abbe-
ville, Paris, 1656. 2°. Map by Nicolaus Vissher. 3". Map by
Peter Vander. 40. Map by Cornells Dankerts, 5°. Inthe.^//«j
Nonveaii par le Sieur Sanson, pub- about 1700? 6°. In De
Nieti-we en Onbekende IVeereld, etc. Arnoldus Montanus,
Amsterdam. 1671, p. 172-3. (H,C. 1331.26.) Same in German
by 0.[lfert} D-Lapper], Amst. 1673, and in English by John
Ogilby- London. 1671. (1331. 5.) 7". In the Historia Ge-
neral de las Indias Occidentales (Herrara) Amberes. 1728,
vol. iv, p. 6. 8°. Jnsulae Americanae nempe Cuba Hispaniola
Jarmaica Pio Rico Lucania, etc. par Reinier & Josua Ottens.
In Ottens' Atlas Minor. 1730 (?). Founded on Blaeu, though
the drawing is more jagged, g". The same Atlas contains a
direct copy of Blaeu's map. 10". Isles de f Ainerique par Pierre
Vander Aa . . . in /cz Galerie agreable du tnonde. Leide. 2 vols,
about 1765 (?).

1. 1636 (?). Joannes Jansson. America Sep-
tentrionalis. Undated. Latest discovery noted is
in 1631. Baxos de Babueca is an island with a shoal
around it, as in Herrara's map, 1601. Otherwise the
map is not like Herrara's but like Blaeu's of 1635.

This is a loose sheet, No. 4355 in the collection of loose maps,
H.C. It is from Jansson's Atlas, published 1636, which con-
tains also the map Insulae Americanae, etc., as in Blaeu.

S. 1652. Nicolaus Visscher. Americae Nova
descriptio. Abrelsio a diamond-shaped shoal, whose
N. W. side touches a small nameless island lying
just south of a slightly larger one, Amiona.

A loose sheet. Another map, Novissima et acctiratissima
Totius Americae descriptio per N. Visscher has the word
A breoyo S. E. of A inana.

S. 1670. John Ogilby. Novissima et accuratis-
sima Totius Ajnericae Descriptio. Abreoyo is a shoal
roughly diamond shaped.

The map occurs in America, being an acc7irate description
9/ the Netu World, etc. London. 1670, which is a translation
of Montanus', De Nieuwe en Onbekende Weereld. There was
another edition in 1671.

S. 1675. Arent Roggeveen. The First Part of
the Burning Feii, Discoveriiig the whole West Indies^
The Continent and the Islands, Beginning; fi-077i Rio
Amaso7ies, aiid endiitg on the North of Terra Nova^
described by Arent Roggeveen. Amsterdam. Peter
Goos. 1675. Plate I. Generaele Kaert van West
Indien. Abreojo 6 Baxos de Babuca is a diamond-
shaped shoal. The map is founded on Blaeu's.
Plate 20. Paseaerte van V Eylant Spagnola, etc On
a larger scale than any of an earlier date known to
me. Abrolho de Babueca is a large shoal, diamond-
shaped with incurving lines.

This work is a translation, with the original chart, of a Dutch
work. See Uricoechea's Mapoteca Colombiafia, § 2, No. 7.

26o

HISTORICAL HYDROGRAPHY OF THE HANDKERCHIEF SHOAL.

S. 1692? Archipelague du Mezique oiX sont
les isles de Cuba, etc., chcz Pierre Mortier. Amster-
dam. On a large scale. Abreoio on Baxos dc Babueca,
a large kidney-shaped shoal. S. E. of it is a long
and narrow shoal called N. Riff, and S. of that is a
small round shoal with a rock in the centre, not
named.

This map is contained in vol. i. of the Atlas Nouveau par le
S^ Satison et H, yaillot, Paris. No date of publication, but
probably about 1692.

S. 1700. Edni. Halley. Nova et accuratissima
totius terrarum Orbis Tabula Nautica. S. E. of Turks
is an oval shoal, not named.

In Ottens' Atlas Minor, vol. iv.

S. 1703. ler. Sellers and Ch. Price. A New

General Chart of the West Indies. Some distance
S. E. of Turks is a long and narrow shoal, widest
toward the west, which is named Ambrochos. S. of
it, and very near, is a small shoal not named. This
must be North Riff, the present Silver Bank, and not
Mouchoir Carre.

Found in Navigatium atque Itinerarhim Bibliotkeca, or a
covipleate Cottectian of Voyages, etc. John Harris, London,
1705, vol. ii., p. Soi.

1. 1703. Del Isle. Carte du Mexique et de la
Floride. A loose sheet. Mouchoir Quarri, a shoal
without islands. S. E. from it is a square island,
quite large, named Caico de Plata. A loose sheet
map by Homann has the same arrangement.

1. 1717. N. de Fer. Le Golfe du Mexique. A
loose sheet. Ouvre d^oeil ou Mouchoir QuarrS, a
diamond-shaped shoal without islands. E. of it
/. Caico de Plata.

There is a similar map in OUtiTis' Atlas Minor, vol. iv., 1730 (?).
It is called Carte de la Nouvelle France.

S. 1720. Herman Moll. Map in two sheets.
The second contains the West Indies. S. E. of
Turks. North Riff and South Riff as shoals ; no
others given.

Another map by Moll, a large chart of the West Indies, with-
out a date, but perhaps published in 1715, has only these two
shoals. An inscription near N. Riff runs : " Here Sir Wm.
Phips took up a vast quantity of silver from a Spanish Wreck
in 1685." The northernmost of the two parts into which Silver
Bank was formerly supposed to be divided is, after this time,
often named Phips' Plate. I have seen a map which placed the
scene of Phips' discovery off the coast of Venezuela. It will be
remembered that this recovery of treasure secured for the bluff,
illiterate, but ambitious seaman, his knighthood, and assisted him
to become the first Royal Governor of Massachusetts Bay, un-
der the charter of William and Mary.

S. 1722. Delisle. Carte d'Amerique. Loose
sheet. E. of Amana a large shoal. Another copy
printed by Covens and Ivlortier calls the shoal itself
Aumane.

S. 1722. C. Delisle. Carte de I'lsle de St. Do-
mimpte Drcssee en 1722 pour T usage dit Roy sur les
nuhnoires de M. Frezier Ingenietir de S. M. et autrcs
assujetis aux observations Astronomiques. E. of
Turques is a large shoal, irregularly diamond-shaped,
with incurving sides. The main body of the shoal
is named les Abrouilles ou Mouchoir Qitarri. The
extreme south point is named Basses de Babueca.
S. E. lies a smaller oval shoal, le Varret, and S. of
that another, Caye d'. Argent ou Bayo de Plata.

A loose sheet in the map portfolio "St. Domintro." (H.C.)
Also in " La Galerie a^reable djt Monde, etc. en LXVI Tomes.
Leide. Pierre Vander Aa, vol. ii. (no date — after 1763).

1726. Le Grand Dictionuaire G-^ogiaphique
et Critique par At. Briizen la Martiniere. [Ge-
ograplier to Philip V. of Spain.] 1 726-1 737. Ten
vols. i°. Vol. I. (1726). Article Abriojos. Ce mot
quisignifie Ouvrezlesyeux estle nom qii'on a donne

\ divers ecueils de la mer . . . Mr. De I'lsle ecrit
Abroxo le nom de I'isle ou ecueil qui est entre les
Lucaies au 22 d. de lat. au 308 d, de long, et a seize
lieues de la cote Sept. de I'isle de S. Domingue.
Vol. iii. 1730, under Caicos says, — lat. 21, N. of
Gulf of Samana, is a little island called Caico de
Plata.

4. 1730. Le S'"- d'Anville. Carte d'/sle de
Saint Domingue, etc., dress^e particulih'ement sur la
dcni^re Carte de Mr Frezier et sur les memoires de Mr.
Bullet. Par le S'' d'.Anville Oct. I7;i0. Mouchoir
Quarrl, a .shoal of irregular shape, lat. 21, long. 308,
contains four islands, the northernmost being the
largest, tliough that is small.

3. 1731, le S'^- d'Anville. Map contained in
r Histoire de Visle Fspagnole ou de S. Domingue par le
P. Pierre Francoy Xavicr de Charlevoix. Paris. 1730.
The map is dated 1731. It is like the large map Isy
the Ottens (see below), but has three islands in
Mouchoir QuarrL

5. 1'733. H. Popple. Map of North America,
in ig large and 5 small sheets. Abrotlio Shoal is
large, irregularly oval ; with axis E. and W. It con-
tains many reefs, or groups of rocks, but no islands.
S. E. lies a long and narrow shoal. North Riff (\n
the shoal are the words Plate IVreck). S. W., and
near to it, is South Riff, a round shoal.

S. 1740. Popple-Buache. Reduced from Pop-
ple, with corrections, by Phil. Buache. Les Abroilles,
le Varret, Caye d' Argent ou Bayo de Plata.

In P. Vander Aa's Galerie du Monde, vol. ii.

S. 1740. Stevens-Herrara. Map in The

General History of the Vast Continent and Islands of
America, etc., translated from Herrara by Capt. J.
Stevens. It is a correction of Herrara's map. Le
mouchoir is a small, nearly circular, shoal. It is
Herrara's " Abreojo " with tlie island left out.
S. W. of it are four islands.

S. About 1740? J. and R. Ottens. N(nja
Tabula exhibens insulas Cubam et Hispaniolavi vulgo
S. Domingo Dictam Instdas Lucaies sen Bahanavias,
etc. E. of Turks, les Abrolles oti Mouchoir Quarre,
a large irregular shoal oblong from N. E. to S. W.
A little !3. E. is the Cayes d Argent ou Aboard Rif,
and S. a small round shoal not named.

This map is found in the Atlas Af/wtjr published in four vols.,
by Josua and Reiner Ottens, at Amsterdam. It contains
maps by various authors and of various dates, the latest 1740 I
believe. Vol iv. contains six maps of the West Indies: two of
these have nothing E. of Turks. Another is ^^ Carte de la
Nouvelle France, etc., dressee siir les inenioires les plus 7ton~
veanx recneill^s ponr V ctal}lisseine7it de la contpagnie francoise
occideniale. This has Caico de Plata as in N. de Fer's map,
I7r7. There follow two copies of Blaeu's 1635 map, and finally
the above.

S. 1741. Beaurain. Loose sheet map of the
Atlantic Ocean. Paris.

S. 1742. Mouret and Page. A Neiu Chart of
the Bahama Islands and the Windward Passage.
E. of Turks is a large .shoal cut off by the eastern
edge of the map. It contains rocks, but no islands.
This is the earhest map I have seen which gives
soundings. They vary from 10 to 14 fathoms in the
shoal.

Contained in The English Pilot. The Ath Book. West
India Navigation/rom Hudson's Bay to the river Amazones.
The work containsal.^q A correct chart 0/ Hispaniola with the
■windward passage, by C. Price. This is Delisle's map of 1725.

3. 1746. le S''- d'Anville. Amerique Sefitentri-
onale in two sheets. E. of Turks is a triangular
shoal Mouchoir Quarrl with base S.E., containing

HISTORICAL HYDROGRAPHY OF THE HANDKERCHIEF SHOAL.

261

three islands ; the most easterly and largest, elbow-
shaped. S. E. two shoals, Caycs d' Argent.

Loose sheet ; also in La Galerie agriable du Monde^ Pierre
Vander Aa, vol. i.

3. 1747. Eman. Bowen. Atlas to Bowen's
Complete Systern of Geography (compiled from the
4th ed. of the Complete Geographer published un-
der the name of Herman Moll). AbroUio has three
isles. S. E. is Phyn's Plat.

The same map appears in Harris Voyages, 1764 ; ii. 38. There
is a map by Bowen, of 1733, which has isles in Mouchoir Carre.
1 have not seen it.

5. 1749. S'^- Robert di Vaugondy. hole
Antille. Fhzoletto Quadrado has five islands. S. E.
near Cape Samana, caye d^ Argent a shoal. N. E.
Vigies, a round shoal. In a loose sheet map by the
same there are six islands.

Contained in Staria degli Stal>ilimenti Europei in A vzerj'ca^
vol ii. Translation of Edmond Barke's A71 Account of the
European Setttejnents in America.

3. 1753. Thos. Jeiferys. Chart of the Atlantic
Ocean. Loose sheet. London. Obresio, a triangular
shoal with three isles. S. E. Phips or Silver Key,
S. of the latter a round shoal.

Fourth chart of a series of six. Found also in his Atlas of 1768
and Tater,

7. 1754. Bellin. Map in Allgemeine Historie
der Reisen zu Wasser und zu Lande, etc., Leipzig.
19 vols. Vicreckichte Schnupftuch, an oblique paral-
lelogram, contains six islands. S. E. lies the oblong
Silher Klippe with one island.

S. 1755. Michel Seligman. Loose map.
Abrollio shoal, — N. Riff; S. Riff.

3. 1755. Thomas Lopez y Juan de la Cruz.

Mapa Marititno del Golfo de Alexico e Islas de la Ame-
rica para el itso de los iVavagantes en esta parta del
7nundo. Loose sheet. El Fahuelo Quadrado has
three isles. The N. W. island has a rocky south-
east shore. Cayos de Plata has no islands.

S. 1757. Covens and Mortier. Map of

America after that by N. Witsen. Loose sheet.
Amsterdam. Caicos, Amara7ia, Abreio, are all
shoals.

5. 1757. J. Covens and C. Mortier. Archipe-
lagne dti Mexique. Amsterdam. I^oose sheet. S. E.
of Turks is an oblong shoal from W. to E., in which
are rocks, and a stranded vessel ; it is named Noi'th
Riff, Sir mil Peyp's Piatt Rack oti Ambroches. S. of
this is a diamond-shaped shoal named South Riff at
W. end and Mouchoir Quarre at E. end.

3. 1757. Covens and Mortier. L'Amerique
Septentrionale. Amsterdam. Loose sheet. Mou-
choir Qiiare with three islands, Cayes d^Ai'gent with
none.

4. 1760. Thos. Jefferys. Map of S. Domingo.
London. Loose sheet. Four islands in Mouchoir
Quarre.

1. 1760. Sanson-Robert. V Amerique Sep-
tentrionale et Meridionale par les S"- Sanson, recti-
fiee par le S' Robert. S. E. of Turks le Mouchoir
Quarre with one island.

Found in La Galerie a^riable du Mo7ide, by P. Vander Aa,
Vol. i.

6. 1760. S"" Robert de Vaugondy. Ame-
rique Septentrionale. Le Mouchoir Quarre has six,
islands. S. E., Caye d' Argent. N. E., Vigies,

In Vander Aa's Galerie du Monde, vol. i.

Isls. 1762. II Gazzetier Americano. 1763.
From an English original. London, 1662. Vol. ii-
p. 5 says there are islands in the Mouchoir Quarri,
but their number is uncertain.

Vol. ii. of this work, in a cop>; in the Astor Library, contains a
map which gives two islands in Abreojo. S. E. is Cayos de
Plata, a large group of rocks near St. Domingo.

1. 1763. Mat. Scutterius. North America.
A loose sheet. Ouvre d'Oeil, a diamond-shaped
shoal without islands. Directly E. an island /. Carco
de Plata.

The same arrangement occurs in an anonymous map in the
Parkman Collection, H. C. ; in a map in Ottens' Atlas, etc.

S. 1763. Delisle-Buache, l' Amerique. De-
lisle's map of 1722 corrected by Phil. Buache. An
unnamed shoal E. of Turks.

3. 1763? Email. Boiwen and John Gibson.

An accurate map of North America according to the
treaty of Paris 1763. In several sheets. Abreojo or
le Moitclioir Quarre has three islands. S. E., Cayos
de Plata or Silver Keys, also Phips Keys. E. Vigies.
Between the latter two this note : These are small
rocky islands with oozey shores, where small ships if
run aground are easily got off.

Contained in Thomas Jeffery's American Atlas, published by
Robert Sayer, 1768, in French and English.

3. 1763. Thos. Jefferys. Loose sheet. Abre-
sio has three islands.

5. 1765. I. Palairet and L. Delarochette.

North America. Loose sheet. Mouchoir Quarrd,
oval shoal, axis N. and S.

3. 1765. Isaak Tirion. Kaart van de onder-
konigschappen van Mexico, etc. Amsterdam. De
vierkantc Zakdock, an irregular triangle with three is-
lands. S. E. two shoals, Zilver Klippe7i.

Contained in Hedendaa^sche Historie 0/ Tc^eniuoordi^e
Siaat van Amerika. 1. Tirion. Amst. 1760. 3 vols. Vol. i.
p. 112.

3. 1768. Thos. Jefferys. A general Topog-
raphy of North America and the West Indies. This
Atlas contains the maps noticed under 1753 (Chart
of Atlantic), and 1760 (St. Domingo), besides two
new maps with three islands.

Jefferys was at work on a detailed Atlas of the West Indies,
but it was not published until after his death. See 1775.

3. 1770? Rizzi Zannoni. Carte Geo-hydro-
graphique du Golfe du Mexique, etc., el Pahuelo
Quadrado very irregular, with three isles, one ten or
twelve miles long. S. E. comes a shoal, Cayos de
Plata.

In Atlas moderne, etc., par pletisieurs Auteurs. Paris.

13. 1775. Thos. Jefferys. The West Iitdia
Atlas or a comprehensive description of the West Indies,
illustrated with forty correct charts and maps taken
from actual surveys. By the late Thos. Jefferys.
London, Sayer & Bennet. The most important map
is The Windward Passage from the East end of Cuba,
and the North part of St. Domingo. East of Turks
is a large irregular diamond-shaped shoal, with the
inscription : Banc du Mouchoir Quarri, called also los
Abrojos and for7tierly Baxos de Babueca. This Bank
IS very little known. The soundings are taken from
an English chart. It contains nine islands. Sound-
mg.s vary from 9 to 15 fathoms. S. E. are three
small islands called The three Keys, directly S. are
soundings with the note: Sounditigs taken by the
French ships in 1753, S. E. and near is an oblong
shoal narrowing toward the east, with one island in
the centre. Directly S. is a small oval shoal. Be-
tween these shoals the name : Cayes d' Argent.

262

HISTORICAL HYDROGRAPHY OF THE HANDKERCHIEF SHOAL.

Against the north shoal the names : La Grande Caye
oil Caye dit Nord called by the English Phips Plate
or Plate Wreck, also North Riff. Against the south
shoal the names : Caye du Sud or South Riff, also
Petite Caye. E. of these two shoals is a third small
one named Pracel. Due N. of the last, in lat. 21, is a
very small shoal, and the note : A shoal cohere the
Superb and Sr^'ern have anchored.* Sounding 8.

This atlas contains a Chart of the Atlantic Ocean whicll has
N. E. of Severn Slioal-a Rocky bank, where a Dutch ship was
•wrecked itt 1701. Toward the close of the century JefFery's
maps were published in several editions by Laurie and Whittle,
as in the IVesi India Atlas, i;gg ; the West India Islands, 1799 ;
and a complete Pilot of the IVcst Indies. No date, but tlie
maps are dated (like those iu the other two) 1794- 1" ^l^e map
of the it'indiuard Passage the words " or Sqtiare Handker-
chief" are inserted after " Mouchoir Quarr^ " in the titles of
that shoal, and there are only seven islands in it.

3. 1776. Thos. Jeiferys. Map of West Indies
and Central America. Scale 80 miles to an inch.
Ahreojo or le Mouchoir Quarri. Oblong shoal ; axis
N. E. to S. W. S. E., three islands. S. E., oblong
shoal, axis N. W. to S. E., named Cayos dc Plata,
also Phips Keys. S. a small shoal ; E. a small shoal ;
both unnamed. Between the Abreojo and the Cayos
de Plata is a note : These are small rocky islands 'with
oozey shores where small ships if run aground are
easily got off.

Contained in The A merican A tlas, composed fro'm numerous
surveys by Major Holland, Lewis, Evatis, Win. Scull, Henry
Monzon, Lieut. Ross, I. Cook, Michael Lane, Joseph Gilbert,
Gardner, Haltock, etc., by the late Thos. Jeffries. London.
1776.

4. 1777. Danville-Pownall. London. N.
and S. America in four sheets. E. S. E. from Turks
le Mouchoir Quarri or Abreojo with four islands.
S. E. Silver Keys, E. ' Vigics, both shoals without
islands.

3. 1777. Thos. Kitchin. Map of West Indies.
In Mouchoir Quarri, three or four isles. S. E., two
small shoals, La Plata Cayes.

In Robertson's History of America. 1777.

3. 1778. Wm. Russell. Map of West Indies.
Abreojo, by the French le Mouchoir Quarri, irregular,
three or more islands. E. S. E. two shoals, Cayos de
Plata or Silver Key. E., and at some distance,
small shoal, Vigia.

In History of A^nerica. Russell. London, i-j-ji. Vol. i.,
p. 516.

3. 1780. L. Denis. Carte du Golphe du Mex-
ique. After those made by order of the Courts of
France, Spain, and England. Loose sheet. Abreojo
oil le Mouchoir Quarri peu connu, a triangular shoal
with base N. and three islands. S. E., small shoal,
caye d' Argent ou Bayo de Plata.

6. 1780. Rigobert Bonne. Isle de Saint Do-
mingue. Mouchoir Carre, diamond-shaped with N. E.
and S. W. points elongated. Four isles. S. E.,
Cayes d' Argent, long shoal W. to E., with two
islands. S., small shoal not named.

No. 37 in the Atlas de Touies les Parties connues du Globe
Terrestre dressi pour V Histoire philosophique et politique des
Etahlissemeiits et du commerce des Europeens dans les d^ux
Indes par VAbbS Thomas Guillau?ne Francois Raynal.

12. 1782. Sayer and Bennet. A New General
Chart of the West Indies from the latest marine Jour-
nals and Surveys. London. Loose sheet. E. of
Turks Sqtiare Handkerchief vi\\.'h. eight isles. S. E.,
Triangle, a group of three islands. S. E., Phips'
Plate with one island and Silver Keys, a shoal.

* This was in 1745. I am informed that the shoal is not now
in existence.

8. 1782. Don Juan Lopez. Carta Nautica
que coviprehende los de se mbrocaderos al mar del
norte viniendo de la Jamaica, etc. Madrid. Loose
sheet. Los Abrojos, Baxos de Babueca 6 el Pahuelo
quadrado poco conocido. Shoal on a large scale ;
eight islands ; soundings 8-15. Like Jefferys' chart.

14. 1783. Andrew. New map of the West In-
dies. N. B. West Indies from, Lopez' s four-sheet map.
Cuba from a Spanish ms., all the sands from French
and Dutch charts. S. E. of Turks is a shoal, larger
than Turks, indistinctly diamond-shaped, named
Banc du Mouchoir Quarri or los Abrojos &^ formerly
Baxos de Babueca, Square Handkerchief, seven islands.
S. E., The Three Keys, three isles. S. E., Cayes d' Ar-
gent, consisting of two shoals, la Grande Cay or Caye
du Nord with one island, and Caye du Sud. Between
thein White Keys, three isles. E., Pracel ; N., in lat.
2\, A shoal.

3. 1784. Albert and Letter. A New and

correct map of North America with the West India
Islands. According to the treaty of Paris, 1783.
London. In three loose sheets. Abreojo or le
Mouchoir Quarri, oval from N. E. to S. W. Three
isles. S. E., two shoals near together, Cayos de Plata
or Silver Keys, also Phips' Keys. E., a shoal, Vigies,

3. 1785. Moithey. Amerique Septentrionale.
Loose sheet. Three islands in Mouchoir Quarre.
None in Cayes d^ Argent.

S. 1787. M. de Chastenet-Puys^gur. Le

Pilote de I'isle de Saint Domingue et des Debouque-
ments de cette isle comprenant 7tne carte de I'isle de
Saint Domingue et une carte des Dibouquements de-
pttis la caye d' Argent jusqu'h la partie ouest des
Isles Lucayes. Publii par ordre de Roi h Paris de
I'imprimerie royale, 1787. fo. Contains charts and
the ship's journal of the cruise of the C" de Chas-
tenet-Poisegur, Major des Vessaux de Roi, on the
corvette le Vautour 1784, 1785 made for the pur-
pose of exploration. The expedition cruised over
the Silver Bank, Mouchoir Quarre, and among
Turks and Caicos I. The Journal, §61 and §62,
gives positions and soundings for Silver Bank and
Mouchoir Carre. It reports shoals and reefs, but
no islands. Mouchoir Quarre, lat. 21°, long. 73°,
axis E. N. E. to W. S. W., contains two shoaler spots
on the northern edge. Cayes d' Argent is given as
one large shoal, the supposed division having been
proved not to exist.
The Journal was also published in 8" without maps.

1788. Diccionario G-eograiico Histdrico de

las Indias occidentales 6 America, etc., por el Coronal
Don Antonio de Alcedo. Madrid. 1788. Article
Paiiuelo Quadrado, vol. iv., p. 55, is as follows ;
Baxo grande de arena que hace esta figura, y tiene en
medio diferentes Isolates, alguitos los llaTnan las Abrojos,
y en il se han perdido muchas embarcaciones, estdn al
N. del Caba Raja de la Isla Espanola y al E. de los
Caicos.

There is an English translation by G. A. Thompson. London.
1814.

8. 1789. ,The American Pilot. Contains a
map of the West Indies taken from an English
publication of 1789. Square Handkerchief, irregular
diamond-shaped, five islands. S. E., Triatigle, three
isles. S. E., two shoals of similar shape with narrow
passage between them, Phips' Plate and Silver Key.

11. 1795. B. Edwards. Large map of West
Indies. Banc du Mouchoir Quarri or los Abrojos.
Baxos de Babueca. Square Handkerchief. Shoal of
rather oval form, axis N. E. to S. W. with seven
islands. S E., 3 AV;';', three islands. S.^., la Grande

HISTORICAL HYDROGRAPHY OF THE HANDKERCHIEF SHOAL.

263

Caye or Caye du Nord with one island. S., Caye du
Sud. E., Pracd. N., A Shoal.

This is contained in Bryan Edward's Histsry of the West
Indies. London. 1795. In 1796 the map was published in
reduced form by F. A. Giissefeld at Weimar in Sprengel's Ger-
man translation of Munoz's Nuovo Mojido. In 1810 a reduced
copy appeared in A Neiv Atlas of the British West hidies-with
a whole sheet map of the IV est India Islands^ etc., to accojn-
pa7ty the Pluladelphia edition of Edward^s History of the
West Indies. Charleston, iSio.

10. 1795. S^"- de la Rochette. Large map of
Nortli America, in three sheets. Le Mouchoir Quarri
or Abreojos, triangular with base to S. E., six islands.
E. N. E. of this and N. of Phips' Plate is Severn and
Superb Shoal. S. E. of Abreojos, 7>7a«_5r&,'three isles.
S. E., Phips' Plate with one island, and Silver Key.
E. N. E., Dutch Shoal., small.

I. 1795. Atlas to Guthrie's System of Geog-
raphy. London. Map. 24. One island in Mouch-
oir Carre.

The map that accompanies an American Edition of Guthrie
has six islands in Mouchoir Carr^, and the Triangle of three
islands.

11. 1796. Captain Robert Bishop, John
Stevenson and others. The Atlantic Pilot, London.
General map of West Indies. Mouchoir Carre has
eight islands. S. E., 77^1? three Keys. S. E., Phips'
Plate or North Riff^-ai South Riff. E., Pracel. N.,
Senium Shoal, the last four without islands.

The general map is not dated. One of the others was drawn
in 1765, The Special map of Turks was based on the survey of
tlie sloops "I'Aigle" and " i'Emeraude," in 1753, with later
corrections.

3. 1796. American Atlas. New York. Banc
du Mouchoir, three islands. S. E., la Caye du Nord.
E., Pracel.

3. 1796. Karte von Mittel Amerika oder West
Indien. Le Mouchoir Quarre has three islands.

3. 1796. Giissefeld. Nord- und Siid-Amerika.
Nurnburg. Shoal with three islands S. E. of Turks.

II. 1800. Jean Baptiste Nicolas Denis,

d'apres de Manneville. The Oriental Pilot or East
India Directory, etc. London. Map of the Atlan-
tic. Seven islands in Mouchoir Quarre ; three in
Triangle ; one in Phips' Plate. Severn Shoal is given.

22. 1802. C. G. Richard. Karte von Nord
Amerika. Weimar. Loose sheet. Mouchoir Qttarre
oder los Abrolhos contains seven islands. S. E., 3
Keys, three islands. S. E., Caye d'Argejit, three
quite large islands and eight or nine smaller ones.

S. 1803. A. Arrowsmith. Chart of the West
Indies and Spanish Dominions in North America. E.
of Turks is a round shoal without name or soundings.
S. of this and S. E. of Turks Mouchoir Quarre or
Abreojos, oblong from W. to E. ; no islands, but one
shoaler spot. Soundings are given. S. E., Bayo
de la Plata, one shoal as in Chastenet-Poisegur's
Charts. S. E., Bayo Navidad or Bank of the Nativ-
ity, an oval shoal with soundings 6 to 17. E. of
Mouchoir Quarre and N. N.E. of Navidad is Shoal
where ships have anchored.

S. 1802. Sorel. Carte Particuliere de I'isle de
Saint Domingue from ms. plans of C""- Sorel, In-
geneur des colonnes, Publiee par ordre du contre
Amiral Decres Ministre de la Marine et des Colonnes.
Paris. An. XL Only a corner of Mouchoir Carre
given. Cayes d' Argent has the form which Chastenet
Puysegur gives it.

S. 1806. Map of West Indies and Mexico.

Paris. Loose sheet. Mouchoir Qiiarri is cut by a
channel in the middle. S. E., Caye d' Argent. S. E.,
Caye de Noel, a shoal.

S. 1806. H. F. A. Stieler. Karte von West
Indien entworfen tend gezeichnet Nov. 1806. Niirn-
burg, 1809. Mouchoir Carrl divided into two parts.
S. L., Caye d' Argent and Bayo de la Plata. S. E.,
Bayo Navidad.

S. 1811. Pinkerton. Map of the West Indies.
Abreojos has no islands. S. E., Bayo de la Platai
S. E., Bank of the Nativity.

Contained in Pinkerton's Modern Geography, 3d ed. Lon-
don. 1811 ; p. 443-

S. 1814. S*"*- Lewis. AVall map of United
States and West Indies.

4. 1814. Karte von Nord Amerika. Wei-
mar Geographisches Institut. Loose sheet. S5. E.
of Turks, Sand Key, a shoal. E. S. E., four islands
named Mouchoir Quarri od. los Abrolhols. S. E.,
two round shoals, Caye d' Argent Nos u. N. W. sp.

7. 1822. Carey and Lea. Complete Historical,
Chronological, Geographical, American Atlas. Phila-
delphia. Map 35, West Indies, no islands in Square
Handkerchief. Map 40, Cuba and the Bahama
Islands, seven islands in Square Handkerchief, which
is oblong from W. to E.

5. 1838. Bradford. Atlas of the United States.

S. 1842. Morse. Atlas of the United States,
Same in 1845.

3.1849. Colton. Map of United States. Near
Mouchoir Quarre Passage, on the E., are traces of
three islands.

*jit* Maps, the date of which has not been ascer-
tained.

S. R. P. Labat. L'Jsle de Saint Domingue ou
Espagne. A loose sheet, but taken from a book.
Le Mouchoir Quarre oit Vouvre d' Oeil. Banc de Sable
et Roches sous VEau. A square shoal bearing the
word Concina.

S. Voogt and Keusen. Pas Kaart van West
Indien Belfende sov Deszelfts Vaste Kusten als a'Onder
behoorende Eylanden van de Noord Ocean door Vooght
Geometra, f Amsterdam, by Johannes van Keusen
Boek en Zee Kaart V^erkoper en Groadboogh maaker
aande Niewe-burgh inde Gekroonde Lootsman met
priviligie Voor 1 5 laaren. 2 vols. Special map. No.
iii., which is printed upside down, takes in Abreolo
off Baxos de Babueca, a large shoal E. of Tui'lcs,
diamond-shaped, with lines curving in. The Atlas
belongs in the latter half of the seventeenth century.

S. Map of the West Indies and part of the
United States. Before acquisition of Louisiana.
Mouchoir Quarri. S. E., Bayo de la Plata. S. E.,
Bayo Navidad.

13. M. Mentelle. Carte de Golfe du Mexique et
des Isles Antilles. Paris. Loose sheet. Square
Handkerchief, an irregular diagonal with nine islands.
S. E., Triangle with three islands. S. E., Phips' Plate
with one island. S., Silver Keys, no island.

*,jt* The following figures show the growth of the
belief that there were islands beyond Turks to the
S. E. : —

Of maps examined No islands are Islands are

dating in the given on given on

XVI Cent. 13 2

XVn "92

XVIII " ,5 44

XIX " (isthalf) 8 4

The map by Juan de la Cosa, that by Peter Martyr, and the
Portuguese Portulano, of 150J-4, are omitted as doubtful. Hon-
dius' map of 1600 (?), which shows one island, is classed in the
sixteenth century, but it may belong to the seventeenth.

Uhvavv of f attaru (JXtii^omitv*

Bibliographical Contributions.

EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR,

LIBRARIAN.

Into. 17.

CLASSIFIED INDEX

TO THE

MAPS IN THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY'S

PUBLICATIONS.

1830-1883.

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.;

Ismttt 62 tljE 3Lt'Iirarg at f^ar&arlj Uni&eraftg.

1886.

Already issued or in preparation :

A Star prefixed indicates they are not yet ready.

1. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of

Mercury.

2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems : a Bibliography of the Earlier Editions.

3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel-

angelo, with Notes.

4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several

pieces.

5. List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for

Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements.

6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College

Library, by the Honorable Charles Sumner.

7. William C. Lane. The Dante Collections in the Harvard College and Boston Public

Libraries.

8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library.
g. Geor^p Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different countries.

10. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibhography of the Publications of James Orchard

Halliwell-Phillipps.

11. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States.

12. A List of the Publications of Harvard University and its Officers, 1870-1880.

13. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects.

14. William H. Tillinghast. Notes on the Historical Hydrography of the Handkerchief

Shoal in the Bahamas.

15. J. D. Whitney. List of American Authors in Geology and Palaeontology.

16. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in Petermann's Geographische Mit-

theilungen. 1855-1881.

17. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in the Royal Geographical Society's

Publications. 1830-1883.

18. Justin Winsor. The Bibliography of Ptolemy's Geography.
*ig. Justin Winsor. The Kohl Collection of Early Maps.

20. William C. Lane. Index to Recent Reference Lists, 1884-1885.

21. A List of the Publications of .Harvard University and its Officers, 1880-1885.

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE PUB-
LICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY,
AND IN ASSOCIATED SERIALS.

1830-1883.

BY RICHARD BLISS,
Of the Redwood Library^ Newport^ R. L

The following index includes all the maps and plans published in the first and second series of the Proceedings, the yournal, and
the Supplementary Papers of the Royal Geographical Society, and in Ocean Highways and The Geographical Magazine.

The titles are taken fi-om the maps themselves, and are exact transcripts, with some exceptions in the matter of punctuation and
contractions. Titles framed to supply those wanting on the map are indicated by being enclosed in brackets. Indented titles in the
index show that the map so represented is enclosed within the border lines of the larger map. The measurements of the size of the
map include the outer border lines, the first one given being the one parallel with the title. Where the scale of the map was not
given on the original, an approximate scale has been calculated,' which is indicated by being enclosed in brackets.

In the early numbers or the Journal and Proceedings^ owing to the absence of , any indication as to the pages which the maps
were intended to face, it has been thought best to make the reference to the number of the article to which the map belongs ; and,
as in some of the volumes the numbering of the articles is duplicated or triplicated, reference to maps belonging to other than original
communications is shown by the use of (Anal.) and (Misc.), for the analytical and miscellaneous divisions of the work. The date in
the index entry is the year for which the volume is published, and not the imprint date, unless both are the same.

Provinces and islands, when remote from the political divisions to which they belong, are classed under the name of the country
or state in or near which they are situated. Owing to the lack of well-defined geographical divisions in some parts of Africa, the fol-
lowing arbitrary subdivisions have been made. The Nile Region extends from the Mediterranean to the loth parallel north latitude,
and includes Egyptian Sudan. Maps relating to the Nile south of this must be looked for under Eastern_ Equatorial Africa (iv. 8. b.).
Equatorial Africa embraces that portion of country lying between io° N. Lat. and io° S. Lat., and is divided into Eastern and West-
em on the 25th Greenwich meridian. South Africa is divided into the Tropical and Cape regions on the 20th parallel south latitude.
On the other hand, it has been found convenient to unite several distinct political areas, as in the case of the Balkan Peninsula, which
is made to comprise all the region formerly known as Turkey in Europe,- and in the division of Central Asia, which here includes all
the provinces lying between the Kirghiz Steppes on the north and Persia and Afghanistan on the south, and between East Turkestan,
India, and the Caspian Sea.

Following are the symbols used for the various works embraced in the index ; P., Proceedings, first series; Pp., Proceedings,
second series; J,, Journal ; S. P., Supplementary Papers ; O. H., Ocean Highways, first series ; O. Hh., Ocean Highways, second
series; G. M., Geographical Magazine.

I. THE EARTH.

1. Cartographic Projections.

2. The Earth in General.

II. EUROPE.

1. General.

2. Great Britain.

3. Belgium and the Netherlands.

4. France.

5. Spain.

6. Austria-Hungary.

7. Balkan Peninsula.

8. Greece.

9. Scandinavian Peninsula.
10. Russia.

XI. Caucasia.

III. ASIA.

1. General.

2. Asiatic Turkey.

3. Arabia.

4. Persia.

5. Central Asia.

6. Afghanistan and Baluchistan.

7. India.

8. Siberia.

g. Chinese Empire.

a. East Turkestan.

b. Tibet.

c. Mongolia, Manchuria, and Korea.

d. China.

10. Japan.

11. Farther India.

X2. East Indian Archipelago.

Synopsis of the Classification.

IV. AFRICA.

1. General.

2. Barbary.

3. Sahara.

4. Sudan (excepting Egyptian Sudan).

5. Nile and Red Sea Districts.

6. Abyssinia and Somali.

7. Upper Guinea and Senegambia.

8. Equatorial Africa.

a. Western.

b. Eastern.
g. South Africa.

a. Tropical region,

b. Cape region.
xo. Islands.

V. AUSTRALASIA.

1. Australia in General.

2. West Australia.

3. North Australia.

4. South Australia.

5. Queensland.

6. New South Wales.

7. Victoria.

8. New Guinea.
g. New Zealand.

VI. NORTH AMERICA.

z. Alaska.

2. British America.

a. Northern region.

b. Canada.

c. Labrador and Newfoundland.

3. United States.

4. Mexico.

5. Central America.

6. West Indies.

VII. SOUTH AMERICA.

1. General.

2. Colombia and Venezuela.

3. Guiana.

4. Ecuador.

5. Peru.

6. Bolivia.

7. Brazil.

8- Paraguay and Uruguay.

g. Chili.

10. Argentine Republic.
£1. Patagonia.

VIII. POLAR REGIONS.

1. North Polar Region.

a. American.

b. European.

2. Greenland.

3. Iceland.

4. Spitzbergen. _

5. Novaia Zemlia.

6. Franz Josef Land.

7. South Polar Region.

IX. OCEANS AND ISLANDS.

1. Atlantic Ocean.

2. Mediterranean Sea.

3. Indian Ocean.

4. Pacific Ocean.

X. MISCELLANEOUS.

1. Astronomical.

2. Magnetic.

3. Thermometric.

4. Meteorological

5. Geological.

6. Botanical.

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE

I. THE EARTH.

I. Cartographic Projections.

1. [Map-diagram to illustrate Sir J. F. W. Her-
schel's paper on a new projection of the sphere.]
Size, 31.5 X 19.1 cm. J. xxx. i860. P. 104.

2. [Map-diagram to illustrate Sir Henry James's
communication on the projection used in the topo-
graphical department of the War Office for maps
embracing large portions of the earth's surface.]
Size, 38.4 X 19.2 cm. J. xxx. i860. P. 106.

3. Diagram showing the application of table [of
radii of parallels and degrees of longitude] to the
projection of a portion of the surface of the earth
(including Europe) north of the parallel of 30°.
Scale, 15 deg. = in. Size, I2 X 13.8 cm.

J. xxx. i860. P. III.

4. Chart of the world illustrating Gall's projection.
Equatorial scale [ca. 4082 m. = in.]. Size, 16.2 X
II. I cm. P. XV. 1870-71. P. 159

2. The Earth in General.

5. Part of a terrestrial globe made at Nuremberg
in 1492 by Martin Beham, in which it is supposed
the islands are laid down in the same way as in the
map used by Columbus in his first voyage. Scale
[ca. 1770 m. = in.]. Size, 12 X 17.7 cm.

J. xviii. 1848. Art. vi.

6. [Diagram representing the midsummer posi-
tion of the earth, to illustrate a paper by W. E.
Hickson on the climate of the north pole.] Size, ca.
10 X 10 cm. J. XXXV. 1865. P. 131.

7. Chart of the world illustrating Gall's projection.
Equatorial scale [ca. 4082 m. = in.]. Size, 16.2
X ii-i cm. P. XV. 1870-71. P. 159.

8. Approximate sketch of the geographical distri-
bution of caoutchouc-yielding trees. By James Col-
lins, F. B. S. Edin. Equatorial scale [ca. 1063
m. = in. J. Size, 47.4 X 15.4 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P- 67.

9. Chart showing the di'itribution of saUness in
the ocean. Equatorial scale [ca. 2560 m. = in.].
Size, 29.8 X 16.5 cm. J. xlvii. 1877. P. 73.

10. [Map of the world showing] lines of equal
magnetic variation, or declination (isogonic lines).
1878. Scale [ca. 3170 m. = in.] Size, 21.7 X 11. 2
cm. P. xxii. 1877-78. PI. I. P. 216.

11. Terrestrial magnetic meridians, and curves of
equal dip, or inclination (isoclinal lines). 1878.
Size, ca. 19.5 X ii-5 cm.

P. xxii. 1877-78. PI. 2. P. 216.

12. The earth's magnetism, as shown by :

1. The distribution of lines upon the earth's sur-
face passing through points of equal total force.
(1878.)

2. The position of the magnetic poles a'nd the
line of no dip, or the magnetic equator.

3. The regions of blue and red magnetism. Size,
ca. 22 X 13 cm. P. xxii. 1877-78. PI. 3. P. 216.

13. Isochronic passage chart for travellers, show-
ing the shortest number of days' journey from Lon-
don by the quickest through routes, and using such
further conveyances as are available without un-
reasonable cost. It is supposed that local prepara-
tions have been made and that other circumstances
are favorable. By Francis Galton, F. R. S. Equa-
torial scale, [ca. 2900 m.=in.]. Size, 22.1 X 13-1 cm.

Pp. iii. 1881. P. 704.

II. EUROPE.

I. General.

14. Proposed overland route to India. Scale,
325 m. = in. Size, 54.8 X 24.8 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 48.

15. A map showing the relation of Cyprus to the
adjacent coasts. Scale [ca. 230 m. = in.]. Size,
15.1X11-5 cm. G. M. V. 1878. P. 221.

2. Great Britain.

16. Index to the Ordnance Survey of England
and Wales. Scale, i : 3,168,000 [50 m. = in.].
Size, 18.9 X 24.8 cm. P. iv. 1859-60. [No. 4!]

17. Map of Great Britain shewing the distribu-
tion of Roman Catholics, and of Roman Catholic
chapels, convents, and monasteries. By E. G. Raven-
stein, F. R. S. Scale [ca. 45 m. = in.]. Size, 25.2
X 41.6 cm.

London and environs. Scale [ca. 8 m. =3 in.]. Size, 7 X
6.8 cm.

G. M. i. 1874. P. 104.

18. Census of British isles, 187 1. Scale [ca. 64 m.
^ in.]. Size, 23.4 X 26.6 cm.

a. Local element of population of counties and towns.

P- '73. . .

d. The Irish element in Great Britain and Irish-speaking
population in Ireland. P. 176.

c. Migration within the limits of England and Wales, Scot-

land, Ireland, and the islands in the British seas.
P. 201.

d. Migration compared with local element of population.

P. 229.

e. Increase or decrease of population, 1861-1871. P. 229.
y. Increase or decrease of the natives of counties throughout

the United Kingdom, 1861-1871. P. 231.
£-. Local element of population of entire counties. P. 231.
G. M. iii. 1876. P. 173-231.

19. Map of the British isles, shewing the state
of the Ordnance Survey on the 31st Dec'r, 1875.
Scale, [ca. 64 m. = in.]. Size, 23.4 X 26.6 cm.

G. M. iii. 1876. P. 192.

3. Belgium and the Netherlands.

20. Nieuport and its surrounding country [West
Flanders]. Scale, i: 40,000 [3,333-33 ft. = in.]..
Size, 39.6 X 24.9 cm.

Battle of Nieuport [A.D. 1600]. Scale, 142 yds. := in.
Size, 14. 1 X 14. 4 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 240.

21. [Thesiegeof Ostend, A.D. 1601-1604.] Scale,
460 yds. = in. Size, 15.5 X 13.I cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 371.

4. France.

22. Sketch of the valley of Beaufort, and the
adjacent portions of Upper Savoy. Scale, 4 m. =
in. Size, 20 X 16.3 cm. J. xxv. 1855. P. 190.

5. Spain.

23. Columbretes rocks near the coast of Va-
lencia, by Captain W. H. Smyth, R. N., K. S. F.,
F. R. S. Scale [3036 ft. = in.]. Size, 12.2 X 16.8
cm. J. [i.] 1830-31. Art. v.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.

6. Austria-Hungary.

24. Map to accompany notes on the lower course
of the Danube, by Major J. Stokes, R. E. 1859.
Scale, 15 m. ^^ in. Size, 18.7 X 10.6 cm.

J. XXX. i860. P. 162.

7. The Balkan Peninsula.

(Exclusive of Greece.)

25. The Gulf of Arta [Albania]. Surveyed in
1830. Drawn by Lieutenant James Wolfe, R. N.
Var'n 14.16 W. Scale [ca. 3 m. =i in.] Size, 28.7
X 24 cm. J. iii- 1833. Art. v.

26. Ruins of Limnsea [Greece]. Scale, wanting.
Size, 8.9 X 9.2 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. v.

27. Ruins at Camarina [Albania]. Scale, want-
ing. Size, 8.7 X II cm. J. iii. 1833. ^''^- ^■

28. Argos Amphilocicum [Greece]. Scale, want-
ing. Size, 7.9 X lo.i cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. v.

29. Map of Mount Athos, 1833. Scale [ca. 8 m.
= in.]. Size, 12.2 X 19 cm. J. vii. 1837. P. 72.

30. The northern frontier of Greece, 1834. Scale,
II m. == in. Size, 31.6 X i9-5 cm.

Enumeration of the line of landmarks [northern frontier of
Greece]. Scale [11 m. = in.]. :Size, 23.6 X 6.6 cm.

J. vii. 1837. P. 94.

31. Map of Albania by Count Fedor ICaraczay,
colonel in the Austrian service. 1842. Scale, 19.5
m. = in. Size, 24.5 X 34 9- cm.

J. xii. 1842. Pt. i. Art. iii.

32. Survey of the isthmus of Mount Athos, by
the officers Of H. M. S. Beacon. To illustrate a
paper on the canal of Xerxes, by Lieutenant T.
Spratt, R. N. Scale, 600 yds. = in. Size, 25.3 X
18 cm. J. xvii. 1847. Art. iv.

33. Map to illustrate a paper on the passes of the
Balkan, or Mount Hsemus, by Lieutenant-General
A. Jochmus. Scale, ii m. = in. Size, 30 X 20 cm.

J. xxiv. 1854. P. 36.

34. Sketch of the marches of Darius and Alex-
ander to the Danube, and the passage of the Balkan,
by Marshal Diebitch. 1847. Scale, 48 m. = in.
Size, 1 1.8 X 20 cm. J. xxiv. 1854. P. 36.

35. Sketch of the communications between Se-
limne and Kazan [Balkan Mts.J. Scale, 13.5 m. =
in. Size, ca. 8 X 4.5 cm. J. xxiv. 1854. P- 63.

36. Sketch of the country between Kustenje and
Chernavoda, showing the Kara-sii lakes ; to illustrate
a paper on the requirements necessary to render
a water communication practicable. By Captain
Spratt, R. N. Scale, ca. 5 m. = in. Size, 19.6 X
8.1 cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 203.

37. Map to accompany notes on the lower course
of the Danube, by Major J, Stokes, R. E. 1859.
Scale, 15 m. = iii. Size, 18.7 X 10.6 cm.

J. xxx. i860. P. 162.

38. Map of Epirus, to acconipany the paper by
Major R. Stuart. Scale, 12.33 m. = in. Size, 29.8
X 32.6 cm. J. xxxix. 1869. P. 276.

39. Geological map of eastern Turkey, by F. von
Hochstetter. Scale, i: 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.].
Size, 34.7 X 24 cm. O.Hh. i. 1873. P. 328.

40. Sketch of the seat of war [in Servia, Mon-
tenegro, etc.], illustrating the military operations
during July, 1876. Scale, i : 2,000,000 [31.57 m. =
in.]. Size, 26.9 X 23.8 cm.

' G. M.iii. 1876. P. 210.

41. [Maps of part of eastern Europe occupied by
the Turks.] Turkey in Europe.

a. Muhammedans. Scale [ca. 79 m. = in.]. Size, 24.3
X 16.2 cm.

6. Political divisions. Scale [ca. 79 m. = in.]. Size, 24.3
X i6.2 cm.

c. Nationalities. According to Dr. Kiepert. Scale [ca.

79 m. = in.]. Size, 24.4 X 16,2 cm.

d. Density of population. Scale [ca. 79 m. =r in.]. Size,

24.4 X i6.2 cm.

G. M. iii. 1876. P. 257.

42. A map of the seat of war in European
Turkey. Chiefly from the Austrian map. Scale,
7 m. = in. Size, 55.7 X 50.7 cm.

G. M. iv. 1877. P. 251.

43. Proposed changes in the territorial bounda-
ries of European Turkey. Map illustrating articles
I., IIL, VI. of the preliminary treaty. Scale, 48 m.
= in. Size, 43.2 X 31.7 cm.

G. M. V. 1878. P. loi.

44. Map to illustrate the Treaty of Berlin. Scale,
52 m. = in. Size, 41.7 X 54.3 cm.

a. Map of Armenia^ to illustrate articles 58, 59, 60 of the

Treaty of Berhn. Scale, 52 m. = in. Size, 17.8 X
17.2 cm.

b. A map showing the relation of Cyprus to the adjacent

coasts. Scale [ca. 230 m. ^ m.]. Size, 15.1 X

11.5 cm.

G. M. v. iS

P. 221.

8. Greece.

45. The northern frontier of Greece, 1834. Scale,
II m. = in. Size, 31.6 X 19.5 cm.

Enumeration of the line of landmarks [northern frontier of
Greece]. Scale [11 m. = in.]. Size. 23.6 X 6.6 cm.

J. vii. 1837. P. 94.

46. Minoa and ISTisaea in the Gulf of ^Egina, by
Mr. T. A. B. Spratt of H. M. S. Beacon, 1837.
Scale, 3648.5 ft. = in. Size, 19.9 X 16.4 cm.

J. viii. 1838. P. 208.

47. Santorin island, ancient Thera, surveyed by
Captain Thomas Graves, F. R. G. S., H. M. S.
Volage, 1848. Hydrographic Office, F. B. Archi-
pelago. Scale [ca. 1267 yds. = in ]. Size, 34.7 X
42 cm. J. XX. 1851. Art. i.

48. The islands of Milo, Anti-Milo, Kimolo, and
Polino, surveyed by The Right Honorable Lord
John Browne, under the direction of Captain Thomas
Graves, H. M. S. Volage, 1849. Hydrographic
Office, F. B. Archipelago. Scale, ca. 1.2 m. = in.
Size, 55.9 X J5.3 cm. J. xxii. 1852. Art. xiv.

49. Remains and ruins of the ancient town of
Melos (MHA02). By Mr. G. R. Wilkinson, R. N,,
H. M. S. Volage. 1848. Scale, 650 ft. = in. Size,
18.3 X 12.7 cm.

Enlarged sketch of the catacomhs. Scale, wanting. Size,
4.4 X 4.4 cm.

J. xxii. 1852. Art. xiv.

50. Movements of the Macedonian army at the
taking of Thermus. Scale [ca. 4.8 m. =.in.]. Size,
19.6 X 12.3 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. i.

51. Sketch of the passage of the defile of Mene-
laibn by Philip of Macedonia. Scale, 355 yds. =
in. Size, 12.3 X 19.6 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. ii.

52. Sketch of the expedition of the Gauls under
Brennus against Thermopylae and Gallium. Scale
[ca. 4.4 m. = in.]. Size, 19.5 X 124 cm.

J. xxvii. 1857. P. 13.

53. Sketch of the battle of Marathon. Scale,
3200 yds. = in. Size, 12.3 X 18.8 cm.

J. xxvii. 1857. P. 16.

54. Plan of Sellasia and military sketch of the
environs and the field of battle. Scale, 390 yds. =
in. Size, 19.5 X 32.3 cm. J. xxvii. 1857, P. 34.

55. Plans of several antiquities re-discovered in

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE

Laconia and Cynuria in following the route of Pau-
sanias from Tliyreatis to Sparta.

A. The temple of Jupiter Scotitas. Scale, 9.5 yds. ^ in.

Size, 19 X 6.8 cm.

B. The site of that temple in the oak forest of Scotita.

Scale, 200 yds. = in. Size, 7,5 X 3.5 cm.

C. The temple of Apollo at Thornax. Scale, 9.5 yds. =: in.

Size, 6.8 X 3.1 cm.
E. View of the Trophy of Hercules (or tombs of Hippocones
and his sons). Scale, 9.5 yds. =1 in. Size, 13.1 X
7.1 cm.

J. xxvii. 1857. P. 43.

56. Military sketch of a part of Laconia and
Cynuria, showing the sites of the antiquities and
cities mentioned by Pausanias between the Hermae
and Sparta, and explaining the strategic movements
of the ancients in that part of Greece. Scale, 3250
yds. = in. Size, 19.7 X 27.5 cm.

J. xxvii. 1857. P. 47.

9. Scandinavian Peninsula.

57. Map of the coasts of Norway and Lapland,
to illustrate Lieutenant G. T. Temple's paper.
Scale [ca. 92 m. = in.]. Size, 39.8 X 34.7 cm.

Pp. ii. 1S80. P. 336.

10. Russia.

58. The Uralian mountains (from 51° to 60°
N. Lat.). Compiled from various Russian MS.
maps, as well as those of Humboldt, Helmersen,
etc., by Roderick I. Murchison, V. P. R. S. . . . and
John Arrowsmith, F. R. G. S. Scale, 35 m. = in.
Size, 37 X 48.5 cm. J. xiii. 1843. Pt. ii. Art. v.

59. Map of the Sea of Azov, the Putrid sea, and
the adjacent coasts, to illustrate a paper by Captain
Sherard Osborn, R. N. 1857. Scale [ca. 35.4 m. =
in.]. Size, 24.2 X 18.6 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. 133.

60. Map of Russian Lapland. Drawn from the
original map made by Professor J. A. Friis by
George T. Temple. Scale, i: 2,200,000 [34.72 m.
= in.]. Size, 26.8 X 34 cm.

Pp. ii. 1880. P. 656.

II. Caucasia.

61. Part of Georgia and Armenia, to illustrate
Colonel Monteith's journal. Scale [ca. 40 m. =
in.]. Size, 35.2 X 33- 5 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. i.

62. Sketch map to illustrate Professor Abich's
paper on the climatology of the Caucasus. Scale
[ca. 240 m. = in.]. Size, 19.4 X 10.9 cm.

J. xxi. 1851. Art. i.

63. Map of the seat of war in Asia. Scale,
1 : 750,000 [11.84 m. = in.]. Size, 56.1 X 38 cm.

G. M. iv. 1877. P. 147.

III. ASIA.

I. General.

64. Sketch shewing the routes of Lieutenants
Conolly and Burnes [in Central Asia]. -Scale [ca.
187 m. = in.]. Size, 28.3 X 19.5 cm.

J. iv. 1834. Art. yiii. (Anal.).

65. Proposed overland route to India. Scale,
325 m. = in. Size, 54.8 X 24.8 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 48.

66. Map shewing the routes of the British India
and of the Netherlands' India Steam Navigation
Companies. Compiled by E. G. Ravenstein, F. R.
G. S. Scale, i : 40,000,000 [631.31 m. = in.]. Size,
35.6X23.1 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P- 50S-

67. Skeleton map to illustrate notices of ancient
sea-route to China. Equatorial scale [ca. 1190 m.
= in.l. Size, 18.3 X 10.7 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 651.

2. Asiatic Turkey.

(Exclusive of the Red Sea Provinces^

68. Part of Georgia and Armenia, to illustrate
Colonel Monteith's journal. Scale [ca. 40 m. = in.].
Size, 35.2 X 33 5 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. 1.

69. Sketch of a route through part of Armenia
and Asia Minor, by James Brant, Esq., H. M. Consul
at Erzrum. 1836. Scale, 50 m. = in. Size, 29.9
X 20 cm. J. vi. 1836. P. 222.

70. Sketch of routes in Asia Minor, 1836. Scale,
48 m. = in. Size, 12.4 X 13-9 cm., and 12.4 X 5.5
cm. J. vii. 1837. P. 60.

71. Routes in Asia Minor, by W. G. [J.] Hamilton,
Esq., in 1836. Scale [55.3 m. = in.]. Size, 26.1 X
19.3 cm. J. viii. 1838. P. 156.

72. Sketch of the Cilician and Syrian passes
[Asia Minor]. 1838. Scale, 14 m. = in. Size, 11.7
X 15.9 cm. J. viii. 1838. P. 194.

73. Map to illustrate Major Rawlinson's route
from Zohab to Khuzistan, in 1836. Scale, 50 m. = in.
Size, 23.1 X 19.6 cm. J. ix. 1839. P. 116.

74. Part of Asia Minor, to illustrate the route of
W. Ainsworth, Esq. [from Scutari to Vezir Kopri],
1839. Scale [45 m. = in.]. Size, 22.2 X 14.4 cm.

[Plan of Eregll and neighbourhood.] Scale, 2700 ft. = in.
Size, 7.2 X 6.4 cm.

J. ix. 1839. P. 276.

75. Part of Arabia Petrasa and Palestine. By
Heinrich Berghaus, 1839. Scale, 13 m. = in. Size,
19 X 33-3 cm.

Plan of Sur. Scale, 700 yds. =:i in. Size, 6.4 X 6.4 cm.
J. ix. 1839. P. 310.

76. The Tigris between Baghdad and M6sul.
By Lieutenant J. [H.] B. Lynch, In. Navy, shewing
also the routes of Messrs. Ross and Forbes. 1839.
Scale, 37 m. = in. Size, 21.5 X 23.8 cm.

Ground plan of the city of Al Hadhr, Scale, wanting.
Size (diam.), 7 X 7.1 cm.

J. ix. 1839. P. 476.

77. Asia Minor and Armenia, to illustrate routes
of Mr. Ainsworth, Mr. Brant, Mr. Suter, and Lord
Pollington. 1840. Scale, [45 m. = in.]. Size, 41.6
X 26 cm. J, X. 1 841. P. 489.

78. Map of central Kurdistan, to illustrate Mr.
Ainsworth's visit to the Chaldeans in 1840. Scale,
15 m. = in. Size, 38.7 X 37.7 cm.

J. xi. 1841. P. 21.

79. [Sketch showing the relation of the NahrawAn
to the Tigris near Khan Nahrawan, Baghdad.] Scale,
wanting. Size, 9.5 X 3 cm. J. xi. 1841. P. 123.

80. [Sketch showing the position of the ancient
Sasanian fort of Kadisiyah, near Kaim, Baghdad.]
Scale, "wanting. Size, 9.5 X 3 cm.

J. xi. 1841. P. 128.

81. [Plan of Till Wali'jah, near Malwiyah, Bagh-
dad.] Scale, 270 paces = in. Size, 8.5 X 6 cm.

J. xi. 1841. P. 130.

82. [Plan of the Band on the ''Adhem, Jebal
Hamrfn.] Scale, wanting. Size, 9 X 5.5 cm.

J. xi, 1841. P. 132.

83. Topographical survey of the plain of Troy,
by Captain Graves, T. A. B. Spratt, Esq., and other
officers of the Royal Navy ; with the ancient sites as
determined on the spot, by Dr. P. W. Forchhammer.
Drawn by John Arrowsmith. Scale, 2.25 m. = in.
Size, 24.1 X 31.7 cm. J. xii. 1842. Pt. i. Art. ii.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.

84. Part of Caiia and Lycia; by R. Hoskyn,
Esq., Master of H. M. S. Beacon 1841-42, illus-
trative of his paper. Scale [ca. 9 m. = in.]. Size,

29.7 X 19.5 cm. J. xii. 1842. Pt. ii. Art. i.

85. Dr. Forbes' route from Mesh-hed to the
Heri Rud, near Lake Zerreh. Protracted from his
journal, by J, Arrowsmith. 1841. Scale, 42 m. =
in. Size, II. I X 20.1 cm. J. xiv. 1844. Art.x.

86. [Slcetch of the place where a Latin inscription
at the River Lycus, in Coele-Syria, was found, de-
termining the position of the city of Abila.] Scale,
■wanting. Size, ca. 9.5 X 6 cm.

J. XX. 1851. Art. ii.

87. Map to illustrate " Outlines of a journey in
Palestine in 1852," by the Rev. Dr. E. Robinson.
Scale [ca. 17 m. = in.]. Size, 19.5 X 33.8 cm.

J. xxiv. 1854. P. I.

88. Map of Damascus, Hauran, Anti-Libanus,
etc., to illustrate a memoir by the Rev. J. L. Porter,
A.M. Scale [ca. 20 m. = in.]. Size, 18.3 X 19.3
cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 43.

89. Palestine. Map to illustrate Mr. Poole s
journey to the Dead sea, 1856. Scale [ca. 12 m. =
in.]. Size, 15.3 X 19.2 cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 55.

90. Map of Chaldsea, Susiana, etc., to illustrate
journeys to several ancient remains ; and also to the
determination of the River Eulseus of the Greek
historians. By William Kennett Loftus, Esq. 1856.
Scale [ca. 39 m. = in.]. Size, 34.7 X 20 cm.

J. xxvi. 1856. P. 131.

91. Map to illustrate explorations in the desert
east of the Hauran, and in the ancient land of
Bashan; by Cyril C. Graham, Esq. 1858. Scale,
19 m. = in. Size, 19.3 X ii.i cm.

J. xxviii. 1858. P. 226.

92. Map of Syria, etc. ; shewing the routes of
Dr. Charles T. Beke, 1861-62. Scale [ca. 21.5 m.
= in.]. Size, 17.5 X 19.9 cm.

Traditional sites, etc. Scale [ca. 25 m. ^ in.]. Size, 3.7
X 5.1 cm.

J. xxxii. l86» P. 76.

93. Map of part of Kurdistan, illustrating the
journeys and researches of "Mr. Consul Taylor.
Scale, 13 m. = in. Size, 39.3 X 31.3 cm.

J. XXXV. 1865. P. 21.

94. Plan of the ruins of Arzen (Emporium Arza-
nenorum) [Kurdistan]. Scale, 800 paces = in.
Size, ca. 10 X 9 cm. J. xxxv. 1S65. P. 26.

95. Plan of Grot church (8 feet high), near
Dibeneh [Kurdistan]. Scale, 20 ft. = in. Size, ca.
11X7 cm. J. xxxv. 1865. P. 38.

96. Plan of Hatem Tai castle (ancient Sisau-
ronon) [Kurdistan]. Scale, wanting. Size, ca. II
X 6.5 cm. J. xxxv. 1865. P. 52.

97. Map showing the levelling from the Medi-
terranean to the Dead sea, executed by Captain
Wilson, R. E., under the direction of Sir Henry
James, R. E., F. R. S., Director of the Ordnance
Survey. Scale, 1.29 m. = in. Size, 91.9 X 33.1 cm.

J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 201.

98. Trigonometrical survey of a part of Mesopo-
tamia from Sheriat el Beytha (on the Tigris) to Tel
Ibrahim, to accompany the paper by Lieutenant
J. B. Bewsher. Scale, 4.43 m. = in. Size, 26 X

31.8 cm.

Sketch niap showing supposed positions of some places of
historical interest. Scale, 20 m. = in. Size, 6.3 X
8.2 cm.

J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 160.

99. Maps illustrating a tour in Armenia, Kur-
distan, and upper Mesopotamia. By J. G. Taylor,
H. M. consul for Kurdistan. Scale, 12.5 m. = in.
Size, 43.8 X 29.7 cm.

[Ras el Ain and Veyran Shehr to Diarbekr.] Scale, 12.5
m. = in. Size, 13.9 X 19.3 cm.

J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 281.

100. The peninsula of Mount Sinai. A sketch
from observations on the ground, by the Rev. F. W.
Holland, M. A. London: Stanford's Geographical
Establishment. 1868. Scale, 8 m. = in. Size, 41.3
X 40.7 cm. J. xxxix. 1869. P. 343.

101. Sketch map to accompany the paper by
M. Rorit, on the identification of Mt. Theches (of
Xenophon). Scale, 15 m. = in. Size, 18.8 X
18 cm. J. xl. 1870. P. 463.

102. Route map of the Tulul el Safa, from ob-
servations taken in May, 1871, by R. F. Burton,
F. R. G. S., and C. F. Tyrwhitt- Drake. Scale,
11.33 ™' = in. Size, 21.2 X 16.9 cm.

Plan of the cave at Umm Nirin [El Tellul]. Scale, 118 ft.
= in. Size, 3.2 X 5.3 cm.

J. xlii. 1872. P. 49.

103. Sketch map of the Anti-Libanus, from ob-
servations taken in 1871 by C. F. Tyrwhitt-Drake,
F. R. G. S., to accompany Captain Burton's paper.
Scale, 4.7 m. ^ in. Size, 20.5 X 31.9 cm.

J. xlii. 1872. P. 408.

104. Original map of the country east of Smyrna,
showing the railways to Kassaba and Aidin, princi-
pally from surveys by C. E. Austin, C. E. Drawn
by E. G. RavSnstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, 1 : 500,000
[7.88 m. = in.]. Size, 44.4 X 30.9 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P- 8.

105. Physical map of Palestine, to accompany
the paper by Major C. W. Wilson, R. E. Scale,
21.5 m. = in. Size, 21.6 X 33.2 cm.

J. xliii. 1873. P. 207.

106. Map of the seat of war in Asia. Scale,
I : 750,000 1^11.84 m. = in.]. Size, 56.1 X 38 cm.

G. M. iv. 1877. P. 147.

107. The administrative divisions of the Vilayet
of the islands of the White sea [yEgean sea]. Scale,
48 m. = in. Size, 21.2 X 24.1 cm.

[Map of Cyprus.] Scale [ca. g6 m. ^= in.]. Size, 5.3 X
3-5 cm.

G. M. V. 1878. p. 165.

108. Map of Cyprus. 1878. Scale, 9 m. = in.
Size, 41.5 X 25.2 cm. G. M. v. 1878. P. 201.

109. Map of Armenia, to illustrate articles 58, 59,
60 of the Treaty of Berlin. Scale, 52 m. = in.
Size, 17.8 X 17.2 cm. G. M. v. 1878. P. 221.

110. A map showing the relation of Cyprus to
the adjacent coasts. Scale |ca. 230 m. = in.].
Size, 1 5.1 X 1 1.5 cm. G. M. v. 1878. P. 221.

111. Map of the Land of Midian, constructed
from reconnaissances and surveys made by officers of
the Egyptian General Staff under the command of
Captain R. F. Burton. 1878. Scale, 15.5 m. = in.
Size, 33.2 X 45.8 cm.

a, [Sketch of the Red sea and the adjacent coasts.] Scale
[ca. HOC m. := in.]. Size, ii.i-X 17.2 cm.

i. Port Duraayghah. Lat. 26" 38' N. Scale [ca. 3800 ft.
= in.]. Size, 11 X 14.2 cm.

J. xlix. 1879. P. I.

3. Arabia.

(Including the Turkish Red Sea Provinces^

112. The Red sea, from the late surveys. 1835.
Scale [ca. 195 m. = in.]. Size, 11.3 X 17.4 cm.

J. V. 1835. P. 296.

113. Red sea, to illustrate Lieutenant Wel[l]-
sted's papers. Scale [ca. 94 m. = in.]. Size, 12.7
X 18.8 cm. J. vi. 1836. P. 96.

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE

114. Reduced sketch of native Indian chart [of
part of the Red sea and Gulf of Aden], to illustrate
the paper by Lieutenant A. Burnes, E. I. C. S.
Scale [ca. 306 m. = in.]. Size, 17.4 X 5 cm.

J. vi. 11536. P. 113.

115. Sketch of a route to the ruins o£ Nakab al
Hajar, on the southern coast of Arabia. Scale,
13 5 m. = in. Size, ca. ii X 12 cm.

J. vii. 1837. p. 32.

116. Map of Oman in Arabia. Scale, 22.5 m. =
in. Size, 40.6 X 39 3 cm.

J. vii. 1837. P. 112.

117. Sketch of the northern route from Mokha
to Saiia, by J. G. Hulton, M. D., and C. J. Crutten-
den, Indian Navy. 1S36. Scale, 31 m. = in.
Size, 25 X 19.9 cm. J. viii. 1838. P. 288.

118. Part of the south coast of Arabia. From a
survey by Captain Haines, Indian Navy, and the
officers of the Palinurus, 1839. Scale [118 m. =
in.]. Size, 36.5 X 18.7 cm.

Plan of Aden. Scale, 2.5 m. rz in. Size, 11. 7 X 7-7 cm.
J. ix. 1839. P. 156.

119. Part of Arabia Petraea and Palestine. By
Heinrich Berghaus, 1839. Scale, 13 m. = in. Size,
19 X 33-3 c'*!-

Plan of Sur. Scale, 700 yds. = in. Size, 6.4 X 6.4 cm.

J. ix. 1839. P. 310.

120. Sketch of the Kuria-Muria islands [Arabian
coast], to illustrate Dr. Hulton's paper. Scale, 42.8
m. = in. Size, ca. 11. 5 X 16 cm.

J. xi. 1841. P. 1 1;6.

121. Survey of part of the south east coast "of
Arabia by S. B. Haines, Commander, Indian Navy.
Scale [ca. 45 ra. =: in.]. Size, 36.4 X 31.6 cm.

J. XV. 1845. Art. ii.

122. Survey of part of the south east coast of
Arabia, to illustrate Captain Saunders' paper. Scale
[ca. 46 m. = in.]. Size, 36 X 31. i cm.

J. xvi. 1846. Art. vii.

123. Map of the northern part of Arabia. Shew-
ing the routes of Mr. G. A. Wallin. Scale [ca. 62
m. ^in.]. Size, 23.3 X i8 cm.

J. XX. 1851. Art. xxi.

124. Map of the northern part of Arabia, shew-
ing the routes of Mr. G. A. Wallin. Scale [ca. 74
ra. = in,]. Size, 23.4 X 18 cm.

J. xxiv. 1854. P. 206.

125. Map of Arabia, shewing the routes of W. G.
Palgrave, Esq., in 1862-63. Scale, 172.8 m. = in.
Size, 23.6 X 17 cm. J. xxxiv. 1864. P.m.

126. Map of part of Arabia, showing the route
of Lieutenant-Colonel Pelly. Scale, 80 m. = in.
Size, 23.6 X 18.9 cm. J. xxxv. 1S65. P. 169.

127. Map of the southern coast of Arabia, shew-
ing the route of Captain S. B. Miles and Werner
Munzinger in 1870. Scale, 30 m. = in. Size, 26.6
X 17-3 cm. J. xli. 1871. P. 210.

128. [Sketch map of the countries bordering the
southern portion of the Red sea and the Gulf of
Aden, to show the districts producing myrrh.] Scale
[ca. l86 m. = in.]. Size, 12 X 7.9 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. II.

129. Map of the vicinity of Aden, to accompany
the paper by Captain G. J. Stevens. Scale, 3.8 m.
= in. Size, 20.8 X 19.5 cm. J.xliii. 1873. P. 295.

130. A map of south western Arabia. By E. G.
Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, i: 2,000,000 [31.57
m. = in.]. Size, 40.1 X 24 5 cm.

[Map of the peninsula and harbour of Aden and vicinity.]
Scale, 18 m. = in. Size, 6.7 X 5.5 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 397.

131. Map of part of Yemen (Arabia) by Dr. C.
Millingen. Scale, 18 m. = in. Size, 24.3 X 18.4
cm. J- xliv. 1874. P. 119.

132. Map of part of Yemen [Arabia] (from Nie-
buhr), to accompany the paper by Dr. C. Millingen.
Scale, 18 m. = in. Size, 23.9 X 18.5 cm.

J. xliv. 1874. P. 119-

133. Map of northern and central Arabia, to
illustrate Mr. Blunt's paper, ' A visit to Jebel Sham-
mar.' Scale, 60 m. = in. Size, 25.8 X 21.7 cm.

Pp. ii. 1880. P. 144.

134. Sketch map of the Jebel Shammar, by W.
S. Blunt, Esq. Scale, 26.5 m. = in. Size, 21.6 X
14.5 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 144.

4. Persia.

135. Sketch [of the eastern shore of the Persiati
gulf and the southern shore of Baluchistan] to illus-
trate the memoir by Lieutenant G. B. Kempthorne,
E. I. C. M. Scale [ca. 139 m. = in.]. Size, 24.7 X
10.8 cm. /■ V. 1835. P. 284.

136. Kurdistan and part of Persia, to illustrate
the routes of Lieutenant-Colonel Shiel, Major D'Arcy
Todd, and Mr. T. Thomson. 1838. Scale, 64 m.
= in. Size, 24.4 X 19.4 cm.

J. viii. 1838. P. 112.

137. Map to illustrate Major Rawlinson's route
from Zohab to Khiizistan, in 1836. Scale, 50 m. =
in. Size, 23.1 X 19-6 cm. J. ix. 1839. P. 116.

138. Map of Major H. C. Rawlinson's route from
Tabriz by Takhti Soleiman to Giian ; and to illus-
trate his memoir on the Ecbatana of Atropatene.
1838. Scale, 54 m. = in. Size, 30.8 X 20.8 cm.

Ground plan of Takhti Soleiman, or the Ecbatana of Atro-
patene. Scale, 640 yds. = in. Size, 8 X 6.6 cm.

J. X. 1841. P. I.

139. Map of central Kurdistan, to illustrate Mr.
Ainsworth's visit to the Chaldeans in 1840. Scale,
15 m. = in. Size, 38.7 X 37.7 cin.

J. xi. 1841. P. 21.

140. Routes in Kirman, Jebal, and Khorasan, to
illustrate Sergeant Gibbons' journal. Scale, 73 m.
= in. Size, 21 X 20 cm. J. xi. 1841. P. 136.

141. Map to illustrate Baron C. A. de Bode's
route from Kazerun to Shushter, through the coun-
tries of the Mamaseni, Khogihi, and Bakhtiyari tribes
in 1841. Scale, ca. 25 m. = in. Size, 23.4 X 19.8
cm. J. xiii. 1843. Pt. i. Art. iii.

142. Rough sketch of the River Kartin, to illus-
trate Lieutenaiit Selby's paper. 1842. Scale, 19
m. = in. Size, 11. i X 19.7 cm.

J. xiv. 1844. Art. xii.

143. Map to illustrate Mr. Layard's paper on
Khtizistan. Scale, 51 m. = in. Size, 23.1 X 19.8
cm. J. xvi. 1846. Art. i.

144. Part of the Jerahi river [Khtizistan] with
its canals. Scale [ca. 3.6 m. = in.]. Size, 12.2 X
20.4 cm. J. xvi. 1846. Art. I.

145. Map to illustrate geographical notes taken
during a journey in Persia in 1849 arid 1850 ; by
Keith E. Abbott, Esq., H. M. Consul at Tehran.
Scale, 44 m. := in. Size, 26.3 X 19.6 cm.

Mr. Abbott's route from Tehrdn to Ktim. Scale [ca. 55 m.
= in.]. Size, 6.8 X 5.4 cm.

J. XXV. 1S55. P. I,

146. Map to illustrate notes on rotates, from
Bushire to Shiraz, by Lieutenant-General Monteith ;
and from Shiraz to Darab and thence to Kazertin,
by Consul Keith E. Abbott, 1850. Scale, 30 m. =
in. Size, 24.6 X I9.8 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. 108.

147. [Map to illustrate Mr. Loftus's paper, " On
the determination of the River ' Eulseus ' of the

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.

Greek historians."] Scale [ca. 30 m. = in.]. Size,
14.3 X 10.3 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. 121.

148. [Plan showing the bifurcation of the Kerlchah
river near Hawiza, Khi'izistan.] Scale [ca. 5 m. =
in.]. Size, ca. 11 X 5 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. 130.

149. Persia. Map to illustrate routes from
Teheran to Herat, and from Teheran to Bushire, by
Captaia Claude Clerk. Scale, 71 m. = in. Size,
2S.8 X 20 cm. J. xxxi. 1861. P. 64.

150. Map of the island of Kishm, to accompany
the paper by Lieutenant-Colonel Lewis Pelly. Scale,
96 m. = in. Size, 18 X 11 cm.

J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 251.
_ 151. Sketch map of Beluchistan and eastern Per-
sia, to accompany the papers by Colonel F. J. Gold-
smid, C. B., and J. W. Barns, Esq , C. li. Scale,
100 m. = in. Size, 33.7 X 19.6 cm.

J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 269.

152. Map of eastern Persia, to illustrate the
paper by Major-General Sir F. J. Goldsmid. Scale,
50 m. = in. Size, 23.5 X 34.7 cm.

J. xliii. 1873. P. 65.

153. Map of Seistan, to accompany the paper by
Major-General Sir H. C. Rawlinson. Scale, 21 m,
= in. Size, 23.5 X 19.2 cm. J. xliii. 1873. P- 273.

151. Map shewing the position of Hormiiz island
with reference to the Persian coast, and the other
old European settlements in the vicinity. From
actual survey by A. W. Stiffe, late Lieutenant R. N.
Scale, 2.25 m. = in. Size, 21. r X 25,1 cm.

G. M. i. 1874. P. 12.

155. Bird'-s-eye view of Hormiiz, from " Astley's "
collection. — Island of Hormuz or Orraus. Scale
[ca. :.i m. = in.]. Size, 22.8 X 14 cm.

G. M. i. 1874. P. 12.

156. North end of Hormuz island, shewing site
of ancient towns, etc. Scale, looa ft. = in. Size,

239 X 25 3 cm.

G. M. i. 1874. P. 12.

157.' Map of portions of Persia and Turkistan,
shewing the routes of Colonel V. Baker and Lieu-
tenant W. J. Gill. Scale, i : 2,000,000 [31.57 m. =
ill.]. Size, 42.1 X 22.4 cm.

[Enlarged map of the Atrek and tributaries from Shahabad
to Sison.] Scale, 13 m. :r in. Size, 10. i X 4.4 cm.

G. M. i. 1874. P. 272.

158. A map of the northern frontier of Kho-
rassan, with parts of Irak and Mazandaran, to illus-
trate reports by Captain the Hon. G. Napier, on
siJecial duty in Persia. Reduced for the Royal
Geographical Society of London from the original
prepared by order of Her Majesty's Secretary of
State for India. 1876. Scale, 16 m. ^ in. Size,
67.1X41.2 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 63.

159. Route map from Jask to Bampiir, to accom-
pany the paper by Mr. E. A. Floyer. Scale, 25 m. =
in. Size, 19.3 X 23 5 cm. J. xlvii. 1877. P. 189.

160. Map of IChorasan, and neighbouring coun-
tries, illustrating the paper by Lieutenant-Colonel
C. E.- Stewart, 5th Punjab Infantry. Compiled
from Lieutenant-Colonel Stewart's survey, from maps
by Major the Honorable G. Napier, Major-General
J. T. Walker, Surveyor-General of India, and the
Russian Topographical Department, 1881. Scale,
23 m. = in. Size, 82.7 X 62.5 cm.

Pp. iii. 1881. P. 576.

161. The boundary between Russian and Per-
sian territory. Reduced from a map furnished by
the Russian Minister in Teheran to the Persian
Government, December, 18S1. Scale, 1 : 2,100,000
r^^.24 ra. = in.]. Size, 18. 1 X 10.2 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 214.

162. A mai5 of a route along the Alburz moun-
tains between Tehran,- Astrabad, and Shahrud, from
plane table surveys executed in i88l and 1S82, by

Lieutenant-Colonel Beresford Lovett, R. E. Scale,
8 m. = in. Size, 71.6 X 30.6 cm.

Pp. V. 18S3. P. 120.

163. Routes in south western Persia, surveyed in
the years 18S: and 1882 by Captain H. L. Wells,
R. E. Scale, 8 m. = in. Size, 58.5 X 53 cm., and
65 X 53 cm.

a. Sketch of obstruction to navigation of Kanui river at
Ahwaz. Scale, 2i;o yds. = in. Size, 22.5 X 21.5 cm.

i Plan of rock cutting discovered at Kadani Gah in the
Merv Dasht, May, 1881. Scale, 20 ft. = in. Size,
ca. n X 13 cm.

Pp. V. 1883. P. 184.

164. Sketch map of the River Mand or Kara-
Aghatch, [Farsistan]. Scale, 32 m. = in. Size, 19
X 108 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 713.

165. Sketch [of Turkestan and surrounding re-
gions], to illustrate the paper by E. Stirling, Esq.,
1835. Scale [ca. 245 m. = in.]. Size, 15.4 X 17.6 cm.

J. V. 1835. P. 304.

166. Survey of the Sea of Aral by Commander
A. Butakoff, Imperial Russian Navy, 1848 and 1849.
Scale [ca. 52 m. = in.]. Size, 11.7 X 18.9 cm.

J. xxiii. 1853. Art. iv.

167. Two sections of the map of George Ludwig

von [embracing parts of Caflimir and

ICafiristan]. Reduced to one fourth. (From a
tracing sent to the Society by M. de Khanikof.)
Scale [ca. 13 m. = in.]. Size, 21.9 X 199 cm.

P. X. 1S65-66. [P. 311.]

168. Summer route from Leh (Ladak) lo the
city of Yarkund. From Leh to the Karakoram
])ass compiled from the records of G. T. Survey of
India; from the Karakoram to Yarkund, from the
journal of Moonshee Mahamad-i-Hamid, by Captain
T. G. Montgomerie, R. E. Scale, 42.5 m. = in.
Size, 11.9 X 18.9 cm. J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 157.

169. The Bolor mountains and upper sources of
the Amu-Daria; explanatory map to article on the
Pamir, by M. Veniukof. (Translated from the map
in the journal of the Imp. Geographical Society of
St. Petersburg, 1861.) Scale, 35 m. = in. Size,
35 X 38.6 cin. J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 249.

170. Map of the delta and mouths of the Amu-
Daria, from a sketch map by Admiral A. Boutakoff
(Russian Navy). Scale, 17 m. = in. Size, 23 6 X
19.7 cm. J. xxxvii. 1S67. P. 152.

171. Map to accompany paper on the Bolor high-
lands, by M. Veniukof. Scale, 55 m. = in. Size,
17.5 X 19.1cm. P. xiii. 1868-69. [P. 343]

172. Central Asia. Map to illustrate the expe-
dition of Mr. A. Fedchenko to the Zarafshan valley,
in i86g. Scale, 18 m. = in. Size, 23.4 X 16 i cm.

J. xl. 1870. P. 448.

173. Sketch map of the trans-Indus countries,
including Gilgit, Dilail, Yassin, etc., by Geo. J. W.
Hayward. Scale, 16.66 m. = in. Size, 31.9 X
26.2 cm. J. xli. 1871. P. I.

174. Map of the route from Badakshan across
the Pamir-steppe to Kashgar, with the southern
branch of the upper Oxus, from the survey made by
the Mirza in 1868-69; to accompany the paper by
Major T. G. Montgomerie, R. E., F. R. G. S. Scale,
33 m. = in. Size, 39.8 X 25.4 cm.

J. xli. 1871. P. 132.

175. Map showing route from Peshawur, through
Chitral to Faizabad in Badakshan, from the explo-
ration made by a sapper havildar during 1870, tc
accompany the paper by Major T. G. Montgomerie,
R. E.j F. R. G. S. Scale, 16 m. = in. Size, 18.9
X 38. 2 cm. J. xlii. 1872. P. 180.

176. [Chinese map of the Upper Oxus.)

No. I. Extract from the Chinese map as it is. [Shaded to
indicate] the portion in vvhich derangement has
occurred. Scale [ca. 138 m. ^ in.]. Size, 14.7
X 9.8 cm.

lO

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE

No. 2. Larger extract from the Chinese map. [Shaded to

show] the deranged portion adjusted. Scale [ca.

138 m. ^ in.]. Size, 28.6 X 16.2 cm.
No. 3. Map according to modern data, sliowing the places

represented in the Chinese map. Scale [ca. 138

m. = in.]. Size, 14.7 X 13.5 cm.

J. xlii. 1872. P. 438.

177. Photographic reduction of a Chinese map
of the upper Oxus region, with autograpli transcrip-
tions by Julius Klaproth, to wliom it belonged.
Scale [ca. 57 m. = in.]. Size, 46.3 X 34.7 cm.

J. xlii. 1S72. P. 438.

178. Central Asia, western part [showing the
routes from India to East Turlcestan]. Scale [ca.
120 m. = in.]. Size, 30.7 X 22.1 cm.

O. H. ii. No. 5. 1872. P. 140.

179. Map of Maghian [Zarafshan], by M. Fed-
chenko. Scale, 6.77 m. = in. Size, 26.8 X 19.1 cm.

J. xliii. 1873. P. 263.

180. Map of the country o£ the upper Oxus.
Scale, 50 m. = in. Size, 31.4 X 21 cm.

O. H. ii. No. 12. 1873. P- 374-

181. Map illustrating a paper on the region be-
tween the Caspian sea and the River Oxus. Com-
piled by E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale,
1 : 9,000,000 [142.04 m. = in.]. Size, 15.7 X 24.4 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. I.

182. The country between Krasnovodsk and
Khiva, shewing the routes reconnoitred in 1871 by
Captain Sl<obelef, compiled by E. G. Ravenstein,
F. R. G. S. Scale, 1: 3,000,000 [47.35 m. = in.].
Size, 24.2 X 159 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 5.

183. Map of Kokand, and the upper Syr Daria.
Compiled by A. P. Fedchenko, in 1872. Scale,
I : 2,715,000 [42 85 m. =in.]. Size, 43.8 X 29.6 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 198.

184. Map of the Pamir steppe and neighbouring
di.stricts ; to illustrate the letters of Colonel Gordon
and members of the Kashgar mission. Scale [ca.
50 m. = in.]. Size, 11 X 17.9 cm.

P. xviii. 1873-74. P. 429.

185. [Sketch map of the Russian province of
Amu Daria.] Scale, 163 m. = in. Size, 7.8 X
23.1 cm. G. M. i. 1874. P. 56.

186. Sketch map of the frontier districts of
Kashgar and Russia. By E. G. Ravenstein. Scale,
I : 6,000,000 [94.7 m. = in.]. Size, 25.6 X 176 cm.

G. M. i. 1874. P. 194.

187. Map of portions of Persia and Turkistan,
shewing the routes of Colonel V. Baker and Lieu-
tenant W. J. Gill. Scale, i : 2,000,000 [31.57 m. =
in]. Size, 42.1 X 22.4 cm.

[Enlarged map of the Atrek and tributaries from Shahabad
to Sison.] Scale, 13 in. = in. Size, jo.i X 4-4 cm.

G. M. i. 1874. P. 272.

188. Khanate of Khiva, after Russian sources
by Major Herbert Wood, R. E. Scale, 9 m. = in.
Size, 74.6 X 60.9 cm. J. xlv. 187^. P, 367.

189. Mouths and lower courses of Amii [Turkes-
tan]. (17th century and subsequently.) Scale [ca.
30 m. = in.]. Size, 10.7 X 9.1 cm.

J. xlv. 1875. P- 368.

190. Lower courses of Amti Darya [Turkestan]
1848-59 (after Boutakoff). Scale [ca. 30 m. = in.].
Size, 10.7 X 9.1 cm. J. xlv. 1875. P' 3™'

191. Plan of whirlpools [near the junction of the
Kuldun with the Ulkun branch of the Amii]. Scale,
120 ft. = in. Size, ca. 6 X 5 cm.

J. xlv. 1875. P. 372.

192. Kichkine mouth of Ulkun Darya. Scale
[ca. 600 ft. = in.]. Size, ca. 4 5 X 4.5 cm.

J. xlv. 1S75. P- 372-

193. Lake Aral, after Admiral Boutakoff. Scale
[ca. 48 m. = in.]. Size, 10.9 X 16.7 cm.

J. xlv. 1875. P. 401.

194. [Sketch of the region south of Lake Aral.]
Survey of 1873. Scale [ca. 38 m. = in.]. Size,
11.9X9.9 cm. J. xlv. 1875. P- 406.

195. Central Asia, constructed from the latest
English and Russian documents, adapted to recent
astronomical observations ; by J. Arrowsmith. 1872.
Scale, 102 m. = in. Size, 48.5 X 32.9 cm.

J. xlv. 1875. P- 420.

196. Skeleton map of the countries between
Kashmir and Panjkorah, including Chilas, Kandia,
and other districts of Dardistan. Compiled from
the maps and researches of Lieutenant D. G. Rob-
inson, Captain H. G. Raverty, H. W. Bellew, Col-
onel H. C. Johnstone, G. J. W. Hayward, Colonel
H. L. Thuillier, Colonel J. T. Walker, Major T. G.
Montgomerie ; itineraries collected by Dr. G. W.
Leitner, and other sources, by E. G. Ravenstein,
F. R. G. S. June, 1875. Scale, i : 500,000 [7.88 m.
= in.]. Size, 61.9 X 40.8 cm.

G. M. ii. 1875. P. 232.

197. Map of part of central Asia, showing the
routes of the Russian Hissar expedition, the Havil-
dar, and the Mullah, 1874-75. Principally from the
last edition of Colonel Walker's map of central
Asia by E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale,
1 : 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 35.6 X 26.6 cm.

G. M. ii. 1875. P. 336.

198. Map of Khokand (Ferghana). Scale, 1:
1,500,000 [23.67 m. = in.]. Size, 31. 1 X 24.7 cm.

G. M. iii. 1876. P. 85.

199. Map of Hissar and Kulab [Buchara]. Based
upon the astronomical positions determined by
Schwarz and the surveys of Lieutenant Vish-nevski,
members of the expedition commanded by Major
Mayeff, 1875. Scale, 13.5 m. = in. Size, 46.1 X
30.4 cm. G. M. iii. 1876. P. 329.

200. Map of central Asia, to accompany the
paper by Captain H. Trotter, R. E., on the geo-
graphical results of Sir T. D. Forsyth's mission to
Kashghar, 1873-74. Scale, i : 2,000,000 [31.6 m. =
in.]. Size, 51.4 X 45.6 cm.

J. xlviii. 1878. P. 173.

201. The Hindu Kush, and passes between the
Kabul and Oxus. Scale, 24 m. = in. Size, 44.4
X 28.9 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 160.

202. Map of the Turcoman steppe and northern
Khorassan, to illustrate Sir H. Rawlinson's paper,
' The road to Merv.' Scale, 70 m. ^ in. Size,
24 X 21.2 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 224.

203. Map of Kafiristan [to illustrate a paper by
Colonel H.C. Tanner.] Scale, 15 m. = in. Size,
28.9 X 20.2 cm. Pp. iii. i8Si. P. 320.

204. Map of Khorasan, and neighbouring coun-
tries, illustrating the paper by Lieutenant-Colonel
C. E. Stewart, 5th Punjab Infantry. Coinpiled from
Lieutenant-Colonel Stewart's survey, from maps by
Major the Honourable G. Napier, Major-General
J. T. Walker, Surveyor-General of India, and the
Russian Topographical Department, 1881. Scale,
23 m. ^ in. Size, 82.7 X 62.5 cm.

Pp. iii. 1881. P. 576.

205. The boundary between Russian and Persian
territory. Reduced from a map furnished by the
Russian Minister in Teheran to the Persian Gov-
ernment, December, iS8i. Scale, i :' 2,100,000
[33.24 m. = in.]. Size 18.1 X 10.2 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 214.

206. Route map of a journey in the province of
Darwaz (Bokhara), from a sketch by A. Regel,
18S1. Scale, 30 m. = in. Size, 19 X 10.6 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 413,

207. The Tejend oasis and roads to Merv. Com-
piled from the latest surveys and information by
Colonel Baron Aminof. Scale, 26.4 m. = in. Size,

24.8 X 19-2 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 56

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.

I I

208. Sketch map of the country between the
Had Rud and Murghab river. Scale, 35 m. = in.
Size, 10.9 X 19.1 cm. Pp. v. 1883. [P. 56.]

209. Part of Central Asia, showing the territory
between the Zarafshan and Amu-Daria rivers.
Chiefly compiled from the latest Russian docu-
ments, to illustrate Mr. Delmar Morgan's paper.
Scale, 13.8 m. = in. Size, 67.3 + 42.8 cm.

S. P. i. Pt. 2. 1884. P. 338.

6. Afghanistan and Baluchistan.

210. Sketch [of the eastern shore of the Persian
gulf and the southern shore of Baluchistan] to illus-
trate the memoir by Lieutenant G. B. Kempthorne,
E. I. C. M. Scale, [ca. 139 m. = in.]. Size, 24.7
X 10.8 cm. J. V. 1835. P. 284.

211. Sketch of routes in Kach'hih Gandava, to
illustrate a paper communicated by Captain Postans,
A. P. A. 1841. Scale, 28 m. ^ in. Size, 11.3 X
18.5 cm. J. xiv. 1S44. Art. xi.

212. Map showing recent acquisitions to the
geography of the districts bordering the British
trans-Indus frontier between Peshawur and Dera
Ishmael Khan. Compiled under the superintend-
ence of Major J. T. Walker, F. R. G. S., Superin-
tendent G. T. Survey. Scale, 30 m. = in. Size,
239 X 19-3 cm. J. xxxii. 1862. P. 303.

213. Map of the coast from Kurrachee to Gwa-
dur, showing the route traversed by Major Goldsmid
and party. Scale, 15 m. = in. Size, 54.4 X 16.6
cm. J. xxxiii. 1863. P. 181.

214. Sketch map of Beluchistan and eastern
Persia, to accompany the papers by Colonel F. J.
Goldsmid, C. B., and J. W. Barns, Esq., C. E.
Scale, 100 m. = in. Size, 33.7 X 19.6 cm.

J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 269.

215. Map of Seistan, to accompany the paper by
Major-General Sir H. C. Rawlinson. Scale, 21
m. = in. Size, 23.5 X 19.2 cm.

J. xliii. 1873. P. 273.

216. Map of a portion of Afghanistan. From
surveys made before the evacuation of Candhar and
Cabul. By Lieutenant William Fraser Tytler, Dep-
uty Assistant Quartermaster-General. Scale, 26 m.
= in. Size, 48.4 X 29.9 cm. G. M. i. 1874. P. i.

217. Map of the north-west frontier of India and
eastern Afghanistan. Scale, 34 m. = in. Size, 30.5
X 37.2 cm. G. M. V. 1878. P. 256.

218. The Kaibar, Karkatcha, and Kurram passes.
Scale, 16 m. = in. Size, 44.4 X 24.5 cm.

G. M. V. 1878. P. 277.

219. The Bolan, the Mula, and other passes.
Scale, 15 m. = in. Size, i5.i X 27.2 cm.

G. M. V. 1878. P. 304.

220. The Sulimani mountains on the Afghan
frontier of British India. Based on Major Wilson's
map, collated with other authorities. Scale, 24 m.
:= in. Size, 42.4 X 53.2 cm. Pp. i.- 1879. P. 80.

221. The Hindu Kush, and passes between the
Kabul and Oxus. Scale, 24 m. = in. Size, 44.4
X 28.9 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P- 160

222. Sketch map of a portion of the march of
the Tal-Chotiali field-force from Kandahar to India
in the spring of 1879. Compiled from personal
observation and from information obtained by Lieu-
tenant R. C. Temple, B. S. C. Scale, 8 m. = in.
Size, 72.7 X 31.8 cm. J. xlix. 1879. P. 191.

223. The Helmund river [Afghanistan]. Scale,
24 m. = in. Size, 33.3 X 4°-S cm.

Pp. i. 1879. P. 224.

224. Map of the Pishin valley and upper basin
of the Lora, constructed from the surveys and
reconnaissances executed by officers attached to the

forces serving in southern Afghanistan, 1879, col-
lated with Major Wilson's map by W. J. Turner.
Scale, 1 : 506,880 [8 m. = in.]. Size, 41.9 X
29 6 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 272.

225. Map of the country between Sind and Can-
dahar, showing the course of the proposed railway,
constructed from the recent surveys executed by
officers attached to the forces serving in southern
Afghanistan, collated with the most authentic ma-
terial, by W. J.- Turner. Scale, I: 1,520,640 [24
m. ^in.J. Size, 37.2 X 32.4 cm.

Pp. ii. 1880. P. 656 [592].

226. Sketch map of the country between the
Hari Rud and Murghab river. Scale, 35 m. = in.
Size, 10.9 X 19-1 cm. Pp. v. 1883. P. 56.

7. India.

227. Mouths of the Ganges, to illustrate account
of the Cossyah country. Scale [ca. 35 m. = in.].
Size, 19.9 X 19 cm. J. ii. [1832] Art. vii.

228. A map of the Indus and Punjab rivers from
the sea to Lahore. By Lieutenant Burnes, Ast.
Resident at Cutch. Scale, 47 m. = in. Size, 31.6
X 46.3 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. ix.

229. Sketch to illustrate paper on Cochin. Scale
[ca. 31 m. = in.]. Size, 20.9 X 19. i cm.

Cochin harbour. Scale [ca. 1.8 m. = in.]. Size, 7.8 X
9.9 cm.

J. iii. 1833. ^^^- "• (Misc.).

230. The Paurabum passage. Gulf of Manaar.
1830. Scale, 3700 ft. = in. Size, 27 X 19.9 cm.

[Sketch of southern India and Ceylon, to show the position

of the Paumbum passage.] Scale [ca. 73 m. = in.].
Size, II X 4-8 cm.

J. iv. 1834. Art. i.

231. Sketch of part of the Himma-leh mountains,
to illustrate the paper by Captain Johnson. Scale
[ca. 19 m. = in.]. Size, 16.3 X 19.3 cm.

J. ivT 1834. Art. iii.

232. A map of the Indus and Punjab rivers with
the southern jjortion of Rajpootana, by Lieutenant
Burnes, of the Bombay Army. Scale, 46 m. = in.
Size, 31.7 X 36.1 cm. J. iv. 1834. [Art. v.]

•233. Kashmir and the northern part of the Pan-
jab, by Baron Charles Hiigel, 1836. Scale, 53 m. =
in. Size, 19.2 X 12.9 cm. J. vi. 1836. P. 349.

234. The Gulf of Cambay. Scale [ca. 13 m. =
in.]. Size, ir.8 X 20 cm. J. viii. 1838. p. T96.

235. Sketch of the delta of the Indus, by Lieu-
tenant T. G. Carless, I. N. 1837. Scale, 21 m. =
in. Size, 19.7 X 19.2 cm. J. viii. 1838. P. 366.

236. Sketch map of Sikhim and the Nipalese
frontier, to illustrate Dr. Hooker's paper. Con-
structed by Augustus Petermann, F. R. G. S. Scale,
I : 890,000 [14 m. = in.]. Size, 22.7 X 19 cm.

J. XX. 1851. Art. iii.

237. Part of the Himalaya mountains, to illus-
trate Captain Strachey's paper. 1851. Scale, 32.5
m. = in. Size, 27.9 X 19-6 cm.

J. xxi. 1851. Art. vii.

238. Map of west Nari, with the adjoining prov-
inces of the Indian Himalaya ; to illustrate Cap-
tain H. Strachey's memoir on the physical gecgra-
phy of western Tibet. Scale, 50 m. = in. Si^e,
33.8 X 33.8 cm. J. xxiii. 1853. Art. i.

239. Map to illustrate Colonel A. S. Waugh's
paper on Mt. Everest and Deodanga. Scale, 32 m.
= in. Size, 27.9 X 19.1 cm.

R ii. 1857-58. [P. 103.]

240. Map of the valley of Kashmir; from sur-
veys made by Captain T. G. Montgomerie, under
the direction of the Surveyor-General of India; to

12

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE

illustrate the notes of Captain Godwin Austen and
William Purdon, Esq. ; to which is added a sketch
of the surrounding countries. Scale (of the survey
mapl, 15 m. = in. Size (of the survey map), 21.7
X 20 cm.

[Sketch map of the surrounding countries.] Scale, 67 m. ir
in. Size, 11.8 X 12.9 cm.

J. xxxi. 1861. P. 14.

2il. Map showing recent acquisitions to the ge-
ography of the districts bordering the British trans-
Indus frontier between Peshawur and Dera Ishmael
Khan. Compiled under the superintendence of
Major J. T. Walker, F. R. G. S., Superintendent
G. T. Survey. Scale, 30 m. = in. Size, 23.9 X
19.3 cm. J. xxxii. 1862. P. 303.

242. Sketch map of the glaciers of the Mustakh
range (Trans-Indus) and valley of Skardo, etc. Sur-
veyed by Captain H. H. Godwin-Austen. Scale,
8 m. = in. Size, 33.5 X 24.2 cm.

J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 19.

243. Sketch map of the basin of the Mahanuddy
(Central India), to accompany the paper by R.
Temple, Esq. Scale, 40 m. = in. Size, 35.3 X
18.9 cm. J. XXXV. 1865. P. 70.

244. Two sections of the map of George Ludwig

von [embracing parts of Cafhmir and

Kaflristan]. Reduced to one fourth. (From a tracing
sent to the Society by M. de Khanikof.) Scale [ca.
13 m. = in.]. Size, 21.9 X 19.9 cm.

P. X. 1865-66. [P. 311.]

245. Summer route from Leh (Ladak) to the
city of Yarkuud. From Leh to the Karakoram
pass compiled from the records of G. T. Survey of
India; from the Karakoram to Yarkund, from the
journal of Moonshee Mahamad-i-Hamid, by Cap-
tain T. G. Montgomerie, R. E. Scale, 42.5 m. = in.
Size, n. 9 X 18.9 cm. J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 157.

24S. The hill districts in the Madras presidency,
to accompany Mr. C. R. Markham's paper. Scale,
18.5 m. = in.' Size, 29.6 X 47.9 cm.

J. xxxvi. 1866. P. i8r.

247. Map of a portion of the Travancore coast
and back waters, showing the anchorage at Alipee,
to accompany Mr. C. R. Markham's i^aper. Scale,
4.92 m. = in. Size, 12 X 19.7 cm.

J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 195.

248. The Wurkallay barrier [Travancore], to ac-
company Mr. C. R. Markham's paper. Scale, 10
ra. = in. Size, 12. i X 19.6 cm.

J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 197.

249. Map of the country between Leh and Ilchi,
showing tha routes taken by Mr. Johnson, civil as-
sistant G. T. Survey, in 1865. Scale, 31 m. = in.
Size, 25 X 23.2 cm. jf. xxxvii. 1867. P. i.

250. Map of the delta of the Indus, to accom-
pany the paper by Colonel C. W. Tremenheere,
C. B., R. E. Scale, 13.5 m. = in. Size, 24.3 X
26 cm. J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 68.

251. [Diagram illustrating the manner in which
beach material is swept along a coast; from H. de
la Beche: "Geological observer," fig. 54; to illus-
trate Colonel C. W. Tremenheere's paper on the
lower portion of the Indus.] Scale, wanting. Size,
ca 6 X 5 cm. J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 79.

252. Sketch map of north eastern India, with
portions of Burmah and China, to accompany the
paper by General Sir Arthur Cotton, R. E. Scale,
97 m. = in. Size, 45.5 X 19.4 cm.

The frontiers of Assam, Burmah, and Cliina on an enlarged
scale. 50 m. = in. Size, 17 X 10.7 cm.

J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 231.

253. Map showing the route survey from Nepal
to Lhasa, and thence through the upper valley of

the Brahmaputra. Made by Pundit from

the map compiled by Captain T. G. Montgomerie,
R. E. Scale, 32 m. = in. Size, 57.9 X 27.9 cm.

Continuation of map northwest of Gartokh, from the Pun-
dit's journey of 1S67. Scale [32 m. = in.]. Size, 14.6
X 7-9 cm.

J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 129.

254. Map of Coorg [Mysore, India], to accom-
pany the paper by George Bidie, M. B. Scale, w
m. = in. Size, 17.5 X 19 cm.

J. xxxix. 1869. P. 77.

255. Sketch majo of eastern Turkistan, showing
the hydrography of the Pamir to the east, the true
courses of the Varlcand and Karakash rivers, with
all the routes from Ladak across the Karakoram
and adjacent ranges. As drawn by the author,
Geo. J. W. Hayward. Scale, 32 m. = in. Size,
31.7X39.5 cm. J. xl. 1870. P. 33.

256. Map to illusti-ate Sir H. Bartle E. Frere's
notes on the Runn of Cutch, etc. Scale, 147 m. =
in. Size, 19.3 X 23.7 cm. J. xl. 1870. P. :8l.

257. Rough sketch of the " Dunds " or lakes con-
nected with the eastern Narra, from 40 to 80 miles
northwest of Oomercote [Scinde]. Scale, 9 m. =
in. Size, ca. 10 X 12 cm. J. xl. 1870. P. igo.

258. A map to illustrate Captain Harcourt's paper
on the Himalayan valleys of Kooloo, Lahoul, and
Spiti, with a sketch map of the passes from India to
eastern Turkistan.

a. The Himalayan valleys of Kooloo, Lahoul, and Spiti.

Scale, 16 m. = in. Size, 1S.7 X 20.3 cm.

b. The passes from India to eastern Turkistan. Scale, 73

m. ^ in. Size, 16.4 X 20.2 cm.

J. xli. 1871. P. 245.

259. Map showing the route from Assam over
the Patkoi range into Hookoong, to illustrate the
paper by H. L. Jenkins, Esq. Scale, 46 m. = in.
Size, 22 X 17.5 cm. J. xli. 1871. P. 342.

260. Map of the Bhawulpore State (Punjab), to
accompany the paper by J. W. Barns, Esq., F. G. S.
Scale, 26 m. = in. Size, 50.1 X 24.4 cm.

J. xlii. 1872. P. 390.

261. Rainfall and forest trees in India. Drswn
for " Ocean highways : the geographical record," by
A. Keith Johnstone, F. R. G. S. Scale, 260 m. =
in. Size, 20.9 X 29.6 cm.

O. H. ii. ISTo. 7. 1872. P. 202.

262. The distribution of the caoutchouc tree, or
Ficus elastica, in Assam. By Gustav Mann. Scale,
32 m. = in. Size, 46.4 X 21.9 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 67.

263. The parts of the lower provinces and the
north west provinces of Bengal threatened with fam-
ine in 1874 [with an outline of Ireland, on the same
scale, superimposed, for comparison]. Scale, 33 m.
= in. Size, 44 X 33.8 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P- 441-

264. Hypsographical sketch map of southern
India. By E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, 1 : 3,000,000
[47.35 m. = in.]. Size, 16.6 X 22.4 cm.

Rain map. Scale [ca. 193 m. = in.]. Size, 6.5 X 7.1 cm.
G. M. i. 1874. P. 329.

265. The upper Periyar, illustrating a paper by
Clements R. Marldiam [on irrigation in southern
India]. Scale, i : 250,000 [= 3.95 m. = in.]. Size,
22.9 X 15.7 cm. G. M. i. 1874. P. 332.

266. Map showing the proposed overland trade
routes from India and British Burmah to China, to
accompany the paper by J. Coryton, Esq. Scale,
132 m. = in. Size, 33.7 X 27.8 cm.

J. xlv. 1875. P- 229.

267. Map showing routes of native explorers in
Tibet and Nepal, to illustrate the papers by Mr.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.

13'

Markham and Lieutenant-Colonel T. G. Montgom-
erie. Scale, 32 m. = in. Size, 57.3 X 2S.8 cm.

Continuation of map north-west of Gartokh, from tlie
dit's journey of 1867. Scale, 32 m. m in. Size, 14.

Pun-

S X
o.fi cm.

J. xlv. 1875. P. 299.

263. Sketch of the irrigation works in Firozpur
(Punjab). Scale, 7.66 m. = in. Size, 26 i X
15.8 cm. G. M. iii. 1876. P. 60.

269. Map of a portion of Tibet and adjoining
countries, illustrating the Pundit's journey in 1874.
By E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, i : 2,500,000
[39.47 m. = in.]. Size, 58,2 X 36.1 cm.

G. M. iii. 1876. P. 145.

270. The famine districts of Bombay and Madras,
1877. Scale, 76 m. = in. Size, 23.8 X 31.5 cm.

G. M. iv. 1877. P. III.

271. The Himalaya and Tibet : a view of the
mountain system bounded by the plains of India,
Gobi, China, and the Caspian. Scale, 83 m. = in.
Size, 67.3 X 24.5 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 173.

272. A fac-simile of " a sketch map of the prin-
cipal natural divisions of the Himalaya," by B. H.
Hodgson, Esq., 1857. Scale [ca. 81 m. = in.].
Size, 40.8 X 21.3 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 17a.

273. Map of portion of Malabar coast indicating
manner of extension. Scale, 2 m. = in. Size, 16
X 24.6 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 230.

274. The distribution of persons relieved in the
famine districts of southern India, according to the
latest reports. Scale; 77 m. = in. Size, 39 9 X

31.4 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 286.

275. Map of the Krishna basin [southern India].
Scale, 55 m. = in. Size, 26 X 17.6 cm.

G. M. iv. 1877. P. 307.

276. [Plan of the Karakoram range between the
Lob and Indus basins, to illustrate Mr. Shaw's
article : " Water partings versus ranges."] Scale,
40 m. = in. Size, ca. 15 X 12 cm.

G. M. iv. 1877. P. 315.

277. A language map of India and its border
lands. E. L.B. and R.N. C, 1877. No. I. Scale,
138 m. = in. Size, 41.6 X 40.7 cm.

G. M. V. 1878. P. I.

278. Sketch map constructed to illustrate explo-
rations made in connection with the operations of
the Great Trigonometrical Survey of India, by MuUa

, in 1876. Scale, 24 m. = in. Size, 25.5

X 25.7 cm. G. M. V. 1878. P. 112.

279. Map of the north-west frontier of India and
eastern Afghanistan. Scale, 34 m. = in. Size,

30.5 X 37.2 cm. G. M. V. 1878. P. 256.

280. The Kaibar, Karkatcha, and Kurrum passes.
Scale, 16 m. = in. Size, 44.4 X 24.5 cm.

G. M. V. 1878. P. 277.

281. The Sulimani mountains on the Afghan
frontier of British India. Based on Major Wilson's
map, collated with other authorities. Scale, 24 m.
= in. Size, 42.4 X 53.2 cm. Pp. i. 1879. p. 80.

282. Sketch map of the Bustar dependency. By
Captain T. Holdich, R. E. Scale, 23.5 m. = in.
Size, 22.3 X 19.5 cm.

[Sketch of a portion of the Madras and Bengal presidencies,
to sliow the position of the Bustar dependency.] Scale
[ca. 280 m.~=: in.]. Size, 5.7 X 6.7 cm.

Pp. i. 1879. P. 416.

283. Map of Sikkim and parts of the adjacent
territories ; to illustrate Sir R. Temple's paper.
Scale, ca. 5.5 m. = in. Size, 23.1 X 21 6 cm.

Pp. iii. 1881. P. 384.

284. Sketch map showing the river system of
Tibet, Assam, and Burma. Scale, 125 m. = in.
Size, 27.3 X 30.4 cm. „„ „ „

^ Pp. iv. 1882. P. 328.

285. Sketch map of the Marhatta country, to
illustrate Sir Richard Temple's lecture. Scale, 57
m. = in. Size, 13.2 X 22.1 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 520.

286. Map of the Shaktu valley, north west fron-
tier, Punjab. From a .sketch by Captain G. F. Young,
D. A. Quartermaster-General. Scale, 3.12 m. = in.
Size, 40.3 X 10.6 cm., and 40.4 X 10.8 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 584.

8. Siberia.

287. The Uralian Mountains (from 51° to 60°
N. Lat.). Compiled from various Russian MS.
maps, as well as those of Humboldt, Helmersen,
etc., by Roderick I. Murchison, V. P. R. S. . . . and
John Arrowsmith, F. R. G. S. Scale, 35 m. = in.
Size, 37 X 48.5 cm. J. xiii. 1843. Pt. ii. Art. v.

288. Map of the Amur and adjacent districts, to
illustrate notes by M.M. Peschurof, Shenurin, Vesi-
lief, Radde, Usoltzof, Pargachefski, etc. Compiled
by John Arrowsmith. Scale [ca. 52 m. = in.].
Size, 45.8 X 19.8 cm. J. xxviii. 1858. P. 376.

289. Map of the Russian and Chinese frontier ;
illustrating the journey of Semenof to the Tian-Shan
mountains and R[iver] Jaxartes, and Golubef's Issyk-
kul expedition. Scale, 33 m. = in. Size, 45.2 X
34.4 cm. J. xxxi. 1861. P. 356.

290. Map of the (lake) Nor-Zaisan (Chinese
Tartary) and its neighbourhood, to illustrate the
paper of M. Abramof. Scale, 55 m. = in. Size,
19.3 X II cm. J. XXXV. 1865. P. 59.

291. Map of the Russian possessions in Man-
churia, to accompany the paper by Rev. W. V.
Lloyd. Scale, 108 m. = in. Size, 19.5 X 25.1 cm.

Peter the Great, or Victoria, bay, on an enlarged scale.
Scale, 27 m. = in. Size, 10.3 X 6.1 cm.

J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 212.

292. [Sketch map of the northwestern portion of
North America and the northeastern portion of
Asia, showing the position of Alaska.] Scale [ca.
378 m. = in.]. Size, 26.1 X 17.4 cm.

J. xxxviii. 1S68. P. 219.

293. Central Asia. Map to illustrate Baron Osten
Sacken's route from Vernoe to the Trans-Naryn
country. Scale, 46 m. = in. Size, 11.6 X 17.9 cm.

J. xl. 1870. P. 250.

294. The island of Saghalin, from Russian au-
thorities, to accompany the paper by Colonel Ve-
niukof. Scale, h m. = in. Size, 11. i X 32.1 cm.

J. xlii. 1872. P. 373.

295. Sketch illustrating Chekanovski's journey
to the Ciena (Olenek), 1874- Scale, 120 m. = in.
Size, 17.6 X 25.4 cm. G. M. ii. 1875. P. 228.

296. Map of Kuldja district and the Russo-
Chinese frontier in Turkestan. Reduced from Col-
onel Walker's map. Scale, 55 m. = in. Size, 42.9
X 22.2 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 528.

g. Chinese Empire.
A. East Turkestan.

297. Map of the Russian and Chinese frontier ;
illustrating the journey of Semenof to the Tian-
Shan mountains and R|.iver] Jaxartes, and Golubef's
Issyk-kul expedition. Scale, 33 m. = in. Size, 45.2
X 34.4 cm. J. xxxi. 1861. P. 356.

298. Map of the country between Leh and Ilchi,
showing the routes taken by Mr. Johnson, civil as-
sistant G. T. Survey, in 1865. Scale, 31 m. = m.
Size, 25 X 23.2 cm. J. xxxvii. 1867. P. i.

299. Map to accompany paper on the Bolor
highlands, by M. Veniukoff. Scale, 55 m. = in.
Size, 17.S X 19.1 cm. P. xiii. 186S-69. [P. 343-}

14

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE

300. Sketch map of eastern Turkistan, showing
the hydrography of the Pamir to the east, the true
courses of the Yarkand and ICarakash rivers, with
all the routes from Ladak across the Karakoram
and adjacent ranges. As drawn by the author,
George J. W. Hayward. Scale, 32 m. = in. Size,
31.7 X 39.5 cm. J. xl. 1870. P. 33.

301. Central Asia. Map to illustrate Baron Osten
Sacken's route from Vernoe to the Trans-Naryn
country. Scale, 46 m. = in. Size, 11.6 X 17.9 cm.

J. xl. 1870. P. 250.

302. A map to illustrate Captain Harcourt's
paper on the Himalayan valleys of Kooloo, Lahoul,
and Spiti, with a sketch map of the passes from
India to eastern Turkistan.

a. The Himalayan valleys of Kooloo, Lahoul, and Spiti.

Scale, 16 m. = in. Size, 18.7 X 20. 3 cm.

b. The passes from India to eastern Turkistan. Scale, 73

m. =z in. Size, 16.4 X 20.2 cm.

J. xli. 1871. P. 245.

303. Sketch map of the frontier districts of
Kashgar and Russia. By E. G. Ravenstein. Scale,
1 : 6,000,000 [94.7 m. = in.]. Size, 25.6 X 17.6 cm.

G. M. i. 1874. P. 194.

304. Sketch map illustrative of Sir D. Forsyth's
mission to Kashghar. Based upon Captain Trotter's
preliminary map published by Colonel J. T. Walker,
F. R. S. Scale, 60 m. = in. Size, 27.1 X 17-3 cm.

G. M. ii. 1875. P. 145.

305. Sketch map of eastern Turkestan, to illus-
trate the paper by R. B. Shaw, Esq. Scale, 18 m.
= in. Size, 26.6 X 19.7 cm.

J. xlvi. 1876. P. 277.

306. [Plan of the Karakoram range between the
Lob and Indus basins, to illustrate Mr. Shaw's arti-
cle: "Water partings versus ranges."] Scale, 40
m. = in. Size, ca. 15 X 12 cm.

G. M. iv. 1877. P. 315.

307. Prejevalsky's route from Kuldja across the
Tian Shan to Lob Nor and the Altyn Tag, 1876 and
1877. Scale, I : 3,000,000 [47-35 m. =^ in.]. Size,
31.1 X 24.3 cm. G. M. V. 1878. P. 109.

308. Map of Kuldja district and the Russo-
Chinese frontier in Turkestan. Reduced from Col-
onel Walker's map. Scale, 55 m. = in. Size, 42.9
X 22.2 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 528.

309. Map of west Nari, with the adjoining prov-
inces of the Indian Himalaya; to illustrate Captain
H. Strachey's memoir on the physical geography of
western Tibet. Scale, 50 m. = in. Size, 33.8 X
33.8 cm. J. xxiii. 1853. Art. i.

310. Map showing the route survey from Nepal
to Lhasa, and thence through the upper valley of

the Brahmaputra. Made by Pundit from

the map compiled by Captain T. G. Montgomerie,
R. E. Scale, 32 m. = in. Size, 57.9 X 27.9 cm.

Continuation of map north-west of Gartol<h, from the Pun-
dit's journey of 1867, Scale [32 m. ^in.]. Size, 14.6 X
7.9 cm.

J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 129.

311. Map of the head-waters of the Kinchar
Kiang, Lan tsan Kiang, Now Kiang, and Great
River of Tibet. Laid down from Chinese maps by
T. T. Cooper. Scale [ca. 36 m. = in.]. Size, 41.1
X 18.2 cm. P. xiii. 1868-69. P- 393-

312. Map showing routes of native explorers in
Tibet and Nepal, to illustrate the papers by Mr.
Markham and Lieutenant-Colonel T. G. Montgom-
erie. Scale, 32 m. = in. Size, 57.3 X 28.8 cm.

Continuation of map north-west of Gartolth, from the Pun-
dit's journey of 1867. Scale, 32 m. = in. Size, 14.5 X

J. xlv. 1875. P. 299.

313. Map of Great Tibet, shewing the route of
the Trans-Himalayan explorers, round Lake Tengri-
Nor to Lhasa, 1872. Scale, 16 m. = in. Size,
2S-8 X 25.9 cm. G. M. ii. 1875. P- 4i-

314. Map of a portion of Tibet and adjoining
countries, illustrating the Pundit's journey in 1874.
By E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, i : 2,500,000
[39.47 m. = in.]. Size, 58.2 X 36- 1 cm-

G. M. iii. 1876. P. 145.

315. Map illustrating the journey of the Pundit
Nain Singh through Great Tibet from Ladakh to
Assam, to accompany the paper by Captain H.
Trotter, R. E. Scale, 31 m. = in. Size, 66.8 X
45.3 cm. J. xlvi. 1877. P. 87.

316. The Himalaya and Tibet : a view of the
mountain system bounded by the plains of India,
Gobi, China, and the Caspian. Scale, 83 m. = in.
Size, 67.3 X 24.5 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 173.

317- A facsimile of " a sketch map of the princi-
pal natural divisions of the Himalaya," by B- H.
Hodgson, Esq., 1857. Scale [ca. 81 ra. = in.]. Size,
40.8 X 21.3 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 178.

318. Route map of Captain W. J. Gill's journey
in western China and eastern Tibet, 1877. Reduced
from his original drawings and collated with other
material by W. J. Turner. Scale, 1 : 1,774,080
[28 m. = in.]. Size, 47.5 X 57.9 cm,

J. xlviii. 1878. P. 57.

319. A language map of India and its border
lands. E. L.B. and R.N. C, 1877. No. I. Scale,
138 m. = in. Size, 41.6 X 40.7 cm.

G. M. V. 1878. P. I.

320. Map illustrating the paper of Major J. E.
Sandeman, Bengal Staff Corps, showing the journey
of Pundit Alaga, the sources of the Irawadi river,
and its supposed connection with the Sanpo river,
compiled from the latest information. Scale, i :
1,250,000 [19.75 m. = in.]. Size, 53 9 X 53.2 cm.

Sketch map showing the river system of Tibet, Assam, and
Burma. Scale, 125 m- = in. Size, 27.3 X 30.4 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 328.

C. Mongolia, Manchuria, and Korea.

321- Map of the Amur and adjacent districts,
to illustrate notes by M-M- Peschurof, Shenurin,
Vesilief, Radde, Usoltzof, Pargachetski, etc- Com-
piled by John Arrowsmith. Scale [ca. 52 m. = in.].
Size, 45.8 X ig.8 cm. J. xxviii. 1858. P. 376.

322. Map to illustrate the routes of Messrs.
Michie and Grant; the former from Tien-tsin to
Moukden in Manchuria, the latter from Peking
across the Desert of Gobi to Kiachta. Scale, 35 m.
= in. Size, 39.5 X 19.5 cm.

Continuation of Mr. Grant's route, on a reduced scale*
Scale, 225 m. — in. Size, 8.4 X 9 cm.

J. xxxiii. 1863. P. 153.

323. [Sketch of Korea and adjacent regions, to
show the position of the Island of Tsusima.] Scale
[ca. 550 m. = in.]. Size, 6.1 X 4.4 cm.

J. xxxiii. 1863. P. 178.

324. Map of the (lake) Noe-Zaisan (Chinese
Tartary) and its neighbourhood, to illustrate the
paper of M. Abramof. Scale, 55 m. = in. Size,
19.3 X II cm. J. XXXV. 1865. P. 59.

325. Map of the Russian possessions in Man-
churia, to accompany the paper by Rev. W. V.
Lloyd. Scale, 108 m. = in. Size, 19.5 X 25.1 cm.

Peter the Great, or Victoria bay, on an enlarged scale.
Scale, 27 m. = in. Size, 10.3 X 6.1 cm,

J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 212.

326. Map to accompany the notes on Manchuria
by the Rev. Alexander Williamson. Scale, 60 m.
= in. Size, 31.9 X 25.8 cm. J.xxxix. 1869. P.I.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.

15

327. Map to accompany notes of a journey through
Manchuria by the Archimandrite Palladius. Scale,
45 m. ^ in. Size, 37.9 X 43.9 cm.

J. xlii. 1872. P. 142.

328. Map to illustrate a journey through western
Mongolia by Ney Elias, jr , F. R. G. S., July, 1S72,
to January, 1873. Scale, i : 4,320,000 [6S.18 m.
= in.]. Size, 69.8 X 37.1 cm.

J. xliii. 1873. P- ^°9-

329. Map of the desert o£ Gobi, shewing the
route of iMr. Ney Elias. Drawn by E. G. Raven-
stein. Scale, 1 : 10,000,000 [157 83 m. ^ m.]. Size,

24.2 X 15.9 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 126.

330. Route map of journey through north China
and inner Mongolia by Dr. Bushell. Scale, 28 m.
= in. Size, 23.3 X 19-7 cm. J. xliv. 1874. P. 73.

331. Sketch map to elucidate Mr. Paderin's visit
to the site of Karakorum, 1873. Drawn by Colonel
H. Yule, C. B. Scale, 70 m. = in. Size, 25.7 X

17.3 cm. G. M. i. 1874. P. 137.

332. Sketch map of part of western Mongolia,
illustrating the explorations of Miroshnichenko,
Matusovski, and Sosnovski. 1872-73. Scale, 70
m. = in. Size, 25.9 X 17.3 cm.

G. M. ii. 1875. P. 196.

D. China.

333. The Vang-tsze-Kiang to illustrate paper by
Lord Colchester and CaptainCollinson, R. N. 1847.
Scale, 48 m. = in. Size, 21.4 X 14.7 cm.

J. xvii. 1847. Art. iii.

334. Island of Chusan, from official surveys. To
accompany a memoir on the island by Sir John
Francis Davis, Baronet, F. R S., F. R. G. S. Scale,
2.16 m. = in. Size, 31.3 X 19.5 cm.

J. xxiii. 1853. Art. xx.

335. Map of the Yang-tse-Kiang or Ta-Kiang
from Han-Kovv in Hoopeh to Nankin in Kiang-Su.
Compiled by Captain Sherard Osborn, R. N., C. B.,
F. R. G. S., etc. H. M. S. Furious. 1858. Scale,
34 m. = in. Size, 23 X 18.8 cm.

J. XXX. i860. P. 76.

336. China. The Yang-tsze-Kiang, from Plankovv
to Ping-shan; reduced from the large chart (of
which this is the index) from the survey of Captain
T. Blakiston, R. A., by John Arrowsmith. Scale,
28 m. = in. Size, 57.2 X 18.5 cm.

J. xxxii. 1862. P. I.

337. Sketch map of the island of Formosa, to
illustrate the paper by Mr. Robert Swinhoe (Vice-
Consal). Scale, 25.5 m. = in. Size, 11.5 X 19.4
cm. J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 6.

338. The city of Peking, from a survey by Cap-
tain Bouvier, of the French Engineers, 1862. Scale,
27 W ft. = in. Size, ca. 27 X 30 cm.

J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 129.

339. Sketch map of north eastern India, with por-
tions of Burmah and China, to accompany the paper
by Lieutenant Sir Arthur Cotton, R. E. Scale, 97
m. = in. Size, 45.5 X 19.4 cm.

The frontiers of Assam, Eurmab, and China, on an enlarged
scale. Scale, 50 m. = in. Size, 17 X lo-? cm.

J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 231.

340. The River Kong or Cassia. Reduced from
the large map by Albert S. Bickmore, Esq., M. A.
Scale [ca. 18 m. = in.]. Size, 19.5 X 24.9 cm.

Sketch map illustrating Mr. Bickmore's journey from Can-
ton to Hankow. Scale, 85 m. = m. Size, 11. 2 X

''■^ ™' J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 50.

341. Map to accompany Mr. Ney Elias' paper
on the new course of the Yellow river. Scale,
60 m. = in. Size, 17.7 X 22.2 cm.

J. xl. 1870. P. I.

342. Sketch map showing the mineral and silk
districts of the province of Shan-Tung (China),
to accompany the paper by J. Markham, Esq.,
H. M. Consul at Chefoo. Scale, 32 in. = in. Size,
37.1 X 24.3 cm. J. xl. 1870. P. 207.

343. The Yang-tsze-Kiang from Tung-Ting lake
to Chung- King, to accompany the paper by R. Swin-
hoe, Esq., H. M. Consul. Scale, 14 m. = in. Size,
66.5 X 22.9 cm. J. xl. 1870. P. 268.

344. Sketch map of the south-western, frontiers
of China, from a map compiled by the French mis-
sionaries. Scale [ca. 32 m. = in.]. Size, 11.4 X
18.1 cm. P. XV. 1870-71. P. 163.

345. Sketch map of southern Formosa, to ac-
company the paper by J. Thomson, Esq. Scale,
14 m. = in. Size, 19.2 X 25.6 cm.

J. xliii. 1873. P. 97.

346. Route map of journey through north China
and inner Mongolia by Dr. Bushell. Scale, 28 m.
= in. 'Size, 23.3 X 19.7 cm. J. xliv. 1S74. P. 73.

347. South eastern coast of China. From Sir
Robert Dudley's Arcano del Mare, vol. ii., 1647.
Scale [ca. 153 m. = in.]. Size, 12.7 X 11. 2 cm.

J. xliv. 1874. P. 103.

348. Sketch of south eastern coast of China from
Admiralty charts, etc. Scale [ca. 153 m. .= in.].
Size, 12.2 X 11.2 cm. J. xliv. 1874. P. 103.

349. [Sketch maps of China, to illustrate a paper
by Colonel H. Yule.]

Fig. I. China, from Padre Martini's Atlas Sinensis, 1655.

Scale [ca. 338 m. = in.]. Size, 13.2 X M cm.
Fig. 2. China, from Keith Johnston's Royal atlas, circa

i860. Scale [ca. 338 m. = in.]. Size, 11.7 X

14 cm.

G. M. i. 1874. P. 147-

350. The Middle Kingdom. [Ap]5roximate re-
production of Matteo Ricci's map of China, and
surrounding countries] Scale [ca. 1700 m. = in.].
Size, II X II cm. G. M. i. 1874 P. 147-

351. Map of Formosa. By E. G. Ravenstein.
Scale, i: 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 15.6
X 23.6 cm. G. M. i. 1874. P. 292.

352. Map showing the proposed overland trade
routes from India and British Burmah to China, to
accompany the paper by J. Coryton, Esq. Scale,
112 m. = in. Size, 33.7 X 27.8 cm.

J. xlv. 1875. P. 229.

353. Map of Further India and south-western
China. By E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale,
i: li.ooo.ooo [78.91 m. = in.]. Size, 46.8 X 52.6
cm G. M.ii. 1875- P-97-

354. Map to illustrate the journey from Hankow
to Tali-Fu of Mr. A. R. Margary. Scale, 70 m. =
in. Size, 41.3 X I77 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 173.

355. Route map between Bhamo and Mung-Mau
through the hills of the Lenna Kahhyens, by Ney
Elias, Esq. Scale, 8 m. = in. Size, 29.1 X 18.2
cm. ^ J. xlvi. 1876. P. 199.

356. Route map of Captain W. J. Gill's journey
in western China and eastern Tibet, 1877. Reduced
from his original drawings and collated with other
material by W. J. Turner. Scale, i: i,774,o8o
[28 m. = in.]. Size, 47.5 X 57.9 cm.

'■ J. xlviil. 1878. P. 57.

357. Map of central and southern China, illus-
trating Mr. McCarthy's journey from Chin-kiang to
Bhamo, 1877. Scale, 130 m. = in. Size, 32.8 X
20.1 cm. Pp-i- 1879. P-544-

358. Map of part of China, to accompany the
paper bv E. Fitzgerald Creagh. Scale, 13H m. = m.
Sile, 174 X 18.7 cm. J.l- 1880. R27S.

359. Maps to accompany jjapers on journeys in
eastern China, by G. J. Morrison, M. I. C. E., 1878.
Scale, 62 m. = in. Size, 21.2 X 28.3 cm., and 8.6
X 28.3 cm. PP-"- 1880. P. 208.

i6

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE

360. Map of southern China, showing Mr. A. R.
Colquhonn's route from Canton to Bhamo. Scale,
98 m. = in. Size, 38. 2 X 22.4 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 776.

361. Map illustrating the distribution of the
Sifan tribes [to accompany Mr. E. C. Baber's paper
on western China. 18S2]. Scale [ca. 60 m. = in.].
Size, 21.6 X 137 cm. S. P. i. Pt. i. 18S2. P. 93.

362. [Plan of excavations near Ch'ien-wei Hsien,
on the Min, western Ssu-ch'nan ; to accompany Mr.
E, C. Baber's paper on western China.] Scale, 16
ft. = in. Size, ca. 8 X 10 cm.

S. P. i. Pt. I. 1882. P. 130.

363. Route map of explorations in western China
by E. Colborne Baber, F. R. G. S., Chinese secretary
H. M. Legation. Peking. [In three sheets.] Scale,
10.25 m. = in. Size (sheet i), 46.8 X 73-3 cm.;
(sheet 2), 77.2 X 22.2 cm. ; (sheet 3), 30.7 X 22.1 cm.

Map ot China [showing Mr. Baber's route]. Scale, 29a ra.
= in. Size, 16.2 X 14.5 cm.

S. P. i. Pt. i. 1882. P. 202.

364. Plan of a tomb [in the Imperial mausolea
east of Pekin]. Scale, wanting. Size, 5.4 X 7.5
cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 26.

10. Japan.

365. Japan. Map to illustrate a journey from
the city of Yeddo to the mountain of Fusi-yama,
performed by Rutherford Alcock, Esq., C. B. i860.
Scale, 22 m. = in. Size, 12.9 X 17.4 cm.

J. xxxi. 1861. P. 321.

366. Japan ; reduced from a Japanese map.
Scale [ca. 35 m. = in.]. Size, 37 X 20.3 cm.

J. xxxii. 1862. P. 280.

367. Tsu-sima island, in the Strait of Korea ; to
illustrate the paper by Laurence Oliphant, Esq.
18S3. Scale [ca. 5.7 m. = in.]. Size, 11.2 X 18.7
cm.

[Sketch of Korea and adjacent regions to show the position
of the island of Tsusima.] Scale [ca. 550 m. = in.].
Size, 6.1 X 4-4 cm.

J. xxxiii. 1863. P. 178.

368. Map of part of Nipon island, to accompany
Mr. Adams' report on the central silk districts of
Japan. Scale, 28 m. = in. Size, 21.4 X 17.6 cm.

J. xl. 1870. P. 339.

369. The island of Yezo (Japan), to illustrate the
papers by Captain T. Blakiston and Commander
St. John, R. N. Scale, 49 m. = in. Size, 24.1 X
18.5 cm. J. xlii. 1872. P. 77.

370. Map to illustrate Mr. Troup's tour [through
parts of the provinces of Echigo, Echiu, Kaga, and
Noto, Japan, April 3d to May 4th, 1871]. Scale
[ca. 15 m. = in.]. Size, 9.7 X 18.4 cm.

J. xlii. 1872. P. 425.

371. A sketch map shewing the position of the
public works in Japan, and some of the known
products. Drawn by R. H. Brunton, Esq., engineer
to the Japanese government. Scale, 123 m. = in.
Size, 20.6 X 29.4 cm.

O. H. ii. No. 9. 1872. P. 277.

372. Sketch map of route from K.i6to to Yedo
(Japan), to accompany the paper by C. W. Law-
rence, Esq. Scale, 30 m. = in. Size, 22.9 X H-I
cm. J. xliii. 1873. P. 55.

II. Farther India.

373. Sketch of the River Koladyn (Aracan), to
accompany a paper by Captain S. R. Tickell, B. I. N,
1851. Scale, 18 m. = in. Size, 10.7 X 19-7 cm.

J. xxiv. 1854. P. 114.

374. Sketch of Siam and the adjacent states, to
illustrate geographical notes on Siain, by Harry
Parkes, Esq., Her Britannic Majesty's Consul at
Amoy. 1855. Scale, 162 m. = in. Size, 16.3 X
19.3 cm. J- xxvi. 1856. P. 71.

375. Sketch of the Menam and other Siamese
rivers, from the surveys and observations of the
American missionaries, communicated by Mr. Con-
sul Parkes, 1855. Scale [ca. 17 m. = in.]. Size, 15
X 194 cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 71.

376. Map of Burma and its tributary states ; by
Captain Henry Yule, Bengal Eng'rs. 1856. Scale,
49 m. = in. Size, 20. 1 X 28.6 cm.

J. xxvii. 1857. P. 54.

377. Sketch map from Bangkok in Siam to Pe-
lombing in Cambodia; to accompany the journal of
D. O. King, Esq. 1857-58. Scale [ca. 58 m. =
in.]. Size, 18.7 X 10.8 cm. J. xxx. i860. P. 178.

378. Sketch of the Menam and other Siamese
rivers, from the surveys and observations of the
American missionaries. Communicated by Mr.
Consul Parkes, 1855. Scale, 17.5 m. = in. Size,
15.1 X 19.4 cm. P. v. 1860-61. [P. 1 18.]

379. Sketch of Siam and the adjacent states, to
illustrate geographical notes on Siam. By Harry
Parkes, Esq., Her Britannic Ma.jesty's Consul at
Amoy, 1855. Scale, 160 m. = in. Size, 16.3 X
19.3 cm. P. V. 1860-61. [P. 118.]

380. Map of Cambodia, the Lao country, etc., to
illustrate the route and notes of M. Henri Mouhot.
1859-61. Scale, 70 m. = in. Size, 19.2 X 32 i cm.

J. xxxii. 1862. P. 142.

381. Sketch map to illustrate journal of a tour to
Karen-ni, for the purpose of opening a trading road
to the Shan traders, from Mobyay and the adjacent
Shan states, through Toungu ; protracted from the
notes, bearings, etc., of Edward O'Riley, Esq. 1862.
Scale, 10.5 m. = in. Size, 19.2 X 19 i cm.

J. xxxii. 1862. P. 164.

382. Map of part of the province of Siemrab
(Cambodia), to accompany the paper by Dr. Bastian.
Scale, 17 m. = in. Size, 19.6 X 11. 8 cm.

J. XXXV. 1865. P. 74.

383. Sketch map of northeastern India, with
portions of Burmah and China, to accompany the
paper by Lieutenant Sir Arthur Cotton, R. E. Scale,
97 m. = in. Size, 45 5 X 19.4 cm.

The frontiers of Assam, Burmah, and China on an enlarged
scale. Scale, 50 m. ^ in. Size, 17 X 10.7 cm.

J. xxxvii. 1S67. P. 231.

384. Map of the Gulf of Siam and adjacent dis-
tricts in Laos and Cambodia, to illustrate the jour-
ney of Mr. H. G. Kennedy. Scale, 63 m. = in.
Size, 18.8 X 21.6 cm. J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 298.

385. Map of the country between Bhamo and
Momein, shewing the route of the expedition under
the command of Major E. B. Sladen. Scale, 13 m.
= in. Size, 33.5 X 19.3 cm.

[Sketch map of the lower course of the Irrawaddy river.]
Scale [ca. 56 m. =^ in.]. Size, 4.8 X 19-3 cm.

J. xli. 1871. P. 257.

386. Map showing the route from Assam over
the Patkoi range into Hookoong, to illustrate the
jDaper by H. L. Jenkins, Esq. Scale, 46 m. = in.
Size, 22 X 175 cm. J. xli. 1871. P. 342.

387. Map showing the proposed overland trade
routes from India and British Burmah to China, to
accompany the paper by J. Coryton, Esq. Scale,
132 m. = in. Size, 33.7 X 27.8 cm.

J. xlv. 1875. P. 229.

388. Map of Further India and south-western
China. By E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale,
1 . 5,000,000 [78.91 m. = in.]. Size, 46.8 X 52.6 cm

G. M. ii. 1875. P. 97

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.

17

389. Route map between Bhamo and Mung-Mau
through the hills o£ the Lenna Kahhyens, by Ney
Elias, Esq. Scale, 8 m. ^ in. Size, 29.1 X 18.2
cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 199.

390. Sketch map of Peralc and adjacent native
states, to illustrate the paper by W. Barrington
D'Almeida. Scale, 28 m. = in. Size, 18 X 23.2 cm.

J. xlvi. 1876. P. 357.

391. A language map of India and its border
lands. E. L. B. andR. N.C. 1877. No. i. Scale,
138 m. = in. Size, 41.6 X 40.7 cm.

G. M. V. 1S78. P. I.

392. A language map of Farther India and the
Indian Archipelago. E. L. B. and R. N. C. 1878.
No. 2. Scale, 138 m. = in. Size, 55.2 X 47-3 cm.

[Map of Madagascar.] Scale [ca, 330 m. ^ in.}. . Size, 6.4
X 7-9 cm.

G.M. V. 1878. P. 25.

393. Map illustrating the paper of Major J. E.
Sandeman, Bengal Staff Corps, shovi^ing the journey
of Pundit Alaga, the sources of the Irawadi river,
and its supposed connection with the Sanpo river,
compiled from the latest information. Scale, i :
1,250,000 [19.75 m. = in.]. Size, 53.9 X 53.2 cm.

Sketch map showing the river system of Tibet, Assam, and
Burma. Scale, 125 m. =: in. Size, 27.3 X 30.4 cm.

Pp. iv. 18S2. P. 328.

394. Map of the Malay peninsula. To accom-
pany the paper of Mr. D. D. Daly, superintendent of
Public Works and Surveys, Selangor, showing his
surveys and explorations in the native states. Scale,
I: 1,210,000 [19.09 m. ^ in.]. Size, 42.4 X 46.8 cm.

Pp. iv. 1S82. P. 456.

395. Map of the northern part of Perak {Malay
peninsula), from a survey by Mr. D. D. Daly, 1877.
Scale, 4 m. == in. Size, 33.S X 46.9 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 456.

12. East Indian Archipelago.

396. Eastern archipelago, to illustrate Mr. W.
Earle's paper. 1845. Scale [ca. 62 m. = in.].
Size, 23.8 X 19.5 cm. J. XV. 1845. Art. iii. (Misc.).

397. Part of the n. w. coast of Borneo, to illus-
trate the paper of Spencer St. John, Esq., H. B. M.
Consul General for Borneo. Scale [ca. 6 m. = in.].
Size, 24.9 X 19.2 cm. J. xxxii. 1862. P. 217.

398. Asiatic or Eastern archipelago. Map to
illustrate a paper on the jihysical geography of the
Malay archipelago, by Alfred Russell Wallace, Esq.
1863. Scale [ca. 441 m. = in.]. Size, 30 X 18.5
cm. J. xxxiii. 1863. P. 217.

399. Plan of the area on the summit of the
Gunong Api, of Banda. Scale, wanting. Size, ca.
3.5 X 2 cm. P. xii. 1867-68. P. 330.

400. Sketch map of northern Sumatra, shewing
the territories of Achin ; chiefly from a recent Dutch
map by Colonel W. F. Versteeg. Scale, 47 m. =
in. Size, 18 X 16.7 cm.

a. The whole island of Sumatra. Scale [ca. 240 in. = in.].

Size, 7.2 X 10.9 cm.

b. Vicinity of Achln. Scale, 14 m. = in. Size, 7.2 X 5-9

cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 177.

401. Map shewing the routes of the British In-
dia and of the Netherlands' India Steam Naviga-
tion Companies. Compiled by E. G. Ravenstein,
F. R. G. S. Scale, i: 40,000,000 [631.31 m. =
in.]. Size, 35.6 X 23.1 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 505.

402. Chart [of the north coast of Sumatra] illus-
trative of Marco Polo and Malay annals. [With
the] north coast of Sumatra as shown in modern

charts. Scale [ca. 60 m. = in.]. Size, IJ3.7 X 97
cm. P. XX. i875-7a P. 220.

403. Map of the Tenimber islands, after Guyot's
general map of the Assistant Residency ,Banda, il-
lustrating the recent discovery of Egeron strait; to
accompany the paper by Professor P. J. Veth.
Scale, 20.5 m. = in. Size, 15. i X 18 cm.

J. xlviii. 1878. P. 295.

404. A language map of Farther India and the
Indian Archipelago. E. L. B. and R. N. C. 1878.
No. 2. Scale, 138 m. = in. Size, 55.2 X 47.3 cm.

[Map of Madagascar.] Scale [ca. 330 m. = in.]. Size, 6.4
X 7.9 cm.

G. M. V. 187S. P. 25.

405. Map of north Borneo, by Mr. W. M.
Crocker, Resident of Sarawak. Scale, 58 m. = in.
Size, 35 X 22.4 cm.

a. The Residency of Sarawak on an enlarged scale. Scale, ,

14.5 m. = in. Size, 12.9 X 12 cm.
h. General map of Borneo. Scale, 240 m. = in. Size, 8.7

X 9.3 cm.

Pp. iii. 1881. P. 256.

IV. AFRICA.

1. General.

406. Map of North Africa to illustrate the ques-
tion "Is the Quorra the Niger of the ancients ? "
By W. M. Leake. Scale [ca. 350 m. = in.]. Size,
30.4 X 20 cm. ' J. ii. [1832.] Art. i.

407. Red sea, to illustrate Lieutenant Welsted's
papers. Scale [ca. 94 m. = in.]. Size, 12.7 X 18.8
cm. J. vi. 1836. P. 96.

408. Reduced sketch of native Indian chart [of
part of the Red sea and Gulf of Aden], to illustrate
the paper by Lieutenant A. Burnes, E. 1. C. S. Scale
[ca. 306 m. = in.]. Size, 17.4 X 5 cm.

J. vi. 1836. P. 113.

409. North Africa. Map to accompany a gen-
eral historical description of the state of human
society in northern central Africa by Dr. H. Barth.
Scale, 340 m. ^= in. Size, 34.5 X 23 cm.

J. XXX. i860. P. 112.

410. A sketch to show the relation of the Lua-
laba to tha other rivers of Africa. Scale, 410 m. =
in. Size, 20.5 X 29.3 cm.

O. H. ii. No. 6. 1872. P. 173.

411. [Ancient Portuguese maps of Africa.]

a, Africa from the Insularum illustratum. Henrici Mar-
telli Germani. 1489. Scale [ca. 860 m. ^ in.]. Size,
>7-5 X 14.9 cm.

h. The Nile according to Diogo Homem. 1558. Scale [ca.
HOC m. = in.]. Size, 17.5 X 15.4 cm.

O. H. ii. No. 12. 1873. P. [376].

412. A map of the African lake region. Scale,
21:5 m. = in. Size, 25.7 X 24.1 cm.

G. M. V. 1878. P. 145.

413. Part of central Africa north of the equator,
from the general map of Africa by Keith Johnston,
F. R. G. S. Scale, 135 m. = in. Size, 38.3 X 17
cm. Pp.ii. 1880. P. 336.

2. Barbary.

414. Marocco, from observations in 1830. Scale
[24.7 m. = in.]. Size, 37.5 X 37.7 cm.

City of Marocco (Marraksh Elad Kibira). Scale [6,072 fl.
= •.!.].

J. [i.]. 1830-31. No. 4. Art. X,

415. Part of the west coast of Africa, surveyed
in 1835. Scale [ca. 46 m. = in.]. Size, 22.2 X 19.5
cm., and 14.9 X 19.5 cm. J. vi. 1836. P. 311.

i8

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE

416. Route of Sir Grenville Temple from Bonah
to Kostantinah, in Algiers. 1S38. Scale, 17 m. =
in. ' Size, ii.8 X 17.5 cm. J. viii. 1838. T. 52.

417. Benzert lakes [Tunis]. Surveyed by Com-
mander T. Graves. 1S45. Scale [ca. 2 m. = in.|.
Size, 31.5 X 45.2 cm. J. xvi. 1846. Art. xii.

418. Sketch of a route from Tripoli to Ghadamis
by C. H. Dickson, British Vice-Consul. 1851. Scale
[ca. 30 m. =: in.]. Size, 25.7 X 19.3 cm.

J. xxii. 1852. Art. ix.

419. Mission to Central Africa. The route from
Tripoli to Kuka (near Lake Chad) ; performed by
Dr. Edward Vogel, 1853-54. Scale [ca. 97 m. =
in.]. Size, 19.4 X 37.3 cm. J. xxv. 1855. P. 244.

420. North Africa. Map showing the caravan
routes between Tripoli and Ghadamis, to accompany
the account of Ghadamis by C. H. Dickson, Esq.
Scale, 30 m. = in. Size, 26.3 X 19 3 cm.

J. XXX. i860. P. 257.

421. Map of a part of the Sahara, illustrating a
paper by M. H. Duveyrier. Scale, i : 7,500,000
[118.37 m. = in.]. Size, 24.1 X 15.4 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 94.

3. Sahara.

422. West coast of Africa, to illustrate Captain
Belcher's observations. Scale [ca. 115 m. = in.].
Size, 1 1. 1 X 20.7 cm.

J. ii. [1832.] Art. iv. (Misc.).

423. Part of the west coast of Africa, surveyed
in 1835. Scale [ca. 46 m. = in.]. Size, 22.2 X 19.5
cm., and 14.9 X 19.5 cm. J. vi. 1836. P. 311.

424. Dr. Barth's route from Tin-Tellust to Aga-
dez. Scale, 1 : 890,000 [14.04 m. = in.] Size, 20.3
X 26 cm.

a. Outline of part of Africa showing the progress of the
Mission to August, 1851. Scale [ca. 412 m. =: in.].
Size, 9.5 X 15.3 cm.

3. Plan of Agad^z. Scale [ca. 1220 ft. r= in.]. Size, ca.
6X5 cm.

J. xxi. 185 1. Art. xi.

425. Mission to Central Africa. The route from
Tripoli to Kuka (near Lake Chad) ; performed by
Dr. Edward Vogel, 1853-54. Scale [ca. 97 m ^ in.].
Size, 19 4 X 37.3 cm. J. xxv. 1855. P. 244.

426. Map of the western Sahara. By E. G.
Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, i : 5,000,000 [78.91
m. = in.]. Size, 39.9 X 314 cm.

G. M. iii. 1876. P. 13.

4. Sudan.

427. The rivers Kwora and Chadda or Bi'nue,
from the Nun mouth of the former to the country of
Adaniawa on the latter; to illustrate the journal of
Dr. William Balfour Baikie, R. N. Drawn by John
Arrowsmith. 1855. Scale [ca. 52 m.^^ in.]. Size,
22.4 X 20,9 cm. J. xxv. 1855. P. 109.

428. Map to accompany notes of a journey from
Bida, in Nupe, to Kano, in Haussa; performed by
Dr. W. B. Baikie, R. N., 1862. Scale, 36 m. = in.
Size, 26.4 X 19.4 cm. J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 92.

429. Map illustrating Dr. Nachtigall's travels,
1869-74. Chiefly from Dr. Nachtigall's maps pub-
lished in the ' Zeitschrift ' of the Berlin Geographical
Society, and in Petermann's ' Mittheilungen.' By
E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, i : 5,000,000 [78.91 m.
= in.]. Size, 40.7 X 48.4 cm.

G. M. ii. 1875. P. 178.

430. Map of Lake Chad and neighbouring re-
gions, to illustrate the paper by Dr. Nachtigal.
Scale, 400 m. = in. Size, 11. 5 X 19.9 cm.

J. xlvi. 1876. P. 397.

5. Nile and Red Sea Districts.

431. Map of the Egyptian desert between Keneh
and Suez. By J. Wilkinson, Esq. Scale [33.3 m.
= in.]. Size, 198 X 22.9 cm.

J. ii. [1832.] Art. ii.

432. Upper countries of the Nile, to illustrate
M. Linant's journey. Scale, iii m. = in. Size,
23 X 19.7 cm. J. ii. [1832.] Art. i. (Anal.).

433. Province of Sennar. Scale [ca. 66 m. =
in.]. Size, 11.4 X 17.7 cm. J. v. 1835. P- 58.

434. The Red sea, from the late surveys. 1835.
Scale [ca. 195 m. = in.]. Size, 11.3 X 17.4 cm.

J. v. 1835. P. 296.

435. The Nile from Essuan to Al-lei's, to illustrate
a journey to Kordofan, by A. T. Holroyd, Esq.,
1836-37. Scale [65.1 m. = in.]. Size, 114 X 19.5
cm. J. ix. 1839. P. igo.

436. [Sketch-map showing the direction of one
of the dykes on the Nile.] Scale, wanting. Size.
5.2 X 1.8 cm. J. ix. 1839. P. 440. No. 2.

437. [Sketch-map of the plain of Thebes, show-
ing the position of the temple and statues.] Scale,
450 ft. ^ in. Size, 9.3 X 3 cm.

J. ix. 1839. P. 440. No. 4.

438. Wady Natrun, or valley of the natron lakes,
by Sir J. G. Wilkinson, 1843. Scale, 6 m. = in.
Size, 28.9 X 18.8 cm. J. xiii. 1843. Pt. i. Art. iv.

439. Map to illustrate the explorations in eastern
Africa by Count Carl Krockow. Scale, 16 m. =
in. Size, 20.4 X 22.9 cm. J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 200.

440. The peninsula of Mount Sinai. A sketch
from observations on the ground, by the Rev. F. W.
Holland, M. A. London: Stanford's Geographical
Establishment. 1868. Scale, 8 m. = in. Size,
41.3 X 40.7 cm. J. xxxix. 1S69. P. 343.

441. Map showing route of the electric telegraph
from Suakin to Ra-sai. Reduced from the map by
the late Captain L. Rokeby, R. M. Scale, ca. 10 m.
= in. Size, 17.5 X 44.5 cm.

J. xliv. 1874. P. 153.

442. A traverse survey of the White Nile from
Khartum to Rigaf by Lieutenants Watson and Chip-
pendall, R. E. Scale, 36 m. = in. Size, 57.2 X
18 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 413.

443. Map of routes in Kordofan and Darfur,
constructed from the reconnaissances made by ofH-
cers of the Egyptian General Staff 1875-76, by W.
J. Turner. Scale, i : 2,253,080 [35.56 m. = in.].
Size, 46 X 33 cm. J. xlix. 1879. P. 393.

6. Abyssinia and Somali.

{Including Afari)

444. Isenberg and Krapf's route from Tajurrah
to Shod [Abyssinia] in 1840. Scale, 97 m. = in.
Size, 1 1.6 X 13.1 cm. J. x. 1841. P. 455.

445. Sketch of a route from Ankober to Gedem
[Abys=;inial, to illustrate Dr. C. T. Beke's journal.
1842. Scale, 7.2 m. = in. Size, 11.3 X 20.1 cm.

J. xii. 1842. Pt. I. Art. V. [vi.].

446. Map illustrating Dr. Beke's journey through
Abyssinia, 1840-1843. Scale, 34 m. = in. Size, 34.4
X 41.2 cm. J. xiv. 1844. Art. i.

447. Sketch of the lower courses of the Jubb
and Haines rivers, on the northeast coast of Africa.
By Lieutenant W. Christopher, R. N., 1843. Scale,
46 m. ^ in. Size, 21.3 X 18.6 cm.

J. xiv. 1844. Art. ii.

448. Sketch of the Regio aromatifera, to illus-
trate Mr. Cooley's paper. Scale [ca. 97 m. = in.].
Size, 23.3 X 19 cm. J. xix. 1849. Art. xvi.

449. [Abyssinian expedition, 1867-68.] Map

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.

19

showing the line of march from the coast to Adi-
gerat. Scale, 7 m. = in. Size, 36.7 X 323 cm.

J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 12.

450. [Abyssinian expedition, 1867-68.] Line of
march from Adigerat to the River Talcliazy^. Scale,
7 m. = in. Size, 57.3 X 193 cm.

J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 25.

451. [Abyssinian expedition, 1867-68.] Wadela
and Dalanta plateaux and Magdala. Scale, 7 m. =
in. Size, 18.9 X 19.1 cm. J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 35.

452. Map of part of Abyssinia, to illustrate Cr.
Blanc's journey from Metemma to Damot. Scale,
19 m. = in. Size, 18.7 X 27.5 cm.

J. xxxix. 1869. P. 36.

453. Map of the Afar country, and the northern
part of the Abyssinian highlands, to illustrate the
journey of W. Munzinger, Esq., late H. B. M. Con-
sul at Massowa. Scale, 14 m. = in. Size, 18.8 X
27.4 cm. J. xxxix. 1869. P. 188.

454. [Sketch map of the countries bordering the
southern portion of the Red sea and the Gulf of
Aden, to show the districts producing myrrh.]
Scale [ca. 186 m. = in.]. Size, 12 X 7.9 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. II.

7. Upper Guinea and Senegambia.

455. The course of the Quorra, the Joliba, or
Niger of Park, from the journals of Messrs. Richard
and John Lander, with their route from Badagry to
the northward, in 1830. Scale [ca. 48 m. = in.].
Size, 27.5 X 30.4 cm. J. [i.] 1830-31. Art. xiii.

456. West coast of Africa, to illustrate Captain
Belcher's observations. Scale [ca. 115 m. ^= in.].
Size, n.i X 20.7 cm.

J. ii. [1832.] Art. iv. (Misc.).

457. Sketch to illustrate paper on the supposed
junction of the Gambia and Casamanza rivers. Scale
[ca. 50 m. = in.]. Size, 19.6 X 11.3 cm.

J. iii. 1833. Art. iv.

458. Part of Sudan, shewing the supposed course
of the Chadda from Lake Chad, by Captain W.
Allen, R. N. Scale, 118 m. = in. Size, 16.3 X
18.8 cm. J. viii. 1838. P. 306.

459. Africa ; the lower course of the river Ka-
wara [Quorra]. 1841. Scale [51. i m. = in.]. Size,
13.2 X 20.8 cm. J. xi. 1841. P. 184.

460. The Old Calabar, or Cross, river from Seven
Fathoms Point to Ethiope rapids. From a chart by
Mr. J. B. King, surgeon of the Ethiope steamer.
1842. Scale, 21 m. = in. Size, 22.4 X 19 4 cm.

J. xiv. 1844. Art. xiv.

461. Sketch of the mouths of the jamoor river
[Cameroon district]. Scale, 47 m. = in. Size, 9.9
X 16 2 cm. J- xvi. 1846. Art. xiii.

462. The rivers Kw6ra and Chadda, or Binue,
from the Nun mouth of the former to the country of
Adamawa on the latter; to illustrate the journal of
Dr. William Balfour Baikie, R. N. Drawn by John
Arrowsmith. 1855. Scale [ca. 52 m. = in.]. Size,
22.4 X 20.9 cm. J. XXV. 1855. P. 109.

463. Western Africa, to illustrate travels in the
Yoruba and Niipe countries, performed by Daniel
J. May, Esq., R. N. 1858. Scale, 27 m. = in.
Size, 23.5 X 19.2 cm. J. xxx. i860. P. 212.

464. Map of the British territories on the Gold
and Slave coasts (Western Africa), with portions of
Ashanti, Dahome, and Yoruba. Compiled by E. G.
Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, i : 2,000,000 [31.57
m. = in.]. Size, 49.6 X 25.2 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 148.

465. Map of the former Dutch possessions on the
Gold Coast, comprising the country between Axim
and El-Mina. By Lieutenant C. A. Jeekel, R.

Dutch Navy. Scale, i : 250,000 [3.95 m. = in.].
Size, 47 X 28.1 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 284.

466. Map of the route from Cape Coast Castle
to Kumassi [Gold coast]. From a map prepared at
the Topographical Department of the War Office,
and based upon reconnaissance surveys by officers
with the expeditionary force. Scale, i : 750,000
[11.84 "1- = ill.]. Size, 17.2 X 26.6 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 448.

467. A map of the lower Volta river (Western
Africa). By E. G. Ravenstein. This map is based
mainly upon the admiralty charts, the published
maps of the missionaries Locher and Plessing, and
Hornberger and Brutschin, and a MS. map by H.
Laissle, architect and engineer of the Basel Miss.
Soc, dated Akropong, March, 1862. Scale, i : 750,-
000 [11.84 in- = hi.]. Size, 25.6 X 19.8 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 454.

468. Chart of creeks and rivers between Bonny
and Brass rivers [Niger delta]. Surveyed by R. D.
Boler and R. Knight. September, 1874. Scale,
8.6 m. = in. Size, 21.3 X 192 cm.

J. xlvi. 1876. P. 411.

469. Map of the Volta [western Africa] from a
map by M. J. Bonnat. Published in L'Explorateur.
Scale [ca. 12 m. = in.]. Size, 13 8 X 45 cm.

G. M. iii. 1876. P. 291.

470. West Africa. The vicinity of Mount Cam-
eroons from a drawing by the Rev. T. J. Comber,
Baptist Missionary Society. 1S77. Scale, 10.5 m.
= in. Size, 23.6 X 21.4 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 288.

471. Map of the Cameroons district, to illustrate
the paper by Mr. George Greenfell. Scale, 7.7 m.
= in. Size, 36 X 26.1 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 648.

8. Equatorial Africa.
A . IVestern,

472. Map of southern central Africa. By James
McQueen, Esq. - 1856. Scale [ca. 174 m. = in.].
Size, 29.9 X 19.2 cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 109.

473. Central Africa; showing the route of Silva
Porto from Benguela to Cape Delgado, in 1853-54 ;
also the sources of the Nile, and the countries around
them, by James Macqueen, Esq. Scale [ca. 196
m. = in.]. Size, 37.1 X 26.1 cm.

J. xxx. 1S60. P. 136.

474. Map illustrating M. du Chaillu's routes in
equatorial Africa in 1864-65. Scale, 11.5 m. ^ in.
Size, 41. 1 X 20.3 cm.

Sketch map of part of western Africa. Scale [ca. 270 m. :=
in.]. Size, 6.6 X 6.4 cm.

J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 64.

475. Dr. Livingstone's routes, 1866 to 1872. By
A. Keith Johnston. Scale, 148 m. = in. Size, 20.6
X 27.8 cm. O. H. ii. No. 4. 1872. P. [102].

476. Sketch map illustrating Dr. G. Schwein-
furth's travels in the country of the Niam Niam and
in Dar Fertit. 1869-1871. Constructed by E. G.
Ravenstein. Scale, i : 4,000,000 [63.13 m. ^ in.].
Size, 19.6 X 30.6 cm.

[Sketch map of central Africa, showing Dr. Schweinfurth's

routes.] Scale [ca. 458 m. = in.]. Size, 12 2 X n-S cm.

O. H. ii. No. 8. 1872. P. 247

477. The valley of the Congo. Drawn for
" Ocean highways : the geographical record," by
Lieutenant Grandy, R. N. Scale, 100 m. = in.
Size, 30.1 X 20.4 cm.

O. H. ii. No. 9. 1872. P. 274.

478. Map of tropical south Africa, illustrating
the progress of geographical discovery. By E. G.
Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, i : 10,000,000 [157.83
m. = in.]. Size, 41.5 X 29.1 cm.

G. M. ii. 1875. P- I-

20

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE

479. Map illustrating Dr. Nachtigall's travels,
1869-74. Chiefly from Dr. Nachtigall's maps pub-
lished in the ' Zeitschrift ' of the Berlin Geographical
Society and in Petermann's ' Mittheilungen.' By
E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, 1 : 5,000,000 [78.91 m.
= in.]. Size, 40.7 X 48.4 cm.

G. M. ii. 1875. P. 178.

480. Reduction of Lieutenant Cameron's pre-
liminary map of his route, and the adjacent country,
between Lake Tanganyika and Lovale, 1874-75;
with continuation from the maps of Dr. Livingstone
and other travellers. Scale, 48 m. = in. Size, 71.8
X 38.2 cm. P. XX. 1875-76. P. 119.

481. West Africa. Reduction of Lieutenant
Grandy's map of his route from Ambriz to the
River Congo, 1873-74. Scale, 23 m. = in. Size,
34.6 X 29.1 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 428.

482. Chart of the Quanza river from the bar to
the Livingstone falls. Surveyed and drawn by Carl
Ale.xanderson, 1873-74. Scale, 5 m. = in. Size,
65.3 X 18.7 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 429.

483. Stanley's map of the Congo river, 1S76-77.
Reduced from the map published in the " Daily Tel-
egraph." Scale [ca. 130 m. = in.]. Size, 25.8 X
18 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 318.

484. Map of the upper Binue river, from a sur-
vey by Mr. E. R. Flegel, of the Church Missionary
Society's expedition, 1879; in continuation of Ad-
miralty chart no. 2446 on same scale. Scale, 4.6 m.
= in. Size, 81.9 X 22.5 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 336.

485. West Africa. Sketch map of explorations
in tire neighbourhood of St. Salvador (Congo), by
the Rev. T. J. Comber, 1880. Scale, 33 m. = in.
Size, 41.8 X 22 cm. Pp. jii. 1881. P. 64.

486. [Sketch map of the Nyam Nyam country,
to illustrate Dr. Junker's journey.] Scale [ca. 137
m. = in.]. Size, 5.4 X 6.6 cm.

Pp. iii. 1881. P. 301.

487. Buchner's and Pogge's routes in West Africa,
1878-S1. Scale, I : 8,000,000 [126.26 m. = in.].
Size, 19 X 10.7 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 679.

488. The Congo river from its mouth to Bolobo,
to illustrate the journeys of Mr. H. H. Johnston.
Scale, ca. 40 m. ^= in. Size, 43.3 X 21.3 cm.

Pp. V. 1883. P. 632.

489. Physical map of west coast of Africa, by
H. H. Johnston. Scale [ca. 229 m. = in.]. Size,
II X 21.3 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 752.

490. Pogge and Wissmann's route from Kasai to
Nyangwe, 1881-82. From Lieutenant Wissmann's
original sketches. Scale, i: 2,000,000 [31.57 m.
= in.]. Size, 36.2 X 20 cm.

Lake Munkamba. Scale, i ; 400,000 [6.31 m. ^ in.]. Size,
3.8 X 2.8 cm.

Pp. V. 1883. P. 184.

491. Upper countries of the Nile, to illustrate
M. Linant's journey. Scale, m m. ;= in. Size, 23
X 19.7 cm. J. ii. [1832.] Art. i. (Anal.).

492. Sketch of the countries south of Abyssinia ;
(from oral information collected in Gojam) by Dr.
Beke. 1843. Scale, 62 m. = in. Size, 11 X 17.4
cm. J. xiii. 1843. P'- ^- ^''^- '■^•

493. Map of the countries south of Abessinia,
drawn under the dictation of 'Omar ibn Nedjat by
Dr. Beke. Yejubbi, gth February, 1843. Scale,
wantmg. Size, 16.1 X 19.8 cm.

J. xvii. 1847. Art. i.

494. The sea of Uniamesi, etc. By the Rev.
Messrs. Erhardt and Rebman, of the Church Mis-
sionary Society, 1855. Scale [ca. 180 m. = in.].
Size, 22.8 X 18.5 cm. P. i. 1S55-57. [P. 8.J

495. Map of southern central Africa. By James
McQueen, Esq. 1856. Scale [ca. 174 m. = in.].
Size, 29.9 X 19.2 cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 109.

496. East Africa expedition. Pangani to Fuga ;
a route survey by Captains Burton and Speke.
1857. Scale, 8.5 m. = in. Size, 18.4 X 11. 9 cm.

Pangani to Chogwe. Scale, 3 m. = in. Size, 9.2 X
3.3 cm. '

J. xxviii. 1858. p. 188.

497. East Africa expedition. Map of the routes
between Zanzibar and the great lakes in eastern
Africa, in 1S57, 1858, and 1859, by Captains R. F.
Burton and J. H. Speke. Constructed from the
observations of Captain Speke by A. G. Findlay,
F. R.G. S. Scale, 34 m. = in. Size, 60.2 X 37.8
cm. J- xxix. 1859. p. 464.

498. Central Africa; showing the route of Silva
Porto from Benguela to Cape Delgado, in 1853-54;
also the sources of the Nile, and the countries around
them, by James Macqueen, Esq. Scale [ca. ig6 m.
= in.]. Size, 37.1 X 26.1 cm.

J. xxx. i860. P. 136.

499. Sources of the Nile. Rough sketch of
countries north and south of the equator on the
meridian of Khartum. Scale, 240 m. = in. Size,
12 X 19 cm.

[Sketch map of Africa for comparison.] Scale [ca. 4,000 m.
= in]. Size, 3.6 X 3.5 cm.

P. V. 1860-61. P. 20.

500. Map of the routes in eastern Africa between
Zanzibar, the great lakes, and the Nile. Explored
and surveyed by Captain J. H. Speke, 1857-1S63.
Scale, 30 m. = in. Size, 58.4 X 75 cm.

J. xxxiii. 1863. P. 322 [346].

501. Map of the snowy mountains Kilima-ndjaro,
illustrating the paper of Baron C. Von der Decken.
Scale, 8.35 m. = in. Size, 19.4 X 19.4 cm.

Sketch map of Baron C. Von der Decken' s journeys from
the east coast of Africa to Mt. Kilima-ndjaro. Scale, 76
m. =: in. Size, 6.6 X 6.5 cm.

J. xxxiv. 1864. P. I.

502. The Nile and its western afHuents, between
the Albert Nyanza on the south, and the Sobat on
the north; founded on the astronomical observa-
tions, bearings, and distances of Johir Petherick,
Esq., as well as numerous other documents ; con-
structed by John Arrowsmith. 1865. Scale, 37
m. = in. Size, 20 X 35.8 cm.

J. xxx v. 1865. P. 289.

503. A map of the Albert N'yanza and of the
routes leading to its discovery in 1864. By Samuel
White Baker, Esq. Scale, 32.5 m. = in. Size, 33.1
X 47.7 cm. P. X. 1865-66. [P. 7.]

504. A map of the Albert N'yanza, and of the
routes leading to its discovery in 1864. By Samuel
White Baker, Esq. Scale, 33 m. = in. Size, 33.1
X 48.7 cm. J. xxxvi. 1866. P. I.

505. Sketch of the supposed route of Dr. Living-
stone, and probable place of the attack by the
Mavite. By J. Kirk, M.D., H. M. Vice Consul,
Zanzibar. Scale, 72 m. = in. Size, 18.8 X 11. 4 cm.

P. xi. 1866-67. P- las-
sos. The east African lakes, shewing their rela-
tion to the source of the Nile. Scale, 244 m. = in.
Size, 13.6 X 19.2 cm.

No. I. Burton and Speke, May, 1858. Scale [ca. 117 m.

^ in.]. Size, 12 X ig cm.
No. 2. Speke, rSsg. Scale [ca. 117 m. := in.]. Size, 13.1

X 19 cm.
No. 3. Speke and Grant, 1863. Scale [ca. 117 m. =: in.].

Size, 8.8 X 18.9 cm.
No. 4. Sir S. W. Baker, 1S64. Scale [ca. 117 m. = in.].

Size, lo.i X 19 cm.

J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 193.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.

21

507. A map showing the routes of some native
caravans from the coast into the interior of eastern
Africa, from information collected by the Rev. T.
Wakefield, missionary at Mombasa ; also of two
personal journeys to the southern Galla country,
made by the Revs. T. Wakefield and C. New in 1865
and 1866-67. Scale, 33 m. = in. Size, 48.2 X
39 7 cm. J. xl. 1870. P. 303.

508. Dr. Livingstone's routes, 1866 to 1872. By
A. Keith Johnston. Scale, 148 m. ^ in. Size, 20.6
X 27,8 cm. O. H. ii. No. 4. 1872. P. [102].

509. A sketch to show the relation of the Lua-
laba to the other rivers of Africa. Scale, 410 m. =
in. Size, 20.5 X 29.3 cm.

O. H. ii. No. 6. 1872. P. 173.

510. Dr. Livingstone's recent discoveries, and
the former English and Portuguese routes in the
lake region. Scale, no m. ^ in. Size, 20.5 X 29.3
cm. O. H. ii. No. 6. 1872. P. 174.

511. Sketch map illustrating Dr. G. Schwein-
furth's travels in the country of the Niam Niam and
in Dar Fertit. 1869-187 1. Constructed by E. G.
Ravenstein. Scale, i : 4,000,000 [63.13 m. = in.].
Size, 19.6 X 30.6 cm.

[Sketch map of central Africa, showing Dr. Schweinfurth's

routes.] Scale [ca. 458 m. == in.]. Size, 12.2 X 11.3 cm.

O. H. ii. No. 8. 1872. P. 247.

512. [Sketch map showing Mr. Stanley's routes
eastward of Lake Tanganyika.] Scale [ca. 65 m.
= in.]. Size, 11 X 5.3 cm.

O. H. ii. No. 9. 1872. P. 280.

513. [Sketch map showing Mr. Stanley's route
from Bagamoyo to the Usagara mountains.]. Scale
[ca. 440 m. = in.]. Size, 9.3 X 5.1 cm.

O. H. ii. No. 9. 1872. P. 280.

514. [Sketch map of the northern end of Lake
Tanganyika.] Scale, 14 m. ^ in. Size, 6.4 X 7.7
cm. O. H. ii. No. 9. 1872. P. 281.

515. Sketch map shewing the route of Sir Sam-
uel Baker [from Gondokoro to Masindi], 1871-73.
Scale, 33 m. = in. Size, 16.4 X 26.6 cm.

O. Hh. i, 1873. P. 221.

516. Map of the two main mouths of the River
Lufigi [East Africa]. From a sketch by Captain
Wharton, H. M. S. Shearwater. Scale, 4 m. = in.
Size, ca. 9 X 16 cm. P. xviii. 1873-74. P. 75.

517. (East coast of Africa.) The slave caravan
route from Dar-es-Salam to Kilwa [Zangebar], to
accompany the paper by Captain F. Elton. Scale,
9 6 m. = in. Size, 19.2 X 39.8 cm.

J. xliv. 1874. P. 227.

518. Sketch map shewing Lieutenant Cameron's
route to Lake Tanganyika. Scale, i : 1,500,000
[23.66 m. = in.]. Size, 25.5 X 17.6 cm.

G. M. i. 1874. P. i8o.

519. Map of Lake Tanganyika from Ujiji to its
southern extremity. Reduced from the map by
Lieutenant V. Lovett Cameron, R.N. ■ Scale, 11. 5
m. = in. Size, 18.1 X 74.4 cm.

P. xix. 1874-75. P- 75-

520. Sketch map of route from Gondokoro to
Dufli, by J. Kemp, Esq-, September-October, 1874.
Scale, ca. 1 : 850,000 [13.41 m. = in.] Size, ca.
9 x15 cm. P. xix. 1874-75. P. 325.

521. Map of Lake Tanganyika from tjjiji to its
southern extremity. Reduced from the map by
Lieutenant V. Lovett 'Cameron, R.N. Scale, 11.5
m. = in. Size, 18.1 X 74.2 cm.

J. xlv. 1875. P. 184.

522. Track and soundings of steam cutter up the
Rufiji River, by Captain Suhvan, R. N., assisted by
Sub-Lieutenant F. J. Grassie, R. N., H. M. S.
"London," 24th February, 1875. Scale, wanting.
Size, II X 19.4 cm. J. xlv. 1875. P. 365.

523. Map of tropical South Africa, illustrating
the progress of geographical discovery. By E. G.
Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, i : 10,000,000 [157.83
m. = in.]. Size, 41.5 X 29.1 cm.

G. M. ii. 1875. P. I.

524. Map of the southern Tanganyika, from a
sketch survey by Lieutenant V. Lovett Cameron,
R.N. Scale, l: 1,000,000 [15.78 m. = in.]. Size,
28.7 X 46.2 cm.

Lake Tanganyika, according to Dr. Livingstone and Lieu-
tenant Cameron. Scale [ca. 62 m. ^ in.]. Size, 11.3 X
15. S cm.

G. M. ii. 1875. P- 72.

525. The dominions of the Seyyid Barghash Bin
Said of Zanzibar. By E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, I :
3,430,000 [54.13 m. = in.]. Size, 19.2 X 36.8 cm.

The Somali coast. Scale, i: 3,430,000 [54.13 m. =: in.].
Size, 10.5 X 9.5 cm.

G. M. ii. 1S75. P. 208.

526. Map of the Victoria Nyanza, principally
according to H. M. Stanley, by E. G. Ravenstein.
Scale, 1 : 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 26.1
X 22.9 cm. G. M. ii. 1875. P- 369.

527. Map of the regions of the upper Nile.
From the explorations of Burton, Speke, Grant,
Baker, Kemp, Marno, Long, Stanley, Cameron, and
others. By E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, i : 4,000,000
[63.13 m. = in.]. Size, 23.7 X 31.9 cm.

G. M. ii. 1S75. P- 373-

528. Reduction of Lieutenant Cameron's prelimi-
nary map of his route, and the adjacent country,
between Lake Tanganyika and Lovale, 1874-75;
with continuation from the maps of Dr. Livingstone
and other travellers. Scale, 48 m. = in. Size, 71.8
X 38 2 cm. P. XX. 1875-76. P. 119.

529. Stanley's map of the Victoria N'yanza
adapted to the observations and tojjography of Cap-
tain Speke and ColoneJ Grant by W. J. Turner.
Scale, 34 m. = in. Size, 24.7 X 19.8 cm.

P. XX. 1875-76. P. 135.

530. Map of the Victoria N'yanza as delineated
by Mr. H. M. Stanley. Scale, 44 m. = in. Size,
18.3 X 19.8 cm. P. XX. 1875-76. P. 135.

531. Map of the Victoria N'yanza, compiled
from the original maps of Captain Speke, Colonel
Grant, and Mr. Stanley, adapted to the recorded
observations of Captain SjDeke by W. J. Turner.
Scale, 33.5 m. = in. Size, 24.6 X 19.8 cm.

J. xlvi. 1876. P. II.

532. Map of the north-west portion of the Vic-
toria Nyanza, constructed from Colonel Grant!s
original map and bearings, adapted to the astronom-
ical observations of Captain Speke by W. J. Turner.
Scale, 24 m. = in. Size, 15.5 X 18.1 cm.

J. xlvi. 1876. P. 13.

533. A traverse survey of the White Nile from
Khartum to Rigaf by Lieutenants Watson and Chip-
pendall, R. E. Scale, 36 m. = in. Size, 57.2 X i8
cm. J. -xlvi. 1876. P. 413.

534. Map of the White Nile from Lardo to
Urondogani, by Colonel Gordon, C. B., R. E. Sur-
veyed in 1875-76. Scale, 35 m. = in. Size, 15.9 X
26 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 431.

535. The country between Tanganyika and Ny-
angwe according to Livingstone and Cameron. By
E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, i : 2,000,000 [31.57 m.
= in.]. Size, 24.8 X 16.4 cm.

G. M. iii. 1876. P. 57.

536. Map of the Victoria and Albert ISTyanzas, to
illustrate the last discoveries of H. M. Stanley.
Scale, 1 : 3,250,000 [51. 10 m. = in.]. Size, 22.8
X 26.5 cm.

22

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE

[Map of the southwestern portion of the Victoria Nyanza.]
Scale [ca. 32 m. ^ in.]. Size, 6 4 X 10 cm.

G. M. iii. 1876. P. 245.

537. R. Gessi's survey of the Albert Nyanza,
from the maps published by the Egyptian General
Staff (General Stone). Scale, i : 1,000,000 [15.78
m. = in.]. Size, 22.7 X 37.2 cm.

G. M. iii. 1876. P. 247.

538. Map of the upper Nile, to illustrate the
reports of Colonel Gordon and M. Gessi, by W. J.
Turner. Scale, 58 m. = in. Size, 11.5 X 18 cm.

P. xxi. 1876-77. P. 56.

539. Map of the Rufu or Kingani river (eastern
Africa), to accoinpany the paper by Frederick Holm-
wood, Esq. Scale, 6 m. = in. Size, 18.9 X 23.6
cm. J. xlvii. 1877. P. 253.

540. The Nile from M'ruli to Dufli, from croquis
by General Gordon Pasha. 1876. Scale, 15.5 m.
= in. Size, 15 4 X 24 cm.

G. M. iv. 1877. P. 67.

541. Map of the Alexandra Nile, by H. M. Stan-
ley. Scale, i: 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size,
16.9 X 15.9 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 124.

542. A sketch map of the country round Lake
N'yassa. Scale, 38 m. = in. Size, 46.4 X 509 cm.

G. M. iv. 1877. P. 206.

543. Map of the Lukuga, by H. M. Stanley.
Scale, I : 100,000 [1.58 m. ^ in.]. Size, 16.1 X i5.i
cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 124.

544. East Africa. Sketch map of route from
Lake Nyassa to Ugogo, by Mr. H. B. Cotterill.
Scale, 29 m. := in. Size, 19 X 26.6 cm.

P. xxii. 1877-78. P. 233.

545. Sketch map of country between Kilwa
Kavinje and River Rovouma, by Alfred Bellville,
F. R. G. S., late Universities Missioir to L. Nyassa.
Scale [ca. 34 m. = in.]. Size, 24.7 X 17.6 cm.

G. M. V. 1878. P. 76.

546. East Africa. Map of southern Usainbara
by the Rev. J. P. Farler. Scale, ca. 10 m. = in.
Size, 19 X 10.7 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P- ^3-

547. Route survey of the western side of Lake
Nyassa by Mr. James Stewart, C. E., Livingstonia
mission. 1878. Scale, 13 m. = in. Size, 22.5 X
50 cm.

Northern continuation of Nyassa on a smaller scale, to illus-
trate Dr. Stewart's paper. Scale, 37 m. = in. Size, 5.2
X 1 1.4 cm.

Pp. i. 1879. P- 352-

548. East Africa. Sketch map of native routes
from Dar-es-Salaam towards the head of Lake Ny-
assa, from information obtained by Mr. Keith John-
ston, R. G. S. East African Expedition, 1S79. Scale,
35 m. = in. Size, 34.4 X 21.5 cm.

Pp. i. 1879. P. 480.

549. East Africa. Map of Mr. Keith Johnston's
route in southern Usambara, 1879, reduced from his
original drawing. Scale, 10.5 m. = in. Size, 20.1
X 13 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 616.

550. Sketch map of the route of the R. G. S.
East African Expedition from Dar-es-Salaam to Lake
Nyassa, 1879. Scale, 35.5 m. = in. Size, 34 4 X
21.5 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 144.

551. Route survey between lakes Nyassa and
Tanganyika by Mr. James Stewart, C. E , Living-
stonia mission. 1879. Scale, 13 m. = in. Size,
46.1 X 22.8 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 464.

552. Route survey of the western side of Lake
Nyassa (northern portion) by Mr. James Stewart,
C. E., Livingstonia mission. 1879. Scale, 13 m. =
in. Size, 32.3 X 35.6 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 464.

553. Map of the route of the R. G. S. East Afri-
can expedition to lakes Nyassa and Tanganyika,
constructed from Mr. Thomson's original map col-

lated with the routes of other explorers by W. J.
Turner. Scale, 42 m. = in. Size, 50.1 X 22.1 cm.
Pp. ii. 1880. P. 784.

554. Map of route from Kagei to Tabora, by
Rev. C. T. Wilson, 1877 ; to illustrate his paper at
page 616. Scale, 25 ra. = in. Size, 9.7 X 21.3 cm.

Pp. ii. 1S80. P. 784 [656].

555. [Sketch map of the Nyam Nyam country,
to illustrate Dr. Junker's journey.] Scale [ca. 137
m. ^ in.]. Size, 5.4 X 6.5 cm.

Pp. iii. i88r. P. 301.

556. Map of the north end of Lake Nyassa, sur-
veyed by Mr. James Stewart, C. E., Livingstonia
Mission. 1880. Scale, 12.5 m. = in. Size, 25 X
21.8 cm. Pp. iii. i88i. P. 320.

557. Route through northern Ugogo (August,
1879), by E. J. Southon, M.D. Scale, 27.6 m. = in.
Size, 10.6 X 5.7 cm.

Dr. Southon's route combined with the routes of other
explorers. Scale [ca. 48 m. =: in.]. Size, 6.1 X 2.9 cm.
Pp. iii. 1881. p. 547.

558. Sketch map of the River Rufigi, from a sur-
vey by W. Beardall, Zanzibar, March, 1881. Scale,
1 : 558,195 [8.8 m. = in.]. Size, 50 X 21.5 cm.

Pp. iii. 1881. P. 704.

559. Lake Tanganyika. From a survey by Mr.
Edward C. Hore, Master Mariner, of the London
Missionary Society. Scale, 23 m. = in. Size, 21
X 46.1 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 64.

560. The southern part of Lake Tanganyika
(Lake Liemba of Dr. Livingstone). From a survey
by Mr. Edward C. Hore, Master Mariner, of the
London Missionary Society. Scale, 5 76 m. = in.
Size, 28.6 X 35.9 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 64.

561. East Africa. Sketch map illustrating a
journey into the district of Nguru, by Mr. J. T. Last.
Scale, 11.5 m. = in. Size, 38.4 X 39.2 cin.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 192.

562. The lakes of Sigirso near Malindi [Galla
country]. From a sketch survey by the Rev. T.
Wakefield, 1877. Scale, I: 129,000 [^2.03 m. =
in.]. Size, 19 X 10.7 cm.

Mr. Wakefield's route from Ribe to Malindi, 1877. Scale,
I ; 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 6 X 6.6 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 370.

563. Native routes to the Masai country and to
the Victoria Nyanza. From information obtained
by the Ven'ble J. P. Farler. Scale, i : 2,000,000
[31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 30 X 26.3 cm.

New native routes collected by the Ven'ble J, P. Farler and
the Rev. Thomas Wakefield, and adjusted to the R.
Geogr. Society'smapof eastern equatorial Africa. Scale,
1 : 12,000,000 [189.39 "n- = in-1- Size, 8.4 X 9.4 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 776.

564. Africa. East coast. Map illustrating Mr.
O'Neill's journey into the Mavia country, Septem-
ber-October, 1882. Scale, 7.6 m. = in. Size, 35.2
X 19-2 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 440.

565. East Africa. Sketch map illustrating the
journeys of Mr. J. T. Last and Dr. E. J. Baxter into
the Masai country. Scale, 11. 5 m. = in. Size, 33.3
X 21-9 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 568.

9. South Africa.

A . Tropitcil Region.

566. Outline map of southern Africa, to illustrate
the analysis of Captain Owen's voyage. Scale [ca.
380 m. = in.]. Size, 22.2 X 19.7 cm.

J- iii. 1833. Art. i. (Anal.).

567. Sketch of South Africa, to illustrate paper
by W. D. Cooley, Esq. Scale [ca. 224 m. = in.].
Size, 21.8 X 16.8 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. x. (Misc.).

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.

23

568. Map of Nyassi, or the great lake of south-
ern Africa, with the country between it and the
eastern coast , exliibiting also the line of communi-
cation between the Quanza, in Angola, and the Zam-
bezi, in the government of Mozambique. By W.
Desborough Cooley. Scale [ca. 27 m. = in.]. Size,
37.1 X 21.4 cm. J. XV. 1845. Art. iv.

569. Route of Messrs. Livingston, Oswell, and
Murray to Lake Ngami. 1849. Scale, 84 m. = in.
Size, 1 1. 7 X 18.6 cm. J. xx. 1S51. Arts, ix., x.

570. Africa, between 10° and 30° south latitude.
Map to illustrate the routes of Francis Gallon, Esq.,
Messrs. Livingston and Oswell, and W. Henry Gas-
siott, Esq. 1852. Scale, 188 m. = in. Size, 26 X
18 7 cm. J. xxii. 1852. Arts, xi., xii.

571. Exploration of Africa. Sketch of a route
from the river Chobe to Loando, performed by the
Rev. Dr. Livingstone, 1853-54. Scale [ca. 146 m.
== in.]. Size, 21.2 X 20.3 cm.

J. xxiv. 1854. P. 306.

572. Map to illustrate explorations in South
Africa from Walvisch bay to Lake Ngami, etc., by
C. I. [J] Andersson, Esq. 1854. Scale, 84 m. =
in. Size, 25.3 X 20.I cm. J. xxv. 1855. P. 79.

573. Exploration of Africa. Sketch of a route
from the Barotse valley, on the River Leeambye, to
Loando; performed by the Rev. Dr. Livingston.
Scale, 75 m. = in. Size, 29.4 X 19.2 cm.

j. xxv. 1855. P. 236.

574. Map to illustrate a visit to Moselekatse,
King of the Matebele, by the Rev. R. Moffat. 1856.
Scale [ca. 57 m. = in.]. Size, 23.1 X 19 6 cm.

J. xxvi. 1856. P. 84.

575. Map of southern central Africa. By James
McQueen, Esq. 1856. Scale [ca. 174 m. = in.].
Size, 29.9 X 19 2 cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 109.

576. Map to illustrate Dr. Livingstone's route
across Africa ; constructed from his astronomical
observations, bearings, estimated distances, sketches,
etc, etc., by J. Arrowsmith. 1857. Scale, no m.
= in. Size, 41. 1 X 19.6 cm.

J. xxvii. 1857. P. 349.

577. East Africa expedition. Map of the routes
between Zanzibar and the great lakes in eastern
Africa, in 1857, 1858, and 1859, by Captains R. F.
Burton and J. H. Speke. Constructed from the ob-
servations of Captain Speke by A. G. Findlay,
F. R. G. S. Scale, 34 m. = in. Size, 60.2 X 37.8
cm. J. xxix. 1859. P. 464.

578. Central Africa; showing the route of Silva
Porto from Benguela to Cape Delgado, in 1853-54;
also the sources of the Nile, and the countries around
them, by James Macqueen, Esq. Scale [ca. 196
m. = in.]. Size, 37.1 X 26.1 cm.

J. XXX. i860. P. 136.

579. Africa. The course of the River Shire,
below Lake Nyassa, and the River Zambesi, below
Kabrabasa; to illustrate the papers of Dr. David
Livingstone. Scale, 52 m. = in. Size, 13.3 X 18.9
cm. J- xxxi. 1861. P. 256.

580. River Zambesi at Bandari rock. Scale [ca.
goo ft. = in.]. Size, ca. 4.5 X 5 cm. .

^ J. xxxi. 1861. P. 281.

581. Map of South Africa, to illustrate the paper
by James Fox Wilson, Esq., and Dr. Livingstone's
theory of ancient lakes. Scale, 263 m. = in. Size,
22 X 19.8 cm. J. XXXV. 1865. P. 107.

582. (South eastern Africa) Lake Nyassa, the
River -Shire, etc., from the MS. map by Dr. Kirk.
Scale, 54.5 m. = in. Size, 14-4 X 2S-9 cm.

J. XXXV. 1865. P. 167.

583. Sketch map of Mr. Baines' routes between
the Limpopo and Zambesi rivers. Scale, 52 m. =
in. Size, 17.9 X 33 cm. J. xli. 1871. P. 100.

584. Map of route from the Tati settlement to
Delagoa bay, to illustrate the paper by Captain F.
Elton. Scale, 34 m. = in. Size, 34.3 X 29.6 cm.

J. xlii. 1872. P. I.

585. Dr. Livingstone's routes, 1866 to 1872. By
A. Keith Johnston. Scale, 148 m. = in. Size, 20.6
X 27.8 cm. O. H. ii. No. 4. 1872. P. [102].

586. Route map of the Gasa country (south east-
ern Africa), illustrating the journey to Umzila, King
of Gasa. Reduced from the original map constructed
by Mr. St. Vincent Erskine. Scale, 36 m. ^ in.
Size, 26.6 X 34 9 cm. J. xlv. 1875. P. 45.

587. Map of tropical South Africa, illustrating
the progress of geographical discovery. By E. G.
Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, i : 10,000,000 [157.83
m. ^ in.]. Size, 41.5 X 2g.i cm.

G. M. ii. 1875. P. I.

588. Sketch map of Lake Nyassa by Mr. E. D.
Young, 1876. Scale [ca. 29 m. = in.]. Size, 11 X
37.2 cm. P. XX. 1875-76. P. 451.

589. Map of a portion of South Africa, illustrat-
ive of Lieutenant Cameron's route from Lake Tan-
ganyika to the west coast. By E. G. Ravenstein,
F. R. G.S. Scale, I: 5,000,000 [78.91 m. = in.].
Size, 46 X 25 7 cm. G. M. iii. 1876. P. 57.

590. A sketch map of the country round Lake
N'yassa. Scale, 38 m. = in. Size, 46.4 X 50.9 cm.

G. M. iv. 1877. P. 206.

591. Map of the Bamangwato country, to illus-
trate Captain Patterson's paper. Scale, 65 m. = in.
Size, 29 X 22 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 288.

592. Map of South Africa, illustrating the jour-
ney of Major Serpa Pinto from Benguella to Natal,
1877-79, '^y W- J- Turner. Scale, 178 m. = in.
Size, 29.3 X 21.8 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 544.

593 Map of the central portion of South Africa,
illustrating Dr. Holub's journeys, 1873-79; con-
structed from his original drawings, collated with
the routes of other travellers and the most recent
material, by W. J. Turner. Scale, 80 ra. = in.
Size, 22.3 X 37.4 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 400.

594. Sketch map of the Okavango. river by Pere
Duparquet. Scale, 63 m. = in. Size, 16.1 X 10.8
cm. Pp. iii. 1881. p. 44.

595. General map of South Africa, by W. J.
Turner, showing the comparative distances from
Cape Town with those of European cities from Lon-
don. Scale, 212 m. = in. Size, 25.7 X 21.9 cm.

Pp. iii. 1881. P. 64.

596. Central Africa. Map of the central Zam-
besi region, constructed from the route-surveys and
observations of Livingstone, Baines, Mohr, Pinto,
Holub, and other travellers, combined with the
sketches of Mr. F. C. Selous, by W. J. Turner.
Scale, 60 m. = in. Size, 22.4 X 21.4 cm.

Pp. iii. 1881. P. 192.

597. Central Africa. Sketch map of the Chobe
river by Dr. Benjamin F. Bradshaw. 1880. Scale,
2 m. = in. Size, 19 X 21.2 cm.

Pp. iii. 1881. P. 256.

598. Routes in the Mashuna and Matabele coun-
tries, by F. C. Selous. Scale, 1 : 3,500,000 [55.24
m. = in.l. Size, 10.8 X 11.8 cm.

Pp. iii. 1881. P. 353.

599. Map of the Rovuma river and the region to
the south, illustrating the journeys of Mr. Joseph
Thomson and the Rev. Chauncy Maples, A.M.
Scale, 1 5 m. = in. Size, 46.2 X 45.1 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 128.

600. General map of the Makua country, from a
sketch by H. E. O'Neill, H. M. Consul at Mozam-
bique. Scale, 46 m. = in. Size, 23.4 X 22.1 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 256.

601. Route map illustrating a journey into the

24

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE

Makiia country, by H. E. O'Neill, H. M. Consul at
Mozambique. Scale, 23 m. = in. Size, 33.6 X 12.8
cm. Pp. iv. 1S82. P. 255.

602. Route from Senna to the gold mines of
Manica [Zambesi country]. From a survey by M.
Kuss, member of Paiva de Andrada's Zambesi ex-
pedition. Scale, i: 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.].
Size, 13.8 X 10.7 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 373.

603. Paiva de Andrada's Zambesi expedition.
Routes to Maxinga and the Mazoe. From sketches
by M. Kuss. 1881. Scale, i : 1,280,000 [20.2 m.
= in.]. Size, 10.7 X 14.1 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 418.

604. Routes through the Yao country, by the
Rev. W. P. Johnson, 1880-82. Scale, i : 2,000,000
[31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 21.3 X 21.8 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 520.

605. Map of the Mozambique coast ; to illustrate
the paper by H. E. O'Neill, H. M. Consul at Mo-
zambique, on the coast, rivers, and ports of Mozam-
bique. Scale, 23 m. = in. Size, 32.1 X 40.5 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 648.

606. Routes between the TJmfule and the Zam-
besi, by F. C. Selous. Scale, i: 2,000,000 [31.57
ra. = in.]. Size, 10.8 X 15.5 cm.

Pp. v. 1883. P. 269.

607. Map of the southern part of Portuguese
possessions on the west coast of Africa, to illustrate
the Earl of Mayo's journey in 1882-18S3. Scale, 28
m. = in. Size, 30.3 X 21.8 cm.

Pp. V. 1883. P. 504.

608. Africa. Lake Nyassa, surveyed by Mr.
James Stewart, C. E. Scale, 19 m. = in. Size,
207 x49.7 cm. Pp. V. .1883. P. 752.

609. Physical map of west coast of Africa, by
H. H. Johnston. Scale [ca. 229 m. ^ in.]. Size, 11
X 21.3 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 752.

S, Cape Region-

610. Outline map of southern Africa, to illustrate
the analysis of Captain Owen's voyage. Scale [ca.
380 m. = in.]. Size, 22.2 X 19.7 cm.

J. iii. 1883. Art. i. (Anal.).

611. Sketch of South Africa, to illustrate paper
by W. D. Cooley, Esq. Scale [ca. 224 m. = in].
Size, 21.8 X 16.8 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. x. (Misc.).

612. Sketch of the Cape of Good-Hope colony.
Scale [ca. 227 m. = in.]. Size, 21.7 X 16.9 cm.

J. V. 1835. P. 340.

613. Colony of the Cape of Good Hope. Scale,
65 m. = in. Size, 29.8 X 19.9 cm.

J. vi. 1836. P. 174.

614. Map to illustrate Captain Alexander's route
in South Africa. 1838. Scale, 37 m. = in. Size,
235 X 38.5 cm.

[Map of the western portion of Cape Colony, to illustrate
Captain Alexander's route.] Scale, 55 m. z= in. Size,
6.6 X 14-4 cm.

J. viii. 1838. P. 28.

615. Africa, between 10° and 30° south latitude.
Map to illustrate the routes of Francis Galton, Esq.,
Messrs. Livingston and Osvvell, and W. Henry
Gassiott, Esq. 1852. Scale, 188 m. = in. Size, 26
X 18.7 cm. J. xxii. 1852. Arts, xi., xii.

616. Map to illustrate explorations iir South
Africa from Walvish bay to Lake Ngami, etc., by
C. L [J.] Andersson, Esq. 1854. Scale, 84 m. := in.
Size, 25.3 X 20.1 cm. J. xxv. 1855. P. 79.

617. Map to illustrate a vist to Moselekatse,
King of the Matebele, by the Rev. R. Moffat.
1856. Scale [ca. 57 m. = in.]. Size, 23.1 X 19.6
cm. J. xxvi. 1856- P. 84,

618. South Africa. Map to illustrate route from
near Colesberg on the east to Steinkopf on the west ;

also return route along the banks of the Orange
river towards the Bechuana country. By Robert
Moffatt, Esq 1858. Scale, 40 m. =: in. Size, 43 I
X 19.5 cm. J. xxviii. 1858. P. 153.

619. Sketch to accompany a trading trip into the
Orange River Free States, and the country of the
Trans-vaal Republic, in 1851-52. By John Sander-
son, Esq. Scale, 30 m. = in. Size, 11 X 19.5 cm.

J. XXX. i860. P. 234.

620. Map to accompany a journey from Inham-
bane to Zoutpansberg, in 1855-56; to which is
added the parts of South Africa adjacent, by James
McQueen, Esq., F. R. G. S. Scale [ca. 54 m. = in.].
Size, 22.4 X 19.4 cm. , J. xxxii. 1862. P. 63.

621. South Africa. Map of Zulu, Amatonga,
Natal, and Kafir Land, from the sketches of Messrs.
Sanderson, Paxton, Rider, and Newling, to illustrate
papers by John Sanderson, Esq. i86l. Scale, 62
m. = in. Size, 19.2 X 18.5 cm.

J. xxxii. 1862. P. 335.

622. Map of South Africa, to illustrate the paper
by James Fox Wilson, Esq., and Dr. Livingstone's
theory of ancient lakes. Scale, 263 m. ^ in. Size,
22 X 19.8 cm. J. XXXV. i8'i5. P. 107.

623. South-west Africa. Map of the principal
part of Damara Land ; based on prismatic compass
triangulation checked by observed latitudes. By
C. J. Andersson, Esq., Cape Town, 1866. Scale
[ca. 28 m. = in.]. Size, 31.1 X 36.5 cm.

J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 247.

624. Map of the colony of Natal, to accompany
the paper by Dr. R. J. Mann. Scale, 27 m. = in.
Size, 19.8 X 25.1 cm. J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 48.

625. Sketch map illustrating the discovery of the
mouth of the Bembe, Limpopo, or Ouri river (South
Africa). By St. Vincent W. Erskine. Scale, 74-m.
= in. Size, 16 2 X 19.1 cm.

J. xxxix. 1869. P. 233.

626. Map of route from the Tati settlement to
Delagoa bay, to illustrate the paper by Captain F.
Elton. Scale, 34 m, = in. Size, 34.3 X 29.6 cm.

J. xlii. 1872. P. I.

627. Sketch map of the country between Delagoa
bay and the South African Republic [Transvaal].
Compiled by E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, i : 2,000,000
[31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 21.3 X 31.5 cm.

O. H. ii. No. II. 1873. P- 347-

628. Route map of the Gasa country (southeast-
ern Africa), illustrating the journey to tJmzila, King
of Gasa. Reduced from the original map con-
structed by Mr. St. Vincent Erskine. Scale, 36 m.
^ in. Size, 26.5 X 34.9 cm. J. xlv. 1875. P. 45.

629. Map of the Transvaal and the surrounding
territories, by F. Jeppe, F. R. G. S. Scale, i : 1,850,-
000 [29.20 m. = in.]. Size, 58.1 X 56.7 cm.

a. Continuation of Mauch's route to the ruins of Zimbabye.

Discovered 5th September, 1871. Scale [29.20 m. ^
in.]. Size, 5.2 X 6 cm.

b. Plan of Lourengo Marques (Del. bay). Scale, 3,280 ft.

^ in. Size, 5.2 X 6 2 cm.

c. Plan of Pretoria. Scale, wanting. Size, 5X7 cm.

J. xlvii. 1877. P. 217.

630. A map of the South African Republics. By
E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, 1 : 2,000,000 [31.57 m.
= in.]. Size, 44.9 X 50.1 cm.

G. M. iv. 1877. P. 27.

631. Route map of A. C. Bailie's journey from
Barkly to Gubuluwayo. Scale [ca. 31 m. = in,].
Size, 42.1 X 18 cm. J. xlviii. 1878. P. 287.

632. Map of the Bamangwato country, to illus-
trate Captain Patterson's paper. Scale, 65 m. =
in. Size, 29 X 22 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 288.

633. Map of South Africa, illustrating the jour-
ney of Major Serpa Pinto from Benguella to Natal,

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.

25

1877-79. by W. J. Turner. Scale, 178 m. = in.
Size, 29.3 X 21.8 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 544.

634. Map of tlie central portion of South Africa,
illustrating Dr. Holub's journeys, 1873-79; con-
structed from his original drawings, collated with
the routes of other travellers and the most recent
material, by \V. J. Turner. Scale, 80 m. := in.
Size, 22,3 X 37.4 cm. Pp. ii. 18S0. P. 400.

635. General map of South Africa, by W. J.
Turner, showing the comparative distances from
Cape Town with those of European cities from
London. Scale, 212 m. = in. Size, 25.7 X 21.9
cm. Pp. iii. 1881. P. 64.

636. The delta and lower course of the Sabi
river [Umzila]. From the survey of the late Cap-
tain T. L. Phipson-Wybrants. Scale, 9.5 m. = in.
Size, 17.7 X 10.7 cm. Pp. v. 1883. P. 272.

10. Islands.

637. Socotra, from the late surveys. 1835.
Scale, 7.4 m. = in. Sire, 32.3 X 17.6 cm.

J. V. 1835. P. 228.

638. Sketch of Madagascar, to illustrate Colonel
Llyod's [Lloyd's] paper. Scale, 128 m. = in. Size,
11.4 X 20.2 cm. J. XX. 1851. Art. iv.

639. The central provinces of Madagascar, by
Joseph Mullens, D.D. Scale, 12 m. = in. Size,
40.3 X 78.7 cm.

Madagascar [showing the position of the central provinces].
Scale [ca. 41 m. = in.]. Size, 8.5 X 13.3 cm.

J. xlv. 1875. P. 129.

640. Map of Sokotra according to S. B. Haines
and I. R. Wellsted. By E. G. Ravenstein. Scale,
1 : 300,000 [473 m. = in.]. Size, 48.3 X 21.6 cm.

[Map of that portion of the Gulf o£ Aden between Sokotra
and the Somali coast.] Scale, i: 3,000,00c [4.73 m. =
in.]. Size, 10.4 X 7-S cm.

G. M. iii. 1876. P. 120.

641. South east Madagascar and the Ibara coun-
try, by Joseph Mullens, D.D., from the surveys of
Messrs. Sibree, Shaw, and Richardson. Scale, 12
m. = in. Size, 49.3 X 32.9 cm.

J. xlvii. 1877. P. 47.

642. West central Madagascar, by Joseph Mul-
lens, D.D. From Messrs. Grandidier, Sewell, etc.
Scale, ca. 12 m. = in. Size, 38.3 X 30.4 cm.

J. xlvii. 1877. P. 63.

643. Part of Madagascar; from the latest sur-
* veys, by Joseph Mullens, D.D. Scale, ca. 12 m. =

in. Size, 39 X 47-2 cm. J. xlvii. 1877. P. 67.

644. [Map of Madagascar for comparison with
the language map of Farther India and the Indian
Archipelago. E. L. Brandreth and Robert N. Cust.
1878. No. 2.] Scale [ca. 330 m. = in.]. Size, 6.4
X 7.9 cm. G. M. V. 1878. P. 25.

645. Physical map of Madagascar by the Rev.
James Sibree, reduced from Dr. Mullens' map.
Scale, 140 m. = in. Size, 12.3 X 22.1 cm.

Pp. i. 1879. P. 688.

646. Map of south-eastern provinces of Madagas-
car, comprising part of the Tanala, Betsileo, and
Bara country. From a sketch survey by the Rev.
W. Deans Cowan. Scale, 7.7 m. = in. Size, 76.7
X 56 cm. Pp. iv. 18S2. P. 584.

V. AUSTRALASIA.

I. Australia, General.

647. Map of the south east portion of Australia,
shewing the progress of discovery in the interior of
New South Wales to 1832. Scale, 70 m. = in.
Size, 41.1 X 33-8 cm. J. ii. [1832.] Art. [viuj.

648. Australia [showing the position of New
South Wales and Victoria]. Scale [500 m. = in.].
Size, 12.7 X 10.2 cm. J. vii. 1837. P. 248.

649. Australia, according to the proposed di-
visions. Scale, 312 m. =: in. Size, 21.3 X 18.3 cm.

Spain and Portugal ... to serve as a measure of magni-
tude. Scale, 312 m. ^ in. Size, ca 6 X 4-5 cm.

J. viii. 1838. P. 168.

650. Map shewing the range of the southern
dialects of Australia. Scale, 320 m. = in. Size,
20.9 x19 cm. J. XV. 1845. Art. iv. (Misc.).

651. Sketch-map to illustrate Dr. Leichardt's
route from Moreton bay to Port Essington. 1846.
Scale, 320 m. = in. Size, 21 X 19 cm.

J. xvi. 1846. Art. X.

652. Map of the country explored by the Central
Australian Expedition under the command of Cap-
tain Charles Sturt during the years 1844, '4S> ^.nd
'46. Scale, 50 m. = in. Size, 20.6 X 40.8 cm.

J. xvii. 1847. Art. ii.

653. Australia. Map to illustrate diaries of ex-
ploration of central Australia by John McDouall
Stuart, Esq. i860 and 1861. Scale, 80 m. := in.
Size, 20.1 X 36.5 cm. J. xxxi. 1861. P. 83.

654. Australia. Map to accompany the diary of
Messrs. Burke and Wills, across Australia to the
Gulf of Carpentaria ; also Mr. Howitt's journal to
Cooper creek ; constructed chiefly from the observa-
tions and field-book of W. I. [J.] Wills, Esq. 1861.
Scale, 80 m. = in. Size, 13.6 X 36.4 cm.

J. xxxii. 1862. P. 430.

655. Map, to illustrate the winds of north-east
Australia, to accompany the paper by Dr. A. Rat-
tray, M.D., R.N. Scale [ca. 143 m. = in.]. Size,
25.3 X 19.5 cm. J. xxxviii. 186S. P. 370.

656. Map illustrating the climate and physical
geography of north-east Australia, to accompany the
paper by Dr. A. Rattray, M.D., R. N. Scale [ca.
835 m. = in.]. Size, 34.4 X 19.8 cm.

J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 381.

657. Map of the overland telegraph line between
Port Augusta and Port Darwin, constructed by the
South Australian government. Drawn for " Ocean
highways " by F. le B. Bedwell, R. N., F. R. G. S.
Scale, 125 m. ^ in. Size, 18.9 X 30.1 cm.

O. H. ii. No. 10. 1873. P. 310.

2. West Australia. ^

658. Sketch of the Swan river colony, including
King George's sound. Scale [ca. 18.94 m. = in.].
Size, 33 X 37.6 cm.

King George's sound. Scale, 4.6 m. = in. Size, 13.3 X

1 1. 3 cm.
Cockburn sound. Scale. 5.75m. ^in._ Size, 12.8 X 12.6 cm.
Port Leschenault. Scale; 2.12 m. ^ in. Size, 6 X 6.1 cm.
J. [i.] . 1830-31. Art. i.

659. Western Australia, from the latest docu-
ments received in the Colonial Office, 1832. Scale
[ca. 23 m. = in.]. Size, 33.1 X 40.9 cm.

J. ii. [1832.] Art. ix. (Misc.).

660. Australia. Northwest coast. 1838. Scale
[82.2 m. = in.]. Size, 11.7 X 18.8 cm.

J. viii. 1838. P. 466.

661. Part of western Australia, to illustrate the
journals of Messrs. Gregory and Lieutenant Help-
man, R. N. Scale, 38 m. = in. Size, 20.1 X 17 7
cm. J. xviii. 1848. Arts, iv., v.

662. Western Australia. Map to illustrate the
route" of the expedition under Surveyor-General Roe,
from Perth to Russell Range, 1848 and 1849. Scale,
48 m. = in. Size, 27.8 X 19.5 cm.

J. xxii. 1852. Art. i.

26

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE

663. Sketch showing the route of the settlers' ex-
pedition under Mr. A. C. Gregory from Perth to-
wards Gascoyne river, 184S. Also Governor Fitz-
Gerald's route from Champion bay to Murchison
river, 1S4S and 1849. Scale, 48 m. = in. Size, 9.3
X 20 cm. J. x.Kii. 1852. Arts, ii., iii.

661 Map to illustrate the report of an expedition
into the interior of western Australia in 1854. By
Robert Austin, Assistant Surveyor. Scale, 74 m. =
in. Size, 16 X 19.8 cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 235.

665. Map of north western Australia ; to illustrate
journal of exploring expedition commanded by F. T.
Gregory, Esq. i85l. Scale, 41 m. = in. Size,
365 x19.1cm. J. xxxii. 1862. P. 372.

665. Map shewing the overland tracks from
Perth to Eucla and Adelaide by John Forrest, gov-
ernment surveyor, 1870. Scale, 45 m. = in. Size,

82.6 X 17.2 cm. J. xli. 1871. P. 361.

667. Map showing the explorations to the east-
ward and southward of Hampton plains (western
Australia) by Alexander Forrest, Assistant Surveyor.
1871. Scale, 45 m. = in. Size, 33.3 X 20.2 cm.

J. xlii. 1872. P. 388.

668. Map showing the route of the West Aus-
tralian exploring expedition through the centre of
Australia, from Champion bay on the west coast
to the overland telegraph line between Adelaide
and Port Darwin. Commanded by John Forrest,
F. R. G. S. 1874. Scale, 37 m. = in. Size, 76 4 X

18.7 cm. J. xlv. 1875. P. 249.

669. Map of the explorations from Beltana sta-
tion (.South Australia) to the city of Perth (western
Australia), by Ernest Giles. 1875. Scale, 55 m. ^
in. Size, 69.6 X 17.5 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 329.

3. North Australia.

670. Melville aud Bathurst islands with Cobourg
peninsula. North Australia. Scale, 10 m. = in.
Size, 44.3 X 17.8 cm. J. iv. 1834. Art. vi.

671. North Australia. Map to complete diaries
of exploration across Australia (from south to north)
by John McDouall Stuart, Esq. 1861 and 1862.
Scale, 65 m. = in. Size, 11. 5 X 19.7 cm.

J. xxxiii. 1863. P. 276.

672. North Australian exploring expedition. Part
of North Australia, to illustrate journal of the route
of Augustus C. Gregory, Esq. 1858. Scale, 58 m.
= in. Size, 61.7 X 20.1 cm. J. xxviii. 1858. P. i.

673. Portion of the Flinders river [North Aus-
tralia], to illustrate the observations of Commander
Norman, R. N. Scale, 4.8 m. ^ in. Size, 11 X 17.4
cm. J. xxxiii. 1S63. P. 5.

4. South Australia.

674. Country near the mouth of the River Mur-
ray, Australia. Scale [ca. 19 m. = in.]. Size, 199
X 12.1 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. v. (Anal.).

675. Sketch of the country east of Flinders
range. South Australia, to illustrate a paper by Cap-
tain Frome, R. E., Surveyor-General of the Colony.
1843. Scale [ca. 35 m. = in.]. Size, 11 X 19.7 cm.

J. xiv. 1844. Art. XV.

676. Southeast extremity of South Australia, to
illustrate Governor G. Grey's expedition. 1844.
Scale [ca. 29 m. ^ in.]. Size, 29.4 X 19.5 cm.

a. Mt. Gambler, — plan. Scale, 2,625 yds. = in. Size, 7.2

X <3 cm.
it. Mt. Schanck, — plan. Scale, 2,625 yds. = in. Size, 4.6

X 6.6 cm.

J. XV. 1845. Art. iii.

677. Sketch to illustrate extracts of explorations
made by Surveyor-General Freeling, Mr. S. Hack,

and others, in South Australia, 1857. Scale [ca. 48
m. = in.]. Size, 22.8 X 19.5 cm.

P. ii. 1857-58. [P. 186.]

678. Expeditions in search of Burke and Wills.
Map of eastern Australia ; on which are delineated
the routes of Messrs. Burke and Wills, McKinlay,
Landsborough, and Walker, etc., to accompany the
Journal of the Royal Geographical Society for 1863.
Scale, 80 m. = in. Size, 30.6 X 45.4 cm.

J. xxxiii. 1863. P. 13.

679. Map shewing the overland tracks from Perth
to Eucla and Adelaide by John Forrest, government
surveyor, 1870. Scale. 45 m. = in. Size, 82.6 X
17.2 cm. J. xli. 1871. P. 361.

680. Map showing the route of the West Aus-
tralian exploring expedition through the centre of
Australia, from Champion bay on the west coast
to the overland telegraph line between Adelaide
and Port Darwin. Commanded by John Forrest,
F. R. G. S. 1874. Scale, 37 m. = in. Size, 76.4 X
18.7 cm. J. xlv. 1875. P- 249.

681. Map of the explorations from Beltana sta-
tion (South Australia) to the city of Perth (western
Australia), by Ernest Giles. 1875. Scale, 55 m. =
in. Size, 69.6 X 17.5 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 329.

5. Queensland.

682. Australia. Map to illustrate the journal of
a route along the rivers Victoria and Warrego, by
E. B. Kennedy, Esq. 1847. Scale [ca. 60 m. = in.J.
Size, 22.4 X 18 cm

J. xxii. 1852. Art. xv. (Append.).

683. Expeditions in search of Burke and Wills.
Map of eastern Australia; on which are delineated
the routes of Messrs. Burke and Wills, McKinlay,
Landsborough, and Walker, etc., to accompany the
Journal of the Royal Geographical Society for 1863.
Scale, 80 m. = in. Size, 30.6 X 45.4 cm.

J. xxxiii. 1863. P. 13.

684. Map illustrating the overland expedition
from Port Denison to Cape York (Australia) under
the command of F. and A. Jardine, Esqrs,, to accom-
pany Mr. Richardson's paper. Scale, 40 m. = in.
Size, 33.4 X 36.9 cm. J. xxxvi. 1866. P. ig.

6. New South Wales.

685. Map of the south east portion of Australia,
shewing the progress of discovery in the interior of
New South Wales, by Major Mitchell, Surveyor-
General of the Colony. Scale, 70 m. = in. Size,
41-9 X 33-3 cm.

Australia [showing the position of New South Wales].
Scale [500 m. = in.]. Size, 12.7 X 10.2 cm.

J. vii. 1837. P. 284.

686. Sketch of New England, Beardy plains, the
Clarence and Richmond rivers. New South Wales,
to illustrate the route of Captain H. G. Hamilton,
R.N. Scale, 27 m. = in. Size, 15.4 X 19.4 cm.

J. xiii. 1843. Pt- 2. Art. iii.

687. Sketch [of the northeastern portion of New
South Wales] to illustrate Mr. Russel's paper. 1845.
Scale, 39 m. = in. Size, 15.6 X 19.1 cm.

J. XV. 1845. Art. ix.

688. Expeditions in search of Burke and Wills.
Map of eastern Australia ;. on which are delineated
the routes of Messrs. Burke and Wills, McKinlay,
Landsborough, and Walker, etc., to accompany the
Journal of the Royal Geographical Society for 1863.
Scale, 80 m. = in. Size, 30.6 X 45.4.

J. xxxiii. 1863. P, 53.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.

27

7. Victoria.

689. Map of the south east portion of Australia,
shewing the progress of discovery in the interior of
New Soutli Wales, by Major Mitchell, Surveyor-
General of the Colony. Scale, 70 m. = in. Size,
41-9 X 33-3 cm.

Australia [showing the position of New South Wales and
Victoria]. Scale [500 m. = in.]. Size, 12.7 X 10.2 cin.
J. vii. 1837. P. 248.

8. New Guinea.

690. [Maps of New Guiirea, showing recent dis-
coveries.]

a. Running survey made in April, 1873, by Captain J.

Moresby and Lieutenant T. L. Mourilyan, of H. M. S.
Basilisk. Scale, 13.2 m. = in. Size, 15.5 X 14.3 cm.

b. Galewo strait. Surveyed by Captain G. de Lenna of G.

E, Cerutti's expedition, February to March, 1S70.
(From a map by Guido Cora.) Scale, 13.9 m. =:i in.
Size, 5.8 X 10.2 cm.

c. [Western end of New Guinea, shewing Dr. Meyer's route

in 1873, from an original sketch.] Scale [ca. 114 m.
^ in.]. Size, g 6 X 10.2 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 360.

691. Chart of the south-east coast of New Guinea,
to accompany the paper by Captain J. Moresby,
R. N. Scale [ca. 9 m. = in.]. Size, 25.5 X 19.6 cm.

Sketch map of part of the south coast of New Guinea, by
W. W. GiU, B.A. Scale [ca. 33 ra. = in.]. Size, 5.5 X
3 9 cm.

J. xliv. 1874. P. I.

692. Map of eastern New Guinea, to accompany
the paper by Captain J. Moresby, R. N. Scale, 37
m. = in. Size, 39.8 X 40.7 cm.

New Guinea. Scale 195 m. = in. Size, 19.4 X 10.6 cm.
J. xlv. 1875. P. 153.

693. Map of [the northwestern] part of New
Guinea, illustrating O. Beccari's explorations in
1875. Principally from maps compiled by Guido
Cora. Scale, i : 3,000,000 [47.35 m. = in.]. Size,
27.9 X 16.4 cm.

[Enlarged map of the northern part of Galewo straits.]
From a sketch by O. Beccari. Scale [ca. 14 m. := in.].
Size, 6 X 3.5 cm. „ , „

G. M. in. 1876. P. 40.

694. New Guinea. Map of the Fly river. Drawn
from the original charts made by Signor L. M.
D'Albertis by W. J. Turner. Scale, 23 m. = in.
Size, 31.6 X 31.6 cm.

[Map of New Guinea and neighbouring regions.] Scale,
igo m. = in. Size, 19.3 X 13-3 cm.

Pp. i. 1879. P. 80.

g. New Zealand.

695. New Zealand. Scale, 156 ra. = in. Size,
1 1. 5 X 20.3 cm. J. ii. [1832.] Art. viii. [ix.].

N. B. The article to which the map belongs is incorrectly
numbered. It should be no. ix.

696. Warekauri or Chatham islands, to illustrate
Dr. Dieffenbach's paper. Scale, 7.5 m. = in. Size,
21.2 X 19 cm. J. xi. 1841. P. 195.

697. The Middle island (New Zealand), to illus-
trate papers by Captain Stokes, R. N., and Captain
Mitchell, 84th Regiment, 1851. Scale, 62 m. = in.
Size, 18.3 X 20.5 cm. J. xxi. 1851. Art. iv.

698. The Middle island {New Zealand), to illus-
trate Mr. Brunner's paper. 1851. Scale, 63 m. =
in. Size, 18.4 X 20.5 cm. , .. , . , >

J. xxi. 1851. Art. xxn. (Append.)

699. New Zealand. South districts of the prov-
ince of Otago ; to illustrate the journal of J. Turn-
bull Thomson, Esq. 1857. Scale, 17.5 m. == in.
Size, 15.8 X 19.3 cm. J xxviii. 1858. P. 298.

700. New Zealand. Routes near west coast of
Nelson district ; by John Rochfort, Esq , in 1859.
Scale, 24.5 m. = in. Size, 11.7 X 18.9 cm.

J. xxxii. 1S62. P. 294.

701. Map of the provinces of Canterbury and
Otago (New Zealand), to illustrate the papers of Mr.
James M'Kerrow, Dr. J. Haast, and Dr. Hector.
Scale, 28 m. = in. Size, 35.3 X 29,3 cm.

The islands of New Zealand. Scale [ca. 206 m. =r in.].
Size, 9.3 X 12 cm.

J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 56.

702. Map of the province of Canterbury (New
Zealand), showing the five routes between the east
and west coasts, with sections of the routes; to ac-
company the paper by Dr. J. Haast. Scale, 24 m.
= in. Size, 29.8 X 20.1 cm.

J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 328.

703. Map of the southern Alps in the province of
Canterbury (New Zealand). Reduced from the
large map by Julius Haast, Ph. D., F. R. S. Scale,
i5 m. := in. Size, 44.1 X 25.5 cm.

J. xl. 1870. P. 433.

VI. NORTH AMERICA.

I. Alaska.

704. Map of the arctic coast of America from
Return reef to Point Barrow, explored by Messrs.
P. W. Dease and T. Simpson under the direction of
the Hon. Hudson's Bay Company. 1837. Scale
[23.7 ra. = in.]. Size, 19.8 X 11. 5 era.

J. viii. 1838. P. 224.

705. Map of the Yukon, or Kwich-Pak, river.
(To illustrate Mr. Whyrajjer's paper.) Scale [ca.
36 m. = in.]. Size, 45.7 X 28.9 cm.

[Sketch map of the northwestern portion of North America
and the northeastern portion of Asia, showing the position
of Alaska.] Scale [ca, 378 m. = in.]. Size, 26.1 X
17.4 cm.

J. xxxviii. 1S68. P. 219.

706. Northern Alaska. Frora a survey by E. W.
Nelson, U. S. Signal Service, shewing track of a
sledge expedition made during 1878-79. Scale, 26.5
m. = in. Size, 27.5 X 29.7 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 712.

2. British America.

A. Northern Region,

707. Sketch of North America shewing the pro-
posed route of Captain Back. Scale [ca. 315 m. =
in.]. Size, 30.6 X 24.3 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. iii.

708. Sketch shewing the route of the recent arc-
tic land expedition. 1835. Scale [ca. 210 m. = in.].
Size, 22.4 X 16.9 cm. J. v. 1835. P. 410.

709. Map of the discoveries and route of the arc-
tic land expedition, in the years 1833 and 1834.
Surveyed and drawn by Captain Back, R. N. Scale,
38.9 m. = in. Size, 48.7 X 27.1 cm.

[Sketch-map of the northern part of North America and
adjoining egion, to illustrate the route of the arctic land
expedition of 1833-34.] Scale [ca. 210 m. = in.]. Size,

24.3 X 155 cm. T ■ o ^ 75

J. VI. 1836. P. II.

710. Hudson's strait, shewing the track of H.
M. S. Terror, in 1836-37. Scale [ca. 49 m. =
in.]. Size, 21.5 X 12.8 cm.

J. vii. 1837. P. 466.

28

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN. THE

711. Map of the arctic coast of America from
Return reef to Point Barrow, explored by Messrs.
P. W. Dease and T. Simpson under the direction of
the Hon. Hudson's Bay Company. 1837. Scale
[23.7 m. = in.]. Size, 19.8 X 11.5 cm.

J. viii. 1838. P. 224.

712. Discoveries of Messrs. Dease and Simpson
in 1838-39. Chart of the coast from Coronation
gulf to Boat river, constructed from the narrative
{of Messrs. Dease and Simpson]. Scale [31. i m. =
in.]. Size, 1 1.4 X 6.4 cm. J. x. 1841. P. 274.

713. Frobisher strait, from the journals of his
voyage. By Commander A. B. Becher, R. N. —
Northumberland inlet. By Captain Warham, of the
whaler Lord Gambier, in 1841. Scale [10.8 m.
= in.]. Size, 22.4 X 19 cm.

J. xii. 1842. Pt. i. [Art. i., P. i.]

714. Sketch map of Peel river by Mr. A. K.
Isbester [Isbister]. 1845. Scale [ca. 30 m. ^ in.].
Size, 20.3 X 19.7 cm. J. xv. 1845. ^""t' xi.

715. Chart of the Arctic coast [of North Amer-
ica], examined by Dr. J. Rae in spring and summer,
1851. Scale [ca. 34 m. = in.]. Size, 35.9 X 19.3
cm. J. xxii. 1852. Arts, iv., v.

716. Sketch of the shores of arctic America, to
illustrate the discovery of the north west passage, by
Captain R. McClure, of H. M. S. Investigator,
1850-51. Equatorial scale [ca. 780 m = in.]. Size,
29.9 X 16.8 cm. J. xxiv. 1854. P. 244.

717. Sketch of the shores of arctic America, to
illustrate the search for Sir John Franklin by Cap-
tain Collinson of H. M. S. Enterprise, 1850-54.
Scale [ca. 102 m. = in.]. Size, 29.2 X 17.3 cm.

J. XXV. 1855. P. 206.

718. Arctic America, showing the coasts explored
in 1859, by Captain Sir F. L. McClintock and his
officers, in search of the lost ships of Sir John Frank-
lin in 1845. Compiled and drawn by John Arrow-
smith. Scale, 96 m. = in. Size, 34.5 X 20.6 cm.

J. xxxi. i85i. P. I.

719. [Sketch map of the northwestern portion of
North America and the northeastern portion of Asia,
showing the position of Alaska.] Scale [ca. 378 m.
= in.]. Size, 26.1 X 17.4 cm.

J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 219.

B. Canada,

720. Map of British North America ; to illustrate
a paper on the means of communication with the
Pacific ocean, by Captain M. H. Synge, R. E. Scale,
240 m. = in. Size, 35 X 17.4 cm.

J. xxii. 1852. Art. xiii.

721. Sketch to illustrate report of a canoe expe-
dition along the east coast of Vancouver island ; by
James Douglas, Esq., Governor. 1854. Scale, 15
m. = in. Size, 18.4 X 11. 3 cm.

J. xxiv. 1854. P. 248.

722. Map of Vancouver island, with the adjacent
coast ; to illustrate a description of the island by
Lieutenant-Colonel W. C. Grant. 1856. Scale, 48
m. = in. Size, 19.5 X 19 cm.

J. xxvii. 1857. P. 268.

723. British North America. Map of the country
between Lake Superior and Vancouver island ; to
illustrate the papers of the exploring expedition
under the command of Captain John Palliser, 1857
to i860. Scale [ca. 74 m. = in.]. Size, 62 X 18.7
cm. J. XXX. i860. P. 268.

724. Part of British Columbia, to illustrate the
papers of Mr. Justice Begbie, Commander Mayne,
R. N., Lieutenant Palmer, R. E., and Mr. Downie.
1861. Scale, 62 m. = in. Size, 30.6 X 20.5 cm.

J. xxxi. 1861. P. 213.

725. Vancouver island. Sketch of the country
between Albernie canal and Nanaimo ; showing the
line of road proposed by Commander Mayne,
R. N. 1861. Scale, 5.76 m. = in. Size, 19.3 X
10 8 cm. J. xxxii. 1862. P. 529.

726. Map of Vancouver island, to illustrate the
paper of Dr. C. Forbes, R. N. Scale, 24 m. = in.
Size, 37.1 X 26.1 cm. J. xx.xiv. 1864. P. 154.

727. Outline map of [the southern] part of British
Columbia by Lieutenant H. S. Palmer, R. E. From
the general map prepared by the royal engineers
under Colonel Moody, R. E., at the Office of Lands
and Works, New Westminster, February, 1863.
Scale, 50 m. = in. Size, 24.1 X 19.4 cm.

J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 171.

728. {British Columbia.) Reconnaissance sketch
of part of Cariboo, by Lieutenant H. S. Palmer,
R. E. Scale, 7.4 m. = in. Size, 24.4 X 19.2 cm.

J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 171.

729. Sketch map showing proposed communica-
tion between Canada and British Columbia, to ac-
company the paper by Mr. A. Waddington. Scale,
290 m. = in. Size, 26.5 X 10.6 cm.

J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 118.

730. Map of British Columbia. Reduced from
the original map by Mr. Alfred Waddington. Scale,
88 m. = in. Size, 26 6 X 19.6 cm.

J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 118.

731. Map of Vancouver island and part of British
Columbia, to accompany the paper by R. Brown,
Esq. Scale, 26 m. = in. Size, 26.3 X 19.1 cm.

J. xxxix. i86g. P. 121.

732. Sketch map of the Archipelago of San Juan
[showing the channels between Vancouver island
and the mainland]. Scale, 16 m. = in. Size, 9.3 X
ii.8cm. O. H. ii. No. 8. 1872. P. 237.

733. Dominion boundary from the L[ake] of the
Woods to long. 107° west, to illustrate reports by
Captain Anderson, R. E. Scale, I : 750,000 [11.84
m. ^ in.]. Size, 40.7 X 23.6 cm

G. M. i. 1874. P. 284.

734. Map of the North West Territory, illustrating
the British and United States boundary line, sur-
veyed and marked out by the joint commission 1872-
74. To accompany the paper by Captain Anderson,
R. E. Scale, 72 m. = in. Size, 46 X 18.9 cm.

J. xlvi. 1876. P. 229.

735. Map of Hudson bay and part of the Domin-
ion of Canada, to accompany the paper by Robert
Bell, M.D., F. G. S., Assistant Director of the Geo-
logical Survey of Canada. Compiled from the latest
surveys. Scale, 19 m. = in. Size, 44.2 X 43.3 cm.

Diagram showing the route between Fort York, Hudson
bay, and Liverpool. Scale [ca. 68 m. — in.]. Size, 30.2
X 9.3 cm.

Pp. iii. 1 881. PT640.

736. British North America. North- W^est Terri-
tory, District of Athabasca, from surveys and in-
formation collected by the Rev. Emile F. S. Petitot.
Scale, ca. 28 m. = in. Size, 53.2 X 38.1 cm.

Pp. V. 1883. P. 688.

C. Labrador and Newfoundland.

737. Map of the River Moisie and adjoining
country [Labrador], illustrating the paper by Pro-
fessor H. Y. Hind. Scale, 17 m. = in. Size, 7.8 X
19 cm. J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 82.

738. Map of Labrador, showing the canoe route
from Seven islands to Hamilton inlet. Scale, 200
m. = in. Size, 17 X 19 cm.

J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 82.

739. Map of Newfoundland, to accompany the
paper by the Rev. J. Moreton. Scale, 41 m. = in.
Size, 23.3 X 24.6 cm. J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 263.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.

29

740. Chart of the north-east coast of Labrador,
to accompany the paper by Commander W. Chimmo.
Scale [ca. 21 m. = in.]. Size, 31 X 36.4 cm.

J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 258.

741. Map of Newfoundland, to accompany the
paper by Alexander Murray, Esq. Scale, 39 m. =
in. Size, 26.8 X 26.9 cm. J. xlvii. 1877. P. 267.

742. Map of part of the island of Newfoundland
[from Green bay to Bonne bay], to illustrate the
paper by Staff-Commander G. Robinson, R. N.
Scale, 4 m. = in. Size, 55.7 X 19 cm.

J. xlvii. 1877. P. 279.

3. United States.

743. Sources of the Mississippi. 1834. Scale
[ca. 7 m. = in.]. Size, 20.3 X 19.1 cm.

J. iv. 1834. Art. iv. (Anal.).

744. Upper California, to illustrate the paper by
Dr. Coulter. Scale [ca. 7 m. = in.]. Size, 11. i X
25.4 cm. J. V. 1835. P. 70.

745. Map of the south-western portion of the
United States, and of .Sonora and Chihuahua, to
illustrate the paper by Dr. W. A. Bell. Compiled
by E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. & C. Scale, 95 m.
= in. Size, 36 8 X 32.3 cm.

J. xxxix. 1869. P. 95.

746. Sketch map of the Archipelago of San Juan
[showing the channels between Vancouver island
and the mainland]. Scale, 16 m. = in. Size, 9.3
X 11.8 cm. O. H. ii. No. 8. 1872. P. 237.

747. Map of the Pacific railways of the south.
Scale, 188 m. = in. Size, 25.4 X 14.2 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 276.

748. Map of the North West Territory, illustrating
the British and United States boundary line, sur-
veyed and marked out by the joint commission, 1872-
74. To accompany the paper by Captain Anderson,
R. E. Scale, 72 m. = in. Size, 46 X 18.9 cm.

J. xlvi. 1876. P. 229.

4. Mexico.

749. Part of the River Tabasco and its tribu-
taries, to illustrate the paper of Mr. P. Masters.
Scale, 12.4 m. = in. Size, 26 X 19.5 cm.

J. XV. 1845. Art. V.

750. Map to illustrate a journey to the north-
western provinces of Mexico; by Ch. Sevin, Esq.
1856. Scale, 57 m. = in. Size, 22 4 X ig.S.cm.

J. XXX. i860. P. I.

751. Map of the southwestern portion of the
United States, and of Sonora and Chihuahua, to
illustrate the paper by Dr. W. A. Bell. Compiled
by E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. & C. Scale, 95 m. =
in. Size, 36.8 X 32.3 cm. J. xxxix. 1869. P. 95.

752. Map of a portion of the railway from Vera
Cruz to Mexico. Scale, i : 75,000 [i.l8 m. = in.].
Size, 24.2 X 15.8 cm.

The railway from Vera Cruz to Mexico. Scale, 72 m. r= in.
Size, 12.2 X 5 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 45.

5. Central America.

753. Sketch of the course of the Usumasinta,
Central America, to illustrate Colonel Galindo's
paper. Scale [ca. 87 m. = in.]. Size, 11. 6 X 19.3
cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. ii.

754. Sketch of the State of Costarrica in Central
America, by Colonel Don Juan Galindo. 1836.
Scale, 37 m. = in. Size, 25.5 X 19.4 cm.

J. vi. 1S36. P. 136.

755. Map of Central America, to illu.strate the
papers of Captain Bird Allen, R. N., Alonso de Es-

cober, and Chevalier Emanuel Friedrichsthal. Scale,
65 m. =: in. Size, 37.2 X 41.6 cm.

J. xi. 1841. P. 76.

756. Survey for a canal by the Sopoa to Port
Salinas, in Costa Rica, to illustrate Mr. Oersted's
paper. 1851. Scale [ca. 6 m. = in.]. Size, 18.8 X
1 1.2 cm. J. xxi. 1851. Art. ix.

757. Map of the isthmus of Central America, to
illustrate the paper by Captain Robert Fitz Roy,
R.N. 1851. Scale, no m. = in. Size, 29.2 X
20 cm. J. XX. 1851. Art. xiii.

758. (Isthmus of Honduras.) Sketch showing
the position of Lake Yojoa, or Taulebe; also the
proposed railway between the Bay of Honduras and
the Bay of Fonseca, to illustrate a paper by E. G.
Squier, Esq. 1859. Scale [ca. 31.4 m. = in.].
Size, 1 1.2 X 19.5 cm. J. xxx. i860. P. 58.

759. Map of the Mosquito territory, from sur-
veys and sketches made during several years resi-
dence in the country, by Charles N. Bell, Esq.
1856. Scale, 23 m. = in. Size, 24.9 X 41.4 cm.

J. xxxii. 1862. P. 242.

760. Map of Guatemala, to illustrate Mr. A. P.
Maudslay's paper. Scale, 23 m. = in. Size, 34.9
X 33.2 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 248.

761. [Plan of ruins, etc., to illustrate Mr. Mauds-
lay's paper on Guatemala.]

a. Rough plan of the ruins near Quirigua. Scale, 500 ft —

in. Size, 5.7 X 12.3 cm.
*. Plan of the ruins of Tikal. Scale, 320 ft. = ia. Size,

8.7 X 12.3 cm.
c. Plan of ruined town on.Usumacinta river. Scale, 290 ft.

= in. Size, 14.4 X 10 cm.
</. Plan of temple F, Tikal. Scale, 40 ft. = in. Size, 7.2

X 5.C cm.
e. Plan of house A,Usumacinta. Scale, 40 ft. = in. Size,

7.2 X 5.5 cm.
/. Plan of house D, Usumacinta. Scale, 40 ft. = in. Size,

7.2 X 5.4 cm.
g-. Plan of house E, Usumacinta. Scale, 40 ft. = m. Size,
7.2 X 54cm. p^^ ^gg^_ p^^g_

6. West Indies.

762. Anegada, with its reefs, by R. PI. Schom-
burgk. Scale [ca. 1.15 m. = in.]. Size, 23.7 X
18.6 cm.

Virgin islands. Scale [ca. 22 m. = in.]. Size, 8.5 X
5 5 cm.

J. ii. [1832.] Art. x. [xi.l.
N. B. The article to whicli the map belongs is incorrectly
numbered x. ; it should be xi.

763. The Virgin islands, shewing the set of the
tide amongst them. Scale [ca. 3 m. = in.]. Size,
42.8 X 18.5 cm. J. V. 1835. P. 38.

764. Peninsula and bay of Samana in the Domin-
ican republic, by Sir Robert H. Schomburgk. 1853.
Scale [ca. 8 m. = in.]. Size, 23 X 17.9 cm.

J. xxiii. 1853. Art. xxi.

765. Chart to illustrate the landfall of Columbus,
12 October, 1492. By A. B. Becher, Captain R. N.
1856. Scale [ca. 34 m. = in.]. Size, 63 X 39 cm.

a. Watling island. By Mr. E. Barnett, R. N. 1816. The
San Salvador of Columbus, 1492. Ihe Landfall.
Scale, 2.33 m. = in. Size. 17 q X 21.6 cm.

i. The Crooked isles. Proposed Fragrant isles of Colum-
bus, 1492. Scale [ca. 17 m. = in.]. Size, 14.4 X

'^•'™' J.xxvi. 1856. P. 189.

766. Bahama islands, modern, to accompany Mr.
Major's paper. Scale [ca. 165 m. = in.]. Size, 18.1
X II cm. J.xli. 1871. Pi93-

767. Bahama islands, Antonio de Herrera. l6oi
[to accompany Mr. R. H. Major's paper]. Scale
[ca. 23^ m. = in.]. Size, 14.7 X 9.9 cm.

'••'•' J. xli. 1871. P. 193-

30

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE

768. Watling island [Bahama islands], to ac-
company Mr. Major's paper. Scale [ca. 2.5 m. =
in.]. Size, 10.8 X 18.7 cm. J. xli. 1871. P. 193.

VII. SOUTH AMERICA.

I. General.

769. The valley of the Amazons. Scale, 170 m.
= in. Size, 30.6 X 19.4 cm.

O. H. ii. No. 5. 1S72. P. 138.

770. Part of South America, showing the river
system of the states adjoining Bolivia. Scale, 780
m. ^ in. Size, 12.8 X 9.7 cm.

Pp. iii. 1881. P. 448.

2. Colombia and Venezuela.

771. Part of the Isthmus of Darien. Scale [ca.
9.2 m. = in.]. Size, 33.8 X 39.4 cm.

J. xxiii. 1853. Art. xv.

772. The Rio Negro, from observations made in
the years 18 51 and 1852 by Alfred R. Wallace.
Scale [ca. 98 m. = in.]. Size, 25.8 X 13.4 cm.

Enlarged map of the River Uaupes [branch of the Rio

Negro]. Scale [ca. 38 m.^in.]. Size, 25.8 X 107 cm.

J. xxiii. 1853. Art. xviii.

773. Isthmus of Panama. Map shovifing the
route of Commander Prevost, from Rancho no. i,
on the Savana river, to Rancho no. 12, beyond Pre-
vost river; with sections of the isthmus. By Lionel
Gisborne, Esq, C. E. 1854. Scale, 12.4 m. ^in.
Size, 26 I X 20.2 cm.

J. xxiv. 1854. P. 256.

774. Isthmus of Darien. Map showing the route
of Commander Prevost, from rancho no. i, on the
Savana river, to rancho no. 12, beyond Prevost river;
to which are added the surveys and Sections of the
isthmus. By Lionel Gisborne, Esq., C. E. 1854.
Scale [ca. 9.5 m. = in.]. Size, 25.8 X 20.1 cm.

J. xxvii. 1857. P. 191.

775. The Isthmus of Panama, to illustrate the
paper by Laurence Oliphant, Esq, Scale, 21.5 m.
= in. Size, 18.3 X 23.6 cm.

J. XXXV. 1865. P. 143.

776. Mouths of the Bayanos river [Isthmus of
Panama], (to accompany Mr. Oliphant's paper).
Scale [ca. 1.2 m. = in.]. Size, 12.6 X 18.3 cm.

J. XXXV. 1865. P. 143.

777. Map of a part of the Isthmus of Darien, to
accompany the paper by M. Lucien de Puydt. Scale,
9.6 m. = in. Size, 29.6 X 18.9 cm.

J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 69.

778. The Isthmus of Panama, showing the lines
of canal referred to by Lieutenant Lucien N. B.
Wyse. Scale, 22 m. = in. Size, 41.3 X 26.6 cm.

G. M. V. 1878. P. 81.

779. South America. Map of the northern part
of the State of Magdalena, U. S. of Colombia, by
Mr. F. A. A. Simons, 1879. Scale, ca. 13 m. ^ in.
Size, 31.3 X 21.4 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P- 752-

780. South America. Map of Sierra Nevada de
Santa Marta, State of Magdalena, United States of
Colombia ; from a survey by Mr. F. A. A. Simons.
1881. Scale, 12.5 tn. = in. Size, 36 X 44 6 cm.

Part of South America showing the position of Sierra Ne-
vada de Santa Marta. Scale [ca. 260 m. zz in.]. Size,
18 X 7.8 cm.

Pp. iii. 1881. P. 768.

781. The central and western provinces of Co-
lombia. With corrections from the surveys of Mr.
R. Blake White, C. E., to illustrate Mr. White's

paper in the Proceedings R. G. S., May, 1883. Scale,
46 m. = in. Size, 27.3 X 42.4 cm.

Pp. V. 1883. P. 312.

3. Guiana.

782. A sketch map of British Guiana, South
America, compiled from the surveys and reports of
Hancock, Hillhouse, and Dutch and Spanish au-
thorities, with the probable boundaries between the
British, Columbians, Portuguese and Dutch, by Cap-
tain J. E. Alexander, H. P. Late i6th Lancers.
Scale [ca. 114 m. = in.]. Size, 12 X 20.5 cm.

J. ii. [1132.] Art. iii. (Anal.).

783. The Massaroony river [British Guiana],
South America. By W. Hilhouse, Esq. 1830.
Scale, 34.5 m. = in. Size, 21.4 X 18.3 cm.

J. iv. 1834. Art. ii.

784. Part of British Guyana. Scale [ca. 28 m.
= in.]. Size, 17.4 X ii-i cm.

J. iv. 1834. Art. i. (Misc.).

785. British Guayana, by Robert H. Schom-
burgk, Esq. 1836. Scale, 39 m. = in. Size, 19.4
X 35.8 cm. J. vi. 1836. P. 283.

786. British Guayana, by Robert II. Schomburgk,
Esq. 1837. Scale, 40 m. = in. Size, 19.2 X 36
cm. J. vii. 1837. P. 350.

787. Map of Guayana, to illustrate the route of
R. H. Schomburgk, Esq. 1840. Scale, 57 m. =in.
Size, 38.8 X 27. 2 cm. J. x. 1841. P. 159.

788. Part of Guiana, to illustrate the excursions
of the Chevalier Robert H. Schomburgk in 1841.
Scale [ca. 21 m. = in.]. Size, 21.7 X 19 8 cm.

J. xii. 1842. Pt. ii. Art. iii,

789. Sketch map of the River Takutu. By Rob-
ert H. Schomburgk, K. R. E. May, 1842. Scale,
21 m. = in. Size, 11. 4 X 19-4 cm.

J. xiii. 1843. Pt- i. Art. ii.

790. Map of a portion of British Guayana, to
illustrate the route of Sir R. H. Schomburgk from
Pirara to the Upper Corentyne. 1843. Scale, 35.5
m. = in. Size, 19,5 X 20.2 cm.

J. XV. 1845. Art. i.

791. Sketch map of a portion of the Essequebo
and Potaro rivers, showing the position of Kaieteur
fall [British Guiana], to accompany the paper by
C. E, Brown, Esq. Scale, 14 m. = in. Size, 10.6
X 28.6 cm. J. xli. 1871. P. 77.

792. , Reduction of the map of British- Guiana
compiled from the surveys executed under Her
Majesty's commission from 1841 to 1844, and under
the direction of the Royal Geographical Society from
1835 to 1839, by Sir Robert H. Schomburgk, K. R. E,,
Ph.D. Revised and corrected to the present time
by Cathcart Chalmers, Esq., Crown surveyor of the
colony, and James Gay Sawkins, Esq., director of
the geological survey of the West Indies and British
Guiana. With additions by Charles B. Brown, Esq.
1875. Scale, 36 m. = in. Size, 28.3 X 41.2 cm.

Pp. ii. 1880. P. 528.

4. Ecuador.

793. Sketch map to illustrate explorations in
Ecuador, in the years 1856 and 1857, by George
James Pritchett, Esq. Scale, 65 m. = in. Size,
16.2 X 19.2 cm. J. XXX. i860. P. 64.

794. Map of the mountains of Llanganati, in the
Quitonian Ancles, by Don Atanasio Guzman. To
illustrate a paper by Richard Spruce, Esq. Copiada
del original por Ricardo Spruce, Ambato, Marzo 1°,
i860. Scale, Vs of the original, [ca. 4 m. = in.].
Size, 46.3 X 28.7. J. xxxi. i86i. P. 163.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.

31

795. Diagram to illustrate the northern part of
Mr. Whymper's travels among the Great Andes of
the Equator. Scale, 12 m. = in. Size, 13 X 20.6
cm. Pp. iii. 1881. P. 512.

5. Peru.

796. Plan of the rivers Ucayali and Amazon from
the Mission of Sarayacu, to the Rio Negro, from the
observations of Lieut. Wra. Smyth and Mr. Fred'k
Lowe, R. N. 1835. Scale, 36 m. = in. Size, 82.1
X 19.7 cm.

[Plan of the River Amazon] continued from the map of
Spix and Martins to Para. Scale [ca. 102.4 m. =1 in.].
Size, 21.6 X 7.8 cm.

J. vi. 1836. P. 22.

797. Sketch of a route to the northward and east-
ward of Cuzco [Peru] by General Miller, July, 1835.
Scale, 44 m. = in. Size, 12.8 X 19 cm.

J. vi. 1836. P. 186.

798. Survey of the Province of Tarapaca in the
Department Arequipa, Peru, commenced in 1827 by
Wm. BoUaert and Geo. Smith, with additions to
1851 by W. B. Drawn by A. Petermann. Scale,
ca. 1 : 1,200,000 [18.93 ™- = '"■]• Size, 20.3 X 30.3
cm. J. xxi. 1851. Art. x.

799. Sketch of a route from Cuzco to the sup-
posed sources of the River Purus, to illustrate a
paper by C. R. Markham, Esq. Scale, 30 m. = in.
Size, 18.3 X 1 1.9 cm. J. xxv. 1855. p. 158.

800. Sketch map of the province of Caravaya,
etc., in southern Peru, shewing the sources of the
River Purus. By Clements R. Markham, Esq.
Scale, 26 m. = in. Size, 24.6 X 17.7 cm.

J. xxxi. 1861. P. 190.

801. Map of the River Purus, from near its
.source to its mouth. By W. Chandless, Esq.

Scale, 13.5 m. = in. Size, 170.9 X 20 cm.

J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 87.

802. Map showing the course of the rivers S[an]
Gavan and Esquilaya in the province of Carabaya,
Peru, to accompany the paper by Sr. Raimondi.
Scale, g.33 m. = in. Size, 14.1 X 20.1 cm.

J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 116.

803. Map showing the junction of the rivers
Mantaro and Apurimac (Peru), to accompany the
paper by Professor A. Raimondi. Scale, ca. 11 m.
= in. Size, 18.6 X 19.7 cm.

J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 413.

804. A plan of Cuzco [Peru], ancient and mod-
em. Scale, 766 ft. = in. Size, 23.3 X 17.2 cm.

J. xli. 1871. P. 281.

805. Ttahuantin-Suyu, or the empire of the Vncas
(except Quito and Chile) in its four great divisions
of Chincha-Suyu, Cunti-Suyu, Anti-Suyu, Colla-
Suyu, with their tribes and ayllus, or lineages, also
the routes of the Ynca conquerors. By Clements
R. Markham, C. B. Scale, 47 m. =: in. Size, 67.2
X 63.1 cm.

An enlarged map of the cradle of the Ynca race. Scale [ca.
12 m. = in.]. Size, 17 X 92 cm.

J. xlii. 1872. P. 513.

806. Map of the Amazonas (in Peru). From
the hydrograph'I and astronomical surveys of Peru-
vian officers and of A. Werthemann, C. E., 1864-70.
By Lieut. Juan Salaverry, Peruvian Navy. Scale,
c8 m. = in. Size, 26.1 X 156 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 265.

807. [Plan showing the " development " of Oroya
railway route near San Bartolome station, Peru.]
Scale [ca. 2200 ft. = in.]. Size, ca. 9.5 X 4 cm.

P. xviii. 1873-4. P. 207.

808. [Plan showing the "development" of the
Oroya railway route between Matucana and San

Mateo, Peru.] Scale [ca. 3000 ft. = in.]. Size, ca.
8X65 cm. P. xviii. 1873-4. P. 209.

809. [Plan showing the " development " of the
Oroya railway route near the junction of the Blanco
river with the Riniac river, Peru.] Scale [ca. 2500
ft. = in.]. Size, ca. 10 X 55 cm.

P. xviii. 1873-4. P. 210.

810. Map of southern Peru, to accompany Mr.
Markham's paper. Scale, 59 m. = in. Size, 24.9
X 18. 1 cm. J. xliv. 1874. P. 127.

811. [Sketch map showing the railways, open
and projected, of Peru.] Scale, 43 m. = in. Size,
7.7 X 8.8 cm. G. M. i. 1874. P. go. '

812. Part of Peru and Bolivia, to illustrate the
paper by Clements R. Markham, C. B., [on the Beni
riverj. Scale, 116 m. = in. Size, 12. i X 12.9 cm.

Pp.v. 1883. R376.

6. Bolivia.

813. The Bolivian Andes, to illustrate the papers
by J. B. Pentland, Esq., and W. Parish, Esq. Scale
[ca. 60 m. = in.]. Size, 21.9 X 19 cm.

J. V. 1835. P. 88.

814. Bolivia. Sketch of the country between
Cochabamba and Trinidad, to illustrate Col. Lloyd's
route from the former city to Chimore. 1854. Scale,
35 m. = in. Size, 10.6 X 18.8 cm.

J. xxiv. 1854. P. 259.

815. Map of the River Aquiry (an affluent of the
Purus). [By W. Chandless.] Scale, 14 m. = in.
Size, 53.8 X 20.2 cm. J. xxxvi. 1866. P. iig.

816. Map of part of Bolivia, [eastern], from the
surveys of J. B. Minchin, to illustrate the paper by
G. C. Musters, Retired Commander R. N. Scale,
13.5 m. = in. Size, 20 X 31.4 cm.

J. xlvii. 1877. P- 201.

817. Map of part of Bolivia, [south central], from
the surveys of J. B. Minchin, to illustrate the paper
by G. C. Musters, Retired Commander R. N. Scale,
13.5 m. = in. Size, 57.5 X 31.6 cm.

J. xlvii. 1877. P. 201.

818. Map of part of the desert of Atacama (Bo-
livia), to accompany the paper by Mr. Josiah Hard-
ing. Scale, 24 m. = in. Size, 25.3 X ig-S cm.

J. xlvii. 1877. P- 251.

819. Map of the Madeira and Purus, from an
ofHcial Brazilian ms. map, communicated by G. E.
Church, Esq. Scale, i : 3,000,000 [47.35 m. = in.].
Size, 50.8 X 57.6 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 95.

820. South America. Map of the district of
Atacama showing the territory in dispute between
Chili and Bolivia. Scale, 24 m. = in. Size, 22 X
22.4 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 816.

821. South America. Map of [the eastern] part
of Bolivia. Compiled from the survey of J. B.
Minchin, Esq., engineer to the Bolivian government.
Scale, I : 3,600,000 [56.82 m. = in.]. Size, 43.2 X
38.7 cm.

Part of South America, showing the river system of the
states adjoining Bolivia. Scale, 780 m. ^ in. Size, 12.8
X 9.7 cm.

Pp. iii. 1881. P. 448.

822. Part of the Bolivian table land. From a
trigonometrical survey executed for the National
Government in 1882, by J. B. Minchin Scale, 17
m. = in. Size, 23.4 X 28.5 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 712.

823. The Beni river. From a reduction of the
original surveys of Dr. E. Heath, supplied by him-
self. Scale, 46 m. = in. Size, 23 X 31.7 cm.

Part of Peru and Bolivia, to illustrate the paper by Clements
R. Markham, C. B, Scale, 116 m. = in. Size, 12. i X
12.9 cm.

Pp.v. 1883. p. 376.

32

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE

7. Brazil.

824. Plan of the rivers Ucayali and Amazon
from the Mission of Sarayacu to the Rio Negro,
from the observations of Lieut. Wm. Smyth and
Mr. Fred'k Lowe, R. N. 1835. Scale, 36 m. = in.
Size, 82.1 X 19.7 cm.

[Plan of tlie river Am.izon] continued from tlie map of Spix
and Martins to Para. Scale [ca. 102 m. = in.]. Size,
21.6 X 7-8 cm.

J. vi. 1836. P. 22.

825. Sketch of the Rio Negro, from the journal
of Don Balilio Villariiio. Scale, 52.22 m. = in.
Size, 31.5 X 12.7 cm. J. vi. 1836. P. 168.

826. Map of Guayana, to illustrate the route of
R. H. Schomburgk, Esq. 1840. Scale, 57 m. = in.
Size, 38.8 X 27.2 cm. J. x. 1841. P. 159.

827. Sketch map of the river Takutu. By Rob't
H. Schomburgk, K. R. S., May, 1842. Scale, 21 m.
= in. Size, 11.4 X 19.4 cm.

J. xiii. 1843. Pt- I- Art. ii.

828. The Rio Negro, from observations made in
the years 1851 and 1852 by Alfred R. Wallace.

'Scale [ca. gS m. = in.]. Size, 25.8 X 13.4 cm.

Enlarged map of the River Uaupes [branch of the Rio

Negro]. Scale [ca. 38 m. = in.]. Size, 25,8 X 10.7 cm.

J. xxiii. 1853. Art. xviii.

829. Brazil. Map of the rivers Arinos, Juruena,
and Tapajos, to accompany the notes of W. Chand-
less, Esq. 1862. Scale, 122 m. ^ in. Size, 11. 5 X
19.8 cm. J. xxxii. 1862. P. 268.

830. Map of the River Purus, from near its
source to its mouth. By W. Chandless, Esq. Scale,
13.5 m. = in. Size, 170.9 X 20 cm.

J. xxxvi. i855. P. 87.

831. Map of the River Aquiry (an affluent of the
Purus). [By W. Chandless.] Scale, 14 m. = in.
Size, 53.8 X 20.2 cm. J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 119.

832. Map of the River Jurua, for an estimated
distance of 9S0 geographical miles from its mouth,
by W. Chandless, Esq. Scale, 14 m. = in. Size,
66.4 X 19.1 cm., and 48.2 X 19 cm.

J. xxxix. 1869. P. 296.

833. Map of the rivers Canuma, Abacaxis, and
Maue-Assu and its tributaries (Brazil). Reduced
from the original map by W. Chandless, Esq.
Scale, 17.5 m. = in. Size, 27.3 X 31.9 cm.

Sketch rnap showing the connection of the rivers Canumi,
etc., with the river Amazon. Scale [ca. 100 m. = in.].
Size, 10. 1 X 7.5 cm.

J. xl. 1870. P. 419.

834. The valley of the Amazons. Scale, 170 m.
= in. Size, 30.6 X 19.4 cm.

O. H. ii. no. 5. 1872. P. 138.

835. The valleys of the Tibagy and Ivahy, Pro-
vince of the Parana, South Brazil, by T. P. Bigg-
Wither. Scale,!: 1,250,000 (19.73 m. = in). Size,
47-7 X 31.5 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 263.

836. Route map of journey through northeast
Brazil, by James W. Wells, civil engineer. Scale
[ca. so m. = in.]. Size, 23.5 X 35.3 cm.

J. xlvi. 1876. P. 309.

837. Map of the Madeira and Purus, from an
official Brazilian ms. map, communicated by G. E.
Church, Esq. Scale, i : 3,000,000 [47.35 m. = in.].
Size, 50.8 X 57-6 cm.

G. M. iv. 1877. P. 95.

8. Paraguay and Uruguay.

838. A sketch map of Paraguay ; compiled from
the works of Azara, Page, Dugraty, Mouchez and
Wisner, and from personal observations by Keith
Johnston, in 1874-5. Scale, 19 m. = in. Size, 42.9
X 55.9 cm. G. M. ii. 1875. P- 264.

839. Estancia de San Jorge, Uruguay. From a
survey by Don Juan Frugoni, Durazno, 1867. Scale,
3.25 m. = in. Size, 24.7 X 21.6 cm.

Uruguay. Scale, 88 m. := in. Size, 10.6 X 11.4 cm.

Pp. ii. 1880. P. 720.

9. Chili.

840. Map of proposed line of railway across the
Andes from Caldera to Fiambala ; to accompany re-
port of Mr. E. A. Flint's survey. Communicated
by W. Wheelwright, Esq. Scale, 48 m. = in.
Size, 20.1 X 1 1.3 cm. J. xxxi. 1861. P. 155.

841. Map of part of Patagonia, by Henry L.
Jones, Esq.| to accompany his notes. Scale, 70 m.
= in. Size, 24.4 X 17.5 cm. J. xxxi. 1861. P. 204.

842. The Andes. Map to illustrate extracts
from the narrative of a route across the southern
Andes; by Don Guillermo Cox; 1862-3. Scale
[ca. 21.6 m. = in.]. Size, 29.2 X 20 cm.

J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 205.

843. Map showing the projected railway route
from Buenos Ayres to Chili, to accompany the paper
by R. Crawford, Esq. Scale, 43 m. ^ in. Size,
57.4 X 19 cm. J. xliii. 1873. P. 47-

844. [Sketch map of Chili between the River
Imperial and the southern portion of Chiloe island,
to illustrate the survey by Don Francisco Vidal
Gormaz in 1872.] Scale, 210 m. = in. Size, 7.9 X
8.5 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 74.

845. South America. Map of the district of
Atacama showing the territory in dispute between
Chili and Bolivia. Scale, 24 m. = in. Size, 22 X
22.4 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 816.

10. Argentine Republic.

846. Map of the Province of La Rioja, shewing
the routes of Mess'rs French, Gosselman, and Hib-
bert. Scale, 57 m. = in. Size, 18 X 18 cm.

J. ix. 1839. P. 408.

847. Map of proposed line of railway across the
Andes from Caldera to Fiambala; to accompany
report of Mr. E. A. Flint's survey. Communicated
by W. Wheelwright, Esq. Scale, 48 m. = in.
Size, 20.1 X II. 3 cm. J. xxxi. 1861. P. 155.

848. The Andes. Map to illustrate extracts from
the narrative of a route across the southern Andes ;
by Don Guillermo Cox ; 1862-3. Scale [ca. 21.6 m.
= in.]. Size, 29.2 X 20 cm.

J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 205.

849. Map of part of the Argentine Republic, to
illustrate the paper by Mr. Consul Hutchinson.
Scale, 63 m. = in. Size, 15.8 X 19.3 cm.

J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 226.

850. Map showing the projected railway route
from Buenos Ayres to Chile, to accompany the paper
by R. Crawford, Esq. Scale, 43 m. = in. Size,
57.4 X 19 cm. J. xliii. 1873. P. 47.

II. Patagonia.

851. Chart of a part of South America, surveyed
by order of the Rt. Hon'ble the Lords Commission-
ers of the Admiralty, under the direction of Capt.
P. P. King, R. N., during the years 1826-30. Scale
[ca. 76 m. = in.]. Size, 19.7 X 27.1 cm.

J. [i.] 1830-31. No. 5. Art. xi.

852. River Santa Cruz [Patagonia]. Scale [23.7
m. = in.] Size, 24.4 X 6.5 cm.

J. vii. 1837. P. 126.

853. Map of part of Patagonia, by Henry L.
Jones, Esq., to accompany his notes. Scale, 70 m.
= in. Size, 24.4 X 17.5 cm.

J. xjtxi. 1861. P. 204.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.

33

854. Patagonia, to illustrate Capt'n Musters'
route, 1869-70. Scale, io8 m. = in. Size, 19.2 X
30-5 cm. J. xli. 1871. P. 59.

855. [Map of east central Patagonia, to illustrate
the paper on Mr. H. Durnford's explorations.]
Scale [ca. 84 m. = in.]. Size, 10.7 X 9.6 cm.

Pp. V. 1883. P. 85.

VIII, POLAR REGIONS.

I. North Polar Region.

A . A luerican.

856. Sketch shewing the route of the recent arc-
tic land expedition. 1835. Scale [ca. 210 m. =
in.]. Size, 22.4 X 16.9 cm. J. v. 1835. P. 410.

857. Map of the discoveries and route of the
arctic land expedition, in the years 1833 and 1834.
Surveyed and drawn by Captain Back, R. N. Scale,
38.9 m. = in. Size, 48.7 X 27.1 cm.

[Sketch-map of the northern part of North America and ad-
johving region, to illustrate tlie route of the arctic land ex-
pedition of 1833-34.] Scale [ca. 210 ra. =: in.]. Size, 24.3
X iS-5 cm.

J. vi. 1836. P. II.

858. Discoveries of Messrs. Dease and Simpson
in 1838-9. Chart of the coast from Coronation gulf
to Boat river constructed from the narrative [of
Messrs. Dease and Simpson]. Scale [31. i m. =i
in.]. Size, 1 1.4 X 6.4 cm. J. x. 1841. P. 274.

859. Frobisher strait, from the journals of his
voyage. By Commander A. B. Becher, R. N. —
Northumberland inlet. By Capt'n Warham, of the
whaler Lord Gambier, in 1841. Scale [10.8 m. =
in.]. Size, 22.4 X 19 cm.

J. xii. 1842. Pt. I. Art. i.

860. Chart of the arctic coast [of North Amer-
ica] examined by Dr. J. Rae in spring and summer,
1851. Scale [ca. 34 m= in.]. Size, 35.9 X 19.3 cm.

J. xxii. 1852. Arts, iv., v.
_ 861. Chart shewing the discoveries and explora-
tions of the travelling parties from the Prince Al-
bert, under the command of W. Kennedy, Esq., in
search of Sir John Franklin, 1851-2. Scale [ca. 42
m. = in.]. Size, 19.8 X 19 cm.

J. xxiii. 1853. Art. vii.

862. Chart of the northern portion of Baffin bay,
to illustrate Comm'r Inglefield's report. 1853.
Scale [ca. 69 m. = in.]. Size, 25.8 X 18.5 cm.

J. xxiii. 1853. Art. ix.

863. Sketch of the west coast of Greenland, to
illustrate a paper on icebergs in the arctic seas by
Dr. H. Rink. 1853. Scale [ca. 48 m. = in.]. Size,
10.6 X 19.5 cm. J, xxiii. 1853. Art. x.

864. Sketch of the shores of arctic America, to
illustrate the search for Sir John Franklin by Capt'n
Collinson of H. M. S. Enterprise, 1850-1-2-3-4.
Scale [ca. 102 m. = in.]. Size, 29.2 X 17.3 cm.

J. XXV. 1855. P. 206.

865. Map of the arctic exploration, from which
resulted the first information of Sir John Franklin's
missing party ; by Dr. John Rae. 1854. Scale, 52
m. == in. Size, 19 X 12.4 cm.

J. XXV. 1855. P. 256.

866. Discoveries of the American arctic expedi-
tion (to the northward of Sir Thomas Smith sound)
in search of Sir John Franklin 1853-4-5, under the
command, and to illustrate the paper, of Dr. E. K.
Kane, U. S. Navy. Scale, 50 m. = in. Size, 18.4
X 19.4 cm.

£Map of Baffin bay, Smith soimd and Kennedy channel, to
illustrate Dr. Kane's route, 1855.] Scale [ca, 115 ni. =:
in.]. Size, 7.2 X 9-6 cm.

J. xxvi. 1856. P. I.

867. Chart illustrating the remarks of Mr. Find-
lay, oil the probable course jjursued by Sir John
Franklin's expedition; and of Capt'n Irininger on
the arctic current around Greenland. Scale, 340 m.
= in. Size, 33.5 X 30.6 cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 26.

868. American arctic expedition 1853-4-5. Map
to accompany notes on the explorations made by the
party under the command of Dr. E. K. Kane, U. S.
Navy. By Dr. Henry Rink of Denmark. 1858.
Scale, 42 m. = in. Size, 10.9 X 19.5 cm.

J. xxviii. 1858. P. 272.

869. Map of tlie north polar regions, to illustrate
the paper on the origin and migrations of the Green-
land Esquimaux, by C. R. Markham, Esq. Mean
scale [ca. 70.5 m. = in.]. Size, 25.6 X 19 cm.

J. XXXV. 1865. P. 87.

870. Sketch of Baffin bay and the gateway to the
North Pole. {On Mercator's projection.) Drawn
for "Our ocean highways" by W. Hughes, F. R. G. S.
Scale, 460 m. = in. Size, 21.3 X 31.5 cm.

O. H. ii. no. 2. 1872. P. [30].

871. [Map of Baffin's bay, bv E. G. Ravenstein.]
Scale, I : 20,000,000 [315.65 m. = in.]. Size, 7.6 X
11.5 cm. O. H. ii. no. 9. 1872. P. 293.

872. Albert expedition. Capt. Otto. Novem-
ber-December, 1872. Temperature of the surface
of the sea. H. Mohn. 1S73. Equatorial scale [ca.
297 m. = in.]. Size, 11.6 X 24.1 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P- 104.

873. Six maps of the Smith sound route, illus-
trating the progress of exploration from Bylot and
Baffin to Hall, 1616-1873. Compiled by E. G.
Ravenstein.

a. Bylot and Baffin. 1616. Scale, i : 10,000,000 [157.83 m.

= in.]. Size, 4.1 X 4.5 cm.
h. J. C. Ross. 1818. Scale, 1 : 10,000,000 [157.83 m. =

in.]. Size, 5.3 X 4 era,

c. Inglefield, 1852. Scale, 1 : 10,000,000 [157.83 m. ==:

in.]. Size, 5 X 5-5 cm.

d. Kane. 1853-55. Scale, i : 10,000,000 [157.83 m. := in.].

Size, 5X74 cm.

e. Hayes. 1860-61. Scale, 1 ; 10,000,000 [157,83 m. =

in.]. Size, 5 X 8.1 cm.
f. Hall. 1871-73. Scale, 1 : 5,000,000 [78.91 m. = in.].
Size, 9.8 X 19,6 cm.

O. Hh, i. 1873. P- 133-

874. Map illustrating Capt. A. H. Markham's ■
voyage in the "Arctic," 1873. Compiled by E, G.
Ravenstein. Scale, i: 7,500,000 [118.37 m. ^ in ].
Size, 25,5 X 35,9 cm.

a. [Map of Lancaster sound with Milne Land and Eyam
Martin ^Land, From survey by Capt, Markham.]
Scale [ca, 36 ni, ^ in]. Size, 14,8 X 3-1 cm.

h. [Creswell bay, North Somerset. From Capt. Mark-
ham's survey.] Scale [ca. 22 m. ^ in.]. Size, 5 X
6 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 309.

875. Map of part of the northern Atlantic, show-
ing the tracks of H. M. SS. ' Alert,' ' Discovery,'
and ' Valorous,' 1875. Scale [ca. 186 m. = in.].
Size, 36,2 X 22,7 cm. G. M. ii. 1S75. P. 292.

876. Chart .showing the track of H, M. S. "Alert,"
from Uppernivik to the Cary islands, 22-26 July,
1875. Equatorial scale [ca. 178 m, = in,]. Size,
25 X 16,7 cm, G, M. ii. 1875. P. 329.

877. Arctic expedition, 1875-76 (Captain Nares,
R, N,) Reduced from an Admiralty chart. Scale,
I : 2,200,000 [34.72 m. = in.]. Size, 28 X 27 cm.

G. M. iii. 1876. P. 313.

878. The arctic regions [to illustrate C. R. Mark-
ham's paper on the arctic expedition of 1875-6].
Scale [ca. 422 m, ^ in.]. Size (diam.), 26.2 cm.

P. xxi. 1876-7. P. 537.

879. Arctic expedition, 1875-76 (Captain Nares,
R. N.). Reduced from an Admiralty chart. Scale,
I : 2,200,000 [34.72 m. = in.]. Size, 28.1 X 27 cm.

G. M. iv. 1877. P. 1.

34

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE

880. Arctic expedition, 1S75-6. Outward and
return tracks on the sea ice extending northward to
83° 20' 26" N. Made by the northern sledging party,
under the command of Commander A. H. JMarliham,
F. R. G. S,, from H. M. S. Alert's winter quarters in
Lat. 82° 27' N., Long. 61° i8' W., between April 3d
and June 13th, 1876. Scale, 4 m. = in. Size, 18.7
X 37-3 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 83.

881. Tracks of H. M. dog-sledge " Clements
Markham," commanded by G. le C. Egerton, Sub.
Lt., H. M. S. Alert. 1876. Scale [ca. 9 m. = in.].
Size, 20.2 X 29 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 139.

882. Chart of Archer fiord [Grimiell LandJ, with
sledge tracks April 8th to May 2nd, 1876. Scale
[ca. 12 m. = in.]. Size, 16.8 X 16.9 cm.

G. M. iv. 1877. P. 167.

883. Plaii of Petermann fiord [Hall Land]. The
coast line is taken from Lieut. Fulford's chart.
Scale, wanting. Size, 8.6 X 169 cm.

G. M. iv. 1877. P. 167.

884. King William Land, showing the line of re-
treat of the Franklin expedition. Scale [ca. 38 m.
= in.]. Size, 14 X 20.9 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 720.

835. Preliminary map of Wrangell island, from a
survey by Capt. Berry, U. S. N., in the steamer
" Rodgers ; " to illustrate the paper by C. R. Mark-
ham, C. B., Secretary R. G. S. Scale, 28 m. = in.
Size, 27. 8 X 21.6 cm.

Behring strait, showing the position of Wrangell island.
Scale [ca. 330 ra. := in.]. Size, 9.4 X 7.1 cm.

Pp. iv. 1882. P. 64.

B. European.

886. Chart of the ice-field between Spitzbergen
and Nova Zembla in 1676. Scale [ca. 200 m. = in.].
Size, 13 X 9.6 cm. P. ix. 1864-5. P- I75-

887. Sketch map of the countries referred to in
the Zeno narrative [North Atlantic and Arctic seas].
Equatorial scale [ca. 11 50 m. = in.]. Size, 19.3 X
20.1 cm.

[Map of the North sea and neighbouri.ig lands.] Scale [ca.
380 m. =: in.]. Size, 5.6 X 52 cm.

J. xliii. 1873. P. 157.
838. Carta da navegar de Nicolo et Antonio Zeni
fvrono III tra montana 1 ano. M. ccc. Ixxx. (Auto-
type.) Scale [ca. loS m. = in,]. Size, 38 X 28.2
cm. J. xUii. 1873. P- 157-

889. A map of the Siberian polar sea. Com-
piled by E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Equatorial
scale [ca. 6S0 m. = in.]. Size, 32.7 X 5 3 cm.

O. H. ii. no. 11. 1873. P. 358.

890. Isothermals of the North Atlantic and Polar
sea. (After Dr. Petermann. ) Equatorial scale [ca.
1665 m. = in.]. Size, 17.9 X 10.9 era.

P. xviii. 1873-4. P. 370.

891. [Preliminary sketch of the discoveries of
the Austrian polar expeditions, 1871-4.] Scale [ca.
260 m. = in.]. Size, 7.4 X 9-i cm.

G. M. i. 1874. P. 271.

892. Map of the north polar regions (to illustrate
General Hauslab's paper) [on oceanic currents].
Scale [ca. 440 m. = in.]. Size, (diam.) ig.6 X 19.7
cm. J. xlv. 1875. P. 39. PI. 2.

893. A map of the Kara sea, shewing Capt. Wig-
gins's tracks in 1874 and 1876. Scale, I : 3,000,000
[47.35 m. = in.]. Size, 49.1 X 41.5 cm.

G. M. iv. 1877. P. 55.

894. The Swedish and Dutch arctic expeditions
of 1878. Scale [ca. 12 m. =: in.]. Size, 53.6 X 21.4
cm. Pp. i. 1879. F- 80.

895. Map of the Barents and Kara seas, illus-
trating the arctic campaign of 1879. Equatorial
scale [ca. 166 m. = in.]. Size, 36.7. X 21.4 cm.

Pp. ii. 1880. P. 80.

896. Ice chart of the Arctic ocean between Green-
land and Spitzbergen. From observations by Capt'n
David Gray. Equatorial scale [ca. 696 m. = in.].
Size, 23.5 X 32.4 cm. Pp. iii. 1881. P. 768.

2. Greenland.

897. Sketch of the west coast of Greenland, to
illustrate a paper on icebergs in the arctic seas by
Dr. H. Rink. 1853. Scale |ca. 48 m. = in.]. Size,
10.6 X 19.5 cm. J. xxiii. 1853. Art. x.

898. [Plan of the second fjord south of Arksut,
Greenland.] Scale, wanting. Size, ca. 8 X 6 cm.

P. xiv. 1869-70. P. 158.

899. [Sketch of the second fjord south of Arlcsut,
Greenland.] Scale, wanting. Size, ca. 9.5 X 6 cm.

J. xl. 1870. P. 230.

900. [Map of Greenland and Edge island, Spitz-
bergen.] From " Purchas his pilgrimes," vol. iii.
Scale [ca. 44 m. = in.]. Size, 17.6 X 25.3 cm.

J. xliii. 1873. P. 83.

901. Sketch chart of the south west of Green-
land, from the Danish Admiralty survey, corrected
to 1873 ; with Professor Rafn's adaptation of the
ancient sites from Ivar Bardsen's chorography.
Scale [ca. 13 m. = in.]. Size, 33.2 X 19 6 cm.

J. xliii. 1873. P. 195.

902. Map of Mid Greenland, from the sketches
and observations of Rink, Graah, Rohde, Steenstrup
and Robert Brown. Equatorial scale [ca. 60 m. ^
in.]. Size, 20.6 X 21.7 cm. G. M. ii. 1875. P. 33.

903. Plan of the harbour of Holsteinborg (Green-
land), and of its outlying islands and reefs. Sur-
veyed after the grounding of H. M. S. Valorous, by
Navigating Lieutenant George A. Broad, R. N.
Scale, 3450 ft. = in. Size, 55.1 X 41.5 cm.

G. M. ii. 1875. P. 304.

3. Iceland.

904. Map of Iceland, to illustrate the paper by
W. L. Watts, Esq. Scale^ 33 m. = in. Size, 25.3
X 19 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. I.

905. Iceland, to illustrate the paper by Admiral
Irminger. Scale [ca. 81 m. := in.]. Size, 16.7 X
99 cm. J. xlix. 1879. P- 399-

906. East coast of Iceland, to illustrate the paper
by Mr. W. G. Lock. Scale, 33 m. = in. Size, 13.1
X 21.7 cm.

[Sketch of the Askja lava field, Iceland.] From a survey
by Lieut. Caroc. Scale, i : 200,000 [3.15 m.=: in.]. Size,
9.3 X 5-6 cm.

Pp. iii. 1881. P. 512.

907. Map of Iceland, to illustrate the paper by
Mr. Cuthbert E. Peek. Scale, 33 m. = in. Size,
25.5 x19 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 192.

908. Plan of the Great Geysir and neighbour-
hood, from a survey by Mr. Cuthbert E. Peek and
Mr. John Coles. Scale, i : 3240 [270 ft. = in.].
Size, 15.2 X 19 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 192.

4. Spitzbergen.

909. Chart of Novaya Zemlya and the surround-
ing seas, showing the track of Barents on his 3d
voyage, 1596-97. By Augustus Petermann, F. R.
G. S. — Chart to illustrate A. Petermann's paper on
the sea of Spitzbergen etc. (Taken by permission
from the works of the Hakluyt Society.) Scale, 148
m. = in. Size, 27 X 20 cm.

J. xxiii. .1853. Art. viii.

910. Map of Spitzbergen, to illustrate the paper
by Professor Nordenskibld and Capt'n von Otter.
Equatorial scale [ca. 196 m. = in.]. Size, ig X
24.3 cm. J. xxxix. 1869. P. 131.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.

35

911. [Map of Greenland and Edge island, Spitz-
bei-gen.] From " Purchas his pilgriines,"__vol. iii.
Scale [ca. 44 m. = in.]. Size, 17.5 X 25.3 cm.

J. xliii. 1873. P. 83.

912. Latest edition of Van Keulen's chart of
Spitzbergen. 1707. — Nieuwe afteekening van Het
Eyland Spits-Bergen, opgegenen door de Command-
eurs Giles en Outger Rep, en in't Ligt gebragt en
uytgegeven door Gerard van Keulen, Boek en Zee-
kaart verkooper aan de Nieuwen brug mel previlegie
voor 15 Jaaren. Scale [ca. 31 m. = in.]. Size, 21.3
X 31.3 cm. J. xliii. 1873. P. 83.

913. [Copies of the English and Dutch charts of
Spitzbergen in the 17th and i8th centuries.]

a. Latest edition of Van Keulen's chart of Spitzbergen.
1707. — Nieuwe afteekening van het Eyland Spitz-
Bergen, opgegeven door de Commandeurs Giles en
Outger Rep, eu in't Ligt gebragt en uytgegeven door
Gerard van Keulen, Boek en Zee Kaart verkooper aan
de Nieuwen brug mel Previlegie voor 15 Jaaren.
Scale [ca. 31 m. =: in.]. Size, 21.5 X 31 cm.

B. From "Purchas his pilgrimes." Vol. iii. Scale [ca. 43
m. = in.]. Size, 17.5 X 25.1 cm.

O. H. ii. no. 12. 1873. P- 3^8.

914. North and east of Spitzbergen. A sketch
from the Swedish charts and Dr. Petermann's maps
by Keith Johnston, F. R. G. S. Scale [ca. 46 m. =
in.]. Size, 20.9 X 30.7 cm.

O. H. ii. no. 12. 1873. P. 390.
913. Discoveries to the east of Spitzbergen, in
1872, by the Norwegian captains Altmann, Johnsen
and Nilsen. From the original chart compiled by
Professor H. Mohn, 1872. Equatorial scale [ca. 63
m. = in.]. Size, 45.5 X 29.5 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 19.

5. Novaia Zemlia.

916. Map of Nova'ia Zemli'a, by Ziwolka, of the
Russ. Imp. Mar., 1836. Scale [96.3 m. = in.].
Size, I I.I X 18.5 cm. J. viii. 1838. P. 414.

917. Chart of Novaya Zemlya and the surround-
ing seas, showing the track of Barents on his 3d
voyage, 1596-97. By Augustus Petermann, F. R.
G. S. — Chart to illustrate A. Petermann's paper on
the sea of Spitzbergen etc. (Taken by permission
from the works of the Hakluyt Society.) Scale, 148
m. = in. Size, 27 X 20 cm.

J. xxiii. 1853. Art. viii.

918. The Matyushin shar (Matctschkin scharr)
and part of the east coast of Novaya Zemlya. Scale,
13. 1; m. = in. Size, 14.3 X 21. i cm.

Pp. ii. 1880. P. 80.

6. Franz Josef Land.

919. Map of Franz Joseph Land, illustrating an
account of the Austro-Hungarian polar expedition,
by Julius Payer. Scale, i : 2,000,000 [31.57 m. =
in.]. Size, 17.8 X 25.6 cm. G. M. i. 1874. P. 360.

920. Map of Franz Josef Land, from a survey by
Julius Payer. Scale, i : 1,500,000 [23.67 m. = in.].
Size, 18.2 X 25.5 cm. J. xlv. 1875. P. i.

921. Discoveries along the south coast of Franz-
Josef Land by Mr. B. Leigh Smith, 1880. Equa-
torial scale [ca. 145 m. == in.]. Size, 25.9 X zi.g
cm. Pp. iii. 1881. P. 192.

922. Plan of Flora cottage, Cape Flora, Franz
Josef Land. Mr. Leigh Smith's winter-quarters.
Scale, 7.6 ft. = in. Size, 10.6 X 14.4 cm.

Pp. V. 1883. P. 215.

923. Chart showing Mr. Leigh Smith's track to
Franz Josef Land and boat journey to Novaya Zem-
lya in 1881-82. Equatorial scale [ca. 416 m. = in.].
Size, 26 X 21.4 cm. Pp. v. 1883. P. 248.

7. South Polar Regions.

924. The south-polar regions, to illustrate the
paper by Staff-Commander J. E. Davis. Scale [ca.
636 m. = in.]. Size, (diam.) 23.7 X 24 cm.

J. xxxix. 1869. P. 91.

925. [Map of the south-polar regions.]

a. Transit of Venus, 1882, Dec'r 6. Stations for observa-
tion of the egress of Venus. The sun ascending.
Venus leavnig the upper limb. Egress retarded by
parallax . . . , to accompany the paper bv Staff-Com-
mander J. E. Davis, R. N. Scale [ca. 660 m. = in.].
Size, 19 X II. 2 cm.

i. Transit of Venus, 1882, Dec'r 6. Stations for observa-
tion of the ingress of Venus. The sun descending.
Venus entering on the upper limb . . . , to accom-
pany the paper by Staff-Commander J. E. Davis, R. N.
Scale [ca. 660 m. = in.]. Size, 19.5 X 11. 2 cm.

J. xxxix. 1869. P. 92.

IX. OCEANS AND ISLANDS.

I. Atlantic Ocean.

926. Track of H. M. Sloop Onyx in search of
Aitkin's rock, under the command of Capt'n A. T. E.
Vidal, R. N. 1830. Scale [ca. 28 m. = in.]. Size,
49.9 X 20.9 cm. J, [i.] 1830-31. Art. iv.

927. Deception island. New South Shetland, by
Lieut. E. N. Kendall. 1829. Scale [ca. 2.3 m. =
in.]. Size, 12.3 X 18.5 cm.

J. [i.] 1830-31. Art. vi.

928. East Falkland island, from papers com-
municated by Woodbine Parish, Esq. Scale [ca.

10.5 m. = in.]. Size, 21.7 X 23.3 cm.

[Chart of Berkley sound, East Falkland island.] Scale, 4.7
= in. Size, 10.5 X 6.2 cm,

J. iii. 1833. Art. vi.

929. Part of the southern hemisphere, shewing
recent discoveries. Scale [ca. 345 m. = in.]. Size
(diam.), 26.2 X 26.5 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. viii.

930. The island of St. Mary's (Azores). 1845.
Scale, 2 m. = in. Size, 10.8 X 19.4 cm.

J. XV. 1845. Art. vi.

931. The island of St. Michael's (Azores). 1845.
Scale, 5.76 m. = in. Size, 10.8 X 19 cm.

J. XV. 1845. Art. vii.

932. The Formigas rocks (Azores), to illustrate
the paper by Capt'n Vidal, R. N. Scale, 350 yds.
= in. Size, 1 1.6 X 18 cm. J. xix. 1849. Art. xv.

933. Chart of the prevalent surface currents of
the Atlantic and Pacific oceans, by A. G. Findlay.
Equatorial scale [ca. 1000 m. = in.]. Size, 34.3 X

19.6 cm. J. xxiii. 1853. Art. xix.

934. Map of the North Atlantic ocean, showing
the surveys and soundings for the Atlantic telegraph.
Scale [ca. 178 m. = in.]. Size, 38.7 X 17.7 cm.

P. v. 1860-1. (P. 62.]

935. Chart of the currents off the Cape of Good
Hope, to accompany Capt'n Toynbee's paper " On
the specific gravity, temperature and currents of the
sea," the result of a portion of five consecutive
yearly voyages from England to India. Projected
from the log-books by S. Com'dr C. George, map
curator R. G. Soc'y- Scale, 10.36 m. = in. Size,
102.2 X 25.4 cm. J. XXXV. 1865. P. 147.

936. Diagram of the Gulf Stream, to illustrate
the paper by A. G. Findlay. gcale [ca. 428 m. =
in.]. Size, 20.6 X 19.6 cm.

P. xiii. 1868-9. [P- 103]

937. Surface temperatures of the North Atlantic,
between Shetland and Greenland, collected by Ad-
miral Irminger. Equatorial scale [ca. 213 m. =
in.]. Size, 46.4 X 18.9 cm. J. xl. 1870. P. 441.

36

CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE

938. Sketch map of the countries referred to in
the Zeno narrative [North Atlantic and Arctic seasj.
Equatorial scale [ca. 1150 m. = in.]. Size, 19.3 X

20.1 cm.

[Map of the North sea and neighbouring lands.] Scale [ca.
380 m. = in.]. Size, 5.6 X 5-2 cm.

J. xliii. 1873. P. :S7.

939. Carta da navegar de Nicolo et Antonio Zeni
fvrono III tramontana 1 ano . M. ccc. Ixxx. (Auto-
type.) Scale [ca. loS m. = in.]. Size, 38 X 28.2
cm. J. xliii. 1873. P. 157.

940. Map of the F^roe islands, to illustrate the
route of Nicolo Zeno. Scale [ca. 6 m. = in.J. Size,
16.7 X 25.8 cm. J. xliii. 1873. P. 163.

941. Voyage of H. M.'s ship Challenger, Capt.
G. S. Nares. 1873. Equatorial scale [ca. 520 m. =
in.]. Size, 26.3 X 16.1 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 272.

942. Isothermals of the North Atlantic and Polar
sea. (After Dr. Petermann.) Equatorial scale [ca.
1665 m. = in.]. Size, 17.9 X 10.9 cm.

P. xviii. 1873-4. P. 370.

943. Track of H. M. S. Challenger. Cape Verde
is'ds to the Cape of Good Hope. 1873. Scale [ca.
1300 m. = in.]. Size, 7.8 X 8 cm.

G. M. i. 1874. P. 183.

944. Contour chart of the Atlantic ocean, from
soundings to 1874 [by Capt. J. E. Davis]. Equa-
torial scale [ca. 578 m. = in.]. Size, 34.1 X 41.2
cm. G. M. i. 1874. P. 224.

945. Map of the north polar regions (to illustrate
General Hauslab's paper) [on oceanic currents].
Scale [ca. 440 m. = in.]. Size (diam.), 19.6 X 19.7
cm. J. xlv. 1875. P. 39. PI. 2.

946. Map of part of the northern Atlantic, show-
ing the tracks of H. M. SS. ' Alert,' ' Discovery ' and
'Valorous,' 1875. Scale [ca. 186 m. = in.]. Size,

36.2 X 22.7 cm. G. M. ii. 1875. P. 292.

947. Atlantic ocean [to illustrate the paper by
Dr. Carpenter on the temperature of the deep sea
bottom], Equatorial scale [ca. 694 m. = in.]. Size,

27.3 X 39.3 cm. P. xxi. 1876-7. P. 317.

948. Northern portion of Atlantic ocean [to il-
lustrate Dr. Carpenter's paper on the temperature
of the deep-sea bottom]. Scale [ca. 325 m. = in.].
Size, 21.7 X 18.7 cm. P. xxi. 1876-7. P. 3r9.

949. Chart showing the distribution of saltness
in the ocean. Equatorial scale [ca. 2560 m. = in.].
Size, 29.8 X 16.5 cm. J. xlvii. 1877. P. 73.

2. Mediterranean Sea.

950. Columbretes rocks near the coast of Va-
lencia, by Capt'n W. H. Smyth, R. N., K. S. F.,
F. R. S. Scale [3036 ft. = in.J. Size, 12.2 X 16.8
cm. J. [i,]. 1830-31. Art. v.

951. [Diagrams to illustrate General Hauslab's
paper on oceanic currents.]

Fig. I. Appearance of the bottom of the Adriatic sea. Scale
[ca. 138 m. =r in.]. Size, ca. 6 X 16 cm.

Fig. 2. Course of the descending liver [Adriatic sea]. Scale
[ca. 138 m. := in.]. Size, ca. 6X16 cm.

Fig. 3. Currents in the Adriatic sea. Scale [ca. 138 m. =
in.]. Size, ca. 6 X 16 cm.

J. xlv. 1875. P- 34- PI- '•

952. Map of Cyprus. 1878. Scale, 9 m. = in.
Size, 41.5 X 25.2 cm. G. M. v. 1878. P. 201.

953. Plan of Famagousta harbour [Cyprus].
Scale, 1800 ft. = in. Size, 10. 4 X 18.3 cm.

Pp. i. 1879. P- 103-

3. Indian Ocean.

954. The Maldiva islands. From Capt'n Hors-
burgh's chart 1814. Equatorial scale [ca. 126 m. =
in.]. Size, 11.7 X 20.1 cm. J. ii. [1832.] Art. v.

955. Sketch showing the course of the hurricane
of April 1847, on the Malabar coast and the proba-
ble position of the H. C. S. F. Cleopatra at the
time. By T. G. Carless, Capt'n I. N. Scale [ca.
172 m. = in.]. Size, 11. 1 X 17.5 cm.

J. xix. 1849. I Append., no. 2.

956. Chart of the Bay of Bengal, shewing the
currents of the s. w. monsoon, by Lieut. J. A. Heath-
cote, PL M. I. Navy. Scale [ca. 26 m. = in.]. Size,
22.1 X 19.5 cm. J. xxxii. 1862. P. 234.

957. [Stereoscopic map of the island of St. Paul,
Indian ocean, to illustrate a paper by F. Galton.]
Scale, "wanting. Size, 14.5 X 7.2 cm.

J. XXXV. 1865. P. 100.

958. Chart of the currents off the Cape of Good
Hope, to accompany Capt'n Toynbee's paper " On
the specific gravity, temperature, and currents of the
sea," the result of a portion of five consecutive
yearly voyages from England to India. Projected
from the log-books by S. Com'dr C. George, map
curator R. G. Society. Scale, 10.36 m. = in. Size,
102. 1 X 25.4 cm.

J. XXXV. 1865. P. 147.

959. Probable track of hurricane or cyclone [in
Indian ocean] May, 1871. Scale [ca. 455 m. = in.].
Size, 7.6 X 5 cm. G. M. i. 1874. P. 239.

960. [Sketch of track of " Challenger," Cape of
Good Hope to Melbourne.] Scale [ca. H20 m. =
in.]. Size. 15.5 X 5.8 cm. G. M. ii. 1875. P- 39-

961. [Sketch map of the Nicobar islands .] Scale,
1 : 5,000,000 [78.91 m. = in.]. Size, 4 X 6.4 cm.

G. M. ii. 1875. P- 44-

962. Indian ocean. Map of the Cocos or Kee-
ling islands, exhibiting the changes that have taken
place since 1836. Scale [ca. 1.3 m. = in.]. Size,
23.3 X 21.3 cm.

North island. Scale [ca. 4900 ft. ^ in.]. Size, 7.3 X

S3 cm. ...

General map showing the relative position of the islands.

Scale [ca. 11. 4 m. =:: in.]. Size, 5 X 7.5 cm.

Pp. i. 1879. P. 816.

953. Map of the Andaman islands, illustrating
the distribution of the tribes, to accompany the
paper by E. H. Man, Esq., and Lieut. R. C. Temple.
Scale, 17.5 m. = m. Size, 18.9 X 35.8 cm.

J. i. 1880. P. 255.

964. Sketch map of South Andaman and adja-
cent islands, to accompany the paper by E. H. Man,
Esq. and Lieut. R. C. Temple. Scale, 5.25 m. = in.
Size, 19.3 X 35.9 cm. J. 1. . 1880. P. 255.

4. Pacific Ocean.

965. Chart of the prevalent surface currents of
the Atlantic and Pacific oceans, by A. G. Findlay.
Equatorial scale [ca. 1000 m. = in.]. Size, 34.3 X

19.6 cm. J. xxiii. 1853. Art. xix.

966. Fiji islands. Map of the River Rewa and
its tributaries, in the island of Na Viti Levu, to illus-
trate a paper by I. [J.] D. Macdonald, Esq., H. M. S.
Herald. 1856, Scale, 5.76 m. ^ in. Size, 309 X

19.7 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. 232.

967. Chart of the Sandwich islands, to accom-
pany the paper by the Bishop of Hoivolulu [Thomas
Staley]. Scale [ca. 35 m. = in.]. Size, 27.7 X 19.3
cm. J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 361.

968. Chart of Rapa-Nui, or Easter island (South
Pacific ocean), to accompany the paper by J. L.
Palmer, Esq., R. N. Scale [ca. 1.5 m. = in.]. Size,
24 X 18.7 cm. J. xl. 1870. P. 167.

969. The Solomon, New Hebrides, and Santa
Cruz groups (South Pacific ocean), to illustrate the
paper by Lieut. A. H. Markham, R. N. Scale [ca.
68.7 m. = in.]. Size, 34.4 X 41.8 cm.

J. xlii. 1872. P. 213.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.

il

970. Map of the Viti or P'iji islands, principally
from surveys and explorations, by Com'r Wilkes,
U. S. N., Capt. H. M. Denham, R. N., 1857, Col.
W. J. Smythe, B. Seemann, E. Graeffe and others ;
by E. G. Kavenstein. Scale, i : 1,200,000 [18.94 m.
= in.]. Size, 15.7 X 31.7 cm.

Ovalaii. From a survey by Capt. H. M. Denham, 1856.
Scale, 6.5 m. = in. Size, 5.6 X 8.8 cm.

G. M. i. 1874. P. 60.

971. Chart showing the distribution of saltness
in the ocean. Equatorial scale [ca. 2560 m. = in.].
Size, 29.8 X 16.5 cm. J. xlvii. 1877. P. 73.

972. Sketch survey of the north-east portion of
New Britain by Mr. Wilfred Powell, 1878-9. Scale,
16 m. = in. Size, 35.7 X 21.5 cm.

[Sketch map showing the position of New Britain and tlie
neighbouring islands.] Scale [ca. 206 m. ■=■ in-]- Size,
11.8 X 8.3 cm.

Pp. iii. 1881. P. 128.

X. MISCELLANEOUS.

I. Astronomical.

973. [Map of the south polar regions.]

a. Transit of Venus, 1882, Dec'r 6. Stations for observation

of the egress of Venus. The sun ascending. Venus
leaving the upper limb. Egress retarded by parallax
. . . , to accompany the paper by Staff-Commander J.
E. Davis, R. N. Scale [ca. 660 m. =: in.]. Size, 19
X 11.2 cm.

b. Transit of Venus, 1882, Dec'r 6. Stations for observa-

tion of the ingress of Venus. The sun descending,
Venus entering the upper limb . . . , to accompany
the paper by Staff-Commander J. E. Davis, R. N.
Scale [ca. 660 m. = in.]. Size, 19.5 X 11-2 cm.

J. xxxix. 1869. P. 92.

2. Magnetic.

974. [Map of the world showing] lines of equal
magnetic variation, or declination (isogonic lines).
1878. Scale [ca. 3170 m. = in.]. Size, 21.7 X 11.2
cm. P. xxii. 1877-8. PI. I. P. 216.

975. Terrestrial magnetic meridians, and curves
of equal dip, or inclination (isoclinal lines). 1878.
Size, ca. 19.5 X 1 1.5 cm.

P. xxii. 1877-8. PI. 2. P. 216.

976. The earth's magnetism, as shown by :

1. The distribution of lines upon the earth's sur-
face passing through points of equal total force.
(1878.)

2. The position of the magnetic poles and the line
of no dip, or the magnetic equator.

3. The regions of blue and red magnetism. Size,
ca. 22 X 13 cm. P. xxii. 1877-8. PI. 3. P. 216.

3. Thermometrical.

977. Surface temperatures of the North Atlantic,
between Shetland and Greenland, collected by Ad-
miral Irminger. Equatorial scale [ca. 213 m. = in.].
Size, 46.4 X 18.9 cm. J. xl. 1870. P. 441.

978. Albert expedition. Capt. Otto. Novem-
ber-December, 1872. Temperature of the surface
of the sea. PI. Mohn. 1873. Equatorial scale [ca.
2Q7m. = in.]. Size, 1 1.6 X 24.1 cm.

' O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 104.

979. Isothermals of the North Atlantic and Polar

sea. (After Dr. Petermann.) Equatorial scale [ca.
1665 m. = in.]. Size, 17.9 X 10 9 cm.

P. xviii. 1873-4. P. 370.

980. Atlantic ocean [to illustrate the paper by
Dr. Carpenter on the temperature of the deep-sea
bottom]. Equatorial scale |ca. 694 m. = in.]. Size,
27.3 X 39.3 cm. P. xxi. 1876-7. P. 317.

4. Meteorological.

981. Sketch showing the course of the hurricane
of April 1847, on the Malabar coast, and the proba-
ble position of the H. C. S. F. Cleopatra at the
time. By T. G. Carless, Cap'n I. N. Scale [ca.
172 m. = in.]. Size, in X 17.5 cm.

J. xix. 1849. I- Append, no. 2.

982. Sketch map to illustrate Professor Abich's
paper on the climatology of the Caucasus. Scale
[ca. 240 m. = in.]. Size, 19.4 X 10.9 cm.

J. xxi. 1851. Art. i.

983. [Diagram representing the midsummer po-
sition of the earth, to illustrate a paper by W. E.
Hickson on the climate of the north pole.] Size,
ca. 10 X 10 cm. J. xxxv. 1865. P. 131.

984. Map to illustrate the winds of northeast
Australia, to accompany the paper by Dr. A. Rat-
tray, M. D., R. N. Scale [ca. 143 m. = in.]. Size,
25.3 X 19.5 cm. J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 370.

985. Map illustrating the climate and physical
geography of north-east Australia, to accompany the
paper by Dr. A. Rattray, M. D., R. N. Scale [ca.
835 m. = in.]. Size, 34.4 X 19.8 cm.

J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 381.

986. Rainfall and forest trees in India. Drawn
for " Ocean highways : the geographical record " by
A. Keith Johnstone, F. R. G. S. Scale, 260 m. =
in. Size, 20.9 X 29.6 cm.

O. H. ii. no. 7. 1872. P. 202.

987. Rain map [of southern India]. Scale [ca.
193 m. = in.]. Size, 6.5 X 7.1 cm.

G. M. i. 1874. P. 329.

5. Geological.

988. Sketch map showing the mineral and silk
districts of the province of Shan-Tung (China), to
accompany the paper by J. Markham, Esq., H. M.
Consul at Chefoo. Scale, 32 m. = in. Size, 37.1
X 243 cm. J. xl. 1870. P. 207.

989. Geological map of eastern Turkey, by F.
von Hochstetter. Scale, i : 2,000,000 [31.57 •"■ =
in.]. Size, 34.7 X 24 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 328.

6. Botanical.

990. Rainfall and forest trees in India. Drawn
for " Ocean highways : the geographical record " by
A. Keith Johnstone, F. R. G. S. Scale, 260 m. =
in. Size, 20.9 X 29.6 cm.

O. Hh. ii. no. 7. 1872. P. 202.

991. The distribution of the caoutchouc tree, or
Ficus elastica, in Assam. By Gustav Mann. Scale,
12 m. = in. Size, 46.4 X 21.9 cm.

O. Hh. i. 1873. P- 67-

992. Physical map of west coast of Africa, by
H. H. Johnston. Scale [ca. 229 m. = in.]. Size, 11
X 21.3 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 752.

Note. The sub-heading 5. Central Asia was
accidentally omitted between nos. 164 and 165.

REFERENCE LIST.

*#* For the better identification of the individuals mentioned in the foregoing index the Compiler has given
the full name so far as obtainable by him. In view of the fact that on the maps the explorer is sometimes referred
to by initials^ sometimes by surname alone, and rarely by the full Christian name, no attempt has here been made
to indicate typographically the form, in -which the name stands in the index entry.

A. Personal ITames.

Abbot, Reginald Charles Edward, Lord Colchester, 333.

Abbott, Keith Edward, 145, 146.

Abdul Medjid, ( The Mullah,) 197, 278.

Abich, Wilhelm Hermann, 62, 982.

Abramof, Gen. Nikolai Alexeivitch, 290, 324.

Adams, Francis Ottiwell, 368.

Ainsworth, William Francis, 74, 77, 78, 139.

Alaga, Pundit, 320, 393.

Albertis, Luigi Maria d', 694.

Alcock, Sir Rutherford, 365.

Alexander, Capt. James Edward, 614, 782.

Alexanderson, Carl, 482.

Allen, Capt. Bird, 755.

Allen, Capt. William, 458.

Altmann, Capt. J., 915.

Aminof, Col. Baron B. A., 207.

Anderson, Capt. Samuel, 733, 734, 748.

Andersson, Charles John, 572, 616, 623.

Andrada, Paiva de, 602, 603.

Arrowsmith, John, 58, S3, 85, 195, 288, 321, 336, 427, 462.

502, 576, 718.
Austen, H. H. Godwin. See Godwin-Austen, H. H.
Austin, Charles Edward, 104.
Austin, Robert, 664.
Azara, Felix de, 838.

B., E. L. See Brandreth, E. L.

Baber, Edward Colbome, 361, 362, 363.

Back, Capt. [5?V] George, 707, 709, 857.

Baffin, William, 873.

Baikie, WiUiam Battour, 427, 428, 462.

Bailie, Alexander Cumming, 63T.

Baines, Thomas, 583, 596.

Baker, Sir Samuel White, 503, 504, 506, 515, 527.

Bardsen, Ivar, 901.

Barents [Barendsz], Willem, 909, 917.

Bamett, Edward, 765 a.

Bams, John W., 151, 214, 260.

Barth, Heinrich, 409, 424.

Bastian, Adolf, 382.

Baxter, Edward ]., $6$.

Beardall, William, 558.

Beccari, Odoardo, 693.

Becher, Com'dr Alexander Bridport, 713, 765, 859.

Bedwell, Frederic Le Breton, 657.

Begbie, Matthew Baillie, 724.

Beham [Behaim], Martin, 5.

Beke, Charles Tilstone, 92, 445, 446, 492, 493.

Belcher, Capt. \Sir'\ Edward, 422, 456.

Bell, Charles Napier, 759.

Bell, Robert, 735.

Bell, William Abraham, 745, 751.

Bellew, Henry Walter, 196.

Bellville, Alfred, 545.

Berghaus, Heinrich, 75, 119.

Berry, Lieut. Robert Mallory, 885.

Bewsher, Lieut. James Boughey, 98,

Bickmore, Albert Smith, 340.

Bidie, George, 254.

Bigg-Wither, Thomas Plantagenet, 835.

Blakiston, Capt. Thomas, 336, 369.

Blanc, Henry, 452.

Blunt, Wilfred Scawen, 133, 134.

Bode, Baron Clement Augustus de, 141.

Boler, Richard Doubleday, 468.

Bollaert, William, 798.

Bonnat, Marie Joseph, 469.

Bourke, Dermot Robert Wyndham, Earl of Mayo, 607.

Bouvier, Capt., 338.

Bradshaw, Benjamin F., 597.

Brandreth, Edward Lyail, 277, 319, 391, 392, 404, 644.

Brant, James, 6g, "]•].

Brennus, 52.

Broad, Lieut. George Alexander, 903.

Brown, Charles Barrington, 791, 792.

Brown, Robert, 731, 902.

Browne, RH Hon. Lord John, 48.

Brunner, Thomas, 6g8.

Brunton, R. Henry, 371.

Brutschin, W., 467.

Buchner, Max., 487.

Burke, Robert O'Hara, 654, 678, 683, 688.

Bumes, Lieut. \Lieut.-Col.\ Sir Alexander, 64, 114, 228,

232, 408.
Burton, Richard Francis, 102, 103, in, 496, 497, 506, 527,

577-
Bushell, Stephen Wootton, 330, 346.
Butakoff, ^^otV Alexey, 166, 170, 190, 193.
Bylot, Robert, 873.

C, R. N. See Cust, R. N.

Cameron, Z«K^. Verney Lovett, 480, 518, 519, 521, 524,

527, 52S, 535. 589-
Carless, Capt. Thomas Grere, 235, 955, 961.
Carpenter, William Benjamin, 947, 948, 980.
Cerutti, Giovanni Emilio, 690 b.
Chalmers, Cathcart, 792.

Chandless, William, 8ci, 815, 829, 830, 831, 832, 833.
Chekanovski, Alexander, 295.
Chimmo, Com'dr William, 740.
Chippendall, Lieut. William Harold, 442, 533.
Christopher, Lieut. Wilmot, 447.
Church, Col. George Earle, 819, 837.
Clerk, Capt. Claude, 149.
Colchester, Lord. See Abbot, R. C. E.
Coles, John, 908.
Collins, James, 8.

Collinson, Adm'l Sir Richard, 333, 717, 864.
Colquhoun, Archibald Ross, 360.
Columbus, Christopher, 5.
Comber, Rev. T. J., 470, 4S5.
Conolly, Lieut. Arthur, 64.
Cooley, William Desborough, 448, 567, 568, 611.
Cooper, Thomas T., 311.

40

REFERENCE LIST.

Cora, Giiido, 690 ^, 693.

Coryton, J., 266, 352, 3S7.

Cotteril], Henry Bernard, 544.

Cotton, Gen. Sir Arthur Thomas, 252, 339, 383.

Coulter, Thomas, 744.

Cowan, Rev. Williain Deans, 646.

Cox, Guillermo E., 842, S48.

Crawford, Robert, 843, S50.

Creagh, Edward Fitzgerald, 358.

Crocker, William M., 405.

Cruttenden, Charles John, 117.

Cust, Robert Needham, 277, 319, 391, 392, 404, 644.

D'Albertis, L. M. See Albertis, L. M. d'.

D'Almeida, William Barrington, 390.

Daly, D. D., 394.

Davis, Com'dr John Edward, 924, 925, 944, 973.

Davis, Sir John Francis, 334,

Dease, Peter Warren, 704, 711, 712, 858.

Decken, Karl Klaus baron von der, 501.

Denham, Capt. Henry Mangles, 970.

Dickson, Charles Hanmer, 418, 420.

Diebitch-Zabalkanski, Marshal Hans Karl Friedrich Anton,

34-
DIeffenbach, Ernst, 696.
Douglas, James, 721.
Downie, William, 724.

Drake, C. F. Tyrwhitt. See Tyrwhitt-Drake, C. F.
Du Chaillu, Paul Belloni, 474.
Dudley, Sir Robert, 347.
Dugraty, Alfred Marbais, 838.
Duparquet, le R. P. Charles, 594.
Durnford, Henry, 855.
Duveyrier, Henri, 421.

Earle, George Windsor, 396.

Egerton, Stib-Lieut. George le Clerc, 881.

Elias, Ney, jr., 328, 329, 341, 355, 389.

Elton, Caft. James Frederick, 517, 584, 626.

Erhardt, Jakob, 494.

Erskine, St. Vincent Whitshead, 586, 625, 628.

Escober, Alonso de, 755.

Farler, Ven. Archd., John Prediger, 546, 563.

Fedchenko. Alexey Paulowitz, 172, 179, 183.

Findlay, Alexander George, 497, 577, 867, 933, 936, 965.

Fitz Roy, Capt. Robert, 757.

Fitzgerald, Charles, 663.

Flegel, Eduard Robert, 484.

Flint, E. A., 840, 847.

Floyer, Ernest Ayscoghe, 159.

Forbes, Charles, 726.

Forbes, Frederick, 76, 85.

Forchammer, Peter Wilhelm, 83.

Forrest, Alexander, 667.

Forrest, John, 666, 668, 679, 680.

Forsyth, Sir Thomas Douglas, 200, 304.

Frankhn, &V John, 717, 718, 861, 864, 865, 866, 867, 884.

Freeling, Capt. [60/.] Arthur Henry, 677.

French, J. 0., 846.

Frere, Sir Henry Bartle Edward, 256.

Friedrichsthal, Chev. Emanuel, 755.

Friis, Jens Andreas, 60.

Frome, Ca//. Charles Edward, 675.

Frugoni, Juan, 839.

Fulford, Lieut. Reginald Baldwin, 883.

Galindo, Col. Juan, 753, 754.

Gall, James, 4, 7.

Galton, Francis, 13, 570, 615, 957.

Gassiott, W. Henry, 570, 615.

George, ConVdr Christopher, 935, 958.

Germani, Henrici Martelli, 411 a.

Gessi, Romolo, 537, 538.

Gibbons, Serg't Richard, 140.

Giles, Corn'dr Cornelius, 912, 913 a.

Giles, William Ernest Powell, 669, 681.

Gill, Capt. Wilham John, ie7, 187, 318, 3q6.

Gill, .ffCT. William Wyatt, 691.

Gisbome, Lionel, 773, 774.

Godwin-Austen, Ceipt. Henry Haversham, 240, 242.

Goldsmid, Col. Sir Frederick John, 151, 152, 213, 214,

Golubef, A., 289, 297.

GaxAan-Pasha, Gen. Charles George, 534, 538, 540.

Gormaz, Francisco Vidal, 844.

Gosselman, Capt. Karl August, 846.

Graahs, Wilhelm August, 902.

Graeffe, Eduard, 970.

Graham, Cyril Clerke, gi.

Grandidier, Alfred, 642.

Grandy, Lieut. W. G., 477, 481.

Grant, Charles Mitchell, 322.

Grant, James Augustus, 506, 527, 529, 531, 532.

Grant, Lieut.-Col. Walter Colquhoun, 722.

Grassie, Sub-Lieut. Frank Janverin, 522.

Graves, Capt. Thomas, 47, 48, 83, 417.

Gray, Capt. David, 896.

Greenfell, George, 471.

Gregory, Sir Augustus Charles, 661, 663, 672.

Gregory, Francis Thomas, 661, 665.

Gregory, H. C, 66t.

Grey, Sir George, 676.

Guyot, A., 403.

Guzman, Atanasio, 794.

Haast, Julius von^ 701, 702, 703.

Hack, Stephen, 677.

Haines, Capt. Stafford Bettesworth, 118, 121, 640.

Hall, Capt. Charles Francis, 873/

Hamilton, Capt. Henry George, 686.

Hamilton, William John, 71.

Hancock, John, 782.

Harcourt, Capt. Alfred Frederick Pollock, 258, 302.

Harding, Joseph, 818.

Hauslab, Gen. Franz Ritter von, 892, 945, 951.

Havildar, The. See Hyder Shah.

Hayes, Isaac Israel, 873 e.

Hayward, George J. W., 173, 196, 255, 300.

Heath, Edwin Ruthven, 823.

Heathcote, Lieut. James Arnold, 956.

Hector, James, 701.

Helmersen, Gregor von, 58, 287.

Helpman, Lieut. Benjamin Francis, 661.

Herrera, Antonio de, 767.

Herschel, &V John Frederick William, i.

Plibbert, Lieut. Edward, 846.

Hickson, W. E., 6, 983.

Hillhouse, William, 782, 783.

Hind, Henry Youle, •jyj.

Hippocones, 55 e.

Hochstetter, Ferdinand von, 39, 989.

Hodgson, Brian Houghton, 272, 317.

Holdich, Capt. Thomas Hungerford, 2S2.

Holland, Rev. Frederick Whitmore, 100, 440.

Holmwood, Frederick, 539.

Holroyd, Arthur Todd, 435.

Holub, Emil, 593, 596, 634.

Homen, Diogo, 411 b.

Honolulu, Bishop of. See Staley, T.

Hooker, Sir Joseph Dalton, 236.

Hore, Edward Coode, 559, 560.

Homberger, Ch., 467.

Horsburg, Capt. James, 954.

Hoskyn, Richard, 84.

Howitt, Alfred Wilham, 654.

Hiigel, Karl Alexander Anselm baron von, 233.

Hughes, William, 870.

Hulton, Jessop George de Blackbume, 117, 120.

Humboldt, Friedrich Heinrich Alexander von, 58, 287.

Hutchinson, Thomas Joseph, 849.

Hyder Shah, Subahdar, ( The Havildar^ 197.

Inglefield, Com'dr [Adm'^ Sir Edward Augustus, S62,

873 e.
Irminger, Adm'l Carl Ludvig Christian, 867, 906, 937, 977.
Isbister, Alexander Kennedy, 714.
Isenberg, Karl Wilhelm, 444.

James, Col. Sir Henry, 2, 97.
Jardine, Alexander, 684.
Jardine, Frank, 684.
Jeekel, Lieut. C. A., 465.
Jenkins, Henry Lionel, 259, 386.
Jeppe, Frederick, 629.

REFERENCE LIST.

41

Jochmus von Cotignola, Lieut.-Gsn. Baron Augustus, 33.

Johnsen, Ca/<. .Nils, 915.

Johnson, Capt. C, 231.

Johnson, W. H., 249, 298.

Johnson, Rev. William Percival, 604.

Johnston, Alexander Keith, 261, 349, 475, 508, 585, 986,

990.
Johnston, Henry Hamilton, 489, 609, 992.
Johnston, Keith, 413, 548, 549, 914, 838.
Johnstone, CoL Henry Campbell, 196.
Jones, Henry L., 841, 853.
Junker, Wilhelm Johann, 486, 555.

Kan'e, Elisha Kent, 866, 868, 873 d.

Karaczay, Count Fedor, 31.

Kemp, J., 520, 527.

Kempthorne, Lieut. G. Borlase, 135, 210.

Kendall, Lieut. Edward Nichols, 927.

Kennedy, Edmund B. C, 682.

Kennedy, Henry George, 384.

Kennedy, William, 861.

Keulen, Gerard van, 912, 9r3 a.

Khaniliof, Nicholas de, 167, 244.

Kiepert, Johann Samuel Heinrich, 41 c.

King, David Olyphant, 377.

King, J. B., 460.

King, Capt. Philip Parker, 851.

Kirk, Sir John, 505, 582.

Klaproth, Heinrich Julius von, 177.

Knight, Robert, 468.

Krapf, Johann Ludwig, 444.

Krockow-Wickerode, Karl Graf von, 439.

Kuss, 602, 603.

Laissle, H., 467.

Lander, John, 455.

Lander, Ricliard Lemon, 455.

Landsborough, William, 678, 683, 688.

Last, Joseph Thomas, 561, 565.

Lawrence, Christian William, 372.

Layard, Sir Austen Henry, 143.

Leake, William Martin, 406.

Leichardt, Friedrich Wilhelm Ludwig, 651.

Leitner, Gottlieb Wilhelm, 196.

Lenna, Capt. Giuseppe de, 690 b.

Linant de Bellefonds, Maurice Adolphe, 432, 491.

Livingstone, David, 475, 480, 508, 510, 524, 528, i;35, 560,

569, 570, 571, 573> 576, 579, 581. 585. 596, 6i5> '622.
Lloyd, CoL John Augustus, 638, 814.
Lloyd, Rev. William Valentine, 291, 325.
Locher, 467.

Lock, William George, 906.
Loftus, William Kennett, 90, 147.
Long, Col. Charles Chaille, 527.
Lovett, Lieui.-Col. Beresford, 162.
Lowe, Frederick, 796, 824.
Lynch, Lieut. Henry Blosse, 76.

McCarthy, .ffra. John, 357.

McClintock, Capt. Sir Francis Leopold, 718.

McClure, Capt. Sir Robert John Le Mesurier, 716.

Macdonald, John Denis, 966.

McKerrow, James, 701.

McKinlay, John, 678, 683, 688.

McQueen, James, 472, 473, 495, 498, 575, 578, 620.

Mahamad-i-Hamid, Moonshee, 168, 245.

Major, Richard Henry, 766, 767, 768.

Man, Edward Horace, 963, 964.

Mann, Gustav, 262, 991.

Mann, Robert James, 624.

Maples, Rev. Chauncy, 599.

Margary, Augustus Raymond, 354.

Markham, Capt. Albert Hastings, 874, 880, 969.

Markham, Clements Robert, 246, 247, 248, 265, 267, 799,

800, 805, 810, 812, 823, 869, 878.
Markham, John, 312, 342, 988.
Mamo, Ernst, 527.
Martini, Padre Martino, 349.
Martius, Karl Friedrich Philipp von, 796, 824.
Masters, Peter, 749.
Matusovski, 332.
Mauch, Karl, 629 a.

Maudslay, Alfred P., 760, 761.

May, Daniel John, 463.

Mayeff, Maj. \Col.\ N. A., 199.

Mayne, Com'dr Richard Charles, 724, 725.

Mayo, Earl of. See Bourke, D. R. W.

Mercator, Gerardus, 870.

Meyer, Adolf Bernhard, 690 c.

Michie, Alexander, 322.

Miles, Capt. Samuel Barrett, 127.

Miller, Gen. William, 797.

Millingen, Charles, 131, 132.

Minchin, John B., 816, 817, 821, 822.

Miroshnichenko, Capt., 332.

Mitchell, Maj. Thomas Livingstone, 685, 689.

Mitchell, Capt. William Murray, 697.

Mirza, The, 174.

Moffat, Rev. Robert, 574, 617, 618.

Mohn, Henrik, 872, 915, 978.

Mohr, Eduard, 596.

Monteith, Lieut.-Col. William, 61, 68, 146.

Montgomerie, Capt. Thomas George, 168, 174, 175, 196,

240, 245, 253, 267.
Moody, Col. Richard Clement, 727.
Moresby, Capt. John, 690 a, 691, 692.
Moreton, Rev. Julian, 739.
Morgan, Edward Delmar, 209. .
Morrison, Gabriel James, 359.
Mouchez, Adm'l Am^dee Ernest Barthelemy, 838.
Mouhot, Alexandre Henri, 380.
Mourilyan, Lieut. Thomas Longley, 690 a.
Mullah, The. See Abdul Medjid.
Mullens, Joseph, 639, 641, 642, 643, 645.
Munzinger, Werner, 127, 453.
Murchison, Sir Roderick Impey, 58, 287.
Murray, Alexander, 741.
Murray, Mungo, 569.
Musters, Com'dr George Chaworth, 816, 817, 854.

Nachtigal, Gustav, 429, 430, 479.

Nain Singh, Pundit, 253, 269, 310, 314, 315.

Napier, Capt. the Hon. George Campbell, 158, 160, 204.

Nares, Capt. Sir George Strong, 877, S79, 941.

Nelson, Edward William, 706.

New, Rev. Charles, 507.

Newling, William, 621.

Niebuhr, Carstens, 132.

Nilsen, Capt, Johannes, 915.

Nordenskiold, Nils Adolf Erik baron, 910.

Norman, Com'dr William Henry, 673.

Oersted, Andreas, 756.

Oliphant, Laurence, 367, 775, 776.

O'Neill, Henry Edward, 564, 600, 601, 605.

O' Riley, Edward, 38 1.

Osborn, Capt. Sherard, 59, 335.

Osten-Sacken, Th. R. baron, 293, 301.

Oswell, William Cotton, 569, 570, 615.

Otter, Capt, Frederic Wilhelm baron von, 910.

Otto, Capt. G., 872, 978.

Owen, Capt. William Fitz-William, 566, 610.

Paderin, F., 331.
Page, Com'dr Thomas Jefferson, 838.
Palgrave, William Gifford, 125.
Palladius, Archimandrite, 327.
Palliser, Capt. John, 723.
Palmer, Lieut. Henry Spencer, 724, 727, 728.
Palmer, John Linton, 968.
Pargachefski, 288, 321.
Parish, Sir Woodbine, 813, 928.
Park, Mungo, 455.

Parkes, Sir Harry Smith, 374, 375, 378, 379.
Patterson, Capt. R. R., 591, 632.
Pausanias, 56.
Paxton, Henry F., 621.
Payer, Julius, 919, 920.
Peek, Cuthbert Edgar, 907, 908.
Felly, Lieut.-Col. Sir Lewis, 126, 150.
Pentland, Joseph Barclay, 813.
Peschurof, M. A., 288, 321.

Petermann, August Hemrich, 236, 479, 798, 890, 909, 914,
917, 942, 979-

42

REFERENCE LIST.

Petherick, John, 502.

Petitot, Emile Fortune Stanislas Joseph, 736..

Philip King of Macedon^ 51.

Phipson-Wybrants, Capt. Temple Leighton, 636.

Pinto, Serpa. See Serpa-Pinto, A. A. R.

Plessing, 467.

Pogge, Paul, 487, 490.

Pollington, Lord. See Savile, J. C. G.

Polo, Marco, 402,

Poole, Henry. 8g.

Porter, Rev. Josias Leslie, 88.

Porto, Silva, 473, 578.

Postans, Capt. Thomas, 211.

Powell, Wilfred, 972.

Prejevalsky, Col. Nicolas Mikhai'lovitch, 307.

Prevost, Com'dr [Adm'l] James Chai'les, 773, 774.

Pritchett, George James, 793.

Pundits. 5tfeAlaga; Nain Singh.

Purchas, Samuel, 900, gii, 913 b.

Pardon, William, 240.

Puydt, Lucien de, 777.

Radde, Gustav Ferdinand Richard, 288, 321.
Rae, John, 715, 85o, 865.
Rafn, Carl Christian, 901.
Raimondi, Antonio, 802, 803.
Rattray, Alexander, 655, 656, 984, 985.
Ravenstein, Ernest George, 66, 104, 130, 181, 182, i85, 196,
197, 264, 269, 303, 314, 329, 351, 353, 388, 401, 426, 429,

464, 467, 476, 478, 479, 5". 5231 525-527, 535, 5S7, 589.

627,630, 640, 745, 751, 871, 873,874, 889, 970.
Raverty, Capt. Henry G., 196.
Ravvlinson, Maj. Sir Henry Creswicke, 73, 137, 138, 153,

202, 215.
Rebmann, Johann, 494.
Regel, Johann Albert, 206.
Reps, Com'dr Outger [Rutger], 912, 913 a.
Ricci, Matteo, 350.
Richardson, A. J., 684.
Richardson, Rev. ]., 641.
Rider, William, 621.

Rink, Henrik Johannes, 863, 868, 897, 902.
Robinson, Lieut. Daniel George, 196.
Robinson, Rev. Edward, 87.
Robinson, Com'dr George, 742.
Rochefort, John, 700.
Roe, John Septimus, 662.
Rohde, J. G., 902,
Rokeby, Capt. Langham, 441.
Rorit, P., lor.

Ross, Sir James Clark, 873 b.
Ross, -S/rJohn, 76.
Russell, Henry Stuart, 687.

St. John, Com'dr Henry Craven, 369.

St. John, Spenser, 397.

Salaverry, Lieut. Juan, 806.

Sandeman, Maj. John Edward, 320, 393.

Sanderson, John, 619, 621.

Saunders, Capt. John Park, 122.

Savile, John Charles George, Viscount Pollington, 77.

Sawkins, James Gay, 792.

Schomburgk, Robert Hermann, 762, 764, 785-790, 792, 827.

Schwarz, Ludwig, 199.

Schweinfurth, Georg August, 476, 511.

Seemann, Berthold, 970.

Selby, Lieut. W. B., 142.

Selous, Frederick Courteney, 596, 598, 606.

Semenof, Peter Petrovitch, 289, 297.

Serpa-Pinto, Maj. Aexandre Alberto de la Roche, 592,

^ 596, 633.

Sevm, Charles, 750.

Sewell, 642.

Seyyid Barghash Bin Said, 525.

Shaw, George A., 641.

Shaw, Robert Barkley, 276, 305, 306.

Sheil, Lieut.-Col. Justin, 136.

Shenurin, 288, 321.

Sibree, Rev. James, 641, 645.

Simons, F. A. A., 779, 780.

Simpson, Thomas, 704, 71T, 712, 858.

Skobelef, Capt. [Gen.] Michel Dimitreivitch, 182.

Sladen, Maj. Edward Bosc, 385.

Smith, Benjamin Leigh, 921, 922, 923.

Smith, George, 798. -

Smyth, Lieut. William, 796, 824.

Smyth, Capt. William Henry, 23, 950.

Smythe, Col. William James, 970.

Sosnovski,!. A., 332.

Southon, E. J., 557.

Speke, John Hanning, 496, 497, 500, 506, 527, 529, 531,

532. 577-
Spix, Johann Baptist von, 796, 824.
Spratt, Lieut. Thomas Abel Bremage, 32, 36, 46, 83.
Spruce, Richard, 794.
Squier, Ephraim George, 758.

Staley, R't Rev. Thomas, {Bishop of Honolulu^ 967.
Stanley, Henry Moreland, 483, 512, 513, 526, 527, 530,

53i> 536, 541, 543-
Steenstrup, Knud Johannes vogelius, 902.
Stevens, Capt. G. J., 129.
Stewart, Lieut.-Col. Charles Edward, 160, 204.
Stewart, James, 547, 551, 552, 556,608.
Stiff e, Lieut. Arthur William, 154.
Stirling, Edward, 165.

Stokes, Maj. [Lieut.-Col.] Sir John, 24, 37.
Stokes, Capt. [Vice-Adm' I], John Lort, 697.
Stone, Gen. Charles Pomeroy, 537.
Strachey, Capt. Henry, 237, 238, 309.
Stuart, John McDouall, 653, 671.
Stuart, Maj. Robert, 38.
Sturt, Capt. Charles, 652.
Sulivan, Capt. Thomas Baker Martin, 522.
Suter, Henry, yy,
Swinhoe, Robert, 337, 343.
Synge, Capt. Millington Henry, 720.

Tanner, Col. Henry Charles Baskerville, 203.

Taylor, John George, 93, 99.

Temple, Lieut. George Theodore, 57, 60.

Temple, Sir Grenville Temple, 416.

Temple, Sir Richard, 243, 283, 285.

Temple, Lieut. Richard Camac, 222, 963, 964.

Thomson, J., 345.

Thomson, John Turnbull, 699.

Thomson, Joseph, 553, 599,

Thomson, William Taylour, 136.

Thuillier, Col. Henry Edward Landor, 196.

Tickel, Capt. Samuel Richard, 373.

Todd, Maj. Elliott D'Arcy, 136.

Toynbee, Capt. Henry, 935, 958.

Tremenheere, Col. [Maj.-Gen.] Charles William, 250, 251.

Trotter, Capt. Henry, 200, 304, 315.

Troup, James, 370.

Turner, William John, 224, 225, 318, 356, 443, 529, 531,

T^^\-lA^¥' 5,?u' ?53v"5,' 5.96, 633, 634, 635, 694-
Tyrwhitt-Drake, Charles Frederick, 102, 103.
Tytler, Lieut. William Eraser, 216.

UsoLTzOF, A. F., 288, 321.

Veniukof, Col. Michel Ivanovitch, 169, 171, 294, 299.

Versteeg, Col. W. F., 400.

Vesilief, Capt. Alexander (?), 288, 321.

Veth, Pieter Johannes, 403.

Vidal, Capt. Alexander Thomas Emeric, 026, q-!2.

Villarino, Basilio, 825. ' ^ i VJ

Vishnevskij Lieut. D. M., 199.

Vogel, Eduard, 419, 425.

Waddington, Alfred, 729, 730. .

Wakefield, Rev. Thomas, 507, 562, 563.

Walker, Frederick, 678, 683, 688.

Walker, Maj.-Gen., James Thomas, 160, 196, 197, 204.

„ 212, 241 296 304, 308.

Wallace, Alfred Russel, 398, 772, S28.

Wallin, George Augustus, 123, 124.

Warham, Capt., 713, 859.

Watson, Lieut. Charles Moore, 442. c,i,\.

Watts, William Lord, 904. ^

Waugh, Capt. Sir Andrew Scott, z-ia.

Wells, Capt. Henry Lake, 163.

Wells, James William, 836.

Wellsted, Lieut. John Raymond, 113, 407, 640^

REFERENCE LIST.

43

Wertheman, Arthur, 806.

Wharton, Cap. William James Lloyd, 516.

Wheelwright, William, 840, 847.

White, Robert Blake, 781.

Whymper, Edward, 795.

Whymper, Frederick, 705.

Wiggins, Capt. Joseph, 893.

Wilkes, Com'dr Charles, 970.

Wilkinson, George Robert, 49.

Wilkinson, Sir John Gardner, 431, 438.

Williamson, Rev. Alexander, 326.

Wills, William John, 654, 678, 683, 688.

Wilson, Rev. Charles Thomas, 554.

Wilson, Capt. 5j> Charles William, 97, 105, 220, 224, 281.

Wilson, James Fox, 581, 622.

Wisner, Co/., 838.

Wissmann, Lieut. Hermann, 490.

Wolfe, Lieut. James, 25.

Wood, Maj. Herbert William, 188.

Wyse, Lieut. Lucien Napoleon Buonaparte, 778.

Young, Edward Daniel, 588.
Young, Capt. George Frederick, 286.
Yule, Col. Henry, 331, 349, 376.

Zeno, Antonio, 887, 888, 938, 939.
Zeno, Nicolo, 887, 888, 938, 939, 940.
Ziwolka, 916.
, George Ludwig von, 167, 244.

B. Expeditions, etc.

Abyssinian expedition, 1867-68, 449, 450, 451.
Albert expedition, 1872, 872, 978.
American arctic expedition, 1853-5!;, 866, 868.
Arctic land expedition, 1835, 708, 709, 856, 857.
Austrian polar expedition, 1871-74, 891.

Austro-Hungarian polar expedition, 1873-74, 919.

Central Australian expedition, 1844-46, 652.

Church Missionary Society expedition [Africa], 1879, 484.

Danish Admiralty survey [Greenland], 901.

Dutch arctic expedition, 1878, 894.

East Africa expedition [R. G. Soc], 1879, 548, 550.

East African expedition, 1857-59, 496, 497, 577.

English arctic expedition, 1875-76, 877, 878, 879, 880.

Great Britain — Ordnance survey, 16. 19.

Netherlands, India Steam Navigation Co., 66, 401.

North Australian exploring expedition, 1858, 672.

Russian Hissar expedition, 1874-75, ^97-

Settlers' expedition [Australia], 184S, 663.

Swedish arctic expedition, 1S7S, 894.

West Australian exploring expedition, 1874, 668, 680.

C. Vessels.

Norw. St. Albert, 872, 978.

ff. M. S. Alert, 875, 876, 880, 881, <)\

Arctic, S74.

H. M. S. Beacon, 46, 84.

H. M. S. Challenger, 941, 943, 960.

Dog-sledge Clements Markham, 881.

H. C. S. P. Cleopatra, 955, 9S1.

H. M. S. Discovery, 875, 946.

Steamer Ethiope, 460.

H. M. S. Herald, 966.

H. M. S. London, 522.

Whaler Lord Gambier, 713, 859.

H. M. SI. Onyx, 926.

Prince Albert, 861.

U. S. St. Rodgers, 885.

ff. M. S, Shearwater, 516.

JL. M. S. Terror, 710.

H. M. S. Valorous, 875, 903, 946.

H. M. S. Volage, 47, 48.

Uhvatv of ^arbarD miUv^itv*

Bibliographical Contributions.

EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR,

CORNELL
NiVEhSIT

V\

I feOP

rii

LIBRARIAN.

IsTO. 18.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

By JUSTIN WINSOR.

Republished from the Bulletin of Harvard University.

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.:

UNIVERSITY PRESS: JOHN WILSON AND SON.

1884.

Already issued or in preparation :

A Star prefixed indicates they are not yet ready.

1. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of

Mercury.

2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems : a Bibliography of the Earlier Editions.

3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel-

angelo, with Notes.

4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several

pieces.

5. List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for

Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements.

6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College

Library, by the Honorable Charles Sumner.

*;. James M. Peirce. References in Analytic Geometry.

8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library.

9. George Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different countries.

10. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibliography of the Publications of James Orchard

Halliwell-Phillipps.

J I. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States.

12. A List of the Publications of Harvard University and its Officers, 1870-1880.

13. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects.

14. William H. Tillinghast. Notes on the Historical Hydrography of the Handkerchief

Shoal in the Bahamas.

15. J. D. Whitney. List of American Authors in Geology and Palaeontology.

16. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in Petermann's Geographische Mit-

theilungen. 1855-1881.

*i7. Justin Winsor. A List of the most useful Reference Books.

18. Justin Winsor. The Bibliography of Ptolemy's Geography.

*i9. Justin Winsor. The Kohl Collection of Early Maps.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

BY JUSTIN WINSOR,
Librarian of Harvard University.

*#* An annotated list of editions of the original and augmented texts and translations, and of Wytfliet's
Continuation, with particular reference to the development of early American Cartography; and with an
enumeration of copies in American libraries.

1462.

Title : Cosmograpkia, latine reddita, a jfacobo An-
gela, cum castigationibus Hieron. Manfredi et Petri
Boni.

Colophon : Hie finit cosmografia Ptolemei. Im-
pressa opa Dominici de lapis civis bononieiuis, an7io
M.CCCC.LXII, mense Junii xxiii, Bononie. (Copied
from Brunet.)

Description : This is the earliest of printed edi-
tions, if it exists ; but bibliographers generally reject
it. Copies are put down in Dibdin's Bibliotheca Spence-
riana and in the Walckenaer Catalogue (formerly of the
Colbert library), and another is in the Henry C.
Murphy library of Brooklyn ; but Mr. Murphy agreed
with most authorities in thinking that its date should
probably be 1482. 'Laxa.x, Storia Pittorica, 1795-96,1.
p. 97, places it about 1472. The question has been
made the subject of a special treatise : Observazioni
su la Edizione della Geografia di Tolomeo fatta in Bo-
logna colla data de M. CCCC.LX/I, Esposte da Barto-
lommeo Gamba. Bassano, 1796, 4°, pp. 50.

De Bure used the Gaignat and Lauragais copies in
his account, and seems to prefer 1472 ; and Gamba,
who used a copy in the Casa Foscarini at Venice, in-
clines to the same view. Dibdin, in the Bibl. Spenc.,
calls it spurious, and depends for his long note largely
on Gamba preferring, however, 1482, as the date, as
does the Crevenna Catalogue (1789) iv. 5708, and
Hain, Repert. Bibl. v. See further references on
this point in Graesse, Tresor de livres, v. 499.

Maps. With 26 maps, or plates, three of which
are reproduced by Dibdin, who says they were usually
colored. They are : i Mappemonde ; 10 of Eu-
rope; 4 of Africa: 10 (but some give n) of Asia,
and I for the islands of India.

Copies (1.) Henry C. Murphy library (Brooklyn).
First leaf missing, — fine otherwise ; has the maps of
the 1478 edition inserted.

References : Bibliotheca Spenceriana, ii. 293, for
a copy bought at the Firmin Didot sale in Paris, in
1810, "for an exorbitant sum " (400 fr.). De Bure,
Bibliographie Instructive (1763-68), v. 32; Lelewel,
Giographie du Moyen Age, ii. 207 ; Brunet, Manuel,
iv. 952; Walckenaer Catalogue (1833), no. 2238
(360 fr.) ; Audiffredi, Editionum Italicarum (1794),
p. 12 ; Heineken, IdSe Ginlrale d'une Collection Com-
pute d'Estampes, 145 ; Hain, Repertorium Bibliographi-
aim, no. 13538 ; Graesse, Tresor de Livres, v. 499 ;
La Valliire Catalogue (416 francs) ; Crevenna Cata-

logue (130 florins) ; Hoffmann, Bibliog. lexicon, iii.
492 ; Hager, Geograph. Biichersaal, ii. 307 ; Rumohr,
Untersucli. d. Griinde dr^c. Leipsic, 1841, p. 40.

1475.

Title : [Cosmographia, latine reddita a Jac. Angelo.]
Colophon : En ttbi lector Cosmographia Ptolemcei ab
Hermano leitilapide Coloniensi Vincencia: accuratissiTne
impressa. Benedicto Triuisano : &' Angelo Michaele
prcesidibus. M.CCCC.LXXV. Idi. sept. (Copied
from the Carter-Brown Catalogue.)

Description : Folio. The first undisputed edi-
tion, published by Ang. Vadius and Barnabas Picar-
dus. The initial letters are usually in gold and colors ;
sometimes rubricated. The bibliographies vary as to
the number of folios (containing 39 lines each), appa-
rently as they include or omit blank leaves. Panzer,
Leclerc, and Sunderland give 142. Brunet, Carter-
Brown, Graesse give 144. The Grenville copy has an
appendix of seven additional leaves.

The Carter-Brawn Catalogue says : " The signa-
tures, which are confused in their arrangement, be-
gin with aa ^ and end with G.^ "

Angelo's translation, the first made in latin, had
been produced at Florence in 1409, and was dedi-
cated to Pope Alexander V., and in the next year,
Pierre d'Ailly, the cardinal of Amiens, referred to
it in his Imago Mundi, and emphasized Ptolemy's
opinion of India's lying over against Spain. We have
other evidences of the spreading acquaintance with
Ptolemy's views in Europe (Thomassy, Les Papes
Giographes, p. 15, 34), and we know how D'Ailly's
writings influenced the views of Columbus.

Pomponius Mela had been the representative among
the ancients of the opposite school of geographers,
who looked for the extension of the known world to
the south of the equator. It may be claimed of the
later developments,. that the Spaniards in Columbus's
sailing west justified the Ptolemy view ; the Portu-
guese in Vasco de Gama's circumnavigating Africa
proved the opposing theory ; while Magellan brought
both into complemental relation.

Maps : Without maps.

Copies : (1) Library of Congress, 142 leaves, not
144, as given in its catalogue. (2) Carter-Brozvn /j-
irary (Providence). (3) Henry C. Murphy library.

References : Catalogue of Library of Congress
(1867), p. 332; Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 583;

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

Brunet, Manuel, iv. 951 ; Grxsse, Trlsor de Livres, v.
4991 Hutli Catalogue, iv. p. 1199 ; Leclerc, Bibliotheca
Americana (1878), no. 46S (150 £r.) ; Sunderland
Catalogue, iv. no. 10,353 ; Walckenaer Catalogue, no.
2235 (36 francs) ; Bibliotheca Spenceriana, ii. 292 ;
Hain, Rcpertorium Bibliographicum, 131536.

1478.

Title : \Cosmographia, Latine\ Colophon : Nii-
meros Matematicos inexplicabile ferme terre astrorumque
opus Claudii Ptolemcei Alexandrini philosophi Geogra-
phiam Arnoldus Bitckinck e Germania Rome tabulis
a:neis in picturis formatam impressit. Sempiterno in-
gcnii arttficiique monumento. Anno dominici natalis
M.CCCC.LXXVIII. vi Idus Octobris Sedente Sixto,
iiii. Pont. Max. anno ejus viii. (Copied from Brunet,
and corrected by a transcript from the Carter-Brown
copy, furnished by Mr. J. R. Bartlett.)

Description : The dedication says that Domitius
Calderinus is the editor, who collated Latin manu-
scripts with a very ancient one, corrected by Gemis-
tus. Conrad Sweynheym, a German, took care of
the press ; and when he died, after spending three
years upon it, Arnold Buckinck succeeded him, and
finished the work. The Bibliotheque Nationale at
Paris has a copy on vellum. There are 70 folios ;
but the last is blank, and excepting the preface, etc.,
it is printed in columns of 50 lines each. The pref-
ace is on the reverse of the first leaf, and is entitled:
" Claudii Ptholemei Alexandrini Philosophi Cosmo-
graphia." On the recto of the following leaf:
"Claudii Ptolemei Cosmographie liber primus hec
habet." The first leaf of the text at the top of the
second column ; " Claudii Ptolemei viri Alexandrini
Cosmographie liber prims incipit. In quo differt
Cosmographia a Chorographia." On the 69th folio,
recto, second column : " Claudii Ptolemei viri alex-
andrini Cosmographie octavus et ultimas liber finit."
Same folio, verso, first column, the Colophon ; second
column : " Registrum foliorum huius libri," {34 lines),
which state that the second and fourth gatherings
are in tens, and the first, third, fifth, sixth, seventh,
and eighth are in eights.

Mr. Bartlett says of the copy thus collated, which
has been added to the Carter-Brown library since
its Catalogue, vol. i, was printed: "The dots to the
«'s are invariably omitted. The ink is black, and
holds its color remarkably well. The capital letters,
beginning chapters and paragraphs, are in red and
blue, and the large letter C at the beginning of the
volume is red, surrounded by a simple blue border
and scroll."

Maps : The first edition with maps, which are 27
in number, and engraved on copper, making the ear-
liest instance of such engravings. They are de-
scribed by Brunet as the finest ever engraved for
any edition of Ptolemy ; even superior to those of
Mercator. They consist of one of the World, ten
of Europe, four of Africa, and twelve of Asia.

Santarem (Hist, de la Cartographic, ii. p. LI) ex-
presses the opinion that the Agathodemon series of
maps, belonging to the old mss. of Ptolemy were not
known to the map-makers of the middle ages, before
the fifteenth century ; and that the travels of Marco
Polo had exerted no influence upon the geographical
ideas of the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries.

The influence of Ptolemy on the cartographical
ideas of the middle ages have been examined by
Lelewel, Ghg. du Moyen-Age, ii. 124.

M. Libri claims that maps engraved on metal first
appeared in the following : In questovolume si content-
gono septe giornate della geographia di Frattcesco Ber-
lingeri, etc. Impresso in Firenze per Nicolo Todesco.
The book is without date, and is usually assigned to
1480. It has 123 folios and 31 maps, and they are
inferior in execution to those of Ptolemy. There are
some varieties of the book. Cf . Robert de Vaugondy,
Essai sur V Histoire de la GSographie; 'Brnnet, Manuel,
i. 790, Supplement, i. p. iii, and a Noticia libri raris-
simi geographiiB Fr. Berlinghieri fiorentini, scripsit
Chr. Th. de Murr, Norimbergae, 1790. The Murphy
library Ijas a copy of BeVlingeri, " extremely valu-
able for its maps." The Huth Catalogue, i. p. 133,
gives the book with this title : Geographia di Fran-
cesco Berlinghieri in terza rima et lingua Toscana, etc.,
but thinks the title " no doubt printed at a much later
date than the body of the book ; and some copies
have the first page quite blank." Quaritch priced a
copy in 1880, at ;^d3. A Catalogue des monuments
typographiques de feu M. Benj. Fillon, no. 26 (sold in
Pans, Jan. 1883), shows a copy, with a long note on
the varieties in copies known.

The Ptolemy maps are also of interest as showing
the views regarding the Western Ocean, prevalent a
few years before the sailing of Columbus. Consult
Davezac " Sur les lies fantastiques de I'ocean occi-
dental au moyen age " in the Nouvelles Annales des
Voyages, Mar. and Apr. 1845, and his paper on the
Laon globe with a projection of it in Bull, de la Soc.
Glog. (i860) XX. 417. This globe also shows an
island " Antela " off the coast of Spain, and Davezac
says that, according to Pierre de Medina, the copy of
Ptolemy which was presented to Pope Urban (died
1389) also had a map showing a corresponding
Antillia. Behaim's globe puts it much farther away
than the Laon globe, and says that it had been
observed by a Spanish vessel in 1414. The Laon
globe would seem to represent the knowledge of
about 1486-87, though it has a date upon it of 1493.
In 1456 a Genoese, Bartolomeus de Pereto, also
made a hydrographical chart of the western ocean,
on which a western island is called " Antilia," and
one more westerly is named " Roillo." The Canaries
are called the " lies fortunees de Saint Brandum."
Cf. Thomassy, Les Papes GSographes, p. 20, who says
the map is in the Bibliotheque Nationale at Paris ;
and Santarem's Hist, de la Cartographic. Desimoni
in his " Elenco di carte di autore genovese oppure
in Genova fatti o conservati," published in Giornale
Ligustico, claims the production for Genoa, and savs
it is inscribed : " Pbr. Bartholomeus de Pareto civis
Janue acolitus Smi Dni iiri Pape composuit hanc
cartam MCCCCLV in Janua."

The map of Andre Bianco (preserved in the Bib-
lioteca Marciana at Venice) had also given some in-
dications of western islands as early as 1436, and it
has been made the ' subject of an examination by
Vincenzio Formaleoni, who printed a paper in Italian
1117831 Saggio sulla nautica antica dei Veneziani, ■p'p.
60 (according to Sabin's Dictionary, a rare tract)
and which appeared in a French version in 1788,
published at Venice, with this title : Essai sur la ma-
rine ancienne des Venitiens, dans lequel on a mis en
jour plusieurs cartes tiries de la bibliotheque de St.
Marc, antSrieures h la dhouverte de Colomb, et qui
indiquent clairement r existence des illes Antilles ; tra-
duit de I'italien par le Chevalier d'Henin. Formaleoni
was inclined to place this map much earlier than
1436, but Santarem gives an inscription on one of
the maps : " Andreas Bianco de Venetiis me fecit
MCCCCXXXVI." (Hist, de la Cartographic, iii.
369-)

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

Bianco's map, which appeared in this Essay, has
also been reproduced in // Mercurio italico, London
1789; and later in Santarem's Atlas. A full-size
photographic reproduction of it in ten sheets, with
an introduction by Oscar Peschel, was published at
Venice in 1871. Cf. D'Anse de Villoison in Carli's
Leltres Amiricaines ii. p. 519 ; and Zurla's Dissertation
on the ancient Venetian Charts. A "Carta nautica
membranacea dell' anno 1448 " of Bianco, which is
now in the Biblioteca Ambrosiana at Milan, was
reproduced by photography in four sheets at Venice
in 1881.

The student of Columbian cartography must al-
ways regret the disappearance of the map which
Toscanelli sent to Columbus in 1474, those of the
father-in-law of Columbus, Pallestrello, which came
into the great navigator's hands at his marriage, and
the map which Bartholomew- Columbus presented
to Henry VIL, and issued in London in February,
1488 (cf. Kohl's Catalogue of Maps in Hakluyt, p. 8
and his paper on Lost maps ; I£umboldt's Exarn.
Critique, i. 239). We can best judge of the con-
figuration which these map-makers gave to the
western ocean by the use which Behaim probably
made of them, or of the information which they
embodied, in his famous globe preserved at Nurem-
berg. The earliest known facsimile of this globe
appeared in 1730 in Johann Gabriel Doppelmayr's
Historische Nachricht von dc7i niirnbergischen Mathe-
maticis und Kilnstlern. Stevens, Hist. Coll. i. no.
1396, speaking of this book says: "Among the
twenty copperplates is the earliest facsimile of
Behaim's globe, taken before that globe had been
restored, and before some of the names were lost.
For instance, we here find India patalis, a name
now effaced from the globe, but which may hint
the origin of Oronce Fine's Jiegio patalis in his
map of 1532, which has so much puzzled geog-
raphers." Cf. Gosselin, Geog. Systime des Anciens,
iii. 201. A representation of the globe in Ruge's
Geschichte des Zeitalters der Entdeckungen has the
true outline of North America drawn in, which
makes the western coast of Mexico bisect the island
of Zipangu.

Cf. the paper on " Martin Behaim's globe and his
influence upon geographical science," in the Ameri-
can Geographical Society's Joitriml, iv. (1872) p.
432.

There are other representations of this globe in
Jomard's Monuments de la Giog. ; Ghillany's Mar-
tin Behaim, and his Der Erdglobus des Martin Be-
haim und der des Joh. Schoner, Nuremberg, 1842 ; C.
G. von Murr's Diplomatische Geschichte des Ritters
Martin Behaim, Niirnberg, 1778 ; and again, 1801,
and the French version of the same by H. J. Jansen,
published in a third edition at Strassbourg in 1802 ;
Cladera's Investigaciones 1794, which has a Spanish
version of Von Murr's paper; Lelewel's Moyen
Age; Royal Geog. Society's Journal, xviii. ; Kohl's
Disc, of Maine ; Irving's Columbus ; Bryant & Gay's
United States, i. 103; Harper^ s Monthly, xlii. ; H. H.
Bancroft's Central America, i. 93. Cf. also Piga-
fetta's Premier voyage autour du monde ; suivi d'une
notice [by C. G. von Murr, translated by H. J. Jan-
sen] sur M. Behaim- et son globe terrestre, Paris, 1800 ;
Robert Dodge on Behaim and his globe, and John
G. Morris's account of Behaim in the publications
of the Maryland Historical Society.

The Catalogue of the manuscript maps in the Brit-
ish museum, 1844, vol. i. shows several Portolani of
the century preceding Columbus ; cf. also British
museum MSS. no. 22329 {anno 1472) and the enumer-
ation of maps in Santarem's Histoire de la Carto-
graphic.

Copies. — (1) Carter-Broian Library, — sound and
perfect, bound in olive morocco by Bedford.

The copy in the Murphy library has the maps be-
longing to it, inserted in the 1462 (.') edition.

References. — Bibliotheca Spenceriana, iv. 537,
describing a copy bought at the Merly sale for
;^3i lOJ-., — eleven maps being lacking, with fac-
similes of parts of the maps ; Walckenaer Catalogue,
no. 2236 (973 francs) ; Perkins Catalogue, London,
June, 1873, ^8o, — a copy afterwards advertised in
a London catalogue for ^loo; Brunet, Manuel, iv.
952, Supplement, ii. 328. Quaritch in February, 1879
(Catalogue, 321, no. 11,697), advertised a copy at
^80, and referred to a copy sold in a London auc-
tion room, four years earlier, at £<)0. Raidelius,
Commentatio critico-litteraria de Ptolemai Geographia
ejusque codicibus tarn manuscriptis quam typis expires-
sis, Norimbergae, 1734, cap. vii ; Audiffredi, Cata-
logus RomanaruTn editionum, p. 229 j Stevens,
Bibliotheca Geographica, no. 3057 ; Crevenna, Cata-
logue raisonnS (^775)» v. 14; and Catalogue (1789),
iv. no. 5707 (120 florins) ; Due de la Valliere, Cata-
logue, no. 4480 (242 francs) ; P. Laire, Index libro-
rum ; Hibbert, Catalogue (£\<) I9f.) ; Bibliotheca
Grenvilliana, ii. 581 ; Hain, Repertorium Bibliograph-
icum, no. 13,537 ; Quaritch, Catalogue (i88o), p. 11 53 ;
Graesse, Trisor de livres, v. 499.

1480.

Thomassy, Les Papes Giographes, p. 22, cites a
Bologna edition of this year.

1481.

Thomassy, Les Papes Giographes, p. 22, cites a
Florence edition of this year.

1482. '

Title : Cladii Ptolemei viri Alexandrini Cosmogra-
phie, liber primus- incipit.

Colophon : Claudii Ptolomei viri Alexandrini cos-
mographies octavus et ultimus liber explicit: opus Don-
ni N'icolai Germani secitndttiu Ptolomeum finit, anno
MCCCCLXXXII, Augusti vero kalendas xvii, ijn-
pressum Ulme per ingeniosum virum Leonardum
Hoi prefati oppidi civis. (Copied from the Fillon
Catalogue] .

Description: The latin text is Jacobus Angelo's,
in this edition revised by Donnis or Donis, a Bene-
dictine of Reichenbach in Bavaria. The capital let-
ters and borders are illuminated, — a specimen of
which is shown in the facsimile of the first page
given in the Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. p. I. Printed
in two columns of forty-four lines each. Some cop-
ies are on vellum ; such are in the Biblioth^que
nationale at Paris, the British museum, and at Al-
thorpe (Earl Spencer's). There are some variations
in copies. A second impression only seems to have
the Register of forty-six folios printed in two columns
in smaller type, fifty-seven lines each. A full colla-
tion requires sixty-nine unnumbered leaves. Some
copies have seventeen additional leaves, with table
of chapters. The Bibliotheca Spenceriana, ii. 301,
gives a facsimile of the wood-cut representing Do-
nis presenting the book to Pope Paul II., and of the
wood-cut of Ptolemy, which begins the text.

Maps. — Thirty-two in number, cut on wood, oc-
cupying double leaves, usually colored. They are :
one of the world, fourteen of Europe, four of Africa,
and thirteen of Asia. The map of the world is

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

marked : " Insculptum est per Joanne Schnitzer de
Armszheim." The only part of America shown is
Greenland, and called " Engroneland." This is said
to have been made by Donis before 147 1, and is one
of the five maps added to this edition by him, —
"curam mapparum gerente Nicolao Donis, Ger-
mane. " It is believed to be the earliest known
configuration of Greenland, given on any published
map, for if we accept the Zeno chart with its al-
leged date of about 1400, it is to be borne in mind
that it was not engraved till 1558. That map also,
like this, made the peninsula a prolongation of
Europe in a westerly direction. It is a fair de-
duction that Donis was acquainted with the produc-
tions of the Norse map-makers. The most westerly
land which he gives is the Azores. Santarem, Hist,
de la Cartog., iii. p. xix. says the earliest representa-
tion of Greenland on any manuscript map occurs in
the Mappemonde of 1447, preserved in the Pitti
palace.

In the Laon globe (1486-87) "Grolandia" is put
down as an island off the Norway coast.

L«clerc, Bibl. Amer., no. 469, prices the maps
only at 1 50 francs.

Copies. — (1) Carter-Brown library. (2) Henry
C. Murphy library (with the maps plain).

References. — Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. i ;
Bibliotheca Spenceriana, ii. 301 ; Chatsworth Catalogue,
iii. 268 ; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 952, 953 ; Audiffredi,
Cat. Romanarum Editioniim (1783), p. 252; Leclerc,
Bibl. Americana, no. 469 ; Hain, Repertorium, 13,539 ;
Bibliotheca Grenvilliaiia , 581 ; Van Praet, Livres sur
vilin, V. I, vi. 124 with references; Walckenaer Cat-
alogue, no. 2240, 2241 (185 francs) ; Graesse, Tresor
de livres, v. 500; Panzer, Annales Typog., ii. 480;
Hassler, Buchdruckergeschichte Ulms.

1486.

Title. — Ptolomcei Geographia latine reddita a ya-
cobo Angelo, curam mapparum gerente Nicolao Donis
Germano.

Colophon. — Impressum Ulmcc opera et expensis
yusti de Albano de Venetiis per p7'ovisorem suum Joha-
nem Reger, anno M.CCCC.LXXXVI. Kalend Au-
gusti. (Copied from Brunet.)

Description : Folio. This is the Angelo Latin
version, with some additions. The initial letters are
handworked in colors. In roman letter, double col-
umns, of 44 lines each, having 204 folios in all ; i. e.
42, table and nota ; 74, text ; 64, maps ; 24, " De
locis ac mirabilibus mundi."

Maps : The same thirty-two wood-cut maps, co-
lored, as in the 1482 edition.

Copies. — (1) Henry C. Murphy library. (2) George
W. Riggs (Washington, D. C), with manuscript mar-
ginal notes in Latin, — the first leaf before the table
of names wanting.

References : Dibdin, Descriptive Catalogue (1823),
p. 105 ; Hain, Repertorium, 13,540 ; Sunderland Cat-
alogue, iv. 10,354 ; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 953 ; MuUer,
Books on America (1877), no. 2617 ; (1875) no. 3243 ;
Van Praet, Livres sur velin, suite, iii. p. 2 ; Grsesse,
Tresor de livres, v. 500 ; Quaritch priced a copy re-
cently at ;f 8 8^.

1490.

Title : Claudii Ptolemaei Geographia libri viii.
Colophon : Hoc opus Ptholomei memorabile quidem
et insigne excu:tissima diligentia castigatum iucondo quo-

dam caractere impressum fuit et completum Rome anno
a nativitate domini M.CCCC.LXXXX. die iv Novem-
bris. Arte ac impensis Petri de Turre. (Copied from
Audiffredi.)

Description : Folio. 1 18 (Brunet says 119) leaves,
of which 4 are blank, and in two columns of 53 lines
each ; the " Registrum Alphabeticum " takes 34
leaves.

Maps : 27 copperplate maps, the same as in the
1478 edition, including one of the World, 10 of Eu- ■
rope, 4 of Africa, and 12 of Asia.

Copies : (1) Carter-Brown library. (2) Henry
C. Murphy library.

References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 584 ;
Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., no. 470 (200 francs] ; Brunet,
Manuel, iv. 954; 'H.a.m, Repertorium, 13541 ; Audif-
fredi, Cat. Rom. edit., p. 299 ; Graesse, Tresor de
livres, v. 500; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2242 (60
francs) ; Crevenna Catalogue (quarto), v. 18.

1500 (?).
Title : CI. Ptolomcei Geographies libri viii.

Description : Folio. Noted by Butsch, but

thought to be apocryphal.

Maps : 27 on copper.

Copies :

References : Grassse, Trisor de Livres, v. 500.

1507.

Title : In hoc opercB hcec continetur Geographia CI.
Ptholemcei a plurimis viris utriicsque linguce doctiss.
emedata ; d^ cu Archetypo grtEco ab ipsis collata. Sche-
mata cii demonstrationibus suis correcta a Marco mo-
nacho Ccelestino Beneventano : &^ yoanne Cota Vera-
nensi viris mathem-aticis consultissimis. Pigura de
projectione Spheres iji piano qucB in libro octavo deside-
rabantur ab ipsis ne dum instaurata sedfere ad inventa ;
ejus n. vestigia in nullo etid graceco codice extabant. . . •
Planisphcerium. CI. Ptholemcsi noviter recognitum &*
diligentiss. e7Hendatum a Marco monacho Ccelestino Be-
neventano.

Colophon : . . . Noviter impressum per Bernardinii
Venetii de Vitalibus. Expesis Evdgelista Tosino Brixi-
ano Bibliopola Impante yulio II. Pont. Max. anno III.
Potificatus sui. Die viii Septembr. M.D.VII. (Copied
from Brunet.)

Description: Large folio, 107 leaves, and one
blank leaf beside the maps. The first capital of the
title is a plain letter.

Pope Julius II. on the 28th July, 1506, gave to
Tosinus, the publisher, the exclusive sale of his
edition for six years, in consideration of the labor
and expense which had been bestowed on it, includ-
ing the describing and defining the position of the
new-found lands.

Maps : There are the 27 maps used in the 1478 and
1490 editions, with six new ones added, — namely, one
showing Poland, Hungary, Germany, Russia, and
Lithuania ; and five others, showing each, Spainj
France, Livonia, Italy, and Judea, — making 33
maps in all. The new maps are not so well exe-
cuted as the older ones.

Copies : (1) Carter-Brown library. (2) Henry C.
Murphy library with Ruysch's map of the 1508 edi-
tion inserted.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

References: Carter- Brown Catalogue, no. 31;
Brunet, Manuel, SuppUment, ii. 329, who calls a
copy worth about 500 francs ; Walckenaer Catalogue,
no. 2243 (41 francs) j Grsesse, Trisor de livres, v.
500.

1508.

Title : In hoc ofiere hac continentur Geographies CI.
Ptolemai a plurimis viris utriusque lingua: doctiss.
tmedata : &' cU archetypo grceco ab ipsis collata. Sche-
mata cU demonstrationibus suis correcta a Marco Bene-
ventano Monacho Ccelestino, &' Joanne Cotta Veronensi
viris Mathematicis consultissimis . . . Ncrva orbis descrip-
tio ac nova Oceani navigatio quaLisbona ad IndicH per-
venitur pelagus Marco Beneventano monacho ccelestino
eedita. Nova &' Universalior Orbis cogniti tabula lod.
Ruysch Germano elaborata. . . . Anno Virginei Par-
tus, MDVIII. Rome. (Copied from Stevens's Nug-
gets, and compared with the Astor copy.)

Description : Large folio, Roman letter, in double
columns. The first capital of the title is an orna-
mented letter. There are after the title, 34 prelimi-
nary leaves with illuminated letters at the beginning
of the inscription, and throughout the Register ; 7 2
(with one blank) unnumbered leaves for text with
ornamented initial letters, most of them illuminated ;
I4leaves forBeneventanus's "Nova orbis descriptio ",
22 leaves, " de tribus orbis partibus " ; and next the
34 maps. The order of parts is sometimes changed
in binding. A re-issue of the 1 507 edition, with the
description of Beneventanus, concerning " Terra
Nova " and " Santa Cruz " added.

There had appeared two years before (1506) in Ber-
gomo's Nffvissime historiaruni omniicm repercussiones ,
noviter edite, printed at Venice, a chapter, under date
of 1492, entitled, " De quattuor maximis insulis in
India extra orbem nuper inventis," — a stout folio,
priced by Quaritch at £,\2 ; but neither this, nor the
Cosmographies Introductio (1507), nor other earlier
mentions of the new-found islands, had been accom-
panied by maps of them.

Maps : Those of the 1507 edition, with an addi-
tional one of the New World, by Johan Ruysch, en-
titled, Universalior Cogniti Orbis Tabula ex recentibus
confecta observationibus, and measuring 21^ X 16
inches. This is the first engraved map showing any
part of the recently discovered land in America. The
text on the new lands is on p. 194, et seq. Ruysch is
said to have sailed to Newfoundland in a ship from
Bristol. There are two states of this American map,
— one having the words " Plisacus sinus " on the east-
ern coast of Asia, which is made to be the same
land discovered by Cabot (as in the Harvard Col-
lege copy and in one of the Murphy copies), and
the other state omits these words (as in the sec-
ond of the Murphy copies). South America, called
" Terra Sanctje crucis, sive mundus novus," is
represented as a distinct continent, but with unde-
fined southern and western limits, with Cuba (half-
drawn), and the other islands north of it. Green-
land, which had been drawn in earlier maps as a
peninsula of Europe, is here made the northeastern
corner of Asia. The coast-line of Asia in these
early maps is usually said to be drawn from Marco
Polo, whence also Behaim in his globe got his
contours ; but this coast in Ruysch's map only
faintly resembles Behaim's. Harvard College li-
brary and Mr. Samuel L. M. Barlow have this map,
but not the book. Harrisse, Cabot, p. 164, says this
Barlow copy shows no marks of ever having been
bound in a book; and that the copy of the 1507
edition in public library of Verona has this 1508
map, as does the Murphy copy, already mentioned.

Facsimiles or representations of the map have
been issued in Santarem's Atlas composl de mappe-
mondes depuis le V jusqu'au XVII' siicle; Lelewel's
Atlas; Varnhagen's Novos Estudos, etc., Vienna
1874, 8 pp. (map in part) ; Humboldt's Examen Cri-
tique, v., and his essay on the oldest maps in Ghil-
lany's Ritter Behaim ; Henry Stevens, Sist. and
Geog. Notes, pi. 2 (cf. an examination of Stevens's
opinions in Hist. Mag., Aug. i86g, p. 107) ; Ruge,
Geschichte des Zeitalters der Entdeckungen ; Kohl,
Discovery of Maine, i. 1 56 ; Narrative and Critical
History of America, vol. iii. ; Charles P. Daly's
Early Hist, of Cartography, p. 32 ; Hubert H.
Bancroft's Centred America, i., — the last two on a
small scale.

It is maintained that Ruysch may have used Co-
lumbus's map of 1498 and Cabot's missing charts.
The latest trace of any of Sebastian Cabot's MS.
maps is said to have been in 1575, when Juan de
Ovando, the President of the Council of the Indies,
died, and among his effects offered at public sale was
an old illuminated map on parchment, " por Sebas-
tian Gaboto," which Philip II. was at the time urged
to take possession of. Cf . Harrisse, Jean et Siiastien
Cabot, pp. 150, 151. See Kohl's paper on Lost Maps,
regarding the charts of Columbus and the missing
chart of Bartholomew Columbus (1505) which re-
corded the discoveries in the Antilles, and the map
which showed the discoveries of Vespucius. Of other
manuscript maps, we can trace but few of an antece-
dent date, which could have been of service to Ruysch,
and which have come down to us. The earliest of
these is the well-known LaCosa map (1500), and the
other is a " Carta da Navigare," which is attributed
to Alberto Cantino, and is supposed to have
been made in 1501-1503, to illustrate the third
voyage of Columbus. The original is in the Biblio-
teca Estense at Modena, and a facsimile of it is an-
nounced for publication in Italy by Ongania in his
Raccolta di Mappamondi e carte nauliche del XIII. al
XVI. secolo, edited by Prof. Theobald Fischer of Kiel.
The description given in Harrisse (Cabot, pp. 143,
158) shows that it is also of interest in connection
with the voyages of the Cortereals and Cabral ; and
was probably not the work of Cantino, but presented
by him to his sovereign. Harrisse mentions having
received a facsimile of the map, the publication of
which he defers till his work on the Cortereals,
now in press, appears. The LaCosa map can
best be studied in the full-size facsimile given in
Jomard's Monuments de la Giographie. Various other
reproductions are enumerated in the Narrative and
Critical Hist, of America, iii. 8 5 the latest representa-
tion is in H. H. Bancroft's Central America, i. 115,
accompanied with a confusion of description. There
is a paper on LaCosa and his map in the Bull, de la
Soc. de Geog. Mai, 1862 p. 298, by M. De la Roquette,
who states that M. Walckenaer bought the original
at a moderate cost of an ignorant dealer in second-
hand objects and immediately brought it to the
attention of Humboldt, who used it in his Examen
Critique. After Walckenaer's death, 27 April, 1852,
and at the public sale of his library in Paris in the
spring of 1853, the Spanish government secured it
for 4200 francs, over the competition of Joinard, who
represented the Imperial library of Paris. The
latest examination of the LaCosa map is in Har-
risse's Cabot, pp. 52, 103, 156, where it is said to be
preserved in the Naval Museum at Madrid, and to
be numbered 553 in its catalogue.

The student must particularly regret the loss of
the parchment mappemonde of Jaume Ferrer, which
he laid before their Spanish majesties in 1495, as a
basis of conference between these monarchs and the

8

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

Portuguese crown. Santarem, Bull, de la Soc. de Giog.
(1847) vii. p. 321, mentions two maps, now lost to us,
which may have preceded LaCosa's a little ; one
is named in a letter from Vera-Cruz (Brazil) dated
March i, 1500, which speaks of its showing South
America as a group of four islands ; and the other
is one preserved at Lisbon, said to have been used
by Vasco da Gamo, in which South America is a
single island. There is also a Portuguese chart
preserved in the archives of the Bavarian army at
Munich which may have given Ruysch some hints
of the Cortereal discoveries in the north, and of
Cabral's coursing of the Brazilian coast. Of the
Spanish discoveries this chart yields nothing; and
its date has been variously fixed from 1502 to 1504.
Cf. Kohl's Discovery of Maine, p. 174; Peschel's Ge-
schichte des Zeitalters der Entdeckungen, p. 331 ; Kunst-
mann, Entdeckung Amerikas, 6g, and his Atlas, no.
iii. ; Lelewel, Giog. du Moyen Age, ii. 139. Harrisse,
{Cabot, p. 161), speaks of a facsimile of it by Otto
Progel, being No. 1020 A of the Map Department of
the Paris library, and says of Kunstmann's referring
it to " Salvat de Pilestrina," that the true author may
perhaps be " Salvat [ore] de Palestrina" of Majorca.

The chart of Pedro Reinel of a year or two later
(circa 1504 or 1505) is preserved in the Royal library
at Munich, and may also possibly have been known
to Ruysch. Kunstmann, Atlas, gives a facsimile of
it, which shows that it traced the Portuguese dis-
coveries only. Kohl, Discovery of Maine, 177, gives
the northern regions, and refers to J. A. Schmeller's
" Uber einige altere handschriftliche Seekarten," in
the Abhandlungen der akad. der Wissenschaften, iv.
247. Cf. Harrisse, Cabot, pp. 141, 162.

Regarding the map of Bartholomew Columbus
assigned to 1505, see Humboldt, Examen Critique,
ii. 85 ; Kohl, Die beiden dltesten General-Karten von
America, p. 24; Lelewel, Giog. de Moyen Age, ii.
140; Baldelli, Storia del milione, i. p. cliii.

When we consider the immense consumption of
fish in Europe at this time, owing to the excessive
number of fast days in the Romish calendar, we can
understand the incentive which took large fleets of
fishing vessels to distant seas. The Portuguese,
Basques, Bretons, and Normans were often on the
northern coasts, and we have evidence of their pres-
ence there as early as 1503-4. It would not be at
all surprising if some proof of their antedating Co-
lumbus and the Cabots should yet appear, for with
Greenland understood to be a mere prolongation
of Europe, adjacent parts, southerly and westerly
might easily have been visited with the same concep-
tion in mind. Navarrete, Coleccion de los Viages etc.,
iii. 41, 46, 176; Eusebius, Chronicon, Paris, 1512,
p. 172 (cf. Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. p. 55) ; Wyt-
fliet, Histoire des Indes, 131 ; Lescarbot, Nouvelle
France (1618), p. 228; Biard, Relation, etc. (1616),
ch. I; Champlain (1632), p. 9; Charlevoix, Nouv.
France, i. 4, 14 ; Estancelin, Recherches sur les voy-
ages et dicouvertes des navigateurs norniands ; Kohl,
Discovery of Maine, 188, 201, 203, 205, 280; Bancroft,
United States, i. 16; Parkman, Pioneers of France,
p. 171-2; Mag. of Amer. Hist., April, 1882, on the
early French voyages ; N. E. Hist, and Geneal. Reg-
ister, 1880, p. 229, on the Basques ; Kunstmann,
Entdeckung Amerikas, 69, 125 ; Peschel, Geschichte
des zeitalters, etc., p. 332 ; Vitet, Histoire de la Dieppe,
51 ; Harrisse, Cabot, p. 271.

That these early fishermen and navigators made
charts is most probable, but few traces however of
them have been preserved to us.

Among the copies, which M. Morin in 1852-53
made for the Canadian government from the French
archives, is one of a map on birch bark, which he

describes as " Carte de I'embouchure du St. Laurent
faite et dress^e sur une ecorce de bois de bouleau,
envoyee du Canada par Jehan Denys, 1508." It
is so entered in the Catalogue of books on America,
p. 1614, issued by the Library of the Canadian Par-
liament at Toronto, in 1858. Harrisse, Cabot, p.
250, says that no such map is to be found in the
Department of War in Paris, where it is claimed to
have been, and a tracing being supplied from Canada,
he pronounced the map " absolument apocryphe,"
having the nomenclature of the last century.

Antedating Ruysch in its engraving is the well-
known Waldseemiiller map, which is said to have
been cut in 1507, though not published till 1513, —
and of this further mention will be made under the
latter year. Its geography is however so different,
that it is hardly possible that Ruysch could have
known it, or the material upon which it is based.

Thomassy, Les Papes geographes, p. 29, has pointed
out various circumstances attending the publication
of this edition, among others the joint interest of
representatives of various European nations. The
three collaborators, Fabricius de Varano, Marc
Beneventanus, and Jean Cotta were Italians. Tosi-
nu3, the publisher, was French, and Ruysch was
German. The edition is known to have been 500
copies. The maps are colored in the Astor copy.

Copies : (1) Carter-Brown library. (2) Library
of Congress. (3) Astor library. (4) Henry C.
Murphy library. (5) American Geographical Society.

References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 33 ;
Brunet, Ma7iuel, iv. 954 ; Panzer, Annales Typog.,
viii. 248, 26; Library of Congress Catalogue (1867),
p. 332 ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vetustissima, no. 56,
and Notes on Columbus, p. 170; Labanoff, Catalogue
des Cartes, p. 6; Stevens, Hist, and Geog. Notes, 31,
and Nuggets (1862), 2258 (;^3 3,r.) ; and Bibl. Geogra-
phica, no. 3058; Walckenaer Catalogue, 2244 (loi
francs); Kohl, Discovery of Maine, 156; Humboldt,
Examen Critique, ii. 5, 9; iv. 121 ; Lelewel, Giogra-
phie du Moyen-dge, ii. 149; Thomassy, Les Papes
Geographes et la Cartographic du Vatican, p. 25 ;
Kunstmann, Entdeckung Amerikas, p. 136 ; Van
Praet, Livres sur vilin, v. p. 4, with references ;
Hoffmann, Bibliographisches Lexicon der gesammten
Litteratur der Griechen, Leipzig, 1845, ™- 3^7 '• R^i"
delius, Commentatio de CI. Ptolemece Geog., 52 ; Fab-
ricius, Bibl. Gmca, v. 275 ; Uricoechea, Mapoteca
Colombiana (i860), no. i; Graesse, Trisor de livres,
V. 500 ; Henri Harrisse, Jean et Sibastien Cabot, leur
origine et leurs voyages, Paris, 1882, p. 164.

1511.

Title : Claudii Ptholemaei Alexandrini Liber Geog-
raphies cum tabulis et universali figura et cum additione
locorum qum a recentioribus reperta sunt diligenti cura
emendatits et impressus.

Colophon : Venetiis per lacobum Pentium de leucho
Anno Domini M.D.XI. Die xx. Mensis Martii.
(Copied from Van Praet.)

Description : It is edited by Bernard Sylvanus
of Eboli, who furnishes an epistle to Andre Mathieu
• Aqusevivus, and gives annotations. The title is in
red. There are 92 leaves folio, on the last 30 of
which are the maps. The text is in two columns of
60 lines each.

Maps : There are, it is claimed, 30 wood cut
maps ; but the number is usually 28, namely, one of
the world, ten of Europe, four of Africa, and twelve
of Asia, together with a second map of the world.
The names and legends are printed in red and blue,

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

— the earliest instance of registering type within a
previously printed cut. They are also the earliest
wood-cut maps which show the new discoveries.
This art had, however, according to Stevens, been
employed for the first time on an American subject
in representing a group of Indians, which was
probably printed at Augsburg or Nuremberg in 1497-
1504; and is given in facsimile in Stevens's Amer.
Bibliographer, Jan., 1854.

The second mappemonde is the one of interest for
its American bearings, and there are reduced facsimiles
of it in Lelewel's Atlas and in Daly's Early Cartog-
raphy, p. 32. It is a heart-shaped projection, which
brings a distorted representation of America on the
left-hand edge. It is said to be the first instance of
this kind of projection. " Terra sanctae crucis "
is the name on South America. " Terra laboratoris "
is an island off an imaginary continent, of which
" Regalis domus " is a fragment. Thus is shown for
the first time in any printed map the North Amer-
ican continent. It is also the earliest positive recog-
nition of the Cortereal discoveries, though possibly
Ruysch may have placed them on the Asian shore
of his map.

The region about the St. Lawrence Gulf, which
Cabot had explored, was visited in 1500-1 by Gas-
par Cortereal, who never returned from his second
voyage in 1501. The question of his land-fall is ex-
amined in Biddle's Cabot, ch. xi., and a particular
statement is given in Kohl's Discovery of Maine,
p. 164, etc., where the Portuguese chart of 1504 is
held to show that Cortereal thought Newfoundland
was the main. This chart is described by Peschel,
sketched by Kohl, p. 174, and given in Kunstmann's
Atlas. Cf. further Ramusio, iii. 417, Galvano, Dis-
coveries, p. 95 ; Navarrete, Coleccion, iii. 44 ; Kunst-
mann, Entdeckung Amerikas, p. 57, etc. ; Peschel,
Geschichte des Zeitalters der Entdeckungen, 331 ; Har-
risse, Cabot, p. 256, who traces the outlines of the
subject and furnishes the authorities ; Hakluyt,
Westerne Planting, 203, note; Major, Prince Henry,
374; Humboldt, Examen Critique, iv. 222, 224, 226;
Conway Robinson, Early Voyages, ch. xi. ; Wieser,
Magalhdes-Strasse, p. 25. Stevens, Hist, and Geog.
Notes, p. 31, was in error in saying that Valentine
Fernandez, in his Marco Paulo, 1502, made any
reference to Cortereal. Cf. Harrisse, Additions,

P-3S-

The only contemporary account of these Cortereal
voyages is contained in the Paesi nmiamente retrovati
&■ novo modo da Alberico Vesputio Floretino, intitulato,
published at Vicentia, 1507, and which is assigned
sometimes to Alessandro Zorzi ( Humboldt's Examen
Critique) and sometimes to Montalboddo Fracanzano
(Brunet, v. 11 55, 11 58; Sa.hm, Dictionary, xii. 50050;
Grasse, Trisor de livres ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet.
no. 48, also, no. 109, discusses the authorship, and
in Additions, no. 26, he makes some further quali-
fications ; also see Bulletin de la soc. de geog., Oct.
1857, p. 312). There are copies of this first edition
in the Lenox and Carter-Brown (Catalogue, i. no. 30)
libraries. The Bibl. Gretwilliana, ii. 764, shows a
copy ; and one in the Beckford sale (no. 186) at
London, 1882, bound by Roger Payne, brought

;^270.

There are unsupported statements of another edi-
tion at Vicentia in 1508; but the second authentic
edition was printed at Milan in 1 508, published Nov.
17, and of this there are copies in the Cincinnati
Public, Lenox, Carter-Brown, and Harvard College
libraries. Cf. Harrisse, Bib. Amer. Vet., no. 55;
Davezac, Waldzeemiiller, p. 80 ; Wieser, Magalh&es-
Strasse, pp. 15, 17. The Beckford copy brought
;^78, and Quaretch offered a copy in 1883 for £\i.

A German edition, printed at Hamburg in 1508, is
also in the Cincinnati Public Library.

There were other editions as follows : —

1512. — Sabin says only one copy is known in the
United States.

1517. — Carter-Brown and Lenox libraries. Le-
clerc, Bibl. Amer. ( 1878) prices a copy at 1000 francs.
Harrisse, no. 90. Brunet, v. 11 58.

1 519. — Sabin, xii., 50054; Leclerc, no. 25S3, 500
francs. This was published at Milan. There is a
copy in the Cincinnati Public Library. Another
was sold in London, March, 1883, in the library of
" an eminent admiral of Queen Elizabeth's time.

1521. — Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 68, with
note.

Also the following translations : —

1508. — Newe unbekanthe landte, etc., a German
translation by Ruchamer, and said to be the first col-
lection of voyages printed in German. There are
copies in the Carter-Brown, and Lenox libraries,
and in the Library of Congress. Sabin, xii. 50056;
Harrisse, no. 57.

1 508. — Nye unbekande Lande, etc., — a translation
into Platt-Deutsch from the German version, made
by Henning Ghetel of Lubec. Sabin, xii. 50057 ;
Harrisse, Additions, no. 29 ; Carter-Brown Catalogue,
i. no. 37. It cost about 1600 marks at the Sobolewski
sale. Another copy was sold two years since to an
American collector (Mr. Kalbfleisch) for 3000 marks.
These two are the only ones known.

1 508. — ItinerariU PortugallesiH e Lusitania in
India, etc. A Latin version by Archangelo Madri-
nano of Milan. There are copies in the Lenox,
Barlow, Brevoort, Carter-Brown and Harvard Col-
lege libraries, and in the library of Congress. Cf.
Sabin, Dictionary, xii. 50058 ; Harrisse, no. 58 ; Car-
ter-Brown Catalogue, no. 35. Quaritch held a copy
in 1873 3.t ^£'36. Sabin says Bolton Corney's copy
sold for £i.yi.

[1515.] — Sensuytle Nouveau mode, etc. — a French
version, in the Lenox library. Sabin, xii. no. 50059;
Harrisse, no. 83, and in Additions, no. 46, he notes
other issues of probably the same date with varia-
tions. The Lenox library has also a copy of the
same probable date which varies also. Sabin, xii.
no. 50061.

1516. — Le nouveau monde, etc. In Carter-Brown
and Lenox libraries. Sabin, xii. 50062.

[1521.] — Sensuyt le nouveau mode, etc. In Har-
vard College library. Harrisse, no. iii ; Sabin, xii.
no. 50063.

[1528.J — Sensuyt le nouveau monde, etc. Sabin,
xii. no. 50064.

The Cortereal discoveries are also indicated on a
portolano, which is inscribed with the date (1511)
now under consideration : Vesconte de maiolo civis
Janue conposuy. In neapoly de anno 1511. Die xx.
January. This atlas belonged to the Due d'Alta-
mira, and was bought at public sale in Paris, May
7, 1870 (1500 francs) by R. de Heredia of Madrid.
The extreme north is " Terra de los Ingres ; " south
of it is " Terra de Lavorador de rey de portugall ; "
and ten degrees further south is "Terra de corte
reale de rey de portugall — terra de pescaria."

Various other portolanos of Vesconte de Mag-
giolo are noted by Desimoni (" Elenco di Carte ed
Atlanti nautici di autore genovese "in Giornale Ligus-
tico, 1875, with the numbers, 24, 25, 27-29, 33-35,
47), by Davezac (Atlas hydrographique de 1511,
Paris, 1871, p. 8), and by Uzielli (Elenco, etc.,
nos. 159, 161, 166, 167, 181, 182, 191, 193); namely,
one dated at Naples, 151 2, in the library at Parma;
one at Genoa, 1519, in the Royal library at Munich ;
another, Genoa, 1524, in the Ambrosian library at

lO

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

Milan; a third of Genoa, 1525, preserved at Parma ;
another of 1527; a fourth of Genoa, 1535, in the
Royal library at Turin; also one in the Cathedral
library at Toledo; still another of Genoa, 1547, in
the Paris library; and one of 1549 in the public li-
brary at Trevise. Cf. Harrisse, Cabot, p. 166, and
the Marquis Marcello Staglieno's letter to Desimoni,
" Sopra Agostino Noli e Visconte Maggiolo," in
Giomale Ligustico, Genoa, 1875, p. 71,

In regard to the Ptolemy of 1511, under consid-
eration, " Sylvanus must have seen," says Mr. Bre-
voort, "a map of Columbus after his third voyage."
His cartographical ideas, however, were too boldly
conjectural to represent the prevalent geographical
knowledge, and he was so far reactionary as to make
Engroneland (Greenland) a peninsula of northwest-
ern Europe, going back to the belief which Ruysch
had discarded. Cf. the map in Kunstmann, Ent-
deckung Amerikas, no. 4, and in Lelewel, Giog. du
Moyen Age.

Copies : (1) Astor library, lacks one map. (2)
Carter-Brown library. (3) The Henry C. Murphy
library. (4) James Carson Brevoort. (5) S. L.
M. Barlow. (6) Lenox library. (7) Cha7-les H.
Kalbfleisch.

References : Van Praet, Livres stir vilin, v. p. 5 ;
vi. 124, with references; Astor Library Catalogue, p.
1524; Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 43; Aspinwall
Catalogue ; Walckenaer Catalogue, 2245 (24 francs) ;
Brunet, Manuel, iv. 954 ; Supplement, ii. 330 ; Panzer,
Annates typog., viii. 405, 552 ; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer.,
471 (500 francs) ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 6S,
with references; Labanoff, Catalogue des Cartes, p. 6;
Lelewel, Giog. du Moyen Age, ii. 151; Uricoechea,
Mapoteca Colombiana (i860), no. 2 ; Quaritch, Cata-
logue (1880), p. 2084 ; Fabricius, Bibliotheca Grceca, v.
275; 'Na-p\one,£)el Frimo Scopritore,Zy ; Zmla, Suite
Antiche mappe, cap. xxviii., in his Di Marco Polo, ii.
358 ; Heber Catalogue, vii. no. 5233 ; Libri Catalogue
(1859), no. 2176; Grsesse, Trisor de livres, v. 500;
Kunstmann, Die Entdeckimg Amerikas, 133 ; Kohl,
Die beiden dltesten general Karten von Avierica, 33 ;
Harrassowitz, Rarissima Americarm (no. 91), 1882,
no. 2 (220 marks), a copy before the printer's name
was added to reverse of title, now the Kalbfleisch
copy. Within a few years it has been priced at
^20; £\(i i6y. ; £12; £,\o; 300 marks; 160
marks ; 250 francs.

1512.

Title : Introductio in Claudii Ptholomei cosmogra-
phid cU longitudinibus et latitudinibus regionum &^
civitatum celebriorum. CC Epitoma Europe Ence
Silvij ffi Situs ^ Distinctio parciuTn tocius Asia per
brachia Tauri motis ex Asia Pij secundi. C Particu-
larior Minoris asia descriptio ex eiusdem Pij area.
Qt Sirie eojnpendiosa descriptio : ex Isidoro ffi Africe
brevis descriptio : ex paulo orosio. ® Terre sancte et
urbis Hierusalem apertior descriptio : fratris Anselmi
ordinis Minorum de observantia. . . .

Colophon : Impressum cracovie p Florianu ungle-
riU. Annodni. M.D.YA}. (Copied from the Car/i??--
Brown Catalogue.)

Description : In quarto, gothic letter. Title
and dedication, 2 leaves. Text i-xl leaves. The
editor's name is got from the dedication : " Reve-
rendissimo in Christo patri et domino : Joanni dei
gracia Episcopo Posnaniesi loannes de Stobnicza
S. d." On the same page is the following : " Et ne

soli Ptolomeo laborassem, curavi etiam notas facere
cjuasdam partes terre ipsi ptolomeo alijsque vetus-
tioribus ignotas que Amerii vespucij aliorumque
lustratione ad nostram noticiam puenere." Upon
the reverse of folio v., in the chapter " De meridi-
anis," occurs : " Similiter in occasu ultra africam &
europam magna pars terre quam ab Americo eius
reptore Americam vocant vulgo autem novus mundus
dicitur." Upon the reverse of folio vii. in the chap-
ter " De partibus terre " is this : " Non solu aut
pdicte tres ptes nunc sunt lacius lustrate, verum &.
alia quata pars ab Americo vesputio sagacis ingenii
viro inventa est, quam ab ipso Americo eius inven-
tore Amerigem qsi a americi terram sive america
appellari volunt cuius latitudo est sub tota torrida
zona," etc.

Hubert H. Bancroft, in his Central America,vo\. i.,
mentions the map without having seen it, and errs in
saying the name America does not occur in the text;
and gives as peculiarities of the 1519 edition what
was only copied from this of 1512.

The Carter-Brown copy has 43 leaves. That de-
scribed by Harrisse has 42 leaves. The Vienna
copies are said to have 42 leaves. Harrassowitz
in 1876 ( Catalogue, no. 29) advertised one, with 46
leaves, but without the map, for 500 marks. The
same dealer's Catalogue, no. 61, book-number 56,
gives a copy of 46 leaves, dated 1511, priced 400
marks, — possibly the same, differently described.
These varieties would perhaps indicate three im-
pressions or editions in 151 2, unless one of them
belongs to the previous year. The two copies in
Vienna are said to be without date, and are thought
to be of a different edition, or at least of another
impression. One is in the Imperial library, and
this has the maps ; the other is in the City library.
Kunstmann, Die Entdeckung Amerikas, p. 130. There
is also a copy in the great library at Munich.

Maps : Two in number, one showing America
and eastern Asia, the other the old world. They
are wood-cuts, roughly executed, and extends from
400 south latitude to 70° north latitude. A triangular-
shaped island, without name, cut by the 600 north
latitude and in the longitude of Brazil, represents
probably the Baccalaos and Terra Corterealis of
other maps. A sweep of the ocean separates this
from the main continent of North America, now for
the first time represented as reaching so high as 500
north. It is about 15° broad (with the Floridian
peninsula which juts from its southeast angle), and
is connected by a narrow neck, 250 long, with South
America. The western coasts of both North and
South America are represented by straight lines,
joined at different angles, which is probably a way
of indicating, by the absence of sinuosities, all defi-
nite knowledge. The remarkable part of it is that
the lines as angulated for the western coast of South
America give a contour to that part of the continent
very like what was in time discovered to be the
truth.

A full-size facsimile of this map is given in the
Carter-Brozvn Catalogue, and reductions made from
this facsimile appear in the Narrative and Critical
History of America, iii. p. 13, and in Judge Daly's
Early Cartography, p. 32. Miiller of Amsterdam
also published (five copies only at twenty-five florins)
a full-size facsimile, also following the Vienna copy.

Judge Daly, Early Cartography, p. 32, says that,
as far as he can ascertain, Stobnicza made the ear-
liest attempt in this map to project the spherical
surface of the earth upon a plane, — an exemplar of
the mode now in use of representing the earth by

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

II

two planispheres, one giving the new, the other the
old world. Mr. Brevoort qualifies this statement
by calling it a ISrst attempt to project a spherical
surface on a plane in what might be called a partial
and subspherical projection truncated at the poles.

As the Waldseemiiller map of 1513 is known to
have been engraved as early as 1 507, and as there is
a certain resemblance in Stobnicza's to it, it seems
probable, that the Polish geographer had had access
to the earlier plate. Cf. Wieser, Magalhdes-Strasse,
p. II, who speaks of a MS. copy of the western
hemisphere of Stobnicza, made by Glareanus (who
died in 1563), which is bound up with a copy of
Waldseemiiller's Cosmographia Introductio, belong-
ing to the University library at Munich.

Copies : (1) Carter-Brown library. This copy
lacks the two maps. It was sold by Otto Harras-
sowitz of Leipzig to Frederick Miiller of Amsterdam
in 1S73, ^"d thence passed to Mr. Brown, who
perfected it with facsimiles of the two maps, taken
from one of the Vienna copies. It is probable the
copy mentioned by Frederick Miiller in his Books on
America, iii. p. 163, as sold for 240 florins, during the
printing of his catalogue.

(2) The Henry C. Murphy library, likewise lack-
ing the maps.

References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 45 ;
Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 69 and 95; Panzer,
Annates Typographici, vi. p. 454 ; Narrative and
Critical Hist, of America, iii. 13 ; Kunstmann, Die
Entdeckung Amerikas, 130 ; La Revue Germanique,
viii. 205.

1513.

Title : Claudii Ptolemei . . . Geographic opus no-
vissima traductione e Graecorum archetypis castiga-
tissime pressufn : astiris ante lucubratorum niulto prce-
stantius. Pro Prima parte continens i. CI. Pto-
lemcei Geographiam per oclo libros partitam, ad an-
tiquitate suam, integre et sine ulla corrupiione, etc . . .
Pars Secunda moderniorum lustrationum Viginti ta-
bulis, veluti supplementum quoddam antiquitatis obso-
letce, suo loco quce vel abstrusa, vel erronea videbantur
resolutissime pandit. . . .

Colophon : Anno Christi Opt. Max. MDXIII.
Marcii XIJ. Pressus hie Ptolemceus Argentina vigi-
lantissima castigatiojie, industriaque Joannis Schotti
urbis indigence, Regnante Maximiliano Caesare sem-
per Augusta. (Copied from Carter-Brown Cata-
logue.)

Description : Large folio. Title, one leaf; an-
other unnumbered; Text, 5-60 leaves; index, 15
unnumbered leaves, on the last page of which, " Ad
lectorem ; " 26 maps on double leaves ; second title,
20 maps ; " Tractatum," 14 leaves. The Barlow
copy has this last section in 15 leaves, without title,
but with a headline, " Locorum ac mirabilion mundi
descriptio." Page 41 is numbered 34.

The text is Angelo's latin version, corrected by a
Greek manuscript, by Matthew Ringman (Philesius).
It is published by Jacques Essler and George
Ubelin.

Maps : They are wood-cuts, sometimes colored,
and forty-seven in number ; of these, twenty-seven are
old maps, and twenty new ones, the later by Waldsee-
miiller, and showing the modern discoveries. All
the old maps are double except the last, which is of
a single page, and lettered " Duodecima — Asias
Tabula," which Harrisse omits, counting only 26 ;
and the 20th of the new maps is also a single-page one.

with shields on the right-hand and bottom margins.
Passavant considers that the maps were printed in
colors, saying " les armoirees qui entourent ies
cartes sont meme imprimees avec leurs differents
emaux."

Two of the newer maps show American discover-
ies.

1. " Orbis typus universalis iuxta hydrographorum
traditionem." On the left is a part of South Amer-
ica, which has no designation ; but on the coast is
" Caput sancta^ crucis," and two islands, " Isabella "
and " SpagnoUa." Greenland is made the northwest
part of Europe, and there is an undefined land, with
no western limit, put in a place which seems to rep-
resent the Cabot and Cortereal discoveries. A re-
duced facsimile is given in Ruge's Geschichte des
Zeitalters der Entdeckungen (1881).

2. " Tabula terre nove." North America is rep-
resented as in the Stobnicza map, except that the
left-hand edge of the map takes the place of Stob-
nicza's straight western line. There is nothing of
the region about Newfoundland ; indeed, it does not
extend far enough north to include it. Cuba is an
island (Isabella), while some of the names belonging
to that island are transferred to the main, indicating
some confusion in the maker's mind. The northeast
coast of South America is shown. Along the coasts
are about 60 names, and this inscription, " Hec terra
cum adjacentibus insulis inventa est per Columbii
ianuensem ex mandato Regis Castelle."

This map is often called the " Admiral's Map."
Some have held it to have been drawn by Columbus ;
others contend that it follows with alterations his
map of 1498, now lost. In the " Ad Lectorem," of
the supplement, the following account of Columbus's
connection with the map is given : " Charta aute
marina quam Hydrographiam vocant per Admiralem
[believed to be Columbus] quondam serenissi. Por-
tugalie [thought to be an error for Hispanias] regis
Ferdinand! ceteros denique lustratores verissimis
pagratioibus lustrata, ministerio Renati, dum vixit,
nunc pie mortui, Ducis illustriss. Lotharingie liber-
alius prelographationi tradita est." Cf. Santarem,
in Bull, de la Soc. de Giog. 1837, vol. viii. p. 171, and
in his Recherches sur Americ Vespuce et ses voyages, p.
165. The map has also been sometimes ascribed to
Cabral and Vespucius. Notwithstanding this in-
scription, the map so nearly resembles the Stobnicza
map (which separates America from Asia) that it
may be a question if the draft as Columbus made it,
embodying Asian connections, may not have been
modified by the Pole's divination. The edge of the
map cuts off all western extension, which might
otherwise make the decision of this point certain.

Cf. on this map Dr. Franz Wieser's Magalhdes-
Strasse, p. 10.

Facsimiles of the map are given in Varnhagen's
Premier Voyage de Amerigo Vespucci, and a deduction
is given in Stevens's Hist, and Geog. Notes, pi. 2,
where is also given (pi. 4) a facsimile of the map of
1 51 5 in Gregor Reisch's Margarita Philosophica,
which seems to be like the Waldseemiiller map,
except in a few names, and that the latter has a
river mouth and deltas on the coast line, west of
Cuba, which is supposed to represent the Ganges,
and this river is left out by Reisch. The map in
the Margarita of 1517 is quite different. Varnhagen,
however, considers the bay and this three-mouthed
river to be the Gulf of Mexico and the Mississippi
River. Wieser in his Magalh&es-Strasse, Innsbruck,
1881, p. 15, mentions a manuscript note-book of
Schoner, the globe-maker, which has a sketch which
resembles this Waldseemiiller-Reisch type. It is
preserved in the Hof-bibliothek at Vienna.

12

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

Of this popular encyclopaedia by Reisch, it may
be remarked that it had been issued in different
editions since 1 503, but with no mention of America
in the text, and only now in the map ; nor did the
text of its geographical section recognize America
till the edition of 1535. Cf. Davezac, Waltsemicller,
94 : Harrisse, Bib. Amer. Vet., no. 80-82 ; Kunst-
mann, Entdeckung AmeriJias, 130; Stevens, Notes,
52 ; Kohl, Die beideu altesten General-karten von
America, 33.

Waldseemiiller, or Hylacomylus, as his name is
given in Greek form, who had published the Cosmo-
graphics Introductio in 1 507, wherein the name Amer-
ica was first applied, is said to have prepared this
map in that same year, when it was engraved at the
expense of Duke Rene II. ; but the map remained
unpublished till now (1513), probably on account of
the duke's death. Lelewel, ii. 143, gives reasons for
supposing it to have been on sale in 1507. The
representation of it given in H. H. Bancroft's Cen-
tral America, i. 130, leaves out the distinctive three
mouths of the Ganges.

The views embodied in this map do not accord
with the delineations of two other representations of
about the same date.

1. Peter Martyr's map (7^X11 inches) of the
Antilles, and adjacent coasts, given in his first
decade, styled Legatio Babylonica, Seville, isn.
There are copies in the Carter-Brown, Lenox, Mur-
phy, and Barlow libraries, and facsimiles and draw-
ings of it are given in the Carter-Brown Catalogue ;
Stevens, Notes, pi. 4 ; J. H. Lefroy, Memorials of
the Bermudas, London, 1877 ; H. A. Schumacher,
Petrus Martyr, New York, 1879, and in H. H. Ban-
croft's Central America, i. 137, where the coast line
is made continuous in the northwest corner, while in
the original it is not so. Quaritch, Catalogue, Feb.,
1879, "° 11626, pricing a copy with the map at ;^ioo,
says that copies vary, the leaf with the map being
an insertion. There seem to have been two issues,
with the map on different folios. In one of them, a
second edition, two leaves were reprinted to correct
errors, and two new leaves inserted, beside a new
title, and it is sometimes claimed that the map
belongs to this issue only. Mr. Charles H. Kalb-
fleisch, of New York, tells me that he now owns this
Quaritch copy, and that its title differs from the title
as given by Sabin, and in the Carter-Brown and
Barlow Catalogues. " This would make at least three
variations in that edition." Harrisse in his Addi-
tions, pp. viii. 54, mentions a copy examined at
Madrid, which, while it lacks the map, has also the
two extra leaves beyond the copy described in his
Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 66. He also says he found a
copy in the Colombina library at Seville, which had
a M.S. map on vellum, showing Hispaniola, and
that it seemed to be the work of Columbus himself.
Additions, p. 56; Brunet, Manuel, i. 292.

2. The Lenox globe, preserved in the Lenox
library in New York, which has no trace of North
America except in an island, which might stand for
the Cortereal region. It is supposed to belong to
about the years 1510-12, and to be the oldest globe
showing any part of the New World. It is drawn
in the Mag. of Amer. Hist., Sept., 1S79 ; in the Encyc.
Britannica, x. 681, and in the Narrative and Critical
Hist, of America, iii.

Copies: (1) Astor Library. (2) Carter-Brown
Library. (3) Library of Congress. (4) Henry C
Murphy Library. (5) Samuel L. M. Barlow, — the
copy seen by Harrisse, whose description needs some
slight corrections. It has two maps in duplicate.
(6) American Antiquarian Society, — received from

Charles Tappan of Philadelphia in 1834, and bought

by him in Paris in 1815. (7) Charles H. Kalbfleisch.

Bouton of New York advertised a copy in 1876

for $175.

References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 47 ;
Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 74 ; Brunet, Manuel,
iv. 955 ; SuppUment, ii. 330 ; Graesse, Trisor de
Livres, v. 501 ; Leclerc, Bibliotheca Amer., no. 472,
— 350 francs; Lelewel, Geog. du Moyen dge, ii. 141,
157; HuwiboMt, Examen Critique, \v. 109; Varnha-
gsn, Nouvelles recherches, 56 ; Panzer, Annates Typog.,
vi. 60, 283 ; Library of Congress Catalogue, (1867), p.
332 ; Davezac, Martin Hylacomylus Waltzemiiller,
ses ouvrages et ses Collaborateurs (1867), p. 141 ;
Stevens, Hist, and Geog. Notes, 13, 14, 51 ; Walcke-
naer Catalogue, no. 2246; Quaritch, Catalogue (1874),
no. 9720; (1880), p. 1249; Kohl, Die beiden altesten
general karten von America, 33 ; R. H. Major, Prince
Henry, 385 ; Fabricius, Bibl. Grceca, v. 275 ; Rai-
delius, Cmnmentatio, 56 ; Hoffmann, Bibliog. Lexicon,
III. 317 ; Uricoechea, Mapoteca Colombiana, no. 3 ;
Harrassowitz, no. 91, 3, (300 marks), now the Kalb-
fleisch copy; Bulletin de la Soc. Geog., by Santa-
rem, May, 1847, p. 318; Beaupre, Recherches sur
Vimprim. en Lorraine, 83 ; Kunstmann, Die Ent-
deckung Amerikas, 130.

1514.

Title: In hoc opere haec continentur : Nova trans-
latio priTni libri Geographies CI. Ptolomaci, quae
quidem translatio verbum habet e verba fideliter ex-
pressum, Jo. Werijero Nurenbergensi interprete . . .

Colophon : Explicit geographicus hie liber per ipsius
Compositorem atque per Conradum Heinfogel, — Max-
imil. imp. capellanum, et haud mediocrem mathemati-
cum, fideliter emendatus recognitusque nee non a
yohanne Stuchs Nurenbergm impressus anno 1514
prid. Nonas Novembris. (Copied from Panzer.)

Description : Folio. 68 unnumbered folios.

Maps : None.

Copies :

References : Panzer, Annates Typog., vii. 454, no.
104 ; Graesse, Trisor de livres, v. 501.

1519.

Title : Introductio in Ptolomei Cosmographxam
cum longitudinibus ^ latitudinibus regionum S' civi-
tatttm celebriorum . . .

Colophon : Impressum Cracotiice per Hieronymum
Victorem Calcographum. Atmo salutis humancE, Mil-
lesimo quingentesimo decimo nono. Decimo septimo
Kalettdas Mail. (Copied from the Carter-Brown
Catalogtte. )

Description : Quarto. Title and one pirelimi-
nary leaf ; i-xliv. leaves. A second edition of the
1 51 2 edition. Dedicated on reverse of title thus:
" Reverendissimo in Christi patri & Domino loanni
dei gracia Episcopo Posnaniensi loannes de Stob-
nicza Salutem dicit."

Concerning Vespucius it is said : " Et ne soli
Ptolomeo laborassem, curavi etiam notas facere
quasdam partes terrse ipsi Ptolomeo alijsque vetusti-
oribus ignotas q Americi Vesputii alior. q lustratione
ad nostra noticia puenere." Again on folio 5, verso :
" Similiter in occasu ultra Affricam & Europa magna
ps terras quam ab Americo erreptore america vocat,
vulgo aiit novus mundus dicit." Once more on folio

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

13

7, verso : " Non solu aut pdicte tres ptes nuc sunt
latius lustrate, verix & alia quarta pars ab Americo
Vesputio sagacis ingenii viro, inventa est, qua ab ipo
Americo eius inventor amerigem quasi americi terram
sive america appelari volunt, cui latitudo est sub
tota torrida zona."

Maps : None.

Copies :

References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 60,
(not, however, in the library) ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer.
Vet., no. 95, describing the IBritish Museum copy ;
Vossius, I)e Natura Artium, lib. iii. 148.

1520. '

Title : Ptolemaeus auctus resiitutus, emaculaius
cum iabulis veteribus ac novis.

Colophon : Caroli V. Imperii Anno I. vim vi
repellere licet [figure of two dogs fighting] Joannes
Scotus. Argentorati Uteris excepit, 1520. (Copied
from Harrisse's Additions, no. 58.)

Description : Large folio. Title, within an
ornamented border, with reverse blank. Preface by
George Nebelin, with a table of books and chapters,
one leaf. Text, 55 leaves, and colophon on reverse
of the S5th. Then 47 maps, but without the title-
list, text, and "Descriptio Mundi " of the 1513
edition.

Maps : Forty-seven in number, — the same as in
the 1513 edition, and apparently from the same
blocks, with the large map of the New World,
inscribed " Hec terra &c.," known as the " Admiral's
map."

Copies: (1) Carter-Brown Library; (2) Henry C.
Murphy Library.

References: Carter-Brown Catalogue, nos. 588,
589 ; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2247, (45 francs) ;
Huth Catalogue, iv. 1199; Panzer, Annates typog., vi.
94, no. 572, with references ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer.
Vet,, no. 104; Additions, no. 58, describing a copy
in the Biblioteca Communale of Verona ; Meusel,
Annal. Typ. v. part 2, p. 188 ; Muller, Books on
America {i8y2), no. 2^10 ; (1875), no. 3245; (1877),
no. 2619; HoSmann, Bibliog. lexicon, iii. 319; Lele-
wel, G^og. du Moyen Age, ii. p. 208, App. ; Davezac,
Waltzemiiller et ses ouvrages, p. 1 56 ; Quaritch, Cata-
logue (1880), p. 2084 {;^IS 15s.)

1522!

Title : Claudii Ptolonitei . . . opus Geographiiz no-
viter castigatU d^ emaculatU additioibus raris et ijiuisis,
necnon cH tabularum in dorso iucunda explanatione . . .
Hec bona mente Lauretius Phrisius artis Appollinete
doctor &' Mathematicarum, artium Clientulus, in lu-
cent itissit prodire, Agammcmnonis puteoli plurimu
delicati.

Colophon : Joannes Grieninger civis Argentoraten
opera et expensis proprijs id opus insigne, cereis notulis
excepit, Laudabiliq fine perfecit xii. die Marcij Anno
M.D.XXII. (Copied from the Carter-Brown Cata-
logue.)

Description : Large folio. Title in red and
black ; one unnumbered leaf of preface ; folios, 3, 4 ;
then unnumbered, 5, 6 ; 7-18 ; 22 ; two unnumbered ;
22 repeated, but not the same text : 37-85 ; 89 in-
stead of 86 ; 87-100. " Sphera in piano " on verso
of 99. " Cumplementum,'" etc., i leaf ; blank page,
but verso has " Finis viii. ultirai Libri." The maps.

Then the " Introductorium " o£ Frisius, 8 folios, the
verso of the last blank.

The preface is by Thomas Aucuparius, in which
he lauds Vespucius.

Maps: Forty-nine in number (Panzer gives 47),
and more elaborate than those of the 1513 editions,
being bordered with wood-cuts and vignettes. They
closely resemble those of Waldseemiiller, but are
smaller, and have changes and additions. On the
reverse of the folio numbered 100, Frisius names
Martin Ilacomylus as the author of the maps. They
have descriptions on the reverse, and in that on the
third of the African series is the passage about Pal-
estine which Servetus was charged with promulgating
in the edition of 1535. The fifth of the Asian series
is larger than the rest.

The maps showing parts of America are three in
number.

I. " Orbis typus Universalis juxta hydrographo-
rum traditionem exactissime, 1522. L. F." On the
left edge. South America is seen projecting, and
above it the islands Isabella and Spagnola; but
there is no trace of North America. The word
America appears on the South American Conti-
nent, — the first time the name occurs in any map
of the Ptolemy series.

This name America had already appeared either
in print or manuscript upon the following maps or
globes :

a. Varnhagen in his paper on Schoner and
Apianus refers to two globes, which are undated
and in the collection of Freiherr von Hauslab at
Vienna, — the one (printed) he puts in 1509, the
other (manuscript) he assigns to about 1513. Wie-
ser in his MagalhAes-Strasse, p. 27, doubts these
dates.

b. Wieser places with the printed Hauslab globe
that of Schoner, which he earliest made, and which
Wieser dates 151 5, and calls the two the earliest
printed cartographical records of the name. This
1 51 5 globe will be again referred to later.

c. A manuscript draft representing the northern
and southern hemispheres, in four broad gores, cut
off at the equator, giving eight triangular sections
with convex sides. This is the work of Leonardo
da Vinci, and it is preserved in the Queen's collec-
tion at Windsor. This map is facsimiled and de-
scribed in Major's paper in the Archceologia, vol. xl.,
and also considered in his life of Prince Henry the
Navigator, p. 388. Major holds that it represents a
stage of the discoveries not shown in any other map,
but he wrote in ignorance at that time of the Stob-
nicza map. The Da Vinci map shows Newfound-
land and Florida both as islands, and a passage to a
western sea north of the coast line of South Amer-
ica. The northern continent of America has no
existence except in the two islands already named.

The name, America, is on that part of South
America which comes within the southern hemi-
sphere. The map is supposed to have been drawn
about 1 512-14. A projection of the American part
of it, in the modern hemispherical style, is given in
Dr. Franz Wieser's Magalhdes-Strasse, Innsbruck,
1 88 1, who gives his reasons for thinking its date
should be two years later, in 1515 or 1516. (Ibid.,

pp. 27, 54. 58.)

d. In a Catalogue de livres rares et precieux appar-
tenant ct M. H. Tross, 1881, no. xiv., no. 4924, a copy
of the Cosmographice Introductio is described and
given the imprint, Lugduni, 1514 (though the book
is without date), and the title is accompanied by a
folding sheet, showing twelve gores of a globe', a
facsimile by S. Pilinski of the plate ( 14^^ X 7i inches),

14

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

which is said to be in the book. This gives South
America as a comparatively narrow continental land,
stretching from 12" N. to 41° S. latitude, in a general
N.W. and S.E. direction, but with a sweep along the
middle sections of the curve towards the east. This
continental land bears the words, " America noviter
reperta." North America has no western coast, the
scale-bar cutting it off. The eastern coast-line runs
north, from 180 to about 400 north, when it turns
and extends easterly about 50, then again runs north
till the continent ceases at about 580. Two islands
which bear much of the same relation to each other
as Cuba and Ilispaniola (the latter marked COD),
are too high for their true positions, being in 35°.
The plate is inscribed : " Universalis cosmographie
descriptio tam in solido quern [sic] piano." The
Catalogue makes this claim: "C'est done sur une
carte essentiellement fran9aise, et gravee sur cuivre,
que I'on trouve, six ans avant la publication de la carte
gravee sur bois, ce nom d'America." It is not un-
likely that the date of this edition of the Cosmo-
graphicB Introductio (of which there are two copies
in the British Museum) is put too early by a few
years, and the map may possibly not belong to it.
D'Avezac {Martin Hylacomylus, p. 123) thinks this
edition was not earlier than 1517, because Robertet,
to whom it is dedicated as Bishop of Alby, was not
seated in that chair till Nov. 22, 1517. Harrisse,
Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 63, erred in dating it 1510, as
he has recently averred. Harrisse, Cabot, p. 182,
ascribes it to Louis Boulenger, and says it was en-
graved in 1 514, but disputes that it was the earliest
to have the name America, saying " Une semblable
appellation se lit sur la projection, egalement im-
primee en fuseaux, d'un globe terrestre i la date de
1509, qui fait partie de la collection de M. le general
de Hauslab, i Vienne. Nous ne savons si c'est une
impression frangaise," and cites T>3.-vez3.c, Allocution
h la Sociite de gSographie de Paris, 20 Oct. 1S71,
p. i6. The copy in question having passed from
Tross to Ellis & White, of London, is now in the
library of Charles H. ICalbfleisch, of New York.
Mr. F. S. Ellis, in a communication in the London
Athenceum, July 16, 1881, claims that this engraved
copper plate of 1514 shows Ludovicus Boulengier to
have preceded by several years any other copper-plate
engraving in France ; though this is denied, the en-
graver of the plates in Breydenbach's Saintes Pere-
grinatines de Jerusalem, Lyons, 1488, being referred
to as the earliest in France to use metal.

e. The map engraved on wood, referred to under
the previous head, is one by Apianus, which appeared
(measuring ill- X 14^ inches) in Gamer's edition of
Solinus's Polyhistor in 1 520, and of which facsimiles
are given in the Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 64
and in Santarem's Atlas, besides one on a much re-
duced scale in Daly's Early Cartography. There
are copies of Camer's Solinus in the Carter-Brown,
Lenox and Amer. Antiq. society's, and Boston Public
libraries. Triibner priced a copy in 1876 at ;^I5 ly. /
and Weigel in 1877, Catalogue, no. 1534, 240 marks.
Other recent prices are Leclerc, Bibl. Amer. (1881),
no. 2686, joo francs ; and EUis & White's Catalogue
('877), ^25. The inscription on the map reads:
" Tipus orbis universalis juxta Ptolomei Cosmogra-
phi traditionem et Americi Vespucii aliorque lustra-
tiones a Petro Apiano Leysnico Elucbrat. An. Do.
M.DXX." When the map was reissued in 1530 in
the first complete edition of Peter Martyr's Eight
Decades, this date was changed to "M.DXXX."
Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 94 ; Harrisse, Bibl.
Amer. Vet., no. 154. Below the inscription is a
heart-shaped projection of a map of the world,
which by the extreme curvature of the lines distorts

the new world, which is figured on the extreme left-
hand. The attenuated continent of South America
is entirely surrounded by water, and on it is this
legend : " Anno d. 1497 hac terra cum adiacenti-
bus insulis inventa est par Columbum lanuensem
ex mandato regis castelle AMERICA provincia."
North America, with a channel at the isthmus to
the western ocean, is shaped much as in the pre-
vious map [b.], except that the western shore is
defined, and is marked " Ulteriora terra incognita."
An island, which might stand for the Cabot-Corte-
real discovery is marked " Lift, incognitum." Cf.
Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 108; Kunstmann,
Entdeckung Amerikas, 134 ; Kohl, Die beiden dltesten
Karten, etc., 33; Uricoechea, Mapoteca Colombiana,
no. 4. The same map also reappeared in the De
Orbis Situ of Pomponius Mela, 1522, or at least it is
found in Cranmer's copy of that book, now in the
British Museum, and in the Huth copy, the editor of
the Huth Catalogue, iv. 1372, erring however in call-
ing it " the earliest known delineation of America
with the name mentioned on it." Cf. H. Stevens,
Bibl. Hist. no. 1272, who says : " This map was no
doubt intended for both the Pomponius Mela and the
Solinus. These books are uniform in size and after
1520 were issued together, and the map when found
at all, is usually bound in the middle, between the
two." This 1522 edition of Mela is the second of
those having the letter of Vadianus. Leclerc, Bibl.
A7ner., no. 459 ; Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 590.

There are references to the earliest maps bearing
the name of America in Harrisse 's Notes on Colum-
bus, p. 172. Santarem, p. 159, gives twenty-five edi-
tions of Ptolemy between 1511 and 1584, which do
not bear the name America on the map of the new
world, and three' editions where it does ; namely,
1522, 1 541 and 1552. Cf. his statement in the Bulle-
tin de la Soc. de Geog., 1837 (viii.), where he has traced
down the use of the word America on the maps in his
arguments against the claims for Vespucius put forth
by Canovai.

Varnhagen privately printed at Vienna in 1872
(61 pp. — 100 copies) the essay above referred to,
concerning the early maps of America, which dis-
cusses the question of the first appearance of that
name. It was entitled : Jo. Schoiter e P. Apianus
(Benewitz) influencia de um e outro e de varios de
sens contemporaneos na adop^ao do 7iotJie America :
primeiros globus e primeiros mappctsmundi com este
nome,

2. " Tabula terre nova." This shows the north-
eastern parts of South America, a distorted Gulf of
Mexico, with a bay full of islands at the northwest
angle of the gulf, and a three-mouthed river adja-
cent. The coast line from Florida trends north up
to 55°, and this North American continent is marked
" Parias," which is cut off on the west by the edge
of the map. " Isabella " and " Spagnoha," with some
smaller islands, form the West Indian group. South
America is marked " Terra Nova," with this legend,
" Hec terra cum adiacentibs insulis inventa est p Cris-
toferum Columbum ianuensem ex mandato Regis
Castelle," and a picture representing canibals feed-
ing on human flesh. This map has an account of
Columbus's discoveries in gothic letter, within a
square inlaid in the map itself, and also on the
reverse pages.

3. " Tab. nova norbegix et Gottis." This shows
the Scandinavian peninsula, with Engronelant, a
broad projection north of it, and connected with
it. These three maps are repeated in the 1525 edi-
tion.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

15

It will be observed that the maps are beginning
now to show the results arising from Balboa's dis-
covery of the Pacific in 1513. The severance of the
North American continent from Asia was not yet
clearly established. Some cartographers unreserv-
edly made its coasts identical with those described
by Marco Polo, and were to do so for some years to
come, like the monk Franciscus (1526), a manu-
script map in the British Museum ( 1 530), the globe
of Finaeus (1531), the Nancy globe (1540-50), the
Ptolemy of 1548, and even so late as 1560 in the
map of the Italian Paulo de Furlani. Others ex-
pressed their doubt by making the western margin
of their maps conceal the conditions ; others made
the Pacific shores uncertain, while they indicated
them ; while some, as Apianus had done, boldly
drew in a western coast, just as Schoner had done
in his 1515 globe. The continental extent of South
America was universally recognized, and became
AMERICA by virtue of its extensive insularity,
while its connection with the northern continent —
be that Asia or a new region — was still a disputed
question, the theory of a western passage somewhere
in the neighborhood of the Mexican gulf long linger-
ing, even after a circumnavigation of its shore in
1518 had made it certain that no such passage
existed.

The maps or globes with which the chart of Api-
anus would naturally be compared, because nearly
contemporary with it, make evident all these condi-
tions of geographical knowledge :

a. A Portuguese portolano, preserved in the Royal
library at Munich, and reproduced in Kunstmann's
Atlas, pi. iv., and in Stevens's Notes, pi. v. places
Mahomedan flags on the coasts of Nicaragua and
Venezuela, showing the maker's belief in the Asian
identification of those regions. Kohl, Discovery of
Maine, no. x., gives a sketch of part of it, and dates it
1520; but Harrisse, Cabot, p. 167, puts it after Balboa's
visit to Panama in 1516-17, and before 1520, because
it shows no trace of Magellan's Straits. "Do Lavra-
dor " is inscribed : " Terram istam portugalensis
viderunt ; a tamen non intraberunt." On " Bacal-
nao," we read : " Terram istam gaspar corte Regalis
portugalensis primo invenit," etc. There is a fac-
simile of the map in the National library at Paris.

6. Johann Schoner (or Schoner, for the custom
varies, — b. 1477, d. 1547,) had printed under the
patronage of Johann Sayer, i n 1 5 1 5, his Lziculentissima
quadam Terra totius Descriptio (copies are in the
Harvard College and Carter-Brown libraries) ; but
it is usually described as without a map. Quaritch
has described (Catalogue, no. 12408, £2.'^, as bound
with other contemporary tracts, a copy which con-
tains " a large wood-cut of his terrestrial globe."
This engraving, however, as Mr. Quaritch informs
me, is nothing but a picture of a mounted globe,
showing the old world only. The Globe of 151 5 is
described with an engraving in Franz Wieser's
Magalkdes-Strasse, p. 19. It bears on an insular
South America the word America, and varies little
from his well-known later globe, except in the shape
of the Antarctic Continent, which in 1515 he calls
" Brasilie regio," and in 1 520, " Brasilia inferior,"
and separates it from South America by the straits
which Magellan afterward confirmed. It was eigh-
teen years before Munster became the first of the
Ptolomean editors in the editions of 1540 to recog-
nize this southern passage, though it is alleged there
was a chart of Martin Behaim which showed it, and
had been seen by Magellan, and the information
must have been current by which Da Vinci in 1512-
15 was induced to delineate the broad expanse of

water which separated South America from the
Antarctic land. Wieser, p. 49, 52 ; Ramusio, Navi-
gationi et Viaggi, i. 354 ; Peschel, Gesch. des Zeitalters
der Entdeckungen, p. 616.

The history of the prevalence of a belief in a great
south-polar continent is traced in Wieser's Magal-
hdes-Strasse, p. 59, and he says the earliest map to
give it the name of " Austral-land," or " Terra Aus-
tralis," is the Orontius Finaeus map of 1531, to be
later described, and of this Wieser gives a projection
of the ordinary polar-hemispheric kind. Cf. also
Santarem, Hist, de la Cartog., ii. 277, on the notions
of a large Southern Continent which long prevailed.

Two copies of this 151 5 globe have been, as
Wieser says, long known, but not recognized. One
is at Frankfort on the Maine, and Jomard in his
Monuments de la GSographie, nos. 15 and 16, has
given a drawing of it, simply calling it a " Globe
terrestre de la ier moitie du xvi siecle." Cf. also
Kohl, Generalkarten von America, p. 33, Sid his Dis-
covery of Maine, p. 159, where it is erroneously
said to bear the date of 1 520 ; also Encyc. Britan-
nica, X. 681, and Von Richthofen's China, p. 641,
who places it later than Magellan's discovery. Cf.
Narrative and Critical Hist, of America, iii., and
Royal Geog. Soc. Journal, xviii. 45. The other is
in the Militar-Bibliothek at Weimar, and is the one
Humboldt in his Examen Critique, and in his in-
troduction to Ghillany's Hitter Behaim, compares
with the 1520 Globe of Schoner, and the Mappe-
monde of 1546 in Honter's Rudimentorum- Cosmo-
graphicarum libri ires (1578), which is in fact
essentially the same as Apianus's map (1520) in
Camer's Solinus, and it had first appeared in the
Cracow (1534) edition of Honter's book. Wieser's
drawing of the Globe is based on Jomard's facsimile,
rectified by the Weimar copy, and in his text he
rehearses the evidence of its being made by Schoner
to accompany his Luculentissima Descriptio.

In 1520 Schoner made another globe, which is
preserved in the library at Nuremberg. This shows
South America as a continent, disconnected from
North America, which resembles closely the kind of
delineation of which Stobnicza was the type, with
the insular Corterealis as put down by the Polish
geographer. His error was in making a western
passage between the two Americas as had been
done in the Lenox and Frankfort globes, and in
those of the Hauslab collection already referred to,
and in the maps of Da Vinci (1512-13), Apianus
(1522), and Grynaeus (1532).

The earliest reproduction of the American parts of
this globe known to me appeared in the Jahresbericht
der technischen Anstalten in Niirnberg fiir 1842 ; and
in the same year Dr. Ghillany, the same writer, issued
his Erdglobuj von Behaim. vom Jahre 1492 und der
des Joh. Schoner von 1520, with plates of the two
globes. Humboldt examines it in his Examen
Critique, ii. 28, and again in his appendix to Ghil-
lany's Ritter Behaim, where the best drawing of it is
given. There are other representations in Santa-
rem's Atlas, Lelewel's Giog. du Moyen-dge, Kohl's
Discovery of Maine, Wieser's Magalhdes-Strasse, pi.
no. I, Harper's Monthly, Feb., 1871, in connection
with Maury's paper on the claims of Columbus, and
in H. H. Bancroft's Central America, i. 137, 208,
who falls into an error in saying that " this is the
first drawing to represent the regions of the new
world as distinct, although not distant, from the
Asiatic coast." Mr. Bancroft's error in this respect
as in others arises from his failure of access to some
important books, which do not seem to be in the
libraries of the Pacific coast. He acknowledges his
unacquaintance with the Stobnicza map, which could

i6

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

have set him right in this point, to say nothing of
the map already mentioned in the Tross Catalogue,
likewise unknown to him.

Kohl also gives the American parts in his Ge-
schichte des Entdcckungsreisen zur Magellan' s-Strasse,
Berhn, 1877, p. 8.

Wieser, MagalMes-Strasse (p. 75) points out a globe
of 1523 no longer known, and (p. 77) he recognizes a
globe preserved in the Militar-Bibliothek at Weimar
as another production of the same globe-maker, in
elucidation of which Schoner in 1533 published his
Opusculum Geografhicum. In this work Schoner
claimed that " Bachalaos, called from a new kind
of fish there, had been discovered to be continu-
ous with Upper India " ; and he charges Vespucius
with naming the new lands after himself. The
southern hemisphere of this 1533 globe is given in
Wieser's pi. v. It bears a strong resemblance to
the Orontius FinEeus map of 1531, to be mentioned
under the head of the Ptolemy of 1540.

Schoner in 1523 printed his De nuper . . . repertis
insults ac regionibus, of which tract copies in the
Hof-bibliothek at Vienna and in the British Museum
are the only ones known. Varnhagen in 1872 used
the Vienna copy in producing a facsimile " Reimpres-
sion fidele d'une lettre de Jean Schoner ecrite en
1523" (40 copies). Cf. Wieser, p. 116; Harrisse,
Bibl. Amer. Vet, Additions, p. 168, — there seeming
to have been a second edition of Schoner's tract, of
which Wieser (p. 118) gives the latin text.

c. Bordone's globe of 1521, of which a very small
reduction is given in Lelewel's Atlas. Bordone in
his maps employed the method "Sous la rose des
vents," which was now being disused. He began
his work in 1521, and, dying in 1531, the edition
of 1534 is posthumous; but all the maps are con-
sidered to be of 1 52 1 or earlier. See post, sub anno
1540.

Of this period (1519) is also the Atlas of Visconte
Maggiolo, preserved in the Royal library of Munich,
which is inscribed: "Vesconte de MaioUo civis
Janue Composuy banc cartara in Janua de anno
Domini 1519." Cf. Kunstmann, Die Entdeckung
Americas, 76, 135, 136; and atlas, pi. v.; Kohl, Die
beiden Generalkarten, etc., 30, 146; Desimoni in Gior-
nale Ligustico, p. 54.

There is noted in the Kohl collection (Depart, of
State at Washington) a general map of America
of 1522, which that writer ascribes to Th. Ancu-
parius.

Copies : (1) Harvard College Library, — has mar-
ginal notes in an old hand. (2) The Henry C. Mur-
phy Library. (3) Samuel L. M. Barlow, — the copy
seen by Harrisse, who makes some minor errors in
describing it. (4) Carter-Brown library.

References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 72 ;
Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 117; Additions, p.
90; Leclerc, Bibl. Americana (1867), (560 francs),
and ( 1878) no. 473 (300 francs) ; Panzer, Annales
typog-> vi- 97, no. 61 1, with references ; Huth Cata-
logue, iv. 1 199; 'Br-anet, Supplement, ii. 330 ; Walcke-
naer Catalogue, 2248 (17 francs) ; Graesse, Tresor de
livres, v. 501 ; Fabricius, Bibl. Graca, v, 275 ; Rai-
delius, Commentatio, etc., 58 ; Humboldt, Examen
Critique, \v. irg ; l^arpione, Del Prima Scopritore,?iT,
Lelewel, Geog. du Moyen-dge, ii. 208; Hoffmann,
Bibliog. Lexicon, iii. 319; Gbtze, Merkw. d. Dresden,
Bibl. 1. 316.

1524.

An edition (Nuremberg) is cited by Santarem in
Bull, de la soc. de Giog., 1837 (viii.), p. 175.

3
1525.

Title : Claudii Ptolemaei Geographicae Enarra-
tionis Libri Octo Bilibaldo Pirckeymhero Interprete
Annotationes loannis De Regiomonte in errores com-
missos a lacobo Angela in translatione stia.

Colophon on recto of the second no. 28 : Argen-
toragi \sic, should be Argentoraii, i. e Strasbourg]
Johannes Grieningerus, communibzcs lohannis Ko-
berger impensis excudebat, Anno a Christi Natiuitate
M.D.XXV. Tertio KaV Apriles.

(Copied from a transcript of the title in the Prime
copy, by favor of Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, and
compared with the Boston Public Library copy.)

Description : Title in a composite wood-cut
border (same as 1522 edition) ; one page; dedication
begins on verso of title, which is marked folio i,
and is continued on folio 2, and the enumeration
covering text ends on recto of 82, its verso being
blank, but 6, 33, 40, 47 are numbered by mistake
respectively 12, 32, 41, 48; 69 has a sphere on the
verso; 70 is unnumbered, verso blank; 71 is 72;
Regiomontanus's annotations, 14 unnumbered leaves,
with colophon on recto of the last, and verso blank ;
in a wood-cut border the following title : " Index
Ptolemaei copiosus admodum, nee antea visus cum
explanatione locor. quorQda ad nostram setatem,
etc.", 34 leaves, being sig. a to f, in sixes, except the
last which is in fours, and on the verso of the last
leaf (£. 4) : " Errata passim emendanda ; " Tabula,
— sig. 1-50, in twos.

Brunei sajs : " J. Huttichius passe pour avoir
dirige cette edition."

The maps do not have the ornamented scroll at
the top belonging to those of the 1522 edition, or
have a different one ; and the text has fewer wood
cuts.

Maps : Fifty in number, engraved on wood ; with
wood-cut figures and borders on the reverse. Those
in the Astor copy are colored. They are sometimes
made to be forty-nine in number, because one sheet
has two on it; viz., no. 46, fourth page. They are
numbered: 1-26 (10 of Europe, 4 of Africa, 12 of
Asia) ; no. 27 is The ancient world ; general Ptole-
mean maps; 28-50, but no. 35 is numbered -^6 by
error ; nos. 46 and 47 are on one sheet ; and no. 50
is numbered on the right.

The maps (with one exception, no. 49) are the
same as in the 1522 edition, but vary a little in order,
and no. 5 of the Asian series is (in the Boston Public
Library copy at least) a smaller map than the cor-
responding one in the 1522 edition (Harvard College
copy) and matches the rest.

The maps showing America are these : —

1. "Oceani occidetalis sen Terre None Tabula"
(no. 28), which is the same as the "Tabula Ter.
novae" of the 1522 edition.

2. " Gronlandiae et Russiae " (no. 49) is not in the
1522 edition, and represents Gronlanda [sic] as a
long, narrow peninsula, running S.W. from the ex-
treme N.W. of Europe. It also shows on the west-
ern edge projecting land in the latitude of Ireland,
and in the southwest corner a larger land, standing
for South America. It follows the mappe monde in
the 1513 edition, in these respects.

3. " Orbis. typus. universalis. luxta. Hydrographo-
rum. Traditionem. Exactissime. Depicta. 1522.
L. F." The 1522 map of Laurentius Frisius, the
date unchanged, — being the last in the book.

Copies: (1) Library of Congress. (2) Astor Li-
brary. (3) New York Historical Society. (4) Boston
Public Library, shelf-no. 2280.7. (5) Baltimore Mer-
cantile Library, bound in the original oak boards.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

^1

(6) The Henry C. Murphy Library. (7) Carter-
Brnvn Library. (8) William C. Prime (New York).
(9) Charles H. Kalbjleisch.

Quaritch has o£ late years priced copies at £,^ "js.
and ;if 10 loj. A copy was sold in New York, Nov.
21, 1876. MuUer prices copies at 60 and 90 Dutch
florins.

References : Boston Public Library Catalogue, B.
H. Supplement, p. 512 ; Carter-Brown Catalogue, i.
no. 87 ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 136, with
some errors of description ; Walc&enaer Catalogue,
no. 2249 (40 francs) ; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 955 ; Sup-
plement, ii. 330 ; Library of Congress Catalogue ( 187 1 ),
p. 435; Panzer, Annates typog., vi. 107, no. 698, with
references ; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., no. 474 (200 francs);
yiviXer, Books on America (1875), no. 3246; (1877)
no. 2620; Puttick and Simpson's Catalogue (1872),
no. 701 ; Quaritch, Catalogue (i%%o),^. ii54(;^ioioj);
Grsesse, Trhor de livres, v. 501 ; Hoffmann, Lexicon,
iii. 319 ; Aspinwall Catalogue, no. 6 ; Fabricius, Bibl.
Crceca, v. 276.

1527.

An edition (Paris) is cited by Santarem in Bull,
de la soc. de Geog., 1837 (viii.), p. 175.

1528.

An edition (Venice) is cited by Santarem in Bull,
de la soc. de Glog., 1837 (viii.), p. 175.

1532.

Title : Ptolomei Tabulce geographicee cum Eandaui
annotationibus eggregie illustratae.

Colophon : Argentorati apud Petrum Ofiilionem.
M.D.XXXII. (Copied from Brunet, Supplement.)

Description : Folio. Title ; no leaves num-
bered ; 8 maps ; 2 unnumbered leaves.

Maps : Eight in number, each occupying two
pages.

Copies :

References : Brunet, Suppliment, ii. 330.

1533.

Title : De geographia libri octo [grace], summa
cum vigilantia excusi (dicat Erasmus Theobaldo Feti-
chio medico) Basilice (Hier. Frobenius et Nic. Episco-
pius) anno 1533. (Copied from Brunet, — Panzer
gives the Greek title.)

Description : The earliest edition in Greek.
Quarto. Four folios ; then 542 pages, and colo-
phon.

Maps : None.

Copies : (1) The Henry C. Murphy Library.

References : Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2230 (25
francs) ; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 950 ; Sunderland Cata-
logue, iv. 10350; Panzer, Annates typog., vi. 293,
no. 910, with references. Fabricius, Bibl. Graca, v.

276.

I
1535.

Title : Claudii Ptolemaei Geographicie enarrationis
libri acto. Ex Bilibaldi Perckeymheri tralatione, sed
ad Grceca &" prisca exemplaria a Michaele Villano-
vano iam primum recogniti, Adjecta insuper ab eodem
scholia guibus exoleta urbittm nomina ad nostri secjtli
more exponuntur. Quinquaginta ilia quoque cum ve-

terum turn recentium tabulce adnectuntur variique ;
incolentium ritus &' mores explicantiir. [Woodcut,
with words : Usus me genuit.] Lugduni ex officina
Melchioris et Gasparis Trechselfratrum. M.D.XXXV.
On the reverse of title : Michael Villanovanus lec-
tori. S. Amplissimo Domino Sebastiano episcopo Brix-
iensi, Bilibaldus Perckeymherus. (Copied from the
Carter-Brown Catalogue.)

Description : Folio. Title ; one unnumbered
leaf; folios 5-149; table 1 page, reverse blank; 50
maps ; index, 38 leaves.

The part this book played in the condemnation
of its editor, Servetus, has given it fame ; and since
many copies were burnt by order of Calvin, it has
become rare. In connection with a map of the Holy
land in the second series of maps was a statement
that it was not such a fertile land as was generally
believed, since modern travellers reported it barren.
The careless virulence of his persecutor is evinced
by the fact that this paragraph, so objectionable to
him, was simply reproduced from the editions of 1522
and 1525. The next edition (1541), however, omit-
ted it.

Maps : Fifty in number, wood-cuts, and generally
in imitation of those in the Waldseemiiller series.
They are t e 27 Ptolemean maps ; the Admiral's
map ; and the 22 new maps, which include two maps
of the world, the 17 modern maps of the 1513-20
editions, the map of Lorraine, and two new Asian
maps. The map after No. 46 is a half sheet.

Those referring to America are : —

1. On obverse of folio 28: " Tabula terre nova."
The same as in the 1522 and 1525 edition. Cf. Har-
risse, Bibl. Amer. Vet. no. 210.

2. On folio 50 : " Orbus typus universalis juxta
hydrographorum traditionem exactissime depicta.
1522. L. F." The same as in the 1522 and 1525
edition.

To the account of Columbus in the earlier edi-
tions, Servetus adds a few words deprecating the
putting the claims of Vespucius above those of Co-
lumbus.

3. "Tabula nova Norbegiae," etc. See the 1522
and 1525 editions.

Copies : (1) Boston Public Library (shelf-mark,
4140.4). (2) Astor Library (two copies). (3) College
of New Jersey, — wants two leaves and five maps;
but has the American map ; is inscribed " Ex libris
Jomard." (4) Carter-Brown Library. (5) The Henry
C. Murphy Library, (6) Samuel L. M, Barlow.

References : Boston Public Library Catalogue,
Bates Hall Supplement, p. 512; Astor Library Cata-
logue ; Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 115; Harrisse,
Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 210, describing the British Mu-
seum copy ; Brunet, Manual, iv. 955 ; Suppliment, ii.
330 ; Cliatsworth Catalogue, iii. 268 ; LeClerc, Bibl.
Americana, no. 475 (200 francs) ; Tross, Catalogue
(1875), ('S° francs) ; Panzer, Annates typog., vii. 365,
no. 776, with references ; Quaritch, Catalogue (1880),
no. 2084 {£12, I2s] ; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2250
(80 francs) ; Fabricius, Bibl. Gmca, v. 276 ; Hoff-
mann, Lexicon, iii. 319; Labanoff Catalogue, no. 2-^;
MuUer, Catalogue (1875), "°- 3248: Graesse, Trisor
de livres, v. 501, with references ; Raidelius, Commen-
tatio de CI, Ptol, geog,, 61 ; Humboldt, Examen Cri-
tique, iv. 137 ; Willis, Servetus and Calvin, ch. viii. ;
Tollin, " Michel Servet als geograph," in Zeitschrift
der Gesellschaft fUr Erdkunde, 1875, p. 182.

Michael de la Roche, New memoirs of literature,
London, 1725, vol. i., containing, p. 26, "An account
of a very rare edition of Ptolemy's geography, pub-

i8

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

lished by Michael Servetus in the year 1535," written
(see p. 410) by Le Courayer.

*,• Hairisse, Bibl. Amcr. Vet., p. 344, enumerates various
works on Servetus and the causes of his martyrdom.

1538.

An edition is cited by Santarem in Bull, de la soc.
de Glog., 1837 (viii.), p. 175, but I suppose it to be
the astronomical, not the geographical, treatise.

1540.

Title : Claudii Pfolemisi Alexandrini libri viii. de
Geographia e Graeco denuo deducti. . . . Joannes Ncrvio
magi [J. Bronchorst] opera. Coloniae, excudebat J.
Ruremondanus, Anno 1 540, mense Martio.

Description : Latin version of the original Greek,
without modern additions. Octavo. Eight prelim-
inary leaves ; 388 pp., and 49 leaves for index.

Maps : none.

References : Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2252 ;
Graesse, Trhor de livres, v. 501 ; Brunet, Manuel,
iv. 955.

1540. *

Title : Geographia universalis, veius, et nova, com-
plectens Claudii Ptolemczi Alexandrini enarrationes
JLibros VIII. Quorum primus nova translatione
Pirckheimheri ^ accessione commentarioli illustrior
quhm hactenus fuerit^ redditus est. . . . Adiectx sunt
huic posteriori editioni nvuce quiedam tabula, quce hac-
tenus apud mdla?n. PtoleTnaicam impressuram vises
sunt. Basilece, apud Henricum Petruvi. Mense Mar-
tio Anno M.D.XL. (Copied from the Carter-Brown
Catalogue.)

Description : Folio. Title, and 9 preliminary
leaves, including six of index; 17 unnumbered
leaves; one blank leaf; text, 1-154 pages ; 48 maps;
appendix, 157-195 pp. The device of H. Petrus on
the reverse of last leaf. The maps sometimes follow
the appendix. Edited by Sebastian Miinster.

Maps : Forty-eight wood-cut maps as follows :
Mappemonde ; nos. 2-28, the ancient maps, rede-
signed by Miinster ; twenty modern maps, " novae
Tabulae," designed by Miinster, and numbered i-xx.

Miinster was born in 1489, and died of the plague
in 1552. In 1532 he had already contributed a
map of the world, and had described it in the Ncrvus
Orbis, which was published at Basle in 1532, and is
usually ascribed to Grynaeus, because his name is
signed to the preface. Miinster's map, however,
is not often found in the book. The Bibliotheca
Grenvilliana, even, says : " No map has ever been
seen in this edition. Muller says that of twenty
copies of the Novus Orbis, which he had examined,
only one had the map. The copies in the Harvard
College [1354.28] and Boston Public [4160.8] libra-
ries lack the map. Those in the Carter-Brown ( Cat-
alogue, no. loi) and Barlow (Harrisse, Bibl. Amer.
Vet., no. 171) libraries have the map. There are
other copies of the book in the Lenox and Astor
libraries. Rich, in 1832, held a copy with the map
at £,\ \s.; Quaritch and Leclerc {Bibl. Amer., no.
411) have of late years priced copies with the map
^t £,% £3 ^os., and 125 francs. Muller, Books on
America (1872), 1845; (1875); (1877) no. 1 301, has
held copies with the map at 70, 75, 58 florins. Mul-
ler has also issued a facsimile of the 1532 map {10
copies, at 15 florins); and reproductions of it are
given in Stevens, Notes, pi. iv. no. 4, and Narrative

and Critical Hist, of America, iii. See further on the
book, Ternaux, Bibl. Americaine, no. 38 ; and Sabin,
Dictionary, ix. 34, 100. The map, however, was used
in the 1537 and 1555 editions of the Novus Orbis
with only in some copies a change in the size of the
type used for the names.

Miinster's 1532 map closely resembles the Schoner
and Frankfort globes, in the shape of North America
and in the placing of Corterealis, as well as the sev-
erance of South America by a strait. This north-
ern land is called "Terre de Cuba." The southern
continent is drawn broad in the northerly part, but
suddenly contracts, making the lower portion long
and narrow, and it bears these words : " Parias,"
"Canibali," "America," "Terra Nova," "Prisilia."
In some parts of the map the designation of countries
is printed from type inserted in the block, and the
size of these type varies in some copies.

This 1532 map, being so much behind the current
knowledge of America, was not altogether creditable
to Miinster; and in 1540, he undertook the editing
of the edition of Ptolemy now under consideration,
aiming to correct the erroneous views of Waldsee-
miiller, which had largely prevailed since the edition
of 1513.

In this 1540 edition of Ptolemy he placed the fol-
lowing new maps, which are of interest in the his-
tory of American Cartography.

1. "Typus universalis." An elliptical map, with
America on the left, except that the western part of
Mexico, called " Temistitan " is carried to the Asia
side of the map. In the north a narrow neck, ex-
tending west, widens into " Islandia," with " Thyle,"
an island south of it ; and still further westward it
becomes " Terra nova sine de Bacalhos." South of
this is a strait, marked "per hoc fretu iter patet ad
Molucas." The northern boundary of the western
end of this strait is India Superior. South of it,
opposite Bacalhos, is a triangular land, without
name, but with an off-lying island, — "Corterael."
Its western shore is washed by a Verrazano Sea,
which nearly severs it from " Terra Florida." South
America is so vaguely drawn on its western bounds
that its connection with North America is uncertain.
It is called "America, sen insula Brasilii." Magel-
lan's Straits separates it from the antarctic land ; and
these straits are for the first time shown in any Pto-
lemean map.

We have knowledge that in 1517 Magellan and
his friend, the astronomer, Faleiro, made " a globe
on which they depicted America and the great
oceans between America and the old world," — a
production no longer known. The map of his
straits, which a few years later he made when he
sailed through them, is likewise unknown to modern
inquirers. (Dr. Kohl's Paper on Lost Maps.) The
delineation of the straits in 151 5 has already been
mentioned under the head of the Ptolemy of 1522.
The Magellan' s-Strasse of Kohl (Berlin, 1877) and
the Magalhdes-Strasse of Wieser (Innsbruck, 1881)
are both thorough treatises on the history of the dis-
covery and exploration of the Straits.

2. '• Novae insulae xxvi nova tabula." This is
no. 45 of the whole, or no. 17 of the twenty new
maps, showing both Americas. Kohl in delineating
it (Discovery of Maine, pi. xv^), dates it by error,
1530; and Hubert H. Bancroft, History of the Pacific
States, i., copies the error. A similar gulf, from the
northwest, projects down into North America as in
the other map. On South America is this legend:
" Insula Atlatica quam vocant Brasilii & Amer-
icam."

Cf. Murphy's Verrazzano, p. 104, There are other

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

19

drafts of the map in the Narrative and Critical Hist,
of America, iii., and in H. H. Bancroft's Central
America, i. 147.

This map, Nomis Orbis, beside appearing in sev-
eral later editions of Ptolemy, also served MUnster
in more than one edition of his o-^xn CosmograpAia
(1544, 1555, etc.), and Kohl, Discovery of Maine, ■p.
296, states that he found the same plate used here
and there for more than fifty years. It appears in
the Harvard College copy of the edition of 1554 of
Munster's Cosmographim Universalis Lib. VI., being
no. 14 of the series, with a Latin title on the recto
of the first half of the folded sheet, this caption be-
ing on the map itself, — " Tabula nouarum Insula-
rum [«■<:], quas diuersis respectibus Occidentales &
Indianas uocant." On the South American Conti-
nent, the words " Die Niiw Welt " appear in large
type, — the only German on the map, an indication
of its use in the editions in that language. Harvard
College library has also, bound separately, the same
map, with no variations, except that the caption over
the top of the map is in German, and so is the in-
scription on the outside, as folded. It is not num-
bered, and may have been issued separately as well
as in German editions of the Cosmographia.

It is of interest now to inquire what explorations
had been followed, and what maps had been pro-
duced since the edition of 1522, which could have
been of assistance to Miinster in drafting these new
theories of the general contour of the American con-
tinent.'

The distinctive feature of Miinster's map — the sea
•which nearly severs North America — is traced to
the explorations of Giovanni de Verrazzano in 1524.
Into the questions in dispute, which were raised by
Buckingham Smith, and have been pressed by Henry
C. Murphy against the general credence imposed in
these explorations, it is not necessary to enter here.
The belief in the story first found public cartograph-
ical expression in the map mider consideration ; and
MUnster may possibly have used Verrazzano's charts,
which are now lost. Ortelius in his catalogue of
maps does not name them. It is supposed that Lok
used them in the map known by his name, which is
given in Hakluyt's Divers Voyages of 1582, where
the western sea is called after Verrazzano, and Lok's
map is reproduced in the Carter-Brown Catalogue, i.
288, in the Hakluyt's Society's reprint of the Divers
Voyages, in Kohl s Discovery of Maine, p. 290, and
in the Narrative and Critical Hist, of America, iii.
Verrazzano's name is dropped from all the maps
after 1583.

The validity of the claims for Giovanni de Verraz-
zano largely rests, however, on a planisphere of about
1529, made by Hieronimus de Verrazzano, measuriiig
51 X 102 inches, which was discovered in the CoUegio
Romano de Propangada Fide in the Museo Borgiano,
at Rome. It is not certain that the map is an origi-
nal, and it may be a copy. It was mentioned by
Von Murr in his Behaim, Gotha, 1801, p. 28, refer-
ring to a letter of Cardinal Borgia of Jari. 31, 179S,
regarding it. It was again mentioned in Millin's
Magazin Encyclopidique, vol. Ixviii (1807). Gen-
eral attention was first directed to it in 1852 in
Thomassy's Les Papes Geographes, in the Nouvelles
Annates des Voyages, Paris, iii. (1853) p. 269, and
printed separately the same year, pp. 112. Two im-
perfect photographs of the map were procured for
the American Geographical Society in 1871, and it
is described by Mr. Brevoort in their Journal, 1873.
Buckingham Smith had translated the French ac-
count of it in the Historical Magazine, October, 1866.
Reductions of it are given in C. P. Daly's Early Car-

tography, much reduced, p. 34 ; in the opposing mon-
ographs of Brevoort, Verrazano the Navigator (1874),
and Murphy, The Voyage of Verrazzano (1875), both
describing it. Brevoort also gives an enlarged sec-
tion of it, and for comparison the same coast from
the Spanish Mappamundi of 1 527, following Kohl's
facsimile in his Karten von Amerika. Brevoort is
also of the opinion that Hier. Verrazano got his
western sea from Oviedo's Somario of 1526. See
Brevoort's Verrazano, p. 5. Dr. DeCosta in the
Mag. of Amer. Hist., Aug. 1878, gives a reduction
from Mr. Murphy's engraving, and an enlarged sec-
tion in which he inserted the names, which were ob-
scure in the photograph from which Mr. Murphy
worked. Dr. DeCosta repeats his various maps and
sums up the subject in his Verrazano the Explorer,
New York, 1881. He has since added to this edition
a revision of the Verrazano map, based upon Desi-
moni's criticism of his reading of the names on the
coast. Cf. also Harrisse, Cabot, p. i8o.

The globe of Euphrosynus Ulpius, 1542, found by
Buckingham Smith in Spain, and now in the cabinet
of the New York Historical Society, shows Ver-
razzano's discoveries. See Harrisse, no. 291 ; and
Charles Deane's notes in Hakluyt's Western Plant-
ing, p. 218.

The same midway narrowing of North America
by a western sea was drawn in manuscript, before
Miinster engraved it, in the great portolano of Bap-
tista Agnese in 1 536, and Mr. Brovoort thinks MUn-
ster must have copied Agnese. Harrisse, Cabot, p.
188, gives a considerable essay on the cartographical
works of Agnese, who lived at Venice from 1536 to
1564, and from whom we have various portolanos,
signed and dated in the following years : 1536, 1543.
1544. 1545. 1553-1555. "559. and 1564, — of which
mention will be made successively further on. Of
that of 1536, which now concerns us, there are said
to be copies at Munich and at Dresden. Another
copy in the British Museum (MSS. no. 19927) is
marked Baptista agnessius ianuensis, fecit venetijs,
1536, die 13 October ; that in the Bodleian is dated
ic^-^d die Martii. It is an atlas of a dozen leaves. A
similar configuration belongs to an atlas preserved
at Turin (about 1530-1540), of which Wuttke gives
a sketch in plate vii. of the Jahresbericht des Vereins
fiir Erdkunde in Dresden, 1870.

The Agnese map of 1536 is included in the Kohl
Collection of the State Department, and is sketched
by Kohl (Discovery of Maine, 292), who gives on a
single plate (p. 296), four other maps, indicating the
same features of Verrazzano's influence. One of these
is the Novus Orbis of 1540 by MUnster (which Kohl
misdates). Another is a map ascribed to Ruscelli
(1544) to be described later. A third is an anony-
mous portolano (1536) preserved in the Bodleian,
which represents a narrow continent running north-
east and southwest, with a northerly passage, per-
haps corresponding to the St. Lawrence River. The
last is a map by the Portuguese, Diego Homem, pre-
served in the British Museum, and probably of the
same year with the Novus Orbis (1540), with a simi-
lar northern passage.

Mr. Murphy in his Voyage of Verrazzano, p. 106,
denies that these four maps show any dependence
upon the chart of Verrazzano. De Costa, in his Ver-
razano the Explorer, argues for the decided influence
of that map on later cartography. The latest word
upon the subject is said by Mr. J. Carson Brevoort,
in the Mag. of Amer. Hist, Feb. 1882, p. 1 23, and
July, 1882, p. 481.

It is claimed by Mr. Murphy and the sceptics that
the so-called letter of Verrazzano, describing his

20

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

voyage, was really compiled upon the reports of the
voyage of the Portuguese Estevan Gomez, who, as
one of the results of the congress of Badajos, was
sent in 1525 to explore the coast of what is now the
United States. There are two maps, thought by some
to have grown out of the Gomez voyage, though that
of 1527 has no mention of Gomez, and that of 1529
has a legend along the New England coast, depre-
ciating the importance of the discoveries of Gomez.
The first is an anonymous parchment chart (1527),
preserved in the Grand Ducal library at Weimar,
which is described and in part depicted by Kohl in
his Die beiden altesten Generalkarten von Amerika,
Wiemar, i860; and this same commentator gives a
smaller section in his Discovery of Maine. Cf. Hum-
boldt, Examen Critique, ii. 184, and his preface to
Ghillany's Ritter Behaiin ; Harrisse, Cabot, pp. 6g,
172 ; Murr, Memorabilia bibliothecarum, Nuremberg,
1786, ii. p. 97 ; Lindenau, Correspondance de Zach,
Oct. iSio; Lelewel, dog. du Moyen Age, ii. no.

The map has sometimes been attributed to Ferdi-
nand Columbus ; but Harrisse dismisses his claim,
as well as those of Alonzo de Santa Cruz, Chaves,
Ribero, and Simon de Alcazaba de Sotomayor ; and
after pointing out the resemblance in the nomencla-
ture of the map to that of Pedro Reinel, he inclines
to attribute it to Nuiio Garcia de Toreno, the maker
of the Venice map of 1 534, later to be mentioned.

The map has this title : Carta universal, en que
se contiene iodo lo que del Mundo se a descubierto
hasta aora hizola un cosmo£;rapho de Su Magestad
Anno M.D.XXVIIen Sevilla.

Of the same date (1527) is the map, which Desi-
moni cites in the Giornale Ligustico, p. 62, as by the
Vesconte de Maiollo, preserved in the Biblioteca Am-
brosiana, at Milan, though Desimoni quotes the in-
scription thus : " Vesconte de maiollo composuy banc
cartam in Janua de Anno Domini 1587, die xx de-
cembris ; " and says that it bears on the South Amer-
ican continent the following legend : " Terra nova
descoberta per Christoforo Colombo Januensera
[w]." The date, 1587, should be 1527, and the
inscription as Harrisse (Cabot, p. 177) gives it, is
" Vesconte de Maiollo conposuy banc cartam In
Janua anno dny. 1527. die xx decenbris." Desi-
moni has since reproduced it, correcting the date, in
his Alio studio secondo intorno a Giovanni Verraz-
zano, third appendix, published at Genoa in 1882.
Dr. De Costa showed a large photograph of it at a
meeting of the N. Y. Historical Society, May, 1883,
pointing out that the name " Francesca " on it gives
Verrazano, rather than Cartier the credit of bestow-
ing that appellation on the northern parts of Amer-
ica. Mag. of Amer. Hist., June, 1883, p. 477. For
Maiollo's cartographical standing, see Heinrich
Wuttke's Geschichte des Vereins fiir Erdkunde in
Dresden, 1870, p. 61.

The second of the Gomez charts is Diego Ribero's
parchment map of 1529, copies of which are pre-
served at Weimar and Rome. Kohl gives a fac-
simile of the American parts in his General-Karten,
and a smaller reduction in his Discovery of Maine,
p. 229 ; and De Costa sketches the eastern seaboard
of North America in his Verrazano the Explorer. A
reduction is also to be found in H. H. Bancroft's
Central America, i. 146, and in Lelewel's Geog. du
Moyen Age, and Murphy, p. 129, gives it with Eng-
lish names. The earliest reproduction is given in a
memoir (describing a copy then at Jena in the library
of Biittner) by M. C. Sprengel, in 1795, appended to
a German translation of Munoz, and printed sepa-
rately as Vber Ribero's dlteste Welt-karte. There is a
copy in Harvard College Library. The map is also
described in Humboldt's Examen critique, iii. 184.

Thomassy, Les Rapes Geographes, p. 118, in referring
to the original, says there are two other copies of it,
beside the one in the Propagande, and he cites from
the Gazetta letteraria universale of May, 1796, p. 468,
a letter from Rome respecting Sprengel's account.
Santarem (Bull, de la Soc. de Geog., 1847, vii. p. 310)
also mentions this map as being in the Propagande,
and as having belonged to Cardinal Borgia. Cf. also
Santarem's Recherches sur la decouverte des pays au-
delh du cap Bojador, pp. xxiii and 125; Murr, Hist,
diplom. de Behaim, p. 26; Lelewel, Geog. du Moyen
Age, ii. 166, and pi. 41.

This Ribero map bears the following inscription :
Carta universal en que se contiene todo lo que del
mujido. Se ha descubierto fasta agora : Hizola Diego
Ribero Cosmographo de Su magestad : Ano de 1529.
La Qual Se devide en dos partes conforme ct la capitu-
lafton que hizieron los catholicos Reyes de espana, y El
Rey don Juan de portugal en la Villa \cittci\ de Torde-
sillas : Ano de 1494.

The Propagande copy has the words "en Se-
villa," after the date. Ribero was a Portuguese, but
in the service of Spain, having been made royal
cosmographer, June lo, 1523. He died in 1533.
Harrisse describes the Weimar copy as having on
" Tiera del Labrador " the words : " Esta tierra
descubrieron los Ingleses no ay en ella cosa de
prouecho." Thomassy says the Vatican (Propa-
gande) copy only indicates the discovery of Labrador
" by the English of Bristol."

There is a certain resemblance to both these Wei-
mar charts in what is called the Portolano of Philip
IL, given to him by Charles V., and which is de-
scribed by Malte-Brun in the Bull, de la Soc. de Geog.,
1876, p. 625. Its precise epoch can best be fixed by
the discoveries in Florida, Peru, California, and the
voyage of Magellan (1519-21), which it chronicles,
and the absence of any positive configuration of the
coast of Chili, which was tracked in 1536. Making
allowance for the time necessaiy for the spreading
of intelligence in those days, we may put the chart
not earlier than 1535, nor later than 1540. An edi-
tion of a hundred copies of a photographic repro-
duction of it, with an introduction by M. Frederic
Spitzer, was issued in Paris about 1875.

A map of the same type is that given in facsimile
in the Cartas de Indias, published by the Spanish
government in 1877, and entitled " Carta de las An-
tillas, seno Mejicano y costas de tierra firme, y de la
America setentrional."

Thomassy (Les Rapes glographes, p. 133) cites a
MS. parchment atlas preserved in the Propagande,
entitled Orbis maritimus saculi xv (i.e. xvi), which
has a map of the Pacific showing America and the
Moluccas, seemingly of a date not long after the
Spaniards had reached that sea ; and after the dis-
coveries of Gomez, which are noted, and all the
eastern coasts of America are given except the ex-
treme easterly parts of South America, cut off by
the edge of the sheet, which is, however, given in
the fifth or the next following map of the series.

Henry Stevens, who contends that Ribero's map
was a partisan production and did not grow out of
the Gomez voyage, says that a wood-cut map, meas-
uring 21 X 17 inches, of which the only copy is in
the Lenox Library (sold to Mr. Lenox in 1853 for
£\?> i8j.), was evidently compiled from these maps
of Ferdinando Columbus and Ribero, while Henri
Harrisse thinks it preceded the 1527 map, and was
very likely of the same authorship. Harris, the
English penman, executed a facsimile of this wood-
cut map in 1850, which is entitled: La carta uniuer-
sale della terra firma dr* Isole delle Indie occidetali,
cio i del mondo nuouo fatta per dichiaratione delli libri

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

21

delle Indie, cauata da due carte da nauicare fatte in
Sibilia da li filoti della Maicsta Cesarea.

The original was printed at Venice in 1534. It
is also given of quarter-size facsimile in Stevens's
Notes, pi. ii. ; and again in his illustrated edition of
the Bibliot/ieca Ceographica, no. 2955. This Venice
map, according to Mr. Stevens, " notwithstanding
all research, has remained unique to this day (1882),"
and according to Mr. Brevoort and Harrisse {Cabot,
p. 168) it belongs to the conglomerate work of Peter
Martyr and Oviedo (Historia de I' Indie occidentali),
which was printed in three parts at Venice in 1534.
Murphy {Verrazzano, 125) quotes the colophon of
the Oviedo part of the book to give the origin of the
map : " Printed at Venice in the month of Decem-
ber, 1534. For the explanation of these books there
has been made a universal map of the countries of all
the West Indies, together with a special map [His-
paniola], taken from two marine charts of the Span-
iards, one of which belonged to Don Pietro Martire,
Councillor of the Royal Council of the said Indies,
and was made by the pilot and master of marine
charts, Nuiio Garzia de Toreno in Seville. The other
was made also by a pilot of the majesty, the em-
peror, in Seville." Quaritch, in one of his Catalogues
(no. 349, p. 1277), says that an advertisement at the
end of the secondo libro, of Xeres, Conquista del
Peru, Vinegia, 1 534, — shows that the map in the first
ed. of Peter Martyr's Decades was made by Muiio
Garcia de Toreno at Seville. Harrisse refers to a
map of Toreno, preserved in the Royal library at
Turin, which is dated 1522, in which he is called " pi-
loto y maestro de cartas de nauegar de Su magestad."
The American part of this last chart is unfortunately
missing. Cf. Vincenzo Promis, MeTnoriale di Diego
Colembo con nota sulla bolla di Alessandro VI., Torino,
i86g, p. II. The subject is examined in a paper
by Heinrich Wuttke, " Zur Geschichte der Erdkunde
in der letzten halfte des Mittelalters," in the Jahres-
bericht des Vereinsfiir Erdkunde in Dresden, 1870, vol.
vi. and vii. p. 61, etc. Inasmuch as Peter Martyr died
in September, 1526, it is Harrisse's opinion that the
date given it by Stevens (1534) is not early enough,
and that it should go back to a time anterior to Mar-
tyr's death. Harrisse calls it the earliest known chart
of Spanish origin which is crossed by lines of latitude
and longitude, and thinks it marks a type, adopted by
the Spanish cosmographer a little after the return of
Cano from the Straits of Magellan and of Pascual
de Andagoya from Panama in 1522, with additions
based on the tidings brought by Gomez on his return
to Seville in December, 1525. Harrisse also refers
to a portolano, Spanish and anonymous, which is
preserved at Mantua, and which is numbered 168 in
Uzielli's Elenco. Stevens considers Toreno's delinea-
tion of the eastern coast of the two Americas the
best which had been drawn up to this date.

This Martyr-Oviedo compilation, which was the
work of Ramusio, is not a very rare book without the
map, and in this condition it is found in the Harvard
College, Carter-Brown, J. C. Brevoort, H. C. Murphy,
and Lenox libraries, — the latter being the Ternaux
copy.

Cf. Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 107 ; Stevens,
Hist. Coll., i. no. 344; and Nuggets, ii. 1808; Sitn-
derland Catalogue, vt. 8177; Rich, Catalogue (1832),
no. 10 ; Ternaux, Bibl. Amiricaine, no. 43.

Mnnster could hardly have derived much assist-
ance from the two small maps which Apianus in-
serted in the first edition of his Cosmographicus Liber,
I C24, — one showing " America " and the other mark-
ing an island " Ameri." This book is scarce and is
worth 2^5 or £(>. (Cf. Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. 78 ;

Huth Catalogue, i. 39, where the collation differs from
that given in Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 127;
Sabin, Dictionary, no. 1738; Clement, 5/A/. Curicuse,
i. 404.) There was some change for the better in the
shape of America as given in the 1539 edition.

Of perhaps the same year (1524) is the earliest
globe to show Nortli America disconnected from
Asia, which is inscribed "Nova et Integra universi
orbis descriptio." It was long preserved at Pr^-
montr^ and is now in the Biblioth^que nationale at
Paris. It has no date. D'Avezac fixed it even before
1524; others have put it about 1540. (Raemdonck,
Les sphires de Mercator, 28 ; Davezac in Bull, de la
Soc. de Giog. (i86o),xx. 398.) On the western coast
of America is written : " Hec littora non dum sunt
cognita." The eastern shores of North America are
called " Terra Francesca."

There is in the Huth Library (Catalogue, iv. p.
H71) a MS. on vellum, covering ten very beauti-
fully executed maps, apparently drawn by an Italian
geographer for a Spanish or Portuguese navigator.
It is a small folio (10 X 7 inches). The Catalogue
gives no further description of the American regions
than that "the southwest coast of South America is
left blank, which would fix the date as not later than

15250^1530-"

Nor could Miinster have derived much assistance
from the misshapen outline of America, which ap-
peared in the Libro di Benedetto Bordone, in 1528,
the first edition of the book, known later as the Iso-
lario. The map was repeated in the 1533 edition.
This outline is sketched in H. H. Bancroft's Cen-
tral America, i. 144. There is a copy in the Astor
Library. Cf. Sabin, Dictionary, ii. 6417 ; Lelewel,
Ghg. du Moyen Age, ii. 114, 162 ; Carter-Brown Cata-
logue, no. 91; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 145;
Brunet, Manuel, i. I II 2; Zurla, Marco Polo, ii. 363;
Lenglet du Fresnoy, MHhode pour Studier la Geogra-
phic, i. 419; Renouard, /i?!Kfl/« des Aide, i. 142.

Kohl, in his MS. in the American Antiquarian So-
ciety's library, gives 1530 as the date of a manuscript
map in the British Museum, which is the earliest he
can find, making a return to the view which obtained
before Stobnicza, that North America was an easterly
prolongation of Asia. This map places " Mangi
provincia " in northern Mexico, which is connected
westerly with the Asiatic main. Kohl has also in-
cluded a copy of this map in his Washington collec-
tion. The original belongs to a MS. in the Sloane
collection, called De Principiis Astronomic, and the
configuration of the eastern coast of North America
is identical with that of Finaeus's map, next to be
mentioned.

In 1531, Orontius Finaeus (Oronce Fine) produced,
at the cost of Christian Wechel, his cordiform map,
which came out in tlie Paris edition (1532) of Gry-
naeus's Novus Orbis, and is entitled " Nova et Inte-
gra universi orbis descriptio." A facsimile of it has
been made by MuUer of Amsterdam, and it is repro-
duced in Stevens's Notes, pi. 4, and was much re-
duced in Daly's Early Cartography, p. 34. The
distortions incident to the projection which is used,
makes Mr. Brevoort's rendering of it into Merca-
tor's projection more comprehensible than the orig-
inal. Stevens, Notes, pi. 4, gives this Brevoort draw-
ing, and it is reproduced in the Narrative and Criti-
cal Hist, of America, iii. p. 21, and sketched in H.
H. Bancroft's Central America, i. p. 149.

The geography of this Finaeus map was the earliest
return in a published map to the belief, just mentioned,
that North America was really Eastern Asia, and
South America a continental peninsula extending
from Southeastern Asia. (Cf. Wieser's Magalhdes-
Strasse, p. 66, et seij.) Harrisse, Cabot, p. 182, has

22

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

pointed out the similarity of its nomenclature to the
two Weimar charts of 1527 and 1539. The map in
the folio edition of the Epitot7ic of Vadianus (1534)
is said to resemble this of Finaeus, but with " nota-
ble changes." It is called "Typus cosmographicus
universalis. Tiguri Anno. M.D.XXXIIII." The
Huth Catalogue, v. 1508, says : " We here find Amer-
ica marked, but it is represented as an island some-
what in the shape of South America." Leclerc,
BM. Amer., no 586 (130 francs) ; Carter-Brown Cat-
alogue, no. 112. The octavo edition of Vadianus
of the same year has, we suspect, no map ; but
Quaritch a few years ago advertised a copy, — " the
only copy he had ever seen containing the map,"
for £i,.

Copies of the Paris edition of Grynaeus are in the
Lenox, Barlow, and Carter-Brown libraries, — the
Lenox library having both varieties of imprint.
The preface is said sometimes to be wanting ; at
other times it is disfigured by the erasures of para-
graphs offensive to the Inquisition. Cf . Harrisse, Bill.
Amer. Vet., nos. 172, 173 ; Carter-Brown Catalogue,
no. 102 ; Sabin's Dictionary, ix. nos. 34101, 34102 ;
Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., no. 412 (150 francs) and 2769;
Stevens, Bibl. Geographica, p. 124; Sunderland Cata-
logue, no. 263; MuUer, Books on America (1872), no.
1847 ; Kohl, Maps in Hakluyt, p. 29.

The two Paris imprints are : " Apud Galeotum
a Prato," and " Apud Joannem Parvum sub flore
lilio." Copies have been priced of late at £,\^ and
40 marks.

This Finaeus map of 1531 again appeared in the
very year of Miinster's new departure as shown in
the "Novus Orbis " of the 1540 Ptolemy. This was
as a part of the Pomponius Mela of 1540, with no
change except that the dedication, which is set in
type within a square at the bottom of the map, is
given in a new letter. {Cf. Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., no.
460 (200 francs); Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet. Addi-
tions, no. 126. Dufosse, Americaim, 8624 (70 francs).)
It is also said to have appeared in the Geografia of
Lafreri and others, Rome, 1554-72.

Finzeus was also followed in the heart-shaped
map of Mercator, the earliest of his engraved maps
which have been preserved being dated 1538, while
the only copy known is in the collection of J. Carson
Brevoort. It varies, however, from Finaeus in sep-
arating America from Asia by a narrow sea. (E.
F. Hall's " Gerard Mercator, his life and works,"
printed in the American Geographical Society's Bul-
letin, 1878 ; Mr. Brevoort's Appendix, p. 196.) Again,
it would seem there was some reciprocity of obliga-
tion, when Schoner in 1533 produced his globe of
that year, already referred to under the Ptolemy
of 1522. (Cf. Wieser's Magalhdes-Sirasse, pp. 79, 80).

There had been during this interval which we are
considering an English merchant, Robert Thome,
residing at Seville, who was interested in cosmog-
raphy. He had picked up the current notions as
they prevailed in Spain, and embodied them in a
map in 1 527, which he sent with a treatise upon it,
to Dr. Ley, the English ambassador then residing
near the emperor Charles V. It may be taken as a
type of the information which reached Munster from
Spain, and Harrisse (Cabot, pp. 91, 176) compares it
with the type shown in the 1527 and 1529 Weimar
maps. In its engraved form it did not appear till
Hakluyt included it in his Divers Voyages in 1582.
It is reproduced in the Hakluyt Society's edition of
that book; in Brown's ffist. of Cape Breton, p. 22;
and the American part is shown in the Narrative
and Critical Hist, of America, iii. p. 17. It makes
Asia distinct from America, but leaves the western

shores of the latter continent undefined, and cut
off by the margin of the sheet. It connects South
America with North America. All the early repre-
sentations of that continent, with the sole exception
of the remarkable Stobnicza map, make it an island,
in pursuance of the belief which had come down
from the time of Strabo that all seas were connected.
Santarem in the Bull, de la Soc. de Giog. (1847), vii.
p. 318, has discussed the question of the duration of
this belief, as shown by the early maps ; but when he
cites the Ptolemies of 1513 and 1522 and Bordone
of 1528 and 1533 as maldng South America a "con-
tinent," he assumes what the maps do not disclose ;
and again in putting 1548 as the date (citing the
Ptolemy of that year) when the maps begin to show
the connection of South America by an isthmus, he
unaccountably overlooks the map in Medina's Arte
de navagar of 1545, the Cabot mappemonde of 1544,
the Mercator gores of 1541, the maps of Apianus,
1540-45, the Miinster map of 1540, an Agnese map
of 1536, Orontius Finseus of 1531, the Verrazzano
chart of 1529, Ribero's of the same year. The
Nancy Globe might possibly also antedate 1548.
All later maps, if we except repetitionary issues
like those of the Honter globe (originally pub-
lished in 1542), seem to recognize the link of the
isthmus. The most distinctive insular shape given
to South America is found in Coppo's map of the
world of 1528, which shows a northern coast much
indented, with a southern limit rounded in an indefi-
nite way and much cut short of its proper extension
towards the antarctic pole. North America does
not appear unless a large island, " Isola verde,"
northeast of Cuba, stands for the Baccalaos region,
or perhaps for Greenland. There are drawings of
this Coppo map in the collections of the State De-
partment and of the American Antiquarian Society.
The original is found in a Portolano per Piero Coppo,
published at Venice in 1528, — a copy of which is in
the British Museum,

Of the voyage of Jacques Cartier up the St. Law-
rence in 1534, there is no evidence in Miinster's map,
though he applies the name " Francisca " to the
northern regions. If Cartier made any charts, none
are now known. Harrisse (Cabot, ■^. 145) accounts
for the retention of the old notions about this region
by supposing that the first two voyages of Cartier
attracted little attention outside of France; and it
was not till after 1 540 that more definite cartographi-
cal results of Cartier's explorations began to appear,
unless something can be learned from the MS. Span-
ish map in the Huth library, which Kohl [Discovery
of Maine, p. 315) describes. Harrisse {Cabot, p. 205)
enumerates some of the cosmographers at this time
in France, — Germain Sorin, Jehan de Conflans,
Jean de Glamorgan and Pierre Desceliers ; and (p.
148) he refers to two maps of the time of Francis I. ;
— one mentioned by Delisle in his Cabinet des MSS.
de la bibliothique implriale, Paris, 1866, i. p. 265, as
" Cosmographie ou cartes geographiques ct hydro-
graphiques presentees par Jean de Glamorgan i
Franfois i^r," to which is added, "le volume est en
deficit ; " and the other is " Cartes de tout i'Uni-
vers, 1536," preserved in the Sir Thomas Phillipp's
Collection at Cheltenham, and made by, or perhaps
only once owned by, Guyon de Sardi^re.

There are noted as in the Kohl collection (State
Dept. Washington), two maps of about this time,
which will repay examination, — one is called F.
Roselli's of 1532, and the other a Zurich map of

1533-

Miinster could hardly have been helped by the
vellum portolano inscribed : Gaspar Viegas, Data

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

22,

IS34. which was removed in 1865 from the national
arcliives in Paris to the map department of the
Eibliothfeque nationale (no. 18772). It is partly fig-
■ ured in Kohl, Discovery of Maine, p. 348. Harrisse
(Cabots, p. 183) says that the names are all in Portu-
guese ; that researches in Portugal have not revealed
any information regarding Viegas; but that in the
same collection is an undated map with his name,
not however pertaining to America. The map which
at present concerns us shows in the northwest corner
the region of the St. Lawrence gulf.

Harrisse (Cabots, p. 185) also cites as of the same
date (1534) a map preserved in the Ducal library at
Wolfenbuttel, which resembles the type of the 1527
and 1 529 Weimar maps, and in which Newfoundland
is a continental projection. The legend at Labrador
says that this land was discovered by the English
from Bristol, and named Labrador, because the one
who first saw it was a laborer from the Azores, —
the usual interpretation being that it was so called,
because Cortereal had taken away some of its na-
tives and sold them at Lisbon as slaves, — Mr.
Biddle [Mem. of Cabot, p. 246) having deduced this
meaning from a letter of Pasqualigo in the Paesi
novamente retrovati, 1507, lib. vi. cap. cxxvi.

It is also to be regretted that the map of the
eastern coast of North America, made by Alonzo
de Chaves in 1536, and upon which Oviedo based
his description of the coast, is not now known.
(Kohl's Discovery of Maine, p. 307.) Alonzo de
Chaves was made a royal cosmographer, April 4,
1538, and still held that title at the age of 92 in 1584.
(Harrisse, Cabots, p. 173; Veitia 'Vvas%&, Norte de la
Cofitratacion, p. 145.)

Santarem, Bull, de la Soc. de Giog. (1847), vii. 322,
makes mention of a globe of 1 534, preserved in the
Grand Ducal library at Weimar, which shows a strait
at the isthmus of Panama. It is not easy to identify
this globe from his brief description.

Copies : (1) Astor Library ; (2) The Henry C.
Murphy Library ; (3) Samuel L. M. Barlow, — the
copy described by Harrisse.

References: Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 126;
Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 231 ; Graesse, TrSsor
de livres, v. 501 ; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., no. 477 ; Bru-
net, Manuel, Supplement, ii. 331 ; Stevens, Ilist. Coll.,
i. no. 678 ; Astor Library Catalogue ; Bibl. Heberiana,
V. 5398 ; MuUer, Books on America (1875), "°- 3^49 >
Hoffmann, Lexicon, iii. 319 ; Lelewel, Giog. du Moyen
Age, ii. 176, 208; H. C. Murphy, Verrazzano, p. 103;
J. G. Kohl, Discovery of Maine, p. 296.

Copies have been priced of late years at £(> lor.
and 90 francs.

1541. -« " ^

Title : Claudii Ptolemcei Alexandrini Geographies
Enarrationis Libri Octo. Ex Bilibaldi Pirckeym-
heri tralatione, sed ac Grceca 6= prisca exemplaria a
Micha'ele Villanavano, secundo recogniti, &' locis in-
numeris denub castigati. Adjecta insuper ab eodem
Scholia, quibus Sr' difficilis ille Primus Liber nunc
primum explicatur, &' exoleta urbium nomina ad nos-
tri seculi morem exponuntur. Quinquaginta illce
quoque cum veterum turn recentium Tabulce adnectun-
tur, variiq. incolentium ritus Sf mores explicantur.
Accedit Index locupletissimus hactenus non visus.
Prostant Lugduni apud Hugonem cL Porta. M.D.XLI.

Colophon : Excudebat Gasper Trechsel, Vienna,
M.D.XLI.. (Copied from the Carter-Brown Cata-
logue.)

Descriptiou : Folio. Title, with the address of
Servetus, its editor, on the reverse, with the text,

making 149 pages (p. 9 is unnumbered, and p. 150 is
blank) ; 50 maps, each two leaves, with descriptions
on reverse ; index of 46 (not 56) unnumbered leaves ;
table, one leaf ; colophon, one leaf. The Barlow
copy has a table on the reverse of p. 149, followed
by the colophon leaf, and the maps next, with an
index of 46 (not 56) leaves, and the table and colo-
phon leaves at the end. There are some additions
to, and omissions from, the 1535 edition, the para-
graph on the barrenness of Palestine disappearing ;
but that on Columbus and Vespucius is retained.
Leclerc says : " L'adresse de Trechsel, . . . indique
parfaitement que le vol. est imprime a Vienne, en
Dauphin^." Cf. D'Artigny, quoted by BrUnet, Sup-
plement, ii. 331, who adds, " Cette edition est belle,
mais moins rare et moins precieuse que ne le pre-
tend d'Artigny."

Maps : Fifty in number, 49 of them occupying
two leaves each, with descriptions on the reverse ; but
the 50th (Lorraine) is on the reverse of the Rhine
provinces. The " Tabula terrae novae " and the
" Orbis typus universalis " are reprints of similar
maps in the 1522, 1525, and 1535 editions.

The description of the new world is on sig. 28,
reverse of map, and ends as follows : " Tota itaque
quod aiunt aberrant coelo qui hanc continentem
America nuncupari contendunt, cum Americus
multo post Columbu eande terram adieret, nee cum
Hispanis ille, sed cum Portugallensibus, ut suas
merces commutaret, ^o se contulito."

Copies : (1) Carter-Brown library. (2) James
Carson Brevoort. (3) Charles H. Kdlbfleisch.

References: Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 127;
Bibl. Grenvilliana, ii. p. 582; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer.,
no. 476 (250 francs) ; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2251
(60 francs) ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 233 ; Bru-
net, Manuel, iv. 955, and Supplement, ii. 331 ; Gr^esse,
Trisor de livres, v. 501 ; Libri, Catalogue {£20 ictf) ;
D'Artigny, Nouveaiix Mimoires d'histoire, ii. 65 ;
Dufosse, Americana, no. 8638 (15b francs); Qua-
ritch. Catalogue (1880), 1154; Muller, Books on
America (1872), no. 2311; (1875) "°- 3250 I (1877)
no. 2622 J Hoffmann, Lexicon, iii. 319; Crevenna
Catalogue, v. 20 ; Labanoff Catalogue, no. 24 ; Kloss
Catalogue, no. 3325-

The English dealers usually price this edition at
from ^■3 to ^5; the French at from 50 to 100
francs.

1541.

Title : Same as the 1 540 edition, of which this is
a reissue, with merely a new date.

Copies : (1) The Henry C. Murphy Library.

1542.

Title : Geographia universalis, vetus et nova, com-
plectens Claudii Ptolomcei Alexandrini enarrationis
libros via. Quorum primus nova translatione Pirck-
heimeri et accessione commentarioli illiistrior quam.
hactenus fuerit, redditus est. . . . Succedunt tabula Pto-
lemaica;, opera Sebastiani Munsteri novo paratce modo.
His adjectce sunt plurima nova tabula, modernd orbis
faciem Uteris &= picturis explicantes, inter quas qua-
dam antehac Ptolemao nonfuerunt addita.

Colophon : Basilea apud Henricum Petrum mense
Martio, An. M.D.XLII. (Copied from the Trum-
bull copy.)

Description : Folio. Generally said to collate
like the 1540 edition ; but the Barlow copy has this
collation: Title, reverse blank; epistola, 2 leaves;

24

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

blank leaf; index, 6 leaves; liber i., 17 leaves; blank
leaf; title; 48 maps; liber ii., pp. 1-196. Of these,
p. 156 is blank, and p. 196 has the printer's mark
only.

Dr. Trumbull says of his copy, that the maps
(48) are placed between (the blank) page 156 and
Sebastian MUnster's " Appendix Geographica ," pp.
157-195. The text of the Ptolemy, proper, ends on
p. 155, the recto of N (6), — the last leaf of a signa-
ture. The "Appendix Geographica " begins, p. 157,
on tjie recto of Aa { i), — commencing a new alphabet
of signatures.

What Harrisse calls "the title of the maps "is
merely the title or description of the first map
("Typus universalis"), — "Orbis universalis De-
scriptio." Each of the 48 maps has the title (and
description) on the recto of the first leaf, the map
being printed on the inside of the sheet, leaving the
verso of the 2d leaf blank.

Holbein is said by some to have engraved the
borders ; but Dr. Trumbull thinks they were blocks,
— perhaps in some cases designed by Holbein, —
evidently used from the publisher's stock ; and
that they had done earlier service in other books.
The border to Tabula x. is dated 1523; while that
used both in iii. and xxviii. shows the monogram of
Adam Petri. Groups of boys, like Holbein's, are in
nos. i., v., xiv., xix., xxiv., xxvii, Cf. C. F. v. Rumohr's
Holbein, Leipsic, 1836, p. 114.

The editor is called on the recto of the second
leaf : " Sebastianus munsterus in Basiliensi aca-
demia Hebraismi professor."

Maps: Same as in the 1540 and 1541 editions,
edited by Miinster.

Harrisse puts the "Orbis universalis" on the re-
verse of the title to the maps, and on the recto of
the following leaf.

Copies : (1) Astor Library. (2) The Henry C.
Murphy Library. (3) James Carson Brevoort. (4)
y. Hammond Trumbull. It is in old stamped
leather binding; on the title is: "Collegii Societatis
Eystadij, 1662 " ; on the inside cover : " Ex dono Jesu
Reverendissii et Celsissimi Epi. ac Principis Mar-
quardi. Ao. 1662." (5) Samuel L. M. Barlow, with
maps, initials, &c., colored by hand.

References : Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 240,
whose collation is of an imperfect copy and varies
from other descriptions ; Brunet, Manuel, Suppli-
ment, ii. 331 ; Astor Library Catalogue, p. 1524;
Graesse, Tresor de livres, v. 501 ; Quaritch, Cata-
logue (1880), 1154 ; Hoffmann, Lexicon, iii. 32a

Copies are priced at £^ and ;^io.

1543.

Lelewel gives an edition of this year : " Venetiis,
atlas cum tabulis novis Jacobi Gastaldo " ; and re-
fers to Zurla, Sulle aniiche mappe idrogeogr., ch. 31.
D'Avezac says the edition of 1548 is the one meant,
and that there is none of 1543. Cf. D'Avezac, Sur
la Projection, etc., Paris, 1863, p. 72, — an extract from
the Bull, de la soc. geog.

1545.

Title : Geographia universalis, vetus et nova, com-
plectens Claudii Ptolemaii Alexandrini enarrationis
Libros viii. Quorum primus nova translatione Perck-
heimheri &^ accessione Commentarioli illustrior qithvi
hactemcs fiterit, redditus est. . . . Succedunt tabulcs
PtolemaiccE, opera Sebastiani Munsteri novo paratee
modo. His adiectce sunt plurimce novce tabula, moder-
nam orbis faciem Uteris &' pictura explicantes, inter

quas quaedam antehic Ptolemao non fuerunt additce.
. . . Basileae, apud Heitricum Petrum Anno M.D.
XLV.

Colophon : Basileae per Henrichum Petrum mense
Augusto An. M.D.XL V. (Copied from the Harvard
College copy.)

Description : Folio. Title, with a figure of
Miinster taking an observation on the reverse ;
9 unnumbered preliminary leaves, including six of
mdex; liber i. 17 unnumbered leaves; blank leaf;
liber ii. to viii. and appendix, pp. 155, p. 156 blank;
the 54 double maps; appendix, pp. 157-195, colo-
phon on 195, and printer's mark on 196.

Brunet's collation, Supplement, ii. 331, is quite
different: Title, i folio; 3 folios not numbered; 16
folios not numbered for the index; i folio blank;
155 pp. numbered; xxxv. pp. for appendix; 17 folios
not numbered ; 54 double maps. Brunet probably
followed the collation given by Harrisse, Additions,
no. 155, from a copy in the library of Bologna Uni-
versity.

Maps : Two maps of the world, the first contain-
ing America, the other the ancient world; and 52
other maps, each filling two leaves with descrip-
tions on the reverse. (Graesse says 53 maps in all.)
The last map of the new series, numbered xxvi. is
" Novae Insulae," the common Miinster map of the
two Americas, as in the 1540 edition, but the in-
serted names are in Latin. The " Dania et Schon-
landia " shows a bit of Griinland on the north. The
map of the world, with America, is re-engraved in
the 1552 edition, and in the 1554 edition of MUn-
ster's Cosmographia.

Copies : (1) Carter-Brown Library. (2) The
Henry C. Murphy Library. (3) J. R. Webster, of
East Milton, Mass. (4) Library of Coitgress. (5)
Harvard College Library.

References: Carter-Broion Catalogue, no. 140;
Brunet, Manuel, Supplement, ii. 331 ; Chatsworth
Catalogue, iii. 269 ; Library of Congress Catalogue
(1867), p. 332; Harrisse, '.52W. Amer. Vet., Addi-
tions, rvo. 155; describing a copy differing slightly;
Harrassowitz, JCatalog, noi 81, book-number, 56 (38
marks) ; T. O. Weigel, Catalogue (1877), "o- '477
(28J marks). A fine copy priced in Italy (1883) at
75 lire. ,

1546.

Title : Claudii Ptolemai Alexandrini philosophi
cum primis eruditi, de Geographia libri octo, summa
vigilantia excusi, cura Des Krasmi. Parisiis, apud
Chr. Wechelum, 1546.

Description : Quarto. Four preliminary leaves
and 435 pages. A reimpression of the 1533 edition
of the original Greek text. Brunet says that the
book has not the index mentioned in the title.

Maps : None.

Copies : (1) Yale College Library.

References ; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 950 ; Sunder-
land Catalogue, iv. 1035 1.

1547.

*** See the edition of 1548, which is dated 1547
in the colophon.

1548.

Title: Ptolomeo. La Geografia di Claudia Ptolomeo
Alessandrino, con alcuni comenti &= aggiunte fatteui da

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

25

Sebastiano munstero Alamanno, Con U tavole non sola-
mente antiche &^ vioderne solite di stdparsi, ma altre
nuoue aggiunteui di Messer lacopo Gastaldo Piamotese
cosmographo, ridotta in uolgare Italiano da M. Pietro
Andrea Mattiolo Senese medico Excelletissimo con tag-
giunta d'infiniti nomi moderni, di Citt^, Provincie,
Castella, et altri luoghi,fatta c6 grandissima, diligenza
da esso Meser lacopo Gastaldo, U che inissun altro Pto-
iomeo si retroua. Opera veramente non meno utile che
necessaria. In Venetiaper Giod. Baptista Pedrezano.
Co 'Iprivile^o dell' Illustriss. Senato Venetoper anno x.
MDXLVhi.

Colophon : In Venetia, ad Instantia di messer Gi-
oua baitista Pedrezano libraro al segno delta Torre a
pie del ponte di Rialto. Stampato per Nicolo Bas-
carini nel Anno del Signore, 1547, del mese di Ottobre.
(Copied from the Marcou copy.)

Description : Small octavo. Including title with
an engraved border, and one leaf with a woodcut of
an astronomer, there are eight preliminary leaves;
text 1-214 numbered leaves; register and colophon
one leaf, on reverse blank ; one folio blank ; 60
double leaves, each with a map and description;
" tavola," 64 leaves unnumbered.

The first edition of Ptolemy in Italian.

Maps : Sixty in all, well engraved on metal.
They are based on the maps of the 1 540 edition ;
but in some respects they are new in their geograph-
ical ideas. Santarem claims that we have South
America as a continent for the first time; but he
was ignorant of the Stobnicza map, not to mention
others.

There are ten numbered maps of ancient and
fifteen unnumbered of modern Europe ; four num-
bered maps of ancient and five unnumbered of
modern Africa; twelve numbered maps of ancient
and seven unnumbered of modern Asia.

The American series is as follows : —

No. 54, " Delia terra nuova." South America.

No. 55, " Delia nova Hispana."

No. 56, " Delia terra nova Bacalaos." This
stretches from Florida to Labrador, and represents
the St. Lawrence gulf as an archipelago, with no
record of Cartier's explorations in that region.

No. 57, " Dell' isola Cuba nuova."

No. 58, " Dell' isola Spagnola."

No. 59, "Dell' universale nuova." An eliptical
projection of the world, showing North America as
a prolongation of Asia, with South America as a
continental peninsula.

No. 60, " Delia carta marina universale." South
America is much as in no. 59, but North America,
while still a part of Asia, is very differently drawn.
A large gulf is northwest of California, while the
Ganges is at the extreme western limit of the map.
A sea at the north, like that of Verrazano, nearly
severs the continent, making an isthmus in about
40° north latitude. Bacalaos, Labrador, and Gron-
landia form a continuous isthmus widening midway,
but narrowing again in the extreme northeast, where
it once more expands into Laponia in the northwest
of Europe. The earth is thus belted by land.

Jacobo Gastaldo, or Gastaldi, was, as Lelewel
{Epilogue, 219) calls him, " le coryphee des geogra-
phes de la peninsule italique," from 1543 to 1570.

Since the issue of Miinster's series of maps in
1540, and up to the time of this first Italian edition
(1548), there were various charts and maps, drawn
or published, which might directly or indirectly have
exerted an influence upon Gastaldi's cartographical
views. There were others, indicative of the progress

of ideas, which could hardly have been known to
him. Both kinds will now be passed in review.

The Amazon was explored in 1539, and probably
within the next few years, the so-called Nancy
Globe was made, since it represents those discov-
eries. It presents one more link in the succession
of geographical ideas, which kept (as in Gastaldi's
no. 59) to the original theory of the identity of North
America with Asia, and which finds a " Mare ca-
thayum " in the Mexican gulf. This globe was given
by Duke Charles V. of Lorraine to the church at
Nancy, and being made to open in the middle, it
was long used as a pyx. It is now preserved in the
Public Library of that town, and was described, with
an engraving by M. Blau in the Mimoires de la so-
cietl royale de Nancy, in 1836, and drawings of it
were again given in the Compte-Rendu of the Con-
gr^s des Americanistes, 1877, p. 359 : and once more
by Dr. De Costa in the Mag. of Amer. Hist., March,
i88i.

An edition of the Cosmographia of Apianus, issued
in 1540 at Antwerp had a map (which has been re-
produced in Lelewel's Giog. du Moyen Age, pi. 46)
with an account, " Insulae Americae adjacentes " on
folio 44.

Cf. Ca>-ter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 125; Harrisse,
Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 230 ; Sabin,, Dictionary, no.

'745-

A mappemonde is also usually found in the 1544
(French) and 1545 (Latin) editions, as well as in the
1548 (Spanish) edition of Apianus; which also ap-
peared in later editions. A copy of the 1544 edi-
tion, with a defective map is in the Boston Athenceum.
North America joins South America and' stretches
north, in a narrow belt of land, marked " Baccalea-
rum," with a parallel coast of India, in the northerly
parts, separated by a narrow sea. Cf. Sabin, no.
1752 ; Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 592. It bears
some resemblance in these northeastern parts to
Gastaldi's no. 60, except that there is no connection
made with northwestern Europe. I have used Mr.
George Dexter's copy.

A similar reiteration of earlier maps also took
place in the edition (1547) of Bordone's Isolario,
which appeared in the interval under consideration.

In 1541, Gerard Mercator issued some engraved
gores for a globe, of which three copies are known,
— one in the Royal Library at Brussels, the second
in the Imperial Court Library at Vienna, and a third
at Weimar, — the last may be doubtful. They have
all been discovered of late years ; and in 1875 tl^^
engraving was reproduced in facsimile at Brussels,
copies of which reproductions (200 were printed) are
in Harvard College, the State Department (Wash-
ington), and in the American Geographical Society
libraries.

Cf. Raemdonck's Les sphires de Mercator, the text
accompanying the facsimile, and his Sur les exem-
plaires des grandes Cartes de Mercator, Paris, 1878,
p. 9 ; Steinhauser in Mittheilungen d. Wiener Geog.
Gesellschaft, 1875, P- 5^9; Wieser in the Sitzmtg-
berichte of the Vienna Academy, Phil-hist. class,
1876, p. 547, and in his Magalhais-Strasse, p. 69. This
1 541 map of Mercator puts a sea between America
and Asia; and in the region of the St. Lawrence
gulf resembles Gastaldi's no. 56.

Under 1542 is to be put the globe, made by Eu-
phrosynus Ulpius, which has already been referred
to, and which is of copper, fifteen and a half inches
in diameter. It is now in the rooms of the New
York Historical Society, having been discovered in
Spain by Buckingham Smith in rSsg. It passed after
Mr. Smith's death, by purchase, into the society's
custody. It is described in the Hist. Mag., 1862,

26

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

p. 302, and the American parts are engraved in Mr.
Smith's Inquiry into the authenticity of Vei-razand's
claims in Henry C. Mmrphy's Verrazzano, p. 114;
in the Narr. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. ; and
in De Costa's paper in the Mag. of Amer. Hist.,
Jan. 1879, afterwards included in his Verrazano, the
Explorer, p. 64. The globe is of Italian make, and
is thought to have been made in Rome. It has the
Verrazano Sea, as in Gastaldi's no. 60, but gives no
token of Cartier's discoveries.

The map, which is usually cited as the " Henri II.
map," has heretofore been considered of a somewhat
uncertain date. Jomard, who gives (pi. 19) a fac-
simile of it, describes it as a " mappemonde peinte
sur parchemin par ordre de Henri II., roi de France,"
and as belonging to the middle of the century.
D'Avezac places it in 1542 (Bulletin de V Acadimie
des Inscriptions, 30 Aout, 1867). Kohl, in his Dis-
covery of Maine, p. 351, sets its completion at 1543,
and calls it " one of the most exact and trustworthy
of the time."

The original belonged to Jomard, and was offered
at his sale (Catalogue, Paris, 1864, no. 121) for 2,000
francs, and is now in the collection of the Earl of
Crawford and Balcarres. Cf. Harrisse, Cabots, p. 210,
who gives a long account of the map and refers (p.
149) to it as being the earliest to give an approxi-
mate configuration to the Gulf of St. Lawrence and
insularity to Newfoundland. Of late years, under
the scrutiny of Mr. Major, the following legend has
been made out, fixing the date somewhat later :
Faictes a Argues par Pierre Desceliers, presb'" 1546,
which is written, and now almost illegible, in the top
left-hand corner near Japan. Harrisse, Cabots, p. 216,
gives an account of Desceliers, of which we shall find
other maps later.

Kohl gives a reproduction of the parts of it repre-
senting eastern North America. The Cartier dis-
coveries are recognized in it ; but from the Spanish
names along the coast it is evident the maker had
Spanish charts before him also, and yet as it bears
names in this language not in Ribero or in any ear-
lier Spanish chart known to us, it would follow that
through the banished Portuguese De Sylva, or some
other helper, its compiler had drawn from sources
not now extant.

In 1790 the British Museum acquired a similar
map which is described by Malte-Brun in his Hist,
de la Geographic (1831), i. 630, and which is noted in
the Catalogue of the MS. maps in the British Museum
(1844), i. 22; add MSS. no. 5413. It is the map de-
scribed by Harrisse, Cabots, p. 197, as the " Mappe-
monde Harleyenne." The British Museum cata-
logue dates it before 1 536 ; but Harrisse says 1 542.
It shows Newfoundland as an archipelago. As the
Saguenay is not given, Harrisse places its date be-
fore' October, 1542, when in his third voyage Cartier
explored and named that river ; and thinks it is
based on a Portuguese map, improved by a knowl-
edge of Cartier's discoveries.

There is also in the British Museum (Catalogue
of MS. maps, i. 23) the Hydrography of John Rotz
(1542), which is dedicated to Henry VIII., and to
which Malte-Brun refers in his Hist, de la Giog., ii.
631. It contains several American maps: —

No. 9. Gulf of Mexico and the Pacific from 34°
North to 11° South.

No. 17. East coast of North America, from 6" to
5I0 North. Newfoundland is cut up into islands,
and on the adjoining sea is this legend : " The newe
fonde londe whar men goeth a fisching." According
to Harrisse, Cabots, p. 204, Rotz used the Portuguese-
Dieppe authorities for this region.

No. 19. East coast of South America, from 6°
South to the Straits of Magellan.

No. 20. Eastern and Western hemispheres.

Kohl cites and uses these maps in the collection
in the Department of State at Washington, and
sketches of them are given in the Narr. and Crit.
Hist, of America, vol. iv.

The atlas is described by Harrisse, Cabots, p. 77,
147, 201, and is thus entitled: This boke of Idrogror
phy is made by me yohne Rotz, sarvant to the hinges
mooste excellent Majeste. God saue his Majesie," and
at the end is dated in the yer of our Lord Code y™.
V XLiy, and of his regne the xxxiij yere.

According to Harrisse, Rotz was a Frenchman of
Flemish name.

The Kohl collection at Washington shows an Ox-
ford and a Gotha map of about this time ; and one
of Diego Homem of 1542.

In the Mediceo-Laurenziana of Florence there is
an atlas inscribed : " Baptista Agnese Januensis
fecit Venetiis 1543 die 12 Februarii." The words
" Stegen Comes " on North America chronicle the
explorations of Estevan Gomez. Cf. Baldelli, Storia
del milione, i. p. Ixv. ; Zurla, Di Marco Polo, ii. 369 ;
Desiraoni, in Giornale Ligustico, ii. p. 57.

There is in the Coburg-Gotha archives another
map, marked " Baptista Agnese fecit, Venetiis, 1 543,
die 18 Febr.," which resembles the Ribero chart. A
portion of the eastern coast of North America is
given in Kohl's Discovery of Maine, 316. There is
another copy in the Huth library in London of the
same date, while that in the Paris library is dated
June 25. Harrisse, Cabots, p. 189.

Kohl, Description of Maine, p. 294, cites one by
Agnese of date 1544, as preserved in the Royal li-
brary at Dresden.

Harrisse, in his Notes sur la Noiivelle France, nos.
188, 189, cites a chart of the North American coast,
being nos. 5 and 6 of an atlas by Baptista Agnese,
dated " le 8 mai, 1545, i Venise," preserved in the
Marciana collection. Harrisse refers to : P. Matko-
vi«, Alte handschriftliche Schiffer-Karten in der
Bibliotheken zu Venedig, Wien, 1863, ?■ 1° > O.
Berchet, Portolani esistenti nelle principali biblioteche
di Venetia, Venetia, 1866 ; Belgrano, Rendiconto dei
lavori d. Societ. Ligure, Gines, 1867. Cf. Harrisse,
Cabots, p. 189.

Under the 1540 edition of Ptolemy (ante) mention
was made of a Ruscelli map of 1 544, to be found in
the British Museum, and of which a sketch is given,
showing, however, only the North American parts,
in Kohl's Discovery of Maine, p. 296, and in H. H.
Bancroft's Central America, i. 148. It very closely
resembles the map no. 60 of the present edition
(1548) of Ptolemy. Cf. Lelewel, Geog. du Moyen Age,
p. 170; Peschel, Gesch. der Erdkunde (1865), p. 371.
Ruscelli's work will again be considered, when we
come to the edition of 1561.

At this time (1544-45) we must place the drawing
prefixed to a MS. in the Paris library (fonds fran-
(ais, no. 676), which bears this for a reconstituted
title : Cosmographie avec espere et regime du Soleil et
du nord en nostre langue frangOyse composle par Jehan
Allefonsee et Paullin Secalart cosmographe de Honne-
fieur. Allefonsee was captain and pilot of Francis
I., and a native " du pays de Xainctonge prfes la ville
de Cognac." Cf. Harrisse, Nouv. France, nos. 2, 3,
4, 9 and 13 ; Cabots, p. 206. This MS. was afterwards
published in an abridged form in Les Voyages Avan-
turetix du Capitaine Ian Alfonce, Sainctongeois, Poi-
tiers, 1559, and there were subsequent editions,
Rouen, 1578; Paris, 1598; La Rochelle, 1602 and
1605. It is in part given in Hakluyt's Principall
Navigations, iii. p. 237. Alfonce explored the Straits

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

27

of Belle Isle, the St. Lawrence, and the Saguenay.
There are later summaries of the MS. given in Mar-
gry's Les navigations fran(aises, Paris, 1867, p. 228,
and in Guerin's Navigateurs Jranfais, p. 109. De
Costa's Northmen in Maine, p. 92, claims that Al-
fonce was the first discoverer of Massachusetts Bay.
Murphy's Verrazzano, p. 37, gives a chart of the
Norumbega coast after Alfonce's map, 1 544-4 j.
and the several hydrographical plots of Alfonce s
are sketched in the Narr. and Crit. Hist, of America,
vol. iv., in connection with a paper by De Costa.
See D'Avezac on Alfonce in Bulletin de la Sociitl de
Giograpkie, 1857, p. 317; also Mag. of Amer. Hist.,
ii. 376. Le Routier de Jean Alphonse was published
by the Lit. and Hist. Soc. of Quebec in 1843. He
supposed the Saguenay led to the Pacific and Ca-
thajr; and he brought out Cape Breton, as Rotz did,
distinctly as an island.

Another recognition of the Cartier explorations is
found in the map belonging to the Sir Thomas Phil-
lips collection, which shows the eastern parts of
North America, and is figured in Kohl's Discmiery
of Maine, p. 354. It is inscribed " Nicholas Vallard
de Dieppe dans I'annee, 1547," — but it is not agreed
if this be the maker's or merely the owner's name.
Cf. Major's Early Voyages to Australia, pp. xxvii.,
XXXV. The Atlas, of which this is but part, seems
rather to have been originally made by a Portuguese
than by a Frenchman, and Kohl conjectures that it
found its way to Dieppe through the instrumentality
of the faithless Bishop of Viseu, Da Sylva, and was
copied by a Frenchman. It was first described,
while in the possession of prince Talleyrand, by
Barbie du Socage in the Magasin Encyclopidique
(Millin), iv. (1807) p. 107. Harrisse, Cabots, p. 219,
finds resemblances in it to the so-called Henry II.
map.

Still again are the Cartier discoveries fairly re-
corded in the large mappemonde of 1544, engraved
on copper, and ascribed, with some uncertainty, to
Sebastian Cabot. It leaves northwestern America
and northeastern Asia undefined, with the designa-
tion " Terra incognita." Only one copy of it has been
found, and that was discovered in 1843, in Germany,
by Von Martins, and in the following year it was
taken to the National library in Paris, where it now
is. According to Harrisse (Cabots, p. 153) the map
was bought in 1844 of M. de Hennin for 400 francs.
Cf. Essai sur la bibliotheque du roi, Paris, 1856, p.
285. D'Avezac has described it in the Bulletin de la
Societe de Geographie, 1857, p. 268, and Mr. Charles
Deane has submitted it to a careful examination
in the Narrative and Critical Hist, of America, iii.
p. 20. Jomard has given a facsimile of it in his
Monuments de la Geographie, pi. xx., without the
marginal legends, which have never been published
in full with any facsimile of the map, but they have
lately been reproduced in a large and full-size pho-
tographic facsimile in 32 sheets, which in 1882 was
made for American subscribers, through the media-
tion of the Hon. Robert C. Winthrop. There are
copies of this facsimile in the following libraries :
Harvard College, Boston Public, Massachusetts
Historical, Boston Athenaeum, New York State
(Albany), Philadelphia, American Antiquarian Soci-
ety, Virginia Historical Society, and Long Island
Historical Society; also in the Collection of Gen.
John M. Brown in Portland. Cf. Mass. Hist. Soc.
Proc, xix. 387.

Reproductions on a reduced scale of the Ameri-
can parts of it are given in Stevens's Notes, pi. 4 ;
Kohl's Discmiery of Maine, p. 358 ; Jurien de la
Gravier's Les Marins du xifi et du xvi siicle, Paris,
1879; NichoU's Life of Sebastian Cabot (inaccurate

in the names) ; Hist. Mag., March, 1868, in connec-
tion with a paper by J. C. Brevoort ; Narrative and
Critical Hist, of America, iii. 22 ; F. Kidder's Dis-
ccfvery of North America by John Cabot ; Gay's Pop,
Hist. U. S., i. 193; Augusto Zeri's Giovanni e Sebas-
tiano Caboto, Roma, 188 1; and much reduced (the
whole being given) in Daly's Early Cartography. A
facsimile in colors of the North Atlantic parts, made
by Pilinski, is given in Harrisse's Cabots, with descrip-
tions, p. 54.

It is to be remarked that the map has been the
subject of some suspicion, at least so far as any im-
mediate connection of Cabot with it goes, and the
absence of publisher's name and the place of publi-
cation has added to the complications of the inves-
tigations about it. Its inscriptions are in Latin and
Spanish ; but Kohl has pointed out the improba-
bility of its execution in Spain, where the authori-
ties were averse to the publication of the charts of
their discoverers. If the map was published in Bel-
gium or Germany, Cabot, who was now in Spain,
could hardly have had close connection with it, as
its errors of Spanish and of other kinds would also
indicate. Harrisse, Cabots, p. 153, has pointed out
that the map is mentioned by Livio Sanuto ( Ceogra-
phia distinta in xii libri, 1588, fol. 2) ; by Ortelius,
in the list of maps in his Theatrum of 1570; by Sir
Humphrey Gilbert [Hakluyt, iii, 24) ; by Richard
Willes (Eden's Hist, of Travayle, 1577, fol. 232) ; by
Hakluyt {Principall navigations, 1589, p. 511, and
1599, iii. p. 6) ; and by Purchas (Pilgrimage, 1625,
iii. 807 ) ; though it may be doubted if all these refer-
ences refer to this engraved map. Harrisse, how-
ever, taking the diversities of the descriptions, sup-
poses there were four editions of it, which he notes
thus : —

1. In the Bibliotheque nationale, dated 1544.

2. Seen at Oxford in 1566 by Nicholas Kochhaff
and dated 1549.

3. Engraved by Clement Adams and described
by Hakluyt in 1589.

4. Described by Purchas, which may be, however,
much the same as one of the three already named.

Harrisse's conclusion (Cabots, p. 84) is, that Sebas-
tian Cabot based his mappemonde on a .Portuguese
original, which was in turn an imitation of the Henri
II. map, or of one very like it.

Miinster had produced an edition of his Cosmo-
graphia at Basle in 1 544, in German, with a map, fac-
similes of which are given in the atlas of Santarem
and (much reduced) in Leiewel. A copy of this 1544
edition is in the Lenox library.

One of the few exceptions of the Spanish custom
of not printing navigators' charts is the Arte de
navegar by Pedro de Medina, which first appeared
in Spain at Valladolid in 1545, accompanied by a
map, which showed the new world from Labrador
to Peru. It is on folio xxii ; while on xciii is a
small spherical projection of the world, showing
America vaguely drawn on the left. Medina was
the ofiicial examiner of the pilots in the Spanish ser-
vice, who sailed to the West Indies. The Arte de
navegar is rare, and Muller puts the value of a copy
at 200 florins and more. The Carter-Brown Cata-
logue, no. 137, shows a copy, and there is another in
Harvard College library. Another edition appeared
at Seville in 1563. The map here occupies folios
vii. (verso) and viii. (recto), and is in part rubricated.
(Leclerc, Bibl. Americana, 350 fr.) The book was
translated into various languages ; that into French
being made by Nicolas di Nicolai, and published at
Lyons in 1553, 1569, and 1576, and at Rouen in 1573.
Nicolay gave a new map in 1553, which was repro-

28

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

duced imperfectly in the 1 573 edition, wliich Harrisse,
Cabots, p. 240, mentions as an instance of Portuguese
influence on Frencii liydrograpliy intiie sixteenth cen-
tury ; but it also shows Nicolay's acquaintance with
documents not known to Medina. The Italian version
was made by V. Palentino de Corzutu, and appeared
at Venice in 1554 and 1555. This 1555 Italian edi-
tion has a map on folio xxxiii (recto). Leclerc,
Bibl. Amer., no. 379 (40 francs) ; Brinley Catalogue,
no. 43 ; Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 204. The
German by Coignet was published in 1576, and
Frampton's English version came out in 158 1. Kohl
seems to be in error in saying that the earliest Span-
ish published map of America appeared in 1 549 in
Medina's Libra de grandezas y cosas memorables de
Spana, — which had as he says an outline sketch of
the new world in small compass, a similar repre-
sentation appearing some years later (1554) in Go-
mara. The map in the Libra is the same as in the
1545 Arte de navegar, except that it is cut in two
parts, and put on opposite pages, and the half show-
ing America is eked out in a ruder way by an annexed
block, which gives the rest of South America: this
map is on folios 63 (verso) and 64 (recto) ; while the
small spherical sketch to which Kohl refers is on an-
other folio. This Libra, etc., is in Harvard College
library. Kohl included the map under date 1 549 in
his Washington collection.

The 1546 edition of Honter's Rudimenta Cosmo-
graphica, which is a description of the world in verse,
has an appendix of 14 leaves, containing an atlas,
and including a representation of America, which is
entitled " Universalis Cosmographia . . . Tiguri, J.
H. V. E. [in a monogram] 1546." It is of a type com-
mon at a somewhat earlier period than we are now
considering, representing " Farias " as North Amer-
ica, and long and narrow, and separated by a strait
from South America. The appendix was also issued
separately. Sabin's Dictionary, no. 32794; Carter-
Brown Catalogue, no. 143 ; Muller, Books on America,
(1872), no. 763 ; (1877) no. 1457 ; Harrisse, Bibl.
Amer. Vet., no. 271. The map was repeated in 1548,
1549, 1552, 1558, 1560 editions, and perhaps in oth-
ers; but in the 1 561 edition the shape of the new
continent is improved. The 1552 and 1560 editions
are in Harvard College library. The " Honter's globe
of 1542," which is given in facsimile in Stevens's
Nates, has the same configuration. The series of
minor atlases which was begun with the Almanack
marin and its small wood-cuts in 1 546, and thus rep-
resented in Honter's Rudimenta in the same year,
was followed in 1 588 by the Epitotne of Ortelius, of
which there were various editions ; and later by
Pierre Heyns' Mirair du Monde, changed by Zacha-
rie Heyns to Epitome du the&tre. In 1 597 came La
Haye's Trisor des Charles, engraved by Hondius,
Wright, and Kcerius. Lelewel, Glog. du Moyen Age.

The map (1546) in Vadianus's Epitome of 1548 is
reproduced in Santarem's Atlas. Cf. Carter-Brown
Catalogue, i. no. 151. It makes South America an
island.

A portolano marked jfoham Freire a fez crades (?)
46, was formerly in the possession of Baron Taylor,
when Santarem described it in his Recherches sur
la prioritl de la dicouverte de la cdte occidentale
d^Afrique, p. 127, and Hist, de la Cosmographie, iii.
introd. It passed next into Libri's collection, and
was sold in his 1859 sale, as per Catalogue, London,
1859,00.827; and is described by Harrisse in his
Cabots, p. 220.

Copies : (1) Library of Congress. (2) Astar Li-
brary. (3) Carter-Brown Library. (4) The Henry
C. Murphy Library. (5) Samuel L. M. Barlow.

(6) yules Marcau (Cambridge). (7) Charles H.
Kalbfleisch.

References : Library of Congress Catalogue (1872),
p. 287; Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 150; Harrisse,
Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 28^ ; Stevens, Hist. Coll., i. no.
1556; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 956; Supplement, ii. 331;
Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2259; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer.
{i8y8) Supplement, no. 2910; Huth Catalogue, iv.
1200; Muller, Boohs on America (1877), no. 2624;
Dufossl, Americana, nos. 2972, 4871, 6876; Graesse,
Trisor de livres, v. 502 ; Kohl, Discovery of Maine,
225, 233 ; Santarem in Bulletin de la Sac. Giog., mai,
1847 ; Fabricius, Bibl. Grace, lib. iv. p. 413 ; Rai-
delius, Commentatio de CI. PtoL, 69; Zurla, Di Marco
Polo, ii. 363; Notizie diyacofi Gastaldi, Torino, 1881 ;
Castellani, Catalago delle piii rare opere geagrafche,
Roma, 1876.

Quaritch prices it at ^£'3 loj. and ;^5; an Ameri-
can catalogue in 1883 priced it at JS15.

1552.

Title : Geographies Claudii Ptolemisi Alexandrini,
Libri via, partim a Bilibalda Pirckfieymero translati
ac commentario illustrati partim. etiam Griccorum
Antiquissimorumque exemplariorum collatione emen-
dati atque in integrum restituti. His accesseruni
Scholia, etc. [five paragraphs, of which the last two
are :] —

Tabula naves qua hactenus in nulla Ptalemaica edi-
tiane visa sunt, per Sebastianum Munsterum,

Geographies descriptionis compendium, in quo varii
gentium ac regiomim ritus, mores atque consuetudines
per eundem explicantur.

Cum Regies Majestatis Gratia <Sr» Privilegio ad sex-
ennium.

At the end of the epistola is : —

Basilies anno M.D.LII. Mense Martio. (Copied
from the Whitney copy.)

Description : Folio. A portrait of Miinster on
the reverse of title. Miinster's epistola, 2 leaves.
Royal license, with a facsimile autograph, i leaf.
De utilitate tabularum geographicarum, 3 leaves.
One leaf blank. Index, with latitudes and longi-
tudes, begins on b, ends on / 4. Index, pars secunda,
ends on/. 3 (not marked). One leaf blank.

Liber primus, begins on AA, ends on folio, follow-
ing CC 4. One leaf blank. Liber ii. to viii., begin-
ning DD, is paged i to 149; pp. 150-155 being
" Dimensionis Canon." Then follow the maps, and
next, pp. 157-195, Appendix Geographica.

Maps : Fifty-four double-page woodcuts, some-
times colored, — the same as in the 1540-42-45 edi-
tions.

Those showing American are : —

1. "Tipus universalis." The same as in the 1540
and 1545 editions; but reeut, with slight changes
in names. The northern region called Bacalhos and
Islandia in the earlier maps are here without name.
The island " Thyle " is now " Island." The inscrip-
tion on South America reads, " America seu Insula
Brasilii."

2. " Novae insulse xxvi. Nova Tabula." The
54th map is the map, which Miinster often used,
showing both American continents. The designa-
tion on South America is inserted in German type.
Die Niiw Welt, and on the reverse of the right-
hand page is " Basileae ex officina Henrichi Petri,
mense martio, anno M.D.LII."

3. The map of " Dania et Scondia " shows a part
of Griinland, — as in the earlier editions.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

29

Copies : (1) Library of Congress. (2) New York
State Library. (3) Cornell University, — formerly
Charles Anthon's copy. (4) The Henry C: Murphy
Library. {5) yosiah D. Whitney, — formerly in the
Sobolewski library. (6) Dr. E. B. O'Callaghan, —
sold with his library, in New York, in December,
1882.

References : Library of Congress Catalogue {i&6y),
p. 332; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer. SuppUm., no. 2909 (100
francs) ; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2254 ; MuUer,
Books on America (1872), no. 2312 (iS Dutch florins) ;
(1875) no. 3253 (32 florins) ; Dufossd, Americana,
no. 9361 (70 franc) ; Weigel, Catalog, no. 14.78 (36
marks) ; Hoffmann, Lexicon bibliographicum, iii. 501 ;
Gotze, Merkw, d. Dresdn. Bibl., i. 318.

1555.

Title : [Same as the 1552 edition.]

Desdription : As in the 1552 edition.

Maps : Fifty-four as in the 1552 edition.

Copies :

References : Muller, Books on America {1875),
no. 3254; (1877) no. 2626.

1559.

An edition without maps is cited by Santarem in
Bull, de la Soc. de Glog., 1837 (viii.), p. 176; and in
his Vespucius, Childe's tr., p. 160.

1561.

Title: La Geografia di Claudio Tolomeo Alessan-
drino, Nuovamente tradotta di Greco in lialiano, da
Girolamo Ruscelli. . . . C07i nuove &^ bellissime figure
in istampe di rame, oue, altre alle xxvi Antiche
di Tolomeo, se non son^ aggiunte xxxvi altre delle
moderne. Con la carta da navicare, ^ colmodo d^
intenderla, &" d' adoperarla. Aggiuntovi un pieno
discorso di M. Gioseppe Moleto Matematico. . . [Cross
held by two hands stretched from clouds, and wound
with a snake, and motto " Vincent "] In Venetia,
Appresso Vincenzo Valgrisi, M.D.LXL (Copied
from the Boston Public Library copy.)

Description : Small quarto. Title and three
preliminary leaves ; text, pp. 1-358 ; II Registro, one
leaf ; title, " Expositioni et introduttioni universali,
di Girolamo Ruscelli sopra tutta la Geografia di
Tolomeo. . . . [same wood-cut as on title.] In Ve-
netia, M.D.LXI," — one leaf; text, 27 leaves; maps
on double leaves, with descriptions on back ; index
of names, 24 leaves.

Maps: Engraved on copper, on double leaves,
with text on the back. They are : Ptolemaei typus ;
orbis descriptio, — two hemispheres ; Carta Marina
nuovatayola; 18 maps; nuova tavola settentrionale ;
36 maps (including Schonladia nuova), ending, " il
fine di tutta la geografia di Tolomeo " ; six American
maps, — in all sixty-four maps.

Thomassy, Les papes geographes, p. 65, has pointed
out how the maps " ont la plus grande analogic
avec celles de la galerie geographique de Pie iv."
Cf. Lelewel, ii. 170.

Thomassy also, p. 26, refers to a planisphere of
Ruscelli, 1561, "inedit, conserve au musee de la
Propagande."

The maps of interest in American study are these :

I. " Orbis descriptio," — the western hemisphere.

Greenland is marked " Terra de lavorad," which is
separated from Lapland by a narrow strait. New-
foundland and the St. Lawrence Gulf are brought
out, but the St. Lawrence River takes the form of a
long, narrow, winding strait, which sweeps round
from the northwestern corner of the gulf, and comes
out somewhere on the Maine coast. The western
parts of North America are connected doubtfully
with Asia, an uncertain coast being marked " Littus
incognitum." South America has too great breadth
in the southern part, where a part of the western
coast is marked " Littus ignotum." Magellan's Strait
cuts off a land with an undefined southern border.

To compare this with other general maps of the
western world issued since the previous Italian edi-
tion of 1548, the most important of which were
printed or made also in Italy : —

The general map by Gastaldi which accompanied
the third volume of Ramusio's Delle Navigationi et
^'"ggh which was issued at Venice in 1556, is
thought to have been made five or six years earlier
( 1 550) , and was repeated, as were the other maps of
the volume, in the second issue of 1565. The coast-
line from Labrador to Florida has a uniform trend,
except a depression nearly filled by a large island,
which is all it shows of the geography of the St.
Lawrence river and gulf, fifteen years after Cartier
had mapped it. On the west, the coast ceases to be
defined just north of the Californian peninsula.
Cf. Harrisse, Cabots, p. 236, who mentions another
map of Gastaldi, which is very rare, and of which
there are two copies in the Paris Library.

Of Ramusio, there is a portrait in the edition of
// Viaggio di Giovan Leone, printed at Venice in 1837.
Tiraboschi's account of this famous collection of voy-
ages is translated in Clarke's Maritime Discovery,
p. X. Cf. Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. 195 ; Harrisse,
Bibl. Amer. Vet., p. 223.

Dated in 1550 and 1553 are two portolanos signed
by Pierre Desceliers, one of which is now in the Brit-
ish Museum, and the other is in Vienna. The
names are said to be essentially Portuguese. On
Labrador we read : Terre de fhan vaaz, and G. de
vianuel pinho. The St. Lawrence is not named, but
the Bay of Chaleur bears that designation. Cf.
Brit. Mus. Cat. of MSS. no 24065; Harrisse, Cabots,
230 ; Bull de la soc. giog., September, 1852, and Sep-
tember, 1876.

A MS. parchment chart of the Atlantic, bearing
this inscription, Diego gutierrez Cosmographo de Su
magd. mefzo en sevilla Ano de 1550 is described in
Harrisse, Cabots, p. 232, who calls it a map much
behind its date, and conceives it may possibly be a
copy in essentials of the lost map of Chaves (1536).
It is a question whether the present may be the
work of the father or son of the same name. It is
preserved in the Depot des Cartes de la Marine at
Paris.

A map known to be by the younger Diego Gutier-
rez, Americ(2 sive quartiE orbis partis, nova et exactis-
sima descriptio. Hiero Cock excud(S \Antwerpi(B\,
1 562, in six folios, was sold by Edwin Tross to the
British Museum, where it is numbered "map 6918-
18." Harrisse, Cabots, p. 152.

Harrisse, Cabots, p. 238, puts, under Circa 1553,
a fine parchment planisphere, neither signed nor
dated, which is preserved in the Dep&t des
Cartes de la Marine at Paris. It shows the English
standard on Labrador (Greenland), the Portuguese
on Nova Scotia, and the Spanish at Florida. The
western coast is continuous from Cape Horn to Cali-
fornia.

A map of Andre Thevet, in a projection of two
hemispheres, dated 1554, is cited by D'Avezac, Coup

30

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

iFosil kistorique sur la projection des cartes, Paris,
1863, p. 73, and Harrisse, Cabots, p. 251.

Bellero, the publisher of Antwerp, inserted in 1554
a small wood-cut map in an edition of Gomara's
Mexico, and in his Historia General de las Indias,
which appeared that year. This map did also ser-
vice for some years in other Antwerp publications,
— namely, the edition of Cie9a de Leon's De la
Clironica del Peru, of 1556 ; Darinel de Tirel's carto-
graphical poem, La Sphere des dmx Mondes, of 1555,
and the Levinus ApoUonius De Perumce, etc., of
1 565-67. The map is also sometimes found in Eden's
Decades of the Newe Worlde, 1555. Cf. Mapoteca Co-
lombiana, p. 2 ; Huth Catalogue, ii. 605 ; Stevens, Bibl.
Geog., no. 1987; O'Callaghan, Catalogue, no. 613;
Rich, Catalogue (1832) no. 30; Carter-Brown Cata-
logue, i. nos. 201, 217. The Newfoundland coast is
called " Bacallaos," with " C. Raso " at the southern
end of it, but it is not an island, rather a penin-
sula, separated from Cape Breton, also part of the
main, on the west by a deep bay, off whose mouth
to the south lies the island of " S. Juan."

Gomara's Historia General de las Indias, was pub-
lished, the second part in 1552, and the first part in
the following year (1553). It was accompanied by
a map of the Indies. Cf. Carter-Brown Catalogue, i.
no. 177; Sunderland Catalogue, iii. 7575; Leclerc,
Bibl. Amer., nos. 243, 2779. Sabin, Dictionary, vii.
p. 305, — a Gomara bibliography by J. Carson Bre-
voort. This first edition, which appeared at Sara-
gossa and is now priced at 800 francs, was followed
by the second at Medina in 1553, and a third at Sar-
agossa in 1554, before it appeared at Antwerp, like-
wise in 1 554, with the Bellero map. The map of the
Spanish editions is exceedingly rare.

A map of the world by Framezini was engraved
in 1554 by Julius de Musis.

In the collection of M. le Comte Doria at Venice,
there is one of Baptista Agnese's atlases, " Baptista
Agnese in Venezia al 1° Settembre 1553." Cf. Har-
risse, Cabots, p. 189; G. Berchet, Portolani esislenti
nelle principale biblioteclie di Venezia, 1866, p. 4.

An atlas of Baptista Agnese of 1554, preserved
in the Biblioteca Marciana at Venice, was issued in
photographic facsimile at Venice in 1881, under the
editing of Professor Theobald Fischer of Kiel. It
has three sheets of interest to the student of Ameri-
can cartography : —

No. 4. North America, south of the Penobscot
and the Gulf of California, and the west coast of
South America to 15° south; then blank till the re-
gion of Magellan's Straits is reached.

No. 5. East coast of North America from Labra-
dor south ; Central America, South America, all of
east coast and west coast as in no. 4.

No. 33. The world much as in nos. 4 and 5.

The atlas is marked : Baptista Agnese facit [sic]
Venetiis anno Domini l^^^die i^j'ulii, as quoted in
Zurla, Di Marco Polo, 1818, ii. 369; but the Mar-
ciana copy is inscribed no [sic] Baptista palenese [sic]
fecit venetiis anno domini 1 554 die 20 Octobris rab [sic].
Harrisse, Cabots, p. 189. This fac-simile is in Har-
vard College Library.

The Labanoff Catalogue, 1823, no. 2067, gives an-
other portolano of Agnese of 1555; and one marked
Hecho en Venecia en lS$()por Baptista Agnose [sic] is
given by Harrisse, Cabots, p. 189, as in the collection
of Perez Junquera at Madrid.

There is in the library of the Minister of War in
Paris an elaborate portolano : Cosmographie tmiver-
selle selon les A^avigateurs, Tant anciens Qtie mo-
dernes : Par Guillaume Le Testu pilotte en La mer du
ponent: De La ville Franfoyse de Grace; and on a
later leaf, " Ce livre fut acheve Par Guillaume Le

Testu, Le Cinqiesme Jour dapuril 1555 Avant
pasques." Harrisse, Cabots, p. 242, speaks of it as an
adaptation of a Portuguese atlas, with the addition
of some French names. The northern regions of
North America are called " Francica." There is a
later map by Testu, dated May, 1566, preserved in
the cartographical bureau of the Ministry of Foreign
Affairs in Paris.

Wu ttke in his Geschichte der Erdkunde in the Jahres-
bericht of the " Verein fur Erdkunde in Dresden," 1870
(pp. 62, 63), refers to and sketches the American maps
in two atlases, associated with Gifalso, preserved in
the Palazzo Riccardi at Florence, and also to another
atlas of about 1 556-1 566, resembling those in the
Riccardi collection. One of them, dated 1550, con-
nects the west coast of America with the southern
coast of Zanga and China, and gives a deep gulf on
the eastern coast of the United States, a region
named " Terra di Licenciado." Further north is
"Terra di Dertoni " [? Bertoni, i. e. Bretons], and
still farther north is " Otachil." Another of the
maps gives a similar Asiatic prolongation to the
California coast line, with a deep indented bay at
the north, perhaps intended for Hudson's Bay.
From the same source Wuttke gives three maps of
the sixteenth century, showing both Americas. One
shows the whole of South America and the east
coast of North America, and puts " Ispagna nova "
in the northeast, neighboring to " Terra di Bacalos "
and " Terra di la S. Berton." A second shows
North America, both coasts ; but South America is
left undrawn in the central parts of both coasts. A
third completes the outline of South America, and
carries the western coast of North America just
above the "Mare Vermiglio" (Gulf of California).
These several sketches are given in plates vi., vii.,
and ix. of the Jahresbericht (1870) of the Dresden
" Verein fUr Erdkunde."

The map in the 1555 edition of Grynaeus's Novus
Orbis, with its recurrence to a state of geographical
knowledge at least forty years earlier, can hardly
be said to represent any reactionary views, but is
rather but the heedless reproduction of the by-gone
beliefs, shown in Miinster's earlier map of 1532,
already described in this bibliography. The only
variation is in the different size of the geographical
names. This map had already done service also in
the 1537 edition.

The folding wood-cut map of the two Americas by
Gaspar Vopelius is very rare, and has been produced
in fac-simile from the British Museum copy through
Harris's skill by Henry Stevens. It first appeared
in Girava's Dos Libros de Cosmographia, published
at Milan in 1556. The Harvard College copy lacks
the map. The Carter-Brown copy (Catalogue, i. no.
209) has it.

The next edition of Girava, La Cosmographia y
Geographia, appeared at Venice in 1570; but it is not
certain that the map reappeared in it, though col-
lectors insert sometimes the fac-simile of it. Ste-
vens, Hist. Coll. no. 241. The Harvard College copy
lacks it. Sabin, Dictionary, vii. no. 27,504, gives
only this edition, and says it should have a map.

There is in the British Museum [Catalogue of MS.
maps, 1844, vol. i. p. 27) a portolano marked " Diegus
Homen, Cosmographus, fecit hoc opus anno salutis
1558," which has the following American maps : —

No. 4. The world.

No. 10. East coast of North America.

No. II. South coast of North America and east
coast of South America.

No. 12. North and east coast of South America.

Kohl's Washington collection shows a Diego Ho-
mem map of 1 558.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

31

Harrisse,Caio/r, p. 243, cites also of this Portuguese
map-maker, wlio was settled at Venice, the follow-
ing:—

An atlas, apparently unfinished, resembling that in
the British Museum, and preserved in the Biblio-
thfeque Nationale at Paris, and dated about 1558.

An atlas in the Biblioteca Marciana, inscribed
" Diegus Homem Cosmographus me fecit anno do-
mini 1560."

Atlases of 1558 preserved in the library of the
Arsenal at Venice ; of 1559, in the Paris library; of
1561, in the library at Parma ; of 1569, but not show-
ing America; and of 1574, in the Paris library.

Harrisse, Cabots, p. 244, also cites a mappemonde of
Andreas Homo dated 1559, — " Universa ac Navi-
gabilis totius Terrarum Orbis Descriptio cum omni-
bus portubus ynsulis fluviis. . . . Andreas Homo,
Cosmographus Lusitanus me faciebat. Antwerpiae
anno Millessimo Quingentesimo Quinquegesimo
nono." This like the work of Homem was derived
largely from Portuguese sources. It is preserved in
the Department of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs at
Paris.

Harrisse, Cabots, p. 245, also cites a fragment of a
Spanish map, which shows a part of the American
coast from Cape Breton south. It was recently dis-
covered, and has been reproduced in Duro's Area de
Noe, Madrid, 1881, from the original in the library of
the Academy of History at Madrid. Though of
Spanish make, it is of Portuguese origin ; and per-
haps as late (1603) as Harrisse puts it, thougli Duro
seems to consider it earlier.

A more accurate delineation of America than had
appeared in any of Honter's earlier publications,
appeared in 1561 in the Basle edition of his De Cos-
mographice rudimentis. Muller, Books on America
(1877) no. 1459.

2. " Carta Marina nuova tavola." This is a re-
production of the chart no. 60 in the 1 548 Ptolemy,
and its view of the identity of North America and
eastern Asia had the year before (1560) been taken
by Paulo de Furlani, the Italiaij geographer, in his
map of the world, which turned the California coast
with a westerly trend, making it unite with the shores
of Quinsai and Mangi. This Furlani map is included
in the Kohl collection at Washington.

3. " Septentrionalium Partium nova tabula," — a
reproduction of the Zeni map, but varying from it in
the extension of the sea north of Norway, while in the
original a coast is drawn connecting Norway with
Greenland, and marked " Mare et terre incognite."

This map had originally appeared three years
before in a little book with the following title : —

De i commentarii del Viaggio in Persia di M. Cate-
rino Zeno il K. &= delle guerre fatte neW Imperio Per-
siano, dal tempo di Ussuncassano in quh, libri due.
Et dello scoprimento dell' hole Frislanda, Eslanda, En-
grouelanda^ Estotilanda &^ Icaria, fatta sotto^ il Polo
AriicOf da due fratelli Zeni, libra uno. Con un disegno
particolare di tutte le dette parte di Tramontana da lor
scoperte. Venetia, 1558.

It purported to be printed and the map to be
drawn from old family papers of the Zeni family,
which recorded a visit to the northern parts of the
Atlantic in 1380, — thought to be a mistake by R. H.
Major for 1390. The text and the map introduced
a large island called " Frislanda," which kept a place
for a long time in the succeeding geographical views.
Admiral Irrainger has contended that this island was
Iceland, and R. H. Major argues for the Faroe
Islands, which might have been incorrectly conceived
to be represented as a single large island instead of

a group, on the alleged original draft, used when in
a decayed condition by the compiler of the printed
map. (Royal Geog. Soc. Jmirnal, 1879, ^o'' ^l'^- 3981
412). The region called " Estotiland," supposed to
be on the American coast somewhere south of Green-
land, also took a firm hold of the cartographical
sense, and in later maps it designated sometimes the
main land and sometimes an island off the coast.
Eugfene Beauvois in Les Colonies Europeenes du
Markland e de VEscociland, Nancy, 1877, and also in
the Compte-Pendu of the Congres des Americanistes,
makes it include Eastern Maine, New Brunswick,
and a part of Lower Canada. Santarem in the Jlist.
de la Cartographic, iii. 141, says that an island in the
Baltic is called " Y Stotlandia " in Giovanni Lear-
do's mappemonde of 1448, preserved at Vicence.

The influence of the map on subsequent cartog-
raphy will be referred to later in connection with
Mercator's great map of 1569; the Theatrum Orbis
terrarum of Ortelius, 1570; Lok's map of 1582, as
given in Hakluyt's Divers Voyages; the maps in
Wytfliet's Continuation of Ptolemy in 1597, and in
the London edition of Linschoten, 1598.

The original De i Commentarii of 1558 has be-
come a rare book worth, without the map, a guinea
fifty years ago (Rich, Catalogue of 1832, no. 38), but
now priced at 60 to 75 francs. (Leclerc, Bibl. Amer,
no. 3002 ; Dufosse, Americana, no. 4,965 ; Beckford,
1883, Part iv. no. 644. Tross advertised a copy with
the map in 1882 at 150 francs. The Carter-Brown
copy has the genuine map ( Catalogue, i. no. 226), but
the Harvard College copy has it in facsimile. The
Mttrphy Catalogue, nos. 2798, 2799, shows copies with
the genuine map and with a facsimile map.

The map measures 12X15-} inches.

After the narrative had been given in the Ptolemy
now under consideration, that of 1561, and again in
the edition of 1562; and had been given further
prominence in the second volume of Ramusio (1559,
1574, and 1583) ; in Hakluyt's third volume (1600);
in Megiser's Septentrio Nmantiquus, Leipsig, 1613
(Cf. Murphy Catalogue, no. 1655), and in Capel's
Vorstellnngen des Norden, Hamburg, 1676, the inter-
est in it died out till revived in 1784 and 1786, by the
publication in German and English of those respec-
tive dates of J. R. Forster's Discoveries in the North-
ern Regions, who urged belief in the story, — a view
also taken in 1794 by Eggers, in his True site of
old East Greenland, published at Kiel. Euache the
geographer had also discussed the question in his
Vile de Frislande, in the papers of the Royal Acad-
emy of Sciences, 1784. A more important urging
in behalf of the narrative took place when Cardinal
Zurla published at Venice in 1808 his Dissertazione
intorno ai viaggi e scoperti settentrionali di Nicolo e
Antonio Frat. Zeni, — a subject again treated in his
Di Marco Polo e degli altri Viaggiatori Veneziani
piu illustri dissertazioni, published also at Venice in
1818. This work was accompanied by a reproduc-
tion of the original map and by a modern map, upon
which the sujiiposed track of the discoverer was
traced.

In 1831, Biddle, in his Memoir of Sebastian Cabot,
maintained the theory of an imposition, — a view
which was further enforced in 1835 by Zahrtmann in
the Royal Geog. Soc. Jouriml, V. 102, and by George
Folsom in the North American Review, July, 1838.
In 1845, J. H. Beedsdorff discussed the subject in
Gronland's Historiske Mindesmaerker. La Roquette
furnished the discussion in Michaud's Biographic
Universclle.

For nearly twenty years there was little attention
paid to the Zeni narrative, till Mr. Major revived the
discussion by the publication of it, with a translation

32

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

and commentary, through the auspices of the Hak-
luyt Society in 1873. ^^ ^^^ same year (1873) he
also printed a paper in the Royal Geog. Soc. Journal,
on " The Lost Colony of Greenland," which likewise
involved the question ; and in the next year he epit-
omized his views in the Proceedings (October, 1874)
of the Mass. Hist. Society, — each of his papers
being accompanied by the map.

In Mr. Major's judgment, the good parts of the
map are of the 14th century gathered by the ear on
the spot; while the bad was of the i6th century, mis-
apprehended from the ancient narrative by the young
Zeno, who patched up the map and text. Major also
claims that confirmation of the Zeno narrative is
gained from Ivan Bardsen's chorography or sailing
directions for reaching Greenland from Iceland, and
that it enables the investigator to fix the lost colony
at Cape Farewell. Sir H. C. Rawlinson comments
on Major's views in his address before the Royal
Geog. Society, printed in its Journal, 1873, p.
clxxxvii.

Professor Konrad Maurer also, in the same year
(1873), maintained that the Zeno of 1558 compiled
the narrative from various sources.

The more recent discussions have been by De Si-
moni in the Giornale Ligustico, 1878 ; by Fr. Krarup
of Copenhagen in the Geografish Tidskrifl, ii. 145
(1878), in a paper called, "Zeniernes Rejse til Nor-
den, et Tolkning Forsoeg," which is accompanied by
two maps ; by Paul Gaffarel in the Revue de Geogra-
phie, Oct. and Nov. 1880 ; by Ruge in his Geschichte
des Zeitalters der Entdeckungen, published at Berlin
in 1881, accompanied by the map ; by A. E. Nordens-
kiold, in his Om brbderna Zenos resor och de dldsta
Kartor bfner norden, Stockholm, 1883, in which there
are facsimiles of the original map, and of that in the
Ptolemy of 1561; and by Professor Dr. Steenstrup,
in a paper, "Zeni'ernes Reiser i Norden," in the
Aabiger of the Royal Society of Northern Antiquaries,
Copenhagen, 1883. In this last contribution is a
reduction of the Zeno map. This paper has also a
reproduction of the Zeno Frisland on a large scale,
comparing it with a modern map of Iceland; and
likewise it gives the northern parts of the 1558 map
on a large scale. Dr. Steenstrup reviews the opin-
ions of Major, Krarup, and Irminger.

Of the map Henry Stevens in his Bibliotheca geo-
graphica, no. 3,104, says that "if it be genuine, the
most of its geography is false, while a part of it is
remarkably accurate." For instance, the delineation
of Greenland was far more accurate than any that
had appeared uji to 1558.

There are, besides those already mentioned, other
facsimiles or reproductions of the original map,
mostly reduced in size, in the Annales des Voyages of
Malte Brun, who is a believer, as is Lelewel, in his
Geog. du Moyen Age, ii. 169, and iii., where will be
found " Tavola di navicare di Nicolo et Antonio
Zeni et les Cartes des regions septentrionales a
I'epoque de sa publication en 1558." Cf. also Vol.
iv. 85. Again others in the Carter-Brown Catalogue,
i. p. 211; Kohl's Discovery of Maine, p. 97; Ban-
croft's Central America, i. 81 ; Gay's Pop. Hist. U. S.,
i. 84.

George E. Emery of Lynn issued in 1877 a fac-
simile of the map, with identifications of the locali-
ties.

Cf. also De Costa's Northmen in Maine; Asher's
Henry Hudson, p. clxiv ; Humboldt's Examen Cri-
tique, ii. 120; Gaffarel's Jz-tude sur fAmirique avant
Colomb, etc. ; Buache's Frislatide.

In an anonymous sea-chart of perhaps the 15th
century, in the Ambrosian library at Milan, there is
an island " Fixlanda " in a position corresponding to

Frislandia of the Zeno chart. (Studi biog. e bibliog.
delta soc. geog. ital. ii. no. 400). In an anonymous
Catalan chart of the end of the fifteenth century, the
same island is called apparently " Frixlanda." (Ibid.
no. 404).

4. " Schonlandia," the northwestern part of Eu-
rope. A long triangular island, " Thyle," represents
Iceland. North of it a land partly surrounded by
a " mare congelatum," and representing Greenland,
bears two small circles (towns) named " Scalholdin "
and " Holensis." The land extends towards Norway,
from which it seems to be separated by a narrow
strait. Much in the same way Ziegler in his Schon-
dia (a part of his general work on Scandinavia and
Palestine, printed at Strasbourg in 1532 and again in
1536) gives in his accompanying map in the north-
west corner a land which he calls " Gronlandia,"
making " Terra Bacallaos " the eastern part of it.

5. " Tierra nova," — South America, better shaped
than in no. i, and without any doubtful part of its
coast. The Amazon is made to rise west of the
mouth of the La Plata.

What we now know as the Falkland Islands are
called by the name of Sanson, a navigator of whom
nothing is known. They are called "Ys de San-
sone" in the Cabot mappemonde of 1544. Tho-
massy, Les Papes geographes, p. 118, cites a map of
unknown authorship, which gives the same designa-
tion to these islands. This last map is also of inter-
est as showing what part of America was held at
about this time to be cut off for Portugal by the
demarcation line of Alexander VI.

6. "Nueva Hispania." Shows Florida and the
isthmus on the east, and the peninsula of California
on the west. The Gulf of California is called " Mar
Vermeio." The Gulf of Mexico has four coast
streams, one of which rises in the lake, where the
City of Mexico is situated.

This may be compared with the map of Temistitan
in Ramusio.

7. " Tierra nueva." The eastern coast of North
America from Labrador to 34° north latitude. It is
reproduced in Kohl, Discovery of Maine, p. 233, and
in Lelewel's Moyen Age, p. 170. Cf. Harrisse, Cabots,

P- 237-

A hook probably representing Cape Cod is " C. de
s. Maria ; " Maine is " Larcadia ; " New Brunswick
is " Tierra de Nurumberg ; " Newfoundland is broken
into a group of islands which fill what stands for the
Gulf of St. Lawrence ; but the river of that name
makes a strait which with a sweep to the northwest
connects the gulf with what may stand for Passama-
quoddy Bay. North of this strait is "Tierra del
Bacalaos."

This map of Ruscelli bears a close resemblance to
the map of New France given in Ramusio, iii. p. 425,
which represents Newfoundland as a group of islands,
and no further notices Cartier's discoveries than in
giving a strait separating the group of islands from
the main, which is bisected by a river, which cuts
off a region that may stand for New Brunswick
and Nova Scotia, which bears the name " La Nuova
Francia," with " Terra de Nurumbega " filling up the
Bay of Fundy. A sketch of the Ramusio map is
given in Kohl's Discovery of Maine, p. 227. It is
ascribed to Jacomo di Gastaldi, and is supposed to
have been made in 1550. Cf. Harrisse, Nouvelle
France, no. 292.

Harrisse, Nouvelle France, no. 188, cites a map of
the northeast coasts of North America of about the

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

33

middle of the century, preserved in the Mus^e Correr
at Venice.

Kolil, Discovery of Maim, p. 317, quotes a map by
Nicollo del Dolfinato, which appeared in Naviga-
tioni del Mondo nuovo, Venice, 1560, and gives a
sketch of the coast from Florida to Labrador.

ICohl, Discovery of Maine, p. 377, gives a sketch
of the eastern coast of North America from Florida
to Greenland, drawn after Homem's Portolano, al-
ready referred to. The coast from Maine south is
very badly drawn; but one of the earliest plots of
the Bay o£ Fundy is given. The Gulf of St. Law-
rence spreads curiously westward through an airchi-
pelago into a northern sea. Homem was a Portuguese
map-maker, and clearly a believer in a northwestern
transit to India.

The plate in Ramusio, p. 447, called " Hochelaga "
(Montreal) is a bird's-eye view of an Indian settle-
ment. It is reproduced in Charton's Voyageurs,
vol. iv.

8. " Brasil." The eastern part of South America,
with the north at the right. Cf. the maps of " Bre-
sil " m Ramusio, pp. 428, 431.

9. " Isola Cuba nova."

10. " Isola Spagnola nova."

The British Museum MSS. Catalogue, no. 27,303,
also shows a chart of the American coast line by B.
Lopez ; and Kohl in his Washington Collection cites
a Mercator map of 1555, and one by Fr. Camocio of
1560.

The maps of this edition of Ptolemy were repeated
in the editions of 1562, 1564, and 1574.

Copies : (1) Library of Congress. (2) Boston
Public Library, — shelf-mark, 4152.2. (3) Carter-
Brown Library, — but not in its catalogue. (4) The
Henry C. Murphy Library. (5) J. Hammond jyum-
bull.

References: Grjesse, Trlsor de livres, v. 502;
Library of Congress Catalogue (1S67), p. 332; Ste-
vens, Hist. Coll., i. no. 679; Walckenaer Catalogue,
no. 2260; Dufosse, Americana, nos. 2973, 4872 (22
francs) ; Weigel, Catalog, no. 1482 (15 marks) ; Qua-
ritch. Catalogue (1880), p. 1155; YJ:>ti\., Discovery of
Maine, 297; Lelewel, Geog. du Moyen Age, ii. 170;
Murphy Catalogue, no. 206S. A fine copy was priced
in Italy in 1S83 at 24 lire.

1562.

Title: Geographia CI. Ptolemcei Alexandrini olim
a Bilibaldo Pirckheimherio trdslata, at nunc mitltis
codicibus grcecis collata, pluribusque in locis ad pristi-
nam ueritatem redacta a losepho Moletio mathematico.
, , . Adsunt Ixiiii Tabulcs, xxvii nempe antiques dr^
reliqucE novce, quce totam continent terram, nostra, ac
Ptolemcei cetdti cognitam. Typisq ; ceneis excussce. In-
dices rerum qua tractantur copiosissimi. [Wood-
cut, — two hands sustaining a cross, with serpent
wound about it, and the word " T'incent."'[ Venetiis,
apud Vincentium Valgrisium. MDLXII. (Copied
from the Harvard College copy.)

Description: Quarto. Title and three prelimi-
nary leaves, including dedication by Moletius to Car-
dinal Alo5-sius Cornelius, the last page blank. Liber
primus, pp. 1-112; liber secundus, etc., pp. 1-286;
64 maps, of which six are of America, with descrip-
tions ; index capitum, etc., 31 unnumbered leaves ;
errorum recognitio, one page, reverse blank.

Maps: Same as in the 1561 edition.

Copies: (1) Library of Congress. (2) Carter-
Brown Library. (3) The Henry C. Murphy Library.
(4) James Carson Brevoort. (5) Samuel L. M. Bar-
low. (6) Harvard College Library, — lacks the
maps.

References : Library of Congress Catalogue (\Z(>']],
p. 332 ; Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 239 ; Graesse,
Tresor de livres, v. 502 ; Walckenaer Catalogue, no.
2255; Sunderland Catalogue, iv. 10,355; Stevens,
Hist. Coll.,no. 1557 ; MuWer, Books on America {187^),
no. 3255; (1877) no. 2627; Weigel, Catalogue, no.
1479; Murphy Catalogue, no. 2059.

1564.

Title: La Geografia di Claudio Tolomeo, Alessan-
drino, iiitovamente tradotta di Greco in Italia?io da
leronimo liuscelli. . . . Aggiuntovi un pieno discorso
de M. Gioseppe Moleto Matematico. . . . Et con una
nuova &^ copiosa Tavola de nomi antichi, dichiarati co i
nomi nioderni &^ con molte altre cose Utillissime &^
necessarie, che cihscuno leggendo potia conoscere. In
Venetia Appresso Giordano Ziletti, al segno delta Stella
MD.LXIIII. (Copied from the Carter-Brown Cata-
logue).

Description : Quarto. Title and five preliminary
leaves ; text, 358 pages ; with 28 copper-plate maps,
accompanied by descriptions.

Maps: Twenty-eight in number, copper plate,
being the old part of the 1561 and 1562 editions.

Copies : (1) Carter-Brown Library. (2) Samuel
L. M. Barlow, — bound with the modern part.

References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 251,
252; Dufosse, Aviericana, nos. 2974, 4873, 7413.

1564.

Title : Expositioni et Introdtittioni universali Di
leronimo Rvscelli sopra tutta la Geografia di Tolomeo.
Con xxxvi mcove Tavola in istampe di rame, cosi del
mondo conosciuto da gli antichi, come del mtovo. Con
la carta da nauicare, Sr' con piii altre cose intorno alia
cosmografia, cosi per mare, come per terra. Con privi-
legio dell' Illustrissimo Senato Veneto, dr" d' altri Prin-
ctpi per anni XV. In Venitia, Appresso Giordano Zi-
letti, al Segno delta Stella, MDLXIIII. (Copied from
the Barlow copy.

Description: Quarto. Title; 27 unnumbered
leaves; maps with descriptions; "Discorso di M.
Gioseppe F. Morando," 47 pages, numbered ; index,
24 leaves.

Maps: Thirty-six copper-plate maps, with de-
scription, being the modern part of the maps in the
1 561 and 1562 editions.

Copies ; (1) Carter-Brown Library. (2) S. L.
M. Barlow, — bound with the ancient part.

References: Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 252.

%* These t\vo parts of the 1564 edition are often found
together, as one work, counterparting, as far as the 64 maps go,
the editions of 1561 and 1562.

1568.

An edition (Venice) is cited by Santarem in Bull,
de la soc.de Geog., 1837 (viii.), p. 176; and in his
Vespucius, Childe's tr., p. 160.

34

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

1571.

According to Lelewel, Giog. du Moyen Age, ii.
209, Henricus Petrus of Basle gives the maps of Ptol-
emy engraved on vifood, in his edition of Strabo.

1574.

Title : La Geografia di Claudia Tolomeo, gid, tra-
dotta di Greco in Italiano da M. Gier. Ruscelli &'
hora in questa nova editione da M. Gio. Malombra
riconetta Or' fiurgata. Con /' Esfositioni del Ruscelli.
Tavola de' Nomi antichi dal Malombra. Et con
un Discorso di Moleto. In Venetia, Giordano Ziletti,
IS74-

Description: Small quarto. Title and 7 pre-
liminary leaves ; Tavola, 32 leaves, the last blank ;
text, 350 pages ; 27 maps, each on two leaves, with
text; Exposition!, 28 leaves, the last blank; 37 maps;
Discorso di Moleto, 65 pages.

Maps: The same as in the editions of 1561 and
1562.

Copies: (1) Library of Congress. (2) Philadel-
phia Library, — bequeathed by the Rev. Samuel
Preston, of England, in 1804. (3) Carter-Brown
Library, — though not in its Catalogue. (4) The
Henry C. Murphy Library. (5) Astor Library. (6)
Trinity College, Hartford, bought at the J. J. Cooke
sale, 1883 (^Catalogue, ii. no. 1947), for 131.00.

References : Library of Congress Catalogue (1867),
p. 332 ; Stevens, Hist. Coll., no. 680 ; Walckenaer
Catalogue, no. 2261 ; Dufosse, Americana, nos. 2975,
4874; Philadelphia Library Catalogue, p. 614; Astor
Library Catalogue, p. 1525, where the date is wrongly
given 1 573 ; Murphy Catalogue, no. 2070.

1575.

An edition (Venice) with maps is cited by Santa-
rem in Bull, de la soc. de Geog., 1837 (viii.), p. 176;
and in his Vespucius, Childe's tr., p. 160.

1578.

Title : Tabula Geographies Claudii Ptolem^i ad
mentem autoris restitutio <Sr= emendat^ Per Gerardum
Mercatorem. [Ed. cura A, Mylii-I

Colophon : Colonice Aggripince typis Godefridi Kern-
fensis. Anno Virginei partus M.D.LXXVIII. (Cop-
ied from the Huth Catalogue.)

Description: Large folio. Engraved title and
preface, 4 leaves ; 2 leaves ; A-Cc in twos ; map of
Egypt between M and N ; index a-h i in twos.
Some of the copies have no " privilege."

Maps : The first edition with Mercator's series of
maps, 29 in number, engraved on copper, and usu-
ally colored, confined to the old world.

Lelewel, Geog. du Moyen Age, ii. 190, indicates the
discredit into which the Ptolemean system fell, after
the advent of Mercator.

Copies : (1) The Henry C. Murphy Library.
(2) Jajnes Carson Brevoort, — a copy which was
originally Mercator's own, and has attached to it the
only copy known of Mercator's double-heart pro-
jection of the map of the world, published by him in
1538, when twenty-eight years old. The volume has
a MS. inscription on the title : " D. LoUio Aedama
amico sumnopere colendo Gerardus Mercator, dd."

References: Raemdonck, Mercator, 250; Huth
Catalogue, iv. 1200; Quaritch, Catalogue (1880), 948
(35 sh.) ; Muller, Books on America (1875), no. 3256;

(1877) no. 2629; Charles P. Daly's Early Cartogra-
phy, 35, 38 ; E. F. Hall's Gerard Mercator, in Bul-
letin of the American Geog. Soc. 1878, p. 173, with
Mr. Brevoort's appendix ; Murphy Catalogue, no.
Z059.

1582.

An edition (Basle) is cited by Santarem in Bull,
deja Soc. de Giog., 1837 (viii.), p. 176.

1584.

Title : CI. Ptolemaei Alexandrini, Geographies libri
octo, recogniti iam et diligenter emendati cum tabulis
geographicis ad mentem auctoris restitutis ac emendatis,
per Gerardum Mercatorem, Illustriss. Ducis Clitiensis
etc Cosmographum Cum gratia (5r= Privilegio sac Caes.
Males Cat. M.D.LXXXIV.

Colophon : Colonice Agrippina typis Godefridi Kem-
pensis. Anno Virginei partus, M.D.LXXXIIII.
(Copied from the Boston AtheuEeum Copy.)

Description: Large folio. Title engraved, in-
cluding a vignette map of the Ptolemy world, one
leaf ; inscription to Abraham Ortelius by Arnoldus
Mylius, dated " Colonise Calendis lulii. Anno D.
1583," one leaf; text, pp. 1-108 ; index, 15 leaves;
one leaf blank ; 28 maps, double-sheet, with text on
back, with one (appendix) map ; Mercator's Emenda-
tions, 4 leaves; index of names, 16 leaves, with
colophon on reverse of the last.

Maps : Pertain to the old world only, being the
same as in the 1578 edition.

Copies; (1) Yale College Library, — lacking the
maps. (2) Boston Athenceum, — bought in 1847;
has a few MS. notes. (3) Baltimore Mercantile
Library. (4) The Henry C. Murphy Library.

References : Boston Athenceum Catalogue, p.
2439 ; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2256 ; Graesse,
Tresor de livres, v. 502; Muller, Books on America
(1877), no. 2628; Raemdonck, Mercator, 250; Mur-
phy Catalogue, no. 2059.

1596.

Title : Claudii Ptolemcei Geographice Universalis
turn veteris turn novce absolutissimum opus duobus vo-
luminibus distinctum libri octo ; quorum primus illus-
tratus est h lo. Antonio Magino Patavino. In secundo
volumine insunt Ptohncei antique orbis tabulcz xxvii ;
et tabulcs xxxvii recentiores, . . . Auctore eodevi I. A.
Magino. Venetiis, apud Haeredes Simonis Galignani
de Karera, CIo.Ij.XCVI.

Description : Quarto, in two volumes. Title ;
five preliminary leaves ; text, 184 and 47 pages ;
table, ig leaves ; " Pars secunda," title (with map on
reverse), and including title, 292 leaves; table, 26
leaves, with 64 maps.

The description of America is in the 2d volume,
folios 279-291.

This is the first edition of a series which includes
other editions in 1597, 1608, and 1617.

Maps : Sixty-four in number, differing from those
in the 1574 edition, and more particularly described
(later) under the Cologne-Arnheim edition of 1597,
as found in the Mass. Hist. Society's copy of that
date.

Copies: (1) Astor Library. (2) Carter-Brown
Library, — but not in the catalogue.

References : Astor Library Catalogue, p. 1525,
Stevens, Hist. Coll., i. no. 681.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

35

1597.

Title ; Descriptionh Ptolemaica Augmentiim. Skie
Occidentis NoHtia Breui Commentario illustrata Stu-
dio et opera Comely Wytfliet Louaniensis. Lcfvanii
Tijpis lohannis Bogardi Anno Domini M.D.XCVII.
(Copied from the Harvard College copy.)

Description : Folio. Engraved title and three
preliminary leaves. [Part I.] text, pp. 1-92 ; map,
" Utriusque hemispherii delineatio " ; [Part II.] text,
pp. 93-191 with 18 maps interspersed ; list of maps,
with errata below, i page. A second issue of the
same year omits the errata.

Maps : They are entirely devoted to America,
and constitute the earliest general American atlas.
They are as follows : —

I. " Utriusque hemispherii delineatio." The west-
ern hemisphere shows the outline of the two Amer-
icas more accurately than in the 1 561 edition. The
unknown coast in the northwest of North America
is now defined, with the straits of Anian separating
it from Asia. ■ California is still a peninsula. A cir-
cular inland sea, standing probably for Hudson's
Bay, is marked "mar dulce," and is connected with
the Arctic waters. " Groenlant " is an arctic island
with " Groclant " west of it. The name and exist-
ence of Grocland seems to have come in by a mis-
conception. Johannes Kolnus was sent out from
Scandinavia to carry recruits to Greenland, which he
called Grocland, — hence the confusion.

Labrador is " No. Francia," north of which is
Hudson's straits without the bay, and beyond that,
farther north is " Estotilant." The St. Lawrence Gulf
stretches west into a river, but no lakes are beyond.
" Norumbega " here first appears on a Ptolemy map.
.The northern continent is called "America sive
India nova." South America is without general
name. " Terra del Fuego " is extended into a large
antarctic continent.

Except for the edition of 1 596, repeated this year,
1597, and yet to be described, it was thirty-six years
since there had been a new delineation in the Ptol-
emy series of the American continents, the maps of
the 1 561 edition serving during the interval, but
various maps, MS. or published, had marked the
progress of geographical knowledge ; and some of
the most significant may be briefly enumerated : —

1 562. A map of Diego Guitierrez, cited by Kohl
in his Washington collection.

1562. A carta nautica of Paolo Forlani, pre-
served in the National library at Paris, and given
by Santarem.

1563. The atlas of Giorgio Sideri detto CuUa-
poda di Candia, in the Biblioteca Marciana at
Venice.

1 564. Baptista Agnese. Cf . British Museum Cat. of
MSS., no. 25442, with this title, Baptista agnese fecit
venetiis anno dhi 1564 die 25 mai, belonging to an
atlas of nine leaves ; and Matkovic gives one of
the same date as being in the Marciana. Harrisse,
Cabots, p. 189.

Beside the atlases of Agnese, which have been
enumerated thus far in this bibliography under their
dates, there are various undated and anonymous
works, similar in manner to his, and which are at-
tributed to him by Harrisse, Cabots, p. 190, namely : —

1. Atlas in the Paris library, no. 18249.

2. Portolano, thought to have been ordered by
Charles V. for his son Philippe, in the Spitzer collec-
tion at Paris, and described in Spitzer and Weiner's

Portulan de Charles-Quint donni ct Philippe II, ac-
compagnl d'une notice explicative, Paris, 1875 (14 pho-
tographs).

3. Atlas in the library of the faculty of medicine
at Montpellier. Cf. M. professor Cons in Soc. Ian-
guedocienne de gSog., Montpellier, 1878, i. p. 432.

4. Portolano in royal library at Dresden, described
by Kohl in Discovery of Maine, pp. 293, 316.

5. In the ducal library at WolfenbUttel.

6. In the royal library at Munich. Kunstmann's
Atlas, pi. vi. and vii.

7. In the library of Baron Edmond de Rothchild.

Harrisse, Cabots, p. 191, points it out as a pecu-
liarity of the Agnese maps that Greenland is always
with him " Baccalaos " ; and that he indicates by
dotted lines various routes of navigation through
and around America, sometimes by Cape Horn " a
la Maluche " ; then by Panama, " el viago de peru " ;
then by the north of Canada, across an isthmus to
the Pacific; but in the portolano of 1536, the pas-
sage is unbroken by land, and called " el viago de
franza" (see Kohl, Discovery of Maine, 292), which
Harrisse thinks rather a reminiscence of Verrazano
than of Cartier. Agnese seems not to have advanced
in his views as he grew older, and preserved remark-
ably through all his series a geographical delinea-
tion of the same type. He still keeps Newfoundland
a part of the main in 1 564. His prototype, accord-
ing to Harrisse, Cabots, p. 193, was the Toreno map,
published in 1534. The Spitzer map, above-men-
tioned, Harrisse would date about 1542, and he draws
from it the conclusion that at that date the Spanish
geographers from whom Agnese borrowed, knew no
more of the Newfoundland regions than was known
in the time of Ribero and Chaves.

1565. The catalogue of the king's maps in the
British Museum puts under 1562 a map entitled:
Universale Descrittione di tutta la Terra Cognosciuta
da Paulo di Forlani ; but Thomassy (Les Papes
geographes, p. 118) cites it as published at Venice in
1565, and says it strongly resembles Gastaldi's map,
and is perhaps the same one credited to Forlani
under 1570, as showing the recent discoveries in
Canada. It is contained in the so-called Roman
atlas of Lafreri, Tavole modertie di Geografia, Rome
and Venice, 1 554-1 572. Cf. Manno and Promis,
Noiizie di Jacopo Gastaldi, 1881, p. 19 ; and Harrisse,
Cabots, p. 237. Kohl in his MS. Essay on the Car-
tography of the West Coast of North America, now
in the library of the American Antiq. Soc, describes
and gives a drawing of that part of a map published
by " Paulo de Furlano," showing the straits of Anian,
and says that Furlano is reputed to have received it
in 1574 from a Spanish nobleman, Don Diego Her-
mano of Toledo. Kohl also gives the eastern coast
from it in his collection at Washington.

1566. Ghillany's Behaim, p. 60, describes a brass
globe by Johannes Prsetorius, preserved in the Town
Hall at Nuremberg, Wieser (Magalhdes-Strasse,
p. 70) refers to a similar globe of the same maker,
dated 1568, and preserved in the Mathematical Salon
at Dresden.

1566. An engraved map (23 X 21 inches) by
Johannes Paulus Cimberlinus of Verona, showing
North America as a part of Asia. Mr. J. Carson
Brevoort has a copy. Cf. Catalogue of the King's
maps in the British Museum.

1566. An engraved map (15^ X loj inches) by
Zalterius of Bologna, issued at Venice, with the fol-
lowing title: "II Disegno del discoperto della nova
Franza il quale s' e hauuto ulti mamente dalla novis-
sima navigatione d^ Francezi in quell luogo : Nel
quale si vedono tutti 1' Isole, Porti, Capi et luoghi

36

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

fra terra che in cjuella sono. Venetiis seneis formis
Bolognini Zulterii. Anno M.D.LXVI." It extended
to the west coast, and showed the straits of Anian,
then supposed to separate America from Asia, for
the first time on any engraved map, according to
Kohl in his manuscript preserved in the American
Antiquarian Society's library, who gives a sketch of
this portion of it. It was a few years later copied
in part by Ortelius. Cf. Harrisse, Notes stir la Nou-
velle France, no. 295.

1 566. A map of Des Liens preserved in the Bib-
liotheque Nationale at Paris.

1567. Santarem in the .§«//. de la Soc. Giog. (1837),
viii. p. 175, quotes an atlas in the library of Ternaux,
which has a map of the new world. It is not men-
tioned in Ternaux's Blbl, AviSricaine.

1568. A general map of America, by Diego
Homem, cited in Kohl's collection in Washington.
The original is in the Royal library at Dresden.

1569. The great mappemonde of Gerard Merca-
tor, the first in which he introduced his now well-
known projection, — the only copy of which is pre-
served in the National library, Paris. Cf. D'Ave-
zac's " Coup d' ceil historique sur la projection des
cartes," in the Bull, de la Soc. Giog., 1863; E. F.
Hall's " Gerard Mercator " in the Bull, of the Amer.
Geog. Soc, 1878 ; Chas. P. Daly's Early Cartography,
p. 38. _ _ _

A full size facsimile of the map is given in Jo-
mard's Monuments de la Giog., pi. xxi. ; but it omits
the legends given in squares on the map, but these
are reproduced in Lelewel's Giog. du Moyen Age, i.
pi. 5 ; also cf. i. p. xcviii. and ii. 181, 225. A reduc-
tion from Jomard's engraving is given by Daly in
his Early Cartography, p. 38. Sections are given in
Kohl's Discovery of Maine, p. 384 ; Brown's Cape
Breton ; and Historical Mag., i858.

The distinctive features of the map are a com-
pleted western coast to North America, with the
Straits of Anian ; the establishment of a type of
delineation for Groenland, Groclant, and Labrador,
which obtained for some years ; the extension of the
St. Lawrence inland, with no sign as yet of the great
lakes ; and Tierra del Fuego is expanded into a large
circumpolar continent.

1 570. There is in the Paris library a finely exe-
cuted MS. map of a demi-eliptical projection called
Carte itniverselle. Description du monde avec le vrai
traite des vents, faicte par Jehan Cossin en Dieppe,
marinnier en Ian 1570, which gives a Portuguese no-

■ menclature. Harrisse, Cabots, p. 217.

1570, etc. Ortelius's Theatrum orbis terrarum, the
exemplar of the modern general atlas ; the contour
given to America is a pretty close reproduction of
Mercator ; and it can be seen in Lelewel. It appears
both in the mappemonde and in the separate map of
America.

The bibliography of Ortelius is traced in the Nar.
and Crit. Hist, of America, vol. iii. 34 ; iv. 369.
There were various later editions.

1572. Porcacchi's L' isole piu famose del Mondo,
Venice. This first edition has two maps showing
America. In one (p. 114) the western coast of
North America is cut off by the edge of the plate,
and the extreme eastern parts are called " Terra de
Laborador," with an island lying off it. The outline
of the whole is compact, without much detail about
the northeastern parts. An indentation in the coast
line, with a few islands in it, is all that marks the St.
Lawrence gulf, and the river of that name does not
appear.

In the other map (p. 109) an eliptical-shaped
mappemonde shows a bit of Asia (Anian and
Mangi) projecting from the left edge of the ellipse,

and separated by a strait from western America,
whose general shape is much the same as in the
other map. The most distinguishing interior feature
is a lake, which flows into the Atlantic by a river
midway down the eastern coast of North America.

Both maps have the amplified Tierra del Fuego
continent, and reappear, unchanged in the edition
of 1576. The later mentioned of the two maps is
given in facsimile in Steven's Hist, and Geog. Notes.

The 1576 edition (also Venice with colophon,
1575) shows additional maps, having 47 in all,
and pages 157-184 are given to the American
islands. Beside the map of the world and a mari-
time chart, "Carta da navigar" (p. 198), it has maps
of Cuba, etc., and " la Cittk e isola Temistitan "
(Mexico). There is a copy in Harvard College
library, and in the collection of Charles Deane. Cf.
Stevens, Hist. Coll., i. p 82; Carter-Brown Catalogue,
i. 309; Muller, Books on America (1872), no. 1255.

There was still another edition of Porcacchi pre-
ceding Wytfliet, and issued at Venice in 1590. There
is a copy of this edition in the Boston Public library.
Cf. Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 393 ; Murphy Cat-
alogue, 2010.

1573. Lelewel, Giog. du Moyen Age, i. pi. 6, gives
a sketch of MS. Spanish map, and describes it, vol.
i. p. ci; ii. 114. He says it was taken from Spain to
Warsaw, but disappeared later.

1573. A portolano of F. Vas Durado [British
Museum MSS. 31317). Stspost, sub anno, 1580.

1574. A mappemonde of this date, engraved by
Philippus Galljeus, " Tiipus orbis terrarum," is
found in the Enchiridion Philippi Gallaei per Hago-
nem Favoliutn, a book of hexameters, published at
Antwerp in 1585, in quarto. It has also a small map
(p. 4), " Americse sive novi orbis nova descriptio."
Cf. Leclerc, Bibliotheca Americaim, no. 206 (25 fr.).

1575. Andre Thevet's La Cosmographie Univer-
selle, 2 vols., folio, Paris. This book was used by
Wytfliet, and from it he copies an account of the
river of Norumbega. Thevet claimed to have been
on the coast in 1556; but he is accused of mendacity,
by many writers, and not altogether without reason.
He first published his Les Singularitez de la France
Antarctique in 1557 at Paris {Huth Catalogue, iv.
1464; and a Boston sale catalogue, 1844, when a
copy of this date, brought $iy), though the date is
usually given 1558 (Ternaux, Bibl. Amir. no. 81 j
Brinley Catalogue, 150; Carter-Brown Catalogue, i.
no. 225; O'Callaghan Catalogue, rva. 22i,i>; Maisson-
neuve, 1 881, 400 francs ; Quaritch, £,i "js.), for the
first Paris and for the Antwerp edition. The Har-
vard College library has the Antwerp edition. There
were later Italian (1561 and 1584) and English (1568)
versions ; and in 1878 it was reprinted at Paris with
notes by P. Gaffarel.

It is Thevet's later book, the Cosmographie, which
has the map of America, of chief interest in our
study. It is engraved on wood, and follows for the
most part that of Ortelius. North America is called
" Terre-neuve." Le Clerc, Bibl. Amer., no. 2652,
gives a map of his entitled "Le nouveau monde
descouvert & illustre de nostre temps, Paris, G.
Chaudifere, 1581," — which is called another produc-
tion by Harrisse, Cabots, p. 252, and Kohl says it
belongs to the France Antarctique. Cf. Carter-Brown
Catalogue, i. no. 599; Kohl, Discovery of Maine, p.
416; De Costa, Northmen in Maine ; Hist. Mag. (by
J. H. Trumbull), xvii. 239; Mag. of Am. Hist, viii.
228 (Feb. 1882J. Kohl includes this Thevet map
in his Washington collection.

'.575- Belief orest's Cosmographia has a map in
which North America is called " America sive India
nova"; and " Bresil" stands on South America.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

37

1576. A heart-shaped mappemonde accompanied
Sir Humphrey Gilbert's Discourse of a Discoverie
for a new passage to Cataia, in which he recounts
traditions of America having been sailed through,
and his belief of its insular character. The map is
very rare, but it is in the Lenox and Carter-Brown
copies, and is given in reduced facsimile in the Cata-
logue (i. p. 258) of the latter library ; and a facsimile
of the American portion is given in the Narrative
and Critical History of America, iii. ch. 6. The book
brought $255 in the Brinley sale, no. t^. The Straits
of Anian are shown with Giapan, an island south of
them, midway between the two coasts. The Gulf
of California is not drawn, but there is a considera-
ble forked inlet farther north. An Arctic sea is be-
yond 50° north. The continent ends eastward on
what IS perhaps the line of the Hudson ; beyond
this a stretch of islands, large and small, extending
northeasterly, are called Canada, with a small island,
Honchelay, north of it. Then an island, not named,
but probably Newfoundland, with Baccalaos, a small
island east, and Labrador, a large island, northeast ;
and a still larger island, Grondlandia, north of Labra-
dor. The northern continent is marked " America " ;
but Peru in the northwest corner is the only name
on South America. There is the usual large An-
tarctic continent of this period.

1576. Wieser in his Magalhdes-Strasse, p. 72, re-
fers to Philip Apian's erdglobus in the Hof-biblio-
thek at Munich.

1578. George Best's True discourse of the late
voyage of discoverie for the finding of a passage to
Cathaya by the northiaeast under the conduct of Martin
Frobisher, Generall, is a rare book, with a map indi-
cating Frobisher's idea of the northern regions.
The essential parts are given in facsimile in CoUin-
son's Martin Frobisher, and in the Narrative and
Critical History of America, iii. ch. j. Cf. Carter-
Brown Catalogue, i. no. 319. There is also a copy
in the Lenox library. Kohl, Maps mentioned in
Hakluyt, p. 18, traces the authorship of these charts
(the other is of Frobisher's Straits only) to James
Beare, Frobisher's principal surveyor.

1578. In the British Museum are various MS.
maps by Joan Martines of Messina. Copies are in
Kohl's Washington collection. Cf. Cat. of MS. maps
in Brit. Mus., i. p. 29; Brit. Mus. MSS., no. 22018.

1578. Cellarius's Speculum orbis terrarum, Ant-
werp, impensis Gerardi de Jode. A folio atlas.
Among the maps are a mappemonde, and one of
South America with views of Mexico and Cusco.
Weigel, Catalogue (1877), no. 36.

1580. Vaz Dourado's map given in facsimile in
Kunstmann's Atlas. (See ante, sub anno 1573.)

1580. John Dee's Bake of Idrography, a MS. pre-
served in the British Museum.

1582. De la Popelliniere's Les Trois mondes, pub-
lished at Paris. It has a folding woodcut mappe-
monde, which closely resembles the original Ortelius
map and that of Mercator of 1569. The third world
Is the great Antarctic continent, so common in maps
of this period. Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. p. 292 ;
Huth Catalogue, iv. 1169; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer. (650
fr.) ; Stevens, Hist. Coll., i. 135. There is a copy
with the map in Harvard College library.

1582. The British Museum catalogue of MSS.,
no. 27470, shows a map of the world by A. Millo ;
and in its Catalogue of MS. maps (1844, vol. i. no.
31) is a world-map by Martines.

1582. Hakluyt's Divers Voyages, which contains
a map by Michael Lok, dedicated to Sir Philip Sid-
ney, and bearing this date. It is represented on a
segment of a disk, with the north pole for the apex,
and the twentieth parallel of north latitude for the

outer margin. Starting with the Azores as the first
meridian, it shows 30° east and 130° west. There is
Grocland near the pole ; Greenland southeast of it ;
Frisland, with its northern shore undefined, south of
Greenland. Hudson's Straits are called Frobish-
er's, with " Meta Incognita " north of it. Southern
Labrador is " Cortereal," and an island off the
northern part is "Laborador." The Penobscot is
made to connect with the St. Lawrence, making the
misshapen region east of it an island called " No-
rombega," the northern part of which is marked
" Jac Cartier, 1535," and the southern part "J.
Gabot, 1597." Tiiere is the usual hook in the
coast line in about 40°, "C. Arenas," and a narrow
isthmus separates the bay which it encloses from
the broad "Mare de Verrazana, 1524," coming
down from the northwest ; its eastern shore, trend-
ing towards Hudson's Bay, is mostly undefined ; its
southern shore trends nearly west, and then becomes
undefined, allowing the California peninsula to be
hooked on the main by a narrow isthmus, with no
coast above it. Florida is in its right place, and the
point of Yucatan is just shown at the lower edge of
the map.

Cf . for copies, Narr. and Crit. Hist, of America,
iv. 44.

1583. One of the last editions of Reisch s Mar-
garita Philosophica, published at Basle, has a map, —
" Typus universalis Terrse, Juxta modernorum dis-
tinctionem et extensionem per Regna et Provincias."
Leclerc, Bibliotheca Amer., no. 2926 (45 fr.) ; Uricoe-
chea, Mapoteca Colombiana, no. 15.

1 584. The series of Dutch sea-atlases begins this
year with Waghenaer's.

1584. An enlarged edition of the Cosmographia
of Apian and Gemma Frisius has a mappemonde.

1587. The map in Hakluyt's Paris edition of
Peter Martyr.

1589. The map of Cornelius de Judaeis, in his
Specttlum orbis terrcB (1593).

1590. The large folding map of the world in the
Opusculum Geographicum of Myritius, one of the
latest to connect North America with Asia. It was
published at Ingolstadt, in 1 590, but the preface is
dated in 1587.

1 592. The map of Thomas Hood, given in Kunst-
mann's Atlas.

1592. Molineaux's globe preserved in the Middle
Temple in London.

1593. The map in the Historiarum Indicarum
libri XVI. of Maffeius.

1594. The map of the world by Quadus.

1 594. The map of Peter Plancius in the Dutch
edition of Linschoten, published at Amsterdam, in
1596.

1596. DeBr/s maps.

The other maps in the 1597 edition of Wytfliet
are as follows: —

2. Chica sive Patagonica et Australis terra, 1597
(with the Straits of Magellan).

3. Chili provincia amplissima.

4. Plata, Americas provincia.

5. Brasilia.

6. Peruani Regni descriptio, 1597.

7. Castilia aurifera cum vicinis provinces (N. W.
corner of South America).

8. Residuum continentis cum adjacentibus insulis
(northern parts of South America).

9. Hispaniola insula.

10. Cuba insula et Jamaica.

11. lucatana regio et Fondura.

12. Hispania nova (Mexico )._

13. Granata nova et California.

38

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

14. Limes occidentis, Quivira et Anian, 1597.

15. Conibus regio cum vicinis gentibus (Hudson
Bay and parts south of it).

16. Florida et Apalche (from North Carolina to
Yucatan).

17. Norumbega et Virginia, 1597 (from 37° to 47°
N. latitude).

18. Nova Francia et Canada, 1597 (the St. Law-
rence gulf and river and parts to the north).

19. Estotilandia et Laboratoris terra (shows influ-
ence of the Zeno map).

Copies: f^i.) Harvard College Library. (2) Carter-
Brown Library. (3) Tlie Henry C. Murphy Library.

References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, nos. 516,
517 ; Murphy Catalogue, no. 2780; Quaritch, Ca&-
logue (\%'io),no. 12541, priced at ;^3-io; Sunderland
Catalogue, v. 13463, etc.; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., 611.

1597.

Title : Claudii Ptolemai Geographice universe turn
veteris, turn novce absolutissimum opus, duobus volu-
minibus distinctum, Ln quorum priore habentur CI.
Ptolemcei, Pelusie7isis Geographicce enarrationis Libri
octo ; Quorum primus, qui praicepta ipsius facultatis
omnia compleciitur, commentariis uberrimis illustrata
est h lo. Antonio Magino Patavino. In secundo volu-
mine insunt CI. Ptolemiei, antiquce orbis tabulie xxvii.
ad priscas historias intelligendas summi necessarice.
Et tabulce xxxvii. recentiores, quibus universi orbis
pictura, ac fades, singularumq' eius partium, regionum,
ac provinciarum ob oculos patet nostra saculo congru-
ens. . . . Auctore eodem lo. Ant. magino, Patavino.
Anno 1597. In celeberrima Agrippinensium Colonim
excudebat Petrus Keschedt. (Copied from Stevens's
Nuggets.)

Description : In quarto. [Part i.] Four prelim-
inary leaves, including engraved title ; 47 -f- 184 pp. ;
index, 38 pp. [Part ii.] Title ; leaves, 2-292 ; index,
56 pp. (as given by Stevens).

Maps : Three maps of the world and 6i separate
maps.

Copies : (1) James Carson Brevoort ; (2) Mass.
Historical Society.

References: Stevens, A^a^^^/lr, no. 2259; Walcke-
naer Catalogue, no. 2257 ; Mass. Hist. Soc, Library
Catalogue, ii. p. 9 ; Grsesse, Tresor de livres, v. 502 ;
Muller, Books on America (1872), no. 2313 ; (1875)
no. 3258 ; (1877) no. 2630.

1597.

Title : Claudii Ptolemai Geographic universs turn.
veteris, tum nova absolutissimum opus, duobus volu-
minibus distinctum. In quorum priore habentur CI.
Ptolemai Pelusiensis Geographicce enarrationis Libri
octo : Quorum primus, qui prcecepta ipsius facultatis
omnia complectitur, commentariis uberrimis illus-
tratus est k lo. Antonio Magino Patavino. In se-
cundo volumine insimt CI. Ptolemo'i, antiques orbis
tabula xxvii. . . . Et tabulce xxxvii., recentiores, . . .
Auctore eodem lo. Ant. Magino Patavino .... Anno
1597. In celeberrima Agrippinensium Colonia excude-
bat Petrus Keschedt.

Colophon : Arnhemii, apud lohannem lansonium
Bibliopolam. Anno M.D.XCVII. (Copied from the
Mass. Hist. Society's copy.)

Description : Quarto. Title of elliptical print in
engraved border; 47 pp. preliminary matter; text,
182 pp. ; indexes, 20 leaves ; same engraved title,

with new type-inscription, being " Pars secunda,"
on reverse map of Ptolemy's world; descriptions
with maps, numbered as folios, 2-292 ; index, 28
leaves, with colophon at end.

Maps: Copperplate; all but one on single pages.

1. " Ptolemsi Typus." The old world.

2. " Orbis terrse compendiosa descriptio ex ea,
quam ex Magna Universali Mercatoris Rumoldus
Mercator fieri curabat in hac comodiore forma a
Hieron: Porro redact:" A folding map of double
spheres.

Then follow 10 maps of Europe, 4 of Africa, and
12 of Asia.

29. " Universi orbis descriptio." An elliptical pro-
jection of the whole world, " Secundum recentiorem
nostri Temporis rationem."

Then follow maps of Europe, 1-22 ; of Africa,
23-24 ; of Asia, 25-33, two of the last showing
America, viz., — ^

28. " Tartariae imperium." Represents Asia sepa-
rated by the " Stretto di Anian " fromAmerica(shown
as far east as the Gulf of California), while Japan, a
large island, further south, nearly fills the sea, and is
equidistant from each shore.

32. " India orientalis." Shows in the northeast
corner a bit of America, with Japan not so nearly
filling the space between it and Asia, as in no. 28.

34. "America."

35. "Universi orbis descriptio ad usum navigan-
tium."

According to Graesse this is the same edition as
the Cologne edition of 1597; with one map extra,
called, " Orbis terrse compend, descriptio ex ea,
quam ex magna universali Mercatoris Rumoldus
Mercator fieri curabat in hanc commodiorem formam
a Hier. Porro redactus."

Copies : (1) Carter-Brown Library. (2) Library
of Congress.

References : Carter-Brown Catalogue i. no. 514;
Library of Congress Catalogue (1867), p. 332 ; Graesse,
Trisor de livres, v. 502.

1597.

Title : A Supplement to the Ptolemaick Descrip-
tion, or. An Account of the West Indies. Louvain,
'597- (Copied from the Murphy Catalogue, no.
2781.)

1598.

Ktle : Descriptionis Ptolemaicce Augmentum, sivc
Occidentis notitia Brevi Commentario ilbcstrata, et hac
secunda editione magna sui parte aucta. Cornelio Wyt-
fliet Louaniensi auctore. Lovanii : Typis Gerardi
Riuij. Anno Domini CIo.Ij.XCIIX. (Copied from
the facsimile of the title in the Carter-Brown Cata-
logue.)

Description : Folio. Engraved title ; dedication,
2 pages ; to the reader, 2 pages ; epigram, i page ;
privilege, i page ; text, 1-191 pages, with a list of 19
maps on reverse of last leaf.

Leclerc (Bibl. Amir., 613) says the table of the
errata, which appeared in the 1597 edition, is omit-
ted, without the errors being corrected in the text.

Maps :

1597-

Nineteen of America. See edition of

Copies: Ci.) Library of Congress. (2) The Henry
C. Murphy Library. (3) Samuel L. M. Barlow, —
the second part has 1597 on the title. (4) Carter-
Brown Library.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

39

References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. 536 ; Surt-
derland Catalogue, v. 13464; MuUer, Books on Amer-
ica (1875), no. 3259; Dufosse, Americana, nos. 2976
(4Sfr.), 4154,4875, 8637.

1598. "

Title : Geografia cioi descrittione universdle detta
terra, partita in due volumi, net promo de' quali si
centengono gli 8 libri delta Geografia di CI. Tolomeo,
niiovemente rincontrati e corretti da G. Antonio Ma-
gini. Dal Latino nelV Italiano tradotta da Leonardo
Cernoti. 2 parti in i vol. Con figure in legno e 64
tavole intagliate in rame da Girolamo Porro. Ve-
netia. G. Brattista &= G. G. Fratelli 1598 (with 1597
in the colophon).

Desoriptaon : Small folio, in two volumes. Two
leaves; 83 pp.; 15 + 212 + 30 leaves; 64 maps.

Maps : Sixty-five, engraved by Girolamo Porro.

Copies : (1) Philadelphia Library. (2) Library
of Congress. (3) The Henry C. Murphy Library.

References : Philadelphia Library Catalogue, p.
614; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2263; Library of Con-
gress Catalogue (1867), p. 332; Stevens, Hist. Coll.
i., no. 682; Quaritch, Catalogue (1880), no. 11706;
Weizel, Catalogue, 1877, no. 1485 ; Carter-Brawn Cat-
alogue, no. 533 ; Murphy Catalogue, no. 2078*.

1599.

Title : Geografia di Claudio Tolomeo Alessandrino.
Tradotto di Greco neW Idioma Volgare Italiano da
Girolamo Ruscelli, et hora nuovamente ampliata da
Gioseffo Rosaccio. Con varie Annotationi &' Exposi-
tioni <Sr= Tavole di Rame, che nelli stampati altre volte
non erano, havendo etiandio paste cb lor luoghi le Tavole
vecchie, che prima confusamente giacenano. Et tma
Geographia universale del modesimo, separata da quella
di Tolomeo ; . . . Et tme breve Descrittione di tutta
la Tierrd, distinta in quattro Libri. In Venetia,
MDXCIX. Appresso gli Heredi di Melchior Sessa.
(Copied from the Carter-Brown Catalogue.)

Description : Quarto. Title ; three preliminary
leaves; table, 32 leaves ; text, 424- 186+ 144 leaves.

Maps : Three maps of the world and nine special
maps of America, accompanying " Libre iv. tratt.
del' America," in leaves 125-143 of the second part.

Copies : (1) The Henry C. Murphy Library. (2)
Carter-Brown Library.

References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. 543;
Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2262 ; MuUer, Books on
America (1872), no. 2314; (1877) no. 2631 (9 Dutch
florins) ; Dufoss^, Americana, nos. 4155, 4876 (12
francs) ; Weigel, Catalogue, no. 1487 (18 marks) ;
Murphy Catalogue, no. 2077.

1603.

Title : Descriptionis Ptolemaica Augmentum. Sive
Occidentis notitia, Brevi Commentario illustrata, et
hac secunda editione magna sui parte aucta. Duaci.
Apttd franciscum fabri Biblipolam iaratum. Anno
1603. (Copied from the Carter-Brown Catalogtie.)

Description : Folio. Engraved title and 3 pre-
liminary leaves ; text, 1-191 pp., 19 maps.

Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., 614, says it is the same edi-
tion as that of 1598, the title only being new, and a
blank leaf being substituted for the one after the
preface, containing " In C. Wytfliet epigramma." Cf.
Muller, Books on Atnerica, 1877, no. 3575.

Maps: See edition of 1597.

Copies : (1) Carter-Brown Library. (2) Philor
delphia Library (Loganian department). (3) Li-
brary of Congress,

References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, ii. no. 20 ;
Library of Congress Catalogue, i. 2090; Rich (1832),
Catalogue, no. 97, ^i ioj'. od.

1605.

Title : Claudii Ptolemcei Alexandrini Geographiae
libri octo Graecolatini Latini primitm recogniti <5r=
emendati, cum tabulis geographicis ad mentem auctoris
restitutis per Gerardum Mercatorem : Jam- verb ad
Gmca &' Latina exemplaria ct Petro Montano iterum.
recogniti, et pluribus locis castigati. . . . fodocus Hon-
dius excudit sibi et Comelio Nicolai, in cujus ojfficina
prostant, Frdcofurti. 1605. (Copied from the JMass.
Historical Society's copy.)

Description : Folio. Engraved title with border ;
five preliminary leaves, on the verso of the last a por-
trait of Mercator with a globe showing America;
text, Latin and Greek in parallel columns, 215 pp.;
one page blank; 28 maps with descriptions; in-
dexes, 31 pp.

Maps : Relate to the old world only.

Copies : (1) Mass. Historical Society.

References : Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., no. 478 (100
francs); Brunei, Manuel, iv. 950; Mass. Hist. Soc.
Catalogue, ii. p. 284 ; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2231 ;
Raemdonck, Mercator, p. 253 ; Muller, Books on
America (1872), no. 2315; (1875) "°- 3260; (1877)
no. 2632. The Murphy Catalogue, no. 2063, gives
this title with the date 1624.

1607.

Title : Histoire universelle des Indes Occidentales,
Divisee en deux livres, faicte en Latin par Monsieur
Wytfiiet. Mouvellemenf traduicte. Oit est traicti de
leiir descouverte, description et conqueste faicte tant par
les Castillans que Poj-tugais, ensemble de leurs moeurs,
religion, gouvernemens, &" lois. A Dovay. Chez
Francois Fabri Van 1607. (Copied from the Carter-
Brown Catalogue^

Description : Engraved title ; I, — 4 preliminary
leaves; 136 pp.; table, 3 leaves; 19 maps. II, —
" Histoire universelle des Indes orientales " : title
and 6 preliminary leaves ; text, 72 pp. ; 4 maps.
" La suite, etc." 1-72 pp. (misnumbered 66) ; table,
3 leaves.

Part I. is considerably changed from preceding
texts, with omissions and additions.

Maps : Twenty-three relating to America.

Copies : (1) Carter-Brown Library. (2) Dr. E.
B. O' Callaghan.

References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, ii. no. 59 ;
O' Callaghan Catalogue, no. 2453 ; Sunderland Cata-
logue, v. 13465; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., 615 (40 fr.) ;
Quaritch (1870), no. 14; Dufosse, Americana, no.
7518 (30 fr.).

1608.

Title : Geographies Universa tum veteris, turn nova
absolutissimum opus duobus voluniinibus distincium,
.... Libri octo : quorum primus qui prcecepta ipsiiis
facidtatis omnia complectitur, commentariis uberrimis
illustratus est h loan Antonio Magino Patavino. . . .

40

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

In secundo volumine insunt Claudii Ptolemai antiquts
orbis tabula xxvii; et tabulce xxxvii recentiores, etc.
Auctore eodem loan. Ant. Magino. . . . 1608.

The title of " Pars secunda " has the imprint : In
cerreberrima Agrippinensium Colonia excudebat Petrus
Keschedt. (Copied from the Carter-Brown Cata-
logue. )

Description : Quarto. Printed title in engraved
border ; 3 preliminary leaves ; " Commentaria et
annotationes," 47 pp. ; text, 184 pp. ; index, 19 leaves.
"Pars secunda," title within engraved border, and
map on the reverse ; text, 292 leaves, including title ;
index, 28 leaves ; 64 maps.

Maps : See edition of 1597.
Copies : (1) Carter-Brown Library.

vard College Library.
sale, 1883,

(2) Har-

Bought at the J. j. Cooke

References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, ii. 1640 ;
Cooke Catalogue, ii. no. 1948 {sold for $20).

1611.

Title : Histoire universelle des Indes occidentales et
orientates, et de la conversion des Indiens. Divisee en
trois Parties, par CornilleWytJliet, &' Anthoiiie Magin,
&• autres Historiens. Premiere partie. A Davay, Chey
Fraiifois Fabri, Van 161 1. (Copied from the Harvard
College copy.)

Description : Folio. Engraved frontispiece, with
the title printed within it from type, i leaf; au lec-
teur, I leaf ; sommaire, 2 leaves ; text, loS pp., with
" Ordre des Cartes " on p. 108. " Seconde Partie," —
engraved title ; tables, 8 leaves ; to the reader, i
leaf, with printer's device on the reverse ; text, 65
pp. " La troisieme partie," — engraved title, " La
suite de I'histoire des Indes orientales " ; text, 54
pp. ; table, 2 leaves, with printer's device on reverse
of the last.

Maps : Twenty-two in number ; of which two
leaves contain four new maps, not in the previous
French edition ; viz., India, Japan, China, Philip-
pine islands. " The first part," says Rich, " is a
translation of the 1603 edition, with the same maps."

Copies : (1) Carter-Brown Library. (2) Library
of Congress. {Z) Harvard College Library. (4) The
H. C. Murphy Library.

References : Carter-Brawn Catalogue, ii. no. 122 ;
Murphy Catalogue, no. 2782 ; Library of Congress
Catalogue, ii. p. 2096; Rich, Catalogue (i832_), no.
127 {£1 4J-.) ; Quaritch (18S0), no. 12542 {£2] ; Le-
clerc, Bibl. Amer., 616; Dufosse, Americana, 2271
(Richelieu's copy, 60 fr.).

1617.

According to Grsesse, Tresor de livres, v. 502, the
Arnheim edition of 1597 was reproduced this year.
See MuUer (1877) no. 1963.

1618-19.

Title : A preliminary leaf has this : TTieatrum
Geographic veteris, Ditobus Tomis distinctu?n, Edente
Petro Bertio Bevero. Christianissimi Galliarum Regis
Ludovici XIII. Cosmographo.

An engraved title reads : Theatri Ceographits ve-
teris Tomus Prior in quo CI. Ptol. Alexandrini
Geografihics libri viii Gr<zcS et Latine Graeca ad Co-
dices Palntinos collala aucta et emendata sunt Latina

infinitis locis correcta Opera P. Bertii Christianissimi
Galliarum Regis Cosmographi.

Colophon : Lugduni Batavorum excudebat typis
suis Isaacus Ehevirius, Sumptibus ludoci Hondii.
Anno CIO lo C XVIII. (Copied from the Harvard
College copy.)

Description : Large folio. Engraved title, show-
ing full-length figures of Ptolemaeus and Marinus ;
dedication, one leaf, which in some copies, has a
portrait of Bertius on the reverse ; prsefatio, 5
leaves; sub-title, &c., and text, 1-253; blank, 254;
title to Agathodaemon's ancient maps, with Merca-
tor's descriptions, amended by Bertius ; maps with
descriptions on the recto of first leaf ; viz., " Uni-
versalis tabula"; 10 of Europe; 4 of Africa, with
a small appendix map to no. 3 ; 12 of Asia ; sub-
title of Mercator's Annotationes, with portrait of
Mercator (same as in the 1584 edition) on reverse;
Mercator's praefatio and text, 3-28 pp. index, 20
leaves ; " itineraria duo," 2 leaves.

" Tomus posterior " : engraved title, " Amstelo-
dami, Ex Officina ludoci Hondij, Anno 1619 ; Itine-
raria duo," I leaf -|- 1-46 pp. ; " Tabula2 Pertinge-
rianae," 4 double leaves, 2 on a sheet; "Praefatio,"
2 leaves, " Prioris Schedas explicatio " with map,
6 leaves ; " Posterioris Schedse," 2 leaves ; "Abra-
hami Ortelii Geographic veteris tabulae aliquot,"
I leaf ; 14 maps, making with text, 34 leaves ; " Ad
lectorem," i leaf, with colophon on reverse.

Maps : Mercator's of the old world, revised and
corrected by Pierre Bertius.

Copies : (1) Harvard College Library. It bears .
in Thomas Hollis's hand the following words : " A
fine copy of a very rare work. It was purchased
out of the library of the late Duke of Newcastle,
and intended to be forwarded to Harvard College at
Cambridge in New England. It cost four guineas.
Ap. 14, 1769." (2) The Henry C. Murphy Library.
(3) Philadelphia Library, — Loganian department.

References: Brunet, Manuel, iv. 951, with full
collation ; Chatsworth Catalogue, iii. p. 268 ; Huth
Catalogue, iv. p. iigg; Walckenaer Catalogue, no.
2332; Sunderland Catalogue, \v. 10352; Raemdonck's
Mercator, p. 253 ; Murphy Catalogue, no. 2062 ;
D'Avezac, Clographes grecs et Latins, 28; Quaritch,
Catalogue (1880), p. 2083.

1621.

Title : Geografia cioi descrittione universale delta
terra partita in due vohimi. Corretta da G. A. Ma-
gini. Del Latino nelV Italiano tradotta da L. Cernoti.
Padova, Galignani, 1620-21.

Description : Small folio.

Maps : Sixty-four, by G. Porro.

Copy : (1) Astor Library.

References : Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2264.

1624.

See edition of 1605.

1695.

Title : Tabultz geographiccs orbis terrarum veteri-

bus cognita. Franequem Apud Leonardum Strik.

Trajecti ad Rhenum. Franciscum Halmam. 1695.
(Copied from the Murphy Catalogue.)

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

41

Description : Mr. Murphy thus described it :
" This appears to be a new edition of the maps of
Ptolemy, restored by Mercator, and first printed at
Cologne in 1578. Franeker, where it was issued, is
a small town near Leewarden, in Friesland, where
there was formerly a university of some celebrity.
The publication of Mercator was like this without
any text, but it had notes, as may be inferred from
Brunet's description of Hondius' edition of Ptol-
emy, i6i8 ; and the maps were intended to show
the design of Ptolemy better than appears in those
of Agathodjemon, which were received up to that
time." (Murphy Catalogue, no. zodi^.) See sui anno,
1698.

Maps : Twenty-six in number.

Copies : (1) TAe Henry C. Murphy Library.

References : Lelewel, GSog. du Moyen Age, ii.
209 ; Murphy Catalogue, no. 2064.

1698.

Lelewel, Giog. du Moyen Age, ii. 209, cites, " Tra-
jecti ad Rhenum, atlas Mercatoris per Franciscum
Halma et Guillelmum Van de Water." See sub
anno, 1695.

1704.

Lelewel, ii. 209, referring to the 1698 edition,
says: "Le meme reproduit."

1715.

Lelewel, ii. 209, cites : " Parisiis, varia2 lectiones
graecae, in Chere : Bibliotheca coisliniana, olim se-
queriana, sive manuscriptorum accurata descriptio,
studio Bernardi de Montfaucon."

1730.

Title : Orhis antiqui Tabula geographic^ secundum
Ptolemceum cum ind. absolutiss. Amsterdam, 1730.

1828.

Title : Traits de gSographie de CI. PtoUmle, traduit
du grec en franfais (texte en regard) par Halma.
Paris, 1828.

Description r Quarto.

References : Walckenaer Catclogue, no. 2258.

1832-1843.

Title : Geographic libri octo, graecl et latine, ad
codd. mss. fidem edidit Frid. Guil. Wilberg socio ad-
juncto Car. Henr. Frid. Grashofio Essendice, Baede-
ker. (Copied from Brunei^

Description : Quarto. It was issued in parts,
one book to each, but the publication closed with
part. vi. in 1843. Brunet says the publication began
' in 1832.

Copy : (1) Astor Library.

References : Brunet, Manuel, iv. 951 ; Astor
Library Catalogue, p. 1524; Walckenaer Catalogue,
no. 2233.

1843.

Title : Claudii Ptolemaei Geographia. Edidit Ca-
rolus Fridericus Augustus Nobbe. ESitio stereotypa.
Lipsice, 1843.

Description : In two volumes, i8mo.

Copies : (1) Harvard College Library. (2) The
Henry C. Murphy Library.

References : Brunet, Manuel, iv. 951 ; Walcke-
naer Catalogue, no. 2234.

1867.

Title : Geographic de Ptolemee, reproduction pho-
tolithographique de manuscrit Grec du monastere de
Vatopedi au Mont Aihos, exlcutie dapris les clichis
obtenus sous la direction de M. Pierre de Sirvastanoff,
prkedie cCune introduction historique sur le Mont
Athos, les monastires et les dipbts littiraires de lapres-
qu'ile sainte par Victor Langlois. Paris, 1867.

Description : Folio. Text, 108 pp. with colored
maps. The original manuscript was written about
the end of the 12th or the beginning of the 13th
century.

There are other manuscripts of Ptolemy men-
tioned in the Catalogue of MS. maps in the British
Museum, 1844, which shows four such, one of the
14th or beginning of the 15th century, another of
1409, and still another of 1450. One is described by
De Murr in the Memorab. Bibl. Publ. Norimb., pt. ii.
p. 84, and in Raidelius, Comment., etc., pp. 26, 33.
Cf. Archives des missions Scientifiques, 2d series, iv.
279 ; Lelewel, Giog. du Moyen Age, ii. 121, and Popu^
lar Science Monthly, xvi.

Copies: t^ Harvard College Library. (2) Carter-
Brown Library. (3) The Henry C. Murphy Library.

References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 589 ;
Brunet, Manuel, Suppliment, ii. 332 ; Murphy .Cata-
logue, no. 2060; Quaritch, Catalogue (l88o) 1155;
Jomard in the Bulletin de la Soc. de Giog. de Paris
(1859), xvii. p. 422.

*#* The most considerable lists of editions of Ptolemy hith-
erto made have been in : Lelewel, Geog. du Moyen Age, iL
App. p. 207; Waltersdorf, Repertorium ; and the Walckenaer,
Sobolewski, and Murphy Catalogues. _ _ - , .

Among the critical papers on the editions the first place is to
be given to D 'Avezac's article in the Bulletin de la Soc. de Gio-
graphie, 1862, pp. 293-320 ; and a paper on Hylacomylus in Ibtd.,
1867. The earhest examination is in Raidel, Commeniatio cri-
iko-lUeraria. de Claudii Piolomizi Geographia, Norimberga,
TTij. {Murphy, Catalogue, no. 2073). Cf. also A. H. L.
Heeren, Commeniatio de fontihis e-eographicorum ptolemai.
GottingK, 1827, 4° ', C. B. Mollweide, Mappirungs Kimst, in
Von Sack's Monatliche correspondenz, 1805 ; H. Reusse, Bei-
trag zur Geschichte der landkarten, in Zeitschrift der Verenis
far Landeskunde, ii. 1840 (Hesse) ; A. Roscher, Piolemaus
unddie Handehtrassen in Afrika, Gotha, 1867.

42

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY.

POSTSCRIPT.

During the printing of the preceding bibliography
in the Bulletin, the following notes of transfers, other
copies and prices, have been made : —

Edition of 1462 : The Murphy copy (no. 2043)
was bought by Mr. John Russell Bartlett for the
Carter-Brown collection. The Murphy Catalogue
gives Mr. Murphy's reasons for believing the date
to be 1482.

Edition of 1475 : The Murphy copy (no. 2044)
was bought by the Lenox Library.

Edition of 1482 : The Murphy copy (no. 2046) is
now in the library of Cornell University. A copy
was recently priced at 400 francs.

Edition of i486: The Murphy copy (no. 2047)
was bought by the Carter-Brown Library. Mr. Jas.
F. Hunnewell of Charlestown, Mass., bought the
imperfect Murphy copy (no. 3085) which he has per-
fected from another defective copy, bought of Col.
Rush C. Hawkins of New York. This gives Mr.
Hunnewell's copy only 31 maps, the last on a single
leaf.

Edition of 1490: The Murphy copy (no. 2048) was
bought by Lehigh University. A beautifully illu-
minated copy in the Sunderland sale (JPart v. 13770)
was bought by Quaritch, who has since held it at
^600.

Edition of 1507 : The Murphy copy (no. 2049) was
bought by Mr. Whitney. Recently priced by Rosen-
thal of Munich at 500 marks.

Edition of 1508: The Murphy copy (no. 2050)
passed to Cornell University. The Cooke copy
(Catalogue, ii. 1949) was bought by Yale College for
jgo. A copy is owned by M. C. H. Kalbfleisch of
New York.

Edition of 1 51 1: The Murphy copy (no. 2051) I

was bought by the American Geographical Society.
Mr. Kalbfleisch has two copies. Recent prices, —
220 and 350 marks.

Edition of 1513: The Murphy copy^ (no. 2052)
was bought by the American Geographical Society.
The Cooke copy {Catalogue, ii. 1950) was bought for
^590 by Trinity College, Hartford.

Edition of 1520: The Murphy copy (no. 2053) is
now at Cornell University.

Edition of 1522: The Murphy copy (no. 2054) is
now in the Lenox Library.

Edition of 1525: One Murphy copy (no. 2055) is
now at Cornell University, and the other (no. 2056)
is now at Lehigh University. Two copies in the
Cooke sale (nos. 1951-1952) passed at ^31 and ^34
respectively to Trinity College and the American
Antiquarian Society. A copy was recently sold in
the Court sale in Paris (no. 288). Recent prices, —
180 and 300 marks.

Edition of 1535 : The Murphy copy (no. 2057)
passed to Cornell University.

Edition of I'^Sfi: The Murphy copy (no. 2058) is
now in the American Geographical Society's library.
Mr. Charles Deane of Cambridge has a copy. Re-
cent price, — 160 marks.

Edition of 1541 : Recent price, — 150 marks.

Edition of 1542: Recent price, — 1 50 marks.

Edition of 1578: The Murphy copy (no. 2059) is
now in the Carter-Brown Library.

Edition of 1618 : The Murphy copy (no. 2062) is
now in the Carter-Brown Library.

Edition of 1624: The Murphy copy (no. 2063) is
now in the Carter-Brown Library.

Edition of 1695 ■' The Murphy copy (no. 2064) is
now in the Carter-Brown Library.

*»* Beside the copies above enumerated. President White of Cornell University has added to his
collection the following editions: Strasburg, 1522; Basel, 1540 and 1551; Venice, 1562, 1574, 1598.

Bibliographical Contributions.

EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR,

LIBRARIAN.

Into. 19.

THE KOHL COLLECTION

OF

MAPS RELATING TO AMERICA.

By JUSTIN WINSOR.

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.:

laaueH lig tlje Hilirars of f^at&arti iCntbewttg.

1886.

^^'.,.

Already issued or in preparatimt :

A Star prefixed indicates tliey are not yet ready.

1. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of

Mercury.

2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems: a Bibliography of the Earlier Editions.

3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel-

angelo, with Notes.

4. Justin Winsok. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several

pieces.

5. List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for

Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements.

6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College

Library, by the Honorable Charles Sumner.

7. William C. Lane. The Dante Collections in the Harvard College and Boston Public

Libraries.

8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library.

9. George Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different countries.

10. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibliography of the Publications of James Orchard

Halliwell-Phillipps.

11. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States.

12. A List of the Publications of Harvard University and its Officers, 1870-1880.

13. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects.

14. William H. Tillinghast. Notes on the Historical Hydrography of the Handkerchief

Shoal in the Bahamas.

15. J. D. Whitney. List of American Authors in Geology and Palaeontology.

16. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in Petermann's Geographische Mit-

theilungen. 1855-1881.

17. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in the Royal Geographical Society's

Publications. 1830-1883.

18. Justin Winsor. fl'he Bibliography of Ptolemy's Geography.

19. Justin Winsor. The Kohl Collection of Early Maps.

20. William C. Lane. Index to Recent Reference Lists, 1884-1885.

21. A List of the Publications of Harvard University and its Officers, 1880-1885.
*22. Justin Winsor. Calendar of the Sparks Manuscripts in Harvard College Library.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

BELONGING TO THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE, WASHINGTON, U.S.A.
By Justin Winsor, Librarian of the University.

*i(t* This collection consists of well - executed
hand-copies, with but occasional attempts at repro-
duction by fac-simile. The maps are contained in
a series of portfolios, and each is mounted on a
large sheet of card-board, with marginal tablets or
other appendage of description. Little use of color
is made in them. The names, legends, drawings,
and devices are usually in black ink ; the coast shad-
ings and larger rivers in a blue wash. The maps
vary in size.

Dr. John G. Kohl, a learned German, and a travel-
ler of large experience, was born in Bremen, April
28, 1808, but spent many years in Dresden. He had
from his early years pursued the study of historical
geography. He came to this country in 1854, bring-
ing copies which he had made of many maps relat-
ing to the progress of discovery in America, — some
of them from old geographical and other printed
treatises, and some from manuscripts of various
kinds which he had found in European archives
and libraries, public and private. Using an appro-
priation from the government, obtained in 1856
($6,000), he prepared this series of copies, as the
foundation of an elaborate catalogue of the early
maps of the American continent.

He also, using for illustration some of the same
maps, prepared for the Coast Survey memoirs of
the early cartography (eastern and western coasts
of the present United States and of the Gulf of
Mexico), which are described in the Reports of the
Survey for 1855 and 1856. As the results of this
study, Dr. Kohl later printed in the Zeitschrift fiir
Allgem. Erdkunde (neue folge, xv), two papers on the
"Alteste Geschichte der Entdeckung und Erfor-
sehung des Golfs vonMexicound der ihn umgebenden
Kiisten durch die Spanier von 1492 bis 1543," and
he confessedly published this essay as a part of his
greater work made for the United States Coast Sur-
vey. He likewise prepared, what is in good part an
excerpt from this larger collection, a memoir on the
early cartography of the northwest coast of North
America. This manuscript was later inj:he posses-
sion of Professor Henry of the Smithsonian Insti-
tution, and was given by him to the American
Antiquarian Society, in whose library at Worcester
it now is. Cf . the Proceedings of that Society, Oct.
1867 ; Apr. 1869, and Apr. 1872.

Dr. Kohl failed to get from the government all
the sanction which he wanted for the publication of
his results, and so returned to Europe about 1858,
leaving these collections behind him. At home he
became the librarian of the city library of Bremen,
and prepared and published various studies in his
special department ; the chief of which were, first.

a treatise (i85i) on the earliest official maps of
America, — Die beiden dltesten General- karten von
Amerika, — which was accompanied by fac-similes
on a large scale, excellently done, of the well-known
maps, of 1527 and 1529; and, second, a treatise on
the early discovery and cartography of the region
known as the Gulf of Maine, — with references,
however, to some adjacent and even somewhat re-
mote parts, — which he undertook at the invitation
of the Historical Society of Maine. This book,
which forms the first volume of the Documentary
History of that State, published by that society, is
called A History of the Discovery of Maine, and was
published, partly at the cost of the State, in 1869.
It remains the most important single contribution
to the history of the discovery and cartography of
our Eastern coast. It was illustrated with numerous
sketch maps, mostly, if not entirely, excerpts from
this collection, which were used by him under the
advantage of greater knowledge and experience than
he possessed when he formed the Washington col-
lection. He also printed in 1861, at Bremen, a
Geschichte der Kntdeckung Amerikas, which was
translated by R. R. Noel, and published in London
in 1862, in two volumes, as a Popular History of the
Discovery of America from Columbtis to Franklin. A
treatise on the history of the Gulf Stream was another
fruit of these later labors.

Dr. Kohl has amply set forth his methods and
purposes in his favorite study in his introduction to
his Discovery of Maine, and he has explained the
importance of old maps in historical study in a
lecture On the Plan of a Cartographical Depot for the
History and Geography of the American Continent,
which he delivered at the Smithsonian Institution, ,
and which is printed in its Annual Report for 1856,
pp. 93-147. Another useful little treatise was also
printed by him in Washington in 1857, entitled : A
Descriptive Catalogue of those maps, charts, and sur-
veys, relating to America, which are m-entioned in Vol.
III. of HaMuyt's Great Work. In this publication he
speaks of having studied American maps " a little
better than those of the other parts of the world,"
and calls his tract a part of A General Catalogue of
all the maps relating to America, — which seems to
have been the title intended for the work, which he
hoped finally to publish under the patronage of the
government. He also printed at this time in The
National Intelligencer an interesting paper on " Lost
maps."

Dr. Kohl died at Bremen, Oct. 28, 1878 ; and Mr.
Charles Deane, who had known Kohl well during
his sojourn in Cambridge, where he had done much
of his work on American maps, using in part the

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

extensive collection of printed maps in the college
library, — commemorated him in the following De-
cember in a notice before the Massachusetts His-
torical Society, which is printed in their Proceedings,
vol. xvi. p. 381. Kohl's reputation as a student and
expounder of comparative cartography was very
high. Mr. Major, the eminent head of the map
department in the British Museum, referring to Dr.
Kohl's Discovery of Maine, spoke of it as " a most
admirable work ; and I am proud to think (he adds)
that it was at my suggestion that the proposal was
made to my learned friend to undertake so responsi-
ble and learned a task." Mr. Deane properly says
of him : " After the death of Humboldt, he was un-
questionably the most distinguished geographer in
Europe." Mr. James Carson Brevoort, whose own
knowledge of early American maps is so critical,
accords him the highest place among his contempo-
raries; and Mr. Henry C. Murphy, by whose recent
death scholarship in this field has lost a devotee
of superior attainments, also bears testimony to
the rich quality of his work.

After lus return to Europe Dr. Kohl also pub-
lished at Berlin in 1877 a Geschichte der Entdeckungs-
reisen und Schifffahrten zur Magellan^ s-strasse tind zu
den ihr benachbarten Ldndern und Meeren, mit acht
iCarten, which had previously appeared in vol. xl. of
the Zeitschrifl der Gesellschaft fiir Erdhmde in Ber-
liit. This also he considered a fragment of a greater
work, which he proposed to call "Geschichte der Ent-
deckung und Geografhie der Neuen Welt." He had
prepared a history of the search for the northwest
passage from Cortes to Franklin and McClure, which
failing health prevented his putting to press. Some
fragments of it were printed however in the periodi-
cal Ausland, published at Augsburg. A portrait of
him, following a photograph, is engraved in the
Narrative and Critical History of America, vol. iii.
p. 209; and a memoir is printed in the Beilage zur
Allgemeinen Zeitung, Augsburg, July 9, 1879.

This valuable collection had for twenty-five years
remained practically unused in the custody of the
Department of State at Washington. At the out-
break of the civil war it was temporarily in charge
of the War Department, placed in an apartment
occupied by troops, and barely escaped destraction.
Scholars have occasionally referred to it, but they
chiefly brought away from it a sense of its importance
and of the want of a key to it. Being in communica-
tion with the librarian of that department, Theodore
F. DwiGHT, Esq., the preparation of an annotated
calendar for the use of scholars was suggested ; and
on his representation of the subject to the Depart-
ment permission was promptly obtained to have the
maps sent to the College library at Cambridge to
facilitate the preparation of such a Calendar. Dr.
Kohl had arranged the maps on a system, from
which it does not seem necessary to depart. Since
he was engaged upon this collection a great advance
has been made in the study of early American car-
tography. His comments, therefore, are not as use-
ful now as formerly ; and though constant use has
been made of them, the editor has been obliged to
exercise large discrimination, as well as to rectify
Kohl's English, whenever it is quoted. Many im-
portant and useful maps have been brought to light
or made public, which were not known to Dr. Kolil.
In order to make the enumeration as useful as pos-
sible as a check-list for the student, notices of many
of these additional_maps have been inserted in their
proper chronological order; but only such as Dr.
Kohl contributes have had a marginal serial number
given to them.

THE WORLD BEFORE COLUMBUS.

1. A symbolic representation of the earth,

heaven, and sun, from an Egyptian
papyrus.

Dr. Kohl credits this to a hieroglyphic papyrus
in the Cabinet des Medailles of the Bibliotheque
Nationale in Paris, and to a reproduction given by
Charton in his Voyageurs anciens et modernes.

At the bottom of the picture, as a representation
of the earth, is an outstretched human figure, its
body spotted with leaves. Heaven is in form of
another figure, bent like an arch over the earth,
with marks of stars covering its body. Among
other symbols, the goddess Maou kneels beneath
the arch, with weights on her arms, indicating the
force of equilibrium. Outside the arch, on the left
and on the right, two boats are represented as carry-
ing the rising and setting sun.

2. Hindu representation of the world.

Taken from engravings which appeared in the
Journal of the Asiatic Society, and in Charton's
Voyageurs anciens et modernes.

It represents an expanded lotus-fiower floating on
the sea. A surrounding chain of mountains (not
shown in the drawing) separates this from the great
vacuum. The centre of the flower forms Mount
Meru, the residence of the gods, and from this
mountain rivers flow in all directions. The leaves
represent the great peninsular regions of Asia.

3. A. D. 550. The universe after Cosmaa.

Taken from a print in Charton's Voyageurs anciens
et 7nodernes.

A case, in shape like the tabernacle of Moses,
gives in the upper portion the abode of the Creator.
The earth is in the form of a high mountain, round
which the sun revolves, and its base is washed by
the ocean, arms of which like the Persian Gulf
(Persicus), the Arabian Gulf (Arabicus), and the
Mediterranean Sea (probably intended by Sinus Ro-
manus) indent the foot of the mountain. The Cas-
pian Sea (Caspius) is represented on the side of the
mountain.

Cosmas was a geographer of the sixth century.
Cf. Humboldt, Examen critique ; Santarem's Atlas,
pi. 3 ; C. P. Daly, Address on the Hist, of Cartogra-
phy, p. 19.

4. viii. cent. The virorld.

A map, found by Libri in the library of Alby, be-
longing to a manuscript of the eighth century, and
believed by Libri to be the most ancient cartograph-
ical monument known to us. Santarem in his His-
toire de la Cartographic, etc., ii. 23 [Atlas, pi. 2), has
analyzed the map, but Kohl, who does not say from
what his own copy was made, points out that Santa-
rem's description does not wholly agree with it.

The earth is a huge island of a horse-shoe shape,
of wide arms but of narrower apex, lying upon an
ocean, — a gulf of which, representing the Mediter-
ranean sea, fills the space between the arms of the
shoe.

Kohl points out that this geographer of Charle-
magne's day did not know so much of the earth as
was known in the time of Alexander the Great.
Lelewel, vol. i., gives it, and calls it of the eighth
century. Jomard, Atlas (pi. xiii.), gives a map re-
sembling it, which he calls of the tenth century.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

5. A. D. 787. Spanish map of the world.

Kohl says this drawing is based on a tracing,
made by liim from a copy, Ijelonging to Santarem,
of an original, which is a part of the Spanish manu-
script commentary on the Apocalypse by an unknown
writer, of about 787. Kohl does not say where the
original is ; but Santarem has included it in his
Atlas, pi. 12.

The earth is a parallelogram with rounded corners,
surrounded by the ocean, arms of which cut it like
straight canals.

— ix. cent.

Santarem in his Atlas (pi. 3 and 10), gives two
mappemondes of the ninth century ; and Lelewel
Atlas (pi. vii.) gives one from a MS. then preserved
at Strasbourg, which had been previously published
by Mone in the Anzdger fur JCunde der teutschcn
Vorzeit, 1836.

— X. cent.

Examples of this century, representing an Anglo-
Saxon map and an Arabian map may be found in
Vivien de St. Martin's Atlas dressi pour mist, de la
Giog., Paris, 1874. The same are also given on a
small scale in Daly's Address on the History of Early
Cartography, pp. 20, 22. The Anglo-Saxon map is
in the Britisli Museum, and was first published by
Strutt in his Chronicle of England, vol. ii., and was
again published in the Magazin pittoresque, 1840,
p. 267, by Santarem in 1842, and in Lelewel's Atlas,
pi. vii. Santarem in his Atlas (pi. 3, 4, 6 and 7)
also gives four specimens belonging to the tenth
century.

6. xi. cent. The world.

After an engraved fac-simile in Naumann's Cata-
logus librorum. manuscriptorum, qui in bibliotheca
senatoria civitatis Lipsiensis asservantur (Grimze,
1838), which in turn follows an original in a manu-
script of the eleventh century, written in the con-
vent of St. John in Magdeburg, and containing
beside the maps, parts of Horace, Lucan and Sal-
lust. Cf. Santarem, Hist, de la Cartographie, ii. 93.

The earth is circular, surroun(ied by the ocean,
and bisected by a canal-like water, above which is
Asia, and below which, another canal at right angles
to the first subdivides the lower half, with Europe on
the left and Africa on the right.

There is a small sketch of it in the Atlas of St.
Martin (pi. vi. no. 5). Santarem in his Atlas (pi. 8)
also reproduces it; and Jomard, Atlas (pi. xiii.),
gives it, but calls it of the tenth century. Lelewel,
Atlas (pi. ix.), gives it as of the eleventh century.

— xi. cent.

Santarem, Atlas, pi. 4, 6, and 9, gives other maps
of this century, the original of one being in the
British Museum, and another is represented as " tire
de la Cosmographie d'Azaph."

The mappemonde de St. Sever found in a Spanish
treatise by Beatus on the Apocalypse, preserved at
Paris, is given in facsimile in the Choix de Docu-
ments geographiques conserves d la Bibliothique Na-
tionale, Paris, 1883. It is placed in the xi* century,
and accounts of it are found in Davezac's U)ie di-
gression giographique, Paris, 1870, taken from Le
Bibliophile illustri ; and in E. Cortambert's Trois
des plus anciens monuments giographiques du moyen
Age, Paris, 1877, taken from the Bull, de la soc. de
glographie.

Lelewel, Atlas (pi. ii.), gives a map of the Egyp-
tian Abul Hassan ali Ibn lunis (a. d. 1008), recon-
structed ; and, on the same plate, a map representing
the habitable globe of this period; also (pi. v.) a
reconstruction of a map by Abu Rihan (a. d. 1030) ;
and (pi. vii.) a part of a map after a manuscript at
St. Omer, which had been previously published by
Mone in the Anzeiger fUr Kimde der teutschen Vor-
zeit, 1836.

7. A. D. 1063. The world.

The original of this is in a manuscript Victorii
Canon Paschalis, preserved in the Sir Thomas Phil-
lipps' collection in England.

Kohl, referring to the delineation of a similar map,
found at Dijon, given by Santarem, says that its
configuration is an ordinary one in the eleventh
century. In it we begin first to derive an intelligible
idea of the views and aims of the early Portuguese
navigators, whose explorations down the African
coast harbingered the spirit which led Columbus to
undertake his western voyage.

The earth is circular, surrounded by the ocean.
A central belt constitutes the burnt zone. A south-
ern belt is thought to be an inhabited region, by
analogy, because the northern belt holds that portion
of the world known to geographers. This northern
belt gives in a rude way Europe and Asia, with
northern Africa, as far south as the upper edge of
the burnt zone, the island " Meroe " of the Nile
lying at this point. On the burnt zone is the follow-
ing inscription : —

"Zona terras fusta quam undige sursum et de
orsum circum fluit oceanus, qui a suis duabus ex-
tremitatibus oriente scilicet et occidente in septem-
trionem et austrum refunditur, qua refusione reumata
id est ebuUitiones maris fieri videntur."

8. xii. cent. The world.

The original is attached to a commentary on the
Apocalypse preserved in the Royal library at Turin.
It has been engraved in Pasini's catalogue of that
library ; and again in Santarem's Atlas. Kohl con-
siders that though the Turin copy may be of the
twelfth century, it is probably a copy of a much
older original, and points out its resemblance to the
Spanish map numbered 5 (above), though the pres-
ent map is circular instead of squarish. It is figured
by Daly and others as of the eighth century. Jomard,
Atlas (pi. xiii.), gives it, and assigns it to the tenth
century. Lelewel, Atlas (pi. ix.), calls it of the twelfth
century.

9. xii. cent. The world.

The original is in the British Museum, and belongs
to a manuscript concerning the Apocalypse of St.
John, among the Harleian MSS no. 2799. The
Museum authorities put it down under this century ;
and Kohl agrees with them.

The earth is circular surrounded by water ; the
Mediterranean, Black, and Red Seas are united in a
T shaped canal, with the upright part connecting
with the external ocean at the west.

— xii. cent.

Santarem in his Atlas (pi. 4, 5, 7, 10, 13, IJ, and
30) gives other maps of this century, one of which
is called " dressee par Henri, chanoine de May-
ence"; another, "tiree d'un MS. Liber Guidonis" ;
a third from a manuscript of Lambertus in the
library at Gand ; and also a planisphere belonging to

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

a MS. of the Imago Mundi. The last two are also
in the Atlas (pi. viii. ; also xxv.) of Lelewel, who in
his Epilogue to his Giog. du Moyen Age gives several
eleventh and twelfth centui-y " ruditnenta latina
geographorum " ; and again in his Atlas (pi. viii.)
gives one from a manuscript of A. D. 1119 of the
bibliotheque de Bourgogne at Brussels.

— A. D. 1 160.

There are sketches ofj Edrisi's map of the world
in St. Martin's Atlas (pi. vi. no. 10), and in Daly's
address, where it is dated 11 54. Lelewel (vol. i.
and Atlas, pi. x., xi., and xii.) gives it, and dates it
1 1 54 ; and he also gives a " tabula rotunda Rogeriana
restaurata."

It is circular, with a surrounding ocean, of which
the Mediterranean and Indian seas are arms, run-
ning to the centre from the west and east respect-
ively. The lakes which feed the Nile are proto-
types of the great Albert and Victoria lakes of our
day. The map was made by an Arabian geographer,
Edrisi, by direction of King Roger of Sicily, and
engraved on a round plate of silver, from which
what are supposed to be copies exist in the National
library at Paris and in the Bodleian at Oxford.
The latter copy is the most perfect and has been
published by Vincent.

10. xiii. cent. The -world by Mathe-w of Paris.

The original belongs to an undated manuscript.
Flares historiariim, preserved among the Cottonian
MSS. in the British Museum, and Kohl says it re-
sembles another map of the same supposable age in
the same collection, which I judge to be one of those
figured in Santarem's Atlas (pi. 14). It is also in
Lelewel. The map gives only the habitable part
of the earth, mainly the basin of the Mediterranean
Sea and its tributaries, but its features would not be
recognized except for the names. It has the follow-
ing inscription : —

" Sumatim facta est dispositio mappa mundi
magistri Rob' de melkeleya et mappamundi de
Waltham. Mappamundi domini regis quod est in
camera sua apud westmonasterium figuratur in
ordine Mathei de Parisio. Verissimum autem figura-
tur in eodem ordine, quod est quasi clamis extensa,
talis est suma nostre partis habitabilis secundum
philosophos sed quarta pars terre que est triangu-
laris fere. Corpus enim terre sphericum est."

Santarem has given this map in his Atlas, pi. 14 ;
and also others of the thirteenth century (pi. 4, 6, 7,
21), including a planisphere of Cecco d' Ascoli, an-
other of Irish origin, and a mappamonde preserved
in the library at Leipsic. Jomard in his Atlas (pi.
xiii.) gives one preserved in the British Museum,
and another called the Playfair map.

The well-known map of the world in the Here-
ford cathedral, an oval with Jerusalem in the centre,
is also assigned to the thirteenth century. It is
given in Jomard's Atlas (pi. xiv.).

11. A. D. 1283. The -world by the Arabian,

Kasvini.

The original is in the collection of the duke of
Gotha.

A circle of high mountains encloses a circular
ocean, within which as a circular island is the earth.
The Arabian peninsula is in the centre, with the
Red Sea like a sickle about it, the Persian Gulf form-
ing with the China seas a parallelogram of water
connecting with the external ocean. The Arabian
names are translated into German.

A fac-simile of an Arabian sea-chart of the thir-
teenth century, preserved in the Ambrosian library
at Milan, was issued by Ongania at Venice in 1881.

— XIV. cent.

Various other sea-charts, portolanos and plani-
spheres of the fourteenth century have been brought
before the public of late years. Sea-charts of Pietro
Visconte di Genova, of 131 1 and 1318, preserved
respectively in the archives of Florence, and in the
Museo civico of Venice were published in fac-simile
in 1881 and 1875 ^y Ongania of Venice. That of
13 1 8 is given also by Santarem, Atlas, pi. 33. On-
gania also issued in 1881 an anonymous portolano
of 1351, preserved in the Biblioteca Mediceo-Lauren-
ziana at Florence (Lelewel also gives this) ; a plani-
sphere of Giovanni da Carignano, from the archives
of Florence ; and an anonymous portolano from the
Biblioteca Marciana. Jomard, in his Atlas (pi. xi.),
gives a " Carte Marine " of the fourteenth century,
the property of a Pisan family. A facsimile is in-
cluded in Choix de documents glographiques conservis
h la Bibliothique Nationale, Paris, 1883. Jomard also
gives (pi. xiii.) a map of near the end of the century.
A map from the Chronicle of St. Denis (1364-1372)
in the Ste. Genevieve library at Paris, is given in
Santarem (pi. 16 and 17), Jomard (pi. xiii.), and
Lelewel (pi. xxvi. ).

Santarem also includes in his Atlas (pi. 3, 4, 8, 27,
36, 39, 60) two mappemondes, a planisphere belong-
ing to a work of Guillaume de Tripoli (also in Lele-
wel, pi. xxvi.), a portolano from the Paris library,
and a sea-chart from the archives of Luzerne.

Lelewel, Atlas (pi. xxviii.), gives an "imago
mundi " as belonging to a manuscript ( Prisciani)
of the fourteenth century, in the library at Arras,
which had been published in 1836 by Mone in the
Atizeiger fiir Kunde der teutschen Vorzeit.

12. A. D. 1321. The -world by Marino Sanuto.

The original is among the Tanner MSS. in the
Bodleian library, and belongs to a treatise Secreta
fidelium crucis.

The map is circular with the earth nearly filling
its limits, the ocean forming the outer rim. The
Mediterranean is tolerably drawn, as are the British
islands and the Scandinavian peninsula.

Other maps by Sanuto are known, and they have
a general likeness to each other. One of 1306 is
given by Camden, — this has the Fortunate Islands,
which are omitted in the map of 1321. Another of
1320 was published not wholly accurately by Bon-
gars in 161 1 in his Gesta del per Francos, and this
has been figured by St. Martin in his Atlas, pi. vi.
no. 3. Santarem {Atlas, pi. 18, 19, 20) gives one
from the library at Paris, another from the library
at Brussels, and a third of 1321, not placed.

Lelewel (Atlas, pi. xxvii.) gives a Marino map of
1360, as from a Paris manuscript, C/z^okzcok, which
he says he perfected by collating the Brussels copy.
Jomard, in his Atlas (pi. xiii.), gives a map preserved
at Paris, as of the fourteenth century, which closely
resembles this no. 12.

13. A. D. c. 1350. The -world by Hygden.

The original is in the manuscript Polychronkon
of Ranulphus Hygden, preserved in the British Mu-
seum, the work being a history of the world down
to 1357'

The earth is an oval-like island, with pointed
ends, east and west, — resting in an ocean of corre-

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

sponding shape with some islands in its western
parts. Only two seas indent its outline, — the Red
Sea and Persian Gulf. Paradise is the extreme east-
ern apex.

The map is examined by Santarem in his Histoire,
iii. 82.

X4. A. D. c. 1350. The world by Hygden.

The original is also in the manuscript named
under no. 13.

Its delineation is much more elaborate. The
shape is oval, with the longest diameter east and
west. The surrounding ocean is filled with islands.
The Mediterranean and Indian seas are rudely de-
lineated. Cf. Santarem, Hist, de la Cartographicy
iii. p. 3.

St. Martin {Atlas, pi. vi. no. 4) and Lelewel date
it 1360. It is also included in Santarem's A/las
(pi. 9). It was figured in the Magasin pittoresque
(1849), and from this Lelewel copied it, in his Atlas

(pi. XXV.).

This copy of Kohl's reproduction is without
notes ; a second copy, 14*, has notes, and is put
"about 1360."

15. A. D. 1367. Atlantic islands by the broth-

ers Fizigani.

Dr. Kohl gives only the coasts of south-west
Europe and north-western Africa, with the islands,
which he identifies with the Canaries, Madeira, and
the Azores, — considering it one of the earliest rep-
resentations of these islands. He says he got his
copy from Jomard ; but does not consider it a good
one.

The chart has since been given in full by Jomard
(pi. X.) and Santarem (pi. 40). Ongania, of Venice,
published in 1881 a fac-simile of a sea-chart of Fran-
cisco Pizigani, preserved in the Ambrosian library
at Milan, which he dates 1373.

16. A. D. 1375. Catalan mappemonde.

This is preserved in the Bibliothique Nationale
at Paris ; and it originally belonged to the library of
Charles V. in the Louvre. It is " en langue romane
catalane du xive siecle."

It represents the known world from the Canaries
to Catayo ; but Dr. Kohl only gives the Canary
Islands and the adjacent coast.

It is given in full with a Key in Sophus Ruge's
Geschichte des Zeitalters der Entdeckungen, 1881 ; also
in Manuscrits de la Bibliothique du Hoi, etc., Paris, vol,
xiv. Part 2, p. i ; in Santarem's Atlas (pi. 31, 40) ;
Lelewel's Atlas (pi. xxix.) ; St. Martin's Atlas (pi,
vii. no. i) ; and full size in facsimile in twelve sheets
in Choix de Documenti glographiques conserves d la
Bibl. Nat., Paris, 1883.

— XV. cent.

Santarem gives three mappemondes of this cen-
tury without definite date, — one in the Musee Bor-
gia (pi. 24), one in the Medici library at Florence
(pi. 26), and the other as given by La Salle. Lele-
wel (pi. XXXV.) gives a map of the world as belong-
ing to a MS. of Sallust at Geneva.

Ongania, at Venice, published in 1881, a fac-simile
described as a " Planisfero del mondo conosciuto (in
lingua catalana) di anonimo del xv secolo," from
an original preserved in the Biblioteca nazionale at
Florence.

— A. D. 1410.

A planisphere of Pierre d'Ailly is given in Santa-
rem (pi. 15) and in Lelewel (pi. xxviii.). It is de-
scribed in Santarem's Hist, de la Cartographie, iii.,
301.

17. A. D. 14 . . ? Juan da Napoli's Portolano.

This gives only the Atlantic islands from a porto-
lano, which Kohl thinks represents the knowledge of
a time not long after 1400. It belongs to an Atlas
made in Venice, which is among the Egerton MSS.
in the British Museum, whose catalogue, says Kohl,
assigns the atlas to 1498. " Ilia da Brazil " is repre-
sented off the coast of Ireland.

— A. D. 1417.

A map of the world belonging to a manuscript of
Pomponius Mela in the library at Rheims.

The earth is within a circle, with the ocean sur-
rounding it ; and the Mediterranean, extending into
the land, is as usual the prominent feature.

It is given by Jomard, Atlas (pi. xiii.), as of the
fifteenth century; and is also in Santarem, Atlas (pi.
22); Lelewel, Atlas (pi. xxxiii.); St. Martin, Atlas
(pi. vi. no. 6).

— A. D. 1424.

Santarem (pi. 41) gives a "Carte de la biblio-
thfeque de Weimar."

— A. D. 1426.

A portolano of a Venetian hydrographer Giacomo
Giraldi is preserved in the Biblioteca Marciana at
Venice. It was reproduced at Venice in i88i by
Ongania.

18. A. D. 1436. The Atlantic Islands by Andrea
Bianco.

19. A. D. 1436. The -world by Andrea Bianco.

The original of no. ig is preserved in the Biblio-
teca Marciana at Venice. Kohl implies that No. 18
is not taken from no. 19, but follows an independent
sea-chart by Bianco, in which this portion of the
large map was reproduced with the names " Antil-
lia," etc. inserted, while they were omitted in the
larger map, — at least Lelewel omits them, whose
engraving Kohl follows. There is a " Carta nau-
tica " by Bianco, dated 1448, preserved in the Biblio-
teca Ambrosiana at Milan, and of this a fac-simile
was issued by Ongania at Venice in 1881.

Map no. 19 is given in full in Lelewel (pi. xxxii.)
and in Santarem (pi. 23, 43) ; and other references
are given in Winsor's Bibliography of Ptolemy's Geog-
raphy, sub anno 1478.

Bianco's views are of interest in early American
cartography from the deductions which some have
drawn from the configuration of the islands " Antil-
lia" and "De la man Satanaxio," — two islands on
its western verge, — that they represent Pre-Colum-
bian discovery of South and North America. Hum-
boldt, Crit. Untersuchungen, i. 413, 416, has discussed
this question, and pointed out that an island " Antil-
lia " had earlier appeared on a map of 1425, and
Davezac finds much earlier references to such an
island. Santarem (Hist, de la Cartographie, Ss'c., iii.
366, has fully described Bianco's work.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

— A. D. 1439.

Santarem (pi. 54) gives a " Carte de Gabriell de
Valsequa, faite k Mallorcha en 1439."

— A. D. 1447.

This is described in a fac-simile issued by On-
gania at Venice in 1881, as a " planisfero terrestre
di forma ellitica di anonimo, in lingua latina, dell'
anno 1447." The original is in the Biblioteca Na-
zionale at Florence.

Lelewel, in his Epilogue, p. 167, refers to a Geno-
vese map in the Pitti Palace, which gives Greenland
as " Grinlandia " ; and it is also referred to by De
Costa in the Mag. of Amer. History, Apr. 1883, p.
290, who confirms the date, 1447, as given by Lelewel,
though Santarem, Hist, de la Cartog., iii. p. xix. put it
1417.

20. A. D. 1448. The world by Giovanni Leardo.

Dr. Kohl gives this map, which is of the ordinary
circular form, free from most of the names, which
fill it ; but Santarem (pi. 25) gives it with the names.
The map is at Vicenza, where it was discovered forty
or fifty years ago by M. Lazari. Cf. Santarem, Hist,
de la Cartographie, etc., iii. 398. A fac-simile of it
was issued at Venice in 1880 by Ongania, with the
date of 1452.

— A. D. c. 1450.

A fac-simile of this map preserved in the Museo
Comunale at Mantua, issued at Venice by Ongania
in 1881, describes it as a "Portolano membranaceo
di anonimo dell' anno 1450 (circa)."

— A. D. 1455.

A sea-chart by Bartolomeus de Pareto, show-
ing "Antillia," and an island farther west named
"Roillo." I am not aware that any copy of it has
been published. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's
Geog., sub anno 1478.

21. A. D. 1460. The ■world by Fra Mauro.

The original is preserved at Venice, in the Biblio-
teca Marciana.

It is circular, and the delineation of Asia is better
than on- preceding maps. Kohl says that Mauro
knew the works of the Italian and Arabian geog-
raphers, and the marine charts of the Portuguese,
which were given to him by Don Alonzo V.

Dr. Kohl speaks of the most exact copy made of
it by order of Lord Hobart in 1804, and of the re-
production given by Vincent in Commerce aiid Navi-
gation of the Ancients, 1797 and 1807. He thinks it
was finished in 1460. It is given by Santarem (pi.
43-49) with the dates 1459 and 1460. Lelewel (pi.
xxxiii.) places it 1457-59. Ruge in his Geschichte
des Zeitalters der Enideckungen, 1881, gives it and
dates it 1459. A photographic fac-simile, issued at
Venice in 1877, by Miinster (Ongania), dates it 1457,
and St. Martin (pi. vii. no. 3) follows this fac-simile.

— A. D. 1467-147 1.

Marine charts of Grazioso Benincasa, given in
Santarem (pi. 55-58).

— A. D. 1474.

The map which the Italian geographer, Toscanelli,
sent to Columbus, and which influenced him, though

known to be preserved in Madrid in 1527, has not
since been traced. Lelewel, Giog. du Moyen Age, ii.
130. An attempted restoration of it is given in St.
Martin's Atlas (pi. ix.)

— A.D. 1475.

Mappemonde in the Rudimentorum nffvitiorum,
given by Santarem (pi. 28).

— A. D. 1476.

A portolano of Andreas Benincasa, given in St.
Martin (pi. vii.), and in Lelewel (pi. xxxiv.). A
much reduced sketch is given by Daly, p. 26.

It shows " Antilio " as a western island, and the '
"Isola de Bra9ill," west of Ireland.

The mappemonde, in the edition of Ptolemy
published at Ulm, represents " Engroneland " as
stretching from northwestern Europe, and it is said
the map was made before 1471.

— A. D. i486.

What is known as the Laon globe, though dated
1493, represents rather the knowledge of this time.
It gives " Grolandia '' as an island of the Norway
coast,-and has an island, " Antela." Davezac gives
a projection of it in the Bulletin de la Societe de
Geographie (i86o), xx. 417. Cf. also Davezac on
the " lies fantastiques " of the middle ages in the
Nouvelles Annates des Voyages, 1845.

22. A. D. 1489. The Atlantic Islands by Chris-

tofalo Soligo.

The original is preserved among the Egerton
MSS. in the British Museum, in a portolano of
different Venetian map-makers. There is no date,
but 1489 is given in the Catalogue of the Museum as
the approximate date of the collection.

Kohl thinks the chart based on that of Benincasa
(1463), which he says is in his collection, but no copy
of it is fomid here. "Antillia" is called " Y. de
Sete Zitade," and is put west of the Azores, and
this group as well as others includes various fabu-
lous islands.

23. A. D. 1490. Portuguese map of the world.

The original is annexed to a Latin theological
treatise (MS.) in the British Museum, and because
it marks the extent of the Portuguese exploration
of the African coast in 1489, and does not show the
results of Vasco da Gama's voyage. Kohl places it
about 1490. He says the language of the map is
partly Portuguese and in part Italian, and his con-
clusion is that it is the work of an Italian settled in
Lisbon. The western shore of Africa is given with
approximate correctness, — much better than in any
earlier map. A long peninsula at the northwest of
Europe, though without name, seems to correspond
to what is called in other maps Greenland.

I suppose it to be the map given "for the first
time " in Santarem (pi. 50).

— A. D. 1492.

The Globe of Behaim, preserved at Nuremberg,
represents the best knowledge at the time of the
sailing of Columbus, though Peschel [Zeitalters der
Enideckungen, 1858, p. 90) allows Behaim to have

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

been but a mediocre cosmographer. Reproductions
of it are given in Santarem (pi. 6i ) and in St. Mar-
tin Jpl. ix.), and in other places mentioned in Win-
sor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geog., sub anno, 147S.
Lelewel, who gives it (pi. xl.), says in his Epilogue,
p. 184, that the Behaim family caused it to be put in
good order in 1825, after it had been long neglected
in the town hall at Nuremberg ; and that in 1847 a
copy of it was made for the Depot Geographique at
Paris.

24.

A.D. 1493.

Map in the Nuremberg
Chronicle.

This is a sketch from the map in Hartmann
Schedel's Liber Chronicarum, usually known as the
" Nuremberg Chronicle," having been published in
that city.

The map preserves the old idea of the connection
of Africa and Asia enclosing the Indian Sea.

25. A. D. 1497. Vasco da Gama's route.

Dr. Kohl includes this modern map, in which Da
Gama's route to and from India by the Cape of
Good Hope is pricked, to show how near he came
to the South American coast, which Cabral, on a
similar voyage, discovered three years later. The
route is that established by the studies of Diogo
Hopke and Costa Paiva.

— A. D. 1497.

A carta nautica of Conte Freducci, preserved at
Wolfenbiittel, shows an " isola de Bra9il." Cf. Le-
lewel, ii. 106; Stiidi biog. e bibliog. delta Soc. geog.
italiana, ii. 94 ; Santarem, in Bull, de la Soc. giog. de
Paris, 1847, i- P- 3^2.

II.

THE TWO AMERICAS.
26, 27. A. D. 1500. Juan de la Cosa.

These duplicate maps represent the American
parts of the La Cosa map now at Madrid. Kohl
copies the representation of it given in connection
with Humboldt's essay appended to Ghillany's Ritter
Martin Behaim. ( 1853). Humboldt had earlier given
the American parts in his Examen Critique, vol. v.
(1839), but not very accurately. The best reproduc-
tion of the whole map is in Jomard's Atlas, pi. 16,
and there are reductions from Jomard in Stevens's
Hist, and Geog. Notes, 1869, pi. i, and (with refer-
ences) in the Narr. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii.
p. 8. Other reproductions of the American part
are in Lelewel's Atlas, no. 41, and in De la Sagra's
Cuba. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geog.,
sub anno 1508; the App. to Irving's Columbus and
Enrique de Leguina's Juan de la Cosa, Estudio Bio-
grdfico, Madrid, 1877.

— A. D. 1 501-1505.

A Portuguese chart of this date is supposed to
be given in the map of the 151 3 Ptolemy (s,tt post,
no. 32). Another in that preserved at Munich, which
is given by Kunstmann in his Atlas, pi. iii., and by
Kohl in his Discovery of Maine, p. 174. A chart
resembling these two has been found in the posses-
sion of the Este family in Modena, on which the
exact date of 1502 is given. It is described, with a
facsimile, in Harrisse's Cortereals ; and is also re-
ferred to in his Cabots, pp. 143, 158. The map as-

cribed to Pedro Reinel is also at Munich, and is
likewise given by Kunstmann ; but there is strong
ground for suspecting it to be of considerably earlier
date, perhaps antedating Cabot. Cf. references in
Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geog., sub anno 1508.

Peter Martyr mentions a chart said to have been
made for the JPortuguese by Vospucius, which is not
now known. Santarem has pointed out that the
narrative of Corsal in Ramusio shows that charts
were often sent from Portugal during these years to
the Portuguese ambassador in Rome.

28. A. D. 1508. Ruysch in the Ptolemy of

1508.

Dr. Kohl refers to Humboldt's introduction to
Ghillany's Martin Behaim ; Walckenaer's Kecherches
giographiques sur I'lnterieur de I'Afrique septentrio-
nale, and the Biographic Universelle, vi. 207.

There are reproductions of the map in Santarem,
Lelewel, and in various other places named in Win-
sor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geog., sub anno 1508. An
original copy of the map is in Harvard College li-
brary. A section of the northern part is given in
\he. Journal of the Amer. Geog. Society, vol. xii. p. 179.
Cf. Stevens's Bibliotheca Geog., no. 3058. It is thought
that Ruysch used Columbus's draughts.

Harrisse, Notes on Columbus, p. 56, thinks Ruysch's
map is referred to by Johannes Trithemus in a letter,
Aug. 12, 1507 (published in his Epistolae Familiares,
1536), in which he complains that he could not af-
ford to purchase a map of the new world for forty
florins.

— A. D. 1510-1512.

The Lenox globe, preserved in the Lenox library
in New York, of which drawings are given in the
Mag. of Amer. Hist., Sept. 1879; Ency. Bnt., x, 681,
etc. ; and Narr. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii. p. 212.

— A.D. 1511.

A carta nautica of Salvat de Pilestrina of Majorca,
preserved in the archives of the Ministry of War in
Munich. Cf . Kunstmann, Die Entdeckung Amerikas,
p. 129 ; Thomas, Der Periplus des Pont. Eux., p. 7 ;
and Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geography, sub
anno 1508.

29, 30. A.D. 1511. In Sylvanus's Ptolemy.

No. 29 is the western half of this cordiform map ;
no. 30 gives the whole map, with minor errors cor-
rected in pencil by Dr. Kohl.

The map is given in Lelewel (pi. xlv), and there
are various references in Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptole-
my's Geography, sub anno 1511. Kohl's drawings
are taken from the Grenville copy on vellum in the
British Museum ; and he points out how the contour
of South America is the same as that of the Ruysch
map, while Cuba is completed as an island, and
Greenland is restored to its earlier connection with
Europe. Cf. Zurla, Marco Polo, ii. 358.

— A.D. 151I.

The map described by D'Avezac in his Atlas hy-
drographiqiie de 1 511 du genois Vesconte de Maggiolo,
Paris, 1 87 1, originally in Bulletin de la Soc. Geog. de
Paris, 1870, p. 404. The original is in the collection
of Don Riccardo Heredia in Madrid, having been
bought by him at public sale in Paris in 1870 for
1500 francs. It is inscribed " Vesconte de Maiolo

lO

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

civis Janue composuy in Neapoles de anno 1511, die
XX January." It shows America from Labrador to
Cape St. Augustine. Cf. Desimoni in Giornale Li-
gustico, ii. 52 ; Studi Biog. e Bihliog. della Soc. geog. ital.,
ii. p. 106, and references to tiie cartograpliical worlc
of Maggiolo (Maiolo) in Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptole-
mies Geog., sub anno 1511.

— A. D. 1511.

Peter Martyr's map of the West India islands and
adjacent coast was published with his first Decade,
Legatio Bahylonica, at Seville, and has been repro-
duced in various places. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of
Ptolemy's Geog., sub anno 1513. Few copies of the
original are known. Harrisse is inclined to think
that it does not belong to Peter Martyr's book, be-
cause three copies in the original vellum, which he
has examined, do not have it. Cf. Stevens, Bibl.
Geog., no. 2954. Brevoort, Verrasano, p. 102, thinks
its publication may have been offensive to the Span-
ish government, which might consequently have sup-
pressed it. The later editions of 1516 and 1530 have
no map. Brevoort adds that no official map of
America viss printed in Spain till 1790. The Cabot
map of 1544 seems to have been compiled from
Spanish sources ; but it is not known where it was
published ; and that but a single copy is saved to us
may also signify that it was suppressed by Spanish
influence. The map of Medina in 1545 was a mere
sketch.

31. A. D. 1 51 2. Stobnicza.

A facsimile of the rare map belonging to Johannes
de Stobnicza's Introductio in Claudii PtJwlomei Cos-
mographid, Cracovia, 151 2. Kohl used the copy in
the Munich library. There are other copies now
known, and for notes of these, and other references,
see Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geography, sub
anno 1512. There are facsimiles of the map in
whole or in part in the Carter-Brown Catalogue, N'arr.
aud Crit. Hist, of America, iii. 13; and in Daly's Ad-
dress on Early Cartography, p. 32.

— A. D. 1 51 2-14.

A sketch of the northern and southern hemi-
spheres, of four gores each, in the Queen's collec-
tion at Windsor, and ascribed by R. H. Major, in the
Archaologia, vol. xl., to Leonardo da Vinci, and
placed under 1512-1514. Wieser, in his Magalha.es-
Strasse, gives it a modern hemispherical projection,
and puts it in 1515-1516. It has lately been asserted
that it is not the work of Da Vinci. Cf. J. P. Rich-
ter's Da Vinci.

32. A. 0.1513. In the Strasbourg Edition of

Ptolemy.

This is the " Tabula Terre nove " of this edition,
and Kohl points out that the names on the South
American coast are carried no farther west than the
extent of the voyage of Hojeda in 1499, and no far-
ther south than Vespucius went in 1 503, while the
connection, which is made between the northern and
southern continents, must have been based on reports,
without particulars.

This map, supposed to have been in some way
connected with Columbus's own charts is often called
" the admiral's map," and its connection with Cabral
and Vespucius has also been supposed. The maker
of the map was Waldseemiiller or Hylacomylus, and
.Lelewel (ii. 143) gives reasons for believing that it
had been engraved and sold as early as 1507, having

been made at the expense of Duke Rene II. ; but
the plate does not seem to have been used in any
book till in this 1513 edition of Ptolemy. Lelewel
supposes it to be in effect a Portuguese chart made
in 1 501-1504, and engraves it as such (pi. 43) and it
is known that La Cosa complained of the Portu-
guese frequenting the coast in 1503. Facsimiles of
the map are given in Varnhagen's Premier Voyage
de Vespucci ; Stevens's Hist, and Geog. Notes, pi. 2,
and Narr. and Crit. Hist, of Amer., iv. p. 34. Cf.
the references in Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy s Geog.,
sub anno 1513.

Of the other map in this Ptolemy, " Orbis typus
universalis," Kohl gives no copy ; but a facsimile can
be found in Ruge's Geschichte des Zeitalters der Ent-
deckungen, Berlin, 1881. It shows a part of South
America, with the islands " Isabella " and " Spa-
gnolla," with a bit of coast to the north which seems
to represent the Cortereal regions. Greenland pro-
jects from Europe.

Cf. D'Avezac's Martin Hylacomylus Waltzemiiller,
ses ouvrages et ses Collaboraieurs, Paris, 1867, — ex-
tracted from the Annates des Voyages, 1866.

— A. D. 1514.

A map (12 gores of a globe) found in a copy of
the Cosmographiae Introductio, Lugduni, and engraved
in a Catalogue of Tross, the Paris bookseller, 1881.
Harrisse, in his Cabots, p. 182, has ascribed it to
Louis Boulenger. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy' s
Geog., sub anno 1522.

— A. D. 1 5 14-1520.

A Portuguese portolano given in Kunstmann's At-
las, pi. iv., and in Stevens's Notes, pi. v. Cf. Win-
sor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geog., sub anno 1522.

33. A. D. 1515. Reisch's Margarita Philoso-
phica.

A facsimile of the map in this book, which was
pubhshed at Strasbourg in 151 5. Kohl used a copy
in the library at Munich. The name " Zoanamela "
is given to North America, borrowed, Kohl thinks,
from the Paesi novaviente retrovati {lib. iv.), where it
is said Columbus discovered a country of this name.
Both Cuba and Santo Domingo are called " Isabel-
la." South America is called " Paria seu PrLsilia."

The map resembles the " Terre Nove " of the
1 51 3 Ptolemy. The Ptolemy map is bounded on
the west by the edge of the sheet, which cuts at the
same place, where a scale of longitudes is placed in
the Reisch map. West of this scale is " Zipagiu
insula," which is thus put relative to the new lands
in the same position as in the Stobnicza map. The
river with three mouths, running into the gulf, which
is in the Ptolemy map {thought by some to represent
the Ganges), is left out by Reisch. Others, like
Varnhagen, have considered this gulf that of Mexico,
and the river the Mississippi.

There is a facsimile of Reisch's map in Stevens's
Hist, and Geog. Notes, pi. 4. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of
Ptolemy's Geog., sub anno 1513.

The first edition of Reisch appeared at Freibourg
in 1503. In the next year {1504) there were two
editions, one Schott, the other Griininger, which
is priced by Leclerc [Americana, no. 2965) at 200
francs, and has a mappemonde, with no other indi-
cation of America than the inscription near the
African coast : " Hie non terra sed mare est in quo
mirae magnitudinis insula; sed Ptolema^o fuerunt in-
cognitae." Quaritch (no. 12,363) had a copy dated
1508, with the same map, which he called " the only

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

ir

known copy in livhich the map is to be found." The
edition of 1515 had the map above noticed. (Har-
risse, Bib. Am. Vet. no. 82 ; Additions, no. 45, noting
copy in the Imperial library at Vienna.) That of
1517 (Basle) has a woodcut map which is still differ-
ent. [Beckford Catalogue, iii. no. 1256.) Not till
1 535 did any edition have any reference in the text
to America. Bib. Am. Vet. no. 208. The latest
edition was in 1583, which was published at Basle.
It has a map of the world showing America.
(Leclerc, no. 2926.) It is priced at 25 marks
and £,T.

— A. D. 1519.

Portolano by Maiollo figured in Kunstmann's Atlas
(pi. v.), in Santarem, and in Thomas's Der Periplus
des Pont. Eux. It shows the Atlantic coast and the
line of demarcation. Cf. Studi biog. e biiliog. della
Soc.geog. ital. ii. p. 109; Atti Soc. ligure, 1867, p. 92;
Kohl, Die beiden Generalkarten 30, 146 ; Desimoni
in Giornale ligustico, ii. p. 54.

Enciso, in the dedication of his Suma de Geogra-
fhia, Sevilla, 1519, mentions a map which he had
made to elucidate his text for Charles I. (Charles
v., later) ; but it is not now known.

34. A. D. 1520. The Frankfort Globe.

Only the American parts, with Japan, (Zlpangu)
are given of a globe preserved at Frankfort-on-the-
Main.

Kohl conjectures the date to be 1520 because of
its correspondence with a globe of that date made
by Schoner, and he suspects this may also be the
work of that globe-maker, while Wieser, in his
Magalhdes-Strasse (p. 19), where an engraving of it
is given, declares it to be the globe made to accom-
pany Schbner's Luculentissima qucedam Terrce totius
Descriptio, printed in 151 5, and of which two copies
are now known. This at Frankfort, of which Jo-
mard (pi. 15) gives a drawing, and another at Wei-
mar. Cf. references in Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy' s
Geog., sub anno 1522.

35. A. D. 1520. Schoner's Globe.

Only the American portion is given, but without
comments. The globe is preserved at Nuremberg,
and there are representations of it given in Kohl's
Geschichte der Entdeckungsreisen ztir Magellaii's-
Strasse, Berlin, 1877, p. 8; in Harper's Magazine,
Dec. 1882, p. 731 ; in Ghillany's Martin Behaim,
Santarem, Lelewel, Wieser, etc. Cf. references in
Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geog., sub anno 1522.

36. A. D. 1520. In Camers's Edition of Solinus.

This cordiform map is by Petrus Apianus (or
Bienewitz, as he was called in his vernacular), ap-
peared in the Polyhistoria of Solinus, edited by
the Italian monk, Camers, and also in 1522 in the
De Orbis Situ of Pomponius Mela, published by
Vadianus.

There are facsimiles of this map in the Carter-
Brown Catalogue, and in Santarem's Atlas.

Cf. references in Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's
Geography, sub anno, 1522.

37. A. D. 1522. In the Ptolemy of 1522.

The map " Orbis Typus Universalis," signed " L.
F.," showing part of South America and Cuba, the
whole of " SpagnoUo," and no other part of Amer?
ica ; " Islandia " (Iceland) being placed off the point

of Norway, and " Gronland" being shown as a pro-
jection of Europe. The name America is on South
America. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geog.,
sub anno 1522. This map of Laurentius Frisius
was repeated without change of date in the Ptolemy
of 1525, and again in that of 1535.

Kohl does not include in this collection another
map of this 1522 Ptolemy, called "Tabula terre
nove," which is a re-engraving of the map numbered
32, ante. Also repeated in the 1525 and 1535
editions.

— A. D. 1524.

Two small maps in Apian's Cosmographicus liber,
published at Landshut. Cf. Harrisse, Bibl. Am.
Vet. no. 127, and Additions, p. 87. The edition of
1529 (B. A. V no. 148) has annotations by Gemma
Frisius, a j^upil of Apian ; and in the same year his
Cosmographice introdiictio (1529) is an abridgment
of the large work {B. A. V. no. 149). The Ant-
werp edition (1528) of the Cosmog. liber has no map.
There were other editions at Venice in 1 533, and at
Antwerp in 1534. [B. A. V. nos. 148, and Addi-
tions, nos. 88, 100, 106.) Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of
Ptolemy, sub anno 1540; and Harrisse, Notes on
Columbus, p. 174.

The Premontre globe of about this date. Cf.
Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy, sub anno 1540.

— A. D. 1525.

Harrisse, Bib. Am. Vet. no. 133, cites the Yslegung
der Mer-Carthen or Cartha Marina, and ascribes it
to Laurentius Frisius. It has two large maps.
Kohl gives a portion of the northeast coast of
America (later to be mentioned). The 1530 ed.,
Underweidung und Auslegung der Cartha Marina,
published at Strasburg (B. A. V. no. 158), has no
maps.

— A. D. 1526.

A map by the Monk Franciscus, figured in Lele-
wel, pi. 46, showing North America as a part of
Asia. The original is called " Hoc orbis hemisphae-
rum cedit regi Hispaniae." It appeared in the De
orbis situ ac descriftione Francisci epistola. Cf . Har-
risse, Bib. Amer. Vet. no. 131, where it is put under
1524.

38. A. D. 1527. The so-called Hernando Colon

map.

The original (on parchment) is anonymous, and
in the Grand-Ducal library at Weimar, and is dated
at Seville in 1527. During the sixteenth and seven-
teenth centuries it had been kept in Nuremberg.
Kohl, as has been the custom, assigns it to Ferdi-
nand Columbus, but Harrisse dismisses his and
other claims, and is inclined to ascribe it to Nuiio
Garcia de Toreno. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's
Geog., sub anno 1540, for references. It shows the
line of demarcation, as established between Spain
and Portugal, or rather the Spanish view regarding
that vexed question. Kohl later published a fac-
simile of the American parts of this map in his Die
beiden dltesten Generalkarten von Amerika, Weimar,
i860.

39. A. D. 1527. Robert Thome's map.

This map was made by an English merchant,
living in Seville, who sent it to England, where it
was published by Hakluyt in his Divers Voyages

12

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

in 15S2, and is reproduced in the Hakluyt Society's
edition of that book ; and for the American portion
in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii. 17, and in
Brown's Cape Breton, p. 22. Thome professes to
have " discovered the secrets " of the licensed map-
makers of Spain.

Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptoletny, sub anno 1540.

— A. D. 1527.

A map by MaioIIo, preserved in the Biblioteca
Ambrosiana at Milan, which is in part figured in
Desimoni's Giovanni Verrazzano, 3d app., Genoa,
1882; and in the Narr. and Crit. Hist, of America,
vol. iv. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geog.,
sub anno 1340. The date has been altered to 1587.
Studi Hog. e bibliog. della soc. geog. ital., 1882, ii. pp.
"3. 154-

.— A. D. 1527.

The Studi biog. e bibliog. della soc. geog. ital. ii. p.
113, and Atti soc. ligiire, 1867, p. 174, refer to a map
of Baptista Agnese of this date in the British Mu-
seum ; but the date is earlier than is usually assigned
to this cartographer. Cf . Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's
Geog., sub anno 1540.

The Studi, etc., ii. p. 114, also cites a carta
nautica of about 1527, preserved in the Biblioteca
Laurenziana, at Florence, which shows the east
coast from Labrador to the Straits of Magellan.

40. A. D. 1528. The world by Coppo.

The original belongs to a rare book called : Por-
tolano delli Lochi maritimi ed isole de Mar . . , com-
posto per Piero Coppo, Venetia, 1 528, of which there
is a copy in the Grenville Collection, British Mu-
seum. The representation, which fills two pages of
the book, is different from any other. America is
represented by a large group of islands, of which
" Mondo Novo " (South America) is the most exten-
sive. Cf. Zurla, Fra Mauro, p. 9, and his Marco
Polo, ii. p. 363 ; Harrisse, Bib. Am. Vet., no. 144.
The Kohl MS. in the Amer. Antiq. Soc. has another
drawing of the map, and it is sketched in the Narr.
and Crit. Hist, of America.

Coppo refers to Columbus in a passage quoted by
Harrisse, Notes on Columbus, p. 56, from a citation
in Morelli's Operette, i. 309.

— A. D. 1528. (See no. 48.)

The map of the world in Bordone's Libra, later
known as the Isolario. It is sketched in H. H. Ban-
croft's Central America, i. 144. Lelewel (pi. 46)
dates it 1521, since all the maps in the book are sup-
posed to have been made then or earlier. It was
reissued in 1533. Cf. references in Winsor's Bibliog.
of Ptolemy's Geog., sub anno 1540.

41, 42. A. D. 1529. Eibero's map.

These copies give only the American parts of this
map of the world. Kohl in these drawings copied
the draft of it by Giissefeldt, which was given in a
monograph by M. C. Sprengel, Uber Ribero's dlteste
Welt-karte, published in 1795, which followed a copy
at Jena, and which Kohl says he follows in lieu of
something better. In i860, Kohl reproduced the
Weimar original in his Die beiden dltesten General-
Karten von America. The entire map is given in
' Santarem ; in Lelewel, and in Riige's Geschichte des
Zeitalters der Entdeckungen ( 1883). There is another
early copy in the Archivio del Collegio di Propa-

ganda at Rome. Cf. the references in Winsor's
Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geog., sub anno 1540, and the
Bull, de la Soc. de Geog. de Paris (1847), i. p. 309.

Referring to the Newfoundland region, Kohl
thinks Ribero may have seen and used a map of
these parts made in 1506 by a Frenchman. This
refers to Charlevoix's statement of a map made by
Jehan Denys ; but Harrisse, Cabots, p. 250, pro-
nounces it "absolument apocryphe." A facsimile
of an undated map of the Ribero type was published
by the Spanish Government in the Cartas de Indias
in 1877.

A Spanish planisphere in the possession of the
Marchesi Castiglione in Mantua shows the whole
Atlantic coast of both Americas, and on the Labra-
dor coast has this legend : " Tierra que descobrio
Estevan Gomez este ano de 1525 por mandado de
su majestad." Cf. Studi biog. e bibliog. della Soc. geog.
ital., ii. no. 412 ; Portioli, Carte e memorie geographiche
in Afantova (1875), p. 24.

— A. D. 1529.

A planisphere of Hieronimus Verrazzano in the
Museo Borgiano at Rome, which has been given in
whole or in part in the monographs on Verrazano by
J. C. Brevoort, H. C. Murphy, and B. F. De Costa.
Cf . Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geog., sub anno
1540, and Studi biog. e bibliog. della Soc. geog. ital.
ii. p. 116.

This same, Studi, etc., ii. p. 116, quotes a carta
nautica of this date (1529) as being in the British
Museum, and ascribed to Baptista Agnese.

43,44. A. D. 1530. In the Sloane Mss., Brit.
Museum.

The original is attached to a manuscript De prin-
cipiis astronomic, and placed by its Catalogue at
about 1530. There is no date on the map, but the
inscription on the coast above Florida is : " Terra
Franciscana nuper lustrata," which may refer to
Verrazano or Cartier ; if to Cartier the date would
be 1536 or later. North America is a continuation
of Asia eastward. South America is cut off by the
bottom of the map'at 40° ; but an inscription at that
point says : " Hie ultra 55 g extendit." The map is
very like the cordiform map of Orontius Finseus re-
duced to a plane. It is also in Kohl's MS. in the
Amer. Antiq. Society's library.

45. A. D. 1530. Diego Homem.

The original, among Lord Lumley's (d. 1609)
maps in the British Museum, is noteworthy from the
west coast of the two Americas having no defined or
supposable limit, the green color of the Continent
simply fading away. The eastern coast is of the
Ribero type. The only names are " Timististan "
(Mexico) and "Mundus Novus " (South America).

46. A. D. 1531. The world by Pinseus.

The original is an engraved map in the Paris
(1532) edition of the Novus Orbis, usually ascribed
to Grynasus. This map, of which the title is " Nova
et Integra universi orbis descriptio," is of a double
cordiform projection, divided at the equator. The
author of it is Orontius Finjeus, or Oronce Fine,
who dates it July, 1531, in a dedication to Christian
Wechel, who bore the expense of its production.
Ortelius in his list mentions this map as " Orbis ter-
rarum typus, sub forma cordis humani." This edi-
tion of the Novus Orbis has sometimes another map;
but this is the proper one. Cf. Bib. Am. Vet., nos.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

13

172, 173; and references in Winsoi's Bibliog. o^
Ptolemy, sub anno 1 540. The same map is in the
1540 edition of Pomponius Mela. Cf. Bib. Am. Vet.
Additions, no. 127.

— A. D. 1532.

The map by Miinster in the Basle edition of the
Nomis Orbis, of which there are facsimiles in the
Narr. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii., and in Stevens's
Notes, pi. IV. no. 4. It was repeated in the 1537
and 1555 editions of the Noviis Orbis. Cf. Winsor's
Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geog., sub anno 1540.

A mappemode by Bartolomeo Olives, with other
maps of Central and South America, contained in an
Atlas in the Royal University Library at Pisa. Cf.
Studi biog. e bibliog. della Soc. geog. italiana, ii. no. 414.

47. A. D. 1534. America.

An engraved map published in Venice Dec. 1534,
with the title, La Carta universale della terra ferma
ed isole delle Indie occidentali. It purports to be
compiled from two marine charts, made in Seville
by pilots of the Emperor. Kohl thinks the author
drew from the charts of the Spanish hydrographical
bureau as Ribero did, whose map it resembles.
Kohl errs in saying that the Burmudas appear here
for the first time on an engraved map, since they
appeared in 1511 in the engraved Peter Martyr map.
The coast from Paria to New England is called
" Indie occidentali ; " South America is called
" Mondo Nuovo — Terra Ferma." A large part of
the western coast of South America (Chili and
Peru) is left blank. The western coast of North
America above Central America is omitted. The
only known copy of this map is in the Lenox Library ;
it is reproduced in Stevens's Notes. Cf. full refer-
ences in Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geog., sub
anno 1540.

48. A. D. 1534. The -world by Bordone.

An engraved map on an elliptical projection in the
Isolario de Benedetto Bordone, published in 1534.
What seems to stand for the Gulf of Mexico is
bounded on the north by a projecting " terra del
laboratore," and on the south by a larger peninsula,
called "Mondo Novo." (See sub no. 40.)

— A. D. 1534.

A map of the Ribero type in the Ducal library at
Wolfenbiittel. Cf. Harrisse's Cabots, p. 185.

Santarem, Bull, de la Soc. de Geog., vii. 322, refers
to a globe at Weimar of this date.

49. A. D. 1534. The world.

An engraved map of an elliptical projection, in-
scribed : "Tiguri Anno M.D.XXXIIII." It re-
sembles the map in the Basle, 1532, edition of the
Novus Orbis, but omits the islands on the eastern
coast of America. Kohl does not trace its origin.

50. A. D. 1535. The world in the Ptolemy of

1535.

It gives of America only the northeast corner of
South America and the eastern coast of what is ,
apparently Newfoundland or Labrador. It is called
"Tabula Nova Orbis," and was repeated in the
Lyons edition of 1541. "Gronlanda" is made a
long narrow promontory stretching southwest from
the northwestern extremity of Europe.

51. A. D. 1536 (?). The world.

The original is an undated MS. in the Bodleian
Library, of an elliptical projection. The dotted line
given for the Chili coast, and the indications of
Pizarro's conquest of Southern Peru, induce Kohl
to place it between 1534 and 1536. It resembles
the delineation in the American parts of the maps
of Baptista Agnese of about this date.

A similar outline is given in the Turin Atlas
(1530-11140), of which Wuttke gives an outline in
the yahresbericht des Vereins fiir Erdkunde in Dres-
den, 1870. Still another of a like contour is given
in colored facsimile by Peschel in the yahresbericht
des Vereins fur Erdkunde in Leipzig, 1871.

52. A. D. 1536. The world by Baptista Agnese.

The original is a manuscript map of an elliptical
projection preserved in the British Museum, marked :
"Bapt. Agnese Venetiis, 1536." The western and
northern coasts of North America are vaguely drawn
by a dotted line, and so is the coast of Chili. A
course from Spain to the Isthmus, and so down the
South American coast to Peru, is represented by a
pricked line, as is also the route of Magellan's ship
round the world. The La Plata river is developed
with branches.

Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geog., sub anno
1540, for references. A sketch of the map is given
in the Narr. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. p. 40.

— A. D. 1536.

An anonymous atlas of eleven charts, showing in
one North America and the Moluccas, and in another
South America and Africa, has been recently dis-
covered in Padua; and is now in Venice. Cf. Studi
biog. e bibliog. della Soc. geog. ital. ii. p. 120.

An anonymous atlas of twelve charts in the pos-
session of Nicolo Barazzi in Venice, of which no. 3
is the Pacific and the coast of America; no. 4 is
America; and no. 12 the world. It formerly be-
longed to the Erizzo family in Venice. Cf. Studi,
etc., ii. p. 128.

— A. D. 1538.

A heart-shaped map of Mercator, of which the
only copy known belongs to Mr. J. Carson Brevoort
of Brooklyn. Cf. Bull, of the Amer. Geog. Soc. 1878,
p. 196.

— A. D. 1539.

This date is assigned to an atlas commonly cited
as the Atlas de Philip fe II., dldie <J Charles Quint,
but which is more correctly defined in the title given
to a photographic reproduction, Portulano de Charles
Quint donne h Philippe II. accompagne cfune notice
par MM. F. Spitzer et Ch. Wiener, Paris, 1875. Major
is inclined to believe it the work of Baptista Agnese.
A copy of this facsimile is in Harvard College Li-
brary. Malte-Brun describes the map in the Bull,
de la Soc. Geog. de Paris, 1876, p. 625. Cf. Winsor's
Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geog., sub anno 1540.

Plate IV. shows the two Americas, and is of the
Agnese type. Plate XIII. shows the eastern coast
of North America of the Ribero type, and the whole
of South America, with the coast of Chili, is left
out. Plate XIV. shows North America, with the ■
west coast drawn up to California, but parts of the,
east and west coast of South America are left out.

14

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

— A. D. 1540.

The " typus universalis " of Miinster in the Ptolemy
of this date. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's,
Ceog., sub anno 1540.

— A. D. 1540. The new -world by Munster.

See no. 58. The same plate was often used dur-
ing this century, particularly in Miinster's publica-
tions ; with the names of the countries inserted in
the block in different type, sometimes in German,
sometimes in Latin. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's
Geog., sub anno 1 540. There is a reduced facsimile
of this map in the Marr. and Crit. Hist, cf America,
vol. iv. p. 41.

— A. D. 1540.

The Antwerp edition of Apian's Cosmographia has
a map reproduced in Lelewel's Moyen dge, pi. 46.
Cf. the map in the 1544 (French), 1545 (Latin), and
1548 (Spanish) editions.

53, 54. A. D. 1 541. The new world in the
Ptolemy of 1541.

Similar to the maps in the editions of 151 1 and
1513; but on a large scale, except that "Parias," a
name given by Columbus to the northern coast of
South America, is here transferred to what is shown
of North America.

No. 54 is a less perfect copy.

— A. D. 1541.

Engraved gores of a mappemode by Mercator.
Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geog., sub anno
1548, with references.

55. A. D. 1542. America by Rotz.

The original is in a MS. in the British Museum,
"John Rotz his book of Hydrography." It shows
the eastern parts of North America and all of South
America (making an island of the eastern parts of
Brazil) on a hemispherical projection. It shows a
number of fabulous islands in the North Atlantic.
An outward curve in the coast of Chili was copied
in many later maps. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of
Ptolemy's Geog., sub anno 1548, for references.

— A. D. 1542.

The Ulpius globe. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of
Ptolemy's Geog., sub annis 1540 and 1548, for refer-
ence ; and also Ibid, for the "Mappemonde Har-
leyenne," as Harrisse calls it, in the British Museum.

The map in Hunter's Pudimenta Cosmographica

— much behind the time — and repeated in 1546,
and in other editions till 1561, when a better shape
for America was adopted. A fac-simile is given of
the 1542 map in Stevens's Notes. It resembles the
map given in Jomard, pi. xviii., as "sur une Cas-
sette de la Collection Trivulci dite Cassettina all'
Agemina."

56. A. D. 1543. America by Baptista Agnese.

The original is a manuscript map in the Collection
of the Duke of Gotha, signed, " Baptista Agnese
fecit Venetiis 1543 die 18 Februarii." It shows the
eastern coast from Labrador to the Straits of Ma-
gellan ; and the western coast, stopping just north
of the same Stra.its, is renewed at Southern Peru,
and extends to the upper verge of Central America.

It notes the discoveries of Ayllon on the Carolina
coast. It is partly reproduced in Kohl's Discovery
of Maine, 316. The Stiidi biog. e bibliog. delta soc. ^
geog. ital., ii. p. 134, notes an atlas hydrographique
(showing the world and America) also in the Ducal
library at Gotha. There are various other Agnese
maps of about this date. One, dated June 25, in the
Huth library, is referred to in Ha.rrisse's Cabots,
p. 189 ; another in the Biblioteca Laurenziana at
Florence is dated Feb. 12. In this chart no. 3 shows
the Pacific with America and the Moluccas ; no. 4,
the Atlantic with the American coast; no. 12 is a
general map, indicating the route of Magellan. Cf.
Studi, etc., ii. p. 131. One of 1544 is in the Royal
library at Dresden; it is signed at Venice. Cf.
Sludi, etc., ii. p. 132. Another of 1545 is in the
Biblioteca Marciana at Venice. Cf. Studi, etc., ii,
p. 132. Cf. references in Winsor's Bibliog. of^
Ptolemy's Geog., sub anno 1548. The Studi, etc., ii.
p. 129, notes an Agnese atlas (15-36-50) in the Royal
library at Munich; and (p. 159) another in the Na-
tional library at Florence as of the sixteenth century,
containing fifteen nautical maps, of which no. 2 shows
the coasts of the Pacific, and no. 3 the east coast of
America.

— A. D. 1544.

Map by Ruscelli in the British Museum, drawn in
part in Kohl's Discovery of Maine, p. 296, and in H.
H. Bancroft's Cent. America, i. 148. Cf. Lelewel,
p. 170; and Peschel's Erdkunde, p. 371.

The well-known map usually ascribed to Sebastian
Cabot. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy's Geog.,
sub anno 1 548 for references ; and Studi biog. e bibliog.,
etc., ii. p. 213.

The map of Miinster's Cosmographia of this date
is reproduced in Santarem and Lelewel, pi. 46.

57. A. D. 1545. The w^orld in the 1545 edition

of Ptolemy.

The map is by Sebastian Miinster. The same
map was re-engraved in the Ptolemy of 1552, and in
Miinster's Cosmographia of 1534.

58. A. D. 1545. The new world by Miinster.

This is the well-known map, Novus Orbis, in the
Basle, 1545, edition of Ptolemy. The same plate
first appeared in the edition of 1540. (See that
date.)

— A. D. 1546.

The Pierre Desceliers map, usually called the
" Henri II. map." Cf . Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy' s
Geog. for references ; ■ also, Paul Gaffarel's Bri'sil
Frangais, Paris, 1878, p. 6 ; Guibert, Ville de Dieppe,
vol. i. p. 348 ; Malte-Brun's " Un geographe fran9ais
du XVIe siecle "in Bull, de la Soc. de Geog. de Paris,
Sept. 1876.

The map of this date in Epitome of Vadianus,
published in 1548, is given by Santarem.

The portolano of Johann Freire. Cf. Harrisse's
Cabots, p. 220.

— A. D. 1548.

Maps no. 59 and no. 60 in the Italian ed. of
Ptolemy. Both represent North America as a part
of Asia, but differently. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of
Ptolemy's Geog. No. 60, called " Carta Marina," was
repeated in the Ptolemy of 1561. It is sketched in
the Narr. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. p. 43.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

15

— A. D. 1549.

A Maggiolo atlas in the Biblioteca Coi-iunale in
Treviso.

59. A. D. 1549. America by Medina.

The original is an engraved map in Pedro de
Medina's Libra de grandezas y cosas memorables de
.ffj^awj, Seville, 1549. It shows the eastern coast
of North America from Labrador south, and both
coasts of Central and South America. Kohl sug-
gests that the small size of this and the other early
maps of America issued in Spain, indicate the un-
willingness of the authorities to allow detailed charts
on a large scale to circulate. It shows the famous
line of demarcation, which is used to note the de-
grees of latitude. Cf. Bib. Am. Vet., p. 517 ; and
Additions, 165. It is the map of the Arte de navegar
of 1545, eked out for the lower parts of South
America by an added block. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog.
of Ptolemy' s Geog., sub anno 1548.

60. A. D. 154-? America by Homem.

This is the western part of an elliptical projection
of the world, and belongs to an undated manuscript
in the British Museum. The west coast is shown
from California to Peru ; the east coast entire, and
both coasts of Patagonia. Tierra del Fuego is the
northern part of a land of unknown extent. The
La Plata is developed ; but the Amazon is not.
" Terra Nova " is a peninsula stretching northwest-
erly from Norway, with " Yslanda " lying between
it and " Bacalaos." The map resembles those of
Homem's contemporary, Baptista Agnese.

61. A. D. c. 1550. Nancy globe.

This shows the western hemisphere of the globe
preserved at Nancy, in France.

Kohl refers to Blaeu's paper on this globe in the
Mimoires de la SocietS royale des Sciences de Nancy,
1835, pp. ix. and 97.

It makes North America part of Asia ; and shows
a large antarctic continent. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog.
of Ptolemy's Geog., sub anno 1548, for notices of
engravings of it.

— xvi. cent.

The Studi biog. e bibliog. della soc. geog. ital, vol. ii.
enumerates various maps of this century, without
assigning them particular years ; and also a variety
of MS. sea-manuals likewise of this century.

An anonymous Carta nautica preserved in the
Ducal library at Wolfenbiittel, which shows North
America in part, as far west as Yucatan and east to
Cape St. Augustine (Studi, ii. p. 106). Cf. Harrisse,
Cabots, p. 185 ; and Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy, sub

1540-

An atlas in the same library, with a map of the
new world, which is placed in the last quarter of
the century (Stiidi, ii. p- ISS)-

A Spanish mappemonde of the early part of the
century, preserved in the Archivio del Collegio di
Propaganda, at Rome [Studi, ii. no. 446).

A Portuguese atlas in the Royal archives at Flor-
ence, showing no. 17, Acadia; 18, Cape Cod to the
Gulf of Mexico ; 19, Gulf of Mexico ; 20, Antilles ;
21-24, South American coasts (Studi, ii. no. 451).

An atlas of the first half of the century, in the
Biblioteca Angelica at Rome, which has several
maps of America (Studi, ii. p. 136).

An atlas in the Archivio del Collegio di Propa-
gaftda, with a map showing the east coast of Amer-

ica (Studi, ii. p. 160 ; Btdl. de la soc. de giog., 1847,
vii. 308). Also in the same place a Carta nautica,
showing a large part of America (Studi, ii. p. 160 ;
Bull., etc., vii. 313).

An anonymous atlas in the Biblioteca Comunale
at Fermo (Studi, ii. p. 162).

An anonymous atlas in the Museo Civico at
Venice, giving the northeast parts of America
(Studi, ii. p. 163), and another (p. 165) showing the
western hemisjjhere.

- A globe in the Biblioteca Marciana at Venice
(Studi, ii. p. 164).

An anonymous atlas in the Biblioteca Ambrosi-
ana at Milan, showing the east and west coasts of
America (Studi, ii. p. 168).

An anonymous Carta nautica, preserved at Milan,
showing the American coasts of the Atlantic (Studi,
ii. p. 170).

An atlas of Antonio Millo, preserved in the Bibli-
oteca Vittorio Emanuele at Rome, showing the two
Americas (Studi, ii. p. 174).

An anonymous Spanish planisphere of the begin-
ning of the century, preserved in the Royal library
at Turin, which shows the coasts of Mexico and the
northern parts of South America (Studi, ii. no. 406).

An atlas of Francesco Gisalfo of Genoa with a
mappemonde, preserved in the Biblioteca Riccardi-
ana at Florence (Studi, ii. 169) ; an anonymous atlas
in the same library, which shows the east and west
coats of America (Studi, ii. p. 172) ; and a Portu-
guese atlas, showing: no. 19, Canada; 20, Florida;
21, Peru; 22, Venezuela; 23-26, South America
(Studi, ii. no. 452). Several of the maps in the
Riccardi palace have been shown in ih^ Jahrbuch
des Vereins fUr Erdkunde in Dresden, 1870. Cf.
Winsor, Bibliog. of Ptolemy, sub 1561.

A Portuguese planisphere of the end of the cen-
tury, showing the western hemisphere. It is pre-
served in the Biblioteca Vallichelliana at Rome.
(Studi, ii. no. 450).

Kohl refers to a "weltkarte" of the middle of the
sixteenth century, which is given in the Mimoires de
la sociiti de Nancy, 1832.

— A. D. 1550-53-

Two portolanos of Pierre Desceliers, one in the
British Museum, and the other at Vienna. Cf. Brit.
Mus. Cat. of MSS., no. 24065 ; Harrisse, Cabots, 230;
Bull, de la Soc. de Giog. de Paris, Sept. 1852 and
Sept. 1856.

A MS. parchment chart (1550) of Diego Gutier-
res in the Dep6t des cartes de la Marine at Paris.

62. A. D. 1 551. The world by Apian.

The original is an engraved " charta cosmograph-
ica" in the Cosmographia of Petrus Apianus, pub-
lished at Paris in 1551, with additions by Gemma
Frisius. The map is not in the Antwerp edition of
1 541, and differs from the one there given. North
America is a narrow continental land, north of which
Asia and Europe unite. See notes on the bibliog-
raphy of Apian in Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America,
vol. ii.

63. A. D. 155-.' The world by Martines (?).

The original is a planisphere from a MS. atlas,
whose names are mostly Italian with some Span-
ish ones, which formerly belonged to the Duke de
Cassano Serra, and is now in the British Museum.
Kohl finds its American portion to correspond
closely with a map of Joannes Martines of 1578 in
the British Museum, and supposes this to be by

i6

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

him also. The later map has meridians of longi-
tude, which this has not. South America is called
" Peru " in this map, but " America " in the later
one. The general outline of the new world resem-
bles that of Porccachi's maps. The huge antarctic
continent so common in maps of this time, is shown.

— A. D. 1552.

MUnster's maps in the Basle Ptolemy of this
year, repeated from the editions of 1540-42-45.

— A. D. c. 1553.

A parchment planisphere in the Dep6t des Cartes
de la Marine at Paris. Harrisse, Cabots, 238.

64. A. D. 1554. America by Bollero.

The original is a small woodcut, — called " Brevis
exactaque totius novi orbis ejusque insularum de-
scriptio recens — Joan Bollero edita," — which ap-
pears in various publications of about this time,
including Gomara's Historia general de las Indias, to
which Kohl credits it. The coasts north of Mexico
and I^abrador are wanting. Cf . Uricoechea, Ma-
poteca Colombiana, no. 12, and Winsor's Bibliog. of
Ptolemy, sub 1561.

— A. D. 1554.

An atlas by Baptista Agnese in the Biblioteca
Marciana at Venice [Studi biog. e bibliog., ii. p. 139).
This was issued in photographic facsimile at Venice
in 1881. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy, sub 1561,
for other maps of Agnese of about this time.

A map of Andre Thevet, cited by D'Avezac, Sur
la projection des Cartes, Paris, 1863, p. 73.

A map of the world by Framezini, engraved by
Julius de Musis.

65. A. D. 1555. The world.

The world on an elliptical projection, copied from
the map in the Basle, 1555, edition of Grynaeus, in
the Grenville copy in the British Museum. It re-
sembles map no. 49 {ante) ; and had earlier appeared
in the 1537 edition of the Novus Orbis.

— A. D. 1555.

A portolano by Le Testu in the French ministry
of war. Cf. Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy, sub 1561.

66. A. D. 1556. America, in Ramusio, vol. iii.

The original was made for Ramusio by Gastaldi
(about 1550) from material gathered by Oviedo, and
sent to Ramusio by the Florentine Hieronimo Fra-
castoro. It is called : " Universale della parte del
mondo nuovamente ritrovata." Ramusio dates the
introduction to this volume in 1553, which may per-
haps indicate the date of the map ; and the material
upon which it was founded would seem to include
results of Cabrillo's explorations on the California
coast in 1542-43.

The maps of the new world, both in this edition,
and in that of 1565, are : i. New world; 2, Temisti-
tan (Mexico) ; 3, Cusco in Peru ; 4, New France and
Newfoundland ; 5, east part of Brazil ; 6, part of
America ; 7, Taprobano ; 8, Hochelaga, — a bird's-
eye view of an Indian camp.

— A. D. 1556.

Vopellio's cordiform mappemonde in Girava's
Cosmographia, Milan. There is a facsimile of it

published by Henry Stevens. It is sometimes
found in the 1570 edition of Girava, which is- the
1556 edition with a new title.

— A. D. 1558-80.

Atlas of Bertelli e Forlani, published at Rome,
containing maps of North and South America. Cf.
Sabin's Dictionary, ii. 5000. See no. 69. What is
called Lafreri's Roman atlas, Tavole vwderne di Ge-
ografia, is sometimes given as published at Rome
and Venice, 1554-72. Forlani's map, Universale
Descrittione, is cited as of 1565, 1570, etc. Cf.
Thomassy, Les Papcs giographes, p. 118.

67. A. D. 1558. America by Homem.

The original is a MS. map by Diego Homem in
the British Museum, a part of a large general atlas
by this Portuguese chart-maker, who inscribes it :
" Diegus Homem cosmographus fecit hoc opus
anno salutis, 1558." The words " mundus novus "
are in a scroll on South America ; but "America" in
small letters is on the region north of the Amazon,
which runs a general easterly course. The coast of
Chili and the western coast of Patagonia are indi-
cated by a dotted line. The California coast is car-
ried a short distance above the peninsula of Cali-
fornia. The Bay of Fundy runs nearly north. The
St. Lawrence is broadened into a sea of uncertain
limits. Cf. Brit. Mus. Cat. of MS. maps, 1844,
vol. i. p. 27 ; Harrisse, Cabots, p. 243 ; and further
on atlases of this time by Homem in Winsor's
Bibliog. of Ptolemy, sub 1561.

— A. D. 1559.

Harrisse, Cabots, p. 244, cites a mappemonde of
Andreas Homo, preserved in the Ministry of Foreign
Affairs at Paris.

68. A. D. 1560. America by NicoUo del Dolii-

natto.

The original is an engraved map belonging to the
Navigationi del mondo novo, published in Venice in
1560, and is inscribed: "Opera di M. NicoUe del
Delfinatto, Cosmografo del Christianissimo Re."
Kohl points out its resemblance to a map edited by
Forlani and made by Gastaldi in 1560, though it
shows less, but on a large scale. It shows from
Labrador to 15° below the equator on the east
coast; and omits all north of Mexico on the west
coast. Both this and Forlani's were published by
the same publisher in Venice.

69. A. D. 1560. The new w^orld by Gastaldi

and Forlani.

An engraved map (in the British Museum) in-
scribed : " Paulus de Furlanis Veronensis opus hoc
exmi Cosmographi Dni Jacobi Gastaldi, Pedemontani
instauravit. . . . Venetiis, Joann Francisci Camotii
aereis formis. . . . Anno MDLX."

North America is connected with Asia ; the North
Pacific extending only to the 40° N. Lat. The
Amazon runs north. The La Plata is not devel-
oped. A polar sea is north of Labrador.

The map was again issued unchanged, by Forlani
in 1576.

— A. D. 1560.

A small globe in the mathematical salon at Dres-
den. Cf. Wieser's Magalh&es-strasse, p. 70, where
one by Johannes Praetorius is referred to, as being
in the same place, and assigned to 1568.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

n

— A. D. 1561.

A map by Girolamo Ruscelli in the edition of
Ptolemy, published at Venice. The coasts of Cali-
fornia and Chili are left uncertain. The same book
has several sectional maps of America. These maps
were repeated in the Ptolemies of 1562, 1564, and
1574-

An atlas of Bartolomeo Olives di Majorca in the
Royal archives at Naples, nos. 2 and 3, showing
parts of North America and the Antilles. Cf. Stiidi
Hog. e bibliog., ii. no. 428.

An improved map in Honter's De Cosmographia
rudimentis, published at Basle.

— A. D. 1662.

_ A map of the younger Diego Gutierres. Har-
risse, Cabots, p. 152.

— A. D. 1562-66.

Carta nautica of Paolo Forlani in the National
library at Paris. It is figured in Santarem's Atlas.
Cf. Bull, de la soc. de giog. de Paris, 1839 ; Studi biog.
e bibliog., ii. p. 142.

The catalogue of the King's maps in the British
Museum puts a map of Forlani under 1562. Cf.
Thomassy, Les Papes giographes, 118.

— A. D. 1563.

Atlas of Giorgio Sideri detto Callapoda di Candia>
containing ten maps, one showing the two hemis-
pheres, and another, America. It is in the Biblio"
teca Marciana at Venice. Cf. Studi, etc., ii. no. 433.

— A. D. 1564.

An atlas of Baptista Agnese, dated May 25, 1564,
referred to in Brit. Mus. Cat. of MSS., no. 25442 ;
and another in the Biblioteca Marciana. Cf. Har-
risse, Cabots, 189. There are various undated atlases
of Agnese, mentioned in Winsor's Bibliog. of Pto-
lemy, sub 1597.

— A. D. 1566.

An engraved map of Zaitiere or Zalterius of Bo-
logna, measuring 15J X 10^ inches, called the earliest
map to show the straits of Anian. Cf. Nar. and
Crit. Hist, of America, iv. p. 93.

A brass globe in the town library at Nuremberg
by Johannes Praetorius. Cf. Ghillany's Behaim,
p. 60.

A MS. map by Des Liens of Dieppe in the Na-
tional library at Paris. Cf. Nar. and Crit. Hist, of
America, iv. 78.

An engraved map of Johannes Paulus Cimberlinus
of Verona, showing North America as a part of Asia.
Mr. Brevoort has a copy.

— A. D. 1567.

An atlas of this date is quoted by Santarem as
being in the Ternaux biblioth^que. Cf. Bull, de la
Soc. de GSog. de Paris, 1837 (viii.), p. 175. It shows
the new world.

70. A. D. 1568. America by Homem.

The original is a MS. map in the Royal library
at Dresden, purporting to be by " Diegus cosmo-
graphus," a Portuguese living in Venice in 1568.
Kohl identifies him with Diego Homem, and traces
the resemblance of this map to Homem's map of

1558 (no. 67 ante). This map has a northern coast
of North America drawn in, which that of 1558 did
not liave.

The La Plata river is made something like an inte-
rior sea, with islands, and has a small channel con-
necting with the ocean on the northern coast of
Brazil.

71. A. D.

The world.

A map in a double-cordiform projection, follow-
ing an engraved original in the British Museum. Its
only inscription is " Ant. Sal. exc. Rom^." A legend
on it speaks of America being better drawn than in
other contemporary maps.

Northern Asia extends in a peninsular shape round
the north pole, with "Groelandia" as a subordinate
peninsula. The " Baccalearum regio " has a group
of islands lying east of it, called " Insule Corterealis."
A " Fretum arcticum " separates this frorti the polar
land. The Amazon discovered in 1542 is left out.
The Chilian coast is " Littora incognita."

It is sometimes assigned to about the year 1540.

— A. D. 1569.

The great mappemonde of Gerard Mercator. Cf.
references in Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv.
369 ; and in Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy, sub 1597.

72. A. D. 1570. America by Ortelius.

Engraved map in the first edition of the Thea-
trtim Orbis Terrarmii, of Abraham Ortelius, the
most learned geographer of his time. He gives in
his text accompanying the map about twenty Span-
ish, Italian, German and French authorities for his
sources,- — most of which he might have found in
Ramusio, though his map is far in advance of that
presented by Ramusio. This delineation of Ortelius
with that of Mercator, may be said to have estab-r
lished a type for the contour of the Americas, which
long prevailed. For various subsequent issues see
Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii. 34; iv. 369.

Reference may be made to a globe of this date
by Francisco Basso, a Milanese; and a MS. map
by Jehan Cossin of Dieppe, in the National library
at Paris. Harrisse, Cabots, 217.

— A. D. 1572.

The mappemonde in Porcacchi's V Isole piu famose
del mottdo, published at Venice, repeated in later edi-
tions, 1576, 1590, etc. One of them is given in fac-
simile in Stevens's Notes, etc.

— A. D. 1573.

Lelewel, Moyen dge, vol. i. pi. 7, cites a " Orbis
terrarum a hydrographo Hispano in piano deline-

— A. D. 1574.

Two maps of the western hemisphere (one dated
1574) in the Theatri Orbis Terrarum Enchiridion of
Philippus Galasus, "per Hugonem Favolium illus-
tratum," published at Antwerp in 1585.

73. A. D. 1575. America by Thevet.

An engraved map, according to Kohl, in Thevet's
La France Antarctique (Brazil about Rio Janeiro),
published in 1575 and 1581. The map is called
" Le nouveau monde decouvert et illustr^ de nostra

i8

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

Temps," and though Thevet professes that he based
it on new material, it is largely a copy of Ortelius,
with a more profuse ramification, to the rivers, of
which Thevet probably had no further information
than Ortelius had ; but he gives some French names,
which Ortelius does not give. He goes a little
farther north than Ortelius. There was also a map
in Thevet's Cosmographia.
Cf . a map in Belleforest's Cosmographia.

74. A. D. 1576. The -world by Sir Humphrey
Gilbert.

An engraved cordiform map in Gilbert's Discourse
of a Discovery for a new passage to Cataia, London,
1576, where the chart is called " A general map
made onelye for the particular declaration of this
discovery." The map is similar in aspect to Apian's
(no. 62), but the northern waters of America are
different, in order to illustrate Gilbert's views, ac-
cording more with Homem's in malting open water
west of Labrador and neighboring parts, which are
made islands. There is a facsimile in the Nar. and
Crit. Hist, of America, iii. ch. 6.

Wieser in his Magalhdez-Strasse, p. 72, refers to an
erd-globus of Apian preserved in the Hof biblio-
thek at Munich.

75. A. D. 1578. The world by Martines.

A MS. map in the British Museum, marked :
"Joan. Martines en Messina, aiii, 1578." It is of
a double hemispherical projection, and in outline
America is of the Ortelius type, though very differ-
ent in the region of the St. Lawrence.

The British Museum Catalogue of MS. maps, i.
p. 29, shows the Martines atlas to contain various
American maps: i, the world; 2, the two hemis-
pheres i 3, the world in gores ; 10, west coast of
America; 11, coast of Mexico; 12, 13, South Amer-
ica; 14, Gulf of Mexico; 15, part of east coast of
North America.

76. A. D. 1578.

A duplicate of no. 75, — less perfect.

77. A. D. 1578. The Tvorld by Martines.

A MS. map, smaller than nos. 75 and 76, likewise
in the British Museum, and differing in parts from
that map, particularly in the St. Lawrence region ;
and in making the Amazon a long river, rising in
Patagonia, while in the other map, it has a short
course and is all north of the La Plata. The moun-
tain ranges in both Americas stretch east and west.

The British Museum MSS., no. 22018, is a porto-
lano of Martines, dated 1579. The Brit. Mus. Cat.
of MS. maps, 1844, i. 31, gives a map of the world
by Martines [sub anno 1582). The South American
part is facsimiled in colors in Bibliophile Jacob's
Moyen Age.

78. A. D. 1578. The world by Probisher.

An engraved sketch in Best's Trite Discourse, re-
garding Frobisher's voyage, showing that command-
er's view of a passage, called after himself, connect-
ing the Atlantic with the Straits of Anian. The
coasts discovered since Ptolemy's time are drawn in
pricked lines. Cf. Collinson's Frobisher, and Nar.
and Crit. Hist, of America, iii. ch. 3,

There is a mappemonde in the Speculum Orbis
terrarutn of Cellarius.

— A. p. 1582.

An elliptical mappemonde in Popelliniere's Trois
mondes. It is of the Ortelius and Mercator type.

A mappemonde by A. Millo is numbered 27470 in
the Brit. Mus. MSS.

— A. D. 1583.

Map in the edition of this year of Reisch's Mar'
garitha philosophica, published at Basle. Cf. Uri-
coechea, Map. Colomb., no. 15.

79. A. D. 1587. The world by Myritius,

An engraved map in the Opiisculum geographiaim
raru7n per yoamieni Myritiwn Melitensein. Ingot-
stad : i anno MDCCCC", the map being called
"Universalis orbis descriptio." Myritius was a
knight of Malta, and dates his preface in 1587, when
Kohl conjectures his map (of which he gives no ac-
count) may have been made.

The map makes North America a part of Asia,
resembling in this respect that of Forlani of 1560.

Reference may be made under this date to the
map in Hakluyt's edition of Peter Martyr, pub-
lished in Paris. There is a facsimile in Stevens's
Notes, &c. ; and a sketch in the Nar. and Crit. Hist,
of America^ iii. p. 42.

The map in the Ortelius of this year was repeated
in the edition of 1598. Uricoechea, no. 16.

80. A. D. 1589. The world by Hakluyt.

An engraved map in Hakluyt's Principall Navi-
gations, London, 1589. Kohl points out how South
America is improved over Ortelius's delineation ;
but he remarks as singular, that Drake and New
Albion, Raleigh and Virginia, with Frobisher and
his straits should be ignored in North America by
an English authority. There is also no trace of
Drake in the regions about Magellan's straits, — the
Spanish authorities seemingly furnishing all the in-
formation Hakluyt had. He calls North America,
" America sive India nova."

81. A. D. 1589.

A duplicate of no. 80,

-less perfect.

82. A. D. 1589. The world by Hondius.

An engraved map, on which a statement that it is
intended to show the tracks of Drake and Caven-
dish, is signed by Jodicus Hondius, 1589. The cir-
cumnavigations of these two English explorers are
marked by pricked lines; and in one corner a small
sketch of Drake's harbor on the California coast,
" Portus novas Albionis," is made. Tierra del Fuego
is made a group of islands for the first time, while
the great antarctic continent is contracted on this
side nearer the southern pole, though it is made to
extend as far as the tropic of Capricorn on the other
side of the globe. In an inscription referring to the
Tierra del Fuego group Hondius remarks that Cav-
endish and the Spaniards do not accept Drake's
views, making a continent the southern boundary
of the Straits of Magellan ; and on later maps Hon-
dius seems to have accepted these other views. Cf.
Uricoechea, no. 25.

83. A. D. 1589. America by Cornelius Judaeus.

The western portion of a map called : " Totius
orbis cogniti universalis descriptio. Corn. Judaeus.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

19

Antuerpia. Pridie Cal. Nov. A. 1589, fecit." It
follows the Ortelius and Mercator type ; and it par-
ticularly resembles the Mercator map of 15S7. It
has the usual antarctic continent.

Cf. a map of Judaeus in his Speculum orbis terrae,
1593-

— A. D. 1592.

The Molineaux globe preserved in the Middle
Temple, London.

— A. D. 1593.

Map resembling the Ortelius type in the Historia-
rum Indicaru?n libri xvi. of Maffeius. Cf. Uricoe-
chea, no. 19.

84. A. D. 1594. America by Peter Plancius.

An engraved map entitled : " Orbis terrarum typus
de integro multis in locis emendatior auctore Petro
Plancio, 1594." Kohl points out its resemblance
to Hakluyt's map of 1589. Plancius gives the four
large islands about the north pole, which Purchas
says were invented by Mercator. There are indica-
tions of P'robisher's Voyage ; but none of Drake's.
Kohl thinks that Plancius had Spanish and Portu-
guese originals, which are unknown to us, and which
he used to advantage in drawing the interior parts of
South America.

The map is found in the Dutch edition of Lin-
schoten, 1596. Blundevile, in his Exercises, speaks
of a Plancius map "lately put forth in the yeere of
our lord, 1592." The same map re-engraved, but not
credited to Plancius is in the Latin Linschoten, 1599.
The English Linschoten of 1598 has the map of the
Hakluyt of 1589, re-engraved from Ortelius.

Under this year also, we must put De Bry's maps
of the world, of this and later dates ; contained in
the Great Voyages, parts iv. and xii.

Cf. also a map of the world by Quadus.

Santarem cites as in the Propaganda at Rome a
portolano of Jean Oliva, the sixth of whose maps is
a planisphere showing the Straits of Magellan. Cf.
Bull, de la Soc. de Glog. (1847), vii. 308, where is also
as no. xii., another portolano of the sixteenth century,
without name or date, but showing on one of its
maps-the eastern coast of America ; and again, p. 313,
still another of the same century.

— A. D. 1395-98.

The map in Giovanni Botero's Relationi universal!,
Venice, 1595, and later. Cf. O' Callaghan Catalogue,
nos. 339, 340 ; Sabin's Dictionary, ii. 6799 ; Rich
(1832), no. 96. There was a later edition in 1603;
Relaciones universales del Mundo, published at Valla-
dolid, which contains both a map of the world, and
one of the two Americas.

— A. D. 1595.

A Dutch map of the world by Loew.

— A. D. 1596.

The maps in the edition of Ptolemy, printed at
Venice, and repeated in editions under date of 1597,
1608 and 1617.

85. A. D. 1597. The world by Porro.

A small engraved map, marked " Universi orbis
descriptio a Hieronymo Porro Pativino incisa." It

is of the Mercator type ; and having been first
printed separately, was later published in an edition
of Ptolemy at Cologne in 1597, and in another at
Venice in 1 598. America is called " Ameria, sive
India nova." There is the usual Southern polar
continent. This and other maps showing America
are numbered 2, 29, 34, and 35 in the Ptolemy of

1597-

Under this date also, is a map of the Ortelius type
in Wytfliet's continuation of Ptolemy. There is a
facsimile of it in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of Amer-
ica, vol. ii.

The globe of Hondius, embodying discoveries in
America.

The map in Magninus's Geographia.

86. A. D. 1598. The world by Molineaux.

An engraved map, belonging, as Kohl asserts, to
the 1598 edition of Hakluyt, but rarely found in it.
The facsimile of it issued by the Hakluyt society in
1S80, is dated 1600. Kohl refers to Hakluyt's prom-
ise in the 1589 edition to give a map by Molineaux,
and traces the correspondences in this map to the
globe in the Middle Temple, assigned to Molineaux.
The map is an attempt to carry out some geographi-
cal problems on theoretical grounds, as compare his
treatment of the St. Lawrence and the Lakes. The
California coast is not carried north of Drake's New
Albion. He omits the antarctic continent and Mer-
cator's arctic islands, and the northern coasts of
America and Asia. He ignores the usual fabulous
Atlantic islands, except Frisland, which he puts
southwest of Iceland. He makes an insular group
of Tierra del Fuego, and removes the protuberant
part of the contour of the Chilian coast, as repre-
sented by Mercator and , Ortelius ; though he pre-
serves a smaller projection nearer the Straits of
Magellan. In this he assigns the explorations of
Drake in 1577 and of Sarmiento and Cavendish in
1587, as authorities. Contrary to most maps of the
time he makes the Pacific in lat. 38°, 1200 leagues
wide, and the distance from Cape St. Lucas to Cape
Mendocino 600 leagues.

A map of the Ortelius type is in Miinster's Cos-
mographia. The Italian Ortelius of this year, //
theatro del Mondo, published at Brescia, has three
maps showing America, pp. i, 3 and 11.

— A. D. 1599.

A portolano of G. Oliva. Brit. Mus. MSS., no.
24943-

87. A. D. 1600 (?) Spanish map of America.

An engraved map in the British Museum, pub-
lished about 1600, and showing the Ortelius and
Mercator type, but more closely resembling that of
Ortelius (1570). It has the great southern conti-
nent. Kohl says that the British Museum Catalogue
says it was published in Madrid ; but he has doubts,
and thinks if so, that*the editing was not done by a
native Spaniard ; and he is inclined to place it sev-
eral years earlier than 1600.

A map, based on Wytfliet, in the America sive
novus orbis of Metellus, was published at Cologne,
in this year. Uricoechea, no. 24.

88. A. D. 1 601. America by Herrera.

Ad engraved map in the 1601 edition of Herrer"a's
Descripcion de las Indias. It shows the line of de-
marcation, on both sides of the globe, in accordance
with Spanish views. A distinguishing feature is the

20

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

great width of the northern Pacific. It was repro-
duced in the edition of 1622; and in the Torque-
mada of 1723 with some changes.

— A. D. 1602.

Gabriel Talton's chart showing the east coast of
the two Americas, preserved in the National Library
at Florence. Cf. Studi, etc., ii. no. 453.

Giovanni Costo's planisphere of the old and new
world, given by M. Canale to Edw. Lester, U. S.
Consul at Genoa, in 1844. Cf. Studi, etc., ii. p. i8i.

89. A. D. 1606. The world by Cespedes.

An engraved map in Cespedes's Regimiento de
Navigacion, Madrid, 1606. It is of small size, as were
all the maps of the new world published in Spain.
It resembles no. 88, and ignores the English and
French discoveries in North America. The western
line of demarcation corresponds to Herrera ; the
eastern is more favorable to Portugal. The north-
ern shores of America and Asia are but vaguely
sketched.

— A. D. 1608.

Map in Gotardus Arthus's Historia IndicE orien-
talis, published at Cologne. Uricoechea, no. 26.

90. A. D. 1613. The world by Oliva.

From a MS. portolano preserved in the Egerton
MSS. in the British Museum. The general map is
called " Typus orbis terrarum." It is inscribed :
"Joannes Oliva fecit in civitate Marsillias, Ano
1613." It has most of the points of Hakluyt's
map ; but gives South America better. It has the
usual arctic islands and antarctic continent of this
period. The language of its names is Italian, occa-
sionally Latin. The Catalogue of MS. maps, Brit.
Mus., 1844, i. 33, shows this portolano to contain
maps of the east coast of North America, of the
West Indies, and of South America.

The Brit. Mus. MSS., 25714, is a map of the
world by Oliva, put under 1609.

Maps of the world, and of America in the Detec-
tionis Freti of Hudson, edited by H. Gerritz.

A map of America by Michael Mercator in the
1613 edition of Mercator's Atlas.

— A. D. 1620.

An atlas by Salvatore Oliva in the Biblioteca
Laurenziana, Florence, showing the two Americas.
Cf. Studi, &c., ii. p. 186.

— A. D. 1625.

Hondius's map of the two Americas in Purchas's
Pilgrimes, iii. 857.

— A. D. 1626.

The map in John Speed's Prospect, engraved by
Abraham Goos.

91. A. D. 1628. The world (Drake's Voyage).

An engraved map of small size for The World en-
compassed by Sir Francis Drake, London, 1628. The
southern continent is called " Magallanica." Cali-
fornia is an island.

The map is by Jodocus Hondius, and is repro-
duced in the Hakluyt Society's ed. of The World
encompassed. Cf. the Hondius map in the 1613 ed.
of Mercator's Atlas. Cf. Uricoechea, nos. 29, 30.

92. A. D. 1630. America by De Laet. \/

An engraved map, " An»ericsB sive Indiae occi-
den talis tabula generalis," in De Laet's Nieuwe\
VF<?«A//, published at Leyden in 1630. He credits'
Hessel Gerritz with making the maps from the best
published and collected information which De Laet
could gather for his use. North America above
Labrador and Cape Mendocino is omitted. Cali-
fornia is a peninsula, though it was generally made
an island at this time. South America is too broad.
The southern shore of Tierra del Fuego is left un-
defined. There is no southern continent. It was
repeated in the various editions of De Laet.

III.

NORTH AMERICA.

*#* Maps of The Two Americas contained in Section II.
need of course to he consulted to perfect this enumeration ofth*
delineations of North A tnerica,

93. A. D. 1525. North Aiaerica by Lorenz

Friesg.

From the " Carta marina Portugalensium," made
in 1525 by the German geographer, Friess. What is
shown of North America is the coast from Yucatan
(apparently an island) well up the eastern coast of
the present United States, or even farther. The
continent is called " Terra de Cuba, partis affrice,"
while the island, Cuba (not named), is partly shown.
The whole geography is very confused and uncer-
tain, and a segment of a large land or island on the
eastern edge of the map may perhaps, as Kohl
thinks, stand for Newfoundland. There are names
on the map which we cannot trace to Ayllon or
Ponce de Leon ; which leads Kohl to suspect other
voyagers on the coast of which we have no other
knowledge. It very likely preserves some of the
sources used in the Cantino map.

— A. D. circa 1550.

Atlas of about the middle of the century, pre-
served in the Riccardi palace at Florence ; has some
maps of North America. Cf. Jahrbuch des Vereins
fiir Erdkunde in Dresden, 1870, pi. vi. and ix.

94. A. D. 1566. North America by Zaltieri.

A map engraved on copper, at Venice in 1 566. It
resembles no. 69 for North America, except that in
the present map the Straits of Anian separate North
America from Asia. The whole of the northeastern
part is erroneous ; and it is not easy to define corre-
spondences. Newfoundland is seemingly a group
of islands. A large lake, not connected with what
is apparently meant for the Saint Lawrence, flows
through a river called " S. Lorenzo," which might
stand for the Penobscot. It is sketched in the Nar.
and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 93. It may be com-
pared with a map of Des Liens (North America) of
this same year (1566). There is an original in
Harvard College Library.

— A. D. 1568.

A map of Diegus [Homem] preserved in the
Royal Library at Dresden.

95. A. D. 1575. Worth America by Porcacchi.

A map entitled, " Mdndo nuovo " in Porcacchi's
V Isole piu famose del mondo (1576), engraved by G.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

21

Porro. The text is largely based on Bordone. The
map is little more than a reduction of Zaltieri
(no. 94).

It originally appeared in the 1572 edition; and
was repeated m the 1576 edition. It is sketched in
the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 96.

— A. D. 1578.

The Martines Atlas in the British Museum, shows
(nos. 10 and 15) the coasts of North America. It is
sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America,
iv. 97.

96. A. D. 1580. North America by J. Dee.

A MS. map in the British Museum presented by
Dr. Dee to Queen Elizabeth, but perhaps not made
by him, since it is not in his autograph. The Cali-
fornia coast is carried well up beyond the peninsula ;
but there are no traces of Drake's New Albion.
The St. Lawrence Gulf (except the west coast of
Newfoundland) and river (without the lakes or any
corresponding water) is very well defined. It is
sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America,
iv. 98.

97. A. D. 1582. North America by Lok.

An engraved map in Hakluyt's Divers Voyages,
1582, since repeated in the Hakluyt Society's edi-
tion of that book, and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of
America, iii. 40; iv. 44.

98. A. D. 1593. Worth America by Judseis.

Inscribed " Americae pars borealis, Florida, Bac-
calaos, Canada, Corterealis, a Cornelio de Judasis in
lucem edita, 1593." It belongs to his Speculum Orbis
terriB. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of
America, iv. 97.

99. A. D. 1600. North America by Quaden, or

Quadus.

Engraved map by Mathias Quaden, or Quadus,
which appeared in the Geographisches Handbuch,
Cologne, 1600, and is entitled, " Nova Orbis pars
borealis." The Pacific coast above Lower California
is not shown. The northern parts are of the Mer-
cator type. The Central America region is omit-
ted. The mountain ranges run east and west. It is
sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America,
iv. loi.

,/^ 100. A. D. 1625. North America [by Briggs]
^ from Purchas.

Engraved map in Purchas's Pilgrimes, vol. iii.
Kohl says it has more original value than the other
maps in that volume. Hudson's Bay is left with a
part of the western bounds of it unfixed, while the
western coast of the continent is not drawn above
45°, — indicating by legends on the map a supposed
northwest passage. California is shown as an island,
with a northern limit under 42°, " as appears by a
map brought to London out of Holland."

— A. D. 163S-1636 (?)

The undated America Septentrionalis of Joannes
Jannsen, published at Amsterdam. The Novissima
et accu7-atissima totius Americce Descriptio per N. Vis-
scher, of about the same date. The English trans-
lation by Henry Hexham of the Hondius-Mercator
Atlas, printed at Amsterdam in 1636, has in vol. i. a

map of the world, showing much the same configu-
ration as is given in vol. ii. in a general map of
America, particularly as regards the northern parts.

— A. D. 1644.

A map of America in an edition of Linschoten,
published at Amsterdam. It is of the Mercator
type.

— A. D. 1646.

Two maps of America, " Petrus Koerius caelavit
Anno do. 1646," in Speed's Prospect of the most
Famous Parts of the World, London, i668.

— A. D. 1650.

An engraved map of North America by Sanson
d'Abbeville. Harrisse, Notes sur la Nouv. France,
no. 325.

— A. D. 1651.

An edition of Speed's Prospect, 1676, has a map
of the world dated 1651, showing North America.

— A. D. 1652.

A map by '^'\&%c!as.\,AmericcE nova descriptio, marked
" Autore N. I. Piscator."

— A. D. 1655.

A map in America, or an exact description of the
West Indies.

— A. D. 1 656-1 663.

Dr. Peter Heylyn's map of America, in his Cos-
mographia, Robert Vaughan, sculp. There were later
editions.

— A. D, 1657.

The Amerique Septentrionale of G. Sanson and
later editions.

— A. D. 1659.

A " New and accurate map of the world " in the
History of the World, by Dion Petau or Petavius,
London, 1659.

— A. D. 1666.

W. Hollar's map of America. Cf. Catalogue King's
maps in Brit. Museum, i. 23.

— A. D. 1669.

The map of North America in Elome's Descriptio7i
of the World; again in 1670, following Sanson.

— A. D. 1670.

The map in Ogilby's America.

— A. D. 1673-74.

Joliet's earliest map, showing North America, of
which a reproduction is given in the Revue de Geog-
raphic, 1880, and in other places; and a sketch in
the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 208.

— A. D. 1678.

Map of the world in Kircher's Mundus Subterra-
neus (Amsterdam), of the Ortelius type.

22

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

— A. D. 168I-S4.

Franquelin's MS. map of 1681 made from Joliet's
data, of which there is a sketch in the Nar. and
Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 218; a configuration more
elaborately worked out in his great map of 1684, of
of which there is a sketch in Ibid. iv. 228.

— A. D. 1683.

Hennepin's map of North America, dated 1683,
1697.

— A. D. 1685-98 and later.

The map in R. Burton's [N. Crouch's] English
Empire in America.

— A. D. 1691.

Map of North America in Leclercq's Atablisse-
ment de la Foi, reproduced in Shea's translation of
that book.

— A. D. 1692-93.

Sanson's map of North America (1692) ; and the
map published at Amsterdam in 1693 l>y Mortier.
There were later dates.

— A. D. 1694.

VAmirique Septentrionale oi Hubert Jaillot; and
his map of the world in 1696.

— A. D. 1700.

Delisle's map of America.

— A. D. 1702.

The map of North America in Campanius' Nya
Swerige, of which there is a facsimile in the JV^ar.
and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 394.

— A. D. 1709.

La Hontan's map, Carte Generale de Canada.
1703 edition has a sectional map.

The

— A. D. 1710.

John Senex's map of North America, of which
there is a reproduction in David Mill's Report on the
Boundaries of tlu Province of Ontario, Toronto, 1873.

— A. D. I717.

Herman Moll's map of North America, in his
Atlc^. Moll's maps were used in Oldmixon's Amer-
ica, 1708 and 1741.

— A. D. 1714-22.

The Hemisphere septentrional of Guillaume de
I'Isle; and his Carte d'Amirique.

— A. D. 1731.

VAmirique mise au jour par Danet, Paris.

— A. D. 1733.

Henry Popple's Map of the British Empire in
Arnerica, with the French and Spanish Settlements
adjacent thereto.

— A. D. 1738.

Map of America in Keith's Pennsylvania.

— A. D. 1740.

Delisle's map of North America, of which there is
a reproduction in Mill's Boundaries of Ontario, 1873.

— A. D. 1741.

Moll's map of North America in Oldmixon's
British Empire.

— A. D. 1744.

Benin's map in the Nouvelle France of Charlevoix,
and his map of the world in 1748.

— A. D. 1746.

The Amlrique Septentrionale of D 'Anville ; and
the America Mappa of Homami.

— A. D. 1747.

The North America of Bowen's Geography.

— A. D, 1755-56-

D'Anville's map of North America, and the repro-
duction of it, " improved " in Douglass's Summary
of the British Settlements in North America, 1755
(English edition). The map in John Haske's Present
State of North America (2d ed.) showing the extent
of the British claim to territory and the map (1756)
inMWVs Botmdaries of Ontario (1873) showing the
French claim.

— A. D. 1757.

L 'Amirique Septentrionale, published by Covens
and Mortier at Amsterdam ; and that in Robert de
Vaugondy's Atlas Universel.

— A. D. 1760.

L' Amirique, par Sanson rectifiee par Robert, con-
tained with others in Van der Aa's La Galerie agria-
tie du Monde.

— A. D. 1762.

VAmirique par Janvier in the Atlas Moderne.

— A. D. 1763.

Delisle's VAmirique of 1722, corrected by Buache.
Mat. Scutterius' map of North America.
Bowen's Map of North America.

*#* The maps at this time, and later, gave the new definitions
of bounds, as fixed by the Treaty of Paris in 1763.

IV.

NORTHERN PARTS OF NORTH
AMERICA.

*#* The fttaps in Sections II. and III. need to he consulted
to suppleTnent the enumeration of the present section.

— A. D. 1496-1631.

J. W. Rundall's map (modern surveys) of Arctic
explorations (Baffin's Bay, Hudson's Bay, etc.) be-
tween these years is in Thomas Rundall's Voyages

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

23

towards the Northwest, published by the Hakluyt
Society, 1849. See also Petermann's "Karte der
Arkcischen und Antarktischen Regionen, zur Uber-
sicht der Entdeckungsgeschichte " in his Geogra-
phische Mittheilungen, xiv. (1865) pi. 12; und Er-
gdnzungsband, iv. no. l6, pi. I ; and the map in
Peschel's Geschichte der Erdkunde, ed. Ruge, 1877,
p. 28S.

101. A. D. 1503. The North Atlantic.

From a Portuguese portolano, showing the north-
ern coasts, above Nova Scotia. Greenland is
tolerably drawn with a broad expanse of water
on the west (Baffin's Bay). A second Greenland
(Engronelant) is drawn as a peninsula extending
from Scandinavia, as in earlier maps, and sepa-
rated from the true Greenland by a passage to the
polar seas.

— A. D. 1503-1504.

A Portuguese chart showing the northeastern
toast, given in Kohl's Discovery of Maine, p. 174;
».nd in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 35.

— A. D. 1 514-1520.

The coast from Nova Scotia to Labrador, as
shown in a sketch given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist,
of America, iii. 56. It is a portion of a chart giving
a large part of the coast. Cf. Kohl, Discovery of
Maine, p. 179 ; Stevens' Notes, and Kunstmann's
Atlas.

— A. D. 1 522-1 525.

A map of Lorenz Friess in the Ptolemy oi 1522
shows Greenland as an elongated island in the N. W.
of Europe. There is a facsimile of it in Norden-
skiold's Broderna Zenos, Stockholm, 1883. This map
is not contained in the 1525 edition of Ptolemy, where
a map, " Tab. nova Norbergiae et Gottise," shows
Greenland as a much broader peninsula of North-
western Europe, called " Engronelant." No. 49 of
the 1525 edition is still another delineation, repre-
senting " Gronlanda " as a long, nairow peninsula ex-
tending southwesterly from the northwest of Europe.
A reproduction of this map, ascribed to Ancuparius,
the editor of the Ptolemy of 1522, is given in Wit-
sen's Noord en Oost Tartarye, vol. ii. (1705).

102. A. D. 1525. Labrador and Greenland, by

Lorenz Friess.

From the atlas of Lorenz Friess, 1525, Labrador
is called "Terra nova Conterati" (of Cortereal),
who is said in a legend to have discovered it in 15 10,
instead of 1501. The abundance of herring and stock-
fish (cod) on the coast is mentioned. The southern
part of Greenland is east of Davis Straits. " Terra
laboratoris " is made an island, west of, and near to
the lower point of Greenland. The Azores (Has
Axagoras) are shown.

— A. D. 1532.

A map in Ziegler's Scondia, etc., published in Stras-
burg, and again in 1 536, gives a sweep of unbroken
coast which he calls " Terra Baccalaos," " Ulteriora
Gronlandia," " Incognita." Both editions are in the
Carter-Brown Library (Catalogue, i. nos. 103, 120).
There are copies of the 1532 edition in the Collec-
tions of Mr. Chas. Deane and Mr. Jasi Carson Bre-
voort.

103. A. D. 1534. Labrador by Bordone.

Engraved map in his Isolario, Venice, 1534. The
country is called " Terra de lavoratore " ; and it is
the earliest extension of a large island which may,
as Kohl thinks, stand for North America, whose
S. W. point is separated by a strait from the " Mondo
Novo" (South America). If this conjecture is cor-
rect the strait corresponds to such a passage, as
shown in other maps of this time. In the ocean are
the islands, " Asmaide," "Bresil," and "Astores."

104. A. D. 1542. Northeast Coast, by Rotz.

From Rotz's MS. Booke of Idrography in the
British Museum. It shows " New fonde Lande "
broken into islands ; the coast north of the straits
of Belle Isle. A compass conceals what was per-
haps intended for Davis or Hudson's Straits ;
and then north of this a curved peninsula marked
" Cost of Labrador," which seems to be Greenland,
extends towards " Islonde." Kohl points out its re-
semblance to the Henri II. or Dauphin map (see
sub no. 58).

— A. D. 1544.

The sectional maps of the Northeast coast, by
Jean AUefonsce, of which sketches are given in the
Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 74-77. One
of them is reproduced in Weise's Discoveries of
America.

— A. D. xvi. cent.

Various maps, showing the Northeast coasts of
North America, and extracted in part from mappe-
mondes, are sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of
America, iv. 81 et seq.

Portuguese atlases preserved in the Royal ar-
chives and in the Biblioteca Riccardiana at Flor-
ence, which show this coast, are mentioned in the
Studi biog. e bibliog. de la soc. ital., ii. nos. 451, 452.

— A. D. 1547.

The map of Scandinavia in Bordone represents
" Engronelant " as a peninsula of Europe.

— A. D. 1548.

The " Delia Terra nova Bacalaos " by Gastaldi
in the Italian Ptolemy of 1548, of which there is a
sketch in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 88.

— A. D. circa 1553.

Gastaldi's map, Nucrva Francia, which appeared
in the third volume of Ramusio in 1556. There
are facsimiles of it in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of
America, iv. 91 ; and in Weise's Discoveries of America,
P- 356-

105. A. D. 155S. Iceland by A. Mercator.

— A. D. 1561.

Ruscelli's Tierra Nueva in the Ptolemy of this
year, showing the coast from Florida to Labrador.
There are sketches of this map in Kohl's Discovery
of Maine, 233; Lelewel, Geog. de Moyen Age, 170;
and Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 92.

This edition has also a map, Schonladia, which
shows a peninsula north of " Thyle " and beyond the
" Mare Congelatum," which is a supposable Green-
land.

24

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

106. A. D. 1562. The North Atlantic from the

Ptolemy of 1562.

This is an engraved reproduction of the Zeni map,
which had been first published in 1558, and had been
followed in 1561 by Ruscelli. To the present Ptol-
emy copy by Moletta, that cartographer adds a note
saying that its geography is confirmed by modern
navigators, " as we know by letters and marine charts
sent to us from divers parts."

See bibliographical memoranda relating to the
Zeni map and its influence in Winsor's Bibliog. of
Ptolemy, sub anno 1562.

— A. D. 1562.

An engraved map of the east coast of North
America from Cape Breton to Florida made by
Diego Guitierrez, the cosmographer of King Philip,
and engraved by Cock.

— A. D. 1567.

" Gruntlandia " (Greenland) is shown in a n.ap of
the northern regions in Olar Magni Historia, pub-
lished this year at Basle. There is a facsimile of
the map in Nordenskiold's Brodema Zenos, Stock-
holm, 1883.

— A. D. 1570.

A map of the North Atlantic by Stephanius, based
on Icelandic sources, given by Kohl in his Discovery
of Maine, p. 107, and in Weise's Discoveries of Amer-
ica, p. 22. Ortelius gave this year in his Theatrum
Orbis Terrarum, a map of the northern regions which
he called " Septentrionalium Regionum Descrip.,"
showing " Estotilant " (apparently a part of the main),
with " Groclant," " Groenlant," " Drogeo," " Islant,"
and " Frislant " as islands in the north Atlantic. It
was repeated in the editions of Ortelius o£ 1575,
1 584, and 1 592. There were new engravings of it in
Miinster's Cosmographia in 1595 ; and in the Cologne-
Arnheim edition of Ptolemy in 1597.

107. A. D. 1575 (.') Northeast Coast.

From a MS. Portuguese map in the British Mu-
seum, inscribed : " On the 20th Nov. 1 580, a Portu-
guese, Fernando Simon, lent this map to John Dee
in Mortlake, and a servant of Dee copied it for him."
It shows the coast from Cape Breton, north to Hud-
son's Straits. The St. Lawrence gulf is given, but
not the river. Newfoundland is broken into islands.
The map resembles that of Freire of 1546 (no. 58);
but does not suggest Dee's own map of 1580, as
sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America,
iv. 98.

108. A. D. 1578. Frobisher's Discoveries.

Taken from a map in Best's True Discourse, Lon-
don, 1578, and confirming Frobisher's own map of the
world (no. 78). There is an engraving of no. 108 in
Collinson's Frobisher's Voyages, 1867, published by
the Hakluyt Society.

109. A. D. 1580. The Polar Regions by Dee.

It represents the polar islands of Mercator;
Greenland as a long island, with Estotiland as an
island of uncertain limits, southwest of Greenland.
"Icaria," "Frislant," and "Tula ins." lie east of
Greenland. Dr. Kohl has not annotated it.

— A. D. 1585-87.

A modern map showing Davis's explorations is
given in the Hakluyt's Society's edition of Davis's
Voyages, p. i.

110. A. D. 1587. Northeast Coast.

From a manuscript atlas in the British Museum,
inscribed : Livre de la Marine du Pilote Pastoret,
Van, 1587. S. F. M. Dr. Kohl thinks the name
may be " Pralut " or perhaps " Pasterot." It shows
the coast from Cape Breton to La Mer Glacee. New-
foundland is a group of islands. The straits of Belle
Isle is marked as where Cartier passed. The Green-
land region resembles No. 104.

111. A. D. 1592. Northeast Coast by Molineaux.

An extract from Molineaux's globe in the Middle
Temple, London, showing the St. Lawrence river
and gulf; Newfoundland as islands; Davis Straits
and Greenland. Molineaux had Davis's charts, now
lost. Frobisher's Strait is made to separate the
southern part of Greenland from an island, — an
error long perpetuated. There is a sketch of this
part of the globe in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of
America, iii. 213.

112. A. D. 1592. Polar Regions by Molineaux.

From his 1592 globe. Shows the north of Europe
and Asia, but of America it gives only the north-
east coast of Greenland. It omits Mercator's Polar
islands, in which Moline,aux finds no ground for
belief.

113. A. D. 1597. Labrador and Greenland by

Wytfliet.

The engraved map " Estotilandia et Laboratoris
terra " in Wytfliet's continuation of Ptolemy. It
shows both coasts of " Fretum Joan Davis," and
bears a resemblance to this part of the Molineaux
globe (no. in). The erroneous Frobisher's Straits
(south of Greenland) are drawn, but not named.
Frisland lies an island southeast of Greenland,
of which it really was in Kohl's view the southern
part.

Another Wytfliet map, " Nova Francia et Canada,
1597," is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist, of America, iv. 100. A third map of Wyt-
fliet shows the coast from the St. Lawrence gulf
to South Carolina. A fourth represents the archi-
pelago of Newfoundland (as he understood it) and
Labrador.

114. A. D. 1598. The North Atlantic, Ed. Ptol-

emy.

The map "Scandia" in the 1598 ("Venice) edition
of Ptolemy, translated into Italian by Cernot. A
well-known Italian cartographer is known to have
made some of the maps, of this edition, and may
have made this. The American shore is based on
the Zeni map.

115. A. D. i59-(?) Greenland and Ireland.

This is called by Dr. Kohl "an English map,
1 59-?" but he gives no further information. It
shows the eastern shore of Greenland, the erroneous
"Forboshar's Straits," the islands "Freeseland"
and "Iseland."

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

25

116. A. D. 1 60-? North Polar regions by Mer-

cator.

Engraved map of a part of the northern hemi-
sphere {above 60° lat.) in the Mercator-Hondius
Atlas, Amsterdam, 1630 ; but it is assigned to Ge-
rardus Mercator himself ; and was made, as Kohl
thinks, a little before Mercator's death in 1594.
Kohl also calls it the first time the projection was
used, which makes the north pole the centre. He
represents the four large islands round the pole,
which Mercator, getting the idea from Cnoyen, was the
first at an earlier date to introduce into maps, and
between which he supposes the oceans to flow to the
pole, where the superfluous water is absorbed by the
south. He places the magnetic pole under 74°, on
a line from the pole to the Straits of Anian, — also
thought by Kohl a first attempt to locate such pole,
but he forgets the attempts of Ruysch, Martin Cortes,
and Sanuto. Greenland is made an island with de-
fined northern capes. Thfe land about Davis's Straits
is shown much in the same way as in the Molineaux
globe of 1592 (no, iii). Mercator gives the same
large inland fresh-water sea in northern Canada, with
connection with the polar ocean.

A similar map on a smaller scale, extending only
to 5o° N. lat. is given in Purchas, iii. 625, as
" Hondus his map of the Arctic Pole."

117. A. D. 1600. Arctic regions.

An engraved map in De Bry's IndicB Orientalis,
tertia pars, '1601, where it appears without other
explanation than that it was made by " Wilhelmus
Bernardus " (Barent9z, the Dutch navigator). Kohl
and Markham suppose it to have been made by
Barentsz on his third voyage, 1596-97. The parts
of America shown are Greenland, Fretum Davis,
and Estotiland. Markham says regarding the fac-
simile of the original map which appears in the
Hakluyt Society's edition of Barents' Three Voyages,
that "the map was first published in 1599 by Cor-
nelius Glaeszoon in the second part of the abridged
Latin edition of Linschoten's Itinerarium ; but it is
wanting in some copies."

This may be compared with the Arctic parts of
the map of the world by Molineaux, as reproduced
by the Hakluyt Society in 1880.

— A. D. 1600.

A map by Metellus, " Estotilandia et Laboratoris
terra." It shows " Groenlandiae pars," " Islandia,"
" Frisland," and " Terre de Laborador."

— A. D. 1601.

Harrisse, Cabots, p. 201, refers to a beautifully
executed map of the Atlantic, marked : " 1601, R.
Dieppe par Guillemme Levasseur le 12 de Juillet."

118. A. D. 1608. Greenland.

A little map, showing a small part of "Groen-
lant," marked also " Hold with Hope." Kohl
credits it to Hudson, but gives no explanation.

— A. D. 1609.

The map in Lescarbot's Nouvelle France, of which
there are sections in facsimile in the Nar. and
Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 150, 152, 374. 378. It
is also reproduced in the Paris reprint and else-
where.

A map of about 1610, preserved in the French
archives, and of which there is a copy in the Mass.
Archives, is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of
America, vol. iii.

— A. D. 161 1.

A map by Jodocus Hondius explaining Barentz's
third voyage, which appeared in the Latin ed. of
Pontanus's Amsterdam, 1611, and in the Dutch ed.
of 1614. It is given in facsimile in Asher's Henry
Hudson the Navigator, published by the Hakluyt So-
ciety, i860. It is called "Tabula Geogr. in qua
admiranda; navigationis Cursus et recursus desig-
natur."

— A. D. 16—.

Hondius's map of Iceland is given in Purchas,
iii. 644.

119. A. D. 161 2. Arctic Regions by Hudson.

Hudson's chart of his northern expedition be-
tween Greenland and Hudson's Bay. Kohl makes
no comments on this map, which follows an en-
graved chart in De Bry's India Orientalis, pars x,
1613. A facsimile is given in Asher's Hudson the
Navigator, published by the Hakluyt Society, i860.
It is called Tabula Nawtica, . . . anno 1612.

120. A. D. 1612. Tlie same.

On this copy Kohl remarks upon the absence of
any reference to the map in De Bry's text, which he
supposes was copied — as would appear to be the
case — by De Bry from Hudson's own chart in the
Descriptio ac delineatio geographica detectionis freti . . .
ab Henrico Hudsono Anglo, Amsterdam, 1612; and
again 1613. There are copies in Harvard College
library. Cf. Camus, Memoirs stir de Bry, p. 258.
The Portuguese designation is given to Newfound-
land,— "Ilha de Bacalhao."

— A. D. 1612-I3.

The Hondius-Mercator atlas of 1613. This has
two maps of Europe, which include Greenland and
adjacent parts, — one is by Hondius, the other by
Mercator.

A portolano (1613) of Johannes Oliva of Mar-
seilles, in the British Museum, in a chart of the
north Atlantic gives the east coast of America from
Norumbega to Hatteras. Newfoundland is better
drawn than before, but Oliva seems to have been
ignorant of Lescarbot's map.

Champlain's maps of 1612 and 1613. That of
1612 extends from the southern side of Cape Cod to
Labrador, and that of 1613, though different, covers
about the same range of coast. They are repro-
duced in the Quebec and Boston editions of Cham-
plain, and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America,
iv. 380-382.

121. A. D. 1615. Hudson Straits by Baffin.

The original MS. map is in the British Museum.
A colored facsimile is given in Baffitt's Voyages, pub-
lished by the Hakluyt Society, 1881 ; and it is given
in outline in Rundall's Voyages towards the North-
west, published by the same society, 1849. The
chart represents Bafiin's fourth voyage. Capt. Buck
in 1836 was the next to follow this route.

26

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

' — A. D. i5i6, etc.

Petermann in his Geographische Mittheilnngcn, vol.
xiii. (1S67), pi. 6, gives a map, "Das nbrdlichste
Land der Erde entdeckt 1616 bis 1861," including
Bylot and BaiiSn's map {1616), Ross (1818), Ingle-
field (1852), Kane (1855), and Hayes (1861).

122. A. D. 1619. Hudson's Straits and Bay.

An engraved map in La Peyrire's Recueil de Voy-
age ati Nord, made as that editor says after Danish
authorities, — possibly representing Munk's voyage
in i6i8-ig, who named the straits and bay after
King Christian. Baffin's Bay becomes " Gulf Davis."
The maker of the chart was not aware seemingly of
Hudson's explorations in the southern parts of Hud-
son's Bay.

The same or a similar map appears in La Pey-
rere's Relation du Groenland, Paris, 1647 and 1663.

— A. D. 1624.

Sir Wm. Alexander's map, in Purchas, of which
a part is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist,
of America, iii. 306.

— A. D. 1624-30.

The map by Chapelain, appearing in Isaac de La
Peyrfere's Relation du Greenland, Paris, 1663, is re-
produced in an English translation in the volume on
Spitzbergen and Greenland, published by the Hakluyt
Society in 1835. "^"'^^ La Peyrere Relation refers to
a map " per Martinum filium Arnoldi, ano 1624 &
1625," which had been used in the construction of it ;
and which was then preserved in the library of Cardi-
nal Mazarin; also to a map made by Capt. Munck
on his voyage, reprinted with his narrative, which
agrees with a map of Hudson, owned by Chapelain.
The same Hakluyt Society volume contains the map
of Greenland accompanying Edward Pellham's God's
Power and Providence shewed in the . . . deliverance of
eight Englishmen left in Greenland, 1630, published
in London, 163 1.

123. A. D. 1625. Greenland.

An engraved map in Purchas's Pilgrimes, iii. 472.
Kohl has not commented on it, except to call it
Spitzbergen, which it seems to be, instead of the
modern Greenland. Luke Fox's map (1633) also
calls the Asiatic Island by the name of Greenland.

124. A. D. 1631. Hudson's Bay and Greenland

by Capt. James.

An engraved map in Capt. Thomas James's Strange
and Dangc7'oiis Voyage, 1633, inscribed " The platt
of sayling for the discoverye of a Passage into the
South Sea, 1631, 1632." Kohl calls it the earliest
map of Hudson Bay giving the entire shore from
observation. His latitudes are nearly correct : he
omits longitudes. There is a facsimile of part of it
in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii. 96.

125. A. D. 1633. Northern parts by Fox.

An engraved map in Luke Fox's Northweaste
Foxe, London, 1633. It shows the east coast of
North America from the Hudson River, including
Hudson's and Baffin's Bays, to Greenland, and the
west coast above Cape Mendocino to a point north
of the straits which separated what was then sup-
posed to be the Island of California at its northern
end from the main.

— A. D. 1636, etc.

Maps of Baffin's Bay by Luke Fox (1636), Hex-
ham's Mercator-Hondius (1636), Moll (1706), Bar-
rington (1818), and modern charts are given in Mark-
ham's Voyage of William Baffin, published by the
Hakluyt Society, 1881. The Fox map is reproduced
in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii. 98.

T— A. D. 1644-63.

An engraved map of Iceland by Du Val in La
Peyrere 's Relation de I'Islande, Paris, 1663.

— A. D. 1646.

Robert Dudley's map of the St. Lawrence and ad-
jacent jiarts, continued in his Arcano del Mare (Flor-
ence, 1647), p. 52 ; and sketched in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist, of America, iv. 3S8. It is called in Dudley :
" D 'America Carta prima."

— A. D. 1656.

Sanson's Le Canada includes the region about
Hudson's Bay.

— A. D. 1660.

The Tabula Novcz Francice of Du Creux or Creux-
ius, of which a portion is given in facsimile in the
Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 389.

— A. D. 1661.

North America in the Zee-Atlas of Van Loon.

— A. D. 1662.

"A chart of Hudson's Straights and Bay, o£
Davis's Straights and Baffin's Bay, as published in
the year 1662," is given in T. S. Drage's Account of
a Voyage for the Discovery of a Northwest passage,
London, 1749, vol. ii.

126. A. D. 1669. Greenland by Goos.

An engraved map in Pietro de la Goos's Atlas de
la marine, Amsterdam, 1669. He makes Frobisher's
Straits cut off the southern end of Greenland, and
gives many names, unknown in earlier maps, to the
shore of Greenland, opposite Iceland ; while Dutch
names on the western coast would indicate explora-
tions by Hollanders in that region.

127. A. D. 1685. Hudson's Bay by Jaillot.

It shows the French and English posts : and Kohl
. says the information is drawn almost entirely from
Canadian sources.

Bleau's atlas of 1685 gives maps showing the north-
ern parts.

— A. D. 1687.

Morden's maps in Blome's Present state of His
Majesty's Isles and Territories in America.

— A. D. I7i6(?)

Delisle's Carte du Canada shows also the polar
regions. It is also in the atlas published by Covens
and Mortier at Amsterdam.

1/

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

27

— A. D. 1720.

C. G. Zorgdragers, Groenlandsche Visschery, Am-
sterdam, 1720, had maps of the Polar regions, Green-
land and Iceland, which are repeated in the Co-
penhagen edition of 1727. Frobisher's Straits are
represented as cutting off the southern part of Green-
land.

— A. D. 1728.

The Atlas maritimus et Commerctalis, London,
1728, has a map of the St. Lawrence Gulf, and the
Northeastern coasts.

128. A. D. circa 1730. Bet-ween Lake Superior

and Hudson's Bay.

A MS. map by De la Veranderie preserved in the
Depot de la Marine in Paris. " Donnee par Mon-
sieur de la Galissoniere, 1750." It shows the coun-
try between Lake Superior and Hudson Bay, with
its waters and portages, and forts and trading-posts.

129. A. D. 1730. Country Northvirest of Lake

Superior.

An Indian map, made by Ochagach, preserved in
the Depot de la Marine, showing water-ways and
portages. Kohl supposes it to have been carried to
Europe by De la Veranderie, who used it in compil-
ing map no. 1 28.

130. A. D. 1740. Hudson Bay Country.

Kohl calls this map a sketch of the territory ex-
plored by De la Veranderie, and says the original in
the Depot de la Marine at Paris is called, " Carte
des Nouvelles decouvertes dans I'ouest du Canada
et des nations qui y habitent. Dressee, dit-on, sur
les Memoires de Monsieur de la Veranderie, mais
fort imparfaite a ce tju'il m'a dit. Donnee au D^pdt
de la Marine par Monsieur de la Galissoniere en
1750."

— A. D. 174I.

An engraved map of Greenland in Hans Egede's
Gr^nland, Copenhagen, 1741 ; repeated in the Ger-
man edition, Copenhagen, 1742 ; and called " Gr^n-
landia Antiqua ; " also in \h&Beschreibungvott Grm-
land, translated by Kriinitz, Berlin, 1763.

Cf. the map by Paul Egede in his Efterretninger
om Gr^nland, Copenhagen, 1789.

— A. D. 1742.

The northeastern coasts in the English Pilot of
1742 and later dates.

131. A. D. 1746. Northwest parts of Hudson

Bay.

An engraved map in The Probability of a North-
west passage, by Theodore Swaine Drage, clerk of the
" California " (one of the ships), London, 1768, pur-
porting to record discoveries of Capt. Smith and
Capt. Moor in 1746-47. Drage accompanied Smith
and Moor on this voyage.

There is a chart of Hudson Bay and straits ac-
cording to the discoveries between l6io and 1743 in
Drage's Account of a Voyage for the Discovery of a
Northwest passage, London, 1748, vol. i., and in vol.
ii. the same map as that used by Kohl.

132. A. D. 1747. Wager's Bay by BUis.

An inlet in the northwest part of Hudson's Bay,
mapped by Ellis, who accompanied Smith and
Moor. It was named on Middleton's voyage.

— A. D. 1746-47.

A map of Hudson's Bay and adjacent parts in
the German edition of Henry Ellis's Reise nach
Hudson's meerbusen, Gbttingen, 1750. This map is
not in the Harvard College copies of the English
and French editions.

133. A. D. 1748. Hudson's Bay by Ellis.

An engraved map in Henry Ellis's Voyage to Hud-
son's Bay, London, 1748, an account of the expedi-
tion of Francis Smith and Wm. Moor. The map
was re-engraved in the Germair edition, Gottingen,
1750; and in the French edition, Paris, 1749. It
shows the region from California to Greenland, and
north of Lake Erie. The expedition was fitted out
by London merchants, and after Parliament in 1743
had offered ;^2o,ooo for the discovery of a north-
west passage. Kohl remarks that the discoveries of
Hudson, Baffin, Fox, and James are not well delin-
eated by Ellis.

134. A. D. 1763. Hudson Bay by Bellin.

Without comment by Kohl.

135. A. D. 1774. Hudson's and Baffin's Bays by

Samuel Dun.

An engraved map, showing all the inlets of Hud-
son's Bay closed up at their interior extremities, in-
dicating the end of the belief in a westerly passage
being discovered through any of them. Baffin's Bay
is represented as a large oval, among some of whose
western passages (it is stated on the map) a passage
may yet be possible to the Pacific. " Christian Sea"
(King Christian's Sea) discovered by Munk in 1629,
is put in the northerly part of Baffin's instead of
Hudson's Bay.

— A. D. 1774.

Map of the north Polar regions in the The jfotirnal
of the Voyage by Phipps and Lutwidge, London, 1774.

136. A. D. 1765. Greenland by Cranz.

An engraved map in David Cranz's Historic von
Gronland, 1766, and second edition, 1770; repeated
in the English translation, London, 1767.

— A. D. 1783.

Map of the Arctic regions in J. R. Forster's Voy-
ages and Discoveries made in the North.

137. A. D. 1785. Hudson's Bay Country by

Pond.

A MS. map in the archives of the Hudson's Bay
company in London, inscribed : " Copy of a map
presented to the Congress by Peter Pond, a native of
Milford in the State of Connecticut. This extraor-
dinary man has resided seventeen j'ears in those
countries, and from his own discoveries as well as
from the reports of the Indians, he assures himself
of having at last discovered a passage to the North
Sea. He is gone again to ascertain some important

28

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

observations. New York, ist March, 1785, copied
by St. John de Crevecoeur for his Grace of La
Rochefoucault." Pond's various sojourns are indi-
cated, — the most southern on St. Peter's (Missis-
sippi) River, 1774; the most northern near Lake
Athabaska, 1782--83. He puts down the great North-
ern Sea too far south by ten degrees.

138. A. D. 1789 and 1793. Discoveries of Alex-

ander Mackenzie.

Mackenzie started from Fort Chipewyan on the
Lake of the Hills, in June, 1789, and followed the
river now known by his name to near its junction
with the Northern Sea. In 1793 he followed the
Unjijah or Peace River to the Rocky Mountains,
thence to the Pacific. Mackenzie seems to have
used Arrowsmith's map and Vancouver's surveys, in
this map, which accompanies the books which he
published about his explorations.

139. A. D. 1790. Hudson's Bay Country by

Turner.

A MS. map in the archives of the Hudson Bay
company in London, inscribed : " Chart of lakes and
rivers in North America by Philipp Turner." Turner
was the surveyor of the company and made his prin-
cipal exploration in 1790-92, in company with Peter
Fiedler, his successor as surveyor ; and of this ex-
ploration Turner wrote an account preserved in the
company's archives, of which this map was an illus-
tration. Kohl calls it the oldest of the tolerably
correct surveys which we have between the Saskats-
chawan River and Slave Lake. The rivers whose
course is put down from Indian reports are marked
by two crosses.

140. A. D. 1799. Greenland and Baffin's Bay by

Laurie and Whittle.

An engraved chart published in London. It shows
the notions prevailing before Ross's explorations.

— A. D. 1811.

A map of the Arctic regions in E. A. W. von
Zimmermann's Die Erde und ihre Bewohner, Leipzig,
1811.

— A. D. iSib.

A general map of the Arctic regions in Barring-
ton's Possibility of approaching the North Pole, Lon-
don, 1818.

— A. D. 1818.

Map of the route of the ship " Alexander " in
Baffin's Bay, by W. E. Parry, in a yournalofa Voyage
of Discovery to the Arctic regions, 1818, published at
London [1819].

— A. D. 1818.

A facsimile of map of the Arctic regions in 181S,
with discoveries since that date inserted in red, given
in Hall's Second Arctic Expedition, Washington, 1879.

— A. D. 1818-23.

Map of the discoveries by Ross, Parry, and Frank-
lin, in Franklin's jfourney to the Shores of the Polar
Sea, London, 1823.

— A. D. 1819-20.

Map of Arctic regions showing route of Parry's
ships, in his Journal of a Voyage for the Discovery
of a Northwest passage, London, 1821.

— A. D. 1819-54.

Chart of discoveries in the Arctic Seas in Belcher's
Last of the Arctic Voyages, London, 1855.

— A. D. 1820.

Arctic regions by Wm. Scoresby, jr., including
Ross's explorations, in An Account of the Arctic
Regions, by W. Scoresby, jr., London, 1820.

141. A. D. 1820. Hudson's Bay Countries by

Harmon.

It shows the country from Hudson's Bay and
Lake Superior on the east to the Pacific on the
west. Harmon was an officer of the Hudson's Bay
Company who published this map in a journal of his
explorations.

— A. D. 1821-23. •

Map of Parry's second route, in his Journal of a
Voyage for the Discovery of a Northwest Passage,
London, 1824, with detailed maps in- the same
volume.

— A. D. 1822.

Map of Greenland by Scoresby in a Journal of a
Voyage to the Northern Whale Fisheries, by W.
Scoresby, jr., Edinburgh, 1823, with a special chart
of surveys on the east coast.

142. A. D. 1823. Arctic Regions after Parry.

Parts north of Hudson's Bay. Kohl does not
comment on it.

143. A. D. 1824. East Greenland by Scoresby.

Without comment by Kohl.

— A. D. 1824-25.

Map of Prince Regent's inlet drawn by Parry and
Head, in Parry's Third Voyage.

144. A. D. 1B33. Proposed Route of Capt. Back.

See Royal Geographical Society's Journal, iii. 64.

145. A. D. 1833-34. Back's River.

See Royal Geographical Society's Journal, yd\. vi.
(1836). It shows his exploration, beginning at the
Great Slave Lake, of the Great Fish River, never
before followed, when he started to relieve Capt.
Ross, then supposed to be confined in the ice, north-
west of Hudson's Bay.

146. A. D. 1834. Back River.

Another map of the same region, without comment
by Kohl.

147. A. D. 1836-37. Hudson's Strait.

It shows the track of the " Terror," following a map
in the Royal Geographical Society's Journal, vol.
vii., accompanying Capt. Back's report on the north-
eastern shore of Southampton Island, — the closest
observation since Baffin's voyage in 161 5.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

29

148. A. D. 1840. Peel River by Isbister.

In Royal Geographical Society's Journal, xv.
333, accompanying an account by A. K. Isbister,
of his explorations not only of Peel River, but also
of Red and other branches of the Mackenzie River,
flowing to the Arctic Sea.

— A. D. 1845.

The Arctic regions as known in 1845, — a copy
of the map supplied to the Franklin expedition, in
Hall's Second Arctic Expedition, Washington, 1879.

149. A. D. 1851. Arctic Coast e2:plored by Dr.

Rea.

An engraved map extracted from the Royal Geog.
Society's Jotirnal (1852), xxii. 73, where it is accom-
panied by two reports of explorations in search of
Sir John Franklin.

— A. D. 1850-51.

A map of Wellington Channel and Grinnell land
by Lt. De Haven and Capt. Penny, in Peter Force's
pamphlet on Grinnell land, 1852.

150. A. D. 1851-52. Discoveries of Kennedy

and Bellot.

This shows the exploration of travelling parties
from the ship " Prince Albert," wintered at North
Somerset, on Prince Regent inlet, in search of Sir
John Franklin's party. It is copied from one in the
Royal Geog. Society's Journal, xxiii. (1853.)

151. A. D. 1852. Smith Sound by Inglefield.

Copied from a map in the Royal Geog. Society's
Journal, vol. xxiii., accompanying a report of Capt.
E. A. Inglefield, who was the first to examine the
sound forming the northern parts of Baffin's Bay,
Baffin himself having only seen its beginning in
1615.

— A. D. 1861, etc.

North polar chart in Sir John Richardson's Polar-
Regions ( 1861 ) ; maps of the " American Arctic Sea,"
" Smith' Sound " and " North Polar Regions " in C.
R. Markham's Threshold of the Unknown Region,
1873-

*#* No attempt is made to enumerate the multitude of recent
maps of .the Arctic regions.

30

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

CANADA.

,*» The best enumeration of maps covering Canada which
has yet been printed is in Harrisse's Cabois and his Notes S7tr
la Nouvelle France. Cf. maps under sections II. and III.,
ante.

— A. D. 1508.

Respecting the apocryphal map of Jehan Denys,
see Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. p. 36.

.— A. D. 1 521.

Respecting the extremely doubtful map attributed
to Lazaro Luis, see Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America,
iv. p. 37.

— A. D. 1532.

The map in Ziegler's Sckondia, etc., Strasburg,
1532 and 1536, shows vaguely the Bacallaos coast.
It is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, vol. ii.

— A. D. 1534.

A map by Caspar Viegas of Newfoundland and
the Gulf of St. Lawrence is depicted in Kohl's Dis-
covery of Maine, pi. xviii.

— A. D. 1 542.

; Maps in Rotz's Idrography.

— A. D. 1545.

The charts of Jean Allefonsce of the region of the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, which are sketched in the
Narrative and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 74 et seq.;
some of which are also given in Weise's Discoveries
of America, 355, and in Murphy's Verramano.

— A. D. 1545.

Carte des CStes Nord-est de VAmlrique, in the
Musee Correr at Venice, noted by Harrisse, Notes
sur la Nouvelle Prance, no. 188.

152. A. D. 1546.

Canada and Labrador by
Juan Freire.

It shows the coast from 34° N. Lat. to 72° N.
Lat., and develops the Gulf and River St. Law-
rence. It is called : Carte du Canada, Labrador, e. t.,
tiree cPune Portidan Portugais de Vannee 1 546 dans
la possession de Monsieur le Vicomte [Santaremi de
Paris. Kohl considers that Spanish, Portuguese,
and French authorities were used. He assigns the
regions of the Cortereals — esta he a tera dos Cort-
Reais — to the territory between what seems to be
Penobscot Bay and the St. Lawrence. The names
along the latter river are French, corrupted by Por-
tuguese ; and so on the eastern coast of Newfound-
land, whose western coast is not drawn. There are
various imaginary islands in the Atlantic. It is
sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv.
p. 86.

153. A. D. 1546. Ne^wfoundland by Freire.

Contained in a Portuguese portolano, of which
Libri published, says Kohl, in London a facsimile.

It is inscribed : Joham Freire a fez era de 546. It
shows the eastern coasts of Labrador and New-
foundland from Hudson's Straits south, the south-
western coast of Newfoundland, and the opposite
coast of Cape Breton. (Libri sale, Mar. 20, 1859,

154. A. D. 1547. East Coast of North America

by Nicolas Vallard, of Dieppe.

The coast is given from the end of Florida to the
Labrador shore, developing the Gulf and River St.
Lawrence. It is part of a MS. map in the Sir
Thomas Phillipps collection. The map is endorsed
Terre de Bacalos. The source of the delineation
south of Cape Breton is Spanish, and it shows no
trace of Verrazano. Kohl thinks that, for the region
north of Cape Breton, the map is based on the maps
of Alfonse and Cartier. He remarks on the half
Portuguese name of the St. Lawrence, — Rio do
Canada. The G. lorens of the map is not the great
gulf, but a small bay opposite the north shore of
Anticosti. The eastern shore of Newfoundland has
a mixture of French and Portuguese names. On
Labrador they are mostly Portuguese. The name
of Vallard may signify ownership rather than mark
the maker. Cf. Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv.
p. 86, and for a sketch, p. 87.

155. A. D. 1547. •

A less perfect copy of the preceding.

156. A. D. 1548. Canada.

The coast from Greenland (apparently) to Nova
Scotia, with the Gulf and River St. Lawrence devel-
oped. Part of a mappemonde which was communi-
cated to Kohl by Jomard, and thought, as Kohl says,
by the latter to have been made by order of Henri II.
A figure of Robeval among his soldiers is drawn on
the map. The northern parts of the Atlantic are
called Mer de France ; the more southerly, Mer
d'Esfaigne. Newfoundland is a group of islands.
St. Laurens is a small bay, as in no. 154. The St.
Lawrence river is not named, but the Saguenay (R.
du Sagnay) is. Since Kohl's day, R. H. Major has
deciphered an inscription which assigns its author-
ship to Pierre Desceliers in 1546. Jomard gives it
in facsimile ; it is sketched in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist, of America, iv. p. 85.

— A. D. 1548.

Gastaldi's map, " Delia terra nova Bacalaos," in
the Italian Ptolemy of 1548.

157. A. D. 155- ? Canada.

This represents North America as an island, of
which the St. Lawrence is a central basin. Some-
where on the coast of South Carolina a strait con-
nects the Atlantic with the Western Sea, which also
washes all the northern confines of the land. New-
foundland is divided by channels, as in the Ramusio
map of 1556, and the names on the Eastern shore
are Portuguese with French transformations. The
names on the lower portion of the Atlantic coast
are of Spanish origin. The Atlantic has the usual
sprinkling of imaginary islands. It is sketched in
the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 89.

158. A. D. 1 55-?

The same, less perfect.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

31

159. A. D. 1556. LaNuova Prancia in Ramu-

sio.

A copy from the engraved map in Ramusio.
Kohl suspects that it may have been drawn after
Jehan Deny's lost map, and that Ramusio did not
have access to Cartier's charts. It is reproduced in
the _Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 91, and in
Weise's Discoveries of America, p. 356.

159 a. A. D. 1556.

Another copy of the same. The two maps of
Gastaldi in Ramusio, " Terra de Labrador et Nova
Francia " and " Terra de Hochelaga nella nova
Francia," are supposed to have been made in 1553.
Cf. Harrisse, Notes, nos. 292, 293.

160. A. D. 1556 (?) Newfoundland, etc.

It also shows Labrador and the coast of Maine,
and is taken from a portolano in the British Mu-
seum, and in its catalogue it is described as "on
vellum in the Spanish language, and executed in the
sixteenth century." The coast stretches from 45°
to 64° north latitude. It resembles, so far as it
goes, no. 152, but it has no indication of the Gulf or
River St. Lawrence. It is sketched in the Nar.
and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 87.

161. A. D. 1 558. Canada and adj acent parts by-

Diego Homem.

It shows the eastern coast of North America from
28° N. Lat. to 70°. The Bay of Fundy is developed,
and the basin of the St. Lawrence is converted into
a northern ocean. The original is in a MS. atlas
by Homem in the British Museum. The names of
the St. Lawrence region are French, of the coast
south of the gulf Spanish, and north of it Portu-
guese. Cf. sketches in Kohl's Disc, of Maine,.-^. 377,
and Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 92.

162. A. D. 1558.
Another copy of no. 161.

163. A. D. 1562 and 1574. East Coast of North

America.

This gives the coast from 34° N. Lat. to 60°.
Newfoundland is a cluster of islands. The St. Law-
rence is a network of small streams. The original
is an engraved map in the Ptolemies of 1562 and
1574, called "Tierra Nueva." It is based on the
Ramusio map of 1556, and there are sketches of it
in Kohl's Disc, of Maine, p. 233 ; Lelewel's Gh^. du
Moyen-Age, p. 170; and Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer-
ica, iv. p. 92.

— A.D. 1575.

A Portuguese map of about 1575 in the British
Museum, showing the coast from Cape Breton to
Labrador.

164. A. D. 1597. Nova Francia et Canada, by

Wytfliet.

It shows the Gulf and River St. Lawrence with
Labrador. The original is an engraved map in
Wytfliet's Continuation of Ptolemy, and is repro-
duced in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer-
ica, iv. p. 100. Cf. also Wytfliet's maps, showing
Labrador and Greenland, and Newfoundland and
the adjacent parts. See ante, no. 113.

The maps were repeated in the Douay edition of
1605, etc. I

165. A. D. 1609. New France by Lescarbot.

It shows the coast from 40° N. Lat. to 54°, with
the course of the St. Lawrence. It follows an en- v
grayed map in Lescarbot's Nouvclle France. The
entire map is reproduced in Faillon's Colonie Fran-
faise, i. p. 85, in Tross's reprint of Lescarbot, and
in the Popham Memorial. Parts of it are given in '
the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 152, 304,
379-

See also the 1612 edition of Lescarbot.

— A. D. 1612.

Champlain's map, which is reproduced in the
Boston and Quebec reprints of Champlain, and in
the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. pp. 380, 381.

— A. D. 1613.

Champlain's map, which is reproduced in the
Boston and Quebec editions of his works ; and in
part in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. p.
383. The edition of 1613 had various smaller local
maps.

166. A. D. 1613. Canada and Norumbega by

J. Oliva.

Showing the coast from 42° N. Lat. to 68°, with
the course of the St. Lawrence. The original is in
a MS. portolano in the British Museum, marked :
Joannes Oliva fecit in civitate Alarsilice, anno 1613.
Newfoundland, as Kohl remarks, is unusually well
drawn ; but the rest of the map is much behind the
best knowledge of the time. See ante, no. go.

167. A. D. 1625. New England and New

France, from Purchas.

The main sources of this map appear to be Les-
carbot's map of New France and John Smith's map i
of New England. The original appeared in Pur-
chas's Pilgrims, following one in Sir William Alex-
ander's Encouragement to Colonies (1624). It is
given in part in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
iii. ch. 9.

168. A. D. 1626. Newfoundland by Mason.

The original is an engraved map in The Golden
Fleece, by Orpheus, Junior, London, 1626. The
map is inscribed : " Newfoundland described by \j
Captaine John Mason, an industrious Gent., who
spent seven yeares in the Countrey." Cf. Nar. and
Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 379.

169. A. D. 1630. New Prance by De Laet.

It shows the coast from Cape Cod to Labrador,
and as far inland as Lake Champlain. The original
is an engraved map in De Laet's Nieuwe Wereldt.
The map is apparently based on the maps of Pur- /
chas, Lescarbot, and Champlain. It was repeated "^
in the Latin {1633) and the French (1640) editions.
It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America,
iv. p. 384, and in Cassell's United States, i. 240.

170. A. D. 1632. New France by Champlain.

This follows the engraved map in the edition of
1632. It is reproduced in the Quebec and Boston
editions of Champlain, in O'Callaghan's Doc. Hist,
of N. v., vol. iii., and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, iv. pp. 386, 387.

32

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

171. A. D. 1632.

An unfinished sketch of the same map.

172. A. D. circa 1640. Canada.

After a rough draft preserved in the Depot de la
Marine at Paris. Its chief peculiarity is in making
Lakes Superior and Huron flow into the St. Law-
I / rence through the Ottawa, with no passage for their
' waters through Erie and Ontario. Lake Michigan
is not indicated. It is sketched in the Nar. and
Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 202. Is this the map
noted by Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 197, which he
puts sub anno, 1665?

— A. D. 1641 (?).

Riviire St. Laurent (Montreal to Tadoussac),
noted in Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 191.

— A. D. 1647.

The " Canida " map of Dudley's Arcano del Mare,
of which a sketch is given in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist. America, iv. p. 388.

— A. D. 1656.

Sanson's Le Canada, ou Nouvelle France. It is
sketched in the N'ar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p.
391. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 327.

173. A. D. 1660. New Prance.

Inscribed Tabula Novie Francit^ anno 1660, and
the language of the map is Latin. It corresponds
\j in extent nearly to the Champlain map of 1632.
Kohl speaks of it as a map which he found in the
great Paris library; but it is really the engraved
Du Creux or Creuxius map, which is given (in part)
in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv.
p. 389. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 329.

— A. D. 1662.

Map in Blaeu's Atlas, of which a sketch is given
in Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 391. It was
repeated by Blaeu in 1685.

— A. D. 1663.

A map of the course of the St. Lavnrence, of
which a sketch is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist,
of America, iv. p. 148.

A map in the yesuit Relation of 1662-63, of which
a portion is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist, of America, iv. p. 311.

174. A. D. 1666. Iiakes Champlain and On-

tario.

It is called: "Carte des grands lacs Ontario et
[Champlain] et des pays traverses par Mrs- de Tracy
j et Courcelles pour aller attaquer les Agniez, 1666." .
,j The original is in the Depot de la Marine at Paris. "
It gives the Hudson from Orange [Albany] upwards.
It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit Hist. America,
iv. p. 312. Cf. Faillon, La Colonie Franfaise, iii.
125, and Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 332.

175. A. D. 1 665. Lakes Ontario and Cham-

plain.

Copied from an engraved map in the Jesuit Re-
lation of 1664-65. See Nar. atid Crit. Hist. America,
iv. pp. 311, 312, 313.

— A. D. 1666.

Le Canada ou la Nouvelle France: par Nicolas
Sanson, Paris, 1666.

The same, by Frederic de Witt.

Harrisse {Notes, etc. nos. 334, 335) says he bor-
rows these titles from P. Lelong's Bibliothique
Historique, i. no. 1452, 1453.

— A. D. 1668.

Carte dupays des cinq Nations Iroquoises Kentl in
Faillon, La Colonie Franfaise, iii. igo.

176. A. D. 1670. Lake Superior.

Copied from the map which appeared in the
Jesuit Relation of 1670-71. Facsimiles of this map
are given in Bancroft's United States, orig. ed., iii. p. . f
152; Whitney's Geol. Rept. of Lake Superior, Mo- y
nette's Mississippi, vol. i., and Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, iv. p. 313. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, etc., no.
340.

— A. D. 1670.

DoUier and Gallinee's map of Lakes Ontario and
Huron, sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
iv. p. 203. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, no. 200.

An undated MS. map, also sketched in Ibidem, iv.
p. 206, shows the upper lakes and the upper Missis-
sippi.

— A. D. 1670.

The Novi Belgii Tabula in Ogilby's America, p.
169 ; reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist America,
iv. p. 392.

— A. D. 167I.

Lac Tracy ou Sicperieur, a MS. in the library of the
Dep6t de la Marine, at Paris, noted in Harrisse,
Notes, etc., no. 201.

— A. D. 1673.

Carte de la nouvelle decouverte que les plres lesuites
ont fait en VannSe 1672, et continuee par le P. Jacques
Marquette, — a Ms. map belonging to the National
Library in Paris, which Harrisse says (Notes, etc.,
202) cannot now be found.

— A. D. 1673.

Carte des missions des PP. Jesuites sur le lac des
Illinois, in the Jesuit Relation, 1673-79, as published
in New York in i860.

177. A. D. 1675. The Great Lakes and the

Upper Mississippi by Joliet.

The original is in the D^p8t de la Marine at
Paris, and has on it a letter addressed to Fronteiiac.
See Harrisse, Notes, etc-, no. 203-204.

In the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. (p. 208),
is Joliet's earliest map (1673-74), with indications
of places where it can be found in facsimile ; (pp.
212, 213) is what is known as joliet's larger map of /
1674; and (p. 214) his smaller map. In the same ^
book (p. 215) is another early map of the basin of
the Great Lakes from the Parkman Collection, and
(p. 218) a sketch of Joliet's "Carte Gen^rale." Cf.
Harrisse, Notes, etc., nos. 214, 342, 343. As to the
genuine and spurious map of M'arquette see Ibidem
(p. 220), and sketch. This last map is also in
Andreas's Chicago, i. 47.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

33

— A. D. 1676.

Pasca^rte van Terra nova, JVova Francia, Nieuw
Engleland en de Groote Revier van Canda in Rogge-
veen's Tourbe Ardente, and in the English edition,
The Burning Fen.

178. A. D. 1677. . Canada by Du Val.

This map is inscribed as follows : " Le Canada,
fait par le Sr. de Champlain ou sont la Nouvelle
France, Nou Anglet, Nou HoU, Nou Suede, Vir-
ginie, et autres terres nouvellement decouvertes
suivant les memoiresde T. du Val, Geogr. du Roy,
Paris, 1677." Cf. JSTar. and Crit. Hist, of America,
iv. p. 388. Harrisse, Notes, etc. (no. 331), gives an
edition of 1664, as well as that of 1677 (no. 348).

— A. D. 1679.

Map of joliet's route from Tadoussac north, in
the Archives of the Marine in Paris. Harrisse,
Notes, etc., no. 207.

Various sectional maps, preserved in the library
of the Marine at Paris, are noted in Harrisse's
Notes, etc., nos. 209-213.

— A. D. 1681.

A map (27° to 44° N. Lat.) in the library -of the
Marine at Paris, made by Franquelin. Cf. Har-
risse, Notes, etc., no. 215, and others of Franquelin,
in nos. 216, 217, 218.

179. A. D. circa 1683. The Great Lakes and the

Upper Mississippi by Raffeiz.

It is called: "Parties les plus occidentales du
Canada." It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, iv. 233. Harrisse (Notes, no. 238) puts it
under the year 1688.

— A. D. 1683.

Hennepin's Carte de la Nouvelle France in his
Description de la Louisiane. There are facsimiles in
Shea's translation of that book; in Winchell's Geol.
Survey of Minnesota, pi. 6; and it is given in part in
the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 249. This
may be compared with Hennepin's Carte d'un tris
grand pays in the editions of his Nouvelle Dicouverte
of 1697, 1698, 1704, 1711, etc., and of which a fac-
simile (in part) is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, iv. 251. Cf. also Breese's Early Hist, of
Illinois, p. 98

Hennepin's Carte d'un tris gratid pais (1697, I704>
etc., and with English names in the English edition)
is also in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer-
ica, iv. 252-253. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 219,
352-

— A. D. 1684-1686.

Franquelin's great map of 1684, see ante, under
no. 100, and Harrisse's Notes, nos. 222, 223. The
map (1685) which Franquelin made of the St. Law-
rence, after material furnished by Joliet. Harrisse,
Notes, no. 229. Franquelin's maps (1686), noted
in Harrisse, nos. 231, 232, — of one of which there is
a copy in the Parliamentary Library (Canada). See
its Catalogue, p. 1616.

— A. D. 1685.

Partie de la Nouvelle France par Hubert Jaillot.
Cf. Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 354.

— A. D. 1687.

Pierre Allmand's discoveries between Quebec and
Hudson's Bay, as given in the map preserved in the
Archives of the Marine. Harrisse, Notes, no. 233.

180. A. D. 1688. Ontario and Erie by Raffeiz.

It is inscribed : " Le lac Ontario avec les lieux
circonvoisins et particulierement Les Cinq Nations
Iroquoises, 1688." The original is in the National
Library at Paris. It is sketched in the Nar. and
Crit. tlist. America, iv. p. 234. Cf. Harrisse, Notes,
no. 237.

— A. D. 1688.

Franquelin's map of the Upper Lakes and fhe
Upper Mississippi as given in Neill's Minnesota
(1882) f Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. pp. 230,
231 ; and in Winchell's Geol. Survey of Minnesota,
Jlnal Report, i. pi. 2. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, nos.
234, 240.

Coronelli and Tillemon's printed maps (1688) of
Partie occidentale du Canada (sketched in Nar. and
Crit. Hist America, iv. p. 232), and Partie orientate.
Cf. Harrisse, Notes, etc., nos. 359, 361.

— A. D. 169I.

Carte generalle de la Nouvelle France, etc. Cf.
Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 364 ; also no. 367.

Nuova Francia e Luigiana, in // Genio vagante,
Parma, 1691.

— A. D. 1692.

Franquelin's Nouvelle France. Cf. Harrisse, Notes,
no. 248.

— A. D. 1696.

Le Canada by H. Jaillot, showing the routes be-
tween the lakes and Hudson's Bay.

Le Cordier's Carte de la Baye de Canada, etc. Cf.
Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 372.

— A. D. 1699.

Franquelin's Partie de PAmlrique Septentrionale
ou est compris la Nouvelle France, preserved in the
library of the Marine, and noted in Harrisse, Notes,
no. 259.

— A. D. 1703.

La Hontan's map of the great lakes in his New
Voyages, London, 1703; redrawn in his Mimoires
de rAmlrique, vol. ii. ; and also in the editioiis
of 1709 and 1713. A facsimile of the 1703 map is
given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. p.
260.

— A. D. 1709.

The Carte ginirale de Canada in the La Haye ed.
(1709) of La Hontan, which was repeated m his
Mimoires, (1741), vol. iii. It is given in sections in
the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. pp. 153,
2i;8, 259. His map of the " Rivike Longue," in the
l^ouveaux Voyages, (1709), vol. i. p. 136, is repro-
duced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p.
261.

34

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

VI.

EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA.

*#* The enumeration of this section may be supplemented by
those in Sections 11. and 111.

— A. D. 1500-1541.

The delineations of the east coast begin with La
Cosa's map (1500), and may be traced through the
maps of Cantino (1502), Ruysch (1508), the Nordens-
kiold gores (15 — ?), Stobnicza (1512), the Admi-
ral's map (1513), the Schoner globes (1515, 1520),
Reisch (1515), the Tross gores (1514-19?), the map
of Apian (1520), Ptolemy (1522), MaioUo (1527),
Verrazano (1529), Frisius (1525), Monk Franciscus
(1526), Thorne (1527), the Spanish official maps
(1527-1529), the map of the Sloane MS. (1530),
globe of FinjEus (1531), the Lenox woodcut (1534),
the map of Agnese (1536), the Charles V. portulano
(1539), the Nancy globe (1540?) the map of Miinster
in the Ptolemy of 1540, the Mercator gores of
1541, etc.

These are but typical specimens to show the con-
stancy or variations of types among the cartog-
raphers of the time, and they have all been described
on earlier pages.

A reconstruction of the Chaves map of 1536 (now
lost) is attempted by De Costa in the N. E. Hist.
Geneal. Reg. April, 1885.

181. A. D. 1542. From Cape Breton to Florida,
by Rotz.

From Rotz's Boke of Idrography, preserved in the
British Museum. The Spanish names on the coast
are corrupted. Across the Gulf of Maine is the
legend, " The new fonde Londe quhaz men goeth a
fisching." Kohl thinks it perhaps the earliest map
in which buffaloes are depicted in the inner parts of
the Continent. Cf. Catalogue of MSS. in the British
Museum (1844), i. p. 23. The present is no. 17 of
'the atlas. Malte Brun, Hist, de la Giog. ed. by
Huot, i. 631 ; Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv.
82, and for outlines of parts of Rotz's maps, p. 83.
See ante under no. 55.

— A. D. 1542.

The Ulpius globe. See ante under no. 55, and
in Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 42.

— A. D. 1543.

The map of Baptista Agnese. See under no. 56,
ante.

— A. D. 1544.

The Cabot mappemonde. See under no. 56, ante.
The eastern coast is given in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist. America, iii. 22.

The sketch maps of the northeastern coasts, by
AUefonsce, are delineated in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist. America, iv. pp. 74-77.

— A.D. 1545.

Miinster's map, which was re-engraved in the
Ptolemy of 1552. It is sketched in the Nar. and
Crit. Hist. America, iv. 84.

— A. D.I 545.

The map in Medina's Arte de navegar, which is
reproduced in the Narrative and Crit. Hist. America,
vol. viii.

— A. D. 1546.

The so-called Henri II. map, of which the east
coast is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
iii. 195, and the map of Johannes Freire, of which
sketclies are given in Ibid. iv. pp. 85, 86. Cf. in
this history, iv. pp. 81-102, a section on " The Car-
tography of the northeast coast of North America,
1535-1600."

— A.D. 1547.

The Nicolas Vallard map, of which a portion is
given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, America, iv. 87.

— A. D. 1548.

The maps in the Ptolemy of 1548. See ante,
under no. 58. The "Carta marina" is given in
facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America,
vol. viii.

— A. D. 1550.

Gastaldi's map in Ramusio, put about this date.
There are facsimiles in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, iv. 91, and in Weise's Discoveries of Amer-
ica, p. 356.

See the maps belonging to the Riccardi palace,
referred to ante, no. 93. The Studi biog. e bibliog.
soc. Ital. geog. ii. 451, 452, mentions Portuguese at-
lases of the middle of this century preserved in the
Bibliotheca Riccardiana, and in the Royal Library
at Florence, which contain charts of the east coast
of North America.

— A. D. 1 55-.

A MS. map which belonged to Jomard, a sketch
of which is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of
America, iv. 88.

182. A.D. i55-(?) From the Mississippi (?)

River to 45° N.

A river " Rio de Flores " is apparently the Missis-
sippi. The country is called " Terra del licencia
dos Aulloh," — thought by Kohl to be a corruption
of Ayllon's name, of whose explorations the map is
probably a record. It is from a MS. atlas (1556-
1566) in the British Museum. A man, like a China-
man, and an elephant are depicted in the interior.

183. A. D. i55-(?). From Nova Scotia to Texas.

From a MS. atlas in the Douce collection in the
Bodleian library. Texas is called " Topira." The
country north of the Gulf of Mexico is called " Gali-
guza." The general name of the continent is " Flor-
ida." A lion asleep is depicted in the interior.

- A. D. i55-(?)

A map of Martines in an atlas in the British
Museum, ascribed to Martines. It is sketched in
the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 450. See
ante, no. 63.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

35

— A.D. 1554.

The Bellero map (see ante, no. 64), of which a
facsimile is given in tlie Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer-
ica, vol. viii.

Baptista Agnese's atlas of 1554 also shows the
east coast in several maps.

— A.D. 1556.

The map of the two Americas in Ramusio shows
the east coast of North America. It is in facsimile
in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. 228. Cf.
ante, no. 66.

The map of Vopellio mentioned under no. 66,
ante. There is a facsimile of it in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist. America, ii. p. 436.

— A.D. 1558.

In the atlas of Diego Homem in the British
Museum. There is a sketch in the Ahir. and Crit.
Hist. America, iv. 92, and in H. H. Bancroft's North-
west Coast, i. 50. See ante, no. 67.

— A. D. 1561.

Ruscelli's " Tierra Nueva " in the Ptolemy of
1561. See ante, under no. 69, and a sketch and
references in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 92.

184. A.D. 1562. From Cape Breton to Flor-

ida, by D. Guitierrez.

From an engraved map, Americce sive qttartce orbis
partis nova et exactissima descriptio. Auctore Diego
Gutierro, Philippi regis Hisp. cosmograpJio. Hieron.
Cock excud. 1562. If the "Ba. de S. Maria" is our
Chesapeake, the " R. Salado" (Salt river) and "R.
de S. Spirito" are relics of early Spanish visits to
the Potomac region. The coast further north is as
confused in outline and names, as usual, for this
period.

185. A. D. 1565. Florida, etc., by Lemoyne.

This extends from the South Carolina to the
Alabama coast, and the original is an engraved map
in the Brevis Narratio, describing Laudonniere's
expedition, as published in 1591 by De Bry. The
Spanish names on the Carolina coast indicate that
Lemoyne used Spanish drafts of that coast. A
trace of the sea of Verrazano is seen at the north.

The map is reproduced in Gaffarel's Floride Fran-
(aise, in Shipp's De Soto and Florida, and in part in
the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. 274.

— A. D. 1566.

The map of Nicholas des Liens in the Bibliothique
Nationa'le at Paris. It shows the coast from La-
brador to Venezuela. It is sketched in the Nar. and
Crit. Hist. America, iv. 79.

— A. D. 1566.

Zaltieri's map. See ante, under no. 69. There is
a facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
ii. p. 451-

— A. D. 1568.

The map of Diegus in the Royal Library at Dres-
den shows the east coast.

— A.D. 1569.

The great Mercator map. The east coast is shown
in the sketch in \.\\e. .Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
jv. 94 (also in ii. p. 452) ; and in a facsimile. Ibid. iv.
p. 373, and also in Weise's Discoveries of America,
p. 360, and in his Hist, of Albany, p. 4. See ante,
under no. 71.

— A.D. 1570.

Ortelius's map of America. A sketch of the east
coast is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
iv. 95. Cf. ante, no. 72. The map was repeated in
later editions, 1575, 1584; re-engraved, 1587, etc.

— A.D. 1572.

" Porcacchi's map, of which the east coast is shown
in the sketch given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, iv. 96. Cf. ante, under no. 72. Repeated
in 1576, etc.

— A. D.I 573.

A Spanish mappemonde, given by Lelewel, J. pi.
7, shows the east coast.

— A.D. 1574.

Two maps of this date in Theatri Orbis terrarum
enchiridion (1585) of Philippus Gallaeus "per Hugo-
nem Favolium illustratum," show the east coast.

186. A.D. 1578. From Florida to 45° N., by

Martines.

From a MS. atlas (no. 15) in the British Museum.
Kohl remarks on its inferiority to Ribero's map
(1529), and says that the Spanish maps degenerated
for a long time after Ribero. The country is called
" La Florida." See sketch in Nar. aitd Crit. Hist.
America, ii. 229.

187. A. D. 1578. East Coast by Martines.

A very inaccurate sketch of the coast from Labra-
dor to the Gulf of Mexico, in which the peninsula
of Florida and the gulf of St. Lawrence are only
recognizable. The original belongs to a MS. atlas
by Joan Martines in the British Museum. The main
is called " Nova Spagna." The St. Lawrence river
and the Hudson seem to unite and form a channel,
making New England an island. There is a sketch
of it in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 97.

188. A. D. 1578. The same.
A rough sketch.

— A. D. 1580.

The map of John Dee, in the British Museum.
Cf. ante, no. 96.

— A. D. 1582.

Lok's map, which appeared in Hakluyt's Divers
Voyages, and is reproduced in Winter Jones's edition
of that book, and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
iii. 40 and iv. 44, and in Weise's Discoveries of Amer-
ica, p. 7.

The map of the Mercator type in Popelhmere s
Trois mondes shows the east coast.

36

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

— A. D. 1585.

John White's map of the coast from the Chesa-
peake to the gulf of Mexico, preserved among the
De Bry drawings in the British Museum, and first
engraved for Dr. Edward Eggleston's paper in the
Century Magazine, November, 1882. A sketch of it
is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 45.

— A. D. 1587.

The map in Hakluyt's edition of Peter Martyr.
Cf . ante, under no. 79.

The map ( 1 587 ) in Johannes Myritius' Opusculum
Geographicum, Ingolstadt, 1590.

189. A. D. 1590. Old Virginia by John White.

This shows Chesapeake bay and the North Caro-
lina coast. This is the map by De Bry attached to
the Admiranda Narratio, descriptive of the experi-
ences of Raleigh's company in 1585. The map is
inscribed, " autore Joanne With ; sculptore Theodoro
De Bry." Kohl believes With to be the same as
Gov. White of that colony. Parts of the map are
supposed to have been drawn from Ralph Lane's
notes. There is a heliotype of it in the Nar. and
Crit. Hist. America, iii. 124. Other facsimiles are
given in the histories of North Carolina by Hawks
and by Wheeler, and in Gay's Popular Hist, of the
United States, i. 243.

The " Quid Virginia," in Smith's General! His-
torie closely resembles this map, adding however
the entrance to the Chesapeake at the north.

190. A. D. 1590. The same.
A rough sketch.

191. A. D. 1590. Roanoke Island and Albe-

marle Sound, by White.

The original of this is in the engraved series of
White's drawings, published by De Bry. It is
marked " The arrival of the Englishmen in Virginia "
[1584]. See post, no. 202.

192. A. D. 1580. East Coast by P. Simon.

From Cape Breton to the Carolina coast. A
sketch without annotation by Kohl.

193. A. D. 1592. Bast Coast from Moliueauz's

Globe.

From Florida to the St. Lawrence. The original
globe is in the Middle Temple, London. Kohl calls
it a curious mixture of Spanish and English sources.
About Nova Scotia there are traces of a Portuguese
nomenclature. Cf. sketch in Mir. and Crit. Hist.
America, iii. 213.

— A. D. 1592.

Hood's map, reproduced in Kunstmann's Atlas,
and the east coast sketched in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist. America, iii. 197, with references, p. 1 96.

— A.D. 1593.

The map in the Speculum OrUs Terrarum of
Cornelius de Judseis. It is sketched in the Nar.
and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 97.

The map of the Mercator type in Maffeius's His-
toriarum Indicarum libri XVI.

— A. D. 1594.

The map (1594) of Plancius in the Amsterdam
edition of Linschoten, 1596. It was re-engraved in
the Latin Linschoten (Hague, 1599).

— A. D. 1596.

De Bry's map. It is sketched in the Nar. and
Crit. Hist. America, iv. 99.

194. A. D. 1597. East Coast by Wytfliet.

From Cape Breton to South Carolina. The
original is an engraved map in Wytfliet's Descrip-
tionis Ptolemaica Augmentum, published in 1597.
Kohl thinks it shows the earliest attempt at tracing
the Alleghany Mountains. The parts of the coast
above North Carolina are difficult to identify be-
yond a question.

Wytfliet's map of the coast of New Brunswick
and Labrador is given in facsimile in the Nar. and
Crit. Hist. America, iv. 100, and of Florida and
Carolina coasts in Ibid. ii. 281, and his map of
America, in Ibid. ii. p. 459.

— A. D. 1597.

The maps in the Ptolemies of this year (nos. 2, 29,
34, 35), published at Arnheim and Cologne, being
the same edition.

— A. D. 1398.

The maps in the Basle edition of Miinster's Cosmo-
graphia, and in the English (Wolfe's) edition of
Linschoten.

— A. D. 1600.

The map of Quadus. See ante, no. 99.

The map of Molineaux, which was reproduced by
the Hakluyt Society in 1880, and of which a sketch
of the east coast can be found in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist. America, iii. 216, iv. 377.

The map in Metullus's America, based on Wyt-
fliet.

The map by Jodocus Hondius of about this time,
which is reproduced in the Hakluyt Society's edition
of Drake's World Encompassed.

— A. D. 1601.

The map in Herrera's Descripcion de las Indias.

— A. D. 1603.

A map by Botero in his Rel-aciones, of which a
sketch of a part of the east coast is given in the
Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 378.

— A. D. 1606.

The map in Cespedes' Regimiento de Navigacion
(Madrid, 1606).

195. A. D. 1606. Champlain's Map of Chatham

Harbor, Cape Cod.

This is taken from the 1613 edition of Champlain ;
and is reproduced in the Quebec and Boston editions
of Champlain.

196. A. D. 1606. Champlain's Map of Glouces-

ter Harbor, Cape Ann.

This is taken from the 1613 edition of Champlain ;
and is reproduced in the Boston and Quebec editions
of Champlain.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

2,7

197. A. D. 1606. Champlain's Map of St. Croix
Island.

This is talcen from the 1613 edition of Champlain.
It is reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
iv. 137, as well as in the Boston and Quebec editions
of Champlain.

— A. D, 1606.

Champlain's map of the harbor of Plymouth,
Mass. It is reproduced from the 1613 edition, in
the Quebec and Boston editions of Champlain, in
the Ma^. of Amer. History, in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist. America, iv. 109, and in W. T. Davis's Anc.
Landmarks of Plymouth, 35.

— A. D. 1609.

Lescarbot's map. Cf. ante, no. 165, and facsimile
in Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, i v. 152, with another
in the Memorial Hist, of Boston, i. p. 49. The same
map reappeared in the editions of Lescarbot in l6u
and i6i2, and in the English edition, called Nma.
Francia, in 1609. There are other facsimiles of the
map in Tross's reprint of Lescarbot, in Faillon's
Colonic Franfaise, i. 85, and in the Popham- Me-
morial.

Also his map of Annapolis Basin, Nova Scotia,
reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv.
140, together with Champlain's (p. 141) of the same.

— A. D. 1610.

A rude map of the coast of New England and
Acadia in the Poore Collection of French Docu-
ments in the State House, Boston ; sketched in the
Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 143.

— A. D. 1612-13.

The coasts of Labrador, Acadia, and New Eng-
land are shown in Champlain's two general maps of
1612 and 1613, which, beside being reproduced in
the Boston and Quebec editions of his Works and
CEuvres, are given also in facsimile, with references,
in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. pp. 380, 3S1,
382.

— A. D. 1613.

The map in connection with De Quir's narrative
in the Detectionis Freti, etc. Amsterdam, 1613.

The map of the new world in the Hondius-Mer-
cator Atlas of 1613, and the special maps of Virginia
and Florida.

The western hemisphere by Michael Mercator in
the 'same.

The map of Johannes Oliva in the British Museum.

198. A. D. 1614. John Smith's New England.

Kohl followed the map in the Generall History,
1632. The map first appeared in his Description of
New England (London, 1616). The same plate,
successively changed or added to was used in later
issues associated with Smith's name, and a collation
of the map in all these issues shows that copies of
/ it exist in at least ten different states of the plate.
V These are all indicated in the Memorial Hist, of

Boston, i. p. 52, whence the detailed statement in
Arber's edition of Smith is copied. The map was
copied by Hulsius in 1617, was used several times
by him, and one state or another of Smith's plate
has been -repeatedly reproduced in later days, as
described in the Mem. Hist. Boston, to whose enu-
meration may be added the facsimile in the volumes of

The English Scholars' Library, edited by Edward
Arber (London, 1884), entitled Capt. fohn Smith :
Works; and the map called Nouvelle Angleterre
exactement dkrite par le Capitaine Jean Smith dans
les deux voyages fails en I6I4 et 1615, published at
Leyden in 1780.

199. A. D. 1616. New Netherland.

This shows the coast from below Chesapeake Bay
to beyond the Penobscot, and is the so-called " Fig-
urative map," discovered in Holland by Brodhea5.
Portions of this map are shown in the Nar. and
Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 433 ; Cassell's United
States, i. 247 ; Mem. Hist. Boston, i. p. 57. The
whole map is given in Doc. relative to the Colonial Hist,
of N. y. i. 13, and in O'Callaghan's New Nether-
land. See the section on early maps of New Eng-
land in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. p. 381.

200. A. D. 1618. Lescarbot's Florida.

From upper Florida to Port Royal. Taken from
the plate in the i6i8 edition of his Nouvelle France.
Kohl says some of his errors respecting the region
about St. Augustine were copied by De Laet (see t
post, no. 203). The "Riviere de May" is made to
flow to the sea from a " Grand lac " in the interior.
Lescarbot professes to have marked not a thirtieth
part of the Indian villages, while he names those
which he gives after their chiefs.

201. A. D. 1621. A. Jacobsz' Americse Septen-

trionalis pars.

This is the engraved facsimile of a printed map in
Dr. E. B. O'Callaghan's Documents relating to the
Colonial History of New York, given as "from the
West-Indische Paskaert, beschreven door A. lacobsz
[1621]," published at Amsterdam. It shows the
coast from Labrador to the island of Trinidad, with
the Central American coast on the Pacific side.

There is a sketch of a part of the east coast in the
Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 383, and facsimiles
are in Valentine's New York City Mamial, 1858, and
in the Penn. Archives, 2d ser. vol. v.

202. A. D. 1622. Roanoke by Strachey.

Though thus marked differently, this is the same
map as no. 191.

— A. D. 1622.

The maps of the two Americas in Kasper von
Baerle's edition of Herrera.

— A. D. 1624.

The map of the New England and Nova Scotia
coasts, which appeared in Alexander's Encourage-
ment to Colonies, was reproduced in Purchas's Pil-
grims, iv. p. 1872, and is given in facsimile in the
Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii. 306.

203. A. D. 1625. Florida by De Laet.

This is from the original edition of De Laet in
1625, and includes the country from Virginia to the
Mississippi. It was repeated in later editions, and <
is called " Florida et regiones vicinas." The inland V
geography is based on De Soto's journey. The
Mississippi is a bay, " Bahia del Spiritu Santo," fed
by many streams. For Florida (peninsula) he seems
to have depended on the accounts of Menendez, and
for South Carolina on Lescarbot (see ante, no. 200).
An interior lake (Lacus Magnus) may have grown

38

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

from some rumor, Koh! thinks, of Lake Erie, but it
was in the Lescarbot's map in 1618. A facsimile of
the North Carolina coast is given in the Nar. and
Crit. Hist. America, iii. p. 125.

— A. D. 1625.

Erigg's map in Purchas's Pilgrims, iii. See ante,
no. 167.

The map of Virginia and Florida in Ibid. iii. 869
(after Hondius).

— A. D. 1626.

The map of this date in Speed's Prospect, London,
1676.

204. A. D. 1630. From Carolina to Nova Sco-

tia by De Laet.

This is the " Nova Anglia, Novum Belgium et
Virginia" of De Laet's Novus Orbis of 1630. It
seems to combine the results of the French, Dutch,
and English explorations, and names in the corre-
sponding languages appear along the coast. The
Delawrare rises in a large lake, which ICohl thinks
may have been intended for Lake Ontario. The
" Grand Lac " at the north would indicate some
knowledge of Champlain's discoveries. Smith's
map of Chesapeake bay and White's map of Vir-
ginia are followed in part. Portions are given in
facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii.
125, iv. 436. Cf. sketch of De Laet's " Nova Francia
et regiones adjacentes," in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, iv. 384.

— A. D. 1632.

Champlain's great map. See ante, no. 170.

205. A. D. 1634. William Wood's New Eng-

land.

It shows the coast from York (Me.), to Narragan-
sett Bay. This is the " South Part of New England
as it is planted this yeare, 1634," belonging to
Wood's New England's Prospect, London, 1634.

There are facsimiles in the Mem. Hist. Boston,
i. p. 524; Palfrey's New England, i. p. 360; Young's
Chronicles of Mass. 389, and separately reproduced
by Wm. B. Fowle in 1846.

— A. D. 1 634.

A MS. map of the Massachusetts Bay Colony of
about this year, made apparently by Gov. Winthrop,
found among the Sloane MSS. in the British Mu-
seum in 1884 by Henry F. Waters. A full size
photogra|Dhic facsimile was made for the Boston
Public Library; a smaller, but less defective one,
was made for the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
vol. iii.

206. A. D. 1635. Maryland.

This is the " Nova Terras-Marise tabula " which
appeared in The Relation of Maryland, London,
1635. Smith's map is followed in the main for
Chesapeake bay, with some details omitted, and
others added. The names on the Potomac are
those given by Lord Baltimore's colony, not by
Smith. Cf. reproduction in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, iii. 525. It was followed in Ogilby's Amer-
ica (London, 1671). Seepost, under 1670-73.

— A. D. 1635.

The map " Nova Belgica et Anglia Nova" in the
Nieuwe Atlas of Blaeu, Amsterdam, 1635, which was
largely followed by Dudley.

The map " Partie meridionale de la Virginie et de
Floride," published by Vander Aa.

— A. D. 1636.

The maps in the English edition of the Mercator-
Hondius Atlas, translated by Henry Hexham, and
printed at Amsterdam in 1636. Beside the general
maps in vols. i. and ii., there are in vol. ii. special
maps of Virginia, apparently following Smith; of
the coast from the Chesapeake to Texas ; while the
map " Nova Anglia, Novum Belgium et Virginia "
shows the coast from Nova Scotia to Calrolina. The
New England part is a mixture of Smith's draft and
the Dutch maps. The Delaware rises in a large
lake, which is connected by another stream with the
Hudson.

207. A. D. 1638. New England, New Nether-
land, and Virginia by J. Jansson.

This closely resembles no. 204, and covers the •
same territory.

Maps by Petrus Kaerius, dated 1646, in Speed's
Prospect, London, 1668. See post, under 1651.

— A. D. 1646.

Dudley's maps of the east coast in his Arcano del
Mare are sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. A7ner-
tea, iii. 303, iv. 385. One of them was re-engraved
in the Documentary Hist, of N. Y.

His Arcano contains the following special charts :

1. Gulf of St. Lawrence and adjacent parts (see
ante, under no. 172).

2. The coast from Monhegan to Cape May.

3. The coast from Cape May to Florida.

4. Chesapeake Bay and the North Carolina sounds.

— A. D. 1650.

A map of the New England coast, of which a
drawing is in the Mass. Archives, Docs. Collected in
France, ii. 61, and a sketch in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist, of America, iii. 382.

— A. D. 1651.

Map of this date in Speed's Prospect, London,
1676. See ante, under 1646.

— A. D. 1651.

Visscher's map of Delaware Bay, in Campanius,
which is reproduced in Egle's Pennsylvania, 43, and
in the Nar, and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 467.

— A. D. 1651.

The curiously distorted Mapp of Virginia, show-
ing the coast from New England to North Carolina,
by " Domina Virginia Farrer," published in London
1651, and reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, iii. 465. Cf. Mass. Hist. Soc. Proc. xx. 102.

— A. D. 1651.

Map of the Chesapeake based on John Smith's, in
Atlas Minor published by Jannson at Amsterdam,
vol. ii. p. 389.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

39

/

— A. D. 1652.

The general maps of America by C. F. Visscher
(autore N. I. Piscator), with the special map of New
Netherland, which is reproduced by Asher. Cf.
maps under no. 100, ante.

208. A. D. 1654. Lindstrom's New Sweden.

This is a map of the Delaware River and Bay, made
by a Swedish engineer. It is given in the Nar. and
Crit. Hist. America, iv. 481 ; Nouv. Annates des
Voyages, Mars, 1843 > Penna. Hist. Soc. Memoirs, iii. ;
Gay's Pop. Hist. United States, ii. 154.

The MS. map of Lindstrom was on a much larger
scale, and this has been engraved in Reynold's
edition of Acrelius.

— A. D. 1654.

A Pascaert published at Amsterdam has these
maps of the coast :

No. 13. From Labrador to the Chesapeake.
No. 14. From Delaware Bay to Trinidad.
No. 15. From Nova Scotia to Carolina.

209. A. D. 1656. Vanderdonck's New Nether-

land.

From the Delaware to beyond the Connecticut,
with the valley of the Hudson. It accompanied
Adrian Vanderdonck's Beschrijvinge van Nieuw Ne-
delant, Amsterdam, 1656, and there is a heliotype of
it in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 438, and
facsimiles are in various other places there enumer-
ated, as well as in Weise's Hist, of Albany, 47.

210. A. D. 1656. Sanson's Canada.

Shows the coast from Labrador to the Chesa-
peake. This is a preliminary sketch. Cf. ante,
under no. 172. It is partly sketched in the N'ar. and
Crit. Hist. America, iii. 456; iv. 391.

— A. D. 1659.

Map in Petavius's (Petau's) History of the World.

The coast charts in Doncker's Zee-Atlas, repeated
in later editions.

The " Novi Belgii, novaaque Anglias necnon Partis
Virginias tabulae " of N. L. Visscher, published at
Amsterdam, 1659.

— A. D. 1660.

The map in Creuxius's Historia Canadensis shows
the east coast. See ante, no. 173. This map is
given in facsimile in Shea's Mississippi, p. 50, in
the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 389, and in
Martin's transl. of Bressani's Relation.

— A. D. 1661.

The " Pascaerte van Nieu Nederland " in Van
Loon's Atlas (no. 46), and the coast north of Boston
in no. 45.

— A. D. 1662.

A map of the Carolina coast, as explored by Wil-
liam Hilton and drafted by William Shapley. A
facsimile of the original in the British Museum is
given in the Mass. Hist. Soc. Proceedings, December,
1883, p. 402, and a sketch in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, vol. v.

— A. D. 1662.

Map of the New England and New Netherland
coast in the Blaeu Atlas, in the volume called Ame-
rica, pars quinta. It was repeated in the edition of
1685. There is a sketch in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, iv. 391.

— A. D. 1663.

The map of the new world of this date used in
Heyliu's Cosmographie, 1666, 1674, '677.

— A. D. 1663.

A MS. map of the coast of Acadia, of which a
copy is preserved in the Poore collection in the
Mass. Archives, and is sketched in the Nar. and
Crtt. Hist. America, iv. 148.

— A. D. 1666.

A map of " De Noord Rivier " published at Mid-
dleburgh, and' also in Goos's Zee-Atlas, shows the
coast about New York harbor. It is reproduced in
the Lenox edition of the Vertoogh and Breeden Raedt
and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 440.

— A. D. 1666.

A map of the Carolina coast appended to A brief
Description of the Province of Carolina, London,
1666. The map is reproduced in Hawks's North
Carolina, and in Gay's Pop. Hist. United States, ii.
285.

— A. D. 1669.

The map "Amerique Septentrionale " of G. San-

— A. D. 1670.

The map of the Carolina region given in John
Lederer's Discoveries, London, 1672. There is a
sketch of it in Hawks's North Carolina, and a fac-
simile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. v.

— A. D. 1670-73.

The maps in Montanus, Dapper, and Ogilby at
this time were mainly from the same plates, but
there were exceptions :

1. De nieuwe en onbekende Weereld door Arnold
Montanus, Amsterdam, 1671. The map of America
is marked "per Gerardum a Schagen," and repre-
sents the great lakes beyond Ontario merged into
one. Some copies are dated 1670.

2. Die unbekante Neue Welt . . . durch Dr. O. D.
(i. e. Olfert Dapper); the name of Montanus, from
whom it is a translation, not appearing. It is pub-
lished by the same Jacob von Meurs as no. i, but
omits the dedication to the Prince of Nassau, and
has a different " privilegium " and a " Vorrede an
den Leser," not in no. i. It has the same map of
America, but it is newly engraved, with different
vignettes, and is marked " per Jacobum Meursium."

3. America, being an accurate 'description of the
New World, London, 1670. This is mainly a trans-
lation of Montanus by John Ogilby, and notwith-
standing the date (1676) in the title, there is a
reference on p. 2H to the "present year, 167 1."
Most of the maps and engravings are from the
plates used in nos. i and 2 ; but the map of America
is an entirely different one, marked "per Johannera
Ogiluium . . . F. Lamb, sculp." A part of this map
is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.

40

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

America, iv. 393. There is an extra map of the
Chesapeake, of English make, beside the one taken
from Monfanus, and also English maps of Jamaica
and Barbadoes, not in Montanus.

4. America ; being the latest and most accurate de-
scription of the New World. This is made up of the
same sheets as no. 3, with a new title and an appen-
dix, not in no. 3. The maps of no. 3 are repeated.

The map in Richard Blome's English Empire in
America, in which he followed Sanson.

Of about this date is a chart of the New England
coast with soundings (measuringS ft X 2TlFfeet), found
in 1884 by H. F. Waters in the British Museum.

— A.D.1675.

A Dutch atlas of Roggerveen, published in sev-
eral languages, known in English as the Burning
Fen, contains various coast charts :

No. I. Cape Breton to South Carolina.

No. 2. Newfoundland to New England.

No. 29. North Carolina, with Chesapeake and Del-
aware bays.

No. 30. The Delaware Bay, mouth of the Hiidson,
and Lbng Island.

No. 31. Narragansett to New York.

There are enumerations of Dutch Zee-Atlassen in
the Inventuris der Verzam-eling Kaarten berustende in
het Rijks-Archief, (s'Gravenhage, 1867), and in P. A.
Tiele's Nederlandsche Bibliographic van Land- en
Volkenhmde, (Amsterdam, 1884).

See post, no. 218, for Seller's map of New England.

— A. D. 1676.

The maps of New England and New York, in
Speed's Prospect, based largely on the Dutch drafts ;
of Virginia and Maryland, based on Smith ; and of
the Carolinas.

— A. D. 1677.

The map in Hubbard's Narrative of the Troubles
in New England, Boston, 1677, and London, 1677, —
the latter plate being reproduced in Palfrey's New
England, iii. p. 155, and in Judge Davis's ed. of
Morton's Memorial.

— A. D. 1680.

A chart of the coasts of Maine, New Hampshire,
Massachusetts, and New Plymouth (measuring 3]%
X zh feet), discovered in the British Museum by
H. F. Waters in ""

— A. D. 1680.

A map of the New England coast in the French
Archives, copied by Mr. Poore in the French docu-
ments (Mass. Archives), and sketched in the Nar.
and Crit. Hist. America, iii. 383.

Maps of the. NewNetherland coast, including New
England, much resembling one another, are found
dating probably about this time, though the year is
- usually lacking, respectively assigned to Jannson,
Schenck, Visscher, Danckers, Ottens, Allard, Seutter,
etc. They are Dutch and German, and were proba-
bly occasioned by the temporary success of the
Dutch at New Amsterdam in 1673.

211 and 212. A. D. 1682. 'Wilson's Carolina.

(Two copies.)

Shows the coast from the Chesapeake to St.
\' Augustine, with a corner map of the Cooper and

Ashley rivers. From a printed map belonging to
Samuel Wilson's Account of the Province of Carolina
in America, London, 1682. The map is called "A
new Description of Carolina, by order of the Lords
Proprietors." The book throws no light on the
origin of the map, but Kohl suspects White's map
may have been the basis of the North Carolina part,
and Wm. Sayle's surveys have been used for the
more southerly parts. Kohl says that the boundary
line here given between Carolina and Virginia is the
earliest instance of its being laid down in a map.
The fiver May flows from a large "Ashley Lake."
' If is also found in Chas. Deane's copy of Ogilby's
America, and perhaps in other copies. '

— A. D. 1683.

Hennepin's Carte de la Nouvelle France shows the
east coast. See a«^i?, under no. 179.

213. A. D. 1684. Hack's Carolina.

This map is very nearly identical with nos. 211
and 212, and is signed "Made by William Hack at
the signe of Great Britaine and Ireland, near new
stairs in Wapping. Anno Domini 1684." The
original is a printed map.

— A. D. 1684.

Franquelin's great map shows the east coast. It
is -sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
iv. 228. See ante, under no, loo.

— A. D. 1685.

The " Nova Belgica et Anglia nova " in Blaeu's
Atlas. See ante, under A. D. 1662.

Minet's Carte de la Louisiane shows the east
coast. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, iv. 237.

Map of New England in Seller's New England
Almanac, of which there is a reproduction in Pal-
frey's New England, iii. 489.

See the map of New England and New York,
given in Cassell's United States, i. 330, as dated 1684,
and engraved by Michault.

— A. D. 1687.

The maps by Morden in Blome's Present State of
his Majesty's Isles and Territories in America, London,
1687. The map of New England is reproduced in
the Papers concerning the attack on Hatfield and Deer-
field, New York (Bradford Club), 1859; that of
Carolina is in the Nar. atid Crit. Hist. America,
vol. v.

The "Canada" of Coronelli, "Corrigee et aug-
mentee par Tillemon," " partie orientale," pulilished
in Paris in 1688, and on a reduced scale in 1689,
shows the east coast, after the Dutch drafts.

The map of New England in the Amsterdam
editions (1688, 1715) of Blome is diflferent from the
one named ante, under A. D. 1687. That of 1688 is
reproduced in the Nar. and Crit, Hist. America,
vol. v.

— A. D. 1689.

A MS. map by Raudin in the collection of Mr.
S. L. M. Barlow in New York.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

41

— A. D. 1690.

A map of New England and New York, published
in London by Thomas Basset about 1690. It has
the characteristics of the prevailing Dutch cartog-
raphy, and twenty-five copies have been reproduced
in facsimile for J. Hammond Trumbull.

— A. D. i6gi.

The map in Leclercq's £tablissement de la Foy,
which is reproduced in J. G. Shea's translation of
that book.

, , 214. A. D. 1696. Cotton Mather's New Eng-
land.

The "Exact Mapp of New England and New
York," contained in Mather's Magnalia, London,
1702, in which he speaks of his map under date of
1696. There has been a facsimile made of it. It is
also reproduced in Cassell's United States, i. pp. 492,
516.

— A. D. 1697.

Hennepin's map in the Nouvelle Dicouverte.

AUard's Minor Atlas of about this date contains :

" Nova Belgica et Anglia nova," presenting the
prevailing Dutch drafts.

"Totius Neobelgii nova tabula"- gives the coast
from the Chesapeake to the Penobscot, with a
picture of New York after its recapture (1673).

" Nova Virglnix tabula," following Smith's map.

— A. D. 1698.

Gabriel Thomas's map of the New Jersey coast
and Delaware Bay, which appeared in his Account
of Pennsylvania, and is reproduced in Cassell's
United States, i. 282, and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, iii. 501.

— A. D. 1700. (?)

Courtenay in the Charleston Year Book (1883)
places before 1700 " A new map of Carolina," of
which he gives a facsimile.

A colored chart of about this date, showing the
coasts of New France, New Scotland, and New
England (measuring lii X i A feet) found by Mr. H.
F. Waters in the British Museum in 1884.

215. A. D. 1700. Province of New York.

It shows the country as far north as the Mohawk,
from a little distance east of the Connecticut to a
meridian west of Perth Amboy. It follows a map
' in the State Paper Office, London, marked: "A
map of the Province of New Yorke in America by
Augustin Graham, Surveyor-General," and is dedi-
cated to Lord Bellomorit. The last grant on the
map is put down as in 1697, and Kohl conjectures
the map must have been made about 1700. The
grants distinguished are chiefly on the eastern side
of the Hudson, and date from 1684 to 1697. It
shows also the grant along both sides of the Mo-
hawk River in 1697 to Godfray^Dellius.

216. A. D. 1700. The same.
Another copy, less perfect, and without annota-
tions.

— A. D. 1701-1721.
The maps in John Thornton's Atlas Maritimus.

I

— A. D. 1702.

The map in Campanius. See ante, under no. 100,
and his more detailed map showing the coast from
Maine to the Chesapeake, given also in facsimile in
the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 485.

217. A. D. 1709. Lawson's Carolina.

Shows the coast from Cape Henry to St. Augus-
tine. It is copied from the map in John Lawson's
History of Carolina, London, 17 14. The first edition
was in 1709, and the map is repeated in the German
translation, Hamburg, 1712, 1722.

— A. D. 1709.

La Hontan's Carte Ghiirale de Canada shows the
New England and Acadian coast, and this part is
given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer-
ica, iv. 153.

218. A. D. 171-? Seller's New England.

Shows the coast from the Kennebec to beyond
the Connecticut River. It is called " A mapp of New
England by John Seller, hydrographer to the King,"
and was made not long after 1700, as Kohl thinks.
The original, which is more extended, is in Harvard
College library, and a text accompanying it seems to
be taken from Josselyn's Two Voyages. It is cer-
tainly not so late as Kohl puts it, since Josselyn's
book was printed in 1674, and the map itself is men-
tioned in the London Gazette in 1676, as follows :
" There is now extant a map of New England, as is
now divided into three great colonies of Plymouth,
Massachusetts, and Connecticut, with a printed de-
scription by John Seller."

— A.D. 1713.

The rude delineation of the east coast in Joutel's
fournal historique, Paris, 1713. This map is repro-
duced in the Mag. of Amer. Hist. 1882, p. 185, and in
A. P. C. Griffin's Disccmery of the Mississippi, p. 20.

— A. D. 1718.

Nicolas de Fer's " Partie meridionale de la riviere
de Mississippi" shows the Carolina and Florida
coasts.

219. A. D. i72o(?) Carolina.

This follows a MS. map preserved in the British
State Paper Office, bearing no date, but evidently
made after 17 1 5. On it is marked :

" 1. The way Coll. Barnwell marched from Charls-
town, 17 1 1, with the forces sent from S. Carol, to
the relief of N. Carolina.

"2. The way Coll. J. Moore marched in the 1712
with the forces sent for the relief of North Carolina.

"3. The way Corol. Maurice Moore marched in
the year 1713 with recruits from South Carolina.

"4. The way Corol. Maurice Moore went in the
year 17 15 with the forces sent from North Carolina
to the assistance of S. Carolina. This march was
farther continued from Fort Moore up Savano river,
near a N. W. course, 150 miles to the Charokee
Indians, who live among the mountains."

There is a sketch of the map in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist. America, vol. v.

— A. D. 1722.

The map of "Nouvelle France "in La Potherie,
repeated in the 1753 edition.

42

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

— A. D. 1728.

The Atlas maritimus et commercialis (London) has
charts of Delaware and Chesapeake bays, the New
England coast, the St. Lawrence gulf, and Boston
Harbor.

220. A. D. 1730. Indian Map of South Caro-

lina.

It is marked: "This map describing the situation
of the several nations of Indians to the N. W. of
South Carolina was coppyed from a draught, drawn
and painted on a deer skin by an Indian cacique,
and presented to Francis Nicholson, Esqr, Governour
of South Carolina, by whom it is most humbly dedi-
cated to his Royal High. George, Prince of Wales."

This is taken from the original in the British
Museum.

— A. D. 1730.

The map by Herman Moll, attached to Davis
Humphrey's Hist. Ace, of the Soc. for propagatitig the
gospel in foreign parts, London, 1730. It has a mar-
ginal map of the South Carolina coast, which is
reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
vol. V. ; which may be compared with the map in
Moll's New Survey, 1729 (no. 26), which is given in
facsimile in Cassell's United States, i. 439.

221. A. D. 1733. Popple's Boston Harbor.

See an enumeration of the maps of Boston Harbor
in the Memorial Hist. Boston, vol. i. ii. and iii.

222. A. D. 1733. Popple's Town and Harbour

of Charlestown, S. C.

223. A. D. 1733. Popple's Harbour of St. Au-

gustine.

224. A. D. 1733. Popple's Neiv York and Perth

Amboy Harbours.

Nos. 221 to 224 are marginal maps annexed to
Popple's great map of The British Empire in Amer-
ica, which has 14 other charts of harbors, beside 3
views of towns. It was first issued in 1732, and a
reproduction appeared in Amsterdam about 1737.
The Catalogue of the British Museum MSS., no.
23,615 (fol. 72). shows a draft by Popple of the
English and French possessions, dated 1727.

— A. D. 1738.

The map of America in Keith's Virginia.

— A. D. I74I.

Moll's maps in Oldmixon's British Empire ; also
in edition of 1708.

— A. D. 1742.

The English Pilot, published at London, has
various coast charts :

Nos. 2. Newfoundland to Hudson's Bay.

3. Labrador to Cape St. Roque.

4. Another covering the same.

5. Newfoundland to Maryland.

6. Casco Bay by Cyprian Southicke (dated

London, 1720).

7. Newfoundland coast by Heniy Southwopd.

13. Cape Breton to New York, with separate

plan of Boston Harbor. Cape Cod is
pierced at the angle.

14. New York Harbor and vicinity by Mark

Tiddeman.

15. Chesapeake and Delaware bays.

16. Lower Chesapeake and the Virginia rivers.
19. Carolina and Charleston Harbor.

— A. D. 1746-174S.

D'Anville's "AmiJrique Septentrionale " (Paris);
but a new draft with improvements was published at
Nuremberg in 1756.

— A. D. 1747.

" America " in Bowen's Complete System of Geog-
raphy.

— A. D. 1753.

Robert de Vaugondy's Carte de Canada.

— A. D. 1755.

Jeffery's New Map of Ncrva Scotia, etc., showing
the coast from Labrador to Boston.

Lewis Evans' map of the Middle British Colonies,
with improvements by I. Gibson, which is reproduced
in Whittlesey's Cleveland.

John Huske's Present State of North America, 2d
ed., London (1755), has a map showing the English
claims and French encroachments.

William Douglass' Summary of the British Settle-
ments in North America, Boston, reprinted London,
has D'Anville's map "improved with the back settle-
ments of Virginia." Cf. Sabin, xii. no. 47,552.

Various other maps were published at this time,
occasioned by the controversy between the French
and English governments as to the bounds of their
respective possessions in America.

— A. D. 1757.

Carte de la Nouvelle Angleierre par M. B.

— A. D. 1764.

Map of North America by M., new ed. by Vau-
gondy, 1772, reproduced in the French Encyclopedic,
Supplement, 1777.

— A. D. 1769.

Captain Cluny's map of North America in T%e
American Traveller, reproduced in the French Ency-
clopedic, Supplement, 1777.

225. A. D. 1787. Franklin's Gulf-Stream.

It shows the coast from Labrador to Florida, and
is endorsed : " This draft of that Stream was ob-
tained from Capt. Folger, one of the Nantucket
whalemen, and caused to be engraved on the old
chart in London, for the benefit of navigators, b^ B.
Franklin." Kohl calls this the first attempt specially
to indicate the Gull Stream on a chart. The prefer-
able track for sailing from New York to England is
pricked on the chart. It is copied from an engraved
map in Franklin's Philosophical and Miscellaneous
Papers (London, 1787).

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

43

VII.
THE MISSISSIPPI VALLEY.

*»* See also the maps in Sectiuns II., III., and VIII.
— A. D. 1500, etc.

The earliest maps show what stands with some
for the Gulf of Ganges, and with others for the
Gulf of Mexico (as in the Admiral's, ante, no. 32,
and Reisch's, ante, no. 33). They also show in the
country north of this gulf, the region ultimately to
be developed as the Mississippi Valley. We begin
to have a rudimentary river, usually called " Rio
de Spiritu Santo " as in the map of the gulf published
by Navarrete (fast, no. 247) ; and this representa-
tion o£ a great river, flowing into the north part of
the gulf, can be traced down through various maps,
like that of Cortes in 1524 (post, no. 248) ; of Mai-
ollo in 1527 {ante, under no. 39) ; those of Ribero,
1529 (ante, no. 41) ; Mercator, 1541 (under no. 54) ;
the Ulpius globe, 1542 (under no. 55) ; the Cabot
mappemonde, 1544 (under no. 56) ; the Medina map
of 1545 (no. 59) ; the map given in the Mar. and Crit.
Hist. America, ii. p. 292; Bellero's of 1554 (no. 64) ;
Vopellio's of 1556 (under no. 66) ; Homera, 1558
(no. 67) ; Zaltiere, 1566 (no. 94) ; Des Liens, 1566
(under no. 69) ; Dr. Dee's, 1580 (no. 96), and De
Bry's, 1596 (cf. Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer., iv. 99).

Maps of the type of Mercator (no. 71), Ortelius,
1570 (no. 72), and Martines (nos. 75, 77) make the
water-ways run across the continent.

We find the earliest special treatment of this
river, in a kind of parallel network of streams, as
shown in Wytfliet's Florida et Apalche (no. 264) ;
and Wytfliet's draft is followed in a map of about
1622, America noviter delineata, auct. yitdoco Hondio,
Johannes Janssonius excudit, and in another of 1636,
called Novissima et accuratissima totius Am.ericie de-
scriptio, per N. Visscher.

Jefferys, in the map in his Northwest Passage, 1768,
shows the course of the lower Mississippi by a dotted
line, professing to engrave the map from the " Her-
rera of 1608 ; " but the maps in the early editions of
Herrera do not have the dotted line.

226. A. D. 1656. Sanson's Mississippi.

It represents the mouth of the Mississippi as a
bay (" Bahia del Espiritu Santo") into which va-
rious rivers empty, having their sources in a semi-
circular range of mountains, of which one end
extends towards the Florida peninsula, and the
other is in Texas. The names within this belt of
mountains are derived from the accounts of De
Soto's march.

Later maps of Sanson follow this draft, as in his
Amirique Septentrionale, 1669.

227. A. D. 1673 Marquette's Upper Missis-
sippi, showing the portages to Lake
Huron.

It follows a sketch preserved in St. Maiy's Col-
lege, Montreal, and is copied from the engraving of
it given in French's Hist. Coll. of Louisiana, iv. Dr.
Shea first brought forward this map, in his Discovery
of the Mississippi, in 1853 ; and he used the fac-
simile which he caused to be made for that book, in
his edition of the Jesuit Relations of 1673-79 ; and it
has since been reproduced in Douniol's Mission dii
Canada (with a sketch of a cabin on it, which does

not belong to it), Blanchard's History of the North-
west, Hurlbut's Chicago Antiquities, Andreas' Chicago,
in the Report of the U. S. Chief of Engineers, 1876,
vol. iii., and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv
220.

228. A. D. 1673. Marquette's Mississippi ex-
tended to the gulf.

This follows the map given in Thevenot's Re-
cueil de Voyages, Paris, 1681, as Marquette's, but
which was the work of the Jesuits. (Cf. Harrisse,
no. 202.) The sketch in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, iv. 221, is from the Parkman copy of the
original map, which has now disappeared from the
Biblioth^que Nationale in Paris. Sparks, in his
Life of Marquette, copies the engraving in Thevenot,
whose title differs from that of the Parkman copy.
The Catal. of the Library of Parliament (Toronto),
1858, shows another copy. It is reproduced in An-
dreas' Chicago, i. 47, and in Breese's Early Hist, of
Illinois.

— A. D. 1673.

Pays et peuple dicouverts en 1673 dans la partie
septentrionale de VAmiriqite par P. Marquette et
Joliet, suivant la description qu'ils en ont faite, recti-
fiSe sur diverses observations posterieures de nouveau
mis en jour par Pierre Vander Aa d. Leide.

— A. D. 1674.

Joliet's earliest map, Nouvelle decouverte de plu-
sieurs nations dans la Notivelle France en I'annee
1673 ^' 1674, showing the whole length of the Mis-
sissippi, and published by Gravier in colored fac-
simile, in an £tude sur une carte inconnue, which
appeared in the Memoires du Congres des America-
nistes, 1879, and in the Revue de Geographic, Feb. 1880.
This reduced colored facsimile is given in the Mag.
of Amer. Hist. 1883, and in A. P. C. Griffin's Dis-
covery of the Mississippi ; and there are sketches of
it in Andreas' Chicago, i. p. 49 ; and in the Nar. and
Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 208.

Cf. a map in the Parkman Collection, of which
there is a sketch in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer-
ica, iv. p. 206.

— A. D. 1674.

Joliet's larger map is supposed to be lost. There
is what is called a copy in the Barlow Collection of
Maps, belonging to S. L. M. Barlow, Esq., of ISfew
York. A sketch of it is given in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist. A7nerica, iv. pp. 212, 213. Cf. Harrisse, Notes
sur la Nouvelle France, no. 203. (See ante, no.
I77-)

— A. D. 1674.

Joliet's smaller map is also in the Barlow Collec-
tion, and a sketch from it is given in the Nar. aiid
Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 214. Cf. Harrisse, no.
204 ; Parkman's La Salle, p. 453.

Cf. for the Ohio valley, no. 3 of the Parkman
maps, given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv.
p. 215.

— A. D. 1675.

The " Bahia del Spierto Santo " in Rogeveen's
Burning Fen, no. 19.

44

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

— A. D. 1679-1681.

Harrisse (nos. 209, 213-218) cites early maps of
Franquelin for these years. Parkman attributes to
Franquelin a Carte de V AniMque septentrionale, . . .
avec les nouvelles decouvertes de la Riviire Mississipi
oil Colbert {cf. Parkman's La Salle, p. 455; Harrisse,
no. 219).

— A. D. 1682.

From a copy of Franquelin's map of this date in
the Barlow Collection, a sketch is given in the Nar.
and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 227. It shows the mouth
of the Mississippi, but there is a blank northward
from the mouth till the Ohio is reached.

229. A. D. 1682 (?). Franquelin's Mississippi.

After a MS. map in the DepSt de la Marine at
'' Paris, called " Carte generale de la France septen-
trionale . . . Faite par le Sieur Jolliet." It is dedi-
cated to Colbert. On the margin is " Johannes Lu-
dovicus Franquelin pinxit."

Harrisse (no. 214) puts this under 1681. It is
sketched from the Parkman copy in the Nar. and
Crit. Hist. America, iv. 218.

230. A. D. 1682. The Mississippi by Hen-

nepin.

s^ It shows the coast from Maine to Texas, and ex-

tends to 600 north. It has no annotations, and is
marked " Rejected."

231. A. D. 1683. Hennepin's Mississippi.

It shows the coast from Labrador to Texas. This
^<'^ is after the map in the 1683 edition of Hennepin's
Description de la Louisiane, in which he combined
Marquette's travels with his own, and left the lower
Mississippi a dotted line. It is called Carte de la
Nouvelle France et de la Louisiane. It is given in
part in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
iv. 249, with references ; and the whole map is repro-
duced in Dr. Shea's edition of Hennepin, and in
Winchell's Final Rept. Geol. Survey of Minnesota,
p. 6. Cf. Harrisse, no. 352.

— A. D. 1684.

Franquelin's great Carte de la Louisiane, of which
a sketch is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
iv. 228, from a copy in the Parkman Collection of
maps in Harvard College Library. (Cf. Parkman's
La Salle, pp. 295, 455 ; Harrisse, no. 222 ; Thomassy,
GSologie practique de la Louisiane, p. 227.)

Harrisse (no. 223) refers to a Carte de I'Amirique
septentrionale of De la Croix, which is assigned also
to Franquelin.

— A. D. 1685.

Carte de la Louisiane, by Minet. It is sketched in
the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 237, with refer-
ences, from a copy in the Barlow Collection (cf. Har-
risse, no. 225).

232. A. D. 1688. The Mississippi by Franque-

lin.

It is called Carte manuscripte de I'Amirique septen-
trionale par J. B. Louis Franquelin, Hydrographe du
Roy en Canada. Quebec en i688. It gives the Mis-
sissippi a wide zigzag course, and makes it debouch
on the coast of Texas. Kohl has not annotated it.

It has been engraved for E. D. Neill's History of
Minnesota, 1882 ; and this engraving is reproduced
in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 230, 231, and
in Winchell's Final Report of the Geological Survey of
Minnesota, vol. i. pi. 2.

233. A. D. 168S. The Mississippi by CoronellL

This is from Father Coronelli's published map,
America Settentrionale, 1688. He seems to have
been ignorant of Marquette's discoveries. The Mis-
souri is not indicated. The " Ouabache " is about
where the Ohio should be ; and the " Ohio " runs
parallel with it further south.

A sketch of the map by Coronelli, as corrected by
Tilleman, Paris, 1688, is given in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist. America, iv. 232. It was issued in two parts,
— one of the eastern, the other of the western, por-
tions of North America. These two were united in
1689 on a smaller scale.

Carte des parties les plus occidentales du Canada,
par le Pire Pierre Raffeix, S.f., — a M S. map in the
Bibliotheque nationale of Paris, from a copy of
which in the Kohl Collection a sketch is given with
the marginal inscriptions in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, iv. 233. There is another copy in the Bar-
low Collection. Cf. Harrisse, no. 238.

There is in the Barlow Collection a map, which
Harrisse (Notes, etc., p. xxv. and no. 241) believes to
be the lost original of a map by Raudin, Frontenac's
engineer ; and of this a sketch is given in the Nar.
and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 235.

234. A. D. 1689. Lahontan's Long River.

This fabulous stream is represented as rising in
the Rocky Mountains, and flowing into the Missis-
sippi above the Missouri. Kohl thinks the river in
question may have been the St. Peter's River. La-
hontan professed to copy the western part of the
river from an Indian map, made for him in that
country.

This map appeared in the Nouveaux voyages. La
Haye, 1709, vol. i. p. 136, and is reproduced in the
Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 261.

235. A. D. 1689. Coronelli's Canada ou Nou-

velle France.

It shows the coast from the Gulf of St. Lawrence
to Texas, and gives the bounds between New France
and the English possessions. Kohl thinks the pres-
ent map a French imitation of no. 233.

— A. D. 1689-1699.

Harrisse (nos. 231, 232, 240, 248, 259) assigns va-
rious other maps to these years.

— A. D. 1691.

The map in Leclercq's £,tablissement de la Foy,
which is reproduced in Dr. Shea's translation of
that book.

— A. D. 1692.

Hubert Jaillot, who had inherited the plates of
Nicolas Sanson, published in Paris what passes as
Sanson's Amirique septentrionale, — the plate of
which was long in use in Amsterdam and else-
where.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

45

■y

236. A. D. 169S. Hennepin's Mississippi.

This shows the river carried to the gulf. It first
appeared in Hennepin's ATouveUe D^coiiverie, Utrecht,
1697, which had two distinct maps, showing the Mis-
sissippi extending to the gulf.

The first Carte d'un iris grand pais nouvellement dl-
couvert, etc., is reproduced in the I^Tar. and Crit. Hist.
of America, iv. pp. 252, 253, and was repeated in the
editions of the Nouvelle Dicouverte, printed at Ley-
den in 1704, and was re-engraved in the English edi-
tion. Discovery of a large, rich, and plentiful country
(London, 1720), with English names.

The second, Carte d'une tris grand pays entre le
nouveau Mexique et la mer glaciate, was used in the
later editions of 1698, 1704, 1711, etc., with changes
in successive issues, and is reproduced in the Nar.
and Crit. Hist. America, vol. iv. p. 251, and in
Breese's Early Hist, of Illinois, p. 98.

237. A. D. 1698. The Mississippi by De Fer.

He follows Coronelli in making the " Ouabache "
and " Ohio " parallel streams. Published in Paris in
1698.

— A. D. 1700.

Carte des Environs du Mississipi, envoyie h Paris
en 1700. Cf. Thomassy, Geol.pract. de la Louisiane,
pl.i.

— A. D. 1 701.

De Fer's Castes aux Environs de la riviire Missis-
sipi. Cf. Thomassy, p. 201.

^ A. D. 1702.

Thomassy ( Giol. pratique de la Louisiane, p. 209)
refers to an original draft by Guillaume Delisle,
Carte de la riviire du Mississipi, dressle sur les m(-
moires de M. Le Sueur, 1702, which is preserved in
the Archives Scientifiques de la Marine.

^ A. D. 1702.

The map in Campanius' Nya Swerfge gives the
lower portions of the river rudely. There is a fac-
simile in the J^ar, and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 394.

— A. D. 1703.

Lahontan's Cai^e glnlrale de Canada, which ap-
peared in his Nowveaux Voyages, La Haye, 1703, and
was repeated in some of the later editions. It was
re-engraved in the Memoires, Amsterdam, 1 741, vol.
iii. It is reproduced, with references, in the Nar.
and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 258.

— A. D. 1705.

De Fer's Le Canada ou Nbuvelle France.

— A. D. 1703.

The map of Delisle, showing the route of De Soto,
and called Carte de la Louisiane et du Cours du Mis-
sissipi, published in Paris, and repeated in Garci-
lasso de la Vega's Histoire des Incas, etc., Amster-
dam, 1707, and in Delisle's Atlas Nouveau, Amster-
dam, 1740. It is reproduced in French's Hist. Col-
lections of Louisiana, ii. (dated 1707); in Gravier's
La Salle ( 1S70) ; in part, in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, ii. p. 295 ; in Cassell's United States, i. p.
475; in Winchell's Final Sept. of the Geol. of Minne-
sota, i. t^. 20. See post, no. 22^.

— A. D. I712.

Louisiana am Fluss Mississippi in the German
translation of John Lawson's Carolina, Hamburg,
1712.

— A.D. 1713.

Carte Nouvelle de la Louisiane et de la riviire de Mis-
sissipi . . . dressle par le sieur Joutel, belonging to
J outeV s fournal historique, Paris, 17 13. A part of
this map is given in the Mag. of Amer. Hist., 1882,
p. 185, and in A. P. C. Griffin's Discovery of the Mis-
sissippi, p. 20. Cf. Thomassy, Giologie prac. de la
Louisiane, p. 210.

The English translation of this, A fournal of the
Last Voyage performed by La Salle, etc., Paris, 1714,
has a map showing the course of the Mississippi.
(Cf. Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 240.)

— A.D. 1715.

Herman Moll's New and Exact Map of the Domin-
ions of the King of Great Britain, has a lesser map
attached, called Louisiana, with the Indian Settle-
ments and Number of Fighting Men, according to the
Account of Capt. T. Nearn.

— A.D. 1718.

Le Cours du Mississipi ou de Saint-Louis, par N.
de Fer, embodying previous information, was made
by direction " de la compagnie d'occident."

Partie meridionale de la riviire de Mississipi, par
N. de Fer, extends north to the Illinois country.

238. A. D. [17 1 9.] Delisle's Louisiana.

It shows the routes of De Soto and others. It is
called Carte de la Louisiane et du Cours du Mississipi.
It was followed by H. Moll in 1720, and Popple in
1732. Kohl says it is the earliest map to show the
word Texas (Los Teijas), and to show the Cumber-
land and Tennessee Rivers.

Thomassy (Giol. practique de la Louisiane, p. 2n)
refers to the June, 1718, map of Delisle. See ante,
under A. D. 1703.

— A. D. 1719-20.

Thomassy gives a Carte de la CSte de la Louisiane,
preserved in the Archives Scientifiques de la Marine
in Paris, based on surveys made at this time by M.
De Serigny.

— A.D. 1720.

A new map of Louisiana and the river Mississipi,
which appeared in Some Considerations on the Conse-
quences of the French settling Colonies on the Missis-
sipi. London, 1720.

Moll's New Map of the North Parts of America,
1720, follows Delisle's of 1718, for the Louisiana
portion. It is reproduced in Lindsey's Unsettled
Boundaries of Ontario, Toronto, 1873.

Gerard van Keulen published at Amsterdam a
large map. Carte de la Nouvelle France, ok se. voit le
Cours des gra7ides Riviires Mississippi et St. Laurens,
with observations on French fortified posts.

De Beauvillier's Carte nouvelle de la partie de
fouest de la province de la Louisiane (Thomassy, p.
214).

— A. D. 1722.

The " map of Carolana and the river Meschacebe "
in Daniel Coxe's Description of Carolana, London,

46

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

1727, and repeated in later editions. See J>ost, no.
239-

— A. D. 1722.

La Potherie's Carte glnSrale de la Nouvelle France
in his Hist, de CAntlrique septentrionale, Paris, 1722,
vol. ii., gives the misplacement of the mouths of the
Mississippi which originated with La Salle.

— A. D. 1722.

Le Blond de la Tour's Entrie du Mississifi en
1722. (Cf. Thomassy, pi. iii.)

— A. D. 1724.

The " Carte de I'Amerique " in Lafitau's Mceurs
des Sauvages Amiriquains, Paris, 1724, vol. i. 24.

— A. D. 1724.

Plan fartimlier de remiouchure du fUime Saint-
Louis, signed by De Pauger, royal engineer.

— A. D. 1726.

A " new map of Louisiana and the river Missis-
sipi " in the Memoirs of John Ker of Kersland, Lon-
don, 1726.

— A. D. 1729.

A map of New France and Louisiana in Herman
Moll's New Survey of the Globe, no. 27.

— A. D. about 1730.

AmplissimcE regionis Mississipi seu Provincice Lu-
doviciauiE a Hennepin detectts anno 1687, edita a Jo.
Bapt. Homanno, Norimberga. Has a marginal view
of " Catarrhacta ad Niagaram."

Homann was a cartographer of easy conscience,
who seldom dated his maps, and this one is little
better than a re-engraving of the map in Joutel's
Journal historiqiie. See ante, under A. D. 1713. It
was reproduced by Homann's successors in his busi-
ness, and again by William Darby in his Geograph-
ical Description of Louisiana (2d ed. 1817), and
Thomassy (p. 2) censures Darby for his choice of
an early map.

— A. D. 1732.

D'Anville's Carte de la Louisiane dressSe en 1732;
publiie en 1752. The upper part of it is reproduced
in Andreas' Chicago, i. 59.

— A. D. 1732.

Popple's British Empire in America follows De-
lisle's map (1718) for Louisiana. It was reissued in
1733, 1740, and reproduced at Amsterdam in 1737.
Sabin's Dictionary, xv. no. 64453.

— A. D. 1732.

Fleiive Saint Louis, ci-devant Mississipi, — a map
preserved in the Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris,
based upon observations made by Sieur Diron in
1719. (Cf. Thomassy, p. 212.)

— A. D. 1733.

The map in Some Account of the Design of the
Trustees for establishing the Colony of Georgia in
America. It shows the Atlantic Colonies stretch-
ing to the Mississippi River.

— A. D. 1737.

Le Cours du fleuve Mississipi, 1737, in Bernard's
Kectieil de Voyages au Nord, Amsterdam, 1737, in
connection with Hennepin's narrative.

— A. D. 1740.

A map by Dumont de Montigny, Carte de la pro-
vince de la Louisiane, autrefois le Mississipi, preserved
in the Depot de la Marine at Paris, is said by Tho-
massy (p. 217) to be more valuable for its historical
legends than for its geography.

239. A. D. 1741. Coxe's Carolana.

After the map in Daniel Coxe's Carolana, Lon-
don, 1741. Kohl calls it the earliest English map
of the Mississippi. Kohl thinks possibly Coxe may
have had unknown charts of the delta. He accepts
Lahontan's Long River. See ante, under A. D. 1722.

— A. D. 1743.

Nicolas Bellin, in Charlevoix's Nouvelle France,
gives a Carte de la Louisiane, cours du Mississipi et
pais voisins ; and this, with the other maps, is repro-
duced in Shea's translation of Charlevoix.

Benin's Carte des embouchures du fleuve Saint
Louis is based on a draft by Buache (1732), follow-
ing an original MS. (1731 ) preserved in the Archives
Scientifiques de la Marine. (See post, under A. D.
1750.)

240. A. D. 1749. . Bonnecamps' Ohio River.

After a map in the Ministry of the Marine at Pa-
ris, called Carte d^un voyage, fait dans la Belle Kiviire
en la Nouvelle France, 1749, par le rlvSrend Pire
Bonnecamps, Jesuite Mathimaticien. He has marked
eight points where he took observations for the lati-
tude, and sundry other places where he buried in-
scribed lead plates in token of possession for the
king.

It also shows the Alleghany River from Lake
Chatauqua.

— A. D. 1750.

Bellin also has a map of this date, called Carte de la
Louisiane et des pays voisins. It is said that the maps
first published by Bellin were not thought by the
French government sufificiently favorable to their
claims for boundaries on the English colonies, and he
accordingly reissued the maps with changes. When
Governor Shirley, speaking with Bellin, referred to ,
this, Bellin is said to have replied, " We in France
must obey the king's commands." His map mark-
ing these bounds is reproduced in Bonnechose's
Montcalm et le Canada franfais, 5th ed., Paris, 1882.
(See ante, under A. D. 1743.)

— A. D. 1753.

Carte de la Louisiane, in Dumont's Mimoires his-
toriques de la Louisiane, vol. i.

— A. D. 1755.

Benin's Carte de la Louisiane, 1750; sur de nou-
velles observations on a corrigi les lacs et leurs environs,
1755-

— A. D. 1755.

Canada et Louisiane par le Sieur le Rouge, inge-
nieur geographe du Rot, with a small map of the Mis-
sissippi River.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

47

— A.D. 1755.

D'Anville's Canada, Louisiane et les terns an-
glaises.

— A.D. 1755.

Robert de Vaugondy's Partie de VAmhique septen-
trionale qui comprend le cours de I' Ohio, etc.

— A. D. 1755.

A NccU and Accurate Map of North America, con-
tained in John Huske's Present State of North Amer-
ica, 2d ed., London, 1755.

— A. D. 1755.

John Mitchell's Map of the British Colonies in
North A?nerica, engraved by Kitchen, published in
London, in 1755. Re-engraved at Amsterdam as a
Map of the British and French Dominions in North
America,

— A. D. 1757.

Carte de la Louisiane par Pauteur, 1757 in Le Page
du Pratz's Histoire de la Louisiane, vol. i. 138.

— A. D. 1760.

Thomas Jefferys included a map of Canada and
the northern parts of Louisiana in his Natural and
Civil History of the French Dominion in North and
South America. This same map, with the date 1762,
was used in his Topography of North America and
the West Indies. London, 1768.

— A. D. 1760.

Janvier's VAmerique. It extends from Louisiana
to the Pacific.

— A. D. 1762.

Jefferys' Map of Canada and New France. There
is a facsimile in Mills's Boundaries of Ontario.

— A. D. 1764.

La Louisiane in Bellin's Le Petit Atlas Maritime,
vol. i. no. 40, and The Mouths of the Mississippi in nos.
43 and 44.

241. A.D. 1767. Carver's Upper Mississippi.

This follows the map in Jonathan Carver's Travels.

— A. D. 1768.

The mouths of the Mississippi and neighboring
coasts by Jefferys, in his General Topography of
North America and the West Indies, which, he says,
was taken from several Spanish and French draw-
ings, compared with D'Anville's map of 1752, and
with P. Laval's Voyage h Louisiane.

242. A. D. 1795. The Upper Missouri and Mis-

sissippi by Soulard.

The original is preserved in the Depot de la Ma-
rine in Paris. It was made for Colonel De Bouligny,
of the Sixth Regiment of Louisiana, and taken to
France in 1804 by M. Laussat.

243. A. D. 1801. An Indian Map of the Upper
Missouri and its Affluents.

The original of this is preserved in the Archives
of the Hudson Bay Company in London. Drawn
by a Blaclifoot chief in 1801, and taken to London
by Peter Fidler. The range of the Rocky Moun-
tains is marked, eleven of their peaks named, and
the Pacific seacoast is drawn.

244.' A. D. 1854. The Sources of the Missis-
sippi River.

This is Schoolcraft's map given in his Narra-
tive.

VIII.

THE GULF OF MEXICO AND 'WEST
INDIA ISLANDS, WITH ADJACENT
LANDS.

*#* There are notices of maps of the mouths of the Missis-
sippi in Section VII.; and the gulf appears in the maps of
Sections II. and HI.

245. A. D. 1463. Antilia by Benincasa.

This represents an early notion of land to the
westward, the antetype of the Antilles. The chart
is from a portolano, described in Santarem's Hist,
de la Cosmographie, i. p. xlii ; iii. p. 177. Cf. ante,
under no. 21, where this map might have been en-
tered, if it had been found in season.

246. A. D. 1 500. La Cosa's map.

The western part of the La Cosa chart. Kohl
has copied the drawing of it in Ramon de la Sagra's
Cuba (Paris, 1837). See ante, no. 26, and the whole
series of maps enumerated in section ii., for the
form the gulf took in the earliest cartography,
whether as a supposed Gulf of Ganges, as it is con-
jectured to be in the Admiral's {ante, no. 32) and
other maps : or as undeveloped in the Cantino (1502),
Ruysch (1508), Sylvanus (1511), and Waldseemvil-
ler (1513) maps ; as vaguely shut in at the north by
a land Bimini, shown in the Peter Martyr map of
1 51 1, and in the Weimar map of the Pacific, of
1518 {post, no. 316) ; as an unenclosed archipelago,
of which we have instances in the Lenox globe, and
in the s6-called Da Vinci mappemonde. It gets
something like definite though distorted shape in
the Stobnicza and Reisch maps, and in the Tross
gores. Then in the Nordensldold gores, in the
Schbner globes of 15 15 and 1520, and in the Apian
cordiform map of 1520, we have the same distorted
shape, but joined with a westerly passage, which
detaches South America as an island.

247. A. D. 1520. The Gulf of Mexico.

The map published by Navarrete in his Coleccion,
iii., is reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Htst. Amer-
ica, ii. p. 218, and in Weise's Discoveries of America,
p. 278.

This is the earliest special map of the gulf, and
the first to delineate it with approximate accuracy ;
and bears the title, Traza de Castas de Tierrafrme
y las tierras nuevas.

Cf. the map of Ayllon's explorations, sketched in
the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 285.

248. A. D. 1524, Gulf of Mexico. (Cortes.)

The original engraving of this chart appeared in
a letter of Cortes, addressed to the emperor, and

48

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

printed at Nuremberg in 1524. Kohl thinks it
shows the explorations of Garay, and does not em-
body any of those of Cortes himself. He says it is
the earliest map to show the name Florida. It may
have been made about the time of no. 247. It is re-
produced in Stevens' Amer. Bibliographer, p. 86; in
his Notes, etc., pi. iv.; and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, ii. p. 404. It has an uncertain passage to
the west, by which Yucatan is made an island, of
which there is an indication in no. 247, and unmis-
takable expression in the MaioUo map of 1527 [ante,
under no. 39), and is suggested in a map by Friess
(post, no. 371). Later maps, like the Verrazano,
1529 (ante, under no. 42); Ribero, 1529 (ante, no.
41) ; the Lenox wood-cut, 1534 (ante, no. 47, since
reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii.
p. 223) ; the British Museum map of 1536 (post, no.
251), make Yucatan insular, but do not carry the
passage to the western sea.

249. A. D. 1528. The Antilles.

Six separate maps of Jamaiqua, Cuba, Spagnola,
Guadalupe, Dominica, and Matinina, from the Iso-
lario of Bordone. Kohl follows a facsimile made
for Henry Stevens (see post, no. 372).

— A. D. 1529.

A section of Ribero's map (ante, no. 41), showing
the gulf, etc., is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, ii. p. 221.

250. A. D. 1534. Hispaniola.

From the engraved map in the 1534 edition (com-
bined) of Peter Martyr and Oviedo. Kohl follows
a facsimile given in Stevens' Amer. Bibliographer.
See no. 256.

251. A. D. 1536. Gulf of Mexico.

From a large MS. map in the British Museum.
Kohl says the language of the map is partly French
and partly Spanish, the latter much corrupted ; so
that he infers it to be a French copy of a Spanish
original. He thinks it may have grown out of the
expedition of Narvaez, and says that the peninsula
of Florida is for the first time drawn with approxi-
mate accuracy. Yucatan is an island. It is sketched
in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 2-25.

252. A. D. 1542. The Antilles, by Rotz.

One of the maps in Rotz's Boke of Idrography, in
the British Museum. The map is sketched in the
Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii, p. 226. It is called
" The Indis of Occident, quhaz the Spaniards doeth
occupy." The latitudes are too high by about three
degrees in the northern parts, and too low by about
two degrees in the southern parts ; making the dis-
tance from Trinidad to Florida much in excess of
what it should be. (See ante, no. 55.)

— A. D. 1540-50.

Within this period may be placed the map, Carta
de las Antillas, of which a facsimile is given in the
Cartas de Indias, published by the Spanish govern-
ment in 1877.

The map mentioned by Harrisse in his Cabots,
p. 185.

The so-called Atlas de Philippe II. (cf. Nar. and
Crit. Hist, of America, ii. 222). See ante, under no.

52-

The 1541 Mercator gores (Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, ii. p. 177.

— A. D. 1544.

The gulf and neighboring portions of the Cabot
mappemonde of 1 544, are sketched in the Nar. akd
Crit. Hist. America, ii. pp. 227, 447.

253. A. D. 1547. Spanish America, by Nio

Vallard.

This shows the coast of both oceans, from 35° N.
to 10° S. latitude. It is from the MS. atlas in the
Sir Thomas Phillipps Collection. Kohl conjec-
tures that the Spanish drafts, apparently used in the
making of this map, may have been those brought
from the peninsula in 1542 by Don Miguel de
Sylva.

Cf. the sketch from a MS. atlas in the Bodleian,
given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p.
292.

254. A. D. 1547. The same.
An inaccurate draft.

255. A. D. I5SS(?). The Mexican Gulf.

This is a French map, and shows the Atlantic
coast, from Maine to Honduras. The correspond-
ing Pacific coast from about the latitude of Mexico
(City), is a mere north-and-south line, with conven-
tional river-mouths. Kohl says the original was dis-
covered by Jomard in the possession of a French
noble family. To judge from the absence of Califor-
nia one would place the map before (say) 1535 ; and
the absence of traces of De Soto's and other explora-
tions on the Atlantic side would indicate as early a
date ; but Kohl places it under " about 1555," as that
was jomard's opinion. Kohl is in error in supposing
that the presence of Bermuda on the map establishes
the date after 1 530 ; since Bermuda is on the Peter
Martyr map of 1511, a map unknown to Kohl. It is
sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p.
224.

256. A. D. 1556. Hispaniola. (Ramusio.)

From the engraved map in Ramusio, iii. (1556),
who does not say whence he got it. It is reproduced
in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 188, and
seems to follow no. 250.

257. A. D. 1558. Spanish America by Diego

Homem.

It shows the coasts of both oceans north of the
Isthmus of Panama to 33° north latitude. A MS.
map in colors in the British Museum. Kohl calls it
the earliest general map to embody the California
Peninsula. The " Rio del Spirito Santo " (Missis-
sippi) has one main channel. It is sketched in the
Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, ii. p. 229.

258. A. D. 1564. Hispaniola by P. Forlano.

The engraved original is marked " In Venetia
Paulo Forlano Veronese fee. 1564." It is not so
accurate in form as the map of 1 534 ; and it is not
known whence Forlano drew his notions. (See ante,
under no. 69.)

259. A. D. 1564. Cuba by Forlano.

Kohl calls this the oldest special map of Cuba
which he had found. He finds names here which
are- preserved in the Hondius map of Cuba (1607).
(See ante, under no. 69. )

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

49

/

— A. D. 1566-72.

The maps of Zaltiere [ante, no. 94) and Porcacchi
(ante, no. 95) show how distorted a shape the gulf
could assume even at so late a day as this. Cf. Nar,
and Crit. Hist. America, ii. pp. 451, 453.

260. A. D. 1578. The Antilles by Martinea.

It shows the Atlantic coast from 45° north to 3°
south latitude. From the Martines Atlas of 1578 in
the British Museum. The latitudes are approx-
imately correct ; but the longitudes are much out of
the way, being stretched east and west too far. It
is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii.
p. 229.

261-262. A. D. 1597. Central America by
Wytfliet.

This is from Wytfliet's Continuation of Ptolemy.
See Winsor's Bibliography of Ptolemy.

— A.D. 1597.

The 'Castilia del Oro of Wytfliet is given in fac-
simile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 190.

263. A. D. 1597. Mexico by 'Wytfliet.

From Wytfliet's Continuation of Ptolemy.

264. A. D. 1597. Florida et Apalache of Wyt-

fliet.

From Wytfliet's Continuation of Ptolemy. It is
given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer-
ica, ii. p. 2S1.

— A. D. 1597.

Wytfliet's map of Cuba is given in facsimile in the
Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, ii. p. 230.

265. A. D. 1601. Mexico and Yucatan by

Herrera.

From Herrera's Descripcio-n de las Indias (Madrid,
1601). The map closely agrees with the text of the
same book, except that in the map he calls the City
of Mexico 91° west long, [from Ferro?], and in the
-text he gives it as 103° from Toledo.

A portion of it is reproduced in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist. America, ii. p. 392.

266. A. D. 1601. Antilles by Herrera.

A map which appeared in Herrera's Descripcion
de las Indias, and considered by Kohl to be the best
general map of the West Indies produced up to that
time. They are called " Yslas de la mar del Norte."

/ 267. A. D. 1630. Florida by Dudley.

Kohl takes this from Dudley's MSS. preserved in
the Munich library, and not from Dudley's Arcano
del Mare, as published in 1646.

— A. D. 1651.

Maps of New Spain, Cuba, and Hispaniola, in
Jannson's Minor Atlas, ii. 393, 397.

268. A. D. 167 1. Jamaica by Blome.

This is from Blome's Present State of his Majesty's
Isles and Territories in America, London, 1687- It
purports to follow surveys made by order of Sir
Thomas Mediford, Bart., late governor of the island.

269. A. D. 1712. Pacific Coast of Mexico.

It covers the space 8° to 17° north latitude. The
original was engraved by John Senex, and published
in London, after a Spanish map said to have been
captured by an English rover, Capt. Woodes Rogers.
The engraved map appeared in Capt. Rogers's A
Cruising Voyage around the World, 1708-11, London,
1712. The Spanish draft may have been made, as
Kohl thinks, about 1700. See post, under no. 289.

270. A. D. 1767. Northern Mexico by Alzate.

This follows a MS. map in the British Museum,
which professed to be drafted by Jose Antonio Al-
zate y Ramirez, after the best printed and MS.
authorities. It shows the explorations of Father
Kino about the Colorado and its affluents, and gives
the northern extremity only of the Gulf of Califor-
nia. At the top of the map, under 43°, it shows the
" Mar o Bahia del Vest," which Juan de Fuca ex-
plored. (Sttpost, no. 289.)

271. A. D. 1778. New Mexico by Escalante.

A folded sheet, without annotations.

271 a. A. D. 1795. New Mexico by Juan Lopez.
From a Spanish printed map.

272. A. D. 1852. Anegada by Sohomburgk.

(Virgin Islands.)

This follows surveys made by Sir Robert Sohom-
burgk, published in the Journal of the Royal Geo-
graphical Society, ii. p. 152 (1852).

273. A. D. 1833. The TJsumasinta River in Cen-

tral America.

An engraved map in the Royal Geographical So-
ciety's Journal, iii. 59 (1833), prepared by Col.
Galindo.

274. A. D. 1836. Costa Rica by Col. Galindo.

From the Journal of the Royal Geog. Society, vol.
vi. (1836).

275. A. D. 1844. River Tabasco by Peter Mas-

ters.

From the Journal ai the Royal Geog. Society, vol.
XV. (1845).

276. A. D. 1853. Samana.

The Peninsula and Bay of Samana in the Domin-
ican Republic, by Sir Robert H. Schomburgk, in
the Journal of the Royal Geog. Society, 1853.

50

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

IX.

THE PACIFIC COAST OF NORTH
AMERICA.

**« See ante, sections ii. and iii., and/^f^, section x.

— A. D. 1 513, etc.

Dr. Kohl printed an abstract of his studies on the
cartography of the west coast of North America in
the U. S. Coast Survey Report, 1855, p. 374, etc. ; and
there is a MS. on the subject by him in the library
of the American Antiquarian Society at Worcester.
The fullest information on the subject will be found
in H. H. Bancroft's North West Coast, vol. i., and in
the Nar. and Grit. Hist. America, ii. p. 431, etc.

We find the earliest delineations of this coast in
1513 from two sources, — first, from the Portuguese
in their efforts to place the Moluccas in relations
with the new continent, as shown in {post) nos. 315
and 316; and, second, from the maps which show
the discovery of Balboa, either honestly recorded as
in the Verrazano map of 1524 (ante, under no. 42),
the MaioUo (1527, under no. 39), the so-called Fer-
dinand Columbus (1527, ante, no. 38) and Ribero
maps (^1529, ante, no. 41) ; or conjecturally extended
as in Schoner's globes of 1515 and 1520 [ante, nos.
34' 35)> the Apian mappemonde of 1520 (no. 36), the
Thorne map of 1527 (no. 39), the Miinster map of
1532 (under no. 46) ; or purposely left doubtful as
in the map of Reisch's Margarita philosophica, 151 5
[ante, no. 33), the Tross gores (under no. 32), and
others. ■^

— A. D. 1526.

The map of the monk Franciscus, making South
America an island, identifies North America with
Asia, and substitutes the southern coast of Asia for
the west coast of North America. (Lelewel, Geog.
du Moyen Age, pi. xlvi.)

— A.D. I530(?)

The map in the Sloane MSS. (British Museum),
illustrating the Asiatic theory of North America.
(Ante, no. 43.)

The Turin atlas described in the yahresbericKt des
Vereins fUr Rrdkunde in Dresden, 1870, which leaves
the northern extension of the coast uncertain. (Ante,
no. 51.)

— A. D. 1532.

The cordiform map of Orontius Finseus, showing
the Asiatic theory of North America. (Ante, no. 46.)

— A. D. 1 532-40.

The map in Kunstmann, which does not go north
of the California peninsula.

— A. D. 1534.

The Lenox wood-cut [ante, no. 47) does not go
north beyond the limits of Central America.

— A.D. 1534-50.

The Italian mappemonde given in the Jahresbe-
richtdes Vereins fiir Erdkunde in Leipzig, 187 1, which
shows the coast as high as California.

— A. D. 1535.

Cortes' map of the coasts about the entrance of
the Gulf of California, bought by the Rev. E. E.

Hale in 1883 from the Spanish Archives, of which
there is a heliotype in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, ii. p. 442.

— A. D. 1536.

The Agnese mappemonde, which shows the Cen-
tral America and Mexican coasts. (Ante, no. 52.)

A MS. mappemonde in the British Museum, which
extends the coast northward to California. (Ante,
no. 52.)

— A. D. 1538.

A map in the Basle edition of Solinus and Pom-
ponius Mela, which represents the western coast of
America indefinitely as " terra incognita."

— A. D. 1539.

Plate xiii. in the Portolano of Charles V. (ante,
under no. 52), which shows the Central America
coast.

Plates iv. and xiv. of the same, which extend
the coast above the peninsula of California.

— A. D. 1540 (?)

Homem's mappemonde, which extends the coast
northward to the California peninsula. (Ante, no. 60.)

— A.D. 1540-50.

The Nancy Globe [ante, no. 6i), which follows the
Asiatic theory.

— A. D. 1540.

Miinster's map in the Ptolemy of 1 540, which con-
jecturally disjoins North America from Asia. (Ante,
under no. 52.)

Apian's map in his Cosmographia shows a similar
but distorted separation. (See ante, no. 62.) It
was repeated in the Antwerp edition of 1 545, and in
the Paris edition of 1551. (See ante, no. 62.)

— A. D. 1541.

Mercator's map in gores, giving a conjectural
western limit to North America. (Ajite, under no. 53.)

— A. D. 1540-50.

An Italian portolano, now in the Carter-Brown
collection, and noted in Quaritch's Catal.ofHist.
and Geography, 1885, no. 362, under 28,159, which
contains five maps showing the west coast of North
America, as a part of the western hemisphere, viz. :

No. vii., which resembles a map in an Atlas in
the Biblioteca Riccardiana (Jahresbericht des Vereins
fiir Erdkunde in Dresden, 1870, pi. vi.), shows the
Asiatic theory. ,

No. ix. brings out the California peninsula, but
goes no farther north.

No. xi. is in gores, adheres to the Asiatic theory,
and resembles pi. ix. of the Jahresbericht, etc.

No. xxvii. is confined to the Central America
coast.

No. xxix. goes north to the peninsula of California.

277. A.D. 1541. Castillo's California.

The map published by Bishop Lorenzana in his
Nueva Espana (iT^o), who found it among the
archives of the descendants of Cortes. Domingo
del Castillo was a pilot in the fleet of Alarcon, who
explored the coast in 1540, and penetrated to the

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

51

head of the gulf of California and discovered the
Colorado river. A large part of his coast names are
not to be found In the accounts of Alarcon's expe-
dition, nor in those of the explorations of Ulloa
{1539).

Kohl speaks of this map of California as the
earliest known ; but he was not informed respecting
the map mentioned above under A. D. 1535.

Castillo's map is given in facsimile in the Nar.
and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 444 ; and is sketched
in H. H. Bancroft's Cent. America, i. 153, and North
Mexican States, i. 81. He gives the coast a greater
extension beyond the peninsula than it has in the
original.

— A. p. 1542.

The map in Rotz's Idrography shows the Central
America coast. (^Ante, no. 55.) See also the Ulpius
globe under the same number.

— A. D.I 543.

The Gotha map of Baptista Agnese shows the
Central America and Mexican coasts. (Ante, no. 56.)

— A. D. 1544.

The Cabot mappemonde carries the coast north
only so far as the peninsula of California. (See
under no. 56.) Cf. sketches in Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, ii. pp. 227, 447.

— A. D. 1545.

A conjectural coast, called " Temistitan," given in
the mappemonde of Miinster in his edition of Ptol-
emy. (Ante, no. 57.)

The map in Medina's Arte de Navegar shows only
the Central America coast. It is repeated in the
1549 edition, Libra, etc. (Ante, no. 59.)

Cf. the mappenionde, said to be on Mercator's
projection (?), put between 1545 and 1558, which is
described in F. S. Ellis's Catal. 1884, no. 174.

278. A. D. 1546. Upper California by Juan

Freire.

Part of a Portuguese portolano, which was in San-
tarem's possession when Kohl copied this portion
and no. 279, its complement. The language is partly
Latin, partly Spanish, but mainly a corrupt Portu-
guese. The drafts used by Freire were evidently, as
Kohl thinks, those of Ulloa and Alarcon, though he
must have had other material. He does not give
any names corresponding to the accounts of the ex-
plorations of Cabrillo and Ferrero (1542-43). The
coast is given a westerly trend, as if to connect it
with Asia. Kohl judges that Freire had some drafts
of a voyager who sailed westward, and at intervals
lost sight of the coast.

279. A. D.I 546. Lower California by Juan

Freire.

From the same map as no. 278. A legend on the
map in two places credits Cortes with the discovery
of this coast. Freire seems to have used Castillo's
chart and the reports of Ulloa and Alarcon. See
Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 448.

— A.D. 1548.

Gastaldi's map, numbered 59 in the edition of
Ptolemy of this year, which follows the Asiatic
theory ; and the " Carta Marina " in the same. (See
ante, under no. 58 ;. and Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
"• 435)

An atlas of about this time in the Biblioteca Ric-
cardiana at Florence is described in the Jahresbericht
des Vereins fiir Erdkunde in Dresden, 1870, which
has several maps showing the west coast of North
America. The maps in Tab. vii. and ix. carry the
coast north to the peninsula of California, and one
of those in Tab. ix. carries it a little farther. Two
maps in Tab. vi. illustrate the Asiatic theory.

— A. D. 1554.

The map of Bellero shows the Central America
and Mexican coasts. (Ante, no. 64.)

An atlas of Agnese (ante, under no. 64) gives maps
showing the coast from the peninsula of California
south.

— A. 0.1555.

A French map brought forward by Jomard shows
a purely conventional west coast. (Ante, no. 255.)

— A. D. 1556.

The map in Ramusio extends north to the penin-
sula of California. (Ante, no. 66.)

The map of Vopellio in Girava's Cosmographia
adheres to the Asiatic theory. (See ante, under no.
66.) There is a facsimile of the American part in
the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 436. Girava
says he used a draft by Vopellio as the basis of the
map, which is often wanting in copies of the book,
whose value, according as the map is in facsimile or
an original, has recently been fixed by Quaritch at
;f 3 10 o and ;^2i. The edition of Girava in 1570
is the same, with the preliminary leaves reprinted.

— A. D. 1558.

The map of Homem carries the coast north to the
California peninsula. (Ante, nos. 67 and 257.)

The map of Martines, placed usually somewhere
in this decade (ante, no. 63) is one of the earliest to
contract the water supposed to separate America
from Asia to the dimensions of a strait. It is
sketched and described in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, ii. 450.

— A. D. 1560.

The map of Forlani adheres to the Asiatic theory.
(Ante, no. 69.) It is sketched in the Nar: and Crit.
Hist. America, ii. 438.

— A.D. 1561.

A map of Honter illustrating the Asiatic theory.

In Ruscelli's edition of Ptolemy (see under no. 69,
ante), a map of the western hemisphere carries a
definite coast line beyond the California peninsula,
above which a dotted coast line is marked " littus
incognitum." The map of " Nueva Hispania " de-
velops the Gulf of California and adjacent coasts.

— A. D. 1566.

The map of North America by Zaltieri (ante, under
nos. 69 and 94) shows the narrow strait as given in
the Martines map (ante, under A. D. 1558). It is
given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer-
ica, ii. p. 451. The claim of Kohl that it is the
earliest to show the straits of Anian compels the
putting of a map of Martines later than here judged.

A map of Des Liens (ante, under no. 69) gives
only the Central America coast.

52

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

— A. D. 1568.

The map of Diegus (Homem) turns the coast-line
east a little distance above the head of the California
peninsula. See ante, no. 70; and Nar. and Crit.
Hist. America, ii. p. 449 ; iv. p. 92.

— A. D. 1569.

The great map of Mercator (ante, under no. 71).
It established more effectually the type of the strait
of Anian as prefigured by Martines and Zaltieri. It
is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
ii. p. 452.

— A. D. 1 570.

The Ortelius map follows Mercator's. (Ante, no.
72, and/(?rf, no. 324.)

— A. D. 1572.

The Porcacchi map also gives a similar strait of
Anian. (Ante, under nos. 72 and 95.) It is sketched
in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 453.

— A. D. 1574.

Forlani's map. (See post, no. 325.) The map in
Gallsus' Enchiridion (ante, under no. 72) follows
the Mercator type.

— A. D. 1576.

The map in Humphrey Gilbert's Discourse (ante,
no. 74) has a coast little resembling any other map,'
but gives the strait of Anian.

280. A. D. 1578. California by Martines.

It shows the coast from 10° to 55° north, with
"Giapan" and a part of the Asiatic coast. It is
from the Martines Atlas in the British Museum,
made between 156S and 1578, at Messina, though
Martines seems to have been a Spaniard. The out-
line of the gulf of California is much less accurate
than in earlier maps.

This is a different atlas from the one of 155- (.''),
mentioned ante under A. D. 1558. A sketch of the
Central America coast of the 1578 atlas is given in
the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 229.

— A. D. 1578.

The map in Best's Frobisher is rudely delineated.
(Ante, no. 78.)

— A. D. 1580.

The map of Dr. Dee (ante, no. 96) carries the coast
above 40° N. Lat.

— A. D. 1582.

Lok's map leaves the coast uncertain above the
peninsula of California. [Ante, no. 97.)

The map of Popelliniere's Trois Mondes is of the
Mercator (1569) type.

— A. D. 1587.

The Myritius map follows the Asiatic theory.
(Ante, no. 79.)

— A. D. 1587.

The Hakluj^t-Martyr map carries the coast well
up to the Arctic region. (Ante, under no. 79.)

281. A. D. 1592. California (MoUneaux'a
Globe).

From the globe in the Middle Temple, London.
Sir Francis Drake's track is pricked upon it, and is
taken perhaps from Drake's charts, now lost. It
shows Drake to have gone as far north as 48°. The
general trend of the coast is more northerly than
westerly, as on earlier maps. There is a sketch in
the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 455.

282. A. D. 1593. Northwest Coast by C. de
Judaeis.

A map from Cornelius de Judaeis's Speculum
Orbis Terra, 1593, and called "Quivirae Regnum,"
which is the name on a protuberance of the coast
line in 40° N. lat. ; while a larger protuberance in
60° is called " Anian Regnum." Northwest of this
last peninsula, under 70°, is a pinnacle-rock, in the
sea, which marks the " Polus Magnetis." An in-
scription in the interior notes that oxen and cows,
which have the hump of a camel, and the tail and
feet of lions, frequent the woody plain. (Ante, no. 98.)

A map of the same date in the Libri of Maffeius.
(Ante, under no. 83.)

— A. D. 1597.

De Bry's map, giving the conventional view of the
time. See enumeration ante, under no. 84.

The Arnheim edition of Ptolemy has the following
maps showing the west coast of North America : —

No. 2, the western hemisphere, much like the
Mercator type.

No. 28, the straits of Anian.

No. 29, a mappemonde, giving the west coast in
the conventional manner of the period.

No. 32, the North Pacific, showing an indefinite
" Pars AmericiE."

Nos. 34 and 35, the western hemisphere, with a
Pacific coast of the Mercator type.

The map of Porro (ante, no. 85) distinguishes this
edition from the Cologne edition of Ptolemy of the
same year.

Wytfliet's continuation of Ptolemy contains several
maps showing the west coast.

No. I. The western hemisphere shows the straits
of Anian. This map is given in facsimile in the
Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 459.

No. 13. " Granata nova et California " develops
the region of the California peninsula, and a fac-
simile of the map of the gulf is given in the Nar.
and Crit. Hist. America, ii. 458.

No. 14. " Quivira et Anian," showing the region
firom Cape Blanco north.

— A. D. 1598.

The mappemondes in Wolfe's Linschoten and in
Miinster's Cosmographia of the current type for the
west coast of North America. (Cf. ante, under nos.
84 and 86.)

The Italian Ortelius, published at Brescia, gives a
map of the current type for this coast, and one which
clmgs to the Asiatic theory, being about the last in-
stance of such views.

— A. D. 1600.

The map in the America of MetuUus has the Wyt-
fliet type. (Ante, under no. 87.)

— A. D. i6oi.

The maps of Herrera and Quadus. (Ante, nos.
88 and 99.)

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

53

283. A. D. i6o2. The Caiifornia Coast after

Viscaino.

The coast from Cape Mendocino to Cape St.
Lucas. It is composed from the 32 charts of the
coast which Viscaino made, and which were depos-
ited in the Spanish Archives, when the editors of
the voyage of the Spanish vessels, " Sutil " and " Mex-
icana," brouglrt the present sketch to light, basing it
on those lesser charts.

Cf. sketch in Mtr. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. p.
75 ; and reproduction in Atlas para el Viage de las
goletas StttU y Mexicana (1802), by Dionysio Alcala-
Galiano.

284. A. D. i6o2. The same.
A less perfect sketch.

— A. D. 1603.

The maps in Botero's Relaciones, — one of the
world, the other of the western hemisphere, — are of
the Mercator type. The Italian edition was in 1595.
(See ante, mider no. 84.) -

— A. D. 1604.

Buache engraved in 1754 a Spanish map of 1604,
made at Florence by Mathieu Neron Pecciolen, which
shows the gulf of California and adjacent coasts.
It is also in the Encydopidie published at Paris in
1777 (supplement).

— A. D. 1606.

The map in Cespedes' Regimiento de navegacion
leaves the northwest coast partially indeterminate.
(Ante, no. 89.)

— A. D. 1613.

The map illustrating the narrative of Ferdinand
de Quir in the Detectio Freti of Hudson, edited by
H. Geritsz, gives an unusual width to the straits of
Anian.

The Mercator-Hondius atlas contains a map of
the world, another of America, both by Hondius,
and one of America by Michael Mercator. They
all show the straits of Anian, but the protuberant
coast of America has no marked feature except the
gulf of California. Similar features mark the map
of Hondius, which he based on the results of the
voyages of Drake and Cavendish {ante, no. 91), and
the map of Oliva (ante, no. 90).

— A. D. 1622.

The map in Kasper van Baerle's edition of Her-
rera is thought to be the earliest to return to the
original belief that the peninsula of California was
an island. The history of this latter belief is traced
in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. 461, etc.
The same 1622 edition of Herrera at the same time
repeats the map from the original edition of 1601,
wiiich presents the peninsular form for California.

— A. D. 1625.

The map accompanying the treatise by Briggs in
Purchas's Pilgrimes (ante, no. 100). It is sketched
in H. H. Bancroft's North Mexican States, i. l6g.
It makes California an island. Cf. H. H. Bancroft's
Northwest Coast, i. 103, 104. I

— A. D. 1626.

The map in John Speed's Prospect makes Cali-
fornia an island, and carries the main coast above it
by a dotted line.

— A. D. 1630.

The map in De Laet's Nieuwe Wereldt. (Ante,
no. 92.)

285. A. D. 1630. Northwest Coast by Dud-
ley.

From Dudley's Arcano del Mare, 1630. Kohl
judges from the original MS. draft of this map pre-
served in Munich, in which the latest date men-
tioned is 1621, that Dudley made this map but a few
years later. Dudley seems not to have been aware
of Viscaino's drafts. His inscriptions credit the
discovery of the coast, which he calls " Regno di
Quiyira," to Sir Francis Drake in 1579. He shows
I' Asia" on the west edge of the map, as " La grand
isla di Jezo," and his notes at Munich say that Dud-
ley got his knowledge of that region from the Jesuits
in Japan. See facsimile in Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, ii. p. 465. This is plate no. xxxiiii. Plates
xxxi. and xxxii. represent California as a peninsula.
In his Liber ii. (p. 19), a map of " Nuova Albione "
extends from a vague "golfo profondo " (with an
" I. de Cedros " at its entrance) to Cape Mendocino.

Kohl gives 1630 as the date of the Arcano, but
no earlier edition than 1646 has come under my
observation; though the book in a smaller shape
and of that earlier date is said to exist.

286. A. D. 1630. Gulf of California by Dudley.

This is, as Kohl says, from the MSS. of Dudley
at Munich, and not from his Arcano del Mare. The
names are mostly Italian, but a few are in Spanish.
He represents California as a peninsula. It does
not appear whence he got his views.

— A. D. 1635.

The Salstonstall English edition of the Hondius-
Mercator atlas has a map of America, which is a
reduction from the map in the 1613 edition of the
atlas.

— A. D. 1636.

The Hexham English edition of the Hondius-
Mercator atlas has two maps showing the west coast
of North America. In both California is an island ;
in one there is, and in the other there is not, a break
in the main coast line opposite the head of the
island.

— A. D. 1637.

A map in Le Monde of D'Avity, sketched in H. H.
Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 108.

— A. D. 1640.

The alleged explorations of Bartolome de Fonte
at this time gave rise, after the publication of the story
in 1708, to various conjectural maps of the west coast
of North America, prominent among which are the
renderings of Delisle and Buache, 1752-53, and the
map of Jefferys.

The indications of this venturesome cartography
are noted in H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, vol.
i., and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p.
462, 463. See post, under A. D. 1752-53.

54

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

— A. D. 1646.

Dudley's Arcano del Mare. See mtte, nos. 285,
2S6.

The two maps of Petrus Koerius (1646) in Speed s
Prospect of the most Famous Parts of the World (Lon-
don, 1668), show the geographical confusion of the
time In one California is an island, with a fixed
coast above, -to the straits of Anian ; in the other,
California is a peninsula, and there are alternative
coasts north of it, in half-shading.

— A. D. 1651.

A map in Jansson's Atlas Minor makes California
a peninsula, indicates north of it a doubtful passage
to the north sea, and further west delineates the
" Fretum Anian."

A map in Speed's Prospect (edition of 1676) makes
Cape Mendocino the northern point of California
island, with a break in the coast of the main land
opposite, while another Cape Mendocino is drawn
still further north.

A map of Virginia by Virginia Farrer (facsimile
in Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. 465) makes the
coast of New Albion (Drake's) lie at the base of the
western slope of the AUeghanies, narrowing the con-
tinent to a few days' journey.

— A. D. 1652.

Maps of the same cartographer, called in one N.
I. Visscher and in the other N. I. Piscator, make
California a peninsula, and indicate the straits of
Anian.

— A. D. 1655.

Wright in his Certain Errors in Navigation has
an insular California.

287. A. D. 1656. Sanson's California.

California is shown as an island, a view, as Kohl
thinks, introduced by Purchas {ante, under A. D.
1625 ; but see under A. D. 1622) in the map which he
gives as found among some Spanish charts captured
by the Hollanders. The country inland is called
" Nueva Mexico " in the north, and " Nueva Gra-
, , nada " in the south. The " Rio del Norte," on which
"^ Santa Fe is placed, runs into the gulf of California ;
and this river continued to have this course given to
it till Coronelli, as Kohl says, directed it to the gulf
of Mexico. The map is reproduced in the supple-
ment of the French Encyclopedic for 1777.

Sanson repeated his draft in 1657, making the
main coast end with " Aguhela de Cato ; " and in
his L'Amerique (1657-83) he puts a " Terre de
Jesso " northwest of the insular California.

— A. D. 1659.

The map in the Hist, of the World by Petavius
(Petau) gives an insular California and the usual
break in the main coast opposite its northern ex-
tremity.

— A. D. 1661.

In Van Loon's sea-atlas the map " Nova Granada
en I'Eylandt California " gives a strait of Anian a
little higher up than the island, and puts a " Terra
incognita " beyond it.

— A. D. 1663.

The map " Americae nova descriptio " in Heylin's
Cosmographie (1669, 1674, 1677) carries above a point

opposite the head of the island of Calfornia a dotted
line, which, farther above, branches in three con-
jectural directions.

— A. D. 1670-71.

Blome follows Sanson. In Montanus and Ogilby,
California is an island {ante, section vi., A. D. 1670-
73). Ogilby's map is sketched in H. H. Bancroft's
Northwest Coast, i. no.

— A. D. 168 3-1704.

Hennepin sometimes makes California an island,
sometimes a peninsula. Blaeu about this time had
the same hesitancy.

288. A. D. 168-? New Mexico by Coronelli.

An imperfect draft, without Kohl's annotations. .J
It represents California as an island. The " Rio del '
Norte " becomes the " Rio Bravo," and flows to the
Mexican gulf.

Coronelli's globe of 1683 makes California an
island.

Franquelin's great map shows only a part of Cali-
fornia, but he marks it as an island. (Ante, section
iii., A. D. 1681-84.)

— A. D. 1694.

Jaillot has California an island, with " Terra de
Jesso " northwest of it. {Post, no. 328.)

— A. D. 1695.

A map of Guillaume Delisle represents a " Mer de
I'Ouest " lying on the parallel from Cape Mendo-
cino to Lake Superior, but he gives it no defined
connection with the Pacific, while the straits of
Anian are delineated with coast lines extended but
a short distance on either side. This map was pub-
lished by the younger Delisle in 1752.

About the close of the century Covens and Mor-
tier of Amsterdam published what are known as the
Carolus AUard atlases. One of these represents
California as an island, and a " Terra Esonis " north
of it, with a strait at either extremity, — that on the
west separating it from " Yedso," apparently a part
of the Asiatic coast.

— A. D. 1698.

Edward Wells in his New Sett of Maps gives the
island of California with a " supposed straits of
Anian " just north of its upper end, but he omits all
coast lines above it.

— A. D. 1700.

Delisle makes California a problematical penin-
sula.

289. A. D. 1701. Gulf of California by Father
Kino.

Shows the results of the explorations of Father
Kiihn, — a German, whose name was changed by
the Mexicans to Kino, as Kohl says, — instigated
by the Jesuit Salvatierra. The map shows the con-
victions of Kino, that California was a peninsula,
rather than a demonstration from his own explora-
tions. He published his map originally in the Let-
tres £difiantes, vol. v. (1705), and it is called
" Passage par terre a la Californie. Decouvert

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

55

par le Rev. Pere E. F. Kino, Jesuite, depuis 1698
jusqu'^ 1701."

See Father Kino's explorations indicated in the
map of Alzate. (Ante, no. 270.)

Kino's map was re-engraved by Buache in Paris
(1754), by Sayer in a map of North America pub-
lished in London, in the supplement of the French
EncylopSdie (:777), by Marcou in Report of the Chief
of Engineers, U. S. A. (1878), and in H. H. Ban-
croft's North Mexican States, i. 499. Cf. Nar. and
Crit. Hist. America, ii. p, 467.

— A. D. 1705.

The map in Harris's Collection of Voyages, repro-
duced in H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 114.
California is an island.

— A. D. 1707.

Vander Aa's map is sketched in H. H. Bancroft's
Northwest Coast, i. 115.

— A. D. 1712.

A Spanish map of the Pacific coast of Mexico is
described, ante, no. 269.

— A. D. 1715-1717.

Delisle varied in his drafts of California, being
undecided on the evidence ; and in the latter year,
while he made it a peninsula, he cut the coast line
north of it by a great gulf, " Mer de I'Ouest," ex-
tending inland indefinitely.

— A. D. 1719.

Homann of Nuremberg made an insular Cali-
fornia, with an entrance to a supposed gulf oppo-
site with an island in the middle of the passage.

— A. D. 1720.

The Atlas geographicus of Seutter, Augsburg, re-:
tains the Californian island, separated by a pas-
sage, " Fretum Anian hie esse creditur," from
"Terra Essonis."

— A. D. 1726.

The map in Shelvocke's Voyages professed to rep-
resent current opinion in making California an
island. Similar maps about this time were issued
by Vander Aa of Amsterdam.

— A. D. 1727.

Herman Moll, the English geographer, gives the
island and the straits north of it, with no coast line
beyond;

— A. D. 1728.

The map in Herrera, making California a penin-
sula, carries the coast up to Cape Mendocino.

290. A. D. 1740. The California Coast.

A map of the North Pacific was found by Anson
in 1742, on board a Spanish ship captured by him on
the China coast. It was engraved on a reduced
scale in Anson's Voyage Round the World, London,
1748. It was next embodied by Jefferys in his map
of the North Pacific, and of this the present map is
a copy. Jefferys, however, made some additions to
the original Spanish map. He says of this proto-

type, that it is scarcely reconcilable with other charts
and journals, as to the names and situations of
places. The English cartographer also pricks out
the tracks across the Pacific of Gaetan (1542), Men-
dana (1568), Francisco de Gualle (1583), Cavendish,
Spilbergen (i6i6), Fronolat (1709), and of the track
each way of the " Nuestra Senora de Cabodonga"
(1743), the ship captured by Anson. Jefferys calls
the northern parts of the coast the Chinese " Fou-
sang," while Kohl believes that debatable region to
have been Japan.

— A. D. 1741.

Oldmixon's British Empire in America still gave
an insular California, with a dotted coast line above,
broken by the straits of Anian, — as drafted by
Moll.

H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 124, gives a
Russian chart.

291. A. D. 1743. California.

The map mentioned under no. 290, as engraved
in Anson's Voyages.

— A. D. 1743.

Benin's map in Charlevoix makes California a
peninsula, with a break in the coast farther north
marked " Aguilar." He supposes an interior net-
work of waters connecting Hudson's Bay and Lake
Superior with the Pacific, at some point still farther
north. Cf. the map in Bonnechose's Montcalm et le
Canada franfais, Paris, 1882.

— A. D. 1744.

Map in Arthur Dobb's Account of Countries Ad-
joining Hudson's Bay. The Pacific coast above Cape
Blanco is marked as unknown, but a passage called
Rankin's Inlet is supposed to connect with Hudson's
Bay. There is a sketch in H. H. Bancroft's North-
west Coast, i. 123.

292. A. D. 1746. The Gulf of California by

Consag.

The Jesuit father, Fernando Consag, explored the
eastern coast of the California peninsula, and mak-
ing the circuit of the north end of the gulf, reached
the Colorado river, and proved for the first time by
actual observation that California was a peninsula.
The present is. Consag's map of the gulf, made after
his explorations. It is sketched in H. H. Bancroft's
North Mexican States, i. 463, and his Northwest
Coast, i. 125, 126.

— A. D. 1746.

A map published by the successors of Homann
retains the peninsular California with the entrance
above, marked " Aguilar."

Another German map published by Covens and
Mortier, Introduction h la Geographic, gives an insu-
lar California, with a " Detroit d' Anian," supposed
to connect, through a " Mer glaciate," with Button's
Bay, a part of Hudson's Bay.

— A. D. 1747.

The maps in Bowen's Geography give a peninsular
California with indications of a strait above Cape
Mendocino, but the parts above are marked "un-
discovered."

56

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

— A. D. 1748.

Bellin connected Lake Superior with the Pacific
by a chain of waters.

— A. D. 1750.

Robert de Vaugondy in his Amlrique Septenlri-
onale makes California a peninsula, and marks a
passage above as discovered by iVIartin d'Aguilar.

— A. D. 1752-53.

Delisle and Buache were making maps of the
coast above the peninsula of California, cut up fan-
tastically with passages of one kind and another,
connecting the Pacific with the Great Lakes and
Hudson's Bay, in vain attempts to reconcile with
positive knowledge the accounts of Maldonado, De
Fuca and De Fonte. Delisle's map is reproduced
in H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 128.

The " Mer de I'ouest," supposed to be an interior
sea, reached by passages from the Pacific, figures
largely in these maps, and the imaginary draft of it
by Buache is reproduced in J. B. Laborde's Mer du
Sud, Paris, 1791, and in the supplement of the
French Encyclopedie, 1777. Cf. Dobb's Northwest
Passage (1754). Other cartographical solutions of
this problem will be found in Samuel Engel's Mi-
moires sur la situation des pays septentrioimux (Lau-
sanne, 1765); in his Extraits raisonnls des Voyages
fails dans les parties septentrionales de I'Asie et de
I'Atnerique (Lausanne, 1765, 1779); and in William
Doyle's Account of the British Dominions beyond the
Atlantic (London, 1770).

See/wC, nos. 334, 339.

293. A. D. 1753. The Northwest Coast, by T.

Jefferys.

From Cape St. Lucas to 60° n. lat. An incom-
plete sketch. Shows New Albion and the dis-
coveries of Drake. A supposed large island to the
west in mid ocean is marked as seen or suspected to
exist by Behring in 1728, and Tschirikow in 1741.
He gives a river supposed to connect the Pacific
with lake Winnipeg.

294. A. D. 1758. Alaska.

Map of discoveries made by Russian vessels, which
was published by the Academy at St. Petersburg in
1759, showing the voyage of Behring and Tschiri-
kow. The Aleutian islands are shown as combined
to form a supposable broad peninsula. The " Rivi-
iere de los Reyes de I'Admiral de Fonte" (1640) is
marked " pretendaj " and the inlet held to be found
by De Fuca in 1592 is indicated, but not continued
inland. The entrance found by d'Aguilar in 1603 is
made by dotted lines to connect with the " R. de
rOuest.*^"

— A. D. 1760.

An entrance to an interior passage in the north-
west is given in L'Amh-ique par les S". Sanson,
rectifiee par le S^. Robert. It is given in Vander Aa's
Galerie agr cable du Monde, vol. i.

— A. D. 1761.

H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 130, gives a
Japanese map.

— A. D. 1762.

Jefferys in delineating the northwest coast puts an
entrance supposed to have been found in 1592 by
Juan de Fuca to the south of " Fousang."

Janvier in the Atlas Moderne indulges in all ^he
freaks that Delisle and Buache had made in dealing
with the alleged voyages of De Fonte and the others.

— A. D. 1763.

The " Mer de I'Ouest " and other uncertainties are
found in the Carte d' AmSrique pour I'usage du Roi en
1722 par Cuil. Delisle, augmentie par Phil. Buache,
Paris, 1763.

— A. D. 1767.

Map by Alzate (ante, no. 270). A Jesuit map of
the peninsula of California in the supplement of the
French Encyclopidie, 1777.

— A. D. 1768.

Jefferys' map of the De Fonte narrative, given
also in the supplement of the French Encyclopedic
(1777), and in H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast,
i. 131.

— A. D. 1772.

Vaugondy's Carte de la Californie, reproduced in
the supplement of the French Encyclopedic (1777).

— A. D. 1774-1790.

Copies of maps in the Hydrographic Office, Ma-
drid, now in the Department of State, Washington,
marked Viages de los Espaholes a la casta norveste de
la America en los anos de 1774^1775-1779, 1788 y
1790.

295. A. D. 1775. Upper California by Maurelli.

The chart of Antonio Morelli, who accompanied
an expedition sent out in 1775 by the Viceroy of
Mexico. Bodega, who commanded one of the ves-
sels, discovered a harbor just north of San Fran-
cisco, and named it after himself. Kohl copies in
this a transcript of a chart preserved in the Spanish
Archives, which transcript, attested by Navarrete, is
in the Department of State at Washington. It pur-
ports to be drawn from observations made by Bo-
dega, commander of the " Sonora," and by Maurelli.
There are no indications of De Fuca's straits on it.

— A. D. 1775.

A map by Jefferys delineates the coast from New
Albion to Mount St. Elias, indicating several open-
ings, but not carrying them inland.

— A. D. 1776.

A map by Jefferys gives a protuberant coast line
at the northwest, named "America," the northern
part of which he marks "according to the Japan-
ese," while south of that he designates it as land
" seen by Spangenberg. 1728." " Alashka " is made
an island lying west of it, with Behring's straits sep-
arating it from Asia.

Ste post, no. 336.

296. A. D. 1777. San Francisco and Monterey
by Junipero Serra.

After a map in the British Museum inscribed :
" Piano mappa del viage hecho desde Monterey al
gran puerto de S. Francisco . . . P. F. Petrus Font
fecit, anno I777-" Supposed, in the pricked track
upon the drawing, to represent the journey of Don
Jose Moraza, about the bay of San Francisco, and to
record his surveys. Kohl supposes the imperfect

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

57

delineation of the Monterey waters to follow earlier
surveys.

— A. D. 1778.

The map in Carver's Travels thrmigh the Interior
Parts of North Amerka in 1766-176S, London, 1778.
It shows the New Albion coast, with vague indica-
tions of the straits of Anian and the Western sea.
It is sketched in H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast,

J- 133-

Captain James Cook's map of his explorations on
the northwest coast, published in his Voyage to the
Pacific Ocean, 1776-1780.

297. A. D. 1782. Upper California by Mascaro.

The coast is shown from Cape Mendocino to San
Diego. From a MS. Spanish map in the British
Museum. The tracks of the expedition by land of
Juan Baptista de Ansa and others are noted by
pricked lines.

298, 299. A. D. 1782. Ne-w Mexico by Mas-

caro.

A tracing from the original in the British Museum,
and an imperfect draft of the same, without annota-
tions by Kohl.

300. A. D. 1782. Port of San Diego.

Published in 1802, in the accounts of the voyage
of the " Sutil y Mexicana."

— A. D. 1782.

Janvier's map preserves the great Sea of the West,
with two entrances, — one passed by Aguilar, the
other by De Fuca. It is sketched in H. H. Ban-
croft's Northwest Coast, i. 135.

— A. D. 1786.

The maps of La Perouse in his Voyage autour du
Monde. H. H. Bancroft, Northwest Coast, i. 176,
sketches one of them.

301. A. D. 1787. Old and New California by

Diego Francisco.

Shows the gulf of California and the Pacific coast
north to San Francisco. Made to show the travels
of Junipero Serra, the president of the missions of
California. The bounds between New and Old
California are laid down as an east and west line
from the coast, just south of Sari Diego, to the head
of the gulf of California. A road is indicated as
connecting all the missions.

— A. D. 1787.

The map in George Dixon's Voyages Round the
World, 1785-1788, part of which is given in H. H.
Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 180.

302. A. D. 1791. Port of Monterey.

From the atlas of the " Sutil y Mexicana " voyage.

303. A. D. 1791.

The Straits of Juan de Fuca.

Part of a MS. chart of Vancouver's Island and
surrounding waters, obtained from Mexico, and pre-
served at Washington. It shows the Spanish sur-
veys of Francisco Elisa, or his deputy, Alferez
Quimper. It is given in the Reply of the United

States (1872) on the San Juan boundary; and H. H.
Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 242, gives part of it.
Cf. other maps of Elisa, Ibid. i. pp. 245, 247.

304. A. D. 1791. Friendly Cove, Vancouver's

Island.

From the map published in the account of the
voyage of the " Sutil y Mexicana." See post, no. 310. ■

305. A. D. 1791. Queen Charlotte's Island by

Captain Ingraham.

From the MS. report of Captain Ingraham, pre-
served in the Department of State, Washington, —
the same named by Captain Gray in 1790, " Wash-
ington Island."

— A. D. 1791.

Map in Marchand's Voyage autour du Monde, part
of which is given in H. H. Bancroft's Northwest
Coast, i. 256.

— A. D. 1791.

Georg Forster's NordwesthUste von America, show-
ing the " Grosser Nordlische Archipelagus Lazari,"
with "Juan de Fuca's Einfahrt."

306. A. D. 1792. Quadra and Vancouver's

Island by Ingraham.

From the same report as no. 305. Cf. H. H. Ban-
croft's Northwest Coast, i. 278.

307. A. D. 1792. California Coast.

Shows the coast from 17° to 48° n. lat., following
part of a Spanish chart in the archives at Wasning-
ton, which came from Mexico. See no. 309, /oj^.

308. A. D. 1792. California Coast.

The map in the Atlas para el Viage de las Goletas
Sutil y Mexicana en 1792, published in 1802, under
the editing of Navarrete, — the ships being com-
manded by Valdes and Galiano. The map maker
profited by the surveys of Vancouver, who had pub-
lished his results meanwhile.

309. A. D. 1792. Northwest Coast.

A continuation northward of the chart, no. 307.

310. A. D. 1792. Friendly Cove by Captain

Ingraham.

From Ingraham's report, already cited.

311. A. D. 1792. Vancouver's Island and the

Oregon Coast.

From the Atlas of the '' Sutil y Mexicana" expe-
dition.

— A. D. 1792-93.

H. H. Bancroft in his Northwest Coast, vol. i., gives
the following maps : , , ^ ,

1792. Haswell's map of Nootka (p. 262).
1792. Caamano's map (p. 269).
1792. Galiano's map (p. 272).

1792. Vancouver's maps (pp. 276, 280).

1793. Vancouver's map (p. 292).

58

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

— A. D. 1793.

The map in William Goldson's Observations on
the Passage between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans,
in two Memoirs on the Straits of Anian and Dis-
coveries of De Fonte.

— A. D. 1812-1813.

Carta general ( Pacific ocean ) for fosl de Espinosa.
Londres aho 1812 ; Corregida en 181S.

312. A. D. 1854.

An engraved Karte des Riissiscken Amerika ge-
eeichnet von H. J. Holmberg, 1854, which appeared in
the Ethnographische Skizzen iiber die Vblker des Rus-
sischen America von H. y. Holmberg, Helsingfors,
1855.

THE NORTHERN PACIFIC OCEAN
AND ITS COASTS.

**# See section ix.

313. A. D. 1457. China and Japan.

From a Chinese treatise, Yik-tung-che, in the
British Museum. Shows eastern coast of China
and the islands of Japan and Lew-Chew. Korea
is in the north.

314. A. D. 1490. Eastern India, from the Ptol-

emy of 1490.

The furthest point to the west is the gulf of
Ganges. The Pacific coast is cut off by the right-
hand edge of the map, and this is, in Kohl's opinion,
the shore Columbus believed that he was skirting in
sailing along the gulf-side of Central America. The
name Cattigara, here on the land at the right-hand
edge of the map, Kohl says he finds in early maps
on the west coast of South America. See Winsor's
Bibliog. of Ptolemy.

315. A. D. 1513. Pacific Ocean.

A Portuguese map. The west coast of America
is unindented, and runs nearly northwest from 4°
south latitude. The Moluccas and the southeast pe-
ninsula of Asia are shown. Follows a chart pre-
served in the Military Museum at Munich. Kohl
supposes it to embody the explorations of Antonio
da Miranda de Azevedo in 1513, who joined at the
Moluccas an earlier expedition (1511-1512) by Fran-
cisco Serrao to those islands. This map is sketched
in the Nar. and Crit. Hist America, ii. p. 440. See
section ix., under A. D. 1513.

316. A. D. 1518. (?) Pacific Ocean.

On the extreme west are the " Ilhas de Maluqua,"
on the extreme east the coast discovered by Balboa
in 1 513, and beyond the coast of Yucatan, Honduras,
Cuba, Florida, etc. In mid-ocean there is nothing.
The original is a Portuguese chart in the Military
Museum at Munich. Kohl supposes it to have been
made about the time Magellan's fleet was fitting out,
and that it probably represents that explorer's views
of the ocean which he was going to seek. The gulf
of Mexico is left open towards the Pacific. The
Pacific is made about 100° broad. Sketched in the
A^ar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. 217.

317. A. D. 1536. The Moluccas by Baptista

Agnese.

From the atlas of Agnese in the British Museum.
Kohl suspects that Agnese used the maps brought
back by Del Cano from Magellan's expedition, be-
cause there are traces of Spanish in the names, and
none of Portuguese. The names in Pigafetla's nar-
rative of Magellan's voyage are found here ; and the
islands are placed in relation to each other as to di-
rection and distance as in that report. The Moluc-
cas seem to be curiously duplicated, the one draft
of them being 15° east of the other.

318. A. D. 1536. Eastern Asia by Agnese.

From the same Atlas as no. 317. It shows the
two great southern peninsulas of Asia, and the coast
of China.

319. A. D. 1542. Eastern Asia by Rotz.

"The Indies of Orient," from Rotz's Boke of
Urography in the British Museum. It shows the
two great Asiatic peninsulas, the islands of Java,
etc., and what seem to be the northern parts of Aus-
tralia; and this, in Kohl's opinion, is the earliest
instance of the recognition of that region on a map.
(Ante, no. 55.)

320. A. D. 1543. Asia.

Shows the whole of Asia. From the Polyhistoria
of Solinus. The southeastern part becomes a conti-
nental peninsula, as in the ancient maps. The
editor of Solinus, Tsingrinus, did not recognize the
fact, as Kohl thinks, that the Portuguese had already
on their maps broken up this extension into the
East Indian Archipelago. In the northeast corner
of the map is a coast, •" Terra incognita," which
seems to be a recognition of the west coast of
America.

321. A. D. 1550. Japan and the China Coast

by Preire.

From a portolano by Juan Freire, inspected by
Kohl while in the hands of Santarem. In his notes,
Kohl says that some of the maps in it are dated
1546, though this one is undated; but he believes it
to have been made about 1550. It was in 1543 or
1545 that the Portuguese under Ferdinand Mendez
Pinto reached Japan; but their commercial inter-
course began in 1549, when their missionary Xavier
reached the island. . This was a type of the contour
of the Japanese coast common in European maps
before the Dutch reformed the shape of it about
100 years later.

322. A. D. 1558. China and the Moluccas by

Diego Homem.

From Homem's MS. atlas in the British Museum.
As a Portuguese, Homem's knowledge of the China
coast was superior to that of any other existing
record, and better than that employed by Ortelius
and Mercator much later.

323. A. D. 1568. The East India Islands by

Martines.

The chief name on the map is "Isoli Maluchi."
He gives the upper coast of an Antarctic continent
marked " discoperta novamente." The map is less
accurate than Homem's. (See ante, no. 322.)

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

59

324. A. D. 1570. Straits of Anian and Neigh-

boring Lands by Ortelius.

From the Theatntm orbis terrarum, Antwerp, 1570.
Kohl says that for all north of 40° (Japan) Ortelius
had no authority but Pliny, Ptolemy, Marco Polo,
and the geographical traditions of his time. An
" Oceanus Scythicus " is given above 58° N. lat.,
bounded westerly by a northern peninsula of Asia.
America lies wholly south of the same ocean. The
peninsula of California is drawn, but represented
very broad; the gulf is called "Mar Vermeio."
Japan is longest east and west, and lies midway
between Asia and America. The sea contracts
above Japan, in 48° N. lat., forming the straits of
Anian (" Stretto di Anian"). He gets "Quinci,"
"Mangi," "Mare Cin," from Marco Polo. The
map is called " Tartariae sive Magni Chami regni
typus."

The straits of Anian seem to be earliest indicated
on the Martines map ififite, in section ix., under
A. D. 1558). Various later maps in that section
show the changing notions respecting the straits of
Anian.

325. A. D. 1574. Anian and Quivira by Forlani.

A small, incomplete sketch of Forlani's map (with-
out comment by Kohl), showing the straits of Anian
separating " Anian Regnum " from " Quivir," with
" Isle di Giapan," stretching east and west between
the Asiatic and American coasts. It is sketched in
the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 454.

— A. D. 1583-1600.

The Japanese map in the Sloane collection, British
Museum.

326. A. D. 1592. Northeastern Asia and Japan

from Molineaux's Globe.

Extract from the globe in the Middle Temple,
London. The contour of Japan follows Portuguese
sources.

— A. D. 1597.

No. 28 of the Arnheim edition of Ptolemy, show-
ing the straits of Anian. (See ante, section ix.,
under A. D. 1597) ; no. 32, showing the North Pacific.
(See Ibid.)

327. A. D. 1609. China and Japan.

From a MS. sketch on vellum in the British
Museum, purporting to have been sent from Madrid
in 1609.

328. A. D. 1636. Japan.

Called " Perfecte Karte van de gelegentheijdt des
Landts van lapan." It is taken from a book pub-
lished in 1636 (three years before the Portuguese
were expelled from Japan by the Dutch), entitled
Rechte Beschryvinge van het mactigk Koninghrijk van
Japan (Lucas and Caron). The island is repre-
sented as connected by a neck with the continental
" Landt van Jesso."

The explorations of the Dutch gave rise to the
belief in a large island lying in the north Pacific,
between America and Asia, called the island of
" Jesso," with the supposed straits of Anian on the
east, and the " Detroit de Vries " on the west. It
clung for some time to the maps. Cf. Nar. and
Crit. Hist. America, ii. pp. 463, 464, where is a fac-

simile of the map of Hennepin, as repeated by Cam-
panius. There are other indications of it in maps
noted in section ix., after this date. (See post, no.
330-)

329. A. D. 1700. Northeastern Asia by
Ysbrand Ydres.

Made from explorations of this agent of the Rus-
sian government, and published as " Nova Tabula
Imperii Russici." " Kamzatza " is a small river of
the region, which ought to show the peninsula of
Kamtschatka, but instead shows a rectangular cape,
with the Pacific shore running north and south, and
the Arctic shore east and west.

330. A. D. 1706. Terra de Yesso by Lugtenberg,

A curious configuration of North America is
bounded on the north by Hudson's bay, connecting
by the straits of Anian with the Pacific. North of
these straits, and west of Hudson's bay and Baffin's
bay, is an elongated (east and west) "Terra de
Yesso," separated at the west end by the " Straet de
Vries " from Yedso, a part of Asia, of which Japan
is a southern peninsula. He supposes " Yesso " to
be the country of the Lost Tribes, and the route by
which America was peopled from Asia. A chain of
smaller lakes connects the Great Lakes of Canada
with the Pacific. (See ante, no. 328.)

331. A. D. 172- (?) Kamtschatca by Homann.

Published by J. B. Homann in Nuremberg. Evi-
dently made before Behring's expedition in 1728. It
purports to be based on the reports of Russian
caracks and sable hunters. The peninsula 'is ex-
tended too far south, and Homann seems to "con-
found it with Jesso. The northern end of Niphon
or Japan is shown. The mouth of the Amur
(Amoor) is shown.

332. A. D. 1721. Northern and Eastern Asia

by Lange.

Without annotation.

333. A. D. 1728. North Eastern Asia by
Behring.

Without annotation.

334. A. D. 1750. Northern Pacific by Delisle

and Buacbe.

"Carte des nouvelles decouvertes au nord de la
mer du Sud, dressee sur les memoires de M. de
L'Isle par Philippe Buache, et presente i I'acade-
mie des Sciences par M. De L'Isle, 1750." Delisle
worked up his memoir in St. Petersburg, with the
aid of Russian reports and siirveys. The tracks of
Behring, Spanberg, and others are laid down. Bu-
ache has tried on the American side to reconcile the
reports of De Fonte with the later Russian dis-
coveries, and gives a large inland " Mer de I'Ouest,"
the archipelago of St. Lazare and connecting inland
waters, and the "lac de Velasco." He also puts
down the supposed land seen by De Gama in mid-
ocean, as also seen by Tschirikow and Delisle in 1741.

See section ix., under A. D. 1752-53.

335. A. D. 1 761. Shores of the Northern Ocean.

The map in Coxe's Russian Discoveries, London,
1803, showing the exploration of the Russian Shal-
aurof in 1761. Cf. map of the Northern Pacific with
Russian discoveries, in London Magazine, 1764.

6o

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

336. A. D. 1768. Russian America.

The results of the official Russian expedition
under Lt. Sind in 1764-68, as shown in a map made
by a Russian geographer, Von Staehlin. " Alaschka "
is made a large island, lying off the coast of North
America, this point of northwestern America being
severed on the map from the main. Burney thinks
that in constructing this map the chart of a Russian,
Ivan Levow, was used.

See ante, section ix., under A. D. 1776.

337. A. D. 1769. Kamtchatka and the Pox
(Aleutian) Islands by Krenitzin and Le-
vasheif.

From Coxe's Russian Discoveries, London, 1803.
The northernmost of these islands is called " Alaxa
Island," but it has a dotted line for its northern
coast, and is really the point of Alaska.

338. A. D. 1775. Russian America by Jefferys.

Founded on no. 336, ante ; but Jefferys continues
the northern coast of America according to the
Japan map given by Kempfer to Hans Sloane.

See ante, under A. D. 1583-1600.

339. A. D. 1775. Northern Pacific by Engel,

Vaugondy, and Buache.

" Carte de comparaison des plans systematiques
de Mr. M. Engel et de Vaugondy sur le Nord-Est
de I'Asie et le Nord-Ouest de I'Amerique avec des
cartes modernes. Par J. N. Buache, 1775." Engel's
outlines are given in red, Vaugondy's in black,
Buache's in blue. The longitude varies with them
as much as 40° in some places.

See ante, section ix., under A. D. 1752-53.

XI.

THE NORTH ATLANTIC OCEAN AND
NEIGHBORING WATERS.

*#* See sections!., iv., v., and vi.

340. A. D. 1450. The Northern Coast of Europe.

From a mappemonde found in the " Museum
Borgianum," and supposed to be made by a German.
The island " Anglia " and " Scotia" is shown.

341. A. D. 1534. Scandinavia by Bordone.

From the Isolario de Benedetto Bordone, Venice,
1534, the earlier edition having appeared in 1528.
It shows the Baltic, the Scandinavian peninsula
with " Engronelant " (Greenland) lying north of it,
and connected by an isthmus with northwestern
Europe. {Ante, nos. 48, 103.)

342. A. D. 1540. Northwestern Europe, from

the Ptolemy published at Basle.

The north Atlantic is confined on the east by
Norway, on the north by a neck called " Gronland,
i. e. Virens terra," and on the west by " Terra nova
sive de Baccalaos, (Bacalhos)," — whose coast is in-
terrupted at the northwest by a square or vignette.
" Island, Thyle " is a large island in the midst of
this ocean. In the extreme north, beyond the land,
is the " Oceanus Hyperboreus." An inscription
south of the " Gronland " isthmus reads : " Capi-
unter hie Stockfish." (Ante, no. 52, A. D. 1540.)

343. A. D. 1548. Northwestern Europe.

From the map known as the Dauphin, or Henri
II., which Kohl used while in Jomard's possession.
It shows the Baltic, and a large vaguely defined
country to the north marked " Groolande " (Green-
land), and on its northern coast " Vinllapie " (Fin-
lapland). Cf. ante, no. 156.

344. A. D. 1546. Scandinavia.

Shows the Baltic, " Suecia," and "Islamda" (Ice-
land). From a MS. atlas by Juan Freire, in the
possession, when Kohl took it, of Santarem. One
branch of the Baltic is made to connect with the
northern ocean. Kohl suggests from the fact that
the names in the north are Portuguese, or at least
not Scandinavian, that the Freire did not use north-
ern drafts. (Ante, no. 152.)

345. A. D. 1567. Scandinavia by Glaus Magnus.

From an engraved map in the history of Scandi-
navia by Glaus Magnus, which represents geographi-
cal knowledge, as Kohl thinks, of a much earlier
date. A peninsula in the northwest part of the
map, extending to 82° n. lat., is marked " Grunt-
londia," and a legend says : " Hie habitant pigmei
vulgo Screlinger dicti," recognizing the Scandinavian
name of the Eskimo. (Ante, no. 106, A. D. 1567.)

346. A. D. 1570. North Atlantic by Stephanius.

From Torf^us's Grmilandia Antiqua, and marked
" Sigurdus Stephanius delineavit, Anno, 1570." The
draft was seemingly based on records or traditions
of early Scandinavian voyages to the west from Ice-
land, which here is placed as " Island " in the centre
of the map. On the west the coast of Norway is
called " Biarmaland." North of this, a narrow
strait is shown as connecting with water known to
the Russians, or running towards their country. On
the north is " Jotunheimar " and " Riseland " (land
of giants) ; on the west a long cape, " Heriolfsness,"
seems to be Greenland's southern point ; at the
southwest a cape stretches northward which is
marked " Promontorium Vinlandise," which Kohl
thinks may have been Newfoundland. Between
this and Greenland lie (going south) " Helleland,"
(stony land), " Markland " (woody land), and
" Skraelingeland " (land of dwarfs).

Kohl gives a sketch of this map in his Discovery
of Maine. (See ante, no. 106, A. D. 1570.)

347. A. D. 1570. The North Atlantic.

Torfaeus, who gives this map, says of it : " Jonas
Gudmundi filius delineavit, vir curiosus Islandus."
Kohl thinks it follows Scandinavian traditions. The
north Atlantic is shown as landlocked, except there
is a narrow strait connecting with the Arctic sea,
north of the Scandinavian peninsula, and a con-
tracted continuation of the ocean at the south, be-
tween " Gallia " and a land, the northern part of
which is seen, and called " America," " Terra Flor-
ida," " Albania," etc. Above this is another chan-
nel, running west from the enclosed ocean. The
west and north of this ocean is bounded by a land
marked (going north) " Wester Bygd," " Oster
Bygd," " Kroksfiorderheide," " Risaland," and " Hel-
leland."

See no. 351, /oi/.

348. A. D. 1595. Nassau Strait by Barentz.

From De Bry, third part of the Oriental series, or
Minor Voyages, published at Frankfort, 1601. Kohl

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

6i

assigns the surveys on which this map is constructed
to the second voyage of Barentz in I595. The map
V/3.S re-engraved in the Begin ende Voortgange van de
Oost-Indische Compagnie, 1646, vol. I., p. 6. The
strait is that south o£ Nova Zembla, separating it
from the main.

349. A. D. 1595. Northern Europe by Lin-
schoten.

This is from the engraved map in Part 10 of the
same series of De Bry (1613). Linschoten accom-
panied Barentz in his expedition of 1 594. It follows
the coast from the eastern shore of Norway to be-
yond Nova Zembla.

350. A. D. 1597. Kova Zembla by De Veer.

From the map in the third part of the same series
of De Bry (1601). Gerhard de Veer was with
Barentz on his three northern voyages. A facsimile
of this map, Caerte van Nova Zembla . . . door Gerrit
de Veer, is given in the Three Voyages of Willem
Barentz, published by the Hakluyt Society in 1876,
as well as in that society's Three Voyages by the North
East, published in 1853.

351. A. D. 1606. North Atlantic.

From Torfseus's Gronlandia Antiqua, l6o5, where
it is called: "Delineatio Gronlandias Gudbrandi
Torlacii, Episcopi Holensis." It resembles some-
what no. 347, ante ; but the land called "America"
in that is here named " Estotilandia." "Gron-
landia" is better drawn, of which the east shore is
marked : " Latus orientale Groenl. inhabitatum." It
is sketched in Kohl's Discovery of Maine, p. 109.

352. A. D. 1613. Northern Russia and Nova

Zembla by De Bry.

From Part 10 of the same series of De Bry, pub-
lished in 1613. It purports to be taken from a Rus-
sian map, and the language of that to be translated
into Latin.

The map by Isaac Massa is reproduced in the
Hakluyt Society volumes,— The three Voyages of Wil-
lem Barentz (1876) and Three Voyages by the North
East (\Zl2>).

353. A. D. 1773. Northwestern Europe, Spitz-
bergen and Greenland by Phipps.

It shows the ocean north of 50°, and west of the
meridian running through Iceland ; a part of Green-
land is projected above 71°. From the map given
by Constantine John Phipps in his Voyage towards
the North Pole, London, 1774.

354. A. D. 1818. North Atlantic by Buchan.

It shows Iceland, Norway, Spitzbergen, and the
east coast of Greenland. It is taken from the chart
in F. W. Beechey's Voyage of Discovery towards the
North Pole, performed in his Majesty's Ships Doro-
thea and Trent, under the command of Capt. D.
Buchan, London, 1843.

»jf* Cf. the enumeration of Arctic maps in the British Mu-
seum Caial. of Engraved Maps, 1885, column 175.

XII.

SOUTH AMERICA.

*#* See section ii., a7ite, and xiii. to xvi., post,

— A. D. 1515.

Schoner's early globe, of which there are drawings
of the South American parts in Ruge's Zeitalters der '
Entdeckungen (p. 461), and in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist. America, vol. viii. Cf. ante, nos. 34 and 35,
and the Nordenskiold gores of the early part of the
sixteenth century, figured in that author's Globkarta
fran Borjan af sexton de selket, and in the Nar. and
Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii.

355. A. D. i54o(?). South America. (French.)

Part of a MS. mappemonde in the British Mu-
seum, supposed to have been made by order of
Francis I. for the Dauphin. Cf. Malte Brun, Hist,
de la Giographie (Paris, 1831), vol. i., p. 630. The
general name of the continent seems to be La Terre
du Brisil, which convinces Kohl that the map-maker
used Portuguese sources, which is also apparent
from the Portuguese flavor of the French names on
the map, where French is used. There are, how-
ever, Spanish legends in some parts, as on the east
coast of Patagonia. There are no names on the
coast of Chili, which leads Kohl to think that the
map could not have been made long after 1535,
when that coast became well known. The Amazon
is not represented except in its mouth ; and as
Orellana did not explore it till 1543, intelligence of
his voyage had not reached, it would seem, the
draughtsman. The La Plata connects with the Ama-
zon's mouth, making an island of the most easterly
part of the continent. There is a sketch of it in
the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii.

— A. D. 1544.

Cabot's mappemonde. (See ante, section ii., sub
1544.) A sketch of the South American part is
given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii.

— A. D. 1545-49.

Medina's Arte de navegar (1545) had a map of
South America, cut off above the La Plata. This
same cut was pieced out to include Magellan's straits
in the edition of 1549. A facsimile of this last is
given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii.

— A. D. 1 548.

The " Carta Marina " of the Ptolemy of this year.
See ante, under no. 58. A facsimile of this map is
given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii.

356. A. D. i5So(?). South America.

From a Spanish portolano preserved in the Bod-
leian Library, at Oxford. Indications of towns
founded after 1 550 would probably put the date of
the map about 1560, as Kohl indeed says in his an-
notations, but he gives the date "about 1550" in
the title of it. The interior of the continent is
rather fancifully laid out, and the coasts are not so
well made out as on contemporary Portuguese charts.
What seem to be the Falkland islands are called
" yas de S. anton."

357. A. D. i55o(?).

A less perfect draught of the same.

62

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

— A. D. ISS4-

The Bellero map. See ante, no. 64. There is a
facsimile of it in the N^ar. and Crit. Hist. America,
vol. viii.

— A. D. 1556.

Map in Ramusio; repeated in the edition of 1565.
See ante, no. 66. There is a facsimile in the Nar.
and Crit. Hist. America, vol. ii., p. 228.

358. A. D. i55-(?). South America. (French.)

From a MS. map once in the possession of M.
Jomard. Kohl thinks it a French map made after a
Portuguese original, and that it resembles the Nico-
las Vallard map of 1547. The general name of the
continent is Amerique. There being no trace of
Villegagnon's settlement in Brazil in 1556, Kohl puts
its date earlier than that year. ,

— A. D. 1561.

The maps in the Ruscelli edition of Ptolemy.
See a7ile, under no. 69.

359. A. D. 1562. South America by Gutierrez.

After an engraved map, thought by Kohl to be
the earliest on so large a scale, and called, " Ame-
ricae sive quartae orbis partis exactissima descriptio.
Auctore Diego Gutierro, Philippi regis Hisp. Cos-
mographi. H. Coch excud. 1562." It shows neither
latitude nor longitude. The serpentine course of
the Amazon is like the delineations of Homem, and
the river bears the names reported by Orellana.
South of the Amazon, and between it and the La
Plata, is the Rio de Maraiion, which is made to rise
in lake Titicaca, and empty into the Atlantic. The
Magdalena River was known after 1538, but it fails
of recognition on this map, which is sketched in the
JVar. and Crtt. Hist. America, vol. viii.

— A. D. 1569.

The great Mercator map. See ante, under no. 71.

— A. D. 1570.

The Ortelius atlas. See ante, no. 72.

— A. D. 1572.

: Porcacchi map. See ante, under no. 72.

The:

360. A.D. iS7-(?). South America by Forlani.

The printed map of Paulo di Forlani in the British
Museum, without date. It is called La Descrittione
di iutto il Peru. The name of Peru does not other-
wise occur on it. The eastern extremitjr is called
" Terra del Brasil." The northwest corner is marked,
" Castiglia del Oro." The Orinoco country is called
" La nova Andalucia." The longitude is reckoned
apparently from Pico in the Azores. There is a
copv of the original in Harvard College Library,
after which a facsimile was made in the Nar. and
Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii.

361. A.D. 1574. South America by Forlani.

The map has an Italian inscription, which is to
this effect : " I met some months since in Venice a
certain Don Diego Hermano, a gentleman of noble
family, and had with him some talks on geography.
He presented to me a sketch, showing voyages of

exploration, and this drawing I have engraved.
Venice, Dec. 14, 1574. Paolo dei Furlani." Kohl
thinks this map precedes no. 360.

— A. D. 1574.

The Enchiridion of Philippus Gallseus. See ante,
under no. 72.

— A. D. 1578.

The Martines map. See ante, no. 77.

362. A. D. i585{?). South America by Doete-

chum.

A MS. map in the British Museum, signed " Jo-
annes a Doetechum fecit." The legends on the
map are in Latin ; but the names on the Brazil coast
are in Portuguese, and on the other coasts in Spanish.
Cordova, founded in 1573, is put down, and this
affords an anterior limit for the date of the map.
The name " Rio de buena Sarres " leads Kohl to
think that the town Buenos Ayres (1580) had not
been founded when the map was made, and he does
not know the ground for the date 1585 (?), adopted
in the Museum catalogue. The Paraguay (called
Parana) runs from Lacus Eupana, which has con-
nection also through various channels with the At-
lantic, above and below Cape St. Augustine. The
map is cut off just north of Patagonia, and is held
by Kohl to have been used by Hondius in his map, .
made shortly after 1600. The " Rio Grande " (Mag-
dalena) is developed more than on any earlier map,
as Kohl says. The Orinoco is a mere coast stream.
There is a sketch of this map in the Nar. and Crit.
Hist. America, vol. viii.

— A. D. 1587.

The map in Hakluyt's Paris ed. of Peter Martyr.
See ante, no. 80.

363, 364. A. D. 1592. South America by De

Bry.

An imperfect sketch, and a tracing.

365. A.D. 1593. South America by Judseis.

From an engraved map by Cornelius Judasis,
called Brasilia et Periivia. The Orinoco is a small
stream. The La Plata is made to rise in the " La-
guna del Dorado."

— A.D. 1593.

Map of Maffeius. See ante, under no. 83.

— A. D.I 597.

The maps in Wytfliet's continuation of Ptolemy
(see ante, under no. 85), and in the editions of Ptol-
emy at Cologne and Arnheim (see ante, under no
84).

— A. D. iJgS.

The map in Miinster's Cosmographia. See ante,
no. 86.

366. A. D. 1599. South America by Linschoten.

From an engraved map in Linschoten's Navigatio
m Indiam Orientalem. The La Plata rises in the
" Laguna del Dorado."

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

(^3

— A. D. 1599.

Hulsius's " Nova et exacta delineatio Americas
partis australis " in the Fera historia of Schmidel,
Amsterdam, 1599, part of which is given in facsimile
in the Mar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii.

367. A. D. i6oo(?). South America.

It shows the continent between the northern
limits of Brazil and the upper parts of Patagonia.
After a MS. map in the Dep6t de la Marine at Paris.
Para, near the mouth of the Amazon, founded soon
after 1620, is not indicated, and the course of the
Amazon is not improved upon the type fashioned
after the reports of Orellana in 1542. Near lake
Titicaca is a legend about the explorations of Nuflo
de Chaves, in 1 557-1 560. The names and inscrip-
tions are nearly all Spanish, with an admixture of
Portuguese in Brazil. The designations of the
oceans and a few other names are French. These
features indicate a French draughtsman, working on
Spanish and Portuguese models.

— A. D. i6oi.

Map in Herrera. See ante, no. 88.

— A. D. 1603.

The map in Botero's Relaciones. See ante, under
no. 84.

— A. D. 1606.

Map in the Regimiento de Navegacion of Cespedes.
See ante, no. 89.

368. A. D. i6io(?). America Meridionalis.

From the Hotidius-Mercator Atlas, Amsterdam,
1630. The map is without date. The great An-
tarctic Continent, " Terra del Fogo," would indicate
that it was made before Lemaire's voyage in 1615.
No draughtsman's name is attached to the map, but
Kohl conjectures that it was made by Hondius.
Kohl calls it the most correct map at its date. Lake
Titicaca connects with the Amazon. The " Eupana
Lacus " connects south with the La Plata, north
with the Amazon, and east with the Atlantic. The
continent is made 60° broad.

See the Hondius map in the Mercator Atlas ai
1613, and in Purchas, iii. p. 882.

— A. D. 1613.

The map in the Detectionis Freti, etc.
The map of Joannes Oliva in the British Museum.
See ante, no. 90.

— A. D. 1625-30.

See De Laet, ante, no. 92.

— A. D. 1635. ■

See the Mercator Atlas, ante, under no. 100.

— A. D. 1651.

Jannson's Atlas Minor, ii. 401.

369. A. D. 1660. South America by AUard.

In the Orinoco he follows Visscher ; in the Ama-
zon, Acuna. The river Xanca in Peru is made the
source of the Amazon. He records Brouwer's pas-
sage between Staten island and Tierra del Fuego, in
1643.

— A. D. 1663.

Heylin's Cosmograpliia.

370. A. D. 1680-81. South America by Sharp.

The map is called " A description of the South
sea and Coasts of America, Containing the whole
navigation to all those places at which Capt. Sharp
and his Companions were in the years 1680 and
1681." Sharp's track of circumnavigation is pricked
on the map. The southern point reached by him
was 58° 25', where he saw no land. He went much
to the southeast of Staten island, called by him
Albemarle island. The map is copied from Rin-
grose's Biiccaniers of America, 2d ed. London, 1684.

XIII.

NORTHERN PARTS OF SOUTH AMER-
ICA.

*#* See sections ii. and xii., ante.

371. A. D. 1525. North Coast of South Amer-

ica by Lorenz Friess.

One of the twelve sheets of a wood-cut map, made
in 1525, but not published till 1530, and based, it is
thought, on maps of Waldseemiiller, as he had also
used that geographer's maps in the 1522 edition of
Ptolemy. The main inscription on the continent is
" Das niiv erfunde land." Kohl thinks the informa-
tion used was not very recent in 1 525. It is sketched
in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 218.

372. A. D. 1528. Terra de Santa Croce by

Bordone.

From the first edition of Bordone's Isolario, 1 528.
It is called, " Terra de santa croce, over Mondo
nuovo." He considers South America an island,
having no connection with Asia or with North
America. "C. S. X." is the designation put for
the present Cape St. Augustine, and Brazil is called
"Paria." He had only heard reports of Balboa's
and Magellan's discoveries, and he omits the south-
ern parts of the continent. The map is supposed
to have been made in 1521. There is a sketch of it
in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii.

373. A. D. 1542. Northeast Coast of South

America by Rotz.

From his Boke of Idrography in the British Mu-
seum. Kohl thinks from the names that Rotz de-
rived more help from Portuguese than from Spanish
sources. The two chief names along the coast are
" Coste of Brazil " and " Coste of Caniballis." ^ It
extends from Trinidad to below Cape St. Augustine.

374. A. D. i595(?). Amazon and Orinoco.

It shows the coast from the mouth of the Amazon
to Panama, and the watersheds of the Amazon and
Orinoco. The original MS. map was acquired by
the British Museum in 1845, and Kohl is inclined to
believe it the identical map made when Ralegh was
on the Orinoco, or a contemporary copy of his map.
The original is on vellum, and Kohl thinks that the
manner of execution points to a date earlier than
1600. The extent of the map corresponds to the
map which Ralegh tells us he made of the country,
and the geographical features correspond with his
narrative, including the " Lake of Manoa."

64

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

375. A. D. 1596. Orinoco.

A small sketch of the coast from Venezuela to the
mouth of the Amazon.

376. A. D. 1619. Guiana from De Bry.

Kohl's annotations are erased.

377. A. D. i62-(?). Orinoco by N. Visscher.

Sketch of the Orinoco valley, with adjacent coasts,
and part of Lacus Parime.

— A. D. 1651.

Northwest parts of South America, in Jannson's
Ailas Minor, ii. 407.

378. A. D. 1656. Guiana by Sanson.

From the " Carte de la Guyane et Caribane, aug-
mentee et corrigee suivant les dernieres Relations
par Sanson dAbbeville, 1656." Kohl thinks Sanson
used drafts brought away by the French when they
left Cayenne in 1653. It shows in the interior a
large " Lac ou Mer, que les Caraibes appelent
Parime." This draft remained the best one of the
interior of Guiana till D'Anville's map in 1729.

379. A. D. 1669. Guiana by Thelot.

Made at Frankfort on the Main by T. P. Thelot,
attached to an account of Guiana, published in 1669.
The map is called, "Guiana sive Amazonum regio."
The usual extensive " Parime Lacus," with its city
of " Manoa," appears.

380. A. D. 1694. Surinam by Van Keulen.

From the Zee-Atlas of Van Keulen.

381. A. D. 1729. French Guiana by D'Anville.

From an engraved map based on reports of M.
Milhan. It shows the country for about seven
leagues around Cayenne.

382. A. D. 1729. French Guiana by D'Anville.

From 1635, when the French first had possession,
down to 1676, when their jjossession was assured,
and during later jjeriods down to 1729, there were
French surveys of the country, of which D'Anville
had the use. Up to this date little was known of
the interior beyond what the Fathers Grillet and
Bechamel learned in explorations in 1674.

383. A. D. 1730. Venezuela by D'Anville.

Depending on Spanish reports. The coast is still
inaccurate.

384. A. D. 1741. Orinoco Valley by GumUla.

The map is called, " Mapa della Provincia y Mis-
siones de la Compania de I. H. S. de Nuevo Reyno
de Granada." From an engraved map accompany-
ing Gumilla's work on the Orinoco Country. Kohl
thinks it hardly an improvement on the Ralegh map
(ante, no. 374). It shows the " Laguna de Parima."

385. A. D. I75i(?). North Part of South Amer-

ica by Brentano and La Torre.

This map, without date, was made, in Kohl's opin-
ion, not long after 1744, and is entitled, "Provincia
Quitensis Societatis Jesu in America cum tribus
eadem finitimis, a PP. Carolo Brentano et Nicholas

de la Torre. Romse." A legend at the point where
the Orinoco and Rio Negro (branch of Amazon)
become confluent says that this connection was dis-
covered in 1744, by Father Emanuel Roman, Su-
perior of the Orinoco missions. The Portuguese
had found it out, however, the year before. The
course of the Orinoco seems to be copied from
Gumilla.

386. A. D. 1775. Sources of the Orinoco by

J. de la Cruz Cano.

A small imperfect sketch.

387. A. D. 1830. Massaroony River by Hill-

house.

A branch of the Essequebo river. An engraved
map in the Jmirnal of the Royal Geographical So-
ciety, iv. (1834).

388. A. D. 1832. British Guiana by Alexander.

From an engraved map in the Journal of the Royal
Geographical Society, ii. (1832). The best map, be-
fore Schomburgk reformed the geography of the
country.

389. A. D. 18

Part of British Guiana.

An engraved map by Hillhouse in the Journal of
the Royal Geographical Society, iv. .{1834).

390, 391, 392. a. d. 1836. British Guiana by
Schomburgk.

Nos. 390 and 391 are engraved maps in the Jour-
nal of the Royal Geographical Society, vi. (1836), and
as improved in vii. (1837). These maps show the
country from 1° to 9° N. lat., and from 56° to 60°
W. longitude. No. 392 gives with minuter detail
and according to later explorations, the part between
1° and 5° N. lat., and follows an engraved map in
Ibid., XV. (1845).

XIV.

SOUTHERN PARTS OF SOUTH AMER-
ICA.

*#* Cf. sections ii. and xii.

393. a. d. 1521. Straits of Magellan by Piga-
fetta.

From the engraved map in Amoretti's edition of
Pigafetta's narrative of Magellan's voyage, published
at Milan, i8oo. There is a facsimile of this map in
the A^ar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. ii., and a
sketch in Ibid., vol. viii.

— a. d. 1529.

Ribero's raappemonde. See ante, no. 41. A
sketch of Magellan's straits from it is given in the
Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii.

— A. D. 1531.

Fin^us's mappemonde. The southern hemisphere
IS reproduced in Wieser's Magalhdes-Strasse, p. 66,
and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii.

— A. D. 1533.

The southern hemisphere of Schoner is figured in
Wieser's Magalhdes-Strasse, and in the I\Iar. and
Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

65

394. A. D. 1546. Patagonia and Magellan's

Straits by J. Freire.

From a portolano which was in Santarem's pos-
session when used by Kohl. While the east coast
of Patagonia and the straits have a nomenclature
traceable to Magellan's voyage, Kohl does not find
an)| original source for the names on the west coast,
which runs north on the map to 27° S. lat. Kohl
is mistaken in supposing Magellan did not run up
the west coast before turning westward. Pigafetta's
map shows that he did. Kohl quotes Gomara's
statement that Camargo, in 1540, was the first to
bring to Europe certain news of the Pacific coast
between the straits and Peru, and thinks that Freire
may have had Camargo's charts. There is a sketch
of this map in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
vol. viii.

— A. D.I 547.

A sketch from the Nicolas Vallard map is in the
Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. See ante,
no. 154.

— A. D. 1578.

Hondius's map illustrating Drake's voyage is re-
produced in Kohl's Magellan' s-Strasse.

395. A. D. 1579-80. Sarmiento's Discoveries.

From a MS. Spanish map in the British Museum,
showing the surveys of Pedro Sarmiento among the
coast islands on the west coast of Patagonia. It
does not show his researches further south within
Magellan's straits, which leads Kohl to suspect that
the map only indicates the explorations made before
his vice-admiral, Villalobos, returned to Peru.

396. A. D. 1587. Magellan's Straits and the

Antarctic Continent.

From a French MS. in the British Museum. It
represents Tierra del Fuego as expanded into a con-
tinent, the northerly point of which is made an
island by a transverse channel, somewhat hesitat-
ingly indicated by some pictures of trees, which con-
ceal the reaches of it.

— A. D. 1590.

The map in Johannes Myritius's Opusculum geo-
graphicum. See ante, no. 79.

397. A. D. 1599. Magellan's Straits by F. de

"Weert.

From De Bry's Greater Voyages, Part IX. (1602),
showing the results of De Weert's surveys of the
straits. Kohl thinks that Hondius in his Atlas
(1607) worked from the same material with more
detail, as shown in his better delineation of the great
bend in the strait, which is here hardly noted.

398. A. D. 1600. Magellan's Straits by Hon-

dius and Mercator.

This accompanies the treatise on the straits in the
Hondius edition of Mercator, 1607, — which treatise,
as it does not record the recent Dutch explorations.
Kohl judges to have been written by Mercator him-
self before 1594, and to have been used by Hondius
to accompany a map, embodying the Dutch surveys
of Mahn, Coraes, and De Weert in 1598-99. Just
after this, in 1600, Kohl would place this map.

Cf. the Hondius map in Purchas, iii. p. 900.

399. A. D. 1600. Southern Part of South

America by Olivier van Noort.

A combination of two maps which appeared in
the Begin ende Voortgang van de vereenigde Needer-
landtsche Oost-Indische Compagnie, \(ii,ii. Van Noort
tracked these coasts in 1 599-1 600.

400. A. D. 1602. Patagonia by Van Noort.

The southern part of no. 399, which Kohl dates in
this case 1602. He makes no comments on it.

401. A. D. 1602. Patagonia by Levinus Hul-

sius.

It gives an excessive breadth to the Patagonian re-
gion, as was usual in maps of this time. In the in-
terior a Patagonian giant is represented running an
arrow a yard and a half long down his throat to the
bottom of his stomach.

402. A. D. 1615. Magellan's Straits by SpU-

bergen.

A map in De Bry, Part XI. (1619), purporting to
show the explorations of George Spilbergen ; but
there is nothing in the accompanying text to explain
its history.

403. A. D. i6ig. Tierra del Fuego by
Schouten.

Showing Magellan's straits; Tierra del Fuego,
which is made a single large island, with a portion
of its west coast unknown, and Lemaire's channel
separating it from " State landt," the western end of
which is shown ; as is also Schouten's track in round-
ing Cape Horn. It follows the engraved map in
the Dihrimn vel descriptio . . . itineris facti a Guilli-
elmo Cornelia Schotenio Hornano. Amsterdami, 1619.
The map is called, " Caarte van de nieuwe Passage
. . . ontdeckt ... in den jare 1616 door Willem
Schouten van Hoorn." Schouten's own charts are
lost, says Kohl ; but as Willem Jannson wrote the
preface to the book, he probably made this map
from Schouten's drafts. Schouten sailed under the
patronage of some Dutch merchants, chief among
whom was Isaac Lemaire, with the purpose of dis-
covering some other passage to the Pacific than
Magellan's straits; and he was accompanied by
Jacob, son of Isaac Lemaire, and after the latter
they named the newly found passage between State
landt and the main coast.

Cf. the map on the title of the London edition of
Schouten (1619), of which a facsimile is given in the
Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. Kohl in his
Magellan' s-Strasse gives the map from the Amster-
dam (1619) edition.

404. A. D. 1621. Patagonia by Nodal.

Follows an engraved map in Montenegro's Re-
lacion del Viaje de los Nodales, Madrid, 1 62 1.

405. A. D. 1621. The Same.

A less perfect copy. This map is reproduced in
Kohl's Magellan' s-Strasse.

406. A. D. 1624. Cape Horn by Walbeck.

An engraved map in the Begin ende Voortgang van
de Vereenigde Oost-Indische Compagnie, 1646 {vol. ii.).

66

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

407. A. D. 1630. La Terra del Fuogo by Dudley.

One of the MS. maps of Robert Dudley, preserved
at Munich, on which his Arcane del Marc, published
at Florence in 1646, was based. Kohl assigns all of
Dudley's maps to 1630. Tierra del Fuego is made
a completed island on the Schouten idea. " Staten
land " is a peninsula of a great Antarctic continent.

— A. D. 1644.

The map in the Amsterdam ed. of Linschoten.

— A. D. 1646.

The map of Kaerius in Speed's Prospect (London,
166s).

— A. D. 165I.

Straits of Magellan in Jannson's Atlas Minor, ii.
427.

408. A. D. 1666. MageUanica by Jannson.

From Jannson's Atlas, 1666. For Magellan's
straits, he followed mainly Nodal's reports. The
general shape of Tierra del Fuego is like Schouten's.
" Staten Eylant" has the insular form for the first
time, says Kohl, in a printed map.

409. A. D. 1670. Magellan's Straits by Nar-

borough.

Sir John Narborough was sent out by Charles II.
in 1669 to renew e.xplorations, which had been ne-
glected for many years. Narborough's map, three
feet long, as drawn by himself on parchment, is in
the British Museum. From this a reduction was
engraved and published in London, and from this
engraving — "A new map of Magellan's straits dis-
covered {sic'] by Capt. John Narborough, commander
of H. M. Ship Sweepstakes made and sold by P.
Thornton " — Kohl makes the present draft, which
he thinks was largely based on early Dutch surveys.

410. A. D. 1670. Patagonia and Tierra del

Fuego by Narborough.

This map seems also mainly derived from Dutch
sources, and appeared in An Account of several late
Voyages and Discoveries to the South and North by
Sir John Narborough, London, 1694.

411. A. D. i70o(?). Coast South of Buenos

Ayres.

The date 1700 is given by Kohl in the title, but it
seems to be an error, as in his notes he says the map,
which is a MS. one preserved in the British Museum,
grew out of the explorations of Juan de la Piedra
and of Antonio and Francisco Viedma in 1778 and
1779, under instructions from Spain to form settle-
ments on the east coast of Patagonia. The map
also shows the inland explorations of Brazilio Vil-
larino in 1782, who was sent out by Viedma. Routes
of other explorers are also indicated.

412. A. D. 1714. Magellan's Straits and Tierra

del Fuego by Frezier.

This is- one of the maps explained by Frezier to
Louis XIV,, when he returned, in 17 14, from the
voyage of exploration on which that monarch had
sent him in 1712. Cape Horn is laid down in 55° 45'.
The west coast of Tierra del Fuego trends nearly
east and west. The eastern parts of the Falkland

islands are shown, m\\\\ tracks of vessels from St.
Malo from 1700 to 17 13, by whom they are said to
have been discovered.

413. A. D. 1717. The Same.

This is an incomplete sketch dated differently, and
has no annotations.

414. A. D. 1748. The Country South of the

Rio Plata by Cardiel.

An oblong, incomplete sketch, without comment.

— A. D. 1766.

Bougainville's map of the straits, of which a fac-
simile is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
vol. viii.

415. A. D. 1775. Southern Part of South

America.

From an English map, based on the Atlas of Juan
de la Cruz Cano y Olmadilla, published at Madrid
in 1769. The English map is called " improved from
Byron, Wallis, Carteret and Bougainville, 1775."

416. A. D. 1782. Rio Negro.

This shows a section from ocean to ocean of north-
ern Patagonia and Chili, and was based by Arrow-
smith on data got from the explorations of Basilio
Villarino in 1782, and was published in the yourtial
of the Royal Geographical Society, vol. vi. (1836).

417. A. D. 1783. East Coast of Patagonia by

Viedma.

It follows a rough sketch preserved in the British
Museum.

418. A. D. 1824. Cape Horn and Vicinity by

Capt. WeddeU.

A small sketch without notes.

419. A. t>. 1830. Patagonia after Capt. Ejng

A sketch without comment.

420. A. D. 1833. The Southern Pole.

A map showing the southern hemisphere between
the pole and 30° S. lat., with tracks of recent ex-
plorers laid down, published in the Journal of the
Royal Geographical Society, iii. (1833).

421. A. D. 1833. East Falkland Island.

From the Journal of the Royal Geographical So-
ciety, iii. (1833).

XV.

BRAZIL AND THE AMAZON.

*#* Cf. sections ii., xii., and xiii.

422. A. D. 1500. Brazil by La Cosa.

A section of the La Cosa chart. See ante, no. 26.
Kohl considers that La Cosa, in the water which he
represents southwest of South America, anticipated
the discovery of the South Sea or Pacific. He con-
siders the " Costa plaida " to mark the island which

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

67

divides the Amazon proper from the Para river, and
holds that the names along the coast are the results
of the voyages of Pinzon and Lepe.

423. A. D. 1525. Brazil by Lorenz Friess.

From the Carta Marina (Atlas) of Lorenz Friess,
published in 1530, but it represents rather the con-
dition of knovfledge of this part of the South Ameri-
can coast after the Portuguese explorations of 1501-3.
The country is called, " Prisilia sive terra papagalli."
Another (German) inscription reads, " In this country,
men when they die, are cut up, smoked, roasted and
eaten." Another says, " They have sailed all along
this coast, but no one has penetrated into the country."
It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America,
vol. viii.

424. A. D. 1542. Coast of Brazil by Rotz.

A sketch without comment. It is from the Idro-
grafhy. See ante, no. 55. Brazil is made an island.

425. A. D. 1546. Brazil by J. Preire.

It shows the coast from the mouth of the Amazon
to La Plata. Copied from a MS. portolano then in
the possession of Santarem. It gives latitude with-
out longitude, and Kohl calls it the earliest good
survey by astronomical helps. La Plata rises in a
lake, which Kohl believes the same discovered by
Cabe9a de Vaca, and for the first time laid down in
this map.

426. A. D. 1547. Brazil by Nic. Vallard.
From a MS. atlas. See ante, no. 154.

427. A. D. 1556. Brazil.

From Ramusio, Viaggi, vol. iii. (1556). The map
appears to be of Frendh origin. There is a facsimile
in Paul GafEarel's Brisil Franfais, p. 5l.

428. A. D. 1558. Brazil by Diego Homem.

From the MS. atlas in the British Museum. See
ante, no. 67. It covers the same extent as no. 425,
but the coast is more minutely drawn, and be-
sprinkled with names, quite unlike those of Freire.
The degrees of latitude are marked, but not num-
bered.

429. A. D. 1558. The Amazon and the North-

ern Coast by Diego Homem.

From the same atlas as no. 428. That part of the
ocean which receives the flow of the Amazon is
called "Mare aque dulcis." The river itself is
called "Rio de S. Juan de las Amazonas." The
names given by Orellana are scattered along its
course. The name "Omaga" (Omagua) is said by
Kohl to be here seen for the first time on a map.
There is a sketch of this map in the JVar, and Crit..
Hist. America, viii.

430. A. D. 1558. The Same.
A less perfect sketch.

431. A. D. 1 561. Brazil by Ruscelli.

Added by Ruscelli to the ed. of Ptolemy, pub-
lished 1561, and thought to be made upon the draft
published by Ramusio, 1556; but Ruscelli adds lines
of longitude and latitude, which Ramusio did not
give. Kohl thinks it the earliest map of Brazil on
which longitudes are marked. They are nearly
right— by a chance.

— A. D. 1578.

Brazil in the Atlas of Johannes Martines, in the
British Museum. See ««&, no. 75. A sketch of the
map of Brazil is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist.
America, vol. viii.

432. A. D. 1599. South America by Levinus

Hulsius.

An engraved map published at Nuremberg, and
called, " Nova et exacta Delineatio Americae partis
Australis, que est Brasilia," etc. Kohl says that the
Orinoco is for the first time drawn inland. It is
represented as a broad stream, with a mouth filled
with many islands. The usual " Parime Lacus "
connects with the Atlantic by the Caiane and Waia-
pago rivers. A large " lacus Eupuna " connects
north with the Amazon, east with the ocean, and
south (apparently) with the La Plata river. See
facsimile in Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii.

— A. D. 1651.

Brazil, in Jannson's Atlas Minor, ii. 417. It re-
sembles Ramusio's, no. 427, ante.

433. A. D. 1656. The Amazon by Sanson.

A published map, "Le Peru et le Cours de la
Riviere Amazon, Paris, 1656." It was made in
large part after the reports of Father d'Acunha, who
accompanied Pedro Texeira in 1638 on his trip up
the Amazon, thence to Quito, and return. An ac-
count of the journey was published in Madrid in
1640, but without a map. This map, fashioned by
Sanson, on that account continued to be the best,
down to the map of Father Fritz in 1717.

434. A. D. 1695. Brazil by CoroneUi.

A small sketch, without comment.

435. A. D. 1700. (?) The Amazon by Fritz.

After a MS. map in the Depot de la Marine at
Paris, without date or author, called " Rio de Ma-
rannon de Amazonas." Kohl thinks it either a
copy of Father Fritz's map, as he made it, or as it
was engraved in Quito in 1707. The names agree
with those in Fritz's report. It does not give the
upper course of the Ucayale, which is given in no.
438 ^post), but it gives details generally with greater
fulness.

436. A. D. 1703. The Amazon by Delisle.

It is called, " Carte du Pays des Amazones, par
De risle, d'apr^s Herrera, Laet, Acuiia, Rodriguez,
etc., 1703." It is incorrect in many important par-
ticulars.

437. A. D. 1703. Brazil by Delisle.

Called, "Carte du Bresil d'apres Herrera, Laet,
Acuiia, Rodriguez et sur plusieurs relations, 1703."
Kohl considers Sanson's map of 1656 far more ac-
curate.

438. A. D. 1707. The Amazon by Fritz.

The German Jesuit missionary, Father Samuel
Fritz, was familiar with the river after 1686, and
during his journeys he used rude instruments to
make observations of latitude, but he had none to
determine longitude, though lines of longitude are
given in his map. This map was engraved in Quito

68

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

in 1707,. and is tlie earliest map based on any astro-
nomical observations. A reduced copy of it was, in
1717, published in the Lcttres Edifiantes, but was
unaccompanied by Fritz's reports, which were never
published. It remained the best map till that of
Condajnine (1744) was published. The present
copy follows the reduction of the Leitres Edifiantes
(vol. xii., p. 212).

439. A. D. 1744. The Amazon by Condamine.

Condamine was on the river in 1743 and 1744, and
he was provided with better instruments than Fritz
possessed, so that he placed points on the river as-
tronomically with more accuracy. Kohl by a dotted
line plots in on the same drafts, for comparison, the
survey by Fritz.

440. A. D. 1749. The River Madeira from Sou-

they's Papers.

From a MS. map in the British Museum, which
had belonged to Robert Southey, when he was writ-
ing his Hist, of Brazil. It is a Portuguese map, and
seems to have been made by a trader from Para.

441. A. D. 1751. The Amazon.

A corrected sketch without comment.

442. A. D. 1769.

The Amazon by Father
Amich.

After a Spanish MS. map by Fr. Jose Amich, pre-
served in the British Museum. Kohl thinks that
Amich's advances in the cartography of this region
were not well known for some time after 1769.

443. A. D. 1790. The Huallaga and TJcayali

Rivers by Sobreviela.

This is a map made by Father Francisco Manuel
Sobreviela in 1790, as corrected by Amadeo Chau-
melle in 1830, and published that year at Lima.

444. A. D. 1814. The Rivers TJcayale and Hual-

laga by Father Carballo.

Father Paule Monso Carballo belonged to the
Franciscan convent of Ocopa in Peru. He used the
MS. maps in the archives of his convent which had
been deposited from time to time by the mission-
aries whom it had sent out.

445. A. D. 1825. The Amazon.

A MS. Carta geographica das Provincias do Grao
Para e Rio Negro, Para, 1825.

446. A. D. 1852. The Negro and Naupes by

A. R. WaUaoe.

This map, made by Wallace from observations on
the river in 1850-52, was published in the Royal
Geographical Society's Jotirnal, xxiii.

XVI.

LA PLATA.

*#* Cf. sections xii. and xiv.

— A. D. 1515.

Wieser thinks that the map in Kunstmann (pi. iv.)
is a Portuguese copy of a map made by Solis of this
date.

447. A. D. 1547. La Plata by Nic. Vallard.

It extends south to Magellan's straits. From the
well-known atlas in the Sir Thomas Phillipp's Col-
lection, marked, " Dieu pour espoir. Nicolas Val-
lard de Dieppe, 1547." It has been questioned if
this was not the name of the owner, rather than of
the maker of the atlas, but Kohl says the writing is
the same as the inscriptions contained on the maps.
The tropic of Capricorn is marked, but the degrees
of latitude, though traced, are not numbered. The
names are mostly Portuguese, but with an occasional
French turn. The bay of Rio de Janeiro is drawn
but not named.

448. A. D. 1547. The Same.

An imperfect sketch, without annotation.

449. A. D.I 597. La Plata by Wytfliet.

A corrected sketch, without annotation.

450. A. D. 1598. Mouth of the La Plata.

A Dutch map, which accompanied an account of
a voyage made from Holland in 1598 by the Dutch
admiral, Lauren Bicker.

451. A. D. 1600. La Plata.

A Spanish map published by Jodocus Hondius in
his Atlas in 1607.

452. A. D. 1630-35. Parana and Uruguay
Rivers.

The earliest map constructed by the Jesuit mis-
sionaries, and published by Blaeu in his Atlas. It
shows the stations which were destroyed and those
which were spared in the raids of the slave hunters
of St. Paulo, 1630-35.

— A. D. 1651.

La Plata in Jannson's Minor Atlas, ii. 421.

453. A. D. 1733. La Plata by D'Anville.

It shows both coasts of South America between
18° and 37° S. lat., and represents the continent as
much narrower than on earlier maps.

454. A. D. 1733. The Same.
Without annotation.

455. A. D. 1826. Rio Vermejo by Soria.

A branch of the La Plata. This map was made
from memory after Francia, the dictator of Para-
guay, had seized the papers of Dr. Pablo Soria, who
had conducted the exploration for a company in
Buenos Ayres. The present copy follows a draft
'made for the Geographical Society of Paris. Cf.
Sir Woodbine Parish's Buenos Ayres, London, 1839.

XVII.

PERU AND CHILI.

*#* Cf. sections ii., xii., and xiiL

456. A. D. i532(?). Peru.

It extends 10° north and south of the equator. It
is French in language, but Kohl conjectures that it
follows early Spanish maps sent home by Pizarro.

THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

69

It was in Jomard's possession when Kohl made his
copy. The battle of Caxamalca is sketched in the
southern part of the map, and Kohl believes the
original draft of the map may have been sent to
Spain shortly after that event.

457. A. D. iS32(?). The Same.

An imperfect sketch, without annotation.

458. A. D.I 597. Peru by Wytfliet.

An imperfect sketch, without annotation.

459. A. D. 1601. Peru by Herrera.

Follows an engraved map in Herrera's Descripcion
de las Indias, Madrid, 1601.

460. A. D. 1630. Chili, Patagonia, and Magel-

lan's Straits.

After a map in the Depot de la Marine in Paris,
made by the Father Procurator of the Jesuits in
Chili, who acknowledges his indebtedness to De
Laet, Herrera, and De Bry. Kohl engraves it in
his Magellan' s-Strasse.

461. A. D. 1631. Peru by Jannson.

This map is a published one, drawn probably
eclectically from Herrera and other serviceable
sources, and also possibly from Dutch reports. The
latitudes are fairly accurate, but longitudes are not
attempted.

462. A. D. 1646. Chili by Ovalle.

It includes Patagonia and the straits of Magellan;
and follows Sanson's reproduction (1656) of the
map of the Jesuit Ovalle, engraved in Rome in 1646.
It resembles no. 460, but is richer in names, and is
otherwise an advance upon that draft.

— A. D. 1651.

Peru in Jannson's Atlas Minor, ii. 411.

463. A. D. i7oo(?). New Spain and Peru.

From a Cruising Voyage round the World by Capt.
Woodes Sogers, London, 1712, where it was engraved
by J. Senex. The book gives no hint of the origin
of the map, other than that this and the following
no. 464 were captured by Capt. Rogers in the South
Seas.

464. A.D. i7oo(?). ChiU.

From the same work as no. 463, but it is not so
accurate a map for the time.

465. A. D. 1703. Chili by Delisle.

Not a very accurate representation of the best
knowledge of its time, — as Kohl thinks.

466. A. D. 1712. Peru.

This map is from the same sources as nos. 463
and 464, and comes between them, in making a con-
tinuous coast line. Kohl gives it the date of Rogers'
book, 1712, while he dates the others about 1700.

467. A. D. 1713. Los Mosios.

A Jesuit map of the province showing mission
stations. A reduction of it is given in the Lettres
Mdijiantes, vol. viii. (1781) p. 337.

468. A. D. 1713. The Same.
Without annotations.

469. A. D. i767(?). The River Marmore.

An undated MS. map of the Bishopric of Santa
Cruz de la Sierra in Peru, preserved in the British
Museum. It resembles no. 467.

470. A. D. 1781. The Moxos Country.

A small sketch of the mission-sites in Moxos.

471. A. D.I 783. The Missions of Ocopa.

One of the earliest maps made by the missionaries
of Ocopa. It is preserved in the British Museum.

472. A. D. 1796. Peru by A. Baleato.

A MS. map attached to an official report (pre-
served in the British Museum) rendered on a change
of Viceroys in Peru in 1796.

473. A. D. 1835. Excursions about Cusco.

Maps of journeys made by General Miller, en-
graved in the Royal Geographical Society's Journal,
vol. vi. (1836).

474. A. D. 1836.
Cancelled.

The Same.

Final note (Aug. ii, 1886). In adding titles of maps to the enumeration of Dr. Kohl, no attempt has
been made to give all maps, not mentioned by Kohl.

During the progress of this " Contribution," there has appeared in the Report of the Superintendent of the
U. S. Coast Survey, ending June, 1884 (Washington, 1885), as Appendix no. ig (pp. 495-617), a History of
Discovery and Exploration on the Coasts of the United States, by J. G. Kohl, with this prefatory note : " The
historical accounts here given of discovery and exploration on the coasts of the United States were prepared
at the instance of Professor A. D. Bache, the superintendent of the coast survey at the time (1854) of Dr.
Kohl's visit to this country. But a few years had then elapsed since the beginning of the survey on the
Pacific coast, and the want of an authoritative and connected account of early exploration upon that coast
was greatly felt. Trustworthy data were needed to establish the origin of geographical names, to decide
disputed points of orthography, to identify localities named by early explorers, and to show the condition of
discovery and fix the limit of geographical knowledge at various periods. The work undertaken by Dr.

^0 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS.

Kohl included, in addition to the historical account, a general map illustrating it, a collection of maps show-
ing the range and limits appertaining to each discoverer and explorer, a list of names of bays, capes, harbors,
etc., with critical remarks and a catalogue of books, maps, manuscripts, etc., relative to discoveries.

" In so satisfactory a manner was this work performed for the Pacific coast, that Dr. Kohl was asked to
undertake a similar work for the coast of the Atlantic and the Gulf of Mexico. Upon its completion, the
entire work was deposited for reference in the archives of the survey. Means for its publication as a whole
not having been available, it has now been deemed advisable to publish the historical portion. To each
memoir is appended a list of the collection of maps. Some of these maps are copied from originals, others
from old manuscripts or rare prints, and those of more modern origin are of interest as links in the chain of
historical connection." The paper of Kohl which follows is divided into three parts : I., the Atlantic coast ;
II., the Gulf of Mexico ; III., the Pacific coast.

If these " historical accounts " had been published at the time, thirty years ago, they would have shown
the best results in this line of research then produced. At the present date Kohl's views are in large part
antiquated, and his knowledge is in important particulars insufficient or erroneous. The publication of the
papers uncorrected and unexplained is, accordingly, an injury to his memory, and of little use to the student,
except as indicating the condition of knowledge at that time. Kohl, before he died, and in the light of his
increasing knowledge, spoke disparagingly of the work he did at that time.

*

tihvavv of l^arbat^D Clniiomith

Bibliographical Contributions.

l^^;^^'-'-%X EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR,

vtT " 1885

I

LIBRARIAN.

JSTo. 20.

INDEX TO RECENT REFERENCE LISTS, 1884-1885.

By WILLIAM COOLIDGE LANE.

Republished from the Bulletin of Harvard University;

,'^v

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.:
Ismeti bg t]&e iLi6rarg of ^wcbaxb Wmibtx^it^.
1885.

Already issued or in preparation :

A Star prefixed indicates they are not yet ready.

1. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of

Mercury.

2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems: a Bibliography of the Earlier Editions.

3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel-

angelo, with Notes.

4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several

pieces.

5. List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for

Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements.

6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College

Library, by the Honorable Charles Sumner.
*/. William C. Lane. The Dante Collections in the Harvard College and Boston Public
Libraries. '

8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library.

9. George LiNCOtN Goodale. The Floras of different countries.

10. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibliography of the Publications of James Orchard

Halliwell-Phillipps.

11. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States.

12. A List of the Publications of Harvard University and its Officers, 1870-1880.

13. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects.

14. William H. Tillinghast. Notes on the Historical Hydrography of the Handkerchief

Shoal in the Bahamas.

15. J. D. Whitney. List of American Authors in Geology and Palaeontology.

16. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in Petermann's Geographische Mit-

theilungen. 1855-1881.
♦17. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in the Royal Geographical Society's
Publications. 183 0-1883.
18. Justin Winsor. The Bibliography of Ptolemy's Geography.
*i9. Justin Winsor. The Kohl Collection of Early Maps.
20. William C. Lane. Index to Recent Reference Lists, 1884-1885.

II^DEX

REFERENCE LISTS AND SPECIAL BIBLIOGRAPHIES

INCLUDED IN

PERIODICAL AND OTHER PUBLICATIONS OF RECENT DATE.

Two lists somewhat similar to the following were published two years ago : — one, by H. J. Carr in the Library Journal
of February, 1883, the other, by the Boston public Ubrary in its Bulletin for September, 1883. The first indexed only the
reference lists which had^ appeared in the bulletins of several libraries, and In a few English and American literary and
bibliographical journals. The second covered the same ground and included in addition references to the valuable notes on
many subjects foimdin the printed catalogues of the Boston public library and of some other libraries.

The present list is in part a continuation of the latter, as4t Indexes the same serial pubhcations from the point where that
left off, but it covers a wider range, is not limited to publications in English, and includes such bibliographies, lists of authori-
ties, " quellenverzeichnisse " etc. contained in larger works as have been noted in a tolerably careful examination of all the
volumes received in the library since January, 1884. Such lists of authorities are becoming more and more common in books
which have involved careful investigation, and are of great use to students working in the same direction. The following
index will furnish a ready key to many lists which have appeared recently. But few references are given to pubhcations
earlier than 1884, and none to works not in this hbrary.

Acaleplis, Bibliograpliy of works on the de-
velopment of. By J. W. Fewkes. (Bull. mus.
comp. zool. 1884, xi. 209-238.)
. Acrostics. Materials for a history of anagrams
and acrostics. By W. C. Hazlitt. (Bibliographer,
1884, T. 174-175.)

Adam, de la Hale's dramen. Yon Leopold
Bahlsen. Marburg. 1885. 8°. (Ausg. u. abhandl.
veroffent. v. E. Stengel, 27.)
.Bibliographie, pp. 1-8, 211-227.

Adams, J. Q. Administration. (Providence
ref. lists, Nov. 1883, iii. 11.)

Aesthetics. Bibliography of beauty theories.
[Chi-onologically, without notes. About 140 au-
thors cited.] (Notes and queries, 1883, viii. 183,
243, 302, 382.)

Afghanistan, and Anglo-Russian dispute. By
T. F. Rodenbough. N. Y. 1885. 8°.

List of authorities, pp. 131-133.
• Africa. Publications relatives ^ I'Afrique. Par
J. Poinssot. [Notices the serial publications de-
voted to African antiquities.] (Polybiblion, pt.
litt., 1884, xl. 456-461.)

Africa, South, Notes on books relating to. By
G. M. Theal. (Cape quart, rev. Apr.-Oct. 1882,
i. 403, 621; u. 39.)

African languages. Bibliographical table df
languages, dialects, localities, and authorities.
(Cust, R. N. Sketch of the m'odern languages of
Africa, 1883, ii. 467-521.)

Almanacs. Some New England almanacs,
with special mention of the almanacs of Rhode
Island. By Amos Perry. (Narragansett hist, reg.,
July, 1885, iv. 27-39.)

. A catalogue of English almanacs of the

sixteenth century, with bibliographical notes. By
H. R. Plomer. (Notes and queries, 1885, xi. 221,
262, 301, 382.)

- — — French. Les almanachs de la revolution.
Par H. Welschinger. P. 1884. 16°.

Bibliographie, pp. 219-238.

Alsace. Verzeichniss der in den jahren 1870-
82 erschienenen litteratur iiber das Blsass. Von
E. Martin und W. Wiegand. (Strassburger stu-
dien, 1884, ii. 385-473.)

• America. Early English explorations. (Prov.
ref. lists, Aug. 1884, iv. 8.)

*** Extensive bibliographical notes ai^d jibundant refer-
ences to authorities are given in H. H. ^a^^cro^U. History of
the Pacific states of North America,

INDEX OF REFEEENGE LISTS.

• American anti-slavery society. Authorship
of its series of tracts, [given on the authority of
S. J. May]. (Cornell library, Jan. 1884, i. 231-
232.)

American local history. See United States.
American revolution. See United States.

• Amusements. Summer sports and amuse-
ments. (Lit. news, June, 1885, vi. 178-179.)

■ Anagranis. Materials for a history of ana-
grams aud acrostics. By W. C. Hazlitt. (Biblio-
grapher, 1884, V. 174-175.)

• Angling. The first English book on angling
[Bemers' Treatise on fishing with an angle]. By
W. E. A. Axon. (Libr. chron., 1884, i. 121, 143.)

• Anthropology, Bibliography of. By 0. T.
Mason. (Annual rep. of the Smithsonian inst. for
1880, pp. 403-439.)

Continued annually in succeeding reports.
Antinoos, sine kunstarchiiologische unter-
suchung. Christiania. 1884. 8°.

Antinoisclie litteratnr [references and extracts from classi-
cal or ancient writers], pp. 333-346.

■ Anti-slavery periodicals in the May collection
of the Cornell library. (Cornell library, Jan. 1884,
i. 229-231.)

Anti-slavery society. See American anti-
slavery society.

Arabs. La civilisation des Arabes. Par Gust.
Le Bon. P. 1884. 4°.

Bibliographie mdtliodique [incl. liistory, religion, ethnol-
ogy, literature and pliilosopliy, science, geography, ar-
chaeology, and fine arts], pp. 679-686.

' Arctic exploration. (Prov. ref. lists. May,
1884, iv. 5.),

• Arnold,' Matthew. His writings (with refer-
ences to reviews).; — "Works edited or prefaced by
him. — General reviews and notices of him. (Bull.
Boston publ. libr., 1884, vi. 84.)

■ Art. Books on art and archaeology, industrial
and decorative art, &c. published in tJ. S. from
Oct. 1882 to Dec. 31, 1888 (Koehler's U. S. art
directory. Second year, 1884, pp. 40-47.)

Similar list in previous year.

Eeal-lexikon der kunstgewerbe. Von B.

Bucher. "Wien. 1884. 8°.

Literatumachweise [including fcinstlehre, vorbildersamm"
lungeu, oniamentik, costiirae, hcraldik, gemmoglyptik, cero-
plkstik, schrift u. buchdruck, Hthographie, buchbindungi
wanddecorationen, textile kunst, keramik, holzarbeit, glasi
glasmalerei, email, metallarbeit, etc., etc.] pp. 462-487. ,

See also Fine Arts.

> Asia, European interests in. (Prov. ref. lists,
Sept. 1884, iv. 9.)

• Astronomical bibliography, 1882, 1883. By
E. S. Holden. (Annual rep. of the Smithsonian
inst. for 1882, pp. 319-321 ; for 1883, pp. 482-441.)

Austria. Grundriss der oesterreichischen ge-
schichte. Von Fr. Krones. Wien. 1882. 8°.

"With very extensive references for each period and event
to sources and literature.

Baird, S. F., his published writings, 1843-1882.
By G. B. Goode. (Bull. U. S. nat. mus., 1883,
no. 20.)

Balzac, Honord de. £tude bibliographique de
ses editions originales et de ses ouvrages les plus
recherch^es. Par Ant. Laporte. (Bibliographie
contemporaine, 1884, i. 113-123.)

Reprinted separately, 15 pp.

■ Batrachians. Review of the progress of North
American batrachology in the years 1880-83. By
"W". N. Lockington. (Amer. nat., 18S4, xviii. 149-
154.)

• Bayly, Lewis, Bishop. Bayly's Practice of
piety. Bibliogr. list of editions. By "W. Cookel
(Bibliographer, Dec. 1883, v. 5-8.)

Addition in v. 55.

Beaumarchais. [Additions to Cordier's Biblio-
graphie des oeuvres de B. By B. Picot.] (Revue
critigue, Dec. 3, 1883, xvi. 448-457.)

• Bemers, Juliana. The first English book on
angling. By "W. E. A. Axon. (Library chronicle,
1884, i. 121, 143.)

• Bewick bibliography. [Very brief.] (Notes
and queries, 1884, x. 305.)

• Bible. Some notices on the Genevan Bible.
By N. Pocock. (Bibliographer, 1882-84, ii. 40,
97, 160; iii. 28, 103; iv. 84; v. 76; vi. 105.)

• " The great Bible," a.d. 1539. By Nicholas

Pocock. (Book-lore, June, 1885, ii. 1-5.)

. Cranmer's Bible, a.d. 1540. By Nicholas

Pocock. (Book-lore, July, 1885, ii. 25-29.)

• . Notes on the last edition of the Bishops'

New Testament. By J. Read Dore. (Book-lore,
March, 1885, i. 113-118.)

Biblical criticism. History of the Sacred
Scriptures of the New Testament. By Ed. Reuss.
2 vol. B. 1884. 8°.

"W"itb abundant bibliographical references at the end of
almost every paragraph.

Biblical exegesis.

*** Bibliogr. lists chiefly of learned works are given in
Meyer's Critical and exegetical hand-books [to the books of
the New Test.]. A general list is in the volume on Matthew,
and special lists in the others.

Biblical study. Catalogue of books of refer-
ence. (Briggs, C. A. Biblical study, 1883, 12°,
pp. 429-488.)

Bibliography in Belgium since 1880. (Triib-
ner's lit. record, 1884, v. 13.)

• Index to the notes about books and reading

and to the special book lists found in the catalogues
of the Boston public library and other libraries,
and also in periodicals. (Hand-book for readers
in the Boston public library. New ed. 1883, pp.
31-58.)

Also in the Bulletin of the library, 1883, v. 444-450.

• An index to some recent reference lists.

By H. J. Carr. [Bulletins of the Boston Public,
Cornell Univ., Harvard Univ., Philadelphia Mer-
cantile, and St. Louis Public School Libraries and
of the Hartford Library Assoc, the Library Jour-
nal and the Providence Public Library Monthly
Reference lists. Literary "World, Literary News,'
Publisher's "Weekly, &c. (Library jouru., Feb.
1888, viii. 27-32.)

• Report on aids and guides to readers by "W.

E. Foster. [Gives list of bibliographical guides in .
various publications.] (Library journ., 1883, viii.
233-235.)

• Bimetallism, Brief bibliography of. (Mill,
J. S. Principles of political economy. [Ed.] by
J. L. Laughlin, 1885, pp. 633-635.)

Birds, South African, List of essays on, pub-
lished in the ' Ibis.' By E. B. Sharpe. (Layard,
E. L. The birds of So. Africa. New ed. 1875-84.
Pt. vi. pp. xiii.-xv.)

Bitumen. See Petroleum.

Boohplates, Bibliog. of. By "W. Hamilton.
[References to a number of articles in periodicals
up to May, 1883.] (Antiq. mag. & bibliog., 1884,
V. 78-80.)

Bossuet. Bibliogr. des oraisons funebres de
Bossuet. Par A. Gaste. (Bossuet. Oraisons fu-
nebres, 1883, 12", pp. xxiii.-xxvii.)

INDEX O]? REFERENCE LISTS.

• Bray, Mrs. Anna Eliza, and her writings. By
G. C. Boase. [With a bibliography.] (Libr.
chron., 1884, i. 126-129.)

CoiTection on p. 160.

Broira, Sir Thomas. Religio medici. L. 1883.
sm.S"
Bibliography, pp. xxix.-xxxi.

• Broiiming, Mrs. E. B. Note on the first col-
lected edition of ftier poems, published in N. Y. in
1845. (Critic & good lit., Feb. 23, 1884, i. 90.)

• Buchanan's administration. (Prov. ref. lists,
Nov. 1884, iv. 11.)

Bnddha. Ouvrages a consulter pour la vie du
Bouddha Q^kya-Mouni. (Le Lalita-vistara traduit
par Ed. Foucaux, 1884, 4°, pp. xxi.-xxiii.)

• " Bnrton's books." [Works of Nathaniel
Crouch.] By W. E. A. Axon. (Book-lore, Apr.
1885, i. 129-137.)

■ Bury, Richard de, and his editors. By E. C.
Thomas. [Discusses the value of the various
editions of his Philobiblon.] (Libr. chron., 1884,
i. 148-153.)

- Canada. Early settlement. — The contest of
France and England in Canada. — Canada since
1763. -(Prov. ref. lists, June, 1884, iv. 6.)

• Catacombs, Reading notes on. (Bull, of the
inerc. Ubr. of Phila. 1884, i. 113-114.)

Catherinot, Bibliogr. raisonuee des ecrits de.
Par J. Flach. (Catherinot. Les axiomes du droit
fran9ais, 1883, pp. 37-62.)

Central America. See Vucatan.

■ Chambord, Comte de. [Bibliog. of books and
pamphlets regarding him from his birth to 1883.]
(Polybiblion, nov. 1883, xxxviii. 455-457.)

Charity. List of works on charity and kindred
subjects. By J. N. Lamed. (Gurteen, S. H.
Handbook of charity organization, 1882, pp. 249-
254.) I

. Chaucer, Bibliography of. By J. Maskell.
[Confessedly imperfect and tentative, but quite
extensive.] (Notes and queries, 1884, ix. 141, 361,
422, 462; x. 3, 64, 422.)

. Chemical bibUography, 1883. By H. C. Bol-
ton. (Annual j-ep. of the Smithsonian inst. for
■ 1883, pp. 652-657.)

. periodicals, Catalogue of. By H. C. Bolton.

(Annals of the N. Y. aoad. of sci., 1885, iii. 159-
216.)

■ reactions. Speed of. By R. B. Warder.

. (Proc. Amer. assoc. adv. science, 1883 meeting,

xxxii. 155-158.)
Chronograms. By James Hilton. L. 1882. 4°.
Bibliogxapliy, pp. 551-558.

• Cincinnati, Society of the. A list of some of
the official publications, orations before the state
societies and other works. (Bull, of the libr. c6.
of Phila., July, 1885, 47-58.)

• Classical studies and scientific studies. [Goes
into considerable detail.] (Prov. ref. lists, Jan.
1884, iv. 1.)

. Clough, Arthur Hugh, Collections toward a
bibliography of. (Literary world, June 28, 1884,
XV. p. 213.)

Collier's (John Payne) works and Collier con-
troversy. (Shakespeariana, Nov. 1883, i. 22.)

■ and his works. By H. B. Wheatley. [Bib-
liographical.] (Bibliographer, 1883-84, iv. 153;
V. 13, 39.)

• Collins, Mortimer. List of his works. By
W. H. K. Wright. (Notes and queries, IffSS, xi.
238-239.)

• Communism and socialism. Reference list to
books and magazine articles. (Literary news, Jan.,
Feb. 1885, vi. 20, 60.)

Condoroet, Travaux de. Par Ch. Henry.
[List of all his works, published and ms.] (Bull,
di bibliogr. e di storia delle scienze matemat., 1883,
xvi. 288-291.)

> Copyright. Catalogue of books and articles
relating to literary property. By T. H. Solberg.
(Publ. weekly,' Jan. 13, Feb. 3, Apr. 7, 14, June 16,
Sept. 1, Dec. 1, 15, 1883; Jan. 19, Dec. 6, 20,
1884; Feb. 14, Mar. 21, 1885.)

Coquerel, (Athanase), fils, sa vie et ses oeuvres.
Par Jules Devize. P. 1884. 16°.

Bibliogi-apliie, pp. 321-332.

Corea, the hermit nation. By W. E. Griffis.
N. Y. 1882. 8°.

Bibliograpliy, pp. xi.-xvii.

• Corneille. The rise of the French drama.
(Prov. ref. lists, Deo. 1884, iv. 2.)

- Cornell univ.. Recent publications by officers
of. (Cornell univ. library, 1884-85, i. 245, 261,
281.)

• Cotton and Seymour's "Gamesters." [Sketch
of a bibliography.] By J. Marshall. (Notes and
queries, 1884, ix. 321, 381.)

Cremation, Die todtenbestattung. Von Wald.
Sonntag. Halle. 1878. 8°.
Anhaug die literatur enthaltend, pp. 28&-292.

■ Crinoidea, Report on the, collected by H. M.
S. Challenger. By P. H. Carpenter. (Report of
results. Zoology, vol. xi. 1884.)

Bibliog. of the neocnnoidea, pp. 417-427.
' Crouch, Nathaniel. "Burton's books." ByW.
E. A. Axon. (Book-lore, Apr. 1885, i. 129-137.)

Cruikshank, List of books illustrated by him.
(Dodd, Mead & co.'s Catalogue, 1884.)

, Sketch of the principal works of, with eomr

plete catalogue, with dates of first editions. By F.
A. Wheeler. (Notes and queries, 1884, x. 321 , 362. )

Crustacea, Bibliography of works on the em-
bryology of. By Waiter Faxon. (Bull. mus.
comp. zool., 1882, ix. 197-250.)

■ Curll, Edmund. Curlliana. By W. Roberts.
(Notes and queries, 1885, xi. 381-382.)

Cypriote dialect, fitude du dialecte chy-
priote. Par M. Beaudouin. P. 1884. 8°.
Index des principaux ouvrages consult^s, 2 pp.

■ Dante collections in the Harvard college and
Boston public libraries. By W. C. Lane. Pt. i.
(Harv. univ. bull.. May, 1885, iv. 113-128.)

Supplementum bibliothecae Danteae ab

anno mdccclxv. inchoatae. Accessio 7», 8". (Neuer
anzeiger, 1884, xlv. 93, 377.)

A continuation of earlier lists.

• Dante's English translators. (Book-lore, July,
. 1885, ii. 42-46.)

Darivin. A Darwinian bibliography. By F.
W. True. (Smithsonian misc. coll., 1883, xxv.
92-101.)

• Day, Thomas. The author of Sandford and
Merton. [Gives titles of his works.] (Biblio-
grapher, 1884, V. 30-34.)

Devonshire bibliography. By J. I. Dredge.
[Works of Theophilus Gale.] (Western antiq.,
Mar. 1882. Pt. iv. suppl.)

' Dies irae of Thomas de Celano, Bibliography
of. By John Edmands. (Bull, of the mere. libr.
of Phila., 1884-85, i. 160, 179.)

• Earthquakes. (Prov. ref. lists, Aug. 1884,
iv. 8.)

INDEX OF REFERENCE LISTS.

■ Eastern question. European Interests in Asia.
(ProT. ref. lists, Sept. 1884, iv. 9.)

Echinodermata, Bibliography of works on the
embryology of. By Alex. Agassiz. (Bull. mus.
comp. zool., 1882, x. 109-134.)

■ Eddas. A list of the text-editions and transla-
tions of the Eddas. By Th. Solberg. (Bull.
Boston publ. libr., 1884, vi. 74.)

Education. Bibliographie des principaux
ouTrages relatifs a la pedagogic. [French works
& translations.] (Joly, H. Notions de pedagogie,

1884, pp. 287-296.)

Geschichte des gelehrten unterrichts auf

den deutschen schulen unduniv. Von Fr. Paulsen.
Leipz. 1885. 8°.

Vollstandige titel der hiiufiger angefiihrteli schrifteD, pp.

' Beading notes on. (Bull, of the mere.

libr. of Phlla., 1885, i. 194-200.)

Educational works. Reference list of text-
books and educational works published since
July 1, 1884. (American bookseller, July 15,

1885, xviii. 29-32.)

• Egypt. Great Britain's interests in Africa.
(Prov. ref. lists, Apr. 1884, iv. 4.)

• Electricity. Works on electricity and electri-
cal measurement. [Brief.] (Dredge, J. Electric
Olumination, 1884-85, 4°, ii. 96-98.)

Electrolysis and its applications. Index to the
literature of, 1784-1880. By W. W. Webb. (An-
nals N. Y. acad. of sci., 1882, ii. 313-352.)

Eliot (George) ; a critical study. By G. W.
Cooke. B. 1883. 12°.

Bibliography [compiled from Poole, &c., with additions],
pp. 42S-434.

Embryology^ Bibliogr. to accompany " Selec-
tions from embryological monographs." By Alex.
Agassiz and others, i.-iii. (Bull. mus. comp. zool.
1882-84, ix. 197, x. 109, 209.)

i. Crustacea, ii. Echinodermata. iii. Acalaphs.

English literature, A first sketch of. By H.
Morley. L.' 1883. 8°.

Students' books, pp. 897-902.

, Introduction to the study of. By James

Baldwin. 2 vol. Phil. [1882-83.] 12°.
Keferences at the end of each chapter.

Personal traits of British authors. By E.

T. Mason. N. Y. 1885. 8°.

List of works quoted on Byron, Shelley, Moore, Rogers,
Keats, Southey and LaMor, pp. 307-312.

English pronunciation. How should I pro-
nounce ? By W. H. P. Phyfe. N. Y. 1885. 12°.
Bibliography, pp. 292-294.

Essex, England, Bibliography of. ByE. Wal-
ford. (Antiq. mag. & bibliogr., Feb. 1882, i. 72.)

Etrennes litteraires ; essai bibliographique, par
Ant. Fureteur. (Le livre : bibl. anc, janv. 1884,
V. 1-20.)

European interests in Asia. (Prov. ref. lists,
Sept. 1884, IV. 9.)

Explosives, Bibliography of works on. (Ber-
thelot, P. E. Explosive materials, 1883, 24°. Van
Nostrand's science series.)

Faust. Neueste beitrage zur Faust-litteratur.
(Neuer anzeiger, 1884, xlv. 200, 381.)
Continued from " 1883 nr. 139."

Fencing bibliography, 16th, 17th, and 18th cen-
turies. [230 titles.] (Castle, E. Schools and
masters of fence, 1884, 4°, pp. xv.-lii.)

■ Fiction. Light literature for the summer. (Lit.
news, July, 1885, vi. 210.)

Fisheries. List of papers relating to the work
of the XJ. S. fish commission from 1871 to July 1,

1883, with topical synopsis of titles. By C. W.
Smiley. (Bull. U. S. fish comm., 1883, Iii. 1-84.)

List of the published reports of the com-
missioners of the various states of the U. S. By
C. W. Smiley. (Bull. U. S. fish comm., 1883, iii.
85-114.)
' Fishing, Literature of. (Bibliographer, Feb.

1884, V. 64-66.)

Notices various bibliographies.

Folh-lore. Almanach des traditions popu-
laires, 1882-84. P. 1882-84. 24°.

Grives a hst of works each year.

publications in English, Bibliography of.

By G. L. Gomme. (Folk-lore record, 1882, v. 55-
80; Folk-lore journal, 1883-84, i. 77, 344, 387;
ii. 197.) Unfinished.

Alsace. Chansons populaires de I'Alsace.

Par J. B. Weckerlin. 2 vol. P. 1883. 18°.

Select bibliography, ii. 359-367.

Italian. Bibliogr. delle traiiuzioni popolari

in Italia. Da Gius. Pitre. (Archivio per lo stu-
dio delle trad., 1883-84, ii. 3 ; iii. 3, 161.)

• Foraminifera, Report on the, dredged by Hv
M.S. Challenger. By H. B. Brady (Report of
results. Zoology, vol. ix. 1884, 4°.)

BibUogr. chronol. arranged, pp. 1-42 d.
Fox, George. List of liis principal writings.
(Bickley, A. C. Geo. Fox and the early quakers,

1884, pp. 406-412.)

Franco-Prussian war, 1870-71. Uebersicht
der neueren und neuesten litteratur, von Jul. Petz-
holdt. (Neuer anzeiger, 1885, xlvi 82-111.)

Contin. from same for 1880, p. 94.

• French spoliations. (Bull. Boston publ. lib.,

1885, vi. 393-402.)

French drama of the 13th century. Adam de
la Hale's dramen. Von Leopold Bahlsen. Mar-
burg. 188S. 8°. (Ausg. u. abhandl. verofient.
V. E. Stengel, 27.)
Bibliographie, pp. 1-8, 211-227.

■ Rise of. (Prov. ref. lists, Dec. 1884, iv.

12.)

French literature. Bibliographie des ou-
vrages a vignettes publics pendant la period© ro-
mantique. [Circa 1830-40.] (Champfleury.' -Les
vignettes romantiques, 1883, 4°, pp. 333-429.)-

Friends (Quakers). George Fox and the early
quakers. By A. C. Bickley. L. 1884. 8°.

List of works consulted, pp. 391-392.

Gale, Theophilus. Devonshire bibliography.
By J. I. Dredge. [Works of Gale.] (Western
antiq., Mar. 1882. Pt. iv. suppl.)

■ Geography. Classified index to the maps con-
tained in the publications of the Royal geographi-/
cal society, and in associated serials, 1830-1883.
By Richard Bliss. (Harv. univ. bull., 1885, iv.
47, 109.)

• The Kohl collection of early maps be-
longing to the dept. of state, Washington. By
J. Winsor. (Harv. univ. bull., 1883-85, iii. 171,
234, 301, 365; iv. 43, 100, etc.)

Georgia, Literature of. (Lit. world, July ^8,
1883, xiv. 241.)

German " Volkspoesie." Gesch. d. deutsch.
volksp. seit dem ausgange des mittelalters. Von
F. H. O. Weddigen. Miinchen. 1884. 16°.

QueUenverzeichniss, pp. xi.-xv.

INDEX OF EEFEEENCE LISTS.

German history. Gesch. d. deutaehen volkes
seit dem ausgang des mittelalters. Von J. Jans-
sen. Freib. 1885. 8°.

Biiclierverzeichniss, IV. xviii.-xxxi.

Germans in England. Gesch. d. deutschen in
England. Von K. H. Schaible. Strassb. 1885.
8°.

Quellenangabe, pp. 470-483.

Giraud, Charles. Notice sur sa Tie et ses
oeuTres juridiques. Par E. de Eozi^re. (Nouv.
rev. hist, de droit fran9. et etranger, 1883, vii. 229-
272.) 221 titles.

Glucose. See Starch sugar,
• Goethe. Anzeigen aus der Goethe-litteratur.
Von W. Biedermann. (Archiv f. litteraturgesch.
1883-85, xii. 154, 455, 612 ; xiii. 378, 390.)

EeTiews of ciu-rent Goethe Uterature.

Zur Goethe-, Lessing- und Schiller-littera-

tur. (Neuer anzeiger, 1884, xlv. 63, 91.)
Continuatioh of earlier lists.

• Goethe-jahrbuch herausg. vonL. Geiger.

Ti« bd. Frankf . a. M. 1885. 8°.

Bibliogtsphie, pp. 373-447.

■ Reading notes on. [Confined to books in

the mere. libr. of Philadelphia.] (Bull, of mere,
libr. of Phila., July, 1885, i. 209-212.)

■ Grrant, TJ. S. [Short list.] (Lit. news, Aug.
1885, vi. 243.)

■ Gray, Thomas. [History of the first publica-
tion of the Elegy.] By E. Solly. (Bibliographer,
Feb, 1884, v. 57-61.)

Literary history of his Elegy [translations,

sources, etc.]. By J. Maskell. (Antiq. mag. &
bibliog., Not., Dec, 1883, iv. 231, 281.)

■ Great Britain, The English reformation.
(ProT. ref. lists, July, 1884, iv. 7.) '

• Interests in Africa. (Prov. ref. lists, Apr.

1884, iv. 4.)

Greek antiquities. Eechtliche zustande des
hauslichen und gesellschaf tlichen lebens [titles of
books on]. Von Th. Thalheim. (Hermann, K. F.
Lehrb. d. griech. antiq., 1884, ii(l), 1-2.)

military antiquities. Les strateges ath6-

niena. Par Am. Hauvette-Besnault. P. 1885. 8°.

Eibliograpliie, pp. ix.-x.

• Harrison's and Tyler's administrations. (Prbv.
ref. lists, Apr. 1884, iv. 4.)

Hauser, Kaspar. Hauseriana. [Von Jul.
Petzholdt.] (Neuer anzeiger, 1884, xlv. 198-200.)

■ Ha-nres, G. W., List of papers by. Prepared
by G. P. Merrill. (Annual rep. of the Smithsonian
inst. for 1882, pp. 160-164.)

Heat. Dictionary of the action of, upon cer-
tain metallic salts including an index to the prin-
cipal literature. By J. "W. Baird. (Journ. Amer.
chem. soc. 1884, . . . .)

Eepiinted separately.

Hebrew. Bibliographie hebraischer denk- und
'tra,uer-reden. Von Ad. Jellinek. (Jubelschrift
zum 90™ geburtstag des Dr. L. Zunz, 1884, pp.
■ 43-90.) .

Hepaticae, North American, Descriptive cata-
logue -of. By L. M. Underwood. (Bull. IlL state
lab. of nat. hist, 1884, ii. 1-133.)

Bibliography, including period, lit., ppi 15-19.
• Herschel, Sir "W., Synopsis of the scientific
writings of. By E. S. Holden and C. S. Hastings.
(Annual rep. of Smithsonian inst. for 1880, pp.
509-622.)

Hettner, Hermann. Kleine schriften. Braun-
schweig. 1883. 8°.

Verzeichniss der sainmtlichen schriften H. H.,pp. 553-583.

History, mediaeval. AUgemeine weltgeschichte
von Georg Weber. 8"'^ bd. Mittelalter. Leipz.
1885. 8°.

Keferences to authorities at the beginning of many chapters.

Hoohstetter, Ferd. ton. Verzeichniss seiner
sammtli'chen publicaliionen, 1852-84. (Mitth. d.
k. k. geogr. gesellsch. in Wien, 1884, xxvii. 383-
392.) 154 titles.

Holhein, Hans. Essai bibliogr. sur les diff6-
rentes editions des Icones Veteris Testamenti. Par
G. Duplessis. (Mem. de la soc. nat. des antiq. de
France, 1883, xliv. 45-64.)

Reprinted separately.
' HoUey, Alex. L. Catalogue of his books, pro-
fessional papers, etc. (Memorial of A. L. HoUey.
Publ. by Amer. inst. of mining engiheers, 1884,
pp. 143-150.)

Homer. Militiirmedicinische literatur uber
Homer. (Frolich, H. Die militarmedicin Homer's,
1879, pp. 5-9) 40 titles.

Hydroidea. Catalogue of the Australian hy-
droid zoophytes. Sydney. 1884. 8°. •
Literature, pp. 33-38.

• Indexes. Finding books. A list of indexes and
other indexical works in the Mercantile Library.
(Bull, of the mere. libr. of Phila., July,- 1884,
i. 143-149.)

• Indians, Wampanoag, of Massachusetts. By
H. E. Chase. (Annual rep. of the Smithsonian
inst. for 1883, pp. 878-907.)

BibHography, pp. 006-907.
- Inquisition, List of books on, with references
to other bibliographies. By C. A. Ward. (Notes
and queries, 1884, x. 470.)

• Irish volunteers of the 18th century, Notes of
books on. _ (Notes and queries, 1885, xi. 355.)

• Isopoda, Report on, collected by H.M.S.
Challenger. By F. E. Beddard. Pt. i. (Report
of results. Zoology, vol. xi. 1884. ■ 4°.)

Bibliography, pp. 5-6. /

Italy from 1815 to 1878. By J. W. Probyn.
L. 1884. 8°.

Books read or consulted on the state of Italy, p. ix.
' Jackson's administration. (Prov. ref. lists,
Feb. 1884, iv. 3.)

James, Henry, Sr. Literary remains. B.
1885. 8°.
List of his published -vrorks, pp. 46^-471.
Janin, Jules. Bibliographie de ses ceuvres.
(Piedagnel, Alex. Jules Janin, 1884, pp. 147-173.)
With list of portraits.

Jesuitism, Bibliography of. (Lit. -\Yorld, Apr.
21, 1883, xiv. 132.)

• Jevons, W. Stanley, Bibliography of the writ-
ings of, 1857-1882. By W. E. A. Axon. (Monthly
notes of the Ubr. assoc, Dec. 1883, iv. 155-162.)

Jeivish education. Bibliographie der jUdischen
padagogie. (Strassburger; B. Gesch. d. erziehung
u. d. unterrichts bei den israeliten, 1885, pp. 273-
310.)

Jewish question, 1875-1883. Bibliogr. hand-
list, by Joseph Jacobs. (Triibner's lit. rec,
1883-85; iv. 69, 111; v. 16, 70, 100, 115, 137;
vi. 12, 35.)

' Johns Hopkins univ. Bibliographia Hop-
kinsiensis. Publications by. members of the uni-
versity, 1876-1882. (7th annual report of the
president, 1882, pp. 100-119.)

INDEX OF REFERENCE LISTS.

• Johnson, Samuel. (Prov. ref. lists, Dec. 1884,
iv. 12.)

Bibliogr. list of editions of Easselas (John-
son, S. Rasselas. Facsim. reproduction. 1884,
16°, i. pp. xTiii.-xxx.)

• Items of Johnsonian bibliography. (Book-
lore, 1884, i. 26, 59.)

Kant-bibliographie des j. 1882-83. Von R.
Eeiche und H. Vaihinger. (Altpreussische monat-
schrift, 1883-84, xx. 505-511 ; xxi. 693-700.)

• Kentucky histories. List of, and books relating
to the subject. (Shaler, N. S. Kentucky, a pio-
neer commonwealth, 1885, 8°, pp. 424-427.)

' Kohl collection of maps. By J. Winsor. (Harv.
univ. bull., 1883-85, iii. 171, 234, 301, 365 ; iv. 43,
100, etc.)

Iiacroiz, Paul. [List of all his published writ-
ings and of the publications which he assisted or
issued. ByF. Drujon.] (Le lirre : bibliogr. anc,
1884, V. 369-391.)

Land grants for education in the Northwest
Territory, History and management of. By G.
W. Knight. N. Y. 1885. 8°. (Papers Amer. hist,
assoc. i. 3.)

List of authorities, pp. 173-175.
' Iia Rochefoucauld, Bssai d'une bibliographie
raisonnee des traductions en langues etrang^res
des Reflexions. Par Granges de Surgeres. (Bul-
letin du bibliophile, 1882.)

Iia-nr, Lectures on the philosophy of. By W.
G. Miller. L. 1884. 8°.

Biblio^aphy, borrowed chiefly from Ahrens and diyided
into classes, pp. 408-424.

Maritime. Handbuch des seerechts. Von

R. "Wagner. Leipz. 1884. 8°.

Bibliographic, pp. 99-120.

Xieuormant, Fran9ois. [List of his works,
separate and published in periodicals. By L. N.
A. Barthelemy.] (Literaturbl. f. orient, philol.
1884, i. 442-447.)

licssing. Zur Goethe-, Lessing- und Schiller-
litteratur. (Neuer anzeiger, 1884, xlr. 63, 91.)

A continuation of earlier lists.

Iiongp^rier, A. de. Bibliographie generale de
ses publications. (Longperier. Ouvres, 1884, vi.
373-429.)

• liouisiana, New Orleans and. (Prov. ref.
ists, Oct. 1884, iv. 10.)

Luther-drucke. i. 1516-1519. (Mittheil. aus
d. stadtbibliothek zu Hamburg, 1885, ii.)

• and the Reformation [reading notes].

(Bull, of the merc.-libr. of Phila., 1883, i. 94-98.)

• Some recent views of [since 1880]. (Prov.

ref. lists, Nov. 1883, iii. 11.)

■ liutheran books. By J. B. MuUinger. (Acad-
emy, 1884, XXV. 53-54.)

Review of nine recent publications.

■ Magical works. Some. By F. P. Carrel.
(Bibliographer, 1884, v. 25, 61, 102.)

Malfil4tre, Poesies de. [Ed.] L. Derome. P.
1884. 16°.

Bibliographie, pp. l.-lii.
- Marlowe's " Tragical history of Dr. Faustus,"
Essay toward a bibliog. of. By W. Heinemann.
(Bibliographer, 1884, vi. 14, 40.)

Mather, Cotton. [List of his works, with notes,
456 titles.] (Sibley, J. L. Biogr. sketches of grad.
of H. U., 1885, iii. 42-168.)

• Mechanics. New mechanical dictionary. By
E. H. Knight. B.' 1884. 1. 8°.

Full references to matter in scientific periodicals at the end
of many articles.

. Meteorological bibliography, 1882 and 1883.
By C. Abbe. (Annual rep. of the Smithsonian inst.
for 1883, pp. 556-569.) ^

Meteorology, A bibliography, guide asid index
to climate. (Scientific roll [i.] 1880-84.)

Includes the general portion and references on aqueous
vapor, with abstracts. Unfinished.

• Mexico. (Prov. ref. lists, Feb. 1884, iv. 2.)
American and English authorities on. (An-
derson, A. D. Mexico from the material stand-
point, 1884, 8°, pp. 143-156.)

' Mineralogical bibliography, 1883. By E. S.
Dana. (Annual rep. of the Smithsonian inst. for
1883, pp. 676-678.)

Mineralogy. Anleitung zur bestimmung der
gesteinbildenden mineralien. Von E. Hussak.
Leipz. 1885. 8°.

Literatur-verzeichniss [alphabetically by minerals], pp.
172-187.

Mining camps ; a study in American frontier
government. By C. H. Shinn. N. Y. 1885. 8°.

Authorities consulted, pp. 299-307.
- Moligre. Rise of the French drama. (Prov.
ref. lists, Dec. 1884, iv. 12.)

Money and prices, Bibliog. of works on.
(Jevons, W. S. Investigations in currency and
finance, 1884, S^ pp. 363^14.)

Music. Bibliographie musicale du xiii. siecle.
Par H. Lavoix. (Reynaud, G. ' Receuil de motets
fran9ais, 1883, 12°, pp. 467-479.)

Histoire de la musique. Par H. Lavoix .

P. [1884.] 8°.
Keferences to authorities at the end of each chapter.

New Guinea, Bibliography of. By E. C. Rye.
(Royal geog. soc. Supplem. papers, 1884, i. 287-
837.)

' Newspapers, American. Copies of early news-
papers in Boston publ. libr. (Bull. Boston publ.
lib., 1879, iv. 106-108.)

Gottingen. Gottinger zeitungen. Von Hans

EUissen. (Neuer anzeiger, 1884, xlv. 309-313.)

• Kansas. List of bound Kansas newspaper

files and periodicals [3035 vol.]. (Fourth bien.
rep. of Kansas state hist, soc, 1885, pp. 46-59.)

Pennsylvania. Bibliogr. [of newsp. pub-
lished in Columbia co.. Pa., with historical notes].
(Freeze, J. G. History of Columbia co., 1883,
8°, pp. 187-194.)

• New York, Western, References for the history
and settlement of. (Library of Cornell univ., July, '
1883, i. 181-182.)

• Northwest territory. (Prov. ref. lists, Dec.
1883, iii. 12.)

Oribatidae, History of literature relative to.
(Michael, A. D. British oribatidae, 1884, 8°, pp.
20-26.)

Oriental subjects. Index to articles relating to,
in current periodical literature. (Triibner's lit.
rec, 1885, vi. 16, 38, 55, etc.)

To be continued.

' works of imagination. (Lit. world. May 5,

1883, xiv. 149.)

• Ossoli, Margaret Fuller. By T. W. Higginson.
B. 1884. 8°.

Bibliographical appendix, containing works by and about
her, pp. 316-318.

• Otfried. Chronologisch geordnetes verzeich-
niss der schriften iiber Otfried, von 1495-1884.
(Piper, Paul. Otfried's Evangelienbuch, mit ein-
leitung, 2« ausg., 1882-84, 8°, i. 269-295; ii. 689-
693.)

INDEX OF EEPERENCE LISTS.

• Ozoue, Index to the literature of, 1785-1883.
By A. R. Leeds. (Annals N. Y. acad. of sci. , 1880,
i. 373-404; 1885, ill. a50-152.)

• Palaeontology. Eeview of the progress of
North Amei-ican invertebrate palaeontology for
1883. By J. B. Marcou. (Amer. nat., 1884, xviii.
385-892.)

• Palestine. Travels in the Holy Land and
countries adjoining, 1788-1884. By W. H. Sewell.
(Notes and queries, 1881-84, iii. 243, 385 ; iv. 104,
124, 144, 206; v. 264; vi. 242, 303, 384; vii. 83,
223; X. 444.)

■ Pennsylvania, List of the issues of the press
in, from 1685 to 1776. By C. E. Hildeburn. (Bull,
of the libr. CO. of Phila., 1882-85, viii. 44-55; x.
75-100; xii. 97-119; xiv. 1-30.)

- Peroxide of hydrogen, Index to the literature
of, 1818-1883. ByA. R.Leeds. (Annals N. Y.
acad. of sci., 1880, i. 416-426; 1885, iii. 153-155.)

• Persian literature in 1884. By S. G. W. Ben-
jamin. (Lit. world, Apr. 4, 1885, xvi. 117.)

• Neupersisehe drucke der k. bibliothek in

Berlin. (Centralbl. f. bibliothekswesen, 1884,
i. 270, 315.)

■ Petrarch's translators. By W. Fiske. (Notes
and queries, 1884, x. 267.)

• Petroleum. Bibliography of bitumen and its
related subjects. (Peckham, S. F. Report on
production, &c. for the 10th census, 1884, 4°, pp.
281-301.)

• Philosophy in America. (Prov. ref. lists, Dec.
1883, iii. 12.)

' Physical bibliography, 1883. By G. E. Barker.
^Annual rep. of the Smithsonian inst. for 1883,
pp. 623-628.)

■ Pierce's administration, 1853-57. (Prov. ref.
lists, Sept. 1884, iv. 9.)

Philology, Romance. Encyklopaedie und me-
' thodologie der romanischen philologie. Von G.
Korting. 2 vol. Heilbronn. 1884. 8°.
Abundant references at the end of each chapter.

• Political Economy, List of selected books on.
By W. S. Jevons. (Monthly notes of the L, A.
U. K., July, 1882, iii. 105-111.)

' Principles of. By J. S. Mill. [Edited by]

J. L. Laughlin. N. Y. 1884. 8°.

, Sketch of the history of political economy, pp. 1-42. —
Books for consultation, ppj 43-45.

• A teacher's library of, selected from Eng-
lish, French, and German authors. (Laughlin,
J. L. The study of political economy, 1885, pp.
9-12.)

• Polk's administration, 1845-49. (Prov. ref.
lists. May, 1884, iv. 6.)

• Prison literature. Tentative catalogue of, chro-
nologically arranged [162 titles.] By W. C. Haz-
litt.1 (Bibliographer, 1884, vi. 70-75, 183.)

■ Racine. Rise of the French drama. (Prov.
ref. lists, Dec. 1884, iv. 2.)

■ Reformation in England. (Prov. ref. lists,
July, 1884, iv. 7.)

. Luther and the ; [reading notes]. (Bull, of

the mere. libr. of Phila., 1883, i. 94-98.)
• Rhaeto-Romanic. Verzeichniss ratoroma-
nische litteratur, 1538-1883. Von Eduard Boh-
mer. (Romanische studien, 1883, vi. 109-218.)
' Rhenanus, Beatus, Zur biographie und biblio-
graphie des. Von Dr. G. Knod. (Centralbl. f.
bibliotheksw., Juli, 1885, ii. 253-276.)

Rolleston, George. Scientific papers and ad-
dresses. 2 vol. Oxf. 1884. 8°.
List of published writings, I. Ixvii.-lxxvi.

Roman la-nr. Geschichte des romischen rechts.
Von J. Baron. Berlin. 1884. 8°.
Quellen und litteratur [short list with notes], i. 8-11.

— — Introduction to the study of Justinian's
digest. By H. J. Roby. Camb., Eng. 1884. 8°.

Books recommended for this study, pp. 248-262.

Russian language. Nachweis der besten hiilf s-
mittel zum weiterstudium und gebrauch der russi-
schen sprache und literatur. (Booch-Arkossy, F.
Supplement zum lehr- und lesebuche der russischen
sprache, 1884, pp. 92-94.)

• Sacheverell, Bibliography of. By E. Solly.
(Bibliographer, Feb. 1884, v. 66-72.)

• Sand, George [pseudon], Editions of. (Lit.
world. May 19, 1883, xiv. 161.)

' Sanskrit, Brief list of books for students of
[with notes, prices, publishers, etc.}. (Lanman,
C. R. Sanskrit reader, 1884, pp. xvii.-xx.)

Kurze notizen iiber Sanskrit-neudrucke in

Indien. Von A. Fiihrer. (Literaturbl. f . orient,
philol., 1884, i. 219, 386.)

■ Sanxay, Bibliographie des fouilles de. Par J.
B. Enth. (Polybibliou, april, 1884, xl. 356-367.)
. Scandinavia, Bibliography of. Catalogue of
the important books in English; with magazine
articles and a few titles relating to languagfe and
mythology. By Th. Solberg. (Horn, F. W. His-
tory of the literature of the Scandinavian North,
1884, 8°, pp. 413-500.)

. Schaff, Philip, Bibliography of. (Lit. world,
June 30, 1883, xiv. 208.)

• Schiller, Collections toward a bibliography of.
(Lit. world, July 12, 1884, xv. 228-230.)

Zur Goethe-, Lessing-, und Schiller-littera-

tur. (Neuer anzeiger, 1884, xiv. 63, 91.)
A continuation of earher lists.

■ Shakespeare in Poland, Russia and other Scla-
vonic countries. By Dr. Ziolecki. CTrans. new
Shakspere soc, 1880-85, pt. ii. pp. 431-441.)

• Shipping, American, Brief bibliograp|iy of.
(Mill, J. S. Principles of political economy. [Ed.]
by J. L. Laughlin, 1885, pp. 635-636.)

• Shorthand, Teaching, practice and literature
of. By J. B. Rockwell. (Circulars of informa-
tion of the Bureau of educ, 1884, no. 2.)

Bibliography, pp. 61-169.

*** See also Tiro, M. Tullius, sometimes called the father
of stenograpliy.

• Siebold, K. T. E. von. Eine biographische
skizze, von E. Ehlers. (Zeitschrift f. wissensch.
zoologie, 1885, xlii.)

Verzeichniss seiner schriften, (197 titles), pp. X3^iv.-xxxiii.

■ Skating, Bibliography of. By F. W. Foster.
(Bibliographer, 1883-84, iii. 106, 143; iv. 17, 77;
V. 138.)

- Slavery. List of anti-slavery periodicals in the
" May anti-slavery collection." (Library of Cor-
nell Univ., 1884, i. 229-231.)

Smith, Capt. John. Bibliography [of the edi-
tions of Smith's works, short list of lives of Smith
and " a short chronological list of English books
coordinate or supplementary to the present text."]
(Smith. Works, edited by Ed. Arber, 1884, pp.
cxxx.-cxxxiii.)

Smith, John Lawrence, List of scientific papers
published by. (Silliman, B. Sketch of the life
and work of Dr. Smith, 1884, pp. 23-32.)

• Socialism and communism ; books and maga-
zine articles. (Lit. news, Jan. 1885, vi. 20.)

8

INDEX OP EEPERENCE LISTS.

Sonlary, Josephin, et la pUiade lyonnaise. Par
P. Marifiton. P. 1884. 12°.

Bibliographic, pp. 82-84.
■ Spanish grammars and dictionaries from 1490-
1780, Concise bibliography of. By W. I. Knapp.
(Bull. Boston publ. libr., 1884, vi. 240-247.)

Spectrnm analysis, Report of committee upon
the present state of our knowledge of. (Report of
the 54th meeting of the Brit, assoc. adv. sci. in
1884, pp. 295-350.)

List of papers in continuation of that published in report
for 1881.

• Spenoer, Herbert, Reading notes on. (Bull, of
the mere. libr. of Phila., 1883, i. 31-32.)

• Sports and amusements, Summer. (Lit. news,
June, 1885, vi. 178-179.)

• Staffordshire, Few works relating to, not in-
cluded in Anderson's Book of British topography.
By J. Collier. (Notes and queries, 1885, xi. 265.)

Starch sugar. Bibliography of. By E. J. Hal-
lock. (Report of nat. acad. of sciences for 1883,
pp. 109-137.)

In tabular form. Also ; — -Extracts Irom journal literature
ehronolog. an-anged, pp. 94-108.

Steam navigation, Chronological history of the
origin and development of. By G. H. Preble.
Phil. ^ 1883. 8°.

Bibliography, pp. 414r-421.

• Surplus revenue of 1837, History of. By E.
G. Bourne. N, Y. 1885. 8°. (Questions of the
day.)

Bibliographical index, pp.- 151-161.

• Stvift, Jonathan, Notes for a bibliography of.
By S. Lane-Poole. (Bibliographer, 1884, vi, 160-
171.)

Switzerland. Notice des travaux relatifs a
I'historie Suisse au moyen age publics 1877-1882.
Par Ed. Eavre. (Revue hist., 1884, xxiv. 143-164.)

Tardif, Jules, Liste des travaux de. Par Eu-
gene Lelong. (Bibl. de I'ecole de chartes, 1884,
xlv. 470-477.)

Tariff, History of the present, 1860-83. By P.
W. Taussig. N. Y. 1885. 8°.

Authorities — public documents —other material, pp. ix.-xi.

• Tariffs of the United States, Brief bibliography
of. (Mill, J. S. Principles of political economy.
[Ed.] by J. L. LaughUn, 1885, pp. 681-633.)

■ Taylor's and Eillmore's administration, 1849-53.
(Prov. ref. lists, June, 1884, iv. 6.)
' Temperance and the drink question, Bibliog-
raphy of. (Gustafson, Axel. Foundation of death,
1884, pp. 499-562.)

- Thames, the river, Works relating to. By A.
S. Krausse. (Notes and queries, 1884, x. 242, 262,
302.)

Theology. Theological encyclopaedia and
methodology. By G. R. Crooks and J. E. Hurst.
N. Y. 1884. 8°.

Bibliographical lists at the end of each chapter.

Tiro, M. TuUius. Zur Tiro-Utteratur. Von
Dr. P. Mitzschke. (Neuer anzeiger, 1885, xlvi.
37-43.)

Continuation of earlier contributions in the same periodical,
1877, p. 155; and 1879, p. 169.

• Titanium, Index to the literature of, 1783-
1876. By E. J. Hallock. (Annals N. Y. acad. of
sci., 1877, i. 53-76.)

Trichinosis. La trichine et la trichinose. Par '
J. Chatin. P. 1883. 8°.

Index bibliographique, pp. 249-257.

Turkish. Uebersicht Uber die turkischen druck-
werke von Constantinopel wahrend d. j. 1883.
(Literaturbl. f. orient, philol., 1884, i. 449-473.)

Tyndale, William. The writings of, either
published with his name or ascribed to him.
(Mombert, J. I. W. Tyndale's Five books of
Moses, 1884, pp. lii.-lix.)

' United States. A series of bibliographical lists
on American history, 1789-1861. (Prov. ref. lists.)

Washington, 1789-97. April, 1883.
J. Adams, 1797-1801. May, 1883.
Jefferson, 1801-09. June, 1883.
Madison, 1809-17. July, 1883.
Monroe, 1817-25. October, 1883.
J. Q. Adams, 1825-29. November, 1883.
Jackson, 1829-37. Febi-uary, 1884.
Van Buren, 1837-41. March, 18?4.
Harrison and Tyler, 1841-45. April, 1884.
Polk, 1845-49. May, 1884.
Taylor and ruimore, 1849-53. June, 1884.
Pierce, 1853-67. September, 1884.
Buchanan, 1857-81. November, 1884.

' . administrations from 1861-1885, inclusive.

By W. E. Foster. (Lit. news, March — May, 18857
vi. 82, 114, 146.)

• Index of articles upon American local his-
tory in historical collections in the Boston public
library. (Bull. Boston publ. libr., 1883-85, v. 330,
433; vi. 88, 155, 233, 316, 402.)

• United States national museum. Bibliog-
raphy of, for 1882, 1883, (Annual rep. of the
Smithsonian inst. for 1882, pp. 167-194; for 1883,
p. 276-321.)

' Van Buren's administration, 1837-41. (Prov.
ref. lists, March, 1884, iv. 3.)
' Vegetarianism, Notes of a few publications
on. By W. E. A. Axon. (Notes and queries, 1884,
ix. 30.)

Verri, Gabriele, Pietro, Alessandro and Carlo.
Bibliografia Verriana. Da Ant. Vismara. (Ar-
chivio storico lombardo, giugno, 1884, xl. pp. 44.)'
' Webster, Daniel, List of the publications
occasioned by the death of. By C. H. Hart. (Bull,
of the mere. libr. of Phila., 1883, i. 79-82.)

• Wheatley, B. R. A. bibliographical career.
[List of books and articles published.] (Bibliog-
rapher, March, 1884, v. 97-101.)

• Whist, Bibliography of. (Linderfelt, K. A.
The game of preference, 1885, 16°, pp. 41-48.)

• Williamthe Silent, Prince of Orange. (Prov.
ref. lists, July, 1884, iv. 7.)

• Women, Education of. (Prov. ref. lists,
March, 1884, iv. 3.)

Worcester, Mass. Bibliography [of books
and pamphlets containing historical information in
relation to]. (Celebration of the 200th anniv. of
the naming of Worcester, 1885, 4°, pp. 167-174.)
- Wyclifle notes. (Notes and queries, 1885, xi.
165, 357.)

• Reading notes on. (Bull, of the mere.

libr. of Phila., April, 1884, i. 127-129.)

Wyoming valley, Pa., Bibliography of. By
H. E. Hayden. (Proc. and coll. of the Wyoming
hist, and geol. soc, 1885, ii. 86-131.)

• Zoological bibliography, 1882, 1883. By Theo.
Gill. (Annual rep. of the Smithsonian inst. for
1882, pp. 567-632; for 1883, pp. 738-750.)